From 203c019e61c2ea0913f30b01ecd822f83543d13c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= Date: Thu, 6 Sep 2018 11:53:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 001/437] first commmit --- ...eb File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 83 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 42 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 0b842e32b1..3e6d24ca67 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -1,37 +1,38 @@ fuzheng1998 translating ====== -Cloud Commander – A Web File Manager With Console And Editor +Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在Web 上的文件管家 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Cloud-Commander-A-Web-File-Manager-With-Console-And-Editor-720x340.png) -**Cloud commander** is a web-based file manager application that allows you to view, access, and manage the files and folders of your system from any computer, mobile, and tablet Pc via a web browser. It has two simple and classic panels, and automatically converts it’s size as per your device’s display size. It also has two built-in editors namely **Dword** and **Edward** with support of Syntax-highlighting and one **Console** with support of your system’s command line. So you can edit your files on the go. Cloud Commander server is a cross-platform application that runs on Linux, Windows and Mac OS X operating systems, and the client will run on any web browser. It is written using **JavaScript/Node.Js** , and is licensed under **MIT**. +**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序,它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的 web 浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。他有两个简单而又经典的面板,并且会自动。It has two simple and classic panels, and automatically converts it’s size as per your device’s display size. It also has two built-in editors namely **Dword** and **Edward** with support of Syntax-highlighting and one **Console** with support of your system’s command line. So you can edit your files on the go. Cloud Commander server is a cross-platform application that runs on Linux, Windows and Mac OS X operating systems, and 客户端将在任何一款浏览器上运行the client will run on any web browser. 它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js**,and is licensed under **MIT**. -In this brief tutorial, let us see how to install Cloud Commander in Ubuntu 18.04 LTS server. +在这个简易教程中,让我们看一看如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上安装 Cloud Commander。 -### Prerequisites +### 前提条件 -As I mentioned earlier, Cloud Commander is written using Node.Js. So, in order to install Cloud Commander we need to install Node.Js first. To do so, refer the following guide. +像我之前提到的,是用 Node.js 写的。所以为了安装 Cloud Commander,我们需要首先安装 Node.js。To do so, refer the following guide. -### Install Cloud Commander +### 安装 Cloud Commander -After installing Node.Js, run the following command to install Cloud Commander: +在安装 Node.js 之后,运行下列命令安装 Cloud Commander: ``` $ npm i cloudcmd -g ``` -Congratulations! Cloud Commander has been installed. Let us go ahead and see the basic usage of Cloud Commander. +祝贺!Cloud Commander 已经被安装了。让我们往下继续看看 Cloud Commander 的基本使用。 -### Getting started with Cloud Commander +### 开始使用 Cloud Commander -Run the following command to start Cloud Commander: +运行以下命令启动 Cloud Commander: ``` $ cloudcmd ``` -**Sample output:** +**输出示例:** + ``` url: http://localhost:8000 @@ -43,82 +44,82 @@ From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the ![][2] -As you can see in the above screenshot, Cloud Commander has two panels, ten hotkeys (F1 to F10), and Console. +当你看见上面的截图时,Clouder Commander 有两个面板,十个热键 (F1 to F10),和控制台。 -Each hotkey does a unique job. +每个热键执行的都是一个任务。 - * F1 – Help - * F2 – Rename file/folder - * F3 – View files and folders - * F4 – Edit files - * F5 – Copy files/folders - * F6 – Move files/folders - * F7 – Create new directory - * F8 – Delete file/folder - * F9 – Open Menu - * F10 – Open config + * F1 – 帮助 + * F2 – 重命名文件/文件夹 + * F3 – 查看文件/文件夹 + * F4 – 编辑文件 + * F5 – 复制文件/文件夹 + * F6 – 移动文件/文件夹 + * F7 – 创建新目录 + * F8 – 删除文件/文件夹 + * F9 – 打开菜单 + * F10 – 打开设置 -#### Cloud Commander console +#### Cloud Commmander 控制台 -Click on the Console icon. This will open your default system’s shell. +点击控制台图标。 This will open your default system’s shell. ![][3] -From this console you can do all sort of administration tasks such as installing packages, removing packages, update your system etc. You can even shutdown or reboot system. Therefore, Cloud Commander is not just a file manager, but also has the functionality of a remote administration tool. +在此控制台中,您可以执行各种管理任务,例如安装软件包,删除软件包,更新系统等。您甚至可以关闭或重新引导系统。 因此,Cloud Commander 不仅仅是一个文件管理器,还具有远程管理工具的功能。 -#### Creating files/folders +#### 创建文件/文件夹 -To create a new file or folder Right click on any empty place and go to **New - >File or Directory**. +要创建新的文件或文件夹 Right click on any empty place and go to **New - >File or Directory**. ![][4] -#### View files +#### 查看文件 -You can view pictures, watch audio and video files. +你可以查看图片,查看音视频文件。 ![][5] -#### Upload files +#### 上传文件 -The other cool feature is we can easily upload a file to Cloud Commander system from any system or device. +另一个很酷的特性是我们可以从任何系统或设备简单地上传一个文件到 Cloud Commander 系统。 -To upload a file, right click on any empty space in the Cloud Commander panel, and click on the **Upload** option. +要上传文件,右键单击 Cloud Commander 面板的任意空白处,并且单击**上传**选项。 ![][6] -Select the files you want to upload. +选择你想要上传的文件。 Also, you can upload files from the Cloud services like Google drive, Dropbox, Amazon cloud drive, Facebook, Twitter, Gmail, GtiHub, Picasa, Instagram and many. -To upload files from Cloud, right click on any empty space in the panel and select **Upload from Cloud**. +要从云端上传文件, 右键单击面板的任意空白处,并且右键单击面板任意空白处并选择**从云端上传**。 ![][7] -Select any web service of your choice, for example Google drive. Click **Connect to Google drive** button. +选择任意一个你选择的网络服务,例如谷歌云盘。点击**连接到谷歌云盘**按钮。 ![][8] -In the next step, authenticate your google drive with Cloud Commander. Finally, select the files from your Google drive and click **Upload**. +下一步,用 Cloud Commander 验证你的谷歌云端硬盘,从谷歌云端硬盘选择文件并点击**上传**。 ![][9] -#### Update Cloud Commander +#### 更新 Cloud Commander -To update Cloud Commander to the latest available version, run the following command: +要更新到最新的可提供版本,执行下面的命令: ``` $ npm update cloudcmd -g ``` -#### Conclusion +#### 总结 As far as I tested Cloud Commander, It worked like charm. I didn’t face a single issue during the testing in my Ubuntu server. Also, Cloud Commander is not just a web-based file manager, but also acts as a remote administration tool that performs most Linux administration tasks. You can create a files/folders, rename, delete, edit, and view them. Also, You can install, update, upgrade, and remove any package as the way you do in the local system from the Terminal. And, of course, you can even shutdown or restart the system from the Cloud Commander console itself. What do you need more? Give it a try, you will find it useful. That’s all for now. I will be here soon with another interesting article. Until then, stay tuned with OSTechNix. -Cheers! +祝贺! From db0fd0446520ae89e4c5aa707ca2fed904edab95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 17:28:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 002/437] PRF:20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @sd886393 恭喜你,完成了第一篇翻译贡献! --- ...ted with the i3 window manager on Linux.md | 62 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 33 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md index 8a14891ce6..2aa0df4c6b 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md @@ -1,31 +1,34 @@ -在Linux上使用 i3 作为窗口管理器的入门教程 +i3 窗口管理器入门 ====== -本篇文章会介绍如何在Fedora系统中,安装、配置、使用i3桌面管理器。 + +> 本篇文章会介绍如何在 Fedora 系统中,安装、配置、使用 i3 瓦片式桌面管理器。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/windows-tiling-windows-wall.png?itok=mTH7uVrn) -在我的文章[i3 桌面让Linux更好的5个理由][1],我分享了选择 [i3 桌面管理器][2] 作为一种Linux桌面替代方案的最主要五个理由。 -在本篇文章中,我将向大家展示,如何在 Fedora 28 上安装与配置 i3。 +在我的文章 [i3 桌面让 Linux 更好的 5 个理由][1],我分享了选择 [i3 桌面管理器][2] 作为一种 Linux 桌面替代方案的最主要五个理由。 -### 1\. 安装 +在本篇文章中,我将向大家展示,如何在 Fedora 28 上安装与简单配置 i3。 + +### 1、 安装 首先进入 Fedora 系统中,打开一个终端。使用 `dnf` 来安装需要的软件包,如下: + ``` [ricardo@f28i3 ~]$ sudo dnf install -y i3 i3-ipc i3status i3lock dmenu terminator --exclude=rxvt-unicode Last metadata expiration check: 1:36:15 ago on Wed 08 Aug 2018 12:04:31 PM EDT. Dependencies resolved. ================================================================================================ - Package                     Arch         Version                           Repository     Size + Package Arch Version Repository Size ================================================================================================ Installing: - dmenu                       x86_64       4.8-1.fc28                        fedora         33 k - i3                          x86_64       4.15-1.fc28                       fedora        323 k - i3-ipc                      noarch       0.1.4-12.fc28                     fedora         14 k - i3lock                      x86_64       2.9.1-2.fc28                      fedora         33 k - i3status                    x86_64       2.12-1.fc28                       updates        62 k - terminator                  noarch       1.91-4.fc28                       fedora        570 k + dmenu x86_64 4.8-1.fc28 fedora 33 k + i3 x86_64 4.15-1.fc28 fedora 323 k + i3-ipc noarch 0.1.4-12.fc28 fedora 14 k + i3lock x86_64 2.9.1-2.fc28 fedora 33 k + i3status x86_64 2.12-1.fc28 updates 62 k + terminator noarch 1.91-4.fc28 fedora 570 k Installing dependencies: - dzen2                       x86_64       0.8.5-21.20100104svn.fc28         fedora         60 k + dzen2 x86_64 0.8.5-21.20100104svn.fc28 fedora 60 k ... Skipping dependencies/install messages @@ -37,55 +40,56 @@ Complete! 据用户目前的系统状态,在命令执行过程中可能会安装很多依赖。等待所有的依赖安装完成,之后重启你的电脑。 -### 2. 登录与初始化 +### 2、 首次登录与初始化 -在你的机器重启之后,你便可以第一次体验 i3 了。在 GNOME Display Manager (GDM),选择你的用户名,之后先别着急输密码,点击下方的密码输入框下方的小齿轮,之后选择 i3 ,像下方这样: +在你的机器重启之后,你便可以第一次体验 i3 了。在 GNOME 显示管理器(GDM)屏幕,选择你的用户名,之后先别着急输密码,点击下方的密码输入框下方的小齿轮,之后选择 i3 而不是 GNOME,像下方这样: ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_first_login_small.png) -输入你的密码,并点击 `Sign In`。在你第一次登入之后,会先看到 i3 的配置界面: +输入你的密码,并点击 “Sign In”。在你第一次登入之后,会先看到 i3 的配置界面: ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_first_configuration_small.png) -点击 `ENTER` 就会在 `$HOME/.config/i3` 生成一个配置文件,之后你可以通过这个配置文件来定制化 i3's 的一些行为。 +点击回车键就会在 `$HOME/.config/i3` 生成一个配置文件,之后你可以通过这个配置文件来定制化 i3 的一些行为。 -在下一屏,你需要选择你的 `Mod` 键。这一步很关键,因为 `Mod` 键通常都会作为 i3's 命令快捷键的发起键。按 `ENTER` 会选择 `Win` 键作为默认的 `Mod` 键。如果你的键盘没有 `Win` 键,用 `Alt` 键做替代,用方向键键选择后按 `ENTER` 确认。 +在下一屏,你需要选择你的 `Mod` 键。这一步很关键,因为 `Mod` 键通常都会作为 i3 命令快捷键的发起键。按回车会选择 `Win` 键作为默认的 `Mod` 键。如果你的键盘没有 `Win` 键,用 `Alt` 键做替代,用方向键键选择后按回车键确认。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_generate_config_small.png) -现在你就登录到了 i3 的系统中。由于 i3 是一个最小化的窗口管理器,你会看到一个黑屏窗口,以及屏幕底端显式的状态栏: +现在你就登录到了 i3 的系统中。由于 i3 是一个极简的窗口管理器,你会看到一个黑屏窗口,以及屏幕底端显示的状态栏: ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_start_small.png) 接下来,让我们看看 i3 的如何实际使用。 -### 3\. 基本的快捷键 +### 3、 基本的快捷键 -现在你已经登录到了 i3 的会话中,你需要几个基本的快捷键来应对基本的操作。 +现在你已经登录到了 i3 会话中,你需要几个基本的快捷键来应对基本的操作。 大多数的 i3 快捷键都会用到之前配置的 `Mod` 键。在下面的例子中,当我提到 `Mod` 键,请根据情况使用你定义的做替换。通常使用 `Win` 键或者 `Alt` 键。 -首先,打开一个终端,使用 `Mod+ENTER`。重复打开几个终端,观察 i3 是如何自动将它们在桌面中排列。默认情况下, i3 会在水平的方向分割屏幕;使用 `Mod + v` 来垂直分割,再按 `Mod + h` 会恢复水平分割模式。 +首先,要打开一个终端,可以使用 `Mod+ENTER`。重复打开几个终端,观察 i3 是如何自动将它们在桌面中排列。默认情况下, i3 会在水平的方向分割屏幕;使用 `Mod + v` 来垂直分割,再按 `Mod + h` 会恢复水平分割模式。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_3terminal_tiled_small.png) -当需要启动其他的应用,按 `Mod + d` 来打开 `dmenu`,一个简单的文字应用菜单。默认情况下,`dmenu` 会呈现出所有在你 `$PATH` 中设置的应用。使用方向键来选择你想启动的应用,同时你可以键入应用的名称,来缩小选择的范围,之后按 `ENTER` 来启动选择的应用。 +当需要启动其他的应用,按 `Mod + d` 来打开 `dmenu`,一个简单的文字应用菜单。默认情况下,`dmenu` 会呈现出所有在你 `$PATH` 中设置的应用。使用方向键来选择你想启动的应用,同时你可以键入应用的名称,来缩小选择的范围,之后按回车键来启动选择的应用。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_dmenu.png) 如果你的应用没有提供退出的方法,你可以使用 i3 来关闭对应的窗口,通过按 `Mod + Shift +q`。注意,你可能会丢失未保存的工作内容。 -最后,当你想关闭会话并退出 i3,按 `Mod + Shift +e`。之后会在窗口的上方提示你是否退出。点击 `Yes, exit i3` 退出,或选择 `X` 来取消。 +最后,当你想关闭会话并退出 i3,按 `Mod + Shift +e`。之后会在窗口的上方提示你是否退出。点击 “Yes, exit i3” 退出,或选择 “X” 来取消。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_exit_small.png) -这些就是 i3 中最基本的快捷键,如果想了解更多,请查阅官方文档 [documentation][3]。 +这些就是 i3 中最基本的快捷键,如果想了解更多,请查阅官方[文档][3]。 -### 4\. 替换GDM +### 4、 替换 GDM -使用 i3 window manager 会降低你操作系统的内存占用;然而,Fedora 依然会使用 GDM 作为登录的窗口。GDM 会载入几个与 GNOME 相关的库从而占用内存。 +使用 i3 窗口管理器会降低你操作系统的内存占用;然而,Fedora 依然会使用 GDM 作为登录屏。GDM 会载入几个与 GNOME 相关的库从而占用内存。 + +如果你想进一步的降低你的内存占用,你可以使用一些更轻量级的显示管理器来替换 GDM,比如 lightdm : -如果你想进一步的降低你的内存占用,你可以使用一些更轻量级的窗口管理器来替换 GDM,比如 `lightdm`: ``` [ricardo@f28i3 ~]$ sudo dnf install -y lightdm [ricardo@f28i3 ~]$ sudo systemctl disable gdm @@ -108,7 +112,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/getting-started-i3-window-manager 作者:[Ricardo Gerardi][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[sd886393](https://github.com/sd886393) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f53c3f747c7d64e75f2ffaaf5de9eb96db01f324 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 17:30:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 003/437] PUB:20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @sd886393 本文首发地址: https://linux.cn/article-10021-1.html 您的 LCTT 专页地址: https://linux.cn/lctt/sd886393 请登录 LCTT 贡献平台领取 LCCN :https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- ...0180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md b/published/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md rename to published/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md From 1beb6d2638e8257357a9582255beaca2b54240a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 23:22:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 004/437] PRF&PUB:20180518 Mastering CI CD at OpenDev (#10236) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * PRF:20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md @jamelouis 恭喜你完成了第一篇翻译贡献(虽然这篇消息已经过时了,但是翻译的不错) * PUB: 20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md @jamelouis 本文首发地址: https://linux.cn/article-10023-1.html 您的 LCTT 专页地址: https://linux.cn/lctt/jamelouis 请在 LCTT 平台上注册以领取 LCCN: https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- .../20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md | 53 +++++++++++++++++++ .../20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md | 52 ------------------ 2 files changed, 53 insertions(+), 52 deletions(-) create mode 100644 published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md delete mode 100644 translated/talk/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md diff --git a/published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md b/published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5418e196e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +在 OpenDev 大会上学习 CI/CD +====== +> 未来的开发工作需要非常精通 CI/CD 流程。 + +![在OpenDev上,掌握CI/CD](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_opennature_3.png?itok=J1OSECM_) + +在 2017 年启动后,OpenDev 大会现在已是一个年度活动。在去年 9 月的首届活动上,会议的重点是边缘计算。今年的活动,于 5 月 22 - 23 日举行,会议的重点是持续集成和持续发布 (CI/CD),并与 OpenStack 峰会一起在温哥华举行。 + +基于我在 OpenStack 项目的 CI/CD 系统的技术背景和我近期进入容器下的 CI/CD 方面的经验,我被邀请加入 OpenDev CI/CD 计划委员会。今天我经常借助很多开源技术,例如 [Jenkins][3]、[GitLab][2]、[Spinnaker][4] 和 [Artifactory][5] 来讨论 CI/CD 流程。 + +这次活动对我来说是很激动人心的,因为我们将在这个活动中融合两个开源基础设施理念。首先,我们将讨论可以被任何组织使用的 CI/CD 工具。为此目的,在 [讲演][6] 中,我们将听到关于开源 CI/CD 工具的使用讲演,一场来自 Boris Renski 的关于 Spinnaker 的讲演,和一场来自 Jim Blair 的关于 [Zuul][7] 的讲演。同时,讲演会涉及关于开源技术的偏好的高级别话题,特别是那种跨社区的和本身就是开源项目的。从Fatih Degirmenci 和 Daniel Farrel 那里,我们将听到关于在不同社区分享持续发布实践经历,接着 Benjamin Mako Hill 会为我们带来一场关于为什么自由软件需要自由工具的分享。 + +在分享 CI/CD 相对新颖的特性后,接下来的活动是对话、研讨会和协作讨论的混合组合。当从人们所提交的讲座和研讨会中进行选择,并提出协作讨论主题时,我们希望确保有一个多样灵活的日程表,这样任何参与者都能在 CI/CD 活动进程中发现有趣的东西。 + +这些讲座会是标准的会议风格,选择涵盖关键主题,如制定 CI/CD 流程,在实践 DevOps 时提升安全性,以及更具体的解决方案,如基于容器关于 Kubernetes 的 [Aptomi][8] 和在 ETSI NFV 环境下 CI/CD。这些会话的大部分将会是作为给新接触 CI/CD 或这些特定技术的参与者关于这些话题和理念的简介。 + +交互式的研讨会会持续相对比较长的时间,参与者将会在思想上得到特定的体验。这些研讨会包括 “[在持续集成任务中的异常检测][9]”、“[如何安装 Zuul 和配置第一个任务][10]”,和“[Spinnake 101:快速可靠的软件发布][11]”。(注意这些研讨会空间是有限的,所以设立了一个 RSVP 系统。你们将会在会议的链接里找到一个 RSVP 的按钮。) + +可能最让我最兴奋的是协作讨论,这些协作讨论占据了一半以上的活动安排。协作讨论的主题由计划委员会选取。计划委员会根据我们在社区里所看到来选取对应的主题。这是“鱼缸”风格式的会议,通常是几个人聚在一个房间里围绕着 CI/CD 讨论某一个主题。 + +这次会议风格的理念是来自于开发者峰会,最初是由 Ubuntu 社区提出,接着 OpenStack 社区也在活动上采纳。这些协作讨论的主题包含不同的会议,这些会议是关于 CI/CD 基础,可以鼓励跨社区协作的提升举措,在组织里推行 CI/CD 文化,和为什么开源 CI/CD 工具如此重要。采用共享文档来做会议笔记,以确保尽可能的在会议的过程中分享知识。在讨论过程中,提出行动项目也是很常见的,因此社区成员可以推动和所涉及的主题相关的倡议。 + +活动将以联合总结会议结束。联合总结会议将总结来自协同讨论的关键点和为即将在这个领域工作的参与者指出可选的职业范围。 + +可以在 [OpenStack 峰会注册页][13] 上注册参加活动。或者可以在温哥华唯一指定售票的会议中心购买活动的入场券,价格是 $199。更多关于票和全部的活动安排见官网 [OpenDev 网站][1]。 + +我希望你们能够加入我们,并在温哥华渡过令人激动的两天,并且在这两天的活动中学习,协作和在 CI/CD 取得进展。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/opendev + +作者:[Elizabeth K.Joseph][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[jamelouis](https://github.com/jamelouis) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/pleia2 +[1]:http://2018.opendevconf.com/ +[2]:https://about.gitlab.com/ +[3]:https://jenkins.io/ +[4]:https://www.spinnaker.io/ +[5]:https://jfrog.com/artifactory/ +[6]:http://2018.opendevconf.com/schedule/ +[7]:https://zuul-ci.org/ +[8]:http://aptomi.io/ +[9]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21692/anomaly-detection-in-continuous-integration-jobs +[10]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21693/how-to-install-zuul-and-configure-your-first-jobs +[11]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21699/spinnaker-101-releasing-software-with-velocity-and-confidence +[12]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21831/opendev-cicd-joint-collab-conclusion +[13]:https://www.eventbrite.com/e/openstack-summit-may-2018-vancouver-tickets-40845826968?aff=VancouverSummit2018 diff --git a/translated/talk/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md b/translated/talk/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md deleted file mode 100644 index 74e6d1c972..0000000000 --- a/translated/talk/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -在OpenDev上,掌握CI/CD(持续集成/持续发布) -====== - -![在OpenDev上,掌握CI/CD](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_opennature_3.png?itok=J1OSECM_) - -在2017年启动后,OpenDev会议现在是一个年度活动。在去年9月的首届活动上,会议的重点是边缘计算。今年的活动,将于5月22-23日举行,会议的重点是持续集成和持续发布 (CI/CD),并将与OpenStack峰会一起在温哥华举行。 - -基于我在OpenStack项目的CI/CD系统的技术背景和近期进入容器下的CI/CD方面的经验,我被邀请加入OpenDev CI/CD的编程委员会。今天我经常通过很多开源技术,例如[Jenkins][3] [GitLab][2],[Spinnaker][4],和[Artifactory][5],来讨论CI/CD流水管线。 - -这次活动对我来说是很激动人心的,因为我们将在这个活动中融合两个开源基础设施理念。首先,我们将讨论可以被任何组织使用的CI/CD工具。为此目的,在[keynotes][6],我们将听到关于开源CI/CD工具的使用讲座,一场来自Boris Renski的关于Spinnaker的和一场来自Jim Blair的关于[Zuul][7]的。同时,讲座会涉及关于开源技术的偏好的高级别话题,特别是那种跨社区的和本身就是开源项目的。从Fatih Degirmenci和Daniel Farrel那里,我们将听到关于在不同社区分享持续发布实践经历,接着Benjamin Mako Hill会为我带来一场关于为什么免费软件需要免费工具的分享。 - -在分享CI/CD相对新颖特性后,接下来的活动是对话,研讨会和协作讨论的混合组合。当从所提交的讲座和研讨会选择,并提出协作讨论主题时,我们希望确保有一个多样灵活的日程表,这样任何参与者都能在CI/CD活动进程中发现有趣的东西。 - -这些讲座会是标准的会议风格,选择以涵盖关键主题,如制作CI/CD管线,在实践DevOps时提升安全性,以及更具体的解决方案,如基于容器关于Kubernetes的[Aptomi][8]和在ETSI NFV环境下CI/CD。这些会话的大部分将会是作为给新接触CI/CD或这些特定技术的参与者关于这些话题和理念的简介。 - -交互式的研讨会会持续相对比较长的时间,参与者将会在思想上得到特定的体验。这些研讨会包括"[Anomaly Detection in Continous Integration Jobs(在持续集成任务中的异常检测)][9]","[How to Install Zuul and Configure Your First Jobs(如何安装Zuul和配置第一个任务)][10]",和"[Spinnake 101: Releasing Software with Velocity and Confidence(Spinnake 101:快速可靠的软件发布)][11]."(注意这些研讨会空间是有限的,所以设立了一个RSVP系统。你们将会在会议的链接里找到一个RSVP的按钮。) - -可能最让我最兴奋的是协作讨论,这些协作讨论占据了一半以上的活动安排。协作讨论的主题由编程委员会选取。编程委员会是根据我们在社区里所看到选取对应的主题。这是“鱼缸”风格式的会议,通常是几个人聚在一个房间里围绕着CI/CD讨论某一个主题。 - -这次会议风格的理念是来自于开发者峰会,最初是由Ubuntu社区提出,接着OpenStack社区在活动上采纳。这些协作讨论的主题包含不同的会议,这些会议是关于CI/CD基础,可以鼓励跨社区协作的提升举措,在组织里推行CI/CD文化,和为什么开源CI/CD工具如此重要。采用共享文档来做会议笔记,以确保尽可能的在会议的过程中分享知识。在讨论过程中,提出行动项目也是很常见的,因此社区成员可以推动和所涉及的主题相关的倡议。 - -活动将以联合总结会议结束。联合总结会议将总结来自协同讨论的关键点和为即将在这个领域工作的参与者指出可选的职业范围。 - -可以在[OpenStack Summit registration(OpenStack峰会注册)][13]上注册参加活动。或者可以在温哥华唯一指定售票的会议中心购买活动的入场券,价格是$199。更多关于票和全部的活动安排见官网[OpenDev website][1]。 - -我希望你们能够加入我们,并在温哥华渡过令人激动的两天,并且在这两天的活动中学习,协作和在CI/CD取得进展。 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/opendev - -作者:[Elizabeth K.Joseph][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[jamelouis](https://github.com/jamelouis) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/pleia2 -[1]:http://2018.opendevconf.com/ -[2]:https://about.gitlab.com/ -[3]:https://jenkins.io/ -[4]:https://www.spinnaker.io/ -[5]:https://jfrog.com/artifactory/ -[6]:http://2018.opendevconf.com/schedule/ -[7]:https://zuul-ci.org/ -[8]:http://aptomi.io/ -[9]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21692/anomaly-detection-in-continuous-integration-jobs -[10]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21693/how-to-install-zuul-and-configure-your-first-jobs -[11]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21699/spinnaker-101-releasing-software-with-velocity-and-confidence -[12]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21831/opendev-cicd-joint-collab-conclusion -[13]:https://www.eventbrite.com/e/openstack-summit-may-2018-vancouver-tickets-40845826968?aff=VancouverSummit2018 From 56ba34b3f5f1b369c8e901a163f0012f207da791 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 08:43:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 005/437] translated --- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 84 ------------------- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 82 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 82 insertions(+), 84 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2599b9ecca..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How to build a URL shortener with Apache -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) - -Long ago, folks started sharing links on Twitter. The 140-character limit meant that URLs might consume most (or all) of a tweet, so people turned to URL shorteners. Eventually, Twitter added a built-in URL shortener ([t.co][1]). - -Character count isn't as important now, but there are still other reasons to shorten links. For one, the shortening service may provide analytics—you can see how popular the links are that you share. It also simplifies making easy-to-remember URLs. For example, [bit.ly/INtravel][2] is much easier to remember than . And URL shorteners can come in handy if you want to pre-share a link but don't know the final destination yet. - -Like any technology, URL shorteners aren't all positive. By masking the ultimate destination, shortened links can be used to direct people to malicious or offensive content. But if you surf carefully, URL shorteners are a useful tool. - -We [covered shorteners previously][3] on this site, but maybe you want to run something simple that's powered by a text file. In this article, we'll show how to use the Apache HTTP server's mod_rewrite feature to set up your own URL shortener. If you're not familiar with the Apache HTTP server, check out David Both's article on [installing and configuring][4] it. - -### Create a VirtualHost - -In this tutorial, I'm assuming you bought a cool domain that you'll use exclusively for the URL shortener. For example, my website is [funnelfiasco.com][5] , so I bought [funnelfias.co][6] to use for my URL shortener (okay, it's not exactly short, but it feeds my vanity). If you won't run the shortener as a separate domain, skip to the next section. - -The first step is to set up the VirtualHost that will be used for the URL shortener. For more information on VirtualHosts, see [David Both's article][7]. This setup requires just a few basic lines: -``` -    - -        ServerName funnelfias.co - -    - -``` - -### Create the rewrites - -This service uses HTTPD's rewrite engine to rewrite the URLs. If you created a VirtualHost in the section above, the configuration below goes into your VirtualHost section. Otherwise, it goes in the VirtualHost or main HTTPD configuration for your server. -``` -    RewriteEngine on - -    RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt - -    RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] - -``` - -The first line simply enables the rewrite engine. The second line builds a map of the short links from a text file. The path above is only an example; you will need to use a valid path on your system (make sure it's readable by the user account that runs HTTPD). The last line rewrites the URL. In this example, it takes any characters and looks them up in the rewrite map. You may want to have your rewrites use a particular string at the beginning. For example, if you wanted all your shortened links to be of the form "slX" (where X is a number), you would replace `(.+)` above with `(sl\d+)`. - -I used a temporary (HTTP 302) redirect here. This allows me to update the destination URL later. If you want the short link to always point to the same target, you can use a permanent (HTTP 301) redirect instead. Replace `temp` on line three with `permanent`. - -### Build your map - -Edit the file you specified on the `RewriteMap` line of the configuration. The format is a space-separated key-value store. Put one link on each line: -``` -    osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton - -    twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco - -    swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html - -``` - -### Restart HTTPD - -The last step is to restart the HTTPD process. This is done with `systemctl restart httpd` or similar (the command and daemon name may differ by distribution). Your link shortener is now up and running. When you're ready to edit your map, you don't need to restart the web server. All you have to do is save the file, and the web server will pick up the differences. - -### Future work - -This example gives you a basic URL shortener. It can serve as a good starting point if you want to develop your own management interface as a learning project. Or you can just use it to share memorable links to forgettable URLs. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener - -作者:[Ben Cotton][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/bcotton -[1]:http://t.co -[2]:http://bit.ly/INtravel -[3]:https://opensource.com/article/17/3/url-link-shortener -[4]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/how-configure-apache-web-server -[5]:http://funnelfiasco.com -[6]:http://funnelfias.co -[7]:https://opensource.com/article/18/3/configuring-multiple-web-sites-apache diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a88338a9c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +如何使用 Apache 构建 URL 缩短器 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) + +很久以前,人们开始在 Twitter 上分享链接。140 个字符的限制意味着 URL 可能消耗一条推文的大部分(或全部),因此人们使用 URL 缩短器。最终,Twitter 加入了一个内置的 URL 缩短器([t.co][1])。 + +字符数现在不重要了,但还有其他原因要缩短链接。首先,缩短服务可以提供分析 - 你可以看到你分享的链接的受欢迎程度。它还简化了制作易于记忆的 URL。例如,[bit.ly/INtravel][2] 比更容易记住。如果你想预先共享一个链接,但还不知道最终地址,这时 URL 缩短器可以派上用场。。 + +与任何技术一样,URL 缩短器并非都是正面的。通过屏蔽最终地址,缩短的链接可用于指向恶意或冒犯性内容。但是,如果你仔细上网,URL 缩短器是一个有用的工具。 + +我们之前在网站上[发布过缩短器的文章][3],但也许你想要运行一些由简单的文本驱动的缩短器。在本文中,我们将展示如何使用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能来设置自己的 URL 缩短器。如果你不熟悉 Apache HTTP 服务器,请查看 David Both 关于[安装和配置][4]的文章。 + +### 创建一个 VirtualHost + +在本教程中,我假设你购买了一个很酷的域名,你将它专门用于 URL 缩短器。例如,我的网站是 [funnelfiasco.com][5],所以我买了 [funnelfias.co][6] 用于我的 URL 缩短器(好吧,它不是很短,但它可以满足我的虚荣心)。如果你不将缩短器作为单独的域运行,请跳到下一部分。 + +第一步是设置将用于 URL 缩短器的 VirtualHost。有关 VirtualHosts 的更多信息,请参[ David Both 的文章][7]。这步只需要几行: +``` +    + +        ServerName funnelfias.co + +    + +``` + +### 创建 rewrite + +此服务使用 HTTPD 的重写引擎来重写 URL。如果你在上面的部分中创建了 VirtualHost,则下面的配置跳到你的 VirtualHost 部分。否则跳到服务器的 VirtualHost 或主 HTTPD 配置。 +``` +    RewriteEngine on + +    RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt + +    RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] + +``` + +第一行只是启用重写引擎。第二行在文本文件构建短链接的映射。上面的路径只是一个例子。你需要使用系统上使用有效路径(确保它可由运行 HTTPD 的用户帐户读取)。最后一行重写 URL。在此例中,它接受任何字符并在重写映射中查找它们。你可能希望重写时使用特定的字符串。例如,如果你希望所有缩短的链接都是 “slX”(其中 X 是数字),则将上面的 `(.+)` 替换为 `(sl\d+)`。 + +我在这里使用了临时 (HTTP 302) 重定向。这能让我稍后更新目标 URL。如果希望短链接始终指向同一目标,则可以使用永久 (HTTP 301) 重定向。用 `permanent` 替换第三行的 `temp`。 + +### 构建你的映射 + +编辑配置文件 “RewriteMap” 行中的指定文件。格式是空格分隔的键值存储。在每一行上放一个链接: +``` +    osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton + +    twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco + +    swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html + +``` + +### 重启 HTTPD + +最后一步是重启 HTTPD 进程。这是通过 `systemctl restart httpd` 或类似命令完成的(命令和守护进程名称可能因发行版而不同)。你的链接缩短器现已启动并运行。当你准备编辑映射时,无需重新启动 Web 服务器。你所要做的就是保存文件,Web 服务器将获取到差异。 + +### 未来的工作 + +此示例为你提供了基本的 URL 缩短器。如果你想将开发自己的管理接口作为学习项目,它可以作为一个很好的起点。或者你可以使用它分享容易记住的链接到那些容易忘记的 URL。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener + +作者:[Ben Cotton][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/bcotton +[1]:http://t.co +[2]:http://bit.ly/INtravel +[3]:https://opensource.com/article/17/3/url-link-shortener +[4]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/how-configure-apache-web-server +[5]:http://funnelfiasco.com +[6]:http://funnelfias.co +[7]:https://opensource.com/article/18/3/configuring-multiple-web-sites-apache From c2d1a21552004cc2f6b7b5043abdb27f09f04d75 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 08:48:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 006/437] translating --- sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md index 147937ab14..f7bab2090a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + ScreenCloud: The Screenshot++ App ====== [ScreenCloud][1] is an amazing little app, that you don’t even know you need. The default screenshot procedure on desktop Linux is great (Prt Scr Button) and we even have some[powerful screenshot utilities][2]like [Shutter][3]. But ScreenCloud brings one more really simple yet really convenient feature that I just fell in love with. But before we get into it, let’s catch a little backstory. From 6a6008ac7634b5bbc0991e931f652629475a2a79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 09:02:45 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 007/437] translated (#10238) --- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 84 ------------------- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 82 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 82 insertions(+), 84 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2599b9ecca..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How to build a URL shortener with Apache -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) - -Long ago, folks started sharing links on Twitter. The 140-character limit meant that URLs might consume most (or all) of a tweet, so people turned to URL shorteners. Eventually, Twitter added a built-in URL shortener ([t.co][1]). - -Character count isn't as important now, but there are still other reasons to shorten links. For one, the shortening service may provide analytics—you can see how popular the links are that you share. It also simplifies making easy-to-remember URLs. For example, [bit.ly/INtravel][2] is much easier to remember than . And URL shorteners can come in handy if you want to pre-share a link but don't know the final destination yet. - -Like any technology, URL shorteners aren't all positive. By masking the ultimate destination, shortened links can be used to direct people to malicious or offensive content. But if you surf carefully, URL shorteners are a useful tool. - -We [covered shorteners previously][3] on this site, but maybe you want to run something simple that's powered by a text file. In this article, we'll show how to use the Apache HTTP server's mod_rewrite feature to set up your own URL shortener. If you're not familiar with the Apache HTTP server, check out David Both's article on [installing and configuring][4] it. - -### Create a VirtualHost - -In this tutorial, I'm assuming you bought a cool domain that you'll use exclusively for the URL shortener. For example, my website is [funnelfiasco.com][5] , so I bought [funnelfias.co][6] to use for my URL shortener (okay, it's not exactly short, but it feeds my vanity). If you won't run the shortener as a separate domain, skip to the next section. - -The first step is to set up the VirtualHost that will be used for the URL shortener. For more information on VirtualHosts, see [David Both's article][7]. This setup requires just a few basic lines: -``` -    - -        ServerName funnelfias.co - -    - -``` - -### Create the rewrites - -This service uses HTTPD's rewrite engine to rewrite the URLs. If you created a VirtualHost in the section above, the configuration below goes into your VirtualHost section. Otherwise, it goes in the VirtualHost or main HTTPD configuration for your server. -``` -    RewriteEngine on - -    RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt - -    RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] - -``` - -The first line simply enables the rewrite engine. The second line builds a map of the short links from a text file. The path above is only an example; you will need to use a valid path on your system (make sure it's readable by the user account that runs HTTPD). The last line rewrites the URL. In this example, it takes any characters and looks them up in the rewrite map. You may want to have your rewrites use a particular string at the beginning. For example, if you wanted all your shortened links to be of the form "slX" (where X is a number), you would replace `(.+)` above with `(sl\d+)`. - -I used a temporary (HTTP 302) redirect here. This allows me to update the destination URL later. If you want the short link to always point to the same target, you can use a permanent (HTTP 301) redirect instead. Replace `temp` on line three with `permanent`. - -### Build your map - -Edit the file you specified on the `RewriteMap` line of the configuration. The format is a space-separated key-value store. Put one link on each line: -``` -    osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton - -    twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco - -    swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html - -``` - -### Restart HTTPD - -The last step is to restart the HTTPD process. This is done with `systemctl restart httpd` or similar (the command and daemon name may differ by distribution). Your link shortener is now up and running. When you're ready to edit your map, you don't need to restart the web server. All you have to do is save the file, and the web server will pick up the differences. - -### Future work - -This example gives you a basic URL shortener. It can serve as a good starting point if you want to develop your own management interface as a learning project. Or you can just use it to share memorable links to forgettable URLs. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener - -作者:[Ben Cotton][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/bcotton -[1]:http://t.co -[2]:http://bit.ly/INtravel -[3]:https://opensource.com/article/17/3/url-link-shortener -[4]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/how-configure-apache-web-server -[5]:http://funnelfiasco.com -[6]:http://funnelfias.co -[7]:https://opensource.com/article/18/3/configuring-multiple-web-sites-apache diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a88338a9c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +如何使用 Apache 构建 URL 缩短器 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) + +很久以前,人们开始在 Twitter 上分享链接。140 个字符的限制意味着 URL 可能消耗一条推文的大部分(或全部),因此人们使用 URL 缩短器。最终,Twitter 加入了一个内置的 URL 缩短器([t.co][1])。 + +字符数现在不重要了,但还有其他原因要缩短链接。首先,缩短服务可以提供分析 - 你可以看到你分享的链接的受欢迎程度。它还简化了制作易于记忆的 URL。例如,[bit.ly/INtravel][2] 比更容易记住。如果你想预先共享一个链接,但还不知道最终地址,这时 URL 缩短器可以派上用场。。 + +与任何技术一样,URL 缩短器并非都是正面的。通过屏蔽最终地址,缩短的链接可用于指向恶意或冒犯性内容。但是,如果你仔细上网,URL 缩短器是一个有用的工具。 + +我们之前在网站上[发布过缩短器的文章][3],但也许你想要运行一些由简单的文本驱动的缩短器。在本文中,我们将展示如何使用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能来设置自己的 URL 缩短器。如果你不熟悉 Apache HTTP 服务器,请查看 David Both 关于[安装和配置][4]的文章。 + +### 创建一个 VirtualHost + +在本教程中,我假设你购买了一个很酷的域名,你将它专门用于 URL 缩短器。例如,我的网站是 [funnelfiasco.com][5],所以我买了 [funnelfias.co][6] 用于我的 URL 缩短器(好吧,它不是很短,但它可以满足我的虚荣心)。如果你不将缩短器作为单独的域运行,请跳到下一部分。 + +第一步是设置将用于 URL 缩短器的 VirtualHost。有关 VirtualHosts 的更多信息,请参[ David Both 的文章][7]。这步只需要几行: +``` +    + +        ServerName funnelfias.co + +    + +``` + +### 创建 rewrite + +此服务使用 HTTPD 的重写引擎来重写 URL。如果你在上面的部分中创建了 VirtualHost,则下面的配置跳到你的 VirtualHost 部分。否则跳到服务器的 VirtualHost 或主 HTTPD 配置。 +``` +    RewriteEngine on + +    RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt + +    RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] + +``` + +第一行只是启用重写引擎。第二行在文本文件构建短链接的映射。上面的路径只是一个例子。你需要使用系统上使用有效路径(确保它可由运行 HTTPD 的用户帐户读取)。最后一行重写 URL。在此例中,它接受任何字符并在重写映射中查找它们。你可能希望重写时使用特定的字符串。例如,如果你希望所有缩短的链接都是 “slX”(其中 X 是数字),则将上面的 `(.+)` 替换为 `(sl\d+)`。 + +我在这里使用了临时 (HTTP 302) 重定向。这能让我稍后更新目标 URL。如果希望短链接始终指向同一目标,则可以使用永久 (HTTP 301) 重定向。用 `permanent` 替换第三行的 `temp`。 + +### 构建你的映射 + +编辑配置文件 “RewriteMap” 行中的指定文件。格式是空格分隔的键值存储。在每一行上放一个链接: +``` +    osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton + +    twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco + +    swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html + +``` + +### 重启 HTTPD + +最后一步是重启 HTTPD 进程。这是通过 `systemctl restart httpd` 或类似命令完成的(命令和守护进程名称可能因发行版而不同)。你的链接缩短器现已启动并运行。当你准备编辑映射时,无需重新启动 Web 服务器。你所要做的就是保存文件,Web 服务器将获取到差异。 + +### 未来的工作 + +此示例为你提供了基本的 URL 缩短器。如果你想将开发自己的管理接口作为学习项目,它可以作为一个很好的起点。或者你可以使用它分享容易记住的链接到那些容易忘记的 URL。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener + +作者:[Ben Cotton][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/bcotton +[1]:http://t.co +[2]:http://bit.ly/INtravel +[3]:https://opensource.com/article/17/3/url-link-shortener +[4]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/how-configure-apache-web-server +[5]:http://funnelfiasco.com +[6]:http://funnelfias.co +[7]:https://opensource.com/article/18/3/configuring-multiple-web-sites-apache From 80d0a2502088249e3f4c70ebd34be65cb6dfa085 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 09:04:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 008/437] translating (#10239) --- sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md index 147937ab14..f7bab2090a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + ScreenCloud: The Screenshot++ App ====== [ScreenCloud][1] is an amazing little app, that you don’t even know you need. The default screenshot procedure on desktop Linux is great (Prt Scr Button) and we even have some[powerful screenshot utilities][2]like [Shutter][3]. But ScreenCloud brings one more really simple yet really convenient feature that I just fell in love with. But before we get into it, let’s catch a little backstory. From aa7b4cef62182ef6c5e7da4a22641ae445a7f561 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 09:04:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 009/437] PRF&PUB:20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox (#10237) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * PRF:20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md @jrglinux 欢迎回来~ * PUB:20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md @jrglinux https://linux.cn/article-10024-1.html --- ...180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md | 162 ++++++++++++++++++ ...180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md | 160 ----------------- 2 files changed, 162 insertions(+), 160 deletions(-) create mode 100644 published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md delete mode 100644 translated/tech/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md diff --git a/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md b/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19aa27d4f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统 +====== + +如果你正在开发 Andriod 应用,也许会遇到小麻烦。诚然,ios 移动开发有 macOS 系统平台为其提供友好便利性, Andriod 开发仅有支持少部分 Andriod 系统(其中还包括可穿戴设备系统)的 Andriod Studio 工具。 + +毋庸置疑,所有的二进制工具、SDK 工具、开发框架工具以及调试器都会产生大量日志和其他各种文件,使得你的文件系统很混乱。一个有效的解决方法就是在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统,这样还解决了 Andriod 开发中最为棘手问题之一 —— 设备模拟器。你可以在该虚拟机里测试应用程序,也可以使用 Andriod 的内部功能。因此,让我们迫不及待的开始吧! + +### 准备工作 + +首先,你需要在你的系统上安装 VirtualBox,可从[这里][1]下载 Windows 版本、macOS 版本或者各种 Linux 版本的 VitualBox。然后,你需要一个能在 x86 平台运行的 Andriod 镜像,因为 VirtualBox 为虚拟机提供运行 x86 或者 x86\_64(即 AMD64)平台的功能。 + +虽然大部分 Andriod 设备都在 ARM 上运行,但我们依然可以从 [Andriod on x86 项目][2] 中获得帮助。这些优秀的开发者已经将 Andriod 移植到 x86 平台上运行(包括实体机和虚拟机),我们可以下载最新版本的 Andriod 7.1。你也可以用之前更为稳定的版本,本文写作时最新稳定版是 Andriod 6.0。 + +### 创建 VM 虚拟机 + +打开 VirtualBox,单击左上角的 “新建” 按钮,在弹出的窗口中选择 “类型:Linux” ,然后根据下载的 ISO 镜像来确定版本,x86 对应 “32-bit”,x86_64 对应 “64-bit”,此处选择 “Linux 2.6 / 3.x / 4.x (64-bit)”。 + +RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你想模拟真实的使用环境你可以设置 6 GB RAM 和 32 GB ROM。 + +![][3] + +![][4] + +创建完成后,你还需要做一些设置,添加更多的处理器核心,提高开机显示内存。在 VM 上打开设置选项,“设置 -> 系统 -> 处理器”,如果硬件条件允许,可以多分配一些处理器。 + +![][5] + +在 “设置 -> 显示 -> 显存大小” 中,你可以分配一大块内存并开启 3D 加速功能。 + +![][6] + +现在我们可以启动 VM 虚拟机了。 + +### 安装 Andriod + +首次启动 VM 虚拟机,VirtualBox 会提示你需要提供启动媒介,选择之前下载好的Andriod 镜像。 + +![][7] + +下一步,如果想长时间使用 Andriod,选择 “Installation” 选项,你也可以选择 Live 模式体验 Andriod 环境。 + +![][8] + +按回车键。 + +#### 分区 + +分区是通过文本界面操作,并没有友好的 GUI 界面,所以每个操作都需要小心对待。例如,在第一屏中还没有创建分区并且只检测到原始(虚拟)硬盘时显示如下。 + +![][9] + +红色字母 `C` 和 `D` 表明 `C` 开头选项可以创建或者修改分区,`D` 开头选项可以检测设备。你可以选择 `D` 开头选项,然后它就会检测硬盘,也可不进行这步操作,因为在启动的时候它会自动检测。 + +我们选择 `C` 开头选项,在虚拟盘中创建分区。官方不推荐使用 GPT 格式,所以我们选择 “No” 并按回车键。 + +![][10] + +现在你被引导到 fdisk 工具页面。 + +![][11] + +为了简洁起见,我们就只创建一个较大的分区,使用方向键来选择 “New” ,然后选择 “Primary”,按回车键以确认。 + +![][12] + +分区大小系统已经为你计算好了,按回车键确认。 + +![][13] + +这个分区就是 Andriod 系统所在的分区,所以需要它是可启动的。选择 “Bootable”,然后按回车键(上方表格中 “Flags” 标志下面会出现 “boot” 标志),进一步,选择 “Write” 选项,保存刚才的操作记录并写入分区表。 + +![][14] + +现在你可以选择退出分区工具,然后继续安装过程。 + +![][15] + +#### 文件系统格式化为 EXT4 并安装 Android + +在“Choose Partition”分区页面上会出现一个刚刚我们创建的分区,选择它并点击“OK”进入。 + +![][16] + +在下一个菜单中选择 Ext4 作为实际的文件系统,在下一页中选择 “Yes” 然后格式化开始。会提示是否安装 GRUB 引导工具以及是否允许在目录 `/system` 进行读写,都选择 “Yes” 。现在,安装进程开始。 + +安装完成后,当系统提示可以重启的时候你可以安全地重启系统。在重启之前,你可以先关机,然后在 VitualBox 的 “设置 -> 存储” 中检查 Andriod iso 镜像是否还连接在虚拟机上,如果在,将它移除。 + +![][17] + +移除安装媒介并保存修改,再去启动 VM 虚拟机。 + +#### 运行 Andriod + +在 GRUB 引导界面,有调试模式和普通模式的选项。我们选择默认选项,如下图所示。 + +![][18] + +如果一切正常,你将会看到如下界面: + +![][19] + +如今的 Andriod 系统使用触摸交互而不是鼠标。不过 Andriod-x86 平台提供了鼠标操作支持,但开始时可能需要方向键来辅助操作。 + +![][20] + +移动到”let’s go“按钮并按下回车键。选择 “Set up as new” 选项,回车确认。 + +![][21] + +在提示用谷歌账户登陆之前,系统检查更新并检测设备信息。你可以跳过这一步,直接去设置日期和时间、用户名等。 + +还有一些其他的选项,和让你设置一个新的 Andriod 设备类似。选择 “I Agree” 选项同意有关更新、服务等的相应的选项,当然谷歌的服务条款是不得不同意的。 + +![][22] + +在这之后,因为它是个虚拟机,所以可能需要添加额外的 email 账户来设置 “On-body detection”,大部分的选项对我们来说都没有多大作用,因此可以选择 ”All Set“。 + +接下来,它会提示你选择主屏应用,这个根据个人需求选择。现在我们进入了一个虚拟的 Android 系统。 + +![][23] + +如果你需要在 VM 做一些交互测试,有个可触摸屏幕会提供很大的方便,因为那样才更接近真实使用环境。 + +希望这篇教程会给你带来帮助。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://linuxhint.com/install_android_virtualbox/ + +作者:[Ranvir Singh][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[jrglinux](https://github.com/jrglinux) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://linuxhint.com/author/sranvir155/ +[1]:https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads +[2]:http://www.android-x86.org/ +[3]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a.png +[4]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a1.png +[5]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a2.png +[6]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a3.png +[7]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a4.png +[8]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a5.png +[9]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a6.png +[10]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a7.png +[11]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a8.png +[12]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a9.png +[13]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a10.png +[14]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a11.png +[15]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a12.png +[16]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a13.png +[17]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a14.png +[18]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a16.png +[19]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a17.png +[20]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a18.png +[21]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a19.png +[22]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a20.png +[23]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a21.png + + diff --git a/translated/tech/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md b/translated/tech/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7c70925a86..0000000000 --- a/translated/tech/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -在VirtualBox中安装Andriod系统 -====== - -如果你正在开发安卓 app 应用,也许会遇到小麻烦。诚然,ios 移动开发有 macOS 系统平台为其提供友好便利性,安卓开发仅有支持少部分安卓系统(其中还包括可穿戴设备系统)的 Andriod Studio 工具。 - -毋庸置疑,所有的二进制工具、SDK 工具、开发框架工具以及调试器都会产生大量日志和其他各种文件来使得你的文件系统很混乱。一个有效的解决方法就是在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统,这样还解决了 Andriod 开发中最为棘手问题之一——设备模拟器。你可以在该虚拟机里测试应用程序,也可以使用 Andriod 的内部功能。因此,让我们迫不及待的开始吧! - -### 准备工作 - -首先,你需要在你的系统上安装 VirtualBox,可从[这里][1]下载 windows 版本、macOS 版本或者各种 Linux 版本的 VitualBox。然后,你需要一个能在 x86 平台运行的 Andriod 镜像,因为 VirtualBox 为虚拟机提供运行 x86 或者 x86_64(包括 AMD64)平台的功能。 - -虽然大部分 Andriod 设备都在 ARM 上运行,但我们依然可以在 x86 平台上获得 [Andriod 项目帮助][2]。这些优秀的开发者已经将 Andriod 移植到 x86 平台上运行(包括实体机和虚拟机),我们可以下载最新版本的 Andriod 7.1。你也可以用之前更为稳定的版本,本文写作时最新稳定版是 Andriod 6.0。 - -### 创建 VM 虚拟机 - -打开 VirtualBox,单击左上角的 ” 新建 ” 按钮,在弹出的窗口中选择 “ 类型:Linux ” ,然后根据下载的ISO镜像来确定版本,x86 对应 32-bit,x86_64 对应 64-bit,此处选择 Linux 2.6 / 3.x / 4.x (64-bit)。 - -RAM 大小设置 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你想模拟真实的使用环境你可以设置 6 GB RAM和 32 GB ROM。 - -![][3] - -![][4] - -创建完成后,你还需要做一些设置,添加核心处理器,提高开机显示内存。在 VM 上打开设置选项,“ 设置 -> 系统 -> 处理器 ”,如果硬件条件允许,可以多分配一些处理器。 - -![][5] - -在 “ 设置 -> 显示 -> 显存大小 ” 中,你可以分配一大块内存并开启 3D 加速功能。 - -![][6] - -现在我们可以启动 VM 虚拟机了。 - -### 安装 Andriod - -首次启动 VM 虚拟机,VirtualBox 会提示你需要提供启动媒介,选择之前下载好的Andriod 镜像。 - -![][7] - -下一步,如果想长时间使用 Andriod,选择 Installation 选项,你也可以选择 Live 模式体验 Andriod 环境。 - -![][8] - -##### 分区 - -分区是通过文本界面操作,并没有友好的 GUI 界面,所以每个操作都需要小心对待。例如,在首页中还没有创建分区并且只检测到很少的虚拟硬盘时显示如下。 - -![][9] - -红色字母 C 和 D 提示 C 开头选项可以创建或者修改分区,D 开头选项可以检测设备。你可以选择 D 开头选项,然后它就会检测硬盘,也可不进行这步操作,因为在启动的时候它会自动检测。 - -我们选择 C 开头选项,在虚拟盘中创建分区。官方不推荐使用 GPT 格式,所以我们选择 No。 - -![][10] - -现在你被引导到 fdisk 工具页面。 - -![][11] - -为了简洁,我们就只创建一个较大的分区,使用方向键来选择 “ New ” ,然后选择“ Primary ”,确认。 - -![][12] - -分区大小系统已经为你计算好了,确认。 - -![][13] - -这个分区就是 Andriod 系统所在的分区,所以需要它是可启动的。选择 “ Bootable ”,然后 enter(上方表格中 Flags 标志下面会出现 boot 标志),进一步,选择 “ Write ” 选项,保存刚才的操作记录并写入分区表。 - -![][14] - -现在你可以选择退出分区工具,然后继续安装过程。 - -![][15] - -##### 文件系统格式化 - -在分区页面上会出现一个刚刚我们创建的分区,选择它并进入。 - -![][16] - -选择 Ext4 文件系统,在下一页中选择 Yes 然后格式化开始。会提示是否安装 GRUB 引导工具以及是否允许在根目录 / 进行读写,都选择 Yes 。现在,安装进程开始。 - -安装完成后,当系统提示可以 reboot 的时候你可以 reboot 系统。在重启之前,你可以先关机,然后在 VitualBox 的 ” 设置 -> 存储 ” 中检查 Andriod iso 镜像是否还依附在虚拟机上,如果在,将它移除。 - -移除安装镜像并保存,再去启动 VM 虚拟机。 - -![][17] - -##### 运行 Andriod - -在 GRUB 引导界面,有 debug 模式和 normal 模式的选项。我们选择默认选项,如下图所示。 - -![][18] - -如果一切正常,你将会看到如下界面: - -![][19] - -如今的 Andriod 系统使用触摸交互而不是鼠标。不过Andriod-x86 平台提供了鼠标操作支持,但开始时可能需要方向键来辅助操作。 - -![][20] - -选择 “ Set up as new ” 选项,回车确认。 - -![][21] - -在提示用谷歌账户登陆之前,系统检查更新并检测设备信息。你可以跳过这一步,直接去设置日期和时间、用户名等。 - -还有一些其他的选项,和让你选择创建一个新的 Andriod 设备类似。选择 “ I Agree ” 选项同意有关更新、服务等的 policy。 - -![][22] - -在这之后,因为它是个虚拟机,所以可能需要添加额外的 email 账户来设置 “ On-body detection ",大部分的选项对我们来说都没有多大作用,因此可以选择 ” All Set “。 - -接下来,它会提示你选择家庭 App。这个根据个人需求选择。 - -![][23] - -如果你需要在 VM 做一些交互测试,有个可触摸屏幕会提供很大的方便,因为那样才更接近真实使用环境。 - -希望这篇教程会给你带来帮助。如果还有类似的教程写作需求,欢迎联系我们。 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://linuxhint.com/install_android_virtualbox/ - -作者:[Ranvir Singh][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[jrglinux](https://github.com/jrglinux) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://linuxhint.com/author/sranvir155/ -[1]:https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads -[2]:http://www.android-x86.org/ -[3]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a.png -[4]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a1.png -[5]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a2.png -[6]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a3.png -[7]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a4.png -[8]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a5.png -[9]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a6.png -[10]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a7.png -[11]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a8.png -[12]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a9.png -[13]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a10.png -[14]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a11.png -[15]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a12.png -[16]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a13.png -[17]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a14.png -[18]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a16.png -[19]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a17.png -[20]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a18.png -[21]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a19.png -[22]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a20.png -[23]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a21.png - - From 21722140ba84e072b0d1f269eacf94b62e00527b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 10:38:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 010/437] PRF:20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md (#10241) --- ...180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md | 26 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-) diff --git a/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md b/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md index 19aa27d4f9..5f69eee83a 100644 --- a/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md +++ b/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统 +在 VirtualBox 中安装 Android 系统 ====== -如果你正在开发 Andriod 应用,也许会遇到小麻烦。诚然,ios 移动开发有 macOS 系统平台为其提供友好便利性, Andriod 开发仅有支持少部分 Andriod 系统(其中还包括可穿戴设备系统)的 Andriod Studio 工具。 +如果你正在开发 Android 应用,也许会遇到小麻烦。诚然,ios 移动开发有 macOS 系统平台为其提供友好便利性, Android 开发仅有支持少部分 Android 系统(其中还包括可穿戴设备系统)的 Android Studio 工具。 -毋庸置疑,所有的二进制工具、SDK 工具、开发框架工具以及调试器都会产生大量日志和其他各种文件,使得你的文件系统很混乱。一个有效的解决方法就是在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统,这样还解决了 Andriod 开发中最为棘手问题之一 —— 设备模拟器。你可以在该虚拟机里测试应用程序,也可以使用 Andriod 的内部功能。因此,让我们迫不及待的开始吧! +毋庸置疑,所有的二进制工具、SDK 工具、开发框架工具以及调试器都会产生大量日志和其他各种文件,使得你的文件系统很混乱。一个有效的解决方法就是在 VirtualBox 中安装 Android 系统,这样还解决了 Android 开发中最为棘手问题之一 —— 设备模拟器。你可以在该虚拟机里测试应用程序,也可以使用 Android 的内部功能。因此,让我们迫不及待的开始吧! ### 准备工作 -首先,你需要在你的系统上安装 VirtualBox,可从[这里][1]下载 Windows 版本、macOS 版本或者各种 Linux 版本的 VitualBox。然后,你需要一个能在 x86 平台运行的 Andriod 镜像,因为 VirtualBox 为虚拟机提供运行 x86 或者 x86\_64(即 AMD64)平台的功能。 +首先,你需要在你的系统上安装 VirtualBox,可从[这里][1]下载 Windows 版本、macOS 版本或者各种 Linux 版本的 VitualBox。然后,你需要一个能在 x86 平台运行的 Android 镜像,因为 VirtualBox 为虚拟机提供运行 x86 或者 x86\_64(即 AMD64)平台的功能。 -虽然大部分 Andriod 设备都在 ARM 上运行,但我们依然可以从 [Andriod on x86 项目][2] 中获得帮助。这些优秀的开发者已经将 Andriod 移植到 x86 平台上运行(包括实体机和虚拟机),我们可以下载最新版本的 Andriod 7.1。你也可以用之前更为稳定的版本,本文写作时最新稳定版是 Andriod 6.0。 +虽然大部分 Android 设备都在 ARM 上运行,但我们依然可以从 [Android on x86 项目][2] 中获得帮助。这些优秀的开发者已经将 Android 移植到 x86 平台上运行(包括实体机和虚拟机),我们可以下载最新版本的 Android 7.1。你也可以用之前更为稳定的版本,本文写作时最新稳定版是 Android 6.0。 ### 创建 VM 虚拟机 @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 现在我们可以启动 VM 虚拟机了。 -### 安装 Andriod +### 安装 Android -首次启动 VM 虚拟机,VirtualBox 会提示你需要提供启动媒介,选择之前下载好的Andriod 镜像。 +首次启动 VM 虚拟机,VirtualBox 会提示你需要提供启动媒介,选择之前下载好的Android 镜像。 ![][7] -下一步,如果想长时间使用 Andriod,选择 “Installation” 选项,你也可以选择 Live 模式体验 Andriod 环境。 +下一步,如果想长时间使用 Android,选择 “Installation” 选项,你也可以选择 Live 模式体验 Android 环境。 ![][8] @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 ![][13] -这个分区就是 Andriod 系统所在的分区,所以需要它是可启动的。选择 “Bootable”,然后按回车键(上方表格中 “Flags” 标志下面会出现 “boot” 标志),进一步,选择 “Write” 选项,保存刚才的操作记录并写入分区表。 +这个分区就是 Android 系统所在的分区,所以需要它是可启动的。选择 “Bootable”,然后按回车键(上方表格中 “Flags” 标志下面会出现 “boot” 标志),进一步,选择 “Write” 选项,保存刚才的操作记录并写入分区表。 ![][14] @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 在下一个菜单中选择 Ext4 作为实际的文件系统,在下一页中选择 “Yes” 然后格式化开始。会提示是否安装 GRUB 引导工具以及是否允许在目录 `/system` 进行读写,都选择 “Yes” 。现在,安装进程开始。 -安装完成后,当系统提示可以重启的时候你可以安全地重启系统。在重启之前,你可以先关机,然后在 VitualBox 的 “设置 -> 存储” 中检查 Andriod iso 镜像是否还连接在虚拟机上,如果在,将它移除。 +安装完成后,当系统提示可以重启的时候你可以安全地重启系统。在重启之前,你可以先关机,然后在 VitualBox 的 “设置 -> 存储” 中检查 Android iso 镜像是否还连接在虚拟机上,如果在,将它移除。 ![][17] 移除安装媒介并保存修改,再去启动 VM 虚拟机。 -#### 运行 Andriod +#### 运行 Android 在 GRUB 引导界面,有调试模式和普通模式的选项。我们选择默认选项,如下图所示。 @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 ![][19] -如今的 Andriod 系统使用触摸交互而不是鼠标。不过 Andriod-x86 平台提供了鼠标操作支持,但开始时可能需要方向键来辅助操作。 +如今的 Android 系统使用触摸交互而不是鼠标。不过 Android-x86 平台提供了鼠标操作支持,但开始时可能需要方向键来辅助操作。 ![][20] @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 在提示用谷歌账户登陆之前,系统检查更新并检测设备信息。你可以跳过这一步,直接去设置日期和时间、用户名等。 -还有一些其他的选项,和让你设置一个新的 Andriod 设备类似。选择 “I Agree” 选项同意有关更新、服务等的相应的选项,当然谷歌的服务条款是不得不同意的。 +还有一些其他的选项,和让你设置一个新的 Android 设备类似。选择 “I Agree” 选项同意有关更新、服务等的相应的选项,当然谷歌的服务条款是不得不同意的。 ![][22] From d2c45c2c6345ac1777c7daf81f9108fa09632d7c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 10:38:28 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 011/437] translated --- ... Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md | 224 ------------------ ... Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md | 211 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 211 insertions(+), 224 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md b/sources/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md deleted file mode 100644 index 6f91b77563..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal] -====== -Here are several ways you can take screenshots and edit the screenshots by adding text, arrows etc. Instructions and mentioned screenshot tools are valid for Ubuntu and other major Linux distributions. - -![How to take screenshots in Ubuntu Linux][1] - -When I switched from Windows to Ubuntu as my primary OS, the first thing I was worried about was the availability of screenshot tools. Well, it is easy to utilize the default keyboard shortcuts in order to take screenshots but with a standalone tool, I get to annotate/edit the image while taking the screenshot. - -In this article, we will introduce you to the default methods/tools (without a 3rd party screenshot tool) to take a screenshot while also covering the list of best screenshot tools available for Linux. - -### Method 1: The default way to take screenshot in Linux - -Do you want to capture the image of your entire screen? A specific region? A specific window? - -If you just want a simple screenshot without any annotations/fancy editing capabilities, the default keyboard shortcuts will do the trick. These are not specific to Ubuntu. Almost all Linux distributions and desktop environments support these keyboard shortcuts. - -Let’s take a look at the list of keyboard shortcuts you can utilize: - -**PrtSc** – Save a screenshot of the entire screen to the “Pictures” directory. -**Shift + PrtSc** – Save a screenshot of a specific region to Pictures. -**Alt + PrtSc** – Save a screenshot of the current window to Pictures. -**Ctrl + PrtSc** – Copy the screenshot of the entire screen to the clipboard. -**Shift + Ctrl + PrtSc** – Copy the screenshot of a specific region to the clipboard. -**Ctrl + Alt + PrtSc** – Copy the screenshot of the current window to the clipboard. - -As you can see, taking screenshots in Linux is absolutely simple with the default screenshot tool. However, if you want to immediately annotate (or other editing features) without importing the screenshot to another application, you can use a dedicated screenshot tool. - -#### **Method 2: Take and edit screenshots in Linux with Flameshot** - -![flameshot][2] - -Feature Overview - - * Annotate (highlight, point, add text, box in) - * Blur part of an image - * Crop part of an image - * Upload to Imgur - * Open screenshot with another app - - - -Flameshot is a quite impressive screenshot tool which arrived on [GitHub][3] last year. - -If you have been searching for a screenshot tool that helps you annotate, blur, mark, and upload to imgur while being actively maintained unlike some outdated screenshot tools, Flameshot should be the one to have installed. - -Fret not, we will guide you how to install it and configure it as per your preferences. - -To install it on Ubuntu, you just need to search for it on Ubuntu Software center and get it installed. In case you want to use the terminal, here’s the command for it: -``` -sudo apt install flameshot - -``` - -If you face any trouble installing, you can follow their [official installation instructions][4]. After installation, you need to configure it. Well, you can always search for it and launch it, but if you want to trigger the Flameshot screenshot tool by using **PrtSc** key, you need to assign a custom keyboard shortcut. - -Here’s how you can do that: - - * Head to the system settings and navigate your way to the Keyboard settings. - * You will find all the keyboard shortcuts listed there, ignore them and scroll down to the bottom. Now, you will find a **+** button. - * Click the “+” button to add a custom shortcut. You need to enter the following in the fields you get: -**Name:** Anything You Want -**Command:** /usr/bin/flameshot gui - * Finally, set the shortcut to **PrtSc** – which will warn you that the default screenshot functionality will be disabled – so proceed doing it. - - - -For reference, your custom keyboard shortcut field should look like this after configuration: - -![][5] -Map keyboard shortcut with Flameshot - -### **Method 3: Take and edit screenshots in Linux with Shutter** - -![][6] - -Feature Overview: - - * Annotate (highlight, point, add text, box in) - * Blur part of an image - * Crop part of an image - * Upload to image hosting sites - - - -[Shutter][7] is a popular screenshot tool available for all major Linux distributions. Though it seems to be no more being actively developed, it is still an excellent choice for handling screenshots. - -You might encounter certain bugs/errors. The most common problem with Shutter on any latest Linux distro releases is that the ability to edit the screenshots is disabled by default along with the missing applet indicator. But, fret not, we have a solution to that. You just need to follow our guide to[fix the disabled edit option in Shutter and bring back the applet indicator][8]. - -After you’re done fixing the problem, you can utilize it to edit the screenshots in a jiffy. - -To install shutter, you can browse the software center and get it from there. Alternatively, you can use the following command in the terminal to install Shutter in Ubuntu-based distributions: -``` -sudo apt install shutter - -``` - -As we saw with Flameshot, you can either choose to use the app launcher to search for Shutter and manually launch the application, or you can follow the same set of instructions (with a different command) to set a custom shortcut to trigger Shutter when you press the **PrtSc** key. - -If you are going to assign a custom keyboard shortcut, you just need to use the following in the command field: -``` -shutter -f - -``` - -### Method 4: Use GIMP for taking screenshots in Linux - -![][9] - -Feature Overview: - - * Advanced Image Editing Capabilities (Scaling, Adding filters, color correction, Add layers, Crop, and so on.) - * Take a screenshot of the selected area - - - -If you happen to use GIMP a lot and you probably want some advance edits on your screenshots, GIMP would be a good choice for that. - -You should already have it installed, if not, you can always head to your software center to install it. If you have trouble installing, you can always refer to their [official website for installation instructions][10]. - -To take a screenshot with GIMP, you need to first launch it, and then navigate your way through **File- >Create->Screenshot**. - -After you click on the screenshot option, you will be greeted with a couple of tweaks to control the screenshot. That’s just it. Click “ **Snap** ” to take the screenshot and the image will automatically appear within GIMP, ready for you to edit. - -### Method 5: Taking screenshot in Linux using command line tools - -This section is strictly for terminal lovers. If you like using the terminal, you can utilize the **GNOME screenshot** tool or **ImageMagick** or **Deepin Scrot** – which comes baked in on most of the popular Linux distributions. - -To take a screenshot instantly, enter the following command: - -#### GNOME Screenshot (for GNOME desktop users) -``` -gnome-screenshot - -``` - -To take a screenshot with a delay, enter the following command (here, **5** – is the number of seconds you want to delay) - -GNOME screenshot is one of the default tools that exists in all distributions with GNOME desktop. -``` -gnome-screenshot -d -5 - -``` - -#### ImageMagick - -[ImageMagick][11] should be already pre-installed on your system if you are using Ubuntu, Mint, or any other popular Linux distribution. In case, it isn’t there, you can always install it by following the [official installation instructions (from source)][12]. In either case, you can enter the following in the terminal: -``` -sudo apt-get install imagemagick - -``` - -After you have it installed, you can type in the following commands to take a screenshot: - -To take the screenshot of your entire screen: -``` -import -window root image.png - -``` - -Here, “image.png” is your desired name for the screenshot. - -To take the screenshot of a specific area: -``` -import image.png - -``` - -#### Deepin Scrot - -Deepin Scrot is a slightly advanced terminal-based screenshot tool. Similar to the others, you should already have it installed. If not, get it installed through the terminal by typing: -``` -sudo apt-get install scrot - -``` - -After having it installed, follow the instructions below to take a screenshot: - -To take a screenshot of the entire screen: -``` -scrot myimage.png - -``` - -To take a screenshot of the selected aread: -``` -scrot -s myimage.png - -``` - -### Wrapping Up - -So, these are the best screenshot tools available for Linux. Yes, there are a few more tools available (like [Spectacle][13] for KDE-based distros), but if you end up comparing them, the above-mentioned tools will outshine them. - -In case you find a better screenshot tool than the ones mentioned in our article, feel free to let us know about it in the comments below. - -Also, do tell us about your favorite screenshot tool! - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/take-screenshot-linux/ - -作者:[Ankush Das][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ -[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Taking-Screenshots-in-Linux.png -[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/flameshot-pic.png -[3]: https://github.com/lupoDharkael/flameshot -[4]: https://github.com/lupoDharkael/flameshot#installation -[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/flameshot-config-default.png -[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/shutter-screenshot.jpg -[7]: http://shutter-project.org/ -[8]: https://itsfoss.com/shutter-edit-button-disabled/ -[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gimp-screenshot.jpg -[10]: https://www.gimp.org/downloads/ -[11]: https://www.imagemagick.org/script/index.php -[12]: https://www.imagemagick.org/script/install-source.php -[13]: https://www.kde.org/applications/graphics/spectacle/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md b/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8872981fe --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +5 种在 Linux 图形界面或命令行界面截图的方法 +====== +下面介绍几种获取屏幕截图并对其编辑的方法,而且其中的屏幕截图工具在 Ubuntu 和其它主流 Linux 发行版中都能够使用。 + +![在 Ubuntu Linux 中如何获取屏幕截图][1] + +当我的主力操作系统从 Windows 转换到 Ubuntu 的时候,首要考虑的就是屏幕截图工具的可用性。尽管使用默认的键盘快捷键也可以获取屏幕截图,但如果使用屏幕截图工具,可以更方便地对屏幕截图进行编辑。 + +本文将会介绍在不适用第三方工具的情况下,如何通过系统自带的方法和工具获取屏幕截图,另外还会介绍一些可用于 Linux 的最佳截图工具。 + +### 方法 1: 在 Linux 中截图的默认方式 + +你是否需要截取整个屏幕?屏幕中的某个区域?某个特定的窗口? + +如果只需要获取一张屏幕截图,不对其进行编辑的话,那么键盘的默认快捷键就可以满足要求了。而且不仅仅是 Ubuntu ,绝大部分的 Linux 发行版和桌面环境都支持以下这些快捷键: + +**PrtSc** – 获取整个屏幕的截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 +**Shift + PrtSc** – 获取屏幕的某个区域截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 +**Alt + PrtSc** –获取当前窗口的截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 +**Ctrl + PrtSc** – 获取整个屏幕的截图并存放到剪贴板。 +**Shift + Ctrl + PrtSc** – 获取屏幕的某个区域截图并存放到剪贴板。 +**Ctrl + Alt + PrtSc** – 获取当前窗口的 截图并存放到剪贴板。 + +如上所述,在 Linux 中使用默认的快捷键获取屏幕截图是相当简单的。但如果要在不把屏幕截图导入到其它应用程序的情况下对屏幕截图进行编辑,还是使用屏幕截图工具比较方便。 + +#### **方法 2: 在 Linux 中使用 Flameshot 获取屏幕截图并编辑** + +![flameshot][2] + +功能概述 + + * 注释 (高亮、标示、添加文本、框选) + * 图片模糊 + * 图片裁剪 + * 上传到 Imgur + * 用另一个应用打开截图 + + + +Flameshot 在去年发布到 [GitHub][3],并成为一个引人注目的工具。如果你需要的是一个能够用于标注、模糊、上传到 imgur 的新式截图工具,那么 Flameshot 是一个好的选择。 + +下面将会介绍如何安装 Flameshot 并根据你的偏好进行配置。 + +如果你用的是 Ubuntu,那么只需要在 Ubuntu 软件中心上搜索,就可以找到 Flameshot 进而完成安装了。要是你想使用终端来安装,可以执行以下命令: +``` +sudo apt install flameshot + +``` + +如果你在安装过程中遇到问题,可以按照[官方的安装说明][4]进行操作。安装完成后,你还需要进行配置。尽管可以通过搜索来随时启动 Flameshot,但如果想使用 PrtSc 键触发启动,则需要指定对应的键盘快捷键。以下是相关配置步骤: + + * 进入系统设置中的键盘设置 + * 页面中会列出所有现有的键盘快捷键,拉到底部就会看见一个 **+** 按钮 + * 点击 “+” 按钮添加自定义快捷键并输入以下两个字段: +**名称:** 任意名称均可 +**命令:** /usr/bin/flameshot gui + * 最后将这个快捷操作绑定到 **PrtSc** 键上,可能会提示与系统的截图功能相冲突,但可以忽略掉这个警告。 + + + +配置之后,你的自定义快捷键页面大概会是以下这样: + +![][5] +将键盘快捷键映射到 Flameshot + +### **方法 3: 在 Linux 中使用 Shutter 获取屏幕截图并编辑** + +![][6] + +功能概述: + + * 注释 (高亮、标示、添加文本、框选) + * 图片模糊 + * 图片裁剪 + * 上传到图片网站 + + + +[Shutter][7] 是一个对所有主流 Linux 发行版都适用的屏幕截图工具。尽管最近已经不太更新了,但仍然是操作屏幕截图的一个优秀工具。 + +在使用过程中可能会遇到这个工具的一些缺陷。Shutter 在任何一款最新的 Linux 发行版上最常见的问题就是由于缺少了任务栏上的程序图标,导致默认禁用了编辑屏幕截图的功能。 对于这个缺陷,还是有解决方案的。下面介绍一下如何[在 Shutter 中重新打开这个功能并将程序图标在任务栏上显示出来][8]。问题修复后,就可以使用 Shutter 来快速编辑屏幕截图了。 + +同样地,在软件中心搜索也可以找到进而安装 Shutter,也可以在基于 Ubuntu 的发行版中执行以下命令使用命令行安装: +``` +sudo apt install shutter + +``` + +类似 Flameshot,你可以通过搜索 Shutter 手动启动它,也可以按照相似的方式设置自定义快捷方式以 **PrtSc** 键唤起 Shutter。 + +如果要指定自定义键盘快捷键,只需要执行以下命令: +``` +shutter -f + +``` + +### 方法 4: 在 Linux 中使用 GIMP 获取屏幕截图 + +![][9] + +功能概述: + + * 高级图像编辑功能(缩放、添加滤镜、颜色校正、添加图层、裁剪等) + * 截取某一区域的屏幕截图 + + + +如果需要对屏幕截图进行一些预先编辑,GIMP 是一个不错的选择。 + +通过软件中心可以安装 GIMP。如果在安装时遇到问题,可以参考其[官方网站的安装说明][10]。 + +要使用 GIMP 获取屏幕截图,需要先启动程序,然后通过 **File-> Create-> Screenshot** 导航。 + +打开 Screenshot 选项后,会看到几个控制点来控制屏幕截图范围。点击 **Snap** 截取屏幕截图,图像将自动显示在 GIMP 中可供编辑。 + +### 方法 5: 在 Linux 中使用命令行工具获取屏幕截图 + +这一节内容仅适用于终端爱好者。如果你也喜欢使用终端,可以使用 **GNOME 截图工具**或 **ImageMagick** 或 **Deepin Scrot**,大部分流行的 Linux 发行版中都自带这些工具。 + +要立即获取屏幕截图,可以执行以下命令: + +#### GNOME Screenshot(可用于 GNOME 桌面) +``` +gnome-screenshot + +``` + +GNOME Screenshot 是使用 GNOME 桌面的 Linux 发行版中都自带的一个默认工具。如果需要延时获取屏幕截图,可以执行以下命令(这里的 **5** 是需要延迟的秒数): + +``` +gnome-screenshot -d -5 + +``` + +#### ImageMagick + +如果你的操作系统是 Ubuntu、Mint 或其它流行的 Linux 发行版,一般会自带 [ImageMagick][11] 这个工具。如果没有这个工具,也可以按照[官方安装说明][12]使用安装源来安装。你也可以在终端中执行这个命令: +``` +sudo apt-get install imagemagick + +``` + +安装完成后,执行下面的命令就可以获取到屏幕截图(截取整个屏幕): + +``` +import -window root image.png + +``` + +这里的“image.png”就是屏幕截图文件保存的名称。 + +要获取屏幕一个区域的截图,可以执行以下命令: +``` +import image.png + +``` + +#### Deepin Scrot + +Deepin Scrot 是基于终端的一个较新的截图工具。和前面两个工具类似,一般自带于 Linux 发行版中。如果需要自行安装,可以执行以下命令: +``` +sudo apt-get install scrot + +``` + +安装完成后,使用下面这些命令可以获取屏幕截图。 + +获取整个屏幕的截图: +``` +scrot myimage.png + +``` + +获取屏幕某一区域的截图: +``` +scrot -s myimage.png + +``` + +### 总结 + +以上是一些在 Linux 上的优秀截图工具。当然还有很多截图工具没有提及(例如 [Spectacle][13] for KDE-distros),但相比起来还是上面几个工具更为好用。 + +如果你有比文章中提到的更好的截图工具,欢迎讨论! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/take-screenshot-linux/ + +作者:[Ankush Das][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Taking-Screenshots-in-Linux.png +[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/flameshot-pic.png +[3]: https://github.com/lupoDharkael/flameshot +[4]: https://github.com/lupoDharkael/flameshot#installation +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/flameshot-config-default.png +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/shutter-screenshot.jpg +[7]: http://shutter-project.org/ +[8]: https://itsfoss.com/shutter-edit-button-disabled/ +[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gimp-screenshot.jpg +[10]: https://www.gimp.org/downloads/ +[11]: https://www.imagemagick.org/script/index.php +[12]: https://www.imagemagick.org/script/install-source.php +[13]: https://www.kde.org/applications/graphics/spectacle/ + From c06a2a964a97dd2c24be7945dc3309b3c619ddfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 11:58:06 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 012/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Linus,=20His=20Ap?= =?UTF-8?q?ology,=20And=20Why=20We=20Should=20Support=20Him?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md | 54 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 54 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3c159aa30 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him +====== + +![](https://i1.wp.com/www.jonobacon.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Linus-Torvalds-640x353.jpg?resize=640%2C353&ssl=1) + +Today, Linus Torvalds, the creator of Linux, which powers everything from smartwatches to electrical grids posted [a pretty remarkable note on the kernel mailing list][1]. + +As a little bit of backstory, Linus has sometimes come under fire for the ways in which he has expressed feedback, provided criticism, and reacted to various scenarios on the kernel mailing list. This criticism has been fair in many cases: he has been overly aggressive at times, and while the kernel maintainers are a tight-knit group, the optics, particularly for those new to kernel development has often been pretty bad. + +Like many conflict scenarios, this feedback has been communicated back to him in both constructive and non-constructive ways. Historically he has been seemingly reluctant to really internalize this feedback, I suspect partially because (a) the Linux kernel is a very successful project, and (b) some of the critics have at times gone nuclear at him (which often doesn’t work as a strategy towards defensive people). Well, things changed today. + +In his post today he shared some self-reflection on this feedback: + +> This week people in our community confronted me about my lifetime of not understanding emotions. My flippant attacks in emails have been both unprofessional and uncalled for. Especially at times when I made it personal. In my quest for a better patch, this made sense to me. I know now this was not OK and I am truly sorry. + +He went on to not just share an admission that this has been a problem, but to also share a very personal acceptance that he struggles to understand and engage with people’s emotions: + +> The above is basically a long-winded way to get to the somewhat painful personal admission that hey, I need to change some of my behavior, and I want to apologize to the people that my personal behavior hurt and possibly drove away from kernel development entirely. I am going to take time off and get some assistance on how to understand people’s emotions and respond appropriately. + +His post is sure to light up the open source, Linux, and tech world for the next few weeks. For some it will be celebrated as a step in the right direction. For some it will be too little too late, and their animus will remain. For some they will be cautiously supportive, but defer judgement until they have seen his future behavior demonstrate substantive changes. + +### My Take + +I wouldn’t say I know Linus very closely; we have a casual relationship. I see him at conferences from time to time, and we often bump into each other and catch up. I interviewed him for my book and for the Global Learning XPRIZE. From my experience he is a funny, genuine, friendly guy. Interestingly, and not unusually at all for open source, his online persona is rather different to his in-person persona. I am not going to deny that when I would see these dust-ups on LKML, it didn’t reflect the Linus I know. I chalked it down to a mixture of his struggles with social skills, dogmatic pragmatism, and ego. + +His post today is a pretty remarkable change of posture for him, and I encourage that we as a community support him in making these changes. + +**Accepting these personal challenges is tough, particularly for someone in his position**. Linux is a global phenomenon. It has resulted in billions of dollars of technology creation, powering thousands of companies, and changing the norms around of how software is consumed and created. It is easy to forget that Linux was started by a quiet Finnish kid in his university dorm room. It is important to remember that **just because Linux has scaled elegantly, it doesn’t mean that Linus has been able to**. He isn’t a codebase, he is a human being, and bugs are harder to spot and fix in humans. You can’t just deploy a fix immediately. It takes time to identify the problem and foster and grow a change. The starting point for this is to support people in that desire for change, not re-litigate the ills of the past: that will get us nowhere quickly. + +[![Young Linus Torvalds][2]][3] + +I am also mindful of ego. None of us like to admit we have an ago, but we all do. You don’t get to build one of the most fundamental technologies in the last thirty years and not have an ego. He built it…they came…and a revolution was energized because of what he created. While Linus’s ego is more subtle, and thankfully doesn’t extend to faddish self-promotion, overly expensive suits, and forays into Hollywood (quite the opposite), his ego has naturally resulted in abrupt opinions on how his project should run, sometimes plugging fingers in his ears to particularly challenging viewpoints from others. **His post today is a clear example of him putting Linux as a project ahead of his own personal ego**. + +This is important for a few reasons. Firstly, being in such a public position and accepting your personal flaws isn’t a problem many people face, and isn’t a situation many people handle well. I work with a lot of CEOs, and they often say it is the loneliest job on the planet. I have heard American presidents say the same in interviews. This is because they are the top of the tree with all the responsibility and expectations on their shoulders. Put yourself in Linus’s position: his little project has blown up into a global phenomenon, and he didn’t necessarily have the social tools to be able to handle this change. Ego forces these internal struggles under the surface and to push them down and avoid them. So, to accept them as publicly and openly as he did today is a very firm step in the right direction. Now, the true test will be results, but we need to all provide the breathing space for him to accomplish them. + +So, I would encourage everyone to give Linus a shot. This doesn’t mean the frustrations of the past are erased, and he has acknowledged and apologized for these mistakes as a first step. He has accepted he struggles with understanding other’s emotions, and a desire to help improve this for the betterment of the project and himself. **He is a human, and the best tonic for humans to resolve their own internal struggles is the support and encouragement of other humans**. This is not unique to Linus, but to anyone who faces similar struggles. + +All the best, Linus. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.jonobacon.com/2018/09/16/linus-his-apology-and-why-we-should-support-him/ + +作者:[Jono Bacon][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.jonobacon.com/author/admin/ +[1]: https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/9/16/167 +[2]: https://i1.wp.com/www.jonobacon.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/linus.jpg?resize=499%2C342&ssl=1 +[3]: https://i1.wp.com/www.jonobacon.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/linus.jpg?ssl=1 From e4e88586f4aa54f6aa1fdcec2009f1fd54b6391e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 12:00:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 013/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Freespire=20Linux?= =?UTF-8?q?:=20A=20Great=20Desktop=20for=20the=20Open=20Source=20Purist?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...reat Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md | 114 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 114 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180914 Freespire Linux- A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180914 Freespire Linux- A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md b/sources/tech/20180914 Freespire Linux- A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..baaf08e92d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180914 Freespire Linux- A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +Freespire Linux: A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire.jpg?itok=ReIrw_11) + +Quick. Click on your Linux desktop menu and scan through the list of installed software. How much of that software is strictly open sources To make matters a bit more complicated, have you installed closed source media codecs (to play the likes of MP3 files perhaps)? Is everything fully open, or do you have a mixture of open and closed source tools? + +If you’re a purist, you probably strive to only use open source tools on your desktop. But how do you know, for certain, that your distribution only includes open source software? Fortunately, a few distributions go out of their way to only include applications that are 100% open. One such distro is [Freespire][1]. + +Does that name sound familiar? It should, as it is closely related to[Linspire][2]. Now we’re talking familiarity. Remember back in the early 2000s, when Walmart sold Linux desktop computers? Those computers were powered by the Linspire operating system. Linspire went above and beyond to create an experience that would be similar to that of Windows—even including the tools to install Windows apps on Linux. That experiment failed, mostly because consumers thought they were getting a Windows desktop machine for a dirt cheap price. After that debacle, Linspire went away for a while. It’s now back, thanks to [PC/OpenSystems LLC][3]. Their goal isn’t to recreate the past but to offer two different flavors of Linux: + + * Linspire—a commercial distribution of Linux that includes proprietary software and does have an associated cost ($39.99 USD for a single license). + + * Freespire—a non-commercial distribution of Linux that only includes open source software and is free to download. + + + + +We’re here to discuss Freespire and why it is an outstanding addition to the Linux community, especially those who strive to use only free and open source software. This version of Freespire (4.0) was released on August 20, 2018, so it’s fresh and ready to go. + +Let’s dig into the operating system and see what makes this a viable candidate for open source fans. + +### Installation + +In keeping with my usual approach, there’s very little reason to even mention the installation of Freespire Linux. There is nothing out of the ordinary here. Download the ISO image, burn it to a USB Drive (or CD/DVD if you’re dealing with older hardware), boot the drive, click the Install icon, answer a few simple questions, and wait for the installation to prompt for a reboot. That’s how far we’ve come with Linux installations… they are simple, and rarely will you have a single issue with the process. In the end, you’ll be presented with a simple (modified) Mate desktop (Figure 1) that makes it easy for any user (of any skill level) to feel right at home. + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire.jpg?itok=ReIrw_11) + +### Software Titles + +Once you’ve logged into the desktop, you’ll find a main menu where you can view all of the installed applications. That list of software includes: + + * Geary + + * Chromium Browser + + * Abiword + + * Gnumeric + + * Calendar + + * Audacious + + * Totem Video Player + + * Software Center + + * Synaptic + + * G-Debi + + + + +Also rolled into the system is support for both Flatpak and Snap applications, so you shouldn’t miss out on any software you need, which brings me to the part when purists might want to look away. + +Just because Freespire is marketed as a purely open source distribution, it doesn’t mean users are locked down to only open source software. In fact, if you open the Software Center, you can do a quick search for Spotify (a closed source application with an available Linux desktop client) and there it is! (Figure 2). + +![Spotify][5] + +Figure 2: The closed source Spotify client available for installation. + +[Used with permission][6] + +Fortunately, for those productive-minded folks, the likes of LibreOffice (which is not installed by default) is open source and can be installed easily from the Software Center. That doesn’t mean you must install other software, but those who need to do serious business-centric work (such as collaborating on documents), will likely want/need to install a more powerful office suite (as Abiword won’t cut it as a business-level word processor). + +For those who tend to work long hours on the Linux desktop and want to protect their eyes from extended strain, Freespire does include a nightlight tool that can adjust the color temperature of the interface. To open this tool, click on the main desktop menu and type night in the Search bar (Figure 3). + +![Night Light][8] + +Figure 3: Opening the Night Light tool. + +[Used with permission][6] + +Once opened, Night Light will automatically adjust the color temperature, based on the time of day. From the notification tray, you can click the icon to suspend Night Light, set it to autostart, and close the service (Figure 4). + +![Night Light controls.][10] + +Figure 4: The Night Light controls. + +[Used with permission][6] + +### Beyond the Mate Desktop + +As is, Mate fans might not exactly recognize the Freespire desktop. The developers have clearly given Mate a significant set of tweaks to make it slightly resemble the Mac OS desktop. It’s not quite as elegant as, say, Elementary OS, but this is certainly an outstanding take on the Linux desktop. Whether you’re a fan of Mate or Mac OS, you should feel immediately at home on the desktop. On the top bar, the developers have included an appmenu that changes, based on what application you have open. Start any app and you’ll find that app’s menu appears in the top bar. This active menu makes the desktop quite efficient. + +### Are you ready for Freespire? + +Every piece of the Freespire puzzle is equally as user-friendly as it is intuitive. The developers of Freespire have gone to great lengths to make this pure open source distribution a treat to use. Even if a 100% open source desktop isn’t your thing, Freespire is still a worthy contender in the world of desktop Linux. It’s clean and stable (as it’s based on Ubuntu 18.04) and able to help you be efficient and productive on the desktop. + +Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][11]course from The Linux Foundation and edX. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/9/freespire-linux-great-desktop-open-source-purist + +作者:[Jack Wallen][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen +[1]: https://www.freespirelinux.com/ +[2]: https://www.linspirelinux.com/ +[3]: https://www.pc-opensystems.com +[5]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire_2.jpg?itok=zcr94Dk6 (Spotify) +[6]: /licenses/category/used-permission +[8]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire_3.jpg?itok=aZYtBPgE (Night Light) +[9]: /files/images/freespire4jpg +[10]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire_4.jpg?itok=JCcQwmJ5 (Night Light controls.) +[11]: https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux From e1685a35f5162c90ec4f82e8786457285061920b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 12:02:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 014/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Getting=20started?= =?UTF-8?q?=20with=20openmediavault:=20A=20home=20NAS=20solution?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ith openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 74 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 74 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f5b29c092 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +Getting started with openmediavault: A home NAS solution +====== +This network-attached file server offers a solid array of features and is easy to install and configure. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-cloud.png?itok=vz0PIDDS) + +With so many cloud storage options readily available, some folks might question the value of having a home NAS (network-attached storage) server. After all, with your files on the cloud, you don't have to worry about managing the maintenance, updates, and security of your own server. + +But that's not entirely true, is it? You have a home network, so you've got to pay at least some attention to that network's health and security. Assuming you're already keeping on top of that, then [a home NAS][1] really isn't adding that much additional hassle. And there are all kinds of benefits to gain from that minor amount of work. + +You can have a local backup of every computer in your house (you can also back up off-site). Have a media server that holds movies, music, and photos regardless of whether your internet connection flakes out. Work on large files on multiple computers in your home without waiting for them to traverse from some random computer somewhere else on the internet. Plus, you can have your NAS pull double duty with other services, like hosting local email or a household wiki. Perhaps most importantly, with a home NAS, your data is your data—under your control and always accessible. + +The follow-on question is which NAS solution to choose. Sure, you could buy a pre-built solution and call it a day, but what fun is that? And practically speaking, although it's great to have an appliance that handles everything for you, it's often better to have a rig that you can fix and upgrade yourself. This is the situation I found myself in recently. I chose to install and set up [openmediavault][2]. + +### Why openmediavault? + +There are a few open source NAS solutions out there, some arguably more popular than openmediavault. When I asked around, for instance, [FreeNAS][3] was recommended the most. So why didn't I go with that? After all, it is more widely used, includes more features, and offers more support options, [according to a comparison on the FreeNAS website][4]. That's certainly all true. But openmediavault is no slouch. It's actually based on an earlier version of FreeNAS, and while its numbers are lower in terms of downloads and features, they're more than adequate for my needs. + +Another factor was a simple matter of comfort. Openmediavault's underlying operating system is [Debian][5], whereas FreeNAS sits atop [FreeBSD][6]. I'm personally not as familiar with FreeBSD, so that would make it more difficult for me to fix things if my NAS starts misbehaving. It also makes it more difficult for me to tweak things or add my own services to the machine if I want. Sure, I could learn FreeBSD and get more familiar with it, but I'm already home-building this NAS; I've found that projects tend to be more successful if you limit the number of "learning opportunities" you give yourself to complete them. + +Every situation is different, of course, so do your research and decide what seems to be the best fit for you. FreeNAS looks like the right solution for a lot of people. Openmediavault was the right one for me. + +### Installation and configuration + +The installation process is pretty well covered in the [openmediavault documentation][7], so I won't rehash that here. If you've ever installed a Linux distribution, most of the steps should look familiar to you (though with a somewhat uglier [Ncurses][8] interface than you might see on modern distributions). I installed it using the [dedicated drive][9] instructions. However, those instructions, while good, are rather spartan. When you're done, you have a base system installed, but there's more to do before you can actually use your NAS to store any files. For instance, the dedicated drive instructions install openmediavault on a hard drive, but that's the operating system drive, not the one with the shared space that's accessible to other computers on your network. You need to walk yourself through setting that up and configuring it. + +The first thing you should do is load up the administrative web interface and change the default password. This password is different from the root password you set during the installation process. It's the administrative account for the web interface, and the default username and password are `admin` and `openmediavault`, respectively—definitely something you'll want to change immediately after logging in. + +#### Set up your drives + +Once you've installed openmediavault, you need it to actually do stuff for you. The first logical step is to set up the drives that you're going to use for storage. I'm assuming that you've already got them physically installed, so all you have to do at this point is get openmediavault to recognize them and configure them. The first step is making sure those disks are visible. The sidebar menu has a lot of options, but it's very sensibly organized. Go to **Storage - > Disks**. Once you click that, you should see all of the drives you've installed on your server, including the one where you actually installed openmediavault. If you don't see all of your drives there, click the Scan button to see if it picks them up. Usually, it's not a problem. + +You could mount these drives individually to set them up as your file share, but for a file server, you'll want some redundancy. You want to be able to treat multiple drives as a single volume and recover your data if a drive fails or add new drives when you start running out of space. That means you're going to want a [RAID][10]. The topic of what specific type of RAID configuration you want is a deep rabbit hole that deserves an article all of its own (and many have been written), but suffice it to say that you'll need more than one drive, and in the best case, all of your drives store the same amount of data. + +Openmediavault supports all standard RAID levels, so you're good to go there. Configure your RAID in **Storage - > RAID Management**. Configuration is absurdly simple: Click the Create button, choose the disks you want in your RAID array, the RAID level you want to use, and a name for the array. Openmediavault handles the rest for you. There's no messing around at the command line, trying to remember which flags to use with the `mdadm` command. In my specific case, I have six 2-TB drives that I've set up as RAID 10. + +With your RAID set up, you've almost got a place to store things. You just need to set up a file system. Just like your desktop computer, a hard drive doesn't do you any good until you format it. So the next place to go in openmediavault's control panel is **Storage - > File Systems**. Just like configuring your RAID, click the Create button and follow the prompts. In this case, you choose the device to format. If you have only the one RAID on your server, it should be something like `md0`. You'll also need to choose the filesystem type. If you're not sure, just use the standard ext4 type. + +#### Define your shares + +Sweet! You've got a place to store files. Now you just need to make it visible on your home network. Configure this from the **Services** section of the openmediavault control panel. When it comes to setting up a file share on a network, there are really two main choices: NFS or SMB/CIFS. As a rule of thumb, if all of the computers on your network are running Linux distributions, then you're probably better off using NFS. However, if your home network is a mixed environment with a combination of Linux, Windows, Mac OS, and embedded devices, then SMB/CIFS is probably the right choice. + +These options aren't mutually exclusive. You could actually run both services on your server and get the best of both worlds. Or you could mix it up if you have specific devices dedicated to particular tasks. Whatever your usage scenario, configuring these services is dirt simple. Click on the service you want, enable it from its Settings, and define the shared folders you want visible on the network. In the case of SMB/CIFS shares, there are a few more settings available than with NFS, but most of the defaults are fine to start with. The cool thing is that since it's so easy to configure, it's also pretty easy to change on the fly. + +#### Configure users + +You're almost done. You've configured your drives in a RAID. You've formatted that RAID with a file system. And you've defined shared folders on that formatted RAID. The only thing left is saying who can access those shares and how much. This is handled from the **Access Rights Management** section. Use the **User** and **Group** sections to define the users who connect to your shared folders and the permissions they have with the files in those folders. + +Once you do that, you're pretty much good to go. You'll need to access your shares from your various client machines, but that's a topic for another article. + +Have fun! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/openmediavault + +作者:[Jason van Gumster][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mairin +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi +[2]: https://openmediavault.org +[3]: https://freenas.org +[4]: http://www.freenas.org/freenas-vs-openmediavault/ +[5]: https://www.debian.org/ +[6]: https://www.freebsd.org/ +[7]: https://openmediavault.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation/index.html +[8]: https://invisible-island.net/ncurses/ +[9]: https://openmediavault.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation/via_iso.html +[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RAID From b0813db05d9b32be52ec749ad056f3f93363e40b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 12:04:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 015/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20gaming=20tu?= =?UTF-8?q?rned=20me=20into=20a=20coder?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...80917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md | 103 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 103 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md b/sources/talk/20180917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5675c4628 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +How gaming turned me into a coder +====== + +Text-based adventure gaming leads to a satisfying career in tech. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/keyboard_numbers_letters_type_game.jpg?itok=fLlWGw1K) + +I think the first word I learned to type fast—and I mean really fast—was "fireball." + +Like most of us, I started my typing career with a "hunt-and-peck" technique, using my index fingers and keeping my eyes focused on the keyboard to find letters as I needed them. It's not a technique that allows you to read and write at the same time; you might call it half-duplex. It was okay for typing **cd** and **dir** , but it wasn't nearly fast enough to get ahead in the game. Especially if that game was a MUD. + +### Gaming with multi-user dungeons + +MUD is short for multi-user dungeon. Or multi-user domain, depending on who (and when) you ask. MUDs are text-based adventure games, like [Colossal Cave Adventure][1] and Zork, which you may have heard about in Season 2 [Episode 1][2] of [Command Line Heroes][3]. But MUDs have an extra twist: you aren't the only person playing them. They allow you to group with others to tackle particularly nasty beasts, trade goods, and make new friends. They were the great granddaddies of modern massively multiplayer online role-playing games (MMORPGs) like Everquest and World of Warcraft. And, for an aspiring command-line hero, they offered an experience those modern games still don't. + +My "home MUD" was NyxMud, which you could access by telnetting to port 2000 of nyx.cs.du.edu. It was the first command line I ever mastered. In a lot of ways, it allowed me to be a hero—or at least play the part of one. + +One special quality of NyxMud was that every time you connected to play, you started with an empty inventory. The gold you collected was still there from your last session, but none of your hard-won weapons, armor, or magical items were. So, at the end of every session, you had to make it back to a store to sell everything… and you would get a fraction of what you paid. If you were killed, the first player who encountered your lifeless body could take everything you had. + +![dying and losing everything in a MUD.][5] + +This shows what it looks like when you die and lose everything in a MUD + +This made the game extremely sticky. Selling everything and quitting was a horrible thing to do, fiscally speaking. It meant that your session had to be profitable. If you didn't earn enough gold through looting and quests between the time you bought and sold your gear, you wouldn't be able to equip yourself as well the next time you played. If you died, it was even worse: You might find yourself killing balls of slime with a newbie sword as you scraped together enough gold for better gear. + +I never wanted to "pay the store tax" by selling my gear, which meant a lot of late nights and sleeping through morning biology classes. Every modern game designer wants you to say, "I can't have dinner now, Dad, I have to keep playing or I'm in big trouble." NyxMud had me so hooked that I was saying that several decades ago. + +So when it came time to "cast fireball" or die an imminent and ruinous death, I was forced to learn how to type properly. It also forced me to take a social approach to the game—having friends around to fight off scavengers allowed me to reclaim my gear when I died. + +Command-line heroes all have some things in common: They work with others and they type wicked fast. NyxMud trained me to do both. + +### From gamer to creator + +NyxMud was not the largest MUD by any measure. But it was still an expansive world filled with hundreds of areas and dozens of epic adventures, each one tailored to a different level of a player's advancement. Over time, it became apparent that not all these areas were created by the same person. The term "user-generated content" was yet to be invented, but the concept was dead simple even to my young mind: This entire world was created by a group of people, other players. + +Once you completed each of the challenging quests and achieved level 20, you became a wizard. This was a singularity of sorts, beyond which existed a reality known only to a few. During lunch breaks at school, my circle of friends would muse about the powers of a wizard; you see, we knew wizards could create rooms, beasts, items, and quests. We knew they could kill players at will. We really didn't know much else about their powers. The whole thing was shrouded in mystery. + +In our group of high school friends, Eddie was the first to become a wizard. His flaunting and taunting threw us into overdrive, and Jared was quick to follow. I was last, but only by a day or two. Now that 25 years have passed, let's just call it a three-way tie. We discovered it was pretty much what we thought. We could create rooms, beasts, items, and quests. We could kill players. Oh, and we could become invisible. In NyxMud, that was just about it. + +![a wizard’s private workroom][7] + +This shows a wizard’s private workroom. + +Wizards used the Wand of Creation, an item invented by Quasi (rhymed with "crazy"), the grand wizard. He alone had access to the code for the engine, due to a strict policy set by the administrator of the Nyx system where it ran. So, he created a complicated, magical object that would allow users to generate new game elements. This wand, when invoked, ran the wizard through a menu-based workflow for creating rooms and objects, establishing quest objectives, and designing terrible monsters. + +Having that magical wand was enough. I immediately set to work creating new lands and grand adventures across a series of islands, each with a different, exotic climate and theme. I found immense pleasure in hovering, invisible, as the savage beasts from my imagination would slay intrepid adventurers over and over again. But it was even better to see players persevere after a hard battle, knowing I had tweaked and tuned my quests to be just within the realm of possibility. + +Being accepted into this elite group of creators was one of the more rewarding and satisfying moments of my young life. Each new wizard would have to pass my test, spending countless hours and sleepless nights, just as I did, to complete the quests of the wizards before me. I had proven my value through dedication and contribution. It was just a game, but it was also a community—the first one I encountered, and the one that showed me how powerful a properly run [meritocracy][8] could be. + +### From creator to coder + +NyxMud was based on the LPMud codebase, which was created by Lars Pensjö. LPMud was not the first MUD software developed, but it contained one very important innovation: It allowed players to code the game from within the game. It accomplished this by separating the mudlib, which contained all the content and user-facing functionality, from the driver, which acted as a real-time interpreter for the mudlib and provided access to basic network and storage resources. This architecture meant the mudlib could be edited on-the-fly by virtually untrusted people (e.g., players like me) who could augment the game experience without being able to do anything particularly harmful to the server it was running on. The driver provided an "air gap." + +This air gap was not enough for NyxMud; it was allowed to exist only if a single person could be trusted to write all the code. In most LPMud systems, players who became wizards could use **ls** , **cd** , and **ed** to traverse the mudlib and modify files, all from the same command line they had used countless times for casting fireballs and drinking potions. Quasi went to great lengths to modify the Nyx mudlib so wizards couldn't traipse around the system with a full set of sharp tools. The Wand of Creation was born. + +As a wizard who hadn't played any other MUDs, I didn't miss what I never had. Besides, I didn't have a way to access any systems at the time—telnet was disabled on Nyx, which was my only connection to the internet. But I did have access to Usenet, which provided me with [The Totally Unofficial List of Internet Muds][9]. It was clear there was more of the MUD universe for me to discover. I read all the documentation about mudlibs I could get my hands on and got some exposure to [LPC][10], the niche programming language used to create new content. + +I convinced my dad to make an investment in my future by paying for a shell account at Netcom (remember that?). With that account, I could connect to any MUD I wanted, and, based on several strong recommendations, I chose Viking MUD. It still [exists today][11]. It was a real MUD, the bleeding edge, and it showcased the true potential of a universe built with code instead of the limited menu system of a magical wand. But, to be honest, I never got very far as a player. I really wanted to learn how to code, and I didn't want to slay slimeballs with a noobsword for hours to get there. + +There was a very small window of time—between February and August 1992, according to Lauren P. Burka's [Mud Timeline][12]—where the perfect place existed for my exploration. The Mud Institute (TMI for short) was a very special MUD designed to teach people how to program in LPC, illuminating the darkest corners of the mudlib. It offered immediate omnipotence to all who applied and built a community for the development of a new generation of LPMuds. + +![a snippet of code from the wizard's workroom][14] + +This is a snippet of code from the wizard's workroom. + +This was my first exposure to C programming, as LPC was essentially a flavor of C that shared the same types, control structures, and syntax. It was C with training wheels, designed for rapid creation of content but allowing coders to develop intricate game scenarios (if they had the chops). I had always seen the curly brace on my keyboard, and now I knew what it was used for. The only thing I can remember creating was a special vending machine, somewhat inspired by the Wand of Creation, that would create the monster of your choice on-the-spot. + +TMI was not a long-lasting phenomenon; in fact, it was gone almost before I had a chance to discover it. It quickly abandoned its educational charter, although its efforts were ultimately productive with the release of [MudOS][15]—which still lives through its modern-day descendant, [FluffOS][16]. But what a treasure trove of knowledge about a highly specific subject! Immediately after logging in, I was presented with a complete set of developer tools, a library of instructional materials, and a ton of interesting sample code to learn from. + +I never talked to anyone or asked for any help, and I never had to. The community had published just enough resources for me to get started by myself. I was able to learn the basics of structured programming without a textbook or teacher, all within the context of a fantastical computer game. As a result, I have had a long and (mostly) fulfilling career in technology. + +The line from Field of Dreams, "if you build it, they will come," is almost certainly untrue for communities.** **The folks at The Mud Institute built the makings of a great community, but I can't say they were successful. They didn't become a widely known wizarding school—in fact, it's really hard to find any information about TMI at all. If you build it, they may not come; if they do, you may still fail. But it still accomplished something wonderful that its creators never thought to predict: It got me excited about programming. + +For more on the gamer-to-coder phenomenon and its effect on open source community culture, check out [Episode 1 of Season 2 of Command Line Heroes][2]. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/gamer-coder + +作者:[Ross Turk][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rossturk +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/17/6/revisit-colossal-cave-adventure-open-adventure +[2]: https://www.redhat.com/en/command-line-heroes/season-2/press-start +[3]: https://www.redhat.com/en/command-line-heroes +[4]: /file/409311 +[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/sourcecode_wizard_workroom.png (dying and losing everything in a MUD) +[6]: /file/409306 +[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wizard_workroom.png (a wizard’s private workroom) +[8]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/16/8/how-make-meritocracy-work +[9]: http://textfiles.com/internet/mudlist.txt +[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LPC_(programming_language) +[11]: https://www.vikingmud.org +[12]: http://www.linnaean.org/~lpb/muddex/mudline.html +[13]: /file/409301 +[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/firstroom_newplayer.png (a snippet of code from the wizard's workroom) +[15]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MudOS +[16]: https://github.com/fluffos/fluffos From 4ec4f5d7e6e12ea3b399766db9e70ef033b46ac4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 15:03:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 016/437] translated MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 3个开源日志聚合工具 --- ...910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 112 ----------------- ...910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 117 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 117 insertions(+), 112 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/sources/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md deleted file mode 100644 index de41debf57..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -heguangzhi Translating - -3 open source log aggregation tools -====== -Log aggregation systems can help with troubleshooting and other tasks. Here are three top options. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) - -How is metrics aggregation different from log aggregation? Can’t logs include metrics? Can’t log aggregation systems do the same things as metrics aggregation systems? - -These are questions I hear often. I’ve also seen vendors pitching their log aggregation system as the solution to all observability problems. Log aggregation is a valuable tool, but it isn’t normally a good tool for time-series data. - -A couple of valuable features in a time-series metrics aggregation system are the regular interval and the storage system customized specifically for time-series data. The regular interval allows a user to derive real mathematical results consistently. If a log aggregation system is collecting metrics in a regular interval, it can potentially work the same way. However, the storage system isn’t optimized for the types of queries that are typical in a metrics aggregation system. These queries will take more resources and time to process using storage systems found in log aggregation tools. - -So, we know a log aggregation system is likely not suitable for time-series data, but what is it good for? A log aggregation system is a great place for collecting event data. These are irregular activities that are significant. An example might be access logs for a web service. These are significant because we want to know what is accessing our systems and when. Another example would be an application error condition—because it is not a normal operating condition, it might be valuable during troubleshooting. - -A handful of rules for logging: - - * DO include a timestamp - * DO format in JSON - * DON’T log insignificant events - * DO log all application errors - * MAYBE log warnings - * DO turn on logging - * DO write messages in a human-readable form - * DON’T log informational data in production - * DON’T log anything a human can’t read or react to - - - -### Cloud costs - -When investigating log aggregation tools, the cloud might seem like an attractive option. However, it can come with significant costs. Logs represent a lot of data when aggregated across hundreds or thousands of hosts and applications. The ingestion, storage, and retrieval of that data are expensive in cloud-based systems. - -As a point of reference from a real system, a collection of around 500 nodes with a few hundred apps results in 200GB of log data per day. There’s probably room for improvement in that system, but even reducing it by half will cost nearly $10,000 per month in many SaaS offerings. This often includes retention of only 30 days, which isn’t very long if you want to look at trending data year-over-year. - -This isn’t to discourage the use of these systems, as they can be very valuable—especially for smaller organizations. The purpose is to point out that there could be significant costs, and it can be discouraging when they are realized. The rest of this article will focus on open source and commercial solutions that are self-hosted. - -### Tool options - -#### ELK - -[ELK][1], short for Elasticsearch, Logstash, and Kibana, is the most popular open source log aggregation tool on the market. It’s used by Netflix, Facebook, Microsoft, LinkedIn, and Cisco. The three components are all developed and maintained by [Elastic][2]. [Elasticsearch][3] is essentially a NoSQL, Lucene search engine implementation. [Logstash][4] is a log pipeline system that can ingest data, transform it, and load it into a store like Elasticsearch. [Kibana][5] is a visualization layer on top of Elasticsearch. - -A few years ago, Beats were introduced. Beats are data collectors. They simplify the process of shipping data to Logstash. Instead of needing to understand the proper syntax of each type of log, a user can install a Beat that will export NGINX logs or Envoy proxy logs properly so they can be used effectively within Elasticsearch. - -When installing a production-level ELK stack, a few other pieces might be included, like [Kafka][6], [Redis][7], and [NGINX][8]. Also, it is common to replace Logstash with Fluentd, which we’ll discuss later. This system can be complex to operate, which in its early days led to a lot of problems and complaints. These have largely been fixed, but it’s still a complex system, so you might not want to try it if you’re a smaller operation. - -That said, there are services available so you don’t have to worry about that. [Logz.io][9] will run it for you, but its list pricing is a little steep if you have a lot of data. Of course, you’re probably smaller and may not have a lot of data. If you can’t afford Logz.io, you could look at something like [AWS Elasticsearch Service][10] (ES). ES is a service Amazon Web Services (AWS) offers that makes it very easy to get Elasticsearch working quickly. It also has tooling to get all AWS logs into ES using Lambda and S3. This is a much cheaper option, but there is some management required and there are a few limitations. - -Elastic, the parent company of the stack, [offers][11] a more robust product that uses the open core model, which provides additional options around analytics tools, and reporting. It can also be hosted on Google Cloud Platform or AWS. This might be the best option, as this combination of tools and hosting platforms offers a cheaper solution than most SaaS options and still provides a lot of value. This system could effectively replace or give you the capability of a [security information and event management][12] (SIEM) system. - -The ELK stack also offers great visualization tools through Kibana, but it lacks an alerting function. Elastic provides alerting functionality within the paid X-Pack add-on, but there is nothing built in for the open source system. Yelp has created a solution to this problem, called [ElastAlert][13], and there are probably others. This additional piece of software is fairly robust, but it increases the complexity of an already complex system. - -#### Graylog - -[Graylog][14] has recently risen in popularity, but it got its start when Lennart Koopmann created it back in 2010. A company was born with the same name two years later. Despite its increasing use, it still lags far behind the ELK stack. This also means it has fewer community-developed features, but it can use the same Beats that the ELK stack uses. Graylog has gained praise in the Go community with the introduction of the Graylog Collector Sidecar written in [Go][15]. - -Graylog uses Elasticsearch, [MongoDB][16], and the Graylog Server under the hood. This makes it as complex to run as the ELK stack and maybe a little more. However, Graylog comes with alerting built into the open source version, as well as several other notable features like streaming, message rewriting, and geolocation. - -The streaming feature allows for data to be routed to specific Streams in real time while they are being processed. With this feature, a user can see all database errors in a single Stream and web server errors in a different Stream. Alerts can even be based on these Streams as new items are added or when a threshold is exceeded. Latency is probably one of the biggest issues with log aggregation systems, and Streams eliminate that issue in Graylog. As soon as the log comes in, it can be routed to other systems through a Stream without being processed fully. - -The message rewriting feature uses the open source rules engine [Drools][17]. This allows all incoming messages to be evaluated against a user-defined rules file enabling a message to be dropped (called Blacklisting), a field to be added or removed, or the message to be modified. - -The coolest feature might be Graylog’s geolocation capability, which supports plotting IP addresses on a map. This is a fairly common feature and is available in Kibana as well, but it adds a lot of value—especially if you want to use this as your SIEM system. The geolocation functionality is provided in the open source version of the system. - -Graylog, the company, charges for support on the open source version if you want it. It also offers an open core model for its Enterprise version that offers archiving, audit logging, and additional support. There aren’t many other options for support or hosting, so you’ll likely be on your own if you don’t use Graylog (the company). - -#### Fluentd - -[Fluentd][18] was developed at [Treasure Data][19], and the [CNCF][20] has adopted it as an Incubating project. It was written in C and Ruby and is recommended by [AWS][21] and [Google Cloud][22]. Fluentd has become a common replacement for Logstash in many installations. It acts as a local aggregator to collect all node logs and send them off to central storage systems. It is not a log aggregation system. - -It uses a robust plugin system to provide quick and easy integrations with different data sources and data outputs. Since there are over 500 plugins available, most of your use cases should be covered. If they aren’t, this sounds like an opportunity to contribute back to the open source community. - -Fluentd is a common choice in Kubernetes environments due to its low memory requirements (just tens of megabytes) and its high throughput. In an environment like [Kubernetes][23], where each pod has a Fluentd sidecar, memory consumption will increase linearly with each new pod created. Using Fluentd will drastically reduce your system utilization. This is becoming a common problem with tools developed in Java that are intended to run one per node where the memory overhead hasn’t been a major issue. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools - -作者:[Dan Barker][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/barkerd427 -[1]: https://www.elastic.co/webinars/introduction-elk-stack -[2]: https://www.elastic.co/ -[3]: https://www.elastic.co/products/elasticsearch -[4]: https://www.elastic.co/products/logstash -[5]: https://www.elastic.co/products/kibana -[6]: http://kafka.apache.org/ -[7]: https://redis.io/ -[8]: https://www.nginx.com/ -[9]: https://logz.io/ -[10]: https://aws.amazon.com/elasticsearch-service/ -[11]: https://www.elastic.co/cloud -[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Security_information_and_event_management -[13]: https://github.com/Yelp/elastalert -[14]: https://www.graylog.org/ -[15]: https://opensource.com/tags/go -[16]: https://www.mongodb.com/ -[17]: https://www.drools.org/ -[18]: https://www.fluentd.org/ -[19]: https://www.treasuredata.com/ -[20]: https://www.cncf.io/ -[21]: https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/all-your-data-fluentd/ -[22]: https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/agent/ -[23]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99a365e042 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +heguangzhi Translating + + +3个开源日志聚合工具 +====== + +日志聚合系统可以帮助我们故障排除并进行其他的任务。以下是三个主要工具介绍。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) + + + +指标聚合与日志聚合有何不同?日志不能包括指标吗?日志聚合系统不能做与指标聚合系统相同的事情吗? + +这些是我经常听到的问题。我还看到供应商推销他们的日志聚合系统作为所有可观察问题的解决方案。日志聚合是一个有价值的工具,但它通常对时间序列数据的支持不够好。 + +时间序列指标聚合系统中几个有价值的功能为规则间隔与专门为时间序列数据定制的存储系统。规则间隔允许用户一次性地导出真实的数据结果。如果要求日志聚合系统定期收集指标数据,它也可以。但是,它的存储系统没有针对指标聚合系统中典型的查询类型进行优化。使用日志聚合工具中的存储系统处理这些查询将花费更多的资源和时间。 + +所以,我们知道日志聚合系统可能不适合时间序列数据,但是它有什么好处呢?日志聚合系统是收集事件数据的好地方。这些是非常重要的不规则活动。最好的例子为 web 服务的访问日志。这些都很重要,因为我们想知道什么东西正在访问我们的系统,什么时候访问。另一个例子是应用程序错误记录——因为它不是正常的操作记录,所以在故障排除过程中可能很有价值的。 + +日志记录的一些规则: + + * 包含时间戳 + * 包含 JSON 格式 + * 不记录无关紧要的事件 + * 记录所有应用程序的错误 + * 记录警告错误 + * 日志记录开关 + * 以可读的形式记录信息 + * 不在生产环境中记录信息 + * 不记录任何无法阅读或无反馈的内容 + + +### 云的成本 + +当研究日志聚合工具时,云可能看起来是一个有吸引力的选择。然而,这可能会带来巨大的成本。当跨数百或数千台主机和应用程序聚合时,日志数据是大量的。在基于云的系统中,数据的接收、存储和检索是昂贵的。 + +作为一个真实的系统,大约500个节点和几百个应用程序的集合每天产生 200GB 的日志数据。这个系统可能还有改进的空间,但是在许多 SaaS 产品中,即使将它减少一半,每月也要花费将近10,000美元。这通常包括仅保留30天,如果你想查看一年一年的趋势数据,就不可能了。 + +并不是要不使用这些系统,尤其是对于较小的组织它们可能非常有价值的。目的是指出可能会有很大的成本,当这些成本达到时,就可能令人非常的沮丧。本文的其余部分将集中讨论自托管的开源和商业解决方案。 + + +### 工具选择 + +#### ELK + +[ELK][1] ,简称 Elasticsearch、Logstash 和 Kibana,是最流行的开源日志聚合工具。它被Netflix、Facebook、微软、LinkedIn 和思科使用。这三个组件都是由 [Elastic][2] 开发和维护的。[Elasticsearch][3] 本质上是一个NoSQL,Lucene 搜索引擎实现的。[Logstash][4] 是一个日志管道系统,可以接收数据,转换数据,并将其加载到像 Elasticsearch 这样的应用中。[Kibana][5] 是 Elasticsearch 之上的可视化层。 + +几年前,Beats 被引入。Beats 是数据采集器。它们简化了将数据运送到日志存储的过程。用户不需要了解每种日志的正确语法,而是可以安装一个 Beats 来正确导出 NGINX 日志或代理日志,以便在Elasticsearch 中有效地使用它们。 + +安装生产环境级 ELK stack 时,可能会包括其他几个部分,如 [Kafka][6], [Redis][7], and [NGINX][8]。此外,用 Fluentd 替换 Logstash 也很常见,我们将在后面讨论。这个系统操作起来很复杂,这在早期导致很多问题和投诉。目前,这些基本上已经被修复,不过它仍然是一个复杂的系统,如果你使用少部分的功能,建议不要使用它了。 + +也就是说,服务是可用的,所以你不必担心。[Logz.io][9] 也可以使用,但是如果你有很多数据,它的标价有点高。当然,你可能没有很多数据,来使用用它。如果你买不起 Logz.io,你可以看看 [AWS Elasticsearch Service][10] (ES) 。ES 是 Amazon Web Services (AWS) 提供的一项服务,它使得 Elasticsearch 很容易快速工作。它还拥有使用 Lambda 和 S3 将所有AWS日志记录到 ES 的工具。这是一个更便宜的选择,但是需要一些管理操作,并有一些功能限制。 + + +Elastic [offers][11] 的母公司提供一款更强大的产品,它使用开放核心模型,为分析工具和报告提供了额外的选项。它也可以在谷歌云平台或 AWS 上托管。由于这种工具和托管平台的组合提供了比大多数 SaaS 选项更加便宜,这将是最好的选择并且具有很大的价值。该系统可以有效地取代或提供[security information and event management][12] ( SIEM )系统的功能。 + +ELK 栈通过 Kibana 提供了很好的可视化工具,但是它缺少警报功能。Elastic 在付费的 X-Pack 插件中提供了提醒功能,但是在开源系统没有内置任何功能。Yelp 已经开发了一种解决这个问题的方法,[ElastAlert][13], 不过还有其他方式。这个额外的软件相当健壮,但是它增加了已经复杂的系统的复杂性。 + +#### Graylog + +[Graylog][14] 最近越来越受欢迎,但它是在2010年 Lennart Koopmann 创建并开发的。两年后,一家公司以同样的名字诞生了。尽管它的使用者越来越多,但仍然远远落后于 ELK 栈。这也意味着它具有较少的社区开发特征,但是它可以使用与 ELK stack 相同的 Beats 。Graylog 由于 Graylog Collector Sidecar 使用 [Go][15] 编写所以在 Go 社区赢得了赞誉。 + +Graylog 使用 Elasticsearch、[MongoDB][16] 并且 提供 Graylog Server 。这使得它像ELK 栈一样复杂,也许还要复杂一些。然而,Graylog 附带了内置于开源版本中的报警功能,以及其他一些值得注意的功能,如 streaming 、消息重写 和 地理定位。 + +streaming 能允许数据在被处理时被实时路由到特定的 Streams。使用此功能,用户可以在单个Stream 中看到所有数据库错误,在不同的 Stream 中看到 web 服务器错误。当添加新项目或超过阈值时,甚至可以基于这些 Stream 提供警报。延迟可能是日志聚合系统中最大的问题之一,Stream消除了灰色日志中的这一问题。一旦日志进入,它就可以通过 Stream 路由到其他系统,而无需全部处理。 + +消息重写功能使用开源规则引擎 [Drools][17] 。允许根据用户定义的规则文件评估所有传入的消息,从而可以删除消息(称为黑名单)、添加或删除字段或修改消息。 + +Graylog 最酷的功能是它的地理定位功能,它支持在地图上绘制 IP 地址。这是一个相当常见的功能,在 Kibana 也可以这样使用,但是它增加了很多价值——特别是如果你想将它用作 SIEM 系统。地理定位功能在系统的开源版本中提供。 + +Graylog 如果你想要的话,它会对开源版本的支持收费。它还为其企业版提供了一个开放的核心模型,提供存档、审计日志记录和其他支持。如果你不需要 Graylog (the company) 支持或托管的,你可以独立使用。 + +#### Fluentd + +[Fluentd][18] 是 [Treasure Data][19] 开发的,[CNCF][20] 已经将它作为一个孵化项目。它是用 C 和 Ruby 编写的,并由[AWS][21] 和 [Google Cloud][22]推荐。fluentd已经成为许多装置中logstach的常用替代品。它充当本地聚合器,收集所有节点日志并将其发送到中央存储系统。它不是日志聚合系统。 + +它使用一个强大的插件系统,提供不同数据源和数据输出的快速和简单的集成功能。因为有超过500个插件可用,所以你的大多数用例都应该包括在内。如果没有,这听起来是一个为开源社区做出贡献的机会。 + +Fluentd 由于占用内存少(只有几十兆字节)和高吞吐量特性,是 Kubernetes 环境中的常见选择。在像 [Kubernetes][23] 这样的环境中,每个pod 都有一个 Fluentd sidecar ,内存消耗会随着每个新 pod 的创建而线性增加。在这中情况下,使用 Fluentd 将大大降低你的系统利用率。这对于Java开发的工具来说,这是一个常见的问题,这些工具旨在为每个节点运行一个工具,而内存开销并不是主要问题。 + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools + +作者:[Dan Barker][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/barkerd427 +[1]: https://www.elastic.co/webinars/introduction-elk-stack +[2]: https://www.elastic.co/ +[3]: https://www.elastic.co/products/elasticsearch +[4]: https://www.elastic.co/products/logstash +[5]: https://www.elastic.co/products/kibana +[6]: http://kafka.apache.org/ +[7]: https://redis.io/ +[8]: https://www.nginx.com/ +[9]: https://logz.io/ +[10]: https://aws.amazon.com/elasticsearch-service/ +[11]: https://www.elastic.co/cloud +[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Security_information_and_event_management +[13]: https://github.com/Yelp/elastalert +[14]: https://www.graylog.org/ +[15]: https://opensource.com/tags/go +[16]: https://www.mongodb.com/ +[17]: https://www.drools.org/ +[18]: https://www.fluentd.org/ +[19]: https://www.treasuredata.com/ +[20]: https://www.cncf.io/ +[21]: https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/all-your-data-fluentd/ +[22]: https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/agent/ +[23]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes From b1c5388ba2eae11a756bd9d708395de269aa2f08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrew Lyu Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 15:04:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 017/437] Proof: Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse --- ... your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md | 12 +++++------- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md b/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md index e1bbd55920..e2e209017f 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ - - 增强 Vim 编辑器,提高编辑效率 ====== @@ -27,11 +25,11 @@ * 首先,[安装 gvim][1] * 打开 `gvim` - * 单击 `编辑` -> `启动设置`,打开 `.vimrc` 文件 - * 复制本文最后的 `选项列表` 粘贴到 `.vimrc` 文件 + * 单击 `编辑` -> `启动设置`,打开 `_vimrc` 文件 + * 复制本文最后的 `选项列表` 粘贴到 `_vimrc` 文件 * 单击 `文件` -> `保存` -译者注:此处应注意不要使用 `Windows` 自带的记事本编辑该 `.vimrc` 文件。 +译者注:此处应注意不要使用 `Windows` 自带的记事本编辑该 `_vimrc` 文件。 下面,我们将深入研究提高 `Vim` 编辑效率的选项。主要分为以下几类: @@ -348,9 +346,9 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/vi-editor-productivity-powerhouse 作者:[Girish Managoli][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[idea2act](https://github.com/idea2act) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[apemost](https://github.com/apemost) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]: https://opensource.com/users/gammay -[1]: https://www.vim.org/download.php#pc \ No newline at end of file +[1]: https://www.vim.org/download.php#pc From 7c733c7bd6329ef2862e61ab0453c54fdb9c66f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 15:30:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 018/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E8=AE=A4=E9=A2=8620180907=20W?= =?UTF-8?q?hat=20do=20open=20source=20and=20cooking=20have=20in=20common.m?= =?UTF-8?q?d=E3=80=91?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md index 4dacfe62f0..173eab02d9 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +【tranlating by sd886393】 What do open source and cooking have in common? ====== From 326cf0172a6e2fe504ea00cd1c9989108f0b4cb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 15:49:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 019/437] Rename 20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md to 20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md --- ...180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md} | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename translated/tech/{20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md => 20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md} (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md b/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md rename to translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md From 0de6dfe349bcbfc028cb935d2253a099ddf8b984 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 16:58:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 020/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Backup=20Installe?= =?UTF-8?q?d=20Packages=20And=20Restore=20Them=20On=20Freshly=20Installed?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Ubuntu?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...estore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 107 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 107 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5927effee --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/apt-clone-720x340.png) + +Installing the same set of packages on multiple Ubuntu systems is time consuming and boring task. You don’t want to spend your time to install the same packages over and over on multiple systems. When it comes to install packages on similar architecture Ubuntu systems, there are many methods available to make this task easier. You could simply migrate your old Ubuntu system’s applications, settings and data to a newly installed system with a couple mouse clicks using [**Aptik**][1]. Or, you can take the [**backup entire list of installed packages**][2] using your package manager (Eg. APT), and install them later on a freshly installed system. Today, I learned that there is also yet another dedicated utility available to do this job. Say hello to **apt-clone** , a simple tool that lets you to create a list of installed packages for Debian/Ubuntu systems that can be restored on freshly installed systems or containers or into a directory. + +Apt-clone will help you on situations where you want to, + + * Install consistent applications across multiple systems running with similar Ubuntu (and derivatives) OS. + * Install same set of packages on multiple systems often. + * Backup the entire list of installed applications and restore them on demand wherever and whenever necessary. + + + +In this brief guide, we will be discussing how to install and use Apt-clone on Debian-based systems. I tested this utility on Ubuntu 18.04 LTS system, however it should work on all Debian and Ubuntu-based systems. + +### Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them Later On Freshly Installed Ubuntu System + +Apt-clone is available in the default repositories. To install it, just enter the following command from the Terminal: + +``` +$ sudo apt install apt-clone +``` + +Once installed, simply create the list of installed packages and save them in any location of your choice. + +``` +$ mkdir ~/mypackages + +$ sudo apt-clone clone ~/mypackages +``` + +The above command saved all installed packages in my Ubuntu system in a file named **apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz** under **~/mypackages** directory. + +To view the details of the backup file, run: + +``` +$ apt-clone info mypackages/apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz +Hostname: ubuntuserver +Arch: amd64 +Distro: bionic +Meta: +Installed: 516 pkgs (33 automatic) +Date: Sat Sep 15 10:23:05 2018 +``` + +As you can see, I have 516 packages in total in my Ubuntu server. + +Now, copy this file on your USB or external drive and go to any other system that want to install the same set of packages. Or you can also transfer the backup file to the system on the network and install the packages by using the following command: + +``` +$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz +``` + +Please be mindful that this command will overwrite your existing **/etc/apt/sources.list** and will install/remove packages. You have been warned! Also, just make sure the destination system is on same arch and same OS. For example, if the source system is running with 18.04 LTS 64bit, the destination system must also has the same. + +If you don’t want to restore packages on the system, you can simply use `--destination /some/location` option to debootstrap the clone into this directory. + +``` +$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz --destination ~/oldubuntu +``` + +In this case, the above command will restore the packages in a folder named **~/oldubuntu**. + +For more details, refer help section: + +``` +$ apt-clone -h +``` + +Or, man pages: + +``` +$ man apt-clone +``` + +**Suggested read:** + ++ [Systemback – Restore Ubuntu Desktop and Server to previous state][3] ++ [Cronopete – An Apple’s Time Machine Clone For Linux][4] + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/backup-installed-packages-and-restore-them-on-freshly-installed-ubuntu-system/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-migrate-system-settings-and-data-from-an-old-system-to-a-newly-installed-ubuntu-system/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/create-list-installed-packages-install-later-list-centos-ubuntu/#comment-12598 + +[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/systemback-restore-ubuntu-desktop-and-server-to-previous-state/ + +[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/cronopete-apples-time-machine-clone-linux/ From 882cc5270ab4909fd6dee2a0bd71fe0b0817bb98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 18:12:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 021/437] =?UTF-8?q?As=20far=20as=20I=20tested=20Cloud=20Co?= =?UTF-8?q?mmander,=20It=20worked=20like=20charm.=E6=B2=A1=E7=BF=BB?= =?UTF-8?q?=E8=AF=91=E5=A5=BD?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...eb File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 24 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 3e6d24ca67..50e4987973 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在Web 上的文件管家 ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Cloud-Commander-A-Web-File-Manager-With-Console-And-Editor-720x340.png) -**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序,它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的 web 浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。他有两个简单而又经典的面板,并且会自动。It has two simple and classic panels, and automatically converts it’s size as per your device’s display size. It also has two built-in editors namely **Dword** and **Edward** with support of Syntax-highlighting and one **Console** with support of your system’s command line. So you can edit your files on the go. Cloud Commander server is a cross-platform application that runs on Linux, Windows and Mac OS X operating systems, and 客户端将在任何一款浏览器上运行the client will run on any web browser. 它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js**,and is licensed under **MIT**. +**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序,它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。他有两个简单而又经典的面板,并且会像你设备的显示尺寸一样自动转换大小。它也拥有两款内置的叫做 **Dword** 和 **Edward** 的文本编辑器,它们支持语法高亮和带有一个支持系统命令行的控制台。因此,您可以随时随地编辑文件。Cloud Commander 服务器是一款在 Linux,Windows,Mac OS X 运行的跨平台应用,而且该应用客户端将在任何一款浏览器上运行。它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js** 写的,并使用 **MIT** 许可。 在这个简易教程中,让我们看一看如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上安装 Cloud Commander。 ### 前提条件 -像我之前提到的,是用 Node.js 写的。所以为了安装 Cloud Commander,我们需要首先安装 Node.js。To do so, refer the following guide. +像我之前提到的,是用 Node.js 写的。所以为了安装 Cloud Commander,我们需要首先安装 Node.js。要执行安装,参考下面的指南。 ### 安装 Cloud Commander @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ url: http://localhost:8000 ``` -Now, open your web browser and navigate to the URL: ** ****. +现在,打开你的浏览器并转到链接:**http://localhost:8000** or ****. -From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the web browser from the local system or remote system, or mobile, tablet etc. +从现在开始,您可以直接在本地系统或远程系统或移动设备,平板电脑等Web浏览器中创建,删除,查看,管理文件或文件夹。 ![][2] -当你看见上面的截图时,Clouder Commander 有两个面板,十个热键 (F1 to F10),和控制台。 +当你看见上面的截图时,Clouder Commander 有两个面板,十个热键 (F1 to F10),还有控制台。 每个热键执行的都是一个任务。 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the #### Cloud Commmander 控制台 -点击控制台图标。 This will open your default system’s shell. +点击控制台图标。这即将打开系统默认的命令行界面。 ![][3] @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the #### 创建文件/文件夹 -要创建新的文件或文件夹 Right click on any empty place and go to **New - >File or Directory**. +要创建新的文件或文件夹就右键单击任意空位置并找到 **New - >File or Directory**。 ![][4] @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the 选择你想要上传的文件。 -Also, you can upload files from the Cloud services like Google drive, Dropbox, Amazon cloud drive, Facebook, Twitter, Gmail, GtiHub, Picasa, Instagram and many. +另外,你也可以上传来自像 Google 云盘, Dropbox, Amazon 云盘, Facebook, Twitter, Gmail, GtiHub, Picasa, Instagram 还有很多的云服务上的文件。 要从云端上传文件, 右键单击面板的任意空白处,并且右键单击面板任意空白处并选择**从云端上传**。 @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Also, you can upload files from the Cloud services like Google drive, Dropbox, A #### 更新 Cloud Commander -要更新到最新的可提供版本,执行下面的命令: +要更新到最新的可用版本,执行下面的命令: ``` $ npm update cloudcmd -g @@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ $ npm update cloudcmd -g #### 总结 -As far as I tested Cloud Commander, It worked like charm. I didn’t face a single issue during the testing in my Ubuntu server. Also, Cloud Commander is not just a web-based file manager, but also acts as a remote administration tool that performs most Linux administration tasks. You can create a files/folders, rename, delete, edit, and view them. Also, You can install, update, upgrade, and remove any package as the way you do in the local system from the Terminal. And, of course, you can even shutdown or restart the system from the Cloud Commander console itself. What do you need more? Give it a try, you will find it useful. +据我测试,它运行地像魔幻一般。在我的Ubuntu服务器测试期间,我没有遇到任何问题。此外,Cloud Commander不仅是基于 Web 的文件管理器,还充当执行大多数Linux管理任务的远程管理工具。 您可以创建文件/文件夹,重命名,删除,编辑和查看它们。此外,您可以像在终端中在本地系统中那样安装,更新,升级和删除任何软件包。当然,您甚至可以从 Cloud Commander 控制台本身关闭或重启系统。 还有什么需要的吗? 尝试一下,你会发现它很有用。 -That’s all for now. I will be here soon with another interesting article. Until then, stay tuned with OSTechNix. +目前为止就这样吧。 我将很快在这里发表另一篇有趣的文章。 在此之前,请继续关注 OSTechNix。 祝贺! @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cloud-commander-a-web-file-manager-with-console-a 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者:[fuzheng1998](https://github.com/fuzheng1998) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 19c4671fdaf63fd06b8499b098ed5fa3d1658b05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 18:13:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 022/437] delete username head --- ...ud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 50e4987973..335fdd59b1 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -fuzheng1998 translating -====== Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在Web 上的文件管家 ====== From 498f37c1627b1c9aa7da0d54ed466f8318f0be97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 18:23:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 023/437] move files to translated --- ...loud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {sources/tech => translated}/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md (100%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md similarity index 100% rename from sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md rename to translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md From 58cd79764c0922a38a2a8678b18117ce6a4fe0ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= <24203166+fuzheng1998@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 19:03:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 024/437] Update 20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md --- ...ud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 335fdd59b1..2854b9d4ad 100644 --- a/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在Web 上的文件管家 +Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在 Web 上的文件管家 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Cloud-Commander-A-Web-File-Manager-With-Console-And-Editor-720x340.png) From 4ffee71be9214979b4e070c73c1acd66c6ff523e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 20:28:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 025/437] Rename translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md to translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md --- ...loud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename translated/{ => tech}/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md rename to translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md From 71629b05645aae1ae9aa8ff1de734d626c37d162 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 21:30:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 026/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=AF=95=E3=80=91talk-20180907-what=20do=20open=20source=20and?= =?UTF-8?q?=20cooking=20have=20in=20common?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... open source and cooking have in common.md | 79 ------------------- ... open source and cooking have in common.md | 79 +++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 79 insertions(+), 79 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md create mode 100644 translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md deleted file mode 100644 index 4dacfe62f0..0000000000 --- a/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -What do open source and cooking have in common? -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/waffles-recipe-eggs-cooking-mix.png?itok=Fp06VOBx) - -What’s a fun way to promote the principles of free software without actually coding? Here’s an idea: open source cooking. For the past eight years, this is what we’ve been doing in Munich. - -The idea of _open source cooking_ grew out of our regular open source meetups because we realized that cooking and free software have a lot in common. - -### Cooking together - -The [Munich Open Source Meetings][1] is a series of recurring Friday night events that was born in [Café Netzwerk][2] in July 2009. The meetings help provide a way for open source project members and enthusiasts to get to know each other. Our motto is: “Every fourth Friday for free software.” In addition to adding some weekend workshops, we soon introduced other side events, including white sausage breakfast, sauna, and cooking. - -The first official _Open Source Cooking_ meetup was admittedly rather chaotic, but we’ve improved our routine over the past eight years and 15 events, and we’ve mastered the art of cooking delicious food for 25-30 people. - -Looking back at all those evenings, similarities between cooking together and working together in open source communities have become more clear. - -### FLOSS principles at play - -Here are a few ways cooking together is like working together on open source projects: - - * We enjoy collaborating and working toward a result we share. - * We’ve become a community. - * As we share a common interest and enthusiasm, we learn more about ourselves, each other, and what we’re working on together. - * Mistakes happen. We learn from them and share our knowledge to our mutual benefit, so hopefully we avoid repeating the same mistakes. - * Everyone contributes what they’re best at, as everyone has something they’re better at than someone else. - * We motivate others to contribute and join us. - * Coordination is key, but a bit chaotic. - * Everyone benefits from the results! - - - -### Smells like open source - -Like any successful open source-related meetup, open source cooking requires some coordination and structure. Ahead of the event, we run a _call for recipes_ in which all participants can vote. Rather than throwing a pizza into a microwave, we want to create something delicious and tasty, and so far we’ve had Japanese, Mexican, Hungarian, and Indian food, just to name a few. - -Like in real life, cooking together requires having respect and mutual understanding for each other, so we always try to have dishes for vegans, vegetarians, and people with allergies and food preferences. A little beta test at home can be helpful (and fun!) when preparing for the big release. - -Scalability matters, and shopping for our “build requirements” at the grocery store easily can eat up three hours. We use a spreadsheet (LibreOffice Calc, naturally) for calculating ingredient requirements and costs. - -For every dinner course we have a “package maintainer” working with volunteers to make the menu in time and to find unconventional solutions to problems that arise. - -Not everyone is a cook by profession, but with a little bit of help and a good distribution of tasks and responsibilities, it’s rather easy to parallelize things — at some point, 18kg of tomatoes and 100 eggs really don’t worry you anymore, believe me! The only real scalability limit is the stove with its four hotplates, so maybe it’s time to invest in an infrastructure budget. - -Time-based releasing, on the other hand, isn’t working as reliably as it should, as we usually serve the main dish at a rather “flexible” time between 21:30 und 01:30, but that’s not a release blocker, either. - -And, as with in many open source projects, cooking documentation has room for improvement. Cleanup tasks such as washing the dishes, surely can be optimized further, too. - -### Future flavor releases - -Some of our future ideas include: - - * cooking in a foreign country, - * finally buying and cooking that large 700 € pumpkin, and - * find a grocery store that donates a percentage of our purchases to a good cause. - - - -The last item is also an important aspect about the free software movement: Always remember there are people who are not living on the sunny side, who do not have the same access to resources, and who are otherwise struggling. How can the open nature of what we’re doing help them? - -With all that in mind, I am looking forward to the next Open Source Cooking meetup. If reading about them makes you hungry and you’d like to run own event, we’d love to see you adapt our idea or even fork it. And we’d love to have you join us in a meetup, and perhaps even do some mentoring and QA. - -Article originally appeared on [blog.effenberger.org][3]. Reprinted with permission. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-cooking - -作者:[Florian Effenberger][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/floeff -[1]: https://www.opensourcetreffen.de/ -[2]: http://www.cafe-netzwerk.de/ -[3]: https://blog.effenberger.org/2018/05/28/what-do-open-source-and-cooking-have-in-common/ diff --git a/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2f5f150f1a --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +开源与烹饪有什么相似之处? +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/waffles-recipe-eggs-cooking-mix.png?itok=Fp06VOBx) + +有什么好的方法,既可以宣传开源的精神又不用写代码呢?这里有个点子:“开源食堂”。在过去的8年间,这就是我们在慕尼黑做的事情。 + +开源食堂已经是我们常规的开源宣传活动了,因为我们发现开源与烹饪有很多共同点。 + +### 协作烹饪 + +[慕尼黑开源聚会][1]自2009年7月在[Café Netzwerk][2]创办以来,已经组织了若干次活动,活动一般在星期五的晚上组织。该聚会为开源项目工作者或者开源爱好者们提供了相互认识的方式。我们的信条是:“每四周的星期五属于免费软件(Every fourth Friday for free software)”。当然在一些周末,我们还会举办一些研讨会。那之后,我们很快加入了很多其他的活动,包括白香肠早餐、桑拿与烹饪活动。 + +事实上,第一次开源烹饪聚会举办的有些混乱,但是我们经过这8年来以及15次的组织,已经可以为25-30个与会者提供丰盛的美食了。 + +回头看看这些夜晚,我们愈发发现共同烹饪与开源社区协作之间,有很多相似之处。 + +### 烹饪步骤中的开源精神 + +这里是几个烹饪与开源精神相同的地方: + + * 我们乐于合作且朝着一个共同的目标前进 + * 我们成立社区组织 + * 由于我们有相同的兴趣与爱好,我们可以更多的了解我们自身与他人,并且可以一同协作 + * 我们也会犯错,但我们会从错误中学习,并为了共同的李医生去分享关于错误的经验,从而让彼此避免再犯相同的错误 + * 每个人都会贡献自己擅长的事情,因为每个人都有自己的一技之长 + * 我们会动员其他人去做出贡献并加入到我们之中 + * 虽说协作是关键,但难免会有点混乱 + * 每个人都会从中收益 + + + +### 烹饪中的开源气息 + +同很多成功的开源聚会一样,开源烹饪也需要一些协作和组织结构。在每次活动之前,我们会组织所有的成员对菜单进行投票,而不单单是直接给每个人分一角披萨,我们希望真正的作出一道美味,迄今为止我们做过日本、墨西哥、匈牙利、印度等地区风味的美食,限于篇幅就不一一列举了。 + +就像在生活中,共同烹饪一样需要各个成员之间相互的尊重和理解,所以我们也会试着为素食主义者、食物过敏者、或者对某些事物有偏好的人提供针对性的事物。正式开始烹饪之前,在家预先进行些小规模的测试会非常有帮助(乐趣!) + +可扩展性也很重要,在杂货店采购必要的食材很容易就消耗掉3个小时。所以我们使用一些表格工具(自然是 LibreOffice Calc)来做一些所需要的食材以及相应的成本。 + +我们会同志愿者一起,为每次晚餐准备一个“包管理器”,从而及时的制作出菜单并在问题产生的时候寻找一些独到的解决方法。 + +虽然不是所有人都是大厨,但是只要给与一些帮助,并比较合理的分配任务和责任,就很容易让每个人都参与其中。某种程度上来说,处理 18kg 的西红柿和 100 个鸡蛋都不会让你觉得是件难事,相信我!唯一的限制是一个烤炉只有四个灶,所以可能是时候对基础设施加大投入了。 + +发布有时间要求,当然要求也不那么严格,我们通常会在21:30和01:30之间的相当“灵活”时间内供应主菜,即便如此,这个时间也是硬性的发布规定。 + +最后,想很多开源项目一样,烹饪文档同样有提升的空间。类似洗碟子这样的扫尾工作同样也有可优化的地方。 + +### 未来的一些新功能点 + +我们预计的一些想法包括: + + * 在其他的国家开展活动 + * 购买和烹饪一个价值 700 欧元的大南瓜,并且 + * 找家可以为我们采购提供折扣的商店 + + +最后一点,也是开源软件的动机:永远记住,还有一些人们生活在阴影中,他们为没有同等的权限去访问资源而苦恼着。我们如何通过开源的精神去帮助他们呢? + +一想到这点,我便期待这下一次的开源烹饪聚会。如果读了上面的东西让你觉得不够完美,并且想自己运作这样的活动,我们非常乐意你能够借鉴我们的想法,甚至抄袭一个。我们也乐意你能够参与到我们其中,甚至做一些演讲和问答。 + +Article originally appeared on [blog.effenberger.org][3]. Reprinted with permission. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-cooking + +作者:[Florian Effenberger][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/sd886393) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/floeff +[1]: https://www.opensourcetreffen.de/ +[2]: http://www.cafe-netzwerk.de/ +[3]: https://blog.effenberger.org/2018/05/28/what-do-open-source-and-cooking-have-in-common/ +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_and_open-source_software From f98ec0c834674efc3e9b0e938f1801157c085c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jamelouis Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 22:24:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 027/437] translating nas --- ...7 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md index 7f5b29c092..42bb1bfe17 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +[translating by jamelouis] Getting started with openmediavault: A home NAS solution ====== This network-attached file server offers a solid array of features and is easy to install and configure. From 00a321afa3ae08194407543d9c4a218f48eb642b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 22:28:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 028/437] PRF&PUB:20180808 5 applications to manage your to do list on Fedora (#10251) * PRF:20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md @geekpi * PUB:20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10025-1.html --- ...ons to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md | 26 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md (58%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md b/published/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md similarity index 58% rename from translated/tech/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md rename to published/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md index dbd9aac972..99a163bf4f 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md +++ b/published/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md @@ -3,46 +3,45 @@ ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/todoapps-816x345.jpg) -有效管理待办事项可以为你的工作效率创造奇迹。有些人更喜欢在文本中保存待办事项,甚至只使用记事本和笔。对于需要更多待办事项功能的用户,他们通常会使用应用程序。在本文中,我们将重点介绍 4 个图形程序和一个基于终端的工具来管理待办事项。 +有效管理待办事项(to-do)可以为你的工作效率创造奇迹。有些人更喜欢在文本中保存待办事项,甚至只使用记事本和笔。对于需要更多待办事项功能的用户,他们通常会使用应用程序。在本文中,我们将重点介绍 4 个图形程序和一个基于终端的工具来管理待办事项。 ### GNOME To Do -GNOME To Do][1] 是专为 GNOME 桌面(Fedora Workstation 的默认桌面)设计的个人任务管理器。将 GNOME To Do 与其他程序进行比较时,它有一系列简洁的功能。 +[GNOME To Do][1] 是专为 GNOME 桌面(Fedora Workstation 的默认桌面)设计的个人任务管理器。GNOME To Do 与其他程序进行比较,它有一系列简洁的功能。 -GNOME To Do 提供列表形式的任务组织,并能为该列表指定颜色。此外,可以为各个任务分配截止日期和优先级,以及每项任务的注释。此外,GNOME To Do 还支持扩展,能添加更多功能,包括支持 [todo.txt][2] 以及与 [todoist][3] 等在线服务同步。 +GNOME To Do 提供列表形式的任务组织方式,并能为该列表指定颜色。此外,可以为各个任务分配截止日期和优先级,以及每项任务的注释。此外,GNOME To Do 还支持扩展,能添加更多功能,包括支持 [todo.txt][2] 以及与 [todoist][3] 等在线服务同步。 ![][4] 使用软件中心或者在终端中使用下面的命令安装 GNOME To Do: + ``` sudo dnf install gnome-todo - ``` ### Getting things GNOME! -、在 GNOME To Do 存在之前,在 GNOME 上追踪任务的首选程序是 [Getting things GNOME!][5] 这个稍来的 GNOME 程序有多个窗口层,能然你同时显示多个任务的细节。GTG 没有任务列表,它能在任务中添加子任务,甚至在子任务中添加子任务。GTG 同样能添加截止日期和开始日期。通过插件同步其他程序和服务也是可能的。 +在 GNOME To Do 出现之前,在 GNOME 上追踪任务的首选程序是 [Getting things GNOME!][5] 这个老式的 GNOME 程序采用多窗口布局,能让你同时显示多个任务的细节。GTG 没有任务列表,它能在任务中添加子任务,甚至在子任务中添加子任务。GTG 同样能添加截止日期和开始日期。也可以通过插件同步其他程序和服务。 ![][6] 在软件中心或者在终端中使用下面的命令安装 Getting Things GNOME: + ``` sudo dnf install gtg - ``` ### Go For It! -[Go For It!][7] 是一个超级简单的任务管理程序。它能简单地创建一个任务列表,并在完成后标记它们。它没有组任务,也不能创建子任务。默认 Go For It! 将任务存储在 todo.txt 中,这能更方便地同步到在线服务或者其他程序中。额外地,Go For It! 包含了一个简单定时器来追踪你在当前任务花费了多少时间。 +[Go For It!][7] 是一个超级简单的任务管理程序。它能简单地创建一个任务列表,并在完成后标记它们。它不能将任务分组,也不能创建子任务。Go For It! 默认将任务存储为 todo.txt 格式,这能更方便地同步到在线服务或者其他程序中。额外地,Go For It! 包含了一个简单定时器来追踪你在当前任务花费了多少时间。 ![][8] -Go For It 能在 Flathub 应用仓库中找到。要安装它,只需[启用 Flathub 作为软件源][9],接着在软件中心中安装。 - +Go For It! 能在 Flathub 应用仓库中找到。要安装它,只需[启用 Flathub 作为软件源][9],接着在软件中心中安装。 ### Agenda -如果你在寻找一款非常简单的待办应用,[Agenda][10] 非常合适。创建任务,标记完成,接着从列表中删除它们。Agenda 会在你删除它们之前显示所有任务(完成或者进行中)。 +如果你在寻找一款非常简单的待办应用,非 [Agenda][10] 莫属。创建任务,标记完成,接着从列表中删除它们。Agenda 会在你删除它们之前一直显示所有任务(完成的或者进行中)。 ![][11] @@ -57,12 +56,11 @@ Agenda 能从 Flathub 应用仓库下载。要安装它,只需[启用 Flathub ![][14] 在终端中使用这个命令安装 Taskwarrior: + ``` sudo dnf install task - ``` - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-tools-to-manage-your-to-do-list-on-fedora/ @@ -70,7 +68,7 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-tools-to-manage-your-to-do-list-on-fedora/ 作者:[Ryan Lerch][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -88,4 +86,4 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-tools-to-manage-your-to-do-list-on-fedora/ [11]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/agenda.png [12]:https://taskwarrior.org/ [13]:https://fedoramagazine.org/getting-started-taskwarrior/ -[14]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/taskwarrior.png \ No newline at end of file +[14]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/taskwarrior.png From c9f615c7cd12cbfa714254ea87655a94e895d3a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 23:06:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 029/437] PRF&PUB:20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN (#10254) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * PRF:20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md @heguangzhi 翻译的很好~ * PUB:20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md @heguangzhi https://linux.cn/article-10026-1.html --- ...en source tools for making your own VPN.md | 109 ++++++++++++++ ...en source tools for making your own VPN.md | 137 ------------------ 2 files changed, 109 insertions(+), 137 deletions(-) create mode 100644 published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md delete mode 100644 translated/tech/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md diff --git a/published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md b/published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19e668c20c --- /dev/null +++ b/published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +6 个打造你自己的 VPN 的开源工具 +====== + +> 想尝试建立您自己的 VPN,但是不确定从哪里开始吗? + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/vpn_scrabble_networking.jpg?itok=pdsUHw5N) + +如果您想尝试建立您自己的 VPN,但是不确定从哪里开始,那么您来对地方了。我将比较 6 个在您自己的服务器上搭建和使用 VPN 的最好的自由和开源工具。不管您是想为您的企业建立站点到站点的 VPN,还是只是想创建一个远程代理访问以解除访问限制并对 ISP 隐藏你的互联网流量,都可以通过 VPN 来达成。 + +根据您的需求和条件,并参考您自己的技术特长、环境以及您想要通过 VPN 实现的目标。需要考虑以下因素: + + * VPN 协议 + * 客户端的数量和设备类型 + * 服务端的兼容性 + * 需要的技术专业能力 + +### Algo + +[Algo][1] 是从下往上设计的,可以为需要互联网安全代理的商务旅客创建 VPN 专用网。它“只包括您所需要的最小化的软件”,这意味着为了简单而牺牲了可扩展性。Algo 是基于 StrongSwan 的,但是删除了所有您不需要的东西,这有另外一个好处,那就是去除了新手可能不会注意到的安全漏洞。 + +作为额外的奖励,它甚至可以屏蔽广告! + +Algo 只支持 IKEv2 协议和 Wireguard。因为对 IKEv2 的支持现在已经内置在大多数设备中,所以它不需要像 OpenVPN 这样的客户端应用程序。Algo 可以使用 Ansible 在 Ubuntu (首选选项)、Windows、RedHat、CentOS 和 FreeBSD 上部署。 使用 Ansible 可以自动化安装,它会根据您对一组简短的问题的回答来配置服务。卸载和重新部署也非常容易。 + +Algo 可能是在本文中安装和部署最简单和最快的 VPN。它非常简洁,考虑周全。如果您不需要其他工具提供的高级功能,只需要一个安全代理,这是一个很好的选择。请注意,Algo 明确表示,它不是为了解除地理封锁或逃避审查,主要是为了加密。 + +### Streisand + +[Streisand][2] 可以使用一个命令安装在任何 Ubuntu 16.04 服务器上;这个过程大约需要 10 分钟。它支持 L2TP、OpenConnect、OpenSSH、OpenVPN、Shadowsocks、Stunnel、Tor bridge 和 WireGuard。根据您选择的协议,您可能需要安装客户端应用程序。 + +在很多方面,Streisand 与 Algo 相似,但是它提供了更多的协议和定制。这需要更多的工作来管理和维护,但也更加灵活。注意 Streisand 不支持 IKEv2。因为它的多功能性,我认为 Streisand 在某国和土耳其这样的地方绕过审查制度更有效,但是 Algo 的安装更容易和更快。 + +使用 Ansible 可以自动化安装,所以不需要太多的专业技术知识。通过向用户发送自定义生成的连接指令,包括服务器 SSL 证书的嵌入副本,可以轻松添加更多用户。 + +卸载 Streisand 是一个快速无痛的过程,您也可以随时重新部署。 + +### OpenVPN + +[OpenVPN][3] 要求客户端和服务器应用程序使用其同名的协议建立 VPN 连接。OpenVPN 可以根据您的需求进行调整和定制,但它也需要更多专业技术知识。它支持远程访问和站点到站点配置;如果您计划使用 VPN 作为互联网代理,前者是您所需要的。因为在大多数设备上使用 OpenVPN 需要客户端应用程序,所以最终用户必须保持更新。 + +服务器端您可以选择部署在云端或你自己的 Linux 服务器上。兼容的发行版包括 CentOS 、Ubuntu 、Debian 和 openSUSE。Windows 、MacOS 、iOS 和 Android 都有客户端应用程序,其他设备也有非官方应用程序。企业可以选择设置一个 OpenVPN 接入服务器,但是对于想要使用社区版的个人来说,这可能有点过分。 + +OpenVPN 使用静态密钥加密来配置相对容易,但并不十分安全。相反,我建议使用 [easy-rsa][4] 来设置它,这是一个密钥管理包,可以用来设置公钥基础设施(PKI)。这允许您一次连接多个设备,并因此得到完美前向保密perfect forward secrecy和其他好处的保护。OpenVPN 使用 SSL/TLS 进行加密,而且您可以在配置中指定 DNS 服务器。 + +OpenVPN 可以穿透防火墙和 NAT 防火墙,这意味着您可以使用它绕过可能会阻止连接的网关和防火墙。它同时支持 TCP 和 UDP 传输。 + +### StrongSwan + +您可能会遇到一些名称中有 “Swan” 的各种 VPN 工具。FreeS/WAN 、OpenSwan、LibreSwan 和 [strongSwan][5] 都是同一个项目的分叉,后者是我个人最喜欢的。在服务器端,strongSwan 可以运行在 Linux 2.6、3.x 和 4x 内核、Android、FreeBSD、macOS、iOS 和 Windows 上。 + +StrongSwan 使用 IKEv2 协议和 IPSec 。与 OpenVPN 相比,IKEv2 连接速度更快,同时提供了很好的速度和安全性。如果您更喜欢不需要在客户端安装额外应用程序的协议,这将非常有用,因为现在生产的大多数新设备都支持 IKEv2,包括 Windows、MacOS、iOS 和 Android。 + +StrongSwan 并不特别容易使用,尽管文档不错,但它使用的词汇与大多数其他工具不同,这可能会让人比较困惑。它的模块化设计让它对企业来说很棒,但这也意味着它不是很精简。这当然不像 Algo 或 Streisand 那么简单。 + +访问控制可以基于使用 X.509 属性证书的组成员身份,这是 strongSwan 独有的功能。它支持用于集成到其他环境(如 Windows Active Directory)中的 EAP 身份验证方法。strongSwan 可以穿透NAT 网络防火墙。 + +### SoftEther + +[SoftEther][6] 是由日本筑波大学的一名研究生发起的一个项目。SoftEther VPN 服务器和 VPN 网桥可以运行在 Windows、Linux、OSX、FreeBSD 和 Solaris 上,而客户端应用程序可以运行在 Windows、Linux 和 MacOS 上。VPN 网桥主要用于需要设置站点到站点 VPN 的企业,因此单个用户只需要服务器和客户端程序来设置远程访问。 + +SoftEther 支持 OpenVPN、L2TP、SSTP 和 EtherIP 协议,由于采用“基于 HTTPS 的以太网”伪装,它自己的 SoftEther 协议声称能够免疫深度数据包检测。SoftEther 还做了一些调整,以减少延迟并增加吞吐量。此外,SoftEther 还包括一个克隆功能,允许您轻松地从 OpenVPN 过渡到 SoftEther。 + +SoftEther 可以穿透 NAT 防火墙并绕过防火墙。在只允许 ICMP 和 DNS 数据包的受限网络上,您可以利用 SoftEther 的基于 ICMP 或 DNS 的 VPN 方式来穿透防火墙。SoftEther 可与 IPv4 和 IPv6 一起工作。 + +SoftEther 比 OpenVPN 和 strongSwan 更容易设置,但比 Streisand 和 Algo 要复杂。 + +### WireGuard + +[WireGuard][7] 是这个名单上最新的工具;它太新了,甚至还没有完成。也就是说,它为部署 VPN 提供了一种快速简便的方法。它旨在通过使 IPSec 更简单、更精简来改进它,就像 SSH 一样。 + +与 OpenVPN 一样,WireGuard 既是一种协议,也是一种用于部署使用所述协议的 VPN 的软件工具。一个关键特性是“加密密钥路由”,它将公钥与隧道内允许的 IP 地址列表相关联。 + +WireGuard 可用于 Ubuntu、Debian、Fedora、CentOS、MacOS、Windows 和安卓系统。WireGuard 可在 IPv4 和 IPv6 上工作。 + +WireGuard 比大多数其他 VPN 协议轻得多,它只在需要发送数据时才发送数据包。 + +开发人员说,WireGuard 还不应该被信任,因为它还没有被完全审计过,但是欢迎你给它一个机会。这可能是下一个热门! + +### 自制 VPN vs. 商业 VPN + +制作您自己的 VPN 为您的互联网连接增加了一层隐私和安全,但是如果您是唯一一个使用它的人,那么装备精良的第三方,比如政府机构,将很容易追踪到你的活动。 + +此外,如果您计划使用您的 VPN 来解锁地理锁定的内容,自制的 VPN 可能不是最好的选择。因为您只能从一个 IP 地址连接,所以你的 VPN 服务器很容易被阻止。 + +好的商业 VPN 不存在这些问题。有了像 [ExpressVPN][8] 这样的提供商,您可以与数十甚至数百个其他用户共享服务器的 IP 地址,这使得跟踪一个用户的活动几乎变得不可能。您也可以从成百上千的服务器中选择,所以如果其中一台被列入黑名单,你可以切换到另一台。 + +然而,商业 VPN 的权衡是,您必须相信提供商不会窥探您的互联网流量。一定要选择一个有明确的无日志政策的信誉良好的供应商。 + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/open-source-tools-vpn + +作者:[Paul Bischoff][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/paulbischoff +[1]: https://blog.trailofbits.com/2016/12/12/meet-algo-the-vpn-that-works/ +[2]: https://github.com/StreisandEffect/streisand +[3]: https://openvpn.net/ +[4]: https://github.com/OpenVPN/easy-rsa +[5]: https://www.strongswan.org/ +[6]: https://www.softether.org/ +[7]: https://www.wireguard.com/ +[8]: https://www.comparitech.com/vpn/reviews/expressvpn/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md b/translated/tech/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0ff7ad847e..0000000000 --- a/translated/tech/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -heguangzhi Translating - -6个开源工具制作自己的VPN -====== - - - - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/vpn_scrabble_networking.jpg?itok=pdsUHw5N) - -如果您想尝试建立您自己的 VPN,但是不确定从哪里开始,那么您来对地方了。我将挑选6个最好的免费和开源工具在您自己的服务器上搭建和使用 VPN。这些 VPN 软件不管您是想为您的企业建立站点到站点的,还是仅创建远程代理访问以解除访问限制,并隐藏来自ISP的互联网流量都可以得到解决。 - -根据您的需求和条件,并参考您自己的技术特长,环境以及您想要通过 VPN 实现的目标。需要考虑以下因素: - - * VPN 协议 - * 客户端的数量和设备类型 - * 服务端的兼容性 - * 技术专业的能力 - -### Algo - - -[Algo][1] 是从下往上的设计的,为需要互联网安全代理的企业创建 VPN 专用网。它“只包括您需要的最小化的软件”,这意味着您为了简单而牺牲了可扩展性。Algo 是基于 StrongSwan 的,但是删除了所有您不需要的东西,这有另外一个好处,那就是删除了新手可能不会注意到的安全漏洞。 - - -作为额外的奖励,它甚至屏蔽了广告! - -Algo supports only the IKEv2 protocol and Wireguard. Because IKEv2 support is built into most devices these days, it doesn’t require a client app like OpenVPN. Algo can be deployed using Ansible on Ubuntu (the preferred option), Windows, RedHat, CentOS, and FreeBSD. Setup is automated using Ansible, which configures the server based on your answers to a short set of questions. It’s also very easy to tear down and re-deploy on demand. - - -Algo 只支持 IKEv2 协议和 Wireguard 。因为 IKEv2 支持现在已经内置在大多数设备中,所以它不需要像 OpenVPN 这样的客户端应用程序。Algo 可以使用 Ansible 在 Ubuntu (首选选项)、Windows、RedHat、CentOS 和 FreeBSD 上部署。自动化的安装 Ansible,它根据您对一组简短问题的回答来配置服务。终止和重新部署也非常容易。 - - -Algo 可能是在本篇文章中安装和部署的最简单和最快的VPN。它非常简洁,考虑周全。如果您不需要其他工具提供的任何更高级的功能,只需要一个安全的代理,这是一个很好的选择。请注意,Algo 明确表示,它不是为了解除地理封锁或逃避审查,主要是为了加密。 - -### Streisand - - - -[Streisand][2] 可以使用一个命令安装在任何 Ubuntu 16.04 服务器上;这个过程大约需要10分钟。它支持 L2TP、OpenConnect、OpenSSH、OpenVPN、Shadowsocks、Stunnel、Tor bridge 和 WireGuard。根据您选择的协议,您可能需要安装客户端应用程序。 - - -在很多方面,Streisand 与 Algo 相似,但是它提供了更多的协议和定制。这需要更多的工作来管理和维护,但也更加灵活。注意 Streisand 不支持 IKEv2 。我认为 Streisand 在中国和土耳其这样的地方绕过审查制度更有效,因为它的多功能性,但是 Algo 更容易和更快地安装。 - - -使用 Ansible 可以自动化安装,所以不需要太多的专业技术知识。通过向用户发送自定义生成的连接指令,包括服务器 SSL 证书的嵌入副本,可以轻松添加更多用户。 - - -卸载 Streisand 是一个快速无痛的过程,您可以按需重新部署。 - -### OpenVPN - - -[OpenVPN][3] 要求客户端和服务器应用程序使用同名协议建立 VPN 连接。OpenVPN 可以根据您的需求进行调整和定制,但它也需要更多专业技术知识。支持远程访问和站点到站点配置;如果您计划使 VPN 作为互联网的代理,前者是您需要的。因为客户端应用程序需要在大多数设备上使用 OpenVPN ,最终用户必须保持更新。 - - -在服务器端,您可以选择部署在云中或 Linux 服务器上。兼容的发行版包括 CentOS 、Ubuntu 、Debian 和 openSUSE。Windows 、MacOS 、iOS 和 Android 都有客户端应用程序,其他设备也有非官方应用程序。企业可以选择设置一个 OpenVPN 接入服务器,但是对于想要社区版的个人来说,这可能太过分了。 - - -OpenVPN 相对容易配置静态密钥加密,但并不完全安全。相反,我建议使用 [easy-rsa][4] 来设置它,这是一个密钥管理包,可以用来设置公钥基础设施。这允许您一次连接多个设备,并以完美的前向保密和其他好处来保护它们。OpenVPN 使用 SSL/TLS 进行加密,您可以在配置中指定 DNS 服务器。 - - -OpenVPN 可以穿越防火墙和 NAT 防火墙,这意味着您可以使用它绕过网关和防火墙,否则它们可能会阻止连接。它同时支持 TCP 和 UDP 传输。 - -### StrongSwan - -您可能会遇到一些不同的 VPN 工具,名称中有“Swan”。FreeS/WAN, 、OpenSwan、LibreSwan和[strongSwan][5] 都是同一个项目的分叉,后者是我个人最喜欢的。服务器端,strongSwan 运行在 Linux 2.6、3.x和4x内核、Android、FreeBSD、macOS、iOS 和 Windows上。 - - -StrongSwan 使用 IKEv2 协议和 IPSec 。与 OpenVPN 相比,IKEv2 连接速度更快,同时提供了很好的速度和安全性。如果您更喜欢不需要在客户端安装额外应用程序的协议,这将非常有用,因为现在生产的大多数新设备都支持 IKEv2,,包括 Windows、MacOS、iOS和Android。 - -StrongSwan 并不特别容易使用,尽管文档不错,但它使用的词汇与大多数其他工具不同,这可能会让人比较困惑。它的模块化设计让它对企业来说很棒,但这也意味着它不是最精简。这当然不像 Algo 或Streisand 那么简单。 - - -访问控制可以基于使用X.509 属性证书的组成员身份,这是 strongSwan 独有的功能。它支持用于集成到其他环境(如Windows Active Directory )中的EAP身份验证方法。strongSwan可以穿越NAT 网络防火墙。 - -### SoftEther - - -[SoftEther][6] 是由日本筑波大学的一名研究生发起的一个项目。SoftEther VPN 服务器和 VPN网桥在 Windows、Linux、OSX、FreeBSD 和 Solaris 上运行,而客户端应用程序在Windows、Linux和 MacOS 上运行。VPN 网桥主要用于需要设置站点到站点VPN的企业,因此单个用户只需要服务器和客户端程序来设置远程访问。 - - -SoftEther 支持 OpenVPN、L2TP、SSTP 和 EtherIP 协议,由于“基于HTTPS的以太网”伪装,它自己的 SoftEther 协议声称能够免疫深度数据包检测。SoftEther 还做了一些调整,以减少延迟并增加吞吐量。此外,SoftEther 还包括一个克隆功能,允许您轻松地从 OpenVPN 过渡到SoftEther。 - -SoftEther 可以穿透 NAT 防火墙并绕过防火墙。在只允许 ICMP 和 DNS 数据包的受限网络上,您可以通过 ICMP 利用SoftEther的VPN 或者通过 DNS 利用 VPN 选项来穿透防火墙。SoftEther 可与IPv4 和IPv6 一起工作。 - - -SoftEther 比 OpenVPN 和strongSwan更容易设置,但比 Streisand 和 Algo 更复杂。 - -### WireGuard - - -[WireGuard][7] 是这个名单上最新的工具;它太新了,甚至还没有完成。也就是说,它为部署VPN提供了一种快速简便的方法。它旨在通过使 IPSec 更简单、更精简来改进它,就像SSH一样。 - -与OpenVPN一样,WireGuard 既是一种协议,也是一种软件工具,用于部署使用所述协议的VPN。一个关键特性是“加密密钥路由”,它将公钥与隧道内允许的 IP 地址列表相关联。 - - -WireGuard可用于 Ubuntu、Debian、Fedora、CentOS、MacOS、Windows 和安卓系统。WireGuard可在 IPv4和 IPv6 上工作。 - -WireGuard比大多数其他VPN协议轻得多,它只在需要发送数据时才发送数据包。 - - -开发人员说,WireGuard还不应该被信任,因为它还没有被完全审计过,但是欢迎你给它一个机会。这可能是下一件大事! - -### 自制 VPN vs. 商业 VPN - -制作您自己的 VPN 为您的互联网连接增加了一层隐私和安全,但是如果您是唯一一个使用它的人,那么装备精良的第三方,比如政府机构,将很容易追踪到你的活动。 - -此外,如果您计划使用您的 VPN 来解锁地理锁定的内容,自制的VPN可能不是最好的选择。因为您只能从一个IP地址连接,所以你的 VPN 服务器很容易被阻止。 - - -好的商业 VPN 不存在这些问题。有了像[ExpressVPN][8]这样的提供商,您可以与数十甚至数百个其他用户共享服务器的IP地址,这使得跟踪一个用户的活动几乎变得不可能。您也可以从成百上千的服务器中选择,所以如果其中一台被列入黑名单,你可以切换到另一台。 - - -然而,商业VPN的权衡是,您必须相信提供商不会窥探您的互联网流量。一定要选择一个有明确的无日志政策的信誉良好的供应商。 - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/open-source-tools-vpn - -作者:[Paul Bischoff][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: -[1]: https://blog.trailofbits.com/2016/12/12/meet-algo-the-vpn-that-works/ -[2]: https://github.com/StreisandEffect/streisand -[3]: https://openvpn.net/ -[4]: https://github.com/OpenVPN/easy-rsa -[5]: https://www.strongswan.org/ -[6]: https://www.softether.org/ -[7]: https://www.wireguard.com/ -[8]: https://www.comparitech.com/vpn/reviews/expressvpn/ From 89a6d1efcf43c800103ec0cdbbde6f6e9cbeaf11 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pityonline Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 23:12:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 030/437] =?UTF-8?q?PRF:=20#10184=20=E6=A0=A1=E5=AF=B9?= =?UTF-8?q?=E5=B9=B6=E5=88=9D=E6=AD=A5=E8=B0=83=E6=95=B4=E6=A0=BC=E5=BC=8F?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0180308 What is open source programming.md | 39 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md b/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md index ad732e1996..4791a64aab 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -何谓开源编程? +何谓开源编程? ====== + > 开源就是丢一些代码到 GitHub 上。了解一下它是什么,以及不是什么? ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/code_computer_development_programming.png?itok=4OM29-82) -最简单的来说,开源编程就是编写一些大家可以随意取用、修改的代码。但你肯定听过关于 Go 语言的那个老笑话,说 Go 语言“简单到看一眼就可以明白规则,但需要一辈子去学会运用它”。其实写开源代码也是这样的。往 GitHub、Bitbucket、 SourceForge 等网站或者是你自己的博客或网站上丢几行代码不是难事,但想要卓有成效,还需要个人的努力付出和高瞻远瞩。 +最简单的来说,开源编程就是编写一些大家可以随意取用、修改的代码。但你肯定听过关于 Go 语言的那个老笑话,说 Go 语言“简单到看一眼就可以明白规则,但需要一辈子去学会运用它”。其实写开源代码也是这样的。往 GitHub、Bitbucket、SourceForge 等网站或者是你自己的博客或网站上丢几行代码不是难事,但想要卓有成效,还需要个人的努力付出和高瞻远瞩。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/floorgoban.jpeg?itok=r8gA5jOk) @@ -12,29 +13,29 @@ 首先我要说清楚一点:把你的代码放在 GitHub 的公开仓库中并不意味着把你的代码开源了。在几乎全世界,根本不用创作者做什么,只要作品形成,版权就随之而生了。在创作者进行授权之前,只有作者可以行使版权相关的权力。未经创作者授权的代码,不论有多少人在使用,都是一颗定时炸弹,只有愚蠢的人才会去用它。 -有些创作者很善良,认为“很明显我的代码是免费提供给大家使用的。”,他也并不想起诉那些用了他的代码的人,但这并不意味着这些代码可以放心使用。不论在你眼中创作者们多么善良,他们都是*有权力*起诉任何使用、修改代码,或未经明确授权就将代码嵌入的人。 +有些创作者很善良,认为“很明显我的代码是免费提供给大家使用的。”,他也并不想起诉那些用了他的代码的人,但这并不意味着这些代码可以放心使用。不论在你眼中创作者们多么善良,他们都是 *有权力* 起诉任何使用、修改代码,或未经明确授权就将代码嵌入的人。 很明显,你不应该在没有指定开源许可证的情况下将你的源代码发布到网上然后期望别人使用它并为其做出贡献,我建议你也尽量避免使用这种代码,甚至疑似未授权的也不要使用。如果你开发了一个函数和例程,它和之前一个疑似未授权代码很像,源代码作者就可以对你就侵权提起诉讼。 -举个例子, Jill Schmill 写了 AwesomeLib 然后未明确授权就把它放到了 GitHub 上,就算 Jill Schmill 不起诉任何人,只要她把 AwesomeLib 的完整版权都卖给 EvilCorp,EvilCorp 就会起诉之前违规使用这段代码的人。这种行为就好像是埋下了计算机安全隐患,总有一天会为人所用。 - +举个例子,Jill Schmill 写了 AwesomeLib 然后未明确授权就把它放到了 GitHub 上,就算 Jill Schmill 不起诉任何人,只要她把 AwesomeLib 的完整版权都卖给 EvilCorp,EvilCorp 就会起诉之前违规使用这段代码的人。这种行为就好像是埋下了计算机安全隐患,总有一天会为人所用。 + 没有许可证的代码的危险的,切记。 - + ### 选择恰当的开源许可证 假设你正要写一个新程序,而且打算让人们以开源的方式使用它,你需要做的就是选择最贴合你需求的[许可证][1]。和宣传中说的一样,你可以从 GitHub 所支持的 [choosealicense.com][2] 开始。这个网站设置得像个简单的问卷,特别方便快捷,点几下就能找到合适的许可证。 -警示:在选择许可证时不要过于自负,如果你选的是 [Apache 许可证][3] 或者 [GPLv3][4] 这种广为使用的许可证,人们很容易理解其对于权利的规划,你也不需要请律师来排查其中的漏洞。你选择的许可证使用的人越少,带来的麻烦越多。 +警示:在选择许可证时不要过于自负,如果你选的是 [Apache 许可证][3]或者 [GPLv3][4] 这种广为使用的许可证,人们很容易理解其对于权利的规划,你也不需要请律师来排查其中的漏洞。你选择的许可证使用的人越少,带来的麻烦越多。 -最重要的一点是:*千万不要试图自己编造许可证!*自己编造许可证会给大家带来更多的困惑和困扰,不要这样做。如果在现有的许可证中确实找不到你需要的条款,你可以在现有的许可证中附加上你的要求,并且重点标注出来,提醒使用者们注意。 +最重要的一点是: *千万不要试图自己编造许可证!* 自己编造许可证会给大家带来更多的困惑和困扰,不要这样做。如果在现有的许可证中确实找不到你需要的条款,你可以在现有的许可证中附加上你的要求,并且重点标注出来,提醒使用者们注意。 我知道有些人会说:“我才懒得管什么许可证,我已经把代码发到公开领域public domain了。”但问题是,公开领域的法律效力并不是受全世界认可的。在不同的国家,公开领域的效力和表现形式不同。有些国家的政府管控下,你甚至不可以把自己的源代码发到公开领域中。万幸,[Unlicense][5] 可以弥补这些漏洞,它语言简洁,使用几个词清楚地描述了“就把它放到公开领域”,但其效力为全世界认可。 ### 怎样引入许可证 -确定使用哪个许可证之后,你需要清晰而无疑义地指定它。如果你是在 GitHub、 GitLab 或 BitBucket 这几个网站发布,你需要构建很多个文件夹,在根文件夹中,你应把许可证创建为一个以 `LICENSE.txt` 命名的明文文件。 +确定使用哪个许可证之后,你需要清晰而无疑义地指定它。如果你是在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 这几个网站发布,你需要构建很多个文件夹,在根文件夹中,你应把许可证创建为一个以 `LICENSE.txt` 命名的明文文件。 -创建 `LICENSE.txt` 这个文件之后还有其他事要做。你需要在每个有效文件的页眉中添加注释块来申明许可证。如果你使用的是一现有的许可证,这一步对你来说十分简便。一个 `# 项目名 (c)2018 作者名, GPLv3 许可证,详情见 https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html` 这样的注释块比隐约指代的许可证的效力要强得多。 +创建 `LICENSE.txt` 这个文件之后还有其他事要做。你需要在每个有效文件的页眉中添加注释块来申明许可证。如果你使用的是一现有的许可证,这一步对你来说十分简便。一个 `# 项目名 (c)2018 作者名,GPLv3 许可证,详情见 https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html` 这样的注释块比隐约指代的许可证的效力要强得多。 如果你是要发布在自己的网站上,步骤也差不多。先创建 `LICENSE.txt` 文件,放入许可证,再表明许可证出处。 @@ -46,19 +47,19 @@ 你的源代码也可能逼疯你,尤其是在你一遍又一遍地修改错误的函数或是子过程后,终于出现了你希望的结果,这时你不会叹口气就继续下一个任务,你会把过程清理干净,因为你不会愿意别人看出你一遍遍尝试的痕迹。比如你会把 `$variable`、`$lol` 全都换成有意义的 `$iterationcounter` 和 `$modelname`。这意味着你要认真专业地进行注释(尽管对于头脑风暴中的你来说它并不难懂),但为了之后有更多的人可以使用你的代码,你会尽力去注释,但注意适可而止。 -这个过程难免有些痛苦沮丧,毕竟这不是你常做的事,会有些不习惯。但它会使你成为一位更好的程序员,也会让你的代码升华。即使你的项目只有你一位贡献者,清理代码也会节约你后期的很多工作,相信我一年后你更新 app 时,你会庆幸自己现在写下的是 `$modelname`,还有清晰的注释,而不是什么不知名的数列,甚至连 `$lol`也不是。 +这个过程难免有些痛苦沮丧,毕竟这不是你常做的事,会有些不习惯。但它会使你成为一位更好的程序员,也会让你的代码升华。即使你的项目只有你一位贡献者,清理代码也会节约你后期的很多工作,相信我一年后你更新 app 时,你会庆幸自己现在写下的是 `$modelname`,还有清晰的注释,而不是什么不知名的数列,甚至连 `$lol` 也不是。 ### 你并不是为你一人而写 开源的真正核心并不是那些代码,是社区。更大的社区的项目维持的时间更长,也更容易为人们接受。因此不仅要加入社区,还要多多为社区发展贡献思路,让自己的项目能够为社区所用。 -蝙蝠侠为了完成目标暗中独自花了很大功夫,你用不着这样,你可以登录 Twitter、 Reddit,或者给你项目的相关人士发邮件,发布你正在筹备新项目的消息,仔细聊聊项目的设计初衷和你的计划,让大家一起帮忙,向大家征集数据输入,类似的使用案例,把这些信息整合起来,用在你的代码里。你不用看所有的回复,但你要对它有个大概把握,这样在你之后完善时可以躲过一些陷阱。 +蝙蝠侠为了完成目标暗中独自花了很大功夫,你用不着这样,你可以登录 Twitter、Reddit,或者给你项目的相关人士发邮件,发布你正在筹备新项目的消息,仔细聊聊项目的设计初衷和你的计划,让大家一起帮忙,向大家征集数据输入,类似的使用案例,把这些信息整合起来,用在你的代码里。你不用看所有的回复,但你要对它有个大概把握,这样在你之后完善时可以躲过一些陷阱。 不发首次通告这个过程还不算完整。如果你希望大家能够接受你的作品,并且使用它,你就要以此为初衷来设计。公众说不定可以帮到你,你不必对公开这件事如临大敌。所以不要闭门造车,既然你是为大家而写,那就开设一个真实、公开的项目,想象你在社区的监督下,认真地一步步完成它。 ### 建立项目的方式 -你可以在 GitHub、 GitLab 或 BitBucket 上免费注册账号来管理你的项目。注册之后,创建知识库,建立 `README` 文件,分配一个许可证,一步步写入代码。这样可以帮你建立好习惯,让你之后和现实中的团队一起工作时,也能目的清晰地朝着目标稳妥地进行工作。这样你做得越久,就越有兴趣。 +你可以在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 上免费注册账号来管理你的项目。注册之后,创建知识库,建立 `README` 文件,分配一个许可证,一步步写入代码。这样可以帮你建立好习惯,让你之后和现实中的团队一起工作时,也能目的清晰地朝着目标稳妥地进行工作。这样你做得越久,就越有兴趣。 用户们会开始对你产生兴趣,这会让你开心也会让你不爽,但你应该亲切礼貌地对待他们,就算他们很多人根本不知道你的项目做的是什么,你可以把文件给他们看,让他们了解你在干什么。有些还在犹豫的用户可以给你提个醒,告诉你最开始设计的用户范围中落下了哪些人。 @@ -80,9 +81,9 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/what-open-source-programming 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/jim-salter -[1]:https://opensource.com/tags/licensing -[2]:https://choosealicense.com/ -[3]:https://choosealicense.com/licenses/apache-2.0/ -[4]:https://choosealicense.com/licenses/gpl-3.0/ -[5]:https://choosealicense.com/licenses/unlicense/ +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jim-salter +[1]: https://opensource.com/tags/licensing +[2]: https://choosealicense.com/ +[3]: https://choosealicense.com/licenses/apache-2.0/ +[4]: https://choosealicense.com/licenses/gpl-3.0/ +[5]: https://choosealicense.com/licenses/unlicense/ From 5c70bc587ba8e62856b0e626fdd192d183161d79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 23:35:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 031/437] PRF:20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @pinewall 翻译的很棒 --- ...ams and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md | 60 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md b/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md index ce4a4c2b08..9eff0b65d3 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md @@ -1,31 +1,33 @@ 使用 PySimpleGUI 轻松为程序和脚本增加 GUI ====== +> 五分钟创建定制 GUI。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/web_browser_desktop_devlopment_design_system_computer.jpg?itok=pfqRrJgh) -对于 `.exe` 类型的程序文件,我们可以通过双击鼠标左键打开;但对于 `.py` 类型的 Python 程序,几乎不会有人尝试同样的操作。对于一个(非程序员类型的)典型用户,他们双击打开 `.exe` 文件时预期弹出一个可以交互的窗体。基于 `Tkinter`,可以通过标准 Python 安装standard Python installations的方式提供 GUI,但很多程序都不太可能这样做。 +对于 `.exe` 类型的程序文件,我们可以通过双击鼠标左键打开;但对于 `.py` 类型的 Python 程序,几乎不会有人尝试同样的操作。对于一个(非程序员类型的)典型用户,他们双击打开 `.exe` 文件时预期弹出一个可以交互的窗体。基于 Tkinter,可以通过标准 Python 安装standard Python installations的方式提供 GUI,但很多程序都不太可能这样做。 如果打开 Python 程序并进入 GUI 界面变得如此容易,以至于真正的初学者也可以掌握,会怎样呢?会有人感兴趣并使用吗?这个问题不好回答,因为直到今天创建自定义 GUI 布局仍不是件容易的事情。 -在为程序或脚本增加 GUI 这件事上,似乎存在能力的“错配”。(缺乏这方面能力的)真正的初学者被迫只能使用命令行方式,而很多(具备这方面能力的)高级程序员却不愿意花时间创建一个 `Tkinter` GUI。 +在为程序或脚本增加 GUI 这件事上,似乎存在能力的“错配”。(缺乏这方面能力的)真正的初学者被迫只能使用命令行方式,而很多(具备这方面能力的)高级程序员却不愿意花时间创建一个 Tkinter GUI。 ### GUI 框架 -Python 的 GUI 框架并不少,其中 `Tkinter`,`wxPython`,`Qt` 和 `Kivy` 是几种比较主流的框架。此外,还有不少在上述框架基础上封装的简化框架,例如 `EasyGUI`,`PyGUI` 和 `Pyforms` 等。 +Python 的 GUI 框架并不少,其中 Tkinter,wxPython,Qt 和 Kivy 是几种比较主流的框架。此外,还有不少在上述框架基础上封装的简化框架,例如 EasyGUI,PyGUI 和 Pyforms 等。 但问题在于,对于初学者(这里是指编程经验不超过 6 个月的用户)而言,即使是最简单的主流框架,他们也无从下手;他们也可以选择封装过的(简化)框架,但仍难以甚至无法创建自定义 GUI 布局layout。即便学会了某种(简化)框架,也需要编写连篇累牍的代码。 -[`PySimpleGUI`][1] 尝试解决上述 GUI 难题,它提供了一种简单明了、易于理解、方便自定义的 GUI 接口。如果使用 `PySimpleGUI`,很多复杂的 GUI 也仅需不到 20 行代码。 +[PySimpleGUI][1] 尝试解决上述 GUI 难题,它提供了一种简单明了、易于理解、方便自定义的 GUI 接口。如果使用 PySimpleGUI,很多复杂的 GUI 也仅需不到 20 行代码。 ### 秘诀 -`PySimpleGUI` 极为适合初学者的秘诀在于,它已经包含了绝大多数原本需要用户编写的代码。`PySimpleGUI` 处理按钮回调callback,无需用户编写代码。对于初学者,在几周内掌握函数的概念已经不容易了,要求其理解回调函数似乎有些强人所难。 +PySimpleGUI 极为适合初学者的秘诀在于,它已经包含了绝大多数原本需要用户编写的代码。PySimpleGUI 会处理按钮回调callback,无需用户编写代码。对于初学者,在几周内掌握函数的概念已经不容易了,要求其理解回调函数似乎有些强人所难。 -在大部分 GUI 框架中,布局 GUI 小部件widgets通常需要写一些代码,每个小部件至少 1-2 行。`PySimpleGUI` 使用了“auto-packer”技术,可以自动创建布局。因而,布局 GUI 窗口不再需要 `pack` 或 `grid` 系统。 +在大部分 GUI 框架中,布局 GUI 小部件widgets通常需要写一些代码,每个小部件至少 1-2 行。PySimpleGUI 使用了 “auto-packer” 技术,可以自动创建布局。因而,布局 GUI 窗口不再需要 pack 或 grid 系统。 -(LCTT 译注:这里提到的 `pack` 和 `grid` 都是 `Tkinter` 的布局管理器,另外一种叫做 `place`) +(LCTT 译注:这里提到的 pack 和 grid 都是 Tkinter 的布局管理器,另外一种叫做 place 。) -最后,`PySimpleGUI` 框架编写中有效利用 Python 语言特性,降低用户代码量并简化GUI 数据返回的方式。在窗体form布局中创建小部件时,小部件会被部署到对应的布局中,无需额外的代码。 +最后,PySimpleGUI 框架编写中有效地利用了 Python 语言特性,降低用户代码量并简化 GUI 数据返回的方式。在窗体form布局中创建小部件时,小部件会被部署到对应的布局中,无需额外的代码。 ### GUI 是什么? @@ -37,13 +39,13 @@ button, values = GUI_Display(gui_layout) 绝大多数 GUI 支持的用户行为包括鼠标点击(例如,“确认”,“取消”,“保存”,“是”和“否”等)和内容输入。GUI 本质上可以归结为一行代码。 -这也正是 `PySimpleGUI` (简单 GUI 模式)的工作原理。当执行命令显示 GUI 后,除非点击鼠标关闭窗体,否则不会执行任何代码。 +这也正是 PySimpleGUI (的简单 GUI 模式)的工作原理。当执行命令显示 GUI 后,除非点击鼠标关闭窗体,否则不会执行任何代码。 -当然还有更复杂的 GUI,其中鼠标点击后窗口并不关闭;例如,机器人的远程控制界面,聊天窗口等。这类复杂的窗体也可以用 `PySimpleGUI` 创建。 +当然还有更复杂的 GUI,其中鼠标点击后窗口并不关闭;例如,机器人的远程控制界面,聊天窗口等。这类复杂的窗体也可以用 PySimpleGUI 创建。 ### 快速创建 GUI -`PySimpleGUI` 什么时候有用呢?显然,是你需要 GUI 的时候。仅需不超过 5 分钟,就可以让你创建并尝试 GUI。最便捷的 GUI 创建方式就是从 [PySimpleGUI 经典实例][2]中拷贝一份代码。具体操作流程如下: +PySimpleGUI 什么时候有用呢?显然,是你需要 GUI 的时候。仅需不超过 5 分钟,就可以让你创建并尝试 GUI。最便捷的 GUI 创建方式就是从 [PySimpleGUI 经典实例][2]中拷贝一份代码。具体操作流程如下: * 找到一个与你需求最接近的 GUI * 从经典实例中拷贝代码 @@ -93,13 +95,14 @@ button, (name,) = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) ### 5 分钟内创建一个自定义 GUI -在简单布局的基础上,通过修改经典实例中的代码,5 分钟内即可使用 `PySimpleGUI` 创建自定义布局。 +在简单布局的基础上,通过修改经典实例中的代码,5 分钟内即可使用 PySimpleGUI 创建自定义布局。 -在 `PySimpleGUI` 中,小部件widgets被称为元素elements。元素的名称与编码中使用的名称保持一致。 +在 PySimpleGUI 中,小部件widgets被称为元素elements。元素的名称与编码中使用的名称保持一致。 -(LCTT 译注:`Tkinter` 中使用小部件这个词) +(LCTT 译注:Tkinter 中使用小部件这个词) #### 核心元素 + ``` Text InputText @@ -121,7 +124,7 @@ Column #### 元素简写 -`PySimpleGUI` 还包含两种元素简写方式。一种是元素类型名称简写,例如 `T` 用作 `Text` 的简写;另一种是元素参数被配置了默认值,你可以无需指定所有参数,例如 `Submit` 按钮默认的文本就是“Submit”。 +PySimpleGUI 还包含两种元素简写方式。一种是元素类型名称简写,例如 `T` 用作 `Text` 的简写;另一种是元素参数被配置了默认值,你可以无需指定所有参数,例如 `Submit` 按钮默认的文本就是 “Submit”。 ``` T = Text @@ -164,9 +167,9 @@ RealtimeButton (LCTT 译注:其实就是返回 `Button` 类实例的函数) -上面就是 `PySimpleGUI` 支持的全部元素。如果不在上述列表之中,就不会在你的窗口布局中生效。 +上面就是 PySimpleGUI 支持的全部元素。如果不在上述列表之中,就不会在你的窗口布局中生效。 -(LCTT 译注:上述都是 `PySimpleGUI` 的类名、类别名或返回实例的函数,自然只能使用列表内的。) +(LCTT 译注:上述都是 PySimpleGUI 的类名、类别名或返回实例的函数,自然只能使用列表内的。) #### GUI 设计模式 @@ -182,7 +185,7 @@ form = sg.FlexForm('Simple data entry form') button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) ``` -(LCTT 译注:这段代码无法运行,只是为了说明每个程序都会用到的设计模式) +(LCTT 译注:这段代码无法运行,只是为了说明每个程序都会用到的设计模式。) 对于绝大多数 GUI,编码流程如下: @@ -190,7 +193,7 @@ button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) * 以“列表的列表”的形式定义 GUI * 展示 GUI 并获取元素的值 -上述流程与 `PySimpleGUI` 设计模式部分的代码一一对应。 +上述流程与 PySimpleGUI 设计模式部分的代码一一对应。 #### GUI 布局 @@ -201,7 +204,6 @@ button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) ``` layout = [  [Text('Row 1')],             [Text('Row 2'), Checkbox('Checkbox 1', OK()), Checkbox('Checkbox 2'), OK()] ] - ``` 上述布局对应的效果如下: @@ -220,24 +222,24 @@ button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) 窗体返回的结果由两部分组成:一部分是被点击按钮的名称,另一部分是一个列表,包含所有用户输入窗体的值。 -在这个例子中,窗体显示后用户直接点击 `OK` 按钮,返回的结果如下: +在这个例子中,窗体显示后用户直接点击 “OK” 按钮,返回的结果如下: ``` button == 'OK' values == [False, False] ``` -`Checkbox` 类型元素返回 `True` 或 `False` 类型的值。由于默认处于未选中状态,两个元素的值都是 `False`。 +Checkbox 类型元素返回 `True` 或 `False` 类型的值。由于默认处于未选中状态,两个元素的值都是 `False`。 ### 显示元素的值 一旦从 GUI 获取返回值,检查返回变量中的值是个不错的想法。与其使用 `print` 语句进行打印,我们不妨坚持使用 GUI 并在一个窗口中输出这些值。 -(LCTT 译注:考虑使用的是 Python 3 版本,`print` 应该是函数而不是语句) +(LCTT 译注:考虑使用的是 Python 3 版本,`print` 应该是函数而不是语句。) -在 `PySimpleGUI` 中,有多种消息框可供选取。传递给消息框(函数)的数据会被显示在消息框中;函数可以接受任意数目的参数,你可以轻松的将所有要查看的变量展示出来。 +在 PySimpleGUI 中,有多种消息框可供选取。传递给消息框(函数)的数据会被显示在消息框中;函数可以接受任意数目的参数,你可以轻松的将所有要查看的变量展示出来。 -在 `PySimpleGUI` 中,最常用的消息框是 `MsgBox`。要展示上面例子中的数据,只需编写一行代码: +在 PySimpleGUI 中,最常用的消息框是 `MsgBox`。要展示上面例子中的数据,只需编写一行代码: ``` MsgBox('The GUI returned:', button, values) @@ -245,7 +247,7 @@ MsgBox('The GUI returned:', button, values) ### 整合 -好了,你已经了解了基础知识,让我们创建一个包含尽可能多 `PySimpleGUI` 元素的窗体吧!此外,为了更好的感观效果,我们将采用绿色/棕褐色的配色方案。 +好了,你已经了解了基础知识,让我们创建一个包含尽可能多 PySimpleGUI 元素的窗体吧!此外,为了更好的感观效果,我们将采用绿色/棕褐色的配色方案。 ``` import PySimpleGUI as sg @@ -284,7 +286,7 @@ button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) sg.MsgBox(button, values) ``` -看上面要写不少代码,但如果你试着直接使用 `Tkinter` 框架实现同样的 GUI,你很快就会发现 `PySimpleGUI` 版本的代码是多么的简洁。 +看上面要写不少代码,但如果你试着直接使用 Tkinter 框架实现同样的 GUI,你很快就会发现 PySimpleGUI 版本的代码是多么的简洁。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/pysimplegui-everything.jpg) @@ -317,7 +319,7 @@ else: #### 安装方式 -支持 `Tkinter` 的系统就支持 `PySimpleGUI`,甚至包括树莓派Raspberry Pi,但你需要使用 Python 3。 +支持 Tkinter 的系统就支持 PySimpleGUI,甚至包括树莓派Raspberry Pi,但你需要使用 Python 3。 ``` pip install PySimpleGUI @@ -336,7 +338,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/pysimplegui 作者:[Mike Barnett][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[pinewall](https://github.com/pinewall) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 3f58d297e99748103be940fb24c6355e2b69663e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 23:36:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 032/437] PUB:20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md @pinewall https://linux.cn/article-10027-1.html --- ...d GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md b/published/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md rename to published/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md From 51deb395463ecdaa1d17aa1644ebcd24bcfda24e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:12:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 033/437] PRF:20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md @HankChow --- ...e your MAC address using NetworkManager.md | 39 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md b/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md index 1b9eeece65..54485e6ca4 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ 今时今日,无论在家里的沙发上,还是在外面的咖啡厅,只要打开笔记本电脑,连上 Wi-Fi,就能通过网络与外界保持联系。但现在的 Wi-Fi 热点们大都能够通过[每张网卡对应的唯一 MAC 地址][1]来追踪你的设备。下面就来看一下如何避免被追踪。 -现在很多人已经开始注重个人隐私这个问题。个人隐私问题并不仅仅指防止他人能够访问到你电脑上的私有内容(这又是另一个问题了),而更多的是指可追踪性,也就是是否能够被轻易地统计和追踪到。大家都应该[对此更加重视][2]。同时,这方面的底线是,服务提供者在得到了用户的授权后才能对用户进行追踪,例如机场的计时 Wi-Fi 只有在用户授权后才能够使用。 +现在很多人已经开始注重个人隐私这个问题。个人隐私问题并不仅仅指防止他人能够访问到你电脑上的私有内容(这又是另一个问题了),而更多的是指可追踪性legibility,也就是是否能够被轻易地统计和追踪到。大家都应该[对此更加重视][2]。同时,这方面的底线是,服务提供者在得到了用户的授权后才能对用户进行追踪,例如机场的计时 Wi-Fi 只有在用户授权后才能够使用。 -因为固定的 MAC 地址能被轻易地追踪到,所以应该定时进行更换,随机的 MAC 地址是一个好的选择。由于 MAC 地址一般只在局域网内使用,因此随机的 MAC 地址也不太容易产生[冲突][3]。 +因为固定的 MAC 地址能被轻易地追踪到,所以应该定时进行更换,随机的 MAC 地址是一个好的选择。由于 MAC 地址一般只在局域网内使用,因此随机的 MAC 地址也不大会产生[冲突][3]。 ### 配置 NetworkManager -要将随机的 MAC 地址默认应用与所有的 Wi-Fi 连接,需要创建 /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/00-macrandomize.conf 这个文件: +要将随机的 MAC 地址默认地用于所有的 Wi-Fi 连接,需要创建 `/etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/00-macrandomize.conf` 这个文件: ``` [device] @@ -21,51 +21,47 @@ wifi.scan-rand-mac-address=yes wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable connection.stable-id=${CONNECTION}/${BOOT} - ``` 然后重启 NetworkManager : ``` systemctl restart NetworkManager - ``` -以上配置文件中,将 cloned-mac-address 的值设置为 stable 就可以在每次 NetworkManager 激活连接的时候都生成相同的 MAC 地址,但连接时使用不同的 MAC 地址。如果要在每次激活连接时获得随机的 MAC 地址,需要将 cloned-mac-address 的值设置为 random。 +以上配置文件中,将 `cloned-mac-address` 的值设置为 `stable` 就可以在每次 NetworkManager 激活连接的时候都生成相同的 MAC 地址,但连接时使用不同的 MAC 地址。如果要在每次激活连接时也获得随机的 MAC 地址,需要将 `cloned-mac-address` 的值设置为 `random`。 -设置为 stable 可以从 DHCP 获取相同的 IP 地址,也可以让 Wi-Fi 的强制主页根据 MAC 地址记住你的登录状态。如果设置为 random ,在每次连接的时候都需要重新认证(或者点击“我同意”),在使用机场 Wi-Fi 的时候会需要到这种 random 模式。可以在 NetworkManager 的[博客文章][4]中参阅到有关使用 nmcli 从终端配置特定连接的详细说明。 +设置为 `stable` 可以从 DHCP 获取相同的 IP 地址,也可以让 Wi-Fi 的[强制主页](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Captive_portal)captive portal根据 MAC 地址记住你的登录状态。如果设置为 `random` ,在每次连接的时候都需要重新认证(或者点击“我同意”),在使用机场 Wi-Fi 的时候会需要到这种 `random` 模式。可以在这篇 NetworkManager 的[博客文章][4]中参阅到有关使用 `nmcli` 从终端配置特定连接的详细说明。 -使用 ip link 命令可以查看当前的 MAC 地址,MAC 地址将会显示在 ether 一词的后面。 +使用 `ip link` 命令可以查看当前的 MAC 地址,MAC 地址将会显示在 `ether` 一词的后面。 ``` $ ip link 1: lo: mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 - link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 + link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 2: enp2s0: mtu 1500 qdisc fq_codel state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 - link/ether 52:54:00:5f:d5:4e brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + link/ether 52:54:00:5f:d5:4e brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 3: wlp1s0: mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DORMANT group default qlen 1000 - link/ether 52:54:00:03:23:59 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff - + link/ether 52:54:00:03:23:59 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff ``` ### 什么时候不能随机化 MAC 地址 -当然,在某些情况下确实需要能被追踪到。例如在家用网络中,可能需要将路由器配置为对电脑分配一致的 IP 地址以进行端口转发;再例如公司的雇主可能需要根据 MAC 地址来提供 Wi-Fi 服务,这时候就需要进行追踪。要更改特定的 Wi-Fi 连接,请使用 nmcli 查看 NetworkManager 连接并显示当前设置: +当然,在某些情况下确实需要能被追踪到。例如在家用网络中,可能需要将路由器配置为对电脑分配一致的 IP 地址以进行端口转发;再例如公司的雇主可能需要根据 MAC 地址来提供 Wi-Fi 服务,这时候就需要进行追踪。要更改特定的 Wi-Fi 连接,请使用 `nmcli` 查看 NetworkManager 连接并显示当前设置: ``` $ nmcli c | grep wifi -Amtrak_WiFi 5f4b9f75-9e41-47f8-8bac-25dae779cd87 wifi -- -StaplesHotspot de57940c-32c2-468b-8f96-0a3b9a9b0a5e wifi -- -MyHome e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d wifi wlp1s0 +Amtrak_WiFi 5f4b9f75-9e41-47f8-8bac-25dae779cd87 wifi -- +StaplesHotspot de57940c-32c2-468b-8f96-0a3b9a9b0a5e wifi -- +MyHome e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d wifi wlp1s0 ... $ nmcli c show 5f4b9f75-9e41-47f8-8bac-25dae779cd87 | grep cloned -802-11-wireless.cloned-mac-address: -- +802-11-wireless.cloned-mac-address: -- $ nmcli c show e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d | grep cloned -802-11-wireless.cloned-mac-address: stable - +802-11-wireless.cloned-mac-address: stable ``` -以下这个例子使用 Amtrak 的完全随机 MAC 地址(使用默认配置)和 MyHome 的永久 MAC 地址(使用 stable 配置)。永久 MAC 地址是在硬件生产的时候分配到网络接口上的,网络管理员能够根据永久 MAC 地址来查看[设备的制造商 ID][5]。 +这个例子在 Amtrak 使用完全随机 MAC 地址(使用默认配置)和 MyHome 的永久 MAC 地址(使用 `stable` 配置)。永久 MAC 地址是在硬件生产的时候分配到网络接口上的,网络管理员能够根据永久 MAC 地址来查看[设备的制造商 ID][5]。 更改配置并重新连接活动的接口: @@ -76,7 +72,6 @@ $ nmcli c down e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d $ nmcli c up e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d $ ip link ... - ``` 你还可以安装 NetworkManager-tui ,就可以通过可视化界面菜单来编辑连接。 @@ -92,7 +87,7 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/randomize-mac-address-nm/ 作者:[sheogorath][a],[Stuart D Gathman][b] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 77c339d08117f0d03e8e877ae18c476af4c70279 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:13:11 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 034/437] PUB:20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10028-1.html --- .../20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md b/published/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md rename to published/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md From 38cb6a75edd0395758ca0f40641b451e889597a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:28:46 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 035/437] PRF:20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md @ucasFL --- ...nd Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md | 22 +++++++------------ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md b/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md index 198c8d0ffa..b6bb716ece 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Trash-Cli : Linux 上的命令行回收站工具 +Trash-Cli:Linux 上的命令行回收站工具 ====== 相信每个人都对回收站trashcan很熟悉,因为无论是对 Linux 用户,还是 Windows 用户,或者 Mac 用户来说,它都很常见。当你删除一个文件或目录的时候,该文件或目录会被移动到回收站中。 @@ -33,31 +33,27 @@ $ sudo apt install trash-cli ``` $ sudo yum install trash-cli - ``` 对于 Fedora 用户,使用 [dnf][6] 命令来安装 Trash-Cli: ``` $ sudo dnf install trash-cli - ``` 对于 Arch Linux 用户,使用 [pacman][7] 命令来安装 Trash-Cli: ``` $ sudo pacman -S trash-cli - ``` 对于 openSUSE 用户,使用 [zypper][8] 命令来安装 Trash-Cli: ``` $ sudo zypper in trash-cli - ``` -如果你的发行版中没有提供 Trash-Cli 的安装包,那么你也可以使用 pip 来安装。为了能够安装 python 包,你的系统中应该会有 pip 包管理器。 +如果你的发行版中没有提供 Trash-Cli 的安装包,那么你也可以使用 `pip` 来安装。为了能够安装 python 包,你的系统中应该会有 `pip` 包管理器。 ``` $ sudo pip install trash-cli @@ -66,7 +62,6 @@ Collecting trash-cli Installing collected packages: trash-cli Running setup.py bdist_wheel for trash-cli ... done Successfully installed trash-cli-0.17.1.14 - ``` ### 如何使用 Trash-Cli @@ -81,7 +76,7 @@ Trash-Cli 的使用不难,因为它提供了一个很简单的语法。Trash-C 下面,让我们通过一些例子来试验一下。 -1)删除文件和目录:在这个例子中,我们通过运行下面这个命令,将 2g.txt 这一文件和 magi 这一文件夹移动到回收站中。 +1) 删除文件和目录:在这个例子中,我们通过运行下面这个命令,将 `2g.txt` 这一文件和 `magi` 这一文件夹移动到回收站中。 ``` $ trash-put 2g.txt magi @@ -89,7 +84,7 @@ $ trash-put 2g.txt magi 和你在文件管理器中看到的一样。 -2)列出被删除了的文件和目录:为了查看被删除了的文件和目录,你需要运行下面这个命令。之后,你可以在输出中看到被删除文件和目录的详细信息,比如名字、删除日期和时间,以及文件路径。 +2) 列出被删除了的文件和目录:为了查看被删除了的文件和目录,你需要运行下面这个命令。之后,你可以在输出中看到被删除文件和目录的详细信息,比如名字、删除日期和时间,以及文件路径。 ``` $ trash-list @@ -97,7 +92,7 @@ $ trash-list 2017-10-01 01:40:50 /home/magi/magi/magi ``` -3)从回收站中恢复文件或目录:任何时候,你都可以通过运行下面这个命令来恢复文件和目录。它将会询问你来选择你想要恢复的文件或目录。在这个例子中,我打算恢复 2g.txt 文件,所以我的选择是 0 。 +3) 从回收站中恢复文件或目录:任何时候,你都可以通过运行下面这个命令来恢复文件和目录。它将会询问你来选择你想要恢复的文件或目录。在这个例子中,我打算恢复 `2g.txt` 文件,所以我的选择是 `0` 。 ``` $ trash-restore @@ -106,7 +101,7 @@ $ trash-restore What file to restore [0..1]: 0 ``` -4)从回收站中删除文件:如果你想删除回收站中的特定文件,那么可以运行下面这个命令。在这个例子中,我将删除 magi 目录。 +4) 从回收站中删除文件:如果你想删除回收站中的特定文件,那么可以运行下面这个命令。在这个例子中,我将删除 `magi` 目录。 ``` $ trash-rm magi @@ -118,11 +113,10 @@ $ trash-rm magi $ trash-empty ``` -6)删除超过 X 天的垃圾文件:或者,你可以通过运行下面这个命令来删除回收站中超过 X 天的文件。在这个例子中,我将删除回收站中超过 10 天的项目。 +6)删除超过 X 天的垃圾文件:或者,你可以通过运行下面这个命令来删除回收站中超过 X 天的文件。在这个例子中,我将删除回收站中超过 `10` 天的项目。 ``` $ trash-empty 10 - ``` Trash-Cli 可以工作的很好,但是如果你想尝试它的一些替代品,那么你也可以试一试 [gvfs-trash][9] 和 [autotrash][10] 。 @@ -133,7 +127,7 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/trash-cli-command-line-trashcan-linux-system/ 作者:[2daygeek][a] 译者:[ucasFL](https://github.com/ucasFL) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 72e286c05658b08f3403957bc90e605ed685d170 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:29:19 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 036/437] PUB:20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md @ucasFL https://linux.cn/article-10029-1.html --- ... Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md b/published/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md rename to published/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md From 5d19bdeef6365a8976cd2d4273600921aace3a3f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:29:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 037/437] Translated MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 在文章后面修改了 翻译ID --- .../tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md index 99a365e042..a026b47625 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -heguangzhi Translating + 3个开源日志聚合工具 @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools 作者:[Dan Barker][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者:[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -115,3 +115,4 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools [21]: https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/all-your-data-fluentd/ [22]: https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/agent/ [23]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes + From 452a7fe4669302353e405e1ae70dce2001be53ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:54:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 038/437] translated --- ...ouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 126 ------------------ ...ouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 124 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 124 insertions(+), 126 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3a4412e5c1..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM-1-720x340.png) - -I use Oracle VirtualBox to test various Unix-like operating systems. Most of my VMs are headless servers that does not have graphical desktop environment. For a long time, I have been wondering how can we use the mouse in the text-based terminals in headless Linux servers. Thanks to **GPM** , today I learned that we can use Mouse in virtual consoles for copy and paste operations. **GPM** , acronym for **G** eneral **P** urpose **M** ouse, is a daemon that helps you to configure mouse support for Linux virtual consoles. Please do not confuse GPM with **GDM** (GNOME Display manager). Both serves entirely different purpose. - -GPM is especially useful in the following scenarios: - - * New Linux server installations or for systems that cannot or do not use an X windows system by default, like Arch Linux and Gentoo. - * Use copy/paste operations around in the virtual terminals/consoles. - * Use copy/paste in text-based editors and browsers (Eg. emacs, lynx). - * Use copy/paste in text file managers (Eg. Ranger, Midnight commander). - - - -In this brief tutorial, we are going to see how to use Mouse in Text-based terminals in Unix-like operating systems. - -### Installing GPM - -To enable mouse support in Text-only Linux systems, install GPM package. It is available in the default repositories of most Linux distributions. - -On Arch Linux and its variants like Antergos, Manjaro Linux, run the following command to install GPM: - -``` -$ sudo pacman -S gpm -``` - -On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: - -``` -$ sudo apt install gpm -``` - -On Fedora: - -``` -$ sudo dnf install gpm -``` - -On openSUSE: - -``` -$ sudo zypper install gpm -``` - -Once installed, enable and start GPM service using the following commands: - -``` -$ sudo systemctl enable gpm -$ sudo systemctl start gpm -``` - -In Debian-based systems, gpm service will be automatically started after you installed it, so you need not to manually start the service as shown above. - -### Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles - -There is no special configuration required. GPM will start working as soon as you installed it and started gpm service. - -Have a look at the following screenshot of my Ubuntu 18.04 LTS server before installing GPM: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Ubuntu-18.04-CLI.png) - -As you see in the above screenshot, there is no visible Mouse pointer in my Ubuntu 18.04 LTS headless server. Only a blinking cursor and it won’t let me to select a text, copy/paste text using mouse. In CLI-only Linux servers, the mouse is literally not useful at all. - -Now check the following screenshot of Ubuntu 18.04 LTS server after installing GPM: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM.png) - -See? I can now be able to select the text. - -To select, copy and paste text, do the following: - - * To select text, press the left mouse button and drag the mouse. - * Once you selected the text, release the left mouse button and paste text in the same or another console by pressing the middle mouse button. - * The right button is used to extend the selection, like in `xterm’. - * If you’re using two-button mouse, use the right button to paste text. - - - -It’s that simple! - -Like I already said, GPM works just fine and there is no extra configuration needed. Here is the sample contents of GPM configuration file **/etc/gpm.conf** (or `/etc/conf.d/gpm` in some distributions): - -``` -# protected from evaluation (i.e. by quoting them). -# -# This file is used by /etc/init.d/gpm and can be modified by -# "dpkg-reconfigure gpm" or by hand at your option. -# -device=/dev/input/mice -responsiveness= -repeat_type=none -type=exps2 -append='' -sample_rate= -``` - -In my example, I use USB mouse. If you’re using different mouse, you might have to change the values of **device=/dev/input/mice** and **type=exps2** parameters. - -For more details, refer man pages. - -``` -$ man gpm -``` - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-configure-mouse-support-for-linux-virtual-consoles/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a01ffa267c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +如何为 Linux 虚拟控制台配置鼠标支持 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM-1-720x340.png) + +我使用 Oracle VirtualBox 来测试各种类 Unix 操作系统。我的大多数虚拟机都是无头服务器,它们没有图形桌面环境。很长一段时间,我一直想知道如何在无头 Linux 服务器的基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。感谢 **GPM**,今天我了解到我们可以在虚拟控制台中使用鼠标进行复制和粘贴操作。 **GPM**,**G** eneral **P** urpose **M** ouse 的首字母缩写,它是一个守护程序,可以帮助你配置 Linux 虚拟控制台的鼠标支持。请不要将 GPM 与 **GDM**(GNOME 显示管理器)混淆。两者有完全不同的用途。 + +GPM 在以下场景中特别有用: + + * 新的 Linux 服务器安装或默认情况下不能或不使用 X Windows 的系统,如 Arch Linux 和 Gentoo。 + * 在虚拟终端/控制台中使用复制/粘贴操作。 + * 在基于文本的编辑器和浏览器中使用复制/粘贴(例如,emacs、lynx)。 + * 在文本文件管理器中使用复制/粘贴(例如 Ranger、Midnight commander)。 + + + +在这个简短的教程中,我们将看到如何在类 Unix 操作系统中在基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。 + +### 安装 GPM + +要在纯文本 Linux 系统中启用鼠标支持,请安装 GPM 包。它在大多数 Linux 发行版的默认仓库中都有。 + +在 Arch Linux 及其变体如 Antergos、Manjaro Linux 上,运行以下命令来安装 GPM: + +``` +$ sudo pacman -S gpm +``` + +在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 中: + +``` +$ sudo apt install gpm +``` + +在 Fedora 上: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install gpm +``` + +在 openSUSE 上: + +``` +$ sudo zypper install gpm +``` + +安装后,使用以下命令启用并启动 GPM 服务: + +``` +$ sudo systemctl enable gpm +$ sudo systemctl start gpm +``` + +在基于 Debian 的系统中,gpm 服务将在你安装后自动启动,因此你无需如上所示手动启动服务。 + +### 为 Linux 虚拟控制台配置鼠标支持 + +无需特殊配置。GPM 将在你安装并启动 gpm 服务后立即开始工作。 + +在安装 GPM 之前,看下我的 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器的屏幕截图: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Ubuntu-18.04-CLI.png) + +正如你在上面的截图中看到的,我的 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 无头服务器中没有可见的鼠标指针。只有一个闪烁的光标,它不能让我选择文本,使用鼠标复制/粘贴文本。在仅限 CLI 的 Linux 服务器中,鼠标根本没用。 + +在安装 GPM 后查看 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器的以下截图: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM.png) + +看见了吗?我现在可以选择文字了。 + +要选择,复制和粘贴文本,请执行以下操作: + + * 要选择文本,请按下鼠标左键并拖动鼠标。 + * 选择文本后,放开鼠标左键,并按下中键在同一个或另一个控制台中粘贴文本。 + * 右键用于扩展选择,就像在 `xterm` 中。 + * 如果你使用的是双键鼠标,请使用右键粘贴文本。 + + + +就这么简单! + +就像我已经说过的那样,GPM 工作得很好,并且不需要额外的配置。以下是 GPM 配置文件 **/etc/gpm.conf**(或在某些发行版中是 `/etc/conf.d/gpm`)的示例内容: + +``` +# protected from evaluation (i.e. by quoting them). +# +# This file is used by /etc/init.d/gpm and can be modified by +# "dpkg-reconfigure gpm" or by hand at your option. +# +device=/dev/input/mice +responsiveness= +repeat_type=none +type=exps2 +append='' +sample_rate= +``` + +在我的例子中,我使用 USB 鼠标。如果你使用的是其他鼠标,则可能需要更改 **device=/dev/input/mice** 和 **type=exps2** 参数的值。 + +有关更多详细信息,请参阅手册页。 + +``` +$ man gpm +``` + +就是这些了。希望这个有用。还有更多的好东西。敬请期待! + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-configure-mouse-support-for-linux-virtual-consoles/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ From 194865841d6732f9ba5aee581dd334dffb5a300e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:02:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 039/437] PRF:translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @fuzheng1998 --- ...eb File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 63 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 32 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 2854b9d4ad..ff9792dbea 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在 Web 上的文件管家 +Cloud Commander:一个有控制台和编辑器的 Web 文件管理器 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Cloud-Commander-A-Web-File-Manager-With-Console-And-Editor-720x340.png) -**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序,它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。他有两个简单而又经典的面板,并且会像你设备的显示尺寸一样自动转换大小。它也拥有两款内置的叫做 **Dword** 和 **Edward** 的文本编辑器,它们支持语法高亮和带有一个支持系统命令行的控制台。因此,您可以随时随地编辑文件。Cloud Commander 服务器是一款在 Linux,Windows,Mac OS X 运行的跨平台应用,而且该应用客户端将在任何一款浏览器上运行。它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js** 写的,并使用 **MIT** 许可。 +**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序,它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。它有两个简单而又经典的面板,并且会像你设备的显示尺寸一样自动转换大小。它也拥有两款内置的叫做 **Dword** 和 **Edward** 的文本编辑器,它们支持语法高亮,并带有一个支持系统命令行的控制台。因此,您可以随时随地编辑文件。Cloud Commander 服务器是一款在 Linux、Windows、Mac OS X 运行的跨平台应用,而且该应用客户端可以在任何一款浏览器上运行。它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js** 写的,并使用 **MIT** 许可证。 在这个简易教程中,让我们看一看如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上安装 Cloud Commander。 @@ -11,53 +11,52 @@ Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在 Web 上的文件管家 像我之前提到的,是用 Node.js 写的。所以为了安装 Cloud Commander,我们需要首先安装 Node.js。要执行安装,参考下面的指南。 +- [如何在 Linux 上安装 Node.js](https://www.ostechnix.com/install-node-js-linux/) + ### 安装 Cloud Commander 在安装 Node.js 之后,运行下列命令安装 Cloud Commander: + ``` $ npm i cloudcmd -g - ``` -祝贺!Cloud Commander 已经被安装了。让我们往下继续看看 Cloud Commander 的基本使用。 +祝贺!Cloud Commander 已经安装好了。让我们往下继续看看 Cloud Commander 的基本使用。 ### 开始使用 Cloud Commander -运行以下命令启动 Cloud Commander: +运行以下命令启动 Cloud Commander: + ``` $ cloudcmd - ``` **输出示例:** ``` url: http://localhost:8000 - ``` -现在,打开你的浏览器并转到链接:**http://localhost:8000** or ****. +现在,打开你的浏览器并转到链接:`http://localhost:8000` 或 `http://IP-address:8000`。 从现在开始,您可以直接在本地系统或远程系统或移动设备,平板电脑等Web浏览器中创建,删除,查看,管理文件或文件夹。 ![][2] -当你看见上面的截图时,Clouder Commander 有两个面板,十个热键 (F1 to F10),还有控制台。 +如你所见上面的截图,Clouder Commander 有两个面板,十个热键 (`F1` 到 `F10`),还有控制台。 每个热键执行的都是一个任务。 - * F1 – 帮助 - * F2 – 重命名文件/文件夹 - * F3 – 查看文件/文件夹 - * F4 – 编辑文件 - * F5 – 复制文件/文件夹 - * F6 – 移动文件/文件夹 - * F7 – 创建新目录 - * F8 – 删除文件/文件夹 - * F9 – 打开菜单 - * F10 – 打开设置 - - + * `F1` – 帮助 + * `F2` – 重命名文件/文件夹 + * `F3` – 查看文件/文件夹 + * `F4` – 编辑文件 + * `F5` – 复制文件/文件夹 + * `F6` – 移动文件/文件夹 + * `F7` – 创建新目录 + * `F8` – 删除文件/文件夹 + * `F9` – 打开菜单 + * `F10` – 打开设置 #### Cloud Commmander 控制台 @@ -65,11 +64,11 @@ url: http://localhost:8000 ![][3] -在此控制台中,您可以执行各种管理任务,例如安装软件包,删除软件包,更新系统等。您甚至可以关闭或重新引导系统。 因此,Cloud Commander 不仅仅是一个文件管理器,还具有远程管理工具的功能。 +在此控制台中,您可以执行各种管理任务,例如安装软件包、删除软件包、更新系统等。您甚至可以关闭或重新引导系统。 因此,Cloud Commander 不仅仅是一个文件管理器,还具有远程管理工具的功能。 #### 创建文件/文件夹 -要创建新的文件或文件夹就右键单击任意空位置并找到 **New - >File or Directory**。 +要创建新的文件或文件夹就右键单击任意空位置并找到 “New - >File or Directory”。 ![][4] @@ -83,39 +82,39 @@ url: http://localhost:8000 另一个很酷的特性是我们可以从任何系统或设备简单地上传一个文件到 Cloud Commander 系统。 -要上传文件,右键单击 Cloud Commander 面板的任意空白处,并且单击**上传**选项。 +要上传文件,右键单击 Cloud Commander 面板的任意空白处,并且单击“Upload”选项。 ![][6] 选择你想要上传的文件。 -另外,你也可以上传来自像 Google 云盘, Dropbox, Amazon 云盘, Facebook, Twitter, Gmail, GtiHub, Picasa, Instagram 还有很多的云服务上的文件。 +另外,你也可以上传来自像 Google 云盘、Dropbox、Amazon 云盘、Facebook、Twitter、Gmail、GitHub、Picasa、Instagram 还有很多的云服务上的文件。 -要从云端上传文件, 右键单击面板的任意空白处,并且右键单击面板任意空白处并选择**从云端上传**。 +要从云端上传文件, 右键单击面板的任意空白处,并且右键单击面板任意空白处并选择“Upload from Cloud”。 ![][7] -选择任意一个你选择的网络服务,例如谷歌云盘。点击**连接到谷歌云盘**按钮。 +选择任意一个你选择的网络服务,例如谷歌云盘。点击“Connect to Google drive”按钮。 ![][8] -下一步,用 Cloud Commander 验证你的谷歌云端硬盘,从谷歌云端硬盘选择文件并点击**上传**。 +下一步,用 Cloud Commander 验证你的谷歌云端硬盘,从谷歌云端硬盘选择文件并点击“Upload”。 ![][9] #### 更新 Cloud Commander 要更新到最新的可用版本,执行下面的命令: + ``` $ npm update cloudcmd -g - ``` #### 总结 -据我测试,它运行地像魔幻一般。在我的Ubuntu服务器测试期间,我没有遇到任何问题。此外,Cloud Commander不仅是基于 Web 的文件管理器,还充当执行大多数Linux管理任务的远程管理工具。 您可以创建文件/文件夹,重命名,删除,编辑和查看它们。此外,您可以像在终端中在本地系统中那样安装,更新,升级和删除任何软件包。当然,您甚至可以从 Cloud Commander 控制台本身关闭或重启系统。 还有什么需要的吗? 尝试一下,你会发现它很有用。 +据我测试,它运行很好。在我的 Ubuntu 服务器测试期间,我没有遇到任何问题。此外,Cloud Commander 不仅是基于 Web 的文件管理器,还可以充当执行大多数 Linux 管理任务的远程管理工具。 您可以创建文件/文件夹、重命名、删除、编辑和查看它们。此外,您可以像在终端中在本地系统中那样安装、更新、升级和删除任何软件包。当然,您甚至可以从 Cloud Commander 控制台本身关闭或重启系统。 还有什么需要的吗? 尝试一下,你会发现它很有用。 -目前为止就这样吧。 我将很快在这里发表另一篇有趣的文章。 在此之前,请继续关注 OSTechNix。 +目前为止就这样吧。 我将很快在这里发表另一篇有趣的文章。 在此之前,请继续关注我们。 祝贺! @@ -128,7 +127,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cloud-commander-a-web-file-manager-with-console-a 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[fuzheng1998](https://github.com/fuzheng1998) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 1ac085dcbc42ac311cf36d448d7be2d853735b6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:02:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 040/437] translating --- ...8 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md index e0eea91e8b..d4ff9692d6 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play ====== The new experimental feature of Steam allows you to play Windows-only games on Linux. Here’s how to use this feature in Steam right now. From 91f43ff50ccee0c3b0cb7a935f9dcc082be08333 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:02:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 041/437] PUB:20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @fuzheng1998 https://linux.cn/article-10030-1.html --- ...loud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/published/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md rename to published/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md From a3d2ba325fc73d47837d1cd94544cdc29a68cac3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:42:11 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 042/437] heguangzhi Translating --- ...0180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md index c3c159aa30..5794aaa635 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +heguangzhi translating + Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him ====== From 8aa4e068c342ddae4e41ca4a1581106bea421752 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:44:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 043/437] heguangzhi translating Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him --- ...20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md index 5794aaa635..e2bf768324 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ heguangzhi translating + Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him ====== From 41f4e466e874319b665c0759f8aa0996352ee897 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Chen Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 10:39:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 044/437] 20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md --- .../20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md | 143 ---------------- .../20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md | 152 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 152 insertions(+), 143 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5071c7a8a3..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -Translating by DavidChen - -How do groups work on Linux? -============================================================ - -Hello! Last week, I thought I knew how users and groups worked on Linux. Here is what I thought: - -1. Every process belongs to a user (like `julia`) - -2. When a process tries to read a file owned by a group, Linux a) checks if the user `julia` can access the file, and b) checks which groups `julia` belongs to, and whether any of those groups owns & can access that file - -3. If either of those is true (or if the ‘any’ bits are set right) then the process can access the file - -So, for example, if a process is owned by the `julia` user and `julia` is in the `awesome` group, then the process would be allowed to read this file. - -``` -r--r--r-- 1 root awesome 6872 Sep 24 11:09 file.txt - -``` - -I had not thought carefully about this, but if pressed I would have said that it probably checks the `/etc/group` file at runtime to see what groups you’re in. - -### that is not how groups work - -I found out at work last week that, no, what I describe above is not how groups work. In particular Linux does **not** check which groups a process’s user belongs to every time that process tries to access a file. - -Here is how groups actually work! I learned this by reading Chapter 9 (“Process Credentials”) of [The Linux Programming Interface][1] which is an incredible book. As soon as I realized that I did not understand how users and groups worked, I opened up the table of contents with absolute confidence that it would tell me what’s up, and I was right. - -### how users and groups checks are done - -They key new insight for me was pretty simple! The chapter starts out by saying that user and group IDs are **attributes of the process**: - -* real user ID and group ID; - -* effective user ID and group ID; - -* saved set-user-ID and saved set-group-ID; - -* file-system user ID and group ID (Linux-specific); and - -* supplementary group IDs. - -This means that the way Linux **actually** does group checks to see a process can read a file is: - -* look at the process’s group IDs & supplementary group IDs (from the attributes on the process, **not** by looking them up in `/etc/group`) - -* look at the group on the file - -* see if they match - -Generally when doing access control checks it uses the **effective** user/group ID, not the real user/group ID. Technically when accessing a file it actually uses the **file-system** ids but those are usually the same as the effective uid/gid. - -### Adding a user to a group doesn’t put existing processes in that group - -Here’s another fun example that follows from this: if I create a new `panda` group and add myself (bork) to it, then run `groups` to check my group memberships – I’m not in the panda group! - -``` -bork@kiwi~> sudo addgroup panda -Adding group `panda' (GID 1001) ... -Done. -bork@kiwi~> sudo adduser bork panda -Adding user `bork' to group `panda' ... -Adding user bork to group panda -Done. -bork@kiwi~> groups -bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd - -``` - -no `panda` in that list! To double check, let’s try making a file owned by the `panda`group and see if I can access it: - -``` -$ touch panda-file.txt -$ sudo chown root:panda panda-file.txt -$ sudo chmod 660 panda-file.txt -$ cat panda-file.txt -cat: panda-file.txt: Permission denied - -``` - -Sure enough, I can’t access `panda-file.txt`. No big surprise there. My shell didn’t have the `panda` group as a supplementary GID before, and running `adduser bork panda` didn’t do anything to change that. - -### how do you get your groups in the first place? - -So this raises kind of a confusing question, right – if processes have groups baked into them, how do you get assigned your groups in the first place? Obviously you can’t assign yourself more groups (that would defeat the purpose of access control). - -It’s relatively clear how processes I **execute** from my shell (bash/fish) get their groups – my shell runs as me, and it has a bunch of group IDs on it. Processes I execute from my shell are forked from the shell so they get the same groups as the shell had. - -So there needs to be some “first” process that has your groups set on it, and all the other processes you set inherit their groups from that. That process is called your **login shell** and it’s run by the `login` program (`/bin/login`) on my laptop. `login` runs as root and calls a C function called `initgroups` to set up your groups (by reading `/etc/group`). It’s allowed to set up your groups because it runs as root. - -### let’s try logging in again! - -So! Let’s say I am running in a shell, and I want to refresh my groups! From what we’ve learned about how groups are initialized, I should be able to run `login` to refresh my groups and start a new login shell! - -Let’s try it: - -``` -$ sudo login bork -$ groups -bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd panda -$ cat panda-file.txt # it works! I can access the file owned by `panda` now! - -``` - -Sure enough, it works! Now the new shell that `login` spawned is part of the `panda` group! Awesome! This won’t affect any other shells I already have running. If I really want the new `panda` group everywhere, I need to restart my login session completely, which means quitting my window manager and logging in again. - -### newgrp - -Somebody on Twitter told me that if you want to start a new shell with a new group that you’ve been added to, you can use `newgrp`. Like this: - -``` -sudo addgroup panda -sudo adduser bork panda -newgrp panda # starts a new shell, and you don't have to be root to run it! - -``` - -You can accomplish the same(ish) thing with `sg panda bash` which will start a `bash` shell that runs with the `panda` group. - -### setuid sets the effective user ID - -I’ve also always been a little vague about what it means for a process to run as “setuid root”. It turns out that setuid sets the effective user ID! So if I (`julia`) run a setuid root process (like `passwd`), then the **real** user ID will be set to `julia`, and the **effective** user ID will be set to `root`. - -`passwd` needs to run as root, but it can look at its real user ID to see that `julia`started the process, and prevent `julia` from editing any passwords except for `julia`’s password. - -### that’s all! - -There are a bunch more details about all the edge cases and exactly how everything works in The Linux Programming Interface so I will not get into all the details here. That book is amazing. Everything I talked about in this post is from Chapter 9, which is a 17-page chapter inside a 1300-page book. - -The thing I love most about that book is that reading 17 pages about how users and groups work is really approachable, self-contained, super useful, and I don’t have to tackle all 1300 pages of it at once to learn helpful things :) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2017/11/20/groups/ - -作者:[Julia Evans ][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://jvns.ca/ -[1]:http://man7.org/tlpi/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ace322775a --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +"组"在 Linux 上到底是怎么工作的? +============================================================ + + +你好!就在上周,我还自认为对 Linux 上的用户和组的工作机制了如指掌。我认为它们的关系是这样的: + +1. 每个进程都属于一个用户( 比如用户`julia`) + +2. 当这个进程试图读取一个被某个组所拥有的文件时, Linux 会 a)先检查用户`julia` 是否有权限访问文件。(LCTT译注:检查文件的所有者是否就是`julia`) b)检查`julia` 属于哪些组,并进一步检查在这些组里是否有某个组拥有这个文件或者有权限访问这个文件。 + +3. 如果上述a,b任一为真( 或者`其他`位设为有权限访问),那么这个进程就有权限访问这个文件。 + +比如说,如果一个进程被用户`julia`拥有并且`julia` 在`awesome`组,那么这个进程就能访问下面这个文件。 + +``` +r--r--r-- 1 root awesome 6872 Sep 24 11:09 file.txt + +``` + +然而上述的机制我并没有考虑得非常清楚,如果你硬要我阐述清楚,我会说进程可能会在**运行时**去检查`/etc/group` 文件里是否有某些组拥有当前的用户。 + +### 然而这并不是Linux 里“组”的工作机制 + +我在上个星期的工作中发现了一件有趣的事,事实证明我前面的理解错了,我对组的工作机制的描述并不准确。特别是Linux**并不会**在进程每次试图访问一个文件时就去检查这个进程的用户属于哪些组。 + +我在读了[The Linux Programming +Interface][1]这本书的第九章后才恍然大悟(这本书真是太棒了。)这才是组真正的工作方式!我意识到之前我并没有真正理解用户和组是怎么工作的,我信心满满的尝试了下面的内容并且验证到底发生了什么,事实证明现在我的理解才是对的。 + +### 用户和组权限检查是怎么完成的 + +现在这些关键的知识在我看来非常简单! 这本书的第九章上来就告诉我如下事实:用户和组ID是**进程的属性**,它们是: + +* 真实用户ID和组ID; + +* 有效用户ID和组ID; + +* 被保存的set-user-ID和被保存的set-group-ID; + +* 文件系统用户ID和组ID(特定于 Linux); + +* 增补的组ID; + +这说明Linux**实际上**检查一个进程能否访问一个文件所做的组检查是这样的: + +* 检查一个进程的组ID和补充组ID(这些ID就在进程的属性里,**并不是**实时在`/etc/group`里查找这些ID) + +* 检查要访问的文件的访问属性里的组设置 + + +* 确定进程对文件是否有权限访问(LCTT 译注:即文件的组是否是以上的组之一) + +通常当访问控制的时候使用的是**有效**用户/组ID,而不是**真实**用户/组ID。技术上来说当访问一个文件时使用的是**文件系统**ID,他们实际上和有效用户/组ID一样。(LCTT译注:这句话针对 Linux 而言。) + +### 将一个用户加入一个组并不会将一个已存在的进程(的用户)加入那个组 + +下面是一个有趣的例子:如果我创建了一个新的组:`panda` 组并且将我自己(bork)加入到这个组,然后运行`groups` 来检查我是否在这个组里:结果是我(bork)竟然不在这个组?! + + +``` +bork@kiwi~> sudo addgroup panda +Adding group `panda' (GID 1001) ... +Done. +bork@kiwi~> sudo adduser bork panda +Adding user `bork' to group `panda' ... +Adding user bork to group panda +Done. +bork@kiwi~> groups +bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd + +``` + +`panda`并不在上面的组里!为了再次确定我们的发现,让我们建一个文件,这个文件被`panda`组拥有,看看我能否访问它。 + + +``` +$ touch panda-file.txt +$ sudo chown root:panda panda-file.txt +$ sudo chmod 660 panda-file.txt +$ cat panda-file.txt +cat: panda-file.txt: Permission denied + +``` + +好吧,确定了,我(bork)无法访问`panda-file.txt`。这一点都不让人吃惊,我的命令解释器并没有`panda` 组作为补充组ID,运行`adduser bork panda`并不会改变这一点。 + + +### 那进程一开始是怎么得到用户的组的呢? + + +这真是个非常令人困惑的问题,对吗?如果进程会将组的信息预置到进程的属性里面,进程在初始化的时候怎么取到组的呢?很明显你无法给你自己指定更多的组(否则就会和Linux访问控制的初衷相违背了。。。) + +有一点还是很清楚的:一个新的进程是怎么从我的命令行解释器(/bash/fish)里被**执行**而得到它的组的。(新的)进程将拥有我的用户 ID(bork),并且进程属性里还有很多组ID。从我的命令解释器里执行的所有进程是从这个命令解释器里`复刻`而来的,所以这个新进程得到了和命令解释器同样的组。 + +因此一定存在一个“第一个”进程来把你的组设置到进程属性里,而所有由此进程而衍生的进程将都设置这些组。而那个“第一个”进程就是你的**登录命令**,在我的笔记本电脑上,它是由‘登录’程序(`/bin/login`)实例化而来。` 登录程序` 以root身份运行,然后调用了一个 C 的库函数-`initgroups`来设置你的进程的组(具体来说是通过读取`/etc/group` 文件),因为登录程序是以root运行的,所以它能设置你的进程的组。 + + +### 让我们再登录一次 + +好了!既然我们的`login shell`正在运行,而我又想刷新我的进程的组设置,从我们前面所学到的进程是怎么初始化组ID的,我应该可以通过再次运行`login` 程序来刷新我的进程组并启动一个新的`login shell`! + +让我们试试下边的方法: + +``` +$ sudo login bork +$ groups +bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd panda +$ cat panda-file.txt # it works! I can access the file owned by `panda` now! + +``` + +当然,成功了!现在由登录程序衍生的程序的用户是组`panda`的一部分了!太棒了!这并不会影响我其他的已经在运行的登录程序(及其子进程),如果我真的希望“所有的”进程都能对`panda` +组有访问权限。我必须完全的重启我的登陆会话,这意味着我必须退出我的窗口管理器然后再重新`login`。(LCTT译注:即更新进程树的树根进程,这里是窗口管理器进程。) + +### newgrp命令 + + +在 Twitter 上有人告诉我如果只是想启动一个刷新了组信息的命令解释器的话,你可以使用`newgrp`(LCTT译注:不启动新的命令解释器),如下: + +``` +sudo addgroup panda +sudo adduser bork panda +newgrp panda # starts a new shell, and you don't have to be root to run it! + +``` + + +你也可以用`sg panda bash` 来完成同样的效果,这个命令能启动一个`bash` 登录程序,而这个程序就有`panda` 组。 + +### seduid 将设置有效用户 ID + +其实我一直对一个进程如何以`setuid root`的权限来运行意味着什么有点似是而非。现在我知道了,事实上所发生的是:setuid 设置了`有效用户ID`! 如果我('julia')运行了一个`setuid root` 的进程( 比如`passwd`),那么进程的**真实**用户 ID 将为`julia`,而**有效**用户 ID 将被设置为`root`。 + +`passwd` 需要以root权限来运行,但是它能看到进程的真实用户ID是`julia` ,是`julia`启动了这个进程,`passwd`会阻止这个进程修改除了`julia`之外的用户密码。 + +### 就是这些了! + +在 Linux Programming Interface 这本书里有很多Linux上一些功能的罕见使用方法以及Linux上所有的事物到底是怎么运行的详细解释,这里我就不一一展开了。那本书棒极了,我上面所说的都在该书的第九章,这章在1300页的书里只占了17页。 + +我最爱这本书的一点是我只用读17页关于用户和组是怎么工作的内容,而这区区17页就能做到内容完备,详实有用。我不用读完所有的1300页书就能得到有用的东西,太棒了! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2017/11/20/groups/ + +作者:[Julia Evans ][a] +译者:[DavidChen](https://github.com/DavidChenLiang) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://jvns.ca/ +[1]:http://man7.org/tlpi/ From 6e8c6ad7387ce68be19644107bd4a54c92b3be7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:18:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 045/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=204=20scanning=20to?= =?UTF-8?q?ols=20for=20the=20Linux=20desktop?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md | 72 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md b/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a239c87768 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop +====== +Go paperless by driving your scanner with one of these open source applications. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc-photo-camera-blue.png?itok=AsIMZ9ga) + +While the paperless world isn't here quite yet, more and more people are getting rid of paper by scanning documents and photos. Having a scanner isn't enough to do the deed, though. You need software to drive that scanner. + +But the catch is many scanner makers don't have Linux versions of the software they bundle with their devices. For the most part, that doesn't matter. Why? Because there are good scanning applications available for the Linux desktop. They work with a variety of scanners and do a good job. + +Let's take a look at four simple but flexible open source Linux scanning tools. I've used each of these tools (and even wrote about three of them [back in 2014][1]) and found them very useful. You might, too. + +### Simple Scan + +One of my longtime favorites, [Simple Scan][2] is small, quick, efficient, and easy to use. If you've seen it before, that's because Simple Scan is the default scanner application on the GNOME desktop, as well as for a number of Linux distributions. + +Scanning a document or photo takes one click. After scanning something, you can rotate or crop it and save it as an image (JPEG or PNG only) or as a PDF. That said, Simple Scan can be slow, even if you scan documents at lower resolutions. On top of that, Simple Scan uses a set of global defaults for scanning, like 150dpi for text and 300dpi for photos. You need to go into Simple Scan's preferences to change those settings. + +If you've scanned something with more than a couple of pages, you can reorder the pages before you save. And if necessary—say you're submitting a signed form—you can email from within Simple Scan. + +### Skanlite + +In many ways, [Skanlite][3] is Simple Scan's cousin in the KDE world. Skanlite has few features, but it gets the job done nicely. + +The software has options that you can configure, including automatically saving scanned files, setting the quality of the scan, and identifying where to save your scans. Skanlite can save to these image formats: JPEG, PNG, BMP, PPM, XBM, and XPM. + +One nifty feature is the software's ability to save portions of what you've scanned to separate files. That comes in handy when, say, you want to excise someone or something from a photo. + +### Gscan2pdf + +Another old favorite, [gscan2pdf][4] might be showing its age, but it still packs a few more features than some of the other applications mentioned here. Even so, gscan2pdf is still comparatively light. + +In addition to saving scans in various image formats (JPEG, PNG, and TIFF), gscan2pdf also saves them as PDF or [DjVu][5] files. You can set the scan's resolution, whether it's black and white or color, and paper size before you click the Scan button. That beats going into gscan2pdf's preferences every time you want to change any of those settings. You can also rotate, crop, and delete pages. + +While none of those features are truly killer, they give you a bit more flexibility. + +### GIMP + +You probably know [GIMP][6] as an image-editing tool. But did you know you can use it to drive your scanner? + +You'll need to install the [XSane][7] scanner software and the GIMP XSane plugin. Both of those should be available from your Linux distro's package manager. From there, select File > Create > Scanner/Camera. From there, click on your scanner and then the Scan button. + +If that's not your cup of tea, or if it doesn't work, you can combine GIMP with a plugin called [QuiteInsane][8]. With either plugin, GIMP becomes a powerful scanning application that lets you set a number of options like whether to scan in color or black and white, the resolution of the scan, and whether or not to compress results. You can also use GIMP's tools to touch up or apply effects to your scans. This makes it great for scanning photos and art. + +### Do they really just work? + +All of this software works well for the most part and with a variety of hardware. I've used them with several multifunction printers that I've owned over the years—whether connecting using a USB cable or over wireless. + +You might have noticed that I wrote "works well for the most part" in the previous paragraph. I did run into one exception: an inexpensive Canon multifunction printer. None of the software I used could detect it. I had to download and install Canon's Linux scanner software, which did work. + +What's your favorite open source scanning tool for Linux? Share your pick by leaving a comment. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-scanner-tools + +作者:[Scott Nesbitt][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt +[1]: https://opensource.com/life/14/8/3-tools-scanners-linux-desktop +[2]: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/simple-scan +[3]: https://www.kde.org/applications/graphics/skanlite/ +[4]: http://gscan2pdf.sourceforge.net/ +[5]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DjVu +[6]: http://www.gimp.org/ +[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scanner_Access_Now_Easy#XSane +[8]: http://sourceforge.net/projects/quiteinsane/ From cbefc1020a5e1e7ef1fff71950b9dd0266b566ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:23:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 046/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Linux=20firewalls?= =?UTF-8?q?:=20What=20you=20need=20to=20know=20about=20iptables=20and=20fi?= =?UTF-8?q?rewalld?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ed to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 168 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 168 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1297916194 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld +====== +Here's how to use the iptables and firewalld tools to manage Linux firewall connectivity rules. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openwires_fromRHT_520_0612LL.png?itok=PqZi55Ab) +This article is excerpted from my book, [Linux in Action][1], and a second Manning project that’s yet to be released. + +### The firewall + +A firewall is a set of rules. When a data packet moves into or out of a protected network space, its contents (in particular, information about its origin, target, and the protocol it plans to use) are tested against the firewall rules to see if it should be allowed through. Here’s a simple example: + +![firewall filtering request][3] + +A firewall can filter requests based on protocol or target-based rules. + +On the one hand, [iptables][4] is a tool for managing firewall rules on a Linux machine. + +On the other hand, [firewalld][5] is also a tool for managing firewall rules on a Linux machine. + +You got a problem with that? And would it spoil your day if I told you that there was another tool out there, called [nftables][6]? + +OK, I’ll admit that the whole thing does smell a bit funny, so let me explain. It all starts with Netfilter, which controls access to and from the network stack at the Linux kernel module level. For decades, the primary command-line tool for managing Netfilter hooks was the iptables ruleset. + +Because the syntax needed to invoke those rules could come across as a bit arcane, various user-friendly implementations like [ufw][7] and firewalld were introduced as higher-level Netfilter interpreters. Ufw and firewalld are, however, primarily designed to solve the kinds of problems faced by stand-alone computers. Building full-sized network solutions will often require the extra muscle of iptables or, since 2014, its replacement, nftables (through the nft command line tool). + +iptables hasn’t gone anywhere and is still widely used. In fact, you should expect to run into iptables-protected networks in your work as an admin for many years to come. But nftables, by adding on to the classic Netfilter toolset, has brought some important new functionality. + +From here on, I’ll show by example how firewalld and iptables solve simple connectivity problems. + +### Configure HTTP access using firewalld + +As you might have guessed from its name, firewalld is part of the [systemd][8] family. Firewalld can be installed on Debian/Ubuntu machines, but it’s there by default on Red Hat and CentOS. If you’ve got a web server like Apache running on your machine, you can confirm that the firewall is working by browsing to your server’s web root. If the site is unreachable, then firewalld is doing its job. + +You’ll use the `firewall-cmd` tool to manage firewalld settings from the command line. Adding the `–state` argument returns the current firewall status: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --state +running +``` + +By default, firewalld will be active and will reject all incoming traffic with a couple of exceptions, like SSH. That means your website won’t be getting too many visitors, which will certainly save you a lot of data transfer costs. As that’s probably not what you had in mind for your web server, though, you’ll want to open the HTTP and HTTPS ports that by convention are designated as 80 and 443, respectively. firewalld offers two ways to do that. One is through the `–add-port` argument that references the port number directly along with the network protocol it’ll use (TCP in this case). The `–permanent` argument tells firewalld to load this rule each time the server boots: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=80/tcp +# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=443/tcp +``` + +The `–reload` argument will apply those rules to the current session: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --reload +``` + +Curious as to the current settings on your firewall? Run `–list-services`: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --list-services +dhcpv6-client http https ssh +``` + +Assuming you’ve added browser access as described earlier, the HTTP, HTTPS, and SSH ports should now all be open—along with `dhcpv6-client`, which allows Linux to request an IPv6 IP address from a local DHCP server. + +### Configure a locked-down customer kiosk using iptables + +I’m sure you’ve seen kiosks—they’re the tablets, touchscreens, and ATM-like PCs in a box that airports, libraries, and business leave lying around, inviting customers and passersby to browse content. The thing about most kiosks is that you don’t usually want users to make themselves at home and treat them like their own devices. They’re not generally meant for browsing, viewing YouTube videos, or launching denial-of-service attacks against the Pentagon. So to make sure they’re not misused, you need to lock them down. + +One way is to apply some kind of kiosk mode, whether it’s through clever use of a Linux display manager or at the browser level. But to make sure you’ve got all the holes plugged, you’ll probably also want to add some hard network controls through a firewall. In the following section, I'll describe how I would do it using iptables. + +There are two important things to remember about using iptables: The order you give your rules is critical, and by themselves, iptables rules won’t survive a reboot. I’ll address those here one at a time. + +### The kiosk project + +To illustrate all this, let’s imagine we work for a store that’s part of a larger chain called BigMart. They’ve been around for decades; in fact, our imaginary grandparents probably grew up shopping there. But these days, the guys at BigMart corporate headquarters are probably just counting the hours before Amazon drives them under for good. + +Nevertheless, BigMart’s IT department is doing its best, and they’ve just sent you some WiFi-ready kiosk devices that you’re expected to install at strategic locations throughout your store. The idea is that they’ll display a web browser logged into the BigMart.com products pages, allowing them to look up merchandise features, aisle location, and stock levels. The kiosks will also need access to bigmart-data.com, where many of the images and video media are stored. + +Besides those, you’ll want to permit updates and, whenever necessary, package downloads. Finally, you’ll want to permit inbound SSH access only from your local workstation, and block everyone else. The figure below illustrates how it will all work: + +![kiosk traffic flow ip tables][10] + +The kiosk traffic flow being controlled by iptables. + +### The script + +Here’s how that will all fit into a Bash script: + +``` +#!/bin/bash +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart-data.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ca.archive.ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 443 -j DROP +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 10.0.3.1 --dport 22 -j ACCEPT +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 0.0.0.0/0 --dport 22 -j DROP +``` + +The basic anatomy of our rules starts with `-A`, telling iptables that we want to add the following rule. `OUTPUT` means that this rule should become part of the OUTPUT chain. `-p` indicates that this rule will apply only to packets using the TCP protocol, where, as `-d` tells us, the destination is [bigmart.com][11]. The `-j` flag points to `ACCEPT` as the action to take when a packet matches the rule. In this first rule, that action is to permit, or accept, the request. But further down, you can see requests that will be dropped, or denied. + +Remember that order matters. And that’s because iptables will run a request past each of its rules, but only until it gets a match. So an outgoing browser request for, say, [youtube.com][12] will pass the first four rules, but when it gets to either the `–dport 80` or `–dport 443` rule—depending on whether it’s an HTTP or HTTPS request—it’ll be dropped. iptables won’t bother checking any further because that was a match. + +On the other hand, a system request to ubuntu.com for a software upgrade will get through when it hits its appropriate rule. What we’re doing here, obviously, is permitting outgoing HTTP or HTTPS requests to only our BigMart or Ubuntu destinations and no others. + +The final two rules will deal with incoming SSH requests. They won’t already have been denied by the two previous drop rules since they don’t use ports 80 or 443, but 22. In this case, login requests from my workstation will be accepted but requests for anywhere else will be dropped. This is important: Make sure the IP address you use for your port 22 rule matches the address of the machine you’re using to log in—if you don’t do that, you’ll be instantly locked out. It's no big deal, of course, because the way it’s currently configured, you could simply reboot the server and the iptables rules will all be dropped. If you’re using an LXC container as your server and logging on from your LXC host, then use the IP address your host uses to connect to the container, not its public address. + +You’ll need to remember to update this rule if my machine’s IP ever changes; otherwise, you’ll be locked out. + +Playing along at home (hopefully on a throwaway VM of some sort)? Great. Create your own script. Now I can save the script, use `chmod` to make it executable, and run it as `sudo`. Don’t worry about that `bigmart-data.com not found` error—of course it’s not found; it doesn’t exist. + +``` +chmod +X scriptname.sh +sudo ./scriptname.sh +``` + +You can test your firewall from the command line using `cURL`. Requesting ubuntu.com works, but [manning.com][13] fails. + +``` +curl ubuntu.com +curl manning.com +``` + +### Configuring iptables to load on system boot + +Now, how do I get these rules to automatically load each time the kiosk boots? The first step is to save the current rules to a .rules file using the `iptables-save` tool. That’ll create a file in the root directory containing a list of the rules. The pipe, followed by the tee command, is necessary to apply my `sudo` authority to the second part of the string: the actual saving of a file to the otherwise restricted root directory. + +I can then tell the system to run a related tool called `iptables-restore` every time it boots. A regular cron job of the kind we saw in the previous module won’t help because they’re run at set times, but we have no idea when our computer might decide to crash and reboot. + +There are lots of ways to handle this problem. Here’s one: + +On my Linux machine, I’ll install a program called [anacron][14] that will give us a file in the /etc/ directory called anacrontab. I’ll edit the file and add this `iptables-restore` command, telling it to load the current values of that .rules file into iptables each day (when necessary) one minute after a boot. I’ll give the job an identifier (`iptables-restore`) and then add the command itself. Since you’re playing along with me at home, you should test all this out by rebooting your system. + +``` +sudo iptables-save | sudo tee /root/my.active.firewall.rules +sudo apt install anacron +sudo nano /etc/anacrontab +1 1 iptables-restore iptables-restore < /root/my.active.firewall.rules + +``` + +I hope these practical examples have illustrated how to use iptables and firewalld for managing connectivity issues on Linux-based firewalls. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-iptables-firewalld + +作者:[David Clinton][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/remyd +[1]: https://www.manning.com/books/linux-in-action?a_aid=bootstrap-it&a_bid=4ca15fc9&chan=opensource +[2]: /file/409116 +[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables1.jpg (firewall filtering request) +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iptables +[5]: https://firewalld.org/ +[6]: https://wiki.nftables.org/wiki-nftables/index.php/Main_Page +[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uncomplicated_Firewall +[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systemd +[9]: /file/409121 +[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables2.jpg (kiosk traffic flow ip tables) +[11]: http://bigmart.com/ +[12]: http://youtube.com/ +[13]: http://manning.com/ +[14]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/anacron/ From 5665b57292c11fbe777e5958ff861e62e093a4ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:28:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 047/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Cozy=20Is=20A=20N?= =?UTF-8?q?ice=20Linux=20Audiobook=20Player=20For=20DRM-Free=20Audio=20Fil?= =?UTF-8?q?es?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...diobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md | 73 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 73 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93d6399267 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files +====== +[Cozy][1] **is a free and open source audiobook player for the Linux desktop. The application lets you listen to DRM-free audiobooks (mp3, m4a, flac, ogg and wav) using a modern Gtk3 interface.** + +![](https://4.bp.blogspot.com/-A1TWkOasR7s/W6DevbmTH9I/AAAAAAAABho/VSjQkiDeWK49xzJ2MXvvwk0T_AhGWqQRgCLcBGAs/s1600/cozy-audiobook-player.png) + +You could use any audio player to listen to audiobooks, but a specialized audiobook player like Cozy makes everything easier, by **remembering your playback position and continuing from where you left off for each audiobook** , or by letting you **set the playback speed of each book individually** , among others. + +The Cozy interface lets you browse books by author, reader or recency, while also providing search functionality. **Books front covers are supported by Cozy** \- either by using embedded images, or by adding a cover.jpg or cover.png image in the book folder, which is automatically picked up and displayed by Cozy. + +When you click on an audiobook, Cozy lists the book chapters on the right, while displaying the book cover (if available) on the left, along with the book name, author and the last played time, along with total and remaining time: + +![](https://4.bp.blogspot.com/-hqBITKAiYaM/W6De4HzckRI/AAAAAAAABhs/GxSjfpND4hkk6ZM29TKfwB1zzXPxNa0_gCLcBGAs/s640/cozy-audiobook-player-playback-chapters.png) + +From the application toolbar you can easily **go back 30 seconds** by clicking the rewind icon from its top left-hand side corner. Besides regular controls, cover and title, you'll also find a playback speed button on the toolbar, which lets you increase the playback speed up to 2X. + +**A sleep timer is also available**. It can be set to stop after the current chapter or after a given number of minutes. + +Other Cozy features worth mentioning: + + * **Mpris integration** (Media keys & playback info) + * **Supports multiple storage locations** + * **Drag'n'drop support for importing new audiobooks** + * **Offline Mode**. If your audiobooks are on an external or network drive, you can switch the download button to keep a local cached copy of the book to listen to on the go. To enable this feature you have to set your storage location to external in the settings + * **Prevents your system from suspend during playback** + * **Dark mode** + + + +What I'd like to see in Cozy is a way to get audiobooks metadata, including the book cover, automatically. A feature to retrieve metadata from Audible.com was proposed on the Cozy GitHub project page and the developer seems interested in this, but it's not clear when or if this will be implemented. + +Like I was mentioning in the beginning of the article, Cozy only supports DRM-free audio files. Currently it supports mp3, m4a, flac, ogg and wav. Support for more formats will probably come in the future, with m4b being listed on the Cozy 0.7.0 todo list. + +Cozy cannot play Audible audiobooks due to DRM. But you'll find some solutions out there for converting Audible (.aa/.aax) audiobooks to mp3, like + +### Install Cozy + +**Any Linux distribution / Flatpak** : Cozy is available as a Flatpak on FlatHub. To install it, follow the quick Flatpak [setup][4], then go to the Cozy FlaHub [page][5] and click the install button, or use the install command at the bottom if its page. + +**elementary OS** : Cozy is available in the [AppCenter][6]. + +**Ubuntu 18.04 / Linux Mint 19** : you can install Cozy from its repository: + +``` +wget -nv https://download.opensuse.org/repositories/home:geigi/Ubuntu_18.04/Release.key -O Release.key +sudo apt-key add - < Release.key +sudo sh -c "echo 'deb http://download.opensuse.org/repositories/home:/geigi/Ubuntu_18.04/ /' > /etc/apt/sources.list.d/home:geigi.list" +sudo apt update +sudo apt install com.github.geigi.cozy +``` + +**For other ways of installing Cozy check out its[website][2].** + +You could use any audio player to listen to audiobooks, but a specialized audiobook player like Cozy makes everything easier, by, or by letting you, among others.The Cozy interface lets you browse books by author, reader or recency, while also providing search functionality.- either by using embedded images, or by adding a cover.jpg or cover.png image in the book folder, which is automatically picked up and displayed by Cozy.When you click on an audiobook, Cozy lists the book chapters on the right, while displaying the book cover (if available) on the left, along with the book name, author and the last played time, along with total and remaining time:From the application toolbar you can easilyby clicking the rewind icon from its top left-hand side corner. Besides regular controls, cover and title, you'll also find a playback speed button on the toolbar, which lets you increase the playback speed up to 2X.. It can be set to stop after the current chapter or after a given number of minutes.Other Cozy features worth mentioning:What I'd like to see in Cozy is a way to get audiobooks metadata, including the book cover, automatically. A feature to retrieve metadata from Audible.com was proposed on the Cozy GitHub project page and the developer seems interested in this, but it's not clear when or if this will be implemented.Like I was mentioning in the beginning of the article, Cozy only supports DRM-free audio files. Currently it supports mp3, m4a, flac, ogg and wav. Support for more formats will probably come in the future, with m4b being listed on the Cozy 0.7.0 todo list.Cozy cannot play Audible audiobooks due to DRM. But you'll find some solutions out there for converting Audible (.aa/.aax) audiobooks to mp3, like [this script][3] : Cozy is available as a Flatpak on FlatHub. To install it, follow the quick Flatpak: Cozy is available in the : you can install Cozy from its repository: + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linuxuprising.com/2018/09/cozy-is-nice-linux-audiobook-player-for.html + +作者:[Logix][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://plus.google.com/118280394805678839070 +[1]: https://cozy.geigi.de/ +[2]: https://cozy.geigi.de/#how-can-i-get-it +[3]: https://gitlab.com/ReverendJ1/audiblefreedom/blob/master/audiblefreedom +[4]: https://flatpak.org/setup/ +[5]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/com.github.geigi.cozy +[6]: https://appcenter.elementary.io/com.github.geigi.cozy/ From 705645fcc45e1885d494e6cbec79527c805f218f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:28:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 048/437] add done: 20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md --- ... Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md index 93d6399267..8450d6fd11 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md @@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ sudo apt install com.github.geigi.cozy **For other ways of installing Cozy check out its[website][2].** -You could use any audio player to listen to audiobooks, but a specialized audiobook player like Cozy makes everything easier, by, or by letting you, among others.The Cozy interface lets you browse books by author, reader or recency, while also providing search functionality.- either by using embedded images, or by adding a cover.jpg or cover.png image in the book folder, which is automatically picked up and displayed by Cozy.When you click on an audiobook, Cozy lists the book chapters on the right, while displaying the book cover (if available) on the left, along with the book name, author and the last played time, along with total and remaining time:From the application toolbar you can easilyby clicking the rewind icon from its top left-hand side corner. Besides regular controls, cover and title, you'll also find a playback speed button on the toolbar, which lets you increase the playback speed up to 2X.. It can be set to stop after the current chapter or after a given number of minutes.Other Cozy features worth mentioning:What I'd like to see in Cozy is a way to get audiobooks metadata, including the book cover, automatically. A feature to retrieve metadata from Audible.com was proposed on the Cozy GitHub project page and the developer seems interested in this, but it's not clear when or if this will be implemented.Like I was mentioning in the beginning of the article, Cozy only supports DRM-free audio files. Currently it supports mp3, m4a, flac, ogg and wav. Support for more formats will probably come in the future, with m4b being listed on the Cozy 0.7.0 todo list.Cozy cannot play Audible audiobooks due to DRM. But you'll find some solutions out there for converting Audible (.aa/.aax) audiobooks to mp3, like [this script][3] : Cozy is available as a Flatpak on FlatHub. To install it, follow the quick Flatpak: Cozy is available in the : you can install Cozy from its repository: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- From 91aa8afd07475915232a8077efb0c9964baf79f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:30:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 049/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20To=20Force?= =?UTF-8?q?=20APT=20Package=20Manager=20To=20Use=20IPv4=20In=20Ubuntu=2016?= =?UTF-8?q?.04?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...age Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 47 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 47 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a9444acc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ipv4-720x340.png) + +**APT** , short or **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool, is the default package manager for Debian-based systems. Using APT, we can install, update, upgrade and remove applications from the system. Lately, I have been facing a strange error. Whenever I try update my Ubuntu 16.04 box, I get this error – **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** and the update process gets stuck for a long time. My Internet connection is working well and I can able to ping all websites including Ubuntu official site. After a couple Google searches, I realized that sometimes the Ubuntu mirrors are not reachable over IPv6. This problem is solved after I force APT package manager to use IPv4 in place of IPv6 to access Ubuntu mirrors while updating the system. If you ever encountered with this error, you can solve it as described below. + +### Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 + +To force APT to use IPv4 in place of IPv6 while updating and upgrading your Ubuntu 16.04 LTS systems, simply use the following commands: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true update + +$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true upgrade +``` + +Voila! This time update process run and completed quickly. + +You can also make this persistent for all **apt-get** transactions in the future by adding the following line in **/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4** file using command: + +``` +$ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 +``` + +**Disclaimer:** + +I don’t know if anyone is having this issue lately, but I kept getting this error today at least four to five times in my Ubuntu 16.04 LTS virtual machine and I solved it as described above. I am not sure that it is the recommended solution. Go through Ubuntu forums and make sure this method is legitimate. Since mine is just a VM which I use it only for testing and learning purposes, I don’t mind about the authenticity of this method. Use it on your own risk. + +Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-force-apt-package-manager-to-use-ipv4-in-ubuntu-16-04/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ From 2cd1ce3ae52260481400ec5543f624bf25638a78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:33:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 050/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Linux=20tricks=20?= =?UTF-8?q?that=20can=20save=20you=20time=20and=20trouble?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...icks that can save you time and trouble.md | 169 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 169 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..786e2df2c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble +====== +Some command line tricks can make you even more productive on the Linux command line. + +![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/boy-jumping-off-swing-100772498-large.jpg) + +Good Linux command line tricks don’t only save you time and trouble. They also help you remember and reuse complex commands, making it easier for you to focus on what you need to do, not how you should go about doing it. In this post, we’ll look at some handy command line tricks that you might come to appreciate. + +### Editing your commands + +When making changes to a command that you're about to run on the command line, you can move your cursor to the beginning or the end of the command line to facilitate your changes using the ^a (control key plus “a”) and ^e (control key plus “e”) sequences. + +You can also fix and rerun a previously entered command with an easy text substitution by putting your before and after strings between **^** characters -- as in ^before^after^. + +``` +$ eho hello world <== oops! + +Command 'eho' not found, did you mean: + + command 'echo' from deb coreutils + command 'who' from deb coreutils + +Try: sudo apt install + +$ ^e^ec^ <== replace text +echo hello world +hello world + +``` + +### Logging into a remote system with just its name + +If you log into other systems from the command line (I do this all the time), you might consider adding some aliases to your system to supply the details. Your alias can provide the username you want to use (which may or may not be the same as your username on your local system) and the identity of the remote server. Use an alias server_name=’ssh -v -l username IP-address' type of command like this: + +``` +$ alias butterfly=”ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11” +``` + +You can use the system name in place of the IP address if it’s listed in your /etc/hosts file or available through your DNS server. + +And remember you can list your aliases with the **alias** command. + +``` +$ alias +alias butterfly='ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11' +alias c='clear' +alias egrep='egrep --color=auto' +alias fgrep='fgrep --color=auto' +alias grep='grep --color=auto' +alias l='ls -CF' +alias la='ls -A' +alias list_repos='grep ^[^#] /etc/apt/sources.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*' +alias ll='ls -alF' +alias ls='ls --color=auto' +alias show_dimensions='xdpyinfo | grep '\''dimensions:'\''' +``` + +It's good practice to test new aliases and then add them to your ~/.bashrc or similar file to be sure they will be available any time you log in. + +### Freezing and thawing out your terminal window + +The ^s (control key plus “s”) sequence will stop a terminal from providing output by running an XOFF (transmit off) flow control. This affects PuTTY sessions, as well as terminal windows on your desktop. Sometimes typed by mistake, however, the way to make the terminal window responsive again is to enter ^q (control key plus “q”). The only real trick here is remembering ^q since you aren't very likely run into this situation very often. + +### Repeating commands + +Linux provides many ways to reuse commands. The key to command reuse is your history buffer and the commands it collects for you. The easiest way to repeat a command is to type an ! followed by the beginning letters of a recently used command. Another is to press the up-arrow on your keyboard until you see the command you want to reuse and then press enter. You can also display previously entered commands and then type ! followed by the number shown next to the command you want to reuse in the displayed command history entries. + +``` +!! <== repeat previous command +!ec <== repeat last command that started with "ec" +!76 <== repeat command #76 from command history +``` + +### Watching a log file for updates + +Commands such as tail -f /var/log/syslog will show you lines as they are being added to the specified log file — very useful if you are waiting for some particular activity or want to track what’s happening right now. The command will show the end of the file and then additional lines as they are added. + +``` +$ tail -f /var/log/auth.log +Sep 17 09:41:01 fly CRON[8071]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user smmsp +Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root +Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: Accepted password for shs from 192.168.0.22 port 47792 +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user shs by +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly systemd-logind[776]: New session 215 of user shs. +Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root +Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root + <== waits for additional lines to be added +``` + +### Asking for help + +For most Linux commands, you can enter the name of the command followed by the option **\--help** to get some fairly succinct information on what the command does and how to use it. Less extensive than the man command, the --help option often tells you just what you need to know without expanding on all of the options available. + +``` +$ mkdir --help +Usage: mkdir [OPTION]... DIRECTORY... +Create the DIRECTORY(ies), if they do not already exist. + +Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. + -m, --mode=MODE set file mode (as in chmod), not a=rwx - umask + -p, --parents no error if existing, make parent directories as needed + -v, --verbose print a message for each created directory + -Z set SELinux security context of each created directory + to the default type + --context[=CTX] like -Z, or if CTX is specified then set the SELinux + or SMACK security context to CTX + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +GNU coreutils online help: +Full documentation at: +or available locally via: info '(coreutils) mkdir invocation' +``` + +### Removing files with care + +To add a little caution to your use of the rm command, you can set it up with an alias that asks you to confirm your request to delete files before it goes ahead and deletes them. Some sysadmins make this the default. In that case, you might like the next option even more. + +``` +$ rm -i <== prompt for confirmation +``` + +### Turning off aliases + +You can always disable an alias interactively by using the unalias command. It doesn’t change the configuration of the alias in question; it just disables it until the next time you log in or source the file in which the alias is set up. + +``` +$ unalias rm +``` + +If the **rm -i** alias is set up as the default and you prefer to never have to provide confirmation before deleting files, you can put your **unalias** command in one of your startup files (e.g., ~/.bashrc). + +### Remembering to use sudo + +If you often forget to precede commands that only root can run with “sudo”, there are two things you can do. You can take advantage of your command history by using the “sudo !!” (use sudo to run your most recent command with sudo prepended to it), or you can turn some of these commands into aliases with the required "sudo" attached. + +``` +$ alias update=’sudo apt update’ +``` + +### More complex tricks + +Some useful command line tricks require a little more than a clever alias. An alias, after all, replaces a command, often inserting options so you don't have to enter them and allowing you to tack on additional information. If you want something more complex than an alias can manage, you can write a simple script or add a function to your .bashrc or other start-up file. The function below, for example, creates a directory and moves you into it. Once it's been set up, source your .bashrc or other file and you can use commands such as "md temp" to set up a directory and cd into it. + +``` +md () { mkdir -p "$@" && cd "$1"; } +``` + +### Wrap-up + +Working on the Linux command line remains one of the most productive and enjoyable ways to get work done on my Linux systems, but a group of command line tricks and clever aliases can make that experience even better. + +Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][1] and [LinkedIn][2] to comment on topics that are top of mind. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-you-can-love.html + +作者:[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ +[1]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/ +[2]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world From 2c96f4d5ca0d85f484a987a02f4733fa5e47a562 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:35:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 051/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Top=203=20Python?= =?UTF-8?q?=20libraries=20for=20data=20science?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 242 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 242 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37315fed6b --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +Top 3 Python libraries for data science +====== +Turn Python into a scientific data analysis and modeling tool with these libraries. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) + +Python's many attractions—such as efficiency, code readability, and speed—have made it the go-to programming language for data science enthusiasts. Python is usually the preferred choice for data scientists and machine learning experts who want to escalate the functionalities of their applications. (For example, Andrey Bulezyuk used the Python programming language to create an amazing [machine learning application][1].) + +Because of its extensive usage, Python has a huge number of libraries that make it easier for data scientists to complete complicated tasks without many coding hassles. Here are the top 3 Python libraries for data science; check them out if you want to kickstart your career in the field. + +### 1\. NumPy + +[NumPy][2] (short for Numerical Python) is one of the top libraries equipped with useful resources to help data scientists turn Python into a powerful scientific analysis and modelling tool. The popular open source library is available under the BSD license. It is the foundational Python library for performing tasks in scientific computing. NumPy is part of a bigger Python-based ecosystem of open source tools called SciPy. + +The library empowers Python with substantial data structures for effortlessly performing multi-dimensional arrays and matrices calculations. Besides its uses in solving linear algebra equations and other mathematical calculations, NumPy is also used as a versatile multi-dimensional container for different types of generic data. + +Furthermore, it integrates flawlessly with other programming languages like C/C++ and Fortran. The versatility of the NumPy library allows it to easily and swiftly coalesce with an extensive range of databases and tools. For example, let's see how NumPy (abbreviated **np** ) can be used for multiplying two matrices. + +Let's start by importing the library (we'll be using the Jupyter notebook for these examples). + +``` +import numpy as np +``` + +Next, let's use the **eye()** function to generate an identity matrix with the stipulated dimensions. + +``` +matrix_one = np.eye(3) +matrix_one +``` + +Here is the output: + +``` +array([[1., 0., 0.], +       [0., 1., 0.], +       [0., 0., 1.]]) +``` + +Let's generate another 3x3 matrix. + +We'll use the **arange([starting number], [stopping number])** function to arrange numbers. Note that the first parameter in the function is the initial number to be listed and the last number is not included in the generated results. + +Also, the **reshape()** function is applied to modify the dimensions of the originally generated matrix into the desired dimension. For the matrices to be "multiply-able," they should be of the same dimension. + +``` +matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) +matrix_two +``` + +Here is the output: + +``` +array([[1, 2, 3], +       [4, 5, 6], +       [7, 8, 9]]) +``` + +Let's use the **dot()** function to multiply the two matrices. + +``` +matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) + +matrix_multiply + +``` + +Here is the output: + +``` +array([[1., 2., 3.], +       [4., 5., 6.], +       [7., 8., 9.]]) +``` + +Great! + +We managed to multiply two matrices without using vanilla Python. + +Here is the entire code for this example: + +``` +import numpy as np +#generating a 3 by 3 identity matrix +matrix_one = np.eye(3) +matrix_one +#generating another 3 by 3 matrix for multiplication +matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) +matrix_two +#multiplying the two arrays +matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) +matrix_multiply +``` + +### 2\. Pandas + +[Pandas][3] is another great library that can enhance your Python skills for data science. Just like NumPy, it belongs to the family of SciPy open source software and is available under the BSD free software license. + +Pandas offers versatile and powerful tools for munging data structures and performing extensive data analysis. The library works well with incomplete, unstructured, and unordered real-world data—and comes with tools for shaping, aggregating, analyzing, and visualizing datasets. + +There are three types of data structures in this library: + + * Series: single-dimensional, homogeneous array + * DataFrame: two-dimensional with heterogeneously typed columns + * Panel: three-dimensional, size-mutable array + + + +For example, let's see how the Panda Python library (abbreviated **pd** ) can be used for performing some descriptive statistical calculations. + +Let's start by importing the library. + +``` +import pandas as pd +``` + +Let's create a dictionary of series. + +``` +d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', +   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), +   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), +   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) +    } +``` + +Let's create a DataFrame. + +``` +df = pd.DataFrame(d) +``` + +Here is a nice table of the output: + +``` +      Name Programming Language  Years of Experience +0   Alfrick               Python                    5 +1   Michael           JavaScript                    9 +2     Wendy                  PHP                    1 +3      Paul                  C++                    4 +4     Dusan                 Java                    3 +5    George                Scala                    4 +6   Andreas                React                    7 +7     Irene                 Ruby                    9 +8     Sagar              Angular                    6 +9     Simon                  PHP                    8 +10    James               Python                    3 +11     Rose           JavaScript                    1 +``` + +Here is the entire code for this example: + +``` +import pandas as pd +#creating a dictionary of series +d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', +   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), +   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), +   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) +    } + +#Create a DataFrame +df = pd.DataFrame(d) +print(df) +``` + +### 3\. Matplotlib + +[Matplotlib][4] is also part of the SciPy core packages and offered under the BSD license. It is a popular Python scientific library used for producing simple and powerful visualizations. You can use the Python framework for data science for generating creative graphs, charts, histograms, and other shapes and figures—without worrying about writing many lines of code. For example, let's see how the Matplotlib library can be used to create a simple bar chart. + +Let's start by importing the library. + +``` +from matplotlib import pyplot as plt +``` + +Let's generate values for both the x-axis and the y-axis. + +``` +x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] +y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] +``` + +Let's call the function for plotting the bar chart. + +``` +plt.bar(x,y) +``` + +Let's show the plot. + +``` +plt.show() +``` + +Here is the bar chart: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/matplotlib_barchart.png) + +Here is the entire code for this example: + +``` +#importing Matplotlib Python library +from matplotlib import pyplot as plt +#same as import matplotlib.pyplot as plt +  +#generating values for x-axis +x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] +  +#generating vaues for y-axis +y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] +  +#calling function for plotting the bar chart +plt.bar(x,y) +  +#showing the plot +plt.show() +``` + +### Wrapping up + +The Python programming language has always done a good job in data crunching and preparation, but less so for complicated scientific data analysis and modeling. The top Python frameworks for [data science][5] help fill this gap, allowing you to carry out complex mathematical computations and create sophisticated models that make sense of your data. + +Which other Python data-mining libraries do you know? What's your experience with them? Please share your comments below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/top-3-python-libraries-data-science + +作者:[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg +[1]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ +[2]: http://www.numpy.org/ +[3]: http://pandas.pydata.org/ +[4]: https://matplotlib.org/ +[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ From 5934c3f30a69ea6bdf25d38192425f824026896d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= <24203166+fuzheng1998@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 20:20:45 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 052/437] apply for translation --- .../tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md b/sources/tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md index 5bab9d8c65..37b1adb669 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +### fuzheng1998 translating 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine ====== ![](https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2017/09/wine-games-feat.jpg) From b057ca9e2b9973ceb8c537f58da96ac0817cc49d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: feng lv Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 22:31:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 053/437] translating --- .../tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md index 37315fed6b..2c4b88595d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +ucasFL translating + Top 3 Python libraries for data science ====== Turn Python into a scientific data analysis and modeling tool with these libraries. From eb5f87063a8ad878eb23e8d1766a7ef792cd189e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 22:32:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 054/437] PRF:20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @geekpi --- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 39 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md index 8a88338a9c..8fc2d473d1 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @@ -1,65 +1,60 @@ -如何使用 Apache 构建 URL 缩短器 +如何使用 Apache 构建 URL 缩短服务 ====== +> 用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能创建你自己的短链接。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) -很久以前,人们开始在 Twitter 上分享链接。140 个字符的限制意味着 URL 可能消耗一条推文的大部分(或全部),因此人们使用 URL 缩短器。最终,Twitter 加入了一个内置的 URL 缩短器([t.co][1])。 +很久以前,人们开始在 Twitter 上分享链接。140 个字符的限制意味着 URL 可能消耗一条推文的大部分(或全部),因此人们使用 URL 缩短服务。最终,Twitter 加入了一个内置的 URL 缩短服务([t.co][1])。 -字符数现在不重要了,但还有其他原因要缩短链接。首先,缩短服务可以提供分析 - 你可以看到你分享的链接的受欢迎程度。它还简化了制作易于记忆的 URL。例如,[bit.ly/INtravel][2] 比更容易记住。如果你想预先共享一个链接,但还不知道最终地址,这时 URL 缩短器可以派上用场。。 +字符数现在不重要了,但还有其他原因要缩短链接。首先,缩短服务可以提供分析功能 —— 你可以看到你分享的链接的受欢迎程度。它还简化了制作易于记忆的 URL。例如,[bit.ly/INtravel][2] 比更容易记住。如果你想预先共享一个链接,但还不知道最终地址,这时 URL 缩短服务可以派上用场。。 -与任何技术一样,URL 缩短器并非都是正面的。通过屏蔽最终地址,缩短的链接可用于指向恶意或冒犯性内容。但是,如果你仔细上网,URL 缩短器是一个有用的工具。 +与任何技术一样,URL 缩短服务并非都是正面的。通过屏蔽最终地址,缩短的链接可用于指向恶意或冒犯性内容。但是,如果你仔细上网,URL 缩短服务是一个有用的工具。 -我们之前在网站上[发布过缩短器的文章][3],但也许你想要运行一些由简单的文本驱动的缩短器。在本文中,我们将展示如何使用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能来设置自己的 URL 缩短器。如果你不熟悉 Apache HTTP 服务器,请查看 David Both 关于[安装和配置][4]的文章。 +我们之前在网站上[发布过缩短服务的文章][3],但也许你想要运行一些由简单的文本文件支持的缩短服务。在本文中,我们将展示如何使用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能来设置自己的 URL 缩短服务。如果你不熟悉 Apache HTTP 服务器,请查看 David Both 关于[安装和配置][4]它的文章。 ### 创建一个 VirtualHost -在本教程中,我假设你购买了一个很酷的域名,你将它专门用于 URL 缩短器。例如,我的网站是 [funnelfiasco.com][5],所以我买了 [funnelfias.co][6] 用于我的 URL 缩短器(好吧,它不是很短,但它可以满足我的虚荣心)。如果你不将缩短器作为单独的域运行,请跳到下一部分。 +在本教程中,我假设你购买了一个很酷的域名,你将它专门用于 URL 缩短服务。例如,我的网站是 [funnelfiasco.com][5],所以我买了 [funnelfias.co][6] 用于我的 URL 缩短服务(好吧,它不是很短,但它可以满足我的虚荣心)。如果你不将缩短服务作为单独的域运行,请跳到下一部分。 + +第一步是设置将用于 URL 缩短服务的 VirtualHost。有关 VirtualHost 的更多信息,请参阅 [David Both 的文章][7]。这步只需要几行: -第一步是设置将用于 URL 缩短器的 VirtualHost。有关 VirtualHosts 的更多信息,请参[ David Both 的文章][7]。这步只需要几行: ```     -         ServerName funnelfias.co -     - ``` -### 创建 rewrite +### 创建重写规则 此服务使用 HTTPD 的重写引擎来重写 URL。如果你在上面的部分中创建了 VirtualHost,则下面的配置跳到你的 VirtualHost 部分。否则跳到服务器的 VirtualHost 或主 HTTPD 配置。 + ```     RewriteEngine on -     RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt -     RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] - ``` 第一行只是启用重写引擎。第二行在文本文件构建短链接的映射。上面的路径只是一个例子。你需要使用系统上使用有效路径(确保它可由运行 HTTPD 的用户帐户读取)。最后一行重写 URL。在此例中,它接受任何字符并在重写映射中查找它们。你可能希望重写时使用特定的字符串。例如,如果你希望所有缩短的链接都是 “slX”(其中 X 是数字),则将上面的 `(.+)` 替换为 `(sl\d+)`。 -我在这里使用了临时 (HTTP 302) 重定向。这能让我稍后更新目标 URL。如果希望短链接始终指向同一目标,则可以使用永久 (HTTP 301) 重定向。用 `permanent` 替换第三行的 `temp`。 +我在这里使用了临时重定向(HTTP 302)。这能让我稍后更新目标 URL。如果希望短链接始终指向同一目标,则可以使用永久重定向(HTTP 301)。用 `permanent` 替换第三行的 `temp`。 ### 构建你的映射 -编辑配置文件 “RewriteMap” 行中的指定文件。格式是空格分隔的键值存储。在每一行上放一个链接: +编辑配置文件 `RewriteMap` 行中的指定文件。格式是空格分隔的键值存储。在每一行上放一个链接: + ```     osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton -     twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco -     swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html - ``` ### 重启 HTTPD -最后一步是重启 HTTPD 进程。这是通过 `systemctl restart httpd` 或类似命令完成的(命令和守护进程名称可能因发行版而不同)。你的链接缩短器现已启动并运行。当你准备编辑映射时,无需重新启动 Web 服务器。你所要做的就是保存文件,Web 服务器将获取到差异。 +最后一步是重启 HTTPD 进程。这是通过 `systemctl restart httpd` 或类似命令完成的(命令和守护进程名称可能因发行版而不同)。你的链接缩短服务现已启动并运行。当你准备编辑映射时,无需重新启动 Web 服务器。你所要做的就是保存文件,Web 服务器将获取到差异。 ### 未来的工作 -此示例为你提供了基本的 URL 缩短器。如果你想将开发自己的管理接口作为学习项目,它可以作为一个很好的起点。或者你可以使用它分享容易记住的链接到那些容易忘记的 URL。 +此示例为你提供了基本的 URL 缩短服务。如果你想将开发自己的管理接口作为学习项目,它可以作为一个很好的起点。或者你可以使用它分享容易记住的链接到那些容易忘记的 URL。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -68,7 +63,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener 作者:[Ben Cotton][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From cb016e9d6fa764c64f3fa3b8753d296188ced4f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 22:33:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 055/437] PUB:20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10031-1.html --- .../20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/published/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md rename to published/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md From 51dec09f82a768b17242c26ebb2ed9ab18b37077 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 23:26:18 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 056/437] PRF:20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md @DavidChenLiang --- ...t I Learned from Programming Interviews.md | 73 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md b/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md index 2f9c01b6ff..1c090b8e97 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md @@ -1,29 +1,28 @@ 我从编程面试中学到的 -============================================================ - +====== ![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/1250/1*DXPdaGPM4oM6p5nSkup7IQ.jpeg) -聊聊白板编程面试 -在2017年,我参加了[Grace Hopper Celebration][1]‘计算机行业中的女性’这一活动。这个活动是这类科技活动中最大的一个。共有17,000名女性IT工作者参加。 +*聊聊白板编程面试* -这个会议有个大型的配套招聘会,会上有招聘公司来面试会议参加者。有些人甚至现场拿到offer。我在现场晃荡了一下,注意到一些应聘者看上去非常紧张忧虑。我还隐隐听到应聘者之间的谈话,其中一些人谈到在面试中做的并不好。 +在 2017 年,我参加了 ‘计算机行业中的女性’ 的[Grace Hopper 庆祝活动][1]。这个活动是这类科技活动中最大的一个。共有 17,000 名女性IT工作者参加。 -我走近我听到谈话的那群人并和她们聊了起来并给了一些面试上的小建议。我想我的建议还是比较偏基本的,如“(在面试时)一开始给出个能工作的解决方案也还说的过去”之类的,但是当她们听到我的一些其他的建议时还是颇为吃惊。 +这个会议有个大型的配套招聘会,会上有招聘公司来面试会议参加者。有些人甚至现场拿到 offer。我在现场晃荡了一下,注意到一些应聘者看上去非常紧张忧虑。我还隐隐听到应聘者之间的谈话,其中一些人谈到在面试中做的并不好。 -为了能更多的帮到像她们一样的白面面试者,我收集了一些过去对我有用的小点子,这些小点子我已经发表在了[prodcast episode][2]上。它们也是这篇文章的主题。 +我走近我听到谈话的那群人并和她们聊了起来并给了一些面试上的小建议。我想我的建议还是比较偏基本的,如“(在面试时)一开始给出个能工作的解决方案也还说的过去”之类的,但是当她们听到我的一些其他的建议时还是颇为吃惊。 + +为了能更多的帮到像她们一样的小白面试者,我收集了一些过去对我有用的小点子,这些小点子我已经发表在了 [prodcast episode][2] 上。它们也是这篇文章的主题。 为了实习生职位和全职工作,我做过很多次的面试。当我还在大学主修计算机科学时,学校每个秋季学期都有招聘会,第一轮招聘会在校园里举行。(我在第一和最后一轮都搞砸过。)不过,每次面试后,我都会反思哪些方面我能做的更好,我还会和朋友们做模拟面试,这样我就能从他们那儿得到更多的面试反馈。 -不管我们怎么样找工作: 工作中介,网络,或者学校招聘,他们的招聘流程中都会涉及到技术面试: +不管我们怎么样找工作: 工作中介、网络,或者学校招聘,他们的招聘流程中都会涉及到技术面试: 近年来,我注意到了一些新的不同的面试形式出现了: * 与招聘方的一位工程师结对编程 * 网络在线测试及在线编码 -* 白板编程(LCTT译者注: 这种形式应该不新了) - +* 白板编程(LCTT 译注: 这种形式应该不新了) 我将重点谈谈白板面试,这种形式我经历的最多。我有过很多次面试,有些挺不错的,有些被我搞砸了。 @@ -31,7 +30,7 @@ 首先,我想回顾一下我做的不好的地方。知错能改,善莫大焉。 -当面试者提出一个要我解决的问题时, 我立即马上立刻开始在白板上写代码,_什么都不问。_ +当面试者提出一个要我解决的问题时, 我立即马上立刻开始在白板上写代码,_什么都不问。_ 这里我犯了两个错误: @@ -41,7 +40,7 @@ #### 只会默默思考,不去记录想法或和面试官沟通 -在面试中,很多时候我也会傻傻站在那思考,什么都不写。我和一个朋友模拟面试的时候,他告诉我因为他曾经和我一起工作过所以他知道我在思考,但是如果他是个陌生的面试官的话,他会觉得要么我正站在那冥思苦想,毫无头绪。不要急匆匆的直奔解题而去是很重要的。花点时间多想想各种解题的可能性。有时候面试官会乐意和你一起探索解题的步骤。不管怎样,这就是在一家公司开工作会议的的普遍方式,大家各抒己见,一起讨论如何解决问题。 +在面试中,很多时候我也会傻傻站在那思考,什么都不写。我和一个朋友模拟面试的时候,他告诉我因为他曾经和我一起工作过所以他知道我在思考,但是如果他是个陌生的面试官的话,他会觉得我正站在那冥思苦想,毫无头绪。不要急匆匆的直奔解题而去是很重要的。花点时间多想想各种解题的可能性。有时候面试官会乐意和你一起探索解题的步骤。不管怎样,这就是在一家公司开工作会议的的普遍方式,大家各抒己见,一起讨论如何解决问题。 ### 想到一个解题方法 @@ -50,30 +49,27 @@ 这是对我管用的步骤: 1. 头脑风暴 - 2. 写代码 - 3. 处理错误路径 - 4. 测试 -#### 1\. 头脑风暴 +#### 1、 头脑风暴 对我来说,我会首先通过一些例子来视觉化我要解决的问题。比如说如果这个问题和数据结构中的树有关,我就会从树底层的空节点开始思考,如何处理一个节点的情况呢?两个节点呢?三个节点呢?这能帮助你从具体例子里抽象出你的解决方案。 -在白板上先写下你的算法要做的事情列表。这样做,你往往能在开始写代码前就发现bug和缺陷(不过你可得掌握好时间)。我犯过的一个错误是我花了过多的时间在澄清问题和头脑风暴上,最后几乎没有留下时间给我写代码。你的面试官可能没有机会看你在白板上写下代码,这可太糟了。你可以带块手表,或者房间有钟的话,你也可以抬头看看时间。有些时候面试者会提醒你你已经得到了所有的信息(这时你就不要再问别的了),'我想我们已经把所有需要的信息都澄清了,让我们写代码实现吧' +在白板上先写下你的算法要做的事情列表。这样做,你往往能在开始写代码前就发现 bug 和缺陷(不过你可得掌握好时间)。我犯过的一个错误是我花了过多的时间在澄清问题和头脑风暴上,最后几乎没有留下时间给我写代码。你的面试官可能没有机会看你在白板上写下代码,这可太糟了。你可以带块手表,或者房间有钟的话,你也可以抬头看看时间。有些时候面试者会提醒你你已经得到了所有的信息(这时你就不要再问别的了),“我想我们已经把所有需要的信息都澄清了,让我们写代码实现吧”。 -#### 2\. 开始写代码,一气呵成 +#### 2、 开始写代码,一气呵成 -如果你还没有得到问题的完美解决方法,从最原始的解法开始总的可以的。当你在向面试官解释最显而易见的解法时,你要想想怎么去完善它,并指明这种做法是最原始,未加优化的。(请熟悉算法中的O()的概念,这对面试非常有用。)在向面试者提交前请仔细检查你的解决方案两三遍。面试者有时会给你些提示, ‘还有更好的方法吗?’,这句话的意思是面试官提示你有更优化的解决方案。 +如果你还没有得到问题的完美解决方法,从最原始的解法开始总是可以的。当你在向面试官解释最显而易见的解法时,你要想想怎么去完善它,并指明这种做法是最原始的,未加优化的。(请熟悉算法中的 `O()` 的概念,这对面试非常有用。)在向面试者提交前请仔细检查你的解决方案两三遍。面试者有时会给你些提示, “还有更好的方法吗?”,这句话的意思是面试官提示你有更优化的解决方案。 -#### 3\. 错误处理 +#### 3、 错误处理 -当你在编码时,对你想做错误处理的代码行做个注释。当面试者说,'很好,这里你想到了错误处理。你想怎么处理呢?抛出异常还是返回错误码?',这将给你个机会去引出关于代码质量的一番讨论。当然,这种地方提出几个就够了。有时,面试者为了节省编码的时间,会告诉你可以假设外界输入的参数都已经通过了校验。不管怎样,你都要展现你对错误处理和编码质量的重要性的认识。 +当你在编码时,对你想做错误处理的代码行做个注释。当面试者说,“很好,这里你想到了错误处理。你想怎么处理呢?抛出异常还是返回错误码?”,这将给你个机会去引出关于代码质量的一番讨论。当然,这种地方提出几个就够了。有时,面试者为了节省编码的时间,会告诉你可以假设外界输入的参数都已经通过了校验。不管怎样,你都要展现你对错误处理和编码质量的重要性的认识。 -#### 4\. 测试 +#### 4、 测试 -在编码完成后,用你在前面头脑风暴中写的用例来在你脑子里“跑”一下你的代码,确定万无一失。例如你可以说,‘让我用前面写下的树的例子来跑一下我的代码,如果是一个节点是什么结果,如果是两个节点是什么结果。。。’ +在编码完成后,用你在前面头脑风暴中写的用例来在你脑子里“跑”一下你的代码,确定万无一失。例如你可以说,“让我用前面写下的树的例子来跑一下我的代码,如果是一个节点是什么结果,如果是两个节点是什么结果……” 在你结束之后,面试者有时会问你你将会怎么测试你的代码,你会涉及什么样的测试用例。我建议你用下面不同的分类来组织你的错误用例: @@ -83,7 +79,7 @@ 2. 错误用例 3. 期望的正常用例 -对于性能测试,要考虑极端数量下的情况。例如,如果问题是关于列表的,你可以说你将会使用一个非常大的列表以及的非常小的列表来测试。如果和数字有关,你将会测试系统中的最大整数和最小整数。我建议读一些有关软件测试的书来得到更多的知识。在这个领域我最喜欢的书是[How We Test Software at Microsoft][3]。 +对于性能测试,要考虑极端数量下的情况。例如,如果问题是关于列表的,你可以说你将会使用一个非常大的列表以及的非常小的列表来测试。如果和数字有关,你将会测试系统中的最大整数和最小整数。我建议读一些有关软件测试的书来得到更多的知识。在这个领域我最喜欢的书是 《[我们在微软如何测试软件][3]》。 对于错误用例,想一下什么是期望的错误情况并一一写下。 @@ -91,50 +87,45 @@ ### “你还有什么要问我的吗?” -面试最后总是会留几分钟给你问问题。我建议你在面试前写下你想问的问题。千万别说,‘我没什么问题了’,就算你觉得面试砸了或者你对这间公司不怎么感兴趣,你总有些东西可以问问。你甚至可以问面试者他最喜欢自己的工作什么,最讨厌自己的工作什么。或者你可以问问面试官的工作具体是什么,在用什么技术和实践。不要因为觉得自己在面试中做的不好而心灰意冷,不想问什么问题。 +面试最后总是会留几分钟给你问问题。我建议你在面试前写下你想问的问题。千万别说,“我没什么问题了”,就算你觉得面试砸了或者你对这间公司不怎么感兴趣,你总有些东西可以问问。你甚至可以问面试者他最喜欢自己的工作什么,最讨厌自己的工作什么。或者你可以问问面试官的工作具体是什么,在用什么技术和实践。不要因为觉得自己在面试中做的不好而心灰意冷,不想问什么问题。 ### 申请一份工作 - -关于找工作申请工作,有人曾经告诉我,你应该去找你真正有激情工作的地方。去找一家你喜欢的公司,或者你喜欢使用的产品,看看你能不能去那儿工作。 +关于找工作和申请工作,有人曾经告诉我,你应该去找你真正有激情工作的地方。去找一家你喜欢的公司,或者你喜欢使用的产品,看看你能不能去那儿工作。 我个人并不推荐你用上述的方法去找工作。你会排除很多很好的公司,特别是你是在找实习工作或者入门级的职位时。 -你也可以集中在其他的一些目标上。如:我想从这个工作里得到哪方面的更多经验?这个工作是关于云计算?Web开发?或是人工智能?当在招聘会上与招聘公司沟通是,看看他们的工作单位有没有在这些领域的。你可能会在一家并非在你的想去公司列表上的公司(或非盈利机构)里找到你想找的职位。 +你也可以集中在其他的一些目标上。如:我想从这个工作里得到哪方面的更多经验?这个工作是关于云计算?Web 开发?或是人工智能?当在招聘会上与招聘公司沟通时,看看他们的工作单位有没有在这些领域的。你可能会在一家并非在你的想去公司列表上的公司(或非盈利机构)里找到你想找的职位。 #### 换组 -在这家公司里的第一个组里呆了一年半以后,我觉得是时候去探索一下不同的东西了。我找到了一个我喜欢的组并进行了4轮面试。结果我搞砸了。 - - -我什么都没有准备,甚至都没在白板上练练手。我当时的逻辑是,如果我都已经在一家公司干了快2年了,我还需要练什么?我完全错了,我在接下去的白板面试中跌跌撞撞。我的板书写得太小,而且因为没有从最左上角开始写代码,我的代码大大超出了一个白板的空间,这些都导致了白板面试失败。 +在这家公司里的第一个组里呆了一年半以后,我觉得是时候去探索一下不同的东西了。我找到了一个我喜欢的组并进行了 4 轮面试。结果我搞砸了。 +我什么都没有准备,甚至都没在白板上练练手。我当时的逻辑是,如果我都已经在一家公司干了快 2 年了,我还需要练什么?我完全错了,我在接下去的白板面试中跌跌撞撞。我的板书写得太小,而且因为没有从最左上角开始写代码,我的代码大大超出了一个白板的空间,这些都导致了白板面试失败。 我在面试前也没有刷过数据结构和算法题。如果我做了的话,我将会在面试中更有信心。就算你已经在一家公司担任了软件工程师,在你去另外一个组面试前,我强烈建议你在一块白板上演练一下如何写代码。 +对于换项目组这件事,如果你是在公司内部换组的话,事先能同那个组的人非正式聊聊会很有帮助。对于这一点,我发现几乎每个人都很乐于和你一起吃个午饭。人一般都会在中午有空,约不到人或者别人正好有会议冲突的风险会很低。这是一种非正式的途径来了解你想去的组正在干什么,以及这个组成员个性是怎么样的。相信我,你能从一次午餐中得到很多信息,这可会对你的正式面试帮助不小。 -对于换项目组这件事,如果你是在公司内部换组的话,事先能同那个组的人非正式聊聊会很有帮助。对于这一点,我发现几乎每个人都很乐于和你一起吃个午饭。人一般都会在中午有空,约不到人或者别人正好有会议冲突的风险会很低。这是一种非正式的途径来了解你想去的组正在干什么,以及这个组成员个性是怎么样的。相信我, 你能从一次午餐中得到很多信息,这可会对你的正式面试帮助不小。 +非常重要的一点是,你在面试一个特定的组时,就算你在面试中做的很好,因为文化不契合的原因,你也很可能拿不到 offer。这也是为什么我一开始就想去见见组里不同的人的原因(有时这也不太可能),我希望你不要被一次拒绝所击倒,请保持开放的心态,选择新的机会,并多多练习。 -非常重要的一点是,你在面试一个特定的组时,就算你在面试中做的很好,因为文化不契合的原因,你也很可能拿不到offer。这也是为什么我一开始就想去见见组里不同的人的原因(有时这也不太可能),我希望你不要被一次拒绝所击倒,请保持开放的心态,选择新的机会,并多多练习。 - - -以上内容来自["Programming interviews"][4] 章节,选自 [The Women in Tech Show: Technical Interviews with Prominent Women in Tech][5] +以上内容选自 《[The Women in Tech Show: Technical Interviews with Prominent Women in Tech][5]》的 “[编程面试][4]”章节, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 作者简介: -微软研究院Software Engineer II, www.thewomenintechshow.com站长,所有观点都只代表本人意见。 +微软研究院 Software Engineer II, www.thewomenintechshow.com 站长,所有观点都只代表本人意见。 ------------ via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/what-i-learned-from-programming-interviews-29ba49c9b851 -作者:[Edaena Salinas ][a] -译者:DavidChenLiang (https://github.com/DavidChenLiang) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +作者:[Edaena Salinas][a] +译者:[DavidChenLiang](https://github.com/DavidChenLiang) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 8a99cac72bdf3b05ade1047d0b655899f2e28378 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 23:27:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 057/437] PUB: 20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md @DavidChenLiang https://linux.cn/article-10032-1.html --- .../20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md b/published/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md rename to published/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md From 75257b55288660d78d71340e378a0be92d22ee0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 08:53:41 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 058/437] translated --- ...o Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md | 142 ------------------ ...o Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md | 140 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 140 insertions(+), 142 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md b/sources/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md deleted file mode 100644 index a11675a264..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -Autotrash – A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/autotrash-720x340.png) - -**Autotrash** is a command line utility to automatically purge old trashed files. It will purge files that have been in the trash for more then a given number of days. You don’t need to empty the trash folder or do SHIFT+DELETE to permanently purge the files/folders. Autortrash will handle the contents of your Trash folder and delete them automatically after a particular period of time. In a nutshell, Autotrash will never allow your trash to grow too big. - -### Installing Autotrash - -Autotrash is available in the default repositories of Debian-based systems. To install autotrash on Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint, run: - -``` -$ sudo apt-get install autotrash - -``` - -On Fedora: - -``` -$ sudo dnf install autotrash - -``` - -For Arch linux and its variants, you can install it using any AUR helper programs such as [**Yay**][1]. - -``` -$ yay -S autotrash-git - -``` - -### Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files - -Whenever you run autotrash, It will scan your **`~/.local/share/Trash/info`** directory and read the **`.trashinfo`** files to find their deletion date. If the files have been in trash folder for more than the defined date, they will be deleted. - -Let me show you some examples. - -To purge files which are in the trash folder for more than 30 days, run: - -``` -$ autotrash -d 30 - -``` - -As per above example, if the files in your Trash folder are more than 30-days old, Autotrash will automatically delete them from your Trash. You don’t need to manually delete them. Just send the unnecessary junk to your trash folder and forget about them. Autotrash will take care of the trashed files. - -The above command will only process currently logged-in user’s trash directory. If you want to make autotrash to process trash directories of all users (not just in your home directory), use **-t** option like below. - -``` -$ autotrash -td 30 - -``` - -Autotrash also allows you to delete trashed files based on the space left or available on the trash filesystem. - -For example, have a look at the following example. - -``` -$ autotrash --max-free 1024 -d 30 - -``` - -As per the above command, autotrash will only purge trashed files that are older than **30 days** from the trash if there is less than **1GB of space left** on the trash filesystem. This can be useful if your trash filesystem is running out of the space. - -We can also purge files from trash, oldest first, till there is at least 1GB of space on the trash filesystem. - -``` -$ autotrash --min-free 1024 - -``` - -In this case, there is no restriction on how old trashed files are. - -You can combine both options ( **`--min-free`** and **`--max-free`** ) in a single command like below. - -``` -$ autotrash --max-free 2048 --min-free 1024 -d 30 - -``` - -As per the above command, autotrash will start reading the trash if there is less than **2GB** of free space, then start keeping an eye on. At that point, remove files older than 30 days and if there is less than **1GB** of free space after that remove even newer files. - -As you can see, all command should be manually run by the user. You might wonder, how can I automate this task?? That’s easy! Just add autotrash as crontab entry. Now, the commands will automatically run at a scheduled time and purge the files in your trash depending on the defined options. - -To add these commands in crontab file, run: - -``` -$ crontab -e - -``` - -Add the entries, for example: - -``` -@daily /usr/bin/autotrash -d 30 - -``` - -Now autotrash will purge files which are in the trash folder for more than 30 days, everyday. - -For more details about scheduling tasks, refer the following links. - - -+ [A Beginners Guide To Cron Jobs][2] -+ [How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux][3] - - -Please be mindful that if you have deleted any important files inadvertently, they will be permanently gone after the defined days, so just be careful. - -Refer man pages to know more about Autotrash. - -``` -$ man autotrash - -``` - -Emptying Trash folder or pressing SHIFT+DELETE to permanently get rid of unnecessary stuffs from the Linux system is no big deal. It will just take a couple seconds. However, if you wanted an extra utility to take care of your junk files, Autotrash might be helpful. Give it a try and see how it works. - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. - -Cheers! - - - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/autotrash-a-cli-tool-to-automatically-purge-old-trashed-files/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ -[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/a-beginners-guide-to-cron-jobs/ -[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-easily-and-safely-manage-cron-jobs-in-linux/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md b/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03d429fef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +Autotrash - 一个自动清除旧垃圾的命令行工具 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/autotrash-720x340.png) + +**Autotrash** 是一个命令行程序,它用于自动清除旧的已删除文件。它将清除超过指定天数的在回收站中的文件。你不需要清空回收站或执行 SHIFT+DELETE 以永久清除文件/文件夹。Autortrash 将处理回收站中的内容,并在特定时间段后自动删除它们。简而言之,Autotrash 永远不会让你的垃圾变得太大。 + +### 安装 Autotrash + +Autotrash 默认存在于基于 Debian 系统的仓库中。要在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 上安装 autotrash,请运行: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install autotrash + +``` + +在 Fedora 上: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install autotrash + +``` + +对于 Arch linux 及其变体,你可以使用任何 AUR 助手程序, 如 [**Yay**][1] 安装它。 + +``` +$ yay -S autotrash-git + +``` + +### 自动清除旧的垃圾文件 + +每当你运行 autotrash 时,它会扫描你的 **`~/.local/share/Trash/info`** 目录并读取 **`.trashinfo`** 以找出它们的删除日期。如果文件已在回收站中超过指定的日期,那么就会删除它们。 + +让我举几个例子。 + +要删除回收站中超过 30 天的文件,请运行: + +``` +$ autotrash -d 30 + +``` + +如上例所示,如果回收站中的文件超过 30 天,Autotrash 会自动将其从回收站中删除。你无需手动删除它们。只需将没用的文件放到回收站即可忘记。Autotrash 将处理已删除的文件。 + +以上命令仅处理当前登录用户的垃圾目录。如果要使 autotrash 处理所有用户的垃圾目录(不仅仅是在你的家目录中),请使用 **-t** 选项,如下所示。 + +``` +$ autotrash -td 30 + +``` + +Autotrash 还允许你根据回收站可用容量或磁盘可用空间来删除已删除的文件。 + +例如,看下下面的例子。 + +``` +$ autotrash --max-free 1024 -d 30 + +``` + +根据上面的命令,如果回收站的剩余的空间少于**1GB**,那么 autotrash 将从回收站中清除超过**30 天**的已删除文件。如果你的回收站空间不足,这可能很有用。 + +我们还可以从回收站中按最早的时间清除文件直到回收站至少有 1GB 的空间。 + +``` +$ autotrash --min-free 1024 + +``` + +在这种情况下,对旧的已删除文件没有限制。 + +你可以将这两个选项(**`--min-free`** 和 **`--max-free`**)组合在一个命令中,如下所示。 + +``` +$ autotrash --max-free 2048 --min-free 1024 -d 30 + +``` + +根据上面的命令,如果可用空间小于 **2GB**,autotrash 将读取回收站,接着关注容量。此时,删除超过 30 天的文件,如果少于 **1GB** 的可用空间,则删除更新的文件。 + +如你所见,所有命令都应由用户手动运行。你可能想知道,我该如何自动执行此任务?这很容易!只需将 autotrash 添加为 crontab 任务即可。现在,命令将在计划的时间自动运行,并根据定义的选项清除回收站中的文件。 + +要在 crontab 中添加这些命令,请运行: + +``` +$ crontab -e + +``` + +添加任务,例如: + +``` +@daily /usr/bin/autotrash -d 30 + +``` + +现在,autotrash 将每天清除回收站中超过 30 天的文件。 + +有关计划任务的更多详细信息,请参阅以下链接。 + + ++ [Cron 任务的初学者指南]][2] ++ [如何在 Linux 中轻松安全地管理 Cron 作业]][3] + + +请注意,如果你无意中删除了任何重要文件,它们将在规定的日期后永久消失,所以请小心。 + +请参阅手册页以了解有关 Autotrash 的更多信息。 + +``` +$ man autotrash + +``` + +清空回收站或按 SHIFT+DELETE 永久删除 Linux 系统中没用的东西没什么大不了的。它只需要几秒钟。但是,如果你需要额外的程序来处理垃圾文件,Autotrash 可能会有所帮助。试一下,看看它是如何工作的。 + +就是这些了。希望这个有用。还有更多的好东西。 + +干杯! + + + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/autotrash-a-cli-tool-to-automatically-purge-old-trashed-files/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/a-beginners-guide-to-cron-jobs/ +[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-easily-and-safely-manage-cron-jobs-in-linux/ From 7c43e9983aac69106bb3c4de966b724d993b50db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:06:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 059/437] translating --- ... To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md index 0a9444acc4..f81d944570 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 ====== From 20a0921cb754bd1f049d633b436b84cbaa178132 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:49:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 060/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Linux=20Has=20a?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Code=20of=20Conduct=20and=20Not=20Everyone=20is=20Happy=20Wi?= =?UTF-8?q?th=20it?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...nduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md | 167 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 167 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md b/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e161ec4eec --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it +====== +**Linux kernel has a new code of conduct (CoC). Linus Torvalds took a break from Linux kernel development just 30 minutes after signing this code of conduct. And since **the writer of this code of conduct has had a controversial past,** it has now become a point of heated discussion. With all the politics involved, not many people are happy with this new CoC.** + +If you do not know already, [Linux creator Linus Torvalds has apologized for his past behavior and has taken a temporary break from Linux kernel development to improve his behavior][1]. + +### The new code of conduct for Linux kernel development + +Linux kernel developers have a code of conduct. It’s not like they didn’t have a code before, but the previous [code of conflict][2] is now replaced by this new code of conduct to “help make the kernel community a welcoming environment to participate in.” + +> “In the interest of fostering an open and welcoming environment, we as contributors and maintainers pledge to making participation in our project and our community a harassment-free experience for everyone, regardless of age, body size, disability, ethnicity, sex characteristics, gender identity and expression, level of experience, education, socio-economic status, nationality, personal appearance, race, religion, or sexual identity and orientation.” + +You can read the entire code of conduct on this commit page. + +[Linux Code of Conduct][33] + + +### Was Linus Torvalds forced to apologize and take a break? + +![Linus Torvalds Apologizes][3] + +The code of conduct was signed off by Linus Torvalds and Greg Kroah-Hartman (kind of second-in-command after Torvalds). Dan Williams of Intel and Chris Mason from Facebook were some of the other signees. + +If I have read through the timeline correctly, half an hour after signing this code of conduct, Torvalds sent a [mail apologizing for his past behavior][4]. He also announced taking a temporary break to improve upon his behavior. + +But at this point some people started reading between the lines, with a special attention to this line from his mail: + +> **This week people in our community confronted me about my lifetime of not understanding emotions**. My flippant attacks in emails have been both unprofessional and uncalled for. Especially at times when I made it personal. In my quest for a better patch, this made sense to me. I know now this was not OK and I am truly sorry. + +This particular line could be read as if he was coerced into apologizing and taking a break because of the new code of conduct. Though it could also be a precautionary measure to prevent Torvalds from violating the newly created code of conduct. + +### The controversy around Contributor Convent creator Coraline Ada Ehmke + +The Linux code of conduct is based on the [Contributor Covenant, version 1.4][5]. Contributor Convent has been adopted by hundreds of open source projects. Eclipse, Angular, Ruby, Kubernetes are some of the [many adopters of Contributor Convent][6]. + +Contributor Covenant has been created by [Coraline Ada Ehmke][7], a software developer, an open-source advocate, and an [LGBT][8] activist. She has been instrumental in promoting diversity in the open source world. + +Coraline has also been vocal about her stance against [meritocracy][9]. The Latin word meritocracy originally refers to a “system under which advancement within the system turns on “merits”, like intelligence, credentials, and education.” But activists like [Coraline believe][10] that meritocracy is a negative system where the worth of an individual is measured not by their humanity, but solely by their intellectual output. + +[![croraline meritocracy][11]][12] +Image credit: Twitter user @nickmon1112 + +Remember that [Linus Torvalds has repeatedly said that he cares about the code, not the person who writes it][13]. Clearly, this goes against Coraline’s view on meritocracy. + +Coraline has had a troubled incident in the past with a contributor of [Opal project][14]. There was a [discussion taking place on Twitter][15] where Elia, a core contributor to Opal project from Italy, said “(trans people) not accepting reality is the problem here”. + +Coraline was neither in the discussion nor was she a contributor to the Opal project. But as an LGBT activist, she took it to herself and [demanded that Elia be removed from the Opal Project][16] for his ‘views against trans people’. A lengthy and heated discussion took place on Opal’s GitHub repository. Coraline and her supporters, who never contributed to Opal, tried to coerce the moderators into removing Elia, a core contributor of the project. + +While Elia wasn’t removed from the project, Opal project maintainers agreed to put up a code of conduct in place. And this code of conduct was nothing else but Coraline’s famed Contributor Covenant that she had pitched to the maintainers herself. + +But the story didn’t end here. The Contributor Covenant was then modified and a [new clause added in order to get to Elia][17]. The new clause widened the scope of conduct in public spaces. This malicious change was [spotted by the maintainers][18] and they edited the clause. Opal eventually got rid of the Contributor Covenant and put in place its own guideline. + +This is a classic example of how a few offended people, who never contributed a single line of code to the project, tried to oust its core contributor. + +### People’s reaction on Linux Code of Conduct and Torvalds’ apology + +As soon as Linux code of conduct and Torvalds’ apology went public, Social Media and forums were rife with rumors and [speculations][19]. While many people appreciated this new development, there were some who saw a conspiracy by [SJW infiltrating Linux][20]. + +A sarcastic tweet by Caroline only fueled the fire. + +> I can’t wait for the mass exodus from Linux now that it’s been infiltrated by SJWs. Hahahah [pic.twitter.com/eFeY6r4ENv][21] +> +> — Coraline Ada Ehmke (@CoralineAda) [September 16, 2018][22] + +In the wake of the Linux CoC controversy, Coraline openly said that the Contributor Convent code of conduct is a political document. This did not go down well with the people who want the political stuff out of the open source projects. + +> Some people are saying that the Contributor Covenant is a political document, and they’re right. +> +> — Coraline Ada Ehmke (@CoralineAda) [September 16, 2018][23] + +Nick Monroe, a freelance journalist, dig up the past of Coraline in order to validate his claim that there is more to Linux CoC than meets the eye. You can go by the entire thread if you want. + +> Alright. You've seen this a million times before. It's a code of conduct blah blah blah +> +> that has social justice baked right into it. blah blah blah. +> +> But something is different about this. [pic.twitter.com/8NUL2K1gu2][24] +> +> — Nick Monroe (@nickmon1112) [September 17, 2018][25] + +Nick wasn’t the only one to disapprove of the new Linux CoC. The [SJW][26] involvement led to more skepticism. + +> I guess the big news in Linux today is that the Linux kernel is now governed by a Code of Conduct and a “post meritocracy” world view. +> +> In principle these CoCs look great. In practice they are abused tools to hunt people SJWs don’t like. And they don’t like a lot of people. +> +> — Mark Kern (@Grummz) [September 17, 2018][27] + +While there were many who appreciated Torvalds’ apology, there were a few who blamed Torvalds’ attitude: + +> Am I the only one who thinks Linus Torvalds attitude for decades was a prime contributors to how many of the condescending, rudes, jerks in Linux and open source "communities" behaved? I've never once felt welcomed into the Linux community as a new user. +> +> — Jonathan Frappier (@jfrappier) [September 17, 2018][28] + +And some were simply not amused with his apology: + +> Oh look, an abusive OSS maintainer finally admitted, after *decades* of abusive and toxic behavior, that his behavior *might* be an issue. +> +> And a bunch of people I follow are tripping all over themselves to give him cookies for that. 🙄🙄🙄 +> +> — Kelly Ellis (@justkelly_ok) [September 17, 2018][29] + +The entire Torvalds apology episode has raised a genuine concern ;) + +> Do we have to put "I don't/do forgive Linus Torvalds" in our bio now? +> +> — Verónica. (@maria_fibonacci) [September 17, 2018][30] + +Jokes apart, the genuine concern was raised by Sharp, who had [quit Linux Kernel development][31] in 2015 due to the ‘toxic community’. + +> The real test here is whether the community that built Linus up and protected his right to be verbally abusive will change. Linus not only needs to change himself, but the Linux kernel community needs to change as well. +> +> — Sage Sharp (@_sagesharp_) [September 17, 2018][32] + +### What do you think of Linux Code of Conduct? + +If you ask my opinion, I do think that a Code of Conduct is the need of the time. It guides people in behaving in a respectable way and helps create a positive environment for all kind of people irrespective of their race, ethnicity, religion, nationality and political views (both left and right). + +What are your views on the entire episode? Do you think the CoC will help Linux kernel development? Or will it deteriorate with the involvement of anti-meritocracy SJWs? + +We don’t have a code of conduct at It’s FOSS but let’s keep the discussion civil :) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/linux-code-of-conduct/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://itsfoss.com/torvalds-takes-a-break-from-linux/ +[2]: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/CodeOfConflict?id=ddbd2b7ad99a418c60397901a0f3c997d030c65e +[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/linus-torvalds-apologizes.jpeg +[4]: https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/9/16/167 +[5]: https://www.contributor-covenant.org/version/1/4/code-of-conduct.html +[6]: https://www.contributor-covenant.org/adopters +[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coraline_Ada_Ehmke +[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LGBT +[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meritocracy +[10]: https://modelviewculture.com/pieces/the-dehumanizing-myth-of-the-meritocracy +[11]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/croraline-meritocracy.jpg +[12]: https://pbs.twimg.com/media/DnTTfi7XoAAdk08.jpg +[13]: https://arstechnica.com/information-technology/2015/01/linus-torvalds-on-why-he-isnt-nice-i-dont-care-about-you/ +[14]: https://opalrb.com/ +[15]: https://twitter.com/krainboltgreene/status/611569515315507200 +[16]: https://github.com/opal/opal/issues/941 +[17]: https://github.com/opal/opal/pull/948/commits/817321e27eccfffb3841f663815c17eecb8ef061#diff-a1ee87dafebc22cbd96979f1b2b7e837R11 +[18]: https://github.com/opal/opal/pull/948#issuecomment-113486020 +[19]: https://www.reddit.com/r/linux/comments/9go8cp/linus_torvalds_daughter_has_signed_the/ +[20]: https://snew.github.io/r/linux/comments/9ghrrj/linuxs_new_coc_is_a_piece_of_shit/ +[21]: https://t.co/eFeY6r4ENv +[22]: https://twitter.com/CoralineAda/status/1041441155874009093?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[23]: https://twitter.com/CoralineAda/status/1041465346656530432?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[24]: https://t.co/8NUL2K1gu2 +[25]: https://twitter.com/nickmon1112/status/1041668315947708416?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[26]: https://www.urbandictionary.com/define.php?term=SJW +[27]: https://twitter.com/Grummz/status/1041524170331287552?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[28]: https://twitter.com/jfrappier/status/1041486055038492674?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[29]: https://twitter.com/justkelly_ok/status/1041522269002985473?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[30]: https://twitter.com/maria_fibonacci/status/1041538148121997313?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[31]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/2988850/opensource-subnet/linux-kernel-dev-sarah-sharp-quits-citing-brutal-communications-style.html +[32]: https://twitter.com/_sagesharp_/status/1041480963287539712?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[33]: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=8a104f8b5867c682d994ffa7a74093c54469c11f From baa133ff415e40d0f42527e50ff6a3635427308d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:54:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 061/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Streama=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20Setup=20Your=20Own=20Streaming=20Media=20Server=20I?= =?UTF-8?q?n=20Minutes?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...r Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md | 171 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 171 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Streama - Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Streama - Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Streama - Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..521a8f5b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Streama - Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +Streama – Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/streama-720x340.png) + +**Streama** is a free, open source application that helps to setup your own personal streaming media server in minutes in Unix-like operating systems. It’s like Netflix, but self-hostable. You can deploy it on your local system or VPS or dedicated server and stream the media files across multiple devices. The media files can be accessed from a web-browser from any system on your network. If you have deployed on your VPS, you can access it from anywhere. Streama works like your own personal Netflix system to stream your TV shows, videos, audios and movies. Streama is a web-based application written using Grails 3 (server-side) with SpringSecurity and all frond-end components are written in AngularJS. The built-in player is completely HTML5-based. + +### Prominent Features + +Streama ships with a lot features as listed below. + + * Easy to install configure. You can either download docker instance and fire up your media server in minutes or install vanilla version on your local or VPS or dedicated server. + * Drag and drop support to upload media files. + * Live sync watching support. You can watch videos with your friends, family remotely. It doesn’t matter where they are. You can all watch the same video at a time. + * Built-in beautiful video player to watch/listen video and audio. + * Built-in browser to access the media files in the server. + * Multi-user support. You can create individual user accounts to your family members and access the media server simultaneously. + * Streama supports pause-play option. Pause the playback at any time and Streama remembers where you left off last time. + * Streama can be able to detect similar movies and videos and shows for you to add. + * Self-hostable + * It is completely free and open source. + + + +What do you need more? Streama has everything you to need to setup a full-fledged streaming media server in your Linux box. + +### Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server Using Streama + +Streama requires JAVA 8 or later, preferably **OpenJDK**. And, the recommended OS is **Ubuntu**. For the purpose of this guide, I will be using Ubuntu 18.04 LTS. + +By default, the latest Ubuntu 18.04 includes Open JDK 11. To install default openJDK in Ubuntu 18.04 or later, run: + +``` +$ sudo apt install default-jdk + +``` + +Java 8 is the latest stable Long Time Support version. If you prefer to use Java LTS, run: + +``` +$ sudo apt install openjdk-8-jdk +``` + +I have installed openjdk-8-jdk. To check the installed Java version, run: + +``` +$ java -version +openjdk version "1.8.0_181" +OpenJDK Runtime Environment (build 1.8.0_181-8u181-b13-0ubuntu0.18.04.1-b13) +OpenJDK 64-Bit Server VM (build 25.181-b13, mixed mode) +``` + +Once java installed, create a directory to save Streama executable and yml files. + +``` +$ sudo mkdir /data + +$ sudo mkdir /data/streama +``` + +I followed the official documentation, so I used this path – /data/streama. It is optional. You’re free to use any location of your choice. + +Switch to streama directory: + +``` +$ cd /data/streama +``` + +Download the latest Streama executable file from [**releases page**][1]. As of writing this guide, the latest version was **v1.6.0-RC8**. + +``` +$ sudo wget https://github.com/streamaserver/streama/releases/download/v1.6.0-RC8/streama-1.6.0-RC8.war +``` + +Make it executable: + +``` +$ sudo chmod +x streama-1.6.0-RC8.war +``` + +Now, run Streama application using command: + +``` +$ sudo ./streama-1.6.0-RC8.war +``` + +If you an output something like below, Streama is working! + +``` +INFO streama.Application - Starting Application on ubuntuserver with PID 26714 (/data/streama/streama-1.6.0-RC8.war started by root in /data/streama) +DEBUG streama.Application - Running with Spring Boot v1.4.4.RELEASE, Spring v4.3.6.RELEASE +INFO streama.Application - The following profiles are active: production + +Configuring Spring Security Core ... +... finished configuring Spring Security Core + +INFO streama.Application - Started Application in 92.003 seconds (JVM running for 98.66) +Grails application running at http://localhost:8080 in environment: production +``` + +Open your web browser and navigate to URL – **** + +You should see Streama login screen. Login with default credentials – **admin/admin** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/streama-login-page.png) + +Now, You need to fill out some required base-settings. Click OK button in the next screen and you will be redirected to the settings page. In the Settings page, you need to set some parameters such as the location of the Uploads directory, Streama logo, name of the media server, base URL, allow anonymous access, allow users to download videos. All fields marked with ***** is necessary to fill. Once you provided the details, click **Save settings** button. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/streama-settings.png) + +Congratulations! Your media server is ready to use! + +Here is how Stream dashboard looks like. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Streama-dashboard.png) + +And, this is the contents management page where you can upload movies, shows, access files via file manager, view the notifications and highlights. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Manage-contents-in-Streama.png) + +### Adding movies/shows + +Let me show you how to add a movie. + +Go to the **“Manage Content”** page from the dashboard and click **“Create New Movie”** link. + +Enter the movie details, such as name, release date, IMDB ID and movie description and click **Save**. These are all optional, you can simply ignore them if you don’t know about the details. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-1.png) + +We have added the movie details, but we haven’t added the actual movie yet. To do so, click on the red box in the bottom that says – **“No video file yet! Drop file or Click here to add”**. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-2.png) + +You could either drag and drop the movie file inside this dashboard or click on the red box to manually upload it. + +Choose the movie file to upload and click Upload. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-3.png) + +Once the upload is completed, you could see the uploaded movie details. Click on the three horizontal lines next to the movie if you want to edit/modify movie details. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-4.png) + +Similarly, you can create TV shows, videos and audios. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-5.png) + +And also the movies/shows are started to appear in the home screen of your dashboard. Simply click on it to play the video and enjoy Netflix experience right from your Linux desktop. + +For more details, refer the product’s official website. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/streama-setup-your-own-streaming-media-server-in-minutes/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://github.com/streamaserver/streama/releases From 94331d9d05eb8ecab59b98e9fa4fcd31ab5cb940 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:56:28 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 062/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Understand=20Fedo?= =?UTF-8?q?ra=20memory=20usage=20with=20top?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 60 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 60 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..591cbcba00 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Understand Fedora memory usage with top +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/memory-top-816x345.jpg) + +Have you used the top utility in a terminal to see memory usage on your Fedora system? If so, you might be surprised to see some of the numbers there. It might look like a lot more memory is consumed than your system has available. This article will explain a little more about memory usage, and how to read these numbers. + +### Memory usage in real terms + +The way the operating system (OS) uses memory may not be self-evident. In fact, some ingenious, behind-the-scenes techniques are at play. They help your OS use memory more efficiently, without involving you. + +Most applications are not self contained. Instead, each relies on sets of functions collected in libraries. These libraries are also installed on the system. In Fedora, the RPM packaging system ensures that when you install an app, any libraries on which it relies are installed, too. + +When an app runs, the OS doesn’t necessarily load all the information it uses into real memory. Instead, it builds a map to the storage where that code is stored, called virtual memory. The OS then loads only the parts it needs. When it no longer needs portions of memory, it might release or swap them out as appropriate. + +This means an app can map a very large amount of virtual memory, while using less real memory on the system at one time. It might even map more RAM than the system has available! In fact, across a whole OS that’s often the case. + +In addition, related applications may rely on the same libraries. The Linux kernel in your Fedora system often shares memory between applications. It doesn’t need to load multiple copies of the same library for related apps. This works similarly for separate instances of the same app, too. + +Without understanding these details, the output of the top application can be confusing. The following example will clarify this view into memory usage. + +### Viewing memory usage in top + +If you haven’t tried yet, open a terminal and run the top command to see some output. Hit **Shift+M** to see the list sorted by memory usage. Your display may look slightly different than this example from a running Fedora Workstation: + + + +There are three columns showing memory usage to examine: VIRT, RES, and SHR. The measurements are currently shown in kilobytes (KB). + +The VIRT column is the virtual memory mapped for this process. Recall from the earlier description that virtual memory is not actual RAM consumed. For example, the GNOME Shell process gnome-shell is not actually consuming over 3.1 gigabytes of actual RAM. However, it’s built on a number of lower and higher level libraries. The system must map each of those to ensure they can be loaded when necessary. + +The RES column shows you how much actual (resident) memory is consumed by the app. In the case of GNOME Shell, that’s about 180788 KB. The example system has roughly 7704 MB of physical memory, which is why the memory usage shows up as 2.3%. + +However, of that number, at least 88212 KB is shared memory, shown in the SHR column. This memory might be, for example, library functions that other apps also use. This means the GNOME Shell is using about 92 MB on its own not shared with other processes. Notice that other apps in the example share an even higher percentage of their resident memory. In some apps, the shared portion is the vast majority of the memory usage. + +There is a wrinkle here, which is that sometimes processes communicate with each other via memory. That memory is also shared, but can’t necessarily be detected by a utility like top. So yes — even the above clarifications still have some uncertainty! + +### A note about swap + +Your system has another facility it uses to store information, which is swap. Typically this is an area of slower storage (like a hard disk). If the physical memory on the system fills up as needs increase, the OS looks for portions of memory that haven’t been needed in a while. It writes them out to the swap area, where they sit until needed later. + +Therefore, prolonged, high swap usage usually means a system is suffering from too little memory for its demands. Sometimes an errant application may be at fault. Or, if you see this often on your system, consider upgrading your machine’s memory, or restricting what you run. + +Photo courtesy of [Stig Nygaard][1], via [Flickr][2] (CC BY 2.0). + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/understand-fedora-memory-usage-top/ + +作者:[Paul W. Frields][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/pfrields/ +[1]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/ +[2]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/3138001676/ From 2b0d1e101645ad858b5e2d7fe7ed81f8b473892a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:58:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 063/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20Writing=20C?= =?UTF-8?q?an=20Expand=20Your=20Skills=20and=20Grow=20Your=20Career?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md | 46 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 46 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180919 How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180919 How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md b/sources/talk/20180919 How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a862920028 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180919 How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/graffiti-1281310_1920.jpg?itok=RCayfGKv) + +At the recent [Open Source Summit in Vancouver][1], I participated in a panel discussion called [How Writing can Change Your Career for the Better (Even if You don't Identify as a Writer][2]. The panel was moderated by Rikki Endsley, Community Manager and Editor for Opensource.com, and it included VM (Vicky) Brasseur, Open Source Strategy Consultant; Alex Williams, Founder, Editor in Chief, The New Stack; and Dawn Foster, Consultant, The Scale Factory. + +The talk was [inspired by this article][3], in which Rikki examined some ways that writing can "spark joy" and improve your career in unexpected ways. Full disclosure: I have known Rikki for a long time. We worked at the same company for many years, raised our children together, and remain close friends. + +### Write and learn + +As Rikki noted in the talk description, “even if you don't consider yourself to be ‘a writer,’ you should consider writing about your open source contributions, project, or community.” Writing can be a great way to share knowledge and engage others in your work, but it has personal benefits as well. It can help you meet new people, learn new skills, and improve your communication style. + +I find that writing often clarifies for me what I don’t know about a particular topic. The process highlights gaps in my understanding and motivates me to fill in those gaps through further research, reading, and asking questions. + +“Writing about what you don't know can be much harder and more time consuming, but also much more fulfilling and help your career. I've found that writing about what I don't know helps me learn, because I have to research it and understand it well enough to explain it,” Rikki said. + +Writing about what you’ve just learned can be valuable to other learners as well. In her blog, [Julia Evans][4] often writes about learning new technical skills. She has a friendly, approachable style along with the ability to break down topics into bite-sized pieces. In her posts, Evans takes readers through her learning process, identifying what was and was not helpful to her along the way, essentially removing obstacles for her readers and clearing a path for those new to the topic. + +### Communicate more clearly + +Writing can help you practice thinking and speaking more precisely, especially if you’re writing (or speaking) for an international audience. [In this article,][5] for example, Isabel Drost-Fromm provides tips for removing ambiguity for non-native English speakers. Writing can also help you organize your thoughts before a presentation, whether you’re speaking at a conference or to your team. + +“The process of writing the articles helps me organize my talks and slides, and it was a great way to provide ‘notes’ for conference attendees, while sharing the topic with a larger international audience that wasn't at the event in person,” Rikki stated. + +If you’re interested in writing, I encourage you to do it. I highly recommend the articles mentioned here as a way to get started thinking about the story you have to tell. Unfortunately, our discussion at Open Source Summit was not recorded, but I hope we can do another talk in the future and share more ideas. + +Check out the schedule of talks for Open Source Summit Europe and sign up to receive updates: + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/9/how-writing-can-help-you-learn-new-skills-and-grow-your-career + +作者:[Amber Ankerholz][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/aankerholz +[1]: https://events.linuxfoundation.org/events/open-source-summit-north-america-2018/ +[2]: https://ossna18.sched.com/event/FAOF/panel-discussion-how-writing-can-change-your-career-for-the-better-even-if-you-dont-identify-as-a-writer-moderated-by-rikki-endsley-opensourcecom-red-hat?iframe=no# +[3]: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/career-changing-magic-writing +[4]: https://jvns.ca/ +[5]: https://www.linux.com/blog/event/open-source-summit-eu/2017/12/technical-writing-international-audience From 5a50efceafc14e90d1d0346909aaf428b927616e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 12:16:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 064/437] HankChow translating --- .../tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md index 591cbcba00..ef72988469 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + Understand Fedora memory usage with top ====== From 32b77557cd49fa3f76f9c2a82988ba78ceb1019c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lv Feng Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 15:06:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 065/437] translated (#10281) --- ...Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 244 ----------------- ...Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 246 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 246 insertions(+), 244 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2c4b88595d..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -ucasFL translating - -Top 3 Python libraries for data science -====== -Turn Python into a scientific data analysis and modeling tool with these libraries. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) - -Python's many attractions—such as efficiency, code readability, and speed—have made it the go-to programming language for data science enthusiasts. Python is usually the preferred choice for data scientists and machine learning experts who want to escalate the functionalities of their applications. (For example, Andrey Bulezyuk used the Python programming language to create an amazing [machine learning application][1].) - -Because of its extensive usage, Python has a huge number of libraries that make it easier for data scientists to complete complicated tasks without many coding hassles. Here are the top 3 Python libraries for data science; check them out if you want to kickstart your career in the field. - -### 1\. NumPy - -[NumPy][2] (short for Numerical Python) is one of the top libraries equipped with useful resources to help data scientists turn Python into a powerful scientific analysis and modelling tool. The popular open source library is available under the BSD license. It is the foundational Python library for performing tasks in scientific computing. NumPy is part of a bigger Python-based ecosystem of open source tools called SciPy. - -The library empowers Python with substantial data structures for effortlessly performing multi-dimensional arrays and matrices calculations. Besides its uses in solving linear algebra equations and other mathematical calculations, NumPy is also used as a versatile multi-dimensional container for different types of generic data. - -Furthermore, it integrates flawlessly with other programming languages like C/C++ and Fortran. The versatility of the NumPy library allows it to easily and swiftly coalesce with an extensive range of databases and tools. For example, let's see how NumPy (abbreviated **np** ) can be used for multiplying two matrices. - -Let's start by importing the library (we'll be using the Jupyter notebook for these examples). - -``` -import numpy as np -``` - -Next, let's use the **eye()** function to generate an identity matrix with the stipulated dimensions. - -``` -matrix_one = np.eye(3) -matrix_one -``` - -Here is the output: - -``` -array([[1., 0., 0.], -       [0., 1., 0.], -       [0., 0., 1.]]) -``` - -Let's generate another 3x3 matrix. - -We'll use the **arange([starting number], [stopping number])** function to arrange numbers. Note that the first parameter in the function is the initial number to be listed and the last number is not included in the generated results. - -Also, the **reshape()** function is applied to modify the dimensions of the originally generated matrix into the desired dimension. For the matrices to be "multiply-able," they should be of the same dimension. - -``` -matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) -matrix_two -``` - -Here is the output: - -``` -array([[1, 2, 3], -       [4, 5, 6], -       [7, 8, 9]]) -``` - -Let's use the **dot()** function to multiply the two matrices. - -``` -matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) - -matrix_multiply - -``` - -Here is the output: - -``` -array([[1., 2., 3.], -       [4., 5., 6.], -       [7., 8., 9.]]) -``` - -Great! - -We managed to multiply two matrices without using vanilla Python. - -Here is the entire code for this example: - -``` -import numpy as np -#generating a 3 by 3 identity matrix -matrix_one = np.eye(3) -matrix_one -#generating another 3 by 3 matrix for multiplication -matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) -matrix_two -#multiplying the two arrays -matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) -matrix_multiply -``` - -### 2\. Pandas - -[Pandas][3] is another great library that can enhance your Python skills for data science. Just like NumPy, it belongs to the family of SciPy open source software and is available under the BSD free software license. - -Pandas offers versatile and powerful tools for munging data structures and performing extensive data analysis. The library works well with incomplete, unstructured, and unordered real-world data—and comes with tools for shaping, aggregating, analyzing, and visualizing datasets. - -There are three types of data structures in this library: - - * Series: single-dimensional, homogeneous array - * DataFrame: two-dimensional with heterogeneously typed columns - * Panel: three-dimensional, size-mutable array - - - -For example, let's see how the Panda Python library (abbreviated **pd** ) can be used for performing some descriptive statistical calculations. - -Let's start by importing the library. - -``` -import pandas as pd -``` - -Let's create a dictionary of series. - -``` -d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', -   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), -   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), -   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) -    } -``` - -Let's create a DataFrame. - -``` -df = pd.DataFrame(d) -``` - -Here is a nice table of the output: - -``` -      Name Programming Language  Years of Experience -0   Alfrick               Python                    5 -1   Michael           JavaScript                    9 -2     Wendy                  PHP                    1 -3      Paul                  C++                    4 -4     Dusan                 Java                    3 -5    George                Scala                    4 -6   Andreas                React                    7 -7     Irene                 Ruby                    9 -8     Sagar              Angular                    6 -9     Simon                  PHP                    8 -10    James               Python                    3 -11     Rose           JavaScript                    1 -``` - -Here is the entire code for this example: - -``` -import pandas as pd -#creating a dictionary of series -d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', -   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), -   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), -   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) -    } - -#Create a DataFrame -df = pd.DataFrame(d) -print(df) -``` - -### 3\. Matplotlib - -[Matplotlib][4] is also part of the SciPy core packages and offered under the BSD license. It is a popular Python scientific library used for producing simple and powerful visualizations. You can use the Python framework for data science for generating creative graphs, charts, histograms, and other shapes and figures—without worrying about writing many lines of code. For example, let's see how the Matplotlib library can be used to create a simple bar chart. - -Let's start by importing the library. - -``` -from matplotlib import pyplot as plt -``` - -Let's generate values for both the x-axis and the y-axis. - -``` -x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] -y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] -``` - -Let's call the function for plotting the bar chart. - -``` -plt.bar(x,y) -``` - -Let's show the plot. - -``` -plt.show() -``` - -Here is the bar chart: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/matplotlib_barchart.png) - -Here is the entire code for this example: - -``` -#importing Matplotlib Python library -from matplotlib import pyplot as plt -#same as import matplotlib.pyplot as plt -  -#generating values for x-axis -x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] -  -#generating vaues for y-axis -y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] -  -#calling function for plotting the bar chart -plt.bar(x,y) -  -#showing the plot -plt.show() -``` - -### Wrapping up - -The Python programming language has always done a good job in data crunching and preparation, but less so for complicated scientific data analysis and modeling. The top Python frameworks for [data science][5] help fill this gap, allowing you to carry out complex mathematical computations and create sophisticated models that make sense of your data. - -Which other Python data-mining libraries do you know? What's your experience with them? Please share your comments below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/top-3-python-libraries-data-science - -作者:[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg -[1]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ -[2]: http://www.numpy.org/ -[3]: http://pandas.pydata.org/ -[4]: https://matplotlib.org/ -[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4026b751d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +3 个用于数据科学的顶级 Python 库 +====== + +>使用这些库把 Python 变成一个科学数据分析和建模工具。 + +![][7] + +Python 的许多特性,比如开发效率、代码可读性、速度等使之成为了数据科学爱好者的首选编程语言。对于想要升级应用程序功能的数据科学家和机器学习专家来说,Python 通常是最好的选择(比如,Andrey Bulezyuk 使用 Python 语言创造了一个优秀的[机器学习应用程序][1])。 + +由于 Python 的广泛使用,因此它拥有大量的库,使得数据科学家能够很容易地完成复杂的任务,而且不会遇到许多编码困难。下面列出 3 个用于数据科学的顶级 Python 库。如果你想在数据科学这一领域开始你的职业生涯,就去了解一下它们吧。 + +### NumPy + +[NumPy][2](数值 Python 的简称)是其中一个顶级数据科学库,它拥有许多有用的资源,从而帮助数据科学家把 Python 变成一个强大的科学分析和建模工具。NumPy 是在 BSD 许可证的许可下开源的,它是在科学计算中执行任务的基础 Python 库。SciPy 是一个更大的基于 Python 生态系统的开源工具,而 NumPy 是 SciPy 非常重要的一部分。 + +NumPy 为 Python 提供了大量数据结构,从而能够轻松地执行多维数组和矩阵运算。除了用于求解线性代数方程和其它数学计算之外,NumPy 还可以用做不同类型通用数据的多维容器。 + +此外,NumPy 还可以和其他编程语言无缝集成,比如 C/C++ 和 Fortran。NumPy 的多功能性使得它可以简单而快速地与大量数据库和工具结合。比如,让我们来看一下如何使用 NumPy(缩写成 `np`)来实现两个矩阵的乘法运算。 + +我们首先导入 NumPy 库(在这些例子中,我将使用 Jupyter notebook): + +``` +import numpy as np +``` + +接下来,使用 `eye()` 函数来生成指定维数的单位矩阵: + +``` +matrix_one = np.eye(3) +matrix_one +``` + +输出如下: + +``` +array([[1., 0., 0.], +       [0., 1., 0.], +       [0., 0., 1.]]) +``` + +让我们生成另一个 3x3 矩阵。 + +我们使用 `arange([starting number], [stopping number])` 函数来排列数字。注意,函数中的第一个参数是需要列出的初始数字,而后一个数字不包含在生成的结果中。 + +另外,使用 `reshape()` 函数把原始生成的矩阵的维度改成我们需要的维度。为了使两个矩阵“可乘”,它们需要有相同的维度。 + +``` +matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) +matrix_two +``` + +Here is the output: +输出如下: + +``` +array([[1, 2, 3], +       [4, 5, 6], +       [7, 8, 9]]) +``` + +接下来,使用 `dot()` 函数将两个矩阵相乘。 + +``` +matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) + +matrix_multiply + +``` + +相乘后的输出如下: + +``` +array([[1., 2., 3.], +       [4., 5., 6.], +       [7., 8., 9.]]) +``` + +太好了! + +我们成功使用 NumPy 完成了两个矩阵的相乘,而不是使用普通冗长vanilla的 Python 代码。 + +下面是这个例子的完整代码: + +``` +import numpy as np +#生成一个 3x3 单位矩阵 +matrix_one = np.eye(3) +matrix_one +#生成另一个 3x3 矩阵以用来做乘法运算 +matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) +matrix_two +#将两个矩阵相乘 +matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) +matrix_multiply +``` + +### Pandas + +[Pandas][3] 是另一个可以提高你的 Python 数据科学技能的优秀库。就和 NumPy 一样,它属于 SciPy 开源软件家族,可以在 BSD 免费许可证许可下使用。 + +Pandas 提供了多功能并且很强大的工具用于管理数据结构和执行大量数据分析。该库能够很好的处理不完整、非结构化和无序的真实世界数据,并且提供了用于整形、聚合、分析和可视化数据集的工具 + +Pandas 中有三种类型的数据结构: + + * Series: 一维、相同数据类型的数组 + * DataFrame: 二维异型矩阵 + * Panel: 三维大小可变数组 + + + +例如,我们来看一下如何使用 Panda 库(缩写成 `pd`)来执行一些描述性统计计算。 + +首先导入该库: + +``` +import pandas as pd +``` + +然后,创建一个序列series字典: + +``` +d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', +   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), +   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), +   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) +    } +``` + +接下来,再创建一个数据框DataFrame: + +``` +df = pd.DataFrame(d) +``` + +输出是一个非常规整的表: + +``` +      Name Programming Language  Years of Experience +0   Alfrick               Python                    5 +1   Michael           JavaScript                    9 +2     Wendy                  PHP                    1 +3      Paul                  C++                    4 +4     Dusan                 Java                    3 +5    George                Scala                    4 +6   Andreas                React                    7 +7     Irene                 Ruby                    9 +8     Sagar              Angular                    6 +9     Simon                  PHP                    8 +10    James               Python                    3 +11     Rose           JavaScript                    1 +``` + +下面是这个例子的完整代码: + +``` +import pandas as pd +#创建一个序列字典 +d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', +   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), +   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), +   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) +    } + +#创建一个数据框 +df = pd.DataFrame(d) +print(df) +``` + +### Matplotlib + +[Matplotlib][4] 也是 Scipy 核心包的一部分,并且在 BSD 许可证下可用。它是一个非常流行的科学库,用于实现简单而强大的可视化。你可以使用这个 Python 数据科学框架来生成曲线图、柱状图、直方图以及各种不同形状的图表,并且不用担心需要写很多行的代码。例如,我们来看一下如何使用 Matplotlib 库来生成一个简单的柱状图。 + +首先导入该库: + +``` +from matplotlib import pyplot as plt +``` + +然后生成 x 轴和 y 轴的数值: + +``` +x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] +y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] +``` + +接下来,调用函数来绘制柱状图: + +``` +plt.bar(x,y) +``` + +最后,显示图表: + +``` +plt.show() +``` + +柱状图如下: + +![][6] + +下面是这个例子的完整代码: + +``` +#导入 Matplotlib 库 +from matplotlib import pyplot as plt +#和 import matplotlib.pyplot as plt 一样 +  +#生成 x 轴的数值 +x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] +  +#生成 y 轴的数值 +y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] +  +#调用函数来绘制柱状图 +plt.bar(x,y) +  +#显示图表 +plt.show() +``` + +### 总结 + +Python 编程语言非常擅长数据处理和准备,但是在科学数据分析和建模方面就没有那么优秀了。幸好有这些用于[数据科学][5]的顶级 Python 框架填补了这一空缺,从而你能够进行复杂的数学计算以及创建复杂模型,进而让数据变得更有意义。 + +你还知道其它的 Python 数据挖掘库吗?你的使用经验是什么样的?请在下面的评论中和我们分享。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/top-3-python-libraries-data-science + +作者:[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[ucasFL](https://github.com/ucasFL) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg +[1]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ +[2]: http://www.numpy.org/ +[3]: http://pandas.pydata.org/ +[4]: https://matplotlib.org/ +[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ +[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/matplotlib_barchart.png +[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr From e7611efa9df33ffa8950072e0378061885d0fde4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 15:52:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 066/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E8=AE=A4=E9=A2=86=E3=80=91201?= =?UTF-8?q?80522=20Free=20Resources=20for=20Securing=20Your=20Open=20Sourc?= =?UTF-8?q?e=20Code=20(#10282)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * 认领Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code * 删除已经翻译的 20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md --- ...20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md b/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md index 4a7522ff9f..1480f3102d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +sd886393 is dragging this out to translating Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code ====== From cddbd578103832bbee135142863660aafc28492e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 16:26:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 067/437] heguangzhi translating (#10283) Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld --- ...walls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md index 1297916194..98e38a02cd 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +heguangzhi translating + Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld ====== Here's how to use the iptables and firewalld tools to manage Linux firewall connectivity rules. From e8520d0d5b771194525995aa2e515c294a89d652 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: brifuture Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 16:28:46 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 068/437] BriFuture picked tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md --- .../20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md b/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md index 096d7ce5e6..eeb5bd377d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +BriFuture is translating + 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries ====== From bb574a2bec8e5d7b91288ecaf165d5e9412e419e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 23:17:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 069/437] PRF:20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md @ucasFL --- ...ople Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md | 29 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md b/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md index 152bb75d23..652ebd6c1d 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md +++ b/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md @@ -3,23 +3,23 @@ ![ZFS filesystem][9] -今天,我们来谈论一下 ZFS,一个高级文件系统。我们将讨论 ZFS 从何而来,它是什么,以及为什么它在科技界和企业界如此受欢迎。 +今天,我们来谈论一下 ZFS,一个先进的文件系统。我们将讨论 ZFS 从何而来,它是什么,以及为什么它在科技界和企业界如此受欢迎。 虽然我是一个美国人,但我更喜欢读成 ZedFS 而不是 ZeeFS,因为前者听起来更酷一些。你可以根据你的个人喜好来发音。 -注意:在这篇文章中,你将会看到很多次 ZFS。当我在谈论特性和安装的时候,我所指的是 OpenZFS 。自从 Oracle 公司放弃 OpenSolaris 项目之后,ZFS(由 Oracle 公司开发)和 OpenZFS 已经走向了不同的发展道路。 +> 注意:在这篇文章中,你将会看到 ZFS 被提到很多次。当我在谈论特性和安装的时候,我所指的是 OpenZFS 。自从甲骨文Oracle公司放弃 OpenSolaris 项目之后,ZFS(由甲骨文公司开发)和 OpenZFS 已经走向了不同的发展道路。(后面详述) ### ZFS 的历史 -Z 文件系统(ZFS)是在 2001 年由 [Matthew Ahrens 和 Jeff Bonwick][1] 开发的。ZFS 是作为 Sun 公司的[微系统MicroSystem][2] [OpenSolaris][3] 的下一代文件系统而设计的。在 2008 年,ZFS 被移植到了 FreeBSD 。同一年,一个新的项目也开始了:[ZFS to Linux][4] 。然而,由于 ZFS 是[通用开发和发布许可证(CDDL)][5]许可的,它和 [GNU 通用公共许可证][6] 不兼容,因此不能将它迁移到 Linux 内核中。为了解决这个问题,绝大多数 Linux 发行版提供了一些方法来安装 ZFS 。 +Z 文件系统Z File System(ZFS)是由 [Matthew Ahrens 和 Jeff Bonwick][1] 在 2001 年开发的。ZFS 是作为[太阳微系统Sun MicroSystem][2] 公司的 [OpenSolaris][3] 的下一代文件系统而设计的。在 2008 年,ZFS 被移植到了 FreeBSD 。同一年,一个移植 [ZFS 到 Linux][4] 的项目也启动了。然而,由于 ZFS 是[通用开发和发布许可证][5]Common Development and Distribution License(CDDL)许可的,它和 [GNU 通用公共许可证][6] 不兼容,因此不能将它迁移到 Linux 内核中。为了解决这个问题,绝大多数 Linux 发行版提供了一些方法来安装 ZFS 。 -在 Oracle 公司收购 Sun 公司之后不久,微系统 OpenSolaris 就闭源了,这使得 ZFS 的最新开发也闭源了。许多 ZFS 开发者对这件事情非常不开心。[三分之二的 ZFS 核心开发者][1],包括 Ahrens 和 Bonwick,因为这个决定而离开了 Oracle 公司。他们加入其他公司,并于 2013 年 9 月创立了 [OpenZFS][7] 这一项目。该项目引领着 ZFS 的开源开发。 +在甲骨文公司收购太阳微系统公司之后不久,OpenSolaris 就闭源了,这使得 ZFS 的之后的开发也变成闭源的了。许多 ZFS 开发者对这件事情非常不满。[三分之二的 ZFS 核心开发者][1],包括 Ahrens 和 Bonwick,因为这个决定而离开了甲骨文公司。他们加入了其它公司,并于 2013 年 9 月创立了 [OpenZFS][7] 这一项目。该项目引领着 ZFS 的开源开发。 -让我们回到上面提到的许可证问题上。既然 OpenZFS 项目已经和 Oracle 公司分离开了,有人可能好奇他们为什么不使用和 GPL 兼容的许可证,这样就可以把它加入到 Linux 内核中了。根据 [OpenZFS 官网][8] 的介绍,更改许可证需要联系所有为当前 OpenZFS 实现贡献过代码的人(包括初始公共 ZFS 代码以及 OpenSolaris 代码),并得到他们的许可才行。这几乎是不可能的(因为一些贡献者可能已经去世了或者很难找到),因此他们决定保留原来的许可证。 +让我们回到上面提到的许可证问题上。既然 OpenZFS 项目已经和 Oracle 公司分离开了,有人可能好奇他们为什么不使用和 GPL 兼容的许可证,这样就可以把它加入到 Linux 内核中了。根据 [OpenZFS 官网][8] 的介绍,更改许可证需要联系所有为当前 OpenZFS 实现贡献过代码的人(包括初始的公共 ZFS 代码以及 OpenSolaris 代码),并得到他们的许可才行。这几乎是不可能的(因为一些贡献者可能已经去世了或者很难找到),因此他们决定保留原来的许可证。 ### ZFS 是什么,它有什么特性? -正如前面所说过的,ZFS 是一个高级文件系统。因此,它有一些有趣的[特性][10]。比如: +正如前面所说过的,ZFS 是一个先进的文件系统。因此,它有一些有趣的[特性][10]。比如: * 存储池 * 写时拷贝 @@ -27,28 +27,27 @@ Z 文件系统(ZFS)是在 2001 年由 [Matthew Ahrens 和 Jeff Bonwick][1] * 数据完整性验证和自动修复 * RAID-Z * 最大单个文件大小为 16 EB(1 EB = 1024 PB) - * 最大 256 万亿的四次方 ZB(1 ZB = 1024 EB)的存储 - - + * 最大 256 千万亿(256*10^15 )的 ZB(1 ZB = 1024 EB)的存储 让我们来深入了解一下其中一些特性。 #### 存储池 -与大多数文件系统不同,ZFS 结合了文件系统和卷管理器的特性。这意味着,它与其他文件系统不同,ZFS 可以创建跨域一系列硬盘或池的文件系统。不仅如此,你还可以通过添加硬盘来增大池的存储容量。ZFS 可以进行[分区和格式化][11]。 +与大多数文件系统不同,ZFS 结合了文件系统和卷管理器的特性。这意味着,它与其他文件系统不同,ZFS 可以创建跨越一系列硬盘或池的文件系统。不仅如此,你还可以通过添加硬盘来增大池的存储容量。ZFS 可以进行[分区和格式化][11]。 ![Pooled storage in ZFS][12] + *ZFS 存储池* #### 写时拷贝 -[写时拷贝Copy-on-write][13]是另一个有趣并且很酷的特性。在大多数文件系统上,当数据被重写时,它将永久丢失。而在 ZFS 中,新数据会写到不同的块。写完成之后,更新文件系统元数据信息,使之指向新的数据块(LCTT 译注:更新之后,原数据块成为磁盘上的垃圾,需要有对应的垃圾回收机制)。这确保了如果在写新数据的时候系统崩溃(或者发生其它事,比如突然断电),那么原数据将会保存下来。这也意味着,在系统发生崩溃之后,不需要运行 [fsck][14] 来检查和修复文件系统。 +[写时拷贝][13]Copy-on-write是另一个有趣并且很酷的特性。在大多数文件系统上,当数据被重写时,它将永久丢失。而在 ZFS 中,新数据会写到不同的块。写完成之后,更新文件系统元数据信息,使之指向新的数据块(LCTT 译注:更新之后,原数据块成为磁盘上的垃圾,需要有对应的垃圾回收机制)。这确保了如果在写新数据的时候系统崩溃(或者发生其它事,比如突然断电),那么原数据将会保存下来。这也意味着,在系统发生崩溃之后,不需要运行 [fsck][14] 来检查和修复文件系统。 #### 快照 写时拷贝使得 ZFS 有了另一个特性:快照snapshots。ZFS 使用快照来跟踪文件系统中的更改。[快照][13]包含文件系统的原始版本(文件系统的一个只读版本),实时文件系统则包含了自从快照创建之后的任何更改。没有使用额外的空间。因为新数据将会写到实时文件系统新分配的块上。如果一个文件被删除了,那么它在快照中的索引也会被删除。所以,快照主要是用来跟踪文件的更改,而不是文件的增加和创建。 -快照可以挂载成只读的,以用来恢复一个文件的过去版本。实时系统也可以回滚到之前的快照。回滚之后,自从快照创建之后的所有更改将会丢失。 +快照可以挂载成只读的,以用来恢复一个文件的过去版本。实时文件系统也可以回滚到之前的快照。回滚之后,自从快照创建之后的所有更改将会丢失。 #### 数据完整性验证和自动修复 @@ -56,11 +55,11 @@ Z 文件系统(ZFS)是在 2001 年由 [Matthew Ahrens 和 Jeff Bonwick][1] #### RAID-Z -ZFS 不需要任何额外软件或硬件就可以处理 RAID(磁盘阵列)。毫无奇怪,因为 ZFS 有自己的 RAID 实现:RAID-Z 。RAID-Z 是 RAID-5 的一个变种,不过它克服了 RAID-5 的写漏洞:意外重启之后,数据和校验信息会变得不同步(LCTT 译注:RAID-5 的 stripe 在正写数据时,如果这时候电源中断,那么奇偶校验数据将跟该部分数据不同步,因此前边的写无效;RAID-Z 用了 “variable-width RAID stripes” 技术,因此所有的写都是 full-stripe writes)。为了使用基本级别的 [RAID-Z][15](RAID-Z1),你需要至少三块磁盘,其中两块用来存储数据,另外一块用来存储[奇偶校验信息][16]。而RAID-Z2 需要至少两块磁盘存储数据以及两块磁盘存储校验信息。RAID-Z3 需要至少两块磁盘存储数据以及三块磁盘存储校验信息。另外,只能向 RAID-Z 池中加入偶数倍的磁盘,而不能是奇数倍的。 +ZFS 不需要任何额外软件或硬件就可以处理 RAID(磁盘阵列)。毫不奇怪,因为 ZFS 有自己的 RAID 实现:RAID-Z 。RAID-Z 是 RAID-5 的一个变种,不过它克服了 RAID-5 的写漏洞:意外重启之后,数据和校验信息会变得不同步(LCTT 译注:RAID-5 的条带在正写入数据时,如果这时候电源中断,那么奇偶校验数据将跟该部分数据不同步,因此前边的写无效;RAID-Z 用了 “可变宽的 RAID 条带” 技术,因此所有的写都是全条带写入)。为了使用[基本级别的 RAID-Z][15](RAID-Z1),你需要至少三块磁盘,其中两块用来存储数据,另外一块用来存储[奇偶校验信息][16]。而 RAID-Z2 需要至少两块磁盘存储数据以及两块磁盘存储校验信息。RAID-Z3 需要至少两块磁盘存储数据以及三块磁盘存储校验信息。另外,只能向 RAID-Z 池中加入偶数倍的磁盘,而不能是奇数倍的。 #### 巨大的存储潜力 -创建 ZFS 的时候,它就被设计成了[最后一个文件系统][17] 。那时候,大多数文件系统都是 64 位的,ZFS 的创建者决定直接跳到 128 位,等到将来再来证明这是对的。这意味着 ZFS 的容量大小是 32 位或 64 位文件系统的 160 亿亿倍。事实上,Jeff Bonwick(其中一个创建者)说:“完全填满一个 128 位的存储池所需要的[能量][18],从字面上讲,比煮沸海洋需要的还多。” +创建 ZFS 的时候,它是作为[最后一个文件系统][17]而设计的 。那时候,大多数文件系统都是 64 位的,ZFS 的创建者决定直接跳到 128 位,等到将来再来证明这是对的。这意味着 ZFS 的容量大小是 32 位或 64 位文件系统的 1600 亿亿倍。事实上,Jeff Bonwick(其中一个创建者)说:“完全填满一个 128 位的存储池所需要的[能量][18],从字面上讲,比煮沸海洋需要的还多。” ### 如何安装 ZFS? @@ -85,7 +84,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-zfs/ 作者:[John Paul][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[ucasFL](https://github.com/ucasFL) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 1861a7738d00374150525bd36251da543579346e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 23:18:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 070/437] PUB:20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md @ucasFL https://linux.cn/article-10034-1.html --- ... What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md b/published/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md rename to published/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md From e8dc64027f0f872d3dc42d7f02053e9ca15ccf19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 08:56:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 071/437] translated --- ...80913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 79 ------------------- ...80913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 77 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 77 insertions(+), 79 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md deleted file mode 100644 index f7bab2090a..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -ScreenCloud: The Screenshot++ App -====== -[ScreenCloud][1] is an amazing little app, that you don’t even know you need. The default screenshot procedure on desktop Linux is great (Prt Scr Button) and we even have some[powerful screenshot utilities][2]like [Shutter][3]. But ScreenCloud brings one more really simple yet really convenient feature that I just fell in love with. But before we get into it, let’s catch a little backstory. - -I take a lot of screenshots. A lot more than average. Receipts, registration details, development work, screenshots of applications for articles, and lot more. The next thing I do is open a browser, browse to my favorite cloud storage and dump the important ones there so that I can access them on my phone and also across multiple operating systems on my PC. This also allows me to easily share screenshots of the apps that I’m working on with my team. - -I had no complaints with this standard procedure of taking screenshots, opening a browser and logging into my cloud and then uploading the screenshots manually, until I came across ScreenCloud. - -### ScreenCloud - -ScreenCloud is cross-platform utility that provides easy screenshot capture and management along with flexible [cloud backup options][4]. including your own [FTP server][5]. - -![][6] - -ScreenCloud is really streamlined with a lot of attention given to the smaller things. It provides you very easy to remember hotkeys to capture the full screen, the active window or capture an area selected with the mouse. - -![][7]Default keyboard shortcuts for ScreenCloud - -Once a screenshot is taken, you can either set ScreenCloud to ask what to do with the image or to directly upload it the cloud service of your choice. Even SFTP is supported. Once the screenshot it uploaded, generally within a couple of seconds, the link to the image is automatically copied to the clipboard, which you can easily share. - -![][8] - -You can also do some basic editing with ScreenCloud. For this, you should have “Save to” set to “Ask me”. This setting is available from the application indicator and is usually set by default. With this, when you take a screenshot, you’ll see the option for editing the file. Here, you can add arrows, text and numbers to the screenshot. - -![Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud][9]Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud - -### Installing ScreenCloud on Linux - -ScreenCloud is available in the [Snap store][10]. So you can easily install it on Ubuntu and other [Snap enabled][11] distros by visiting the [Snap store][12] or by running the following command. - -``` -sudo snap install screencloud - -``` - -And for Linux distros which can’t install apps through Snap, You can download the AppImage [here][1]. The browse to the download location, right click and open a terminal there. Then run the command below. - -``` -sudo chmod +x ScreenCloud-v1.4.0-x86_64.AppImage - -``` - -You can then launch the app by double clicking on the downloaded file. - -![][13] - -### Wrapping up - -Is ScreenCloud for everybody? Probably not. Is it better than the default screenshot? Probably yes. See if you’re taking a screenshot of something, then chances are, that it’s probably important or you intend to share it. ScreenCloud makes backing up or sharing that screenshot easier and considerably faster. So yeah, you should give ScreenCloud a try if you want these features. - -Your thoughts and comments are always welcome, use the comments section below. And don’t forget to share this article with your friends. Cheers. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/screencloud-app/ - -作者:[Aquil Roshan][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/aquil/ -[1]: https://screencloud.net -[2]: https://itsfoss.com/take-screenshot-linux/ -[3]: http://shutter-project.org -[4]: https://itsfoss.com/cloud-services-linux/ -[5]: https://itsfoss.com/set-ftp-server-linux/ -[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screencloud3.jpg -[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screencloud2.jpg -[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ScrenCloud6.jpg -[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/editing-with-screencloud.png -[10]: https://snapcraft.io/ -[11]: https://itsfoss.com/install-snap-linux/ -[12]: https://snapcraft.io/screencloud -[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ScrenCloud4.jpg diff --git a/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7002183c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +ScreenCloud:一个截屏程序 +====== +[ScreenCloud][1]是一个很棒的小程序,你甚至不知道你需要它。桌面 Linux 的默认屏幕截图流程很好(Prt Scr 按钮),我们甚至有一些[强大的截图工具][2],如 [Shutter][3]。但是,ScreenCloud 有一个非常简单但非常方便的功能,让我爱上了它。在我们深入它之前,让我们先看一个背景故事。 + +我截取了很多截图。远远超过平均水平。收据、注册详细信息、开发工作、文章中程序的截图等等。我接下来要做的就是打开浏览器,浏览我最喜欢的云存储并将重要的内容转储到那里,以便我可以在手机上以及 PC 上的多个操作系统上访问它们。这也让我可以轻松与我的团队分享我正在使用的程序的截图。 + +我对这个标准的截图流程没有抱怨,打开浏览器并登录我的云,然后手动上传屏幕截图,直到我遇到 ScreenCloud。 + +### ScreenCloud + +ScreenCloud 是跨平台的程序,它提供简单的屏幕截图和灵活的[云备份选项][4]管理。这包括使用你自己的[ FTP 服务器][5]。 + +![][6] + +ScreenCloud 很精简,投入了大量的注意力给小的东西。它为你提供了非常容易记住的热键来捕获全屏、活动窗口或捕获用鼠标选择的区域。 + +![][7]ScreenCloud 的默认键盘快捷键 + +截取屏幕截图后,你可以设置 ScreenCloud 如何处理图像或直接将其上传到你选择的云服务。它甚至支持 SFTP。截图上传后(通常在几秒钟内),图像链接就会被自动复制到剪贴板,这让你可以轻松共享。 + +![][8] + +你还可以使用 ScreenCloud 进行一些基本编辑。为此,你需要将 “Save to” 设置为 “Ask me”。此设置在下拉框中有并且通常是默认设置。当使用它时,当你截取屏幕截图时,你会看到编辑文件的选项。在这里,你可以在屏幕截图中添加箭头、文本和数字。 + +![Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud][9]Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud + +### 在 Linux 上安装 ScreenCloud + +ScreenCloud 可在[ Snap 商店][10]中找到。因此,你可以通过访问[ Snap 商店][12]或运行以下命令,轻松地将其安装在 Ubuntu 和其他[启用 Snap ][11]的发行版上。 + +``` +sudo snap install screencloud + +``` + +对于无法通过 Snap 安装程序的 Linux 发行版,你可以[在这里][1]下载 AppImage。进入下载文件夹,右键单击并在那里打开终端。然后运行以下命令。 + +``` +sudo chmod +x ScreenCloud-v1.4.0-x86_64.AppImage + +``` + +然后,你可以通过双击下载的文件来启动程序。 + +![][13] + +### 总结 + +ScreenCloud 适合所有人吗?可能不会。它比默认屏幕截图更好吗?可能是。如果你正在截某些屏幕,有可能它是重要的或是你想分享的。ScreenCloud 可以更轻松,更快速地备份或共享屏幕截图。所以,如果你想要这些功能,你应该试试 ScreenCloud。 + +欢迎在用下面的评论栏提出你的想法和意见。还有不要忘记与朋友分享这篇文章。干杯。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/screencloud-app/ + +作者:[Aquil Roshan][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/aquil/ +[1]: https://screencloud.net +[2]: https://itsfoss.com/take-screenshot-linux/ +[3]: http://shutter-project.org +[4]: https://itsfoss.com/cloud-services-linux/ +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/set-ftp-server-linux/ +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screencloud3.jpg +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screencloud2.jpg +[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ScrenCloud6.jpg +[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/editing-with-screencloud.png +[10]: https://snapcraft.io/ +[11]: https://itsfoss.com/install-snap-linux/ +[12]: https://snapcraft.io/screencloud +[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ScrenCloud4.jpg From baaea62c83ecf6ba227467753ebdde87cbe8c69b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 09:03:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 072/437] translating --- sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md b/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md index 3a8d90400c..fbacc8f8b4 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + 5 cool music player apps ====== From e7c3e652270c0edcb521525eef9accd5f6d19920 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:30:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 073/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Host=20your=20own?= =?UTF-8?q?=20cloud=20with=20Raspberry=20Pi=20NAS?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...st your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 111 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 111 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e7893313e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS +====== + +Protect and secure your data with a self-hosted cloud powered by your Raspberry Pi. + +In the first two parts of this series, we discussed the [hardware and software fundamentals][1] for building network-attached storage (NAS) on a Raspberry Pi. We also put a proper [backup strategy][2] in place to secure the data on the NAS. In this third part, we will talk about a convenient way to store, access, and share your data with [Nextcloud][3]. + +### Prerequisites + +To use Nextcloud conveniently, you have to meet a few prerequisites. First, you should have a domain you can use for the Nextcloud instance. For the sake of simplicity in this how-to, we'll use **nextcloud.pi-nas.com**. This domain should be directed to your Raspberry Pi. If you want to run it on your home network, you probably need to set up dynamic DNS for this domain and enable port forwarding of ports 80 and 443 (if you go for an SSL setup, which is highly recommended; otherwise port 80 should be sufficient) from your router to the Raspberry Pi. + +You can automate dynamic DNS updates from the Raspberry Pi using [ddclient][4]. + +### Install Nextcloud + +To run Nextcloud on your Raspberry Pi (using the setup described in the [first part][1] of this series), install the following packages as dependencies to Nextcloud using **apt**. + +``` +sudo apt install unzip wget php apache2 mysql-server php-zip php-mysql php-dom php-mbstring php-gd php-curl +``` + +The next step is to download Nextcloud. [Get the latest release's URL][5] and copy it to download via **wget** on the Raspberry Pi. In the first article in this series, we attached two disk drives to the Raspberry Pi, one for current data and one for backups. Install Nextcloud on the data drive to make sure data is backed up automatically every night. + +``` +sudo mkdir -p /nas/data/nextcloud +sudo chown pi /nas/data/nextcloud +cd /nas/data/ +wget https://download.nextcloud.com/server/releases/nextcloud-14.0.0.zip -O /nas/data/nextcloud.zip +unzip nextcloud.zip +sudo ln -s /nas/data/nextcloud /var/www/nextcloud +sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /nas/data/nextcloud +``` + +When I wrote this, the latest release (as you see in the code above) was 14. Nextcloud is under heavy development, so you may find a newer version when installing your copy of Nextcloud onto your Raspberry Pi. + +### Database setup + +When we installed Nextcloud above, we also installed MySQL as a dependency to use it for all the metadata Nextcloud generates (for example, the users you create to access Nextcloud). If you would rather use a Postgres database, you'll need to adjust some of the modules installed above. + +To access the MySQL database as root, start the MySQL client as root: + +``` +sudo mysql +``` + +This will open a SQL prompt where you can insert the following commands—substituting the placeholder with the password you want to use for the database connection—to create a database for Nextcloud. + +``` +CREATE USER nextcloud IDENTIFIED BY ''; +CREATE DATABASE nextcloud; +GRANT ALL ON nextcloud.* TO nextcloud; +``` + +You can exit the SQL prompt by pressing **Ctrl+D** or entering **quit**. + +### Web server configuration + +Nextcloud can be configured to run using Nginx or other web servers, but for this how-to, I decided to go with the Apache web server on my Raspberry Pi NAS. (Feel free to try out another alternative and let me know if you think it performs better.) + +To set it up, configure a virtual host for the domain you created for your Nextcloud instance **nextcloud.pi-nas.com**. To create a virtual host, create the file **/etc/apache2/sites-available/001-nextcloud.conf** with content similar to the following. Make sure to adjust the ServerName to your domain and paths, if you didn't use the ones suggested earlier in this series. + +``` + +ServerName nextcloud.pi-nas.com +ServerAdmin admin@pi-nas.com +DocumentRoot /var/www/nextcloud/ + + +AllowOverride None + + +``` + +To enable this virtual host, run the following two commands. + +``` +a2ensite 001-nextcloud +sudo systemctl reload apache2 +``` + +With this configuration, you should now be able to reach the web server with your domain via the web browser. To secure your data, I recommend using HTTPS instead of HTTP to access Nextcloud. A very easy (and free) way is to obtain a [Let's Encrypt][6] certificate with [Certbot][7] and have a cron job automatically refresh it. That way you don't have to mess around with self-signed or expiring certificates. Follow Certbot's simple how-to [instructions to install it on your Raspberry Pi][8]. During Certbot configuration, you can even decide to automatically forward HTTP to HTTPS, so visitors to **** will be redirected to ****. Please note, if your Raspberry Pi is running behind your home router, you must have port forwarding enabled for ports 443 and 80 to obtain Let's Encrypt certificates. + +### Configure Nextcloud + +The final step is to visit your fresh Nextcloud instance in a web browser to finish the configuration. To do so, open your domain in a browser and insert the database details from above. You can also set up your first Nextcloud user here, the one you can use for admin tasks. By default, the data directory should be inside the Nextcloud folder, so you don't need to change anything for the backup mechanisms from the [second part of this series][2] to pick up the data stored by users in Nextcloud. + +Afterward, you will be directed to your Nextcloud and can log in with the admin user you created previously. To see a list of recommended steps to ensure a performant and secure Nextcloud installation, visit the Basic Settings tab in the Settings page (in our example: settings/admin) and see the Security & Setup Warnings section. + +Congratulations! You've set up your own Nextcloud powered by a Raspberry Pi. Go ahead and [download a Nextcloud client][9] from the Nextcloud page to sync data with your client devices and access it offline. Mobile clients even provide features like instant upload of pictures you take, so they'll automatically sync to your desktop PC without wondering how to get them there. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/host-cloud-nas-raspberry-pi + +作者:[Manuel Dewald][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi +[3]: https://nextcloud.com/ +[4]: https://sourceforge.net/p/ddclient/wiki/Home/ +[5]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#instructions-server +[6]: https://letsencrypt.org/ +[7]: https://certbot.eff.org/ +[8]: https://certbot.eff.org/lets-encrypt/debianother-apache +[9]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#install-clients From 45fccd3b21241b14db67309d44f787ae5859dc7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:32:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 074/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Record=20Screen?= =?UTF-8?q?=20in=20Ubuntu=20Linux=20With=20Kazam=20[Beginner=E2=80=99s=20G?= =?UTF-8?q?uide]?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...untu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md | 185 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 185 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180920 Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md b/sources/tech/20180920 Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a2f57f592a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180920 Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam [Beginner’s Guide] +====== +**This tutorial shows you how to install Kazam screen recorder and explains how to record screen in Ubuntu. The guide also lists useful shortcuts and handy tips for using Kazam.** + +![How to record your screen in Ubuntu Linux with Kazam][1] + +[Kazam][2] is one of the [best screen recorders for Linux][3]. To me, it’s the best screen recording tool. I have been using it for years. All the video tutorials on YouTube have been recorded with Kazam. + +Some of the main features of Kazam are: + + * Record entire screen, part of screen, application window or all screens (for multi-monitor setup) + * Take screenshots + * Keyboard shortcut support for easily pausing and resuming while recording screen + * Record in various file formats such as MP4, AVI and more. + * Capture audio from speaker or microphone while recording the screen + * Capture mouse clicks and key presses + * Capture video from webcam + * Insert a webcam window on the side + * Broadcast to YouTube live video + + + +Like the screenshot tool [Shutter][4], Kazam is also not being actively developed for the last couple of years. And like Shutter, the present Kazam release works just fine. + +I am using Ubuntu in the tutorial. The installation instructions should work for other Ubuntu-based distributions such as Linux Mint, elementary OS etc. For all the other distributions, you can still read about using Kazam and its features. + +### Install Kazam in Ubuntu + +Kazam is available in the official repository in Ubuntu. However, the official repository consists Kazam version 1.4.5, the last stable version of Kazam. + +![Kazam Version 1.4.5][5] +Kazam Version 1.4.5 + +Kazam developer(s) also worked on a newer release, Kazam 1.5.3. The version was almost sable and ready to release, but for unknown reasons, the development stopped after this. There have been [no updates][6] since then. + +You can use either of Kazam 1.4.5 and 1.5.3 without hesitating. Kazam 1.5 provides additional features like recording mouse clicks and key presses, webcam support, live broadcast support, and a refreshed countdown timer. + +![Kazam Version 1.5.3][7] +Kazam Version 1.5.3 + +It’s up to you to decide which version you want to use. I would suggest go for version 1.5.3 because it has more features. + +You can install the older Kazam 1.4.5 from the Software Center. You can also use the command below: + +``` +sudo apt install kazam +``` + +If you want to install the newer Kazam 1.5.3, you can use this [unofficial PPA][8] that is available for Ubuntu 18.04 and 16.04: + +``` +sudo add-apt-repository ppa:sylvain-pineau/kazam +sudo apt-get update +sudo apt install kazam +``` + +You also need to install a few libraries in order to record the mouse clicks and keyboard presses. + +``` +sudo apt install python3-cairo python3-xlib +``` + +### Recording your screen with Kazam + +Once you have installed Kazam, search for it in the application menu and start it. You should see a screen like this with some options on it. You can check the options as per your need and click on capture to start recording screen with Kazam. + +![Screen recording with Kazam][9] +Screen recording with Kazam + +It will show you a countdown before recording the screen. The default wait time is 5 seconds and you can change it from Kazam interface (see the previous image). It gives you a breathing time so that you can prepare for your recording. + +![Countdown before screen recording][10] +Countdown before screen recording + +Once the recording starts,the main Kazam interface disappears and an indicator appears in the panel. If you want to pause the recording or finish the recording, you can do it from this indicator. + +![Pause or finish screen recording][11] +Pause or finish screen recording + +If you choose to finish the recording, it will give you the option to “Save for later”. If you have a [video editor installed in Linux][12], you can also start editing the recording from this point. + +![Save screen recording in Kazam][13] +Save recording + +By default it prompts you to install the recording in Videos folder but you can change the location and save it elsewhere as well. + +That’s the basic you need to know about screen recording in Linux with Kazam. + +Now let me give you a few tips on how to utilize more features in Kazam. + +### Getting more out of Kazam screen recorder + +Kazam is a featureful screen recorder for Linux. You can access its advanced or additional features from the preferences. + +![Accessing Kazam preferences][14] +Accessing Kazam preferences + +#### Autosave screen recording in a specified location + +You can choose to automatically save the screen recordings in Kazam. The default location is Videos but you can change it to any other location. + +![Autosave screen recordings in a chosen location][15] +Autosave in a chosen location + +#### Avoid screen recording in RAW mode + +You can save your screen recordings in file formats like WEBM, MP4, AVI etc. You are free to choose what you want. However, I would advise avoiding RAW (AVI) file format. If you use RAW file format, the recorded files will be in GBs even for a few minutes of recordings. + +It’s wise to verify that Kazam is not using the RAW file format for recording. If you ask my suggestion, prefer H264 with MP4 file format. + +![file format in Kazam][16] +Don’t use RAW files + +#### Capture mouse clicks and key presses while screen recording + +If you want to highlight when a mouse was clicked, you can easily do that in the newer version of Kazam. + +![Record mouse clicks while screen recording with Kazam][17] +Record mouse clicks + +All you have to do is to check the “Key presses and mouse clicks” option on the Kazam interface (the same screen where you press Capture). + +#### Use keyboard shortcuts for more efficient screen recordings + +Imagine you are recording screen in Linux and suddenly you realized that you have to pause the recording for some reasons. Now, you can pause the recording by going to the Kazam indicator and selecting the pause option. But this activity of selecting the pause option will also be recorded. + +You can edit out this part later but it unnecessarily adds to the already cumbersome editing task. + +A better option will be to use the [keyboard shortcuts in Ubuntu][18]. Screen recording becomes a lot better if you use the shortcuts. + +While Kazam is running, you can use the following hotkeys: + + * Super+Ctrl+R: Start recording + * Super+Ctrl+P: Pause recording, press again for resuming the recording + * Super+Ctrl+F: Finish recording + * Super+Ctrl+Q: Quit recording + + + +Super key is the Windows key on your keyboard. + +The most important is Super+Ctrl+P for pausing and resuming the recording. + +You can further explore the Kazam preferences for webcam recording and YouTube live broadcasting options. + +### Do you like Kazam? + +I am repeating myself here. I love Kazam. I have used other screen recorders like [SimpleScreenRecorder][19] or [Green Recorder][20] but I feel a lot more comfortable with Kazam. + +I hope you like Kazam for screen recording in Ubuntu or any other Linux distribution. I have tried highlighting some of the additional features here to help you with a better screen recording. + +What features do you like about Kazam? Do you use some other screen recorder? Do they work better than Kazam? Please share your views in the comments section below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/kazam-screen-recorder/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screen-recording-kazam-ubuntu-linux.png +[2]: https://launchpad.net/kazam +[3]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-screen-recorders/ +[4]: http://shutter-project.org/ +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-1-4-5.png +[6]: https://launchpad.net/~kazam-team/+archive/ubuntu/unstable-series +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-1-5-3.png +[8]: https://launchpad.net/~sylvain-pineau/+archive/ubuntu/kazam +[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-start-recording.png +[10]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-countdown.jpg +[11]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-finish-recording.png +[12]: https://itsfoss.com/best-video-editing-software-linux/ +[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-save-recording.jpg +[14]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-preferences.png +[15]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-auto-save.jpg +[16]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/select-file-type-kazam.jpg +[17]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/record-mouse-clicks-kazam.jpeg +[18]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/ +[19]: https://itsfoss.com/record-screen-ubuntu-simplescreenrecorder/ +[20]: https://itsfoss.com/green-recorder-3/ From 032794817cb2b80a04cd3d19a952e9e0e5e80753 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:36:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 075/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=208=20Python=20pack?= =?UTF-8?q?ages=20that=20will=20simplify=20your=20life=20with=20Django?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...hat will simplify your life with Django.md | 123 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 123 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58bb3716f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django +====== + +This month's Python column looks at Django packages that will benefit your work, personal, or side projects. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/water-stone-balance-eight-8.png?itok=1aht_V5V) + +Django developers, we're devoting this month's Python column to packages that will help you. These are our favorite [Django][1] libraries for saving time, cutting down on boilerplate code, and generally simplifying our lives. We've got six packages for Django apps and two for Django's REST Framework, and we're not kidding when we say these packages show up in almost every project we work on. + +But first, see our tips for making the [Django Admin more secure][2] and an article on 5 favorite [open source Django packages][3]. + +### A kitchen sink of useful time-savers: django-extensions + +[Django-extensions][4] is a favorite Django package chock full of helpful tools like these management commands: + + * **shell_plus** starts the Django shell with all your database models already loaded. No more importing from several different apps to test one complex relationship! + * **clean_pyc** removes all .pyc projects from everywhere inside your project directory. + * **create_template_tags** creates a template tag directory structure inside the app you specify. + * **describe_form** displays a form definition for a model, which you can then copy/paste into forms.py. (Note that this produces a regular Django form, not a ModelForm.) + * **notes** displays all comments with stuff like TODO, FIXME, etc. throughout your project. + + + * **TimeStampedModel** : This base class includes the fields **created** and **modified** and a **save()** method that automatically updates these fields appropriately. + * **ActivatorModel** : If your model will need fields like **status** , **activate_date** , and **deactivate_date** , use this base class. It comes with a manager that enables **.active()** and **.inactive()** querysets. + * **TitleDescriptionModel** and **TitleSlugDescriptionModel** : These include the **title** and **description** fields, and the latter also includes a **slug** field. The **slug** field will automatically populate based on the **title** field. + + + +Django-extensions also includes useful abstract base classes to use for common patterns in your own models. Inherit from these base classes when you create your models to get their: + +Django-extensions has more features you may find useful in your projects, so take a tour through its [docs][5]! + +### 12-factor-app settings: django-environ + +[Django-environ][6] allows you to use [12-factor app][7] methodology to manage your settings in your Django project. It collects other libraries, including [envparse][8] and [honcho][9]. Once you install django-environ, create an .env file at your project's root. Define in that module any settings variables that may change between environments or should remain secret (like API keys, debug status, and database URLs). + +Then, in your project's settings.py file, import **environ** and set up variables for **environ.PATH()** and **environ.Env()** according to the [example][10]. Access settings variables defined in your .env file with **env('VARIABLE_NAME')**. + +### Creating great management commands: django-click + +[Django-click][11], based on [Click][12] (which we have recommended [before][13]… [twice][14]), helps you write Django management commands. This library doesn't have extensive documentation, but it does have a directory of [test commands][15] in its repository that are pretty useful. A basic Hello World command would look like this: + +``` +# app_name.management.commands.hello.py +import djclick as click + +@click.command() +@click.argument('name') +def command(name): +    click.secho(f'Hello, {name}') +``` + +Then in the command line, run: + +``` +>> ./manage.py hello Lacey +Hello, Lacey +``` + +### Handling finite state machines: django-fsm + +[Django-fsm][16] adds support for finite state machines to your Django models. If you run a news website and need articles to process through states like Writing, Editing, and Published, django-fsm can help you define those states and manage the rules and restrictions around moving from one state to another. + +Django-fsm provides an FSMField to use for the model attribute that defines the model instance's state. Then you can use django-fsm's **@transition** decorator to define methods that move the model instance from one state to another and handle any side effects from that transition. + +Although django-fsm is light on documentation, [Workflows (States) in Django][17] is a gist that serves as an excellent introduction to both finite state machines and django-fsm. + +### Contact forms: #django-contact-form + +A contact form is such a standard thing on a website. But don't write all that boilerplate code yourself—set yours up in minutes with [django-contact-form][18]. It comes with an optional spam-filtering contact form class (and a regular, non-filtering class) and a **ContactFormView** base class with methods you can override or customize, and it walks you through the templates you will need to create to make your form work. + +### Registering and authenticating users: django-allauth + +[Django-allauth][19] is an app that provides views, forms, and URLs for registering users, logging them in and out, resetting their passwords, and authenticating users with outside sites like GitHub or Twitter. It supports email-as-username authentication and is extensively documented. It can be a little confusing to set up the first time you use it; follow the [installation instructions][20] carefully and read closely when you [customize your settings][21] to make sure you're using all the settings you need to enable a specific feature. + +### Handling user authentication with Django REST Framework: django-rest-auth + +If your Django development includes writing APIs, you're probably using [Django REST Framework][22] (DRF). If you're using DRF, you should check out [django-rest-auth][23], a package that enables endpoints for user registration, login/logout, password reset, and social media authentication (by adding django-allauth, which works well with django-rest-auth). + +### Visualizing a Django REST Framework API: django-rest-swagger + +[Django REST Swagger][24] provides a feature-rich user interface for interacting with your Django REST Framework API. Once you've installed Django REST Swagger and added it to installed apps, add the Swagger view and URL pattern to your urls.py file; the rest is taken care of in the docstrings of your APIs. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/swagger-ui.png) + +The UI for your API will include all your endpoints and available methods broken out by app. It will also list available operations for those endpoints and enable you to interact with the API (adding/deleting/fetching records, for example). It uses the docstrings in your API views to generate documentation for each endpoint, creating a set of API documentation for your project that's useful to you, your frontend developers, and your users. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/django-packages + +作者:[Jeff Triplett][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/laceynwilliams +[1]: https://www.djangoproject.com/ +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/10-tips-making-django-admin-more-secure +[3]: https://opensource.com/business/15/12/5-favorite-open-source-django-packages +[4]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[5]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/ +[6]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[7]: https://www.12factor.net/ +[8]: https://github.com/rconradharris/envparse +[9]: https://github.com/nickstenning/honcho +[10]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/ +[11]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click +[12]: http://click.pocoo.org/5/ +[13]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/python-libraries-side-projects +[14]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/3-python-command-line-tools +[15]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click/tree/master/djclick/test/testprj/testapp/management/commands +[16]: https://github.com/viewflow/django-fsm +[17]: https://gist.github.com/Nagyman/9502133 +[18]: https://django-contact-form.readthedocs.io/en/1.5/ +[19]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[20]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation.html +[21]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration.html +[22]: http://www.django-rest-framework.org/ +[23]: https://django-rest-auth.readthedocs.io/ +[24]: https://django-rest-swagger.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ From 8be9ca3571ed6f71eda20a9044a315c224d8e4fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:38:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 076/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Building=20a=20Se?= =?UTF-8?q?cure=20Ecosystem=20for=20Node.js?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md | 51 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 51 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180920 Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180920 Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md b/sources/talk/20180920 Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a64f0e32cc --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180920 Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/node-collective.jpg?itok=0e7Y9Iy3) + +At[Node+JS Interactive][1], attendees collaborate face to face, network, and learn how to improve their skills with JS in serverless, IoT, and more. [Stephanie Evans][2], Content Manager for Back-end Web Development at LinkedIn Learning, will be speaking at the upcoming conference about building a secure ecosystem for Node.js. Here she answers a few questions about teaching and learning basic security practices. + +**Linux.com: Your background is in tech education, can you provide more details on how you would define this and how you got into this area of expertise?** + +**Stephanie Evans:** It sounds cliché, but I’ve always been passionate about education and helping others. After college, I started out as an instructor of a thoroughly analog skill: reading. I worked my way up to hiring and training reading teachers and discovered my passion for helping people share their knowledge and refine their teaching craft. Later, I went to work for McGraw Hill Education, publishing self-study certification books on popular IT certs like CompTIA’s Network+ and Security+, ISAAP’s CISSP, etc. My job was to figure out who the biggest audiences in IT were; what they needed to know to succeed professionally; hire the right book author; and help develop the manuscript with them. + +I moved into online learning/e-learning 4 years ago and shifted to video training courses geared towards developers. I enjoy working with people who spend their time building and solving complex problems. I now manage the video training library for back-end web developers at LinkedIn Learning/Lynda.com and figure out what developers need to know; hire instructors to create that content; and work together to figure out how best to teach it to them. And, then update those courses when they inevitably become out of date. + +**Linux.com: What initially drove you to use your skill set in education to help with security practices?** + +**Evans:** I attend a lot of conferences, watch a lot of talks, and chat to a lot of developers as part of my job. I distinctly remember attending a security best practices talk at a very large, enterprise-tech focused conference and was surprised by the rudimentary content being covered. Poor guy, I’d thought…he’s going to get panned by this audience. But then I looked around and most everyone was engaged. They were learning something new and compelling. And it hit me: I had been in a security echo chamber of my own making. Just like the mainstream developer isn’t working with the cutting-edge technology people are raving about on Twitter, they aren’t necessarily as fluent in basic security practices as I’d assumed. A mix of unawareness, intense time pressure, and perhaps some misplaced trust can lead to a “security later” mentality. But with the global cost of cybercrime up to 6 00 billion a year from 500 billion in 2014 as well as the [exploding amount of data on the web][3]. We can’t afford to be working around security or assuming everyone knows the basics. + +**Linux.com: What do you think are some common misconceptions about security with Node.js and in general with developers?** + +**Evans:** I think one of the biggest misconceptions is that security awareness and practices should come “later” in a developer’s career (and later in the development cycle). Yes, your first priority is to learn that Java and JavaScript are not the same thing—that’s obviously most important. And you do have to understand how to create a form before you can understand how to prevent cross-site -scripting attacks. But helping developers understand—at all stages of their career and learning journey—what the potential vulnerabilities are and how they can be exploited needs to be a much higher priority and come earlier than we may intuitively think. + +I joke with my instructors that we have to sneak in the ‘eat your vegetables’ content to our courses. Security is an exciting, complex and challenging topic, but it can feel like you’re having to eat your vegetables as a developer when you dig into it. Often ‘security’ is a separate department (that can be perceived as ‘slowing things down’ or getting in the way of deploying code) and it can further distance developers from their role in securing their applications. + +I also think that those who truly understand security can feel that it’s overwhelmingly complex to teach—but we have to start somewhere. I attended an introductory npm talk last year that talked about how to work with dependencies and packages…but never once mentioned the possibility of malicious code making it into your application through these packages. I’m all about teaching just enough at the right time and not throwing the kitchen sink of knowledge at new developers. We should stop thinking of security—or even just security awareness—as an intermediate or advanced skill and start bringing it up early and often. + +**Linux.com: How can we infuse tech education into our security practices? Where does this begin?** + +**Evans:** It definitely goes both ways. Clear documentation and practical resources right alongside security recommendations go a long way towards ensuring understanding and adoption. You have to make things as easy as possible if you want people to actually do it. And you have to make those best practices accessible enough to understand. + +The [2018 Node User Survey Report][4] from the Node.js Foundation showed that while learning resources around Node.js and JavaScript development improved, the availability and quality of learning resources for Node.js Security received the lowest scores across the board. + +After documentation and Stack Overflow, many developers rely on online videos and tutorials—we need to push security education to the forefront, rather than expecting developers to seek it out. OWASP, the nodegoat project, and the Node.js Security Working Group are doing great work here to move the needle. I think tech education can do even more to bring security in earlier in the learning journey and create awareness about common exploits and important resources. + +Learn more at [Node+JS Interactive][1], coming up October 10-12, 2018 in Vancouver, Canada. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/node-js/2018/9/building-secure-ecosystem-nodejs + +作者:[The Linux Foundation][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/ericstephenbrown +[1]: https://events.linuxfoundation.org/events/node-js-interactive-2018/?utm_source=Linux.com&utm_medium=article&utm_campaign=jsint18 +[2]: https://jsi2018.sched.com/speaker/stevans1?iframe=no +[3]: https://www.forbes.com/sites/bernardmarr/2018/05/21/how-much-data-do-we-create-every-day-the-mind-blowing-stats-everyone-should-read/#101d261a60ba +[4]: https://nodejs.org/en/user-survey-report/ From 37ec86d411a74004aed103c73e47b637ea4036ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:40:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 077/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20WinWorld=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20A=20Large=20Collection=20Of=20Defunct=20OSs,=20Soft?= =?UTF-8?q?ware=20And=20Games?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...tion Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md | 126 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 126 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md b/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93c84ae43c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +WinWorld – A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/WinWorld-720x340.jpeg) + +The other day, I was testing **Dosbox** which is used to [**run MS-DOS games and programs in Linux**][1]. While searching for some classic programs like Turbo C++, I stumbled upon a website named **WinWorld**. I went through a few links in this site and quite surprised. WinWorld has a plenty of good-old and classic OSs, software, applications, development tools, games and a lot of other miscellaneous utilities which are abandoned by the developers a long time ago. It is an online museum run by community members, volunteers and is dedicated to the preservation and sharing of vintage, abandoned, and pre-release software. + +WinWorld was started back in 2003 and its founder claims that the idea to start this site inspired by Yahoo briefcases. The primary purpose of this site is to preserve and share old software. Over the years, many people volunteered to improve this site in numerous ways and the collection of old software in WinWorld has grown exponentially. The entire WinWorld library is free, open and available to everyone. + +### WinWorld Hosts A Huge Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software, System Applications And Games + +Like I already said, WinWorld hosts a huge collection of abandonware which are no-longer in development. + +**Linux and Unix:** + +Here, I have given the complete list of UNIX and LINUX OSs with brief summary of the each OS and the release year of first version. + + * **A/UX** – An early port of Unix to Apple’s 68k based Macintosh platform, released in 1988. + * **AIX** – A Unix port originally developed by IBM, released in 1986. + * **AT &T System V Unix** – One of the first commercial versions of the Unix OS, released in 1983. + * **Banyan VINES** – A network operating system originally designed for Unix, released in 1984. + * **Corel Linux** – A commercial Linux distro, released in 1999. + * **DEC OSF-1** – A version of UNIX developed by Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC), released in 1991. + * **Digital UNIX** – A renamed version of **OSF-1** , released by DEC in 1995.** +** + * **FreeBSD** **1.0** – The first release of FreeBSD, released in 1993. It is based on 4.3BSD. + * **Gentus Linux** – A distribution that failed to comply with GPL. Developed by ABIT and released in 2000. + * **HP-UX** – A UNIX variant, released in 1992. + * **IRIX** – An a operating system developed by Silicon Graphics Inc (SGI ) and it is released in 1988. + * **Lindows** – Similar to Corel Linux. It is developed for commercial purpose and released in 2002. + * **Linux Kernel** – A copy of the Linux Sourcecode, version 0.01. Released in the early 90’s. + * **Mandrake Linux** – A Linux distribution based on Red Hat Linux. It was later renamed to Mandriva. Released in 1999. + * **NEWS-OS** – A variant of BSD, developed by Sony and released in 1989. + * **NeXTStep** – A Unix based OS from NeXT computers headed by **Steve Jobs**. It is released in 1987. + * **PC/IX** – A UNIX variant created for IBM PCs. Released in 1984. + * **Red Hat Linux 5.0** – A commercial Linux distribution by Red Hat. + * **Sun Solaris** – A Unix based OS by Sun Microsystems. Released in 1992. + * **SunOS** – A Unix-based OS derived from BSD by Sun Microsystems, released in 1982. + * **Tru64 UNIX** – A formerly known OSF/1 by DEC. + * **Ubuntu 4.10** – The well-known OS based on Debian.This was a beta pre-release, prior to the very first official Ubuntu release. + * **Ultrix** – A UNIX clone developed by DEC. + * **UnixWare** – A UNIX variant from Novell. + * **Xandros Linux** – A proprietary variant of Linux. It is based on Corel Linux. The first version is released in 2003. + * **Xenix** – A UNIX variant originally published by Microsoft released in 1984. + + + +Not just Linux/Unix, you can find other operating systems including DOS, Windows, Apple/Mac, OS 2, Novell netware and other OSs and shells. + +**DOS & CP/M:** + + * 86-DOS + * Concurrent CPM-86 & Concurrent DOS + * CP/M 86 & CP/M-80 + * DOS Plus + * DR-DOS + * GEM + * MP/M + * MS-DOS + * Multitasking MS-DOS 4.00 + * Multiuser DOS + * PC-DOS + * PC-MOS + * PTS-DOS + * Real/32 + * Tandy Deskmate + * Wendin DOS + + + +**Windows:** + + * BackOffice Server + * Windows 1.0/2.x/3.0/3.1/95/98/2000/ME/NT 3.X/NT 4.0 + * Windows Whistler + * WinFrame + + + +**Apple/Mac:** + + * Mac OS 7/8/9 + * Mac OS X + * System Software (0-6) + + + +**OS/2:** + + * Citrix Multiuser + * OS/2 1.x + * OS/2 2.0 + * OS/2 3.x + * OS/2 Warp 4 + + + +Also, WinWorld hosts a huge collection of old software, system applications, development tools and games. Go and check them out as well. + +To be honest, I don’t even know the existence of most of the stuffs listed in this site. Some of the tools listed here were released years before I was born. + +Just in case, If you ever in need of or wanted to test a classic stuff (be it a game, software, OS), look nowhere, just head over to WinWorld library and download them that you want to explore. Good luck! + +**Disclaimer:** + +OSTechNix is not affiliated with WinWorld site in any way. We, at OSTechNix, don’t know the authenticity and integrity of the stuffs hosted in this site. Also, downloading software from third-party sites is not safe or may be illegal in your region. Neither the author nor OSTechNix is responsible for any kind of damage. Use this service at your own risk. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/winworld-a-large-collection-of-defunct-oss-software-and-games/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-run-ms-dos-games-and-programs-in-linux/ From 9f02fbfffcd80773c59bc415d83f9dde2034ddf1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:42:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 078/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=205=20ways=20DevSec?= =?UTF-8?q?Ops=20changes=20security?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...80919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md | 76 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 76 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md b/sources/talk/20180919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28e4b90eec --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +5 ways DevSecOps changes security +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/security-lock-password.jpg?itok=KJMdkKum) + +There’s been an ongoing kerfuffle over whether we need to expand [DevOps][1] to explicitly bring in security. After all, the thinking goes, [DevOps][2] has always been something of a shorthand for a broad set of new practices, using new tools (often open source) and built on more collaborative cultures. Why not [DevBizOps][3] for better aligning with business needs? Or DevChatOps to emphasize better and faster communications? + +However, [as John Willis wrote earlier this year][4] on his coming around to the [DevSecOps][5] terminology, “Hopefully, someday we will have a world where we no longer have to use the word DevSecOps and security will be an inherent part of all service delivery discussions. Until that day, and at this point, my general conclusion is that it’s just three new characters. More importantly, the name really differentiates the problem statement in a world where we as an industry are not doing a great job on information security.” + +So why aren’t we doing a great job on [information security][6], and what does it mean to do a great job in a DevSecOps context? + +We’ve arguably never done a great job of information security in spite of (or maybe because of) the vast industry of complex point products addressing narrow problems. But we also arguably did a good enough job during the era when defending against threats focused on securing the perimeter, network connections were limited, and most users were employees using company-provided devices. + +Those circumstances haven’t accurately described most organizations’ reality for a number of years now. But the current era, which brings in not only DevSecOps but new application architectural patterns, development practices, and an increasing number of threats, defines a stark new normal that requires a faster pace of change. It’s not so much that DevSecOps in isolation changes security, but that infosec circa 2018 requires new approaches. + +Consider these five areas. + +### Automation + +Lots of automation is a hallmark of DevOps generally. It’s partly about speed. If you’re going to move fast (and not break things), you need to have repeatable processes that execute without a lot of human intervention. Indeed, automation is one of the best entry points for DevOps, even in organizations that are still mostly working on monolithic legacy apps. Automating routine processes associated with configurations or testing with easy-to-use tools such as [Ansible][7] is a common quick hit for starting down the path to DevOps. + +DevSecOps is no different. Security today is a continuous process rather than a discrete checkpoint in the application lifecycle, or even a weekly or monthly check. When vulnerabilities are found and fixes issued by a vendor, it’s important they be applied quickly given that exploits taking advantage of those vulnerabilities will be out soon. + +### "Shift left" + +Traditional security is often viewed as a gatekeeper at the end of the development process. Check all the boxes and your app goes into production. Otherwise, try again. Security teams have a reputation for saying no a lot. + +Therefore, the thinking goes, why not move security earlier (left in a typical left-to-right drawing of a development pipeline)? Security may still say no, but the consequences of rework in early-stage development are a lot less than they are when the app is complete and ready to ship. + +I don’t like the “shift left” term, though. It implies that security is still a one-time event that’s just been moved earlier. Security needs to be a largely automated process everywhere in the application lifecycle, from the supply chain to the development and test process all the way through deployment. + +### Manage dependencies + +One of the big changes we see with modern app development is that you often don’t write most of the code. Using open source libraries and frameworks is one obvious case in point. But you may also just use external services from public cloud providers or other sources. In many cases, this external code and services will dwarf what you write yourself. + +As a result, DevSecOps needs to include a serious focus on your [software supply chain][8]. Are you getting your software from trusted sources? Is it up to date? Is it integrated into the security processes that you use for your own code? What policies do you have in place for which code and APIs you can use? Is commercial support available for the components that you are using for your own production code? + +No set of answers are going to be appropriate in all cases. They may be different for a proof-of-concept versus an at-scale production workload. But, as has been the case in manufacturing for a long time (and DevSecOps has many analogs in how manufacturing has evolved), the integrity of the supply chain is critical. + +### Visibility + +I’ve talked a lot about the need for automation throughout all the stages of the application lifecycle. That makes the assumption that we can see what’s going on in each of those stages. + +Effective DevSecOps requires effective instrumentation so that automation knows what to do. This instrumentation falls into a number of categories. There are long-term and high-level metrics that help tell us if the overall DevSecOps process is working well. There are critical alerts that require immediate human intervention (the security scanning system is down!). There are alerts, such as for a failed scan, that require remediation. And there are logs of the many parameters we capture for later analysis (what’s changing over time? What caused that failure?). + +### Services vs. monoliths + +While DevSecOps practices can be applied across many types of application architectures, they’re most effective with small and loosely coupled components that can be updated and reused without potentially forcing changes elsewhere in the app. In their purest form, these components can be [microservices][9] or functions, but the general principles apply wherever you have loosely coupled services communicating over a network. + +This pattern does introduce some new security challenges. The interactions between components can be complex and the total attack surface can be larger because there are now more entry points to the application across the network. + +On the other hand, this type of architecture also means that automated security and monitoring also has more granular visibility into the application components because they’re no longer buried deep within a monolithic application. + +Don’t get too wrapped up in the DevSecOps term, but take it as a reminder that security is evolving because the way that we write and deploy applications is evolving. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/devsecops-changes-security + +作者:[Gordon Haff][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ghaff +[1]: https://opensource.com/resources/devops +[2]: https://opensource.com/tags/devops +[3]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/steps-apply-devops-culture-beyond-it +[4]: https://www.devsecopsdays.com/articles/its-just-a-name +[5]: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/devsecops +[6]: https://opensource.com/article/18/6/where-cycle-security-devops +[7]: https://opensource.com/tags/ansible +[8]: https://opensource.com/article/17/1/be-open-source-supply-chain +[9]: https://opensource.com/tags/microservices From 2f5be6776d34eb78ecb1ce3219f41770e4a09f84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 14:44:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 079/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90FreeResourcesForSecur?= =?UTF-8?q?ingYourOpenSourceCode=20=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...rces for Securing Your Open Source Code.md | 83 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 83 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md b/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e63a64e43 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +一些提高你开源源码安全性的工具 +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/open-security.jpg?itok=R3M5LDrb) + +虽然目前开源依然发展势头较好,并被广大的厂商所采用,然而最近由 Black Duck 和 Synopsys 发布的[2018开源安全与风险评估报告][1]指出了一些存在的风险并重点阐述了对于健全安全措施的需求。这份报告的分析资料素材来自经过脱敏后的 1100 个商业代码库,这些代码所涉及:自动化、大数据、企业级软件、金融服务业、健康医疗、物联网、制造业等多个领域。 + +这份报告强调开源软件正在被大量的使用,扫描结果中有 96% 的应用都使用了开源组件。然而,报告还指出许多其中存在很多漏洞。具体在 [这里][2]: + + * 令人担心的是扫描的所有结果中,有 78% 的代码库存在至少一个开源的漏洞,平均每个代码库有 64 个漏洞。 + + * 在经过代码审计过后代码库中,发现超过 54% 的漏洞经验证是高危漏洞。 + + * 17% 的代码库包括一种已经早已公开的漏洞,包括:Heartbleed、Logjam、Freak、Drown、Poddle。 + + + + +Tim Mackey,Synopsys 旗下 Black Duck 的技术负责人称,"这份报告清楚的阐述了:随着开源软件正在被企业广泛的使用,企业与组织也应当使用一些工具来检测可能出现在这些开源软件中的漏洞,并且管理其所使用的开源软件的方式是否符合相应的许可证规则" + +确实,随着越来越具有影响力的安全威胁出现,历史上从未有过我们目前对安全工具和实践的需求。大多数的组织已经意识到网络与系统管理员需要具有相应的较强的安全技能和安全证书。[在这篇文章中,][3] 我们给出一些具有较大影响力的工具、认证和实践。 + +Linux 基金会已经在安全方面提供了许多关于安全的信息与教育资源。比如,Linux 社区提供许多免费的用来针对一些平台的工具,其中[Linux 服务器安全检查表][4] 其中提到了很多有用的基础信息。线上的一些发表刊物也可以提升用户针对某些平台对于漏洞的保护,如:[Fedora 安全指南][5],[Debian 安全手册][6]。 + +目前被广泛使用的私有云平台 OpenStack 也加强了关于基于云的智能安全需求。根据 Linux 基金会发布的 [公有云指南][7]:“据 Gartner 的调研结果,尽管公有云的服务商在安全和审查方面做的都还不错,安全问题是企业考虑向公有云转移的最重要的考量之一” + +无论是对于组织还是个人,千里之堤毁于蚁穴,这些“蚁穴”无论是来自路由器、防火墙、VPNs或虚拟机都可能导致灾难性的后果。以下是一些免费的工具可能对于检测这些漏洞提供帮助: + + * [Wireshark][8], 流量包分析工具 + + * [KeePass Password Safe][9], 免费开源的密码管理器 + + * [Malwarebytes][10], 免费的反病毒和勒索软件工具 + + * [NMAP][11], 安全扫描器 + + * [NIKTO][12], 开源 web 扫描器 + + * [Ansible][13], 自动化的配置运维工具,可以辅助做安全基线 + + * [Metasploit][14], 渗透测试工具,可辅助理解攻击向量 + + + +这里有一些对上面工具讲解的视频。比如[Metasploit 教学][15]、[Wireshark 教学][16]。还有一些传授安全技能的免费电子书,比如:由 Ibrahim Haddad 博士和 Linux 基金会共同出版的[并购过程中的开源审计][17],里面阐述了多条在技术平台合并过程中,因没有较好的进行开源审计,从而引发的安全问题。当然,书中也记录了如何在这一过程中进行代码合规检查、准备以及文档编写。 + +同时,我们 [之前提到的一个免费的电子书][18], 由来自[The New Stack][19] 编写的“Docker与容器中的网络、安全和存储”,里面也提到了关于加强容器网络安全的最新技术,以及Docker本身可提供的关于,提升其网络的安全与效率的最佳实践。这本电子书还记录了关于如何构建安全容器集群的最佳实践。 + +所有这些工具和资源,可以在很大的程度上预防安全问题,正如人们所说的未雨绸缪,考虑到一直存在的安全问题,现在就应该开始学习这些安全合规资料与工具。 +想要了解更多的安全、合规以及开源项目问题,点击[这里][20] + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/5/free-resources-securing-your-open-source-code + +作者:[Sam Dean][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/sd886393) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/sam-dean +[1]:https://www.blackducksoftware.com/open-source-security-risk-analysis-2018 +[2]:https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/synopsys-report-finds-majority-of-software-plagued-by-known-vulnerabilities-and-license-conflicts-as-open-source-adoption-soars-300648367.html +[3]:https://www.linux.com/blog/sysadmin-ebook/2017/8/future-proof-your-sysadmin-career-locking-down-security +[4]:http://go.linuxfoundation.org/ebook_workstation_security +[5]:https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/19/html/Security_Guide/index.html +[6]:https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/index.en.html +[7]:https://www.linux.com/publications/2016-guide-open-cloud +[8]:https://www.wireshark.org/ +[9]:http://keepass.info/ +[10]:https://www.malwarebytes.com/ +[11]:http://searchsecurity.techtarget.co.uk/tip/Nmap-tutorial-Nmap-scan-examples-for-vulnerability-discovery +[12]:https://cirt.net/Nikto2 +[13]:https://www.ansible.com/ +[14]:https://www.metasploit.com/ +[15]:http://www.computerweekly.com/tutorial/The-Metasploit-Framework-Tutorial-PDF-compendium-Your-ready-reckoner +[16]:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TkCSr30UojM +[17]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/resources/open-source-audits-merger-acquisition-transactions/ +[18]:https://www.linux.com/news/networking-security-storage-docker-containers-free-ebook-covers-essentials +[19]:http://thenewstack.io/ebookseries/ +[20]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/projects/security-compliance/ From 1ac6e2b39ca1365ba59136d0f955d7d058070579 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 14:52:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 080/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90FreeResourcesForSecur?= =?UTF-8?q?ingYourOpenSourceCode=20=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...rces for Securing Your Open Source Code.md | 84 ------------------- 1 file changed, 84 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md b/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1480f3102d..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -sd886393 is dragging this out to translating -Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code -====== - -![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/open-security.jpg?itok=R3M5LDrb) - -While the widespread adoption of open source continues at a healthy rate, the recent [2018 Open Source Security and Risk Analysis Report][1] from Black Duck and Synopsys reveals some common concerns and highlights the need for sound security practices. The report examines findings from the anonymized data of over 1,100 commercial codebases with represented Industries from automotive, Big Data, enterprise software, financial services, healthcare, IoT, manufacturing, and more. - -The report highlights a massive uptick in open source adoption, with 96 percent of the applications scanned containing open source components. However, the report also includes warnings about existing vulnerabilities. Among the [findings][2]: - - * “What is worrisome is that 78 percent of the codebases examined contained at least one open source vulnerability, with an average 64 vulnerabilities per codebase.” - - * “Over 54 percent of the vulnerabilities found in audited codebases are considered high-risk vulnerabilities.” - - * Seventeen percent of the codebases contained a highly publicized vulnerability such as Heartbleed, Logjam, Freak, Drown, or Poodle. - - - - -"The report clearly demonstrates that with the growth in open source use, organizations need to ensure they have the tools to detect vulnerabilities in open source components and manage whatever license compliance their use of open source may require," said Tim Mackey, technical evangelist at Black Duck by Synopsys. - -Indeed, with ever more impactful security threats emerging,the need for fluency with security tools and practices has never been more pronounced. Most organizations are aware that network administrators and sysadmins need to have strong security skills, and, in many cases security certifications. [In this article,][3] we explored some of the tools, certifications and practices that many of them wisely embrace. - -The Linux Foundation has also made available many informational and educational resources on security. Likewise, the Linux community offers many free resources for specific platforms and tools. For example, The Linux Foundation has published a [Linux workstation security checklist][4] that covers a lot of good ground. Online publications ranging from the [Fedora security guide][5] to the[Securing Debian Manual][6] can also help users protect against vulnerabilities within specific platforms. - -The widespread use of cloud platforms such as OpenStack is also stepping up the need for cloud-centric security smarts. According to The Linux Foundation’s[Guide to the Open Cloud][7]: “Security is still a top concern among companies considering moving workloads to the public cloud, according to Gartner, despite a strong track record of security and increased transparency from cloud providers. Rather, security is still an issue largely due to companies’ inexperience and improper use of cloud services.” - -For both organizations and individuals, the smallest holes in implementation of routers, firewalls, VPNs, and virtual machines can leave room for big security problems. Here is a collection of free tools that can plug these kinds of holes: - - * [Wireshark][8], a packet analyzer - - * [KeePass Password Safe][9], a free open source password manager - - * [Malwarebytes][10], a free anti-malware and antivirus tool - - * [NMAP][11], a powerful security scanner - - * [NIKTO][12], an open source web server scanner - - * [Ansible][13], a tool for automating secure IT provisioning - - * [Metasploit][14], a tool for understanding attack vectors and doing penetration testing - - - - -Instructional videos abound for these tools. You’ll find a whole[tutorial series][15] for Metasploit, and [video tutorials][16] for Wireshark. Quite a few free ebooks provide good guidance on security as well. For example, one of the common ways for security threats to invade open source platforms occurs in M&A scenarios, where technology platforms are merged—often without proper open source audits. In an ebook titled [Open Source Audits in Merger and Acquisition Transactions][17], from Ibrahim Haddad and The Linux Foundation, you’ll find an overview of the open source audit process and important considerations for code compliance, preparation, and documentation. - -Meanwhile, we’ve[previously covered][18] a free ebook from the editors at[The New Stack][19] called Networking, Security & Storage with Docker & Containers. It covers the latest approaches to secure container networking, as well as native efforts by Docker to create efficient and secure networking practices. The ebook is loaded with best practices for locking down security at scale. - -All of these tools and resources, and many more, can go a long way toward preventing security problems, and an ounce of prevention is, as they say, worth a pound of cure. With security breaches continuing, now is an excellent time to look into the many security and compliance resources for open source tools and platforms available. Learn more about security, compliance, and open source project health [here][20]. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/5/free-resources-securing-your-open-source-code - -作者:[Sam Dean][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/sam-dean -[1]:https://www.blackducksoftware.com/open-source-security-risk-analysis-2018 -[2]:https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/synopsys-report-finds-majority-of-software-plagued-by-known-vulnerabilities-and-license-conflicts-as-open-source-adoption-soars-300648367.html -[3]:https://www.linux.com/blog/sysadmin-ebook/2017/8/future-proof-your-sysadmin-career-locking-down-security -[4]:http://go.linuxfoundation.org/ebook_workstation_security -[5]:https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/19/html/Security_Guide/index.html -[6]:https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/index.en.html -[7]:https://www.linux.com/publications/2016-guide-open-cloud -[8]:https://www.wireshark.org/ -[9]:http://keepass.info/ -[10]:https://www.malwarebytes.com/ -[11]:http://searchsecurity.techtarget.co.uk/tip/Nmap-tutorial-Nmap-scan-examples-for-vulnerability-discovery -[12]:https://cirt.net/Nikto2 -[13]:https://www.ansible.com/ -[14]:https://www.metasploit.com/ -[15]:http://www.computerweekly.com/tutorial/The-Metasploit-Framework-Tutorial-PDF-compendium-Your-ready-reckoner -[16]:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TkCSr30UojM -[17]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/resources/open-source-audits-merger-acquisition-transactions/ -[18]:https://www.linux.com/news/networking-security-storage-docker-containers-free-ebook-covers-essentials -[19]:http://thenewstack.io/ebookseries/ -[20]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/projects/security-compliance/ From c155c5d5cd69e2490702c4131c4ae19c5ab2155d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 16:12:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 081/437] PRF:20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md @geekpi --- ...pen source alternatives to Flash Player.md | 20 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md b/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md index 0126bf950a..1d0911abcd 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@ Flash Player 的两种开源替代方案 ====== +> Adobe 将于 2020 年终止对 Flash 媒体播放器的支持,但仍有很多人们希望访问的 Flash 视频。这里有两个开源的替代品或许可以帮到你。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bulb-light-energy-power-idea.png?itok=zTEEmTZB) -2017 年 7 月,Adobe 为 Flash Media Player 敲响了[丧钟][1],宣布将在 2020 年终止对曾经无处不在的在线视频播放器的支持。但事实上,在一系列损害了其声誉的零日攻击后,Flash 的份额在过去的 8 年一直在下跌。苹果公司在 2010 年宣布它不会支持这项技术后,其未来趋于黯淡,并且在谷歌停止在 Chrome 浏览器中默认启用 Flash(支持 HTML5)后,它的消亡在 2016 年加速。 +2017 年 7 月,Adobe 为 Flash Media Player 敲响了[丧钟][1],宣布将在 2020 年终止对曾经无处不在的在线视频播放器的支持。但事实上,在一系列损害了其声誉的零日攻击后,Flash 的份额在过去的 8 年一直在下跌。苹果公司在 2010 年宣布它不会支持这项技术后,其未来趋于黯淡,并且在谷歌停止在 Chrome 浏览器中默认启用 Flash(支持 HTML5)后,它的消亡在 2016 年进一步加速。 即便如此,Adobe 仍然每月发布该软件的更新,截至 2018 年 8 月,它在网站的使用率从 2011 年的 28.5% 下降到[仅 4.4%] [2]。还有更多证据表明 Flash 的下滑:谷歌工程总监 [Parisa Tabriz 说][3]通过浏览器访问 Flash 内容的 Chrome 用户数量从 2014 年的 80% 下降到 2018 年的 8%。 -尽管如今很少有视频创作者以 Flash 格式发布,但仍有很多人们希望在未来几年内访问的 Flash 视频。鉴于官方支持的日期已经屈指可数,开源软件创建者有很好的机会介入 Adobe Flash Media Player 的替代品。这其中两个应用是 Lightspark 和 GNU Gnash。它们都不是完美的替代品,但来自贡献者的帮助可以使它们成为可行的替代品。 +尽管如今很少有视频创作者以 Flash 格式发布,但仍有很多人们希望在未来几年内访问的 Flash 视频。鉴于官方支持的日期已经屈指可数,开源软件创建者有很好的机会涉足 Adobe Flash 媒体播放器的替代品。这其中两个应用是 Lightspark 和 GNU Gnash。它们都不是完美的替代品,但来自贡献者的帮助可以使它们成为可行的替代品。 ### Lightspark [Lightspark][4] 是 Linux 上的 Flash Player 替代品。虽然它仍处于 alpha 状态,但自从 Adobe 在 2017 宣布废弃 Adobe 以来,开发速度已经加快。据其网站称,Lightspark 实现了 60% 的 Flash API,可在许多流行网站包括 BBC 新闻、Google Play 音乐和亚马逊音乐上[使用][5]。 -Lightspark 是用 C++/C 编写的,并在 [LGPLv3][6] 下许可。该项目列出了 41 个贡献者,并正在积极征求错误报告和其他贡献。有关更多信息,请查看其[ GitHub 仓库][5]。 +Lightspark 是用 C++/C 编写的,并在 [LGPLv3][6] 下许可。该项目列出了 41 个贡献者,并正在积极征求错误报告和其他贡献。有关更多信息,请查看其 [GitHub 仓库][5]。 ### GNU Gnash [GNU Gnash][7] 是一个用于 GNU/Linux 操作系统,包括 Ubuntu、Fedora 和 Debian 的 Flash Player。它作为独立软件和插件可用于 Firefox 和 Konqueror 浏览器中。 -Gnash 的主要缺点是它不支持最新版本的 Flash 文件 - 它支持大多数 Flash SWF v7 功能,一些 v8 和 v9 功能,不支持 v10 文件。它处于测试阶段,由于它在[ GNU GPLv3 或更高版本][8]下许可,因此你可以帮助实现它的现代化。访问其[项目页面][9]获取更多信息。 +Gnash 的主要缺点是它不支持最新版本的 Flash 文件 —— 它支持大多数 Flash SWF v7 功能,一些 v8 和 v9 功能,不支持 v10 文件。它处于测试阶段,由于它在 [GNU GPLv3 或更高版本][8]下许可,因此你可以帮助实现它的现代化。访问其[项目页面][9]获取更多信息。 -### 想要创建Flash吗? +### 想要创建 Flash 吗? -* 仅因为大多数人都不会发布 Flash 视频,但这并不意味着永远不需要创建 SWF 文件。如果你发现自己需要,这两个开源工具可能会有所帮助: - - * [Motion-Twin ActionScript 2 编译器][10](MTASC):一个命令行编译器,它可以在没有 Adobe Animate(Adobe 当前的视频创建软件)的情况下生成 SWF 文件。 -  * [Ming][11]:用 C 编写的可以生成 SWF 文件的库。它还包含一些可用于处理 Flash 的[程序][12]。 +仅因为大多数人都不会发布 Flash 视频,但这并不意味着永远不需要创建 SWF 文件。如果你发现自己需要,这两个开源工具可能会有所帮助: +* [Motion-Twin ActionScript 2 编译器][10](MTASC):一个命令行编译器,它可以在没有 Adobe Animate(Adobe 当前的视频创建软件)的情况下生成 SWF 文件。 +* [Ming][11]:用 C 编写的可以生成 SWF 文件的库。它还包含一些可用于处理 Flash 的[程序][12]。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/alternatives/flash-media-player 作者:[Opensource.com][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 215c2c0b6708cb7a52870ce06567baf95993b529 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 16:12:46 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 082/437] PUB:20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10035-1.html --- .../20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md b/published/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md rename to published/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md From 13c2ddcb3eb338e822728c436c8ce729a933f429 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: belitex Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 19:31:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 083/437] =?UTF-8?q?[=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90]?= =?UTF-8?q?=20How=20to=20get=20into=20DevOps=20=E5=88=9D=E7=A8=BF?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 144 ----------------- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 145 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 145 insertions(+), 144 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md create mode 100644 translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md deleted file mode 100644 index 184b18b1d1..0000000000 --- a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -belitex 翻译中 -How to get into DevOps -====== -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) - -I've observed a sharp uptick of developers and systems administrators interested in "getting into DevOps" within the past year or so. This pattern makes sense: In an age in which a single developer can spin up a globally distributed infrastructure for an application with a few dollars and a few API calls, the gap between development and systems administration is closer than ever. Although I've seen plenty of blog posts and articles about cool DevOps tools and thoughts to think about, I've seen fewer content on pointers and suggestions for people looking to get into this work. - -My goal with this article is to draw what that path looks like. My thoughts are based upon several interviews, chats, late-night discussions on [reddit.com/r/devops][1], and random conversations, likely over beer and delicious food. I'm also interested in hearing feedback from those who have made the jump; if you have, please reach out through [my blog][2], [Twitter][3], or in the comments below. I'd love to hear your thoughts and stories. - -### Olde world IT - -Understanding history is key to understanding the future, and DevOps is no exception. To understand the pervasiveness and popularity of the DevOps movement, understanding what IT was like in the late '90s and most of the '00s is helpful. This was my experience. - -I started my career in late 2006 as a Windows systems administrator in a large, multi-national financial services firm. In those days, adding new compute involved calling Dell (or, in our case, CDW) and placing a multi-hundred-thousand-dollar order of servers, networking equipment, cables, and software, all destined for your on- and offsite datacenters. Although VMware was still convincing companies that using virtual machines was, indeed, a cost-effective way of hosting its "performance-sensitive" application, many companies, including mine, pledged allegiance to running applications on their physical hardware. - -Our technology department had an entire group dedicated to datacenter engineering and operations, and its job was to negotiate our leasing rates down to some slightly less absurd monthly rate and ensure that our systems were being cooled properly (an exponentially difficult problem if you have enough equipment). If the group was lucky/wealthy enough, the offshore datacenter crew knew enough about all of our server models to not accidentally pull the wrong thing during after-hours trading. Amazon Web Services and Rackspace were slowly beginning to pick up steam, but were far from critical mass. - -In those days, we also had teams dedicated to ensuring that the operating systems and software running on top of that hardware worked when they were supposed to. The engineers were responsible for designing reliable architectures for patching, monitoring, and alerting these systems as well as defining what the "gold image" looked like. Most of this work was done with a lot of manual experimentation, and the extent of most tests was writing a runbook describing what you did, and ensuring that what you did actually did what you expected it to do after following said runbook. This was important in a large organization like ours, since most of the level 1 and 2 support was offshore, and the extent of their training ended with those runbooks. - -(This is the world that your author lived in for the first three years of his career. My dream back then was to be the one who made the gold standard!) - -Software releases were another beast altogether. Admittedly, I didn't gain a lot of experience working on this side of the fence. However, from stories that I've gathered (and recent experience), much of the daily grind for software development during this time went something like this: - - * Developers wrote code as specified by the technical and functional requirements laid out by business analysts from meetings they weren't invited to. - * Optionally, developers wrote unit tests for their code to ensure that it didn't do anything obviously crazy, like try to divide over zero without throwing an exception. - * When done, developers would mark their code as "Ready for QA." A quality assurance person would pick up the code and run it in their own environment, which might or might not be like production or even the environment the developer used to test their own code against. - * Failures would get sent back to the developers within "a few days or weeks" depending on other business activities and where priorities fell. - - - -Although sysadmins and developers didn't often see eye to eye, the one thing they shared a common hatred for was "change management." This was a composition of highly regulated (and in the case of my employer at the time), highly necessary rules and procedures governing when and how technical changes happened in a company. Most companies followed [ITIL][4] practices, which, in a nutshell, asked a lot of questions around why, when, where, and how things happened and provided a process for establishing an audit trail of the decisions that led up to those answers. - -As you could probably gather from my short history lesson, many, many things were done manually in IT. This led to a lot of mistakes. Lots of mistakes led up to lots of lost revenue. Change management's job was to minimize those lost revenues; this usually came in the form of releases only every two weeks and changes to servers, regardless of their impact or size, queued up to occur between Friday at 4 p.m. and Monday at 5:59 a.m. (Ironically, this batching of work led to even more mistakes, usually more serious ones.) - -### DevOps isn't a Tiger Team - -You might be thinking "What is Carlos going on about, and when is he going to talk about Ansible playbooks?" I love Ansible tons, but hang on; this is important. - -Have you ever been assigned to a project where you had to interact with the "DevOps" team? Or did you have to rely on a "configuration management" or "CI/CD" team to ensure your pipeline was set up properly? Have you had to attend meetings about your release and what it pertains to--weeks after the work was marked "code complete"? - -If so, then you're reliving history. All of that comes from all of the above. - -[Silos form][5] out of an instinctual draw to working with people like ourselves. Naturally, it's no surprise that this human trait also manifests in the workplace. I even saw this play out at a 250-person startup where I used to work. When I started, developers all worked in common pods and collaborated heavily with each other. As the codebase grew in complexity, developers who worked on common features naturally aligned with each other to try and tackle the complexity within their own feature. Soon afterwards, feature teams were officially formed. - -Sysadmins and developers at many of the companies I worked at not only formed natural silos like this, but also fiercely competed with each other. Developers were mad at sysadmins when their environments were broken. Developers were mad at sysadmins when their environments were too locked down. Sysadmins were mad that developers were breaking their environments in arbitrary ways all of the time. Sysadmins were mad at developers for asking for way more computing power than they needed. Neither side understood each other, and worse yet, neither side wanted to. - -Most developers were uninterested in the basics of operating systems, kernels, or, in some cases, computer hardware. As well, most sysadmins, even Linux sysadmins, took a 10-foot pole approach to learning how to code. They tried a bit of C in college, hated it and never wanted to touch an IDE again. Consequently, developers threw their environment problems over the wall to sysadmins, sysadmins prioritized them with the hundreds of other things that were thrown over the wall to them, and everyone busy-waited angrily while hating each other. The purpose of DevOps was to put an end to this. - -DevOps isn't a team. CI/CD isn't a group in Jira. DevOps is a way of thinking. According to the movement, in an ideal world, developers, sysadmins, and business stakeholders would be working as one team. While they might not know everything about each other's worlds, not only do they all know enough to understand each other and their backlogs, but they can, for the most part, speak the same language. - -This is the basis behind having all infrastructure and business logic be in code and subject to the same deployment pipelines as the software that sits on top of it. Everybody is winning because everyone understands each other. This is also the basis behind the rise of other tools like chatbots and easily accessible monitoring and graphing. - -[Adam Jacob said][6] it best: "DevOps is the word we will use to describe the operational side of the transition to enterprises being software led." - -### What do I need to know to get into DevOps? - -I'm commonly asked this question, and the answer, like most open-ended questions like this, is: It depends. - -At the moment, the "DevOps engineer" varies from company to company. Smaller companies that have plenty of software developers but fewer folks that understand infrastructure will likely look for people with more experience administrating systems. Other, usually larger and/or older companies that have a solid sysadmin organization will likely optimize for something closer to a [Google site reliability engineer][7], i.e. "a software engineer to design an operations function." This isn't written in stone, however, as, like any technology job, the decision largely depends on the hiring manager sponsoring it. - -That said, we typically look for engineers who are interested in learning more about: - - * How to administrate and architect secure and scalable cloud platforms (usually on AWS, but Azure, Google Cloud Platform, and PaaS providers like DigitalOcean and Heroku are popular too); - * How to build and optimize deployment pipelines and deployment strategies on popular [CI/CD][8] tools like Jenkins, Go continuous delivery, and cloud-based ones like Travis CI or CircleCI; - * How to monitor, log, and alert on changes in your system with timeseries-based tools like Kibana, Grafana, Splunk, Loggly, or Logstash; and - * How to maintain infrastructure as code with configuration management tools like Chef, Puppet, or Ansible, as well as deploy said infrastructure with tools like Terraform or CloudFormation. - - - -Containers are becoming increasingly popular as well. Despite the [beef against the status quo][9] surrounding Docker at scale, containers are quickly becoming a great way of achieving an extremely high density of services and applications running on fewer systems while increasing their reliability. (Orchestration tools like Kubernetes or Mesos can spin up new containers in seconds if the host they're being served by fails.) Given this, having knowledge of Docker or rkt and an orchestration platform will go a long way. - -If you're a systems administrator that's looking to get into DevOps, you will also need to know how to write code. Python and Ruby are popular languages for this purpose, as they are portable (i.e., can be used on any operating system), fast, and easy to read and learn. They also form the underpinnings of the industry's most popular configuration management tools (Python for Ansible, Ruby for Chef and Puppet) and cloud API clients (Python and Ruby are commonly used for AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud Platform clients). - -If you're a developer looking to make this change, I highly recommend learning more about Unix, Windows, and networking fundamentals. Even though the cloud abstracts away many of the complications of administrating a system, debugging slow application performance is aided greatly by knowing how these things work. I've included a few books on this topic in the next section. - -If this sounds overwhelming, you aren't alone. Fortunately, there are plenty of small projects to dip your feet into. One such toy project is Gary Stafford's Voter Service, a simple Java-based voting platform. We ask our candidates to take the service from GitHub to production infrastructure through a pipeline. One can combine that with Rob Mile's awesome DevOps Tutorial repository to learn about ways of doing this. - -Another great way of becoming familiar with these tools is taking popular services and setting up an infrastructure for them using nothing but AWS and configuration management. Set it up manually first to get a good idea of what to do, then replicate what you just did using nothing but CloudFormation (or Terraform) and Ansible. Surprisingly, this is a large part of the work that we infrastructure devs do for our clients on a daily basis. Our clients find this work to be highly valuable! - -### Books to read - -If you're looking for other resources on DevOps, here are some theory and technical books that are worth a read. - -#### Theory books - - * [The Phoenix Project][10] by Gene Kim. This is a great book that covers much of the history I explained earlier (with much more color) and describes the journey to a lean company running on agile and DevOps. - * [Driving Technical Change][11] by Terrance Ryan. Awesome little book on common personalities within most technology organizations and how to deal with them. This helped me out more than I expected. - * [Peopleware][12] by Tom DeMarco and Tim Lister. A classic on managing engineering organizations. A bit dated, but still relevant. - * [Time Management for System Administrators][13] by Tom Limoncelli. While this is heavily geared towards sysadmins, it provides great insight into the life of a systems administrator at most large organizations. If you want to learn more about the war between sysadmins and developers, this book might explain more. - * [The Lean Startup][14] by Eric Ries. Describes how Eric's 3D avatar company, IMVU, discovered how to work lean, fail fast, and find profit faster. - * [Lean Enterprise][15] by Jez Humble and friends. This book is an adaption of The Lean Startup for the enterprise. Both are great reads and do a good job of explaining the business motivation behind DevOps. - * [Infrastructure As Code][16] by Kief Morris. Awesome primer on, well, infrastructure as code! It does a great job of describing why it's essential for any business to adopt this for their infrastructure. - * [Site Reliability Engineering][17] by Betsy Beyer, Chris Jones, Jennifer Petoff, and Niall Richard Murphy. A book explaining how Google does SRE, or also known as "DevOps before DevOps was a thing." Provides interesting opinions on how to handle uptime, latency, and keeping engineers happy. - - - -#### Technical books - -If you're looking for books that'll take you straight to code, you've come to the right section. - - * [TCP/IP Illustrated][18] by the late W. Richard Stevens. This is the classic (and, arguably, complete) tome on the fundamental networking protocols, with special emphasis on TCP/IP. If you've heard of Layers 1, 2, 3, and 4 and are interested in learning more, you'll need this book. - * [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook][19] by Evi Nemeth, Trent Hein, and Ben Whaley. A great primer into how Linux and Unix work and how to navigate around them. - * [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches][20] by Don Jones and Jeffrey Hicks. If you're doing anything automated with Windows, you will need to learn how to use Powershell. This is the book that will help you do that. Don Jones is a well-known MVP in this space. - * Practically anything by [James Turnbull][21]. He puts out great technical primers on popular DevOps-related tools. - - - -From companies deploying everything to bare metal (there are plenty that still do, for good reasons) to trailblazers doing everything serverless, DevOps is likely here to stay for a while. The work is interesting, the results are impactful, and, most important, it helps bridge the gap between technology and business. It's a wonderful thing to see. - -Originally published at [Neurons Firing on a Keyboard][22], CC-BY-SA. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/getting-devops - -作者:[Carlos Nunez][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez -[1]:https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ -[2]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ -[3]:https://twitter.com/easiestnameever -[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL -[5]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo -[6]:https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 -[7]:https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html -[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD -[9]:https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ -[10]:https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ -[11]:https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change -[12]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams -[13]:http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do -[14]:http://theleanstartup.com/ -[15]:https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html -[16]:http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ -[17]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html -[18]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated -[19]:http://www.admin.com/ -[20]:https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition -[21]:https://jamesturnbull.net/ -[22]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ diff --git a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec169be76f --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ + +DevOps 实践指南 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) + +在去年大概一年的时间里,我注意到对“Devops 实践”感兴趣的开发人员和系统管理员突然有了明显的增加。这样的变化也合理:现在开发者只要花很少的钱,调用一些 API, 就能单枪匹马地在一整套分布式基础设施上运行自己的应用, 在这个时代,开发和运维的紧密程度前所未有。我看过许多博客和文章介绍很酷的 DevOps 工具和相关思想,但是给那些希望践行 DevOps 的人以指导和建议的内容,我却很少看到。 + +这篇文章的目的就是描述一下如何去实践。我的想法基于 Reddit 上 [devops][1] 的一些访谈、聊天和深夜讨论,还有一些随机谈话,一般都发生在享受啤酒和美食的时候。如果你已经开始这样实践,我对你的反馈很感兴趣,请通过 [我的博客][2] 或者 [Twitter][3] 联系我,也可以直接在下面评论。我很乐意听到你们的想法和故事。 + +### 古代的 IT + +了解历史是搞清楚未来的关键,DevOps 也不例外。想搞清楚 DevOps 运动的普及和流行,去了解一下上世纪 90 年代后期和 21 世纪前十年 IT 的情况会有帮助。这是我的经验。 + +我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话 (或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW ),并下一个价值数十万美元的订单,包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件,所有这些都要运到在线或离线的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的,但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还忠于使用他们的物理机运行应用。 + +在我们技术部门,有一个专门做数据中心工程和操作的完整团队,他们的工作包括价格谈判,让荒唐的租赁月费能够下降一点点,还包括保证我们的系统能够正常冷却(如果设备太多,这个事情的难度会呈指数增长)。如果这个团队足够幸运足够有钱,境外数据中心的工作人员对我们所有的服务器型号又都有足够的了解,就能避免在盘后交易中不小心扯错东西。那时候亚马逊 AWS 和 Rackspace 逐渐开始加速扩张,但还远远没到临界规模。 + +当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁,监控和报警,还要定义基础镜像 (gold image) 的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的,很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书 (runbook) 来描述要做的事情,并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里,这样做很重要,因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的,而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 + +(这是我职业生涯前三年的世界。我那时候的梦想是成为制定金本位制的人!) + +软件发布则完全是另外一头怪兽。无可否认,我在这方面并没有积累太多经验。但是,从我收集的故事(和最近的经历)来看,当时大部分软件开发的日常大概是这样: + + * 开发人员按照技术和功能需求来编写代码,这些需求来自于业务分析人员的会议,但是会议并没有邀请开发人员参加。 + * 开发人员可以选择为他们的代码编写单元测试,以确保在代码里没有任何明显的疯狂行为,比如除以 0 但不抛出异常。 + * 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为 "Ready for QA."(准备好了接受测试),质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中,这个环境和生产环境可能相似,也可能不相似,甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 + * 故障会在几天或者几个星期内反馈到开发人员那里,这个时长取决于其他业务活动和优先事项。 + + + +虽然系统管理员和开发人员经常有不一致的意见,但是对“变更管理”的痛恨却是一致的。变更管理由高度规范的(就我当时的雇主而言)和非常有必要的规则和程序组成,用来管理一家公司应该什么时候做技术变更,以及如何做。很多公司都按照 [ITIL][4] 来操作, 简单的说,ITIL 问了很多和事情发生的原因、时间、地点和方式相关的问题,而且提供了一个过程,对产生最终答案的决定做审计跟踪。 + +你可能从我的简短历史课上了解到,当时 IT 的很多很多事情都是手工完成的。这导致了很多错误。错误又导致了很多财产损失。变更管理的工作就是尽量减少这些损失,它常常以这样的形式出现:不管变更的影响和规模大小,每两周才能发布部署一次。周五下午 4 点到周一早上 5 点 59 分这段时间,需要排队等候发布窗口。(讽刺的是,这种流程导致了更多错误,通常还是更严重的那种错误) + +### DevOps 不是专家团 + +你可能在想 "Carlos 你在讲啥啊,什么时候才能说到 Ansible playbooks? ",我热爱 Ansible, 但是请再等一会;下面这些很重要。 + +你有没有过被分配到过需要跟"DevOps"小组打交道的项目?你有没有依赖过“配置管理”或者“持续集成/持续交付”小组来保证业务流水线设置正确?你有没有在代码开发完的数周之后才参加发布部署的会议? + +如果有过,那么你就是在重温历史,这个历史是由上面所有这些导致的。 + +出于本能,我们喜欢和像自己的人一起工作,这会导致[筒仓][5]的行成。很自然,这种人类特质也会在工作场所表现出来是不足为奇的。我甚至在一个 250 人的创业公司里见到过这样的现象,当时我在那里工作。刚开始的时候,开发人员都在聚在一起工作,彼此深度协作。随着代码变得复杂,开发相同功能的人自然就坐到了一起,解决他们自己的复杂问题。然后按功能划分的小组很快就正式形成了。 + +在我工作过的很多公司里,系统管理员和开发人员不仅像这样形成了天然的筒仓,而且彼此还有激烈的对抗。开发人员的环境出问题了或者他们的权限太小了,就会对系统管理员很恼火。系统管理员怪开发者无时不刻的不在用各种方式破坏他们的环境,怪开发人员申请的计算资源严重超过他们的需要。双方都不理解对方,更糟糕的是,双方都不愿意去理解对方。 + +大部分开发人员对操作系统,内核或计算机硬件都不感兴趣。同样的,大部分系统管理员,即使是 Linux 的系统管理员,也都不愿意学习编写代码,他们在大学期间学过一些 C 语言,然后就痛恨它,并且永远都不想再碰 IDE. 所以,开发人员把运行环境的问题甩给围墙外的系统管理员,系统管理员把这些问题和甩过来的其他上百个问题放在一起,做一个优先级安排。每个人都很忙,心怀怨恨的等待着。DevOps 的目的就是解决这种矛盾。 + +DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevOps 是一种思考方式。根据这个运动来看,在理想的世界里,开发人员、系统管理员和业务相关人将作为一个团队工作。虽然他们可能不完全了解彼此的世界,可能没有足够的知识去了解彼此的积压任务,但他们在大多数情况下能有一致的看法。 + +把所有基础设施和业务逻辑都代码化,再串到一个发布部署流水线里,就像是运行在这之上的应用一样。这个理念的基础就是 DevOps. 因为大家都理解彼此,所以人人都是赢家。聊天机器人和易用的监控工具、可视化工具的兴起,背后的基础也是 DevOps. + +[Adam Jacob][6] 说的最好:"DevOps 就是企业往软件导向型过渡时我们用来描述操作的词" + +### 要实践 DevOps 我需要知道些什么 + +我经常被问到这个问题,它的答案,和同属于开放式的其他大部分问题一样:视情况而定。 + +现在“DevOps 工程师”在不同的公司有不同的含义。在软件开发人员比较多但是很少有人懂基础设施的小公司,他们很可能是在找有更多系统管理经验的人。而其他公司,通常是大公司或老公司或又大又老的公司,已经有一个稳固的系统管理团队了,他们在向类似于谷歌 [SRE][7] 的方向做优化,也就是“设计操作功能的软件工程师”。但是,这并不是金科玉律,就像其他技术类工作一样,这个决定很大程度上取决于他的招聘经理。 + +也就是说,我们一般是在找对深入学习以下内容感兴趣的工程师: + + * 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云上的平台(通常是在 AWS 上,不过微软的 Azure, 谷歌的 Cloud Platform,还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商,也都很流行) + * 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具,比如 Jenkins,Gocd,还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI,来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线,和发布部署策略。 + * 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具,比如 Kibana,Grafana,Splunk,Loggly 或者 Logstash,来监控,记录,并在变化的时候报警,还有 + * 如何使用配置管理工具,例如 Chef,Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”,以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 + + + +容器也变得越来越受欢迎。尽管有人对大规模使用 Docker 的现状[表示不满][9],但容器正迅速地成为一种很好的方式来实现在更少的操作系统上运行超高密度的服务和应用,同时提高它们的可靠性。(像 Kubernetes 或者 Mesos 这样的容器编排工具,能在宿主机故障的时候,几秒钟之内重新启动新的容器。)考虑到这些,掌握 Docker 或者 rkt 以及容器编排平台的知识会对你大有帮助。 + +如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员,你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言,因为他们是可移植的(也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行),快速的,而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具(Ansible 是使用 Python 写的,Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的)以及云平台的 API 客户端(亚马逊 AWS, 微软 Azure, 谷歌 Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本)。 + +如果你是开发人员,也希望做 DevOps 的实践,我强烈建议你去学习 Unix,Windows 操作系统以及网络基础知识。虽然云计算把很多系统管理的难题抽象化了,但是对慢应用的性能做 debug 的时候,你知道操作系统如何工作的就会有很大的帮助。下文包含了一些这个主题的图书。 + +如果你觉得这些东西听起来内容太多,大家都是这么想的。幸运的是,有很多小项目可以让你开始探索。其中一个启动项目是 Gary Stafford 的[选举服务](https://github.com/garystafford/voter-service), 一个基于 Java 的简单投票平台。我们要求面试候选人通过一个流水线将该服务从 GitHub 部署到生产环境基础设施上。你可以把这个服务与 Rob Mile 写的了不起的 DevOps [入门教程](https://github.com/maxamg/cd-office-hours)结合起来,学习如何编写流水线。 + +还有一个熟悉这些工具的好方法,找一个流行的服务,然后只使用 AWS 和配置管理工具来搭建这个服务所需要的基础设施。第一次先手动搭建,了解清楚要做的事情,然后只用 CloudFormation (或者 Terraform) 和 Ansible 重写刚才的手动操作。令人惊讶的是,这就是我们基础设施开发人员为客户所做的大部分日常工作,我们的客户认为这样的工作非常有意义! + +### 需要读的书 + +如果你在找 DevOps 的其他资源,下面这些理论和技术书籍值得一读。 + +#### 理论书籍 + + * Gene Kim 写的 [The Phoenix Project (凤凰项目)][10]。这是一本很不错的书,内容涵盖了我上文解释过的历史(写的更生动形象),描述了一个运行在敏捷和 DevOps 之上的公司向精益前进的过程。 + * Terrance Ryan 写的 [Driving Technical Change (布道之道)][11]。非常好的一小本书,讲了大多数技术型组织内的常见性格特点以及如何和他们打交道。这本书对我的帮助比我想象的更多。 + * Tom DeMarco 和 Tim Lister 合著的 [Peopleware (人件)][12]。管理工程师团队的经典图书,有一点过时,但仍然很有价值。 + * Tom Limoncelli 写的 [Time Management for System Administrators (时间管理: 给系统管理员)][13]。这本书主要面向系统管理员,它对很多大型组织内的系统管理员生活做了深入的展示。如果你想了解更多系统管理员和开发人员之间的冲突,这本书可能解释了更多。 + * Eric Ries 写的 [The Lean Startup (精益创业)][14]。描述了 Eric 自己的 3D 虚拟形象公司,IMVU, 发现了如何精益工作,快速失败和更快盈利。 + * Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的[Lean Enterprise (精益企业)][15]。这本书是对精益创业做的改编,以更适应企业,两本书都很棒,都很好的解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 + * Kief Morris 写的 [Infrastructure As Code (基础设施即代码)][16]。关于 "基础设施即代码" 的非常好的入门读物!很好的解释了为什么所有公司都有必要采纳这种做法。 + * Betsy Beyer, Chris Jones, Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 [Site Reliability Engineering (站点可靠性工程师)][17]。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书,也因为是 "DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps" 被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有趣的看法。 + + + +#### 技术书籍 + +如果你想找的是让你直接跟代码打交道的书,看这里就对了。 + + * W. Richard Stevens 的 [TCP/IP Illustrated (TCP/IP 详解)][18]。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解基本网络协议的巨著,重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1,2, 3,4 层网络,而且对深入学习他们感兴趣,那么你需要这本书。 + * Evi Nemeth, Trent Hein 和 Ben Whaley 合著的 [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook (UNIX/Linux 系统管理员手册)][19]。一本很好的入门书,介绍 Linux/Unix 如何工作以及如何使用。 + * Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches (Windows PowerShell实战指南)][20]. 如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务,你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 + * 几乎所有 [James Turnbull][21] 写的东西,针对流行的 DevOps 工具,他发表了很好的技术入门读物。 + + + +不管是在那些把所有应用都直接部署在物理机上的公司,(现在很多公司仍然有充分的理由这样做)还是在那些把所有应用都做成 serverless 的先驱公司,DevOps 都很可能会持续下去。这部分工作很有趣,产出也很有影响力,而且最重要的是,它搭起桥梁衔接了技术和业务之间的缺口。DevOps 是一个值得期待的美好事物。 + +首次发表在 [Neurons Firing on a Keyboard][22]。使用 CC-BY-SA 协议。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/getting-devops + +作者:[Carlos Nunez][a] +译者:[belitex](https://github.com/belitex) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez +[1]:https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ +[2]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ +[3]:https://twitter.com/easiestnameever +[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL +[5]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo +[6]:https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 +[7]:https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html +[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD +[9]:https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ +[10]:https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ +[11]:https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change +[12]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams +[13]:http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do +[14]:http://theleanstartup.com/ +[15]:https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html +[16]:http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ +[17]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html +[18]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated +[19]:http://www.admin.com/ +[20]:https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition +[21]:https://jamesturnbull.net/ +[22]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ From c9bb7fd0307c368f352c90f9eff22c328cac8d70 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: BeliteX <43316924+belitex@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 19:36:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 084/437] =?UTF-8?q?[=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90]?= =?UTF-8?q?=20How=20to=20get=20into=20DevOps=20=E5=88=9D=E7=A8=BF=20(#1030?= =?UTF-8?q?0)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 144 ----------------- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 145 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 145 insertions(+), 144 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md create mode 100644 translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md deleted file mode 100644 index 184b18b1d1..0000000000 --- a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -belitex 翻译中 -How to get into DevOps -====== -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) - -I've observed a sharp uptick of developers and systems administrators interested in "getting into DevOps" within the past year or so. This pattern makes sense: In an age in which a single developer can spin up a globally distributed infrastructure for an application with a few dollars and a few API calls, the gap between development and systems administration is closer than ever. Although I've seen plenty of blog posts and articles about cool DevOps tools and thoughts to think about, I've seen fewer content on pointers and suggestions for people looking to get into this work. - -My goal with this article is to draw what that path looks like. My thoughts are based upon several interviews, chats, late-night discussions on [reddit.com/r/devops][1], and random conversations, likely over beer and delicious food. I'm also interested in hearing feedback from those who have made the jump; if you have, please reach out through [my blog][2], [Twitter][3], or in the comments below. I'd love to hear your thoughts and stories. - -### Olde world IT - -Understanding history is key to understanding the future, and DevOps is no exception. To understand the pervasiveness and popularity of the DevOps movement, understanding what IT was like in the late '90s and most of the '00s is helpful. This was my experience. - -I started my career in late 2006 as a Windows systems administrator in a large, multi-national financial services firm. In those days, adding new compute involved calling Dell (or, in our case, CDW) and placing a multi-hundred-thousand-dollar order of servers, networking equipment, cables, and software, all destined for your on- and offsite datacenters. Although VMware was still convincing companies that using virtual machines was, indeed, a cost-effective way of hosting its "performance-sensitive" application, many companies, including mine, pledged allegiance to running applications on their physical hardware. - -Our technology department had an entire group dedicated to datacenter engineering and operations, and its job was to negotiate our leasing rates down to some slightly less absurd monthly rate and ensure that our systems were being cooled properly (an exponentially difficult problem if you have enough equipment). If the group was lucky/wealthy enough, the offshore datacenter crew knew enough about all of our server models to not accidentally pull the wrong thing during after-hours trading. Amazon Web Services and Rackspace were slowly beginning to pick up steam, but were far from critical mass. - -In those days, we also had teams dedicated to ensuring that the operating systems and software running on top of that hardware worked when they were supposed to. The engineers were responsible for designing reliable architectures for patching, monitoring, and alerting these systems as well as defining what the "gold image" looked like. Most of this work was done with a lot of manual experimentation, and the extent of most tests was writing a runbook describing what you did, and ensuring that what you did actually did what you expected it to do after following said runbook. This was important in a large organization like ours, since most of the level 1 and 2 support was offshore, and the extent of their training ended with those runbooks. - -(This is the world that your author lived in for the first three years of his career. My dream back then was to be the one who made the gold standard!) - -Software releases were another beast altogether. Admittedly, I didn't gain a lot of experience working on this side of the fence. However, from stories that I've gathered (and recent experience), much of the daily grind for software development during this time went something like this: - - * Developers wrote code as specified by the technical and functional requirements laid out by business analysts from meetings they weren't invited to. - * Optionally, developers wrote unit tests for their code to ensure that it didn't do anything obviously crazy, like try to divide over zero without throwing an exception. - * When done, developers would mark their code as "Ready for QA." A quality assurance person would pick up the code and run it in their own environment, which might or might not be like production or even the environment the developer used to test their own code against. - * Failures would get sent back to the developers within "a few days or weeks" depending on other business activities and where priorities fell. - - - -Although sysadmins and developers didn't often see eye to eye, the one thing they shared a common hatred for was "change management." This was a composition of highly regulated (and in the case of my employer at the time), highly necessary rules and procedures governing when and how technical changes happened in a company. Most companies followed [ITIL][4] practices, which, in a nutshell, asked a lot of questions around why, when, where, and how things happened and provided a process for establishing an audit trail of the decisions that led up to those answers. - -As you could probably gather from my short history lesson, many, many things were done manually in IT. This led to a lot of mistakes. Lots of mistakes led up to lots of lost revenue. Change management's job was to minimize those lost revenues; this usually came in the form of releases only every two weeks and changes to servers, regardless of their impact or size, queued up to occur between Friday at 4 p.m. and Monday at 5:59 a.m. (Ironically, this batching of work led to even more mistakes, usually more serious ones.) - -### DevOps isn't a Tiger Team - -You might be thinking "What is Carlos going on about, and when is he going to talk about Ansible playbooks?" I love Ansible tons, but hang on; this is important. - -Have you ever been assigned to a project where you had to interact with the "DevOps" team? Or did you have to rely on a "configuration management" or "CI/CD" team to ensure your pipeline was set up properly? Have you had to attend meetings about your release and what it pertains to--weeks after the work was marked "code complete"? - -If so, then you're reliving history. All of that comes from all of the above. - -[Silos form][5] out of an instinctual draw to working with people like ourselves. Naturally, it's no surprise that this human trait also manifests in the workplace. I even saw this play out at a 250-person startup where I used to work. When I started, developers all worked in common pods and collaborated heavily with each other. As the codebase grew in complexity, developers who worked on common features naturally aligned with each other to try and tackle the complexity within their own feature. Soon afterwards, feature teams were officially formed. - -Sysadmins and developers at many of the companies I worked at not only formed natural silos like this, but also fiercely competed with each other. Developers were mad at sysadmins when their environments were broken. Developers were mad at sysadmins when their environments were too locked down. Sysadmins were mad that developers were breaking their environments in arbitrary ways all of the time. Sysadmins were mad at developers for asking for way more computing power than they needed. Neither side understood each other, and worse yet, neither side wanted to. - -Most developers were uninterested in the basics of operating systems, kernels, or, in some cases, computer hardware. As well, most sysadmins, even Linux sysadmins, took a 10-foot pole approach to learning how to code. They tried a bit of C in college, hated it and never wanted to touch an IDE again. Consequently, developers threw their environment problems over the wall to sysadmins, sysadmins prioritized them with the hundreds of other things that were thrown over the wall to them, and everyone busy-waited angrily while hating each other. The purpose of DevOps was to put an end to this. - -DevOps isn't a team. CI/CD isn't a group in Jira. DevOps is a way of thinking. According to the movement, in an ideal world, developers, sysadmins, and business stakeholders would be working as one team. While they might not know everything about each other's worlds, not only do they all know enough to understand each other and their backlogs, but they can, for the most part, speak the same language. - -This is the basis behind having all infrastructure and business logic be in code and subject to the same deployment pipelines as the software that sits on top of it. Everybody is winning because everyone understands each other. This is also the basis behind the rise of other tools like chatbots and easily accessible monitoring and graphing. - -[Adam Jacob said][6] it best: "DevOps is the word we will use to describe the operational side of the transition to enterprises being software led." - -### What do I need to know to get into DevOps? - -I'm commonly asked this question, and the answer, like most open-ended questions like this, is: It depends. - -At the moment, the "DevOps engineer" varies from company to company. Smaller companies that have plenty of software developers but fewer folks that understand infrastructure will likely look for people with more experience administrating systems. Other, usually larger and/or older companies that have a solid sysadmin organization will likely optimize for something closer to a [Google site reliability engineer][7], i.e. "a software engineer to design an operations function." This isn't written in stone, however, as, like any technology job, the decision largely depends on the hiring manager sponsoring it. - -That said, we typically look for engineers who are interested in learning more about: - - * How to administrate and architect secure and scalable cloud platforms (usually on AWS, but Azure, Google Cloud Platform, and PaaS providers like DigitalOcean and Heroku are popular too); - * How to build and optimize deployment pipelines and deployment strategies on popular [CI/CD][8] tools like Jenkins, Go continuous delivery, and cloud-based ones like Travis CI or CircleCI; - * How to monitor, log, and alert on changes in your system with timeseries-based tools like Kibana, Grafana, Splunk, Loggly, or Logstash; and - * How to maintain infrastructure as code with configuration management tools like Chef, Puppet, or Ansible, as well as deploy said infrastructure with tools like Terraform or CloudFormation. - - - -Containers are becoming increasingly popular as well. Despite the [beef against the status quo][9] surrounding Docker at scale, containers are quickly becoming a great way of achieving an extremely high density of services and applications running on fewer systems while increasing their reliability. (Orchestration tools like Kubernetes or Mesos can spin up new containers in seconds if the host they're being served by fails.) Given this, having knowledge of Docker or rkt and an orchestration platform will go a long way. - -If you're a systems administrator that's looking to get into DevOps, you will also need to know how to write code. Python and Ruby are popular languages for this purpose, as they are portable (i.e., can be used on any operating system), fast, and easy to read and learn. They also form the underpinnings of the industry's most popular configuration management tools (Python for Ansible, Ruby for Chef and Puppet) and cloud API clients (Python and Ruby are commonly used for AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud Platform clients). - -If you're a developer looking to make this change, I highly recommend learning more about Unix, Windows, and networking fundamentals. Even though the cloud abstracts away many of the complications of administrating a system, debugging slow application performance is aided greatly by knowing how these things work. I've included a few books on this topic in the next section. - -If this sounds overwhelming, you aren't alone. Fortunately, there are plenty of small projects to dip your feet into. One such toy project is Gary Stafford's Voter Service, a simple Java-based voting platform. We ask our candidates to take the service from GitHub to production infrastructure through a pipeline. One can combine that with Rob Mile's awesome DevOps Tutorial repository to learn about ways of doing this. - -Another great way of becoming familiar with these tools is taking popular services and setting up an infrastructure for them using nothing but AWS and configuration management. Set it up manually first to get a good idea of what to do, then replicate what you just did using nothing but CloudFormation (or Terraform) and Ansible. Surprisingly, this is a large part of the work that we infrastructure devs do for our clients on a daily basis. Our clients find this work to be highly valuable! - -### Books to read - -If you're looking for other resources on DevOps, here are some theory and technical books that are worth a read. - -#### Theory books - - * [The Phoenix Project][10] by Gene Kim. This is a great book that covers much of the history I explained earlier (with much more color) and describes the journey to a lean company running on agile and DevOps. - * [Driving Technical Change][11] by Terrance Ryan. Awesome little book on common personalities within most technology organizations and how to deal with them. This helped me out more than I expected. - * [Peopleware][12] by Tom DeMarco and Tim Lister. A classic on managing engineering organizations. A bit dated, but still relevant. - * [Time Management for System Administrators][13] by Tom Limoncelli. While this is heavily geared towards sysadmins, it provides great insight into the life of a systems administrator at most large organizations. If you want to learn more about the war between sysadmins and developers, this book might explain more. - * [The Lean Startup][14] by Eric Ries. Describes how Eric's 3D avatar company, IMVU, discovered how to work lean, fail fast, and find profit faster. - * [Lean Enterprise][15] by Jez Humble and friends. This book is an adaption of The Lean Startup for the enterprise. Both are great reads and do a good job of explaining the business motivation behind DevOps. - * [Infrastructure As Code][16] by Kief Morris. Awesome primer on, well, infrastructure as code! It does a great job of describing why it's essential for any business to adopt this for their infrastructure. - * [Site Reliability Engineering][17] by Betsy Beyer, Chris Jones, Jennifer Petoff, and Niall Richard Murphy. A book explaining how Google does SRE, or also known as "DevOps before DevOps was a thing." Provides interesting opinions on how to handle uptime, latency, and keeping engineers happy. - - - -#### Technical books - -If you're looking for books that'll take you straight to code, you've come to the right section. - - * [TCP/IP Illustrated][18] by the late W. Richard Stevens. This is the classic (and, arguably, complete) tome on the fundamental networking protocols, with special emphasis on TCP/IP. If you've heard of Layers 1, 2, 3, and 4 and are interested in learning more, you'll need this book. - * [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook][19] by Evi Nemeth, Trent Hein, and Ben Whaley. A great primer into how Linux and Unix work and how to navigate around them. - * [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches][20] by Don Jones and Jeffrey Hicks. If you're doing anything automated with Windows, you will need to learn how to use Powershell. This is the book that will help you do that. Don Jones is a well-known MVP in this space. - * Practically anything by [James Turnbull][21]. He puts out great technical primers on popular DevOps-related tools. - - - -From companies deploying everything to bare metal (there are plenty that still do, for good reasons) to trailblazers doing everything serverless, DevOps is likely here to stay for a while. The work is interesting, the results are impactful, and, most important, it helps bridge the gap between technology and business. It's a wonderful thing to see. - -Originally published at [Neurons Firing on a Keyboard][22], CC-BY-SA. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/getting-devops - -作者:[Carlos Nunez][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez -[1]:https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ -[2]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ -[3]:https://twitter.com/easiestnameever -[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL -[5]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo -[6]:https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 -[7]:https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html -[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD -[9]:https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ -[10]:https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ -[11]:https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change -[12]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams -[13]:http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do -[14]:http://theleanstartup.com/ -[15]:https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html -[16]:http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ -[17]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html -[18]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated -[19]:http://www.admin.com/ -[20]:https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition -[21]:https://jamesturnbull.net/ -[22]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ diff --git a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec169be76f --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ + +DevOps 实践指南 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) + +在去年大概一年的时间里,我注意到对“Devops 实践”感兴趣的开发人员和系统管理员突然有了明显的增加。这样的变化也合理:现在开发者只要花很少的钱,调用一些 API, 就能单枪匹马地在一整套分布式基础设施上运行自己的应用, 在这个时代,开发和运维的紧密程度前所未有。我看过许多博客和文章介绍很酷的 DevOps 工具和相关思想,但是给那些希望践行 DevOps 的人以指导和建议的内容,我却很少看到。 + +这篇文章的目的就是描述一下如何去实践。我的想法基于 Reddit 上 [devops][1] 的一些访谈、聊天和深夜讨论,还有一些随机谈话,一般都发生在享受啤酒和美食的时候。如果你已经开始这样实践,我对你的反馈很感兴趣,请通过 [我的博客][2] 或者 [Twitter][3] 联系我,也可以直接在下面评论。我很乐意听到你们的想法和故事。 + +### 古代的 IT + +了解历史是搞清楚未来的关键,DevOps 也不例外。想搞清楚 DevOps 运动的普及和流行,去了解一下上世纪 90 年代后期和 21 世纪前十年 IT 的情况会有帮助。这是我的经验。 + +我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话 (或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW ),并下一个价值数十万美元的订单,包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件,所有这些都要运到在线或离线的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的,但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还忠于使用他们的物理机运行应用。 + +在我们技术部门,有一个专门做数据中心工程和操作的完整团队,他们的工作包括价格谈判,让荒唐的租赁月费能够下降一点点,还包括保证我们的系统能够正常冷却(如果设备太多,这个事情的难度会呈指数增长)。如果这个团队足够幸运足够有钱,境外数据中心的工作人员对我们所有的服务器型号又都有足够的了解,就能避免在盘后交易中不小心扯错东西。那时候亚马逊 AWS 和 Rackspace 逐渐开始加速扩张,但还远远没到临界规模。 + +当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁,监控和报警,还要定义基础镜像 (gold image) 的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的,很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书 (runbook) 来描述要做的事情,并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里,这样做很重要,因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的,而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 + +(这是我职业生涯前三年的世界。我那时候的梦想是成为制定金本位制的人!) + +软件发布则完全是另外一头怪兽。无可否认,我在这方面并没有积累太多经验。但是,从我收集的故事(和最近的经历)来看,当时大部分软件开发的日常大概是这样: + + * 开发人员按照技术和功能需求来编写代码,这些需求来自于业务分析人员的会议,但是会议并没有邀请开发人员参加。 + * 开发人员可以选择为他们的代码编写单元测试,以确保在代码里没有任何明显的疯狂行为,比如除以 0 但不抛出异常。 + * 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为 "Ready for QA."(准备好了接受测试),质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中,这个环境和生产环境可能相似,也可能不相似,甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 + * 故障会在几天或者几个星期内反馈到开发人员那里,这个时长取决于其他业务活动和优先事项。 + + + +虽然系统管理员和开发人员经常有不一致的意见,但是对“变更管理”的痛恨却是一致的。变更管理由高度规范的(就我当时的雇主而言)和非常有必要的规则和程序组成,用来管理一家公司应该什么时候做技术变更,以及如何做。很多公司都按照 [ITIL][4] 来操作, 简单的说,ITIL 问了很多和事情发生的原因、时间、地点和方式相关的问题,而且提供了一个过程,对产生最终答案的决定做审计跟踪。 + +你可能从我的简短历史课上了解到,当时 IT 的很多很多事情都是手工完成的。这导致了很多错误。错误又导致了很多财产损失。变更管理的工作就是尽量减少这些损失,它常常以这样的形式出现:不管变更的影响和规模大小,每两周才能发布部署一次。周五下午 4 点到周一早上 5 点 59 分这段时间,需要排队等候发布窗口。(讽刺的是,这种流程导致了更多错误,通常还是更严重的那种错误) + +### DevOps 不是专家团 + +你可能在想 "Carlos 你在讲啥啊,什么时候才能说到 Ansible playbooks? ",我热爱 Ansible, 但是请再等一会;下面这些很重要。 + +你有没有过被分配到过需要跟"DevOps"小组打交道的项目?你有没有依赖过“配置管理”或者“持续集成/持续交付”小组来保证业务流水线设置正确?你有没有在代码开发完的数周之后才参加发布部署的会议? + +如果有过,那么你就是在重温历史,这个历史是由上面所有这些导致的。 + +出于本能,我们喜欢和像自己的人一起工作,这会导致[筒仓][5]的行成。很自然,这种人类特质也会在工作场所表现出来是不足为奇的。我甚至在一个 250 人的创业公司里见到过这样的现象,当时我在那里工作。刚开始的时候,开发人员都在聚在一起工作,彼此深度协作。随着代码变得复杂,开发相同功能的人自然就坐到了一起,解决他们自己的复杂问题。然后按功能划分的小组很快就正式形成了。 + +在我工作过的很多公司里,系统管理员和开发人员不仅像这样形成了天然的筒仓,而且彼此还有激烈的对抗。开发人员的环境出问题了或者他们的权限太小了,就会对系统管理员很恼火。系统管理员怪开发者无时不刻的不在用各种方式破坏他们的环境,怪开发人员申请的计算资源严重超过他们的需要。双方都不理解对方,更糟糕的是,双方都不愿意去理解对方。 + +大部分开发人员对操作系统,内核或计算机硬件都不感兴趣。同样的,大部分系统管理员,即使是 Linux 的系统管理员,也都不愿意学习编写代码,他们在大学期间学过一些 C 语言,然后就痛恨它,并且永远都不想再碰 IDE. 所以,开发人员把运行环境的问题甩给围墙外的系统管理员,系统管理员把这些问题和甩过来的其他上百个问题放在一起,做一个优先级安排。每个人都很忙,心怀怨恨的等待着。DevOps 的目的就是解决这种矛盾。 + +DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevOps 是一种思考方式。根据这个运动来看,在理想的世界里,开发人员、系统管理员和业务相关人将作为一个团队工作。虽然他们可能不完全了解彼此的世界,可能没有足够的知识去了解彼此的积压任务,但他们在大多数情况下能有一致的看法。 + +把所有基础设施和业务逻辑都代码化,再串到一个发布部署流水线里,就像是运行在这之上的应用一样。这个理念的基础就是 DevOps. 因为大家都理解彼此,所以人人都是赢家。聊天机器人和易用的监控工具、可视化工具的兴起,背后的基础也是 DevOps. + +[Adam Jacob][6] 说的最好:"DevOps 就是企业往软件导向型过渡时我们用来描述操作的词" + +### 要实践 DevOps 我需要知道些什么 + +我经常被问到这个问题,它的答案,和同属于开放式的其他大部分问题一样:视情况而定。 + +现在“DevOps 工程师”在不同的公司有不同的含义。在软件开发人员比较多但是很少有人懂基础设施的小公司,他们很可能是在找有更多系统管理经验的人。而其他公司,通常是大公司或老公司或又大又老的公司,已经有一个稳固的系统管理团队了,他们在向类似于谷歌 [SRE][7] 的方向做优化,也就是“设计操作功能的软件工程师”。但是,这并不是金科玉律,就像其他技术类工作一样,这个决定很大程度上取决于他的招聘经理。 + +也就是说,我们一般是在找对深入学习以下内容感兴趣的工程师: + + * 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云上的平台(通常是在 AWS 上,不过微软的 Azure, 谷歌的 Cloud Platform,还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商,也都很流行) + * 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具,比如 Jenkins,Gocd,还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI,来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线,和发布部署策略。 + * 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具,比如 Kibana,Grafana,Splunk,Loggly 或者 Logstash,来监控,记录,并在变化的时候报警,还有 + * 如何使用配置管理工具,例如 Chef,Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”,以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 + + + +容器也变得越来越受欢迎。尽管有人对大规模使用 Docker 的现状[表示不满][9],但容器正迅速地成为一种很好的方式来实现在更少的操作系统上运行超高密度的服务和应用,同时提高它们的可靠性。(像 Kubernetes 或者 Mesos 这样的容器编排工具,能在宿主机故障的时候,几秒钟之内重新启动新的容器。)考虑到这些,掌握 Docker 或者 rkt 以及容器编排平台的知识会对你大有帮助。 + +如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员,你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言,因为他们是可移植的(也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行),快速的,而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具(Ansible 是使用 Python 写的,Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的)以及云平台的 API 客户端(亚马逊 AWS, 微软 Azure, 谷歌 Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本)。 + +如果你是开发人员,也希望做 DevOps 的实践,我强烈建议你去学习 Unix,Windows 操作系统以及网络基础知识。虽然云计算把很多系统管理的难题抽象化了,但是对慢应用的性能做 debug 的时候,你知道操作系统如何工作的就会有很大的帮助。下文包含了一些这个主题的图书。 + +如果你觉得这些东西听起来内容太多,大家都是这么想的。幸运的是,有很多小项目可以让你开始探索。其中一个启动项目是 Gary Stafford 的[选举服务](https://github.com/garystafford/voter-service), 一个基于 Java 的简单投票平台。我们要求面试候选人通过一个流水线将该服务从 GitHub 部署到生产环境基础设施上。你可以把这个服务与 Rob Mile 写的了不起的 DevOps [入门教程](https://github.com/maxamg/cd-office-hours)结合起来,学习如何编写流水线。 + +还有一个熟悉这些工具的好方法,找一个流行的服务,然后只使用 AWS 和配置管理工具来搭建这个服务所需要的基础设施。第一次先手动搭建,了解清楚要做的事情,然后只用 CloudFormation (或者 Terraform) 和 Ansible 重写刚才的手动操作。令人惊讶的是,这就是我们基础设施开发人员为客户所做的大部分日常工作,我们的客户认为这样的工作非常有意义! + +### 需要读的书 + +如果你在找 DevOps 的其他资源,下面这些理论和技术书籍值得一读。 + +#### 理论书籍 + + * Gene Kim 写的 [The Phoenix Project (凤凰项目)][10]。这是一本很不错的书,内容涵盖了我上文解释过的历史(写的更生动形象),描述了一个运行在敏捷和 DevOps 之上的公司向精益前进的过程。 + * Terrance Ryan 写的 [Driving Technical Change (布道之道)][11]。非常好的一小本书,讲了大多数技术型组织内的常见性格特点以及如何和他们打交道。这本书对我的帮助比我想象的更多。 + * Tom DeMarco 和 Tim Lister 合著的 [Peopleware (人件)][12]。管理工程师团队的经典图书,有一点过时,但仍然很有价值。 + * Tom Limoncelli 写的 [Time Management for System Administrators (时间管理: 给系统管理员)][13]。这本书主要面向系统管理员,它对很多大型组织内的系统管理员生活做了深入的展示。如果你想了解更多系统管理员和开发人员之间的冲突,这本书可能解释了更多。 + * Eric Ries 写的 [The Lean Startup (精益创业)][14]。描述了 Eric 自己的 3D 虚拟形象公司,IMVU, 发现了如何精益工作,快速失败和更快盈利。 + * Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的[Lean Enterprise (精益企业)][15]。这本书是对精益创业做的改编,以更适应企业,两本书都很棒,都很好的解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 + * Kief Morris 写的 [Infrastructure As Code (基础设施即代码)][16]。关于 "基础设施即代码" 的非常好的入门读物!很好的解释了为什么所有公司都有必要采纳这种做法。 + * Betsy Beyer, Chris Jones, Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 [Site Reliability Engineering (站点可靠性工程师)][17]。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书,也因为是 "DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps" 被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有趣的看法。 + + + +#### 技术书籍 + +如果你想找的是让你直接跟代码打交道的书,看这里就对了。 + + * W. Richard Stevens 的 [TCP/IP Illustrated (TCP/IP 详解)][18]。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解基本网络协议的巨著,重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1,2, 3,4 层网络,而且对深入学习他们感兴趣,那么你需要这本书。 + * Evi Nemeth, Trent Hein 和 Ben Whaley 合著的 [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook (UNIX/Linux 系统管理员手册)][19]。一本很好的入门书,介绍 Linux/Unix 如何工作以及如何使用。 + * Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches (Windows PowerShell实战指南)][20]. 如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务,你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 + * 几乎所有 [James Turnbull][21] 写的东西,针对流行的 DevOps 工具,他发表了很好的技术入门读物。 + + + +不管是在那些把所有应用都直接部署在物理机上的公司,(现在很多公司仍然有充分的理由这样做)还是在那些把所有应用都做成 serverless 的先驱公司,DevOps 都很可能会持续下去。这部分工作很有趣,产出也很有影响力,而且最重要的是,它搭起桥梁衔接了技术和业务之间的缺口。DevOps 是一个值得期待的美好事物。 + +首次发表在 [Neurons Firing on a Keyboard][22]。使用 CC-BY-SA 协议。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/getting-devops + +作者:[Carlos Nunez][a] +译者:[belitex](https://github.com/belitex) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez +[1]:https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ +[2]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ +[3]:https://twitter.com/easiestnameever +[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL +[5]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo +[6]:https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 +[7]:https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html +[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD +[9]:https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ +[10]:https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ +[11]:https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change +[12]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams +[13]:http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do +[14]:http://theleanstartup.com/ +[15]:https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html +[16]:http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ +[17]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html +[18]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated +[19]:http://www.admin.com/ +[20]:https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition +[21]:https://jamesturnbull.net/ +[22]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ From f21ff0975c34ca978acaabb841b06eeb284d10f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 19:43:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 085/437] Translated by qhwdw --- ...feinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md | 234 ------------------ ...feinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md | 232 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 232 insertions(+), 234 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md b/sources/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md deleted file mode 100644 index a52f7ac36a..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -Translating by qhwdw - -# Caffeinated 6.828:Lab 2: Memory Management - -### Introduction - -In this lab, you will write the memory management code for your operating system. Memory management has two components. - -The first component is a physical memory allocator for the kernel, so that the kernel can allocate memory and later free it. Your allocator will operate in units of 4096 bytes, called pages. Your task will be to maintain data structures that record which physical pages are free and which are allocated, and how many processes are sharing each allocated page. You will also write the routines to allocate and free pages of memory. - -The second component of memory management is virtual memory, which maps the virtual addresses used by kernel and user software to addresses in physical memory. The x86 hardware’s memory management unit (MMU) performs the mapping when instructions use memory, consulting a set of page tables. You will modify JOS to set up the MMU’s page tables according to a specification we provide. - -### Getting started - -In this and future labs you will progressively build up your kernel. We will also provide you with some additional source. To fetch that source, use Git to commit changes you’ve made since handing in lab 1 (if any), fetch the latest version of the course repository, and then create a local branch called lab2 based on our lab2 branch, origin/lab2: - -``` -athena% cd ~/6.828/lab -athena% add git -athena% git pull -Already up-to-date. -athena% git checkout -b lab2 origin/lab2 -Branch lab2 set up to track remote branch refs/remotes/origin/lab2. -Switched to a new branch "lab2" -athena% -``` - -You will now need to merge the changes you made in your lab1 branch into the lab2 branch, as follows: - -``` -athena% git merge lab1 -Merge made by recursive. - kern/kdebug.c | 11 +++++++++-- - kern/monitor.c | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ - lib/printfmt.c | 7 +++---- - 3 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) -athena% -``` - -Lab 2 contains the following new source files, which you should browse through: - -- inc/memlayout.h -- kern/pmap.c -- kern/pmap.h -- kern/kclock.h -- kern/kclock.c - -memlayout.h describes the layout of the virtual address space that you must implement by modifying pmap.c. memlayout.h and pmap.h define the PageInfo structure that you’ll use to keep track of which pages of physical memory are free. kclock.c and kclock.h manipulate the PC’s battery-backed clock and CMOS RAM hardware, in which the BIOS records the amount of physical memory the PC contains, among other things. The code in pmap.c needs to read this device hardware in order to figure out how much physical memory there is, but that part of the code is done for you: you do not need to know the details of how the CMOS hardware works. - -Pay particular attention to memlayout.h and pmap.h, since this lab requires you to use and understand many of the definitions they contain. You may want to review inc/mmu.h, too, as it also contains a number of definitions that will be useful for this lab. - -Before beginning the lab, don’t forget to add exokernel to get the 6.828 version of QEMU. - -### Hand-In Procedure - -When you are ready to hand in your lab code and write-up, add your answers-lab2.txt to the Git repository, commit your changes, and then run make handin. - -``` -athena% git add answers-lab2.txt -athena% git commit -am "my answer to lab2" -[lab2 a823de9] my answer to lab2 4 files changed, 87 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) -athena% make handin -``` - -### Part 1: Physical Page Management - -The operating system must keep track of which parts of physical RAM are free and which are currently in use. JOS manages the PC’s physical memory with page granularity so that it can use the MMU to map and protect each piece of allocated memory. - -You’ll now write the physical page allocator. It keeps track of which pages are free with a linked list of struct PageInfo objects, each corresponding to a physical page. You need to write the physical page allocator before you can write the rest of the virtual memory implementation, because your page table management code will need to allocate physical memory in which to store page tables. - -> Exercise 1 -> -> In the file kern/pmap.c, you must implement code for the following functions (probably in the order given). -> -> boot_alloc() -> -> mem_init() (only up to the call to check_page_free_list()) -> -> page_init() -> -> page_alloc() -> -> page_free() -> -> check_page_free_list() and check_page_alloc() test your physical page allocator. You should boot JOS and see whether check_page_alloc() reports success. Fix your code so that it passes. You may find it helpful to add your own assert()s to verify that your assumptions are correct. - -This lab, and all the 6.828 labs, will require you to do a bit of detective work to figure out exactly what you need to do. This assignment does not describe all the details of the code you’ll have to add to JOS. Look for comments in the parts of the JOS source that you have to modify; those comments often contain specifications and hints. You will also need to look at related parts of JOS, at the Intel manuals, and perhaps at your 6.004 or 6.033 notes. - -### Part 2: Virtual Memory - -Before doing anything else, familiarize yourself with the x86’s protected-mode memory management architecture: namely segmentationand page translation. - -> Exercise 2 -> -> Look at chapters 5 and 6 of the Intel 80386 Reference Manual, if you haven’t done so already. Read the sections about page translation and page-based protection closely (5.2 and 6.4). We recommend that you also skim the sections about segmentation; while JOS uses paging for virtual memory and protection, segment translation and segment-based protection cannot be disabled on the x86, so you will need a basic understanding of it. - -### Virtual, Linear, and Physical Addresses - -In x86 terminology, a virtual address consists of a segment selector and an offset within the segment. A linear address is what you get after segment translation but before page translation. A physical address is what you finally get after both segment and page translation and what ultimately goes out on the hardware bus to your RAM. - -![屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.22.20](/Users/qhwdw/Desktop/屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.22.20.png) - -Recall that in part 3 of lab 1, we installed a simple page table so that the kernel could run at its link address of 0xf0100000, even though it is actually loaded in physical memory just above the ROM BIOS at 0x00100000. This page table mapped only 4MB of memory. In the virtual memory layout you are going to set up for JOS in this lab, we’ll expand this to map the first 256MB of physical memory starting at virtual address 0xf0000000 and to map a number of other regions of virtual memory. - -> Exercise 3 -> -> While GDB can only access QEMU’s memory by virtual address, it’s often useful to be able to inspect physical memory while setting up virtual memory. Review the QEMU monitor commands from the lab tools guide, especially the xp command, which lets you inspect physical memory. To access the QEMU monitor, press Ctrl-a c in the terminal (the same binding returns to the serial console). -> -> Use the xp command in the QEMU monitor and the x command in GDB to inspect memory at corresponding physical and virtual addresses and make sure you see the same data. -> -> Our patched version of QEMU provides an info pg command that may also prove useful: it shows a compact but detailed representation of the current page tables, including all mapped memory ranges, permissions, and flags. Stock QEMU also provides an info mem command that shows an overview of which ranges of virtual memory are mapped and with what permissions. - -From code executing on the CPU, once we’re in protected mode (which we entered first thing in boot/boot.S), there’s no way to directly use a linear or physical address. All memory references are interpreted as virtual addresses and translated by the MMU, which means all pointers in C are virtual addresses. - -The JOS kernel often needs to manipulate addresses as opaque values or as integers, without dereferencing them, for example in the physical memory allocator. Sometimes these are virtual addresses, and sometimes they are physical addresses. To help document the code, the JOS source distinguishes the two cases: the type uintptr_t represents opaque virtual addresses, and physaddr_trepresents physical addresses. Both these types are really just synonyms for 32-bit integers (uint32_t), so the compiler won’t stop you from assigning one type to another! Since they are integer types (not pointers), the compiler will complain if you try to dereference them. - -The JOS kernel can dereference a uintptr_t by first casting it to a pointer type. In contrast, the kernel can’t sensibly dereference a physical address, since the MMU translates all memory references. If you cast a physaddr_t to a pointer and dereference it, you may be able to load and store to the resulting address (the hardware will interpret it as a virtual address), but you probably won’t get the memory location you intended. - -To summarize: - -| C type | Address type | -| ------------ | ------------ | -| `T*` | Virtual | -| `uintptr_t` | Virtual | -| `physaddr_t` | Physical | - ->Question -> ->Assuming that the following JOS kernel code is correct, what type should variable x have, >uintptr_t or physaddr_t? -> ->![屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.48.54](/Users/qhwdw/Desktop/屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.48.54.png) -> - -The JOS kernel sometimes needs to read or modify memory for which it knows only the physical address. For example, adding a mapping to a page table may require allocating physical memory to store a page directory and then initializing that memory. However, the kernel, like any other software, cannot bypass virtual memory translation and thus cannot directly load and store to physical addresses. One reason JOS remaps of all of physical memory starting from physical address 0 at virtual address 0xf0000000 is to help the kernel read and write memory for which it knows just the physical address. In order to translate a physical address into a virtual address that the kernel can actually read and write, the kernel must add 0xf0000000 to the physical address to find its corresponding virtual address in the remapped region. You should use KADDR(pa) to do that addition. - -The JOS kernel also sometimes needs to be able to find a physical address given the virtual address of the memory in which a kernel data structure is stored. Kernel global variables and memory allocated by boot_alloc() are in the region where the kernel was loaded, starting at 0xf0000000, the very region where we mapped all of physical memory. Thus, to turn a virtual address in this region into a physical address, the kernel can simply subtract 0xf0000000. You should use PADDR(va) to do that subtraction. - -### Reference counting - -In future labs you will often have the same physical page mapped at multiple virtual addresses simultaneously (or in the address spaces of multiple environments). You will keep a count of the number of references to each physical page in the pp_ref field of thestruct PageInfo corresponding to the physical page. When this count goes to zero for a physical page, that page can be freed because it is no longer used. In general, this count should equal to the number of times the physical page appears below UTOP in all page tables (the mappings above UTOP are mostly set up at boot time by the kernel and should never be freed, so there’s no need to reference count them). We’ll also use it to keep track of the number of pointers we keep to the page directory pages and, in turn, of the number of references the page directories have to page table pages. - -Be careful when using page_alloc. The page it returns will always have a reference count of 0, so pp_ref should be incremented as soon as you’ve done something with the returned page (like inserting it into a page table). Sometimes this is handled by other functions (for example, page_insert) and sometimes the function calling page_alloc must do it directly. - -### Page Table Management - -Now you’ll write a set of routines to manage page tables: to insert and remove linear-to-physical mappings, and to create page table pages when needed. - -> Exercise 4 -> -> In the file kern/pmap.c, you must implement code for the following functions. -> -> pgdir_walk() -> -> boot_map_region() -> -> page_lookup() -> -> page_remove() -> -> page_insert() -> -> check_page(), called from mem_init(), tests your page table management routines. You should make sure it reports success before proceeding. - -### Part 3: Kernel Address Space - -JOS divides the processor’s 32-bit linear address space into two parts. User environments (processes), which we will begin loading and running in lab 3, will have control over the layout and contents of the lower part, while the kernel always maintains complete control over the upper part. The dividing line is defined somewhat arbitrarily by the symbol ULIM in inc/memlayout.h, reserving approximately 256MB of virtual address space for the kernel. This explains why we needed to give the kernel such a high link address in lab 1: otherwise there would not be enough room in the kernel’s virtual address space to map in a user environment below it at the same time. - -You’ll find it helpful to refer to the JOS memory layout diagram in inc/memlayout.h both for this part and for later labs. - -### Permissions and Fault Isolation - -Since kernel and user memory are both present in each environment’s address space, we will have to use permission bits in our x86 page tables to allow user code access only to the user part of the address space. Otherwise bugs in user code might overwrite kernel data, causing a crash or more subtle malfunction; user code might also be able to steal other environments’ private data. - -The user environment will have no permission to any of the memory above ULIM, while the kernel will be able to read and write this memory. For the address range [UTOP,ULIM), both the kernel and the user environment have the same permission: they can read but not write this address range. This range of address is used to expose certain kernel data structures read-only to the user environment. Lastly, the address space below UTOP is for the user environment to use; the user environment will set permissions for accessing this memory. - -### Initializing the Kernel Address Space - -Now you’ll set up the address space above UTOP: the kernel part of the address space. inc/memlayout.h shows the layout you should use. You’ll use the functions you just wrote to set up the appropriate linear to physical mappings. - -> Exercise 5 -> -> Fill in the missing code in mem_init() after the call to check_page(). - -Your code should now pass the check_kern_pgdir() and check_page_installed_pgdir() checks. - -> Question -> -> ​ 1、What entries (rows) in the page directory have been filled in at this point? What addresses do they map and where do they point? In other words, fill out this table as much as possible: -> -> EntryBase Virtual AddressPoints to (logically): -> -> 1023 ? Page table for top 4MB of phys memory -> -> 1022 ? ? -> -> . ? ? -> -> . ? ? -> -> . ? ? -> -> 2 0x00800000 ? -> -> 1 0x00400000 ? -> -> 0 0x00000000 [see next question] -> -> ​ 2、(From 20 Lecture3) We have placed the kernel and user environment in the same address space. Why will user programs not be able to read or write the kernel’s memory? What specific mechanisms protect the kernel memory? -> -> ​ 3、What is the maximum amount of physical memory that this operating system can support? Why? -> -> ​ 4、How much space overhead is there for managing memory, if we actually had the maximum amount of physical memory? How is this overhead broken down? -> -> ​ 5、Revisit the page table setup in kern/entry.S and kern/entrypgdir.c. Immediately after we turn on paging, EIP is still a low number (a little over 1MB). At what point do we transition to running at an EIP above KERNBASE? What makes it possible for us to continue executing at a low EIP between when we enable paging and when we begin running at an EIP above KERNBASE? Why is this transition necessary? - -### Address Space Layout Alternatives - -The address space layout we use in JOS is not the only one possible. An operating system might map the kernel at low linear addresses while leaving the upper part of the linear address space for user processes. x86 kernels generally do not take this approach, however, because one of the x86’s backward-compatibility modes, known as virtual 8086 mode, is “hard-wired” in the processor to use the bottom part of the linear address space, and thus cannot be used at all if the kernel is mapped there. - -It is even possible, though much more difficult, to design the kernel so as not to have to reserve any fixed portion of the processor’s linear or virtual address space for itself, but instead effectively to allow allow user-level processes unrestricted use of the entire 4GB of virtual address space - while still fully protecting the kernel from these processes and protecting different processes from each other! - -Generalize the kernel’s memory allocation system to support pages of a variety of power-of-two allocation unit sizes from 4KB up to some reasonable maximum of your choice. Be sure you have some way to divide larger allocation units into smaller ones on demand, and to coalesce multiple small allocation units back into larger units when possible. Think about the issues that might arise in such a system. - -This completes the lab. Make sure you pass all of the make grade tests and don’t forget to write up your answers to the questions inanswers-lab2.txt. Commit your changes (including adding answers-lab2.txt) and type make handin in the lab directory to hand in your lab. - ------- - -via: - -作者:[Mit][] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/%E8%AF%91%E8%80%85ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/%E6%A0%A1%E5%AF%B9%E8%80%85ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/translated/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md b/translated/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e2a348679 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828:Lab 2 Memory Management.md @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +# Caffeinated 6.828:实验 2:内存管理 + +### 简介 + +在本实验中,你将为你的操作系统写内存管理方面的代码。内存管理有两部分组成。 + +第一部分是内核的物理内存分配器,内核通过它来分配内存,以及在不需要时释放所分配的内存。分配器以页为单位分配内存,每个页的大小为 4096 字节。你的任务是去维护那个数据结构,它负责记录物理页的分配和释放,以及每个分配的页有多少进程共享它。本实验中你将要写出分配和释放内存页的全套代码。 + +第二个部分是虚拟内存的管理,它负责由内核和用户软件使用的虚拟内存地址到物理内存地址之间的映射。当使用内存时,x86 架构的硬件是由内存管理单元(MMU)负责执行映射操作来查阅一组页表。接下来你将要修改 JOS,以根据我们提供的特定指令去设置 MMU 的页表。 + +### 预备知识 + +在本实验及后面的实验中,你将逐步构建你的内核。我们将会为你提供一些附加的资源。使用 Git 去获取这些资源、提交自实验 1 以来的改变(如有需要的话)、获取课程仓库的最新版本、以及在我们的实验 2 (origin/lab2)的基础上创建一个称为 lab2 的本地分支: + +``` +athena% cd ~/6.828/lab +athena% add git +athena% git pull +Already up-to-date. +athena% git checkout -b lab2 origin/lab2 +Branch lab2 set up to track remote branch refs/remotes/origin/lab2. +Switched to a new branch "lab2" +athena% +``` + +现在,你需要将你在 lab1 分支中的改变合并到 lab2 分支中,命令如下: + +``` +athena% git merge lab1 +Merge made by recursive. + kern/kdebug.c | 11 +++++++++-- + kern/monitor.c | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ + lib/printfmt.c | 7 +++---- + 3 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) +athena% +``` + +实验 2 包含如下的新源代码,后面你将遍历它们: + +- inc/memlayout.h +- kern/pmap.c +- kern/pmap.h +- kern/kclock.h +- kern/kclock.c + +`memlayout.h` 描述虚拟地址空间的布局,这个虚拟地址空间是通过修改 `pmap.c`、`memlayout.h` 和 `pmap.h` 所定义的 *PageInfo* 数据结构来实现的,这个数据结构用于跟踪物理内存页面是否被释放。`kclock.c` 和 `kclock.h` 维护 PC 基于电池的时钟和 CMOS RAM 硬件,在 BIOS 中记录了 PC 上安装的物理内存数量,以及其它的一些信息。在 `pmap.c` 中的代码需要去读取这个设备硬件信息,以算出在这个设备上安装了多少物理内存,这些只是由你来完成的一部分代码:你不需要知道 CMOS 硬件工作原理的细节。 + +特别需要注意的是 `memlayout.h` 和 `pmap.h`,因为本实验需要你去使用和理解的大部分内容都包含在这两个文件中。你或许还需要去复习 `inc/mmu.h` 这个文件,因为它也包含了本实验中用到的许多定义。 + +开始本实验之前,记得去添加 `exokernel` 以获取 QEMU 的 6.828 版本。 + +### 实验过程 + +在你准备进行实验和写代码之前,先添加你的 `answers-lab2.txt` 文件到 Git 仓库,提交你的改变然后去运行 `make handin`。 + +``` +athena% git add answers-lab2.txt +athena% git commit -am "my answer to lab2" +[lab2 a823de9] my answer to lab2 4 files changed, 87 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) +athena% make handin +``` + +### 第 1 部分:物理页面管理 + +操作系统必须跟踪物理内存页是否使用的状态。JOS 以页为最小粒度来管理 PC 的物理内存,以便于它使用 MMU 去映射和保护每个已分配的内存片段。 + +现在,你将要写内存的物理页分配器的代码。它使用链接到 `PageInfo` 数据结构的一组列表来保持对物理页的状态跟踪,每个列表都对应到一个物理内存页。在你能够写出剩下的虚拟内存实现之前,你需要先写出物理内存页面分配器,因为你的页表管理代码将需要去分配物理内存来存储页表。 + +> 练习 1 +> +> 在文件 `kern/pmap.c` 中,你需要去实现以下函数的代码(或许要按给定的顺序来实现)。 +> +> boot_alloc() +> +> mem_init()(只要能够调用 check_page_free_list() 即可) +> +> page_init() +> +> page_alloc() +> +> page_free() +> +> `check_page_free_list()` 和 `check_page_alloc()` 可以测试你的物理内存页分配器。你将需要引导 JOS 然后去看一下 `check_page_alloc()` 是否报告成功即可。如果没有报告成功,修复你的代码直到成功为止。你可以添加你自己的 `assert()` 以帮助你去验证是否符合你的预期。 + +本实验以及所有的 6.828 实验中,将要求你做一些检测工作,以便于你搞清楚它们是否按你的预期来工作。这个任务不需要详细描述你添加到 JOS 中的代码的细节。查找 JOS 源代码中你需要去修改的那部分的注释;这些注释中经常包含有技术规范和提示信息。你也可能需要去查阅 JOS、和 Intel 的技术手册、以及你的 6.004 或 6.033 课程笔记的相关部分。 + +### 第 2 部分:虚拟内存 + +在你开始动手之前,需要先熟悉 x86 内存管理架构的保护模式:即分段和页面转换。 + +> 练习 2 +> +> 如果你对 x86 的保护模式还不熟悉,可以查看 Intel 80386 参考手册的第 5 章和第 6 章。阅读这些章节(5.2 和 6.4)中关于页面转换和基于页面的保护。我们建议你也去了解关于段的章节;在虚拟内存和保护模式中,JOS 使用了分页、段转换、以及在 x86 上不能禁用的基于段的保护,因此你需要去理解这些基础知识。 + +### 虚拟地址、线性地址和物理地址 + +在 x86 的专用术语中,一个虚拟地址是由一个段选择器和在段中的偏移量组成。一个线性地址是在页面转换之前、段转换之后得到的一个地址。一个物理地址是段和页面转换之后得到的最终地址,它最终将进入你的物理内存中的硬件总线。 + +![屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.22.20](https://ws1.sinaimg.cn/large/0069RVTdly1fuxgrc398jj30gx04bgm1.jpg) + +回顾实验 1 中的第 3 部分,我们安装了一个简单的页表,这样内核就可以在 0xf0100000 链接的地址上运行,尽管它实际上是加载在 0x00100000 处的 ROM BIOS 的物理内存上。这个页表仅映射了 4MB 的内存。在实验中,你将要为 JOS 去设置虚拟内存布局,我们将从虚拟地址 0xf0000000 处开始扩展它,首先将物理内存扩展到 256MB,并映射许多其它区域的虚拟内存。 + +> 练习 3 +> +> 虽然 GDB 能够通过虚拟地址访问 QEMU 的内存,它经常用于在配置虚拟内存期间检查物理内存。在实验工具指南中复习 QEMU 的监视器命令,尤其是 `xp` 命令,它可以让你去检查物理内存。访问 QEMU 监视器,可以在终端中按 `Ctrl-a c`(相同的绑定返回到串行控制台)。 +> +> 使用 QEMU 监视器的 `xp` 命令和 GDB 的 `x` 命令去检查相应的物理内存和虚拟内存,以确保你看到的是相同的数据。 +> +> 我们的打过补丁的 QEMU 版本提供一个非常有用的 `info pg` 命令:它可以展示当前页表的一个简单描述,包括所有已映射的内存范围、权限、以及标志。Stock QEMU 也提供一个 `info mem` 命令用于去展示一个概要信息,这个信息包含了已映射的虚拟内存范围和使用了什么权限。 + +在 CPU 上运行的代码,一旦处于保护模式(这是在 boot/boot.S 中所做的第一件事情)中,是没有办法去直接使用一个线性地址或物理地址的。所有的内存引用都被解释为虚拟地址,然后由 MMU 来转换,这意味着在 C 语言中的指针都是虚拟地址。 + +例如在物理内存分配器中,JOS 内存经常需要在不反向引用的情况下,去维护作为地址的一个很难懂的值或一个整数。有时它们是虚拟地址,而有时是物理地址。为便于在代码中证明,JOS 源文件中将它们区分为两种:类型 `uintptr_t` 表示一个难懂的虚拟地址,而类型 `physaddr_trepresents` 表示物理地址。这些类型其实不过是 32 位整数(uint32_t)的同义词,因此编译器不会阻止你将一个类型的数据指派为另一个类型!因为它们都是整数(而不是指针)类型,如果你想去反向引用它们,编译器将报错。 + +JOS 内核能够通过将它转换为指针类型的方式来反向引用一个 `uintptr_t` 类型。相反,内核不能反向引用一个物理地址,因为这是由 MMU 来转换所有的内存引用。如果你转换一个 `physaddr_t` 为一个指针类型,并反向引用它,你或许能够加载和存储最终结果地址(硬件将它解释为一个虚拟地址),但你并不会取得你想要的内存位置。 + +总结如下: + +| C type | Address type | +| ------------ | ------------ | +| `T*` | Virtual | +| `uintptr_t` | Virtual | +| `physaddr_t` | Physical | + +>问题: +> +>假设下面的 JOS 内核代码是正确的,那么变量 `x` 应该是什么类型?uintptr_t 还是 physaddr_t ? +> +>![屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.48.54](https://ws3.sinaimg.cn/large/0069RVTdly1fuxgrbkqd3j30m302bmxc.jpg) +> + +JOS 内核有时需要去读取或修改它知道物理地址的内存。例如,添加一个映射到页表,可以要求分配物理内存去存储一个页目录,然后去初始化它们。然而,内核也和其它的软件一样,并不能跳过虚拟地址转换,内核并不能直接加载和存储物理地址。一个原因是 JOS 将重映射从虚拟地址 0xf0000000 处物理地址 0 开始的所有的物理地址,以帮助内核去读取和写入它知道物理地址的内存。为转换一个物理地址为一个内核能够真正进行读写操作的虚拟地址,内核必须添加 0xf0000000 到物理地址以找到在重映射区域中相应的虚拟地址。你应该使用 KADDR(pa) 去做那个添加操作。 + +JOS 内核有时也需要能够通过给定的内核数据结构中存储的虚拟地址找到内存中的物理地址。内核全局变量和通过 `boot_alloc()` 分配的内存是加载到内核的这些区域中,从 0xf0000000 处开始,到全部物理内存映射的区域。因此,在这些区域中转变一个虚拟地址为物理地址时,内核能够只是简单地减去 0xf0000000 即可得到物理地址。你应该使用 PADDR(va) 去做那个减法操作。 + +### 引用计数 + +在以后的实验中,你将会经常遇到多个虚拟地址(或多个环境下的地址空间中)同时映射到相同的物理页面上。你将在 PageInfo 数据结构中用 pp_ref 字段来提供一个引用到每个物理页面的计数器。如果一个物理页面的这个计数器为 0,表示这个页面已经被释放,因为它不再被使用了。一般情况下,这个计数器应该等于相应的物理页面出现在所有页表下面的 UTOP 的次数(UTOP 上面的映射大都是在引导时由内核设置的,并且它从不会被释放,因此不需要引用计数器)。我们也使用它去跟踪到页目录的指针数量,反过来就是,页目录到页表的数量。 + +使用 `page_alloc` 时要注意。它返回的页面引用计数总是为 0,因此,一旦对返回页做了一些操作(比如将它插入到页表),`pp_ref` 就应该增加。有时这需要通过其它函数(比如,`page_instert`)来处理,而有时这个函数是直接调用 `page_alloc` 来做的。 + +### 页表管理 + +现在,你将写一套管理页表的代码:去插入和删除线性地址到物理地址的映射表,并且在需要的时候去创建页表。 + +> 练习 4 +> +> 在文件 `kern/pmap.c` 中,你必须去实现下列函数的代码。 +> +> pgdir_walk() +> +> boot_map_region() +> +> page_lookup() +> +> page_remove() +> +> page_insert() +> +> `check_page()`,调用 `mem_init()`,测试你的页表管理动作。在进行下一步流程之前你应该确保它成功运行。 + +### 第 3 部分:内核地址空间 + +JOS 分割处理器的 32 位线性地址空间为两部分:用户环境(进程),我们将在实验 3 中开始加载和运行,它将控制其上的布局和低位部分的内容,而内核总是维护对高位部分的完全控制。线性地址的定义是在 `inc/memlayout.h` 中通过符号 ULIM 来划分的,它为内核保留了大约 256MB 的虚拟地址空间。这就解释了为什么我们要在实验 1 中给内核这样的一个高位链接地址的原因:如是不这样做的话,内核的虚拟地址空间将没有足够的空间去同时映射到下面的用户空间中。 + +你可以在 `inc/memlayout.h` 中找到一个图表,它有助于你去理解 JOS 内存布局,这在本实验和后面的实验中都会用到。 + +### 权限和缺页隔离 + +由于内核和用户的内存都存在于它们各自环境的地址空间中,因此我们需要在 x86 的页表中使用权限位去允许用户代码只能访问用户所属地址空间的部分。否则的话,用户代码中的 bug 可能会覆写内核数据,导致系统崩溃或者发生各种莫名其妙的的故障;用户代码也可能会偷窥其它环境的私有数据。 + +对于 ULIM 以上部分的内存,用户环境没有任何权限,只有内核才可以读取和写入这部分内存。对于 [UTOP,ULIM] 地址范围,内核和用户都有相同的权限:它们可以读取但不能写入这个地址范围。这个地址范围是用于向用户环境暴露某些只读的内核数据结构。最后,低于 UTOP 的地址空间是为用户环境所使用的;用户环境将为访问这些内核设置权限。 + +### 初始化内核地址空间 + +现在,你将去配置 UTOP 以上的地址空间:内核部分的地址空间。`inc/memlayout.h` 中展示了你将要使用的布局。我将使用函数去写相关的线性地址到物理地址的映射配置。 + +> 练习 5 +> +> 完成调用 `check_page()` 之后在 `mem_init()` 中缺失的代码。 + +现在,你的代码应该通过了 `check_kern_pgdir()` 和 `check_page_installed_pgdir()` 的检查。 + +> 问题: +> +> ​ 1、在这个时刻,页目录中的条目(行)是什么?它们映射的址址是什么?以及它们映射到哪里了?换句话说就是,尽可能多地填写这个表: +> +> EntryBase Virtual AddressPoints to (logically): +> +> 1023 ? Page table for top 4MB of phys memory +> +> 1022 ? ? +> +> . ? ? +> +> . ? ? +> +> . ? ? +> +> 2 0x00800000 ? +> +> 1 0x00400000 ? +> +> 0 0x00000000 [see next question] +> +> ​ 2、(来自课程 3) 我们将内核和用户环境放在相同的地址空间中。为什么用户程序不能去读取和写入内核的内存?有什么特殊机制保护内核内存? +> +> ​ 3、这个操作系统能够支持的最大的物理内存数量是多少?为什么? +> +> ​ 4、我们真实地拥有最大数量的物理内存吗?管理内存的开销有多少?这个开销可以减少吗? +> +> ​ 5、复习在 `kern/entry.S` 和 `kern/entrypgdir.c` 中的页表设置。一旦我们打开分页,EIP 中是一个很小的数字(稍大于 1MB)。在什么情况下,我们转而去运行在 KERNBASE 之上的一个 EIP?当我们启用分页并开始在 KERNBASE 之上运行一个 EIP 时,是什么让我们能够持续运行一个很低的 EIP?为什么这种转变是必需的? + +### 地址空间布局的其它选择 + +在 JOS 中我们使用的地址空间布局并不是我们唯一的选择。一个操作系统可以在低位的线性地址上映射内核,而为用户进程保留线性地址的高位部分。然而,x86 内核一般并不采用这种方法,而 x86 向后兼容模式是不这样做的其中一个原因,这种模式被称为“虚拟 8086 模式”,处理器使用线性地址空间的最下面部分是“不可改变的”,所以,如果内核被映射到这里是根本无法使用的。 + +虽然很困难,但是设计这样的内核是有这种可能的,即:不为处理器自身保留任何固定的线性地址或虚拟地址空间,而有效地允许用户级进程不受限制地使用整个 4GB 的虚拟地址空间 —— 同时还要在这些进程之间充分保护内核以及不同的进程之间相互受保护! + +将内核的内存分配系统进行概括类推,以支持二次幂为单位的各种页大小,从 4KB 到一些你选择的合理的最大值。你务必要有一些方法,将较大的分配单位按需分割为一些较小的单位,以及在需要时,将多个较小的分配单位合并为一个较大的分配单位。想一想在这样的一个系统中可能会出现些什么样的问题。 + +这个实验做完了。确保你通过了所有的等级测试,并记得在 `answers-lab2.txt` 中写下你对上述问题的答案。提交你的改变(包括添加 `answers-lab2.txt` 文件),并在 `lab` 目录下输入 `make handin` 去提交你的实验。 + +------ + +via: + +作者:[Mit][] +译者:[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/%E6%A0%A1%E5%AF%B9%E8%80%85ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 \ No newline at end of file From a61da3dc091023708042bf93b0123d010382942e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 23:10:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 086/437] translated --- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 226 ----------------- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 235 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 235 insertions(+), 226 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8932e488e0..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -LuMing translating -How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Configure-SSH-Key-based-Authentication-In-Linux-720x340.png) - -### What is SSH Key-based authentication? - -As we all know, **Secure Shell** , shortly **SSH** , is the cryptographic network protocol that allows you to securely communicate/access a remote system over unsecured network, for example Internet. Whenever you send a data over an unsecured network using SSH, the data will be automatically encrypted in the source system, and decrypted in the destination side. SSH provides four authentication methods namely **password-based authentication** , **key-based authentication** , **Host-based authentication** , and **Keyboard authentication**. The most commonly used authentication methods are password-based and key-based authentication. - -In password-based authentication, all you need is the password of the remote system’s user. If you know the password of remote user, you can access the respective system using **“ssh[[email protected]][1]”**. On the other hand, in key-based authentication, you need to generate SSH key pairs and upload the SSH public key to the remote system in order to communicate it via SSH. Each SSH key pair consists of a private key and public key. The private key should be kept within the client system, and the public key should uploaded to the remote systems. You shouldn’t disclose the private key to anyone. Hope you got the basic idea about SSH and its authentication methods. - -In this tutorial, we will be discussing how to configure SSH key-based authentication in Linux. - -### Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux - -For the purpose of this guide, I will be using Arch Linux system as local system and Ubuntu 18.04 LTS as remote system. - -Local system details: - - * **OS** : Arch Linux Desktop - * **IP address** : 192.168.225.37 /24 - - - -Remote system details: - - * **OS** : Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server - * **IP address** : 192.168.225.22/24 - - - -### Local system configuration - -Like I said already, in SSH key-based authentication method, the public key should be uploaded to the remote system that you want to access via SSH. The public keys will usually be stored in a file called **~/.ssh/authorized_keys** in the remote SSH systems. - -**Important note:** Do not generate key pairs as **root** , as only root would be able to use those keys. Create key pairs as normal user. - -Now, let us create the SSH key pair in the local system. To do so, run the following command in your client system. -``` -$ ssh-keygen - -``` - -The above command will create 2048 bit RSA key pair. Enter the passphrase twice. More importantly, Remember your passphrase. You’ll need it later. - -**Sample output:** -``` -Generating public/private rsa key pair. -Enter file in which to save the key (/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa): -Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase): -Enter same passphrase again: -Your identification has been saved in /home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa. -Your public key has been saved in /home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa.pub. -The key fingerprint is: -SHA256:wYOgvdkBgMFydTMCUI3qZaUxvjs+p2287Tn4uaZ5KyE [email protected] -The key's randomart image is: -+---[RSA 2048]----+ -|+=+*= + | -|o.o=.* = | -|.oo * o + | -|. = + . o | -|. o + . S | -| . E . | -| + o | -| +.*o+o | -| .o*=OO+ | -+----[SHA256]-----+ - -``` - -In case you have already created the key pair, you will see the following message. Just type “y” to create overwrite the existing key . -``` -/home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. -Overwrite (y/n)? - -``` - -Please note that **passphrase is optional**. If you give one, you’ll be asked to enter the password every time when you try to SSH a remote system unless you are using any SSH agent to store the password. If you don’t want passphrase(not safe though), simply press ENTER key twice when you’ll be asked to enter the passphrase. However, we recommend you to use passphrase. Using a password-less ssh key is generally not a good idea from a security point of view. They should be limited to very specific cases such as services having to access a remote system without the user intervention (e.g. remote backups with rsync, …). - -If you already have a ssh key without a passphrase in private file **~/.ssh/id_rsa** and wanted to update key with passphrase, use the following command: -``` -$ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa - -``` - -Sample output: -``` -Enter new passphrase (empty for no passphrase): -Enter same passphrase again: -Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. - -``` - -Now, we have created the key pair in the local system. Now, copy the SSH public key to your remote SSH server using command: - -Here, I will be copying the local (Arch Linux) system’s public key to the remote system (Ubuntu 18.04 LTS in my case). Technically speaking, the above command will copy the contents of local system’s **~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub key** into remote system’s **~/.ssh/authorized_keys** file. Clear? Good. - -Type **yes** to continue connecting to your remote SSH server. And, then Enter the root user’s password of the remote system. -``` -/usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: attempting to log in with the new key(s), to filter out any that are already installed -/usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: 1 key(s) remain to be installed -- if you are prompted now it is to install the new keys -[email protected]2.168.225.22's password: - -Number of key(s) added: 1 - -Now try logging into the machine, with: "ssh '[email protected]'" -and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. - -``` - -If you have already copied the key, but want to update the key with new passphrase, use **-f** option to overwrite the existing key like below. - -We have now successfully added the local system’s SSH public key to the remote system. Now, let us disable the password-based authentication completely in the remote system. Because, we have configured key-based authentication, so we don’t need password-base authentication anymore. - -### Disable SSH Password-based authentication in remote system - -You need to perform the following commands as root or sudo user. - -To disable password-based authentication, go to your remote system’s console and edit **/etc/ssh/sshd_config** configuration file using any editor: -``` -$ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config - -``` - -Find the following line. Uncomment it and set it’s value as **no**. -``` -PasswordAuthentication no - -``` - -Restart ssh service to take effect the changes. -``` -$ sudo systemctl restart sshd - -``` - -### Access Remote system from local system - -Go to your local system and SSH into your remote server using command: - -Enter the passphrase. - -**Sample output:** -``` -Enter passphrase for key '/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa': -Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 -[email protected]:~$ - -``` - -Now, you’ll be able to SSH into your remote system. As you noticed, we have logged-in to the remote system’s account using passphrase which we created earlier using **ssh-keygen** command, not using the actual account’s password. - -If you try to ssh from another client system, you will get this error message. Say for example, I am tried to SSH into my Ubuntu system from my CentOS using command: - -**Sample output:** -``` -The authenticity of host '192.168.225.22 (192.168.225.22)' can't be established. -ECDSA key fingerprint is 67:fc:69:b7:d4:4d:fd:6e:38:44:a8:2f:08:ed:f4:21. -Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes -Warning: Permanently added '192.168.225.22' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts. -Permission denied (publickey). - -``` - -As you see in the above output, I can’t SSH into my remote Ubuntu 18.04 systems from any other systems, except the CentOS system. - -### Adding more Client system’s keys to SSH server - -This is very important. Like I said already, you can’t access the remote system via SSH, except the one you configured (In our case, it’s Ubuntu). I want to give permissions to more clients to access the remote SSH server. What should I do? Simple. You need to generate the SSH key pair in all your client systems and copy the ssh public key manually to the remote server that you want to access via SSH. - -To create SSH key pair on your client system’s, run: -``` -$ ssh-keygen - -``` - -Enter the passphrase twice. Now, the ssh key pair is generated. You need to copy the public ssh key (not private key) to your remote server manually. - -Display the pub key using command: -``` -$ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub - -``` - -You should an output something like below. - -Copy the entire contents (via USB drive or any medium) and go to your remote server’s console. Create a directory called **ssh** in the home directory as shown below. You need to execute the following commands as root user. -``` -$ mkdir -p ~/.ssh - -``` - -Now, append the your client system’s pub key which you generated in the previous step in a file called -``` -echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys - -``` - -Restart ssh service on the remote system. Now, you’ll be able to SSH to your server from the new client. - -If manually adding ssh pubkey seems difficult, enable password-based authentication temporarily in the remote system and copy the key using “ssh-copy-id” command from your local system and finally disable the password-based authentication. - -**Suggested read:** - -And, that’s all for now. SSH Key-based authentication provides an extra layer protection from brute-force attacks. As you can see, configuring key-based authentication is not that difficult either. It is one of the recommended method to keep your Linux servers safe and secure. - -I will be here soon with another useful article. Until then, stay tuned with OSTechNix. - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-ssh-key-based-authentication-linux/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/cdn-cgi/l/email-protection diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5f88caedea --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +如何在 Linux 中配置基于 SSH 密钥的认证 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Configure-SSH-Key-based-Authentication-In-Linux-720x340.png) + +### 什么是基于 SSH密钥的认证? + +众所周知,**Secure Shell**,又称 **SSH**,是允许你通过无安全网络(例如 Internet)和远程系统之间安全访问/通信的加密网络协议。无论何时使用 SSH 在无安全网络上发送数据,它都会在源系统上自动地被加密,并且在目的系统上解密。SSH 提供了四种加密方式,**基于密码认证**,**基于密钥认证**,**基于主机认证**和**键盘认证**。最常用的认证方式是基于密码认证和基于密钥认证。 + +在基于密码认证中,你需要的仅仅是远程系统上用户的密码。如果你知道远程用户的密码,你可以使用**“ssh[[email protected]][1]”**访问各自的系统。另一方面,在基于密钥认证中,为了通过 SSH 通信,你需要生成 SSH 密钥对,并且为远程系统上传 SSH 公钥。每个 SSH 密钥对由私钥与公钥组成。私钥应该保存在客户系统上,公钥应该上传给远程系统。你不应该将私钥透露给任何人。希望你已经对 SSH 和它的认证方式有了基本的概念。 + +这篇教程,我们将讨论如何在 linux 上配置基于密钥认证的 SSH。 + +### 在 Linux 上配置基于密钥认证的SSH + +为本篇教程起见,我将使用 Arch Linux 为本地系统,Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 为远程系统。 + +本地系统详情: + * **OS** : Arch Linux Desktop + * **IP address** : 192.168.225.37 /24 + + + +远程系统详情: + * **OS** : Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server + * **IP address** : 192.168.225.22/24 + + + +### 本地系统配置 + +就像我之前所说,在基于密钥认证的方法中,想要通过 SSH 访问远程系统,就应该将公钥上传给它。公钥通常会被保存在远程系统的一个文件**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。 + +**注意事项:**不要使用**root** 用户生成密钥对,这样只有 root 用户才可以使用。使用普通用户创建密钥对。 + +现在,让我们在本地系统上创建一个 SSH 密钥对。只需要在客户端系统上运行下面的命令。 +``` +$ ssh-keygen + +``` + +上面的命令将会创建一个 2048 位的 RSA 密钥对。输入两次密码。更重要的是,记住你的密码。后面将会用到它。 + +**样例输出** +``` +Generating public/private rsa key pair. +Enter file in which to save the key (/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa): +Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase): +Enter same passphrase again: +Your identification has been saved in /home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa. +Your public key has been saved in /home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa.pub. +The key fingerprint is: +SHA256:wYOgvdkBgMFydTMCUI3qZaUxvjs+p2287Tn4uaZ5KyE [email protected] +The key's randomart image is: ++---[RSA 2048]----+ +|+=+*= + | +|o.o=.* = | +|.oo * o + | +|. = + . o | +|. o + . S | +| . E . | +| + o | +| +.*o+o | +| .o*=OO+ | ++----[SHA256]-----+ + +``` + +如果你已经创建了密钥对,你将看到以下信息。输入 ‘y’ 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 +``` +/home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. +Overwrite (y/n)? + +``` + +请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码,那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码,除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码(虽然不安全),简单地输入两次 ENTER。不过,我们建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看,使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对大体上不是一个很好的主意。 这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用,例如,没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。(例如,用 rsync 远程备份...) + +如果你已经在个人文件 **~/.ssh/id_rsa** 中有了无密码的密钥对,但想要更新为带密码的密钥。使用下面的命令: +``` +$ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa + +``` + +样例输出: +``` +Enter new passphrase (empty for no passphrase): +Enter same passphrase again: +Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. + +``` + +现在,我们已经在本地系统上创建了密钥对。接下来,使用下面的命令将 SSH 公钥拷贝到你的远程 SSH 服务端上。 +``` +$ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 + +``` + +在这,我把本地(Arch Linux)系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统(Ubuntu 18.04 LTS)上。从技术上讲,上面的命令会把本地系统 **~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub key** 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。明白了吗?非常棒。 + +输入 **yes** 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着,输入远程系统 root 用户的密码。 +``` +/usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: attempting to log in with the new key(s), to filter out any that are already installed +/usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: 1 key(s) remain to be installed -- if you are prompted now it is to install the new keys +[email protected]2.168.225.22's password: + +Number of key(s) added: 1 + +Now try logging into the machine, with: "ssh '[email protected]'" +and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. + +``` + +如果你已经拷贝了密钥,但想要替换为新的密码,使用 **-f** 选项覆盖已有的密钥。 +``` +$ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 + +``` +我们现在已经成功地将本地系统的 SSH 公钥添加进了远程系统。现在,让我们在远程系统上完全禁用掉基于密码认证的方式。因为,我们已经配置了密钥认证,因此我们不再需要密码认证了。 + +### 在远程系统上禁用基于密码认证的 SSH + +你需要在 root 或者 sudo 用户下执行下面的命令。 + +为了禁用基于密码的认证,你需要在远程系统的控制台上编辑 **/etc/ssh/sshd_config** 配置文件: +``` +$ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config + +``` + +找到下面这一行,去掉注释然后将值设为 **no** + +``` +PasswordAuthentication no + +``` + +重启 ssh 服务让它生效。 +``` +$ sudo systemctl restart sshd + +``` + +### 从本地系统访问远程系统 + +在本地系统上使用命令 SSH 你的远程服务端: + +输入密码。 + +**样例输出:** +``` +Enter passphrase for key '/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa': +Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 +[email protected]:~$ + +``` + +现在,你就能 SSH 你的远程系统了。如你所见,我们已经使用之前 **ssh-keygen** 创建的密码登录进了远程系统的账户,而不是使用账户实际的密码。 + +如果你试图从其他客户端系统 ssh (远程系统),你将会得到这条错误信息。比如,我试图通过命令从 CentOS SSH 访问 Ubuntu 系统: + +**样例输出:** +``` +The authenticity of host '192.168.225.22 (192.168.225.22)' can't be established. +ECDSA key fingerprint is 67:fc:69:b7:d4:4d:fd:6e:38:44:a8:2f:08:ed:f4:21. +Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes +Warning: Permanently added '192.168.225.22' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts. +Permission denied (publickey). + +``` + +如你所见,除了 CentOS (译注:根据上文,这里应该是 Arch) 系统外,我不能通过其他任何系统 SSH 访问我的远程系统 Ubuntu 18.04。 + +### 为 SSH 服务端添加更多客户端系统的密钥 + +这点非常重要。就像我说过的那样,除非你配置过(在之前的例子中,是 Ubuntu),否则你不能通过 SSH 访问到远程系统。如果我希望给更多客户端予以权限去访问远程 SSH 服务端,我应该怎么做?很简单。你需要在所有的客户端系统上生成 SSH 密钥对并且手动拷贝 ssh 公钥到想要通过 ssh 访问的远程服务端上。 + +在客户端系统上创建 SSH 密钥对,运行: +``` +$ ssh-keygen + +``` + +输入两次密码。现在, ssh 密钥对已经生成了。你需要手动把公钥(不是私钥)拷贝到远程服务端上。 + +使用命令查看公钥: +``` +$ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub + +``` + +应该会输出如下信息: + +``` +ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCt3a9tIeK5rPx9p74/KjEVXa6/OODyRp0QLS/sLp8W6iTxFL+UgALZlupVNgFjvRR5luJ9dLHWwc+d4umavAWz708e6Na9ftEPQtC28rTFsHwmyLKvLkzcGkC5+A0NdbiDZLaK3K3wgq1jzYYKT5k+IaNS6vtrx5LDObcPNPEBDt4vTixQ7GZHrDUUk5586IKeFfwMCWguHveTN7ykmo2EyL2rV7TmYq+eY2ZqqcsoK0fzXMK7iifGXVmuqTkAmZLGZK8a3bPb6VZd7KFum3Ezbu4BXZGp7FVhnOMgau2kYeOH/ItKPzpCAn+dg3NAAziCCxnII9b4nSSGz3mMY4Y7 ostechnix@centosserver + +``` +拷贝所有内容(通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质),然后去你的远程服务端的控制台。像下面那样,在 home 下创建文件夹叫做 **ssh**。你需要以 root 身份执行命令。 +``` +$ mkdir -p ~/.ssh + +``` + +现在,将前几步创建的客户端系统的公钥添加进文件中。 +``` +echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys + +``` + +在远程系统上重启 ssh 服务。现在,你可以在新的客户端上 SSH 远程服务端了。 + +如果觉得手动添加 ssh 公钥有些困难,在远程系统上暂时性启用密码认证,使用 “ssh-copy-id“ 命令从本地系统上拷贝密钥,最后关闭密码认证。 + +**推荐阅读:** + +好了,到此为止。基于密钥认证的 SSH 提供了一层防止暴力破解的额外保护。如你所见,配置密钥认证一点也不困难。这是一个非常好的方法让你的 Linux 服务端安全可靠。 + +不久我就会带来另一篇有用的文章。到那时,继续关注 OSTechNix。 + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-ssh-key-based-authentication-linux/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[LuuMing](https://github.com/LuuMing) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/cdn-cgi/l/email-protection From 76fb6f2950d49efe9d02d1175e96f3d7e187c880 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pityonline Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 00:00:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 087/437] =?UTF-8?q?PRF:=20#10184=20=E6=A0=A1=E5=AF=B9?= =?UTF-8?q?=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0180308 What is open source programming.md | 36 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md b/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md index 4791a64aab..1153bfe789 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ 首先我要说清楚一点:把你的代码放在 GitHub 的公开仓库中并不意味着把你的代码开源了。在几乎全世界,根本不用创作者做什么,只要作品形成,版权就随之而生了。在创作者进行授权之前,只有作者可以行使版权相关的权力。未经创作者授权的代码,不论有多少人在使用,都是一颗定时炸弹,只有愚蠢的人才会去用它。 -有些创作者很善良,认为“很明显我的代码是免费提供给大家使用的。”,他也并不想起诉那些用了他的代码的人,但这并不意味着这些代码可以放心使用。不论在你眼中创作者们多么善良,他们都是 *有权力* 起诉任何使用、修改代码,或未经明确授权就将代码嵌入的人。 +有些创作者很善良,认为“很明显我的代码是免费提供给大家使用的。”,他也并不想起诉那些用了他的代码的人,但这并不意味着这些代码可以放心使用。不论在你眼中创作者们多么善良,他们都 *有权力* 起诉任何使用、修改代码,或未经明确授权就将代码嵌入的人。 -很明显,你不应该在没有指定开源许可证的情况下将你的源代码发布到网上然后期望别人使用它并为其做出贡献,我建议你也尽量避免使用这种代码,甚至疑似未授权的也不要使用。如果你开发了一个函数和例程,它和之前一个疑似未授权代码很像,源代码作者就可以对你就侵权提起诉讼。 +很明显,你不应该在没有指定开源许可证的情况下将你的源代码发布到网上然后期望别人使用它并为其做出贡献。我建议你也尽量避免使用这种代码,甚至疑似未授权的也不要使用。如果你开发了一个函数和例程,它和之前一个疑似未授权代码很像,源代码作者就可以对你就侵权提起诉讼。 举个例子,Jill Schmill 写了 AwesomeLib 然后未明确授权就把它放到了 GitHub 上,就算 Jill Schmill 不起诉任何人,只要她把 AwesomeLib 的完整版权都卖给 EvilCorp,EvilCorp 就会起诉之前违规使用这段代码的人。这种行为就好像是埋下了计算机安全隐患,总有一天会为人所用。 @@ -23,19 +23,19 @@ ### 选择恰当的开源许可证 -假设你正要写一个新程序,而且打算让人们以开源的方式使用它,你需要做的就是选择最贴合你需求的[许可证][1]。和宣传中说的一样,你可以从 GitHub 所支持的 [choosealicense.com][2] 开始。这个网站设置得像个简单的问卷,特别方便快捷,点几下就能找到合适的许可证。 +假设你正要写一个新程序,而且打算让人们以开源的方式使用它,你需要做的就是选择最贴合你需求的[许可证][1]。和宣传中说的一样,你可以从 GitHub 所支持的 [choosealicense.com][2] 开始。这个网站设计得像个简单的问卷,特别方便快捷,点几下就能找到合适的许可证。 -警示:在选择许可证时不要过于自负,如果你选的是 [Apache 许可证][3]或者 [GPLv3][4] 这种广为使用的许可证,人们很容易理解其对于权利的规划,你也不需要请律师来排查其中的漏洞。你选择的许可证使用的人越少,带来的麻烦越多。 +警示:在选择许可证时不要过于自负,如果你选的是 [Apache 许可证][3]或者 [GPLv3][4] 这种广为使用的许可证,人们很容易理解他们和你都有什么权利,你也不需要请律师来排查其中的漏洞。你选择的许可证使用的人越少,带来的麻烦就越多。 -最重要的一点是: *千万不要试图自己编造许可证!* 自己编造许可证会给大家带来更多的困惑和困扰,不要这样做。如果在现有的许可证中确实找不到你需要的条款,你可以在现有的许可证中附加上你的要求,并且重点标注出来,提醒使用者们注意。 +最重要的一点是: *千万不要试图自己制造许可证!* 自己制造许可证会给大家带来更多的困惑和困扰,不要这样做。如果在现有的许可证中确实找不到你需要的条款,你可以在现有的许可证中附加上你的要求,并且重点标注出来,提醒使用者们注意。 -我知道有些人会说:“我才懒得管什么许可证,我已经把代码发到公开领域public domain了。”但问题是,公开领域的法律效力并不是受全世界认可的。在不同的国家,公开领域的效力和表现形式不同。有些国家的政府管控下,你甚至不可以把自己的源代码发到公开领域中。万幸,[Unlicense][5] 可以弥补这些漏洞,它语言简洁,使用几个词清楚地描述了“就把它放到公开领域”,但其效力为全世界认可。 +我知道有些人会站出来说:“我才懒得管什么许可证,我已经把代码发到公开领域public domain了。”但问题是,公开领域的法律效力并不是受全世界认可的。在不同的国家,公开领域的效力和表现形式不同。在有些国家的政府管控下,你甚至不可以把自己的源代码发到公开领域。万幸,[Unlicense][5] 可以弥补这些漏洞,它语言简洁,使用几个词清楚地描述了“就把它放到公开领域”,但其效力为全世界认可。 ### 怎样引入许可证 确定使用哪个许可证之后,你需要清晰而无疑义地指定它。如果你是在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 这几个网站发布,你需要构建很多个文件夹,在根文件夹中,你应把许可证创建为一个以 `LICENSE.txt` 命名的明文文件。 -创建 `LICENSE.txt` 这个文件之后还有其他事要做。你需要在每个有效文件的页眉中添加注释块来申明许可证。如果你使用的是一现有的许可证,这一步对你来说十分简便。一个 `# 项目名 (c)2018 作者名,GPLv3 许可证,详情见 https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html` 这样的注释块比隐约指代的许可证的效力要强得多。 +创建 `LICENSE.txt` 这个文件之后还有其它事要做。你需要在每个重要文件的头部添加注释块来申明许可证。如果你使用的是一个现有的许可证,这一步对你来说十分简便。一个 `# 项目名 (c)2018 作者名,GPLv3 许可证,详情见 https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html` 这样的注释块比隐约指代的许可证的效力要强得多。 如果你是要发布在自己的网站上,步骤也差不多。先创建 `LICENSE.txt` 文件,放入许可证,再表明许可证出处。 @@ -43,31 +43,31 @@ 开源代码和专有代码的一个主要区别是开源代码写出来就是为了给别人看的。我是个 40 多岁的系统管理员,已经写过许许多多的代码。最开始我写代码是为了工作,为了解决公司的问题,所以其中大部分代码都是专有代码。这种代码的目的很简单,只要能在特定场合通过特定方式发挥作用就行。 -开源代码则大不相同。在写开源代码时,你知道它可能会被用于各种各样的环境中。也许你的使用案例的环境条件很局限,但你仍旧希望它能在各种环境下发挥理想的效果。不同的人使用这些代码时,你会看到各类冲突,还有你没有考虑过的思路。虽然代码不一定要满足所有人,但最少它们可以顺利解决使用者遇到的问题,就算解决不了,也可以转换回常见的逻辑,不会给使用者添麻烦。(例如“第 583 行出现零除错误”就不能作为错误地提供命令行参数的响应结果) +开源代码则大不相同。在写开源代码时,你知道它可能会被用于各种各样的环境中。也许你的用例的环境条件很局限,但你仍旧希望它能在各种环境下发挥理想的效果。不同的人使用这些代码时会出现各种用例,你会看到各类冲突,还有你没有考虑过的思路。虽然代码不一定要满足所有人,但至少应该得体地处理他们遇到的问题,就算解决不了,也可以转换回常见的逻辑,不会给使用者添麻烦。(例如“第 583 行出现零除错误”就不能作为错误地提供命令行参数的响应结果) -你的源代码也可能逼疯你,尤其是在你一遍又一遍地修改错误的函数或是子过程后,终于出现了你希望的结果,这时你不会叹口气就继续下一个任务,你会把过程清理干净,因为你不会愿意别人看出你一遍遍尝试的痕迹。比如你会把 `$variable`、`$lol` 全都换成有意义的 `$iterationcounter` 和 `$modelname`。这意味着你要认真专业地进行注释(尽管对于头脑风暴中的你来说它并不难懂),但为了之后有更多的人可以使用你的代码,你会尽力去注释,但注意适可而止。 +你的源代码也可能逼疯你,尤其是在你一遍又一遍地修改错误的函数或是子过程后,终于出现了你希望的结果,这时你不会叹口气就继续下一个任务,你会把过程清理干净,因为你不会愿意别人看出你一遍遍尝试的痕迹。比如你会把 `$variable`、`$lol` 全都换成有意义的 `$iterationcounter` 和 `$modelname`。这意味着你要认真专业地进行注释(尽管对于你所处的背景知识热度来说它并不难懂),因为你期望有更多的人可以使用你的代码。 -这个过程难免有些痛苦沮丧,毕竟这不是你常做的事,会有些不习惯。但它会使你成为一位更好的程序员,也会让你的代码升华。即使你的项目只有你一位贡献者,清理代码也会节约你后期的很多工作,相信我一年后你更新 app 时,你会庆幸自己现在写下的是 `$modelname`,还有清晰的注释,而不是什么不知名的数列,甚至连 `$lol` 也不是。 +这个过程难免有些痛苦沮丧,毕竟这不是你常做的事,会有些不习惯。但它会使你成为一位更好的程序员,也会让你的代码升华。即使你的项目只有你一位贡献者,清理代码也会节约你后期的很多工作,相信我一年后你再看你的 app 代码时,你会庆幸自己写下的是 `$modelname`,还有清晰的注释,而不是什么不知名的数列,甚至连 `$lol` 也不是。 ### 你并不是为你一人而写 -开源的真正核心并不是那些代码,是社区。更大的社区的项目维持的时间更长,也更容易为人们接受。因此不仅要加入社区,还要多多为社区发展贡献思路,让自己的项目能够为社区所用。 +开源的真正核心并不是那些代码,而是社区。更大的社区的项目维持时间更长,也更容易为人们所接受。因此不仅要加入社区,还要多多为社区发展贡献思路,让自己的项目能够为社区所用。 -蝙蝠侠为了完成目标暗中独自花了很大功夫,你用不着这样,你可以登录 Twitter、Reddit,或者给你项目的相关人士发邮件,发布你正在筹备新项目的消息,仔细聊聊项目的设计初衷和你的计划,让大家一起帮忙,向大家征集数据输入,类似的使用案例,把这些信息整合起来,用在你的代码里。你不用看所有的回复,但你要对它有个大概把握,这样在你之后完善时可以躲过一些陷阱。 +蝙蝠侠为了完成目标暗中独自花了很大功夫,你用不着这样,你可以登录 Twitter、Reddit,或者给你项目的相关人士发邮件,发布你正在筹备新项目的消息,仔细聊聊项目的设计初衷和你的计划,让大家一起帮忙,向大家征集数据输入,类似的使用案例,把这些信息整合起来,用在你的代码里。你不用接受所有的建议和请求,但你要对它有个大概把握,这样在你之后完善时可以躲过一些陷阱。 -不发首次通告这个过程还不算完整。如果你希望大家能够接受你的作品,并且使用它,你就要以此为初衷来设计。公众说不定可以帮到你,你不必对公开这件事如临大敌。所以不要闭门造车,既然你是为大家而写,那就开设一个真实、公开的项目,想象你在社区的监督下,认真地一步步完成它。 +发布了首次通告这个过程还不算完整。如果你希望大家能够接受你的作品并且使用它,你就要以此为初衷来设计。公众说不定可以帮到你,你不必对公开这件事如临大敌。所以不要闭门造车,既然你是为大家而写,那就开设一个真实、公开的项目,想象你在社区的帮助和监督下,认真地一步步完成它。 ### 建立项目的方式 -你可以在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 上免费注册账号来管理你的项目。注册之后,创建知识库,建立 `README` 文件,分配一个许可证,一步步写入代码。这样可以帮你建立好习惯,让你之后和现实中的团队一起工作时,也能目的清晰地朝着目标稳妥地进行工作。这样你做得越久,就越有兴趣。 +你可以在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 上免费注册账号来管理你的项目。注册之后,创建知识库,建立 `README` 文件,分配一个许可证,一步步写入代码。这样可以帮你建立好习惯,让你之后和现实中的团队一起工作时,也能目的清晰地朝着目标稳妥地开展工作。这样你做得越久,就越有兴趣 —— 通常会有用户先对你的项目产生兴趣。 -用户们会开始对你产生兴趣,这会让你开心也会让你不爽,但你应该亲切礼貌地对待他们,就算他们很多人根本不知道你的项目做的是什么,你可以把文件给他们看,让他们了解你在干什么。有些还在犹豫的用户可以给你提个醒,告诉你最开始设计的用户范围中落下了哪些人。 +用户会开始提一些问题,这会让你开心也会让你不爽,你应该亲切礼貌地对待他们,就算他们很多人对项目有很多误解甚至根本不知道你的项目做的是什么,你也应该礼貌专业地对待。一方面,你可以引导他们,让他们了解你在干什么。另一方面,他们也会慢慢地将你带入更大的社区。 -如果你的项目很受用户青睐,总会有开发者出现,并表示出兴趣。这也许是好事,也可能激怒你。最开始你可能只会做简单的错误修正,但总有一天你会收到拉取请求,有可能是特殊利基案例,它可能改变你项目的作用域,甚至改变你项目的初衷。你需要学会分辨哪个有贡献,根据这个决定合并哪个,婉拒哪个。 +如果你的项目很受用户青睐,总会有高级开发者出现,并表示出兴趣。这也许是好事,也可能激怒你。最开始你可能只会做简单的问题修复,但总有一天你会收到拉取请求,有可能是硬编码或特殊用例(可能会让项目变得难以维护),它可能改变你项目的作用域,甚至改变你项目的初衷。你需要学会分辨哪个有贡献,根据这个决定合并哪个,婉拒哪个。 ### 我们为什么要开源? -开源听起来任务繁重,它也确实是这样。但它对你也有很多好处。它可以在无形之中磨练你,让你写出纯净持久的代码,也教会你与人沟通,团队协作。对于一位志向远大的专业开发者来说,它是最好的简历书写者。你的未来雇主很有可能点开你的仓库,了解你的能力范围;而社区项目的开发者也有可能给你带来工作。 +开源听起来任务繁重,它也确实是这样。但它对你也有很多好处。它可以在无形之中磨练你,让你写出纯净持久的代码,也教会你与人沟通,团队协作。对于一个志向远大的专业开发者来说,它是最好的简历素材。你的未来雇主很有可能点开你的仓库,了解你的能力范围;而社区项目的开发者也有可能给你带来工作。 最后,为开源工作,意味着个人的提升,因为你在做的事不是为了你一个人,这比养活自己重要得多。 @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/what-open-source-programming 作者:[Jim Salter][a] 译者:[Valoniakim](https://github.com/Valoniakim) -校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)、[pityonline](https://github.com/pityonline) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 35d54c3449ad9a47bd6b1a75f762254ed2aa2ca4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 09:55:44 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 088/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=A2=9E=E5=87=8F=E7=A9=BA=E8=A1=8C?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 31 ++++++++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md index 5f88caedea..d407e3835a 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -如何在 Linux 中配置基于 SSH 密钥的认证 +如何在 Linux 中配置基于密钥认证的 SSH ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Configure-SSH-Key-based-Authentication-In-Linux-720x340.png) @@ -19,14 +19,10 @@ * **OS** : Arch Linux Desktop * **IP address** : 192.168.225.37 /24 - - 远程系统详情: * **OS** : Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server * **IP address** : 192.168.225.22/24 - - ### 本地系统配置 就像我之前所说,在基于密钥认证的方法中,想要通过 SSH 访问远程系统,就应该将公钥上传给它。公钥通常会被保存在远程系统的一个文件**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。 @@ -34,6 +30,7 @@ **注意事项:**不要使用**root** 用户生成密钥对,这样只有 root 用户才可以使用。使用普通用户创建密钥对。 现在,让我们在本地系统上创建一个 SSH 密钥对。只需要在客户端系统上运行下面的命令。 + ``` $ ssh-keygen @@ -42,6 +39,7 @@ $ ssh-keygen 上面的命令将会创建一个 2048 位的 RSA 密钥对。输入两次密码。更重要的是,记住你的密码。后面将会用到它。 **样例输出** + ``` Generating public/private rsa key pair. Enter file in which to save the key (/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa): @@ -67,6 +65,7 @@ The key's randomart image is: ``` 如果你已经创建了密钥对,你将看到以下信息。输入 ‘y’ 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 + ``` /home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. Overwrite (y/n)? @@ -76,12 +75,14 @@ Overwrite (y/n)? 请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码,那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码,除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码(虽然不安全),简单地输入两次 ENTER。不过,我们建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看,使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对大体上不是一个很好的主意。 这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用,例如,没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。(例如,用 rsync 远程备份...) 如果你已经在个人文件 **~/.ssh/id_rsa** 中有了无密码的密钥对,但想要更新为带密码的密钥。使用下面的命令: + ``` $ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa ``` 样例输出: + ``` Enter new passphrase (empty for no passphrase): Enter same passphrase again: @@ -90,6 +91,7 @@ Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. ``` 现在,我们已经在本地系统上创建了密钥对。接下来,使用下面的命令将 SSH 公钥拷贝到你的远程 SSH 服务端上。 + ``` $ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 @@ -98,6 +100,7 @@ $ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 在这,我把本地(Arch Linux)系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统(Ubuntu 18.04 LTS)上。从技术上讲,上面的命令会把本地系统 **~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub key** 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。明白了吗?非常棒。 输入 **yes** 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着,输入远程系统 root 用户的密码。 + ``` /usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: attempting to log in with the new key(s), to filter out any that are already installed /usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: 1 key(s) remain to be installed -- if you are prompted now it is to install the new keys @@ -111,10 +114,12 @@ and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. ``` 如果你已经拷贝了密钥,但想要替换为新的密码,使用 **-f** 选项覆盖已有的密钥。 + ``` $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 ``` + 我们现在已经成功地将本地系统的 SSH 公钥添加进了远程系统。现在,让我们在远程系统上完全禁用掉基于密码认证的方式。因为,我们已经配置了密钥认证,因此我们不再需要密码认证了。 ### 在远程系统上禁用基于密码认证的 SSH @@ -122,6 +127,7 @@ $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 你需要在 root 或者 sudo 用户下执行下面的命令。 为了禁用基于密码的认证,你需要在远程系统的控制台上编辑 **/etc/ssh/sshd_config** 配置文件: + ``` $ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config @@ -135,6 +141,7 @@ PasswordAuthentication no ``` 重启 ssh 服务让它生效。 + ``` $ sudo systemctl restart sshd @@ -144,9 +151,15 @@ $ sudo systemctl restart sshd 在本地系统上使用命令 SSH 你的远程服务端: +``` +$ ssh sk@192.168.225.22 + +``` + 输入密码。 **样例输出:** + ``` Enter passphrase for key '/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa': Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 @@ -159,6 +172,7 @@ Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 如果你试图从其他客户端系统 ssh (远程系统),你将会得到这条错误信息。比如,我试图通过命令从 CentOS SSH 访问 Ubuntu 系统: **样例输出:** + ``` The authenticity of host '192.168.225.22 (192.168.225.22)' can't be established. ECDSA key fingerprint is 67:fc:69:b7:d4:4d:fd:6e:38:44:a8:2f:08:ed:f4:21. @@ -175,6 +189,7 @@ Permission denied (publickey). 这点非常重要。就像我说过的那样,除非你配置过(在之前的例子中,是 Ubuntu),否则你不能通过 SSH 访问到远程系统。如果我希望给更多客户端予以权限去访问远程 SSH 服务端,我应该怎么做?很简单。你需要在所有的客户端系统上生成 SSH 密钥对并且手动拷贝 ssh 公钥到想要通过 ssh 访问的远程服务端上。 在客户端系统上创建 SSH 密钥对,运行: + ``` $ ssh-keygen @@ -183,6 +198,7 @@ $ ssh-keygen 输入两次密码。现在, ssh 密钥对已经生成了。你需要手动把公钥(不是私钥)拷贝到远程服务端上。 使用命令查看公钥: + ``` $ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub @@ -194,13 +210,16 @@ $ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCt3a9tIeK5rPx9p74/KjEVXa6/OODyRp0QLS/sLp8W6iTxFL+UgALZlupVNgFjvRR5luJ9dLHWwc+d4umavAWz708e6Na9ftEPQtC28rTFsHwmyLKvLkzcGkC5+A0NdbiDZLaK3K3wgq1jzYYKT5k+IaNS6vtrx5LDObcPNPEBDt4vTixQ7GZHrDUUk5586IKeFfwMCWguHveTN7ykmo2EyL2rV7TmYq+eY2ZqqcsoK0fzXMK7iifGXVmuqTkAmZLGZK8a3bPb6VZd7KFum3Ezbu4BXZGp7FVhnOMgau2kYeOH/ItKPzpCAn+dg3NAAziCCxnII9b4nSSGz3mMY4Y7 ostechnix@centosserver ``` + 拷贝所有内容(通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质),然后去你的远程服务端的控制台。像下面那样,在 home 下创建文件夹叫做 **ssh**。你需要以 root 身份执行命令。 + ``` $ mkdir -p ~/.ssh ``` 现在,将前几步创建的客户端系统的公钥添加进文件中。 + ``` echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys @@ -212,6 +231,8 @@ echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys **推荐阅读:** +(译者注:在原文中此处有超链接) + 好了,到此为止。基于密钥认证的 SSH 提供了一层防止暴力破解的额外保护。如你所见,配置密钥认证一点也不困难。这是一个非常好的方法让你的 Linux 服务端安全可靠。 不久我就会带来另一篇有用的文章。到那时,继续关注 OSTechNix。 From 1d58e2a774ffaad09407ed56c7fcff87f163ba2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 12:26:06 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 089/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=88=A0=E9=99=A4=E5=A4=9A=E4=BD=99?= =?UTF-8?q?=E7=A9=BA=E8=A1=8C?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 21 ------------------- 1 file changed, 21 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md index d407e3835a..5c69d6a92b 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ ``` $ ssh-keygen - ``` 上面的命令将会创建一个 2048 位的 RSA 密钥对。输入两次密码。更重要的是,记住你的密码。后面将会用到它。 @@ -61,7 +60,6 @@ The key's randomart image is: | +.*o+o | | .o*=OO+ | +----[SHA256]-----+ - ``` 如果你已经创建了密钥对,你将看到以下信息。输入 ‘y’ 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ The key's randomart image is: ``` /home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. Overwrite (y/n)? - ``` 请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码,那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码,除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码(虽然不安全),简单地输入两次 ENTER。不过,我们建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看,使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对大体上不是一个很好的主意。 这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用,例如,没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。(例如,用 rsync 远程备份...) @@ -78,7 +75,6 @@ Overwrite (y/n)? ``` $ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa - ``` 样例输出: @@ -87,14 +83,12 @@ $ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa Enter new passphrase (empty for no passphrase): Enter same passphrase again: Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. - ``` 现在,我们已经在本地系统上创建了密钥对。接下来,使用下面的命令将 SSH 公钥拷贝到你的远程 SSH 服务端上。 ``` $ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 - ``` 在这,我把本地(Arch Linux)系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统(Ubuntu 18.04 LTS)上。从技术上讲,上面的命令会把本地系统 **~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub key** 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。明白了吗?非常棒。 @@ -110,14 +104,12 @@ Number of key(s) added: 1 Now try logging into the machine, with: "ssh '[email protected]'" and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. - ``` 如果你已经拷贝了密钥,但想要替换为新的密码,使用 **-f** 选项覆盖已有的密钥。 ``` $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 - ``` 我们现在已经成功地将本地系统的 SSH 公钥添加进了远程系统。现在,让我们在远程系统上完全禁用掉基于密码认证的方式。因为,我们已经配置了密钥认证,因此我们不再需要密码认证了。 @@ -130,21 +122,18 @@ $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 ``` $ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config - ``` 找到下面这一行,去掉注释然后将值设为 **no** ``` PasswordAuthentication no - ``` 重启 ssh 服务让它生效。 ``` $ sudo systemctl restart sshd - ``` ### 从本地系统访问远程系统 @@ -153,7 +142,6 @@ $ sudo systemctl restart sshd ``` $ ssh sk@192.168.225.22 - ``` 输入密码。 @@ -164,7 +152,6 @@ $ ssh sk@192.168.225.22 Enter passphrase for key '/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa': Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 [email protected]:~$ - ``` 现在,你就能 SSH 你的远程系统了。如你所见,我们已经使用之前 **ssh-keygen** 创建的密码登录进了远程系统的账户,而不是使用账户实际的密码。 @@ -179,7 +166,6 @@ ECDSA key fingerprint is 67:fc:69:b7:d4:4d:fd:6e:38:44:a8:2f:08:ed:f4:21. Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes Warning: Permanently added '192.168.225.22' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts. Permission denied (publickey). - ``` 如你所见,除了 CentOS (译注:根据上文,这里应该是 Arch) 系统外,我不能通过其他任何系统 SSH 访问我的远程系统 Ubuntu 18.04。 @@ -192,7 +178,6 @@ Permission denied (publickey). ``` $ ssh-keygen - ``` 输入两次密码。现在, ssh 密钥对已经生成了。你需要手动把公钥(不是私钥)拷贝到远程服务端上。 @@ -201,28 +186,24 @@ $ ssh-keygen ``` $ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub - ``` 应该会输出如下信息: ``` ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCt3a9tIeK5rPx9p74/KjEVXa6/OODyRp0QLS/sLp8W6iTxFL+UgALZlupVNgFjvRR5luJ9dLHWwc+d4umavAWz708e6Na9ftEPQtC28rTFsHwmyLKvLkzcGkC5+A0NdbiDZLaK3K3wgq1jzYYKT5k+IaNS6vtrx5LDObcPNPEBDt4vTixQ7GZHrDUUk5586IKeFfwMCWguHveTN7ykmo2EyL2rV7TmYq+eY2ZqqcsoK0fzXMK7iifGXVmuqTkAmZLGZK8a3bPb6VZd7KFum3Ezbu4BXZGp7FVhnOMgau2kYeOH/ItKPzpCAn+dg3NAAziCCxnII9b4nSSGz3mMY4Y7 ostechnix@centosserver - ``` 拷贝所有内容(通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质),然后去你的远程服务端的控制台。像下面那样,在 home 下创建文件夹叫做 **ssh**。你需要以 root 身份执行命令。 ``` $ mkdir -p ~/.ssh - ``` 现在,将前几步创建的客户端系统的公钥添加进文件中。 ``` echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys - ``` 在远程系统上重启 ssh 服务。现在,你可以在新的客户端上 SSH 远程服务端了。 @@ -239,8 +220,6 @@ echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys 干杯! - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-ssh-key-based-authentication-linux/ From 33ad7e72dd099931c2f2d014d75cc9b3f8ccd43c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jamelouis Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 12:36:46 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 090/437] translated --- ...ith openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 38 +++++++++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 35 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) rename {sources => translated}/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md (60%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md similarity index 60% rename from sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md rename to translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md index 42bb1bfe17..0c07c44ec8 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @@ -1,42 +1,72 @@ [translating by jamelouis] Getting started with openmediavault: A home NAS solution + +openmediavault入门:一个家庭NAS解决方案 ====== This network-attached file server offers a solid array of features and is easy to install and configure. +这个网络附加文件服务提供了一序列功能,并且易于安装和配置。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-cloud.png?itok=vz0PIDDS) With so many cloud storage options readily available, some folks might question the value of having a home NAS (network-attached storage) server. After all, with your files on the cloud, you don't have to worry about managing the maintenance, updates, and security of your own server. +面对许多可供选择的云存储方案,一些人可能会质疑一个家庭网络附加存储服务的价值。毕竟,当所有你的文件存储在云上,你不需要为你自己云服务的维护,更新,和安全担忧。 + But that's not entirely true, is it? You have a home network, so you've got to pay at least some attention to that network's health and security. Assuming you're already keeping on top of that, then [a home NAS][1] really isn't adding that much additional hassle. And there are all kinds of benefits to gain from that minor amount of work. +但是,这不完全对,是不是?你由一个家庭网络,所以你不得不负责维护网络的健康和安全。假定你已经维护一个家庭网络,那么[一个家庭NAS][1]并不会增加额外负担。反而你能从少量的工作中得到许多的好处。 + You can have a local backup of every computer in your house (you can also back up off-site). Have a media server that holds movies, music, and photos regardless of whether your internet connection flakes out. Work on large files on multiple computers in your home without waiting for them to traverse from some random computer somewhere else on the internet. Plus, you can have your NAS pull double duty with other services, like hosting local email or a household wiki. Perhaps most importantly, with a home NAS, your data is your data—under your control and always accessible. +你可以为你家里所有的计算机备份(你也可以备份离线网站).构架一个存储电影,音乐和照片的媒体服务器,不管网络连接是否连接。在家里的多台计算机处理大型文件,不需要等待从网络其他随机的计算机传输这些文件过来。另外,可以让NAS与其他服务一起进行双重任务,如托管本地邮件或者家庭Wiki。也许最重要的是,构架家庭NAS,数据完全是你的,始终在控制下和随时可访问的。 + The follow-on question is which NAS solution to choose. Sure, you could buy a pre-built solution and call it a day, but what fun is that? And practically speaking, although it's great to have an appliance that handles everything for you, it's often better to have a rig that you can fix and upgrade yourself. This is the situation I found myself in recently. I chose to install and set up [openmediavault][2]. -### Why openmediavault? +接下来的问题是如何选择NAS方案。当然,你可以购买预先建立的解决方案,并在某一天打电话购买,但是这会有什么乐趣呢?实际上,尽管拥有一个能处理一切的设备很棒,但最好还是有一个可以修复和升级的钻机。这是一个我近期发现的解决方案。我选择安装和配置[openmediavault][2]。 + +### 为什么选择openmediavault? There are a few open source NAS solutions out there, some arguably more popular than openmediavault. When I asked around, for instance, [FreeNAS][3] was recommended the most. So why didn't I go with that? After all, it is more widely used, includes more features, and offers more support options, [according to a comparison on the FreeNAS website][4]. That's certainly all true. But openmediavault is no slouch. It's actually based on an earlier version of FreeNAS, and while its numbers are lower in terms of downloads and features, they're more than adequate for my needs. +市面上有不少开源的NAS解决方案,其中有点无可争议的比openmediavault好。当我询问周遭,例如,[freeNAS][3]最常被推荐给我。那么为什么我不采纳他们的建议呢?毕竟,它被大范围的使用,包含很多的功能,和提供许多支持选项,[基于FreeNAS官网的一份对比数据][4]。当然这些全部是对的。但是openmediavault还是不错的。它是基于FreeNAS早期版本,虽然它在下载和功能方面的数量较低,但是对于我的需求而言,它已经相当足够了。 + Another factor was a simple matter of comfort. Openmediavault's underlying operating system is [Debian][5], whereas FreeNAS sits atop [FreeBSD][6]. I'm personally not as familiar with FreeBSD, so that would make it more difficult for me to fix things if my NAS starts misbehaving. It also makes it more difficult for me to tweak things or add my own services to the machine if I want. Sure, I could learn FreeBSD and get more familiar with it, but I'm already home-building this NAS; I've found that projects tend to be more successful if you limit the number of "learning opportunities" you give yourself to complete them. +另外一个因素是它很舒适。openmediavault的底层操作系统是[Debian][5],然而FreeNAS是[FreeBSD][6]。由于我个人对FressBSD不是很熟悉,因此如果我的NAS出现故障,必定会很难在FreeBSD上修复故障。同样的,也会是我很难微调配置或添加服务到机器上。当然,我可以学习FreeBSD和更熟悉它,但是我已经在家里构架了这个NAS;我发现,如果限制给定自己完成构建NAS的“学习机会”的数量,构建NAS往往会更成功。 + Every situation is different, of course, so do your research and decide what seems to be the best fit for you. FreeNAS looks like the right solution for a lot of people. Openmediavault was the right one for me. -### Installation and configuration +当然,每个情况都不同,所以你要自己调研,然后作出最适合自己方案的决定。FreeNAS对于许多人似乎都是不错的解决方案。Openmediavault正是适合我的解决方案。 + +### 安装与配置 The installation process is pretty well covered in the [openmediavault documentation][7], so I won't rehash that here. If you've ever installed a Linux distribution, most of the steps should look familiar to you (though with a somewhat uglier [Ncurses][8] interface than you might see on modern distributions). I installed it using the [dedicated drive][9] instructions. However, those instructions, while good, are rather spartan. When you're done, you have a base system installed, but there's more to do before you can actually use your NAS to store any files. For instance, the dedicated drive instructions install openmediavault on a hard drive, but that's the operating system drive, not the one with the shared space that's accessible to other computers on your network. You need to walk yourself through setting that up and configuring it. +在[openmediavault文档]里详细记录了安装步骤,所以我不在这里重述了。如果你曾经安装过任何一个linux版本,大部分安装步骤都是很类似的(虽然在相对丑陋的[Ucurses][9]界面,不像你可能在现代版本的相对美观的安装界面)。我通过使用[专用驱动器][9]指令来安装它。然而,这些指令不但很好,而且相当精炼的。当你搞定这些指令,你安装了一个基本的系统,但是你还需要做很多才能真正构建好NAS来存储任何文件。例如,专用驱动器指令在硬盘驱动上安装openmediavault,但那是操作系统的驱动,而不是和网络上其他计算机共享空间的那个驱动。你需要自己把这些建立起来并且配置好。 + The first thing you should do is load up the administrative web interface and change the default password. This password is different from the root password you set during the installation process. It's the administrative account for the web interface, and the default username and password are `admin` and `openmediavault`, respectively—definitely something you'll want to change immediately after logging in. -#### Set up your drives +你要做的第一件事是加载管理的网页界面和修改默认密码。这个密码和之前你安装过程设置的根密码是不同的。这是网页洁面的管理员账号,和默认的账户和密码分别是’admin‘和‘openmediavault’,当你登入后自然而然地会修改这些配置属性。 + +#### 设置你的驱动 Once you've installed openmediavault, you need it to actually do stuff for you. The first logical step is to set up the drives that you're going to use for storage. I'm assuming that you've already got them physically installed, so all you have to do at this point is get openmediavault to recognize them and configure them. The first step is making sure those disks are visible. The sidebar menu has a lot of options, but it's very sensibly organized. Go to **Storage - > Disks**. Once you click that, you should see all of the drives you've installed on your server, including the one where you actually installed openmediavault. If you don't see all of your drives there, click the Scan button to see if it picks them up. Usually, it's not a problem. +一旦你安装好openmediavault,你需要它为你做一些工作。逻辑上的第一个步骤是设置好你即将用来作为存储的驱动。在这里,我假定你已经物理上安装好它们了,所以接下来你要做的就是让openmediavault识别和配置它们。第一步是确保这些磁盘是可见的。侧边栏菜单有很多选项,而且被精心的归类了。选择**存储 - > 磁盘**。一旦你点击该菜单,你应该能够看到所有你已经安装到该服务器的驱动,包括那个你已经用来安装openmediavault的驱动。如果你没有在那里看到所有驱动,点击扫描按钮去看它能够接载它们。通常,这不会是一个问题。 + You could mount these drives individually to set them up as your file share, but for a file server, you'll want some redundancy. You want to be able to treat multiple drives as a single volume and recover your data if a drive fails or add new drives when you start running out of space. That means you're going to want a [RAID][10]. The topic of what specific type of RAID configuration you want is a deep rabbit hole that deserves an article all of its own (and many have been written), but suffice it to say that you'll need more than one drive, and in the best case, all of your drives store the same amount of data. +当你的文件共享时,你可以独立的挂载和设置这些驱动,但是对于一个文件服务器,你将想要一些冗余驱动。你想要能够把很多驱动当作一个单一卷和能够在某一个驱动出现故障或者空间不足下安装新驱动的情况下恢复你的数据。这意味你将需要一个[RAID][10]。你想要的什么特定类型的RAID的主题是一个深深的兔子洞,是一个值得另写一片文章专门来讲述它(而且已经有很多关于该主题的文章了),但是简而言之是你将需要不仅仅一个驱动和最好的情况下,你的所有驱动都存储一样数量的数据。 + Openmediavault supports all standard RAID levels, so you're good to go there. Configure your RAID in **Storage - > RAID Management**. Configuration is absurdly simple: Click the Create button, choose the disks you want in your RAID array, the RAID level you want to use, and a name for the array. Openmediavault handles the rest for you. There's no messing around at the command line, trying to remember which flags to use with the `mdadm` command. In my specific case, I have six 2-TB drives that I've set up as RAID 10. +openmedia支持所有标准的RAID级别,所以多了解RAID对你很有好处的。可以在**存储 - > RAID管理**配置你的RAID。配置是相当简单:点击创建按钮,在你的RAID阵列里选择你想要的磁盘和你想要使用的RAID级别,和给这个阵列一个名字。openmediavault为你处理剩下的工作。没有混乱的命令行,试图记住‘mdadm'命令的一些标志参数。在我特别的例子,我有六个2TB驱动,并被设置为RAID 10. + With your RAID set up, you've almost got a place to store things. You just need to set up a file system. Just like your desktop computer, a hard drive doesn't do you any good until you format it. So the next place to go in openmediavault's control panel is **Storage - > File Systems**. Just like configuring your RAID, click the Create button and follow the prompts. In this case, you choose the device to format. If you have only the one RAID on your server, it should be something like `md0`. You'll also need to choose the filesystem type. If you're not sure, just use the standard ext4 type. +当你的RAID构建好了,基本上你已经有一个地方可以存储东西了。你仅仅需要设置一个文件系统。正如你的桌面系统,一个硬盘驱动在没有格式化情况下是没什么用处的。所以下一个你要去的地方的是位于openmediavault控制面板里的**存储 - > 文件系统**。和配置你的RAID一样,点击创建按钮,然后跟着提示操作。如果你只有一个RAID在你的服务器上,你应该可以看到一个像’md0‘的东西。你也需要选择文件系统的类别。如果你不能确定,选择标准的ext4类型即可。 + #### Define your shares Sweet! You've got a place to store files. Now you just need to make it visible on your home network. Configure this from the **Services** section of the openmediavault control panel. When it comes to setting up a file share on a network, there are really two main choices: NFS or SMB/CIFS. As a rule of thumb, if all of the computers on your network are running Linux distributions, then you're probably better off using NFS. However, if your home network is a mixed environment with a combination of Linux, Windows, Mac OS, and embedded devices, then SMB/CIFS is probably the right choice. @@ -51,6 +81,8 @@ Once you do that, you're pretty much good to go. You'll need to access your shar Have fun! +玩得开心! + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/openmediavault From 8ff74ac4fc0e985716ddbc4ba83bf837255caaa3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 13:18:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 091/437] Update 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ...minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md index 465941491c..cc1b5531d1 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +【翻译中】translating by jrglinux! + + Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go ====== From 7a7dcf7a422622db3d8fb4bfcee010551b02cc4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 13:30:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 092/437] PRF:20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md @geekpi --- ...o Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md | 40 ++++++------------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md b/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md index 03d429fef3..a16e264dcb 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md @@ -1,36 +1,33 @@ -Autotrash - 一个自动清除旧垃圾的命令行工具 +Autotrash:一个自动清除旧垃圾的命令行工具 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/autotrash-720x340.png) -**Autotrash** 是一个命令行程序,它用于自动清除旧的已删除文件。它将清除超过指定天数的在回收站中的文件。你不需要清空回收站或执行 SHIFT+DELETE 以永久清除文件/文件夹。Autortrash 将处理回收站中的内容,并在特定时间段后自动删除它们。简而言之,Autotrash 永远不会让你的垃圾变得太大。 +**Autotrash** 是一个命令行程序,它用于自动清除旧的已删除文件。它将清除超过指定天数的在回收站中的文件。你不需要清空回收站或执行 `SHIFT+DELETE` 以永久清除文件/文件夹。Autortrash 将处理回收站中的内容,并在特定时间段后自动删除它们。简而言之,Autotrash 永远不会让你的垃圾变得太大。 ### 安装 Autotrash -Autotrash 默认存在于基于 Debian 系统的仓库中。要在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 上安装 autotrash,请运行: +Autotrash 默认存在于基于 Debian 系统的仓库中。要在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 上安装 `autotrash`,请运行: ``` $ sudo apt-get install autotrash - ``` 在 Fedora 上: ``` $ sudo dnf install autotrash - ``` 对于 Arch linux 及其变体,你可以使用任何 AUR 助手程序, 如 [**Yay**][1] 安装它。 ``` $ yay -S autotrash-git - ``` ### 自动清除旧的垃圾文件 -每当你运行 autotrash 时,它会扫描你的 **`~/.local/share/Trash/info`** 目录并读取 **`.trashinfo`** 以找出它们的删除日期。如果文件已在回收站中超过指定的日期,那么就会删除它们。 +每当你运行 `autotrash` 时,它会扫描你的 `~/.local/share/Trash/info` 目录并读取 `.trashinfo` 以找出它们的删除日期。如果文件已在回收站中超过指定的日期,那么就会删除它们。 让我举几个例子。 @@ -38,91 +35,78 @@ $ yay -S autotrash-git ``` $ autotrash -d 30 - ``` 如上例所示,如果回收站中的文件超过 30 天,Autotrash 会自动将其从回收站中删除。你无需手动删除它们。只需将没用的文件放到回收站即可忘记。Autotrash 将处理已删除的文件。 -以上命令仅处理当前登录用户的垃圾目录。如果要使 autotrash 处理所有用户的垃圾目录(不仅仅是在你的家目录中),请使用 **-t** 选项,如下所示。 +以上命令仅处理当前登录用户的垃圾目录。如果要使 autotrash 处理所有用户的垃圾目录(不仅仅是在你的家目录中),请使用 `-t` 选项,如下所示。 ``` $ autotrash -td 30 - ``` Autotrash 还允许你根据回收站可用容量或磁盘可用空间来删除已删除的文件。 -例如,看下下面的例子。 +例如,看下下面的例子: ``` $ autotrash --max-free 1024 -d 30 - ``` -根据上面的命令,如果回收站的剩余的空间少于**1GB**,那么 autotrash 将从回收站中清除超过**30 天**的已删除文件。如果你的回收站空间不足,这可能很有用。 +根据上面的命令,如果回收站的剩余的空间少于 **1GB**,那么 autotrash 将从回收站中清除超过 **30 天**的已删除文件。如果你的回收站空间不足,这可能很有用。 我们还可以从回收站中按最早的时间清除文件直到回收站至少有 1GB 的空间。 ``` $ autotrash --min-free 1024 - ``` 在这种情况下,对旧的已删除文件没有限制。 -你可以将这两个选项(**`--min-free`** 和 **`--max-free`**)组合在一个命令中,如下所示。 +你可以将这两个选项(`--min-free` 和 `--max-free`)组合在一个命令中,如下所示。 ``` $ autotrash --max-free 2048 --min-free 1024 -d 30 - ``` -根据上面的命令,如果可用空间小于 **2GB**,autotrash 将读取回收站,接着关注容量。此时,删除超过 30 天的文件,如果少于 **1GB** 的可用空间,则删除更新的文件。 +根据上面的命令,如果可用空间小于 **2GB**,`autotrash` 将读取回收站,接着关注容量。此时,删除超过 30 天的文件,如果少于 **1GB** 的可用空间,则删除更新的文件。 -如你所见,所有命令都应由用户手动运行。你可能想知道,我该如何自动执行此任务?这很容易!只需将 autotrash 添加为 crontab 任务即可。现在,命令将在计划的时间自动运行,并根据定义的选项清除回收站中的文件。 +如你所见,所有命令都应由用户手动运行。你可能想知道,我该如何自动执行此任务?这很容易!只需将 `autotrash` 添加为 crontab 任务即可。现在,命令将在计划的时间自动运行,并根据定义的选项清除回收站中的文件。 要在 crontab 中添加这些命令,请运行: ``` $ crontab -e - ``` 添加任务,例如: ``` @daily /usr/bin/autotrash -d 30 - ``` 现在,autotrash 将每天清除回收站中超过 30 天的文件。 有关计划任务的更多详细信息,请参阅以下链接。 - + [Cron 任务的初学者指南]][2] + [如何在 Linux 中轻松安全地管理 Cron 作业]][3] - 请注意,如果你无意中删除了任何重要文件,它们将在规定的日期后永久消失,所以请小心。 请参阅手册页以了解有关 Autotrash 的更多信息。 ``` $ man autotrash - ``` -清空回收站或按 SHIFT+DELETE 永久删除 Linux 系统中没用的东西没什么大不了的。它只需要几秒钟。但是,如果你需要额外的程序来处理垃圾文件,Autotrash 可能会有所帮助。试一下,看看它是如何工作的。 +清空回收站或按 `SHIFT+DELETE` 永久删除 Linux 系统中没用的东西没什么大不了的。它只需要几秒钟。但是,如果你需要额外的程序来处理垃圾文件,Autotrash 可能会有所帮助。试一下,看看它是如何工作的。 就是这些了。希望这个有用。还有更多的好东西。 干杯! - - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/autotrash-a-cli-tool-to-automatically-purge-old-trashed-files/ @@ -130,7 +114,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/autotrash-a-cli-tool-to-automatically-purge-old-t 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 1c95e77056f5f9845b3534ded9d42742bfeac7b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 13:31:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 093/437] PUB:20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10038-1.html --- ...trash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md b/published/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md rename to published/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md From 18d6e8fb62bd52ec48c93f81063d3d0b871f75d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 14:09:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 094/437] PRF:20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md @idea2act --- ...i editor into a productivity powerhouse.md | 89 +++++++------------ 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md b/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md index e2e209017f..ab3876c3e0 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ 增强 Vim 编辑器,提高编辑效率 ====== +> 这 20 多个有用的命令可以增强你使用 Vi 的体验。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/checklist_hands_team_collaboration.png?itok=u82QepPk) -编者注:标题和文章最初提到的 `vi` 编辑器,现已更新为编辑器的正确名称:`Vim`。 +*编者注:标题和文章最初称呼的 `vi` 编辑器,现已更新为编辑器的正确名称:`Vim`。* `Vim` 作为一款功能强大、选项丰富的编辑器,为许多用户所热爱。本文介绍了一些在 `Vim` 中默认未启用但实际非常有用的选项。虽然可以在每个 `Vim` 会话中单独启用,但为了创建一个开箱即用的高效编辑环境,还是建议在 `Vim` 的配置文件中配置这些命令。 @@ -13,23 +14,23 @@ (注意:`vimrc` 文件也用于 `Linux` 中的全局配置,如 `/etc/vimrc` 或 `/etc/vim/vimrc`。本文所说的 `.vimrc` 均是指位于用户主目录中的 `.vimrc` 文件。) -`Linux` 系统中: +Linux 系统中: * 用 `Vim` 打开 `.vimrc` 文件: `vim ~/.vimrc` * 复制本文最后的 `选项列表` 粘贴到 `.vimrc` 文件 * 保存并关闭 (`:wq`) -译者注:此处不建议使用 `Vim` 编辑 `.vimrc` 文件,因为很可能无法粘贴成功,可以选择 `gedit` 编辑器编辑 `.vimrc` 文件。 +(LCTT 译注:此处不建议使用 `Vim` 编辑 `.vimrc` 文件,因为很可能无法粘贴成功,可以选择 `gedit` 编辑器编辑 `.vimrc` 文件。) -`Windows` 系统中: +Windows 系统中: * 首先,[安装 gvim][1] * 打开 `gvim` - * 单击 `编辑` -> `启动设置`,打开 `_vimrc` 文件 - * 复制本文最后的 `选项列表` 粘贴到 `_vimrc` 文件 - * 单击 `文件` -> `保存` + * 单击 “编辑” -> “启动设置”,打开 `_vimrc` 文件 + * 复制本文最后的 “选项列表” 粘贴到 `_vimrc` 文件 + * 单击 “文件” -> “保存” -译者注:此处应注意不要使用 `Windows` 自带的记事本编辑该 `_vimrc` 文件。 +(LCTT 译注:此处应注意不要使用 `Windows` 自带的记事本编辑该 `_vimrc` 文件,否则可能会因为行结束符不同而导致问题。) 下面,我们将深入研究提高 `Vim` 编辑效率的选项。主要分为以下几类: @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ 5. 拼写 6. 其他选项 -## 1. 缩进 & 制表符 +### 1. 缩进 & 制表符 使 `Vim` 在创建新行的时候使用与上一行同样的缩进: @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ set smartindent 注意:`Vim` 具有语言感知功能,且其默认设置可以基于文件中的编程语言来改变配置以提高效率。有许多默认的配置选项,包括 `axs cindent`,`cinoptions`,`indentexpr` 等,没有在这里说明。 `syn` 是一个非常有用的命令,用于设置文件的语法以更改显示模式。 -译者注:这里的 `syn` 是指 `syntax`,可用于设置文件所用的编程语言,开启对应的语法高亮,以及执行自动事件 (`autocmd`)。 +(LCTT 译注:这里的 `syn` 是指 `syntax`,可用于设置文件所用的编程语言,开启对应的语法高亮,以及执行自动事件 (`autocmd`)。) 设置文件里的制表符 `(TAB)` 的宽度(以空格的数量表示): @@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ set expandtab 注意:这可能会导致依赖于制表符的 `Python` 等编程语言出现问题。这时,你可以根据文件类型设置该选项(请参考 `autocmd`)。 -## 2. 显示 & 格式化 +### 2. 显示 & 格式化 要在每行的前面显示行号: @@ -100,9 +101,9 @@ set textwidth=80 set wrapmargin=2 ``` -译者注:如果 `textwidth` 选项不等于零,本选项无效。 +(LCTT 译注:如果 `textwidth` 选项不等于零,本选项无效。) -插入括号时,短暂地跳转到匹配的括号: +当光标遍历文件时经过括号时,高亮标识匹配的括号: ```vim set showmatch @@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ set showmatch ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/picture02-03.jpg) -## 3. 搜索 +### 3. 搜索 高亮搜索内容的所有匹配位置: @@ -142,20 +143,22 @@ set smartcase 例如,如果文件内容是: -> test\ -> Test +``` +test +Test +``` 当打开 `ignorecase` 和 `smartcase` 选项时,搜索 `test` 时的突出显示: -> test\ +> test > Test 搜索 `Test` 时的突出显示: -> test\ +> test > Test -## 4. 浏览 & 滚动 +### 4. 浏览 & 滚动 为获得更好的视觉体验,你可能希望将光标放在窗口中间而不是第一行,以下选项使光标距窗口上下保留 5 行。 @@ -163,7 +166,7 @@ set smartcase set scrolloff=5 ``` -一个例子: +一个例子: 第一张图中 `scrolloff=0`,第二张图中 `scrolloff=5`。 @@ -179,7 +182,7 @@ set laststatus=2 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/picture08.png) -## 5. 拼写 +### 5. 拼写 `Vim` 有一个内置的拼写检查器,对于文本编辑和编码非常有用。`Vim` 可以识别文件类型并仅对代码中的注释进行拼写检查。使用下面的选项打开英语拼写检查: @@ -187,9 +190,9 @@ set laststatus=2 set spell spelllang=en_us ``` -译者注:中文、日文或其它东亚语字符通常会在打开拼写检查时被标为拼写错误,因为拼写检查不支持这些语种,可以在 `spelllang` 选项中加入 `cjk` 来忽略这些错误标注。 +(LCTT 译注:中文、日文或其它东亚语字符通常会在打开拼写检查时被标为拼写错误,因为拼写检查不支持这些语种,可以在 `spelllang` 选项中加入 `cjk` 来忽略这些错误标注。) -## 6. 其他选项 +### 6. 其他选项 禁止创建备份文件:启用此选项后,`Vim` 将在覆盖文件前创建一个备份,文件成功写入后保留该备份。如果不想保留该备份文件,可以按下面的方式关闭: @@ -227,9 +230,7 @@ set errorbells set visualbell ``` -## 惊喜 - -vi provides long-format as well as short-format commands. Either format can be used to set or unset the configuration. +### 惊喜 `Vim` 提供长格式和短格式命令,两种格式都可用于设置或取消选项配置。 @@ -245,8 +246,6 @@ set autoindent set ai ``` -To see the current configuration setting of a command without changing its current value, use `?` at the end: - 要在不更改选项当前值的情况下查看其当前设置,可以在 `Vim` 的命令行上使用在末尾加上 `?` 的命令: ```vim @@ -271,71 +270,43 @@ set noautoindent ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/picture10-11.jpg) -注意:此处列出的命令仅对 `Linux` 上的 `Vim 7.4` 版本和 `Windows` 上的 `Vim 8.0` 版本进行了测试。 +注意:此处列出的命令仅对 Linux 上的 Vim 7.4 版本和 Windows 上的 Vim 8.0 版本进行了测试。 这些有用的命令肯定会增强您的 `Vim` 使用体验。你会推荐哪些其他有用的命令? -## 选项列表 +### 选项列表 复制该选项列表粘贴到 `.vimrc` 文件中: ```vim " Indentation & Tabs - set autoindent - set smartindent - set tabstop=4 - set shiftwidth=4 - set expandtab - set smarttab - " Display & format - set number - set textwidth=80 - set wrapmargin=2 - set showmatch - " Search - set hlsearch - set incsearch - set ignorecase - set smartcase - " Browse & Scroll - set scrolloff=5 - set laststatus=2 - " Spell - set spell spelllang=en_us - " Miscellaneous - set nobackup - set noswapfile - set autochdir - set undofile - set visualbell - set errorbells ``` @@ -346,7 +317,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/vi-editor-productivity-powerhouse 作者:[Girish Managoli][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[idea2act](https://github.com/idea2act) -校对:[apemost](https://github.com/apemost) +校对:[apemost](https://github.com/apemost), [wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f6b283471b54eba02b8ab17cd507a699f8de31bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 14:10:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 095/437] PUB:20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @idea2act https://linux.cn/article-10039-1.html 翻译的棒极了,很用心。 --- ...20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md b/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md rename to published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md From 7ada5aa2f946bceff8184776cf5b36716f7a6e06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 14:10:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 096/437] PRF:20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md --- ...180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md b/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md index ab3876c3e0..41fb8e50d7 100644 --- a/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md +++ b/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ `Vim` 作为一款功能强大、选项丰富的编辑器,为许多用户所热爱。本文介绍了一些在 `Vim` 中默认未启用但实际非常有用的选项。虽然可以在每个 `Vim` 会话中单独启用,但为了创建一个开箱即用的高效编辑环境,还是建议在 `Vim` 的配置文件中配置这些命令。 -## 开始前的准备 +### 开始前的准备 这里所说的选项或配置均位于用户主目录中的 `Vim` 启动配置文件 `.vimrc`。 按照下面的说明在 `.vimrc` 中设置选项: From 28510acb2f0ba5eea95c00efce4738e02bb383bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jamelouis Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 15:31:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 097/437] translated --- ...ith openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 59 ++++--------------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 46 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md index 0c07c44ec8..833180811a 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @@ -1,85 +1,52 @@ -[translating by jamelouis] -Getting started with openmediavault: A home NAS solution - openmediavault入门:一个家庭NAS解决方案 ====== -This network-attached file server offers a solid array of features and is easy to install and configure. - 这个网络附加文件服务提供了一序列功能,并且易于安装和配置。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-cloud.png?itok=vz0PIDDS) -With so many cloud storage options readily available, some folks might question the value of having a home NAS (network-attached storage) server. After all, with your files on the cloud, you don't have to worry about managing the maintenance, updates, and security of your own server. - 面对许多可供选择的云存储方案,一些人可能会质疑一个家庭网络附加存储服务的价值。毕竟,当所有你的文件存储在云上,你不需要为你自己云服务的维护,更新,和安全担忧。 -But that's not entirely true, is it? You have a home network, so you've got to pay at least some attention to that network's health and security. Assuming you're already keeping on top of that, then [a home NAS][1] really isn't adding that much additional hassle. And there are all kinds of benefits to gain from that minor amount of work. +但是,这不完全对,是不是?你有一个家庭网络,所以你不得不负责维护网络的健康和安全。假定你已经维护一个家庭网络,那么[一个家庭NAS][1]并不会增加额外负担。反而你能从少量的工作中得到许多的好处。 -但是,这不完全对,是不是?你由一个家庭网络,所以你不得不负责维护网络的健康和安全。假定你已经维护一个家庭网络,那么[一个家庭NAS][1]并不会增加额外负担。反而你能从少量的工作中得到许多的好处。 - -You can have a local backup of every computer in your house (you can also back up off-site). Have a media server that holds movies, music, and photos regardless of whether your internet connection flakes out. Work on large files on multiple computers in your home without waiting for them to traverse from some random computer somewhere else on the internet. Plus, you can have your NAS pull double duty with other services, like hosting local email or a household wiki. Perhaps most importantly, with a home NAS, your data is your data—under your control and always accessible. - -你可以为你家里所有的计算机备份(你也可以备份离线网站).构架一个存储电影,音乐和照片的媒体服务器,不管网络连接是否连接。在家里的多台计算机处理大型文件,不需要等待从网络其他随机的计算机传输这些文件过来。另外,可以让NAS与其他服务一起进行双重任务,如托管本地邮件或者家庭Wiki。也许最重要的是,构架家庭NAS,数据完全是你的,始终在控制下和随时可访问的。 - -The follow-on question is which NAS solution to choose. Sure, you could buy a pre-built solution and call it a day, but what fun is that? And practically speaking, although it's great to have an appliance that handles everything for you, it's often better to have a rig that you can fix and upgrade yourself. This is the situation I found myself in recently. I chose to install and set up [openmediavault][2]. +你可以为你家里所有的计算机备份(你也可以备份离线网站).构架一个存储电影,音乐和照片的媒体服务器,无需担心网络连接是否连接。在家里的多台计算机处理大型文件,不需要等待从网络其他随机的计算机传输这些文件过来。另外,可以让NAS与其他服务一起进行双重任务,如托管本地邮件或者家庭Wiki。也许最重要的是,构架家庭NAS,数据完全是你的,始终在控制下和随时可访问的。 接下来的问题是如何选择NAS方案。当然,你可以购买预先建立的解决方案,并在某一天打电话购买,但是这会有什么乐趣呢?实际上,尽管拥有一个能处理一切的设备很棒,但最好还是有一个可以修复和升级的钻机。这是一个我近期发现的解决方案。我选择安装和配置[openmediavault][2]。 ### 为什么选择openmediavault? -There are a few open source NAS solutions out there, some arguably more popular than openmediavault. When I asked around, for instance, [FreeNAS][3] was recommended the most. So why didn't I go with that? After all, it is more widely used, includes more features, and offers more support options, [according to a comparison on the FreeNAS website][4]. That's certainly all true. But openmediavault is no slouch. It's actually based on an earlier version of FreeNAS, and while its numbers are lower in terms of downloads and features, they're more than adequate for my needs. +市面上有不少开源的NAS解决方案,其中有些无可争议的比openmediavault流行。当我询问周遭,例如,[freeNAS][3]最常被推荐给我。那么为什么我不采纳他们的建议呢?毕竟,它被大范围的使用,包含很多的功能,并且提供许多支持选项,[基于FreeNAS官网的一份对比数据][4]。当然这些全部是对的。但是openmediavault也不差。它是基于FreeNAS早期版本,虽然它在下载和功能方面的数量较低,但是对于我的需求而言,它已经相当足够了。 -市面上有不少开源的NAS解决方案,其中有点无可争议的比openmediavault好。当我询问周遭,例如,[freeNAS][3]最常被推荐给我。那么为什么我不采纳他们的建议呢?毕竟,它被大范围的使用,包含很多的功能,和提供许多支持选项,[基于FreeNAS官网的一份对比数据][4]。当然这些全部是对的。但是openmediavault还是不错的。它是基于FreeNAS早期版本,虽然它在下载和功能方面的数量较低,但是对于我的需求而言,它已经相当足够了。 - -Another factor was a simple matter of comfort. Openmediavault's underlying operating system is [Debian][5], whereas FreeNAS sits atop [FreeBSD][6]. I'm personally not as familiar with FreeBSD, so that would make it more difficult for me to fix things if my NAS starts misbehaving. It also makes it more difficult for me to tweak things or add my own services to the machine if I want. Sure, I could learn FreeBSD and get more familiar with it, but I'm already home-building this NAS; I've found that projects tend to be more successful if you limit the number of "learning opportunities" you give yourself to complete them. - -另外一个因素是它很舒适。openmediavault的底层操作系统是[Debian][5],然而FreeNAS是[FreeBSD][6]。由于我个人对FressBSD不是很熟悉,因此如果我的NAS出现故障,必定会很难在FreeBSD上修复故障。同样的,也会是我很难微调配置或添加服务到机器上。当然,我可以学习FreeBSD和更熟悉它,但是我已经在家里构架了这个NAS;我发现,如果限制给定自己完成构建NAS的“学习机会”的数量,构建NAS往往会更成功。 - -Every situation is different, of course, so do your research and decide what seems to be the best fit for you. FreeNAS looks like the right solution for a lot of people. Openmediavault was the right one for me. +另外一个因素是它让我感到很舒适。openmediavault的底层操作系统是[Debian][5],然而FreeNAS是[FreeBSD][6]。由于我个人对FressBSD不是很熟悉,因此如果我的NAS出现故障,必定会很难在FreeBSD上修复故障。同样的,也会让我觉得很难微调配置或添加服务到机器上。当然,我可以学习FreeBSD和更熟悉它,但是我已经在家里构架了这个NAS;我发现,如果限制给定自己完成构建NAS的“学习机会”的数量,构建NAS往往会更成功。 当然,每个情况都不同,所以你要自己调研,然后作出最适合自己方案的决定。FreeNAS对于许多人似乎都是不错的解决方案。Openmediavault正是适合我的解决方案。 ### 安装与配置 -The installation process is pretty well covered in the [openmediavault documentation][7], so I won't rehash that here. If you've ever installed a Linux distribution, most of the steps should look familiar to you (though with a somewhat uglier [Ncurses][8] interface than you might see on modern distributions). I installed it using the [dedicated drive][9] instructions. However, those instructions, while good, are rather spartan. When you're done, you have a base system installed, but there's more to do before you can actually use your NAS to store any files. For instance, the dedicated drive instructions install openmediavault on a hard drive, but that's the operating system drive, not the one with the shared space that's accessible to other computers on your network. You need to walk yourself through setting that up and configuring it. - 在[openmediavault文档]里详细记录了安装步骤,所以我不在这里重述了。如果你曾经安装过任何一个linux版本,大部分安装步骤都是很类似的(虽然在相对丑陋的[Ucurses][9]界面,不像你可能在现代版本的相对美观的安装界面)。我通过使用[专用驱动器][9]指令来安装它。然而,这些指令不但很好,而且相当精炼的。当你搞定这些指令,你安装了一个基本的系统,但是你还需要做很多才能真正构建好NAS来存储任何文件。例如,专用驱动器指令在硬盘驱动上安装openmediavault,但那是操作系统的驱动,而不是和网络上其他计算机共享空间的那个驱动。你需要自己把这些建立起来并且配置好。 -The first thing you should do is load up the administrative web interface and change the default password. This password is different from the root password you set during the installation process. It's the administrative account for the web interface, and the default username and password are `admin` and `openmediavault`, respectively—definitely something you'll want to change immediately after logging in. - -你要做的第一件事是加载管理的网页界面和修改默认密码。这个密码和之前你安装过程设置的根密码是不同的。这是网页洁面的管理员账号,和默认的账户和密码分别是’admin‘和‘openmediavault’,当你登入后自然而然地会修改这些配置属性。 +你要做的第一件事是加载用来管理的网页界面和修改默认密码。这个密码和之前你安装过程设置的根密码是不同的。这是网页洁面的管理员账号,和默认的账户和密码分别是 `admin` 和 `openmediavault`,当你登入后自然而然地会修改这些配置属性。 #### 设置你的驱动 -Once you've installed openmediavault, you need it to actually do stuff for you. The first logical step is to set up the drives that you're going to use for storage. I'm assuming that you've already got them physically installed, so all you have to do at this point is get openmediavault to recognize them and configure them. The first step is making sure those disks are visible. The sidebar menu has a lot of options, but it's very sensibly organized. Go to **Storage - > Disks**. Once you click that, you should see all of the drives you've installed on your server, including the one where you actually installed openmediavault. If you don't see all of your drives there, click the Scan button to see if it picks them up. Usually, it's not a problem. - 一旦你安装好openmediavault,你需要它为你做一些工作。逻辑上的第一个步骤是设置好你即将用来作为存储的驱动。在这里,我假定你已经物理上安装好它们了,所以接下来你要做的就是让openmediavault识别和配置它们。第一步是确保这些磁盘是可见的。侧边栏菜单有很多选项,而且被精心的归类了。选择**存储 - > 磁盘**。一旦你点击该菜单,你应该能够看到所有你已经安装到该服务器的驱动,包括那个你已经用来安装openmediavault的驱动。如果你没有在那里看到所有驱动,点击扫描按钮去看它能够接载它们。通常,这不会是一个问题。 -You could mount these drives individually to set them up as your file share, but for a file server, you'll want some redundancy. You want to be able to treat multiple drives as a single volume and recover your data if a drive fails or add new drives when you start running out of space. That means you're going to want a [RAID][10]. The topic of what specific type of RAID configuration you want is a deep rabbit hole that deserves an article all of its own (and many have been written), but suffice it to say that you'll need more than one drive, and in the best case, all of your drives store the same amount of data. - 当你的文件共享时,你可以独立的挂载和设置这些驱动,但是对于一个文件服务器,你将想要一些冗余驱动。你想要能够把很多驱动当作一个单一卷和能够在某一个驱动出现故障或者空间不足下安装新驱动的情况下恢复你的数据。这意味你将需要一个[RAID][10]。你想要的什么特定类型的RAID的主题是一个深深的兔子洞,是一个值得另写一片文章专门来讲述它(而且已经有很多关于该主题的文章了),但是简而言之是你将需要不仅仅一个驱动和最好的情况下,你的所有驱动都存储一样数量的数据。 -Openmediavault supports all standard RAID levels, so you're good to go there. Configure your RAID in **Storage - > RAID Management**. Configuration is absurdly simple: Click the Create button, choose the disks you want in your RAID array, the RAID level you want to use, and a name for the array. Openmediavault handles the rest for you. There's no messing around at the command line, trying to remember which flags to use with the `mdadm` command. In my specific case, I have six 2-TB drives that I've set up as RAID 10. - openmedia支持所有标准的RAID级别,所以多了解RAID对你很有好处的。可以在**存储 - > RAID管理**配置你的RAID。配置是相当简单:点击创建按钮,在你的RAID阵列里选择你想要的磁盘和你想要使用的RAID级别,和给这个阵列一个名字。openmediavault为你处理剩下的工作。没有混乱的命令行,试图记住‘mdadm'命令的一些标志参数。在我特别的例子,我有六个2TB驱动,并被设置为RAID 10. -With your RAID set up, you've almost got a place to store things. You just need to set up a file system. Just like your desktop computer, a hard drive doesn't do you any good until you format it. So the next place to go in openmediavault's control panel is **Storage - > File Systems**. Just like configuring your RAID, click the Create button and follow the prompts. In this case, you choose the device to format. If you have only the one RAID on your server, it should be something like `md0`. You'll also need to choose the filesystem type. If you're not sure, just use the standard ext4 type. +当你的RAID构建好了,基本上你已经有一个地方可以存储东西了。你仅仅需要设置一个文件系统。正如你的桌面系统,一个硬盘驱动在没有格式化情况下是没什么用处的。所以下一个你要去的地方的是位于openmediavault控制面板里的 **存储 - > 文件系统**。和配置你的RAID一样,点击创建按钮,然后跟着提示操作。如果你只有一个RAID在你的服务器上,你应该可以看到一个像 `md0`的东西。你也需要选择文件系统的类别。如果你不能确定,选择标准的ext4类型即可。 -当你的RAID构建好了,基本上你已经有一个地方可以存储东西了。你仅仅需要设置一个文件系统。正如你的桌面系统,一个硬盘驱动在没有格式化情况下是没什么用处的。所以下一个你要去的地方的是位于openmediavault控制面板里的**存储 - > 文件系统**。和配置你的RAID一样,点击创建按钮,然后跟着提示操作。如果你只有一个RAID在你的服务器上,你应该可以看到一个像’md0‘的东西。你也需要选择文件系统的类别。如果你不能确定,选择标准的ext4类型即可。 +#### 定义你的共享 -#### Define your shares +亲爱的!你有个地方可以存储文件了。现在你只需要让它在你的家庭网络中可见。可以从在openmediavault控制面板上的**服务**部分上配置。当谈到在网络上设置文件共享,有两个主要的选择:NFS或者SMB/CIFS. 根据以往经验,如果你网络上的所有计算机都是Linux系统,那么你使用NFS会更好。然而,当你家庭网络是一个混合环境,是一个包含Linux,Windows,苹果系统和嵌入式设备的组合,那么SMB/CIF可能会是你合适的选择。 -Sweet! You've got a place to store files. Now you just need to make it visible on your home network. Configure this from the **Services** section of the openmediavault control panel. When it comes to setting up a file share on a network, there are really two main choices: NFS or SMB/CIFS. As a rule of thumb, if all of the computers on your network are running Linux distributions, then you're probably better off using NFS. However, if your home network is a mixed environment with a combination of Linux, Windows, Mac OS, and embedded devices, then SMB/CIFS is probably the right choice. +这些选项不是互斥的。实际上,你可以在服务器上运行这些服务和同时拥有这些服务的好处。或者你可以混合起来,如果你有一个特定的设备做特定的任务。不管你的使用场景是怎样,配置这些服务是相当简单。点击你想要的服务,从它配置中激活它,和在网络中设定你想要的共享文件夹为可见。在基于SMB/CIFS共享的情况下,相对于NFS多了一些可用的配置,但是一般用默认配置就挺好的,接着可以在默认基础上修改配置。最酷的事情是它很容易配置,同时也很容易在需要的时候修改配置。 -These options aren't mutually exclusive. You could actually run both services on your server and get the best of both worlds. Or you could mix it up if you have specific devices dedicated to particular tasks. Whatever your usage scenario, configuring these services is dirt simple. Click on the service you want, enable it from its Settings, and define the shared folders you want visible on the network. In the case of SMB/CIFS shares, there are a few more settings available than with NFS, but most of the defaults are fine to start with. The cool thing is that since it's so easy to configure, it's also pretty easy to change on the fly. +#### 用户配置 -#### Configure users +基本上已将完成了。你已经在RAID配置你的驱动。你已经用一种文件系统格式化了RAID。和你已经在格式化的RAID上设定了共享文件夹。剩下来的一件事情是配置那些人可以访问这些共享和可以访问多少。这个可以在 **访问权限管理** 配置区设置。使用 **用户** 和 **群组** 选项来设定可以连接到你共享文件加的用户和设定这些共享文件的访问权限。 -You're almost done. You've configured your drives in a RAID. You've formatted that RAID with a file system. And you've defined shared folders on that formatted RAID. The only thing left is saying who can access those shares and how much. This is handled from the **Access Rights Management** section. Use the **User** and **Group** sections to define the users who connect to your shared folders and the permissions they have with the files in those folders. - -Once you do that, you're pretty much good to go. You'll need to access your shares from your various client machines, but that's a topic for another article. - -Have fun! +一旦你完成用户配置,你几乎准备好了。你需要从不同客户端机器访问你的共享,但是这是另外一个可以单独写个文章的话题了。 玩得开心! @@ -89,7 +56,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/openmediavault 作者:[Jason van Gumster][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者:[jamelouis](https://github.com/jamelouis) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 12e6e6cc5b37020e9478e674c2a8b9c0ff625c71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 16:25:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 098/437] Create 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ..., a static site generator written in Go.md | 128 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 128 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71528d7848 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +Hugo,30分钟搭建博客,一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 +====== + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) + 你是不是强烈的想搭建博客来将自己对软件框架等的探索学习成果分享呢? + 你是不是面对缺乏指导文档而一团糟的项目就有一种想去改变它的冲动呢? + 或者换个角度,你是不是十分期待能创建一个属于自己的个人博客网站呢? + 很多人在想搭建博客之前都有一些严重的迟疑顾虑:感觉自己缺乏内容管理系统(CMS)的相关知识,更缺乏时间去学习这些知识。现在,如果我说不用花费大把的时间去学习 CMS 系统、学习如何创建一个静态网站、更不用操心如何去强化网站以防止它受到黑客攻击的问题,你就可以在 30 分钟之内创建一个博客?你信不信?利用 Hugo 工具,就可以实现这一切。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) + Hugo 是一个基于 Go 语言开发的静态站点生成工具。也许你会问,为什么选择它? + * 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台,更没有额外的安全问题。 + * 都是静态站点,因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外,所有的网页都是在部署的时候呈现,所以服务器负载很小。 + * 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件(VCS)或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo,所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 + ### 0-5 分钟:下载 Hugo,生成一个网站 +直白的说,Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时,搭建一个网站。 + 为了简化 Hugo 安装流程,这里直接使用 Hugo 可执行安装文件。 + 1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]; + + 2. 压缩包解压到指定路径,例如 windows 系统的 `C:\hugo_dir` 或者 Linux 系统的 `~/hugo_dir` 目录;下文中的变量 `${HUGO_HOME}` 所指的路径就是这个安装目录; + 3. 打开命令行终端,进入安装目录:`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`; + + 4. 确认 Hugo 已经启动: + + * Unix 系统:`${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]`; + * Windows 系统:`${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]`; + + 例如:Windows 系统下,cmd 命令行中输入:`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。 + 为了书写上的简化,下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径(包括可执行文件),例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(译者注:可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下,这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`) + 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错,你可能下载了错误的版本。当然,有很多种方法安装 Hugo,更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下,然后执行的时候带上路径名 + 5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客,输入命令:`hugo new site awesome-blog`; + + 6. 进入新创建的路径下: `cd awesome-blog`; + 恭喜你!你已经创建了自己的新博客。 + ### 5-10 分钟:为博客设置主题 + Hugo 中你可以自己构建博客的主题或者使用网上已经有的一些主题。这里选择 [Kiera][4] 主题,因为它简洁漂亮。按以下步骤来安装该主题: + 1. 进入主题所在目录:`cd themes`; + + 2. 克隆主题:`git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`。如果你没有安装 Git 工具: + * 从 [Github][5] 上下载 hugo 的 .zip 格式的文件; + * 解压该 .zip 文件到你的博客主题 `theme` 路径; + * 重命名 `hugo-kiera-master` 为 `kiera`; + + 3. 返回博客主路径:`cd awesome-blog`; + + 4. 激活主题;通常来说,主题(包括 Kiera )都自带文件夹 `exampleSite`,里面存放了内容配置的示例文件。激活 Kiera 主题需要拷贝它提供的 `config.toml` 到你的博客下: + * Unix 系统:`cp themes/kiera/exampleSite/config.toml .`; + * Windows 系统:`copy themes\kiera\exampleSite\config.toml .`; + * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原有的 `config.toml`; + + 5. ( 可选操作 )你可以选择可视化的方式启动服务器来验证主题是否生效:`hugo server -D` 然后在浏览器中输入 `http://localhost:1313`。可用通过在终端中输入 `Crtl+C` 来停止服务器运行。现在你的博客还是空的,但这也给你留了写作的空间。它看起来如下所示: + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) + 你已经成功的给博客设置了主题!你可以在官方 [Hugo 主题][4] 网站上找到上百种漂亮的主题供你使用。 + ### 10-20 分钟:给博客添加内容 + 对于碗来说,它是空的时候用处最大,可以用来盛放东西;但对于博客来说不是这样,空博客几乎毫无用处。在这一步,你将会给博客添加内容。Hugo 和 Kiera 主题都为这个工作提供了方便性。按以下步骤来进行你的第一次提交: + 1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 + + 2. 添加主题中的 archtypes 至你的博客: + * Unix 系统: `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` + * Windows 系统:`copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` + * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原来的 `default.md` 内容架构类型 + 3. 创建博客 posts 目录: + * Unix 系统: `mkdir content/posts` + * Windows 系统: `mkdir content\posts` + + 4. 利用 Hugo 生成你的 post: + * Unix 系统:`hugo nes posts/first-post.md`; + * Windows 系统:`hugo new posts\first-post.md`; + + 5. 在文本编辑器中打开这个新建的 post 文件: + * Unix 系统:`gedit content/posts/first-post.md`; + * Windows 系统:`notepadd content\posts\first-post.md`; + 此刻,你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据,例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中,这叫做前缀。在前缀之后,才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容: + ``` ++++ + title = "First Post" + date = 2018-03-03T13:23:10+01:00 + draft = false + tags = ["Getting started"] + categories = [] + +++ + Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! + ``` + 现在你要做的就是启动你的服务器:`hugo server -D`;然后打开浏览器,输入 `http://localhost:1313/`。 +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_3.png?itok=I-_v0qLx) + ### 20-30 分钟:调整网站 + 前面的工作很完美,但还有一些问题需要解决。例如,简单地命名你的站点: + 1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 + + 2. 打开 `config.toml`,编辑博客的名称,版权,你的姓名,社交网站等等。 + 当你再次启动服务器后,你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过,还少一个重要的基础内容:主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件,在末尾插入如下一段: +``` +[[menu.main]] + name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar + weight = 10 #The larger the weight, the more on the right this item will be + url = "/" #URL address + [[menu.main]] + name = "Posts" + weight = 20 + url = "/posts/" + ``` + 上面这段代码添加了 `Home` 和 `Posts` 到主菜单中。你还需要一个 `About` 页面。这次是创建一个 `.md` 文件,而不是编辑 `config.toml` 文件: + 1. 创建 `about.md` 文件:`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`,不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容,所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 + + 2. 用文本编辑器打开该文件,输入如下一段: +``` ++++ + title = "About" + date = 2018-03-03T13:50:49+01:00 + menu = "main" #Display this page on the nav menu + weight = "30" #Right-most nav item + meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories + +++ + > Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki + ``` + 当你启动你的服务器并输入:`http://localhost:1313/`,你将会看到你的博客。(访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] )如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似,给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo + 作者:[Marek Czernek][a] +译者:[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + [a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek +[1]:https://gohugo.io/ +[2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases +[3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ +[4]:https://themes.gohugo.io/ +[5]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera +[6]:https://m-czernek.github.io/awesome-blog/ +[7]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera/pull/18/files From 94734b077081011aba900164e39d21e79b604caa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 16:27:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 099/437] Update 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ...th Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md | 12 +++++++----- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md index 71528d7848..1b0059adad 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -110,15 +110,17 @@ Hugo,30分钟搭建博客,一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories +++ > Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki + ``` 当你启动你的服务器并输入:`http://localhost:1313/`,你将会看到你的博客。(访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] )如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似,给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo - 作者:[Marek Czernek][a] + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo +作者:[Marek Czernek][a] 译者:[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - [a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek [1]:https://gohugo.io/ [2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases [3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ From 2ffa31f084d32d3d9d3fc743ef6eeea36f9a0d1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 16:30:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 100/437] Update 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ..., a static site generator written in Go.md | 85 +++++++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 67 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md index 1b0059adad..f5366353b3 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -1,38 +1,54 @@ Hugo,30分钟搭建博客,一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) + 你是不是强烈的想搭建博客来将自己对软件框架等的探索学习成果分享呢? + 你是不是面对缺乏指导文档而一团糟的项目就有一种想去改变它的冲动呢? + 或者换个角度,你是不是十分期待能创建一个属于自己的个人博客网站呢? + 很多人在想搭建博客之前都有一些严重的迟疑顾虑:感觉自己缺乏内容管理系统(CMS)的相关知识,更缺乏时间去学习这些知识。现在,如果我说不用花费大把的时间去学习 CMS 系统、学习如何创建一个静态网站、更不用操心如何去强化网站以防止它受到黑客攻击的问题,你就可以在 30 分钟之内创建一个博客?你信不信?利用 Hugo 工具,就可以实现这一切。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) + Hugo 是一个基于 Go 语言开发的静态站点生成工具。也许你会问,为什么选择它? - * 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台,更没有额外的安全问题。 - * 都是静态站点,因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外,所有的网页都是在部署的时候呈现,所以服务器负载很小。 - * 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件(VCS)或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo,所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 + * 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台,更没有额外的安全问题。 + * 都是静态站点,因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外,所有的网页都是在部署的时候呈现,所以服务器负载很小。 + * 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件(VCS)或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo,所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 + ### 0-5 分钟:下载 Hugo,生成一个网站 -直白的说,Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时,搭建一个网站。 + + 直白的说,Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时,搭建一个网站。 + 为了简化 Hugo 安装流程,这里直接使用 Hugo 可执行安装文件。 - 1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]; + + 1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]; 2. 压缩包解压到指定路径,例如 windows 系统的 `C:\hugo_dir` 或者 Linux 系统的 `~/hugo_dir` 目录;下文中的变量 `${HUGO_HOME}` 所指的路径就是这个安装目录; - 3. 打开命令行终端,进入安装目录:`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`; + + 3. 打开命令行终端,进入安装目录:`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`; 4. 确认 Hugo 已经启动: - * Unix 系统:`${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]`; * Windows 系统:`${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]`; - 例如:Windows 系统下,cmd 命令行中输入:`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。 - 为了书写上的简化,下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径(包括可执行文件),例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(译者注:可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下,这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`) - 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错,你可能下载了错误的版本。当然,有很多种方法安装 Hugo,更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下,然后执行的时候带上路径名 - 5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客,输入命令:`hugo new site awesome-blog`; + 例如:Windows 系统下,cmd 命令行中输入:`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version`。 + + 为了书写上的简化,下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径(包括可执行文件),例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(译者注:可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下,这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`) + 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错,你可能下载了错误的版本。当然,有很多种方法安装 Hugo,更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下,然后执行的时候带上路径名 + + 5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客,输入命令:`hugo new site awesome-blog`; 6. 进入新创建的路径下: `cd awesome-blog`; + 恭喜你!你已经创建了自己的新博客。 + ### 5-10 分钟:为博客设置主题 + Hugo 中你可以自己构建博客的主题或者使用网上已经有的一些主题。这里选择 [Kiera][4] 主题,因为它简洁漂亮。按以下步骤来安装该主题: - 1. 进入主题所在目录:`cd themes`; + + 1. 进入主题所在目录:`cd themes`; 2. 克隆主题:`git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`。如果你没有安装 Git 工具: * 从 [Github][5] 上下载 hugo 的 .zip 格式的文件; @@ -47,17 +63,23 @@ Hugo,30分钟搭建博客,一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原有的 `config.toml`; 5. ( 可选操作 )你可以选择可视化的方式启动服务器来验证主题是否生效:`hugo server -D` 然后在浏览器中输入 `http://localhost:1313`。可用通过在终端中输入 `Crtl+C` 来停止服务器运行。现在你的博客还是空的,但这也给你留了写作的空间。它看起来如下所示: + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) + 你已经成功的给博客设置了主题!你可以在官方 [Hugo 主题][4] 网站上找到上百种漂亮的主题供你使用。 + ### 10-20 分钟:给博客添加内容 + 对于碗来说,它是空的时候用处最大,可以用来盛放东西;但对于博客来说不是这样,空博客几乎毫无用处。在这一步,你将会给博客添加内容。Hugo 和 Kiera 主题都为这个工作提供了方便性。按以下步骤来进行你的第一次提交: - 1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 + + 1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 2. 添加主题中的 archtypes 至你的博客: * Unix 系统: `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` * Windows 系统:`copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原来的 `default.md` 内容架构类型 - 3. 创建博客 posts 目录: + + 3. 创建博客 posts 目录: * Unix 系统: `mkdir content/posts` * Windows 系统: `mkdir content\posts` @@ -68,7 +90,9 @@ Hugo,30分钟搭建博客,一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 5. 在文本编辑器中打开这个新建的 post 文件: * Unix 系统:`gedit content/posts/first-post.md`; * Windows 系统:`notepadd content\posts\first-post.md`; - 此刻,你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据,例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中,这叫做前缀。在前缀之后,才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容: + + 此刻,你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据,例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中,这叫做前缀。在前缀之后,才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容: + ``` +++ title = "First Post" @@ -79,14 +103,21 @@ Hugo,30分钟搭建博客,一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 +++ Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! ``` + 现在你要做的就是启动你的服务器:`hugo server -D`;然后打开浏览器,输入 `http://localhost:1313/`。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_3.png?itok=I-_v0qLx) + ### 20-30 分钟:调整网站 + 前面的工作很完美,但还有一些问题需要解决。例如,简单地命名你的站点: - 1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 + + 1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 2. 打开 `config.toml`,编辑博客的名称,版权,你的姓名,社交网站等等。 - 当你再次启动服务器后,你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过,还少一个重要的基础内容:主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件,在末尾插入如下一段: + + 当你再次启动服务器后,你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过,还少一个重要的基础内容:主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件,在末尾插入如下一段: + ``` [[menu.main]] name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar @@ -97,10 +128,13 @@ Hugo,30分钟搭建博客,一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 weight = 20 url = "/posts/" ``` + 上面这段代码添加了 `Home` 和 `Posts` 到主菜单中。你还需要一个 `About` 页面。这次是创建一个 `.md` 文件,而不是编辑 `config.toml` 文件: - 1. 创建 `about.md` 文件:`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`,不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容,所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 + + 1. 创建 `about.md` 文件:`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`,不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容,所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 2. 用文本编辑器打开该文件,输入如下一段: + ``` +++ title = "About" @@ -112,19 +146,34 @@ Hugo,30分钟搭建博客,一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 > Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki ``` + 当你启动你的服务器并输入:`http://localhost:1313/`,你将会看到你的博客。(访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] )如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似,给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo + 作者:[Marek Czernek][a] + 译者:[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) + 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + [a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek + [1]:https://gohugo.io/ + [2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases + [3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ + [4]:https://themes.gohugo.io/ + [5]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera + [6]:https://m-czernek.github.io/awesome-blog/ + [7]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera/pull/18/files From 9c6a8a471c39cfb12475805b785ba2f51d8445f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 16:32:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 101/437] Delete 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ..., a static site generator written in Go.md | 194 ------------------ 1 file changed, 194 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md deleted file mode 100644 index cc1b5531d1..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,194 +0,0 @@ -【翻译中】translating by jrglinux! - - -Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) -Do you want to start a blog to share your latest adventures with various software frameworks? Do you love a project that is poorly documented and want to fix that? Or do you just want to create a personal website? - -Many people who want to start a blog have a significant caveat: lack of knowledge about a content management system (CMS) or time to learn. Well, what if I said you don't need to spend days learning a new CMS, setting up a basic website, styling it, and hardening it against attackers? What if I said you could create a blog in 30 minutes, start to finish, with [Hugo][1]? - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) - -Hugo is a static site generator written in Go. Why use Hugo, you ask? - - * Because there is no database, no plugins requiring any permissions, and no underlying platform running on your server, there's no added security concern. - * The blog is a set of static websites, which means lightning-fast serve time. Additionally, all pages are rendered at deploy time, so your server's load is minimal. - * Version control is easy. Some CMS platforms use their own version control system (VCS) or integrate Git into their interface. With Hugo, all your source files can live natively on the VCS of your choice. - - - -### Minutes 0-5: Download Hugo and generate a site - -To put it bluntly, Hugo is here to make writing a website fun again. Let's time the 30 minutes, shall we? - -To simplify the installation of Hugo, download the binary file. To do so: - - 1. Download the appropriate [archive][2] for your operating system. - - 2. Unzip the archive into a directory of your choice, for example `C:\hugo_dir` or `~/hugo_dir`; this path will be referred to as `${HUGO_HOME}`. - - 3. Open the command line and change into your directory: `cd ${HUGO_HOME}`. - - 4. Verify that Hugo is working: - - * On Unix: `${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]` - * On Windows: `${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]` -For example, `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version`. - -For simplicity, I'll refer to the path to the Hugo binary (including the binary) as `hugo`. For example, `hugo version` would translate to `C:\hugo_dir\hugo version` on your computer. - -If you get an error message, you may have downloaded the wrong version. Also note there are many possible ways to install Hugo. See the [official documentation][3] for more information. Ideally, you put the Hugo binary on PATH. For this quick start, it's fine to use the full path of the Hugo binary. - - - - 5. Create a new site that will become your blog: `hugo new site awesome-blog`. - 6. Change into the newly created directory: `cd awesome-blog`. - - - -Congratulations! You have just created your new blog. - -### Minutes 5-10: Theme your blog - -With Hugo, you can either theme your blog yourself or use one of the beautiful, ready-made [themes][4]. I chose [Kiera][5] because it is deliciously simple. To install the theme: - - 1. Change into the themes directory: `cd themes`. - 2. Clone your theme: `git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`. If you do not have Git installed: - * Download the .zip file from [GitHub][5]. - * Unzip it to your site's `themes` directory. - * Rename the directory from `hugo-kiera-master` to `kiera`. - 3. Change the directory to the awesome-blog level: `cd awesome-blog`. - 4. Activate the theme. Themes (including Kiera) often come with a directory called `exampleSite`, which contains example content and an example settings file. To activate Kiera, copy the provided `config.toml` file to your blog: - * On Unix: `cp themes/kiera/exampleSite/config.toml .` - * On Windows: `copy themes\kiera\exampleSite\config.toml .` - * Confirm `Yes` to override the old `config.toml` - 5. (Optional) You can start your server to visually verify the theme is activated: `hugo server -D` and access `http://localhost:1313` in your web browser. Once you've reviewed your blog, you can turn off the server by pressing `Ctrl+C` in the command line. Your blog is empty, but we're getting someplace. It should look something like this: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) - -You have just themed your blog! You can find hundreds of beautiful themes on the official [Hugo themes][4] site. - -### Minutes 10-20: Add content to your blog - -Whereas a bowl is most useful when it is empty, this is not the case for a blog. In this step, you'll add content to your blog. Hugo and the Kiera theme simplify this process. To add your first post: - - 1. Article archetypes are templates for your content. - 2. Add theme archetypes to your blog site: - * On Unix: `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` - * On Windows: `copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` - * Confirm `Yes` to override the `default.md` archetype - 3. Create a new directory for your blog posts: - * On Unix: `mkdir content/posts` - * On Windows: `mkdir content\posts` - 4. Use Hugo to generate your post: - * On Unix: `hugo new posts/first-post.md` - * On Windows: `hugo new posts\first-post.md` - 5. Open the new post in a text editor of your choice: - * On Unix: `gedit content/posts/first-post.md` - * On Windows: `notepad content\posts\first-post.md` - - - -At this point, you can go wild. Notice that your post consists of two sections. The first one is separated by `+++`. It contains metadata about your post, such as its title. In Hugo, this is called front matter. After the front matter, the article begins. Create the first post: -``` -+++ - -title = "First Post" - -date = 2018-03-03T13:23:10+01:00 - -draft = false - -tags = ["Getting started"] - -categories = [] - -+++ - - - -Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! - -``` - -All you need to do now is start the server: `hugo server -D`. Open your browser and enter: `http://localhost:1313/`. -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_3.png?itok=I-_v0qLx) - -### Minutes 20-30: Tweak your site - -What we've done is great, but there are still a few niggles to iron out. For example, naming your site is simple: - - 1. Stop your server by pressing `Ctrl+C` on the command line. - 2. Open `config.toml` and edit settings such as the blog's title, copyright, name, your social network links, etc. - - - -When you start your server again, you'll see your blog has a bit more personalization. One more basic thing is missing: menus. That's a quick fix as well. Back in `config.toml`, insert the following at the bottom: -``` -[[menu.main]] - -    name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar - -    weight = 10 #The larger the weight, the more on the right this item will be - -    url = "/" #URL address - -[[menu.main]] - -    name = "Posts" - -    weight = 20 - -    url = "/posts/" - -``` - -This adds menus for Home and Posts. You still need an About page. Instead of referencing it from the `config.toml` file, reference it from a markdown file: - - 1. Create an About file: `hugo new about.md`. Notice that it's `about.md`, not `posts/about.md`. The About page is not a blog post, so you don't want it displayed in the Posts section. - 2. Open the file in a text editor and enter the following: - - -``` -+++ - -title = "About" - -date = 2018-03-03T13:50:49+01:00 - -menu = "main" #Display this page on the nav menu - -weight = "30" #Right-most nav item - -meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories - -+++ - - - -> Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki - -``` - -When you start your Hugo server and open `http://localhost:1313/`, you should see your new blog ready to be used. (Check out [my example][6] on my GitHub page.) If you'd like to change the active style of menu items to make the padding slightly nicer (like the GitHub live version), apply [this patch][7] to your `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` file. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo - -作者:[Marek Czernek][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek -[1]:https://gohugo.io/ -[2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases -[3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ -[4]:https://themes.gohugo.io/ -[5]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera -[6]:https://m-czernek.github.io/awesome-blog/ -[7]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera/pull/18/files From 2930e0fb5eb50be1ed63453392dc9aefe0a042f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 19:38:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 102/437] PRF:20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md @distant1219 --- .../20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md | 111 +++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 56 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md b/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md index de03252886..f159653403 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md @@ -1,152 +1,153 @@ Git 使用简介 ====== +> 我将向你介绍让 Git 的启动、运行,并和 GitHub 一起使用的基础知识。 + ![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/developer-3461405_1920.png?itok=6H3sYe80) -如果你是一个开发者,那你应该熟悉许多开发工具。你已经花了多年时间来学习一种或者多种编程语言并完善你的技巧。你可以熟练运用图形工具或者命令行工具开发。在你看来,没有任何事可以阻挡你。你的代码, 好像你的思想和你的手指一样,将会创建一个优雅的,完美评价的应用程序,并会风靡世界。 +如果你是一个开发者,那你应该熟悉许多开发工具。你已经花了多年时间来学习一种或者多种编程语言并打磨你的技巧。你可以熟练运用图形工具或者命令行工具开发。在你看来,没有任何事可以阻挡你。你的代码, 好像你的思想和你的手指一样,将会创建一个优雅的,完美评价的应用程序,并会风靡世界。 -然而,如果你和其他人共同开发一个项目会发生什么呢?或者,你开发的应用程序变地越来越大,下一步你将如何去做?如果你想成功地和其他开发者合作,你定会想用一个分布式版本控制系统。使用这样一个系统,合作开发一个项目变得非常高效和可靠。这样的一个系统便是 [Git][1]。还有一个叫 [GitHub][2] 的方便的存储仓库,来存储你的项目代码,这样你的团队可以检查和修改代码。 +然而,如果你和其他人共同开发一个项目会发生什么呢?或者,你开发的应用程序变地越来越大,下一步你将如何去做?如果你想成功地和其他开发者合作,你定会想用一个分布式版本控制系统。使用这样一个系统,合作开发一个项目变得非常高效和可靠。这样的一个系统便是 [Git][1]。还有一个叫 [GitHub][2] 的方便的存储仓库,用来存储你的项目代码,这样你的团队可以检查和修改代码。 + +我将向你介绍让 Git 的启动、运行,并和 GitHub 一起使用的基础知识,可以让你的应用程序的开发可以提升到一个新的水平。我将在 Ubuntu 18.04 上进行演示,因此如果您选择的发行版本不同,您只需要修改 Git 安装命令以适合你的发行版的软件包管理器。 -我将向你介绍让 Git 的启动、运行,并和 GitHub 一起使用的基础知识,可以让你的应用程序的开发可以提升到一个新的水平。 我将在 Ubuntu 18.04 上进行演示,因此如果您选择的发行版本不同,您只需要修改 Git 安装命令以适合你的发行版的软件包管理器。 ### Git 和 GitHub 第一件事就是创建一个免费的 GitHub 账号,打开 [GitHub 注册页面][3],然后填上需要的信息。完成这个之后,你就注备好开始安装 Git 了(这两件事谁先谁后都可以)。 安装 Git 非常简单,打开一个命令行终端,并输入命令: + ``` sudo apt install git-all - ``` + 这将会安装大量依赖包,但是你将了解使用 Git 和 GitHub 所需的一切。 -注意:我使用 Git 来下载程序的安装源码。有许多时候,内置的软件管理器不提供某个软件,除了去第三方库中下载源码,我经常去这个软件项目的 Git 主页,像这样克隆: +附注:我使用 Git 来下载程序的安装源码。有许多时候,内置的软件管理器不提供某个软件,除了去第三方库中下载源码,我经常去这个软件项目的 Git 主页,像这样克隆: + ``` git clone ADDRESS - ``` -ADDRESS就是那个软件项目的 Git 主页。这样我就可以确保自己安装那个软件的最新发行版了。 -创建一个本地仓库并添加一个文件。 -下一步就是在你的电脑里创建一个本地仓库(本文称之为newproject,位于~/目录下),打开一个命令行终端,并输入下面的命令: +“ADDRESS” 就是那个软件项目的 Git 主页。这样我就可以确保自己安装那个软件的最新发行版了。 + +### 创建一个本地仓库并添加一个文件 + +下一步就是在你的电脑里创建一个本地仓库(本文称之为 newproject,位于 `~/` 目录下),打开一个命令行终端,并输入下面的命令: + ``` cd ~/ - mkdir newproject - cd newproject - ``` -现在你需要初始化这个仓库。在 ~/newproject 目录下,输入命令 git init,当命令运行完,你就可以看到一个刚刚创建的空的 Git 仓库了(图1)。 +现在你需要初始化这个仓库。在 `~/newproject` 目录下,输入命令 `git init`,当命令运行完,你就可以看到一个刚刚创建的空的 Git 仓库了(图1)。 ![new repository][5] -图 1:初始化完成的新仓库 +*图 1: 初始化完成的新仓库* -[使用许可][6] - -下一步就是往项目里添加文件。我们在项目根目录(~/newproject)输入下面的命令: +下一步就是往项目里添加文件。我们在项目根目录(`~/newproject`)输入下面的命令: ``` touch readme.txt - ``` -现在项目里多了个空文件。输入 git status 来验证 Git 已经检测到多了个新文件(图2)。 +现在项目里多了个空文件。输入 `git status` 来验证 Git 已经检测到多了个新文件(图2)。 ![readme][8] -图 2: Git 检测到新文件readme.txt - -[使用许可][6] +*图 2: Git 检测到新文件readme.txt* 即使 Git 检测到新的文件,但它并没有被真正的加入这个项目仓库。为此,你要输入下面的命令: ``` git add readme.txt - ``` -一旦完成这个命令,再输入 git status 命令,可以看到,readme.txt 已经是这个项目里的新文件了(图3)。 +一旦完成这个命令,再输入 `git status` 命令,可以看到,`readme.txt` 已经是这个项目里的新文件了(图3)。 + ![file added][10] -图 3: 我们的文件已经被添加进临时环境 +*图 3: 我们的文件已经被添加进临时环境* -[使用许可][6] ### 第一次提交 -当新文件添加进临时环境之后,我们现在就准备好第一次提交了。什么是提交呢?它是很简单的,一次提交就是记录你更改的项目的文件。创建一次提交也是非常简单的。但是,为提交创建一个描述信息非常重要。通过这样做,你将添加有关提交包含的内容的注释,比如你对文件做出的修改。然而,在这样做之前,我们需要确认我们的 Git 账户,输入以下命令: + +当新文件添加进临时环境之后,我们现在就准备好创建第一个提交commit了。什么是提交呢?简单的说,一个提交就是你更改的项目的文件的记录。创建一个提交也是非常简单的。但是,为提交包含一个描述信息非常重要。通过这样做,你可以添加有关该提交包含的内容的注释,比如你对文件做出的何种修改。然而,在这样做之前,我们需要告知 Git 我们的账户,输入以下命令: + ``` git config --global user.email EMAIL - git config --global user.name “FULL NAME” - ``` -EMAIL 即你的 email 地址,FULL NAME 则是你的姓名。现在你可以通过以下命令创建一个提交: + +“EMAIL” 即你的 email 地址,“FULL NAME” 则是你的姓名。 + +现在你可以通过以下命令创建一个提交: + ``` git commit -m “Descriptive Message” - ``` -Descriptive Message 即为你的提交的描述性信息。比如,当你第一次提交是提交一个 readme.txt 文件,你可以这样提交: + +“Descriptive Message” 即为你的提交的描述性信息。比如,当你第一个提交是提交一个 `readme.txt` 文件,你可以这样提交: + ``` git commit -m “First draft of readme.txt file” - ``` -你可以看到输出显示一个文件已经修改,并且,为 readnme.txt 创建了一个新模式(图4) +你可以看到输出表明一个文件已经修改,并且,为 `readme.txt` 创建了一个新的文件模式(图4) ![success][12] -图4:提交成功 +*图4:提交成功* + + +### 创建分支并推送至 GitHub + +分支是很重要的,它允许你在项目状态间中移动。假如,你想给你的应用创建一个新的特性。为了这样做,你创建了个新分支。一旦你完成你的新特性,你可以把这个新分支合并到你的主分支中去,使用以下命令创建一个新分支: -[使用许可][6] -### 创建分支并推送至GitHub -分支是很重要的,它允许你从项目状态间中移动。假如,你想给你的应用创建一个新的特性。为了这样做,你创建了个新分支。一旦你完成你的新特性,你可以把这个新分支合并到你的主分支中去,使用以下命令创建一个新分支: ``` git checkout -b BRANCH - ``` -BRANCH 即为你新分支的名字,一旦执行完命令,输入 git branch 命令来查看是否创建了新分支(图5) + +“BRANCH” 即为你新分支的名字,一旦执行完命令,输入 `git branch` 命令来查看是否创建了新分支(图5) ![featureX][14] -图5:名为 featureX 的新分支 +*图5:名为 featureX 的新分支* -[使用许可][6] - -接下来,我们需要在GitHub上创建一个仓库。 登录GitHub帐户,请单击帐户主页上的“新建仓库”按钮。 填写必要的信息,然后单击Create repository(图6)。 +接下来,我们需要在 GitHub 上创建一个仓库。 登录 GitHub 帐户,请单击帐户主页上的“New Repository”按钮。 填写必要的信息,然后单击 “Create repository”(图6)。 ![new repository][16] -图6:在 GitHub 上新建一个仓库 +*图6:在 GitHub 上新建一个仓库* -[使用许可][6] +在创建完一个仓库之后,你可以看到一个用于推送本地仓库的地址。若要推送,返回命令行窗口(`~/newproject` 目录中),输入以下命令: -在创建完一个仓库之后,你可以看到一个用于推送本地仓库的地址。若要推送,返回命令行窗口( ~/newproject 目录中),输入以下命令: ``` git remote add origin URL - git push -u origin master - ``` -URL 即为我们 GitHub 上新建的仓库地址。 + +“URL” 即为我们 GitHub 上新建的仓库地址。 系统会提示您,输入 GitHub 的用户名和密码,一旦授权成功,你的项目将会被推送到 GitHub 仓库中。 ### 拉取项目 -如果你的同事改变了你们 GitHub 上项目的代码,并且已经合并那些更改,你可以拉取那些项目文件到你的本地机器,这样,你系统中的文件就可以和远程用户的文件保持匹配。你可以输入以下命令来做这件事( ~/newproject 在目录中), +如果你的同事改变了你们 GitHub 上项目的代码,并且已经合并那些更改,你可以拉取那些项目文件到你的本地机器,这样,你系统中的文件就可以和远程用户的文件保持匹配。你可以输入以下命令来做这件事(`~/newproject` 在目录中), + ``` git pull origin master - ``` 以上的命令可以拉取任何新文件或修改过的文件到你的本地仓库。 + ### 基础 -这就是从命令行使用 Git 来处理存储在 GitHub 上的项目的基础知识。 还有很多东西需要学习,所以我强烈建议你使用 man git,man git-push 和 man git-pull 命令来更深入地了解 git 命令可以做什么。 +这就是从命令行使用 Git 来处理存储在 GitHub 上的项目的基础知识。 还有很多东西需要学习,所以我强烈建议你使用 `man git`,`man git-push` 和 `man git-pull` 命令来更深入地了解 `git` 命令可以做什么。 开发快乐! -了解更多关于 Linux的 内容,请访问来自 Linux 基金会和 edX 的免费的 ["Introduction to Linux" ][17]课程。 +了解更多关于 Linux 的 内容,请访问来自 Linux 基金会和 edX 的免费的 ["Introduction to Linux"][17]课程。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/7/introduction-using-git 作者:[Jack Wallen][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[distant1219](https://github.com/distant1219) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From b7fb6d05c80c0dce3c39c3908570d4c5816cdbaf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 19:40:23 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 103/437] PUB:20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md @distant1219 https://linux.cn/article-10041-1.html --- .../tech => published}/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md b/published/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md rename to published/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md From a37b135634269556021cfe6facb37807dadf8eb9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: BeliteX <43316924+belitex@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 20:17:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 104/437] Update 20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md --- ...8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md index 58bb3716f8..e341a8b0a6 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +belitex 翻译中 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django ====== From cbf6413b3d6086c426b43ff52328ceaf512d28d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: brifuture Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 15:12:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 105/437] Finish -- JavaScript chart libraries --- ... open source JavaScript chart libraries.md | 60 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) rename {sources => translated}/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md (52%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md b/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md similarity index 52% rename from sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md rename to translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md index eeb5bd377d..1da8956374 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -BriFuture is translating - -3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries +最好的 3 个开源 JavaScript 图表库 ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/books_library_reading_list_colorful.jpg?itok=jJtnyniB) -Charts and graphs are important for visualizing data and making websites appealing. Visual presentations make it easier to analyze big chunks of data and convey information. JavaScript chart libraries enable you to visualize data in a stunning, easy to comprehend, and interactive manner and improve your website's design. +对于数据可视化和制作精美网站来说,图表和图形很重要。视觉上的展示让分析大块数据及传递信息变得更简单。JavaScript 图表库能让数据以极好的,易于理解的和交互的方式进行可视化,还能够优化你的网站设计。 -In this article, learn about three top open source JavaScript chart libraries. +本文会带你学习最好的 3 个开源 JavaScript 图表库。 ### 1\. Chart.js -[Chart.js][1] is an open source JavaScript library that allows you to create animated, beautiful, and interactive charts on your application. It's available under the MIT License. +[Chart.js][1] 是一个开源的 JavaScript 库,你可以在自己的应用中用它创建生动美丽和交互式的图表。使用它需要遵循 MIT 协议。 -With Chart.js, you can create various impressive charts and graphs, including bar charts, line charts, area charts, linear scale, and scatter charts. It is completely responsive across various devices and utilizes the HTML5 Canvas element for rendering. +使用 Chart.js,你可以创建各种各样令人印象深刻的图表和图形,包括条形图,折线图,范围图,线性标度,和散点图。它可以响应各种设备,使用 HTML5 Canvas 元素进行绘制。 + +示例代码如下,它使用该库绘制了一个条形图。本例中我们使用 Chart.js 内容分发网络(CDN)来包含这个库。注意这里使用的数据仅用于展示。 -Here is example code that draws a bar chart using the library. We'll include it in this example using the Chart.js content delivery network (CDN). Note that the data used is for illustration purposes only. ``` @@ -69,23 +68,23 @@ new Chart(document.getElementById("bar-chart"), { ``` -As you can see from this code, bar charts are constructed by setting **type** to **bar**. You can change the direction of the bar to other types—such as setting **type** to **horizontalBar**. +如你所见,通过设置 **type** 和 **bar** 来构造条形图。你可以把条形体的方向改成其他类型 —— 比如把 **type** 设置成 **horizontalBar**。 -The bars' colors are set by providing the type of color in the **backgroundColor** array parameter. +在 **backgroundColor** 数组参数中提供颜色类型,就可以设置条形图的颜色。 -The colors are allocated to the label and data that share the same index in their corresponding array. For example, "Latin America," the second label, will be set to "blue" (the second color) and 4 (the second number in the data). +颜色被分配给关联数组中相同索引的标签和数据。例如,第二个标签 “Latin American”,颜色会是 “蓝色(blue)”(第二个颜色),数值是 4(data 中的第二个数字)。 -Here is the output of this code. +代码的执行结果如下。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/chartjs-output.png) ### 2\. Chartist.js -[Chartist.js][2] is a simple JavaScript animation library that allows you to create customizable and beautiful responsive charts and other designs. The open source library is available under the WTFPL or MIT License. +[Chartist.js][2] 是一个简单的 JavaScript 动画库,你能够自制美丽的响应式图表,或者进行其他创作。使用它需要遵循 WTFPL 或者 MIT 协议。 -The library was developed by a group of developers who were dissatisfied with existing charting tools, so it offers wonderful functionalities to designers and developers. +这个库是由一些对现有图表工具不满的开发者进行开发的,它可以为设计师或程序员提供美妙的功能。 -After including the Chartist.js library and its CSS files in your project, you can use them to create various types of charts, including animations, bar charts, and line charts. It utilizes SVG to render the charts dynamically. +在项目中包含 Chartist.js 库后,你可以使用它们来创建各式各样的图表,包括动画,条形图和折线图。它使用 SVG 来动态渲染图表。 Here is an example of code that draws a pie chart using the library. ``` @@ -152,26 +151,27 @@ Here is an example of code that draws a pie chart using the library. ``` -Instead of specifying various style-related components of your project, the Chartist JavaScript library allows you to use various pre-built CSS styles. You can use them to control the appearance of the created charts. +使用 Chartist JavaScript 库,你可以使用各种预先构建好的 CSS 样式,而不是在项目中指定各种与样式相关的部分。你可以使用这些样式来设置已创建的图表的外观。 +比如,预创建的 CSS 类 .ct-chart 是用来构建饼状图的容器。还有.ct-golden-section 类可用于获取纵横比,它基于响应式设计进行缩放,帮你解决了计算固定尺寸的麻烦。Chartist 还提供了其它类别的比例容器,你可以在自己的项目中使用它们。 -For example, the pre-created CSS classis used to build the container for the pie chart. And, theclass is used to get the aspect ratios, which scale with responsive designs and saves you the hassle of calculating fixed dimensions. Chartist also provides other classes of container ratios you can utilize in your project. - -For styling the various pie slices, you can use the default . **ct-series-a** class. The letter **a** is iterated with every series count (a, b, c, etc.) such that it corresponds with the slice to be styled. +为了给各个扇形设置样式,可以使用默认的 .**ct-serials-a** 类。字母 **a** 是根据系列的数量变化的(a、b、c,等等),因此它与每个要设置样式的扇形相对应。 The **Chartist.Pie** method is used for creating a pie chart. To create another type of chart, such as a line chart, use **Chartist.Line.** +**Chartist.Pie** 方法用来创建一个饼状图。要创建另一种类型的图表,比如折线图,请使用 **Chartist.Line**。 -Here is the output of the code. +代码的执行结果如下。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/chartistjs-output.png) ### 3\. D3.js -[D3.js][3] is another great open source JavaScript chart library. It's available under the BSD license. D3 is mainly used for manipulating and adding interactivity to documents based on the provided data. +[D3.js][3] 是另一个好用的开源 JavaScript 图表库。使用它需要遵循 BSD license。D3 的主要用途是,根据提供的数据,处理和添加文档的交互功能,。 -You can use this amazing 3D animation library to visualize your data using HTML5, SVG, and CSS and make your website appealing. Essentially, D3 enables you to bind data to the Document Object Model (DOM) and then use data-based functions to make changes to the document. +借助这个 3D 动画库,你可以通过 HTML5、SVG 和 CSS 来可视化你的数据,并且让你的网站变得更精美。更重要的是,使用 D3,你可以把数据绑定到 Document Object Model(DOM)上,然后使用基于数据的函数改变文档。 + +示例代码如下,它使用该库绘制了一个简单的条形图。 -Here is example code that draws a simple bar chart using the library. ``` @@ -215,19 +215,19 @@ Here is example code that draws a simple bar chart using the library. ``` -The main concept in using the D3 library is to first apply CSS-style selections to point to the DOM nodes and then apply operators to manipulate them—just like in other DOM frameworks like jQuery. +使用 D3 库的主要概念是应用 CSS 样式选择器来定位 DOM 节点,然后对其执行操作,就像其它的 DOM 框架,比如 JQuery。 -After the data is bound to a document, the . **enter()** function is invoked to build new nodes for incoming data. All the methods invoked after the . **enter()** function will be called for every item in the data. +将数据绑定到文档上后,.**enter()** 函数会被调用,为即将到来的数据构建新的节点。所有在 .**enter()** 之后调用的方法会为数据中的每一个项目调用一次。 -Here is the output of the code. +代码的执行结果如下。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/d3js-output.png) -### Wrapping up +### 总结 -[JavaScript][4] charting libraries provide you with powerful tools for implementing data visualization on your web properties. With these three open source libraries, you can enhance the beauty and interactivity of your websites. +[JavaScript][4] 图表库提供了强大的工具,你可以将自己的网络资源进行数据可视化。通过这三个开源库,你可以把自己的网站变得更好看,更容易使用。 -Do you know of another powerful frontend library for creating JavaScript animation effects? Please let us know in the comment section below. +你知道其它强大的用于创造 JavaScript 动画效果的前端库吗?请在下方的评论区留言分享。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-javascript-chart-libraries 作者:[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者:[BriFuture](https://github.com/brifuture) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 2a2754b67fd7c537e8c73fd6e6e3eca0385cce0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 18:57:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 106/437] Update 20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- .../tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md index 6d9f74be63..28f7a5db35 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +[翻译中]translating by jrg! + Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) From adb824ff080bd0c0bff87dca84f1f6d283ce0a57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 18:59:41 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 107/437] Update 20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- .../tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md index 6e7893313e..0ecb3801c9 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +[翻译中]translating by jrg! + Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS ====== From 6c712a44b411eb8747771b67e1b5556824ffcc41 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GraveAccent Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 19:19:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 108/437] =?UTF-8?q?GraveAccent=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E4=B8=AD:?= =?UTF-8?q?20171022Review-Algo...?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md b/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md index edd1844f71..7f9242178c 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Review: Algorithms to Live By +GraveAccent翻译中 Review: Algorithms to Live By ====== ![](https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/covers/1-62779-037-3.jpg) From fdf4e994664070ad5249792a458146a46e078faf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 21:50:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 109/437] PRF:20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md @geekpi --- ... Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 17 ++++------------- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md index a01ffa267c..64052c2714 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM-1-720x340.png) -我使用 Oracle VirtualBox 来测试各种类 Unix 操作系统。我的大多数虚拟机都是无头服务器,它们没有图形桌面环境。很长一段时间,我一直想知道如何在无头 Linux 服务器的基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。感谢 **GPM**,今天我了解到我们可以在虚拟控制台中使用鼠标进行复制和粘贴操作。 **GPM**,**G** eneral **P** urpose **M** ouse 的首字母缩写,它是一个守护程序,可以帮助你配置 Linux 虚拟控制台的鼠标支持。请不要将 GPM 与 **GDM**(GNOME 显示管理器)混淆。两者有完全不同的用途。 +我使用 Oracle VirtualBox 来测试各种类 Unix 操作系统。我的大多数虚拟机都是无头headless服务器,它们没有图形桌面环境。很长一段时间,我一直想知道如何在无头 Linux 服务器的基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。感谢 **GPM**,今天我了解到我们可以在虚拟控制台中使用鼠标进行复制和粘贴操作。 **GPM**,是通用鼠标General Purpose Mouse的首字母缩写,它是一个守护程序,可以帮助你配置 Linux 虚拟控制台的鼠标支持。请不要将 GPM 与 **GDM**(GNOME 显示管理器GNOME Display manager)混淆。两者有完全不同的用途。 GPM 在以下场景中特别有用: @@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ GPM 在以下场景中特别有用: * 在基于文本的编辑器和浏览器中使用复制/粘贴(例如,emacs、lynx)。 * 在文本文件管理器中使用复制/粘贴(例如 Ranger、Midnight commander)。 - - 在这个简短的教程中,我们将看到如何在类 Unix 操作系统中在基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。 ### 安装 GPM @@ -76,11 +74,9 @@ $ sudo systemctl start gpm * 右键用于扩展选择,就像在 `xterm` 中。 * 如果你使用的是双键鼠标,请使用右键粘贴文本。 - - 就这么简单! -就像我已经说过的那样,GPM 工作得很好,并且不需要额外的配置。以下是 GPM 配置文件 **/etc/gpm.conf**(或在某些发行版中是 `/etc/conf.d/gpm`)的示例内容: +就像我已经说过的那样,GPM 工作得很好,并且不需要额外的配置。以下是 GPM 配置文件 `/etc/gpm.conf`(或在某些发行版中是 `/etc/conf.d/gpm`)的示例内容: ``` # protected from evaluation (i.e. by quoting them). @@ -96,7 +92,7 @@ append='' sample_rate= ``` -在我的例子中,我使用 USB 鼠标。如果你使用的是其他鼠标,则可能需要更改 **device=/dev/input/mice** 和 **type=exps2** 参数的值。 +在我的例子中,我使用 USB 鼠标。如果你使用的是其他鼠标,则可能需要更改 `device=/dev/input/mice` 和 `type=exps2` 参数的值。 有关更多详细信息,请参阅手册页。 @@ -108,16 +104,11 @@ $ man gpm 干杯! - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-configure-mouse-support-for-linux-virtual-consoles/ -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +作者:[SK][a] 
选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 
译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) 
校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From acfdd57a58add626905ba51f1a949a6f5ac1974f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 21:50:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 110/437] PUB:20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10042-1.html --- ...2 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/published/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md rename to published/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md From 23140a77a5b527ad61b69412ffeb93eeed239e4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: XiatianSummer Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 21:55:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 111/437] Delete 20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md --- ...cut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md | 168 ------------------ 1 file changed, 168 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md b/sources/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1706bc6989..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -XiatianSummer translating - -13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know -====== -Knowing keyboard shortcuts increase your productivity. Here are some useful Ubuntu shortcut keys that will help you use Ubuntu like a pro. - -You can use an operating system with the combination of keyboard and mouse - -Note: The keyboard shortcuts mentioned in the list is intended for Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME edition. Usually, most of them (if not all) should work on other Ubuntu versions as well, but I cannot vouch for it. - -![Ubuntu keyboard shortcuts][1] - -### Useful Ubuntu keyboard shortcuts - -Let’s have a look at some of the must know keyboard shortcut for Ubuntu GNOME. I have not included universal keyboard shortcuts like Ctrl+C (copy), Ctrl+V (paste) or Ctrl+S (save). - -Note: Super key in Linux refers to the key with Windows logo. I have used capital letters in the shortcuts but it doesn’t mean you have to press the shift key. For example, T means ‘t’ key only, not Shift+t. - -#### 1\. Super key: Opens Activities search - -Super Key Opens the activities menuIf you have to use just one keyboard shortcut on Ubuntu, this has to be the one. - -You want to open an application? Press the super key and search for the application. If the application is not installed, it will even suggest applications from software center. - -You want to see the running applications? Press super key and it will show you all the running GUI applications. - -You want to use workspaces? Simply press the super key and you can see the workspaces option on the right-hand side. - -#### 2\. Ctrl+Alt+T: Ubuntu terminal shortcut - -![Ubuntu Terminal Shortcut][2]Use Ctrl+alt+T to open terminal - -You want to open a new terminal. The combination of three keys Ctrl+Alt+T is what you need. This is my favorite keyboard shortcut in Ubuntu. I even mention it in various tutorials on It’s FOSS when it involves opening a terminal. - -#### 3\. Super+L or Ctrl+Alt+L: Locks the screen - -Locking screen when you are not at your desk is one of the most basic security tips. Instead of going to the top right corner and then choosing the lock screen option, you can simply use the Super+L key combination. - -Some systems also use Ctrl+Alt+L keys for locking the screen. - -#### 4\. Super+D or Ctrl+Alt+D: Show desktop - -Pressing Super+D minimizes all running application windows and shows the desktop. - -Pressing Super+D again will open all the running applications windows as it was previously. - -You may also use Ctrl+Alt+D for this purpose. - -#### 5\. Super+A: Shows the application menu - -You can open the application menu in Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME by clicking on the 9 dots on the left bottom of the screen. However, a quicker way would be to use Super+A key combination. - -It will show the application menu where you can see the installed applications on your systems and can also search for them. - -You can use Esc key to move out of the application menu screen. - -#### 6\. Super+Tab or Alt+Tab: Switch between running applications - -If you have more than one applications running, you can switch between the applications using the Super+Tab or Alt+Tab key combinations. - -Keep holding the super key and press tab and you’ll the application switcher appearing. While holding the super key, keep on tapping the tab key to select between applications. When you are at the desired application, release both super and tab keys. - -By default, the application switcher moves from left to right. If you want to move from right to left, use the Super+Shift+Tab key combination. - -You can also use Alt key instead of Super here. - -Tip: If there are multiple instances of an application, you can switch between those instances by using Super+` key combination. - -#### 7\. Super+Arrow keys: Snap windows - - - -This is available in Windows as well. While using an application, press Super and left arrow key and the application will go to the left edge of the screen, taking half of the screen. - -Similarly, pressing Super and right arrow keys will move the application to the right edge. - -Super and up arrow keys will maximize the application window and super and down arrow will bring the application back to its usual self. - -#### 8\. Super+M: Toggle notification tray - -GNOME has a notification tray where you can see notifications for various system and application activities. You also have the calendar here. - -![Notification Tray Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME][3] -Notification Tray - -With Super+M key combination, you can open this notification area. If you press these keys again, an opened notification tray will be closed. - -You can also use Super+V for toggling the notification tray. - -#### 9\. Super+Space: Change input keyboard (for multilingual setup) - -If you are multilingual, perhaps you have more than one keyboards installed on your system. For example, I use [Hindi on Ubuntu][4] along with English and I have Hindi (Devanagari) keyboard installed along with the default English one. - -If you also use a multilingual setup, you can quickly change the input keyboard with the Super+Space shortcut. - -#### 10\. Alt+F2: Run console - -This is for power users. If you want to run a quick command, instead of opening a terminal and running the command there, you can use Alt+F2 to run the console. - -![Alt+F2 to run commands in Ubuntu][5] -Console - -This is particularly helpful when you have to use applications that can only be run from the terminal. - -#### 11\. Ctrl+Q: Close an application window - -If you have an application running, you can close the application window using the Ctrl+Q key combination. You can also use Ctrl+W for this purpose. - -Alt+F4 is more ‘universal’ shortcut for closing an application window. - -It not work on a few applications such as the default terminal in Ubuntu. - -#### 12\. Ctrl+Alt+arrow: Move between workspaces - -![Workspace switching][6] -Workspace switching - -If you are one of the power users who use workspaces, you can use the Ctrl+Alt+Up arrow and Ctrl+Alt+Down arrow keys to switch between the workspaces. - -#### 13\. Ctrl+Alt+Del: Log out - -No! Like Windows, the famous combination of Ctrl+Alt+Del won’t bring task manager in Linux (unless you use custom keyboard shortcuts for it). - -![Log Out Ubuntu][7] -Log Out - -In the normal GNOME desktop environment, you can bring the power off menu using the Ctrl+Alt+Del keys but Ubuntu doesn’t always follow the norms and hence it opens the logout dialogue box when you use Ctrl+Alt+Del in Ubuntu. - -### Use custom keyboard shortcuts in Ubuntu - -You are not limited to the default keyboard shortcuts. You can create your own custom keyboard shortcuts as you like. - -Go to Settings->Devices->Keyboard. You’ll see all the keyboard shortcuts here for your system. Scroll down to the bottom and you’ll see the Custom Shortcuts option. - -![Add custom keyboard shortcut in Ubuntu][8] - -You have to provide an easy-to-recognize name of the shortcut, the command that will be run when the key combinations are used and of course the keys you are going to use for the shortcut. - -### What are your favorite keyboard shortcuts in Ubuntu? - -There is no end to shortcuts. If you want, you can have a look at all the possible [GNOME shortcuts][9] here and see if there are some more shortcuts you would like to use. - -You can, and you should also learn keyboard shortcuts for the applications you use most of the time. For example, I use Kazam for [screen recording][10], and the keyboard shortcuts help me a lot in pausing and resuming the recording. - -What are your favorite Ubuntu shortcuts that you cannot live without? - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/ - -作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ubuntu-keyboard-shortcuts.jpeg -[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ubuntu-terminal-shortcut.jpg -[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/notification-tray-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg -[4]: https://itsfoss.com/type-indian-languages-ubuntu/ -[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/console-alt-f2-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg -[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/workspace-switcher-ubuntu.png -[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/log-out-ubuntu.jpeg -[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/custom-keyboard-shortcut.jpg -[9]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Design/OS/KeyboardShortcuts -[10]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-screen-recorders/ From 4340e89d33d7358a24d548d5e1f69925b477ca8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: XiatianSummer Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 21:55:44 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 112/437] Create 20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md --- ...cut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md | 172 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 172 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md b/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c946493a6c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +每位 Ubuntu 18.04 用户都应该知道的快捷键 +====== +了解快捷键能够提升您的生产力。这里有一些实用的 Ubuntu 快捷键助您像专业人士一样使用 Ubuntu。 + +您可以使用有键盘和鼠标组合的操作系统。 + +注意:本文中提到的键盘快捷键适用于 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 版。 通常,它们中的大多数(或者全部)也适用于其他的 Ubuntu 版本,但我不能够保证。 + +![Ubuntu keyboard shortcuts][1] + +### 实用的 Ubuntu 快捷键 + +让我们来看一看 Ubuntu GNOME 必备的快捷键吧!通用的快捷键如 Ctrl+C(复制),Ctrl+V(粘贴)或者 Ctrl+S(保存)不再赘述。 + +注意:Linux 中的 Super 键即键盘上带有 Windows 图标的键,本文中我使用了大写字母,但这不代表你需要按下 shift 键,比如,T 代表键盘上的‘t’键,而不代表 Shift+t。 + +#### 1\. Super 键:打开活动搜索界面 + +使用 Super 键可以打开活动菜单。如果你只能在 Ubuntu 上使用一个快捷键,那只能是 Super 键。 + +想要打开一个应用程序?按下 Super 键然后搜索应用程序。如果搜索的应用程序未安装,它会推荐来自应用中心的应用程序。 + +想要看看有哪些正在运行的程序?按下 Super 键,屏幕上就会显示所有正在运行的 GUI 应用程序。 + +想要使用工作区吗?只需按下 Super 键,您就可以在屏幕右侧看到工作区选项。 + +#### 2\. Ctrl+Alt+T:打开 Ubuntu 终端窗口 + +![Ubuntu Terminal Shortcut][2] + +*使用 Ctrl+alt+T 来打开终端窗口* + +想要打开一个新的终端,您只需使用快捷键 Ctrl+Alt+T。这是我在 Ubuntu 中最喜欢的键盘快捷键。 甚至在我的许多 FOSS 教程中,当需要打开终端窗口是,我都会提到这个快捷键。 + +#### 3\. Super+L 或 Ctrl——Alt+L:锁屏 + +当您离开电脑时锁定屏幕,是最基本的安全习惯之一。您可以使用 Super + L 快捷键,而不是繁琐地点击屏幕右上角然后选择锁定屏幕选项。 + +有些系统也会使用 Ctrl+Alt+L 键锁定屏幕。 + +#### 4\. Super+D or Ctrl+Alt+D:显示桌面 + +按下 Super + D 可以最小化所有正在运行的应用程序窗口并显示桌面。 + +再次按 Super + D 将重新打开所有正在运行的应用程序窗口,像之前一样。 + +您也可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + D 来实现此目的。 + +#### 5\. Super+A:显示应用程序菜单 + +您可以通过单击屏幕左下角的 9个点打开 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 中的应用程序菜单。 但是一个更快捷的方法是使用 Super + A 快捷键。 + +它将显示应用程序菜单,您可以在其中查看或搜索系统上已安装的应用程序。 + +您可以使用 Esc 键退出应用程序菜单界面。 + +#### 6\. Super+Tab or Alt+Tab:在运行中的应用程序间切换 + +如果您运行的应用程序不止一个,则可以使用 Super + Tab 或 Alt + Tab 快捷键在应用程序之间切换。 + +按住 Super 键同时按下 Tab 键,即可显示应用程序切换器。 按住 Super 的同时,继续点击 Tab 键在应用程序之间进行选择。 当光标在所需的应用程序上时,松开 Super 和 Tab 键。 + +默认情况下,应用程序切换器从左向右移动。 如果要从右向左移动,可使用 Super + Shift + Tab 快捷键。 + +在这里您也可以用 Alt 键代替 Super 键。 + +提示:如果有多个应用程序实例,您可以使用 Super + \` 快捷键在这些实例之间切换。 + +#### 7\. Super+Arrow keys: 移动窗口位置 + + + +这个快捷键也适用于 Windows 系统。 使用应用程序时,按下 Super 和左箭头键,应用程序将贴合屏幕的左边缘,占用屏幕的左半边。 + +同样,按下 Super 和右箭头键会使应用程序贴合右边缘。 + +按下 Super 和上箭头键将最大化应用程序窗口,超级和下箭头将使应用程序恢复到其正常的大小。 + +#### 8\. Super+M: 切换到通知栏 + +GNOME 中有一个通知栏,您可以在其中查看系统和应用程序活动的通知,这里也有一个日历。 + +![Notification Tray Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME][3] + +*通知栏* + +使用 Super + M 快捷键,您可以打开此通知栏。 如果再次按这些键,将关闭打开的通知托盘。 + +使用 Super+V 也可实现相同的功能。 + +#### 9\. Super+Space:切换输入法(用于多语言设置) + +如果您使用多种语言,可能您的系统上安装了多个输入法。 例如,我需要在 Ubuntu 上同时使用[印地语] [4]和英语,所以我安装了印地语(梵文)输入法以及默认的英语输入法。 + +如果您也使用多语言设置,则可以使用 Super + Space 快捷键快速更改输入法。 + +#### 10\. Alt+F2:运行控制台 + +这适用于高级用户。 如果要运行快速命令,而不是打开终端并在其中运行命令,则可以使用 Alt + F2 运行控制台。 + +![Alt+F2 to run commands in Ubuntu][5] + +*控制台* + +当您使用只能在终端运行的应用程序时,这尤其有用。 + +#### 11\. Ctrl+Q:关闭应用程序窗口 + +如果您有正在运行的应用程序,可以使用 Ctrl + Q 快捷键关闭应用程序窗口。您也可以使用 Ctrl + W 来实现此目的。 + +Alt + F4 是关闭应用程序窗口更“通用”的快捷方式。 + +它不适用于一些应用程序,如 Ubuntu 中的默认终端。 + +#### 12\. Ctrl+Alt+arrow:切换工作区 + +![Workspace switching][6] + +*切换工作区* + +如果您是使用工作区的重度用户,可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + 上箭头和 Ctrl + Alt + 下箭头键在工作区之间切换。 + +#### 13\. Ctrl+Alt+Del:注销 + +不会!在 Linux 中使用著名的快捷键 Ctrl+Alt+Del 并不会像在 Windows 中一样打开任务管理器(除非您使用自定义快捷键)。 + +![Log Out Ubuntu][7] + +*注销* + +在普通的 GNOME 桌面环境中,您可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + Del 键打开关机菜单,但 Ubuntu 并不总是遵循此规范,因此当您在 Ubuntu 中使用 Ctrl + Alt + Del 键时,它会打开注销菜单。 + +### 在 Ubuntu 中使用自定义键盘快捷键 + +您不是只能使用默认的键盘快捷键,您可以根据需要创建自己的自定义键盘快捷键。 + +转到“设置->设备->键盘”,您将在这里看到系统的所有键盘快捷键。向下滚动到底部,您将看到“自定义快捷方式”选项。 + +![Add custom keyboard shortcut in Ubuntu][8] + +您需要提供易于识别的快捷键名称、使用快捷键时运行的命令,以及您自定义的按键组合。 + +### Ubuntu 中你最喜欢的键盘快捷键是什么? + +快捷键永无止境。如果需要,你可以看一看所有可能的 [GNOME 快捷键][9],看其中有没有你需要用到的快捷键。 + +您可以学习使用您经常使用应用程序的快捷键,这是很有必要的。例如,我使用 Kazam 进行[屏幕录制][10],键盘快捷键帮助我方便地暂停和开始录像。 + +您最喜欢、最离不开的 Ubuntu 快捷键是什么? + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[XiatianSummer](https://github.com/XiatianSummer) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ubuntu-keyboard-shortcuts.jpeg +[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ubuntu-terminal-shortcut.jpg +[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/notification-tray-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg +[4]: https://itsfoss.com/type-indian-languages-ubuntu/ +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/console-alt-f2-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/workspace-switcher-ubuntu.png +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/log-out-ubuntu.jpeg +[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/custom-keyboard-shortcut.jpg +[9]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Design/OS/KeyboardShortcuts +[10]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-screen-recorders/ From 2bba08f37600a661f4b85ccb93e16a6fb29a0783 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: haoqixu Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 22:02:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 113/437] =?UTF-8?q?[=E7=94=B3=E8=AF=B7=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91]?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Writing=20a=20Time=20Series=20Database=20from=20Scratch.md?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md b/sources/tech/20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md index a7f8289b63..ba66193a0d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md +++ b/sources/tech/20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch +[haoqixu翻译中]Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch ============================================================ From 64269654a5e60f87ef475662035dcb0bc904f05e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 22:07:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 114/437] PRF:20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md @geekpi --- ... your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md | 51 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md b/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md index 48d9434b58..49be86d1ab 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md @@ -3,49 +3,49 @@ ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/mDNS-816x345.jpg) -多播 DNS 或 mDNS 允许系统通过在广播查询局域网中的其他资源。Fedora 用户经常在没有复杂名称服务的路由器上拥有多个 Linux 系统。在这种情况下,mDNS 允许你按名称与多个系统通信 - 多数情况下不用路由器。你也不必在所有本地系统上同步类似 /etc/hosts 之类的文件。本文介绍如何设置它。 +mDNS(多播 DNSMulticast DNS)允许系统在局域网中广播查询其他资源的名称。Fedora 用户经常在没有复杂名称服务的路由器上接有多个 Linux 系统。在这种情况下,mDNS 允许你按名称与多个系统通信 —— 多数情况下不用路由器。你也不必在所有本地系统上同步类似 `/etc/hosts` 之类的文件。本文介绍如何设置它。 -mDNS 是一个零配置网络服务,它已经诞生了很长一段时间。Fedora 将 Avahi (包含 mDNS 的零配置系统)作为工作站的一部分。 (mDNS 也是 Bonjour 的一部分,可在 Mac OS 上找到。) +mDNS 是一个零配置网络服务,它已经诞生了很长一段时间。Fedora Workstation 带有零配置系统 Avahi(它包含 mDNS)。 (mDNS 也是 Bonjour 的一部分,可在 Mac OS 上找到。) 本文假设你有两个系统运行受支持的 Fedora 版本(27 或 28)。它们的主机名是 castor 和 pollux。 ### 安装包 确保系统上安装了 nss-mdns 和 avahi 软件包。你可能是不同的版本,这也没问题: + ``` $ rpm -q nss-mdns avahi nss-mdns-0.14.1-1.fc28.x86_64 avahi-0.7-13.fc28.x86_64 - ``` Fedora Workstation 默认提供这两个包。如果不存在,请安装它们: + ``` $ sudo dnf install nss-mdns avahi - ``` -确保 avahi-daemon.service 单元已启用并正在运行。同样,这是 Fedora Workstation 的默认设置。 +确保 `avahi-daemon.service` 单元已启用并正在运行。同样,这是 Fedora Workstation 的默认设置。 + ``` $ sudo systemctl enable --now avahi-daemon.service - ``` -虽然是可选的,但你可能还需要安装 avahi-tools 软件包。该软件包包括许多方便的程序,用于检查系统上的零配置服务的工作情况。使用这个 sudo 命令: +虽然是可选的,但你可能还需要安装 avahi-tools 软件包。该软件包包括许多方便的程序,用于检查系统上的零配置服务的工作情况。使用这个 `sudo` 命令: + ``` $ sudo dnf install avahi-tools - ``` -/etc/nsswitch.conf 控制系统使用哪个服务用于解析,以及它们的顺序。你应该在那个文件中看到这样的一行: +`/etc/nsswitch.conf` 控制系统使用哪个服务用于解析,以及它们的顺序。你应该在那个文件中看到这样的一行: + ``` hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns myhostname - ``` -注意命令 mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return]。它们告诉你的系统使用多播 DNS 解析程序将主机名解析为 IP 地址。即使该服务有效,如果名称无法解析,也会尝试其余服务。 +注意命令 `mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return]`。它们告诉你的系统使用多播 DNS 解析程序将主机名解析为 IP 地址。即使该服务有效,如果名称无法解析,也会尝试其余服务。 -如果你没有看到与此类似的配置,则可以对其进行编辑(以 root 用户身份)。但是,nss-mdns 包会为你处理此问题。如果你对自己编辑它感到不舒服,请删除并重新安装该软件包以修复该文件。 +如果你没有看到与此类似的配置,则可以(以 root 用户身份)对其进行编辑。但是,nss-mdns 包会为你处理此问题。如果你对自己编辑它感到不舒服,请删除并重新安装该软件包以修复该文件。 在**两个系统**中执行同样的步骤 。 @@ -53,42 +53,36 @@ hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns myhostname 现在你已完成常见的配置工作,请使用以下方法之一设置每个主机的名称: - 1. 如果你正在使用 Fedora Workstation,[你可以使用这个步骤][1]。 - - 2. 如果没有,请使用 hostnamectl 来做。在第一台机器上这么做: -``` -$ hostnamectl set-hostname castor - -``` - - 3. 你还可以编辑 /etc/avahi/avahi-daemon.conf,删除主机名设置行上的注释,并在那里设置名称。但是,默认情况下,Avahi 使用系统提供的主机名,因此你**不应该**需要此方法。 +1. 如果你正在使用 Fedora Workstation,[你可以使用这个步骤][1]。 +2. 如果没有,请使用 `hostnamectl` 来做。在第一台机器上这么做:`$ hostnamectl set-hostname castor`。 +3. 你还可以编辑 `/etc/avahi/avahi-daemon.conf`,删除主机名设置行上的注释,并在那里设置名称。但是,默认情况下,Avahi 使用系统提供的主机名,因此你**不应该**需要此方法。 接下来,重启 Avahi 守护进程,以便它接收更改: + ``` $ sudo systemctl restart avahi-daemon.service - ``` 然后正确设置另一台机器: + ``` $ hostnamectl set-hostname pollux $ sudo systemctl restart avahi-daemon.service - ``` 只要你的路由器没有禁止 mDNS 流量,你现在应该能够登录到 castor 并 ping 通另一台机器。你应该使用默认的 .local 域名,以便解析正常工作: + ``` $ ping pollux.local PING pollux.local (192.168.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data. 64 bytes from 192.168.0.1 (192.168.0.1): icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=3.17 ms 64 bytes from 192.168.0.1 (192.168.0.1): icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.24 ms ... - ``` -如果你在 pollux ping castor.local,同样的技巧也适用 。现在在网络中访问你的系统更方便了! +如果你在 pollux `ping castor.local`,同样的技巧也适用。现在在网络中访问你的系统更方便了! -此外,如果你的路由器宣传这个服务,请不要感到惊讶。现代 WiFi 和有线路由器通常提供这些服务,以使消费者的生活更轻松。 +此外,如果你的路由器也支持这个服务,请不要感到惊讶。现代 WiFi 和有线路由器通常提供这些服务,以使消费者的生活更轻松。 此过程适用于大多数系统。但是,如果遇到麻烦,请使用 avahi-browse 和 avahi-tools 软件包中的其他工具来查看可用的服务。 @@ -97,10 +91,7 @@ PING pollux.local (192.168.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data. via: https://fedoramagazine.org/find-systems-easily-lan-mdns/ -作者:[Paul W. Frields][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +作者:[Paul W. Frields][a] 
选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 
译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) 
校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 8bd366bebf0dbbfc29d8d2acfe88a4f0df9a511f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 22:07:19 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 115/437] PUB:20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10043-1.html --- .../20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md b/published/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md rename to published/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md From 2cd2db9bd81e33ff011ed79bed1d76695bdf212d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 24 Sep 2018 07:55:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 116/437] PRF:20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @BriFuture --- ... open source JavaScript chart libraries.md | 41 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md b/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md index 1da8956374..5aabeaa9f9 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ 最好的 3 个开源 JavaScript 图表库 ====== +> 图表及其它可视化方式让传递数据的信息变得更简单。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/books_library_reading_list_colorful.jpg?itok=jJtnyniB) -对于数据可视化和制作精美网站来说,图表和图形很重要。视觉上的展示让分析大块数据及传递信息变得更简单。JavaScript 图表库能让数据以极好的,易于理解的和交互的方式进行可视化,还能够优化你的网站设计。 +对于数据可视化和制作精美网站来说,图表和图形很重要。视觉上的展示让分析大块数据及传递信息变得更简单。JavaScript 图表库能让数据以极好的、易于理解的和交互的方式进行可视化,还能够优化你的网站设计。 本文会带你学习最好的 3 个开源 JavaScript 图表库。 -### 1\. Chart.js +### 1、 Chart.js [Chart.js][1] 是一个开源的 JavaScript 库,你可以在自己的应用中用它创建生动美丽和交互式的图表。使用它需要遵循 MIT 协议。 -使用 Chart.js,你可以创建各种各样令人印象深刻的图表和图形,包括条形图,折线图,范围图,线性标度,和散点图。它可以响应各种设备,使用 HTML5 Canvas 元素进行绘制。 +使用 Chart.js,你可以创建各种各样令人印象深刻的图表和图形,包括条形图、折线图、范围图、线性标度和散点图。它可以响应各种设备,使用 HTML5 Canvas 元素进行绘制。 -示例代码如下,它使用该库绘制了一个条形图。本例中我们使用 Chart.js 内容分发网络(CDN)来包含这个库。注意这里使用的数据仅用于展示。 +示例代码如下,它使用该库绘制了一个条形图。本例中我们使用 Chart.js 的内容分发网络(CDN)来包含这个库。注意这里使用的数据仅用于展示。 ``` @@ -25,8 +26,7 @@         - -    +           -    ``` -如你所见,通过设置 **type** 和 **bar** 来构造条形图。你可以把条形体的方向改成其他类型 —— 比如把 **type** 设置成 **horizontalBar**。 +如你所见,通过设置 `type` 和 `bar` 来构造条形图。你可以把条形体的方向改成其他类型 —— 比如把 `type` 设置成 `horizontalBar`。 -在 **backgroundColor** 数组参数中提供颜色类型,就可以设置条形图的颜色。 +在 `backgroundColor` 数组参数中提供颜色类型,就可以设置条形图的颜色。 颜色被分配给关联数组中相同索引的标签和数据。例如,第二个标签 “Latin American”,颜色会是 “蓝色(blue)”(第二个颜色),数值是 4(data 中的第二个数字)。 @@ -78,7 +75,7 @@ new Chart(document.getElementById("bar-chart"), { ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/chartjs-output.png) -### 2\. Chartist.js +### 2、 Chartist.js [Chartist.js][2] 是一个简单的 JavaScript 动画库,你能够自制美丽的响应式图表,或者进行其他创作。使用它需要遵循 WTFPL 或者 MIT 协议。 @@ -86,7 +83,8 @@ new Chart(document.getElementById("bar-chart"), { 在项目中包含 Chartist.js 库后,你可以使用它们来创建各式各样的图表,包括动画,条形图和折线图。它使用 SVG 来动态渲染图表。 -Here is an example of code that draws a pie chart using the library. +这里是使用该库绘制一个饼图的例子。 + ``` @@ -153,22 +151,21 @@ Here is an example of code that draws a pie chart using the library. 使用 Chartist JavaScript 库,你可以使用各种预先构建好的 CSS 样式,而不是在项目中指定各种与样式相关的部分。你可以使用这些样式来设置已创建的图表的外观。 -比如,预创建的 CSS 类 .ct-chart 是用来构建饼状图的容器。还有.ct-golden-section 类可用于获取纵横比,它基于响应式设计进行缩放,帮你解决了计算固定尺寸的麻烦。Chartist 还提供了其它类别的比例容器,你可以在自己的项目中使用它们。 +比如,预创建的 CSS 类 `.ct-chart` 是用来构建饼状图的容器。还有 `.ct-golden-section` 类可用于获取纵横比,它基于响应式设计进行缩放,帮你解决了计算固定尺寸的麻烦。Chartist 还提供了其它类别的比例容器,你可以在自己的项目中使用它们。 -为了给各个扇形设置样式,可以使用默认的 .**ct-serials-a** 类。字母 **a** 是根据系列的数量变化的(a、b、c,等等),因此它与每个要设置样式的扇形相对应。 +为了给各个扇形设置样式,可以使用默认的 `.ct-serials-a` 类。字母 `a` 是根据系列的数量变化的(a、b、c,等等),因此它与每个要设置样式的扇形相对应。 -The **Chartist.Pie** method is used for creating a pie chart. To create another type of chart, such as a line chart, use **Chartist.Line.** -**Chartist.Pie** 方法用来创建一个饼状图。要创建另一种类型的图表,比如折线图,请使用 **Chartist.Line**。 +`Chartist.Pie` 方法用来创建一个饼状图。要创建另一种类型的图表,比如折线图,请使用 `Chartist.Line`。 代码的执行结果如下。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/chartistjs-output.png) -### 3\. D3.js +### 3、 D3.js -[D3.js][3] 是另一个好用的开源 JavaScript 图表库。使用它需要遵循 BSD license。D3 的主要用途是,根据提供的数据,处理和添加文档的交互功能,。 +[D3.js][3] 是另一个好用的开源 JavaScript 图表库。使用它需要遵循 BSD 许可证。D3 的主要用途是,根据提供的数据,处理和添加文档的交互功能,。 -借助这个 3D 动画库,你可以通过 HTML5、SVG 和 CSS 来可视化你的数据,并且让你的网站变得更精美。更重要的是,使用 D3,你可以把数据绑定到 Document Object Model(DOM)上,然后使用基于数据的函数改变文档。 +借助这个 3D 动画库,你可以通过 HTML5、SVG 和 CSS 来可视化你的数据,并且让你的网站变得更精美。更重要的是,使用 D3,你可以把数据绑定到文档对象模型(DOM)上,然后使用基于数据的函数改变文档。 示例代码如下,它使用该库绘制了一个简单的条形图。 @@ -217,7 +214,7 @@ The **Chartist.Pie** method is used for creating a pie chart. To create another 使用 D3 库的主要概念是应用 CSS 样式选择器来定位 DOM 节点,然后对其执行操作,就像其它的 DOM 框架,比如 JQuery。 -将数据绑定到文档上后,.**enter()** 函数会被调用,为即将到来的数据构建新的节点。所有在 .**enter()** 之后调用的方法会为数据中的每一个项目调用一次。 +将数据绑定到文档上后,.`enter()` 函数会被调用,为即将到来的数据构建新的节点。所有在 .`enter()` 之后调用的方法会为数据中的每一个项目调用一次。 代码的执行结果如下。 @@ -237,7 +234,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-javascript-chart-libraries 作者:[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[BriFuture](https://github.com/brifuture) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 98c1936d18a8d76db41e0e82394c79f28cd9bea9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 24 Sep 2018 07:55:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 117/437] PUB:20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @BriFuture https://linux.cn/article-10044-1.html --- .../20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md b/published/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md rename to published/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md From fb10ea9fff64158f48906d13a426f1499ebc0229 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: FelixYFZ <33593534+FelixYFZ@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Mon, 24 Sep 2018 12:09:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 118/437] Update 20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md Translating by FelixYFZ --- ...er for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md b/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md index 55618326c6..98d57bcca3 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don't identify as a writer +How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don't identify as a writer Translating by FelixYFZ ====== Have you read Marie Kondo's book [The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up][1]? Or did you, like me, buy it and read a little bit and then add it to the pile of clutter next to your bed? From fae3a75bd8945d34ce9eff5fce3995f37a12c57e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GraveAccent Date: Mon, 24 Sep 2018 22:58:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 119/437] =?UTF-8?q?tech20171022Review...=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= =?UTF-8?q?=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...e By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md | 44 ------------------- ...e By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md | 44 +++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 44 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md b/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7f9242178c..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -GraveAccent翻译中 Review: Algorithms to Live By -====== -![](https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/covers/1-62779-037-3.jpg) - -Another read for the work book club. This was my favorite to date, apart from the books I recommended myself. - -One of the foundations of computer science as a field of study is research into algorithms: how do we solve problems efficiently using computer programs? This is a largely mathematical field, but it's often less about ideal or theoretical solutions and more about making the most efficient use of limited resources and arriving at an adequate, if not perfect, answer. Many of these problems are either day-to-day human problems or are closely related to them; after all, the purpose of computer science is to solve practical problems with computers. The question asked by Algorithms to Live By is "can we reverse this?": can we learn lessons from computer science's approach to problems that would help us make day-to-day decisions? - -There's a lot of interesting material in the eleven chapters of this book, but there's also an amusing theme: humans are already very good at this. Many chapters start with an examination of algorithms and mathematical analysis of problems, dive into a discussion of how we can use those results to make better decisions, then talk about studies of the decisions humans actually make... and discover that humans are already applying ad hoc versions of the best algorithms we've come up with, given the constraints of typical life situations. It tends to undermine the stated goal of the book. Thankfully, it in no way undermines interesting discussion of general classes of problems, how computer science has tackled them, and what we've learned about the mathematical and technical shapes of those problems. There's a bit less self-help utility here than I think the authors had intended, but lots of food for thought. - -(That said, it's worth considering whether this congruence is less because humans are already good at this and more because our algorithms are designed from human intuition. Maybe our best algorithms just reflect human thinking. In some cases we've checked our solutions against mathematical ideals, but in other cases they're still just our best guesses to date.) - -This is the sort of a book where a chapter listing is an important part of the review. The areas of algorithms discussed here are optimal stopping, explore/exploit decisions (when to go with the best thing you've found and when to look for something better), sorting, caching, scheduling, Bayes's rule (and prediction in general), overfitting when building models, relaxation (solving an easier problem than your actual problem), randomized algorithms, a collection of networking algorithms, and finally game theory. Each of these has useful insights and thought-provoking discussion of how these sometimes-theoretical concepts map surprisingly well onto daily problems. The book concludes with a discussion of "computational kindness": an encouragement to reduce the required computation and complexity penalty for both yourself and the people you interact with. - -If you have a computer science background (as I do), many of these will be familiar concepts, and you might be dubious that a popularization would tell you much that's new. Give this book a shot, though; the analogies are less stretched than you might fear, and the authors are both careful and smart about how they apply these principles. This book passes with flying colors a key sanity check: the chapters on topics that I know well or have thought about a lot make few or no obvious errors and say useful and important things. For example, the scheduling chapter, which unsurprisingly is about time management, surpasses more than half of the time management literature by jumping straight to the heart of most time management problems: if you're going to do everything on a list, it rarely matters the order in which you do it, so the hardest scheduling problems are about deciding what not to do rather than deciding order. - -The point in the book where the authors won my heart completely was in the chapter on Bayes's rule. Much of the chapter is about Bayesian priors, and how one's knowledge of past events is a vital part of analysis of future probabilities. The authors then discuss the (in)famous marshmallow experiment, in which children are given one marshmallow and told that if they refrain from eating it until the researcher returns, they'll get two marshmallows. Refraining from eating the marshmallow (delayed gratification, in the psychological literature) was found to be associated with better life outcomes years down the road. This experiment has been used and abused for years for all sorts of propaganda about how trading immediate pleasure for future gains leads to a successful life, and how failure in life is because of inability to delay gratification. More evil analyses have (of course) tied that capability to ethnicity, with predictably racist results. - -I have [kind of a thing][1] about the marshmallow experiment. It's a topic that reliably sends me off into angry rants. - -Algorithms to Live By is the only book I have ever read to mention the marshmallow experiment and then apply the analysis that I find far more convincing. This is not a test of innate capability in the children; it's a test of their Bayesian priors. When does it make perfect sense to eat the marshmallow immediately instead of waiting for a reward? When their past experience tells them that adults are unreliable, can't be trusted, disappear for unpredictable lengths of time, and lie. And, even better, the authors supported this analysis with both a follow-up study I hadn't heard of before and with the observation that some children would wait for some time and then "give in." This makes perfect sense if they were subconsciously using a Bayesian model with poor priors. - -This is a great book. It may try a bit too hard in places (applicability of the math of optimal stopping to everyday life is more contingent and strained than I think the authors want to admit), and some of this will be familiar if you've studied algorithms. But the writing is clear, succinct, and very well-edited. No part of the book outlives its welcome; the discussion moves right along. If you find yourself going "I know all this already," you'll still probably encounter a new concept or neat explanation in a few more pages. And sometimes the authors make connections that never would have occurred to me but feel right in retrospect, such as relating exponential backoff in networking protocols to choosing punishments in the criminal justice system. Or the realization that our modern communication world is not constantly connected, it's constantly buffered, and many of us are suffering from the characteristic signs of buffer bloat. - -I don't think you have to be a CS major, or know much about math, to read this book. There is a lot of mathematical details in the end notes if you want to dive in, but the main text is almost always readable and clear, at least so far as I could tell (as someone who was a CS major and has taken a lot of math, so a grain of salt may be indicated). And it still has a lot to offer even if you've studied algorithms for years. - -The more I read of this book, the more I liked it. Definitely recommended if you like reading this sort of analysis of life. - -Rating: 9 out of 10 - -Reviewed: 2017-10-22 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/books/1-62779-037-3.html - -作者:[Brian Christian;Tom Griffiths][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.eyrie.org -[1]:https://www.eyrie.org1-59184-679-X.html diff --git a/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md b/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eec0d29397 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +书评|算法之美 +====== +![](https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/covers/1-62779-037-3.jpg) + +又一次为了工作图书俱乐部而读书。除了其它我亲自推荐的书,这是我至今最喜爱的书。 + +作为计算机科学基础之一的研究领域是算法:我们如何高效地用计算机程序解决问题?这基本上属于数学领域,但是这很少关于理想的或理论上的解决方案,而是更在于最高效地利用有限的资源获得一个充足(如果不能完美)的答案。其中许多问题要么是日常的生活问题,要么与人们密切相关。毕竟,计算机科学的目的是为了用计算机解决实际问题。《算法之美》提出的问题是:“我们可以反过来吗”--我们可以通过学习计算机科学解决问题的方式来帮助我们做出日常决定吗? + +本书的十一个章节有很多有趣的内容,但也有一个有趣的主题:人类早已擅长这一点。很多章节以一个算法研究和对问题的数学分析作为开始,接着深入到探讨如何利用这些结果做出更好的决策,然后讨论关于人类真正会做出的决定的研究,之后,考虑到典型生活情境的限制,会发现人类早就在应用我们提出的最佳算法的特殊版本了。这往往会破坏本书的既定目标,值得庆幸的是,它决不会破坏对一般问题的有趣讨论,即计算机科学如何解决它们,以及我们对这些问题的数学和技术形态的了解。我认为这本书的自助效用比作者打算的少一些,但有很多可供思考的东西。 + +(也就是说,值得考虑这种一致性是否太少了,因为人类已经擅长这方面了,更因为我们的算法是根据人类直觉设计的。可能我们的最佳算法只是反映了人类的思想。在某些情况下,我们发现我们的方案和数学上的典范不一样, 但是在另一些情况下,它们仍然是我们当下最好的猜想。) + +这是那种章节列表是书评里重要部分的书。这里讨论的算法领域有最优停止、探索和利用决策(什么时候带着你发现的最好东西走以及什么时候寻觅更好的东西),以及排序、缓存、调度、贝叶斯定理(一般还有预测)、创建模型时的过拟合、放松(解决容易的问题而不是你的实际问题)、随机算法、一系列网络算法,最后还有游戏理论。其中每一项都有有用的见解和发人深省的讨论--这些有时显得十分理论化的概念令人吃惊地很好地映射到了日常生活。这本书以一段关于“可计算的善意”的讨论结束:鼓励减少你自己和你交往的人所需的计算和复杂性惩罚。 + +如果你有计算机科学背景(就像我一样),其中许多都是熟悉的概念,而且你因为被普及了很多新东西或许会有疑惑。然而,请给这本书一个机会,类比法没你担忧的那么令人紧张。作者既小心又聪明地应用了这些原则。这本书令人惊喜地通过了一个重要的合理性检查:涉及到我知道或反复思考过的主题的章节很少有或没有明显的错误,而且能讲出有用和重要的事情。比如,调度的那一章节毫不令人吃惊地和时间管理有关,通过直接跳到时间管理问题的核心而胜过了半数时间管理类书籍:如果你要做一个清单上的所有事情,你做这些事情的顺序很少要紧,所以最难的调度问题是决定不做哪些事情而不是做这些事情的顺序。 + +作者在贝叶斯定理这一章节中的观点完全赢得了我的心。本章的许多内容都是关于贝叶斯先验的,以及一个人对过去事件的了解为什么对分析未来的概率很重要。作者接着讨论了著名的棉花糖实验。即给了儿童一个棉花糖以后,儿童被研究者告知如果他们能够克制自己不吃这个棉花糖,等到研究者回来时,会给他们两个棉花糖。克制自己不吃棉花糖(在心理学文献中叫作“延迟满足”)被发现与未来几年更好的生活有关。这个实验多年来一直被引用和滥用于各种各样的宣传,关于选择未来的收益放弃即时的快乐从而拥有成功的生活,以及生活中的失败是因为无法延迟满足。更多的邪恶分析(当然)将这种能力与种族联系在一起,带有可想而知的种族主义结论。 + +我对棉花糖实验有点兴趣。这是一个百分百让我愤怒咆哮的话题。 + +《算法之美》是我读过的唯一提到了棉花糖实验并应用了我认为更有说服力的分析的书。这不是一个关于儿童天赋的实验,这是一个关于他们的贝叶斯先验的实验。什么时候立即吃棉花糖而不是等待奖励是完全合理的?当他们过去的经历告诉他们成年人不可靠,不可信任,会在不可预测的时间内消失并且撒谎的时候。而且,更好的是,作者用我之前没有听说过的后续研究和观察支持了这一分析,观察到的内容是,一些孩子会等待一段时间然后“放弃”。如果他们下意识地使用具有较差先验的贝叶斯模型,这就完全合情合理。 + +这是一本很好的书。它可能在某些地方的尝试有点太勉强(数学上最优停止对于日常生活的适用性比我认为作者想要表现的更加偶然和牵强附会),如果你学过算法,其中一些内容会感到熟悉,但是它的行文思路清晰,简洁,而且编辑得非常好。这本书没有哪一部分对不起它所受的欢迎,书中的讨论贯穿始终。如果你发现自己“已经知道了这一切”,你可能还会在接下来几页中遇到一个新的概念或一个简洁的解释。有时作者会做一些我从没想到但是回想起来正确的联系,比如将网络协议中的指数退避和司法系统中的选择惩罚联系起来。还有意识到我们的现代通信世界并不是一直联系的,它是不断缓冲的,我们中的许多人正深受缓冲膨胀这一独特现象的苦恼。 + +我认为你并不必须是计算机科学专业或者精通数学才能读这本书。如果你想深入,每章的结尾都有许多数学上的细节,但是正文总是易读而清晰,至少就我所知是这样(作为一个以计算机科学为专业并学到了很多数学知识的人,你至少可以有保留地相信我)。即使你已经钻研了多年的算法,这本书仍然可以提供很多东西。 + +这本书我读得越多越喜欢。如果你喜欢阅读这种对生活的分析,我当然是赞成的。 + +Rating: 9 out of 10 + +Reviewed: 2017-10-22 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/books/1-62779-037-3.html + +作者:[Brian Christian;Tom Griffiths][a] +译者:[GraveAccent](https://github.com/GraveAccent) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.eyrie.org +[1]:https://www.eyrie.org1-59184-679-X.html From ab65a5b276a916b2c2734f97ba858573f1544afe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:09:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 120/437] =?UTF-8?q?[=E8=AE=A4=E9=A2=8620180531=20How=20to?= =?UTF-8?q?=20create=20shortcuts=20in=20vi]?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md b/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md index 0e9772e402..ba856e745a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -How to create shortcuts in vi +【sd886393认领翻译中】How to create shortcuts in vi ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/documentation-type-keys-yearbook.png?itok=Q-ELM2rn) From fe368d3427ea82a981463ddf85b011b7c002bda8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 08:59:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 121/437] translated --- ...ows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 93 ------------------- ...ows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 92 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 92 insertions(+), 93 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md deleted file mode 100644 index d4ff9692d6..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play -====== -The new experimental feature of Steam allows you to play Windows-only games on Linux. Here’s how to use this feature in Steam right now. - -You have heard the news. Game distribution platform [Steam is implementing a fork of WINE to allow you to play games that are available on Windows only][1]. This is definitely a great news for us Linux users for we have complained about the lack of the number of games for Linux. - -This new feature is still in beta but you can try it out and play Windows-only games on Linux right now. Let’s see how to do that. - -### Play Windows-only games in Linux with Steam Play - -![Play Windows-only games on Linux][2] - -You need to install Steam first. Steam is available for all major Linux distributions. I have written in detail about [installing Steam on Ubuntu][3] and you may refer to that article if you don’t have Steam installed yet. - -Once you have Steam installed and you have logged into your Steam account, it’s time to see how to enable Windows games in Steam Linux client. - -#### Step 1: Go to Account Settings - -Run Steam client. On the top left, click on Steam and then on Settings. - -![Enable steam play beta on Linux][4] - -#### Step 2: Opt in to the beta program - -In the Settings, select Account from left side pane and then click on the CHANGE button under Beta participation. - -![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][5] - -You should select Steam Beta Update here. - -![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][6] - -Once you save the settings here, Steam will restart and download the new beta updates. - -#### Step 3: Enable Steam Play beta - -Once Steam has downloaded the new beta updates, it will be restarted. Now you are almost set. - -Go to Settings once again. You’ll see a new option Steam Play in the left side pane now. Click on it and check the boxes: - - * Enable Steam Play for supported titles (You can play the whitelisted Windows-only games) - * Enable Steam Play for all titles (You can try to play all Windows-only games) - - - -![Play Windows games on Linux using Steam Play][7] - -I don’t remember if Steam restarts at this point again or not but I guess that’s trivial. You should now see the option to install Windows-only games on Linux. - -For example, I have Age of Empires in my Steam library which is not available on Linux normally. But after I enabled Steam Play beta for all Windows titles, it now gives me the option for installing Age of Empires on Linux. - -![Install Windows-only games on Linux using Steam][8] -Windows-only games can now be installed on Linux - -### Things to know about Steam Play beta feature - -There are a few things you should know and keep in mind about using Windows-only games on Linux with Steam Play beta. - - * At present, [only 27 Windows-games are whitelisted][9] for Steam Play. These whitelisted games work seamlessly on Linux. - * You can try any Windows game with Steam Play beta but it might not work all the time. Some games will crash sometimes while some game might not run at all. - * While in beta, you won’t see the Windows-only games available for Linux in the Steam store. You’ll have to either try the game on your own or refer to [this community maintained list][10] to see the compatibility status of the said Windows game. You can also contribute to the list by filling [this form][11]. - * If you have games downloaded on Windows via Steam, you can save some download data by [sharing Steam game files between Linux and Windows][12]. - - - -I hope this tutorial helped you in running Windows-only games on Linux. Which game(s) are you looking forward to play on Linux? - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ - -作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]:https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ -[2]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/play-windows-games-on-linux-featured.jpeg -[3]:https://itsfoss.com/install-steam-ubuntu-linux/ -[4]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta.jpeg -[5]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-2.jpeg -[6]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-3.jpeg -[7]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-4.jpeg -[8]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/install-windows-games-linux.jpeg -[9]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 -[10]:https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1DcZZQ4HL_Ol969UbXJmFG8TzOHNnHoj8Q1f8DIFe8-8/htmlview?sle=true# -[11]:https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeefaYQduMST_lg0IsYxZko8tHLKe2vtVZLFaPNycyhY4bidQ/viewform -[12]:https://itsfoss.com/share-steam-files-linux-windows/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52a919ea57 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +如何使用 Steam Play 在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏 +====== +Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以下是如何在 Steam 中使用此功能。 + +你已经听说过这个消息。游戏发行平台[ Steam 正在实现一个 WINE 分支来允许你玩仅在 Windows 上的游戏][1]。对于 Linux 用户来说,这绝对是一个好消息,因为我们抱怨 Linux 的游戏数量不足。 + +这个新功能仍处于测试阶段,但你现在可以在 Linux 上试用它并在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。让我们看看如何做到这一点。 + +### 使用 Steam Play 在 Linux 中玩仅限 Windows 的游戏 + +![Play Windows-only games on Linux][2] + +你需要先安装 Steam。Steam 适用于所有主要 Linux 发行版。我已经详细介绍了[在 Ubuntu 上安装 Steam][3],如果你还没有安装 Steam,你可以参考那篇文章。 + +安装了 Steam 并且你已登录到 Steam 帐户,就可以了解如何在 Steam Linux 客户端中启用 Windows 游戏。 + + +#### 步骤 1:进入帐户设置 + +运行 Steam 客户端。在左上角,单击 Steam,然后单击 Settings。 + +![Enable steam play beta on Linux][4] + +#### 步骤 2:选择加入测试计划 + +在“设置”中,从左侧窗口中选择“帐户”,然后单击 “Beta participation” 下的 “CHANGE” 按钮。 + +![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][5] + +你应该在此处选择 Steam Beta Update。 + +![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][6] + +在此处保存设置后,Steam 将重新启动并下载新的测试版更新。 + +#### 步骤 3:启用 Steam Play 测试版 + +下载好 Steam 新的测试版更新后,它将重新启动。到这里就差不多了。 + +再次进入“设置”。你现在可以在左侧窗口看到新的 Steam Play 选项。单击它并选中复选框: + + * Enable Steam Play for supported titles (你可以玩列入白名单的 Windows 游戏) + * Enable Steam Play for all titles (你可以尝试玩所有仅限 Windows 的游戏) + + + +![Play Windows games on Linux using Steam Play][7] + +我不记得 Steam 是否会再次重启,但我想这是微不足道的。你现在应该可以在 Linux 上看到安装仅限 Windows 的游戏的选项了。 + +比如,我的 Steam 库中有 Age of Empires,正常情况下这个在 Linux 中没有。但我在 Steam Play 测试版启用所有 Windows 游戏后,现在我可以选择在 Linux 上安装 Age of Empires 了。 + +![Install Windows-only games on Linux using Steam][8] +现在可以在 Linux 上安装仅限 Windows 的游戏 + +### 有关 Steam Play 测试版功能的信息 + +在 Linux 上使用 Steam Play 测试版玩仅限 Windows 的游戏有一些事情你需要知道并且牢记。 + + * If you have games downloaded on Windows via Steam, you can save some download data by [sharing Steam game files between Linux and Windows][12]. + * 目前,[只有 27 个 Steam Play 中的 Windows 游戏被列入白名单][9]。这些白名单游戏在 Linux 上无缝运行。 + * 你可以使用 Steam Play 测试版尝试任何 Windows 游戏,但它可能无法一直运行。有些游戏有时会崩溃,而某些游戏可能根本无法运行。 + * 在测试版中,你无法 Steam 商店中看到适用于 Linux 的 Windows 限定游戏。你必须自己尝试游戏或参考[这个社区维护的列表][10]以查看该 Windows 游戏的兼容性状态。你也可以通过填写[此表][11]来为列表做出贡献。 + * 如果你通过 Steam 在 Windows 上下载游戏,那么可以通过[在 Linux 和 Windows 之间共享 Steam 游戏文件][12]来保存一些下载数据。 + + +我希望本教程能帮助你在 Linux 上运行仅限 Windows 的游戏。你期待在 Linux 上玩哪些游戏? + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]:https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ +[2]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/play-windows-games-on-linux-featured.jpeg +[3]:https://itsfoss.com/install-steam-ubuntu-linux/ +[4]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta.jpeg +[5]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-2.jpeg +[6]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-3.jpeg +[7]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-4.jpeg +[8]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/install-windows-games-linux.jpeg +[9]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 +[10]:https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1DcZZQ4HL_Ol969UbXJmFG8TzOHNnHoj8Q1f8DIFe8-8/htmlview?sle=true# +[11]:https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeefaYQduMST_lg0IsYxZko8tHLKe2vtVZLFaPNycyhY4bidQ/viewform +[12]:https://itsfoss.com/share-steam-files-linux-windows/ From 9356085f52f50a68fab2ae45ad45b0fb63a1c34f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 09:02:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 122/437] translating --- ...ss usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md index 3cde4c7e9e..0200dfffdb 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + [Solved] “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1″ Error in Ubuntu ====== If you are encountering “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1” while installing software on Ubuntu Linux, here is how you can fix it. From 894214831c1c67d3c9dc171ec59f8a3b66d079eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jlztan Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 09:42:18 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 123/437] =?UTF-8?q?=20=E7=94=B3=E8=AF=B7=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= =?UTF-8?q?=EF=BC=9ATop=2010=20Raspberry=20Pi=20blogs=20to=20follow?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md b/sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md index 243442906c..a6f4e965c5 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +Translating by jlztan + Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow ====== From 79394ff5dd8147a8e8d0db5060d605bf892ebdf9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 11:41:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 124/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20A=20Simple,=20Bea?= =?UTF-8?q?utiful=20And=20Cross-platform=20Podcast=20App?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...eautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md | 112 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 112 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md b/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae9f91b548 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/cpod-720x340.png) + +Podcasts have become very popular in the last few years. Podcasts are what’s called “infotainment”, they are generally light-hearted, but they generally give you valuable information. Podcasts have blown up in the last few years, and if you like something, chances are there is a podcast about it. There are a lot of podcast players out there for the Linux desktop, but if you want something that is visually beautiful, has slick animations, and works on every platform, there aren’t a lot of alternatives to **CPod**. CPod (formerly known as **Cumulonimbus** ) is an open source and slickest podcast app that works on Linux, MacOS and Windows. + +CPod runs on something called **Electron** – a tool that allows developers to build cross-platform (E.g Windows, MacOs and Linux) desktop GUI applications. In this brief guide, we will be discussing – how to install and use CPod podcast app in Linux. + +### Installing CPod + +Go to the [**releases page**][1] of CPod. Download and Install the binary for your platform of choice. If you use Ubuntu/Debian, you can just download and install the .deb file from the releases page as shown below. + +``` +$ wget https://github.com/z-------------/CPod/releases/download/v1.25.7/CPod_1.25.7_amd64.deb + +$ sudo apt update + +$ sudo apt install gdebi + +$ sudo gdebi CPod_1.25.7_amd64.deb +``` + +If you use any other distribution, you probably should use the **AppImage** in the releases page. + +Download the AppImage file from the releases page. + +Open your terminal, and go to the directory where the AppImage file has been stored. Change the permissions to allow execution: + +``` +$ chmod +x CPod-1.25.7-x86_64.AppImage +``` + +Execute the AppImage File: + +``` +$ ./CPod-1.25.7-x86_64.AppImage +``` + +You’ll be presented a dialog asking whether to integrate the app with the system. Click **Yes** if you want to do so. + +### Features + +**Explore Tab** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-features-tab.png) + +CPod uses the Apple iTunes database to find podcasts. This is good, because the iTunes database is the biggest one out there. If there is a podcast out there, chances are it’s on iTunes. To find podcasts, just use the top search bar in the Explore section. The Explore Section also shows a few popular podcasts. + +**Home Tab** + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-home-tab.png) + +The Home Tab is the tab that opens by default when you open the app. The Home Tab shows a chronological list of all the episodes of all the podcasts that you have subscribed to. + +From the home tab, you can: + + 1. Mark episodes read. + 2. Download them for offline playing + 3. Add them to the queue. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/The-podcasts-queue.png) + +**Subscriptions Tab** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-subscriptions-tab.png) + +You can of course, subscribe to podcasts that you like. A few other things you can do in the Subscriptions Tab is: + + 1. Refresh Podcast Artwork + 2. Export and Import Subscriptions to/from an .OPML file. + + + +**The Player** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-Podcast-Player.png) + +The player is perhaps the most beautiful part of CPod. The app changes the overall look and feel according to the banner of the podcast. There’s a sound visualiser at the bottom. To the right, you can see and search for other episodes of this podcast. + +**Cons/Missing Features** + +While I love this app, there are a few features and disadvantages that CPod does have: + + 1. Poor MPRIS Integration – You can play/pause the podcast from the media player dialog of your desktop environment, but not much more. The name of the podcast is not shown, and you can go to the next/previous episode. + 2. No support for chapters. + 3. No auto-downloading – you have to manually download episodes. + 4. CPU usage during use is pretty high (even for an Electron app). + + + +### Verdict + +While it does have its cons, CPod is clearly the most aesthetically pleasing podcast player app out there, and it has most basic features down. If you love using visually beautiful apps, and don’t need the advanced features, this is the perfect app for you. I know for a fact that I’m going to use it. + +Do you like CPod? Please put your opinions on the comments below! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cpod-a-simple-beautiful-and-cross-platform-podcast-app/ + +作者:[EDITOR][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/editor/ +[1]: https://github.com/z-------------/CPod/releases From ead74acd359cd2bb75829d292b3770c2b3fbd4f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 11:44:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 125/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Make=20The=20Outp?= =?UTF-8?q?ut=20Of=20Ping=20Command=20Prettier=20And=20Easier=20To=20Read?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ing Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 129 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 129 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39ca57bc43 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-720x340.png) + +As we all know, the **ping** command is used to check if a target host is reachable or not. Using Ping command, we can send ICMP Echo request to our target host, and verify whether the destination host is up or down. If you use ping command often, I’d like to recommend you to try **“Prettyping”**. Prettyping is just a wrapper for the standard ping tool and makes the output of the ping command prettier, easier to read, colorful and compact. The prettyping runs the standard ping command in the background and parses the output with colors and unicode characters. It is free and open source tool written in **Bash** and **awk** and supports most Unix-like operating systems such as GNU/Linux, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. Prettyping is not only used to make the output of ping command prettier, but also ships with other notable features as listed below. + + * Detects the lost or missing packets and marks them in the output. + * Shows live statistics. The statistics are constantly updated after each response is received, while ping only shows after it ends. + * Smart enough to handle “unknown messages” (like error messages) without messing up the output. + * Avoids printing the repeated messages. + * You can use most common ping parameters with Prettyping. + * Can run as normal user. + * Can be able to redirect the output to a file. + * Requires no installation. Just download the binary, make it executable and run. + * Fast and lightweight. + * And, finally makes the output pretty, colorful and very intuitive. + + + +### Installing Prettyping + +Like I said already, Prettyping does not requires any installation. It is portable application! Just download the Prettyping binary file using command: + +``` +$ curl -O https://raw.githubusercontent.com/denilsonsa/prettyping/master/prettyping +``` + +Move the binary file to your $PATH, for example **/usr/local/bin**. + +``` +$ sudo mv prettyping /usr/local/bin +``` + +And, make it executable as like below: + +``` +$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/prettyping +``` + +It’s that simple. + +### Let us Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read + +Once installed, ping any host or IP address and see the ping command output in graphical way. + +``` +$ prettyping ostechnix.com +``` + +Here is the visually displayed ping output: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-in-action.gif) + +If you run Prettyping without any arguments, it will keep running until you manually stop it by pressing **Ctrl+c**. + +Since Prettyping is just a wrapper to the ping command, you can use most common ping parameters. For instance, you can use **-c** flag to ping a host only a specific number of times, for example **5** : + +``` +$ prettyping -c 5 ostechnix.com +``` + +By default, prettynping displays the output in colored format. Don’t like the colored output? No problem! Use `--nocolor` option. + +``` +$ prettyping --nocolor ostechnix.com +``` + +Similarly, you can disable mult-color support using `--nomulticolor` option: + +``` +$ prettyping --nomulticolor ostechnix.com +``` + +To disable unicode characters, use `--nounicode` option: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-without-unicode-support.png) + +This can be useful if your terminal does not support **UTF-8**. If you can’t fix the unicode (fonts) in your system, simply pass `--nounicode` option. + +Prettyping can redirect the output to a file as well. The following command will write the output of `prettyping ostechnix.com` command in `ostechnix.txt` file. + +``` +$ prettyping ostechnix.com | tee ostechnix.txt +``` + +Prettyping has few more options which helps you to do various tasks, such as, + + * Enable/disable the latency legend. (default value is: enabled) + * Force the output designed to a terminal. (default: auto) + * Use the last “n” pings at the statistics line. (default: 60) + * Override auto-detection of terminal dimensions. + * Override the awk interpreter. (default: awk) + * Override the ping tool. (default: ping) + + + +For more details, view the help section: + +``` +$ prettyping --help +``` + +Even though Prettyping doesn’t add any extra functionality, I personally like the following feature implementations in it: + + * Live statistics – You can see all the live statistics all the time. The standard ping command will only shows the statistics after it ends. + * Compact – You can see a longer timespan at your terminal. + * Prettyping detects missing responses. + + + +If you’re ever looking for a way to visually display the output of the ping command, Prettyping will definitely help. Give it a try, you won’t be disappointed. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/prettyping-make-the-output-of-ping-command-prettier-and-easier-to-read/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ From 1e27322f2b424de259f85fd13ea40080b19ac66d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 11:46:23 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 126/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20IssueHunt:=20A=20?= =?UTF-8?q?New=20Bounty=20Hunting=20Platform=20for=20Open=20Source=20Softw?= =?UTF-8?q?are?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...nting Platform for Open Source Software.md | 66 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 66 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180921 IssueHunt- A New Bounty Hunting Platform for Open Source Software.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180921 IssueHunt- A New Bounty Hunting Platform for Open Source Software.md b/sources/talk/20180921 IssueHunt- A New Bounty Hunting Platform for Open Source Software.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2deeb75547 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180921 IssueHunt- A New Bounty Hunting Platform for Open Source Software.md @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +IssueHunt: A New Bounty Hunting Platform for Open Source Software +====== +One of the issues that many open-source developers and companies struggle with is funding. There is an assumption, an expectation even, among the community that Free and Open Source Software must be provided free of cost. But even FOSS needs funding for continued development. How can we keep expecting better quality software if we don’t create systems that enable continued development? + +We already wrote an article about [open source funding platforms][1] out there that try to tackle this shortcoming, as of this July there is a new contender in the market that aims to help fill this gap: [IssueHunt][2]. + +### IssueHunt: A Bounty Hunting platform for Open Source Software + +![IssueHunt website][3] + +IssueHunt offers a service that pays freelance developers for contributing to open-source code. It does so through what are called bounties: financial rewards granted to whoever solves a given problem. The funding for these bounties comes from anyone who is willing to donate to have any given bug fixed or feature added. + +If there is a problem with a piece of open-source software that you want fixed, you can offer up a reward amount of your choosing to whoever fixes it. + +Do you want your own product snapped? Offer a bounty on IssueHunt to whoever snaps it. It’s as simple as that. + +And if you are a programmer, you can browse through open issues. Fix the issue (if you could), submit a pull request on the GitHub repository and if your pull request is merged, you get the money. + +#### IssueHunt was originally an internal project for Boostnote + +![IssueHunt][4] + +The product came to be when the developers behind the note-taking app [Boostnote][5] reached out to the community for contributions to their own product. + +In the first two years of utilizing IssueHunt, Boostnote received over 8,400 Github stars through hundreds contributors and overwhelming donations. + +The product was so successful that the team decided to open it up to the rest of the community. + +Today, [a list of projects utilize this service][6], offering thousands of dollars in bounties among them. + +Boostnote boasts [$2,800 in total bounties][7], while Settings Sync, previously known as Visual Studio Code Settings Sync, offers [more than $1,600 in bounties.][8] + +There are other services that provide something similar to what IssueHunt is offering here. Perhaps the most notable is [Bountysource][9], which offers a similar bounty service to IssueHunt, while also offering subscription payment processing similar to [Librepay][10]. + +#### What do you think of IssueHunt? + +At the time of writing this article, IssueHunt is in its infancy, but I am incredibly excited to see where this project ends up in the comings years. + +I don’t know about you, but I am more than happy paying for FOSS. If the product is high quality and adds value to my life, then I will happily pay the developer the product. Especially since FOSS developers are creating products that respect my freedom in the process. + +That being said, I will definitely keep my eye on IssueHunt moving forward for ways I can support the community either with my own money or by spreading the word where contribution is needed. + +But what do you think? Do you agree with me, or do you think software should be Gratis free, and that contributions should be made on a volunteer basis? Let us know what you think in the comments below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/issuehunt/ + +作者:[Phillip Prado][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/phillip/ +[1]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-funding-platforms/ +[2]: https://issuehunt.io +[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/issuehunt-website.png +[4]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/issuehunt.jpg +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/boostnote-linux-review/ +[6]: https://issuehunt.io/repos +[7]: https://issuehunt.io/repos/53266139 +[8]: https://issuehunt.io/repos/47984369 +[9]: https://www.bountysource.com/ +[10]: https://liberapay.com/ From 631b6af13e46e307d2b70a27b95e2f7a55812916 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 11:49:22 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 127/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=205=20ways=20to=20p?= =?UTF-8?q?lay=20old-school=20games=20on=20a=20Raspberry=20Pi?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md | 169 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 169 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20180924 5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..539ac42082 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi +====== + +Relive the golden age of gaming with these open source platforms for Raspberry Pi. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/arcade_game_gaming.jpg?itok=84Rjk_32) + +They don't make 'em like they used to, do they? Video games, I mean. + +Sure, there's a bit more grunt in the gear now. Princess Zelda used to be 16 pixels in each direction; there's now enough graphics power for every hair on her head. Today's processors could beat up 1988's processors in a cage-fight deathmatch without breaking a sweat. + +But you know what's missing? The fun. + +You've got a squillion and one buttons to learn just to get past the tutorial mission. There's probably a storyline, too. You shouldn't need a backstory to kill bad guys. All you need is jump and shoot. So, it's little wonder that one of the most enduring popular uses for a Raspberry Pi is to relive the 8- and 16-bit golden age of gaming in the '80s and early '90s. But where to start? + +There are a few ways to play old-school games on the Pi. Each has its strengths and weaknesses, which I'll discuss here. + +### Retropie + +[Retropie][1] is probably the most popular retro-gaming platform for the Raspberry Pi. It's a solid all-rounder and a great default option for emulating classic desktop and console gaming systems. + +#### What is it? + +Retropie is built to run on [Raspbian][2]. It can also be installed over an existing Raspbian image if you'd prefer. It uses [EmulationStation][3] as a graphical front-end for a library of open source emulators, including the [Libretro][4] emulators. + +You don't need to understand a word of that to play your games, though. + +#### What's great about it + +It's very easy to get started. All you need to do is burn the image to an SD card, configure your controllers, copy your games over, and start killing bad guys. + +The huge user base means that there is a wealth of support and information out there, and active online communities to turn to for questions. + +In addition to the emulators that come installed with the Retropie image, there's a huge library of emulators you can install from the package manager, and it's growing all the time. Retropie also offers a user-friendly menu system to manage this, saving you time. + +From the Retropie menu, it's easy to add Kodi and the Raspbian desktop, which comes with the Chromium web browser. This means your retro-gaming rig is also good for home theatre, [YouTube][5], [SoundCloud][6], and all those other “lounge room computer” goodies. + +Retropie also has a number of other customization options: You can change the graphics in the menus, set up different control pad configurations for different emulators, make your Raspberry Pi file system visible to your local Windows network—all sorts of stuff. + +Retropie is built on Raspbian, which means you have the Raspberry Pi's most popular operating system to explore. Most Raspberry Pi projects and tutorials you find floating around are written for Raspbian, making it easy to customize and install new things on it. I've used my Retropie rig as a wireless bridge, installed MIDI synthesizers on it, taught myself a bit of Python, and more—all without compromising its use as a gaming machine. + +#### What's not so great about it + +Retropie's simple installation and ease of use is, in a way, a double-edged sword. You can go for a long time with Retropie without ever learning simple stuff like `sudo apt-get`, which means you're missing out on a lot of the Raspberry Pi experience. + +It doesn't have to be this way; the command line is still there under the hood when you want it, but perhaps users are a bit too insulated from a Bash shell that's ultimately a lot less scary than it looks. Retropie's main menu is operable only with a control pad, which can be annoying when you don't have one plugged in because you've been using the system for things other than gaming. + +#### Who's it for? + +Anyone who wants to get straight into some gaming, anyone who wants the biggest and best library of emulators, and anyone who wants a great way to start exploring Linux when they're not playing games. + +### Recalbox + +[Recalbox][7] is a newer open source suite of emulators for the Raspberry Pi. It also supports other ARM-based small-board computers. + +#### What is it? + +Like Retropie, Recalbox is built on EmulationStation and Libretro. Where it differs is that it's not built on Raspbian, but on its own flavor of Linux: RecalboxOS. + +#### What's great about it + +The setup for Recalbox is even easier than for Retropie. You don't even need to image an SD card; simply copy some files over and go. It also has out-of-the-box support for some game controllers, getting you to Level 1 that little bit faster. Kodi comes preinstalled. This is a ready-to-go gaming and media rig. + +#### What's not so great about it + +Recalbox has fewer emulators than Retropie, fewer customization options, and a smaller user community. + +Your Recalbox rig is probably always just going to be for emulators and Kodi, the same as when you installed it. If you feel like getting deeper into Linux, you'll probably want a new SD card for Raspbian. + +#### Who's it for? + +Recalbox is great if you want the absolute easiest retro gaming experience and can happily go without some of the more obscure gaming platforms, or if you are intimidated by the idea of doing anything a bit technical (and have no interest in growing out of that). + +For most opensource.com readers, Recalbox will probably come in most handy to recommend to your not-so-technical friend or relative. Its super-simple setup and overall lack of options might even help you avoid having to help them with it. + +### Roll your own + +Ok, if you've been paying attention, you might have noticed that both Retropie and Recalbox are built from many of the same open source components. So what's to stop you from putting them together yourself? + +#### What is it? + +Whatever you want it to be, baby. The nature of open source software means you could use an existing emulator suite as a starting point, or pilfer from them at will. + +#### What's great about it + +If you have your own custom interface in mind, I guess there's nothing to do but roll your sleeves up and get to it. This is also a way to install emulators that haven't quite found their way into Retropie yet, such as [BeebEm][8] or [ArcEm][9]. + +#### What's not so great about it + +Well, it's a bit of work, isn't it? + +#### Who's it for? + +Hackers, tinkerers, builders, seasoned hobbyists, and such. + +### Native RISC OS gaming + +Now here's a dark horse: [RISC OS][10], the original operating system for ARM devices. + +#### What is it? + +Before ARM went on to become the world's most popular CPU architecture, it was originally built to be the heart of the Acorn Archimedes. That's kind of a forgotten beast nowadays, but for a few years it was light years ahead as the most powerful desktop computer in the world, and it attracted a lot of games development. + +Because the ARM processor in the Pi is the great-grandchild of the one in the Archimedes, we can still install RISC OS on it, and with a little bit of work, get these games running. This is different to the emulator options we've covered so far because we're playing our games on the operating system and CPU architecture for which they were written. + +#### What's great about it + +It's the perfect introduction to RISC OS. This is an absolute gem of an operating system and well worth checking out in its own right. + +The fact that you're using much the same operating system as back in the day to load and play your games makes your retro gaming rig just that little bit more of a time machine. This definitely adds some charm and retro value to the project. + +There are a few superb games that were released only on the Archimedes. The massive hardware advantage of the Archimedes also means that it often had the best graphics and smoothest gameplay of a lot of multi-platform titles. The rights holders to many of these games have been generous enough to make them legally available for free download. + +#### What's not so great about it + +Once you have installed RISC OS, it still takes a bit of elbow grease to get the games working. Here's a [guide to getting started][11]. + +This is definitely not a great all-rounder for the lounge room. There's nothing like [Kodi][12]. There's a web browser, [NetSurf][13], but it's struggling to catch up to the modern web. You won't get the range of titles to play as you would with an emulator suite. RISC OS Open is free for hobbyists to download and use and much of the source code has been made open. But despite the name, it's not a 100% open source operating system. + +#### Who's it for? + +This one's for novelty seekers, absolute retro heads, people who want to explore an interesting operating system from the '80s, people who are nostalgic for Acorn machines from back in the day, and people who want a totally different retro gaming project. + +### Command line gaming + +Do you really need to install an emulator or an exotic operating system just to relive the glory days? Why not just install some native linux games from the command line? + +#### What is it? + +There's a whole range of native Linux games tested to work on the [Raspberry Pi][14]. + +#### What's great about it + +You can install most of these from packages using the command line and start playing. Easy. If you've already got Raspbian up and running, it's probably your fastest path to getting a game running. + +#### What's not so great about it + +This isn't, strictly speaking, actual retro gaming. Linux was born in 1991 and took a while longer to come together as a gaming platform. This isn't quite gaming from the classic 8- and 16-bit era; these are ports and retro-influenced games that were built later. + +#### Who's it for? + +If you're just after a bucket of fun, no problem. But if you're trying to relive the actual era, this isn't quite it. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/retro-gaming-raspberry-pi + +作者:[James Mawson][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dxmjames +[1]: https://retropie.org.uk/ +[2]: https://www.raspbian.org/ +[3]: https://emulationstation.org/ +[4]: https://www.libretro.com/ +[5]: https://www.youtube.com/ +[6]: https://soundcloud.com/ +[7]: https://www.recalbox.com/ +[8]: http://www.mkw.me.uk/beebem/ +[9]: http://arcem.sourceforge.net/ +[10]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/gentle-intro-risc-os +[11]: https://blog.dxmtechsupport.com.au/playing-badass-acorn-archimedes-games-on-a-raspberry-pi/ +[12]: https://kodi.tv/ +[13]: https://www.netsurf-browser.org/ +[14]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=78&t=51794 From be92daaafcc72653662b7510887e207d8bdd2fe8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 12:04:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 128/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Gunpoint=20is=20a?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Delight=20for=20Stealth=20Game=20Fans?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...oint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md | 104 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 104 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180923 Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180923 Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md b/sources/tech/20180923 Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ff6857f78 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180923 Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans +====== +Gunpoint is a 2D stealth game in which you play as a spy stealing secrets and hacking networks like Ethan Hunt of Mission Impossible movie series. + + + +Hi, Fellow Linux gamers. Let’s take a look at a fun stealth game. Let’s take a look at [Gunpoint][1]. + +Gunpoint is neither free nor open source. It is an independent game you can purchase directly from the creator or from Steam. + +![][2] + +### The Interesting History of Gunpoint + +> The instant success of Gunpoint enabled its creator to become a full time game developer. + +Gunpoint is a stealth game created by [Tom Francis][3]. Francis was inspired to create the game after he heard about Spelunky, which was created by one person. Francis played games as part of his day job, as an editor for PC Gamer UK magazine. He had no previous programming experience but used the easy-to-use Game Maker. He planned to create a demo with the hopes of getting a job as a developer. + +He released his first prototype in May 2010 under the name Private Dick. Based on the response, Francis continued to work on the game. The final version was released in June of 2013 to high praise. + +In a [blog post][4] weeks after Gunpoint’s launch, Francis revealed that he made back all the money he spent on development ($30 for Game Maker 8) in 64 seconds. Francis didn’t reveal Gunpoint’s sales figures, but he did quit his job and today creates [games][5] full time. + +### Experiencing the Gunpoint Gameplay + +![Gunpoint Gameplay][6] + +Like I said earlier, Gunpoint is a stealth game. You play a freelance spy named Richard Conway. As Conway, you will use a pair of Bullfrog hypertrousers to infiltrate buildings for clients. The hypertrousers allow you to jump very high, even through windows. You can also cling to walls or ceilings like a ninja. + +Another tool you have is the Crosslink, which allows you to rewire circuits. Often you will need to use the Crosslink to reroute motion detections to unlock doors instead of setting off an alarm or rewire a light switch to turn off the light on another floor to distract a guard. + +When you sneak into a building, your biggest concern is the on-site security guards. If they see Conway, they will shoot and in this game, it’s one shot one kill. You can jump off a three-story building no problem, but bullets will take you down. Thankfully, if Conway is killed you can just jump back a few seconds and try again. + +Along the way, you will earn money to upgrade your tools and unlock new features. For example, I just unlocked the ability to rewire a guard’s gun. Don’t ask me how that works. + +### Minimum System Requirements + +Here are the minimum system requirements for Gunpoint: + +##### Linux + + * Processor: 2GHz + * Memory: 1GB RAM + * Video card: 512MB + * Hard Drive: 700MB HD space + + + +##### Windows + + * OS: Windows XP, Visa, 7 or 8 + * Processor: 2GHz + * Memory: 1GB RAM + * Video card: 512MB + * DirectX®: 9.0 + * Hard Drive: 700MB HD space + + + +##### macOS + + * OS: OS X 10.7 or later + * Processor: 2GHz + * Memory: 1GB RAM + * Video card: 512MB + * Hard Drive: 700MB HD space + + + +### Thoughts on Gunpoint + +![Gunpoint game on Linux][7] +Image Courtesy: Steam Community + +Gunpoint is a very fun game. The early levels are easy to get through, but the later levels make you put your thinking cap on. The hypertrousers and Crosslink are fun to play with. There is nothing like turning the lights off on a guard and bouncing over his head to hack a terminal. + +Besides the fun mechanics, it also has an interesting [noir][8] murder mystery story. Several different (and conflicting) clients hire you to look into different aspects of the case. Some of them seem to have ulterior motives that are not in your best interest. + +I always enjoy good mysteries and this one is no different. If you like noir or platforming games, be sure to check out [Gunpoint][1]. + +Have you every played Gunpoint? What other games should we review for your entertainment? Let us know in the comments below. + +If you found this article interesting, please take a minute to share it on social media, Hacker News or [Reddit][9]. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/gunpoint-game-review/ + +作者:[John Paul][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/john/ +[1]: http://www.gunpointgame.com/ +[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gunpoint.jpg +[3]: https://www.pentadact.com/ +[4]: https://www.pentadact.com/2013-06-18-gunpoint-recoups-development-costs-in-64-seconds/ +[5]: https://www.pentadact.com/2014-08-09-what-im-working-on-and-what-ive-done/ +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gunpoint-gameplay-1.jpeg +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gunpoint-game-1.jpeg +[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noir_fiction +[9]: http://reddit.com/r/linuxusersgroup From 75e68628bb808d678aedc7c39f2692800e9fea08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 12:43:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 129/437] Update 20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md (#10335) request to translate --- sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md index 9c6df23e43..4cc8ca4ea1 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by way-ww Manipulating Directories in Linux ====== From faf726be70bf8e91d6be6ebd60e72f321248e985 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hank Chow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 12:48:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 130/437] translated (#10334) --- ...Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 62 ------------------- ...Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 60 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 60 insertions(+), 62 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md deleted file mode 100644 index ef72988469..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -Understand Fedora memory usage with top -====== - -![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/memory-top-816x345.jpg) - -Have you used the top utility in a terminal to see memory usage on your Fedora system? If so, you might be surprised to see some of the numbers there. It might look like a lot more memory is consumed than your system has available. This article will explain a little more about memory usage, and how to read these numbers. - -### Memory usage in real terms - -The way the operating system (OS) uses memory may not be self-evident. In fact, some ingenious, behind-the-scenes techniques are at play. They help your OS use memory more efficiently, without involving you. - -Most applications are not self contained. Instead, each relies on sets of functions collected in libraries. These libraries are also installed on the system. In Fedora, the RPM packaging system ensures that when you install an app, any libraries on which it relies are installed, too. - -When an app runs, the OS doesn’t necessarily load all the information it uses into real memory. Instead, it builds a map to the storage where that code is stored, called virtual memory. The OS then loads only the parts it needs. When it no longer needs portions of memory, it might release or swap them out as appropriate. - -This means an app can map a very large amount of virtual memory, while using less real memory on the system at one time. It might even map more RAM than the system has available! In fact, across a whole OS that’s often the case. - -In addition, related applications may rely on the same libraries. The Linux kernel in your Fedora system often shares memory between applications. It doesn’t need to load multiple copies of the same library for related apps. This works similarly for separate instances of the same app, too. - -Without understanding these details, the output of the top application can be confusing. The following example will clarify this view into memory usage. - -### Viewing memory usage in top - -If you haven’t tried yet, open a terminal and run the top command to see some output. Hit **Shift+M** to see the list sorted by memory usage. Your display may look slightly different than this example from a running Fedora Workstation: - - - -There are three columns showing memory usage to examine: VIRT, RES, and SHR. The measurements are currently shown in kilobytes (KB). - -The VIRT column is the virtual memory mapped for this process. Recall from the earlier description that virtual memory is not actual RAM consumed. For example, the GNOME Shell process gnome-shell is not actually consuming over 3.1 gigabytes of actual RAM. However, it’s built on a number of lower and higher level libraries. The system must map each of those to ensure they can be loaded when necessary. - -The RES column shows you how much actual (resident) memory is consumed by the app. In the case of GNOME Shell, that’s about 180788 KB. The example system has roughly 7704 MB of physical memory, which is why the memory usage shows up as 2.3%. - -However, of that number, at least 88212 KB is shared memory, shown in the SHR column. This memory might be, for example, library functions that other apps also use. This means the GNOME Shell is using about 92 MB on its own not shared with other processes. Notice that other apps in the example share an even higher percentage of their resident memory. In some apps, the shared portion is the vast majority of the memory usage. - -There is a wrinkle here, which is that sometimes processes communicate with each other via memory. That memory is also shared, but can’t necessarily be detected by a utility like top. So yes — even the above clarifications still have some uncertainty! - -### A note about swap - -Your system has another facility it uses to store information, which is swap. Typically this is an area of slower storage (like a hard disk). If the physical memory on the system fills up as needs increase, the OS looks for portions of memory that haven’t been needed in a while. It writes them out to the swap area, where they sit until needed later. - -Therefore, prolonged, high swap usage usually means a system is suffering from too little memory for its demands. Sometimes an errant application may be at fault. Or, if you see this often on your system, consider upgrading your machine’s memory, or restricting what you run. - -Photo courtesy of [Stig Nygaard][1], via [Flickr][2] (CC BY 2.0). - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://fedoramagazine.org/understand-fedora-memory-usage-top/ - -作者:[Paul W. Frields][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/pfrields/ -[1]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/ -[2]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/3138001676/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a55d5d7b55 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +使用 `top` 命令了解 Fedora 的内存使用情况 +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/memory-top-816x345.jpg) + +如果你使用过 `top` 命令来查看 Fedora 系统中的内存使用情况,你可能会惊讶,显示的数值看起来比系统可用的内存消耗更多。下面会详细介绍内存使用情况以及如何理解这些数据。 + +### 内存实际使用情况 + +操作系统对内存的使用方式并不是太通俗易懂,而是有很多不为人知的巧妙方式。通过这些方式,可以在无需用户干预的情况下,让操作系统更有效地使用内存。 + +大多数应用程序都不是系统自带的,但每个应用程序都依赖于安装在系统中的库中的一些函数集。在 Fedora 中,RPM 包管理系统能够确保在安装应用程序时也会安装所依赖的库。 + +当应用程序运行时,操作系统并不需要将它要用到的所有信息都加载到物理内存中。而是会为存放代码的存储构建一个映射,称为虚拟内存。操作系统只把需要的部分加载到内存中,当某一个部分不再需要后,这一部分内存就会被释放掉。 + +这意味着应用程序可以映射大量的虚拟内存,而使用较少的系统物理内存。特殊情况下,映射的虚拟内存甚至可以比系统实际可用的物理内存更多!而且在操作系统中这种情况也并不少见。 + +另外,不同的应用程序可能会对同一个库都有依赖。Fedora 中的 Linux 内核通常会在各个应用程序之间共享内存,而不需要为不同应用分别加载同一个库的多个副本。类似地,对于同一个应用程序的不同实例也是采用这种方式共享内存。 + +如果不首先了解这些细节,`top` 命令显示的数据可能会让人摸不着头脑。下面就举例说明如何正确查看内存使用量。 + +### 使用 `top` 命令查看内存使用量 + +如果你还没有使用过 `top` 命令,可以打开终端直接执行查看。使用 **Shift + M** 可以按照内存使用量来进行排序。下图是在 Fedora Workstation 中执行的结果,在你的机器上显示的结果可能会略有不同: + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Screenshot-from-2018-09-17-14-23-17.png) + +主要通过一下三列来查看内存使用情况:VIRT,RES 和 SHR。目前以 KB 为单位显示相关数值。 + +VIRT 列代表该进程映射的虚拟内存。如上所述,虚拟内存不是实际消耗的物理内存。例如, GNOME Shell 进程 gnome-shell 实际上没有消耗超过 3.1 GB 的物理内存,但它对很多更低或更高级的库都有依赖,系统必须对每个库都进行映射,以确保在有需要时可以加载这些库。 + +RES 列代表应用程序消耗了多少实际(驻留)内存。对于 GNOME Shell 大约是 180788 KB。例子中的系统拥有大约 7704 MB 的物理内存,因此内存使用率显示为 2.3%。 + +但根据 SHR 列显示,其中至少有 88212 KB 是共享内存,这部分内存可能是其它应用程序也在使用的库函数。这意味着 GNOME Shell 本身大约有 92 MB 内存不与其他进程共享。需要注意的是,上述例子中的其它程序也共享了很多内存。在某些应用程序中,共享内存在内存使用量中会占很大的比例。 + +值得一提的是,有时进程之间通过内存通信,这些内存也是共享的,但 `top` 工具却不一定能检测到,所以以上的说明也不一定准确。(这一句不太会翻译出来,烦请校对大佬帮忙看看,谢谢) + +### 关于交换分区 + +系统还可以通过交换分区来存储数据(例如硬盘),但读写的速度相对较慢。当物理内存渐渐用满,操作系统就会查找内存中暂时不会使用的部分,将其写出到交换区域等待需要的时候使用。 + +因此,如果交换内存的使用量一直偏高,表明系统的物理内存已经供不应求了。尽管错误的内存申请也有可能导致出现这种情况,但如果这种现象经常出现,就需要考虑提升物理内存或者限制某些程序的运行了。 + +感谢 [Stig Nygaard][1] 在 [Flickr][2] 上提供的图片(CC BY 2.0)。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/understand-fedora-memory-usage-top/ + +作者:[Paul W. Frields][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/pfrields/ +[1]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/ +[2]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/3138001676/ + From 57f6de97706dabb015b14dd3caa0fbf72ca6ebaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GraveAccent <39041505+GraveAccent@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 12:50:22 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 131/437] =?UTF-8?q?GraveAccent=E7=94=B3=E8=AF=B7=E7=BF=BB?= =?UTF-8?q?=E8=AF=91=20(#10336)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md b/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md index b5f740c92c..b99c787e31 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and Logical AND +GraveAccent 翻译中 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and Logical AND ============================================================ @@ -203,4 +203,4 @@ via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/conditional-rendering-in-react-using-ternar [a]:https://medium.freecodecamp.org/@donavon [1]:https://unsplash.com/photos/pKeF6Tt3c08?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText [2]:https://unsplash.com/search/photos/road-sign?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText -[3]:https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Logical_Operators \ No newline at end of file +[3]:https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Logical_Operators From 6e0980cf07857c1143cdb41248d6914d8e0cf001 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 14:58:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 132/437] PUB:20180308 What is open source programming.md @Valoniakim https://linux.cn/article-10045-1.html --- .../20180308 What is open source programming.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/talk => published}/20180308 What is open source programming.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md b/published/20180308 What is open source programming.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md rename to published/20180308 What is open source programming.md From d45f7d43cfa7d04899c93af48c6fbc1d6020e78d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:09:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 133/437] PRF:20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md @geekpi --- ...buntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md | 17 +++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md b/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md index 2109a450fa..6dc4f4dba6 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md @@ -1,16 +1,17 @@ -如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 和其他 Linux 发行版中创建照片幻灯片 +如何在 Ubuntu 和其他 Linux 发行版中创建照片幻灯片 ====== + 创建照片幻灯片只需点击几下。以下是如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 和其他 Linux 发行版中制作照片幻灯片。 ![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][1] -想象一下,你的朋友和亲戚正在拜访你,并请求你展示最近的活动/旅行照片。 +想象一下,你的朋友和亲戚正在拜访你,并请你展示最近的活动/旅行照片。 你将照片保存在计算机上,并整齐地放在单独的文件夹中。你邀请计算机附近的所有人。你进入该文件夹​​,单击其中一张图片,然后按箭头键逐个显示照片。 但那太累了!如果这些图片每隔几秒自动更改一次,那将会好很多。 -这称之为为幻灯片,我将向你展示如何在 Ubuntu 中创建照片幻灯片。这能让你在文件夹中循环播放图片并以全屏模式显示它们。 +这称之为幻灯片,我将向你展示如何在 Ubuntu 中创建照片幻灯片。这能让你在文件夹中循环播放图片并以全屏模式显示它们。 ### 在 Ubuntu 18.04 和其他 Linux 发行版中创建照片幻灯片 @@ -20,19 +21,19 @@ 如果你在 Ubuntu 18.04 或任何其他发行版中使用 GNOME,那么你很幸运。Gnome 的默认图像浏览器,Eye of GNOME,能够在当前文件夹中显示图片的幻灯片。 -只需单击其中一张图片,你将在程序的右上角菜单中看到设置选项。它看起来像三条横栏堆在彼此的顶部。 +只需单击其中一张图片,你将在程序的右上角菜单中看到设置选项。它看起来像堆叠在一起的三条横栏。 你会在这里看到几个选项。勾选幻灯片选项,它将全屏显示图像。 ![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][2] -默认情况下,图像以 5 秒的间隔变化。你可以进入 Preferences->Slideshow 来更改幻灯片放映间隔。 +默认情况下,图像以 5 秒的间隔变化。你可以进入 “Preferences -> Slideshow” 来更改幻灯片放映间隔。 -![change slideshow interval in Ubuntu][3]Changing slideshow interval +![change slideshow interval in Ubuntu][3] #### 方法 2:使用 Shotwell Photo Manager 进行照片幻灯片放映 -[Shotwell][4] 是一种流行的[ Linux 照片管理程序][5]。适用于所有主要的 Linux 发行版。 +[Shotwell][4] 是一款流行的 [Linux 照片管理程序][5]。适用于所有主要的 Linux 发行版。 如果尚未安装,请在你的发行版软件中心中搜索 Shotwell 并安装。 @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/photo-slideshow-ubuntu/ 作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 3bb040ed3aa0459f4dff48de08e295e96e71890d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:09:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 134/437] PUB:20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10046-1.html --- ...how of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md b/published/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md rename to published/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md From bdcad5518f9988f5eccf4e9355b577651eff1819 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:13:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 135/437] HankChow translating --- .../20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md index 786e2df2c1..61fae6d4bc 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble ====== Some command line tricks can make you even more productive on the Linux command line. From 5fe5882d962b8e906d5bb28c29c74c7b7888f0eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:51:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 136/437] PRF:20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md @tnuoccalanosrep --- ...5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md | 91 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 43 insertions(+), 48 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md b/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md index 05c7e845ab..22cd2dfc2b 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -用 zsh 提高生产力的5个 tips +用 zsh 提高生产力的 5 个技巧 ====== +> zsh 提供了数之不尽的功能和特性,这里有五个可以让你在命令行暴增效率的方法。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/features_solutions_command_data.png?itok=4_VQN3RK) -Z shell (亦称 zsh) 是 *unx 系统中的命令解析器 。 它跟 `sh` (Bourne shell) 家族的其他解析器 ( 如 `bash` 和 `ksh` ) 有着相似的特点,但它还提供了大量的高级特性以及强大的命令行编辑功能(选项?),如增强版tab补全。 +Z shell([zsh][1])是 Linux 和类 Unix 系统中的一个[命令解析器][2]。 它跟 sh (Bourne shell) 家族的其它解析器(如 bash 和 ksh)有着相似的特点,但它还提供了大量的高级特性以及强大的命令行编辑功能,如增强版 Tab 补全。 -由于 zsh 有好几百页的文档去描述他的特性,所以我无法在这里阐明 zsh 的所有功能。在本文,我会列出5个 tips,让你通过使用 zsh 来提高你的生产力。 +在这里不可能涉及到 zsh 的所有功能,[描述][3]它的特性需要好几百页。在本文中,我会列出 5 个技巧,让你通过在命令行使用 zsh 来提高你的生产力。 -### 1\. 主题和插件 +### 1、主题和插件 -多年来,开源社区已经为 zsh 开发了数不清的主题和插件。主题是预定义提示符的配置,而插件则是一组常用的别名命令和功能,让你更方便的使用一种特定的命令或者编程语言。 +多年来,开源社区已经为 zsh 开发了数不清的主题和插件。主题是一个预定义提示符的配置,而插件则是一组常用的别名命令和函数,可以让你更方便的使用一种特定的命令或者编程语言。 -如果你现在想开始用 zsh 的主题和插件,那么使用 zsh 的配置框架 (configuiration framework) 是你最快的入门方式。在众多的配置框架中,最受欢迎的则是 [Oh My Zsh][4]。在默认配置中,他就已经为 zsh 启用了一些合理的配置,同时它也自带多个主题和插件。 +如果你现在想开始用 zsh 的主题和插件,那么使用一种 zsh 的配置框架是你最快的入门方式。在众多的配置框架中,最受欢迎的则是 [Oh My Zsh][4]。在默认配置中,它就已经为 zsh 启用了一些合理的配置,同时它也自带上百个主题和插件。 -由于主题会在你的命令行提示符之前添加一些常用的信息,比如你 Git 仓库的状态,或者是当前使用的 Python 虚拟环境,所以它会让你的工作更高效。只需要看到这些信息,你就不用再敲命令去重新获取它们,而且这些提示也相当酷炫。 -下图就是我(作者)选用的主题 [Powerlevel9k][5] +主题会在你的命令行提示符之前添加一些有用的信息,比如你 Git 仓库的状态,或者是当前使用的 Python 虚拟环境,所以它会让你的工作更高效。只需要看到这些信息,你就不用再敲命令去重新获取它们,而且这些提示也相当酷炫。下图就是我选用的主题 [Powerlevel9k][5]: ![zsh Powerlevel9K theme][7] -zsh 主题 Powerlevel9k +*zsh 主题 Powerlevel9k* 除了主题,Oh my Zsh 还自带了大量常用的 zsh 插件。比如,通过启用 Git 插件,你可以用一组简便的命令别名操作 Git, 比如 @@ -36,39 +36,37 @@ gcs='git commit -S' glg='git log --stat' ``` -zsh 还有许多插件是用于多种编程语言,打包系统和一些平时在命令行中常用的工具。 -以下是我(作者) Ferdora 工作站中用到的插件表: +zsh 还有许多插件可以用于许多编程语言、打包系统和一些平时在命令行中常用的工具。以下是我 Ferdora 工作站中用到的插件表: ``` git golang fedora docker oc sudo vi-mode virtualenvwrapper ``` -### 2\. 智能的命令别名 +### 2、智能的命令别名 -命令别名在 zsh 中十分常用。为你常用的命令定义别名可以节省你的打字时间。Oh My Zsh 默认配置了一些常用的命令别名,包括目录导航命令别名,为常用的命令添加额外的选项,比如: +命令别名在 zsh 中十分有用。为你常用的命令定义别名可以节省你的打字时间。Oh My Zsh 默认配置了一些常用的命令别名,包括目录导航命令别名,为常用的命令添加额外的选项,比如: ``` ls='ls --color=tty' grep='grep  --color=auto --exclude-dir={.bzr,CVS,.git,.hg,.svn}' ``` +除了命令别名以外, zsh 还自带两种额外常用的别名类型:后缀别名和全局别名。 -除了命令别名意外, zsh 还自带两种额外常用的别名类型:后缀别名和全局别名。 - -后缀别名可以让你在基于文件后缀的前提下,在命令行中利用指定程序打开这个文件。比如,要用 vim 打开 YAML 文件,可以定义以下命令行别名: +后缀别名可以让你基于文件后缀,在命令行中利用指定程序打开这个文件。比如,要用 vim 打开 YAML 文件,可以定义以下命令行别名: ``` alias -s {yml,yaml}=vim ``` -现在,如果你在命令行中输入任何后缀名为 `yml` 或 `yaml` 文件, zsh 都会用 vim 打开这个文件 +现在,如果你在命令行中输入任何后缀名为 `yml` 或 `yaml` 文件, zsh 都会用 vim 打开这个文件。 ``` $ playbook.yml # Opens file playbook.yml using vim ``` -全局别名可以让你在使用命令行的任何时刻创建命令别名,而不仅仅是在开始的时候。这个在你想替换常用文件名或者管道命令的时候就显得非常有用了。比如 +全局别名可以让你创建一个可在命令行的任何地方展开的别名,而不仅仅是在命令开始的时候。这个在你想替换常用文件名或者管道命令的时候就显得非常有用了。比如: ``` alias -g G='| grep -i' @@ -84,9 +82,9 @@ drwxr-xr-x.  6 rgerardi rgerardi 4096 Aug 24 14:51 Downloads 接着,我们就来看看 zsh 是如何导航文件系统的。 -### 3\. 便捷的目录导航 +### 3、便捷的目录导航 -当你使用命令行的时候, 在不同的目录之间切换访问是最常见的工作了。 zsh 提供了一些十分有用的目录导航功能来简化这个操作。这些功能已经集成到 Oh My Zsh 中了, 而你可以用以下命令来启用它 +当你使用命令行的时候,在不同的目录之间切换访问是最常见的工作了。 zsh 提供了一些十分有用的目录导航功能来简化这个操作。这些功能已经集成到 Oh My Zsh 中了, 而你可以用以下命令来启用它 ``` setopt  autocd autopushd \ pushdignoredups @@ -104,7 +102,7 @@ $ pwd 如果想要回退,只要输入 `-`: -Zsh 会记录你访问过的目录,这样下次你就可以快速切换到这些目录中。如果想要看这个目录列表,只要输入 `dirs -v`: +zsh 会记录你访问过的目录,这样下次你就可以快速切换到这些目录中。如果想要看这个目录列表,只要输入 `dirs -v`: ``` $ dirs -v @@ -168,7 +166,7 @@ $ pwd /tmp ``` -最后,你可以在 zsh 中利用 Tab 来自动补全目录名称。你可以先输入目录的首字母,然后用 `TAB` 来补全它们: +最后,你可以在 zsh 中利用 Tab 来自动补全目录名称。你可以先输入目录的首字母,然后按 `TAB` 键来补全它们: ``` $ pwd @@ -179,22 +177,22 @@ $ Projects/Opensource.com/zsh-5tips/ 以上仅仅是 zsh 强大的 Tab 补全系统中的一个功能。接来下我们来探索它更多的功能。 -### 4\. 先进的 Tab 补全 +### 4、先进的 Tab 补全 -Zsh 强大的补全系统是它其中一个卖点。为了简便起见,我称它为 Tab 补全,然而在系统底层,它不仅仅只做一件事。这里通常包括扩展以及命令的补全,我会在这里同时讨论它们。如果想了解更多,详见 [用户手册][8] ( [User's Guide][8] )。 +zsh 强大的补全系统是它的卖点之一。为了简便起见,我称它为 Tab 补全,然而在系统底层,它起到了几个作用。这里通常包括展开以及命令补全,我会在这里用讨论它们。如果想了解更多,详见 [用户手册][8]。 + +在 Oh My Zsh 中,命令补全是默认启用的。要启用它,你只要在 `.zshrc` 文件中添加以下命令: -在 Oh My Zsh 中,命令补全是默认可用的。要启用它,你只要在 `.zshrc` 文件中添加以下命令: ``` autoload -U compinit compinit ``` -Zsh 的补全系统非常智能。他会根据当前上下文来进行命令的提示——比如,你输入了 `cd` 和 `TAB`,zsh 只会为你提示目录名,因为它知道 -当前的 `cd` 没有任何作用。 +zsh 的补全系统非常智能。它会尝试唯一提示可用在当前上下文环境中的项目 —— 比如,你输入了 `cd` 和 `TAB`,zsh 只会为你提示目录名,因为它知道其它的项目放在 `cd` 后面没用。 -反之,如果你使用 `ssh` 或者 `ping` 这类与用户或者主机相关的命令, zsh 便会提示用户名。 +反之,如果你使用与用户相关的命令便会提示用户名,而 `ssh` 或者 `ping` 这类则会提示主机名。 -`zsh` 拥有一个巨大而又完整的库,因此它能识别许多不同的命令。比如,如果你使用 `tar` 命令, 你可以按 Tab 键,他会为你展示一个可以用于解压的文件列表: +zsh 拥有一个巨大而又完整的库,因此它能识别许多不同的命令。比如,如果你使用 `tar` 命令, 你可以按 `TAB` 键,它会为你展示一个可以用于解压的文件列表: ``` $ tar -xzvf test1.tar.gz test1/file1 (TAB) @@ -221,7 +219,7 @@ $ git add (TAB) $ git add zsh-5tips.md ``` -zsh 还能识别命令行选项,同时他只会提示与选中子命令相关的命令列表: +zsh 还能识别命令行选项,同时它只会提示与选中子命令相关的命令列表: ``` $ git commit - (TAB) @@ -243,27 +241,27 @@ $ git commit - (TAB) ... TRUNCATED ... ``` -在按 `TAB` 键之后,你可以使用方向键来选择你想用的命令。现在你就不用记住所有的 Git 命令项了。 +在按 `TAB` 键之后,你可以使用方向键来选择你想用的命令。现在你就不用记住所有的 `git` 命令项了。 zsh 还有很多有用的功能。当你用它的时候,你就知道哪些对你才是最有用的。 -### 5\. 命令行编辑与历史记录 +### 5、命令行编辑与历史记录 -Zsh 的命令行编辑功能也十分有效。默认条件下,他是模拟 emacs 编辑器的。如果你是跟我一样更喜欢用 vi/vim,你可以用以下命令启用 vi 编辑。 +zsh 的命令行编辑功能也十分有用。默认条件下,它是模拟 emacs 编辑器的。如果你是跟我一样更喜欢用 vi/vim,你可以用以下命令启用 vi 的键绑定。 ``` $ bindkey -v ``` -如果你使用 Oh My Zsh,`vi-mode` 插件可以启用额外的绑定,同时会在你的命令提示符上增加 vi 的模式提示--这个非常有用。 +如果你使用 Oh My Zsh,`vi-mode` 插件可以启用额外的绑定,同时会在你的命令提示符上增加 vi 的模式提示 —— 这个非常有用。 -当启用 vi 的绑定后,你可以再命令行中使用 vi 命令进行编辑。比如,输入 `ESC+/` 来查找命令行记录。在查找的时候,输入 `n` 来找下一个匹配行,输入 `N` 来找上一个。输入 `ESC` 后,最常用的 vi 命令有以下几个,如输入 `0` 跳转到第一行,输入 `$` 跳转到最后一行,输入 `i` 来插入文本,输入 `a` 来追加文本等等,一些直接操作的命令也同样有效,比如输入 `cw` 来修改单词。 +当启用 vi 的绑定后,你可以在命令行中使用 vi 命令进行编辑。比如,输入 `ESC+/` 来查找命令行记录。在查找的时候,输入 `n` 来找下一个匹配行,输入 `N` 来找上一个。输入 `ESC` 后,常用的 vi 命令都可以使用,如输入 `0` 跳转到行首,输入 `$` 跳转到行尾,输入 `i` 来插入文本,输入 `a` 来追加文本等等,即使是跟随的命令也同样有效,比如输入 `cw` 来修改单词。 除了命令行编辑,如果你想修改或重新执行之前使用过的命令,zsh 还提供几个常用的命令行历史功能。比如,你打错了一个命令,输入 `fc`,你可以在你偏好的编辑器中修复最后一条命令。使用哪个编辑是参照 `$EDITOR` 变量的,而默认是使用 vi。 -另外一个有用的命令是 `r`, 他会重新执行上一条命令;而 `r ` 则会执行上一条包含 `WORD` 的命令。 +另外一个有用的命令是 `r`, 它会重新执行上一条命令;而 `r ` 则会执行上一条包含 `WORD` 的命令。 -最后,输入两个感叹号( `!!` ),可以在命令行中回溯最后一条命令。这个十分有用,比如,当你忘记使用 `sudo` 去执行需要权限的命令时: +最后,输入两个感叹号(`!!`),可以在命令行中回溯最后一条命令。这个十分有用,比如,当你忘记使用 `sudo` 去执行需要权限的命令时: ``` $ less /var/log/dnf.log @@ -274,19 +272,16 @@ $ sudo less /var/log/dnf.log 这个功能让查找并且重新执行之前命令的操作更加方便。 -### 何去何从? +### 下一步呢? -这里仅仅介绍了几个可以让你提高生产率的 zsh 特性;其实还有更多功能带你发掘;想知道更多的信息,你可以访问以下的资源: +这里仅仅介绍了几个可以让你提高生产率的 zsh 特性;其实还有更多功能有待你的发掘;想知道更多的信息,你可以访问以下的资源: -[An Introduction to the Z Shell][9] +- [An Introduction to the Z Shell][9] +- [A User's Guide to ZSH][10] +- [Archlinux Wiki][11] +- [zsh-lovers][12] -[A User's Guide to ZSH][10] - -[Archlinux Wiki][11] - -[zsh-lovers][12] - -你有使用 zsh 提高生产力的tips可以分享吗?我(作者)很乐意在下方评论看到它们。 +你有使用 zsh 提高生产力的技巧可以分享吗?我很乐意在下方评论中看到它们。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -295,7 +290,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/tips-productivity-zsh 作者:[Ricardo Gerardi][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[tnuoccalanosrep](https://github.com/tnuoccalanosrep) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f8fd032ec1bdf826324da2233a7a6d972dad4691 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:52:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 137/437] PUB: 20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md @tnuoccalanosrep https://linux.cn/article-10047-1.html --- .../20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md b/published/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md rename to published/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md From d54d204ffb0eaab55fdd1c23a46ffc245fbb00bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:08:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 138/437] Delete 20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- ...utomating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 223 ------------------ 1 file changed, 223 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md deleted file mode 100644 index 28f7a5db35..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -[翻译中]translating by jrg! - -Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS -====== -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) - -In the [first part][1] of this three-part series using a Raspberry Pi for network-attached storage (NAS), we covered the fundamentals of the NAS setup, attached two 1TB hard drives (one for data and one for backups), and mounted the data drive on a remote device via the network filesystem (NFS). In part two, we will look at automating backups. Automated backups allow you to continually secure your data and recover from a hardware defect or accidental file removal. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/nas_part2.png) - -### Backup strategy - -Let's get started by coming up with with a backup strategy for our small NAS. I recommend creating daily backups of your data and scheduling them for a time they won't interfere with other NAS activities, including when you need to access or store your files. For example, you could trigger the backup activities each day at 2am. - -You also need to decide how long you'll keep each backup, since you would quickly run out of storage if you kept each daily backup indefinitely. Keeping your daily backups for one week allows you to travel back into your recent history if you realize something went wrong over the previous seven days. But what if you need something from further in the past? Keeping each Monday backup for a month and one monthly backup for a longer period of time should be sufficient. Let's keep the monthly backups for a year and one backup every year for long-distance time travels, e.g., for the last five years. - -This results in a bunch of backups on your backup drive over a five-year period: - - * 7 daily backups - * 4 (approx.) weekly backups - * 12 monthly backups - * 5 annual backups - - - -You may recall that your backup drive and your data drive are of equal size (1TB each). How will more than 10 backups of 1TB from your data drive fit onto a 1TB backup disk? If you create full backups, they won't. Instead, you will create incremental backups, reusing the data from the last backup if it didn't change and creating replicas of new or changed files. That way, the backup doesn't double every night, but only grows a little bit depending on the changes that happen to your data over a day. - -Here is my situation: My NAS has been running since August 2016, and 20 backups are on the backup drive. Currently, I store 406GB of files on the data drive. The backups take up 726GB on my backup drive. Of course, this depends heavily on your data's change frequency, but as you can see, the incremental backups don't consume as much space as 20 full backups would. Nevertheless, over time the 1TB disk will probably become insufficient for your backups. Once your data grows close to the 1TB limit (or whatever your backup drive capacity), you should choose a bigger backup drive and move your data there. - -### Creating backups with rsync - -To create a full backup, you can use the rsync command line tool. Here is an example command to create the initial full backup. -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ rsync -a /nas/data/ /nas/backup/2018-08-01 - -``` - -This command creates a full replica of all data stored on the data drive, mounted on `/nas/data`, on the backup drive. There, it will create the folder `2018-08-01` and create the backup inside it. The `-a` flag starts rsync in archive-mode, which means it preserves all kinds of metadata, like modification dates, permissions, and owners, and copies soft links as soft links. - -Now that you have created your full, initial backup as of August 1, on August 2, you will create your first daily incremental backup. -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ rsync -a --link-dest /nas/backup/2018-08-01/ /nas/data/ /nas/backup/2018-08-02 - -``` - -This command tells rsync to again create a backup of `/nas/data`. The target directory this time is `/nas/backup/2018-08-02`. The script also specified the `--link-dest` option and passed the location of the last backup as an argument. With this option specified, rsync looks at the folder `/nas/backup/2018-08-01` and checks what data files changed compared to that folder's content. Unchanged files will not be copied, rather they will be hard-linked to their counterparts in yesterday's backup folder. - -When using a hard-linked file from a backup, you won't notice any difference between the initial copy and the link. They behave exactly the same, and if you delete either the link or the initial file, the other will still exist. You can imagine them as two equal entry points to the same file. Here is an example: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/backup_flow.png) - -The left box reflects the state shortly after the second backup. The box in the middle is yesterday's replica. The `file2.txt` didn't exist yesterday, but the image `file1.jpg` did and was copied to the backup drive. The box on the right reflects today's incremental backup. The incremental backup command created `file2.txt`, which didn't exist yesterday. Since `file1.jpg` didn't change since yesterday, today a hard link is created so it doesn't take much additional space on the disk. - -### Automate your backups - -You probably don't want to execute your daily backup command by hand at 2am each day. Instead, you can automate your backup by using a script like the following, which you may want to start with a cron job. -``` -#!/bin/bash - - - -TODAY=$(date +%Y-%m-%d) - -DATADIR=/nas/data/ - -BACKUPDIR=/nas/backup/ - -SCRIPTDIR=/nas/data/backup_scripts - -LASTDAYPATH=${BACKUPDIR}/$(ls ${BACKUPDIR} | tail -n 1) - -TODAYPATH=${BACKUPDIR}/${TODAY} - -if [[ ! -e ${TODAYPATH} ]]; then - -        mkdir -p ${TODAYPATH} - -fi - - - -rsync -a --link-dest ${LASTDAYPATH} ${DATADIR} ${TODAYPATH} $@ - - - -${SCRIPTDIR}/deleteOldBackups.sh - -``` - -The first block calculates the last backup's folder name to use for links and the name of today's backup folder. The second block has the rsync command (as described above). The last block executes a `deleteOldBackups.sh` script. It will clean up the old, unnecessary backups based on the backup strategy outlined above. You could also execute the cleanup script independently from the backup script if you want it to run less frequently. - -The following script is an example implementation of the backup strategy in this how-to article. -``` -#!/bin/bash - -BACKUPDIR=/nas/backup/ - - - -function listYearlyBackups() { - -        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 - -                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | egrep "$(date +%Y -d "${i} year ago")-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}" | sort -u | head -n 1 - -        done - -} - - - -function listMonthlyBackups() { - -        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 - -                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | egrep "$(date +%Y-%m -d "${i} month ago")-[0-9]{2}" | sort -u | head -n 1 - -        done - -} - - - -function listWeeklyBackups() { - -        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 - -                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep "$(date +%Y-%m-%d -d "last monday -${i} weeks")" - -        done - -} - - - -function listDailyBackups() { - -        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 - -                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep "$(date +%Y-%m-%d -d "-${i} day")" - -        done - -} - - - -function getAllBackups() { - -        listYearlyBackups - -        listMonthlyBackups - -        listWeeklyBackups - -        listDailyBackups - -} - - - -function listUniqueBackups() { - -        getAllBackups | sort -u - -} - - - -function listBackupsToDelete() { - -        ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep -v -e "$(echo -n $(listUniqueBackups) |sed "s/ /\\\|/g")" - -} - - - -cd ${BACKUPDIR} - -listBackupsToDelete | while read file_to_delete; do - -        rm -rf ${file_to_delete} - -done - -``` - -This script will first list all the backups to keep (according to our backup strategy), then it will delete all the backup folders that are not necessary anymore. - -To execute the scripts every night to create daily backups, schedule the backup script by running `crontab -e` as the root user. (You need to be in root to make sure it has permission to read all the files on the data drive, no matter who created them.) Add a line like the following, which starts the script every night at 2am. -``` -0 2 * * * /nas/data/backup_scripts/daily.sh - -``` - -For more information, read about [scheduling tasks with cron][2]. - - * Unmount your backup drive or mount it as read-only when no backups are running - * Attach the backup drive to a remote server and sync the files over the internet - - - -There are additional things you can do to fortify your backups against accidental removal or damage, including the following: - -This example backup strategy enables you to back up your valuable data to make sure it won't get lost. You can also easily adjust this technique for your personal needs and preferences. - -In part three of this series, we will talk about [Nextcloud][3], a convenient way to store and access data on your NAS system that also provides offline access as it synchronizes your data to the client devices. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi - -作者:[Manuel Dewald][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/ntlx -[1]:https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi -[2]:https://opensource.com/article/17/11/how-use-cron-linux -[3]:https://nextcloud.com/ From 7dd12969ab56bd8c16a703673e8c9c28f28ebe88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:11:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 139/437] Create 20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译完成 20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- ...utomating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 229 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 229 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/translated/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..111b508245 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +Part-II 树莓派自建 NAS 云盘之数据自动备份 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) + +在《树莓派自建 NAS 云盘》系列的 [第一篇][1] 文章中,我们讨论了建立 NAS 的一些基本步骤,添加了两块 1TB 的存储硬盘驱动(一个用于数据存储,一个用于数据备份),并且通过 网络文件系统(NFS)将数据存储盘挂载到远程终端上。本文是此系列的第二篇文章,我们将探讨数据自动备份。数据自动备份保证了数据的安全,为硬件损坏后的数据恢复提供便利以及减少了文件误操作带来的不必要的麻烦。 + + + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/nas_part2.png) + + + +### 备份策略 + +我们就从为小型 NAS 构想一个备份策略着手开始吧。我建议每天有时间节点有计划的去备份数据,以防止干扰到我们正常的访问 NAS,比如备份时间点避开正在访问 NAS 并写入文件的时间点。举个例子,你可以每天凌晨 2 点去进行数据备份。 + +另外,你还得决定每天的备份需要被保留的时间长短,因为如果没有时间限制,存储空间很快就会被用完。一般每天的备份保留一周便可以,如果数据出了问题,你便可以很方便的从备份中恢复出来原数据。但是如果需要恢复数据到更久之前怎么办?可以将每周一的备份文件保留一个月、每个月的备份保留更长时间。让我们把每月的备份保留一年时间,每一年的备份保留更长时间、例如五年。 + +这样,五年内在备份盘上产生大量备份: + +* 每周 7 个日备份 +* 每月 4 个周备份 +* 每年 12 个月备份 +* 每五年 5 个年备份 + + +你应该还记得,我们搭建的备份盘和数据盘大小相同(每个 1 TB)。如何将不止 10 个 1TB 数据的备份从数据盘存放到只有 1TB 大小的备份盘呢?如果你创建的是完整备份,这显然不可能。因此,你需要创建增量备份,它是每一份备份都基于上一份备份数据而创建的。增量备份方式不会每隔一天就成倍的去占用存储空间,它每天只会增加一点占用空间。 + +以下是我的情况:我的 NAS 自 2016 年 8 月开始运行,备份盘上有 20 个备份。目前,我在数据盘上存储了 406GB 的文件。我的备份盘用了 726GB。当然,备份盘空间使用率在很大程度上取决于数据的更改频率,但正如你所看到的,增量备份不会占用 20 个完整备份所需的空间。然而,随着时间的推移,1TB 空间也可能不足以进行备份。一旦数据增长接近 1TB 限制(或任何备份盘容量),应该选择更大的备份盘空间并将数据移动转移过去。 + +### 利用 rsync 进行数据备份 + +利用 rsync 命令行工具可以生成完整备份。 + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ rsync -a /nas/data/ /nas/backup/2018-08-01 + +``` + +这段命令将挂载在 /nas/data/ 目录下的数据盘中的数据进行了完整的复制备份。备份文件保存在 /nas/backup/2018-08-01 目录下。`-a` 参数是以归档模式进行备份,这将会备份所有的元数据,例如文件的修改日期、权限、拥有者以及软连接文件。 + +现在,你已经在 8 月 1 日创建了完整的初始备份,你将在 8 月 2 日创建第一个增量备份。 + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ rsync -a --link-dest /nas/backup/2018-08-01/ /nas/data/ /nas/backup/2018-08-02 + +``` + +上面这行代码又创建了一个关于 `/nas/data` 目录中数据的备份。备份路径是 `/nas/backup/2018-08-02`。这里的参数 `--link-dest` 指定了一个备份文件所在的路径。这样,这次备份会与 `/nas/backup/2018-08-01` 的备份进行比对,只备份已经修改过的文件,未做修改的文件将不会被复制,而是创建一个到上一个备份文件中它们的硬链接。 + +使用备份文件中的硬链接文件时,你一般不会注意到硬链接和初始拷贝之间的差别。它们表现的完全一样,如果删除其中一个硬链接或者文件,其他的依旧存在。你可以把它们看做是同一个文件的两个不同入口。下面就是一个例子: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/backup_flow.png) + +左侧框是在进行了第二次备份后的原数据状态。中间的盒子是昨天的备份。昨天的备份中只有图片 `file1.jpg` 并没有 `file2.txt` 。右侧的框反映了今天的增量备份。增量备份命令创建昨天不存在的 `file2.txt`。由于 `file1.jpg` 自昨天以来没有被修改,所以今天创建了一个硬链接,它不会额外占用磁盘上的空间。 + +### 自动化备份 + +你肯定也不想每天凌晨去输入命令进行数据备份吧。你可以创建一个任务定时去调用下面的脚本让它自动化备份 + +``` +#!/bin/bash + + + +TODAY=$(date +%Y-%m-%d) + +DATADIR=/nas/data/ + +BACKUPDIR=/nas/backup/ + +SCRIPTDIR=/nas/data/backup_scripts + +LASTDAYPATH=${BACKUPDIR}/$(ls ${BACKUPDIR} | tail -n 1) + +TODAYPATH=${BACKUPDIR}/${TODAY} + +if [[ ! -e ${TODAYPATH} ]]; then + +        mkdir -p ${TODAYPATH} + +fi + + + +rsync -a --link-dest ${LASTDAYPATH} ${DATADIR} ${TODAYPATH} $@ + + + +${SCRIPTDIR}/deleteOldBackups.sh + +``` + +第一段代码指定了数据路径、备份路劲、脚本路径以及昨天和今天的备份路径。第二段代码调用 rsync 命令。最后一段代码执行 `deleteOldBackups.sh` 脚本,它会清除一些过期的没有必要的备份数据。如果不想频繁的调用 `deleteOldBackups.sh`,你也可以手动去执行它。 + +下面是今天讨论的备份策略的一个简单完整的示例脚本。 + +``` +#!/bin/bash + +BACKUPDIR=/nas/backup/ + + + +function listYearlyBackups() { + +        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 + +                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | egrep "$(date +%Y -d "${i} year ago")-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}" | sort -u | head -n 1 + +        done + +} + + + +function listMonthlyBackups() { + +        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 + +                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | egrep "$(date +%Y-%m -d "${i} month ago")-[0-9]{2}" | sort -u | head -n 1 + +        done + +} + + + +function listWeeklyBackups() { + +        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 + +                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep "$(date +%Y-%m-%d -d "last monday -${i} weeks")" + +        done + +} + + + +function listDailyBackups() { + +        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 + +                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep "$(date +%Y-%m-%d -d "-${i} day")" + +        done + +} + + + +function getAllBackups() { + +        listYearlyBackups + +        listMonthlyBackups + +        listWeeklyBackups + +        listDailyBackups + +} + + + +function listUniqueBackups() { + +        getAllBackups | sort -u + +} + + + +function listBackupsToDelete() { + +        ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep -v -e "$(echo -n $(listUniqueBackups) |sed "s/ /\\\|/g")" + +} + + + +cd ${BACKUPDIR} + +listBackupsToDelete | while read file_to_delete; do + +        rm -rf ${file_to_delete} + +done + +``` + +这段脚本会首先根据你的备份策略列出所有需要保存的备份文件,然后它会删除那些再也不需要了的备份目录。 + +下面创建一个定时任务去执行上面这段代码。以 root 用户权限打开 `crontab -e`,输入以下这段命令,它将会创建一个每天凌晨 2 点去执行 `/nas/data/backup_scripts/daily.sh` 的定时任务。 + +``` +0 2 * * * /nas/data/backup_scripts/daily.sh + +``` + +有关创建定时任务请参考 [cron 创建定时任务][2]。 + +* 当没有备份任务时,卸载你的备份盘或者将它挂载为只读盘; +* 利用远程服务器作为你的备份盘,这样就可以通过互联网同步数据 + +你也可用下面的方法来加强你的备份策略,以防止备份数据的误删除或者被破坏: + +本文中备份策略示例是备份一些我觉得有价值的数据,你也可以根据个人需求去修改这些策略。 + +我将会在 《树莓派自建 NAS 云盘》 系列的第三篇文章中讨论 [Nextcloud][3]。Nextcloud 提供了更方便的方式去访问 NAS 云盘上的数据并且它还提供了离线操作,你还可以在客户端中同步你的数据。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi + +作者:[Manuel Dewald][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/17/11/how-use-cron-linux +[3]: https://nextcloud.com/ + From 7c229082b54a20d46fb508bbc634431fe6704d02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:13:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 140/437] Delete 20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- ...st your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 113 ------------------ 1 file changed, 113 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0ecb3801c9..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -[翻译中]translating by jrg! - -Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS -====== - -Protect and secure your data with a self-hosted cloud powered by your Raspberry Pi. - -In the first two parts of this series, we discussed the [hardware and software fundamentals][1] for building network-attached storage (NAS) on a Raspberry Pi. We also put a proper [backup strategy][2] in place to secure the data on the NAS. In this third part, we will talk about a convenient way to store, access, and share your data with [Nextcloud][3]. - -### Prerequisites - -To use Nextcloud conveniently, you have to meet a few prerequisites. First, you should have a domain you can use for the Nextcloud instance. For the sake of simplicity in this how-to, we'll use **nextcloud.pi-nas.com**. This domain should be directed to your Raspberry Pi. If you want to run it on your home network, you probably need to set up dynamic DNS for this domain and enable port forwarding of ports 80 and 443 (if you go for an SSL setup, which is highly recommended; otherwise port 80 should be sufficient) from your router to the Raspberry Pi. - -You can automate dynamic DNS updates from the Raspberry Pi using [ddclient][4]. - -### Install Nextcloud - -To run Nextcloud on your Raspberry Pi (using the setup described in the [first part][1] of this series), install the following packages as dependencies to Nextcloud using **apt**. - -``` -sudo apt install unzip wget php apache2 mysql-server php-zip php-mysql php-dom php-mbstring php-gd php-curl -``` - -The next step is to download Nextcloud. [Get the latest release's URL][5] and copy it to download via **wget** on the Raspberry Pi. In the first article in this series, we attached two disk drives to the Raspberry Pi, one for current data and one for backups. Install Nextcloud on the data drive to make sure data is backed up automatically every night. - -``` -sudo mkdir -p /nas/data/nextcloud -sudo chown pi /nas/data/nextcloud -cd /nas/data/ -wget https://download.nextcloud.com/server/releases/nextcloud-14.0.0.zip -O /nas/data/nextcloud.zip -unzip nextcloud.zip -sudo ln -s /nas/data/nextcloud /var/www/nextcloud -sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /nas/data/nextcloud -``` - -When I wrote this, the latest release (as you see in the code above) was 14. Nextcloud is under heavy development, so you may find a newer version when installing your copy of Nextcloud onto your Raspberry Pi. - -### Database setup - -When we installed Nextcloud above, we also installed MySQL as a dependency to use it for all the metadata Nextcloud generates (for example, the users you create to access Nextcloud). If you would rather use a Postgres database, you'll need to adjust some of the modules installed above. - -To access the MySQL database as root, start the MySQL client as root: - -``` -sudo mysql -``` - -This will open a SQL prompt where you can insert the following commands—substituting the placeholder with the password you want to use for the database connection—to create a database for Nextcloud. - -``` -CREATE USER nextcloud IDENTIFIED BY ''; -CREATE DATABASE nextcloud; -GRANT ALL ON nextcloud.* TO nextcloud; -``` - -You can exit the SQL prompt by pressing **Ctrl+D** or entering **quit**. - -### Web server configuration - -Nextcloud can be configured to run using Nginx or other web servers, but for this how-to, I decided to go with the Apache web server on my Raspberry Pi NAS. (Feel free to try out another alternative and let me know if you think it performs better.) - -To set it up, configure a virtual host for the domain you created for your Nextcloud instance **nextcloud.pi-nas.com**. To create a virtual host, create the file **/etc/apache2/sites-available/001-nextcloud.conf** with content similar to the following. Make sure to adjust the ServerName to your domain and paths, if you didn't use the ones suggested earlier in this series. - -``` - -ServerName nextcloud.pi-nas.com -ServerAdmin admin@pi-nas.com -DocumentRoot /var/www/nextcloud/ - - -AllowOverride None - - -``` - -To enable this virtual host, run the following two commands. - -``` -a2ensite 001-nextcloud -sudo systemctl reload apache2 -``` - -With this configuration, you should now be able to reach the web server with your domain via the web browser. To secure your data, I recommend using HTTPS instead of HTTP to access Nextcloud. A very easy (and free) way is to obtain a [Let's Encrypt][6] certificate with [Certbot][7] and have a cron job automatically refresh it. That way you don't have to mess around with self-signed or expiring certificates. Follow Certbot's simple how-to [instructions to install it on your Raspberry Pi][8]. During Certbot configuration, you can even decide to automatically forward HTTP to HTTPS, so visitors to **** will be redirected to ****. Please note, if your Raspberry Pi is running behind your home router, you must have port forwarding enabled for ports 443 and 80 to obtain Let's Encrypt certificates. - -### Configure Nextcloud - -The final step is to visit your fresh Nextcloud instance in a web browser to finish the configuration. To do so, open your domain in a browser and insert the database details from above. You can also set up your first Nextcloud user here, the one you can use for admin tasks. By default, the data directory should be inside the Nextcloud folder, so you don't need to change anything for the backup mechanisms from the [second part of this series][2] to pick up the data stored by users in Nextcloud. - -Afterward, you will be directed to your Nextcloud and can log in with the admin user you created previously. To see a list of recommended steps to ensure a performant and secure Nextcloud installation, visit the Basic Settings tab in the Settings page (in our example: settings/admin) and see the Security & Setup Warnings section. - -Congratulations! You've set up your own Nextcloud powered by a Raspberry Pi. Go ahead and [download a Nextcloud client][9] from the Nextcloud page to sync data with your client devices and access it offline. Mobile clients even provide features like instant upload of pictures you take, so they'll automatically sync to your desktop PC without wondering how to get them there. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/host-cloud-nas-raspberry-pi - -作者:[Manuel Dewald][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx -[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi -[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi -[3]: https://nextcloud.com/ -[4]: https://sourceforge.net/p/ddclient/wiki/Home/ -[5]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#instructions-server -[6]: https://letsencrypt.org/ -[7]: https://certbot.eff.org/ -[8]: https://certbot.eff.org/lets-encrypt/debianother-apache -[9]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#install-clients From ab1707a35d097d10671d3f724db5b26a25626029 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:15:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 141/437] Create 20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- ...st your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 112 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 112 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/translated/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..312fed7c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +Part-III 树莓派自建 NAS 云盘之云盘构建 +====== + +用树莓派 NAS 云盘来保护数据的安全! + +在前面两篇文章中(译注:文章链接 [Part-I][1],[Part-II][2]),我们讨论了用树莓派搭建一个 NAS(network-attached storage) 所需要的一些 [软硬件环境及其操作步骤][1]。我们还制定了适当的 [备份策略][2] 来保护NAS上的数据。本文中,我们将介绍讨论利用 [Nestcloud][3] 来方便快捷的存储、获取以及分享你的数据。 + +### 必要的准备工作 + +想要方便的使用 Nextcloud,需要一些必要的准备工作。首先,你需要一个指向 Nextcloud 的域名。方便起见,本文将使用 **nextcloud.pi-nas.com** 。如果你是在家庭网络里运行,你需要为该域名配置 DNS 服务(动态域名解析服务)并在路由器中开启 80 端口和 443 端口转发功能(如果需要使用 https,则需要开启 443 端口转发,如果只用 http,80 端口足以)。 + +你可以使用 [ddclient][4] 在树莓派中自动更新 DNS。 + +### 安装 Nextcloud + +为了在树莓派(参考 [Part-I][1] 中步骤设置)中运行 Nextcloud,首先用命令 **apt** 安装 以下的一些依赖软件包。 + +``` +sudo apt install unzip wget php apache2 mysql-server php-zip php-mysql php-dom php-mbstring php-gd php-curl +``` + +其次,下载 Nextcloud。在树莓派中利用 **wget** 下载其 [最新的版本][5]。在 [Part-I] 文章中,我们将两个磁盘驱动器连接到树莓派,一个用于存储当前数据,另一个用于备份。这里在数据存储盘上安装 Nextcloud,以确保每晚自动备份数据。 + +``` +sudo mkdir -p /nas/data/nextcloud +sudo chown pi /nas/data/nextcloud +cd /nas/data/ +wget https://download.nextcloud.com/server/releases/nextcloud-14.0.0.zip -O /nas/data/nextcloud.zip +unzip nextcloud.zip +sudo ln -s /nas/data/nextcloud /var/www/nextcloud +sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /nas/data/nextcloud +``` + +截止到写作本文时,Nextcloud 最新版更新到如上述代码中所示的 14.0.0 版本。Nextcloud 正在快速的迭代更新中,所以你可以在你的树莓派中安装更新一点的版本。 + +### 配置数据库 + +如上所述,Nextcloud 安装完毕。之前安装依赖软件包时就已经安装了 MySQL 数据库来存储 Nextcloud 的一些重要数据(例如,那些你创建的可以访问 Nextcloud 的用户的信息)。如果你更愿意使用 Pstgres 数据库,则上面的依赖软件包需要做一些调整。 + +以 root 权限启动 MySQL: + +``` +sudo mysql +``` + +这将会打开 SQL 提示符界面,在那里可以插入如下指令--使用数据库连接密码替换其中的占位符--为 Nextcloud 创建一个数据库。 + +``` +CREATE USER nextcloud IDENTIFIED BY ''; +CREATE DATABASE nextcloud; +GRANT ALL ON nextcloud.* TO nextcloud; +``` + +按 **Ctrl+D** 或输入 **quit** 退出 SQL 提示符界面。 + +### Web 服务器配置 + +Nextcloud 可以配置以适配于 Nginx 服务器或者其他 Web 服务器运行的环境。但本文中,我决定在我的树莓派 NAS 中运行 Apache 服务器(如果你有其他效果更好的服务器选择方案,不妨也跟我分享一下)。 + +首先为你的 Nextcloud 域名创建一个虚拟主机,创建配置文件 **/etc/apache2/sites-available/001-netxcloud.conf**,在其中输入下面的参数内容。修改其中 ServerName 为你的域名。 + +``` + +ServerName nextcloud.pi-nas.com +ServerAdmin admin@pi-nas.com +DocumentRoot /var/www/nextcloud/ + + +AllowOverride None + + +``` + +使用下面的命令来启动该虚拟主机。 + +``` +a2ensite 001-nextcloud +sudo systemctl reload apache2 +``` + +现在,你应该可以通过浏览器中输入域名访问到 web 服务器了。这里我推荐使用 HTTPS 协议而不是 HTTP 协议来访问 Nextcloud。一个简单而且免费的方法就是利用 [Certbot][7] 下载 [Let's Encrypt][6] 证书,然后设置定时任务自动刷新。这样就避免了自签证书等的麻烦。参考 [如何在树莓派中安装][8] Certbot 。在配置 Certbot 的时候,你甚至可以配置将 HTTP 自动转到 HTTPS ,例如访问 **** 自动跳转到 ****。注意,如果你的树莓派 NAS 运行在家庭路由器的下面,别忘了设置路由器的 443 端口和 80 端口转发。 + +### 配置 Nextcloud + +最后一步,通过浏览器访问 Nextcloud 来配置它。在浏览器中输入域名地址,插入上文中的数据库设置信息。这里,你可以创建 Nextcloud 管理员用户。默认情况下,数据保存目录在在 Nextcloud 目录下,所以你也无需修改我们在 [Part-II][2] 一文中设置的备份策略。 + +然后,页面会跳转到 Nextcloud 登陆界面,用刚才创建的管理员用户登陆。在设置页面中会有基础操作教程和安全安装教程(这里是访问 settings/admin)。 + +恭喜你,到此为止,你已经成功在树莓派中安装了你自己的云 Nextcloud。去 Nextcloud 主页 [下载 Nextcloud 客户端][9],客户端可以同步数据并且离线访问服务器。移动端甚至可以上传图片等资源,然后电脑桌面都可以去访问它们。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/host-cloud-nas-raspberry-pi + +作者:[Manuel Dewald][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi +[3]: https://nextcloud.com/ +[4]: https://sourceforge.net/p/ddclient/wiki/Home/ +[5]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#instructions-server +[6]: https://letsencrypt.org/ +[7]: https://certbot.eff.org/ +[8]: https://certbot.eff.org/lets-encrypt/debianother-apache +[9]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#install-clients + From 86dac844d8de74b9d770b30cb3bccf534df1db15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:38:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 142/437] PRF:20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @jrglinux 翻译的很好,就是 markdown 格式上再注意点,如果使用 Mac,可以使用 MacDown 编辑器。 --- ..., a static site generator written in Go.md | 232 ++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 104 insertions(+), 128 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md index f5366353b3..648073a246 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -1,179 +1,155 @@ -Hugo,30分钟搭建博客,一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 +用 Hugo 30 分钟搭建静态博客 ====== - ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) +> 了解 Hugo 如何使构建网站变得有趣。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) - 你是不是强烈的想搭建博客来将自己对软件框架等的探索学习成果分享呢? +你是不是强烈地想搭建博客来将自己对软件框架等的探索学习成果分享呢?你是不是面对缺乏指导文档而一团糟的项目就有一种想去改变它的冲动呢?或者换个角度,你是不是十分期待能创建一个属于自己的个人博客网站呢? - 你是不是面对缺乏指导文档而一团糟的项目就有一种想去改变它的冲动呢? +很多人在想搭建博客之前都有一些严重的迟疑顾虑:感觉自己缺乏内容管理系统(CMS)的相关知识,更缺乏时间去学习这些知识。现在,如果我说不用花费大把的时间去学习 CMS 系统、学习如何创建一个静态网站、更不用操心如何去强化网站以防止它受到黑客攻击的问题,你就可以在 30 分钟之内创建一个博客?你信不信?利用 Hugo 工具,就可以实现这一切。 - 或者换个角度,你是不是十分期待能创建一个属于自己的个人博客网站呢? +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) - 很多人在想搭建博客之前都有一些严重的迟疑顾虑:感觉自己缺乏内容管理系统(CMS)的相关知识,更缺乏时间去学习这些知识。现在,如果我说不用花费大把的时间去学习 CMS 系统、学习如何创建一个静态网站、更不用操心如何去强化网站以防止它受到黑客攻击的问题,你就可以在 30 分钟之内创建一个博客?你信不信?利用 Hugo 工具,就可以实现这一切。 +Hugo 是一个基于 Go 语言开发的静态站点生成工具。也许你会问,为什么选择它? + +* 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台,更没有额外的安全问题。 +* 都是静态站点,因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外,所有的网页都是在部署的时候生成,所以服务器负载很小。 +* 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件(VCS)或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo,所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 - ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) +### 0-5 分钟:下载 Hugo,生成一个网站 - Hugo 是一个基于 Go 语言开发的静态站点生成工具。也许你会问,为什么选择它? - * 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台,更没有额外的安全问题。 - * 都是静态站点,因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外,所有的网页都是在部署的时候呈现,所以服务器负载很小。 - * 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件(VCS)或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo,所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 +直白的说,Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时,搭建一个网站。 + +为了简化 Hugo 安装流程,这里直接使用 Hugo 可执行安装文件。 - ### 0-5 分钟:下载 Hugo,生成一个网站 +1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]; +2. 压缩包解压到指定路径,例如 windows 系统的 `C:\hugo_dir` 或者 Linux 系统的 `~/hugo_dir` 目录;下文中的变量 `${HUGO_HOME}` 所指的路径就是这个安装目录; +3. 打开命令行终端,进入安装目录:`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`; +4. 确认 Hugo 已经启动: + * Unix 系统:`${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]`; + * Windows 系统:`${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]`,例如:cmd 命令行中输入:`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version`。 + + 为了书写上的简化,下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径(包括可执行文件),例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(LCTT 译注:可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下,这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`) + + 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错,你可能下载了错误的版本。当然,有很多种方法安装 Hugo,更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下,然后执行的时候带上路径名 +5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客,输入命令:`hugo new site awesome-blog`; +6. 进入新创建的路径下: `cd awesome-blog`; + +恭喜你!你已经创建了自己的新博客。 - 直白的说,Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时,搭建一个网站。 +### 5-10 分钟:为博客设置主题 - 为了简化 Hugo 安装流程,这里直接使用 Hugo 可执行安装文件。 +Hugo 中你可以自己构建博客的主题或者使用网上已经有的一些主题。这里选择 [Kiera][4] 主题,因为它简洁漂亮。按以下步骤来安装该主题: + +1. 进入主题所在目录:`cd themes`; +2. 克隆主题:`git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`。如果你没有安装 Git 工具: + * 从 [Github][5] 上下载 hugo 的 .zip 格式的文件; + * 解压该 .zip 文件到你的博客主题 `theme` 路径; + * 重命名 `hugo-kiera-master` 为 `kiera`; +3. 返回博客主路径:`cd awesome-blog`; +4. 激活主题;通常来说,主题(包括 Kiera)都自带文件夹 `exampleSite`,里面存放了内容配置的示例文件。激活 Kiera 主题需要拷贝它提供的 `config.toml` 到你的博客下: + * Unix 系统:`cp themes/kiera/exampleSite/config.toml .`; + * Windows 系统:`copy themes\kiera\exampleSite\config.toml .`; + * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原有的 `config.toml`; + +5. ( 可选操作 )你可以选择可视化的方式启动服务器来验证主题是否生效:`hugo server -D` 然后在浏览器中输入 `http://localhost:1313`。可用通过在终端中输入 `Crtl+C` 来停止服务器运行。现在你的博客还是空的,但这也给你留了写作的空间。它看起来如下所示: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) - 1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]; - - 2. 压缩包解压到指定路径,例如 windows 系统的 `C:\hugo_dir` 或者 Linux 系统的 `~/hugo_dir` 目录;下文中的变量 `${HUGO_HOME}` 所指的路径就是这个安装目录; - - 3. 打开命令行终端,进入安装目录:`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`; - - 4. 确认 Hugo 已经启动: - * Unix 系统:`${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]`; - * Windows 系统:`${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]`; - - 例如:Windows 系统下,cmd 命令行中输入:`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version`。 - - 为了书写上的简化,下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径(包括可执行文件),例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(译者注:可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下,这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`) - 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错,你可能下载了错误的版本。当然,有很多种方法安装 Hugo,更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下,然后执行的时候带上路径名 - - 5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客,输入命令:`hugo new site awesome-blog`; - - 6. 进入新创建的路径下: `cd awesome-blog`; - - 恭喜你!你已经创建了自己的新博客。 +你已经成功的给博客设置了主题!你可以在官方 [Hugo 主题][4] 网站上找到上百种漂亮的主题供你使用。 - ### 5-10 分钟:为博客设置主题 +### 10-20 分钟:给博客添加内容 - Hugo 中你可以自己构建博客的主题或者使用网上已经有的一些主题。这里选择 [Kiera][4] 主题,因为它简洁漂亮。按以下步骤来安装该主题: - - 1. 进入主题所在目录:`cd themes`; - - 2. 克隆主题:`git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`。如果你没有安装 Git 工具: - * 从 [Github][5] 上下载 hugo 的 .zip 格式的文件; - * 解压该 .zip 文件到你的博客主题 `theme` 路径; - * 重命名 `hugo-kiera-master` 为 `kiera`; - - 3. 返回博客主路径:`cd awesome-blog`; - - 4. 激活主题;通常来说,主题(包括 Kiera )都自带文件夹 `exampleSite`,里面存放了内容配置的示例文件。激活 Kiera 主题需要拷贝它提供的 `config.toml` 到你的博客下: - * Unix 系统:`cp themes/kiera/exampleSite/config.toml .`; - * Windows 系统:`copy themes\kiera\exampleSite\config.toml .`; - * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原有的 `config.toml`; - - 5. ( 可选操作 )你可以选择可视化的方式启动服务器来验证主题是否生效:`hugo server -D` 然后在浏览器中输入 `http://localhost:1313`。可用通过在终端中输入 `Crtl+C` 来停止服务器运行。现在你的博客还是空的,但这也给你留了写作的空间。它看起来如下所示: - - ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) +对于碗来说,它是空的时候用处最大,可以用来盛放东西;但对于博客来说不是这样,空博客几乎毫无用处。在这一步,你将会给博客添加内容。Hugo 和 Kiera 主题都为这个工作提供了方便性。按以下步骤来进行你的第一次提交: - 你已经成功的给博客设置了主题!你可以在官方 [Hugo 主题][4] 网站上找到上百种漂亮的主题供你使用。 - - ### 10-20 分钟:给博客添加内容 - - 对于碗来说,它是空的时候用处最大,可以用来盛放东西;但对于博客来说不是这样,空博客几乎毫无用处。在这一步,你将会给博客添加内容。Hugo 和 Kiera 主题都为这个工作提供了方便性。按以下步骤来进行你的第一次提交: - - 1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 - - 2. 添加主题中的 archtypes 至你的博客: - * Unix 系统: `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` - * Windows 系统:`copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` - * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原来的 `default.md` 内容架构类型 - - 3. 创建博客 posts 目录: - * Unix 系统: `mkdir content/posts` - * Windows 系统: `mkdir content\posts` - - 4. 利用 Hugo 生成你的 post: +1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 +2. 添加主题中的 archtypes 至你的博客: + * Unix 系统: `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` + * Windows 系统:`copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` + * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原来的 `default.md` 内容架构类型 + +3. 创建博客 posts 目录: + * Unix 系统: `mkdir content/posts` + * Windows 系统: `mkdir content\posts` + +4. 利用 Hugo 生成你的 post: * Unix 系统:`hugo nes posts/first-post.md`; * Windows 系统:`hugo new posts\first-post.md`; - 5. 在文本编辑器中打开这个新建的 post 文件: +5. 在文本编辑器中打开这个新建的 post 文件: * Unix 系统:`gedit content/posts/first-post.md`; * Windows 系统:`notepadd content\posts\first-post.md`; - 此刻,你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据,例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中,这叫做前缀。在前缀之后,才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容: +此刻,你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据,例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中,这叫做前缀。在前缀之后,才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容: - ``` +``` +++ - title = "First Post" - date = 2018-03-03T13:23:10+01:00 - draft = false - tags = ["Getting started"] - categories = [] - +++ - Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! - ``` +title = "First Post" +date = 2018-03-03T13:23:10+01:00 +draft = false +tags = ["Getting started"] +categories = [] ++++ + +Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! +``` - 现在你要做的就是启动你的服务器:`hugo server -D`;然后打开浏览器,输入 `http://localhost:1313/`。 +现在你要做的就是启动你的服务器:`hugo server -D`;然后打开浏览器,输入 `http://localhost:1313/`。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_3.png?itok=I-_v0qLx) - ### 20-30 分钟:调整网站 +### 20-30 分钟:调整网站 - 前面的工作很完美,但还有一些问题需要解决。例如,简单地命名你的站点: - - 1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 +前面的工作很完美,但还有一些问题需要解决。例如,简单地命名你的站点: + +1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 +2. 打开 `config.toml`,编辑博客的名称,版权,你的姓名,社交网站等等。 - 2. 打开 `config.toml`,编辑博客的名称,版权,你的姓名,社交网站等等。 - - 当你再次启动服务器后,你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过,还少一个重要的基础内容:主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件,在末尾插入如下一段: +当你再次启动服务器后,你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过,还少一个重要的基础内容:主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件,在末尾插入如下一段: ``` [[menu.main]] - name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar - weight = 10 #The larger the weight, the more on the right this item will be - url = "/" #URL address - [[menu.main]] - name = "Posts" - weight = 20 - url = "/posts/" - ``` + name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar + weight = 10 #The larger the weight, the more on the right this item will be + url = "/" #URL address +[[menu.main]] + name = "Posts" + weight = 20 + url = "/posts/" +``` - 上面这段代码添加了 `Home` 和 `Posts` 到主菜单中。你还需要一个 `About` 页面。这次是创建一个 `.md` 文件,而不是编辑 `config.toml` 文件: +上面这段代码添加了 `Home` 和 `Posts` 到主菜单中。你还需要一个 `About` 页面。这次是创建一个 `.md` 文件,而不是编辑 `config.toml` 文件: - 1. 创建 `about.md` 文件:`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`,不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容,所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 - - 2. 用文本编辑器打开该文件,输入如下一段: - +1. 创建 `about.md` 文件:`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`,不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容,所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 +2. 用文本编辑器打开该文件,输入如下一段: + ``` +++ - title = "About" - date = 2018-03-03T13:50:49+01:00 - menu = "main" #Display this page on the nav menu - weight = "30" #Right-most nav item - meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories - +++ - > Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki - - ``` - - 当你启动你的服务器并输入:`http://localhost:1313/`,你将会看到你的博客。(访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] )如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似,给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 - +title = "About" +date = 2018-03-03T13:50:49+01:00 +menu = "main" #Display this page on the nav menu +weight = "30" #Right-most nav item +meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories ++++ +> Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki +``` + +当你启动你的服务器并输入:`http://localhost:1313/`,你将会看到你的博客。(访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] )如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似,给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo -作者:[Marek Czernek][a] - -译者:[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) - -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +作者:[Marek Czernek][a] 
译者:[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) 
校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek - [1]:https://gohugo.io/ - [2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases - [3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ - [4]:https://themes.gohugo.io/ - [5]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera - [6]:https://m-czernek.github.io/awesome-blog/ - [7]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera/pull/18/files From 91ba4a1a4e21569a207d790e899be1a857c8c3e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:38:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 143/437] PUB:20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @jrglinux https://linux.cn/article-10048-1.html --- ...30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/published/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md rename to published/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md From 244a857e0f0f69d469a8ff6b1f96b6a6ca0f0a5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GraveAccent Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 23:25:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 144/437] =?UTF-8?q?GraveAccent=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=88=90?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md | 206 ------------------ ... Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md | 205 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 205 insertions(+), 206 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md b/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md deleted file mode 100644 index b99c787e31..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -GraveAccent 翻译中 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and Logical AND -============================================================ - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*eASRJrCIVgsy5VbNMAzD9w.jpeg) -Photo by [Brendan Church][1] on [Unsplash][2] - -There are several ways that your React component can decide what to render. You can use the traditional `if` statement or the `switch` statement. In this article, we’ll explore a few alternatives. But be warned that some come with their own gotchas, if you’re not careful. - -### Ternary vs if/else - -Let’s say we have a component that is passed a `name` prop. If the string is non-empty, we display a greeting. Otherwise we tell the user they need to sign in. - -Here’s a Stateless Function Component (SFC) that does just that. - -``` -const MyComponent = ({ name }) => { - if (name) { - return ( -
- Hello {name} -
- ); - } - return ( -
- Please sign in -
- ); -}; -``` - -Pretty straightforward. But we can do better. Here’s the same component written using a conditional ternary operator. - -``` -const MyComponent = ({ name }) => ( -
- {name ? `Hello ${name}` : 'Please sign in'} -
-); -``` - -Notice how concise this code is compared to the example above. - -A few things to note. Because we are using the single statement form of the arrow function, the `return` statement is implied. Also, using a ternary allowed us to DRY up the duplicate `
` markup. 🎉 - -### Ternary vs Logical AND - -As you can see, ternaries are wonderful for `if/else` conditions. But what about simple `if` conditions? - -Let’s look at another example. If `isPro` (a boolean) is `true`, we are to display a trophy emoji. We are also to render the number of stars (if not zero). We could go about it like this. - -``` -const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => ( -
-
- Hello {name} - {isPro ? '🏆' : null} -
- {stars ? ( -
- Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
- ) : null} -
-); -``` - -But notice the “else” conditions return `null`. This is becasue a ternary expects an else condition. - -For simple `if` conditions, we could use something a little more fitting: the logical AND operator. Here’s the same code written using a logical AND. - -``` -const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => ( -
-
- Hello {name} - {isPro && '🏆'} -
- {stars && ( -
- Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
- )} -
-); -``` - -Not too different, but notice how we eliminated the `: null` (i.e. else condition) at the end of each ternary. Everything should render just like it did before. - - -Hey! What gives with John? There is a `0` when nothing should be rendered. That’s the gotcha that I was referring to above. Here’s why. - -[According to MDN][3], a Logical AND (i.e. `&&`): - -> `expr1 && expr2` - -> Returns `expr1` if it can be converted to `false`; otherwise, returns `expr2`. Thus, when used with Boolean values, `&&` returns `true` if both operands are true; otherwise, returns `false`. - -OK, before you start pulling your hair out, let me break it down for you. - -In our case, `expr1` is the variable `stars`, which has a value of `0`. Because zero is falsey, `0` is returned and rendered. See, that wasn’t too bad. - -I would write this simply. - -> If `expr1` is falsey, returns `expr1`, else returns `expr2`. - -So, when using a logical AND with non-boolean values, we must make the falsey value return something that React won’t render. Say, like a value of `false`. - -There are a few ways that we can accomplish this. Let’s try this instead. - -``` -{!!stars && ( -
- {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
-)} -``` - -Notice the double bang operator (i.e. `!!`) in front of `stars`. (Well, actually there is no “double bang operator”. We’re just using the bang operator twice.) - -The first bang operator will coerce the value of `stars` into a boolean and then perform a NOT operation. If `stars` is `0`, then `!stars` will produce `true`. - -Then we perform a second NOT operation, so if `stars` is 0, `!!stars` would produce `false`. Exactly what we want. - -If you’re not a fan of `!!`, you can also force a boolean like this (which I find a little wordy). - -``` -{Boolean(stars) && ( -``` - -Or simply give a comparator that results in a boolean value (which some might say is even more semantic). - -``` -{stars > 0 && ( -``` - -#### A word on strings - -Empty string values suffer the same issue as numbers. But because a rendered empty string is invisible, it’s not a problem that you will likely have to deal with, or will even notice. However, if you are a perfectionist and don’t want an empty string on your DOM, you should take similar precautions as we did for numbers above. - -### Another solution - -A possible solution, and one that scales to other variables in the future, would be to create a separate `shouldRenderStars` variable. Then you are dealing with boolean values in your logical AND. - -``` -const shouldRenderStars = stars > 0; -``` - -``` -return ( -
- {shouldRenderStars && ( -
- {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
- )} -
-); -``` - -Then, if in the future, the business rule is that you also need to be logged in, own a dog, and drink light beer, you could change how `shouldRenderStars` is computed, and what is returned would remain unchanged. You could also place this logic elsewhere where it’s testable and keep the rendering explicit. - -``` -const shouldRenderStars = - stars > 0 && loggedIn && pet === 'dog' && beerPref === 'light`; -``` - -``` -return ( -
- {shouldRenderStars && ( -
- {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
- )} -
-); -``` - -### Conclusion - -I’m of the opinion that you should make best use of the language. And for JavaScript, this means using conditional ternary operators for `if/else`conditions and logical AND operators for simple `if` conditions. - -While we could just retreat back to our safe comfy place where we use the ternary operator everywhere, you now possess the knowledge and power to go forth AND prosper. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -作者简介: - -Managing Editor at the American Express Engineering Blog http://aexp.io and Director of Engineering @AmericanExpress. MyViews !== ThoseOfMyEmployer. - ----------------- - -via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/conditional-rendering-in-react-using-ternaries-and-logical-and-7807f53b6935 - -作者:[Donavon West][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://medium.freecodecamp.org/@donavon -[1]:https://unsplash.com/photos/pKeF6Tt3c08?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText -[2]:https://unsplash.com/search/photos/road-sign?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText -[3]:https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Logical_Operators diff --git a/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md b/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa7ba0017e --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +在 React 条件渲染中使用三元表达式和 “&&” +============================================================ + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*eASRJrCIVgsy5VbNMAzD9w.jpeg) +Photo by [Brendan Church][1] on [Unsplash][2] + +React 组件可以通过多种方式决定渲染内容。你可以使用传统的 if 语句或 switch 语句。在本文中,我们将探讨一些替代方案。但要注意,如果你不小心,有些方案会带来自己的陷阱。 + +### 三元表达式 vs if/else + +假设我们有一个组件被传进来一个 `name` prop。 如果这个字符串非空,我们会显示一个问候语。否则,我们会告诉用户他们需要登录。 + +这是一个只实现了如上功能的无状态函数式组件。 + +``` +const MyComponent = ({ name }) => { + if (name) { + return ( +
+ Hello {name} +
+ ); + } + return ( +
+ Please sign in +
+ ); +}; +``` + +这个很简单但是我们可以做得更好。这是使用三元运算符编写的相同组件。 + +``` +const MyComponent = ({ name }) => ( +
+ {name ? `Hello ${name}` : 'Please sign in'} +
+); +``` + +请注意这段代码与上面的例子相比是多么简洁。 + +有几点需要注意。因为我们使用了箭头函数的单语句形式,所以隐含了return语句。另外,使用三元运算符允许我们省略掉重复的 `
` 标记。🎉 + +### 三元表达式 vs && + +正如您所看到的,三元表达式用于表达 if/else 条件式非常好。但是对于简单的 if 条件式怎么样呢? + +让我们看另一个例子。如果 isPro(一个布尔值)为真,我们将显示一个奖杯表情符号。我们也要渲染星星的数量(如果不是0)。我们可以这样写。 + +``` +const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => ( +
+
+ Hello {name} + {isPro ? '🏆' : null} +
+ {stars ? ( +
+ Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+ ) : null} +
+); +``` + +请注意 “else” 条件返回 null 。 这是因为三元表达式要有"否则"条件。 + +对于简单的 “if” 条件式,我们可以使用更合适的东西:&& 运算符。这是使用 “&&” 编写的相同代码。 + +``` +const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => ( +
+
+ Hello {name} + {isPro && '🏆'} +
+ {stars && ( +
+ Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+ )} +
+); +``` + +没有太多区别,但是注意我们消除了每个三元表达式最后面的 `: null` (else 条件式)。一切都应该像以前一样渲染。 + + +嘿!约翰得到了什么?当什么都不应该渲染时,只有一个0。这就是我上面提到的陷阱。这里有解释为什么。 + +[根据 MDN][3],一个逻辑运算符“和”(也就是`&&`): + +> `expr1 && expr2` + +> 如果 `expr1` 可以被转换成 `false` ,返回 `expr1`;否则返回 `expr2`。 如此,当与布尔值一起使用时,如果两个操作数都是 true,`&&` 返回 `true` ;否则,返回 `false`。 + +好的,在你开始拔头发之前,让我为你解释它。 + +在我们这个例子里, `expr1` 是变量 `stars`,它的值是 `0`,因为0是 falsey 的值, `0` 会被返回和渲染。看,这还不算太坏。 + +我会简单地这么写。 + +> 如果 `expr1` 是 falsey,返回 `expr1` ,否则返回 `expr2` + +所以,当对非布尔值使用 “&&” 时,我们必须让 falsy 的值返回 React 无法渲染的东西,比如说,`false` 这个值。 + +我们可以通过几种方式实现这一目标。让我们试试吧。 + +``` +{!!stars && ( +
+ {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+)} +``` + +注意 `stars` 前的双感叹操作符( `!!`)(呃,其实没有双感叹操作符。我们只是用了感叹操作符两次)。 + +第一个感叹操作符会强迫 `stars` 的值变成布尔值并且进行一次“非”操作。如果 `stars` 是 `0` ,那么 `!stars` 会 是 `true`。 + +然后我们执行第二个`非`操作,所以如果 `stars` 是0,`!!stars` 会是 `false`。正好是我们想要的。 + +如果你不喜欢 `!!`,那么你也可以强制转换出一个布尔数比如这样(这种方式我觉得有点冗长)。 + +``` +{Boolean(stars) && ( +``` + +或者只是用比较符产生一个布尔值(有些人会说这样甚至更加语义化)。 + +``` +{stars > 0 && ( +``` + +#### 关于字符串 + +空字符串与数字有一样的毛病。但是因为渲染后的空字符串是不可见的,所以这不是那种你很可能会去处理的难题,甚至可能不会注意到它。然而,如果你是完美主义者并且不希望DOM上有空字符串,你应采取我们上面对数字采取的预防措施。 + +### 其它解决方案 + +一种可能的将来可扩展到其他变量的解决方案,是创建一个单独的 `shouldRenderStars` 变量。然后你用“&&”处理布尔值。 + +``` +const shouldRenderStars = stars > 0; +``` + +``` +return ( +
+ {shouldRenderStars && ( +
+ {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+ )} +
+); +``` + +之后,在将来,如果业务规则要求你还需要已登录,拥有一条狗以及喝淡啤酒,你可以改变 `shouldRenderStars` 的得出方式,而返回的内容保持不变。你还可以把这个逻辑放在其它可测试的地方,并且保持渲染明晰。 + +``` +const shouldRenderStars = + stars > 0 && loggedIn && pet === 'dog' && beerPref === 'light`; +``` + +``` +return ( +
+ {shouldRenderStars && ( +
+ {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+ )} +
+); +``` + +### 结论 + +我认为你应该充分利用这种语言。对于 JavaScript,这意味着为 `if/else` 条件式使用三元表达式,以及为 `if` 条件式使用 `&&` 操作符。 + +我们可以回到每处都使用三元运算符的舒适区,但你现在消化了这些知识和力量,可以继续前进 && 取得成功了。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +作者简介: + +美国运通工程博客的执行编辑 http://aexp.io 以及 @AmericanExpress 的工程总监。MyViews !== ThoseOfMyEmployer. + +---------------- + +via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/conditional-rendering-in-react-using-ternaries-and-logical-and-7807f53b6935 + +作者:[Donavon West][a] +译者:[GraveAccent](https://github.com/GraveAccent) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://medium.freecodecamp.org/@donavon +[1]:https://unsplash.com/photos/pKeF6Tt3c08?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText +[2]:https://unsplash.com/search/photos/road-sign?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText +[3]:https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Logical_Operators From bb41fabb48c81c9f48faacdb09519cb1cc94c037 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 08:57:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 145/437] translated --- ...age Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 49 ------------------- ...age Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 47 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 47 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md deleted file mode 100644 index f81d944570..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ipv4-720x340.png) - -**APT** , short or **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool, is the default package manager for Debian-based systems. Using APT, we can install, update, upgrade and remove applications from the system. Lately, I have been facing a strange error. Whenever I try update my Ubuntu 16.04 box, I get this error – **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** and the update process gets stuck for a long time. My Internet connection is working well and I can able to ping all websites including Ubuntu official site. After a couple Google searches, I realized that sometimes the Ubuntu mirrors are not reachable over IPv6. This problem is solved after I force APT package manager to use IPv4 in place of IPv6 to access Ubuntu mirrors while updating the system. If you ever encountered with this error, you can solve it as described below. - -### Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 - -To force APT to use IPv4 in place of IPv6 while updating and upgrading your Ubuntu 16.04 LTS systems, simply use the following commands: - -``` -$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true update - -$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true upgrade -``` - -Voila! This time update process run and completed quickly. - -You can also make this persistent for all **apt-get** transactions in the future by adding the following line in **/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4** file using command: - -``` -$ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 -``` - -**Disclaimer:** - -I don’t know if anyone is having this issue lately, but I kept getting this error today at least four to five times in my Ubuntu 16.04 LTS virtual machine and I solved it as described above. I am not sure that it is the recommended solution. Go through Ubuntu forums and make sure this method is legitimate. Since mine is just a VM which I use it only for testing and learning purposes, I don’t mind about the authenticity of this method. Use it on your own risk. - -Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-force-apt-package-manager-to-use-ipv4-in-ubuntu-16-04/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02bc39addc --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +如何在 Ubuntu 16.04 强制 APT 包管理器使用 IPv4 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ipv4-720x340.png) + +**APT**, 是 **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool 的缩写,是基于 Debian 的系统的默认包管理器。我们可以使用 APT 安装、更新、升级和删除应用程序。最近,我一直遇到一个奇怪的错误。每当我尝试更新我的 Ubuntu 16.04 时,我都会收到此错误 - **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** ,同时更新流程会卡住很长时间。我的网络连接没问题,我可以 ping 通所有网站,包括 Ubuntu 官方网站。在搜索了一番谷歌后,我意识到 Ubuntu 镜像有时无法通过 IPv6 访问。在我强制将 APT 包管理器在更新系统时使用 IPv4 代替 IPv6 访问 Ubuntu 镜像后,此问题得以解决。如果你遇到过此错误,可以按照以下说明解决。 + +### 强制 APT 包管理器在 Ubuntu 16.04 中使用 IPv4 + +要在更新和升级 Ubuntu 16.04 LTS 系统时强制 APT 使用 IPv4 代替 IPv6,只需使用以下命令: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true update + +$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true upgrade +``` + +瞧!这次更新很快就完成了。 + +你还可以使用以下命令在 **/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4** 中添加以下行,以便将来对所有 **apt-get** 事务保持持久性: + +``` +$ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 +``` + +**免责声明:** + +我不知道最近是否有人遇到这个问题,但我今天在我的 Ubuntu 16.04 LTS 虚拟机中遇到了至少四五次这样的错误,我按照上面的说法解决了这个问题。我不确定这是推荐的解决方案。请浏览 Ubuntu 论坛来确保此方法合法。由于我只是一个 VM,我只将它用于测试和学习目的,我不介意这种方法的真实性。请自行承担使用风险。 + +希望这有帮助。还有更多的好东西。敬请关注! + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-force-apt-package-manager-to-use-ipv4-in-ubuntu-16-04/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ From 557ab76142c14188ffce06d086757f49eff391b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:03:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 146/437] translating --- ...Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md b/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md index 1a0f1e9dbe..acc8f56e0c 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md +++ b/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension) ====== A Unity feature that I miss (it only actually worked for a short while though) is automatically getting player controls in the Ubuntu Sound Indicator when visiting a website like YouTube in a web browser, so you could pause or stop the video directly from the top bar, as well as see the video / song information and a preview. From db69db3e9257d0ff232615c8cb6d5691373f43ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:09:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 147/437] PRF:20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @pinewall 翻译的棒极了 --- ...ivate keys work in PKI and cryptography.md | 31 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md b/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md index 6c42531396..e52e7282a7 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md @@ -1,47 +1,48 @@ -PKI 和 密码学中的私钥的角色 +公钥基础设施和密码学中的私钥的角色 ====== +> 了解如何验证某人所声称的身份。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/security_privacy_lock.png?itok=ZWjrpFzx) -在[上一篇文章][1]中,我们概述了密码学并讨论了密码学的核心概念:保密性confidentiality (让数据保密),完整性integrity (防止数据被篡改)和身份认证authentication (确认数据源的身份identity)。由于要在存在各种身份混乱的现实世界中完成身份认证,人们逐渐建立起一个复杂的技术生态体系technological ecosystem,用于证明某人就是其声称的那个人。在本文中,我们将大致介绍这些体系是如何工作的。 +在[上一篇文章][1]中,我们概述了密码学并讨论了密码学的核心概念:保密性confidentiality (让数据保密)、完整性integrity (防止数据被篡改)和身份认证authentication (确认数据源的身份identity)。由于要在存在各种身份混乱的现实世界中完成身份认证,人们逐渐建立起一个复杂的技术生态体系technological ecosystem,用于证明某人就是其声称的那个人。在本文中,我们将大致介绍这些体系是如何工作的。 -### 公钥密码学及数字签名快速回顾 +### 快速回顾公钥密码学及数字签名 互联网世界中的身份认证依赖于公钥密码学,其中密钥分为两部分:拥有者需要保密的私钥和可以对外公开的公钥。经过公钥加密过的数据,只能用对应的私钥解密。举个例子,对于希望与[记者][2]建立联系的举报人来说,这个特性非常有用。但就本文介绍的内容而言,私钥更重要的用途是与一个消息一起创建一个数字签名digital signature,用于提供完整性和身份认证。 -在实际应用中,我们签名的并不是真实消息,而是经过密码学哈希函数cryptographic hash function处理过的消息摘要digest。要发送一个包含源代码的压缩文件,发送者会对该压缩文件的 256 比特长度的 [SHA-256][3] 摘要而不是文件本身进行签名,然后用明文发送该压缩包(和签名)。接收者会独立计算收到文件的 SHA-256 摘要,然后结合该摘要、收到的签名及发送者的公钥,使用签名验证算法进行验证。验证过程取决于加密算法,加密算法不同,验证过程也相应不同;而且,由于不断发现微妙的触发条件,签名验证[漏洞][4]依然[层出不穷][5]。如果签名验证通过,说明文件在传输过程中没有被篡改而且来自于发送者,这是因为只有发送者拥有创建签名所需的私钥。 +在实际应用中,我们签名的并不是真实消息,而是经过密码学哈希函数cryptographic hash function处理过的消息摘要digest。要发送一个包含源代码的压缩文件,发送者会对该压缩文件的 256 比特长度的 [SHA-256][3] 摘要进行签名,而不是文件本身进行签名,然后用明文发送该压缩包(和签名)。接收者会独立计算收到文件的 SHA-256 摘要,然后结合该摘要、收到的签名及发送者的公钥,使用签名验证算法进行验证。验证过程取决于加密算法,加密算法不同,验证过程也相应不同;而且,很微妙的是签名验证[漏洞][4]依然[层出不穷][5]。如果签名验证通过,说明文件在传输过程中没有被篡改而且来自于发送者,这是因为只有发送者拥有创建签名所需的私钥。 ### 方案中缺失的环节 上述方案中缺失了一个重要的环节:我们从哪里获得发送者的公钥?发送者可以将公钥与消息一起发送,但除了发送者的自我宣称,我们无法核验其身份。假设你是一名银行柜员,一名顾客走过来向你说,“你好,我是 Jane Doe,我要取一笔钱”。当你要求其证明身份时,她指着衬衫上贴着的姓名标签说道,“看,Jane Doe!”。如果我是这个柜员,我会礼貌的拒绝她的请求。 -如果你认识发送者,你们可以私下见面并彼此交换公钥。如果你并不认识发送者,你们可以私下见面,检查对方的证件,确认真实性后接受对方的公钥。为提高流程效率,你可以举办聚会并邀请一堆人,检查他们的证件,然后接受他们的公钥。此外,如果你认识并信任 Jane Doe (尽管她在银行的表现比较反常),Jane 可以参加聚会,收集大家的公钥然后交给你。事实上,Jane 可以使用她自己的私钥对这些公钥(及对应的身份信息)进行签名,进而你可以从一个[线上密钥库][7]获取公钥(及对应的身份信息)并信任已被 Jane 签名的那部分。如果一个人的公钥被很多你信任的人(即使你并不认识他们)签名,你也可能选择信任这个人。按照这种方式,你可以建立一个[信任网络Web of Trust][8]。 +如果你认识发送者,你们可以私下见面并彼此交换公钥。如果你并不认识发送者,你们可以私下见面,检查对方的证件,确认真实性后接受对方的公钥。为提高流程效率,你可以举办[聚会][6]并邀请一堆人,检查他们的证件,然后接受他们的公钥。此外,如果你认识并信任 Jane Doe(尽管她在银行的表现比较反常),Jane 可以参加聚会,收集大家的公钥然后交给你。事实上,Jane 可以使用她自己的私钥对这些公钥(及对应的身份信息)进行签名,进而你可以从一个[线上密钥库][7]获取公钥(及对应的身份信息)并信任已被 Jane 签名的那部分。如果一个人的公钥被很多你信任的人(即使你并不认识他们)签名,你也可能选择信任这个人。按照这种方式,你可以建立一个[信任网络][8]Web of Trust。 -但事情也变得更加复杂:我们需要建立一种标准的编码机制,可以将公钥和其对应的身份信息编码成一个数字捆绑digital bundle,以便我们进一步进行签名。更准确的说,这类数字捆绑被称为证书cerificates。我们还需要可以创建、使用和管理这些证书的工具链。满足诸如此类的各种需求的方案构成了公钥基础设施public key infrastructure, PKI。 +但事情也变得更加复杂:我们需要建立一种标准的编码机制,可以将公钥和其对应的身份信息编码成一个数字捆绑digital bundle,以便我们进一步进行签名。更准确的说,这类数字捆绑被称为证书cerificate。我们还需要可以创建、使用和管理这些证书的工具链。满足诸如此类的各种需求的方案构成了公钥基础设施public key infrastructure(PKI)。 ### 比信任网络更进一步 -你可以用人际关系网类比信任网络。如果人们之间广泛互信,可以很容易找到(两个人之间的)一条短信任链short path of trust:不妨以社交圈为例。基于 [GPG][9] 加密的邮件依赖于信任网络,([理论上][10])只适用于与少量朋友、家庭或同事进行联系的情形。 +你可以用人际关系网类比信任网络。如果人们之间广泛互信,可以很容易找到(两个人之间的)一条短信任链short path of trust:就像一个社交圈。基于 [GPG][9] 加密的邮件依赖于信任网络,([理论上][10])只适用于与少量朋友、家庭或同事进行联系的情形。 (LCTT 译注:作者提到的“短信任链”应该是暗示“六度空间理论”,即任意两个陌生人之间所间隔的人一般不会超过 6 个。对 GPG 的唱衰,一方面是因为密钥管理的复杂性没有改善,另一方面 Yahoo 和 Google 都提出了更便利的端到端加密方案。) -在实际应用中,信任网络有一些["硬伤"significant problems][11],主要是在可扩展性方面。当网络规模逐渐增大或者人们之间的连接逐渐降低时,信任网络就会慢慢失效。如果信任链逐渐变长,信任链中某人有意或无意误签证书的几率也会逐渐增大。如果信任链不存在,你不得不自己创建一条信任链;具体而言,你与其它组织建立联系,验证它们的密钥符合你的要求。考虑下面的场景,你和你的朋友要访问一个从未使用过的在线商店。你首先需要核验网站所用的公钥属于其对应的公司而不是伪造者,进而建立安全通信信道,最后完成下订单操作。核验公钥的方法包括去实体店、打电话等,都比较麻烦。这样会导致在线购物变得不那么便利(或者说不那么安全,毕竟很多人会图省事,不去核验密钥)。 +在实际应用中,信任网络有一些“[硬伤][11]significant problems”,主要是在可扩展性方面。当网络规模逐渐增大或者人们之间的连接较少时,信任网络就会慢慢失效。如果信任链逐渐变长,信任链中某人有意或无意误签证书的几率也会逐渐增大。如果信任链不存在,你不得不自己创建一条信任链,与其它组织建立联系,验证它们的密钥以符合你的要求。考虑下面的场景,你和你的朋友要访问一个从未使用过的在线商店。你首先需要核验网站所用的公钥属于其对应的公司而不是伪造者,进而建立安全通信信道,最后完成下订单操作。核验公钥的方法包括去实体店、打电话等,都比较麻烦。这样会导致在线购物变得不那么便利(或者说不那么安全,毕竟很多人会图省事,不去核验密钥)。 -如果世界上有那么几个格外值得信任的人,他们专门负责核验和签发网站证书,情况会怎样呢?你可以只信任他们,那么浏览互联网也会变得更加容易。整体来看,这就是当今互联网的工作方式。那些“格外值得信任的人”就是被称为证书颁发机构cerificate authorities, CAs的公司。当网站希望获得公钥签名时,只需向 CA 提交证书签名请求certificate signing request。 +如果世界上有那么几个格外值得信任的人,他们专门负责核验和签发网站证书,情况会怎样呢?你可以只信任他们,那么浏览互联网也会变得更加容易。整体来看,这就是当今互联网的工作方式。那些“格外值得信任的人”就是被称为证书颁发机构cerificate authoritie(CA)的公司。当网站希望获得公钥签名时,只需向 CA 提交证书签名请求certificate signing request(CSR)。 -CSR 类似于包括公钥和身份信息(在本例中,即服务器的主机名)的存根stub证书,但CA 并不会直接对 CSR 本身进行签名。CA 在签名之前会进行一些验证。对于一些证书类型(LCTT 译注:DVDomain Validated 类型),CA 只验证申请者的确是 CSR 中列出主机名对应域名的控制者(例如通过邮件验证,让申请者完成指定的域名解析)。[对于另一些证书类型][12] (LCTT 译注:链接中提到EVExtended Validated 类型,其实还有 OVOrganization Validated 类型),CA 还会检查相关法律文书,例如公司营业执照等。一旦验证完成,CA(一般在申请者付费后)会从 CSR 中取出数据(即公钥和身份信息),使用 CA 自己的私钥进行签名,创建一个(签名)证书并发送给申请者。申请者将该证书部署在网站服务器上,当用户使用 HTTPS (或其它基于 [TLS][13] 加密的协议)与服务器通信时,该证书被分发给用户。 +CSR 类似于包括公钥和身份信息(在本例中,即服务器的主机名)的存根stub证书,但 CA 并不会直接对 CSR 本身进行签名。CA 在签名之前会进行一些验证。对于一些证书类型(LCTT 译注:域名证实Domain Validated(DV) 类型),CA 只验证申请者的确是 CSR 中列出主机名对应域名的控制者(例如通过邮件验证,让申请者完成指定的域名解析)。[对于另一些证书类型][12] (LCTT 译注:链接中提到扩展证实Extended Validated(EV)类型,其实还有 OVOrganization Validated 类型),CA 还会检查相关法律文书,例如公司营业执照等。一旦验证完成,CA(一般在申请者付费后)会从 CSR 中取出数据(即公钥和身份信息),使用 CA 自己的私钥进行签名,创建一个(签名)证书并发送给申请者。申请者将该证书部署在网站服务器上,当用户使用 HTTPS (或其它基于 [TLS][13] 加密的协议)与服务器通信时,该证书被分发给用户。 -当用户访问该网站时,浏览器获取该证书,接着检查证书中的主机名是否与当前正在连接的网站一致(下文会详细说明),核验 CA 签名有效性。如果其中一步验证不通过,浏览器会给出安全警告并切断与网站的连接。反之,如果验证通过,浏览器会使用证书中的公钥核验服务器发送的签名信息,确认该服务器持有该证书的私钥。有几种算法用于协商后续通信用到的共享密钥shared secret key,其中一种也用到了服务器发送的签名信息。密钥交换Key exchange算法不在本文的讨论范围,可以参考这个[视频][14],其中仔细说明了一种密钥交换算法。 +当用户访问该网站时,浏览器获取该证书,接着检查证书中的主机名是否与当前正在连接的网站一致(下文会详细说明),核验 CA 签名有效性。如果其中一步验证不通过,浏览器会给出安全警告并切断与网站的连接。反之,如果验证通过,浏览器会使用证书中的公钥来核验该服务器发送的签名信息,确认该服务器持有该证书的私钥。有几种算法用于协商后续通信用到的共享密钥shared secret key,其中一种也用到了服务器发送的签名信息。密钥交换key exchange算法不在本文的讨论范围,可以参考这个[视频][14],其中仔细说明了一种密钥交换算法。 ### 建立信任 你可能会问,“如果 CA 使用其私钥对证书进行签名,也就意味着我们需要使用 CA 的公钥验证证书。那么 CA 的公钥从何而来,谁对其进行签名呢?” 答案是 CA 对自己签名!可以使用证书公钥对应的私钥,对证书本身进行签名!这类签名证书被称为是自签名的self-signed;在 PKI 体系下,这意味着对你说“相信我”。(为了表达方便,人们通常说用证书进行了签名,虽然真正用于签名的私钥并不在证书中。) -通过遵守[浏览器][15]和[操作系统][16]供应商建立的规则,CA 表明自己足够可靠并寻求加入到浏览器或操作系统预装的一组自签名证书中。这些证书被称为“信任锚trust anchors”或 CA 根证书root CA certificates,被存储在根证书区,我们约定implicitly信任该区域内的证书。 +通过遵守[浏览器][15]和[操作系统][16]供应商建立的规则,CA 表明自己足够可靠并寻求加入到浏览器或操作系统预装的一组自签名证书中。这些证书被称为“信任锚trust anchor”或 CA 根证书root CA certificate,被存储在根证书区,我们约定implicitly信任该区域内的证书。 CA 也可以签发一种特殊的证书,该证书自身可以作为 CA。在这种情况下,它们可以生成一个证书链。要核验证书链,需要从“信任锚”(也就是 CA 根证书)开始,使用当前证书的公钥核验下一层证书的签名(或其它一些信息)。按照这个方式依次核验下一层证书,直到证书链底部。如果整个核验过程没有问题,信任链也建立完成。当向 CA 付费为网站签发证书时,实际购买的是将证书放置在证书链下的权利。CA 将卖出的证书标记为“不可签发子证书”,这样它们可以在适当的长度终止信任链(防止其继续向下扩展)。 -为何要使用长度超过 2 的信任链呢?毕竟网站的证书可以直接被 CA 根证书签名。在实际应用中,很多因素促使 CA 创建中间 CA 证书intermediate CA certificate,最主要是为了方便。由于价值连城,CA 根证书对应的私钥通常被存放在特定的设备中,一种需要多人解锁的硬件安全模块hardware security module, HSM,该模块完全离线并被保管在配备监控和报警设备的[地下室][18]中。 +为何要使用长度超过 2 的信任链呢?毕竟网站的证书可以直接被 CA 根证书签名。在实际应用中,很多因素促使 CA 创建中间 CA 证书intermediate CA certificate,最主要是为了方便。由于价值连城,CA 根证书对应的私钥通常被存放在特定的设备中,一种需要多人解锁的硬件安全模块hardware security module(HSM),该模块完全离线并被保管在配备监控和报警设备的[地下室][18]中。 CA/浏览器论坛CAB Forum, CA/Browser Forum负责管理 CA,[要求][19]任何与 CA 根证书(LCTT 译注:就像前文提到的那样,这里是指对应的私钥)相关的操作必须由人工完成。设想一下,如果每个证书请求都需要员工将请求内容拷贝到保密介质中、进入地下室、与同事一起解锁 HSM、(使用 CA 根证书对应的私钥)签名证书,最后将签名证书从保密介质中拷贝出来;那么每天为大量网站签发证书是相当繁重乏味的工作。因此,CA 创建内部使用的中间 CA,用于证书签发自动化。 @@ -72,12 +73,12 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/private-keys 作者:[Alex Wood][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[pinewall](https://github.com/pinewall) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://opensource.com/users/awood -[1]:https://opensource.com/article/18/5/cryptography-pki +[1]:https://linux.cn/article-9792-1.html [2]:https://theintercept.com/2014/10/28/smuggling-snowden-secrets/ [3]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SHA-2 [4]:https://www.ietf.org/mail-archive/web/openpgp/current/msg00999.html From 33031b4e014adb372bf439f1293bcf50a1b00f99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:10:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 148/437] PUB:20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md @pinewall https://linux.cn/article-10049-1.html --- .../20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md b/published/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md rename to published/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md From 832df53f305c831565142cb9d5b3475713ecde01 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:55:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 149/437] PRF:20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md @ypingcn --- ...e packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md | 99 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 45 insertions(+), 54 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md index 307aeeb0ec..431bbefe5e 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md @@ -1,26 +1,27 @@ 如何在 Linux 上使用 tcpdump 命令捕获和分析数据包 ====== -tcpdump 是一个有名的命令行**数据包分析**工具。我们可以使用 tcpdump 命令捕获实时 TCP/IP 数据包,这些数据包也可以保存到文件中。之后这些捕获的数据包可以通过 tcpdump 命令进行分析。tcpdump 命令在网络级故障排除时变得非常方便。 + +`tcpdump` 是一个有名的命令行**数据包分析**工具。我们可以使用 `tcpdump` 命令捕获实时 TCP/IP 数据包,这些数据包也可以保存到文件中。之后这些捕获的数据包可以通过 `tcpdump` 命令进行分析。`tcpdump` 命令在网络层面进行故障排除时变得非常方便。 ![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/tcpdump-command-examples-linux.jpg) -tcpdump 在大多数 Linux 发行版中都能用,对于基于 Debian 的Linux,可以使用 apt 命令安装它 +`tcpdump` 在大多数 Linux 发行版中都能用,对于基于 Debian 的Linux,可以使用 `apt` 命令安装它。 ``` # apt install tcpdump -y ``` -在基于 RPM 的 Linux 操作系统上,可以使用下面的 yum 命令安装 tcpdump +在基于 RPM 的 Linux 操作系统上,可以使用下面的 `yum` 命令安装 `tcpdump`。 ``` # yum install tcpdump -y ``` -当我们在没用任何选项的情况下运行 tcpdump 命令时,它将捕获所有接口的数据包。因此,要停止或取消 tcpdump 命令,请输入 '**ctrl+c**'。在本教程中,我们将使用不同的实例来讨论如何捕获和分析数据包, +当我们在没用任何选项的情况下运行 `tcpdump` 命令时,它将捕获所有接口的数据包。因此,要停止或取消 `tcpdump` 命令,请键入 `ctrl+c`。在本教程中,我们将使用不同的实例来讨论如何捕获和分析数据包。 -### 示例: 1) 从特定接口捕获数据包 +### 示例:1)从特定接口捕获数据包 -当我们在没用任何选项的情况下运行 tcpdump 命令时,它将捕获所有接口上的数据包,因此,要从特定接口捕获数据包,请使用选项 '**-i**',后跟接口名称。 +当我们在没用任何选项的情况下运行 `tcpdump` 命令时,它将捕获所有接口上的数据包,因此,要从特定接口捕获数据包,请使用选项 `-i`,后跟接口名称。 语法: @@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ tcpdump 在大多数 Linux 发行版中都能用,对于基于 Debian 的Linux # tcpdump -i {接口名} ``` -假设我想从接口“enp0s3”捕获数据包 +假设我想从接口 `enp0s3` 捕获数据包。 输出将如下所示, @@ -49,21 +50,21 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes ``` -### 示例: 2) 从特定接口捕获特定数量数据包 +### 示例:2)从特定接口捕获特定数量数据包 -假设我们想从特定接口(如“enp0s3”)捕获12个数据包,这可以使用选项 '**-c {数量} -I {接口名称}**' 轻松实现 +假设我们想从特定接口(如 `enp0s3`)捕获 12 个数据包,这可以使用选项 `-c {数量} -I {接口名称}` 轻松实现。 ``` root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 12 -i enp0s3 ``` -上面的命令将生成如下所示的输出 +上面的命令将生成如下所示的输出, [![N-Number-Packsets-tcpdump-interface][1]][2] -### 示例: 3) 显示 tcpdump 的所有可用接口 +### 示例:3)显示 tcpdump 的所有可用接口 -使用 '**-D**' 选项显示 tcpdump 命令的所有可用接口, +使用 `-D` 选项显示 `tcpdump` 命令的所有可用接口, ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -D @@ -86,11 +87,11 @@ root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 12 -i enp0s3 [[email protected] ~]# ``` -我正在我的一个openstack计算节点上运行tcpdump命令,这就是为什么在输出中你会看到数字接口、标签接口、网桥和vxlan接口 +我正在我的一个 openstack 计算节点上运行 `tcpdump` 命令,这就是为什么在输出中你会看到数字接口、标签接口、网桥和 vxlan 接口 -### 示例: 4) 捕获带有可读时间戳(-tttt 选项)的数据包 +### 示例:4)捕获带有可读时间戳的数据包(`-tttt` 选项) -默认情况下,在tcpdump命令输出中,没有显示可读性好的时间戳,如果您想将可读性好的时间戳与每个捕获的数据包相关联,那么使用 '**-tttt**'选项,示例如下所示, +默认情况下,在 `tcpdump` 命令输出中,不显示可读性好的时间戳,如果您想将可读性好的时间戳与每个捕获的数据包相关联,那么使用 `-tttt` 选项,示例如下所示, ``` [[email protected] ~]# tcpdump -c 8 -tttt -i enp0s3 @@ -108,12 +109,11 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 134 packets received by filter 69 packets dropped by kernel [[email protected] ~]# - ``` -### 示例: 5) 捕获数据包并将其保存到文件( -w 选项) +### 示例:5)捕获数据包并将其保存到文件(`-w` 选项) -使用 tcpdump 命令中的 '**-w**' 选项将捕获的 TCP/IP 数据包保存到一个文件中,以便我们可以在将来分析这些数据包以供进一步分析。 +使用 `tcpdump` 命令中的 `-w` 选项将捕获的 TCP/IP 数据包保存到一个文件中,以便我们可以在将来分析这些数据包以供进一步分析。 语法: @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes # tcpdump -w 文件名.pcap -i {接口名} ``` -注意:文件扩展名必须为 **.pcap** +注意:文件扩展名必须为 `.pcap`。 -假设我要把 '**enp0s3**' 接口捕获到的包保存到文件名为 **enp0s3-26082018.pcap** +假设我要把 `enp0s3` 接口捕获到的包保存到文件名为 `enp0s3-26082018.pcap`。 ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w enp0s3-26082018.pcap -i enp0s3 @@ -140,24 +140,23 @@ tcpdump: listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 b [root@compute-0-1 ~]# ls anaconda-ks.cfg enp0s3-26082018.pcap [root@compute-0-1 ~]# - ``` -捕获并保存大小**大于 N 字节**的数据包 +捕获并保存大小**大于 N 字节**的数据包。 ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w enp0s3-26082018-2.pcap greater 1024 ``` -捕获并保存大小**小于 N 字节**的数据包 +捕获并保存大小**小于 N 字节**的数据包。 ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w enp0s3-26082018-3.pcap less 1024 ``` -### 示例: 6) 从保存的文件中读取数据包( -r 选项) +### 示例:6)从保存的文件中读取数据包(`-r` 选项) -在上面的例子中,我们已经将捕获的数据包保存到文件中,我们可以使用选项 '**-r**' 从文件中读取这些数据包,例子如下所示, +在上面的例子中,我们已经将捕获的数据包保存到文件中,我们可以使用选项 `-r` 从文件中读取这些数据包,例子如下所示, ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -r enp0s3-26082018.pcap @@ -183,12 +182,11 @@ p,TS val 81359114 ecr 81350901], length 508 2018-08-25 22:03:17.647502 IP controller0.example.com.amqp > compute-0-1.example.com.57788: Flags [.], ack 1956, win 1432, options [nop,nop,TS val 813 52753 ecr 81359114], length 0 ......................................................................................................................... - ``` -### 示例: 7) 仅捕获特定接口上的 IP 地址数据包( -n 选项) +### 示例:7)仅捕获特定接口上的 IP 地址数据包(`-n` 选项) -使用 tcpdump 命令中的 -n 选项,我们能只捕获特定接口上的 IP 地址数据包,示例如下所示, +使用 `tcpdump` 命令中的 `-n` 选项,我们能只捕获特定接口上的 IP 地址数据包,示例如下所示, ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -n -i enp0s3 @@ -211,19 +209,18 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 22:22:28.539595 IP 169.144.0.1.39406 > 169.144.0.20.ssh: Flags [.], ack 1572, win 9086, options [nop,nop,TS val 20666614 ecr 82510006], length 0 22:22:28.539760 IP 169.144.0.20.ssh > 169.144.0.1.39406: Flags [P.], seq 1572:1912, ack 1, win 291, options [nop,nop,TS val 82510007 ecr 20666614], length 340 ......................................................................... - ``` -您还可以使用 tcpdump 命令中的 -c 和 -N 选项捕获 N 个 IP 地址包, +您还可以使用 `tcpdump` 命令中的 `-c` 和 `-N` 选项捕获 N 个 IP 地址包, ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 25 -n -i enp0s3 ``` -### 示例: 8) 仅捕获特定接口上的TCP数据包 +### 示例:8)仅捕获特定接口上的 TCP 数据包 -在 tcpdump 命令中,我们能使用 '**tcp**' 选项来只捕获TCP数据包, +在 `tcpdump` 命令中,我们能使用 `tcp` 选项来只捕获 TCP 数据包, ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -i enp0s3 tcp @@ -241,9 +238,9 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes ................................................................................................................................................... ``` -### 示例: 9) 从特定接口上的特定端口捕获数据包 +### 示例:9)从特定接口上的特定端口捕获数据包 -使用 tcpdump 命令,我们可以从特定接口 enp0s3 上的特定端口(例如 22 )捕获数据包 +使用 `tcpdump` 命令,我们可以从特定接口 `enp0s3` 上的特定端口(例如 22)捕获数据包。 语法: @@ -262,13 +259,12 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 22:54:55.038564 IP 169.144.0.1.39406 > compute-0-1.example.com.ssh: Flags [.], ack 940, win 9177, options [nop,nop,TS val 21153238 ecr 84456505], length 0 22:54:55.038708 IP compute-0-1.example.com.ssh > 169.144.0.1.39406: Flags [P.], seq 940:1304, ack 1, win 291, options [nop,nop,TS val 84456506 ecr 21153238], length 364 ............................................................................................................................ -[root@compute-0-1 ~]# ``` -### 示例: 10) 在特定接口上捕获来自特定来源 IP 的数据包 +### 示例:10)在特定接口上捕获来自特定来源 IP 的数据包 -在tcpdump命令中,使用 '**src**' 关键字后跟 '**IP 地址**',我们可以捕获来自特定来源 IP 的数据包, +在 `tcpdump` 命令中,使用 `src` 关键字后跟 IP 地址,我们可以捕获来自特定来源 IP 的数据包, 语法: @@ -296,17 +292,16 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 10 packets captured 12 packets received by filter 0 packets dropped by kernel -[root@compute-0-1 ~]# - ``` -### 示例: 11) 在特定接口上捕获来自特定目的IP的数据包 +### 示例:11)在特定接口上捕获来自特定目的 IP 的数据包 语法: ``` # tcpdump -n -i {接口名} dst {IP 地址} ``` + ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -n -i enp0s3 dst 169.144.0.1 tcpdump: verbose output suppressed, use -v or -vv for full protocol decode @@ -318,42 +313,39 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 23:10:43.522157 IP 169.144.0.20.ssh > 169.144.0.1.39406: Flags [P.], seq 800:996, ack 1, win 291, options [nop,nop,TS val 85404989 ecr 21390359], length 196 23:10:43.522346 IP 169.144.0.20.ssh > 169.144.0.1.39406: Flags [P.], seq 996:1192, ack 1, win 291, options [nop,nop,TS val 85404989 ecr 21390359], length 196 ......................................................................................... - ``` -### 示例: 12) 捕获两台主机之间的 TCP 数据包通信 +### 示例:12)捕获两台主机之间的 TCP 数据包通信 假设我想捕获两台主机 169.144.0.1 和 169.144.0.20 之间的 TCP 数据包,示例如下所示, ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w two-host-tcp-comm.pcap -i enp0s3 tcp and \(host 169.144.0.1 or host 169.144.0.20\) - ``` -使用 tcpdump 命令只捕获两台主机之间的 SSH 数据包流, +使用 `tcpdump` 命令只捕获两台主机之间的 SSH 数据包流, ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w ssh-comm-two-hosts.pcap -i enp0s3 src 169.144.0.1 and port 22 and dst 169.144.0.20 and port 22 - ``` -示例: 13) 捕获两台主机之间的 UDP 网络数据包(来回) +### 示例:13)捕获两台主机之间(来回)的 UDP 网络数据包 语法: ``` # tcpdump -w -s -i udp and \(host and host \) ``` + ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w two-host-comm.pcap -s 1000 -i enp0s3 udp and \(host 169.144.0.10 and host 169.144.0.20\) - ``` -### 示例: 14) 捕获十六进制和ASCII格式的数据包 +### 示例:14)捕获十六进制和 ASCII 格式的数据包 -使用 tcpdump 命令,我们可以以 ASCII 和十六进制格式捕获 TCP/IP 数据包, +使用 `tcpdump` 命令,我们可以以 ASCII 和十六进制格式捕获 TCP/IP 数据包, -要使用** -A **选项捕获ASCII格式的数据包,示例如下所示: +要使用 `-A` 选项捕获 ASCII 格式的数据包,示例如下所示: ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 10 -A -i enp0s3 @@ -376,7 +368,7 @@ root@compute-0-1 @.......... .................................................................................................................................................. ``` -要同时以十六进制和 ASCII 格式捕获数据包,请使用** -XX **选项 +要同时以十六进制和 ASCII 格式捕获数据包,请使用 `-XX` 选项。 ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 10 -XX -i enp0s3 @@ -406,10 +398,9 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 0x0030: 3693 7c0e 0000 0101 080a 015a a734 0568 6.|........Z.4.h 0x0040: 39af ....................................................................... - ``` -这就是本文的全部内容,我希望您能了解如何使用 tcpdump 命令捕获和分析 TCP/IP 数据包。请分享你的反馈和评论。 +这就是本文的全部内容,我希望您能了解如何使用 `tcpdump` 命令捕获和分析 TCP/IP 数据包。请分享你的反馈和评论。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -418,7 +409,7 @@ via: https://www.linuxtechi.com/capture-analyze-packets-tcpdump-command-linux/ 作者:[Pradeep Kumar][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[ypingcn](https://github.com/ypingcn) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f1d5a8dabc1fdca137acc696399688aa5e7b59c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:57:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 150/437] PUB:20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md @ypingcn https://linux.cn/article-10050-1.html --- ...o capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md b/published/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md rename to published/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md From e15bdabdf6660c98492672a8eb0d3a0a8278d018 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 10:16:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 151/437] PRF:20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @HankChow --- ...Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 24 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md index a55d5d7b55..a8c6906ca1 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -使用 `top` 命令了解 Fedora 的内存使用情况 +使用 top 命令了解 Fedora 的内存使用情况 ====== ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/memory-top-816x345.jpg) -如果你使用过 `top` 命令来查看 Fedora 系统中的内存使用情况,你可能会惊讶,显示的数值看起来比系统可用的内存消耗更多。下面会详细介绍内存使用情况以及如何理解这些数据。 +如果你使用过 `top` 命令来查看 Fedora 系统中的内存使用情况,你可能会惊讶,看起来消耗的数量比系统可用的内存更多。下面会详细介绍内存使用情况以及如何理解这些数据。 ### 内存实际使用情况 -操作系统对内存的使用方式并不是太通俗易懂,而是有很多不为人知的巧妙方式。通过这些方式,可以在无需用户干预的情况下,让操作系统更有效地使用内存。 +操作系统对内存的使用方式并不是太通俗易懂。事实上,其背后有很多不为人知的巧妙技术在发挥着作用。通过这些方式,可以在无需用户干预的情况下,让操作系统更有效地使用内存。 大多数应用程序都不是系统自带的,但每个应用程序都依赖于安装在系统中的库中的一些函数集。在 Fedora 中,RPM 包管理系统能够确保在安装应用程序时也会安装所依赖的库。 -当应用程序运行时,操作系统并不需要将它要用到的所有信息都加载到物理内存中。而是会为存放代码的存储构建一个映射,称为虚拟内存。操作系统只把需要的部分加载到内存中,当某一个部分不再需要后,这一部分内存就会被释放掉。 +当应用程序运行时,操作系统并不需要将它要用到的所有信息都加载到物理内存中。而是会为存放代码的存储空间构建一个映射,称为虚拟内存。操作系统只把需要的部分加载到内存中,当某一个部分不再需要后,这一部分内存就会被释放掉。 这意味着应用程序可以映射大量的虚拟内存,而使用较少的系统物理内存。特殊情况下,映射的虚拟内存甚至可以比系统实际可用的物理内存更多!而且在操作系统中这种情况也并不少见。 @@ -21,25 +21,25 @@ ### 使用 `top` 命令查看内存使用量 -如果你还没有使用过 `top` 命令,可以打开终端直接执行查看。使用 **Shift + M** 可以按照内存使用量来进行排序。下图是在 Fedora Workstation 中执行的结果,在你的机器上显示的结果可能会略有不同: +如果你还没有使用过 `top` 命令,可以打开终端直接执行查看。使用 `Shift + M` 可以按照内存使用量来进行排序。下图是在 Fedora Workstation 中执行的结果,在你的机器上显示的结果可能会略有不同: ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Screenshot-from-2018-09-17-14-23-17.png) -主要通过一下三列来查看内存使用情况:VIRT,RES 和 SHR。目前以 KB 为单位显示相关数值。 +主要通过以下三列来查看内存使用情况:`VIRT`、`RES` 和 `SHR`。目前以 KB 为单位显示相关数值。 -VIRT 列代表该进程映射的虚拟内存。如上所述,虚拟内存不是实际消耗的物理内存。例如, GNOME Shell 进程 gnome-shell 实际上没有消耗超过 3.1 GB 的物理内存,但它对很多更低或更高级的库都有依赖,系统必须对每个库都进行映射,以确保在有需要时可以加载这些库。 +`VIRT` 列代表该进程映射的虚拟virtual内存。如上所述,虚拟内存不是实际消耗的物理内存。例如, GNOME Shell 进程 `gnome-shell` 实际上没有消耗超过 3.1 GB 的物理内存,但它对很多更低或更高级的库都有依赖,系统必须对每个库都进行映射,以确保在有需要时可以加载这些库。 -RES 列代表应用程序消耗了多少实际(驻留)内存。对于 GNOME Shell 大约是 180788 KB。例子中的系统拥有大约 7704 MB 的物理内存,因此内存使用率显示为 2.3%。 +`RES` 列代表应用程序消耗了多少实际(驻留resident)内存。对于 GNOME Shell 大约是 180788 KB。例子中的系统拥有大约 7704 MB 的物理内存,因此内存使用率显示为 2.3%。 -但根据 SHR 列显示,其中至少有 88212 KB 是共享内存,这部分内存可能是其它应用程序也在使用的库函数。这意味着 GNOME Shell 本身大约有 92 MB 内存不与其他进程共享。需要注意的是,上述例子中的其它程序也共享了很多内存。在某些应用程序中,共享内存在内存使用量中会占很大的比例。 +但根据 `SHR` 列显示,其中至少有 88212 KB 是共享shared内存,这部分内存可能是其它应用程序也在使用的库函数。这意味着 GNOME Shell 本身大约有 92 MB 内存不与其他进程共享。需要注意的是,上述例子中的其它程序也共享了很多内存。在某些应用程序中,共享内存在内存使用量中会占很大的比例。 -值得一提的是,有时进程之间通过内存通信,这些内存也是共享的,但 `top` 工具却不一定能检测到,所以以上的说明也不一定准确。(这一句不太会翻译出来,烦请校对大佬帮忙看看,谢谢) +值得一提的是,有时进程之间通过内存通信,这些内存也是共享的,但 `top` 这样的工具却不一定能检测到,所以以上的说明也不一定准确。 ### 关于交换分区 系统还可以通过交换分区来存储数据(例如硬盘),但读写的速度相对较慢。当物理内存渐渐用满,操作系统就会查找内存中暂时不会使用的部分,将其写出到交换区域等待需要的时候使用。 -因此,如果交换内存的使用量一直偏高,表明系统的物理内存已经供不应求了。尽管错误的内存申请也有可能导致出现这种情况,但如果这种现象经常出现,就需要考虑提升物理内存或者限制某些程序的运行了。 +因此,如果交换内存的使用量一直偏高,表明系统的物理内存已经供不应求了。有时候一个不正常的应用也有可能导致出现这种情况,但如果这种现象经常出现,就需要考虑提升物理内存或者限制某些程序的运行了。 感谢 [Stig Nygaard][1] 在 [Flickr][2] 上提供的图片(CC BY 2.0)。 @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/understand-fedora-memory-usage-top/ 作者:[Paul W. Frields][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From ddfd8e8baad7cdea4fdfbe862b8bf36f93e511e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 10:17:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 152/437] PUB:20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10051-1.html --- .../20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/published/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md rename to published/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md From 6d4b83d471ed9b473d7aa7a4260c50df36ac328b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw <33189910+qhwdw@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 12:13:48 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 153/437] Translating by qhwdw (#10351) --- ... of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md b/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md index f6013baab2..66850b2260 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids ====== From 9c982a4d75ee5612d522be463c93164bf336d6b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hank Chow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 12:16:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 154/437] translated (#10352) --- ...icks that can save you time and trouble.md | 171 ------------------ ...icks that can save you time and trouble.md | 170 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 170 insertions(+), 171 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md deleted file mode 100644 index 61fae6d4bc..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble -====== -Some command line tricks can make you even more productive on the Linux command line. - -![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/boy-jumping-off-swing-100772498-large.jpg) - -Good Linux command line tricks don’t only save you time and trouble. They also help you remember and reuse complex commands, making it easier for you to focus on what you need to do, not how you should go about doing it. In this post, we’ll look at some handy command line tricks that you might come to appreciate. - -### Editing your commands - -When making changes to a command that you're about to run on the command line, you can move your cursor to the beginning or the end of the command line to facilitate your changes using the ^a (control key plus “a”) and ^e (control key plus “e”) sequences. - -You can also fix and rerun a previously entered command with an easy text substitution by putting your before and after strings between **^** characters -- as in ^before^after^. - -``` -$ eho hello world <== oops! - -Command 'eho' not found, did you mean: - - command 'echo' from deb coreutils - command 'who' from deb coreutils - -Try: sudo apt install - -$ ^e^ec^ <== replace text -echo hello world -hello world - -``` - -### Logging into a remote system with just its name - -If you log into other systems from the command line (I do this all the time), you might consider adding some aliases to your system to supply the details. Your alias can provide the username you want to use (which may or may not be the same as your username on your local system) and the identity of the remote server. Use an alias server_name=’ssh -v -l username IP-address' type of command like this: - -``` -$ alias butterfly=”ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11” -``` - -You can use the system name in place of the IP address if it’s listed in your /etc/hosts file or available through your DNS server. - -And remember you can list your aliases with the **alias** command. - -``` -$ alias -alias butterfly='ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11' -alias c='clear' -alias egrep='egrep --color=auto' -alias fgrep='fgrep --color=auto' -alias grep='grep --color=auto' -alias l='ls -CF' -alias la='ls -A' -alias list_repos='grep ^[^#] /etc/apt/sources.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*' -alias ll='ls -alF' -alias ls='ls --color=auto' -alias show_dimensions='xdpyinfo | grep '\''dimensions:'\''' -``` - -It's good practice to test new aliases and then add them to your ~/.bashrc or similar file to be sure they will be available any time you log in. - -### Freezing and thawing out your terminal window - -The ^s (control key plus “s”) sequence will stop a terminal from providing output by running an XOFF (transmit off) flow control. This affects PuTTY sessions, as well as terminal windows on your desktop. Sometimes typed by mistake, however, the way to make the terminal window responsive again is to enter ^q (control key plus “q”). The only real trick here is remembering ^q since you aren't very likely run into this situation very often. - -### Repeating commands - -Linux provides many ways to reuse commands. The key to command reuse is your history buffer and the commands it collects for you. The easiest way to repeat a command is to type an ! followed by the beginning letters of a recently used command. Another is to press the up-arrow on your keyboard until you see the command you want to reuse and then press enter. You can also display previously entered commands and then type ! followed by the number shown next to the command you want to reuse in the displayed command history entries. - -``` -!! <== repeat previous command -!ec <== repeat last command that started with "ec" -!76 <== repeat command #76 from command history -``` - -### Watching a log file for updates - -Commands such as tail -f /var/log/syslog will show you lines as they are being added to the specified log file — very useful if you are waiting for some particular activity or want to track what’s happening right now. The command will show the end of the file and then additional lines as they are added. - -``` -$ tail -f /var/log/auth.log -Sep 17 09:41:01 fly CRON[8071]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user smmsp -Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root -Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root -Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: Accepted password for shs from 192.168.0.22 port 47792 -Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user shs by -Sep 17 09:47:00 fly systemd-logind[776]: New session 215 of user shs. -Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root -Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root - <== waits for additional lines to be added -``` - -### Asking for help - -For most Linux commands, you can enter the name of the command followed by the option **\--help** to get some fairly succinct information on what the command does and how to use it. Less extensive than the man command, the --help option often tells you just what you need to know without expanding on all of the options available. - -``` -$ mkdir --help -Usage: mkdir [OPTION]... DIRECTORY... -Create the DIRECTORY(ies), if they do not already exist. - -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. - -m, --mode=MODE set file mode (as in chmod), not a=rwx - umask - -p, --parents no error if existing, make parent directories as needed - -v, --verbose print a message for each created directory - -Z set SELinux security context of each created directory - to the default type - --context[=CTX] like -Z, or if CTX is specified then set the SELinux - or SMACK security context to CTX - --help display this help and exit - --version output version information and exit - -GNU coreutils online help: -Full documentation at: -or available locally via: info '(coreutils) mkdir invocation' -``` - -### Removing files with care - -To add a little caution to your use of the rm command, you can set it up with an alias that asks you to confirm your request to delete files before it goes ahead and deletes them. Some sysadmins make this the default. In that case, you might like the next option even more. - -``` -$ rm -i <== prompt for confirmation -``` - -### Turning off aliases - -You can always disable an alias interactively by using the unalias command. It doesn’t change the configuration of the alias in question; it just disables it until the next time you log in or source the file in which the alias is set up. - -``` -$ unalias rm -``` - -If the **rm -i** alias is set up as the default and you prefer to never have to provide confirmation before deleting files, you can put your **unalias** command in one of your startup files (e.g., ~/.bashrc). - -### Remembering to use sudo - -If you often forget to precede commands that only root can run with “sudo”, there are two things you can do. You can take advantage of your command history by using the “sudo !!” (use sudo to run your most recent command with sudo prepended to it), or you can turn some of these commands into aliases with the required "sudo" attached. - -``` -$ alias update=’sudo apt update’ -``` - -### More complex tricks - -Some useful command line tricks require a little more than a clever alias. An alias, after all, replaces a command, often inserting options so you don't have to enter them and allowing you to tack on additional information. If you want something more complex than an alias can manage, you can write a simple script or add a function to your .bashrc or other start-up file. The function below, for example, creates a directory and moves you into it. Once it's been set up, source your .bashrc or other file and you can use commands such as "md temp" to set up a directory and cd into it. - -``` -md () { mkdir -p "$@" && cd "$1"; } -``` - -### Wrap-up - -Working on the Linux command line remains one of the most productive and enjoyable ways to get work done on my Linux systems, but a group of command line tricks and clever aliases can make that experience even better. - -Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][1] and [LinkedIn][2] to comment on topics that are top of mind. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-you-can-love.html - -作者:[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ -[1]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/ -[2]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1dbc81bfbd --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +让你提高效率的 Linux 技巧 +====== +想要在 Linux 命令行工作中提高效率,你需要使用一些技巧。 + +![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/boy-jumping-off-swing-100772498-large.jpg) + +巧妙的 Linux 命令行技巧能让你节省时间、避免出错,还能让你记住和复用各种复杂的命令,专注在需要做的事情本身,而不是做事的方式。以下介绍一些好用的命令行技巧。 + +### 命令编辑 + +如果要对一个已输入的命令进行修改,可以使用 ^a(ctrl + a)或 ^e(ctrl + e)将光标快速移动到命令的开头或命令的末尾。 + +还可以使用 `^` 字符实现对上一个命令的文本替换并重新执行命令,例如 `^before^after^` 相当于把上一个命令中的 `before` 替换为 `after` 然后重新执行一次。 + +``` +$ eho hello world <== 错误的命令 + +Command 'eho' not found, did you mean: + + command 'echo' from deb coreutils + command 'who' from deb coreutils + +Try: sudo apt install + +$ ^e^ec^ <== 替换 +echo hello world +hello world + +``` + +### 使用远程机器的名称登录到机器上 + +如果使用命令行登录其它机器上,可以考虑添加别名。在别名中,可以填入需要登录的用户名(与本地系统上的用户名可能相同,也可能不同)以及远程机器的登录信息。例如使用 `server_name ='ssh -v -l username IP-address'` 这样的别名命令: + +``` +$ alias butterfly=”ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11” +``` + +也可以通过在 `/etc/hosts` 文件中添加记录或者在 DNS 服务器中加入解析记录来把 IP 地址替换成易记的机器名称。 + +执行 `alias` 命令可以列出机器上已有的别名。 + +``` +$ alias +alias butterfly='ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11' +alias c='clear' +alias egrep='egrep --color=auto' +alias fgrep='fgrep --color=auto' +alias grep='grep --color=auto' +alias l='ls -CF' +alias la='ls -A' +alias list_repos='grep ^[^#] /etc/apt/sources.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*' +alias ll='ls -alF' +alias ls='ls --color=auto' +alias show_dimensions='xdpyinfo | grep '\''dimensions:'\''' +``` + +只要将新的别名添加到 `~/.bashrc` 或类似的文件中,就可以让别名在每次登录后都能立即生效。 + +### 冻结、解冻终端界面 + +^s(ctrl + s)将通过执行流量控制命令 XOFF 来停止终端输出内容,这会对 PuTTY 会话和桌面终端窗口产生影响。如果误输入了这个命令,可以使用 ^q(ctrl + q)让终端重新响应。所以只需要记住^q 这个组合键就可以了,毕竟这种情况并不多见。 + +### 复用命令 + +Linux 提供了很多让用户复用命令的方法,其核心是通过历史缓冲区收集执行过的命令。复用命令的最简单方法是输入 `!` 然后接最近使用过的命令的开头字母;当然也可以按键盘上的向上箭头,直到看到要复用的命令,然后按 Enter 键。还可以先使用 `history` 显示命令历史,然后输入 `!` 后面再接命令历史记录中需要复用的命令旁边的数字。 + +``` +!! <== 复用上一条命令 +!ec <== 复用上一条以 “ec” 开头的命令 +!76 <== 复用命令历史中的 76 号命令 +``` + +### 查看日志文件并动态显示更新内容 + +使用形如 `tail -f /var/log/syslog` 的命令可以查看指定的日志文件,并动态显示文件中增加的内容,需要监控向日志文件中追加内容的的事件时相当有用。这个命令会输出文件内容的末尾部分,并逐渐显示新增的内容。 + +``` +$ tail -f /var/log/auth.log +Sep 17 09:41:01 fly CRON[8071]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user smmsp +Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root +Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: Accepted password for shs from 192.168.0.22 port 47792 +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user shs by +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly systemd-logind[776]: New session 215 of user shs. +Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root +Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root + <== 等待显示追加的内容 +``` + +### 寻求帮助 + +对于大多数 Linux 命令,都可以通过在输入命令后加上选项 `--help` 来获得这个命令的作用、用法以及它的一些相关信息。除了 `man` 命令之外, `--help` 选项可以让你在不使用所有扩展选项的情况下获取到所需要的内容。 + +``` +$ mkdir --help +Usage: mkdir [OPTION]... DIRECTORY... +Create the DIRECTORY(ies), if they do not already exist. + +Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. + -m, --mode=MODE set file mode (as in chmod), not a=rwx - umask + -p, --parents no error if existing, make parent directories as needed + -v, --verbose print a message for each created directory + -Z set SELinux security context of each created directory + to the default type + --context[=CTX] like -Z, or if CTX is specified then set the SELinux + or SMACK security context to CTX + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +GNU coreutils online help: +Full documentation at: +or available locally via: info '(coreutils) mkdir invocation' +``` + +### 谨慎删除文件 + +如果要谨慎使用 `rm` 命令,可以为它设置一个别名,在删除文件之前需要进行确认才能删除。有些系统管理员会默认使用这个别名,对于这种情况,你可能需要看看下一个技巧。 + +``` +$ rm -i <== 请求确认 +``` + +### 关闭别名 + +你可以使用 `unalias` 命令以交互方式禁用别名。它不会更改别名的配置,而仅仅是暂时禁用,直到下次登录或重新设置了这一个别名才会重新生效。 + +``` +$ unalias rm +``` + +如果已经将 `rm -i` 默认设置为 `rm` 的别名,但你希望在删除文件之前不必进行确认,则可以将 `unalias` 命令放在一个启动文件(例如 ~/.bashrc)中。 + +### 使用 sudo + +如果你经常在只有 root 用户才能执行的命令前忘记使用 `sudo`,这里有两个方法可以解决。一是利用命令历史记录,可以使用 `sudo !!`(使用 `!!` 来运行最近的命令,并在前面添加 `sudo`)来重复执行,二是设置一些附加了所需 `sudo` 的命令别名。 + +``` +$ alias update=’sudo apt update’ +``` + +### 更复杂的技巧 + +有时命令行技巧并不仅仅是一个别名。毕竟,别名能帮你做的只有替换命令以及增加一些命令参数,节省了输入的时间。但如果需要比别名更复杂功能,可以通过编写脚本、向 `.bashrc` 或其他启动文件添加函数来实现。例如,下面这个函数会在创建一个目录后进入到这个目录下。在设置完毕后,执行 `source .bashrc`,就可以使用 `md temp` 这样的命令来创建目录立即进入这个目录下。 + +``` +md () { mkdir -p "$@" && cd "$1"; } +``` + +### 总结 + +使用 Linux 命令行是在 Linux 系统上工作最有效也最有趣的方法,但配合命令行技巧和巧妙的别名可以让你获得更好的体验。 + +加入 [Facebook][1] 和 [LinkedIn][2] 上的 Network World 社区可以和我们一起讨论。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-you-can-love.html + +作者:[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ +[1]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/ +[2]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world + From 5fe1a903760a28633a343e7b56f634b2269fd12a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 12:17:18 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 155/437] LuuMing translating (#10353) --- ...How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md index 9ba21a367f..a9d3eb0895 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +LuuMing translating How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux ====== From 24b0867ee36f12df2aadfa08fa65fa95350217e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: hopefully2333 <787016457@qq.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 12:20:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 156/437] translated over (#10354) * translated over translated over * Update 20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md * translated over translated over --- ...t Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md | 74 ------------------- ...t Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md | 73 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 73 insertions(+), 74 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 73080089bf..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -translated by hopefully2333 - -Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux -====== -![Steam Wallpaper][1] - -It’s no secret that the [Linux gaming][2] library offers only a fraction of what the Windows library offers. In fact, many people wouldn’t even consider [switching to Linux][3] simply because most of the games they want to play aren’t available on the platform. - -At the time of writing this article, Linux has just over 5,000 games available on Steam compared to the library’s almost 27,000 total games. Now, 5,000 games may be a lot, but it isn’t 27,000 games, that’s for sure. - -And though almost every new indie game seems to launch with a Linux release, we are still left without a way to play many [Triple-A][4] titles. For me, though there are many titles I would love the opportunity to play, this has never been a make-or-break problem since almost all of my favorite titles are available on Linux since I primarily play indie and [retro games][5] anyway. - -### Meet Proton: a WINE Fork by Steam - -Now, that problem is a thing of the past since this week Valve [announced][6] a new update to Steam Play that adds a forked version of Wine to the Linux and Mac Steam clients called Proton. Yes, the tool is open-source, and Valve has made the source code available on [Github][7]. The feature is still in beta though, so you must opt into the beta Steam client in order to take advantage of this functionality. - -#### With proton, more Windows games are available for Linux on Steam - -What does that actually mean for us Linux users? In short, it means that both Linux and Mac computers can now play all 27,000 of those games without needing to configure something like [PlayOnLinux][8] or [Lutris][9] to do so! Which, let me tell you, can be quite the headache at times. - -The more complicated answer to this is that it sounds too good to be true for a reason. Though, in theory, you can play literally every Windows game on Linux this way, there is only a short list of games that are officially supported at launch, including DOOM, Final Fantasy VI, Tekken 7, Star Wars: Battlefront 2, and several more. - -#### You can play all Windows games on Linux (in theory) - -Though the list only has about 30 games thus far, you can force enable Steam to install and play any game through Proton by marking the “Enable Steam Play for all titles” checkbox. But don’t get your hopes too high. They do not guarantee the stability and performance you may be hoping for, so keep your expectations reasonable. - -![Steam Play][10] - -#### Experiencing Proton: Not as bad as I expected - -For example, I installed a few moderately taxing games to put Proton through its paces. One of which was The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion, and in the two hours I played the game, it only crashed once, and it was almost immediately after an autosave point during the tutorial. - -I have an Nvidia Gtx 1050 Ti, so I was able to play the game at 1080p with high settings, and I didn’t see a single problem outside of that one crash. The only negative feedback I really have is that the framerate was not nearly as high as it would have been if it was a native game. I got above 60 frames 90% of the time, but I admit it could have been better. - -Every other game that I have installed and launched has also worked flawlessly, granted I haven’t played any of them for an extended amount of time yet. Some games I installed include The Forest, Dead Rising 4, H1Z1, and Assassin’s Creed II (can you tell I like horror games?). - -#### Why is Steam (still) betting on Linux? - -Now, this is all fine and dandy, but why did this happen? Why would Valve spend the time, money, and resources needed to implement something like this? I like to think they did so because they value the Linux community, but if I am honest, I don’t believe we had anything to do with it. - -If I had to put money on it, I would say Valve has developed Proton because they haven’t given up on [Steam machines][11] yet. And since [Steam OS][12] is running on Linux, it is in their best interest financially to invest in something like this. The more games available on Steam OS, the more people might be willing to buy a Steam Machine. - -Maybe I am wrong, but I bet this means we will see a new wave of Steam machines coming in the not-so-distant future. Maybe we will see them in one year, or perhaps we won’t see them for another five, who knows! - -Either way, all I know is that I am beyond excited to finally play the games from my Steam library that I have slowly accumulated over the years from all of the Humble Bundles, promo codes, and random times I bought a game on sale just in case I wanted to try to get it running in Lutris. - -#### Excited for more gaming on Linux? - -What do you think? Are you excited about this, or are you afraid fewer developers will create native Linux games because there is almost no need to now? Does Valve love the Linux community, or do they love money? Let us know what you think in the comment section below, and check back in for more FOSS content like this. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ - -作者:[Phillip Prado][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://itsfoss.com/author/phillip/ -[1]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/steam-wallpaper.jpeg -[2]:https://itsfoss.com/linux-gaming-guide/ -[3]:https://itsfoss.com/reasons-switch-linux-windows-xp/ -[4]:https://itsfoss.com/triplea-game-review/ -[5]:https://itsfoss.com/play-retro-games-linux/ -[6]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 -[7]:https://github.com/ValveSoftware/Proton/ -[8]:https://www.playonlinux.com/en/ -[9]:https://lutris.net/ -[10]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/SteamProton.jpg -[11]:https://store.steampowered.com/sale/steam_machines -[12]:https://itsfoss.com/valve-annouces-linux-based-gaming-operating-system-steamos/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75c42b3ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + +steam 让我们在 Linux 上玩 Windows 的游戏更加容易 +====== +![Steam Wallpaper][1] + +总所周知,Linux 游戏库中的游戏只有 Windows 游戏库中的一部分,实际上,许多人甚至都不会考虑将操作系统转换为 Linux,原因很简单,因为他们喜欢的游戏,大多数都不能在这个平台上运行。 + +在撰写本文时,steam 上已有超过 5000 种游戏可以在 Linux 上运行,而 steam 上的游戏总数已经接近 27000 种了。现在 5000 种游戏可能看起来很多,但还没有达到 27000 种,确实没有。 + +虽然几乎所有的新的独立游戏都是在 Linux 中推出的,但我们仍然无法在这上面玩很多的 3A 大作。对我而言,虽然这其中有很多游戏我都很希望能有机会玩,但这从来都不是一个非黑即白的问题。因为我主要是玩独立游戏和复古游戏,所以几乎所有我喜欢的游戏都可以在 Linux 系统上运行。 + +### 认识 Proton,Steam 的一次 WINE 分叉。 + +现在,这个问题已经成为过去式了,因为本周 Valve 宣布要对 Steam Play 进行一次更新,此次更新会将一个名为 Proton 的分叉版本的 Wine 添加到 Linux 和 Mac 的客户端中。是的,这个工具是开源的,Valve 已经在 GitHub 上开源了源代码,但该功能仍然处于测试阶段,所以你必须使用测试版的 Steam 客户端才能使用这项功能。 + +#### 使用 proton ,可以在 Linux 系统上使用 Steam 运行更多的 Windows 上的游戏。 + +这对我们这些 Linux 用户来说,实际上意味着什么?简单来说,这意味着我们可以在 Linux 和 Mac 这两种操作系统的电脑上运行全部 27000 种游戏,而无需配置像 PlayOnLinux 或 Lutris 这样的服务。我要告诉你的是,配置这些东西有时候会非常让人头疼。 + +对此更为复杂的答案是,某种原因听起来非常美好。虽然在理论上,你可以用这种方式在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台上的游戏。但只有一少部分游戏在推出时会正式支持 Linux。这少部分游戏包括 DOOM,最终幻想 VI,铁拳 7,星球大战:前线 2,和其他几个。 + +#### 你可以在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台的游戏(理论上) + +虽然目前该列表只有大约 30 个游戏,你可以点击“为所有游戏使用 Steam play 进行运行”复选框来强制使用 Steam 的 Proton 来安装和运行任意游戏。但你最好不要有太高的期待,它们的稳定性和性能表现不一定有你希望的那么好,所以请把期望值压低一点。 + +![Steam Play][10] + +#### 体验 Proton,没有我想的那么烂。 + +例如,我安装了一些中等价格的游戏,使用 Proton 来进行安装。其中一个是上古卷轴 4:湮没,在我玩这个游戏的两个小时里,它只崩溃了一次,而且几乎是紧跟在游戏教程的自动保存点之后。 + +我有一块英伟达 Gtx 1050 Ti 的显卡。所以我可以使用 1080P 的高配置来玩这个游戏。而且我没有遇到除了这次崩溃之外的任何问题。我唯一真正感到不爽的只有它的帧数没有原本的高。在 90% 的时间里,游戏的帧数都在 60 帧以上,但我知道它的帧数应该能更高。 + +我安装和发布的其他所有游戏都运行得很完美,虽然我还没有较长时间地玩过它们中的任何一个。我安装的游戏中包括森林,丧尸围城 4,H1Z1,和刺客信条 2.(你能说我这是喜欢恐怖游戏吗?)。 + +#### 为什么 Steam(仍然)要下注在 Linux 上? + +现在,一切都很好,这件事为什么会发生呢?为什么 Valve 要花费时间,金钱和资源来做这样的事?我倾向于认为,他们这样做是因为他们懂得 Linux 社区的价值,但是如果要我老实地说,我不相信我们和它有任何的关系。 + +如果我一定要在这上面花钱,我想说 Valve 开发了 Proton,因为他们还没有放弃 Steam 机器。因为 Steam OS 是基于 Linux 的发行版,在这类东西上面投资可以获取最大的利润,Steam OS 上可用的游戏越多,就会有更多的人愿意购买 Steam 的机器。 + +可能我是错的,但是我敢打赌啊,我们会在不远的未来看到新一批的 Steam 机器。可能我们会在一年内看到它们,也有可能我们再等五年都见不到,谁知道呢! + +无论哪种方式,我所知道的是,我终于能兴奋地从我的 Steam 游戏库里玩游戏了。多年来我通过所有的收藏包,游戏促销,和不定时地买一个贱卖的游戏来以防万一,我想去尝试让它在 Lutris 中运行。 + +#### 为 Linux 上越来越多的游戏而激动? + +你怎么看?你对此感到激动吗?或者说你会害怕只有很少的开发者会开发 Linux 平台上的游戏,因为现在几乎没有需求?Valve 喜欢 Linux 社区,还是说他们喜欢钱?请在下面的评论区告诉我们您的想法,然后重新搜索来查看更多类似这样的开源软件方面的文章。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ + +作者:[Phillip Prado][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[hopefully2333](https://github.com/hopefully2333) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://itsfoss.com/author/phillip/ +[1]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/steam-wallpaper.jpeg +[2]:https://itsfoss.com/linux-gaming-guide/ +[3]:https://itsfoss.com/reasons-switch-linux-windows-xp/ +[4]:https://itsfoss.com/triplea-game-review/ +[5]:https://itsfoss.com/play-retro-games-linux/ +[6]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 +[7]:https://github.com/ValveSoftware/Proton/ +[8]:https://www.playonlinux.com/en/ +[9]:https://lutris.net/ +[10]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/SteamProton.jpg +[11]:https://store.steampowered.com/sale/steam_machines +[12]:https://itsfoss.com/valve-annouces-linux-based-gaming-operating-system-steamos/ From d5e112d38945d772a97645a90acd97eeb0290ebc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:42:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 157/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Replac?= =?UTF-8?q?e=20one=20Linux=20Distro=20With=20Another=20in=20Dual=20Boot=20?= =?UTF-8?q?[Guide]?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md | 160 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 160 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab9fa8acc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot [Guide] +====== +**If you have a Linux distribution installed, you can replace it with another distribution in the dual boot. You can also keep your personal documents while switching the distribution.** + +![How to Replace One Linux Distribution With Another From Dual Boot][1] + +Suppose you managed to [successfully dual boot Ubuntu and Windows][2]. But after reading the [Linux Mint versus Ubuntu discussion][3], you realized that [Linux Mint][4] is more suited for your needs. What would you do now? How would you [remove Ubuntu][5] and [install Mint in dual boot][6]? + +You might think that you need to uninstall [Ubuntu][7] from dual boot first and then repeat the dual booting steps with Linux Mint. Let me tell you something. You don’t need to do all of that. + +If you already have a Linux distribution installed in dual boot, you can easily replace it with another. You don’t have to uninstall the existing Linux distribution. You simply delete its partition and install the new distribution on the disk space vacated by the previous distribution. + +Another good news is that you may be able to keep your Home directory with all your documents and pictures while switching the Linux distributions. + +Let me show you how to switch Linux distributions. + +### Replace one Linux with another from dual boot + + + +Let me describe the scenario I am going to use here. I have Linux Mint 19 installed on my system in dual boot mode with Windows 10. I am going to replace it with elementary OS 5. I’ll also keep my personal files (music, pictures, videos, documents from my home directory) while switching distributions. + +Let’s first take a look at the requirements: + + * A system with Linux and Windows dual boot + * Live USB of Linux you want to install + * Backup of your important files in Windows and in Linux on an external disk (optional yet recommended) + + + +#### Things to keep in mind for keeping your home directory while changing Linux distribution + +If you want to keep your files from existing Linux install as it is, you must have a separate root and home directory. You might have noticed that in my [dual boot tutorials][8], I always go for ‘Something Else’ option and then manually create root and home partitions instead of choosing ‘Install alongside Windows’ option. This is where all the troubles in manually creating separate home partition pay off. + +Keeping Home on a separate partition is helpful in situations when you want to replace your existing Linux install with another without losing your files. + +Note: You must remember the exact username and password of your existing Linux install in order to use the same home directory as it is in the new distribution. + +If you don’t have a separate Home partition, you may create it later as well BUT I won’t recommend that. That process is slightly complicated and I don’t want you to mess up your system. + +With that much background information, it’s time to see how to replace a Linux distribution with another. + +#### Step 1: Create a live USB of the new Linux distribution + +Alright! I already mentioned it in the requirements but I still included it in the main steps to avoid confusion. + +You can create a live USB using a start up disk creator like [Etcher][9] in Windows or Linux. The process is simple so I am not going to list the steps here. + +#### Step 2: Boot into live USB and proceed to installing Linux + +Since you have already dual booted before, you probably know the drill. Plugin the live USB, restart your system and at the boot time, press F10 or F12 repeatedly to enter BIOS settings. + +In here, choose to boot from the USB. And then you’ll see the option to try the live environment or installing it immediately. + +You should start the installation procedure. When you reach the ‘Installation type’ screen, choose the ‘Something else’ option. + +![Replacing one Linux with another from dual boot][10] +Select ‘Something else’ here + +#### Step 3: Prepare the partition + +You’ll see the partitioning screen now. Look closely and you’ll see your Linux installation with Ext4 file system type. + +![Identifying Linux partition in dual boot][11] +Identify where your Linux is installed + +In the above picture, the Ext4 partition labeled as Linux Mint 19 is the root partition. The second Ext4 partition of 82691 MB is the Home partition. I [haven’t used any swap space][12] here. + +Now, if you have just one Ext4 partition, that means that your home directory is on the same partition as root. In this case, you won’t be able to keep your Home directory. I suggest that you copy the important files to an external disk else you’ll lose them forever. + +It’s time to delete the root partition. Select the root partition and click the – sign. This will create some free space. + +![Delete root partition of your existing Linux install][13] +Delete root partition + +When you have the free space, click on + sign. + +![Create root partition for the new Linux][14] +Create a new root partition + +Now you should create a new partition out of this free space. If you had just one root partition in your previous Linux install, you should create root and home partitions here. You can also create the swap partition if you want to. + +If you had root and home partition separately, just create a root partition from the deleted root partition. + +![Create root partition for the new Linux][15] +Creating root partition + +You may ask why did I use delete and add instead of using the ‘change’ option. It’s because a few years ago, using change didn’t work for me. So I prefer to do a – and +. Is it superstition? Maybe. + +One important thing to do here is to mark the newly created partition for format. f you don’t change the size of the partition, it won’t be formatted unless you explicitly ask it to format. And if the partition is not formatted, you’ll have issues. + +![][16] +It’s important to format the root partition + +Now if you already had a separate Home partition on your existing Linux install, you should select it and click on change. + +![Recreate home partition][17] +Retouch the already existing home partition (if any) + +You just have to specify that you are mounting it as home partition. + +![Specify the home mount point][18] +Specify the home mount point + +If you had a swap partition, you can repeat the same steps as the home partition. This time specify that you want to use the space as swap. + +At this stage, you should have a root partition (with format option selected) and a home partition (and a swap if you want to). Hit the install now button to start the installation. + +![Verify partitions while replacing one Linux with another][19] +Verify the partitions + +The next few screens would be familiar to you. What matters is the screen where you are asked to create user and password. + +If you had a separate home partition previously and you want to use the same home directory, you MUST use the same username and password that you had before. Computer name doesn’t matter. + +![To keep the home partition intact, use the previous user and password][20] +To keep the home partition intact, use the previous user and password + +Your struggle is almost over. You don’t have to do anything else other than waiting for the installation to finish. + +![Wait for installation to finish][21] +Wait for installation to finish + +Once the installation is over, restart your system. You’ll have a new Linux distribution or version. + +In my case, I had the entire home directory of Linux Mint 19 as it is in the elementary OS. All the videos, pictures I had remained as it is. Isn’t that nice? + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/replace-linux-from-dual-boot/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Replace-Linux-Distro-from-dual-boot.png +[2]: https://itsfoss.com/install-ubuntu-1404-dual-boot-mode-windows-8-81-uefi/ +[3]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-vs-ubuntu/ +[4]: https://www.linuxmint.com/ +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/uninstall-ubuntu-linux-windows-dual-boot/ +[6]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-linux-mint-16-dual-boot-windows/ +[7]: https://www.ubuntu.com/ +[8]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-elementary-os-luna/ +[9]: https://etcher.io/ +[10]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-1.jpg +[11]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-2.jpg +[12]: https://itsfoss.com/swap-size/ +[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-3.jpg +[14]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-4.jpg +[15]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-5.jpg +[16]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-6.jpg +[17]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-7.jpg +[18]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-8.jpg +[19]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-9.jpg +[20]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-10.jpg +[21]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-11.jpg From bade2cc0b46f98aaa8067426f60b1f9fc1ae2d6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:46:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 158/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Why=20Linux=20use?= =?UTF-8?q?rs=20should=20try=20Rust?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md | 171 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 171 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md b/sources/tech/20180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db60883eb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +Why Linux users should try Rust +====== + +![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/rust-rusted-metal-100773678-large.jpg) + +Rust is a fairly young and modern programming language with a lot of features that make it incredibly flexible and very secure. It's also becoming quite popular, having won first place for the "most loved programming language" in the Stack Overflow Developer Survey three years in a row — [2016][1], [2017][2], and [2018][3]. + +Rust is also an _open-source_ language with a suite of special features that allow it to be adapted to many different programming projects. It grew out of what was a personal project of a Mozilla employee back in 2006, was picked up as a special project by Mozilla a few years later (2009), and then announced for public use in 2010. + +Rust programs run incredibly fast, prevent segfaults, and guarantee thread safety. These attributes make the language tremendously appealing to developers focused on application security. Rust is also a very readable language and one that can be used for anything from simple programs to very large and complex projects. + +Rust is: + + * Memory safe — Rust will not suffer from dangling pointers, buffer overflows, or other memory-related errors. And it provides memory safety without garbage collection. + * General purpose — Rust is an appropriate language for any type of programming + * Fast — Rust is comparable in performance to C/C++ but with far better security features. + * Efficient — Rust is built to facilitate concurrent programming. + * Project-oriented — Rust has a built-in dependency and build management system called Cargo. + * Well supported — Rust has an impressive [support community][4]. + + + +Rust also enforces RAII (Resource Acquisition Is Initialization). That means when an object goes out of scope, its destructor will be called and its resources will be freed, providing a shield against resource leaks. It provides functional abstractions and a great [type system][5] together with speed and mathematical soundness. + +In short, Rust is an impressive systems programming language with features that other most languages lack, making it a serious contender for languages like C, C++ and Objective-C that have been used for years. + +### Installing Rust + +Installing Rust is a fairly simple process. + +``` +$ curl https://sh.rustup.rs -sSf | sh +``` + +Once Rust in installed, calling rustc with the **\--version** argument or using the **which** command displays version information. + +``` +$ which rustc +rustc 1.27.2 (58cc626de 2018-07-18) +$ rustc --version +rustc 1.27.2 (58cc626de 2018-07-18) +``` + +### Getting started with Rust + +The simplest code example is not all that different from what you'd enter if you were using one of many scripting languages. + +``` +$ cat hello.rs +fn main() { + // Print a greeting + println!("Hello, world!"); +} +``` + +In these lines, we are setting up a function (main), adding a comment describing the function, and using a println statement to create output. You could compile and then run a program like this using the command shown below. + +``` +$ rustc hello.rs +$ ./hello +Hello, world! +``` + +Alternately, you might create a "project" (generally used only for more complex programs than this one!) to keep your code organized. + +``` +$ mkdir ~/projects +$ cd ~/projects +$ mkdir hello_world +$ cd hello_world +``` + +Notice that even a simple program, once compiled, becomes a fairly large executable. + +``` +$ ./hello +Hello, world! +$ ls -l hello* +-rwxrwxr-x 1 shs shs 5486784 Sep 23 19:02 hello <== executable +-rw-rw-r-- 1 shs shs 68 Sep 23 15:25 hello.rs +``` + +And, of course, that's just a start — the traditional "Hello, world!" program. The Rust language has a suite of features to get you moving quickly to advanced levels of programming skill. + +### Learning Rust + +![rust programming language book cover][6] +No Starch Press + +The Rust Programming Language book by Steve Klabnik and Carol Nichols (2018) provides one of the best ways to learn Rust. Written by two members of the core development team, this book is available in print from [No Starch Press][7] or in ebook format at [rust-lang.org][8]. It has earned its reference as "the book" among the Rust developer community. + +Among the many topics covered, you will learn about these advanced topics: + + * Ownership and borrowing + * Safety guarantees + * Testing and error handling + * Smart pointers and multi-threading + * Advanced pattern matching + * Using Cargo (the built-in package manager) + * Using Rust's advanced compiler + + + +#### Table of Contents + +The table of contents is shown below. + +``` +Foreword by Nicholas Matsakis and Aaron Turon +Acknowledgements +Introduction +Chapter 1: Getting Started +Chapter 2: Guessing Game +Chapter 3: Common Programming Concepts +Chapter 4: Understanding Ownership +Chapter 5: Structs +Chapter 6: Enums and Pattern Matching +Chapter 7: Modules +Chapter 8: Common Collections +Chapter 9: Error Handling +Chapter 10: Generic Types, Traits, and Lifetimes +Chapter 11: Testing +Chapter 12: An Input/Output Project +Chapter 13: Iterators and Closures +Chapter 14: More About Cargo and Crates.io +Chapter 15: Smart Pointers +Chapter 16: Concurrency +Chapter 17: Is Rust Object Oriented? +Chapter 18: Patterns +Chapter 19: More About Lifetimes +Chapter 20: Advanced Type System Features +Appendix A: Keywords +Appendix B: Operators and Symbols +Appendix C: Derivable Traits +Appendix D: Macros +Index + +``` + +[The Rust Programming Language][7] takes you from basic installation and language syntax to complex topics, such as modules, error handling, crates (synonymous with a ‘library’ or ‘package’ in other languages), modules (allowing you to partition your code within the crate itself), lifetimes, etc. + +Probably the most important thing to say is that the book can move you from basic programming skills to building and compiling complex, secure and very useful programs. + +### Wrap-up + +If you're ready to get into some serious programming with a language that's well worth the time and effort to study and becoming increasingly popular, Rust is a good bet! + +Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][9] and [LinkedIn][10] to comment on topics that are top of mind. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3308162/linux/why-you-should-try-rust.html + +作者:[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ +[1]: https://insights.stackoverflow.com/survey/2016#technology-most-loved-dreaded-and-wanted +[2]: https://insights.stackoverflow.com/survey/2017#technology-most-loved-dreaded-and-wanted-languages +[3]: https://insights.stackoverflow.com/survey/2018#technology-most-loved-dreaded-and-wanted-languages +[4]: https://www.rust-lang.org/en-US/community.html +[5]: https://doc.rust-lang.org/reference/type-system.html +[6]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/rust-programming-language_book-cover-100773679-small.jpg +[7]: https://nostarch.com/Rust +[8]: https://doc.rust-lang.org/book/2018-edition/index.html +[9]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/ +[10]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world From e0285aa5ab48a6ce7082ae736f307391f2291387 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:50:23 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 159/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Taking=20the=20Au?= =?UTF-8?q?diophile=20Linux=20distro=20for=20a=20spin?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md | 161 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 161 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md b/sources/tech/20180925 Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c813cb30a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin +====== + +This lightweight open source audio OS offers a rich feature set and high-quality digital sound. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LIFE_givingmusic.jpg?itok=xVKF1dlb) + +I recently stumbled on the [Audiophile Linux project][1], one of a number of special-purpose music-oriented Linux distributions. Audiophile Linux: + + 1. is based on [ArchLinux][2] + + 2. provides a real-time Linux kernel customized for playing music + + 3. uses the lightweight [Fluxbox][3] window manager + + 4. avoids unnecessary daemons and services + + 5. allows playback of DSF and supports the usual PCM formats + + 6. supports various music players, including one of my favorite combos: MPD + Cantata + + + + +The Audiophile Linux site hasn’t shown a lot of activity since April 2017, but it does contain some updates and commentary from this year. Given its orientation and feature set, I decided to take it for a spin on my old Toshiba laptop. + +### Installing Audiophile Linux + +The site provides [a clear set of install instructions][4] that require the use of the terminal. The first step after downloading the .iso is burning it to a USB stick. I used the GNOME Disks utility’s Restore Disk Image for this purpose. Once I had the USB set up and ready to go, I plugged it into the Toshiba and booted it. When the splash screen came up, I set the boot device to the USB stick and a minute or so later, the Arch Grub menu was displayed. I booted Linux from that menu, which put me in a root shell session, where I could carry out the install to the hard drive: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/root_shell_session.jpg) + +I was willing to sacrifice the 320-GB hard drive in the Toshiba for this test, so I was able to use the previous Linux partitioning (from the last experiment). I then proceeded as follows: + +``` +fdisk -l              # find the disk / partition, in my case /dev/sda and /dev/sda1 +mkfs.ext4 /dev/sda1   # build the ext4 filesystem in the root partition +mount /dev/sda1 /mnt  # mount the new file system +time cp -ax / /mnt    # copy over the OS +        # reported back cp -ax / /mnt 1.36s user 136.54s system 88% cpu 2:36.37 total +arch-chroot /mnt /bin/bash # run in the new system root +cd /etc/apl-files +./runme.sh            # do the rest of the install +grub-install --target=i386-pc /dev/sda # make the new OS bootable part 1 +grub-mkconfig -o /boot/grub/grub.cfg   # part 2 +passwd root           # set root’s password +ln -s /usr/share/zoneinfo/America/Vancouver /etc/localtime # set my time zone +hwclock --systohc --utc # update the hardware clock +./autologin.sh        # set the system up so that it automatically logs in +exit                  # done with the chroot session +genfstab -U /mnt >> /mnt/etc/fstab # create the fstab for the new system +``` + +At that point, I was ready to boot the new operating system, so I did—and voilà, up came the system! + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/audiophile_linux.jpg) + +### Finishing the configuration + +Once Audiophile Linux was up and running, I needed to [finish the configuration][4] and load some music. Grabbing the application menu by right-clicking on the screen background, I started **X-terminal** and entered the remaining configuration commands: + +``` +ping 8.8.8.8 # check connectivity (works fine) +su # become root +pacman-key –init # create pacman’s encryption data part 1 +pacman-key --populate archlinux # part 2 +pacman -Sy # part 3 +pacman -S archlinux-keyring # part 4 +``` + +At this point, the install instructions note that there is a problem with updating software with the `pacman -Suy` command, and that first the **libxfont** package must be removed using `pacman -Rc libxfont`. I followed this instruction, but the second run of `pacman -Suy` led to another dependency error, this time with the **x265** package. I looked further down the page in the install instructions and saw this recommendation: + +_Again there is an error in upstream repo of Arch packages. Try to remove conflicting packages with “pacman -R ffmpeg2.8” and then do pacman -Suy later._ + +I chose to use `pacman -Rc ffmpeg2.8`, and then reran `pacman -Suy`. (As an aside, typing all these **pacman** commands made me realize how familiar I am with **apt** , and how much this whole process made me feel like I was trying to write an email in some language I don’t know using an online translator.) + +To be clear, here was my sequence of operations: + +``` +pacman -Suy # failed +pacman -Rc libxfont +pacman -Suy # failed, again +pacman -Rc ffmpeg2.8 # uninstalled Cantata, have to fix that later! +pacman -Suy # worked! +``` + +Now back to the rest of the instructions: + +``` +pacman -S terminus-font +pacman -S xorg-server +pacman -S firefox # the docs suggested installing chromium but I prefer FF +reboot +``` + +And the last little bit, fiddling `/etc/fstab` to avoid access time modifications. I also thought I’d try installing [Cantata][5] once more using `pacman -S cantata`, and it worked just fine (no `ffmpeg2.8` problems). + +I found the `DAC Setup > List cards` on the application menu, which showed the built-in Intel sound hardware plus my USB DAC that I had plugged in earlier. Then I selected `DAC Setup > Edit mpd.conf` and adjusted the output stanza of `mpd.conf`. I used `scp` to copy an album over from my main music server into **~/Music**. And finally, I used the application menu `DAC Setup > Restart mpd`. And… nothing… the **conky** info on the screen indicated “MPD not responding”. So I scanned again through the comments at the bottom of the installation instructions and spotted this: + +_After every update of mpd, you have to do: +1. Become root +``` +$su +``` +2. run this commands +``` +# cat /etc/apl-files/mpd.service > /usr/lib/systemd/system/mpd.service +# systemctl daemon-reload +# systemctl restart mpd.service_ +``` +_And this will be fixed._ + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/library.png) + +And it works! Right now I’m enjoying [Nils Frahm’s "All Melody"][6] from the album of the same name, playing over my [Schiit Fulla 2][7] in glorious high-resolution sound. Time to copy in some more music so I can give it a better listen. + +So… does it sound better than the same DAC connected to my regular work laptop and playing back through [Guayadeque][8] or [GogglesMM][9]? I’m going to see if I can detect a difference at some point, but right now all I can say is it sounds just wonderful; plus [I like the Cantata / mpd combo a lot][10], and I really enjoy having the heads-up display in the upper right of the screen. + +### As for the music... + +The other day I was reorganizing my work hard drive a bit and I decided to check to make sure that 1) all the music on it was also on the house music servers and 2) _vice versa_ (gotta set up `rsync` for that purpose one day soon). In doing so, I found some music I hadn’t enjoyed for a while, which is kind of like buying a brand-new album, except it costs much less. + +[Six Degrees Records][11] has long been one of my favorite purveyors of unusual music. A great example is the group [Zuco 103][12]'s album [Whaa!][13], whose CD version I purchased from Six Degrees’ online store some years ago. Check out [this fun documentary about the group][14]. + + + +For a completely different experience, take a look at the [Ragazze Quartet’s performance of Terry Riley’s "Four Four Three."][15] I picked up ahigh-resolutionn version of this fascinating music from [Channel Classics][16], which operates a Linux-friendly download store (no bloatware to install on your computer). + +And finally, I was saddened to hear of the recent passing of [Rachid Taha][17], whose wonderful blend of North African and French musical traditions, along with his frank confrontation of the challenges of being North African and living in Europe, has made some powerful—and fun—music. Check out [Taha’s version of "Rock the Casbah."][18] I have a few of his songs scattered around various compilation albums, and some time ago bought the CD version of [Rachid Taha: The Definitive Collection][19], which I’ve been enjoying again recently. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/audiophile-linux-distro + +作者:[Chris Hermansen][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen +[1]: https://www.ap-linux.com/ +[2]: https://www.archlinux.org/ +[3]: http://fluxbox.org/ +[4]: https://www.ap-linux.com/documentation/ap-linux-v4-install-instructions/ +[5]: https://github.com/CDrummond/cantata +[6]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1PTj1qIqcWM +[7]: https://www.audiostream.com/content/listening-session-history-lesson-bw-schiit-and-shinola-together-last +[8]: http://www.guayadeque.org/ +[9]: https://gogglesmm.github.io/ +[10]: https://opensource.com/article/17/8/cantata-music-linux +[11]: https://www.sixdegreesrecords.com/ +[12]: https://www.sixdegreesrecords.com/?s=zuco+103 +[13]: https://www.musicomh.com/reviews/albums/zuco-103-whaa +[14]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ncaqD92cjQ8 +[15]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DwMaO7bMVD4 +[16]: https://www.channelclassics.com/catalogue/37816-Riley-Four-Four-Three/ +[17]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rachid_Taha +[18]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n1p_dkJo6Y8 +[19]: http://www.bbc.co.uk/music/reviews/26rg/ From 02b69bf88a8005574b7cb77cd11908d2bb97e1b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:58:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 160/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Clinews=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20Read=20News=20And=20Latest=20Headlines=20From=20Com?= =?UTF-8?q?mandline?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...s And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md | 136 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 136 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md b/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24ae89f461 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +Clinews – Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-720x340.jpeg) + +A while ago, we have written about a CLI news client named [**InstantNews**][1] that helps you to read news and latest headlines from commandline instantly. Today, I stumbled upon a similar utility named **Clinews** which serves the same purpose – reading news and latest headlines from popular websites, blogs from Terminal. You don’t need to install GUI applications or mobile apps. You can read what’s happening in the world right from your Terminal. It is free, open source utility written using **NodeJS**. + +### Installing Clinews + +Since Clinews is written using NodeJS, you can install it using NPM package manager. If you haven’t install NodeJS, install it as described in the following link. + +Once node installed, run the following command to install Clinews: + +``` +$ npm i -g clinews +``` + +You can also install Clinews using **Yarn** : + +``` +$ yarn global add clinews +``` + +Yarn itself can installed using npm + +``` +$ npm -i yarn +``` + +### Configure News API + +Clinews retrieves all news headlines from [**News API**][2]. News API is a simple and easy-to-use API that returns JSON metadata for the headlines currently published on a range of news sources and blogs. It currently provides live headlines from 70 popular sources, including Ars Technica, BBC, Blooberg, CNN, Daily Mail, Engadget, ESPN, Financial Times, Google News, hacker News, IGN, Mashable, National Geographic, Reddit r/all, Reuters, Speigel Online, Techcrunch, The Guardian, The Hindu, The Huffington Post, The Newyork Times, The Next Web, The Wall street Journal, USA today and [**more**][3]. + +First, you need an API key from News API. Go to [**https://newsapi.org/register**][4] URL and register a free account to get the API key. + +Once you got the API key from News API site, edit your **.bashrc** file: + +``` +$ vi ~/.bashrc + +``` + +Add newsapi API key at the end like below: + +``` +export IN_API_KEY="Paste-API-key-here" + +``` + +Please note that you need to paste the key inside the double quotes. Save and close the file. + +Run the following command to update the changes. + +``` +$ source ~/.bashrc + +``` + +Done. Now let us go ahead and fetch the latest headlines from new sources. + +### Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline + +To read news and latest headlines from specific new source, for example **The Hindu** , run: + +``` +$ news fetch the-hindu + +``` + +Here, **“the-hindu”** is the new source id (fetch id). + +The above command will fetch latest 10 headlines from The Hindu news portel and display them in the Terminal. Also, it displays a brief description of the news, the published date and time, and the actual link to the source. + +**Sample output:** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-1.png) + +To read a news in your browser, hold Ctrl key and click on the URL. It will open in your default web browser. + +To view all the sources you can get news from, run: + +``` +$ news sources + +``` + +**Sample output:** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-2.png) + +As you see in the above screenshot, Clinews lists all news sources including the name of the news source, fetch id, description of the site, website URL and the country where it is located. As of writing this guide, Clinews currently supports 70+ news sources. + +Clinews can also able to search for news stories across all sources matching search criteria/term. Say for example, to list all news stories with titles containing the words **“Tamilnadu”** , use the following command: + +``` +$ news search "Tamilnadu" +``` + +This command will scrap all news sources for stories that match term **Tamilnadu**. + +Clinews has some extra flags that helps you to + + * limit the amount of news stories you want to see, + * sort news stories (top, latest, popular), + * display news stories category wise (E.g. business, entertainment, gaming, general, music, politics, science-and-nature, sport, technology) + + + +For more details, see the help section: + +``` +$ clinews -h +``` + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/clinews-read-news-and-latest-headlines-from-commandline/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/get-news-instantly-commandline-linux/ +[2]: https://newsapi.org/ +[3]: https://newsapi.org/sources +[4]: https://newsapi.org/register From d3f075d5e18638fbd3054c4536d78bae33961719 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:59:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 161/437] PRF:20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @sd886393 --- ... open source and cooking have in common.md | 31 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md index 2f5f150f1a..ae99bed725 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @@ -3,48 +3,46 @@ ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/waffles-recipe-eggs-cooking-mix.png?itok=Fp06VOBx) -有什么好的方法,既可以宣传开源的精神又不用写代码呢?这里有个点子:“开源食堂”。在过去的8年间,这就是我们在慕尼黑做的事情。 +有什么好的方法,既可以宣传开源的精神又不用写代码呢?这里有个点子:“开源食堂open source cooking”。在过去的 8 年间,这就是我们在慕尼黑做的事情。 开源食堂已经是我们常规的开源宣传活动了,因为我们发现开源与烹饪有很多共同点。 ### 协作烹饪 -[慕尼黑开源聚会][1]自2009年7月在[Café Netzwerk][2]创办以来,已经组织了若干次活动,活动一般在星期五的晚上组织。该聚会为开源项目工作者或者开源爱好者们提供了相互认识的方式。我们的信条是:“每四周的星期五属于免费软件(Every fourth Friday for free software)”。当然在一些周末,我们还会举办一些研讨会。那之后,我们很快加入了很多其他的活动,包括白香肠早餐、桑拿与烹饪活动。 +[慕尼黑开源聚会][1]自 2009 年 7 月在 [Café Netzwerk][2] 创办以来,已经组织了若干次活动,活动一般在星期五的晚上组织。该聚会为开源项目工作者或者开源爱好者们提供了相互认识的方式。我们的信条是:“每四周的星期五属于自由软件Every fourth Friday for free software”。当然在一些周末,我们还会举办一些研讨会。那之后,我们很快加入了很多其他的活动,包括白香肠早餐、桑拿与烹饪活动。 -事实上,第一次开源烹饪聚会举办的有些混乱,但是我们经过这8年来以及15次的组织,已经可以为25-30个与会者提供丰盛的美食了。 +事实上,第一次开源烹饪聚会举办的有些混乱,但是我们经过这 8 年来以及 15 次的活动,已经可以为 25-30 个与会者提供丰盛的美食了。 回头看看这些夜晚,我们愈发发现共同烹饪与开源社区协作之间,有很多相似之处。 -### 烹饪步骤中的开源精神 +### 烹饪步骤中的自由开源精神 这里是几个烹饪与开源精神相同的地方: * 我们乐于合作且朝着一个共同的目标前进 - * 我们成立社区组织 + * 我们成了一个社区 * 由于我们有相同的兴趣与爱好,我们可以更多的了解我们自身与他人,并且可以一同协作 - * 我们也会犯错,但我们会从错误中学习,并为了共同的李医生去分享关于错误的经验,从而让彼此避免再犯相同的错误 + * 我们也会犯错,但我们会从错误中学习,并为了共同的利益去分享关于错误的经验,从而让彼此避免再犯相同的错误 * 每个人都会贡献自己擅长的事情,因为每个人都有自己的一技之长 * 我们会动员其他人去做出贡献并加入到我们之中 * 虽说协作是关键,但难免会有点混乱 * 每个人都会从中收益 - - ### 烹饪中的开源气息 同很多成功的开源聚会一样,开源烹饪也需要一些协作和组织结构。在每次活动之前,我们会组织所有的成员对菜单进行投票,而不单单是直接给每个人分一角披萨,我们希望真正的作出一道美味,迄今为止我们做过日本、墨西哥、匈牙利、印度等地区风味的美食,限于篇幅就不一一列举了。 -就像在生活中,共同烹饪一样需要各个成员之间相互的尊重和理解,所以我们也会试着为素食主义者、食物过敏者、或者对某些事物有偏好的人提供针对性的事物。正式开始烹饪之前,在家预先进行些小规模的测试会非常有帮助(乐趣!) +就像在生活中,共同烹饪同样需要各个成员之间相互的尊重和理解,所以我们也会试着为素食主义者、食物过敏者、或者对某些事物有偏好的人提供针对性的事物。正式开始烹饪之前,在家预先进行些小规模的测试会非常有帮助(和乐趣!) -可扩展性也很重要,在杂货店采购必要的食材很容易就消耗掉3个小时。所以我们使用一些表格工具(自然是 LibreOffice Calc)来做一些所需要的食材以及相应的成本。 +可扩展性也很重要,在杂货店采购必要的食材很容易就消耗掉 3 个小时。所以我们使用一些表格工具(自然是 LibreOffice Calc)来做一些所需要的食材以及相应的成本。 -我们会同志愿者一起,为每次晚餐准备一个“包管理器”,从而及时的制作出菜单并在问题产生的时候寻找一些独到的解决方法。 +我们会同志愿者一起,对于每次晚餐我们都有一个“包维护者”,从而及时的制作出菜单并在问题产生的时候寻找一些独到的解决方法。 虽然不是所有人都是大厨,但是只要给与一些帮助,并比较合理的分配任务和责任,就很容易让每个人都参与其中。某种程度上来说,处理 18kg 的西红柿和 100 个鸡蛋都不会让你觉得是件难事,相信我!唯一的限制是一个烤炉只有四个灶,所以可能是时候对基础设施加大投入了。 -发布有时间要求,当然要求也不那么严格,我们通常会在21:30和01:30之间的相当“灵活”时间内供应主菜,即便如此,这个时间也是硬性的发布规定。 +发布有时间要求,当然要求也不那么严格,我们通常会在 21:30 和 01:30 之间的相当“灵活”时间内供应主菜,即便如此,这个时间也是硬性的发布规定。 -最后,想很多开源项目一样,烹饪文档同样有提升的空间。类似洗碟子这样的扫尾工作同样也有可优化的地方。 +最后,像很多开源项目一样,烹饪文档同样有提升的空间。类似洗碟子这样的扫尾工作同样也有可优化的地方。 ### 未来的一些新功能点 @@ -54,21 +52,18 @@ * 购买和烹饪一个价值 700 欧元的大南瓜,并且 * 找家可以为我们采购提供折扣的商店 - 最后一点,也是开源软件的动机:永远记住,还有一些人们生活在阴影中,他们为没有同等的权限去访问资源而苦恼着。我们如何通过开源的精神去帮助他们呢? 一想到这点,我便期待这下一次的开源烹饪聚会。如果读了上面的东西让你觉得不够完美,并且想自己运作这样的活动,我们非常乐意你能够借鉴我们的想法,甚至抄袭一个。我们也乐意你能够参与到我们其中,甚至做一些演讲和问答。 -Article originally appeared on [blog.effenberger.org][3]. Reprinted with permission. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-cooking 作者:[Florian Effenberger][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/sd886393) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +译者:[sd886393](https://github.com/sd886393) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 2dd5f756e62d138abe843d914a3be0ed383e018b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:59:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 162/437] PUB:20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @sd886393 https://linux.cn/article-10052-1.html --- .../20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/talk => published}/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/published/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md rename to published/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md From f1e6337f2faa1d4b7d370ffa77ff197cb13d576e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 15:19:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 163/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20To=20Find?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Out=20Which=20Port=20Number=20A=20Process=20Is=20Using=20In?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md | 278 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 278 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21b6633730 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux +====== +As a Linux administrator, you should know whether the corresponding service is binding/listening with correct port or not. + +This will help you to easily troubleshoot further when you are facing port related issues. + +A port is a logical connection that identifies a specific process on Linux. There are two kind of port are available like, physical and software. + +Since Linux operating system is a software hence, we are going to discuss about software port. + +Software port is always associated with an IP address of a host and the relevant protocol type for communication. The port is used to distinguish the application. + +Most of the network related services have to open up a socket to listen incoming network requests. Socket is unique for every service. + +**Suggested Read :** +**(#)** [4 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux][1] +**(#)** [3 Easy Ways To Kill Or Terminate A Process In Linux][2] + +Socket is combination of IP address, software Port and protocol. The port numbers area available for both TCP and UDP protocol. + +The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) use port numbers for communication. It is a value from 0 to 65535. + +Below are port assignments categories. + + * `0-1023:` Well Known Ports or System Ports + * `1024-49151:` Registered Ports for applications + * `49152-65535:` Dynamic Ports or Private Ports + + + +You can check the details of the reserved ports in the /etc/services file on Linux. + +``` +# less /etc/services +# /etc/services: +# $Id: services,v 1.55 2013/04/14 ovasik Exp $ +# +# Network services, Internet style +# IANA services version: last updated 2013-04-10 +# +# Note that it is presently the policy of IANA to assign a single well-known +# port number for both TCP and UDP; hence, most entries here have two entries +# even if the protocol doesn't support UDP operations. +# Updated from RFC 1700, ``Assigned Numbers'' (October 1994). Not all ports +# are included, only the more common ones. +# +# The latest IANA port assignments can be gotten from +# http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers +# The Well Known Ports are those from 0 through 1023. +# The Registered Ports are those from 1024 through 49151 +# The Dynamic and/or Private Ports are those from 49152 through 65535 +# +# Each line describes one service, and is of the form: +# +# service-name port/protocol [aliases ...] [# comment] + +tcpmux 1/tcp # TCP port service multiplexer +tcpmux 1/udp # TCP port service multiplexer +rje 5/tcp # Remote Job Entry +rje 5/udp # Remote Job Entry +echo 7/tcp +echo 7/udp +discard 9/tcp sink null +discard 9/udp sink null +systat 11/tcp users +systat 11/udp users +daytime 13/tcp +daytime 13/udp +qotd 17/tcp quote +qotd 17/udp quote +msp 18/tcp # message send protocol (historic) +msp 18/udp # message send protocol (historic) +chargen 19/tcp ttytst source +chargen 19/udp ttytst source +ftp-data 20/tcp +ftp-data 20/udp +# 21 is registered to ftp, but also used by fsp +ftp 21/tcp +ftp 21/udp fsp fspd +ssh 22/tcp # The Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol +ssh 22/udp # The Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol +telnet 23/tcp +telnet 23/udp +# 24 - private mail system +lmtp 24/tcp # LMTP Mail Delivery +lmtp 24/udp # LMTP Mail Delivery + +``` + +This can be achieved using the below six methods. + + * `ss:` ss is used to dump socket statistics. + * `netstat:` netstat is displays a list of open sockets. + * `lsof:` lsof – list open files. + * `fuser:` fuser – list process IDs of all processes that have one or more files open + * `nmap:` nmap – Network exploration tool and security / port scanner + * `systemctl:` systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager + + + +In this tutorial we are going to find out which port number the SSHD daemon is using. + +### Method-1: Using ss Command + +ss is used to dump socket statistics. It allows showing information similar to netstat. It can display more TCP and state informations than other tools. + +It can display stats for all kind of sockets such as PACKET, TCP, UDP, DCCP, RAW, Unix domain, etc. + +``` +# ss -tnlp | grep ssh +LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) +LISTEN 0 128 :::22 :::* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=4)) +``` + +Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. + +``` +# ss -tnlp | grep ":22" +LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) +LISTEN 0 128 :::22 :::* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=4)) +``` + +### Method-2: Using netstat Command + +netstat – Print network connections, routing tables, interface statistics, masquerade connections, and multicast memberships. + +By default, netstat displays a list of open sockets. If you don’t specify any address families, then the active sockets of all configured address families will be printed. This program is obsolete. Replacement for netstat is ss. + +``` +# netstat -tnlp | grep ssh +tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 997/sshd +tcp6 0 0 :::22 :::* LISTEN 997/sshd +``` + +Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. + +``` +# netstat -tnlp | grep ":22" +tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 1208/sshd +tcp6 0 0 :::22 :::* LISTEN 1208/sshd +``` + +### Method-3: Using lsof Command + +lsof – list open files. The Linux lsof command lists information about files that are open by processes running on the system. + +``` +# lsof -i -P | grep ssh +COMMAND PID USER FD TYPE DEVICE SIZE/OFF NODE NAME +sshd 11584 root 3u IPv4 27625 0t0 TCP *:22 (LISTEN) +sshd 11584 root 4u IPv6 27627 0t0 TCP *:22 (LISTEN) +sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 (ESTABLISHED) +``` + +Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. + +``` +# lsof -i tcp:22 +COMMAND PID USER FD TYPE DEVICE SIZE/OFF NODE NAME +sshd 1208 root 3u IPv4 20919 0t0 TCP *:ssh (LISTEN) +sshd 1208 root 4u IPv6 20921 0t0 TCP *:ssh (LISTEN) +sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 (ESTABLISHED) +``` + +### Method-4: Using fuser Command + +The fuser utility shall write to standard output the process IDs of processes running on the local system that have one or more named files open. + +``` +# fuser -v 22/tcp + USER PID ACCESS COMMAND +22/tcp: root 1208 F.... sshd + root 12388 F.... sshd + root 49339 F.... sshd +``` + +### Method-5: Using nmap Command + +Nmap (“Network Mapper”) is an open source tool for network exploration and security auditing. It was designed to rapidly scan large networks, although it works fine against single hosts. + +Nmap uses raw IP packets in novel ways to determine what hosts are available on the network, what services (application name and version) those hosts are offering, what operating systems (and OS versions) they are running, what type of packet filters/firewalls are in use, and dozens of other characteristics. + +``` +# nmap -sV -p 22 localhost + +Starting Nmap 6.40 ( http://nmap.org ) at 2018-09-23 12:36 IST +Nmap scan report for localhost (127.0.0.1) +Host is up (0.000089s latency). +Other addresses for localhost (not scanned): 127.0.0.1 +PORT STATE SERVICE VERSION +22/tcp open ssh OpenSSH 7.4 (protocol 2.0) + +Service detection performed. Please report any incorrect results at http://nmap.org/submit/ . +Nmap done: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 0.44 seconds +``` + +### Method-6: Using systemctl Command + +systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager. This is the replacement of old SysV init system management and most of the modern Linux operating systems were adapted systemd. + +**Suggested Read :** +**(#)** [chkservice – A Tool For Managing Systemd Units From Linux Terminal][3] +**(#)** [How To Check All Running Services In Linux][4] + +``` +# systemctl status sshd +● sshd.service - OpenSSH server daemon + Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/sshd.service; enabled; vendor preset: enabled) + Active: active (running) since Sun 2018-09-23 02:08:56 EDT; 6h 11min ago + Docs: man:sshd(8) + man:sshd_config(5) + Main PID: 11584 (sshd) + CGroup: /system.slice/sshd.service + └─11584 /usr/sbin/sshd -D + +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps.2daygeek.com systemd[1]: Starting OpenSSH server daemon... +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11584]: Server listening on 0.0.0.0 port 22. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11584]: Server listening on :: port 22. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps.2daygeek.com systemd[1]: Started OpenSSH server daemon. +Sep 23 02:09:15 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11589]: Connection closed by 103.5.134.167 port 49899 [preauth] +Sep 23 02:09:41 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11592]: Accepted password for root from 103.5.134.167 port 49902 ssh2 +``` + +The above out will be showing the actual listening port of SSH service when you start the SSHD service recently. Otherwise it won’t because it updates recent logs in the output frequently. + +``` +# systemctl status sshd +● sshd.service - OpenSSH server daemon + Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/sshd.service; enabled; vendor preset: enabled) + Active: active (running) since Thu 2018-09-06 07:40:59 IST; 2 weeks 3 days ago + Docs: man:sshd(8) + man:sshd_config(5) + Main PID: 1208 (sshd) + CGroup: /system.slice/sshd.service + ├─ 1208 /usr/sbin/sshd -D + ├─23951 sshd: [accepted] + └─23952 sshd: [net] + +Sep 23 12:50:36 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: Invalid user pi from 95.210.113.142 port 51666 +Sep 23 12:50:36 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: input_userauth_request: invalid user pi [preauth] +Sep 23 12:50:37 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): check pass; user unknown +Sep 23 12:50:37 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): authentication failure; logname= uid=0 euid=0 tty=ssh ruser= rhost=95.210.113.142 +Sep 23 12:50:37 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): check pass; user unknown +Sep 23 12:50:37 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): authentication failure; logname= uid=0 euid=0 tty=ssh ruser= rhost=95.210.113.142 +Sep 23 12:50:39 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: Failed password for invalid user pi from 95.210.113.142 port 51670 ssh2 +Sep 23 12:50:39 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: Failed password for invalid user pi from 95.210.113.142 port 51666 ssh2 +Sep 23 12:50:40 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: Connection closed by 95.210.113.142 port 51670 [preauth] +Sep 23 12:50:40 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: Connection closed by 95.210.113.142 port 51666 [preauth] +``` + +Most of the time the above output won’t shows the process actual port number. in this case i would suggest you to check the details using the below command from the journalctl log file. + +``` +# journalctl | grep -i "openssh\|sshd" +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca sshd[997]: Received signal 15; terminating. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca systemd[1]: Stopping OpenSSH server daemon... +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca systemd[1]: Starting OpenSSH server daemon... +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca sshd[11584]: Server listening on 0.0.0.0 port 22. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca sshd[11584]: Server listening on :: port 22. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca systemd[1]: Started OpenSSH server daemon. +``` + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-out-which-port-number-a-process-is-using-in-linux/ + +作者:[Prakash Subramanian][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/prakash/ +[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-check-find-the-process-id-pid-ppid-of-a-running-program-in-linux/ +[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/kill-terminate-a-process-in-linux-using-kill-pkill-killall-command/ +[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/chkservice-a-tool-for-managing-systemd-units-from-linux-terminal/ +[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-check-all-running-services-in-linux/ From 56e04296329b5b4357b9380e1584edc0adbf91a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 15:26:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 164/437] hankchow translating --- ...ke The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md index 39ca57bc43..7ef713eae4 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read ====== From 757a39980406948b0b921d0398489c9b71f88c42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: belitex Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 17:04:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 165/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90:?= =?UTF-8?q?=208=20Python=20packages=20that=20will=20simplify=20your=20life?= =?UTF-8?q?=20with=20Django?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...hat will simplify your life with Django.md | 124 ------------------ ...hat will simplify your life with Django.md | 121 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 121 insertions(+), 124 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md deleted file mode 100644 index e341a8b0a6..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -belitex 翻译中 -8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django -====== - -This month's Python column looks at Django packages that will benefit your work, personal, or side projects. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/water-stone-balance-eight-8.png?itok=1aht_V5V) - -Django developers, we're devoting this month's Python column to packages that will help you. These are our favorite [Django][1] libraries for saving time, cutting down on boilerplate code, and generally simplifying our lives. We've got six packages for Django apps and two for Django's REST Framework, and we're not kidding when we say these packages show up in almost every project we work on. - -But first, see our tips for making the [Django Admin more secure][2] and an article on 5 favorite [open source Django packages][3]. - -### A kitchen sink of useful time-savers: django-extensions - -[Django-extensions][4] is a favorite Django package chock full of helpful tools like these management commands: - - * **shell_plus** starts the Django shell with all your database models already loaded. No more importing from several different apps to test one complex relationship! - * **clean_pyc** removes all .pyc projects from everywhere inside your project directory. - * **create_template_tags** creates a template tag directory structure inside the app you specify. - * **describe_form** displays a form definition for a model, which you can then copy/paste into forms.py. (Note that this produces a regular Django form, not a ModelForm.) - * **notes** displays all comments with stuff like TODO, FIXME, etc. throughout your project. - - - * **TimeStampedModel** : This base class includes the fields **created** and **modified** and a **save()** method that automatically updates these fields appropriately. - * **ActivatorModel** : If your model will need fields like **status** , **activate_date** , and **deactivate_date** , use this base class. It comes with a manager that enables **.active()** and **.inactive()** querysets. - * **TitleDescriptionModel** and **TitleSlugDescriptionModel** : These include the **title** and **description** fields, and the latter also includes a **slug** field. The **slug** field will automatically populate based on the **title** field. - - - -Django-extensions also includes useful abstract base classes to use for common patterns in your own models. Inherit from these base classes when you create your models to get their: - -Django-extensions has more features you may find useful in your projects, so take a tour through its [docs][5]! - -### 12-factor-app settings: django-environ - -[Django-environ][6] allows you to use [12-factor app][7] methodology to manage your settings in your Django project. It collects other libraries, including [envparse][8] and [honcho][9]. Once you install django-environ, create an .env file at your project's root. Define in that module any settings variables that may change between environments or should remain secret (like API keys, debug status, and database URLs). - -Then, in your project's settings.py file, import **environ** and set up variables for **environ.PATH()** and **environ.Env()** according to the [example][10]. Access settings variables defined in your .env file with **env('VARIABLE_NAME')**. - -### Creating great management commands: django-click - -[Django-click][11], based on [Click][12] (which we have recommended [before][13]… [twice][14]), helps you write Django management commands. This library doesn't have extensive documentation, but it does have a directory of [test commands][15] in its repository that are pretty useful. A basic Hello World command would look like this: - -``` -# app_name.management.commands.hello.py -import djclick as click - -@click.command() -@click.argument('name') -def command(name): -    click.secho(f'Hello, {name}') -``` - -Then in the command line, run: - -``` ->> ./manage.py hello Lacey -Hello, Lacey -``` - -### Handling finite state machines: django-fsm - -[Django-fsm][16] adds support for finite state machines to your Django models. If you run a news website and need articles to process through states like Writing, Editing, and Published, django-fsm can help you define those states and manage the rules and restrictions around moving from one state to another. - -Django-fsm provides an FSMField to use for the model attribute that defines the model instance's state. Then you can use django-fsm's **@transition** decorator to define methods that move the model instance from one state to another and handle any side effects from that transition. - -Although django-fsm is light on documentation, [Workflows (States) in Django][17] is a gist that serves as an excellent introduction to both finite state machines and django-fsm. - -### Contact forms: #django-contact-form - -A contact form is such a standard thing on a website. But don't write all that boilerplate code yourself—set yours up in minutes with [django-contact-form][18]. It comes with an optional spam-filtering contact form class (and a regular, non-filtering class) and a **ContactFormView** base class with methods you can override or customize, and it walks you through the templates you will need to create to make your form work. - -### Registering and authenticating users: django-allauth - -[Django-allauth][19] is an app that provides views, forms, and URLs for registering users, logging them in and out, resetting their passwords, and authenticating users with outside sites like GitHub or Twitter. It supports email-as-username authentication and is extensively documented. It can be a little confusing to set up the first time you use it; follow the [installation instructions][20] carefully and read closely when you [customize your settings][21] to make sure you're using all the settings you need to enable a specific feature. - -### Handling user authentication with Django REST Framework: django-rest-auth - -If your Django development includes writing APIs, you're probably using [Django REST Framework][22] (DRF). If you're using DRF, you should check out [django-rest-auth][23], a package that enables endpoints for user registration, login/logout, password reset, and social media authentication (by adding django-allauth, which works well with django-rest-auth). - -### Visualizing a Django REST Framework API: django-rest-swagger - -[Django REST Swagger][24] provides a feature-rich user interface for interacting with your Django REST Framework API. Once you've installed Django REST Swagger and added it to installed apps, add the Swagger view and URL pattern to your urls.py file; the rest is taken care of in the docstrings of your APIs. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/swagger-ui.png) - -The UI for your API will include all your endpoints and available methods broken out by app. It will also list available operations for those endpoints and enable you to interact with the API (adding/deleting/fetching records, for example). It uses the docstrings in your API views to generate documentation for each endpoint, creating a set of API documentation for your project that's useful to you, your frontend developers, and your users. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/django-packages - -作者:[Jeff Triplett][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/laceynwilliams -[1]: https://www.djangoproject.com/ -[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/10-tips-making-django-admin-more-secure -[3]: https://opensource.com/business/15/12/5-favorite-open-source-django-packages -[4]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ -[5]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/ -[6]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ -[7]: https://www.12factor.net/ -[8]: https://github.com/rconradharris/envparse -[9]: https://github.com/nickstenning/honcho -[10]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/ -[11]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click -[12]: http://click.pocoo.org/5/ -[13]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/python-libraries-side-projects -[14]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/3-python-command-line-tools -[15]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click/tree/master/djclick/test/testprj/testapp/management/commands -[16]: https://github.com/viewflow/django-fsm -[17]: https://gist.github.com/Nagyman/9502133 -[18]: https://django-contact-form.readthedocs.io/en/1.5/ -[19]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ -[20]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation.html -[21]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration.html -[22]: http://www.django-rest-framework.org/ -[23]: https://django-rest-auth.readthedocs.io/ -[24]: https://django-rest-swagger.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f242007433 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +简化 Django 开发的八个 Python 包 +====== + +这个月的 Python 专栏将介绍一些 Django 包,它们有益于你的工作,以及你的个人或业余项目。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/water-stone-balance-eight-8.png?itok=1aht_V5V) + +Django 开发者们,在这个月的 Python 专栏中,我们会介绍一些能帮助你们的软件包。这些软件包是我们最喜欢的 [Django][1] 库,能够节省开发时间,减少样板代码,通常来说,这会让我们的生活更加轻松。我们为 Django 应用准备了六个包,为 Django 的 REST 框架准备了两个包。几乎所有我们的项目里,都用到了这些包,真的,不是说笑。 + +不过在继续阅读之前,请先看看我们关于[让 Django 管理后台更安全][2]的几个提示,以及这篇关于 [5 个最受欢迎的开源 Django 包][3] 的文章。 + +### 有用又省时的工具集合:django-extensions + +[Django-extensions][4] 这个 Django 包非常受欢迎,全是有用的工具,比如下面这些管理命令: + + * **shell_plus** 打开 Django 的管理 shell,这个 shell 已经自动导入了所有的数据库模型。在测试复杂的数据关系时,就不需要再从几个不同的应用里做 import 的操作了。 + * **clean_pyc** 删除项目目录下所有位置的 .pyc 文件 + * **create_template_tags** 在指定的应用下,创建模板标签的目录结构。 + * **describe_form** 输出模型的表单定义,可以粘贴到 forms.py 文件中。(需要注意的是,这种方法创建的是普通 Django 表单,而不是模型表单。) + * **notes** 输出你项目里所有带 TODO,FIXME 等标记的注释。 + +Django-extensions 还包括几个有用的抽象基类,在定义模型时,它们能满足常见的模式。当你需要以下模型时,可以继承这些基类: + + + * **TimeStampedModel** : 这个模型的基类包含了 **created** 字段和 **modified** 字段,还有一个 **save()** 方法,在适当的场景下,该方法自动更新 created 和 modified 字段的值。 + * **ActivatorModel** : 如果你的模型需要像 **status**,**activate_date** 和 **deactivate_date** 这样的字段,可以使用这个基类。它还自带了一个启用 **.active()** 和 **.inactive()** 查询集的 manager。 + * **TitleDescriptionModel** 和 **TitleSlugDescriptionModel** : 这两个模型包括了 **title** 和 **description** 字段,其中 description 字段还包括 **slug**,它根据 **title** 字段自动产生。 + +Django-extensions 还有其他更多的功能,也许对你的项目有帮助,所以,去浏览一下它的[文档][5]吧! + +### 12 因子应用的配置:django-environ + +在 Django 项目的配置方面,[Django-environ][6] 提供了符合 [12 因子应用][7] 方法论的管理方法。它是其他一些库的集合,包括 [envparse][8] 和 [honcho][9] 等。安装了 django-environ 之后,在项目的根目录创建一个 .env 文件,用这个文件去定义那些随环境不同而不同的变量,或者需要保密的变量。(比如 API keys,是否启用 debug,数据库的 URLs 等) + +然后,在项目的 settings.py 中引入 **environ**,并参考[官方文档的例子][10]设置好 **environ.PATH()** 和 **environ.Env()**。就可以通过 **env('VARIABLE_NAME')** 来获取 .env 文件中定义的变量值了。 + +### 创建出色的管理命令:django-click + +[Django-click][11] 是基于 [Click][12] 的, ( 我们[之前推荐过][13]… [两次][14] Click),它对编写 Django 管理命令很有帮助。这个库没有很多文档,但是代码仓库中有个存放[测试命令][15]的目录,非常有参考价值。 Django-click 基本的 Hello World 命令是这样写的: + +``` +# app_name.management.commands.hello.py +import djclick as click + +@click.command() +@click.argument('name') +def command(name): + click.secho(f'Hello, {name}') +``` + +在命令行下调用它,这样执行即可: + +``` +>> ./manage.py hello Lacey +Hello, Lacey +``` + +### 处理有限状态机:django-fsm + +[Django-fsm][16] 给 Django 的模型添加了有限状态机的支持。如果你管理一个新闻网站,想用类似于“写作中”,“编辑中”,“已发布”来流转文章的状态,django-fsm 能帮你定义这些状态,还能管理状态变化的规则与限制。 + +Django-fsm 为模型提供了 FSMField 字段,用来定义模型实例的状态。用 django-fsm 的 **@transition** 修饰符,可以定义状态变化的方法,并处理状态变化的任何副作用。 + +虽然 django-fsm 文档很轻量,不过 [Django 中的工作流(状态)][17] 这篇 GitHubGist 对有限状态机和 django-fsm 做了非常好的介绍。 + +### 联系人表单:#django-contact-form + +联系人表单可以说是网站的标配。但是不要自己去写全部的样板代码,用 [django-contact-form][18] 在几分钟内就可以搞定。它带有一个可选的能过滤垃圾邮件的表单类(也有不过滤的普通表单类)和一个 **ContactFormView** 基类,基类的方法可以覆盖或自定义修改。而且它还能引导你完成模板的创建,好让表单正常工作。 + +### 用户注册和认证:django-allauth + +[Django-allauth][19] 是一个 Django 应用,它为用户注册,登录注销,密码重置,还有第三方用户认证(比如 GitHub 或 Twitter)提供了视图,表单和 URLs,支持邮件地址作为用户名的认证方式,而且有大量的文档记录。第一次用的时候,它的配置可能会让人有点晕头转向;请仔细阅读[安装说明][20],在[自定义你的配置][21]时要专注,确保启用某个功能的所有配置都用对了。 + +### 处理 Django REST 框架的用户认证:django-rest-auth + +如果 Django 开发中涉及到对外提供 API,你很可能用到了 [Django REST Framework][22] (DRF)。如果你在用 DRF,那么你应该试试 django-rest-auth,它提供了用户注册,登录/注销,密码重置和社交媒体认证的 endpoints (是通过添加 django-allauth 的支持来实现的,这两个包协作得很好)。 + +### Django REST 框架的 API 可视化:django-rest-swagger + +[Django REST Swagger][24] 提供了一个功能丰富的用户界面,用来和 Django REST 框架的 API 交互。你只需要安装 Django REST Swagger,把它添加到 Django 项目的 installed apps 中,然后在 urls.py 中添加 Swagger 的视图和 URL 模式就可以了,剩下的事情交给 API 的 docstring 处理。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/swagger-ui.png) + +API 的用户界面按照 app 的维度展示了所有 endpoints 和可用方法,并列出了这些 endpoints 的可用操作,而且它提供了和 API 交互的功能(比如添加/删除/获取记录)。django-rest-swagger 从 API 视图中的 docstrings 生成每个 endpoint 的文档,通过这种方法,为你的项目创建了一份 API 文档,这对你,对前端开发人员和用户都很有用。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/django-packages + +作者:[Jeff Triplett][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[belitex](https://github.com/belitex) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/laceynwilliams +[1]: https://www.djangoproject.com/ +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/10-tips-making-django-admin-more-secure +[3]: https://opensource.com/business/15/12/5-favorite-open-source-django-packages +[4]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[5]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/ +[6]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[7]: https://www.12factor.net/ +[8]: https://github.com/rconradharris/envparse +[9]: https://github.com/nickstenning/honcho +[10]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/ +[11]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click +[12]: http://click.pocoo.org/5/ +[13]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/python-libraries-side-projects +[14]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/3-python-command-line-tools +[15]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click/tree/master/djclick/test/testprj/testapp/management/commands +[16]: https://github.com/viewflow/django-fsm +[17]: https://gist.github.com/Nagyman/9502133 +[18]: https://django-contact-form.readthedocs.io/en/1.5/ +[19]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[20]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation.html +[21]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration.html +[22]: http://www.django-rest-framework.org/ +[23]: https://django-rest-auth.readthedocs.io/ +[24]: https://django-rest-swagger.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ \ No newline at end of file From 50f53143e42ac21f9d481b03c218bbc076c656f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 21:45:48 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 166/437] Translated by qhwdw --- ...Educational Software and Games for Kids.md | 82 ------------------- ...Educational Software and Games for Kids.md | 80 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 80 insertions(+), 82 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md b/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md deleted file mode 100644 index 66850b2260..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -Translating by qhwdw -5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids -====== - -![](https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-programs-for-kids-featured.jpg) - -Linux is a very powerful operating system, and that explains why it powers most of the servers on the Internet. Though it may not be the best OS in terms of user friendliness, its diversity is commendable. Everyone has their own need for Linux. Be it for coding, educational purposes or the internet of things (IoT), you’ll always find a suitable Linux distro for every use. To that end, many have dubbed Linux as the OS for future computing. - -Because the future belongs to the kids of today, introducing them to Linux is the best way to prepare them for what the future holds. This OS may not have a reputation for popular games such as FIFA or PES; however, it offers the best educational software and games for kids. These are five of the best Linux educational software to keep your kids ahead of the game. - -**Related** : [The Beginner’s Guide to Using a Linux Distro][1] - -### 1. GCompris - -If you’re looking for the best educational software for kids, [GCompris][2] should be your starting point. This software is specifically designed for kids education and is ideal for kids between two and ten years old. As the pinnacle of all Linux educational software suites for children, GCompris offers about 100 activities for kids. It packs everything you want for your kids from reading practice to science, geography, drawing, algebra, quizzes, and more. - -![Linux educational software and games][3] - -GCompris even has activities for helping your kids learn computer peripherals. If your kids are young and you want them to learn alphabets, colors, and shapes, GCompris has programmes for those, too. What’s more, it also comes with helpful games for kids such as chess, tic-tac-toe, memory, and hangman. GCompris is not a Linux-only app. It’s also available for Windows and Android. - -### 2. TuxMath - -Most students consider math a tough subject. You can change that perception by acquainting your kids with mathematical skills through Linux software applications such as [TuxMath][4]. TuxMath is a top-rated educational Math tutorial game for kids. In this game your role is to help Tux the penguin of Linux protect his planet from a rain of mathematical problems. - -![linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1][5] - -By finding the answer, you help Tux save the planet by destroying the asteroids with your laser before they make an impact. The difficulty of the math problems increases with each level you pass. This game is ideal for kids, as it can help them rack their brains for solutions. Besides making them good at math, it also helps them improve their mental agility. - -### 3. Sugar on a Stick - -[Sugar on a Stick][6] is a dedicated learning program for kids – a brand new pedagogy that has gained a lot of traction. This program provides your kids with a fully-fledged learning platform where they can gain skills in creating, exploring, discovering and also reflecting on ideas. Just like GCompris, Sugar on a Stick comes with a host of learning resources for kids, including games and puzzles. - -![linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick][7] - -The best thing about Sugar on a Stick is that you can set it up on a USB Drive. All you need is an X86-based PC, then plug in the USB, and boot the distro from it. Sugar on a Stick is a project by Sugar Labs – a non-profit organization that is run by volunteers. - -### 4. KDE Edu Suite - -[KDE Edu Suite][8] is a package of software for different user purposes. With a host of applications from different fields, the KDE community has proven that it isn’t just serious about empowering adults; it also cares about bringing the young generation to speed with everything surrounding them. It comes packed with various applications for kids ranging from science to math, geography, and more. - -![linux-educational-software-kde-1][9] - -The KDE Suite can be used for adult needs based on necessities, as a school teaching software, or as a kid’s leaning app. It offers a huge software package and is free to download. The KDE Edu suite can be installed on most GNU/Linux Distros. - -### 5. Tux Paint - -![linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2][10] - -[Tux Paint][11] is another great Linux educational software for kids. This award-winning drawing program is used in schools around the world to help children nurture the art of drawing. It comes with a clean, easy-to-use interface and fun sound effects that help children use the program. There is also an encouraging cartoon mascot that guides kids as they use the program. Tux Paint comes with a variety of drawing tools that help kids unleash their creativity. - -### Summing Up - -Due to the popularity of these educational software for kids, many institutions have embraced these programs as teaching aids in schools and kindergartens. A typical example is [Edubuntu][12], an Ubuntu-derived distro that is widely used by teachers and parents for educating kids. - -Tux Paint is another great example that has grown in popularity over the years and is being used in schools to teach children how to draw. This list is by no means exhaustive. There are hundreds of other Linux educational software and games that can be very useful for your kids. - -If you know of any other great Linux educational software and games for kids, share with us in the comments section below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.maketecheasier.com/5-best-linux-software-packages-for-kids/ - -作者:[Kenneth Kimari][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/author/kennkimari/ -[1]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/beginner-guide-to-using-linux-distro/ (The Beginner’s Guide to Using a Linux Distro) -[2]:http://www.gcompris.net/downloads-en.html -[3]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-gcompris.jpg (Linux educational software and games) -[4]:https://tuxmath.en.uptodown.com/ubuntu -[5]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1.jpg (linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1) -[6]:http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Sugar_on_a_Stick/Downloads -[7]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick.png (linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick) -[8]:https://edu.kde.org/ -[9]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-kde-1.jpg (linux-educational-software-kde-1) -[10]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2.jpg (linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2) -[11]:http://www.tuxpaint.org/ -[12]:http://edubuntu.org/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md b/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a1981f0bc --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# 5 个给孩子的非常好的 Linux 教育软件和游戏 + +![](https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-programs-for-kids-featured.jpg) + +Linux 是一个非常强大的操作系统,因此因特网上的大多数服务器都使用它。尽管它算不上是对用户友好的最佳操作系统,但它的多元化还是值的称赞的。对于 Linux 来说,每个人都能在它上面找到他们自己的所需。不论你是用它来写代码、还是用于教学或物联网(IoT),你总能找到一个适合你用的 Linux 发行版。为此,许多人认为 Linux 是未来计算的最佳操作系统。 + +未来是属于孩子们的,让孩子们了解 Linux 是他们掌控未来的最佳方式。这个操作系统上或许并没有一些像 FIFA 或 PES 那样的声名赫赫的游戏;但是,它为孩子们提供了一些非常好的教育软件和游戏。这里有五款最好的 Linux 教育软件,可以让你的孩子远离游戏。 + +**相关阅读**:[使用一个 Linux 发行版的新手指南][1] + +### 1. GCompris + +如果你正在为你的孩子寻找一款最佳的教育软件,[GCompris][2] 将是你的最好的开端。这款软件专门为 2 到 10 岁的孩子所设计。作为所有的 Linux 教育软件套装的巅峰之作,GCompris 为孩子们提供了大约 100 项活动。它囊括了你期望你的孩子学习的所有内容,从阅读材料到科学、地理、绘画、代数、测验、等等。 + +![Linux educational software and games][3] + +GCompris 甚至有一项活动可以帮你的孩子学习计算机的相关知识。如果你的孩子还很小,你希望他去学习字母、颜色、和形状,GCompris 也有这方面的相关内容。更重要的是,它也为孩子们准备了一些益智类游戏,比如国际象棋、井字棋、好记性、以及猜词游戏。GCompris 并不是一个仅在 Linux 上可运行的游戏。它也可以运行在 Windows 和 Android 上。 + +### 2. TuxMath + +很多学生认为数学是们非常难的课程。你可以通过 Linux 教育软件如 [TuxMath][4] 来让你的孩子了解数学技能,从而来改变这种看法。TuxMath 是为孩子开发的顶级的数学教育辅助游戏。在这个游戏中,你的角色是在如雨点般下降的数学问题中帮助 Linux 企鹅 Tux 来保护它的星球。 + +![linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1][5] + +在它们落下来毁坏 Tux 的星球之前,找到问题的答案,就可以使用你的激光去帮助 Tux 拯救它的星球。数字问题的难度每过一关就会提升一点。这个游戏非常适合孩子,因为它可以让孩子们去开动脑筋解决问题。而且还有助他们学好数学,以及帮助他们开发智力。 + +### 3. Sugar on a Stick + +[Sugar on a Stick][6] 是献给孩子们的学习程序 —— 一个广受好评的全新教学法。这个程序为你的孩子提供一个成熟的教学平台,在那里,他们可以收获创造、探索、发现和思考方面的技能。和 GCompris 一样,Sugar on a Stick 为孩子们带来了包括游戏和谜题在内的大量学习资源。 + +![linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick][7] + +关于 Sugar on a Stick 最大的一个好处是你可以将它配置在一个 U 盘上。你只要有一台 X86 的 PC,插入那个 U 盘,然后就可以从 U 盘引导这个发行版。Sugar on a Stick 是由 Sugar 实验室提供的一个项目 —— 这个实验室是一个由志愿者运作的非盈利组织。 + +### 4. KDE Edu Suite + +[KDE Edu Suite][8] 是一个用途与众不同的软件包。带来了大量不同领域的应用程序,KDE 社区已经证实,它不仅是一系列成年人授权的问题;它还关心年青一代如何适应他们周围的一切。它囊括了一系列孩子们使用的应用程序,从科学到数学、地理等等。 + +![linux-educational-software-kde-1][9] + +KDE Edu 套件根据长大后所必需的知识为基础,既能够用作学校的教学软件,也能够作为孩子们的学习 APP。它提供了大量的可免费下载的软件包。KDE Edu 套件在主流的 GNU/Linux 发行版都能安装。 + +### 5. Tux Paint + +![linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2][10] + +[Tux Paint][11] 是给孩子们的另一个非常好的 Linux 教育软件。这个屡获殊荣的绘画软件在世界各地被用于帮助培养孩子们的绘画技能,它有一个简洁的、易于使用的界面和有趣的音效,可以高效地帮助孩子去使用这个程序。它也有一个卡通吉祥物去鼓励孩子们使用这个程序。Tux Paint 中有许多绘画工具,它们可以帮助孩子们放飞他们的创意。 + +### 总结 + +由于这些教育软件深受孩子们的欢迎,许多学校和幼儿园都使用这些程序进行辅助教学。典型的一个例子就是 [Edubuntu][12],它是儿童教育领域中广受老师和家长们欢迎的一个基于 Ubuntu 的发行版。 + +Tux Paint 是另一个非常好的例子,它在这些年越来越流行,它大量地用于学校中教孩子们如何绘画。以上的这个清单并不很详细。还有成百上千的对孩子有益的其它 Linux 教育软件和游戏。 + +如果你还知道给孩子们的其它非常好的 Linux 教育软件和游戏,在下面的评论区分享给我们吧。 + +------ + +via: https://www.maketecheasier.com/5-best-linux-software-packages-for-kids/ + +作者:[Kenneth Kimari][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/author/kennkimari/ +[1]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/beginner-guide-to-using-linux-distro/ "The Beginner’s Guide to Using a Linux Distro" +[2]: http://www.gcompris.net/downloads-en.html +[3]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-gcompris.jpg "Linux educational software and games" +[4]: https://tuxmath.en.uptodown.com/ubuntu +[5]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1.jpg "linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1" +[6]: http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Sugar_on_a_Stick/Downloads +[7]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick.png "linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick" +[8]: https://edu.kde.org/ +[9]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-kde-1.jpg "linux-educational-software-kde-1" +[10]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2.jpg "linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2" +[11]: http://www.tuxpaint.org/ +[12]: http://edubuntu.org/ \ No newline at end of file From 249d0c33d4d4ac1b33db6bb8818988ad9016c4fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 23:23:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 167/437] PRF:20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @heguangzhi --- ...910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 76 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 34 insertions(+), 42 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md index a026b47625..0bad973eba 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @@ -1,83 +1,75 @@ - - - -3个开源日志聚合工具 +3 个开源日志聚合工具 ====== -日志聚合系统可以帮助我们故障排除并进行其他的任务。以下是三个主要工具介绍。 +> 日志聚合系统可以帮助我们进行故障排除和其它任务。以下是三个主要工具介绍。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) - - -指标聚合与日志聚合有何不同?日志不能包括指标吗?日志聚合系统不能做与指标聚合系统相同的事情吗? +指标聚合metrics aggregation日志聚合log aggregation有何不同?日志不能包括指标吗?日志聚合系统不能做与指标聚合系统相同的事情吗? 这些是我经常听到的问题。我还看到供应商推销他们的日志聚合系统作为所有可观察问题的解决方案。日志聚合是一个有价值的工具,但它通常对时间序列数据的支持不够好。 -时间序列指标聚合系统中几个有价值的功能为规则间隔与专门为时间序列数据定制的存储系统。规则间隔允许用户一次性地导出真实的数据结果。如果要求日志聚合系统定期收集指标数据,它也可以。但是,它的存储系统没有针对指标聚合系统中典型的查询类型进行优化。使用日志聚合工具中的存储系统处理这些查询将花费更多的资源和时间。 +时间序列的指标聚合系统中几个有价值的功能是专门为时间序列数据定制的固定间隔regular interval和存储系统。固定间隔允许用户不断地收集实时的数据结果。如果要求日志聚合系统以固定间隔收集指标数据,它也可以。但是,它的存储系统没有针对指标聚合系统中典型的查询类型进行优化。使用日志聚合工具中的存储系统处理这些查询将花费更多的资源和时间。 -所以,我们知道日志聚合系统可能不适合时间序列数据,但是它有什么好处呢?日志聚合系统是收集事件数据的好地方。这些是非常重要的不规则活动。最好的例子为 web 服务的访问日志。这些都很重要,因为我们想知道什么东西正在访问我们的系统,什么时候访问。另一个例子是应用程序错误记录——因为它不是正常的操作记录,所以在故障排除过程中可能很有价值的。 +所以,我们知道日志聚合系统可能不适合时间序列数据,但是它有什么好处呢?日志聚合系统是收集事件数据的好地方。这些无规律的活动是非常重要的。最好的例子为 web 服务的访问日志,这些很重要,因为我们想知道什么正在访问我们的系统,什么时候访问的。另一个例子是应用程序错误记录 —— 因为它不是正常的操作记录,所以在故障排除过程中可能很有价值的。 -日志记录的一些规则: - - * 包含时间戳 - * 包含 JSON 格式 - * 不记录无关紧要的事件 - * 记录所有应用程序的错误 - * 记录警告错误 - * 日志记录开关 - * 以可读的形式记录信息 - * 不在生产环境中记录信息 - * 不记录任何无法阅读或无反馈的内容 +日志记录的一些规则: + * **须**包含时间戳 + * **须**格式化为 JSON + * **不**记录无关紧要的事件 + * **须**记录所有应用程序的错误 + * **可**记录警告错误 + * **可**开关的日志记录 + * **须**以可读的形式记录信息 + * **不**在生产环境中记录信息 + * **不**记录任何无法阅读或反馈的内容 ### 云的成本 -当研究日志聚合工具时,云可能看起来是一个有吸引力的选择。然而,这可能会带来巨大的成本。当跨数百或数千台主机和应用程序聚合时,日志数据是大量的。在基于云的系统中,数据的接收、存储和检索是昂贵的。 +当研究日志聚合工具时,云服务可能看起来是一个有吸引力的选择。然而,这可能会带来巨大的成本。当跨数百或数千台主机和应用程序聚合时,日志数据是大量的。在基于云的系统中,数据的接收、存储和检索是昂贵的。 -作为一个真实的系统,大约500个节点和几百个应用程序的集合每天产生 200GB 的日志数据。这个系统可能还有改进的空间,但是在许多 SaaS 产品中,即使将它减少一半,每月也要花费将近10,000美元。这通常包括仅保留30天,如果你想查看一年一年的趋势数据,就不可能了。 - -并不是要不使用这些系统,尤其是对于较小的组织它们可能非常有价值的。目的是指出可能会有很大的成本,当这些成本达到时,就可能令人非常的沮丧。本文的其余部分将集中讨论自托管的开源和商业解决方案。 +以一个真实的系统来参考,大约 500 个节点和几百个应用程序的集合每天产生 200GB 的日志数据。这个系统可能还有改进的空间,但是在许多 SaaS 产品中,即使将它减少一半,每月也要花费将近 10000 美元。而这通常仅保留 30 天,如果你想查看一年一年的趋势数据,就不可能了。 +并不是要不使用这些基于云的系统,尤其是对于较小的组织它们可能非常有价值的。这里的目的是指出可能会有很大的成本,当这些成本很高时,就可能令人非常的沮丧。本文的其余部分将集中讨论自托管的开源和商业解决方案。 ### 工具选择 #### ELK -[ELK][1] ,简称 Elasticsearch、Logstash 和 Kibana,是最流行的开源日志聚合工具。它被Netflix、Facebook、微软、LinkedIn 和思科使用。这三个组件都是由 [Elastic][2] 开发和维护的。[Elasticsearch][3] 本质上是一个NoSQL,Lucene 搜索引擎实现的。[Logstash][4] 是一个日志管道系统,可以接收数据,转换数据,并将其加载到像 Elasticsearch 这样的应用中。[Kibana][5] 是 Elasticsearch 之上的可视化层。 +[ELK][1],即 Elasticsearch、Logstash 和 Kibana 简称,是最流行的开源日志聚合工具。它被 Netflix、Facebook、微软、LinkedIn 和思科使用。这三个组件都是由 [Elastic][2] 开发和维护的。[Elasticsearch][3] 本质上是一个 NoSQL 数据库,以 Lucene 搜索引擎实现的。[Logstash][4] 是一个日志管道系统,可以接收数据,转换数据,并将其加载到像 Elasticsearch 这样的应用中。[Kibana][5] 是 Elasticsearch 之上的可视化层。 -几年前,Beats 被引入。Beats 是数据采集器。它们简化了将数据运送到日志存储的过程。用户不需要了解每种日志的正确语法,而是可以安装一个 Beats 来正确导出 NGINX 日志或代理日志,以便在Elasticsearch 中有效地使用它们。 +几年前,引入了 Beats 。Beats 是数据采集器。它们简化了将数据运送到 Logstash 的过程。用户不需要了解每种日志的正确语法,而是可以安装一个 Beats 来正确导出 NGINX 日志或 Envoy 代理日志,以便在 Elasticsearch 中有效地使用它们。 -安装生产环境级 ELK stack 时,可能会包括其他几个部分,如 [Kafka][6], [Redis][7], and [NGINX][8]。此外,用 Fluentd 替换 Logstash 也很常见,我们将在后面讨论。这个系统操作起来很复杂,这在早期导致很多问题和投诉。目前,这些基本上已经被修复,不过它仍然是一个复杂的系统,如果你使用少部分的功能,建议不要使用它了。 +安装生产环境级 ELK 套件时,可能会包括其他几个部分,如 [Kafka][6]、[Redis][7] 和 [NGINX][8]。此外,用 Fluentd 替换 Logstash 也很常见,我们将在后面讨论。这个系统操作起来很复杂,这在早期导致了很多问题和抱怨。目前,这些问题基本上已经被修复,不过它仍然是一个复杂的系统,如果你使用少部分的功能,建议不要使用它了。 -也就是说,服务是可用的,所以你不必担心。[Logz.io][9] 也可以使用,但是如果你有很多数据,它的标价有点高。当然,你可能没有很多数据,来使用用它。如果你买不起 Logz.io,你可以看看 [AWS Elasticsearch Service][10] (ES) 。ES 是 Amazon Web Services (AWS) 提供的一项服务,它使得 Elasticsearch 很容易快速工作。它还拥有使用 Lambda 和 S3 将所有AWS日志记录到 ES 的工具。这是一个更便宜的选择,但是需要一些管理操作,并有一些功能限制。 +也就是说,有其它可用的服务,所以你不必苦恼于此。可以使用 [Logz.io][9],但是如果你有很多数据,它的标价有点高。当然,你可能规模比较小,没有很多数据。如果你买不起 Logz.io,你可以看看 [AWS Elasticsearch Service][10] (ES) 。ES 是 Amazon Web Services (AWS) 提供的一项服务,它很容易就可以让 Elasticsearch 马上工作起来。它还拥有使用 Lambda 和 S3 将所有AWS 日志记录到 ES 的工具。这是一个更便宜的选择,但是需要一些管理操作,并有一些功能限制。 +ELK 套件的母公司 Elastic [提供][11] 一款更强大的产品,它使用开源核心open core模式,为分析工具和报告提供了额外的选项。它也可以在谷歌云平台或 AWS 上托管。由于这种工具和托管平台的组合提供了比大多数 SaaS 选项更加便宜,这也许是最好的选择,并且很有用。该系统可以有效地取代或提供 [安全信息和事件管理][12](SIEM)系统的功能。 -Elastic [offers][11] 的母公司提供一款更强大的产品,它使用开放核心模型,为分析工具和报告提供了额外的选项。它也可以在谷歌云平台或 AWS 上托管。由于这种工具和托管平台的组合提供了比大多数 SaaS 选项更加便宜,这将是最好的选择并且具有很大的价值。该系统可以有效地取代或提供[security information and event management][12] ( SIEM )系统的功能。 - -ELK 栈通过 Kibana 提供了很好的可视化工具,但是它缺少警报功能。Elastic 在付费的 X-Pack 插件中提供了提醒功能,但是在开源系统没有内置任何功能。Yelp 已经开发了一种解决这个问题的方法,[ElastAlert][13], 不过还有其他方式。这个额外的软件相当健壮,但是它增加了已经复杂的系统的复杂性。 +ELK 套件通过 Kibana 提供了很好的可视化工具,但是它缺少警报功能。Elastic 在付费的 X-Pack 插件中提供了警报功能,但是在开源系统没有内置任何功能。Yelp 已经开发了一种解决这个问题的方法,[ElastAlert][13],不过还有其他方式。这个额外的软件相当健壮,但是它增加了已经复杂的系统的复杂性。 #### Graylog -[Graylog][14] 最近越来越受欢迎,但它是在2010年 Lennart Koopmann 创建并开发的。两年后,一家公司以同样的名字诞生了。尽管它的使用者越来越多,但仍然远远落后于 ELK 栈。这也意味着它具有较少的社区开发特征,但是它可以使用与 ELK stack 相同的 Beats 。Graylog 由于 Graylog Collector Sidecar 使用 [Go][15] 编写所以在 Go 社区赢得了赞誉。 +[Graylog][14] 最近越来越受欢迎,但它是在 2010 年由 Lennart Koopmann 创建并开发的。两年后,一家公司以同样的名字诞生了。尽管它的使用者越来越多,但仍然远远落后于 ELK 套件。这也意味着它具有较少的社区开发特征,但是它可以使用与 ELK 套件相同的 Beats 。由于 Graylog Collector Sidecar 使用 [Go][15] 编写,所以 Graylog 在 Go 社区赢得了赞誉。 -Graylog 使用 Elasticsearch、[MongoDB][16] 并且 提供 Graylog Server 。这使得它像ELK 栈一样复杂,也许还要复杂一些。然而,Graylog 附带了内置于开源版本中的报警功能,以及其他一些值得注意的功能,如 streaming 、消息重写 和 地理定位。 +Graylog 使用 Elasticsearch、[MongoDB][16] 和底层的 Graylog Server 。这使得它像 ELK 套件一样复杂,也许还要复杂一些。然而,Graylog 附带了内置于开源版本中的报警功能,以及其他一些值得注意的功能,如流、消息重写和地理定位。 -streaming 能允许数据在被处理时被实时路由到特定的 Streams。使用此功能,用户可以在单个Stream 中看到所有数据库错误,在不同的 Stream 中看到 web 服务器错误。当添加新项目或超过阈值时,甚至可以基于这些 Stream 提供警报。延迟可能是日志聚合系统中最大的问题之一,Stream消除了灰色日志中的这一问题。一旦日志进入,它就可以通过 Stream 路由到其他系统,而无需全部处理。 +流功能可以允许数据在被处理时被实时路由到特定的 Stream。使用此功能,用户可以在单个 Stream 中看到所有数据库错误,在另外的 Stream 中看到 web 服务器错误。当添加新项目或超过阈值时,甚至可以基于这些 Stream 提供警报。延迟可能是日志聚合系统中最大的问题之一,Stream 消除了 Graylog 中的这一问题。一旦日志进入,它就可以通过 Stream 路由到其他系统,而无需完全处理好。 -消息重写功能使用开源规则引擎 [Drools][17] 。允许根据用户定义的规则文件评估所有传入的消息,从而可以删除消息(称为黑名单)、添加或删除字段或修改消息。 +消息重写功能使用开源规则引擎 [Drools][17] 。允许根据用户定义的规则文件评估所有传入的消息,从而可以删除消息(称为黑名单)、添加或删除字段或修改消息。 -Graylog 最酷的功能是它的地理定位功能,它支持在地图上绘制 IP 地址。这是一个相当常见的功能,在 Kibana 也可以这样使用,但是它增加了很多价值——特别是如果你想将它用作 SIEM 系统。地理定位功能在系统的开源版本中提供。 +Graylog 最酷的功能或许是它的地理定位功能,它支持在地图上绘制 IP 地址。这是一个相当常见的功能,在 Kibana 也可以这样使用,但是它增加了很多价值 —— 特别是如果你想将它用作 SIEM 系统。地理定位功能在系统的开源版本中提供。 -Graylog 如果你想要的话,它会对开源版本的支持收费。它还为其企业版提供了一个开放的核心模型,提供存档、审计日志记录和其他支持。如果你不需要 Graylog (the company) 支持或托管的,你可以独立使用。 +如果你需要的话,Graylog 公司会提供对开源版本的收费支持。它还为其企业版提供了一个开源核心模式,提供存档、审计日志记录和其他支持。其它提供支持或托管服务的不太多,如果你不需要 Graylog 公司的,你可以托管。 #### Fluentd -[Fluentd][18] 是 [Treasure Data][19] 开发的,[CNCF][20] 已经将它作为一个孵化项目。它是用 C 和 Ruby 编写的,并由[AWS][21] 和 [Google Cloud][22]推荐。fluentd已经成为许多装置中logstach的常用替代品。它充当本地聚合器,收集所有节点日志并将其发送到中央存储系统。它不是日志聚合系统。 +[Fluentd][18] 是 [Treasure Data][19] 开发的,[CNCF][20] 已经将它作为一个孵化项目。它是用 C 和 Ruby 编写的,并被 [AWS][21] 和 [Google Cloud][22] 所推荐。Fluentd 已经成为许多系统中 logstach 的常用替代品。它可以作为一个本地聚合器,收集所有节点日志并将其发送到中央存储系统。它不是日志聚合系统。 -它使用一个强大的插件系统,提供不同数据源和数据输出的快速和简单的集成功能。因为有超过500个插件可用,所以你的大多数用例都应该包括在内。如果没有,这听起来是一个为开源社区做出贡献的机会。 +它使用一个强大的插件系统,提供不同数据源和数据输出的快速和简单的集成功能。因为有超过 500 个插件可用,所以你的大多数用例都应该包括在内。如果没有,这听起来是一个为开源社区做出贡献的机会。 -Fluentd 由于占用内存少(只有几十兆字节)和高吞吐量特性,是 Kubernetes 环境中的常见选择。在像 [Kubernetes][23] 这样的环境中,每个pod 都有一个 Fluentd sidecar ,内存消耗会随着每个新 pod 的创建而线性增加。在这中情况下,使用 Fluentd 将大大降低你的系统利用率。这对于Java开发的工具来说,这是一个常见的问题,这些工具旨在为每个节点运行一个工具,而内存开销并不是主要问题。 +Fluentd 由于占用内存少(只有几十兆字节)和高吞吐量特性,是 Kubernetes 环境中的常见选择。在像 [Kubernetes][23] 这样的环境中,每个 pod 都有一个 Fluentd 附属件 ,内存消耗会随着每个新 pod 的创建而线性增加。在这种情况下,使用 Fluentd 将大大降低你的系统利用率。这对于 Java 开发的工具来说是一个常见的问题,这些工具旨在为每个节点运行一个工具,而内存开销并不是主要问题。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -87,7 +79,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools 作者:[Dan Barker][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 521967e1f7aba7643d064fdab6992fc274458ca6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 23:24:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 168/437] PUB:20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @heguangzhi https://linux.cn/article-10053-1.html --- .../20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/published/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md rename to published/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md From f4c58714b3d1d30cce80bfa0bda7170cefd9ec07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 00:08:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 169/437] PRF:20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md @hopefully2333 --- ...t Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md | 41 +++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md index 75c42b3ab3..a257cee609 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md @@ -1,47 +1,50 @@ -steam 让我们在 Linux 上玩 Windows 的游戏更加容易 +Steam 让我们在 Linux 上玩 Windows 的游戏更加容易 ====== + ![Steam Wallpaper][1] -总所周知,Linux 游戏库中的游戏只有 Windows 游戏库中的一部分,实际上,许多人甚至都不会考虑将操作系统转换为 Linux,原因很简单,因为他们喜欢的游戏,大多数都不能在这个平台上运行。 +总所周知,[Linux 游戏][2]库中的游戏只有 Windows 游戏库中的一部分,实际上,许多人甚至都不会考虑将操作系统[转换为 Linux][3],原因很简单,因为他们喜欢的游戏,大多数都不能在这个平台上运行。 -在撰写本文时,steam 上已有超过 5000 种游戏可以在 Linux 上运行,而 steam 上的游戏总数已经接近 27000 种了。现在 5000 种游戏可能看起来很多,但还没有达到 27000 种,确实没有。 +在撰写本文时,Steam 上已有超过 5000 种游戏可以在 Linux 上运行,而 Steam 上的游戏总数已经接近 27000 种了。现在 5000 种游戏可能看起来很多,但还没有达到 27000 种,确实没有。 -虽然几乎所有的新的独立游戏都是在 Linux 中推出的,但我们仍然无法在这上面玩很多的 3A 大作。对我而言,虽然这其中有很多游戏我都很希望能有机会玩,但这从来都不是一个非黑即白的问题。因为我主要是玩独立游戏和复古游戏,所以几乎所有我喜欢的游戏都可以在 Linux 系统上运行。 +虽然几乎所有的新的独立游戏indie game都是在 Linux 中推出的,但我们仍然无法在这上面玩很多的 [3A 大作][4]。对我而言,虽然这其中有很多游戏我都很希望能有机会玩,但这从来都不是一个非黑即白的问题。因为我主要是玩独立游戏和[复古游戏][5],所以几乎所有我喜欢的游戏都可以在 Linux 系统上运行。 -### 认识 Proton,Steam 的一次 WINE 分叉。 +### 认识 Proton,Steam 的一个 WINE 复刻 -现在,这个问题已经成为过去式了,因为本周 Valve 宣布要对 Steam Play 进行一次更新,此次更新会将一个名为 Proton 的分叉版本的 Wine 添加到 Linux 和 Mac 的客户端中。是的,这个工具是开源的,Valve 已经在 GitHub 上开源了源代码,但该功能仍然处于测试阶段,所以你必须使用测试版的 Steam 客户端才能使用这项功能。 +现在,这个问题已经成为过去式了,因为本周 Valve [宣布][6]要对 Steam Play 进行一次更新,此次更新会将一个名为 Proton 的 Wine 复刻版本添加到 Linux 客户端中。是的,这个工具是开源的,Valve 已经在 [GitHub][7] 上开源了源代码,但该功能仍然处于测试阶段,所以你必须使用测试版的 Steam 客户端才能使用这项功能。 -#### 使用 proton ,可以在 Linux 系统上使用 Steam 运行更多的 Windows 上的游戏。 +#### 使用 proton ,可以在 Linux 系统上通过 Steam 运行更多 Windows 游戏 -这对我们这些 Linux 用户来说,实际上意味着什么?简单来说,这意味着我们可以在 Linux 和 Mac 这两种操作系统的电脑上运行全部 27000 种游戏,而无需配置像 PlayOnLinux 或 Lutris 这样的服务。我要告诉你的是,配置这些东西有时候会非常让人头疼。 +这对我们这些 Linux 用户来说,实际上意味着什么?简单来说,这意味着我们可以在 Linux 电脑上运行全部 27000 种游戏,而无需配置像 [PlayOnLinux][8] 或 [Lutris][9] 这样的东西。我要告诉你的是,配置这些东西有时候会非常让人头疼。 -对此更为复杂的答案是,某种原因听起来非常美好。虽然在理论上,你可以用这种方式在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台上的游戏。但只有一少部分游戏在推出时会正式支持 Linux。这少部分游戏包括 DOOM,最终幻想 VI,铁拳 7,星球大战:前线 2,和其他几个。 +对此更为复杂的答案是,某种原因听起来非常美好。虽然在理论上,你可以用这种方式在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台上的游戏。但只有一少部分游戏在推出时会正式支持 Linux。这少部分游戏包括 《DOOM》、《最终幻想 VI》、《铁拳 7》、《星球大战:前线 2》,和其他几个。 -#### 你可以在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台的游戏(理论上) +#### 你可以在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 游戏(理论上) -虽然目前该列表只有大约 30 个游戏,你可以点击“为所有游戏使用 Steam play 进行运行”复选框来强制使用 Steam 的 Proton 来安装和运行任意游戏。但你最好不要有太高的期待,它们的稳定性和性能表现不一定有你希望的那么好,所以请把期望值压低一点。 +虽然目前该列表只有大约 30 个游戏,你可以点击“为所有游戏启用 Steam Play”复选框来强制使用 Steam 的 Proton 来安装和运行任意游戏。但你最好不要有太高的期待,它们的稳定性和性能表现不一定有你希望的那么好,所以请把期望值压低一点。 ![Steam Play][10] -#### 体验 Proton,没有我想的那么烂。 +据[这份报告][13],已经有超过一千个游戏可以在 Linux 上玩了。按[此指南][14]来了解如何启用 Steam Play 测试版本。 -例如,我安装了一些中等价格的游戏,使用 Proton 来进行安装。其中一个是上古卷轴 4:湮没,在我玩这个游戏的两个小时里,它只崩溃了一次,而且几乎是紧跟在游戏教程的自动保存点之后。 +#### 体验 Proton,没有我想的那么烂 + +例如,我安装了一些难度适中的游戏,使用 Proton 来进行安装。其中一个是《上古卷轴 4:湮没》,在我玩这个游戏的两个小时里,它只崩溃了一次,而且几乎是紧跟在游戏教程的自动保存点之后。 我有一块英伟达 Gtx 1050 Ti 的显卡。所以我可以使用 1080P 的高配置来玩这个游戏。而且我没有遇到除了这次崩溃之外的任何问题。我唯一真正感到不爽的只有它的帧数没有原本的高。在 90% 的时间里,游戏的帧数都在 60 帧以上,但我知道它的帧数应该能更高。 -我安装和发布的其他所有游戏都运行得很完美,虽然我还没有较长时间地玩过它们中的任何一个。我安装的游戏中包括森林,丧尸围城 4,H1Z1,和刺客信条 2.(你能说我这是喜欢恐怖游戏吗?)。 +我安装和运行的其他所有游戏都运行得很完美,虽然我还没有较长时间地玩过它们中的任何一个。我安装的游戏中包括《森林》、《丧尸围城 4》和《刺客信条 2》。(你觉得我这是喜欢恐怖游戏吗?) #### 为什么 Steam(仍然)要下注在 Linux 上? 现在,一切都很好,这件事为什么会发生呢?为什么 Valve 要花费时间,金钱和资源来做这样的事?我倾向于认为,他们这样做是因为他们懂得 Linux 社区的价值,但是如果要我老实地说,我不相信我们和它有任何的关系。 -如果我一定要在这上面花钱,我想说 Valve 开发了 Proton,因为他们还没有放弃 Steam 机器。因为 Steam OS 是基于 Linux 的发行版,在这类东西上面投资可以获取最大的利润,Steam OS 上可用的游戏越多,就会有更多的人愿意购买 Steam 的机器。 +如果我一定要在这上面花钱,我想说 Valve 开发了 Proton,因为他们还没有放弃 [Steam Machine][11]。因为 [Steam OS][12] 是基于 Linux 的发行版,在这类东西上面投资可以获取最大的利润,Steam OS 上可用的游戏越多,就会有更多的人愿意购买 Steam Machine。 -可能我是错的,但是我敢打赌啊,我们会在不远的未来看到新一批的 Steam 机器。可能我们会在一年内看到它们,也有可能我们再等五年都见不到,谁知道呢! +可能我是错的,但是我敢打赌啊,我们会在不远的未来看到新一批的 Steam Machine。可能我们会在一年内看到它们,也有可能我们再等五年都见不到,谁知道呢! -无论哪种方式,我所知道的是,我终于能兴奋地从我的 Steam 游戏库里玩游戏了。多年来我通过所有的收藏包,游戏促销,和不定时地买一个贱卖的游戏来以防万一,我想去尝试让它在 Lutris 中运行。 +无论哪种方式,我所知道的是,我终于能兴奋地从我的 Steam 游戏库里玩游戏了。这个游戏库是多年来我通过各种慈善包、促销码和不定时地买的游戏慢慢积累的,只不过是想试试让它在 Lutris 中运行。 #### 为 Linux 上越来越多的游戏而激动? @@ -54,7 +57,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ 作者:[Phillip Prado][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[hopefully2333](https://github.com/hopefully2333) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -71,3 +74,5 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ [10]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/SteamProton.jpg [11]:https://store.steampowered.com/sale/steam_machines [12]:https://itsfoss.com/valve-annouces-linux-based-gaming-operating-system-steamos/ +[13]:https://spcr.netlify.com/ +[14]:https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ From 82182f5de868fa6b1bb92811ed0fe4cd77ada7c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 00:08:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 170/437] PUB: 20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md @hopefully2333 https://linux.cn/article-10054-1.html --- ...180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md b/published/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md rename to published/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md From 53f290e1d854fd8584e6c3b7a96be75cf6a19f9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 08:59:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 171/437] translated --- .../tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md | 110 ------------------ .../tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md | 108 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 108 insertions(+), 110 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md b/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md deleted file mode 100644 index fbacc8f8b4..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -5 cool music player apps -====== - -![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/5-cool-music-apps-816x345.jpg) -Do you like music? Then Fedora may have just what you’re looking for. This article introduces different music player apps that run on Fedora. You’re covered whether you have an extensive music library, a small one, or none at all. Here are four graphical application and one terminal-based music player that will have you jamming. - -### Quod Libet - -Quod Libet is a complete manager for your large audio library. If you have an extensive audio library that you would like not just listen to, but also manage, Quod Libet might a be a good choice for you. - -![][1] - -Quod Libet can import music from multiple locations on your disk, and allows you to edit tags of the audio files — so everything is under your control. As a bonus, there are various plugins available for anything from a simple equalizer to a [last.fm][2] sync. You can also search and play music directly from [Soundcloud][3]. - -Quod Libet works great on HiDPI screens, and is available as an RPM in Fedora or on [Flathub][4] in case you run [Silverblue][5]. Install it using Gnome Software or the command line: -``` -$ sudo dnf install quodlibet - -``` - -### Audacious - -If you like a simple music player that could even look like the legendary Winamp, Audacious might be a good choice for you. - -![][6] - -Audacious probably won’t manage all your music at once, but it works great if you like to organize your music as files. You can also export and import playlists without reorganizing the music files themselves. - -As a bonus, you can make it look likeWinamp. To make it look the same as on the screenshot above, go to Settings / Appearance, select Winamp Classic Interface at the top, and choose the Refugee skin right below. And Bob’s your uncle! - -Audacious is available as an RPM in Fedora, and can be installed using the Gnome Software app or the following command on the terminal: -``` -$ sudo dnf install audacious - -``` - -### Lollypop - -Lollypop is a music player that provides great integration with GNOME. If you enjoy how GNOME looks, and would like a music player that’s nicely integrated, Lollypop could be for you. - -![][7] - -Apart from nice visual integration with the GNOME Shell, it woks nicely on HiDPI screens, and supports a dark theme. - -As a bonus, Lollypop has an integrated cover art downloader, and a so-called Party Mode (the note button at the top-right corner) that selects and plays music automatically for you. It also integrates with online services such as [last.fm][2] or [libre.fm][8]. - -Available as both an RPM in Fedora or a [Flathub][4] for your [Silverblue][5] workstation, install it using the Gnome Software app or using the terminal: -``` -$ sudo dnf install lollypop - -``` - -### Gradio - -What if you don’t own any music, but still like to listen to it? Or you just simply love radio? Then Gradio is here for you. - -![][9] - -Gradio is a simple radio player that allows you to search and play internet radio stations. You can find them by country, language, or simply using search. As a bonus, it’s visually integrated into GNOME Shell, works great with HiDPI screens, and has an option for a dark theme. - -Gradio is available on [Flathub][4] which works with both Fedora Workstation and [Silverblue][5]. Install it using the Gnome Software app. - -### sox - -Do you like using the terminal instead, and listening to some music while you work? You don’t have to leave the terminal thanks to sox. - -![][10] - -sox is a very simple, terminal-based music player. All you need to do is to run a command such as: -``` -$ play file.mp3 - -``` - -…and sox will play it for you. Apart from individual audio files, sox also supports playlists in the m3u format. - -As a bonus, because sox is a terminal-based application, you can run it over ssh. Do you have a home server with speakers attached to it? Or do you want to play music from a different computer? Try using it together with [tmux][11], so you can keep listening even when the session closes. - -sox is available in Fedora as an RPM. Install it by running: -``` -$ sudo dnf install sox - -``` - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-music-player-apps/ - -作者:[Adam Šamalík][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://fedoramagazine.org/author/asamalik/ -[1]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/qodlibet-300x217.png -[2]:https://last.fm -[3]:https://soundcloud.com/ -[4]:https://flathub.org/home -[5]:https://teamsilverblue.org/ -[6]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/audacious-300x136.png -[7]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/lollypop-300x172.png -[8]:https://libre.fm -[9]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gradio.png -[10]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sox-300x179.png -[11]:https://fedoramagazine.org/use-tmux-more-powerful-terminal/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md b/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb301ed4dd --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +5 个很酷的音乐播放器 +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/5-cool-music-apps-816x345.jpg) +你喜欢音乐吗?那么 Fedora 中可能有你正在寻找的东西。本文介绍在 Fedora 上运行的不同音乐播放器。无论你有大量的音乐库,还是小型音乐库,或者根本没有音乐库,你都会被覆盖到。这里有四个图形程序和一个基于终端的音乐播放器,可以让你挑选。 + +### Quod Libet + +Quod Libet 是你的大型音频库的管理员。如果你有一个大量的音频库,你不想只听,但也要管理,Quod Libet 可能是一个很好的选择。 + +![][1] + +Quod Libet 可以从磁盘上的多个位置导入音乐,并允许你编辑音频文件的标签 - 因此一切都在你的控制之下。额外地,它还有各种插件可用,从简单的均衡器到 [last.fm][2] 同步。你也可以直接从 [Soundcloud][3] 搜索和播放音乐。 + +Quod Libet 在 HiDPI 屏幕上工作得很好,它有 Fedora 的 RPM 包,如果你运行[Silverblue][5],它在 [Flathub][4] 中也有。使用 Gnome Software 或命令行安装它: +``` +$ sudo dnf install quodlibet + +``` + +### Audacious + +如果你喜欢简单的音乐播放器,甚至可能看起来像传说中的 Winamp,Audacious 可能是你的不错选择。 + +![][6] + +Audacious 可能不会立即管理你的所有音乐,但你如果想将音乐组织为文件,它能做得很好。你还可以导出和导入播放列表,而无需重新组织音乐文件本身。 + +额外地,你可以让它看起来像 Winamp。要让它与上面的截图相同,请进入 “Settings/Appearance,”,选择顶部的 “Winamp Classic Interface”,然后选择右下方的 “Refugee” 皮肤。而鲍勃是你的叔叔!这就完成了。 + +Audacious 在 Fedora 中作为 RPM 提供,可以使用 Gnome Software 或在终端运行以下命令安装: +``` +$ sudo dnf install audacious + +``` + +### Lollypop + +Lollypop 是一个音乐播放器,它与 GNOME 集成良好。如果你喜欢 GNOME 的外观,并且想要一个集成良好的音乐播放器,Lollypop 可能适合你。 + +![][7] + +除了与 GNOME Shell 的良好视觉集成之外,它还可以很好地用于 HiDPI 屏幕,并支持黑暗主题。 + +额外地,Lollypop 有一个集成的封面下载器和一个所谓的派对模式(右上角的音符按钮),它可以自动选择和播放音乐。它还集成了 [last.fm][2] 或 [libre.fm][8] 等在线服务。 + +它有 Fedora 的 RPM 也有用于 [Silverblue][5] 工作站的 [Flathub][4],使用 Gnome Software 或终端进行安装: +``` +$ sudo dnf install lollypop + +``` + +### Gradio + +如果你没有任何音乐但仍喜欢听怎么办?或者你只是喜欢收音机?Gradio 就是为你准备的。 + +![][9] + +Gradio 是一个简单的收音机,它允许你搜索和播放网络电台。你可以按国家、语言或直接搜索找到它们。额外地,它可视化地集成到了 GNOME Shell 中,可以与 HiDPI 屏幕配合使用,并且可以选择黑暗主题。 + +可以在 [Flathub][4] 中找到 Gradio,它同时可以运行在 Fedora Workstation 和 [Silverblue][5] 中。使用 Gnome Software 安装它 + +### sox + +你喜欢使用终端在工作时听一些音乐吗?多亏有了 sox,你不必离开终端。 + +![][10] + +sox 是一个非常简单的基于终端的音乐播放器。你需要做的就是运行如下命令: +``` +$ play file.mp3 + +``` + +接着 sox 就会为你播放。除了单独的音频文件外,sox 还支持 m3u 格式的播放列表。 + +额外地,因为 sox 是基于终端的程序,你可以在 ssh 中运行它。你有一个带扬声器的家用服务器吗?或者你想从另一台电脑上播放音乐吗?尝试将它与 [tmux][11] 一起使用,这样即使会话关闭也可以继续听。 + +sox 在 Fedora 中以 RPM 提供。运行下面的命令安装: +``` +$ sudo dnf install sox + +``` + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-music-player-apps/ + +作者:[Adam Šamalík][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://fedoramagazine.org/author/asamalik/ +[1]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/qodlibet-300x217.png +[2]:https://last.fm +[3]:https://soundcloud.com/ +[4]:https://flathub.org/home +[5]:https://teamsilverblue.org/ +[6]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/audacious-300x136.png +[7]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/lollypop-300x172.png +[8]:https://libre.fm +[9]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gradio.png +[10]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sox-300x179.png +[11]:https://fedoramagazine.org/use-tmux-more-powerful-terminal/ From 424e63e8e49a0bc7d4004d12516c5b98073110a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:05:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 172/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Hegemon=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20A=20Modular=20System=20Monitor=20Application=20Writ?= =?UTF-8?q?ten=20In=20Rust?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...tem Monitor Application Written In Rust.md | 78 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 78 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md b/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14f6a2e947 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +Hegemon – A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/hegemon-720x340.png) + +When it comes to monitor running processes in Unix-like systems, the most commonly used applications are **top** and **htop** , which is an enhanced version of top. My personal favorite is htop. However, the developers are releasing few alternatives to these applications every now and then. One such alternative to top and htop utilities is **Hegemon**. It is a modular system monitor application written using **Rust** programming language. + +Concerning about the features of Hegemon, we can list the following: + + * Hegemon will monitor the usage of CPU, memory and Swap. + * It monitors the system’s temperature and fan speed. + * The update interval time can be adjustable. The default value is 3 seconds. + * We can reveal more detailed graph and additional information by expanding the data streams. + * Unit tests + * Clean interface + * Free and open source. + + + +### Installing Hegemon + +Make sure you have installed **Rust 1.26** or later version. To install Rust in your Linux distribution, refer the following guide: + +[Install Rust Programming Language In Linux][2] + +Also, install [libsensors][1] library. It is available in the default repositories of most Linux distributions. For example, you can install it in RPM based systems such as Fedora using the following command: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install lm_sensors-devel +``` + +On Debian-based systems like Ubuntu, Linux Mint, it can be installed using command: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install libsensors4-dev +``` + +Once you installed Rust and libsensors, install Hegemon using command: + +``` +$ cargo install hegemon +``` + +Once hegemon installed, start monitoring the running processes in your Linux system using command: + +``` +$ hegemon +``` + +Here is the sample output from my Arch Linux desktop. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Hegemon-in-action.gif) + +To exit, press **Q**. + + +Please be mindful that hegemon is still in its early development stage and it is not complete replacement for **top** command. There might be bugs and missing features. If you came across any bugs, report them in the project’s github page. The developer is planning to bring more features in the upcoming versions. So, keep an eye on this project. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/hegemon-a-modular-system-monitor-application-written-in-rust/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://github.com/lm-sensors/lm-sensors +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-rust-programming-language-in-linux/ From 40f74a4ac5ff341a4b5d656ddbebfeb606897db6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:08:01 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 173/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20CPU=20Power=20Man?= =?UTF-8?q?ager=20=E2=80=93=20Control=20And=20Manage=20CPU=20Frequency=20I?= =?UTF-8?q?n=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ntrol And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md | 74 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 74 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180926 CPU Power Manager - Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180926 CPU Power Manager - Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md b/sources/talk/20180926 CPU Power Manager - Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aeffd1f144 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180926 CPU Power Manager - Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +CPU Power Manager – Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Manage-CPU-Frequency-720x340.jpeg) + +If you are a laptop user, you probably know that power management on Linux isn’t really as good as on other OSes. While there are tools like **TLP** , [**Laptop Mode Tools** and **powertop**][1] to help reduce power consumption, overall battery life on Linux isn’t as good as Windows or Mac OS. Another way to reduce power consumption is to limit the frequency of your CPU. While this is something that has always been doable, it generally requires complicated terminal commands, making it inconvenient. But fortunately, there’s a gnome extension that helps you easily set and manage your CPU’s frequency – **CPU Power Manager**. CPU Power Manager uses the **intel_pstate** frequency scaling driver (supported by almost every Intel CPU) to control and manage CPU frequency in your GNOME desktop. + +Another reason to use this extension is to reduce heating in your system. There are many systems out there which can get uncomfortably hot in normal usage. Limiting your CPU’s frequency could reduce heating. It will also decrease the wear and tear on your CPU and other components. + +### Installing CPU Power Manager + +First, go to the [**extension’s page**][2], and install the extension. + +Once the extension has installed, you’ll get a CPU icon at the right side of the Gnome top bar. Click the icon, and you get an option to install the extension: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager-icon.png) + +If you click **“Attempt Installation”** , you’ll get a password prompt. The extension needs root privileges to add policykit rule for controlling CPU frequency. This is what the prompt looks like: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager-1.png) + +Type in your password and Click **“Authenticate”** , and that finishes installation. The last action adds a policykit file – **mko.cpupower.setcpufreq.policy** at **/usr/share/polkit-1/actions**. + +After installation is complete, if you click the CPU icon at the top right, you’ll get something like this: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager.png) + +### Features + + * **See the current CPU frequency:** Obviously, you can use this window to see the frequency that your CPU is running at. + * **Set maximum and minimum frequency:** With this extension, you can set maximum and minimum frequency limits in terms of percentage of max frequency. Once these limits are set, the CPU will operate only in this range of frequencies. + * **Turn Turbo Boost On and Off:** This is my favorite feature. Most Intel CPU’s have “Turbo Boost” feature, whereby the one of the cores of the CPU is boosted past the normal maximum frequency for extra performance. While this can make your system more performant, it also increases power consumption a lot. So if you aren’t doing anything intensive, it’s nice to be able to turn off Turbo Boost and save power. In fact, in my case, I have Turbo Boost turned off most of the time. + * **Make Profiles:** You can make profiles with max and min frequency that you can turn on/off easily instead of fiddling with max and frequencies. + + + +### Preferences + +You can also customize the extension via the preferences window: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager-preferences.png) + +As you can see, you can set whether CPU frequency is to be displayed, and whether to display it in **Mhz** or **Ghz**. + +You can also edit and create/delete profiles: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager-preferences-1.png) + +You can set maximum and minimum frequencies, and turbo boost for each profile. + +### Conclusion + +As I said in the beginning, power management on Linux is not the best, and many people are always looking to eek out a few minutes more out of their Linux laptop. If you are one of those, check out this extension. This is a unconventional method to save power, but it does work. I certainly love this extension, and have been using it for a few months now. + +What do you think about this extension? Put your thoughts in the comments below! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cpu-power-manager-control-and-manage-cpu-frequency-in-linux/ + +作者:[EDITOR][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/editor/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/improve-laptop-battery-performance-linux/ +[2]: https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/945/cpu-power-manager/ From 7e099356134a14883aa35081fbda3d25a61b0fea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:08:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 174/437] translating --- ...led Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md index d5927effee..c775fd5040 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu ====== From 8a1bd55b95dae3a227404ca4b0d9a88966f5a0a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:11:35 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 175/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Boot?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Ubuntu=2018.04=20/=20Debian=209=20Server=20in=20Rescue=20(Si?= =?UTF-8?q?ngle=20User=20mode)=20/=20Emergency=20Mode?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...cue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md | 88 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 88 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ff33e7c175 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 / Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) / Emergency Mode +====== +Booting a Linux Server into a single user mode or **rescue mode** is one of the important troubleshooting that a Linux admin usually follow while recovering the server from critical conditions. In Ubuntu 18.04 and Debian 9, single user mode is known as a rescue mode. + +Apart from the rescue mode, Linux servers can be booted in **emergency mode** , the main difference between them is that, emergency mode loads a minimal environment with read only root file system file system, also it does not enable any network or other services. But rescue mode try to mount all the local file systems & try to start some important services including network. + +In this article we will discuss how we can boot our Ubuntu 18.04 LTS / Debian 9 Server in rescue mode and emergency mode. + +#### Booting Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server in Single User / Rescue Mode: + +Reboot your server and go to boot loader (Grub) screen and Select “ **Ubuntu** “, bootloader screen would look like below, + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Bootloader-Screen-Ubuntu18-04-Server.jpg) + +Press “ **e** ” and then go the end of line which starts with word “ **linux** ” and append “ **systemd.unit=rescue.target** “. Remove the word “ **$vt_handoff** ” if it exists. + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rescue-target-ubuntu18-04.jpg) + +Now Press Ctrl-x or F10 to boot, + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rescue-mode-ubuntu18-04.jpg) + +Now press enter and then you will get the shell where all file systems will be mounted in read-write mode and do the troubleshooting. Once you are done with troubleshooting, you can reboot your server using “ **reboot** ” command. + +#### Booting Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server in emergency mode + +Reboot the server and go the boot loader screen and select “ **Ubuntu** ” and then press “ **e** ” and go to the end of line which starts with word linux, and append “ **systemd.unit=emergency.target** ” + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Emergecny-target-ubuntu18-04-server.jpg) + +Now Press Ctlr-x or F10 to boot in emergency mode, you will get a shell and do the troubleshooting from there. As we had already discussed that in emergency mode, file systems will be mounted in read-only mode and also there will be no networking in this mode, + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Emergency-prompt-debian9.jpg) + +Use below command to mount the root file system in read-write mode, + +``` +# mount -o remount,rw / + +``` + +Similarly, you can remount rest of file systems in read-write mode . + +#### Booting Debian 9 into Rescue & Emergency Mode + +Reboot your Debian 9.x server and go to grub screen and select “ **Debian GNU/Linux** ” + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Debian9-Grub-Screen.jpg) + +Press “ **e** ” and go to end of line which starts with word linux and append “ **systemd.unit=rescue.target** ” to boot the system in rescue mode and to boot in emergency mode then append “ **systemd.unit=emergency.target** ” + +#### Rescue mode : + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Rescue-mode-Debian9.jpg) + +Now press Ctrl-x or F10 to boot in rescue mode + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Rescue-Mode-Shell-Debian9.jpg) + +Press Enter to get the shell and from there you can start troubleshooting. + +#### Emergency Mode: + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Emergency-target-grub-debian9.jpg) + +Now press ctrl-x or F10 to boot your system in emergency mode + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Emergency-prompt-debian9.jpg) + +Press enter to get the shell and use “ **mount -o remount,rw /** ” command to mount the root file system in read-write mode. + +**Note:** In case root password is already set in Ubuntu 18.04 and Debian 9 Server then you must enter root password to get shell in rescue and emergency mode + +That’s all from this article, please do share your feedback and comments in case you like this article. + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linuxtechi.com/boot-ubuntu-18-04-debian-9-rescue-emergency-mode/ + +作者:[Pradeep Kumar][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: http://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ From 6b52471d8f5834463e97f3f4c6b5e3680ee2e1c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:19:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 176/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20An=20introduction?= =?UTF-8?q?=20to=20swap=20space=20on=20Linux=20systems?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...oduction to swap space on Linux systems.md | 300 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 300 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md b/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..036890ef4b --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +An introduction to swap space on Linux systems +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/fail_progress_cycle_momentum_arrow.png?itok=q-ZFa_Eh) + +Swap space is a common aspect of computing today, regardless of operating system. Linux uses swap space to increase the amount of virtual memory available to a host. It can use one or more dedicated swap partitions or a swap file on a regular filesystem or logical volume. + +There are two basic types of memory in a typical computer. The first type, random access memory (RAM), is used to store data and programs while they are being actively used by the computer. Programs and data cannot be used by the computer unless they are stored in RAM. RAM is volatile memory; that is, the data stored in RAM is lost if the computer is turned off. + +Hard drives are magnetic media used for long-term storage of data and programs. Magnetic media is nonvolatile; the data stored on a disk remains even when power is removed from the computer. The CPU (central processing unit) cannot directly access the programs and data on the hard drive; it must be copied into RAM first, and that is where the CPU can access its programming instructions and the data to be operated on by those instructions. During the boot process, a computer copies specific operating system programs, such as the kernel and init or systemd, and data from the hard drive into RAM, where it is accessed directly by the computer’s processor, the CPU. + +### Swap space + +Swap space is the second type of memory in modern Linux systems. The primary function of swap space is to substitute disk space for RAM memory when real RAM fills up and more space is needed. + +For example, assume you have a computer system with 8GB of RAM. If you start up programs that don’t fill that RAM, everything is fine and no swapping is required. But suppose the spreadsheet you are working on grows when you add more rows, and that, plus everything else that's running, now fills all of RAM. Without swap space available, you would have to stop working on the spreadsheet until you could free up some of your limited RAM by closing down some other programs. + +The kernel uses a memory management program that detects blocks, aka pages, of memory in which the contents have not been used recently. The memory management program swaps enough of these relatively infrequently used pages of memory out to a special partition on the hard drive specifically designated for “paging,” or swapping. This frees up RAM and makes room for more data to be entered into your spreadsheet. Those pages of memory swapped out to the hard drive are tracked by the kernel’s memory management code and can be paged back into RAM if they are needed. + +The total amount of memory in a Linux computer is the RAM plus swap space and is referred to as virtual memory. + +### Types of Linux swap + +Linux provides for two types of swap space. By default, most Linux installations create a swap partition, but it is also possible to use a specially configured file as a swap file. A swap partition is just what its name implies—a standard disk partition that is designated as swap space by the `mkswap` command. + +A swap file can be used if there is no free disk space in which to create a new swap partition or space in a volume group where a logical volume can be created for swap space. This is just a regular file that is created and preallocated to a specified size. Then the `mkswap` command is run to configure it as swap space. I don’t recommend using a file for swap space unless absolutely necessary. + +### Thrashing + +Thrashing can occur when total virtual memory, both RAM and swap space, become nearly full. The system spends so much time paging blocks of memory between swap space and RAM and back that little time is left for real work. The typical symptoms of this are obvious: The system becomes slow or completely unresponsive, and the hard drive activity light is on almost constantly. + +If you can manage to issue a command like `free` that shows CPU load and memory usage, you will see that the CPU load is very high, perhaps as much as 30 to 40 times the number of CPU cores in the system. Another symptom is that both RAM and swap space are almost completely allocated. + +After the fact, looking at SAR (system activity report) data can also show these symptoms. I install SAR on every system I work on and use it for post-repair forensic analysis. + +### What is the right amount of swap space? + +Many years ago, the rule of thumb for the amount of swap space that should be allocated on the hard drive was 2X the amount of RAM installed in the computer (of course, that was when most computers' RAM was measured in KB or MB). So if a computer had 64KB of RAM, a swap partition of 128KB would be an optimum size. This rule took into account the facts that RAM sizes were typically quite small at that time and that allocating more than 2X RAM for swap space did not improve performance. With more than twice RAM for swap, most systems spent more time thrashing than actually performing useful work. + +RAM has become an inexpensive commodity and most computers these days have amounts of RAM that extend into tens of gigabytes. Most of my newer computers have at least 8GB of RAM, one has 32GB, and my main workstation has 64GB. My older computers have from 4 to 8 GB of RAM. + +When dealing with computers having huge amounts of RAM, the limiting performance factor for swap space is far lower than the 2X multiplier. The Fedora 28 online Installation Guide, which can be found online at [Fedora Installation Guide][1], defines current thinking about swap space allocation. I have included below some discussion and the table of recommendations from that document. + +The following table provides the recommended size of a swap partition depending on the amount of RAM in your system and whether you want sufficient memory for your system to hibernate. The recommended swap partition size is established automatically during installation. To allow for hibernation, however, you will need to edit the swap space in the custom partitioning stage. + +_Table 1: Recommended system swap space in Fedora 28 documentation_ + +| **Amount of system RAM** | **Recommended swap space** | **Recommended swap with hibernation** | +|--------------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------------------| +| less than 2 GB | 2 times the amount of RAM | 3 times the amount of RAM | +| 2 GB - 8 GB | Equal to the amount of RAM | 2 times the amount of RAM | +| 8 GB - 64 GB | 0.5 times the amount of RAM | 1.5 times the amount of RAM | +| more than 64 GB | workload dependent | hibernation not recommended | + +At the border between each range listed above (for example, a system with 2 GB, 8 GB, or 64 GB of system RAM), use discretion with regard to chosen swap space and hibernation support. If your system resources allow for it, increasing the swap space may lead to better performance. + +Of course, most Linux administrators have their own ideas about the appropriate amount of swap space—as well as pretty much everything else. Table 2, below, contains my recommendations based on my personal experiences in multiple environments. These may not work for you, but as with Table 1, they may help you get started. + +_Table 2: Recommended system swap space per the author_ + +| Amount of RAM | Recommended swap space | +|---------------|------------------------| +| ≤ 2GB | 2X RAM | +| 2GB – 8GB | = RAM | +| >8GB | 8GB | + +One consideration in both tables is that as the amount of RAM increases, beyond a certain point adding more swap space simply leads to thrashing well before the swap space even comes close to being filled. If you have too little virtual memory while following these recommendations, you should add more RAM, if possible, rather than more swap space. As with all recommendations that affect system performance, use what works best for your specific environment. This will take time and effort to experiment and make changes based on the conditions in your Linux environment. + +#### Adding more swap space to a non-LVM disk environment + +Due to changing requirements for swap space on hosts with Linux already installed, it may become necessary to modify the amount of swap space defined for the system. This procedure can be used for any general case where the amount of swap space needs to be increased. It assumes sufficient available disk space is available. This procedure also assumes that the disks are partitioned in “raw” EXT4 and swap partitions and do not use logical volume management (LVM). + +The basic steps to take are simple: + + 1. Turn off the existing swap space. + + 2. Create a new swap partition of the desired size. + + 3. Reread the partition table. + + 4. Configure the partition as swap space. + + 5. Add the new partition/etc/fstab. + + 6. Turn on swap. + + + + +A reboot should not be necessary. + +For safety's sake, before turning off swap, at the very least you should ensure that no applications are running and that no swap space is in use. The `free` or `top` commands can tell you whether swap space is in use. To be even safer, you could revert to run level 1 or single-user mode. + +Turn off the swap partition with the command which turns off all swap space: + +``` +swapoff -a + +``` + +Now display the existing partitions on the hard drive. + +``` +fdisk -l + +``` + +This displays the current partition tables on each drive. Identify the current swap partition by number. + +Start `fdisk` in interactive mode with the command: + +``` +fdisk /dev/ + +``` + +For example: + +``` +fdisk /dev/sda + +``` + +At this point, `fdisk` is now interactive and will operate only on the specified disk drive. + +Use the fdisk `p` sub-command to verify that there is enough free space on the disk to create the new swap partition. The space on the hard drive is shown in terms of 512-byte blocks and starting and ending cylinder numbers, so you may have to do some math to determine the available space between and at the end of allocated partitions. + +Use the `n` sub-command to create a new swap partition. fdisk will ask you the starting cylinder. By default, it chooses the lowest-numbered available cylinder. If you wish to change that, type in the number of the starting cylinder. + +The `fdisk` command now allows you to enter the size of the partitions in a number of formats, including the last cylinder number or the size in bytes, KB or MB. Type in 4000M, which will give about 4GB of space on the new partition (for example), and press Enter. + +Use the `p` sub-command to verify that the partition was created as you specified it. Note that the partition will probably not be exactly what you specified unless you used the ending cylinder number. The `fdisk` command can only allocate disk space in increments on whole cylinders, so your partition may be a little smaller or larger than you specified. If the partition is not what you want, you can delete it and create it again. + +Now it is necessary to specify that the new partition is to be a swap partition. The sub-command `t` allows you to specify the type of partition. So enter `t`, specify the partition number, and when it asks for the hex code partition type, type 82, which is the Linux swap partition type, and press Enter. + +When you are satisfied with the partition you have created, use the `w` sub-command to write the new partition table to the disk. The `fdisk` program will exit and return you to the command prompt after it completes writing the revised partition table. You will probably receive the following message as `fdisk` completes writing the new partition table: + +``` +The partition table has been altered! +Calling ioctl() to re-read partition table. +WARNING: Re-reading the partition table failed with error 16: Device or resource busy. +The kernel still uses the old table. +The new table will be used at the next reboot. +Syncing disks. +``` + +At this point, you use the `partprobe` command to force the kernel to re-read the partition table so that it is not necessary to perform a reboot. + +``` +partprobe +``` + +Now use the command `fdisk -l` to list the partitions and the new swap partition should be among those listed. Be sure that the new partition type is “Linux swap”. + +It will be necessary to modify the /etc/fstab file to point to the new swap partition. The existing line may look like this: + +``` +LABEL=SWAP-sdaX   swap        swap    defaults        0 0 + +``` + +where `X` is the partition number. Add a new line that looks similar this, depending upon the location of your new swap partition: + +``` +/dev/sdaY         swap        swap    defaults        0 0 + +``` + +Be sure to use the correct partition number. Now you can perform the final step in creating the swap partition. Use the `mkswap` command to define the partition as a swap partition. + +``` +mkswap /dev/sdaY + +``` + +The final step is to turn swap on using the command: + +``` +swapon -a + +``` + +Your new swap partition is now online along with the previously existing swap partition. You can use the `free` or `top` commands to verify this. + +#### Adding swap to an LVM disk environment + +If your disk setup uses LVM, changing swap space will be fairly easy. Again, this assumes that space is available in the volume group in which the current swap volume is located. By default, the installation procedures for Fedora Linux in an LVM environment create the swap partition as a logical volume. This makes it easy because you can simply increase the size of the swap volume. + +Here are the steps required to increase the amount of swap space in an LVM environment: + + 1. Turn off all swap. + + 2. Increase the size of the logical volume designated for swap. + + 3. Configure the resized volume as swap space. + + 4. Turn on swap. + + + + +First, let’s verify that swap exists and is a logical volume using the `lvs` command (list logical volume). + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# lvs +  LV     VG                Attr       LSize  Pool   Origin Data%  Meta%  Move Log Cpy%Sync Convert +  home   fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  2.00g                                                       +  pool00 fedora_studentvm1 twi-aotz--  2.00g               8.17   2.93                             +  root   fedora_studentvm1 Vwi-aotz--  2.00g pool00        8.17                                   +  swap   fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  8.00g                                                       +  tmp    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  5.00g                                                       +  usr    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao---- 15.00g                                                       +  var    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao---- 10.00g                                                       +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +You can see that the current swap size is 8GB. In this case, we want to add 2GB to this swap volume. First, stop existing swap. You may have to terminate running programs if swap space is in use. + +``` +swapoff -a + +``` + +Now increase the size of the logical volume. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# lvextend -L +2G /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap +  Size of logical volume fedora_studentvm1/swap changed from 8.00 GiB (2048 extents) to 10.00 GiB (2560 extents). +  Logical volume fedora_studentvm1/swap successfully resized. +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +Run the `mkswap` command to make this entire 10GB partition into swap space. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# mkswap /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap +mkswap: /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap: warning: wiping old swap signature. +Setting up swapspace version 1, size = 10 GiB (10737414144 bytes) +no label, UUID=3cc2bee0-e746-4b66-aa2d-1ea15ef1574a +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +Turn swap back on. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# swapon -a +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +Now verify the new swap space is present with the list block devices command. Again, a reboot is not required. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# lsblk +NAME                                 MAJ:MIN RM  SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT +sda                                    8:0    0   60G  0 disk +|-sda1                                 8:1    0    1G  0 part /boot +`-sda2                                 8:2    0   59G  0 part +  |-fedora_studentvm1-pool00_tmeta   253:0    0    4M  0 lvm   +  | `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00-tpool 253:2    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |   |-fedora_studentvm1-root       253:3    0    2G  0 lvm  / +  |   `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00     253:6    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |-fedora_studentvm1-pool00_tdata   253:1    0    2G  0 lvm   +  | `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00-tpool 253:2    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |   |-fedora_studentvm1-root       253:3    0    2G  0 lvm  / +  |   `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00     253:6    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |-fedora_studentvm1-swap           253:4    0   10G  0 lvm  [SWAP] +  |-fedora_studentvm1-usr            253:5    0   15G  0 lvm  /usr +  |-fedora_studentvm1-home           253:7    0    2G  0 lvm  /home +  |-fedora_studentvm1-var            253:8    0   10G  0 lvm  /var +  `-fedora_studentvm1-tmp            253:9    0    5G  0 lvm  /tmp +sr0                                   11:0    1 1024M  0 rom   +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +You can also use the `swapon -s` command, or `top`, `free`, or any of several other commands to verify this. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# free +              total        used        free      shared  buff/cache   available +Mem:        4038808      382404     2754072        4152      902332     3404184 +Swap:      10485756           0    10485756 +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +Note that the different commands display or require as input the device special file in different forms. There are a number of ways in which specific devices are accessed in the /dev directory. My article, [Managing Devices in Linux][2], includes more information about the /dev directory and its contents. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/swap-space-linux-systems + +作者:[David Both][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth +[1]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/fedora/f28/install-guide/ +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/16/11/managing-devices-linux From 982cca6773a6fdba251cff08e669b1e5bf2fd46c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:22:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 177/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=209=20Easiest=20Way?= =?UTF-8?q?s=20To=20Find=20Out=20Process=20ID=20(PID)=20In=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...s To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md | 208 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 208 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae353bf11f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux +====== +Everybody knows about PID, Exactly what is PID? Why you want PID? What are you going to do using PID? Are you having the same questions on your mind? If so, you are in the right place to get all the details. + +Mainly, we are looking PID to kill an unresponsive program and it’s similar to Windows task manager. Linux GUI also offering the same feature but CLI is an efficient way to perform the kill operation. + +### What Is Process ID? + +PID stands for process identification number which is generally used by most operating system kernels such as Linux, Unix, macOS and Windows. It is a unique identification number that is automatically assigned to each process when it is created in an operating system. A process is a running instance of a program. + +**Suggested Read :** +**(#)** [How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux][1] +**(#)** [3 Easy Ways To Kill Or Terminate A Process In Linux][2] + +Each time process ID will be getting change to all the processes except init because init is always the first process on the system and is the ancestor of all other processes. It’s PID is 1. + +The default maximum value of PIDs is `32,768`. The same has been verified by running the following command on your system `cat /proc/sys/kernel/pid_max`. On 32-bit systems 32768 is the maximum value but we can set to any value up to 2^22 (approximately 4 million) on 64-bit systems. + +You may ask, why we need such amount of PIDs? because we can’t reused the PIDs immediately that’s why. Also in order to prevent possible errors. + +The PID for the running processes on the system can be found by using the below nine methods such as pidof command, pgrep command, ps command, pstree command, ss command, netstat command, lsof command, fuser command and systemctl command. + +This can be achieved using the below six methods. + + * `pidof:` pidof — find the process ID of a running program. + * `pgrep:` pgre – look up or signal processes based on name and other attributes. + * `ps:` ps – report a snapshot of the current processes. + * `pstree:` pstree – display a tree of processes. + * `ss:` ss is used to dump socket statistics. + * `netstat:` netstat is displays a list of open sockets. + * `lsof:` lsof – list open files. + * `fuser:` fuser – list process IDs of all processes that have one or more files open + * `systemctl:` systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager + + + +In this tutorial we are going to find out the Apache process id to test this article. Make sure your need to input your process name instead of us. + +### Method-1 : Using pidof Command + +pidof used to find the process ID of a running program. It’s prints those id’s on the standard output. To demonstrate this, we are going to find out the Apache2 process id from Debian 9 (stretch) system. + +``` +# pidof apache2 +3754 2594 2365 2364 2363 2362 2361 + +``` + +From the above output you may face difficulties to identify the Process ID because it’s shows all the PIDs (included Parent and Childs) aginst the process name. Hence we need to find out the parent PID (PPID), which is the one we are looking. It could be the first number. In my case it’s `3754` and it’s shorted in descending order. + +### Method-2 : Using pgrep Command + +pgrep looks through the currently running processes and lists the process IDs which match the selection criteria to stdout. + +``` +# pgrep apache2 +2361 +2362 +2363 +2364 +2365 +2594 +3754 + +``` + +This also similar to the above output but it’s shorting the results in ascending order, which clearly says that the parent PID is the last one. In my case it’s `3754`. + +**Note :** If you have more than one process id of the process, you may face trouble to identify the parent process id when using pidof & pgrep command. + +### Method-3 : Using pstree Command + +pstree shows running processes as a tree. The tree is rooted at either pid or init if pid is omitted. If a user name is specified in the pstree command then it’s shows all the process owned by the corresponding user. + +pstree visually merges identical branches by putting them in square brackets and prefixing them with the repetition count. + +``` +# pstree -p | grep "apache2" + |-apache2(3754)-|-apache2(2361) + | |-apache2(2362) + | |-apache2(2363) + | |-apache2(2364) + | |-apache2(2365) + | `-apache2(2594) + +``` + +To get parent process alone, use the following format. + +``` +# pstree -p | grep "apache2" | head -1 + |-apache2(3754)-|-apache2(2361) + +``` + +pstree command is very simple because it’s segregating the Parent and Child processes separately but it’s not easy when using pidof & pgrep command. + +### Method-4 : Using ps Command + +ps displays information about a selection of the active processes. It displays the process ID (pid=PID), the terminal associated with the process (tname=TTY), the cumulated CPU time in [DD-]hh:mm:ss format (time=TIME), and the executable name (ucmd=CMD). Output is unsorted by default. + +``` +# ps aux | grep "apache2" +www-data 2361 0.0 0.4 302652 9732 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2362 0.0 0.4 302652 9732 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2363 0.0 0.4 302652 9732 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2364 0.0 0.4 302652 9732 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2365 0.0 0.4 302652 8400 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2594 0.0 0.4 302652 8400 ? S 06:55 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +root 3754 0.0 1.4 302580 29324 ? Ss Dec11 0:23 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +root 5648 0.0 0.0 12784 940 pts/0 S+ 21:32 0:00 grep apache2 + +``` + +From the above output we can easily identify the parent process id (PPID) based on the process start date. In my case apache2 process was started @ `Dec11` which is the parent and others are child’s. PID of apache2 is `3754`. + +### Method-5: Using ss Command + +ss is used to dump socket statistics. It allows showing information similar to netstat. It can display more TCP and state informations than other tools. + +It can display stats for all kind of sockets such as PACKET, TCP, UDP, DCCP, RAW, Unix domain, etc. + +``` +# ss -tnlp | grep apache2 +LISTEN 0 128 :::80 :::* users:(("apache2",pid=3319,fd=4),("apache2",pid=3318,fd=4),("apache2",pid=3317,fd=4)) + +``` + +### Method-6: Using netstat Command + +netstat – Print network connections, routing tables, interface statistics, masquerade connections, and multicast memberships. +By default, netstat displays a list of open sockets. + +If you don’t specify any address families, then the active sockets of all configured address families will be printed. This program is obsolete. Replacement for netstat is ss. + +``` +# netstat -tnlp | grep apache2 +tcp6 0 0 :::80 :::* LISTEN 3317/apache2 + +``` + +### Method-7: Using lsof Command + +lsof – list open files. The Linux lsof command lists information about files that are open by processes running on the system. + +``` +# lsof -i -P | grep apache2 +apache2 3317 root 4u IPv6 40518 0t0 TCP *:80 (LISTEN) +apache2 3318 www-data 4u IPv6 40518 0t0 TCP *:80 (LISTEN) +apache2 3319 www-data 4u IPv6 40518 0t0 TCP *:80 (LISTEN) + +``` + +### Method-8: Using fuser Command + +The fuser utility shall write to standard output the process IDs of processes running on the local system that have one or more named files open. + +``` +# fuser -v 80/tcp + USER PID ACCESS COMMAND +80/tcp: root 3317 F.... apache2 + www-data 3318 F.... apache2 + www-data 3319 F.... apache2 + +``` + +### Method-9: Using systemctl Command + +systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager. This is the replacement of old SysV init system management and +most of the modern Linux operating systems were adapted systemd. + +``` +# systemctl status apache2 +● apache2.service - The Apache HTTP Server + Loaded: loaded (/lib/systemd/system/apache2.service; disabled; vendor preset: enabled) + Drop-In: /lib/systemd/system/apache2.service.d + └─apache2-systemd.conf + Active: active (running) since Tue 2018-09-25 10:03:28 IST; 3s ago + Process: 3294 ExecStart=/usr/sbin/apachectl start (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS) + Main PID: 3317 (apache2) + Tasks: 55 (limit: 4915) + Memory: 7.9M + CPU: 71ms + CGroup: /system.slice/apache2.service + ├─3317 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start + ├─3318 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start + └─3319 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start + +Sep 25 10:03:28 ubuntu systemd[1]: Starting The Apache HTTP Server... +Sep 25 10:03:28 ubuntu systemd[1]: Started The Apache HTTP Server. + +``` + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.2daygeek.com/9-methods-to-check-find-the-process-id-pid-ppid-of-a-running-program-in-linux/ + +作者:[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/ +[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-out-which-port-number-a-process-is-using-in-linux/ +[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/kill-terminate-a-process-in-linux-using-kill-pkill-killall-command/ From cbb1782339f6b596c3188d6e248460475a5c45ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:24:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 178/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20use=20?= =?UTF-8?q?the=20Scikit-learn=20Python=20library=20for=20data=20science=20?= =?UTF-8?q?projects?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ython library for data science projects.md | 258 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 258 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md b/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f5d9aedf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) + +The Scikit-learn Python library, initially released in 2007, is commonly used in solving machine learning and data science problems—from the beginning to the end. The versatile library offers an uncluttered, consistent, and efficient API and thorough online documentation. + +### What is Scikit-learn? + +[Scikit-learn][1] is an open source Python library that has powerful tools for data analysis and data mining. It's available under the BSD license and is built on the following machine learning libraries: + + * **NumPy** , a library for manipulating multi-dimensional arrays and matrices. It also has an extensive compilation of mathematical functions for performing various calculations. + * **SciPy** , an ecosystem consisting of various libraries for completing technical computing tasks. + * **Matplotlib** , a library for plotting various charts and graphs. + + + +Scikit-learn offers an extensive range of built-in algorithms that make the most of data science projects. + +Here are the main ways the Scikit-learn library is used. + +#### 1. Classification + +The [classification][2] tools identify the category associated with provided data. For example, they can be used to categorize email messages as either spam or not. + + * Support vector machines (SVMs) + * Nearest neighbors + * Random forest + + + +#### 2. Regression + +Classification algorithms in Scikit-learn include: + +Regression involves creating a model that tries to comprehend the relationship between input and output data. For example, regression tools can be used to understand the behavior of stock prices. + +Regression algorithms include: + + * SVMs + * Ridge regression + * Lasso + + + +#### 3. Clustering + +The Scikit-learn clustering tools are used to automatically group data with the same characteristics into sets. For example, customer data can be segmented based on their localities. + +Clustering algorithms include: + + * K-means + * Spectral clustering + * Mean-shift + + + +#### 4. Dimensionality reduction + +Dimensionality reduction lowers the number of random variables for analysis. For example, to increase the efficiency of visualizations, outlying data may not be considered. + +Dimensionality reduction algorithms include: + + * Principal component analysis (PCA) + * Feature selection + * Non-negative matrix factorization + + + +#### 5. Model selection + +Model selection algorithms offer tools to compare, validate, and select the best parameters and models to use in your data science projects. + +Model selection modules that can deliver enhanced accuracy through parameter tuning include: + + * Grid search + * Cross-validation + * Metrics + + + +#### 6. Preprocessing + +The Scikit-learn preprocessing tools are important in feature extraction and normalization during data analysis. For example, you can use these tools to transform input data—such as text—and apply their features in your analysis. + +Preprocessing modules include: + + * Preprocessing + * Feature extraction + + + +### A Scikit-learn library example + +Let's use a simple example to illustrate how you can use the Scikit-learn library in your data science projects. + +We'll use the [Iris flower dataset][3], which is incorporated in the Scikit-learn library. The Iris flower dataset contains 150 details about three flower species: + + * Setosa—labeled 0 + * Versicolor—labeled 1 + * Virginica—labeled 2 + + + +The dataset includes the following characteristics of each flower species (in centimeters): + + * Sepal length + * Sepal width + * Petal length + * Petal width + + + +#### Step 1: Importing the library + +Since the Iris dataset is included in the Scikit-learn data science library, we can load it into our workspace as follows: + +``` +from sklearn import datasets +iris = datasets.load_iris() +``` + +These commands import the **datasets** module from **sklearn** , then use the **load_digits()** method from **datasets** to include the data in the workspace. + +#### Step 2: Getting dataset characteristics + +The **datasets** module contains several methods that make it easier to get acquainted with handling data. + +In Scikit-learn, a dataset refers to a dictionary-like object that has all the details about the data. The data is stored using the **.data** key, which is an array list. + +For instance, we can utilize **iris.data** to output information about the Iris flower dataset. + +``` +print(iris.data) +``` + +Here is the output (the results have been truncated): + +``` +[[5.1 3.5 1.4 0.2] + [4.9 3.  1.4 0.2] + [4.7 3.2 1.3 0.2] + [4.6 3.1 1.5 0.2] + [5.  3.6 1.4 0.2] + [5.4 3.9 1.7 0.4] + [4.6 3.4 1.4 0.3] + [5.  3.4 1.5 0.2] + [4.4 2.9 1.4 0.2] + [4.9 3.1 1.5 0.1] + [5.4 3.7 1.5 0.2] + [4.8 3.4 1.6 0.2] + [4.8 3.  1.4 0.1] + [4.3 3.  1.1 0.1] + [5.8 4.  1.2 0.2] + [5.7 4.4 1.5 0.4] + [5.4 3.9 1.3 0.4] + [5.1 3.5 1.4 0.3] +``` + +Let's also use **iris.target** to give us information about the different labels of the flowers. + +``` +print(iris.target) +``` + +Here is the output: + +``` +[0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + 2 2] + +``` + +If we use **iris.target_names** , we'll output an array of the names of the labels found in the dataset. + +``` +print(iris.target_names) +``` + +Here is the result after running the Python code: + +``` +['setosa' 'versicolor' 'virginica'] +``` + +#### Step 3: Visualizing the dataset + +We can use the [box plot][4] to produce a visual depiction of the Iris flower dataset. The box plot illustrates how the data is distributed over the plane through their quartiles. + +Here's how to achieve this: + +``` +import seaborn as sns +box_data = iris.data #variable representing the data array +box_target = iris.target #variable representing the labels array +sns.boxplot(data = box_data,width=0.5,fliersize=5) +sns.set(rc={'figure.figsize':(2,15)}) +``` + +Let's see the result: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/scikit_boxplot.png) + +On the horizontal axis: + + * 0 is sepal length + * 1 is sepal width + * 2 is petal length + * 3 is petal width + + + +The vertical axis is dimensions in centimeters. + +### Wrapping up + +Here is the entire code for this simple Scikit-learn data science tutorial. + +``` +from sklearn import datasets +iris = datasets.load_iris() +print(iris.data) +print(iris.target) +print(iris.target_names) +import seaborn as sns +box_data = iris.data #variable representing the data array +box_target = iris.target #variable representing the labels array +sns.boxplot(data = box_data,width=0.5,fliersize=5) +sns.set(rc={'figure.figsize':(2,15)}) +``` + +Scikit-learn is a versatile Python library you can use to efficiently complete data science projects. + +If you want to learn more, check out the tutorials on [LiveEdu][5], such as Andrey Bulezyuk's video on using the Scikit-learn library to create a [machine learning application][6]. + +Do you have any questions or comments? Feel free to share them below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/how-use-scikit-learn-data-science-projects + +作者:[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg +[1]: http://scikit-learn.org/stable/index.html +[2]: https://blog.liveedu.tv/regression-versus-classification-machine-learning-whats-the-difference/ +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iris_flower_data_set +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Box_plot +[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ +[6]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ From 05902bc1d225b9c9c5d54acd86b2df582a491cc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:51:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 179/437] translated --- ...ing Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 131 ------------------ ...ing Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 128 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 128 insertions(+), 131 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7ef713eae4..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-720x340.png) - -As we all know, the **ping** command is used to check if a target host is reachable or not. Using Ping command, we can send ICMP Echo request to our target host, and verify whether the destination host is up or down. If you use ping command often, I’d like to recommend you to try **“Prettyping”**. Prettyping is just a wrapper for the standard ping tool and makes the output of the ping command prettier, easier to read, colorful and compact. The prettyping runs the standard ping command in the background and parses the output with colors and unicode characters. It is free and open source tool written in **Bash** and **awk** and supports most Unix-like operating systems such as GNU/Linux, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. Prettyping is not only used to make the output of ping command prettier, but also ships with other notable features as listed below. - - * Detects the lost or missing packets and marks them in the output. - * Shows live statistics. The statistics are constantly updated after each response is received, while ping only shows after it ends. - * Smart enough to handle “unknown messages” (like error messages) without messing up the output. - * Avoids printing the repeated messages. - * You can use most common ping parameters with Prettyping. - * Can run as normal user. - * Can be able to redirect the output to a file. - * Requires no installation. Just download the binary, make it executable and run. - * Fast and lightweight. - * And, finally makes the output pretty, colorful and very intuitive. - - - -### Installing Prettyping - -Like I said already, Prettyping does not requires any installation. It is portable application! Just download the Prettyping binary file using command: - -``` -$ curl -O https://raw.githubusercontent.com/denilsonsa/prettyping/master/prettyping -``` - -Move the binary file to your $PATH, for example **/usr/local/bin**. - -``` -$ sudo mv prettyping /usr/local/bin -``` - -And, make it executable as like below: - -``` -$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/prettyping -``` - -It’s that simple. - -### Let us Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read - -Once installed, ping any host or IP address and see the ping command output in graphical way. - -``` -$ prettyping ostechnix.com -``` - -Here is the visually displayed ping output: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-in-action.gif) - -If you run Prettyping without any arguments, it will keep running until you manually stop it by pressing **Ctrl+c**. - -Since Prettyping is just a wrapper to the ping command, you can use most common ping parameters. For instance, you can use **-c** flag to ping a host only a specific number of times, for example **5** : - -``` -$ prettyping -c 5 ostechnix.com -``` - -By default, prettynping displays the output in colored format. Don’t like the colored output? No problem! Use `--nocolor` option. - -``` -$ prettyping --nocolor ostechnix.com -``` - -Similarly, you can disable mult-color support using `--nomulticolor` option: - -``` -$ prettyping --nomulticolor ostechnix.com -``` - -To disable unicode characters, use `--nounicode` option: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-without-unicode-support.png) - -This can be useful if your terminal does not support **UTF-8**. If you can’t fix the unicode (fonts) in your system, simply pass `--nounicode` option. - -Prettyping can redirect the output to a file as well. The following command will write the output of `prettyping ostechnix.com` command in `ostechnix.txt` file. - -``` -$ prettyping ostechnix.com | tee ostechnix.txt -``` - -Prettyping has few more options which helps you to do various tasks, such as, - - * Enable/disable the latency legend. (default value is: enabled) - * Force the output designed to a terminal. (default: auto) - * Use the last “n” pings at the statistics line. (default: 60) - * Override auto-detection of terminal dimensions. - * Override the awk interpreter. (default: awk) - * Override the ping tool. (default: ping) - - - -For more details, view the help section: - -``` -$ prettyping --help -``` - -Even though Prettyping doesn’t add any extra functionality, I personally like the following feature implementations in it: - - * Live statistics – You can see all the live statistics all the time. The standard ping command will only shows the statistics after it ends. - * Compact – You can see a longer timespan at your terminal. - * Prettyping detects missing responses. - - - -If you’re ever looking for a way to visually display the output of the ping command, Prettyping will definitely help. Give it a try, you won’t be disappointed. - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/prettyping-make-the-output-of-ping-command-prettier-and-easier-to-read/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..efca96da23 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +如何让 Ping 的输出更简单易读 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-720x340.png) + +众所周知,`ping` 命令可以用来检查目标主机是否可达。使用 `ping` 命令的时候,会发送一个 ICMP Echo 请求,通过目标主机的响应与否来确定目标主机的状态。如果你经常使用 `ping` 命令,你可以尝试一下 `prettyping`。Prettyping 只是将一个标准的 ping 工具增加了一层封装,在运行标准 ping 命令的同时添加了颜色和 unicode 字符解析输出,所以它的输出更漂亮紧凑、清晰易读。它是用 `bash` 和 `awk` 编写的免费开源工具,支持大部分类 Unix 操作系统,包括 GNU/Linux、FreeBSD 和 Mac OS X。Prettyping 除了美化 ping 命令的输出,还有很多值得注意的功能。 + + * 检测丢失的数据包并在输出中标记出来。 + * 显示实时数据。每次收到响应后,都会更新统计数据,而对于普通 ping 命令,只会在执行结束后统计。 + * 能够在输出结果不混乱的前提下灵活处理“未知信息”(例如错误信息)。 + * 能够避免输出重复的信息。 + * 兼容常用的 ping 工具命令参数。 + * 能够由普通用户执行。 + * 可以将输出重定向到文件中。 + * 不需要安装,只需要下载二进制文件,赋予可执行权限即可执行。 + * 快速且轻巧。 + * 输出结果清晰直观。 + + + +### 安装 Prettyping + +如上所述,Prettyping 是一个绿色软件,不需要任何安装,只要使用以下命令下载 Prettyping 二进制文件: + +``` +$ curl -O https://raw.githubusercontent.com/denilsonsa/prettyping/master/prettyping +``` + +将二进制文件放置到 `$PATH`(例如 `/usr/local/bin`)中: + +``` +$ sudo mv prettyping /usr/local/bin +``` + +然后对其赋予可执行权限: + +``` +$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/prettyping +``` + +就可以使用了。 + +### 让 ping 的输出清晰易读 + +安装完成后,通过 `prettyping` 来 ping 任何主机或 IP 地址,就可以以图形方式查看输出。 + +``` +$ prettyping ostechnix.com +``` + +输出效果大概会是这样: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-in-action.gif) + +如果你不带任何参数执行 `prettyping`,它就会一直运行直到被 ctrl + c 中断。 + +由于 Prettyping 只是一个对普通 ping 命令的封装,所以常用的 ping 参数也是有效的。例如使用 `-c 5` 来指定 ping 一台主机的 5 次: + +``` +$ prettyping -c 5 ostechnix.com +``` + +Prettyping 默认会使用彩色输出,如果你不喜欢彩色的输出,可以加上 `--nocolor` 参数: + +``` +$ prettyping --nocolor ostechnix.com +``` + +同样的,也可以用 `--nomulticolor` 参数禁用多颜色支持: + +``` +$ prettyping --nomulticolor ostechnix.com +``` + +使用 `--nounicode` 参数禁用 unicode 字符: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-without-unicode-support.png) + +如果你的终端不支持 **UTF-8**,或者无法修复系统中的 unicode 字体,只需要加上 `--nounicode` 参数就能轻松解决。 + +Prettyping 支持将输出的内容重定向到文件中,例如执行以下这个命令会将 `prettyping ostechnix.com` 的输出重定向到 `ostechnix.txt` 中: + +``` +$ prettyping ostechnix.com | tee ostechnix.txt +``` + +Prettyping 还有很多选项帮助你完成各种任务,例如: + + * 启用/禁用延时图例(默认启用) + * 强制按照终端的格式输出(默认自动) + * 在统计数据中统计最后的 n 次 ping(默认 60 次) + * 覆盖对终端尺寸的检测 + * 覆盖 awk 解释器(默认不覆盖) + * 覆盖 ping 工具(默认不覆盖) + + + +查看帮助文档可以了解更多: + +``` +$ prettyping --help +``` + +尽管 prettyping 没有添加任何额外功能,但我个人喜欢它的这些优点: + + * 实时统计 - 可以随时查看所有实时统计信息,标准 `ping` 命令只会在命令执行结束后才显示统计信息。 + * 紧凑的显示 - 可以在终端看到更长的时间跨度。 + * 检测丢失的数据包并显示出来。 + + + +如果你一直在寻找可视化显示 `ping` 命令输出的工具,那么 Prettyping 肯定会有所帮助。尝试一下,你不会失望的。 + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/prettyping-make-the-output-of-ping-command-prettier-and-easier-to-read/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ + From cef6b4d99f7e92f4c82a1b411db32b0072be16fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:52:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 180/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Control=20your=20?= =?UTF-8?q?data=20with=20Syncthing:=20An=20open=20source=20synchronization?= =?UTF-8?q?=20tool?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ng- An open source synchronization tool.md | 108 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 108 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180921 Control your data with Syncthing- An open source synchronization tool.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180921 Control your data with Syncthing- An open source synchronization tool.md b/sources/tech/20180921 Control your data with Syncthing- An open source synchronization tool.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32be152b4c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180921 Control your data with Syncthing- An open source synchronization tool.md @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +Control your data with Syncthing: An open source synchronization tool +====== +Decide how to store and share your personal information. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus_cloud_database.png?itok=lhhU42fg) + +These days, some of our most important possessions—from pictures and videos of family and friends to financial and medical documents—are data. And even as cloud storage services are booming, so there are concerns about privacy and lack of control over our personal data. From the PRISM surveillance program to Google [letting app developers scan your personal emails][1], the news is full of reports that should give us all pause regarding the security of our personal information. + +[Syncthing][2] can help put your mind at ease. An open source peer-to-peer file synchronization tool that runs on Linux, Windows, Mac, Android, and others (sorry, no iOS), Syncthing uses its own protocol, called [Block Exchange Protocol][3]. In brief, Syncthing lets you synchronize your data across many devices without owning a server. + +### Linux + +In this post, I will explain how to install and synchronize files between a Linux computer and an Android phone. + +Syncthing is readily available for most popular distributions. Fedora 28 includes the latest version. + +To install Syncthing in Fedora, you can either search for it in Software Center or execute the following command: + +``` +sudo dnf install syncthing syncthing-gtk + +``` + +Once it’s installed, open it. You’ll be welcomed by an assistant to help configure Syncthing. Click **Next** until it asks to configure the WebUI. The safest option is to keep the option **Listen on localhost**. That will disable the web interface and keep unauthorized users away. + +![Syncthing in Setup WebUI dialog box][5] + +Syncthing in Setup WebUI dialog box + +Close the dialog. Now that Syncthing is installed, it’s time to share a folder, connect a device, and start syncing. But first, let’s continue with your other client. + +### Android + +Syncthing is available in Google Play and in F-Droid app stores. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing2.png) + +Once the application is installed, you’ll be welcomed by a wizard. Grant Syncthing permissions to your storage. You might be asked to disable battery optimization for this application. It is safe to do so as we will optimize the app to synchronize only when plugged in and connected to a wireless network. + +Click on the main menu icon and go to **Settings** , then **Run Conditions**. Tick **Always run in** **the background** , **Run only when charging** , and **Run only on wifi**. Now your Android client is ready to exchange files with your devices. + +There are two important concepts to remember in Syncthing: folders and devices. Folders are what you want to share, but you must have a device to share with. Syncthing allows you to share individual folders with different devices. Devices are added by exchanging device IDs. A device ID is a unique, cryptographically secure identifier that is created when Syncthing starts for the first time. + +### Connecting devices + +Now let’s connect your Linux machine and your Android client. + +In your Linux computer, open Syncthing, click on the **Settings** icon and click **Show ID**. A QR code will show up. + +In your Android mobile, open Syncthing. In the main screen, click the **Devices** tab and press the **+** symbol. In the first field, press the QR code symbol to open the QR scanner. + +Point your mobile camera to the computer QR code. The Device ID** **field will be populated with your desktop client Device ID. Give it a friendly name and save. Because adding a device goes two ways, you now need to confirm on the computer client that you want to add the Android mobile. It might take a couple of minutes for your computer client to ask for confirmation. When it does, click **Add**. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing6.png) + +In the **New Device** window, you can verify and configure some options about your new device, like the **Device Name** and **Addresses**. If you keep dynamic, it will try to auto-discover the device IP, but if you want to force one, you can add it in this field. If you already created a folder (more on this later), you can also share it with this new device. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing7.png) + +Your computer and Android are now paired and ready to exchange files. (If you have more than one computer or mobile phone, simply repeat these steps.) + +### Sharing folders + +Now that the devices you want to sync are already connected, it’s time to share a folder. You can share folders on your computer and the devices you add to that folder will get a copy. + +To share a folder, go to **Settings** and click **Add Shared Folder** : + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing8.png) + +In the next window, enter the information of the folder you want to share: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing9.png) + +You can use any label you want. **Folder ID** will be generated randomly and will be used to identify the folder between the clients. In **Path** , click **Browse** and locate the folder you want to share. If you want Syncthing to monitor the folder for changes (such as deletes, new files, etc.), click **Monitor filesystem for changes**. + +Remember, when you share a folder, any change that happens on the other clients will be reflected on every single device. That means that if you share a folder containing pictures with other computers or mobile devices, changes in these other clients will be reflected everywhere. If this is not what you want, you can make your folder “Send Only” so it will send files to the clients, but the other clients’ changes won’t be synced. + +When this is done, go to **Share with Devices** and select the hosts you want to sync with your folder: + +All the devices you select will need to accept the share request; you will get a notification from the devices: + +Just as when you shared the folder, you must configure the new shared folder: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing12.png) + +Again, here you can define any label, but the ID must match each client. In the folder option, select the destination for the folder and its files. Remember that any change done in this folder will be reflected with every device allowed in the folder. + +These are the steps to connect devices and share folders with Syncthing. It might take a few minutes to start copying, depending on your network settings or if you are not on the same network. + +Syncthing offers many more great features and options. Try it—and take control of your data. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/take-control-your-data-syncthing + +作者:[Michael Zamot][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mzamot +[1]: https://gizmodo.com/google-says-it-doesnt-go-through-your-inbox-anymore-bu-1827299695 +[2]: https://syncthing.net/ +[3]: https://docs.syncthing.net/specs/bep-v1.html +[4]: /file/410191 +[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing1.png (Syncthing in Setup WebUI dialog box) From f068057d362c6ec76f86eeae022fa459306ae2a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:55:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 181/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Instal?= =?UTF-8?q?l=20Cinnamon=20Desktop=20on=20Ubuntu?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...w to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 80 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 80 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78ba32e2a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu +====== +**This tutorial shows you how to install Cinnamon desktop environment on Ubuntu.** + +[Cinnamon][1] is the default desktop environment of [Linux Mint][2]. Unlike Unity desktop environment in Ubuntu, Cinnamon is more traditional but elegant looking desktop environment with the bottom panel and app menu etc. Many Windows migrants [prefer Linux Mint over Ubuntu][3] because of Cinnamon desktop and its Windows-resembling user interface. + +Now, you don’t need to [install Linux Mint][4] just for trying Cinnamon. In this tutorial, I’ll show you **how to install Cinnamon in Ubuntu 18.04, 16.04 and 14.04**. + +You should note something before you install Cinnamon desktop on Ubuntu. Sometimes, installing additional desktop environments leads to conflict between the desktop environments. This may result in a broken session, broken applications and features etc. This is why you should be careful in making this choice. + +### How to Install Cinnamon on Ubuntu + +![How to install cinnamon desktop on Ubuntu Linux][5] + +There used to be a-sort-of official PPA from Cinnamon team for Ubuntu but it doesn’t exist anymore. Don’t lose heart. There is an unofficial PPA available and it works perfectly. This PPA consists of the latest Cinnamon version. + +Open a terminal and use the following commands: + +``` +sudo add-apt-repository ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon +sudo apt update && sudo apt install cinnamon + +``` + +It will download files of around 150 MB in size (if I remember correctly). This also provides you with Nemo (Nautilus fork) and Cinnamon Control Center. This bonus stuff gives a closer feel of Linux Mint. + +### Using Cinnamon desktop environment in Ubuntu + +Once you have installed Cinnamon, log out of the current session. At the login screen, click on the Ubuntu symbol beside the username: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Change_Desktop_Environment_Ubuntu.jpeg) + +When you do this, it will give you all the desktop environments available for your system. No need to tell you that you have to choose Cinnamon: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Install_Cinnamon_Ubuntu.jpeg) + +Now you should be logged in to Ubuntu with Cinnamon desktop environment. Remember, you can do the same to switch back to Unity. Here is a quick screenshot of what it looked like to run **Cinnamon in Ubuntu** : + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Cinnamon_Ubuntu_1404.jpeg) + +Looks completely like Linux Mint, isn’t it? I didn’t find any compatibility issue between Cinnamon and Unity. I switched back and forth between Unity and Cinnamon and both worked perfectly. + +#### Remove Cinnamon from Ubuntu + +It is understandable that you might want to uninstall Cinnamon. We will use PPA Purge for this purpose. Let’s install PPA Purge first: + +``` +sudo apt-get install ppa-purge + +``` + +Afterward, use the following command to purge the PPA: + +``` +sudo ppa-purge ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon + +``` + +In related articles, I suggest you to read more about [how to remove PPA in Linux][6]. + +I hope this post helps you to **install Cinnamon in Ubuntu**. Do share your experience with Cinnamon. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/install-cinnamon-on-ubuntu/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: http://cinnamon.linuxmint.com/ +[2]: http://www.linuxmint.com/ +[3]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-vs-ubuntu/ +[4]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-linux-mint-16-dual-boot-windows/ +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/install-cinnamon-ubuntu.png +[6]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-remove-or-delete-ppas-quick-tip/ From 34d2cd8445f64a60f280c7577f5995cedb1f8ce6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 10:01:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 182/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Distributed=20tra?= =?UTF-8?q?cing=20in=20a=20microservices=20world?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ibuted tracing in a microservices world.md | 113 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 113 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180920 Distributed tracing in a microservices world.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 Distributed tracing in a microservices world.md b/sources/tech/20180920 Distributed tracing in a microservices world.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b39a5e30a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180920 Distributed tracing in a microservices world.md @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +Distributed tracing in a microservices world +====== +What is distributed tracing and why is it so important in a microservices environment? + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/pixelated-world.png?itok=fHjM6m53) + +[Microservices][1] have become the default choice for greenfield applications. After all, according to practitioners, microservices provide the type of decoupling required for a full digital transformation, allowing individual teams to innovate at a far greater speed than ever before. + +Microservices are nothing more than regular distributed systems, only at a larger scale. Therefore, they exacerbate the well-known problems that any distributed system faces, like lack of visibility into a business transaction across process boundaries. + +Given that it's extremely common to have multiple versions of a single service running in production at the same time—be it in a [A/B testing][2] scenario or as part of rolling out a new release following the [Canary release][3] technique—when we account for the fact that we are talking about hundreds of services, it's clear that what we have is chaos. It's almost impossible to map the interdependencies and understand the path of a business transaction across services and their versions. + +### Observability + +This chaos ends up being a good thing, as long as we can observe what's going on and diagnose the problems that will eventually occur. + +A system is said to be observable when we can understand its state based on the [metrics, logs, and traces][4] it emits. Given that we are talking about distributed systems, knowing the state of a single instance of a single service isn't enough; we need to be able to aggregate the metrics for all instances of a given service, perhaps grouped by version. Metrics solutions like [Prometheus][5] are very popular in tackling this aspect of the observability problem. Similarly, we need logs to be stored in a central location, as it's impossible to analyze the logs from the individual instances of each service. [Logstash][6] is usually applied here, in combination with a backing storage like [Elasticsearch][7]. And finally, we need to get end-to-end traces to understand the path a given transaction has taken. This is where distributed tracing solutions come into play. + +### Distributed tracing + +In monolithic web applications, logging frameworks provide enough capabilities to do a basic root-cause analysis when something fails. A developer just needs to place log statements in the code. Information like "context" (usually "thread") and "timestamp" are automatically added to the log entry, making it easier to understand the execution of a given request and correlate the entries. + +``` +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:54+02:00 Request started +Thread-2 2018-09-03T15:52:55+02:00 Charging credit card x321 +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:55+02:00 Order submitted +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:56+02:00 Charging credit card x123 +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:57+02:00 Changing order status +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:58+02:00 Dispatching event to inventory +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:59+02:00 Request finished +``` + +We can safely say that the second log entry above is not related to the other entries, as it's being executed in a different thread. + +In microservices architectures, logging alone fails to deliver the complete picture. Is this service the first one in the call chain? And what happened at the inventory service (where we apparently dispatched an event)? + +A common strategy to answer this question is creating an identifier at the very first building block of our transaction and propagating this identifier across all the calls, probably by sending it as an HTTP header whenever a remote call is made. + +In a central log collector, we could then see entries like the ones below. Note how we could log the correlation ID (the first column in our example), so we know that the second entry is not related to the other entries. + +``` +abc123 Order     2018-09-03T15:52:58+02:00 Dispatching event to inventory +def456 Order     2018-09-03T15:52:58+02:00 Dispatching event to inventory +abc123 Inventory 2018-09-03T15:52:59+02:00 Received `order-submitted` event +abc123 Inventory 2018-09-03T15:53:00+02:00 Checking inventory status +abc123 Inventory 2018-09-03T15:53:01+02:00 Updating inventory +abc123 Inventory 2018-09-03T15:53:02+02:00 Preparing order manifest +``` + +This technique is one of the concepts at the core of any modern distributed tracing solution, but it's not really new; correlating log entries is decades old, probably as old as "distributed systems" itself. + +What sets distributed tracing apart from regular logging is that the data structure that holds tracing data is more specialized, so we can also identify causality. Looking at the log entries above, it's hard to tell if the last step was caused by the previous entry, if they were performed concurrently, or if they share the same caller. Having a dedicated data structure also allows distributed tracing to record not only a message in a single point in time but also the start and end time of a given procedure. + +![Trace showing spans][9] + +Trace showing spans similar to the logs described above + +[Click to enlarge][10] + +Most of the modern distributed tracing tools are inspired by a 2010 [paper about Dapper][11], the distributed tracing solution used at Google. In that paper, the data structure described above was called a span, and you can see nine of them in the image above. This particular "forest" of spans is called a trace and is equivalent to the correlated log entries we've seen before. + +The image above is a screenshot of a trace displayed in [Jaeger][12], an open source distributed tracing solution hosted by the [Cloud Native Computing Foundation (CNCF)][13]. It marks each service with a color to make it easier to see the process boundaries. Timing information can be easily visualized, both by looking at the macro timeline at the top of the screen or at the individual spans, giving a sense of how long each span takes and how impactful it is in this particular execution. It's also easy to observe when processes are asynchronous and therefore may outlive the initial request. + +Like with logging, we need to annotate or instrument our code with the data we want to record. Unlike logging, we record spans instead of messages and do some demarcation to know when the span starts and finishes so we can get accurate timing information. As we would probably like to have our business code independent from a specific distributed tracing implementation, we can use an API such as [OpenTracing][14], leaving the decision about the concrete implementation as a packaging or runtime concern. Following is pseudo-Java code showing such demarcation. + +``` +try (Scope scope = tracer.buildSpan("submitOrder").startActive(true)) { +    scope.span().setTag("order-id", "c85b7644b6b5"); +    chargeCreditCard(); +    changeOrderStatus(); +    dispatchEventToInventory(); +} +``` + +Given the nature of the distributed tracing concept, it's clear the code executed "between" our business services can also be part of the trace. For instance, we could [turn on][15] the distributed tracing integration for [Istio][16], a service mesh solution that helps in the communication between microservices, and we'll suddenly have a better picture about the network latency and routing decisions made at this layer. Another example is the work done in the OpenTracing community to provide instrumentation for popular stacks, frameworks, and APIs, such as Java's [JAX-RS][17], [Spring Cloud][18], or [JDBC][19]. This enables us to see how our business code interacts with the rest of the middleware, understand where a potential problem might be happening, and identify the best areas to improve. In fact, today's middleware instrumentation is so rich that it's common to get started with distributed tracing by using only the so-called "framework instrumentation," leaving the business code free from any tracing-related code. + +While a microservices architecture is almost unavoidable nowadays for established companies to innovate faster and for ambitious startups to achieve web scale, it's easy to feel helpless while conducting a root cause analysis when something eventually fails and the right tools aren't available. The good news is tools like Prometheus, Logstash, OpenTracing, and Jaeger provide the pieces to bring observability to your application. + +Juraci Paixão Kröhling will present [What are My Microservices Doing?][20] at [Open Source Summit Europe][21], October 22-24 in Edinburgh, Scotland. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/distributed-tracing-microservices-world + +作者:[Juraci Paixão Kröhling][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jpkroehling +[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microservices +[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/A/B_testing +[3]: https://martinfowler.com/bliki/CanaryRelease.html +[4]: https://blog.twitter.com/engineering/en_us/a/2016/observability-at-twitter-technical-overview-part-i.html +[5]: https://prometheus.io/ +[6]: https://github.com/elastic/logstash +[7]: https://github.com/elastic/elasticsearch +[8]: /file/409621 +[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/distributed-trace.png (Trace showing spans) +[10]: /sites/default/files/uploads/trace.png +[11]: https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub36356 +[12]: https://www.jaegertracing.io/ +[13]: https://www.cncf.io/ +[14]: http://opentracing.io/ +[15]: https://istio.io/docs/tasks/telemetry/distributed-tracing/ +[16]: https://istio.io/ +[17]: https://github.com/opentracing-contrib/java-jaxrs +[18]: https://github.com/opentracing-contrib/java-spring-cloud +[19]: https://github.com/opentracing-contrib/java-jdbc +[20]: https://osseu18.sched.com/event/FxW3/what-are-my-microservices-doing-juraci-paixao-krohling-red-hat# +[21]: https://osseu18.sched.com/ From 5e8fd9321d044fb0d573b835cfec1124215130ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 10:08:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 183/437] hankchow translating --- ...To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md index 21b6633730..add3ce719e 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux ====== As a Linux administrator, you should know whether the corresponding service is binding/listening with correct port or not. From 5adaffeea5ff72b674b3bfcb52fbd2f59413ff98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 10:28:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 184/437] PRF:20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md @XiatianSummer --- ...cut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md | 97 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 49 insertions(+), 48 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md b/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md index c946493a6c..461e586b2d 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md @@ -1,82 +1,83 @@ 每位 Ubuntu 18.04 用户都应该知道的快捷键 ====== + 了解快捷键能够提升您的生产力。这里有一些实用的 Ubuntu 快捷键助您像专业人士一样使用 Ubuntu。 -您可以使用有键盘和鼠标组合的操作系统。 +您可以用键盘和鼠标组合来使用操作系统。 -注意:本文中提到的键盘快捷键适用于 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 版。 通常,它们中的大多数(或者全部)也适用于其他的 Ubuntu 版本,但我不能够保证。 +> 注意:本文中提到的键盘快捷键适用于 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 版。 通常,它们中的大多数(或者全部)也适用于其他的 Ubuntu 版本,但我不能够保证。 ![Ubuntu keyboard shortcuts][1] ### 实用的 Ubuntu 快捷键 -让我们来看一看 Ubuntu GNOME 必备的快捷键吧!通用的快捷键如 Ctrl+C(复制),Ctrl+V(粘贴)或者 Ctrl+S(保存)不再赘述。 +让我们来看一看 Ubuntu GNOME 必备的快捷键吧!通用的快捷键如 `Ctrl+C`(复制)、`Ctrl+V`(粘贴)或者 `Ctrl+S`(保存)不再赘述。 -注意:Linux 中的 Super 键即键盘上带有 Windows 图标的键,本文中我使用了大写字母,但这不代表你需要按下 shift 键,比如,T 代表键盘上的‘t’键,而不代表 Shift+t。 +注意:Linux 中的 Super 键即键盘上带有 Windows 图标的键,本文中我使用了大写字母,但这不代表你需要按下 `shift` 键,比如,`T` 代表键盘上的 ‘t’ 键,而不代表 `Shift+t`。 -#### 1\. Super 键:打开活动搜索界面 +#### 1、 Super 键:打开活动搜索界面 -使用 Super 键可以打开活动菜单。如果你只能在 Ubuntu 上使用一个快捷键,那只能是 Super 键。 +使用 `Super` 键可以打开活动菜单。如果你只能在 Ubuntu 上使用一个快捷键,那只能是 `Super` 键。 -想要打开一个应用程序?按下 Super 键然后搜索应用程序。如果搜索的应用程序未安装,它会推荐来自应用中心的应用程序。 +想要打开一个应用程序?按下 `Super` 键然后搜索应用程序。如果搜索的应用程序未安装,它会推荐来自应用中心的应用程序。 -想要看看有哪些正在运行的程序?按下 Super 键,屏幕上就会显示所有正在运行的 GUI 应用程序。 +想要看看有哪些正在运行的程序?按下 `Super` 键,屏幕上就会显示所有正在运行的 GUI 应用程序。 -想要使用工作区吗?只需按下 Super 键,您就可以在屏幕右侧看到工作区选项。 +想要使用工作区吗?只需按下 `Super` 键,您就可以在屏幕右侧看到工作区选项。 -#### 2\. Ctrl+Alt+T:打开 Ubuntu 终端窗口 +#### 2、 Ctrl+Alt+T:打开 Ubuntu 终端窗口 ![Ubuntu Terminal Shortcut][2] *使用 Ctrl+alt+T 来打开终端窗口* -想要打开一个新的终端,您只需使用快捷键 Ctrl+Alt+T。这是我在 Ubuntu 中最喜欢的键盘快捷键。 甚至在我的许多 FOSS 教程中,当需要打开终端窗口是,我都会提到这个快捷键。 +想要打开一个新的终端,您只需使用快捷键 `Ctrl+Alt+T`。这是我在 Ubuntu 中最喜欢的键盘快捷键。 甚至在我的许多 FOSS 教程中,当需要打开终端窗口是,我都会提到这个快捷键。 -#### 3\. Super+L 或 Ctrl——Alt+L:锁屏 +#### 3、 Super+L 或 Ctrl+Alt+L:锁屏 -当您离开电脑时锁定屏幕,是最基本的安全习惯之一。您可以使用 Super + L 快捷键,而不是繁琐地点击屏幕右上角然后选择锁定屏幕选项。 +当您离开电脑时锁定屏幕,是最基本的安全习惯之一。您可以使用 `Super+L` 快捷键,而不是繁琐地点击屏幕右上角然后选择锁定屏幕选项。 -有些系统也会使用 Ctrl+Alt+L 键锁定屏幕。 +有些系统也会使用 `Ctrl+Alt+L` 键锁定屏幕。 -#### 4\. Super+D or Ctrl+Alt+D:显示桌面 +#### 4、 Super+D or Ctrl+Alt+D:显示桌面 -按下 Super + D 可以最小化所有正在运行的应用程序窗口并显示桌面。 +按下 `Super+D` 可以最小化所有正在运行的应用程序窗口并显示桌面。 -再次按 Super + D 将重新打开所有正在运行的应用程序窗口,像之前一样。 +再次按 `Super+D` 将重新打开所有正在运行的应用程序窗口,像之前一样。 -您也可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + D 来实现此目的。 +您也可以使用 `Ctrl+Alt+D` 来实现此目的。 -#### 5\. Super+A:显示应用程序菜单 +#### 5、 Super+A:显示应用程序菜单 -您可以通过单击屏幕左下角的 9个点打开 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 中的应用程序菜单。 但是一个更快捷的方法是使用 Super + A 快捷键。 +您可以通过单击屏幕左下角的 9 个点打开 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 中的应用程序菜单。 但是一个更快捷的方法是使用 `Super+A` 快捷键。 它将显示应用程序菜单,您可以在其中查看或搜索系统上已安装的应用程序。 -您可以使用 Esc 键退出应用程序菜单界面。 +您可以使用 `Esc` 键退出应用程序菜单界面。 -#### 6\. Super+Tab or Alt+Tab:在运行中的应用程序间切换 +#### 6、 Super+Tab 或 Alt+Tab:在运行中的应用程序间切换 -如果您运行的应用程序不止一个,则可以使用 Super + Tab 或 Alt + Tab 快捷键在应用程序之间切换。 +如果您运行的应用程序不止一个,则可以使用 `Super+Tab` 或 `Alt+Tab` 快捷键在应用程序之间切换。 -按住 Super 键同时按下 Tab 键,即可显示应用程序切换器。 按住 Super 的同时,继续点击 Tab 键在应用程序之间进行选择。 当光标在所需的应用程序上时,松开 Super 和 Tab 键。 +按住 `Super` 键同时按下 `Tab` 键,即可显示应用程序切换器。 按住 `Super` 的同时,继续按下 `Tab` 键在应用程序之间进行选择。 当光标在所需的应用程序上时,松开 `Super` 和 `Tab` 键。 -默认情况下,应用程序切换器从左向右移动。 如果要从右向左移动,可使用 Super + Shift + Tab 快捷键。 +默认情况下,应用程序切换器从左向右移动。 如果要从右向左移动,可使用 `Super+Shift+Tab` 快捷键。 -在这里您也可以用 Alt 键代替 Super 键。 +在这里您也可以用 `Alt` 键代替 `Super` 键。 -提示:如果有多个应用程序实例,您可以使用 Super + \` 快捷键在这些实例之间切换。 +> 提示:如果有多个应用程序实例,您可以使用 Super+` 快捷键在这些实例之间切换。 -#### 7\. Super+Arrow keys: 移动窗口位置 +#### 7、 Super+箭头:移动窗口位置 -这个快捷键也适用于 Windows 系统。 使用应用程序时,按下 Super 和左箭头键,应用程序将贴合屏幕的左边缘,占用屏幕的左半边。 +这个快捷键也适用于 Windows 系统。 使用应用程序时,按下 `Super+左箭头`,应用程序将贴合屏幕的左边缘,占用屏幕的左半边。 -同样,按下 Super 和右箭头键会使应用程序贴合右边缘。 +同样,按下 `Super+右箭头`会使应用程序贴合右边缘。 -按下 Super 和上箭头键将最大化应用程序窗口,超级和下箭头将使应用程序恢复到其正常的大小。 +按下 `Super+上箭头`将最大化应用程序窗口,`Super+下箭头`将使应用程序恢复到其正常的大小。 -#### 8\. Super+M: 切换到通知栏 +#### 8、 Super+M:切换到通知栏 GNOME 中有一个通知栏,您可以在其中查看系统和应用程序活动的通知,这里也有一个日历。 @@ -84,19 +85,19 @@ GNOME 中有一个通知栏,您可以在其中查看系统和应用程序活 *通知栏* -使用 Super + M 快捷键,您可以打开此通知栏。 如果再次按这些键,将关闭打开的通知托盘。 +使用 `Super+M` 快捷键,您可以打开此通知栏。 如果再次按这些键,将关闭打开的通知托盘。 -使用 Super+V 也可实现相同的功能。 +使用 `Super+V` 也可实现相同的功能。 -#### 9\. Super+Space:切换输入法(用于多语言设置) +#### 9、 Super+空格:切换输入法(用于多语言设置) 如果您使用多种语言,可能您的系统上安装了多个输入法。 例如,我需要在 Ubuntu 上同时使用[印地语] [4]和英语,所以我安装了印地语(梵文)输入法以及默认的英语输入法。 -如果您也使用多语言设置,则可以使用 Super + Space 快捷键快速更改输入法。 +如果您也使用多语言设置,则可以使用 `Super+空格` 快捷键快速更改输入法。 -#### 10\. Alt+F2:运行控制台 +#### 10、 Alt+F2:运行控制台 -这适用于高级用户。 如果要运行快速命令,而不是打开终端并在其中运行命令,则可以使用 Alt + F2 运行控制台。 +这适用于高级用户。 如果要运行快速命令,而不是打开终端并在其中运行命令,则可以使用 `Alt+F2` 运行控制台。 ![Alt+F2 to run commands in Ubuntu][5] @@ -104,31 +105,31 @@ GNOME 中有一个通知栏,您可以在其中查看系统和应用程序活 当您使用只能在终端运行的应用程序时,这尤其有用。 -#### 11\. Ctrl+Q:关闭应用程序窗口 +#### 11、 Ctrl+Q:关闭应用程序窗口 -如果您有正在运行的应用程序,可以使用 Ctrl + Q 快捷键关闭应用程序窗口。您也可以使用 Ctrl + W 来实现此目的。 +如果您有正在运行的应用程序,可以使用 `Ctrl+Q` 快捷键关闭应用程序窗口。您也可以使用 `Ctrl+W` 来实现此目的。 -Alt + F4 是关闭应用程序窗口更“通用”的快捷方式。 +`Alt+F4` 是关闭应用程序窗口更“通用”的快捷方式。 它不适用于一些应用程序,如 Ubuntu 中的默认终端。 -#### 12\. Ctrl+Alt+arrow:切换工作区 +#### 12、 Ctrl+Alt+箭头:切换工作区 ![Workspace switching][6] *切换工作区* -如果您是使用工作区的重度用户,可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + 上箭头和 Ctrl + Alt + 下箭头键在工作区之间切换。 +如果您是使用工作区的重度用户,可以使用 `Ctrl+Alt+上箭头`和 `Ctrl+Alt+下箭头`在工作区之间切换。 -#### 13\. Ctrl+Alt+Del:注销 +#### 13、 Ctrl+Alt+Del:注销 -不会!在 Linux 中使用著名的快捷键 Ctrl+Alt+Del 并不会像在 Windows 中一样打开任务管理器(除非您使用自定义快捷键)。 +不!在 Linux 中使用著名的快捷键 `Ctrl+Alt+Del` 并不会像在 Windows 中一样打开任务管理器(除非您使用自定义快捷键)。 ![Log Out Ubuntu][7] *注销* -在普通的 GNOME 桌面环境中,您可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + Del 键打开关机菜单,但 Ubuntu 并不总是遵循此规范,因此当您在 Ubuntu 中使用 Ctrl + Alt + Del 键时,它会打开注销菜单。 +在普通的 GNOME 桌面环境中,您可以使用 `Ctrl+Alt+Del` 键打开关机菜单,但 Ubuntu 并不总是遵循此规范,因此当您在 Ubuntu 中使用 `Ctrl+Alt+Del` 键时,它会打开注销菜单。 ### 在 Ubuntu 中使用自定义键盘快捷键 @@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ Alt + F4 是关闭应用程序窗口更“通用”的快捷方式。 ### Ubuntu 中你最喜欢的键盘快捷键是什么? -快捷键永无止境。如果需要,你可以看一看所有可能的 [GNOME 快捷键][9],看其中有没有你需要用到的快捷键。 +快捷键无穷无尽。如果需要,你可以看一看所有可能的 [GNOME 快捷键][9],看其中有没有你需要用到的快捷键。 您可以学习使用您经常使用应用程序的快捷键,这是很有必要的。例如,我使用 Kazam 进行[屏幕录制][10],键盘快捷键帮助我方便地暂停和开始录像。 @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/ 作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[XiatianSummer](https://github.com/XiatianSummer) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 0df4be75d82336f5d52527caeed0bb6e0048a64e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 10:29:05 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 185/437] PUB: 20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md @XiatianSummer https://linux.cn/article-10055-1.html --- ...10 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md b/published/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md rename to published/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md From 5adec56c31704b87574b79172f08a84067a47903 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw <33189910+qhwdw@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 11:02:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 186/437] Translating by qhwdw (#10386) --- ...jarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md b/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md index 04644aebb2..2f9a6636e7 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw What's all the C Plus Fuss? Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C++ ====== From cd46ac6cdcad976bf41515ada5417effc6f328e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 11:08:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 187/437] Update 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md --- ...stall and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md index ce2ed658a4..05e441207f 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +Translating by MjSeven + + How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian 9 / Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 ============================================================ From c9f0bbad6476b5f3338af072f5dfe2ce0da1960b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 15:25:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 188/437] Delete 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md --- ...eshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 185 ------------------ 1 file changed, 185 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md deleted file mode 100644 index 05e441207f..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -Translating by MjSeven - - -How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian 9 / Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 -============================================================ - -by [Pradeep Kumar][1] · Published November 29, 2017 · Updated November 29, 2017 - - [![wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu 16.04 -17.10](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg)][2] - -Wireshark is free and open source, cross platform, GUI based Network packet analyzer that is available for Linux, Windows, MacOS, Solaris etc. It captures network packets in real time & presents them in human readable format. Wireshark allows us to monitor the network packets up to microscopic level. Wireshark also has a command line utility called ‘tshark‘ that performs the same functions as Wireshark but through terminal & not through GUI. - -Wireshark can be used for network troubleshooting, analyzing, software & communication protocol development & also for education purposed. Wireshark uses a library called ‘pcap‘ for capturing the network packets. - -Wireshark comes with a lot of features & some those features are; - -* Support for a hundreds of protocols for inspection, - -* Ability to capture packets in real time & save them for later offline analysis, - -* A number of filters to analyzing data, - -* Data captured can be compressed & uncompressed on the fly, - -* Various file formats for data analysis supported, output can also be saved to XML, CSV, plain text formats, - -* data can be captured from a number of interfaces like ethernet, wifi, bluetooth, USB, Frame relay , token rings etc. - -In this article, we will discuss how to install Wireshark on Ubuntu/Debain machines & will also learn to use Wireshark for capturing network packets. - -#### Installation of Wireshark on Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 - -Wireshark is available with default Ubuntu repositories & can be simply installed using the following command. But there might be chances that you will not get the latest version of wireshark. - -``` -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y -``` - -So to install latest version of wireshark we have to enable or configure official wireshark repository. - -Use the beneath commands one after the another to configure repository and to install latest version of Wireshark utility - -``` -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:wireshark-dev/stable -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y -``` - -Once the Wireshark is installed execute the below command so that non-root users can capture live packets of interfaces, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo setcap 'CAP_NET_RAW+eip CAP_NET_ADMIN+eip' /usr/bin/dumpcap -``` - -#### Installation of Wireshark on Debian 9 - -Wireshark package and its dependencies are already present in the default debian 9 repositories, so to install latest and stable version of Wireshark on Debian 9, use the following command: - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get update -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y -``` - -During the installation, it will prompt us to configure dumpcap for non-superusers, - -Select ‘yes’ and then hit enter. - - [![Configure-Wireshark-Debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9-1024x542.jpg)][3] - -Once the Installation is completed, execute the below command so that non-root users can also capture the live packets of the interfaces. - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo chmod +x /usr/bin/dumpcap -``` - -We can also use the latest source package to install the wireshark on Ubuntu/Debain & many other Linux distributions. - -#### Installing Wireshark using source code on Debian / Ubuntu Systems - -Firstly download the latest source package (which is 2.4.2 at the time for writing this article), use the following command, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wget https://1.as.dl.wireshark.org/src/wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz -``` - -Next extract the package & enter into the extracted directory, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ tar -xf wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz -C /tmp -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ cd /tmp/wireshark-2.4.2 -``` - -Now we will compile the code with the following commands, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ ./configure --enable-setcap-install -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ make -``` - -Lastly install the compiled packages to install Wireshark on the system, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo make install -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo ldconfig -``` - -Upon installation a separate group for Wireshark will also be created, we will now add our user to the group so that it can work with wireshark otherwise you might get ‘permission denied‘ error when starting wireshark. - -To add the user to the wireshark group, execute the following command, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo usermod -a -G wireshark linuxtechi -``` - -Now we can start wireshark either from GUI Menu or from terminal with this command, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark -``` - -#### Access Wireshark on Debian 9 System - - [![Access-wireshark-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][4] - -Click on Wireshark icon - - [![Wireshark-window-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][5] - -#### Access Wireshark on Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 - - [![Access-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][6] - -Click on Wireshark icon - - [![Wireshark-window-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][7] - -#### Capturing and Analyzing packets - -Once the wireshark has been started, we should be presented with the wireshark window, example is shown above for Ubuntu and Debian system. - - [![wireshark-Linux-system](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg)][8] - -All these are the interfaces from where we can capture the network packets. Based on the interfaces you have on your system, this screen might be different for you. - -We are selecting ‘enp0s3’ for capturing the network traffic for that inteface. After selecting the inteface, network packets for all the devices on our network start to populate (refer to screenshot below) - - [![Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark-1024x727.jpg)][9] - -First time we see this screen we might get overwhelmed by the data that is presented in this screen & might have thought how to sort out this data but worry not, one the best features of Wireshark is its filters. - -We can sort/filter out the data based on IP address, Port number, can also used source & destination filters, packet size etc & can also combine 2 or more filters together to create more comprehensive searches. We can either write our filters in ‘Apply a Display Filter‘ tab , or we can also select one of already created rules. To select pre-built filter, click on ‘flag‘ icon , next to ‘Apply a Display Filter‘ tab, - - [![Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x727.jpg)][10] - -We can also filter data based on the color coding, By default, light purple is TCP traffic, light blue is UDP traffic, and black identifies packets with errors , to see what these codes mean, click View -> Coloring Rules, also we can change these codes. - - [![Packet-Colouring-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark-1024x682.jpg)][11] - -After we have the results that we need, we can then click on any of the captured packets to get more details about that packet, this will show all the data about that network packet. - -Wireshark is an extremely powerful tool takes some time to getting used to & make a command over it, this tutorial will help you get started. Please feel free to drop in your queries or suggestions in the comment box below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linuxtechi.com - -作者:[Pradeep Kumar][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ -[1]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ -[2]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg -[3]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9.jpg -[4]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9.jpg -[5]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9.jpg -[6]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg -[7]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu.jpg -[8]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg -[9]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark.jpg -[10]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg -[11]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark.jpg From 0962a592e420179802547cd37967a1878fd8f032 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 15:25:50 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 189/437] Create 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md --- ...eshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 183 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 183 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0bcbe0d3e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +在 Debian 9 / Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 中如何安装并使用 Wireshark +====== + +作者 [Pradeep Kumar][1],首发于 2017 年 11 月 29 日,更新于 2017 年 11 月 29 日 + +[![wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu 16.04 -17.10](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg)][2] + +Wireshark 是免费的,开源的,跨平台的基于 GUI 的网络数据包分析器,可用于 Linux, Windows, MacOS, Solaris 等。它可以实时捕获网络数据包,并以人性化的格式呈现。Wireshark 允许我们监控网络数据包上升到微观层面。Wireshark 还有一个名为 `tshark` 的命令行实用程序,它与 Wireshark 执行相同的功能,但它是通过终端而不是 GUI。 + +Wireshark 可用于网络故障排除,分析,软件和通信协议开发以及用于教育目的。Wireshark 使用 `pcap` 库来捕获网络数据包。 + +Wireshark 具有许多功能: + +* 支持数百项协议检查 + +* 能够实时捕获数据包并保存,以便以后进行离线分析 + +* 许多用于分析数据的过滤器 + +* 捕获的数据可以被压缩和解压缩(to 校正:on the fly 什么意思?) + +* 支持各种文件格式的数据分析,输出也可以保存为 XML, CSV 和纯文本格式 + +* 数据可以从以太网,wifi,蓝牙,USB,帧中继,令牌环等多个接口中捕获 + +在本文中,我们将讨论如何在 Ubuntu/Debian 上安装 Wireshark,并将学习如何使用 Wireshark 捕获网络数据包。 + +#### 在 Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 上安装 Wireshark + +Wireshark 在 Ubuntu 默认仓库中可用,只需使用以下命令即可安装。但有可能得不到最新版本的 wireshark。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y +``` + +因此,要安装最新版本的 wireshark,我们必须启用或配置官方 wireshark 仓库。 + +使用下面的命令来配置仓库并安装最新版本的 wireshark 实用程序。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:wireshark-dev/stable +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y +``` + +一旦安装了 wireshark,执行以下命令,以便非 root 用户也可以捕获接口的实时数据包。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo setcap 'CAP_NET_RAW+eip CAP_NET_ADMIN+eip' /usr/bin/dumpcap +``` + +#### 在 Debian 9 上安装 Wireshark + +Wireshark 包及其依赖项已存在于 debian 9 的默认仓库中,因此要在 Debian 9 上安装最新且稳定版本的 Wireshark,请使用以下命令: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get update +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y +``` + +在安装过程中,它会提示我们为非超级用户配置 dumpcap, + +选择 `yes` 并回车。 + +[![Configure-Wireshark-Debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9-1024x542.jpg)][3] + +安装完成后,执行以下命令,以便非 root 用户也可以捕获接口的实时数据包。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo chmod +x /usr/bin/dumpcap +``` + +我们还可以使用最新的源代码包在 Ubuntu/Debian 和其它 Linux 发行版上安装 wireshark。 + +#### 在 Debian / Ubuntu 系统上使用源代码安装 Wireshark + +首先下载最新的源代码包(写这篇文章时它的最新版本是 2.4.2),使用以下命令: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wget https://1.as.dl.wireshark.org/src/wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz +``` + +然后解压缩包,进入解压缩的目录: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ tar -xf wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz -C /tmp +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ cd /tmp/wireshark-2.4.2 +``` + +现在我们使用以下命令编译代码: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ ./configure --enable-setcap-install +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ make +``` + +最后安装已编译的软件包以便在系统上安装 Wireshark: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo make install +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo ldconfig +``` + +在安装后,它将创建一个单独的 Wireshark 组,我们现在将我们的用户添加到组中,以便它可以与 Wireshark 一起使用,否则在启动 wireshark 时可能会出现 `permission denied(权限被拒绝)`错误。 + +要将用户添加到 wireshark 组,执行以下命令: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo usermod -a -G wireshark linuxtechi +``` + +现在我们可以使用以下命令从 GUI 菜单或终端启动 wireshark: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark +``` + +#### 在 Debian 9 系统上使用 Wireshark + +[![Access-wireshark-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][4] + +点击 Wireshark 图标 + +[![Wireshark-window-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][5] + +#### 在 Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 上使用 Wireshark + +[![Access-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][6] + +点击 Wireshark 图标 + +[![Wireshark-window-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][7] + +#### 捕获并分析数据包 + +一旦 wireshark 启动,我们就会看到 wireshark 窗口,上面有 Ubuntu 和 Debian 系统的示例。 + +[![wireshark-Linux-system](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg)][8] + +所有这些都是我们可以捕获网络数据包的接口。根据你系统上的界面,此屏幕可能与你的不同。 + +我们选择 `enp0s3` 来捕获该接口的网络流量。选择接口后,在我们网络上所有设备的网络数据包开始填充(参考下面的屏幕截图): + +[![Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark-1024x727.jpg)][9] + +第一次看到这个屏幕,我们可能会被这个屏幕上显示的数据所淹没,并且可能已经想过如何整理这些数据,但不用担心,Wireshark 的最佳功能之一就是它的过滤器。 + +我们可以根据 IP 地址,端口号,也可以使用来源和目标过滤器,数据包大小等对数据进行排序和过滤,也可以将两个或多个过滤器组合在一起以创建更全面的搜索。我们也可以在 `Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)`选项卡中编写过滤规则,也可以选择已创建的规则。要选择之前构建的过滤器,请单击 `Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)`选项卡旁边的 `flag` 图标。 + +[![Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x727.jpg)][10] + +我们还可以根据颜色编码过滤数据,默认情况下,浅紫色是 TCP 流量,浅蓝色是 UDP 流量,黑色标识有错误的数据包,看看这些编码是什么意思,点击 `View -> Coloring Rules`,我们也可以改变这些编码。 + +[![Packet-Colouring-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark-1024x682.jpg)][11] + +在我们得到我们需要的结果之后,我们可以点击任何捕获的数据包以获得有关该数据包的更多详细信息,这将显示该网络数据包的所有数据。 + +Wireshark 是一个非常强大的工具,需要一些时间来习惯并对其进行命令操作,本教程将帮助你入门。请随时在下面的评论框中提出你的疑问或建议。 + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linuxtechi.com + +作者:[Pradeep Kumar][a] +译者:[MjSeven](https://github.com/MjSeven) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ +[1]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ +[2]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg +[3]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9.jpg +[4]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9.jpg +[5]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9.jpg +[6]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg +[7]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu.jpg +[8]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg +[9]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark.jpg +[10]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg +[11]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark.jpg From c1072e3ab6e5cab92e016228e0b937ffa77f63d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 15:52:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 190/437] =?UTF-8?q?=20=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C=E6=AF=95?= =?UTF-8?q?=20(#10388)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * Delete 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md * Create 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md --- ...eshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 185 ------------------ ...eshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 183 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 183 insertions(+), 185 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md deleted file mode 100644 index 05e441207f..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -Translating by MjSeven - - -How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian 9 / Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 -============================================================ - -by [Pradeep Kumar][1] · Published November 29, 2017 · Updated November 29, 2017 - - [![wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu 16.04 -17.10](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg)][2] - -Wireshark is free and open source, cross platform, GUI based Network packet analyzer that is available for Linux, Windows, MacOS, Solaris etc. It captures network packets in real time & presents them in human readable format. Wireshark allows us to monitor the network packets up to microscopic level. Wireshark also has a command line utility called ‘tshark‘ that performs the same functions as Wireshark but through terminal & not through GUI. - -Wireshark can be used for network troubleshooting, analyzing, software & communication protocol development & also for education purposed. Wireshark uses a library called ‘pcap‘ for capturing the network packets. - -Wireshark comes with a lot of features & some those features are; - -* Support for a hundreds of protocols for inspection, - -* Ability to capture packets in real time & save them for later offline analysis, - -* A number of filters to analyzing data, - -* Data captured can be compressed & uncompressed on the fly, - -* Various file formats for data analysis supported, output can also be saved to XML, CSV, plain text formats, - -* data can be captured from a number of interfaces like ethernet, wifi, bluetooth, USB, Frame relay , token rings etc. - -In this article, we will discuss how to install Wireshark on Ubuntu/Debain machines & will also learn to use Wireshark for capturing network packets. - -#### Installation of Wireshark on Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 - -Wireshark is available with default Ubuntu repositories & can be simply installed using the following command. But there might be chances that you will not get the latest version of wireshark. - -``` -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y -``` - -So to install latest version of wireshark we have to enable or configure official wireshark repository. - -Use the beneath commands one after the another to configure repository and to install latest version of Wireshark utility - -``` -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:wireshark-dev/stable -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y -``` - -Once the Wireshark is installed execute the below command so that non-root users can capture live packets of interfaces, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo setcap 'CAP_NET_RAW+eip CAP_NET_ADMIN+eip' /usr/bin/dumpcap -``` - -#### Installation of Wireshark on Debian 9 - -Wireshark package and its dependencies are already present in the default debian 9 repositories, so to install latest and stable version of Wireshark on Debian 9, use the following command: - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get update -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y -``` - -During the installation, it will prompt us to configure dumpcap for non-superusers, - -Select ‘yes’ and then hit enter. - - [![Configure-Wireshark-Debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9-1024x542.jpg)][3] - -Once the Installation is completed, execute the below command so that non-root users can also capture the live packets of the interfaces. - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo chmod +x /usr/bin/dumpcap -``` - -We can also use the latest source package to install the wireshark on Ubuntu/Debain & many other Linux distributions. - -#### Installing Wireshark using source code on Debian / Ubuntu Systems - -Firstly download the latest source package (which is 2.4.2 at the time for writing this article), use the following command, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wget https://1.as.dl.wireshark.org/src/wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz -``` - -Next extract the package & enter into the extracted directory, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ tar -xf wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz -C /tmp -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ cd /tmp/wireshark-2.4.2 -``` - -Now we will compile the code with the following commands, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ ./configure --enable-setcap-install -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ make -``` - -Lastly install the compiled packages to install Wireshark on the system, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo make install -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo ldconfig -``` - -Upon installation a separate group for Wireshark will also be created, we will now add our user to the group so that it can work with wireshark otherwise you might get ‘permission denied‘ error when starting wireshark. - -To add the user to the wireshark group, execute the following command, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo usermod -a -G wireshark linuxtechi -``` - -Now we can start wireshark either from GUI Menu or from terminal with this command, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark -``` - -#### Access Wireshark on Debian 9 System - - [![Access-wireshark-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][4] - -Click on Wireshark icon - - [![Wireshark-window-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][5] - -#### Access Wireshark on Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 - - [![Access-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][6] - -Click on Wireshark icon - - [![Wireshark-window-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][7] - -#### Capturing and Analyzing packets - -Once the wireshark has been started, we should be presented with the wireshark window, example is shown above for Ubuntu and Debian system. - - [![wireshark-Linux-system](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg)][8] - -All these are the interfaces from where we can capture the network packets. Based on the interfaces you have on your system, this screen might be different for you. - -We are selecting ‘enp0s3’ for capturing the network traffic for that inteface. After selecting the inteface, network packets for all the devices on our network start to populate (refer to screenshot below) - - [![Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark-1024x727.jpg)][9] - -First time we see this screen we might get overwhelmed by the data that is presented in this screen & might have thought how to sort out this data but worry not, one the best features of Wireshark is its filters. - -We can sort/filter out the data based on IP address, Port number, can also used source & destination filters, packet size etc & can also combine 2 or more filters together to create more comprehensive searches. We can either write our filters in ‘Apply a Display Filter‘ tab , or we can also select one of already created rules. To select pre-built filter, click on ‘flag‘ icon , next to ‘Apply a Display Filter‘ tab, - - [![Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x727.jpg)][10] - -We can also filter data based on the color coding, By default, light purple is TCP traffic, light blue is UDP traffic, and black identifies packets with errors , to see what these codes mean, click View -> Coloring Rules, also we can change these codes. - - [![Packet-Colouring-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark-1024x682.jpg)][11] - -After we have the results that we need, we can then click on any of the captured packets to get more details about that packet, this will show all the data about that network packet. - -Wireshark is an extremely powerful tool takes some time to getting used to & make a command over it, this tutorial will help you get started. Please feel free to drop in your queries or suggestions in the comment box below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linuxtechi.com - -作者:[Pradeep Kumar][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ -[1]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ -[2]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg -[3]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9.jpg -[4]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9.jpg -[5]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9.jpg -[6]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg -[7]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu.jpg -[8]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg -[9]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark.jpg -[10]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg -[11]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark.jpg diff --git a/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0bcbe0d3e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +在 Debian 9 / Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 中如何安装并使用 Wireshark +====== + +作者 [Pradeep Kumar][1],首发于 2017 年 11 月 29 日,更新于 2017 年 11 月 29 日 + +[![wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu 16.04 -17.10](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg)][2] + +Wireshark 是免费的,开源的,跨平台的基于 GUI 的网络数据包分析器,可用于 Linux, Windows, MacOS, Solaris 等。它可以实时捕获网络数据包,并以人性化的格式呈现。Wireshark 允许我们监控网络数据包上升到微观层面。Wireshark 还有一个名为 `tshark` 的命令行实用程序,它与 Wireshark 执行相同的功能,但它是通过终端而不是 GUI。 + +Wireshark 可用于网络故障排除,分析,软件和通信协议开发以及用于教育目的。Wireshark 使用 `pcap` 库来捕获网络数据包。 + +Wireshark 具有许多功能: + +* 支持数百项协议检查 + +* 能够实时捕获数据包并保存,以便以后进行离线分析 + +* 许多用于分析数据的过滤器 + +* 捕获的数据可以被压缩和解压缩(to 校正:on the fly 什么意思?) + +* 支持各种文件格式的数据分析,输出也可以保存为 XML, CSV 和纯文本格式 + +* 数据可以从以太网,wifi,蓝牙,USB,帧中继,令牌环等多个接口中捕获 + +在本文中,我们将讨论如何在 Ubuntu/Debian 上安装 Wireshark,并将学习如何使用 Wireshark 捕获网络数据包。 + +#### 在 Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 上安装 Wireshark + +Wireshark 在 Ubuntu 默认仓库中可用,只需使用以下命令即可安装。但有可能得不到最新版本的 wireshark。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y +``` + +因此,要安装最新版本的 wireshark,我们必须启用或配置官方 wireshark 仓库。 + +使用下面的命令来配置仓库并安装最新版本的 wireshark 实用程序。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:wireshark-dev/stable +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y +``` + +一旦安装了 wireshark,执行以下命令,以便非 root 用户也可以捕获接口的实时数据包。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo setcap 'CAP_NET_RAW+eip CAP_NET_ADMIN+eip' /usr/bin/dumpcap +``` + +#### 在 Debian 9 上安装 Wireshark + +Wireshark 包及其依赖项已存在于 debian 9 的默认仓库中,因此要在 Debian 9 上安装最新且稳定版本的 Wireshark,请使用以下命令: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get update +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y +``` + +在安装过程中,它会提示我们为非超级用户配置 dumpcap, + +选择 `yes` 并回车。 + +[![Configure-Wireshark-Debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9-1024x542.jpg)][3] + +安装完成后,执行以下命令,以便非 root 用户也可以捕获接口的实时数据包。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo chmod +x /usr/bin/dumpcap +``` + +我们还可以使用最新的源代码包在 Ubuntu/Debian 和其它 Linux 发行版上安装 wireshark。 + +#### 在 Debian / Ubuntu 系统上使用源代码安装 Wireshark + +首先下载最新的源代码包(写这篇文章时它的最新版本是 2.4.2),使用以下命令: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wget https://1.as.dl.wireshark.org/src/wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz +``` + +然后解压缩包,进入解压缩的目录: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ tar -xf wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz -C /tmp +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ cd /tmp/wireshark-2.4.2 +``` + +现在我们使用以下命令编译代码: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ ./configure --enable-setcap-install +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ make +``` + +最后安装已编译的软件包以便在系统上安装 Wireshark: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo make install +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo ldconfig +``` + +在安装后,它将创建一个单独的 Wireshark 组,我们现在将我们的用户添加到组中,以便它可以与 Wireshark 一起使用,否则在启动 wireshark 时可能会出现 `permission denied(权限被拒绝)`错误。 + +要将用户添加到 wireshark 组,执行以下命令: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo usermod -a -G wireshark linuxtechi +``` + +现在我们可以使用以下命令从 GUI 菜单或终端启动 wireshark: + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark +``` + +#### 在 Debian 9 系统上使用 Wireshark + +[![Access-wireshark-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][4] + +点击 Wireshark 图标 + +[![Wireshark-window-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][5] + +#### 在 Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 上使用 Wireshark + +[![Access-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][6] + +点击 Wireshark 图标 + +[![Wireshark-window-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][7] + +#### 捕获并分析数据包 + +一旦 wireshark 启动,我们就会看到 wireshark 窗口,上面有 Ubuntu 和 Debian 系统的示例。 + +[![wireshark-Linux-system](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg)][8] + +所有这些都是我们可以捕获网络数据包的接口。根据你系统上的界面,此屏幕可能与你的不同。 + +我们选择 `enp0s3` 来捕获该接口的网络流量。选择接口后,在我们网络上所有设备的网络数据包开始填充(参考下面的屏幕截图): + +[![Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark-1024x727.jpg)][9] + +第一次看到这个屏幕,我们可能会被这个屏幕上显示的数据所淹没,并且可能已经想过如何整理这些数据,但不用担心,Wireshark 的最佳功能之一就是它的过滤器。 + +我们可以根据 IP 地址,端口号,也可以使用来源和目标过滤器,数据包大小等对数据进行排序和过滤,也可以将两个或多个过滤器组合在一起以创建更全面的搜索。我们也可以在 `Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)`选项卡中编写过滤规则,也可以选择已创建的规则。要选择之前构建的过滤器,请单击 `Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)`选项卡旁边的 `flag` 图标。 + +[![Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x727.jpg)][10] + +我们还可以根据颜色编码过滤数据,默认情况下,浅紫色是 TCP 流量,浅蓝色是 UDP 流量,黑色标识有错误的数据包,看看这些编码是什么意思,点击 `View -> Coloring Rules`,我们也可以改变这些编码。 + +[![Packet-Colouring-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark-1024x682.jpg)][11] + +在我们得到我们需要的结果之后,我们可以点击任何捕获的数据包以获得有关该数据包的更多详细信息,这将显示该网络数据包的所有数据。 + +Wireshark 是一个非常强大的工具,需要一些时间来习惯并对其进行命令操作,本教程将帮助你入门。请随时在下面的评论框中提出你的疑问或建议。 + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linuxtechi.com + +作者:[Pradeep Kumar][a] +译者:[MjSeven](https://github.com/MjSeven) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ +[1]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ +[2]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg +[3]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9.jpg +[4]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9.jpg +[5]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9.jpg +[6]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg +[7]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu.jpg +[8]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg +[9]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark.jpg +[10]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg +[11]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark.jpg From 5d353a7da0cbc1fc83a5784e69b4c32bdc5ece96 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 16:15:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 191/437] Update 20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md --- ...6 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md b/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md index 21ab9d21ae..ab7dba9526 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +Translating by MjSeven + + An introduction to the Django Python web app framework ====== From c53b2655fc156299aec7867641f7500f9863ab69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: BayarHwasaii <20964952+bayar199468@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 20:45:47 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 192/437] 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux (#10390) --- sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md index 5198f1bdc0..128c667d88 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by bayar199468 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux ====== **Brief:** In this article, we are covering some of the best ebook readers for Linux. These apps give a better reading experience and some will even help in managing your ebooks. From 4dc49729c51ef9ef2e0cf59df3c82e8a5ed05586 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 21:05:05 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 193/437] Update 20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md (#10389) * Delete 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md * Create 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md * Update 20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md --- ...6 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md b/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md index 21ab9d21ae..ab7dba9526 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +Translating by MjSeven + + An introduction to the Django Python web app framework ====== From 75f16370efdde027a5c4753cd3a397e6dcf1f987 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 22:03:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 194/437] PRF:20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md @pinewall --- ...Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md | 40 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md b/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md index 9f3dd93437..e2f893b210 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md @@ -16,12 +16,8 @@ Linux DNS 查询剖析(第四部分) 在第四部分中,我将介绍容器如何完成 DNS 查询。你想的没错,也不是那么简单。 -* * * - ### 1) Docker 和 DNS -============================================================ - 在 [Linux DNS 查询剖析(第三部分)][3] 中,我们介绍了 `dnsmasq`,其工作方式如下:将 DNS 查询指向到 localhost 地址 `127.0.0.1`,同时启动一个进程监听 `53` 端口并处理查询请求。 在按上述方式配置 DNS 的主机上,如果运行了一个 Docker 容器,容器内的 `/etc/resolv.conf` 文件会是怎样的呢? @@ -72,29 +68,29 @@ google.com.             112     IN      A       172.217.23.14 在这个问题上,Docker 的解决方案是忽略所有可能的复杂情况,即无论主机中使用什么 DNS 服务器,容器内都使用 Google 的 DNS 服务器 `8.8.8.8` 和 `8.8.4.4` 完成 DNS 查询。 - _我的经历:在 2013 年,我遇到了使用 Docker 以来的第一个问题,与 Docker 的这种 DNS 解决方案密切相关。我们公司的网络屏蔽了 `8.8.8.8` 和 `8.8.4.4`,导致容器无法解析域名。_ +_我的经历:在 2013 年,我遇到了使用 Docker 以来的第一个问题,与 Docker 的这种 DNS 解决方案密切相关。我们公司的网络屏蔽了 `8.8.8.8` 和 `8.8.4.4`,导致容器无法解析域名。_ -这就是 Docker 容器的情况,但对于包括 Kubernetes 在内的容器 _编排引擎orchestrators_,情况又有些不同。 +这就是 Docker 容器的情况,但对于包括 Kubernetes 在内的容器 编排引擎orchestrators,情况又有些不同。 ### 2) Kubernetes 和 DNS -在 Kubernetes 中,最小部署单元是 `pod`;`pod` 是一组相互协作的容器,共享 IP 地址(和其它资源)。 +在 Kubernetes 中,最小部署单元是 pod;它是一组相互协作的容器,共享 IP 地址(和其它资源)。 Kubernetes 面临的一个额外的挑战是,将 Kubernetes 服务请求(例如,`myservice.kubernetes.io`)通过对应的解析器resolver,转发到具体服务地址对应的内网地址private network。这里提到的服务地址被称为归属于“集群域cluster domain”。集群域可由管理员配置,根据配置可以是 `cluster.local` 或 `myorg.badger` 等。 -在 Kubernetes 中,你可以为 `pod` 指定如下四种 `pod` 内 DNS 查询的方式。 +在 Kubernetes 中,你可以为 pod 指定如下四种 pod 内 DNS 查询的方式。 -* Default +**Default** -在这种(名称容易让人误解)的方式中,`pod` 与其所在的主机采用相同的 DNS 查询路径,与前面介绍的主机 DNS 查询一致。我们说这种方式的名称容易让人误解,因为该方式并不是默认选项!`ClusterFirst` 才是默认选项。 +在这种(名称容易让人误解)的方式中,pod 与其所在的主机采用相同的 DNS 查询路径,与前面介绍的主机 DNS 查询一致。我们说这种方式的名称容易让人误解,因为该方式并不是默认选项!`ClusterFirst` 才是默认选项。 如果你希望覆盖 `/etc/resolv.conf` 中的条目,你可以添加到 `kubelet` 的配置中。 -* ClusterFirst +**ClusterFirst** 在 `ClusterFirst` 方式中,遇到 DNS 查询请求会做有选择的转发。根据配置的不同,有以下两种方式: -第一种方式配置相对古老但更简明,即采用一个规则:如果请求的域名不是集群域的子域,那么将其转发到 `pod` 所在的主机。 +第一种方式配置相对古老但更简明,即采用一个规则:如果请求的域名不是集群域的子域,那么将其转发到 pod 所在的主机。 第二种方式相对新一些,你可以在内部 DNS 中配置选择性转发。 @@ -115,27 +111,27 @@ data: 在 `stubDomains` 条目中,可以为特定域名指定特定的 DNS 服务器;而 `upstreamNameservers` 条目则给出,待查询域名不是集群域子域情况下用到的 DNS 服务器。 -这是通过在一个 `pod` 中运行我们熟知的 `dnsmasq` 实现的。 +这是通过在一个 pod 中运行我们熟知的 `dnsmasq` 实现的。 ![kubedns](https://zwischenzugs.files.wordpress.com/2018/08/kubedns.png?w=525) 剩下两种选项都比较小众: -* ClusterFirstWithHostNet +**ClusterFirstWithHostNet** -适用于 `pod` 使用主机网络的情况,例如绕开 Docker 网络配置,直接使用与 `pod` 对应主机相同的网络。 +适用于 pod 使用主机网络的情况,例如绕开 Docker 网络配置,直接使用与 pod 对应主机相同的网络。 -* None +**None** `None` 意味着不改变 DNS,但强制要求你在 `pod` 规范文件specification的 `dnsConfig` 条目中指定 DNS 配置。 ### CoreDNS 即将到来 -除了上面提到的那些,一旦 `CoreDNS` 取代Kubernetes 中的 `kube-dns`,情况还会发生变化。`CoreDNS` 相比 `kube-dns` 具有可配置性更高、效率更高等优势。 +除了上面提到的那些,一旦 `CoreDNS` 取代 Kubernetes 中的 `kube-dns`,情况还会发生变化。`CoreDNS` 相比 `kube-dns` 具有可配置性更高、效率更高等优势。 如果想了解更多,参考[这里][5]。 -如果你对 OpenShift 的网络感兴趣,我曾写过一篇[文章][6]可供你参考。但文章中 OpenShift 的版本是 `3.6`,可能有些过时。 +如果你对 OpenShift 的网络感兴趣,我曾写过一篇[文章][6]可供你参考。但文章中 OpenShift 的版本是 3.6,可能有些过时。 ### 第四部分总结 @@ -152,14 +148,14 @@ via: https://zwischenzugs.com/2018/08/06/anatomy-of-a-linux-dns-lookup-part-iv/ 作者:[zwischenzugs][a] 译者:[pinewall](https://github.com/pinewall) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://zwischenzugs.com/ -[1]:https://zwischenzugs.com/2018/06/08/anatomy-of-a-linux-dns-lookup-part-i/ -[2]:https://zwischenzugs.com/2018/06/18/anatomy-of-a-linux-dns-lookup-part-ii/ -[3]:https://zwischenzugs.com/2018/07/06/anatomy-of-a-linux-dns-lookup-part-iii/ +[1]:https://linux.cn/article-9943-1.html +[2]:https://linux.cn/article-9949-1.html +[3]:https://linux.cn/article-9972-1.html [4]:https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/dns-custom-nameservers/#impacts-on-pods [5]:https://coredns.io/ [6]:https://zwischenzugs.com/2017/10/21/openshift-3-6-dns-in-pictures/ From c12499182602eb52d877518d3b323dbf4c4ef4cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 22:03:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 195/437] PUB:20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md @pinewall https://linux.cn/article-10056-1.html --- .../20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md b/published/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md rename to published/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md From 06dfdbd0cc6eb2802e08ffe92c9a855a7fc02bf2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 23:40:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 196/437] PRF:20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md @imquanquan --- ...ges of Go that you dont hear much about.md | 104 +++++++----------- 1 file changed, 41 insertions(+), 63 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md b/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md index 954d800b25..c1e3c36951 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md @@ -1,65 +1,58 @@ 你没听说过的 Go 语言惊人优点 -============================================================ +========= ![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*NDXd5I87VZG0Z74N7dog0g.png) -来自 [https://github.com/ashleymcnamara/gophers][1] 的图稿 +*来自 [https://github.com/ashleymcnamara/gophers][1] 的图稿* -在这篇文章中,我将讨论为什么你需要尝试一下 Go,以及应该从哪里学起。 +在这篇文章中,我将讨论为什么你需要尝试一下 Go 语言,以及应该从哪里学起。 -Golang 是可能是最近几年里你经常听人说起的编程语言。尽管它在 2009 年已经发布,但它最近才开始流行起来。 +Go 语言是可能是最近几年里你经常听人说起的编程语言。尽管它在 2009 年已经发布了,但它最近才开始流行起来。 ![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*cQ8QzhCPiFXqk_oQdUk_zw.png) -根据 Google 趋势,Golang 语言非常流行。 +*根据 Google 趋势,Go 语言非常流行。* -这篇文章不会讨论一些你经常看到的 Golang 的主要特性。 +这篇文章不会讨论一些你经常看到的 Go 语言的主要特性。 -相反,我想向您介绍一些相当小众但仍然很重要的功能。在您决定尝试Go后,您才会知道这些功能。 +相反,我想向您介绍一些相当小众但仍然很重要的功能。只有在您决定尝试 Go 语言后,您才会知道这些功能。 这些都是表面上没有体现出来的惊人特性,但它们可以为您节省数周或数月的工作量。而且这些特性还可以使软件开发更加愉快。 -阅读本文不需要任何语言经验,所以不比担心 Golang 对你来说是新的事物。如果你想了解更多,可以看看我在底部列出的一些额外的链接,。 +阅读本文不需要任何语言经验,所以不必担心你还不了解 Go 语言。如果你想了解更多,可以看看我在底部列出的一些额外的链接。 我们将讨论以下主题: * GoDoc - * 静态代码分析 - * 内置的测试和分析框架 - * 竞争条件检测 - * 学习曲线 - -* 反射(Reflection) - -* Opinionatedness(专制独裁的 Go) - +* 反射 +* Opinionatedness * 文化 请注意,这个列表不遵循任何特定顺序来讨论。 ### GoDoc -Golang 非常重视代码中的文档,简洁也是如此。 +Go 语言非常重视代码中的文档,所以也很简洁。 -[GoDoc][4] 是一个静态代码分析工具,可以直接从代码中创建漂亮的文档页面。GoDoc 的一个显着特点是它不使用任何其他的语言,如 JavaDoc,PHPDoc 或 JSDoc 来注释代码中的结构,只需要用英语。 +[GoDoc][4] 是一个静态代码分析工具,可以直接从代码中创建漂亮的文档页面。GoDoc 的一个显著特点是它不使用任何其他的语言,如 JavaDoc、PHPDoc 或 JSDoc 来注释代码中的结构,只需要用英语。 -它使用从代码中获取的尽可能多的信息来概述、构造和格式化文档。它有多而全的功能,比如:交叉引用,代码示例以及一个指向版本控制系统仓库的链接。 +它使用从代码中获取的尽可能多的信息来概述、构造和格式化文档。它有多而全的功能,比如:交叉引用、代码示例,并直接链接到你的版本控制系统仓库。 -而你需要做的只有添加一些好的,像 `// MyFunc transforms Foo into Bar` 这样子的注释,而这些注释也会反映在的文档中。你甚至可以添加一些通过网络接口或者在本地可以实际运行的 [代码示例][5]。 +而你需要做的只有添加一些像 `// MyFunc transforms Foo into Bar` 这样子的老牌注释,而这些注释也会反映在的文档中。你甚至可以添加一些通过网络界面或者在本地可以实际运行的 [代码示例][5]。 -GoDoc 是 Go 的唯一文档引擎,供整个社区使用。这意味着用 Go 编写的每个库或应用程序都具有相同的文档格式。从长远来看,它可以帮你在浏览这些文档时节省大量时间。 +GoDoc 是 Go 的唯一文档引擎,整个社区都在使用。这意味着用 Go 编写的每个库或应用程序都具有相同的文档格式。从长远来看,它可以帮你在浏览这些文档时节省大量时间。 例如,这是我最近一个小项目的 GoDoc 页面:[pullkee — GoDoc][6]。 ### 静态代码分析 -Go 严重依赖于静态代码分析。例子包括 godoc 文档,gofmt 代码格式化,golint 代码风格统一,等等。 +Go 严重依赖于静态代码分析。例如用于文档的 [godoc][7],用于代码格式化的 [gofmt][8],用于代码风格的 [golint][9],等等。 -其中有很多甚至全部包含在类似 [gometalinter][10] 的项目中,这些将它们全部组合成一个实用程序。 +它们是如此之多,甚至有一个总揽了它们的项目 [gometalinter][10] ,将它们组合成了单一的实用程序。 这些工具通常作为独立的命令行应用程序实现,并可轻松与任何编码环境集成。 @@ -67,21 +60,21 @@ Go 严重依赖于静态代码分析。例子包括 godoc 文档,gofmt 代码 创建自己的分析器非常简单,因为 Go 有专门的内置包来解析和加工 Go 源码。 -你可以从这个链接中了解到更多相关内容: [GothamGo Kickoff Meetup: Go Static Analysis Tools by Alan Donovan][11]. +你可以从这个链接中了解到更多相关内容: [GothamGo Kickoff Meetup: Alan Donovan 的 Go 静态分析工具][11]。 ### 内置的测试和分析框架 -您是否曾尝试为一个从头开始的 Javascript 项目选择测试框架?如果是这样,你可能会明白经历这种分析瘫痪的斗争。您可能也意识到您没有使用其中 80% 的框架。 +您是否曾尝试为一个从头开始的 JavaScript 项目选择测试框架?如果是这样,你或许会理解经历这种过度分析analysis paralysis的痛苦。您可能也意识到您没有使用其中 80% 的框架。 一旦您需要进行一些可靠的分析,问题就会重复出现。 -Go 附带内置测试工具,旨在简化和提高效率。它为您提供了最简单的 API,并做出最小的假设。您可以将它用于不同类型的测试,分析,甚至可以提供可执行代码示例。 +Go 附带内置测试工具,旨在简化和提高效率。它为您提供了最简单的 API,并做出最小的假设。您可以将它用于不同类型的测试、分析,甚至可以提供可执行代码示例。 -它可以开箱即用地生成持续集成友好的输出,而且它的用法很简单,只需运行 `go test`。当然,它还支持高级功能,如并行运行测试,跳过标记代码,以及其他更多功能。 +它可以开箱即用地生成便于持续集成的输出,而且它的用法很简单,只需运行 `go test`。当然,它还支持高级功能,如并行运行测试,跳过标记代码,以及其他更多功能。 ### 竞争条件检测 -您可能已经了解了 Goroutines,它们在 Go 中用于实现并发代码执行。如果你未曾了解过,[这里][12]有一个非常简短的解释。 +您可能已经听说了 Goroutine,它们在 Go 中用于实现并发代码执行。如果你未曾了解过,[这里][12]有一个非常简短的解释。 无论具体技术如何,复杂应用中的并发编程都不容易,部分原因在于竞争条件的可能性。 @@ -93,13 +86,13 @@ Go 附带内置测试工具,旨在简化和提高效率。它为您提供了 ### 学习曲线 -您可以在一个晚上学习所有 Go 的语言功能。我是认真的。当然,还有标准库,以及不同,更具体领域的最佳实践。但是两个小时就足以让你自信地编写一个简单的 HTTP 服务器或命令行应用程序。 +您可以在一个晚上学习**所有**的 Go 语言功能。我是认真的。当然,还有标准库,以及不同的,更具体领域的最佳实践。但是两个小时就足以让你自信地编写一个简单的 HTTP 服务器或命令行应用程序。 -Golang 拥有[出色的文档][14],大部分高级主题已经在博客上进行了介绍:[The Go Programming Language Blog][15]。 +Go 语言拥有[出色的文档][14],大部分高级主题已经在他们的博客上进行了介绍:[Go 编程语言博客][15]。 -比起 Java(以及 Java 家族的语言),Javascript,Ruby,Python 甚至 PHP,你可以更轻松地把 Go 语言带到你的团队中。由于环境易于设置,您的团队在完成第一个生产代码之前需要进行的投资要小得多。 +比起 Java(以及 Java 家族的语言)、Javascript、Ruby、Python 甚至 PHP,你可以更轻松地把 Go 语言带到你的团队中。由于环境易于设置,您的团队在完成第一个生产代码之前需要进行的投资要小得多。 -### 反射(Reflection) +### 反射 代码反射本质上是一种隐藏在编译器下并访问有关语言结构的各种元信息的能力,例如变量或函数。 @@ -107,19 +100,19 @@ Golang 拥有[出色的文档][14],大部分高级主题已经在博客上进 此外,Go [没有实现一个名为泛型的概念][16],这使得以抽象方式处理多种类型更具挑战性。然而,由于泛型带来的复杂程度,许多人认为不实现泛型对语言实际上是有益的。我完全同意。 -根据 Go 的理念(这是一个单独的主题),您应该努力不要过度设计您的解决方案。这也适用于动态类型编程。尽可能坚持使用静态类型,并在确切知道要处理的类型时使用接口(interfaces)。接口在 Go 中非常强大且无处不在。 +根据 Go 的理念(这是一个单独的主题),您应该努力不要过度设计您的解决方案。这也适用于动态类型编程。尽可能坚持使用静态类型,并在确切知道要处理的类型时使用接口interface。接口在 Go 中非常强大且无处不在。 -但是,仍然存在一些情况,你无法知道你处理的数据类型。一个很好的例子是 JSON。您可以在应用程序中来回转换所有类型的数据。字符串,缓冲区,各种数字,嵌套结构等。 +但是,仍然存在一些情况,你无法知道你处理的数据类型。一个很好的例子是 JSON。您可以在应用程序中来回转换所有类型的数据。字符串、缓冲区、各种数字、嵌套结构等。 -为了解决这个问题,您需要一个工具来检查运行时的数据并根据其类型和结构采取不同行为。反射(Reflect)可以帮到你。Go 拥有一流的反射包,使您的代码能够像 Javascript 这样的语言一样动态。 +为了解决这个问题,您需要一个工具来检查运行时的数据并根据其类型和结构采取不同行为。反射Reflect可以帮到你。Go 拥有一流的反射包,使您的代码能够像 Javascript 这样的语言一样动态。 -一个重要的警告是知道你使用它所带来的代价 - 并且只有知道在没有更简单的方法时才使用它。 +一个重要的警告是知道你使用它所带来的代价 —— 并且只有知道在没有更简单的方法时才使用它。 你可以在这里阅读更多相关信息: [反射的法则 — Go 博客][18]. 您还可以在此处阅读 JSON 包源码中的一些实际代码: [src/encoding/json/encode.go — Source Code][19] -### Opinionatedness +### Opinionatedness(专制独裁的 Go) 顺便问一下,有这样一个单词吗? @@ -127,9 +120,9 @@ Golang 拥有[出色的文档][14],大部分高级主题已经在博客上进 这有时候基本上让我卡住了。我需要花时间思考这些事情而不是编写代码并满足用户。 -首先,我应该注意到我完全可以得到这些惯例的来源,它总是来源于你或者你的团队。无论如何,即使是一群经验丰富的 Javascript 开发人员也可以轻松地发现自己拥有完全不同的工具和范例的大部分经验,以实现相同的结果。 +首先,我应该注意到我完全知道这些惯例的来源,它总是来源于你或者你的团队。无论如何,即使是一群经验丰富的 Javascript 开发人员也很容易发现他们在实现相同的结果时,而大部分的经验却是在完全不同的工具和范例上。 -这导致整个团队中分析的瘫痪,并且使得个体之间更难以相互协作。 +这导致整个团队中出现过度分析,并且使得个体之间更难以相互协作。 嗯,Go 是不同的。即使您对如何构建和维护代码有很多强烈的意见,例如:如何命名,要遵循哪些结构模式,如何更好地实现并发。但你只有一个每个人都遵循的风格指南。你只有一个内置在基本工具链中的测试框架。 @@ -141,11 +134,11 @@ Golang 拥有[出色的文档][14],大部分高级主题已经在博客上进 人们说,每当你学习一门新的口语时,你也会沉浸在说这种语言的人的某些文化中。因此,您学习的语言越多,您可能会有更多的变化。 -编程语言也是如此。无论您将来如何应用新的编程语言,它总能给的带来新的编程视角或某些特别的技术。 +编程语言也是如此。无论您将来如何应用新的编程语言,它总能给你带来新的编程视角或某些特别的技术。 -无论是函数式编程,模式匹配(pattern matching)还是原型继承(prototypal inheritance)。一旦你学会了它们,你就可以随身携带这些编程思想,这扩展了你作为软件开发人员所拥有的问题解决工具集。它们也改变了你阅读高质量代码的方式。 +无论是函数式编程,模式匹配pattern matching还是原型继承prototypal inheritance。一旦你学会了它们,你就可以随身携带这些编程思想,这扩展了你作为软件开发人员所拥有的问题解决工具集。它们也改变了你阅读高质量代码的方式。 -而 Go 在方面有一项了不起的财富。Go 文化的主要支柱是保持简单,脚踏实地的代码,而不会产生许多冗余的抽象概念,并将可维护性放在首位。大部分时间花费在代码的编写工作上,而不是在修补工具和环境或者选择不同的实现方式上,这也是 Go文化的一部分。 +而 Go 在这方面有一项了不起的财富。Go 文化的主要支柱是保持简单,脚踏实地的代码,而不会产生许多冗余的抽象概念,并将可维护性放在首位。大部分时间花费在代码的编写工作上,而不是在修补工具和环境或者选择不同的实现方式上,这也是 Go 文化的一部分。 Go 文化也可以总结为:“应当只用一种方法去做一件事”。 @@ -161,12 +154,11 @@ Go 文化也可以总结为:“应当只用一种方法去做一件事”。 这不是 Go 的所有惊人的优点的完整列表,只是一些被人低估的特性。 -请尝试一下从 [Go 之旅(A Tour of Go)][20]来开始学习 Go,这将是一个令人惊叹的开始。 +请尝试一下从 [Go 之旅][20] 来开始学习 Go,这将是一个令人惊叹的开始。 如果您想了解有关 Go 的优点的更多信息,可以查看以下链接: * [你为什么要学习 Go? - Keval Patel][2] - * [告别Node.js - TJ Holowaychuk][3] 并在评论中分享您的阅读感悟! @@ -175,30 +167,16 @@ Go 文化也可以总结为:“应当只用一种方法去做一件事”。 不断为您的工作寻找最好的工具! -* * * - -If you like this article, please consider following me for more, and clicking on those funny green little hands right below this text for sharing. 👏👏👏 - -Check out my [Github][21] and follow me on [Twitter][22]! - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -作者简介: - -Software Engineer and Traveler. Coding for fun. Javascript enthusiast. Tinkering with Golang. A lot into SOA and Docker. Architect at Velvica. - ------------- - - +------------------------------------------------------- via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/here-are-some-amazing-advantages-of-go-that-you-dont-hear-much-about-1af99de3b23a 作者:[Kirill Rogovoy][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/imquanquan) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +译者:[imquanquan](https://github.com/imquanquan) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 -[a]: +[a]:https://twitter.com/krogovoy [1]:https://github.com/ashleymcnamara/gophers [2]:https://medium.com/@kevalpatel2106/why-should-you-learn-go-f607681fad65 [3]:https://medium.com/@tjholowaychuk/farewell-node-js-4ba9e7f3e52b From 402ec00da9d48f2bd1d549dc6585ccb306fbf083 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: chenliang Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:40:48 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 197/437] translated by Flowsnow --- ...20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md | 308 ------------------ ...20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md | 237 ++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 237 insertions(+), 308 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md b/sources/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md deleted file mode 100644 index 100e0b0313..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ -translating by Flowsnow -What is behavior-driven Python? -====== -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/checklist_hands_team_collaboration.png?itok=u82QepPk) -Have you heard about [behavior-driven development][1] (BDD) and wondered what all the buzz is about? Maybe you've caught team members talking in "gherkin" and felt left out of the conversation. Or perhaps you're a Pythonista looking for a better way to test your code. Whatever the circumstance, learning about BDD can help you and your team achieve better collaboration and test automation, and Python's `behave` framework is a great place to start. - -### What is BDD? - - * Submitting forms on a website - * Searching for desired results - * Saving a document - * Making REST API calls - * Running command-line interface commands - - - -In software, a behavior is how a feature operates within a well-defined scenario of inputs, actions, and outcomes. Products can exhibit countless behaviors, such as: - -Defining a product's features based on its behaviors makes it easier to describe them, develop them, and test them. This is the heart of BDD: making behaviors the focal point of software development. Behaviors are defined early in development using a [specification by example][2] language. One of the most common behavior spec languages is [Gherkin][3], the Given-When-Then scenario format from the [Cucumber][4] project. Behavior specs are basically plain-language descriptions of how a behavior works, with a little bit of formal structure for consistency and focus. Test frameworks can easily automate these behavior specs by "gluing" step texts to code implementations. - -Below is an example of a behavior spec written in Gherkin: -``` -Scenario: Basic DuckDuckGo Search - -  Given the DuckDuckGo home page is displayed - -  When the user searches for "panda" - -  Then results are shown for "panda" - -``` - -At a quick glance, the behavior is intuitive to understand. Except for a few keywords, the language is freeform. The scenario is concise yet meaningful. A real-world example illustrates the behavior. Steps declaratively indicate what should happen—without getting bogged down in the details of how. - -The [main benefits of BDD][5] are good collaboration and automation. Everyone can contribute to behavior development, not just programmers. Expected behaviors are defined and understood from the beginning of the process. Tests can be automated together with the features they cover. Each test covers a singular, unique behavior in order to avoid duplication. And, finally, existing steps can be reused by new behavior specs, creating a snowball effect. - -### Python's behave framework - -`behave` is one of the most popular BDD frameworks in Python. It is very similar to other Gherkin-based Cucumber frameworks despite not holding the official Cucumber designation. `behave` has two primary layers: - - 1. Behavior specs written in Gherkin `.feature` files - 2. Step definitions and hooks written in Python modules that implement Gherkin steps - - - -As shown in the example above, Gherkin scenarios use a three-part format: - - 1. Given some initial state - 2. When an action is taken - 3. Then verify the outcome - - - -Each step is "glued" by decorator to a Python function when `behave` runs tests. - -### Installation - -As a prerequisite, make sure you have Python and `pip` installed on your machine. I strongly recommend using Python 3. (I also recommend using [`pipenv`][6], but the following example commands use the more basic `pip`.) - -Only one package is required for `behave`: -``` -pip install behave - -``` - -Other packages may also be useful, such as: -``` -pip install requests    # for REST API calls - -pip install selenium    # for Web browser interactions - -``` - -The [behavior-driven-Python][7] project on GitHub contains the examples used in this article. - -### Gherkin features - -The Gherkin syntax that `behave` uses is practically compliant with the official Cucumber Gherkin standard. A `.feature` file has Feature sections, which in turn have Scenario sections with Given-When-Then steps. Below is an example: -``` -Feature: Cucumber Basket - -  As a gardener, - -  I want to carry many cucumbers in a basket, - -  So that I don’t drop them all. - -  - -  @cucumber-basket - -  Scenario: Add and remove cucumbers - -    Given the basket is empty - -    When "4" cucumbers are added to the basket - -    And "6" more cucumbers are added to the basket - -    But "3" cucumbers are removed from the basket - -    Then the basket contains "7" cucumbers - -``` - -There are a few important things to note here: - - * Both the Feature and Scenario sections have [short, descriptive titles][8]. - * The lines immediately following the Feature title are comments ignored by `behave`. It is a good practice to put the user story there. - * Scenarios and Features can have tags (notice the `@cucumber-basket` mark) for hooks and filtering (explained below). - * Steps follow a [strict Given-When-Then order][9]. - * Additional steps can be added for any type using `And` and `But`. - * Steps can be parametrized with inputs—notice the values in double quotes. - - - -Scenarios can also be written as templates with multiple input combinations by using a Scenario Outline: -``` -Feature: Cucumber Basket - - - -  @cucumber-basket - -  Scenario Outline: Add cucumbers - -    Given the basket has “” cucumbers - -    When "" cucumbers are added to the basket - -    Then the basket contains "" cucumbers - - - -    Examples: Cucumber Counts - -      | initial | more | total | - -      |    0    |   1  |   1   | - -      |    1    |   2  |   3   | - -      |    5    |   4  |   9   | - -``` - -Scenario Outlines always have an Examples table, in which the first row gives column titles and each subsequent row gives an input combo. The row values are substituted wherever a column title appears in a step surrounded by angle brackets. In the example above, the scenario will be run three times because there are three rows of input combos. Scenario Outlines are a great way to avoid duplicate scenarios. - -There are other elements of the Gherkin language, but these are the main mechanics. To learn more, read the Automation Panda articles [Gherkin by Example][10] and [Writing Good Gherkin][11]. - -### Python mechanics - -Every Gherkin step must be "glued" to a step definition, a Python function that provides the implementation. Each function has a step type decorator with the matching string. It also receives a shared context and any step parameters. Feature files must be placed in a directory named `features/`, while step definition modules must be placed in a directory named `features/steps/`. Any feature file can use step definitions from any module—they do not need to have the same names. Below is an example Python module with step definitions for the cucumber basket features. -``` -from behave import * - -from cucumbers.basket import CucumberBasket - - - -@given('the basket has "{initial:d}" cucumbers') - -def step_impl(context, initial): - -    context.basket = CucumberBasket(initial_count=initial) - - - -@when('"{some:d}" cucumbers are added to the basket') - -def step_impl(context, some): - -    context.basket.add(some) - - - -@then('the basket contains "{total:d}" cucumbers') - -def step_impl(context, total): - -    assert context.basket.count == total - -``` - -Three [step matchers][12] are available: `parse`, `cfparse`, and `re`. The default and simplest marcher is `parse`, which is shown in the example above. Notice how parametrized values are parsed and passed into the functions as input arguments. A common best practice is to put double quotes around parameters in steps. - -Each step definition function also receives a [context][13] variable that holds data specific to the current scenario being run, such as `feature`, `scenario`, and `tags` fields. Custom fields may be added, too, to share data between steps. Always use context to share data—never use global variables! - -`behave` also supports [hooks][14] to handle automation concerns outside of Gherkin steps. A hook is a function that will be run before or after a step, scenario, feature, or whole test suite. Hooks are reminiscent of [aspect-oriented programming][15]. They should be placed in a special `environment.py` file under the `features/` directory. Hook functions can check the current scenario's tags, as well, so logic can be selectively applied. The example below shows how to use hooks to set up and tear down a Selenium WebDriver instance for any scenario tagged as `@web`. -``` -from selenium import webdriver - - - -def before_scenario(context, scenario): - -    if 'web' in context.tags: - -        context.browser = webdriver.Firefox() - -        context.browser.implicitly_wait(10) - - - -def after_scenario(context, scenario): - -    if 'web' in context.tags: - -        context.browser.quit() - -``` - -Note: Setup and cleanup can also be done with [fixtures][16] in `behave`. - -To offer an idea of what a `behave` project should look like, here's the example project's directory structure: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/behave_dir_layout.png) - -Any Python packages and custom modules can be used with `behave`. Use good design patterns to build a scalable test automation solution. Step definition code should be concise. - -### Running tests - -To run tests from the command line, change to the project's root directory and run the `behave` command. Use the `–help` option to see all available options. - -Below are a few common use cases: -``` -# run all tests - -behave - - - -# run the scenarios in a feature file - -behave features/web.feature - - - -# run all tests that have the @duckduckgo tag - -behave --tags @duckduckgo - - - -# run all tests that do not have the @unit tag - -behave --tags ~@unit - - - -# run all tests that have @basket and either @add or @remove - -behave --tags @basket --tags @add,@remove - -``` - -For convenience, options may be saved in [config][17] files. - -### Other options - -`behave` is not the only BDD test framework in Python. Other good frameworks include: - - * `pytest-bdd` , a plugin for `pytest``behave`, it uses Gherkin feature files and step definition modules, but it also leverages all the features and plugins of `pytest`. For example, it can run Gherkin scenarios in parallel using `pytest-xdist`. BDD and non-BDD tests can also be executed together with the same filters. `pytest-bdd` also offers a more flexible directory layout. - - * `radish` is a "Gherkin-plus" framework—it adds Scenario Loops and Preconditions to the standard Gherkin language, which makes it more friendly to programmers. It also offers rich command line options like `behave`. - - * `lettuce` is an older BDD framework very similar to `behave`, with minor differences in framework mechanics. However, GitHub shows little recent activity in the project (as of May 2018). - - - -Any of these frameworks would be good choices. - -Also, remember that Python test frameworks can be used for any black box testing, even for non-Python products! BDD frameworks are great for web and service testing because their tests are declarative, and Python is a [great language for test automation][18]. - -This article is based on the author's [PyCon Cleveland 2018][19] talk, [Behavior-Driven Python][20]. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/behavior-driven-python - -作者:[Andrew Knight][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/andylpk247 -[1]:https://automationpanda.com/bdd/ -[2]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Specification_by_example -[3]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/26/bdd-101-the-gherkin-language/ -[4]:https://cucumber.io/ -[5]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/02/13/12-awesome-benefits-of-bdd/ -[6]:https://docs.pipenv.org/ -[7]:https://github.com/AndyLPK247/behavior-driven-python -[8]:https://automationpanda.com/2018/01/31/good-gherkin-scenario-titles/ -[9]:https://automationpanda.com/2018/02/03/are-gherkin-scenarios-with-multiple-when-then-pairs-okay/ -[10]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/27/bdd-101-gherkin-by-example/ -[11]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/30/bdd-101-writing-good-gherkin/ -[12]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#step-parameters -[13]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#detecting-that-user-code-overwrites-behave-context-attributes -[14]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#environment-file-functions -[15]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aspect-oriented_programming -[16]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#fixtures -[17]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/behave.html#configuration-files -[18]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/21/the-best-programming-language-for-test-automation/ -[19]:https://us.pycon.org/2018/ -[20]:https://us.pycon.org/2018/schedule/presentation/87/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md b/translated/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..16edc3c802 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +什么是行为驱动的Python? +====== +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/checklist_hands_team_collaboration.png?itok=u82QepPk) + +您是否听说过[行为驱动开发][1](BDD),并想知道所有的新奇事物是什么? 也许你已经发现了团队成员在使用“gherkin”了,并感到被排除在外无法参与其中。 或许你是一个Python爱好者,正在寻找更好的方法来测试你的代码。 无论在什么情况下,了解BDD都可以帮助您和您的团队实现更好的协作和测试自动化,而Python的`行为`框架是一个很好的起点。 + +### 什么是BDD? + + * 在网站上提交表单 + * 搜索想要的结果 + * 保存文档 + * 进行REST API调用 + * 运行命令行界面命令 + +在软件中,行为是指在明确定义的输入,行为和结果场景中功能是如何运转的。 产品可以表现出无数的行为,例如: + +根据产品的行为定义产品的功能可以更容易地描述产品,并对其进行开发和测试。 BDD的核心是:使行为成为软件开发的焦点。 在开发早期使用示例语言的规范来定义行为。 最常见的行为规范语言之一是Gherkin,Cucumber项目中的Given-When-Then场景格式。 行为规范基本上是对行为如何工作的简单语言描述,具有一致性和焦点的一些正式结构。 通过将步骤文本“粘合”到代码实现,测试框架可以轻松地自动化这些行为规范。 + +下面是用Gherkin编写的行为规范的示例: + +根据产品的行为定义产品的功能可以更容易地描述产品,开发产品并对其进行测试。 这是BDD的核心:使行为成为软件开发的焦点。 在开发早期使用[示例规范][2]的语言来定义行为。 最常见的行为规范语言之一是[Gherkin][3],[Cucumber][4]项目中的Given-When-Then场景格式。 行为规范基本上是对行为如何工作的简单语言描述,具有一致性和焦点的一些正式结构。 通过将步骤文本“粘合”到代码实现,测试框架可以轻松地自动化这些行为规范。 + +下面是用Gherkin编写的行为规范的示例: + +``` +Scenario: Basic DuckDuckGo Search + Given the DuckDuckGo home page is displayed + When the user searches for "panda" + Then results are shown for "panda" +``` + +快速浏览一下,行为是直观易懂的。 除少数关键字外,该语言为自由格式。 场景简洁而有意义。 一个真实的例子说明了这种行为。 步骤以声明的方式表明应该发生什么——而不会陷入如何如何的细节中。 + +[BDD的主要优点][5]是良好的协作和自动化。 每个人都可以为行为开发做出贡献,而不仅仅是程序员。 从流程开始就定义并理解预期的行为。 测试可以与它们涵盖的功能一起自动化。 每个测试都包含一个单一的,独特的行为,以避免重复。 最后,现有的步骤可以通过新的行为规范重用,从而产生雪球效果。 + +### Python的behave框架 + +`behave`是Python中最流行的BDD框架之一。 它与其他基于Gherkin的Cucumber框架非常相似,尽管没有得到官方的Cucumber定名。 `behave`有两个主要层: + +1. 用Gherkin的`.feature`文件编写的行为规范 +2. 用Python模块编写的步骤定义和钩子,用于实现Gherkin步骤 + +如上例所示,Gherkin场景有三部分格式: + +1. 鉴于一些初始状态 +2. 当行为发生时 +3. 然后验证结果 + +当`behave`运行测试时,每个步骤由装饰器“粘合”到Python函数。 + +### 安装 + +作为先决条件,请确保在你的计算机上安装了Python和`pip`。 我强烈建议使用Python 3.(我还建议使用[`pipenv`][6],但以下示例命令使用更基本的`pip`。) + +`behave`框架只需要一个包: + +``` +pip install behave +``` + +其他包也可能有用,例如: +``` +pip install requests    # 用于调用REST API +pip install selenium    # 用于web浏览器交互 +``` + +GitHub上的[behavior-driven-Python][7]项目包含本文中使用的示例。 + +### Gherkin特点 + +`behave`框架使用的Gherkin语法实际上是符合官方的Cucumber Gherkin标准的。 `.feature`文件包含功能Feature部分,而Feature部分又包含具有Given-When-Then步骤的场景Scenario部分。 以下是一个例子: + +``` +Feature: Cucumber Basket +  As a gardener, +  I want to carry many cucumbers in a basket, +  So that I don’t drop them all. + +  @cucumber-basket +  Scenario: Add and remove cucumbers +    Given the basket is empty +    When "4" cucumbers are added to the basket +    And "6" more cucumbers are added to the basket +    But "3" cucumbers are removed from the basket +    Then the basket contains "7" cucumbers +``` + +这里有一些重要的事情需要注意: + +- Feature和Scenario部分都有[简短的描述性标题][8]。 +- 紧跟在Feature标题后面的行是会被`behave`框架忽略掉的注释。将功能描述放在那里是一种很好的做法。 +- Scenarios和Features可以有标签(注意`@cucumber-basket`标记)用于钩子和过滤(如下所述)。 +- 步骤都遵循[严格的Given-When-Then顺序][9]。 +- 使用`And`和`Bu`t可以为任何类型添加附加步骤。 +- 可以使用输入对步骤进行参数化——注意双引号里的值。 + +通过使用场景大纲,场景也可以写为具有多个输入组合的模板: + +``` +Feature: Cucumber Basket + + @cucumber-basket + Scenario Outline: Add cucumbers + Given the basket has “” cucumbers + When "" cucumbers are added to the basket + Then the basket contains "" cucumbers + + Examples: Cucumber Counts + | initial | more | total | + | 0 | 1 | 1 | + | 1 | 2 | 3 | + | 5 | 4 | 9 | +``` + +场景大纲总是有一个Examples表,其中第一行给出列标题,后续每一行给出一个输入组合。 只要列标题出现在由尖括号括起的步骤中,行值就会被替换。 在上面的示例中,场景将运行三次,因为有三行输入组合。 场景大纲是避免重复场景的好方法。 + +Gherkin语言还有其他元素,但这些是主要的机制。 想了解更多信息,请阅读Automation Panda这个网站的文章[Gherkin by Example][10]和[Writing Good Gherkin][11]。 + +### Python机制 + +每个Gherkin步骤必须“粘合”到步骤定义,即提供了实现的Python函数。 每个函数都有一个带有匹配字符串的步骤类型装饰器。 它还接收共享的上下文和任何步骤参数。 功能文件必须放在名为`features/`的目录中,而步骤定义模块必须放在名为`features/steps/`的目录中。 任何功能文件都可以使用任何模块中的步骤定义——它们不需要具有相同的名称。 下面是一个示例Python模块,其中包含cucumber basket功能的步骤定义。 + +``` +from behave import * +from cucumbers.basket import CucumberBasket + +@given('the basket has "{initial:d}" cucumbers') +def step_impl(context, initial): + context.basket = CucumberBasket(initial_count=initial) + +@when('"{some:d}" cucumbers are added to the basket') +def step_impl(context, some): + context.basket.add(some) + +@then('the basket contains "{total:d}" cucumbers') +def step_impl(context, total): + assert context.basket.count == total +``` + +可以使用三个[步骤匹配器][12]:`parse`,`cfparse`和`re`。默认和最简单的匹配器是`parse`,如上例所示。注意如何解析参数化值并将其作为输入参数传递给函数。一个常见的最佳实践是在步骤中给参数加双引号。 + +每个步骤定义函数还接收一个[上下文][13]变量,该变量保存当前正在运行的场景的数据,例如`feature`, `scenario`和`tags`字段。也可以添加自定义字段,用于在步骤之间共享数据。始终使用上下文来共享数据——永远不要使用全局变量! + +`behave`框架还支持[钩子][14]来处理Gherkin步骤之外的自动化问题。钩子是一个将在步骤,场景,功能或整个测试套件之前或之后运行的功能。钩子让人联想到[面向方面的编程][15]。它们应放在`features/`目录下的特殊`environment.py`文件中。钩子函数也可以检查当前场景的标签,因此可以有选择地应用逻辑。下面的示例显示了如何使用钩子为标记为`@web`的任何场景生成和销毁一个Selenium WebDriver实例。 + +``` +from selenium import webdriver + +def before_scenario(context, scenario): + if 'web' in context.tags: + context.browser = webdriver.Firefox() + context.browser.implicitly_wait(10) + +def after_scenario(context, scenario): + if 'web' in context.tags: + context.browser.quit() +``` + +注意:也可以使用[fixtures][16]进行构建和清理。 + +要了解一个`behave`项目应该是什么样子,这里是示例项目的目录结构: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/behave_dir_layout.png) + +任何Python包和自定义模块都可以与`behave`框架一起使用。 使用良好的设计模式构建可扩展的测试自动化解决方案。步骤定义代码应简明扼要。 + +### 运行测试 + +要从命令行运行测试,请切换到项目的根目录并运行`behave`命令。 使用`-help`选项查看所有可用选项。 + +以下是一些常见用例: + +``` +# run all tests +behave + +# run the scenarios in a feature file +behave features/web.feature + +# run all tests that have the @duckduckgo tag +behave --tags @duckduckgo + +# run all tests that do not have the @unit tag +behave --tags ~@unit + +# run all tests that have @basket and either @add or @remove +behave --tags @basket --tags @add,@remove +``` + +为方便起见,选项可以保存在[config][17]文件中。 + +### 其他选择 + +`behave`不是Python中唯一的BDD测试框架。其他好的框架包括: + +- `pytest-bdd`,`pytest`的插件,和`behave`一样,它使用Gherkin功能文件和步骤定义模块,但它也利用了`pytest`的所有功能和插件。例如,它可以使用`pytest-xdist`并行运行Gherkin场景。 BDD和非BDD测试也可以与相同的过滤器一起执行。 `pytest-bdd`还提供更灵活的目录布局。 +- `radish`是一个“Gherkin增强版”框架——它将Scenario循环和前提条件添加到标准的Gherkin语言中,这使得它对程序员更友好。它还提供丰富的命令行选项,如`behave`。 +- `lettuce`是一种较旧的BDD框架,与`behave`非常相似,在框架机制方面存在细微差别。然而,GitHub最近显示该项目的活动很少(截至2018年5月)。 + +任何这些框架都是不错的选择。 + +另外,请记住,Python测试框架可用于任何黑盒测试,即使对于非Python产品也是如此! BDD框架非常适合Web和服务测试,因为它们的测试是声明性的,而Python是一种[很好的测试自动化语言][18]。 + +本文基于作者的[PyCon Cleveland 2018][19]演讲,[行为驱动的Python][20]。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/behavior-driven-python + +作者:[Andrew Knight][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[Flowsnow](https://github.com/Flowsnow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/andylpk247 +[1]:https://automationpanda.com/bdd/ +[2]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Specification_by_example +[3]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/26/bdd-101-the-gherkin-language/ +[4]:https://cucumber.io/ +[5]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/02/13/12-awesome-benefits-of-bdd/ +[6]:https://docs.pipenv.org/ +[7]:https://github.com/AndyLPK247/behavior-driven-python +[8]:https://automationpanda.com/2018/01/31/good-gherkin-scenario-titles/ +[9]:https://automationpanda.com/2018/02/03/are-gherkin-scenarios-with-multiple-when-then-pairs-okay/ +[10]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/27/bdd-101-gherkin-by-example/ +[11]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/30/bdd-101-writing-good-gherkin/ +[12]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#step-parameters +[13]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#detecting-that-user-code-overwrites-behave-context-attributes +[14]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#environment-file-functions +[15]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aspect-oriented_programming +[16]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#fixtures +[17]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/behave.html#configuration-files +[18]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/21/the-best-programming-language-for-test-automation/ +[19]:https://us.pycon.org/2018/ +[20]:https://us.pycon.org/2018/schedule/presentation/87/ From 4c3c8a118a85f48fd89b02d7255f65e983c9c58e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: chenliang Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:56:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 198/437] translating by Flowsnow --- ...the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md b/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md index 4f5d9aedf6..e8b108720e 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating by Flowsnow + How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects ====== From fd13a34ddec92ab34bdad8c6ea9ae79af15dd761 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: chenliang Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:58:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 199/437] translating by Flowsnow --- sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md b/sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md index 97b630707d..3d14a8c797 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating by Flowsnow + How to build rpm packages ====== From 43fb88f670b73fa0f23aa2baebf07e065dff7240 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: chenliang Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:59:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 200/437] translating by Flowsnow --- ...180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md b/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md index ae9f91b548..628a805144 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating by Flowsnow + A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App ====== From b94aa078bc68a4c585ed334b34350f75acf91217 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 09:03:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 201/437] PRF:20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @geekpi --- ...ce APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 9 ++++----- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md index 02bc39addc..36c159ac16 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ipv4-720x340.png) -**APT**, 是 **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool 的缩写,是基于 Debian 的系统的默认包管理器。我们可以使用 APT 安装、更新、升级和删除应用程序。最近,我一直遇到一个奇怪的错误。每当我尝试更新我的 Ubuntu 16.04 时,我都会收到此错误 - **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** ,同时更新流程会卡住很长时间。我的网络连接没问题,我可以 ping 通所有网站,包括 Ubuntu 官方网站。在搜索了一番谷歌后,我意识到 Ubuntu 镜像有时无法通过 IPv6 访问。在我强制将 APT 包管理器在更新系统时使用 IPv4 代替 IPv6 访问 Ubuntu 镜像后,此问题得以解决。如果你遇到过此错误,可以按照以下说明解决。 +**APT**, 是 **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool 的缩写,是基于 Debian 的系统的默认包管理器。我们可以使用 APT 安装、更新、升级和删除应用程序。最近,我一直遇到一个奇怪的错误。每当我尝试更新我的 Ubuntu 16.04 时,我都会收到此错误 - **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** ,同时更新流程会卡住很长时间。我的网络连接没问题,我可以 ping 通所有网站,包括 Ubuntu 官方网站。在搜索了一番谷歌后,我意识到 Ubuntu 镜像站点有时无法通过 IPv6 访问。在我强制将 APT 包管理器在更新系统时使用 IPv4 代替 IPv6 访问 Ubuntu 镜像站点后,此问题得以解决。如果你遇到过此错误,可以按照以下说明解决。 ### 强制 APT 包管理器在 Ubuntu 16.04 中使用 IPv4 @@ -11,13 +11,12 @@ ``` $ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true update - $ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true upgrade ``` 瞧!这次更新很快就完成了。 -你还可以使用以下命令在 **/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4** 中添加以下行,以便将来对所有 **apt-get** 事务保持持久性: +你还可以使用以下命令在 `/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4` 中添加以下行,以便将来对所有 `apt-get` 事务保持持久性: ``` $ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 @@ -25,7 +24,7 @@ $ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 **免责声明:** -我不知道最近是否有人遇到这个问题,但我今天在我的 Ubuntu 16.04 LTS 虚拟机中遇到了至少四五次这样的错误,我按照上面的说法解决了这个问题。我不确定这是推荐的解决方案。请浏览 Ubuntu 论坛来确保此方法合法。由于我只是一个 VM,我只将它用于测试和学习目的,我不介意这种方法的真实性。请自行承担使用风险。 +我不知道最近是否有人遇到这个问题,但我今天在我的 Ubuntu 16.04 LTS 虚拟机中遇到了至少四、五次这样的错误,我按照上面的说法解决了这个问题。我不确定这是推荐的解决方案。请浏览 Ubuntu 论坛来确保此方法合法。由于我只是一个 VM,我只将它用于测试和学习目的,我不介意这种方法的真实性。请自行承担使用风险。 希望这有帮助。还有更多的好东西。敬请关注! @@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-force-apt-package-manager-to-use-ipv4-in-u 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 62d627d9242e78e075a7f944ed2cee3a9d0275d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 09:03:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 202/437] PUB:20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10058-1.html --- ...ow To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/published/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md rename to published/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md From 79cd02e2946a8790db3140cf5a4c9389e538b384 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 09:18:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 203/437] translated --- ...turned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md | 118 ------------------ ...turned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md | 116 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 116 insertions(+), 118 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0200dfffdb..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -[Solved] “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1″ Error in Ubuntu -====== -If you are encountering “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1” while installing software on Ubuntu Linux, here is how you can fix it. - -One of the common issue in Ubuntu and other Debian based distribution is the broken packages. You try to update the system or install a new package and you encounter an error like ‘Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code’. - -That’s what happened to me the other day. I was trying to install a radio application in Ubuntu when it threw me this error: -``` -Unpacking python-gst-1.0 (1.6.2-1build1) ... -Selecting previously unselected package radiotray. -Preparing to unpack .../radiotray_0.7.3-5ubuntu1_all.deb ... -Unpacking radiotray (0.7.3-5ubuntu1) ... -Processing triggers for man-db (2.7.5-1) ... -Processing triggers for desktop-file-utils (0.22-1ubuntu5.2) ... -Processing triggers for bamfdaemon (0.5.3~bzr0+16.04.20180209-0ubuntu1) ... -Rebuilding /usr/share/applications/bamf-2.index... -Processing triggers for gnome-menus (3.13.3-6ubuntu3.1) ... -Processing triggers for mime-support (3.59ubuntu1) ... -Setting up polar-bookshelf (1.0.0-beta56) ... -ln: failed to create symbolic link '/usr/local/bin/polar-bookshelf': No such file or directory -dpkg: error processing package polar-bookshelf (--configure): -subprocess installed post-installation script returned error exit status 1 -Setting up python-appindicator (12.10.1+16.04.20170215-0ubuntu1) ... -Setting up python-gst-1.0 (1.6.2-1build1) ... -Setting up radiotray (0.7.3-5ubuntu1) ... -Errors were encountered while processing: -polar-bookshelf -E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) - -``` - -The last three lines are of the utmost importance here. -``` -Errors were encountered while processing: -polar-bookshelf -E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) - -``` - -It tells me that the package polar-bookshelf is causing and issue. This might be crucial to how you fix this error here. - -### Fixing Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) - -![Fix update errors in Ubuntu Linux][1] - -Let’s try to fix this broken error package. I’ll show several methods that you can try one by one. The initial ones are easy to use and simply no-brainers. - -You should try to run sudo apt update and then try to install a new package or upgrade after trying each of the methods discussed here. - -#### Method 1: Reconfigure Package Database - -The first method you can try is to reconfigure the package database. Probably the database got corrupted while installing a package. Reconfiguring often fixes the problem. -``` -sudo dpkg --configure -a - -``` - -#### Method 2: Use force install - -If a package installation was interrupted previously, you may try to do a force install. -``` -sudo apt-get install -f - -``` - -#### Method 3: Try removing the troublesome package - -If it’s not an issue for you, you may try to remove the package manually. Please don’t do it for Linux Kernels (packages starting with linux-). -``` -sudo apt remove - -``` - -#### Method 4: Remove post info files of the troublesome package - -This should be your last resort. You can try removing the files associated to the package in question from /var/lib/dpkg/info. - -**You need to know a little about basic Linux commands to figure out what’s happening and how can you use the same with your problem.** - -In my case, I had an issue with polar-bookshelf. So I looked for the files associated with it: -``` -ls -l /var/lib/dpkg/info | grep -i polar-bookshelf --rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2324811 Aug 14 19:29 polar-bookshelf.list --rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2822824 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.md5sums --rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 113 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postinst --rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 84 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postrm - -``` - -Now all I needed to do was to remove these files: -``` -sudo mv /var/lib/dpkg/info/polar-bookshelf.* /tmp - -``` - -Use the sudo apt update and then you should be able to install software as usual. - -#### Which method worked for you (if it worked)? - -I hope this quick article helps you in fixing the ‘E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)’ error. - -If it did work for you, which method was it? Did you manage to fix this error with some other method? If yes, please share that to help others with this issue. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/dpkg-returned-an-error-code-1/ - -作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/fix-common-update-errors-ubuntu.jpeg diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96eecf8936 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +[已解决] Ubuntu 中的 “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1” 错误 +====== +如果你在 Ubuntu Linux 上安装软件时遇到 “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1”,请按照以下步骤进行修复。 + +Ubuntu 和其他基于 Debian 的发行版中的一个常见问题是已经损坏的包。你尝试更新系统或安装新软件包时遇到类似 “Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code” 的错误。 + +这就是前几天发生在我身上的事。我试图在 Ubuntu 中安装一个电台程序时,它给我了这个错误: +``` +Unpacking python-gst-1.0 (1.6.2-1build1) ... +Selecting previously unselected package radiotray. +Preparing to unpack .../radiotray_0.7.3-5ubuntu1_all.deb ... +Unpacking radiotray (0.7.3-5ubuntu1) ... +Processing triggers for man-db (2.7.5-1) ... +Processing triggers for desktop-file-utils (0.22-1ubuntu5.2) ... +Processing triggers for bamfdaemon (0.5.3~bzr0+16.04.20180209-0ubuntu1) ... +Rebuilding /usr/share/applications/bamf-2.index... +Processing triggers for gnome-menus (3.13.3-6ubuntu3.1) ... +Processing triggers for mime-support (3.59ubuntu1) ... +Setting up polar-bookshelf (1.0.0-beta56) ... +ln: failed to create symbolic link '/usr/local/bin/polar-bookshelf': No such file or directory +dpkg: error processing package polar-bookshelf (--configure): +subprocess installed post-installation script returned error exit status 1 +Setting up python-appindicator (12.10.1+16.04.20170215-0ubuntu1) ... +Setting up python-gst-1.0 (1.6.2-1build1) ... +Setting up radiotray (0.7.3-5ubuntu1) ... +Errors were encountered while processing: +polar-bookshelf +E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) + +``` + +这里最后三行非常重要。 +``` +Errors were encountered while processing: +polar-bookshelf +E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) + +``` + +它告诉我 polar-bookshelf 包引发了问题。这可能对你如何修复这个错误至关重要。 + +### 修复 Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) + +![Fix update errors in Ubuntu Linux][1] + +让我们尝试修复这个损坏的错误包。我将展示几种你可以逐一尝试的方法。最初的那些易于使用,几乎不用动脑子。 + +你应该尝试运行 sudo apt update,接着尝试安装新的包或尝试升级这里讨论的每个包。 + +#### 方法 1:重新配包数据库 + +你可以尝试的第一种方法是重新配置包数据库。数据库可能在安装包时损坏了。重新配置通常可以解决问题。 +``` +sudo dpkg --configure -a + +``` + +#### 方法 2:强制安装 + +如果是之前中断安装的包,你可以尝试强制安装。 +``` +sudo apt-get install -f + +``` + +#### 方法3:尝试删除有问题的包 + +如果这不是你的问题,你可以尝试手动删除包。请不要在 Linux Kernels(以 linux- 开头的软件包)中执行此操作。 +``` +sudo apt remove + +``` + +#### 方法 4:删除有问题的包中的信息文件 + +这应该是你最后的选择。你可以尝试从 /var/lib/dpkg/info 中删除与相关软件包关联的文件。 + +**你需要了解一些基本的 Linux 命令来了解发生了什么以及如何对应你的问题** + +就我而言,我在 polar-bookshelf 中遇到问题。所以我查找了与之关联的文件: +``` +ls -l /var/lib/dpkg/info | grep -i polar-bookshelf +-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2324811 Aug 14 19:29 polar-bookshelf.list +-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2822824 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.md5sums +-rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 113 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postinst +-rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 84 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postrm + +``` + +现在我需要做的就是删除这些文件: +``` +sudo mv /var/lib/dpkg/info/polar-bookshelf.* /tmp + +``` + +使用 sudo apt update,接着你应该就能像往常一样安装软件了。 + +#### 哪种方法适合你(如果有效)? + +我希望这篇快速文章可以帮助你修复 “E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)” 的错误 + +如果它对你有用,是那种方法?你是否设法使用其他方法修复此错误?如果是,请分享一下以帮助其他人解决此问题。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/dpkg-returned-an-error-code-1/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/fix-common-update-errors-ubuntu.jpeg From 1afa4c167954c07ba878ae995aafa53adb7aed58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 09:21:05 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 204/437] translating --- ...on - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md b/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md index 14f6a2e947..a75c1f3e9a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + Hegemon – A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust ====== From ee3c73bc72e472820cc6442b5b3b79643a4b6a2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 10:18:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 205/437] translated --- ...Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md | 102 ++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 46 insertions(+), 56 deletions(-) rename {sources => translated}/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md (61%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md similarity index 61% rename from sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md rename to translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md index add3ce719e..ed3402e0fa 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md @@ -1,36 +1,24 @@ -HankChow translating - -How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux +如何在 Linux 中查看进程占用的端口号 ====== -As a Linux administrator, you should know whether the corresponding service is binding/listening with correct port or not. +对于 Linux 系统管理员来说,清楚某个服务是否正确地绑定或监听某个端口,是至关重要的。如果你需要处理端口相关的问题,这篇文章可能会对你有用。 -This will help you to easily troubleshoot further when you are facing port related issues. +端口是 Linux 系统上特定进程之间逻辑连接的标识,包括物理端口和软件端口。由于 Linux 操作系统是一个软件,因此本文只讨论软件端口。软件端口始终与主机的 IP 地址和相关的通信协议相关联,因此端口常用于区分应用程序。大部分涉及到网络的服务都必须打开一个套接字来监听传入的网络请求,而每个服务都使用一个独立的套接字。 -A port is a logical connection that identifies a specific process on Linux. There are two kind of port are available like, physical and software. +**推荐阅读:** +**(#)** [在 Linux 上查看进程 ID 的 4 种方法][1] +**(#)** [在 Linux 上终止进程的 3 种方法][2] -Since Linux operating system is a software hence, we are going to discuss about software port. +套接字是和 IP 地址,软件端口和协议结合起来使用的,而端口号对传输控制协议(Transmission Control Protocol, TCP)和 用户数据报协议(User Datagram Protocol, UDP)协议都适用,TCP 和 UDP 都可以使用0到65535之间的端口号进行通信。 -Software port is always associated with an IP address of a host and the relevant protocol type for communication. The port is used to distinguish the application. +以下是端口分配类别: -Most of the network related services have to open up a socket to listen incoming network requests. Socket is unique for every service. - -**Suggested Read :** -**(#)** [4 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux][1] -**(#)** [3 Easy Ways To Kill Or Terminate A Process In Linux][2] - -Socket is combination of IP address, software Port and protocol. The port numbers area available for both TCP and UDP protocol. - -The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) use port numbers for communication. It is a value from 0 to 65535. - -Below are port assignments categories. - - * `0-1023:` Well Known Ports or System Ports - * `1024-49151:` Registered Ports for applications - * `49152-65535:` Dynamic Ports or Private Ports + * `0-1023:` 常用端口和系统端口 + * `1024-49151:` 软件的注册端口 + * `49152-65535:` 动态端口或私有端口 -You can check the details of the reserved ports in the /etc/services file on Linux. +在 Linux 上的 `/etc/services` 文件可以查看到更多关于保留端口的信息。 ``` # less /etc/services @@ -89,24 +77,25 @@ lmtp 24/udp # LMTP Mail Delivery ``` -This can be achieved using the below six methods. +可以使用以下六种方法查看端口信息。 - * `ss:` ss is used to dump socket statistics. - * `netstat:` netstat is displays a list of open sockets. - * `lsof:` lsof – list open files. - * `fuser:` fuser – list process IDs of all processes that have one or more files open - * `nmap:` nmap – Network exploration tool and security / port scanner - * `systemctl:` systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager + * `ss:` ss 可以用于转储套接字统计信息。 + * `netstat:` netstat 可以显示打开的套接字列表。 + * `lsof:` lsof 可以列出打开的文件。 + * `fuser:` fuser 可以列出那些打开了文件的进程的进程 ID。 + * `nmap:` nmap 是网络检测工具和端口扫描程序。 + * `systemctl:` systemctl 是 systemd 系统的控制管理器和服务管理器。 -In this tutorial we are going to find out which port number the SSHD daemon is using. +以下我们将找出 `sshd` 守护进程所使用的端口号。 -### Method-1: Using ss Command +### 方法1:使用 ss 命令 -ss is used to dump socket statistics. It allows showing information similar to netstat. It can display more TCP and state informations than other tools. +`ss` 一般用于转储套接字统计信息。它能够输出类似于 `netstat` 输出的信息,但它可以比其它工具显示更多的 TCP 信息和状态信息。 + +它还可以显示所有类型的套接字统计信息,包括 PACKET、TCP、UDP、DCCP、RAW、Unix 域等。 -It can display stats for all kind of sockets such as PACKET, TCP, UDP, DCCP, RAW, Unix domain, etc. ``` # ss -tnlp | grep ssh @@ -114,7 +103,7 @@ LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) LISTEN 0 128 :::22 :::* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=4)) ``` -Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. +也可以使用端口号来检查。 ``` # ss -tnlp | grep ":22" @@ -122,11 +111,11 @@ LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) LISTEN 0 128 :::22 :::* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=4)) ``` -### Method-2: Using netstat Command +### 方法2:使用 netstat 命令 -netstat – Print network connections, routing tables, interface statistics, masquerade connections, and multicast memberships. +`netstat` 能够显示网络连接、路由表、接口统计信息、伪装连接以及多播成员。 -By default, netstat displays a list of open sockets. If you don’t specify any address families, then the active sockets of all configured address families will be printed. This program is obsolete. Replacement for netstat is ss. +默认情况下,`netstat` 会列出打开的套接字。如果不指定任何地址族,则会显示所有已配置地址族的活动套接字。但 `netstat` 已经过时了,一般会使用 `ss` 来替代。 ``` # netstat -tnlp | grep ssh @@ -134,7 +123,7 @@ tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 997/sshd tcp6 0 0 :::22 :::* LISTEN 997/sshd ``` -Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. +也可以使用端口号来检查。 ``` # netstat -tnlp | grep ":22" @@ -142,9 +131,9 @@ tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 1208/sshd tcp6 0 0 :::22 :::* LISTEN 1208/sshd ``` -### Method-3: Using lsof Command +### 方法3:使用 lsof 命令 -lsof – list open files. The Linux lsof command lists information about files that are open by processes running on the system. +`lsof` 能够列出打开的文件,并列出系统上被进程打开的文件的相关信息。 ``` # lsof -i -P | grep ssh @@ -154,7 +143,7 @@ sshd 11584 root 4u IPv6 27627 0t0 TCP *:22 (LISTEN) sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 (ESTABLISHED) ``` -Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. +也可以使用端口号来检查。 ``` # lsof -i tcp:22 @@ -164,9 +153,9 @@ sshd 1208 root 4u IPv6 20921 0t0 TCP *:ssh (LISTEN) sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 (ESTABLISHED) ``` -### Method-4: Using fuser Command +### 方法4:使用 fuser 命令 -The fuser utility shall write to standard output the process IDs of processes running on the local system that have one or more named files open. +`fuser` 工具会将本地系统上打开了文件的进程的进程 ID 显示在标准输出中。 ``` # fuser -v 22/tcp @@ -176,11 +165,11 @@ The fuser utility shall write to standard output the process IDs of processes ru root 49339 F.... sshd ``` -### Method-5: Using nmap Command +### 方法5:使用 nmap 命令 -Nmap (“Network Mapper”) is an open source tool for network exploration and security auditing. It was designed to rapidly scan large networks, although it works fine against single hosts. +`nmap`(“Network Mapper”)是一款用于网络检测和安全审计的开源工具。它最初用于对大型网络进行快速扫描,但它对于单个主机的扫描也有很好的表现。 -Nmap uses raw IP packets in novel ways to determine what hosts are available on the network, what services (application name and version) those hosts are offering, what operating systems (and OS versions) they are running, what type of packet filters/firewalls are in use, and dozens of other characteristics. +`nmap` 使用原始 IP 数据包来确定网络上可用的主机,这些主机的服务(包括应用程序名称和版本)、主机运行的操作系统(包括操作系统版本等信息)、正在使用的数据包过滤器或防火墙的类型,以及很多其它信息。 ``` # nmap -sV -p 22 localhost @@ -196,13 +185,13 @@ Service detection performed. Please report any incorrect results at http://nmap. Nmap done: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 0.44 seconds ``` -### Method-6: Using systemctl Command +### 方法6:使用 systemctl 命令 -systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager. This is the replacement of old SysV init system management and most of the modern Linux operating systems were adapted systemd. +`systemctl` 是 systemd 系统的控制管理器和服务管理器。它取代了旧的 SysV init 系统管理,目前大多数现代 Linux 操作系统都采用了 systemd。 -**Suggested Read :** -**(#)** [chkservice – A Tool For Managing Systemd Units From Linux Terminal][3] -**(#)** [How To Check All Running Services In Linux][4] +**推荐阅读:** +**(#)** [chkservice – Linux 终端上的 systemd 单元管理工具][3] +**(#)** [如何查看 Linux 系统上正在运行的服务][4] ``` # systemctl status sshd @@ -223,7 +212,7 @@ Sep 23 02:09:15 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11589]: Connection closed by 103.5.134.167 Sep 23 02:09:41 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11592]: Accepted password for root from 103.5.134.167 port 49902 ssh2 ``` -The above out will be showing the actual listening port of SSH service when you start the SSHD service recently. Otherwise it won’t because it updates recent logs in the output frequently. +以上输出的内容显示了最近一次启动 `sshd` 服务时 `ssh` 服务的监听端口。但它不会将最新日志更新到输出中。 ``` # systemctl status sshd @@ -250,7 +239,7 @@ Sep 23 12:50:40 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: Connection closed by 95.210.113.14 Sep 23 12:50:40 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: Connection closed by 95.210.113.142 port 51666 [preauth] ``` -Most of the time the above output won’t shows the process actual port number. in this case i would suggest you to check the details using the below command from the journalctl log file. +大部分情况下,以上的输出不会显示进程的实际端口号。这时更建议使用以下这个 `journalctl` 命令检查日志文件中的详细信息。 ``` # journalctl | grep -i "openssh\|sshd" @@ -268,7 +257,7 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-out-which-port-number-a-process-is-usi 作者:[Prakash Subramanian][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -278,3 +267,4 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-out-which-port-number-a-process-is-usi [2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/kill-terminate-a-process-in-linux-using-kill-pkill-killall-command/ [3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/chkservice-a-tool-for-managing-systemd-units-from-linux-terminal/ [4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-check-all-running-services-in-linux/ + From f5e554b0f5d92d9c174e868d701f69aee955e2b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 10:19:05 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 206/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=203=20open=20source?= =?UTF-8?q?=20distributed=20tracing=20tools?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...3 open source distributed tracing tools.md | 88 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 88 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md b/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..197fd9450e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +3 open source distributed tracing tools +====== + +Find performance issues quickly with these tools, which provide a graphical view of what's happening across complex software systems. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/server_data_system_admin.png?itok=q6HCfNQ8) + +Distributed tracing systems enable users to track a request through a software system that is distributed across multiple applications, services, and databases as well as intermediaries like proxies. This allows for a deeper understanding of what is happening within the software system. These systems produce graphical representations that show how much time the request took on each step and list each known step. + +A user reviewing this content can determine where the system is experiencing latencies or blockages. Instead of testing the system like a binary search tree when requests start failing, operators and developers can see exactly where the issues begin. This can also reveal where performance changes might be occurring from deployment to deployment. It’s always better to catch regressions automatically by alerting to the anomalous behavior than to have your customers tell you. + +How does this tracing thing work? Well, each request gets a special ID that’s usually injected into the headers. This ID uniquely identifies that transaction. This transaction is normally called a trace. The trace is the overall abstract idea of the entire transaction. Each trace is made up of spans. These spans are the actual work being performed, like a service call or a database request. Each span also has a unique ID. Spans can create subsequent spans called child spans, and child spans can have multiple parents. + +Once a transaction (or trace) has run its course, it can be searched in a presentation layer. There are several tools in this space that we’ll discuss later, but the picture below shows [Jaeger][1] from my [Istio walkthrough][2]. It shows multiple spans of a single trace. The power of this is immediately clear as you can better understand the transaction’s story at a glance. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/monitoring_guide_jaeger_istio_0.png) + +This demo uses Istio’s built-in OpenTracing implementation, so I can get tracing without even modifying my application. It also uses Jaeger, which is OpenTracing-compatible. + +So what is OpenTracing? Let’s find out. + +### OpenTracing API + +[OpenTracing][3] is a spec that grew out of [Zipkin][4] to provide cross-platform compatibility. It offers a vendor-neutral API for adding tracing to applications and delivering that data into distributed tracing systems. A library written for the OpenTracing spec can be used with any system that is OpenTracing-compliant. Zipkin, Jaeger, and Appdash are examples of open source tools that have adopted the open standard, but even proprietary tools like [Datadog][5] and [Instana][6] are adopting it. This is expected to continue as OpenTracing reaches ubiquitous status. + +### OpenCensus + +Okay, we have OpenTracing, but what is this [OpenCensus][7] thing that keeps popping up in my searches? Is it a competing standard, something completely different, or something complementary? + +The answer depends on who you ask. I will do my best to explain the difference (as I understand it): OpenCensus takes a more holistic or all-inclusive approach. OpenTracing is focused on establishing an open API and spec and not on open implementations for each language and tracing system. OpenCensus provides not only the specification but also the language implementations and wire protocol. It also goes beyond tracing by including additional metrics that are normally outside the scope of distributed tracing systems. + +OpenCensus allows viewing data on the host where the application is running, but it also has a pluggable exporter system for exporting data to central aggregators. The current exporters produced by the OpenCensus team include Zipkin, Prometheus, Jaeger, Stackdriver, Datadog, and SignalFx, but anyone can create an exporter. + +From my perspective, there’s a lot of overlap. One isn’t necessarily better than the other, but it’s important to know what each does and doesn’t do. OpenTracing is primarily a spec, with others doing the implementation and opinionation. OpenCensus provides a holistic approach for the local component with more opinionation but still requires other systems for remote aggregation. + +### Tool options + +#### Zipkin + +Zipkin was one of the first systems of this kind. It was developed by Twitter based on the [Google Dapper paper][8] about the internal system Google uses. Zipkin was written using Java, and it can use Cassandra or ElasticSearch as a scalable backend. Most companies should be satisfied with one of those options. The lowest supported Java version is Java 6. It also uses the [Thrift][9] binary communication protocol, which is popular in the Twitter stack and is hosted as an Apache project. + +The system consists of reporters (clients), collectors, a query service, and a web UI. Zipkin is meant to be safe in production by transmitting only a trace ID within the context of a transaction to inform receivers that a trace is in process. The data collected in each reporter is then transmitted asynchronously to the collectors. The collectors store these spans in the database, and the web UI presents this data to the end user in a consumable format. The delivery of data to the collectors can occur in three different methods: HTTP, Kafka, and Scribe. + +The [Zipkin community][10] has also created [Brave][11], a Java client implementation compatible with Zipkin. It has no dependencies, so it won’t drag your projects down or clutter them with libraries that are incompatible with your corporate standards. There are many other implementations, and Zipkin is compatible with the OpenTracing standard, so these implementations should also work with other distributed tracing systems. The popular Spring framework has a component called [Spring Cloud Sleuth][12] that is compatible with Zipkin. + +#### Jaeger + +[Jaeger][1] is a newer project from Uber Technologies that the [CNCF][13] has since adopted as an Incubating project. It is written in Golang, so you don’t have to worry about having dependencies installed on the host or any overhead of interpreters or language virtual machines. Similar to Zipkin, Jaeger also supports Cassandra and ElasticSearch as scalable storage backends. Jaeger is also fully compatible with the OpenTracing standard. + +Jaeger’s architecture is similar to Zipkin, with clients (reporters), collectors, a query service, and a web UI, but it also has an agent on each host that locally aggregates the data. The agent receives data over a UDP connection, which it batches and sends to a collector. The collector receives that data in the form of the [Thrift][14] protocol and stores that data in Cassandra or ElasticSearch. The query service can access the data store directly and provide that information to the web UI. + +By default, a user won’t get all the traces from the Jaeger clients. The system samples 0.1% (1 in 1,000) of traces that pass through each client. Keeping and transmitting all traces would be a bit overwhelming to most systems. However, this can be increased or decreased by configuring the agents, which the client consults with for its configuration. This sampling isn’t completely random, though, and it’s getting better. Jaeger uses probabilistic sampling, which tries to make an educated guess at whether a new trace should be sampled or not. [Adaptive sampling is on its roadmap][15], which will improve the sampling algorithm by adding additional context for making decisions. + +#### Appdash + +[Appdash][16] is a distributed tracing system written in Golang, like Jaeger. It was created by [Sourcegraph][17] based on Google’s Dapper and Twitter’s Zipkin. Similar to Jaeger and Zipkin, Appdash supports the OpenTracing standard; this was a later addition and requires a component that is different from the default component. This adds risk and complexity. + +At a high level, Appdash’s architecture consists mostly of three components: a client, a local collector, and a remote collector. There’s not a lot of documentation, so this description comes from testing the system and reviewing the code. The client in Appdash gets added to your code. Appdash provides Python, Golang, and Ruby implementations, but OpenTracing libraries can be used with Appdash’s OpenTracing implementation. The client collects the spans and sends them to the local collector. The local collector then sends the data to a centralized Appdash server running its own local collector, which is the remote collector for all other nodes in the system. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/distributed-tracing-tools + +作者:[Dan Barker][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/barkerd427 +[1]: https://www.jaegertracing.io/ +[2]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T8BbeqZ0Rls +[3]: http://opentracing.io/ +[4]: https://zipkin.io/ +[5]: https://www.datadoghq.com/ +[6]: https://www.instana.com/ +[7]: https://opencensus.io/ +[8]: https://research.google.com/archive/papers/dapper-2010-1.pdf +[9]: https://thrift.apache.org/ +[10]: https://zipkin.io/pages/community.html +[11]: https://github.com/openzipkin/brave +[12]: https://cloud.spring.io/spring-cloud-sleuth/ +[13]: https://www.cncf.io/ +[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apache_Thrift +[15]: https://www.jaegertracing.io/docs/roadmap/#adaptive-sampling +[16]: https://github.com/sourcegraph/appdash +[17]: https://about.sourcegraph.com/ From 32a36c59a19c92a6ccada27c495b06bbb6839419 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 10:19:56 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 207/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Use=20?= =?UTF-8?q?RAR=20files=20in=20Ubuntu=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...27 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 97 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 97 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63b03182b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux +====== +[RAR][1] is a quite good archive file format. But, it isn’t the best when you’ve got 7-zip offering great compression ratios and Zip files being easily supported across multiple platforms by default. It is one of the most popular archive formats, but, [Ubuntu][2]‘s archive manager does not support extracting RAR files nor does it let you create RAR files. + +Fret not, we have a solution for you. To enable the support to extract RAR files, you need to install **UNRAR** – which is a freeware by [RARLAB][3]. And, to create and manage RAR files, you need to install **RAR** – which is available as a trial. + +![RAR files in Ubuntu Linux][4] + +### Extracting RAR Files + +Unless you have it installed, extracting RAR files will show you an error “Extraction not performed“. Here’s how it should look like ([ **Ubuntu 18.04**][5]): + +![Error in RAR extraction in Ubuntu][6] + +If you want to resolve the error and easily be able to extract RAR files, follow the instructions below to install unrar: + +**- >** Launch the terminal and type in: + +``` + sudo apt-get install unrar + +``` + +-> After installing unrar, you may choose to type in “ **unrar** ” (without the inverted commas) to know more about its usage and how to use RAR files with the help of it. + +The most common usage would obviously be extracting the RAR file you have. So, **you can either perform a right-click on the file and proceed to extract it** from there or you can do it via the terminal with the help of this command: + +``` +unrar x FileName.rar + +``` + +You can see that in action here: + +![Using unrar in Ubuntu][7] + +If the file isn’t present in the Home directory, then you have to navigate to the target folder by using the “ **cd** ” command. For instance, if you have the archive in the Music directory, simply type in “ **cd Music** ” to navigate to the location and then extract the RAR file. + +### Creating & Managing RAR files + +![Using rar archive in Ubuntu Linux][8] + +UNRAR does not let you create RAR files. So, you need to install the RAR command-line tool to be able to create RAR archives. + +To do that, you need to type in the following command: + +``` +sudo apt-get install rar + +``` + +Here, we will help you create a RAR file. In order to do that, follow the command syntax below: + +``` +rar a ArchiveName File_1 File_2 Dir_1 Dir_2 + +``` + +When you type a command in this format, it will add every item inside the directory to the archive. In either case, if you want specific files, just mention the exact name/path. + +By default, the RAR files reside in **HOME** directory. + +In the same way, you can update/manage the RAR files. Just type in a command using the following syntax: + +``` +rar u ArchiveName Filename + +``` + +To get the list of commands for the RAR tool, just type “ **rar** ” in the terminal. + +### Wrapping Up + +Now that you’ve known how to use RAR files on Ubuntu, will you prefer using it over 7-zip, Zip, or Tar.xz? + +Let us know your thoughts in the comments below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/use-rar-ubuntu-linux/ + +作者:[Ankush Das][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ +[1]: https://www.rarlab.com/rar_file.htm +[2]: https://www.ubuntu.com/ +[3]: https://www.rarlab.com/ +[4]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-ubuntu-linux.png +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-ubuntu-18-04/ +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/extract-rar-error.jpg +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/unrar-rar-extraction.jpg +[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-update-create.jpg From 6236c9211504e0b8d90f22862c077d5656932514 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 10:23:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 208/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20To=20Find?= =?UTF-8?q?=20And=20Delete=20Duplicate=20Files=20In=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ind And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md | 441 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 441 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e3a0a9d561 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,441 @@ +How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Find-And-Delete-Duplicate-Files-720x340.png) + +I always backup the configuration files or any old files to somewhere in my hard disk before edit or modify them, so I can restore them from the backup if I accidentally did something wrong. But the problem is I forgot to clean up those files and my hard disk is filled with a lot of duplicate files after a certain period of time. I feel either too lazy to clean the old files or afraid that I may delete an important files. If you’re anything like me and overwhelming with multiple copies of same files in different backup directories, you can find and delete duplicate files using the tools given below in Unix-like operating systems. + +**A word of caution:** + +Please be careful while deleting duplicate files. If you’re not careful, it will lead you to [**accidental data loss**][1]. I advice you to pay extra attention while using these tools. + +### Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux + +For the purpose of this guide, I am going to discuss about three utilities namely, + + 1. Rdfind, + 2. Fdupes, + 3. FSlint. + + + +These three utilities are free, open source and works on most Unix-like operating systems. + +##### 1. Rdfind + +**Rdfind** , stands for **r** edundant **d** ata **find** , is a free and open source utility to find duplicate files across and/or within directories and sub-directories. It compares files based on their content, not on their file names. Rdfind uses **ranking** algorithm to classify original and duplicate files. If you have two or more equal files, Rdfind is smart enough to find which is original file, and consider the rest of the files as duplicates. Once it found the duplicates, it will report them to you. You can decide to either delete them or replace them with [**hard links** or **symbolic (soft) links**][2]. + +**Installing Rdfind** + +Rdfind is available in [**AUR**][3]. So, you can install it in Arch-based systems using any AUR helper program like [**Yay**][4] as shown below. + +``` +$ yay -S rdfind + +``` + +On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install rdfind + +``` + +On Fedora: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install rdfind + +``` + +On RHEL, CentOS: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release + +$ sudo yum install rdfind + +``` + +**Usage** + +Once installed, simply run Rdfind command along with the directory path to scan for the duplicate files. + +``` +$ rdfind ~/Downloads + +``` + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rdfind-1.png) + +As you see in the above screenshot, Rdfind command will scan ~/Downloads directory and save the results in a file named **results.txt** in the current working directory. You can view the name of the possible duplicate files in results.txt file. + +``` +$ cat results.txt +# Automatically generated +# duptype id depth size device inode priority name +DUPTYPE_FIRST_OCCURRENCE 1469 8 9 2050 15864884 1 /home/sk/Downloads/tor-browser_en-US/Browser/TorBrowser/Tor/PluggableTransports/fte/tests/dfas/test5.regex +DUPTYPE_WITHIN_SAME_TREE -1469 8 9 2050 15864886 1 /home/sk/Downloads/tor-browser_en-US/Browser/TorBrowser/Tor/PluggableTransports/fte/tests/dfas/test6.regex +[...] +DUPTYPE_FIRST_OCCURRENCE 13 0 403635 2050 15740257 1 /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf +DUPTYPE_WITHIN_SAME_TREE -13 0 403635 2050 15741071 1 /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf +# end of file + +``` + +By reviewing the results.txt file, you can easily find the duplicates. You can remove the duplicates manually if you want to. + +Also, you can **-dryrun** option to find all duplicates in a given directory without changing anything and output the summary in your Terminal: + +``` +$ rdfind -dryrun true ~/Downloads + +``` + +Once you found the duplicates, you can replace them with either hardlinks or symlinks. + +To replace all duplicates with hardlinks, run: + +``` +$ rdfind -makehardlinks true ~/Downloads + +``` + +To replace all duplicates with symlinks/soft links, run: + +``` +$ rdfind -makesymlinks true ~/Downloads + +``` + +You may have some empty files in a directory and want to ignore them. If so, use **-ignoreempty** option like below. + +``` +$ rdfind -ignoreempty true ~/Downloads + +``` + +If you don’t want the old files anymore, just delete duplicate files instead of replacing them with hard or soft links. + +To delete all duplicates, simply run: + +``` +$ rdfind -deleteduplicates true ~/Downloads + +``` + +If you do not want to ignore empty files and delete them along with all duplicates, run: + +``` +$ rdfind -deleteduplicates true -ignoreempty false ~/Downloads + +``` + +For more details, refer the help section: + +``` +$ rdfind --help + +``` + +And, the manual pages: + +``` +$ man rdfind + +``` + +##### 2. Fdupes + +**Fdupes** is yet another command line utility to identify and remove the duplicate files within specified directories and the sub-directories. It is free, open source utility written in **C** programming language. Fdupes identifies the duplicates by comparing file sizes, partial MD5 signatures, full MD5 signatures, and finally performing a byte-by-byte comparison for verification. + +Similar to Rdfind utility, Fdupes comes with quite handful of options to perform operations, such as: + + * Recursively search duplicate files in directories and sub-directories + * Exclude empty files and hidden files from consideration + * Show the size of the duplicates + * Delete duplicates immediately as they encountered + * Exclude files with different owner/group or permission bits as duplicates + * And a lot more. + + + +**Installing Fdupes** + +Fdupes is available in the default repositories of most Linux distributions. + +On Arch Linux and its variants like Antergos, Manjaro Linux, install it using Pacman like below. + +``` +$ sudo pacman -S fdupes + +``` + +On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install fdupes + +``` + +On Fedora: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install fdupes + +``` + +On RHEL, CentOS: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release + +$ sudo yum install fdupes + +``` + +**Usage** + +Fdupes usage is pretty simple. Just run the following command to find out the duplicate files in a directory, for example **~/Downloads**. + +``` +$ fdupes ~/Downloads + +``` + +Sample output from my system: + +``` +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf + +``` + +As you can see, I have a duplicate file in **/home/sk/Downloads/** directory. It shows the duplicates from the parent directory only. How to view the duplicates from sub-directories? Just use **-r** option like below. + +``` +$ fdupes -r ~/Downloads + +``` + +Now you will see the duplicates from **/home/sk/Downloads/** directory and its sub-directories as well. + +Fdupes can also be able to find duplicates from multiple directories at once. + +``` +$ fdupes ~/Downloads ~/Documents/ostechnix + +``` + +You can even search multiple directories, one recursively like below: + +``` +$ fdupes ~/Downloads -r ~/Documents/ostechnix + +``` + +The above commands searches for duplicates in “~/Downloads” directory and “~/Documents/ostechnix” directory and its sub-directories. + +Sometimes, you might want to know the size of the duplicates in a directory. If so, use **-S** option like below. + +``` +$ fdupes -S ~/Downloads +403635 bytes each: +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf + +``` + +Similarly, to view the size of the duplicates in parent and child directories, use **-Sr** option. + +We can exclude empty and hidden files from consideration using **-n** and **-A** respectively. + +``` +$ fdupes -n ~/Downloads + +$ fdupes -A ~/Downloads + +``` + +The first command will exclude zero-length files from consideration and the latter will exclude hidden files from consideration while searching for duplicates in the specified directory. + +To summarize duplicate files information, use **-m** option. + +``` +$ fdupes -m ~/Downloads +1 duplicate files (in 1 sets), occupying 403.6 kilobytes + +``` + +To delete all duplicates, use **-d** option. + +``` +$ fdupes -d ~/Downloads + +``` + +Sample output: + +``` +[1] /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger Fabric Installation.pdf +[2] /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger Fabric Installation(1).pdf + +Set 1 of 1, preserve files [1 - 2, all]: + +``` + +This command will prompt you for files to preserve and delete all other duplicates. Just enter any number to preserve the corresponding file and delete the remaining files. Pay more attention while using this option. You might delete original files if you’re not be careful. + +If you want to preserve the first file in each set of duplicates and delete the others without prompting each time, use **-dN** option (not recommended). + +``` +$ fdupes -dN ~/Downloads + +``` + +To delete duplicates as they are encountered, use **-I** flag. + +``` +$ fdupes -I ~/Downloads + +``` + +For more details about Fdupes, view the help section and man pages. + +``` +$ fdupes --help + +$ man fdupes + +``` + +##### 3. FSlint + +**FSlint** is yet another duplicate file finder utility that I use from time to time to get rid of the unnecessary duplicate files and free up the disk space in my Linux system. Unlike the other two utilities, FSlint has both GUI and CLI modes. So, it is more user-friendly tool for newbies. FSlint not just finds the duplicates, but also bad symlinks, bad names, temp files, bad IDS, empty directories, and non stripped binaries etc. + +**Installing FSlint** + +FSlint is available in [**AUR**][5], so you can install it using any AUR helpers. + +``` +$ yay -S fslint + +``` + +On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install fslint + +``` + +On Fedora: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install fslint + +``` + +On RHEL, CentOS: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release + +``` + +$ sudo yum install fslint + +Once it is installed, launch it from menu or application launcher. + +This is how FSlint GUI looks like. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-1.png) + +As you can see, the interface of FSlint is user-friendly and self-explanatory. In the **Search path** tab, add the path of the directory you want to scan and click **Find** button on the lower left corner to find the duplicates. Check the recurse option to recursively search for duplicates in directories and sub-directories. The FSlint will quickly scan the given directory and list out them. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-2.png) + +From the list, choose the duplicates you want to clean and select any one of them given actions like Save, Delete, Merge and Symlink. + +In the **Advanced search parameters** tab, you can specify the paths to exclude while searching for duplicates. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-3.png) + +**FSlint command line options** + +FSlint provides a collection of the following CLI utilities to find duplicates in your filesystem: + + * **findup** — find DUPlicate files + * **findnl** — find Name Lint (problems with filenames) + * **findu8** — find filenames with invalid utf8 encoding + * **findbl** — find Bad Links (various problems with symlinks) + * **findsn** — find Same Name (problems with clashing names) + * **finded** — find Empty Directories + * **findid** — find files with dead user IDs + * **findns** — find Non Stripped executables + * **findrs** — find Redundant Whitespace in files + * **findtf** — find Temporary Files + * **findul** — find possibly Unused Libraries + * **zipdir** — Reclaim wasted space in ext2 directory entries + + + +All of these utilities are available under **/usr/share/fslint/fslint/fslint** location. + +For example, to find duplicates in a given directory, do: + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/findup ~/Downloads/ + +``` + +Similarly, to find empty directories, the command would be: + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/finded ~/Downloads/ + +``` + +To get more details on each utility, for example **findup** , run: + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/findup --help + +``` + +For more details about FSlint, refer the help section and man pages. + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/fslint --help + +$ man fslint + +``` + +##### Conclusion + +You know now about three tools to find and delete unwanted duplicate files in Linux. Among these three tools, I often use Rdfind. It doesn’t mean that the other two utilities are not efficient, but I am just happy with Rdfind so far. Well, it’s your turn. Which is your favorite tool and why? Let us know them in the comment section below. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-find-and-delete-duplicate-files-in-linux/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/prevent-files-folders-accidental-deletion-modification-linux/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/explaining-soft-link-and-hard-link-in-linux-with-examples/ +[3]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/rdfind/ +[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ +[5]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/fslint/ From 88fed60cb1ab8521b77a2fb5d963671754d0bfd2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 11:15:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 209/437] hankchow translating --- sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md index 63b03182b4..da0b9c8fad 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux ====== [RAR][1] is a quite good archive file format. But, it isn’t the best when you’ve got 7-zip offering great compression ratios and Zip files being easily supported across multiple platforms by default. It is one of the most popular archive formats, but, [Ubuntu][2]‘s archive manager does not support extracting RAR files nor does it let you create RAR files. From 4ff32a9bf088cbed5ec2ae22efcf0dffb101f1c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 12:12:01 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 210/437] heguangzhi translating (#10406) --- .../20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md b/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md index 036890ef4b..da50208533 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +heguangzhi Translating + An introduction to swap space on Linux systems ====== From 63c573af0dda2a31b20506f9224ff5b7b697892f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hank Chow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 12:21:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 211/437] translated (#10407) --- ...27 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 99 ------------------- ...27 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 98 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 98 insertions(+), 99 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index da0b9c8fad..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux -====== -[RAR][1] is a quite good archive file format. But, it isn’t the best when you’ve got 7-zip offering great compression ratios and Zip files being easily supported across multiple platforms by default. It is one of the most popular archive formats, but, [Ubuntu][2]‘s archive manager does not support extracting RAR files nor does it let you create RAR files. - -Fret not, we have a solution for you. To enable the support to extract RAR files, you need to install **UNRAR** – which is a freeware by [RARLAB][3]. And, to create and manage RAR files, you need to install **RAR** – which is available as a trial. - -![RAR files in Ubuntu Linux][4] - -### Extracting RAR Files - -Unless you have it installed, extracting RAR files will show you an error “Extraction not performed“. Here’s how it should look like ([ **Ubuntu 18.04**][5]): - -![Error in RAR extraction in Ubuntu][6] - -If you want to resolve the error and easily be able to extract RAR files, follow the instructions below to install unrar: - -**- >** Launch the terminal and type in: - -``` - sudo apt-get install unrar - -``` - --> After installing unrar, you may choose to type in “ **unrar** ” (without the inverted commas) to know more about its usage and how to use RAR files with the help of it. - -The most common usage would obviously be extracting the RAR file you have. So, **you can either perform a right-click on the file and proceed to extract it** from there or you can do it via the terminal with the help of this command: - -``` -unrar x FileName.rar - -``` - -You can see that in action here: - -![Using unrar in Ubuntu][7] - -If the file isn’t present in the Home directory, then you have to navigate to the target folder by using the “ **cd** ” command. For instance, if you have the archive in the Music directory, simply type in “ **cd Music** ” to navigate to the location and then extract the RAR file. - -### Creating & Managing RAR files - -![Using rar archive in Ubuntu Linux][8] - -UNRAR does not let you create RAR files. So, you need to install the RAR command-line tool to be able to create RAR archives. - -To do that, you need to type in the following command: - -``` -sudo apt-get install rar - -``` - -Here, we will help you create a RAR file. In order to do that, follow the command syntax below: - -``` -rar a ArchiveName File_1 File_2 Dir_1 Dir_2 - -``` - -When you type a command in this format, it will add every item inside the directory to the archive. In either case, if you want specific files, just mention the exact name/path. - -By default, the RAR files reside in **HOME** directory. - -In the same way, you can update/manage the RAR files. Just type in a command using the following syntax: - -``` -rar u ArchiveName Filename - -``` - -To get the list of commands for the RAR tool, just type “ **rar** ” in the terminal. - -### Wrapping Up - -Now that you’ve known how to use RAR files on Ubuntu, will you prefer using it over 7-zip, Zip, or Tar.xz? - -Let us know your thoughts in the comments below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/use-rar-ubuntu-linux/ - -作者:[Ankush Das][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ -[1]: https://www.rarlab.com/rar_file.htm -[2]: https://www.ubuntu.com/ -[3]: https://www.rarlab.com/ -[4]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-ubuntu-linux.png -[5]: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-ubuntu-18-04/ -[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/extract-rar-error.jpg -[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/unrar-rar-extraction.jpg -[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-update-create.jpg diff --git a/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3521b21a8a --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +如何在 Ubuntu Linux 中使用 RAR 文件 +====== +[RAR][1] 是一种非常好的归档文件格式。但相比之下 7-zip 能提供了更好的压缩率,并且默认情况下还可以在多个平台上轻松支持 Zip 文件。不过 RAR 仍然是最流行的归档格式之一。然而 [Ubuntu][2] 自带的归档管理器却不支持提取 RAR 文件,也不允许创建 RAR 文件。 + +方法总比问题多。只要安装 `unrar` 这款由 [RARLAB][3] 提供的免费软件,就能在 Ubuntu 上支持提取RAR文件了。你也可以试安装 `rar` 来创建和管理 RAR 文件。 + +![RAR files in Ubuntu Linux][4] + +### 提取 RAR 文件 + +在未安装 unrar 的情况下,提取 RAR 文件会报出“未能提取”错误,就像下面这样(以 [Ubuntu 18.04][5] 为例): + +![Error in RAR extraction in Ubuntu][6] + +如果要解决这个错误并提取 RAR 文件,请按照以下步骤安装 unrar: + +打开终端并输入: + +``` + sudo apt-get install unrar + +``` + +安装 unrar 后,直接输入 `unrar` 就可以看到它的用法以及如何使用这个工具处理 RAR 文件。 + +最常用到的功能是提取 RAR 文件。因此,可以**通过右键单击 RAR 文件并执行提取**,也可以借助此以下命令通过终端执行操作: + +``` +unrar x FileName.rar + +``` + +结果类似以下这样: + +![Using unrar in Ubuntu][7] + +如果家目录中不存在对应的文件,就必须使用 `cd` 命令移动到目标目录下。例如 RAR 文件如果在 `Music` 目录下,只需要使用 `cd Music` 就可以移动到相应的目录,然后提取 RAR 文件。 + +### 创建和管理 RAR 文件 + +![Using rar archive in Ubuntu Linux][8] + +`unrar` 不允许创建 RAR 文件。因此还需要安装 `rar` 命令行工具才能创建 RAR 文件。 + +要创建 RAR 文件,首先需要通过以下命令安装 rar: + +``` +sudo apt-get install rar + +``` + +按照下面的命令语法创建 RAR 文件: + +``` +rar a ArchiveName File_1 File_2 Dir_1 Dir_2 + +``` + +按照这个格式输入命令时,它会将目录中的每个文件添加到 RAR 文件中。如果需要某一个特定的文件,就要指定文件确切的名称或路径。 + +默认情况下,RAR 文件会放置在**家目录**中。 + +以类似的方式,可以更新或管理 RAR 文件。同样是使用以下的命令语法: + +``` +rar u ArchiveName Filename + +``` + +在终端输入 `rar` 就可以列出 RAR 工具的相关命令。 + +### 总结 + +现在你已经知道如何在 Ubuntu 上管理 RAR 文件了,你会更喜欢使用 7-zip、Zip 或 Tar.xz 吗? + +欢迎在评论区中评论。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/use-rar-ubuntu-linux/ + +作者:[Ankush Das][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ +[1]: https://www.rarlab.com/rar_file.htm +[2]: https://www.ubuntu.com/ +[3]: https://www.rarlab.com/ +[4]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-ubuntu-linux.png +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-ubuntu-18-04/ +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/extract-rar-error.jpg +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/unrar-rar-extraction.jpg +[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-update-create.jpg + From e3ce1dac16b501714ca365eb7be59acef51ecd7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: BeliteX <43316924+belitex@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 12:22:11 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 212/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E7=94=B3=E9=A2=86:?= =?UTF-8?q?=203=20open=20source=20distributed=20tracing=20tools=20(#10408)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md b/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md index 197fd9450e..9879302d38 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating by belitex + 3 open source distributed tracing tools ====== From 142afa3d8a493aa0ee6c9b804f44c0ef7c87aa4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 13:05:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 213/437] Delete 20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 删除原文 --- ...80516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md | 183 ------------------ 1 file changed, 183 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 4cc8ca4ea1..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@ -Translating by way-ww -Manipulating Directories in Linux -====== - -![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/branches-238379_1920_0.jpg?itok=2PlNpsVu) - -If you are new to this series (and to Linux), [take a look at our first installment][1]. In that article, we worked our way through the tree-like structure of the Linux filesystem, or more precisely, the File Hierarchy Standard. I recommend reading through it to make sure you understand what you can and cannot safely touch. Because this time around, I’ll show how to get all touchy-feely with your directories. - -### Making Directories - -Let's get creative before getting destructive, though. To begin, open a terminal window and use `mkdir` to create a new directory like this: -``` -mkdir - -``` - -If you just put the directory name, the directory will appear hanging off the directory you are currently in. If you just opened a terminal, that will be your home directory. In a case like this, we say the directory will be created _relative_ to your current position: -``` -$ pwd #This tells you where you are now -- see our first tutorial -/home/ -$ mkdir newdirectory #Creates /home//newdirectory - -``` - -(Note that you do not have to type the text following the `#`. Text following the pound symbol `#` is considered a comment and is used to explain what is going on. It is ignored by the shell). - -You can create a directory within an existing directory hanging off your current location by specifying it in the command line: -``` -mkdir Documents/Letters - -``` - -Will create the _Letters_ directory within the _Documents_ directory. - -You can also create a directory above where you are by using `..` in the path. Say you move into the _Documents/Letters/_ directory you just created and you want to create a _Documents/Memos/_ directory. You can do: -``` -cd Documents/Letters # Move into your recently created Letters/ directory -mkdir ../Memos - -``` - -Again, all of the above is done relative to you current position. This is called using a _relative path_. - -You can also use an _absolute path_ to directories: This means telling `mkdir` where to put your directory in relation to the root (`/`) directory: -``` -mkdir /home//Documents/Letters - -``` - -Change `` to your user name in the command above and it will be equivalent to executing `mkdir Documents/Letters` from your home directory, except that it will work from wherever you are located in the directory tree. - -As a side note, regardless of whether you use a relative or an absolute path, if the command is successful, `mkdir` will create the directory silently, without any apparent feedback whatsoever. Only if there is some sort of trouble will `mkdir` print some feedback after you hit _[Enter]_. - -As with most other command-line tools, `mkdir` comes with several interesting options. The `-p` option is particularly useful, as it lets you create directories within directories within directories, even if none exist. To create, for example, a directory for letters to your Mom within _Documents/_ , you could do: -``` -mkdir -p Documents/Letters/Family/Mom - -``` - -And `mkdir` will create the whole branch of directories above _Mom/_ and also the directory _Mom/_ for you, regardless of whether any of the parent directories existed before you issued the command. - -You can also create several folders all at once by putting them one after another, separated by spaces: -``` -mkdir Letters Memos Reports - -``` - -will create the directories _Letters/_ , _Memos/_ and _Reports_ under the current directory. - -### In space nobody can hear you scream - -... Which brings us to the tricky question of spaces in directory names. Can you use spaces in directory names? Yes, you can. Is it advised you use spaces? No, absolutely not. Spaces make everything more complicated and, potentially, dangerous. - -Say you want to create a directory called _letters mom/_. If you didn't know any better, you could type: -``` -mkdir letters mom - -``` - -But this is WRONG! WRONG! WRONG! As we saw above, this will create two directories, _letters/_ and _mom/_ , but not _letters mom/_. - -Agreed that this is a minor annoyance: all you have to do is delete the two directories and start over. No big deal. - -But, wait! Deleting directories is where things get dangerous. Imagine you did create _letters mom/_ using a graphical tool, like, say [Dolphin][2] or [Nautilus][3]. If you suddenly decide to delete _letters mom/_ from a terminal, and you have another directory just called _letters/_ under the same directory, and said directory is full of important documents, and you tried this: -``` -rmdir letters mom - -``` - -You would risk removing _letters/_. I say "risk" because fortunately `rmdir`, the instruction used to remove directories, has a built in safeguard and will warn you if you try to delete a non-empty directory. - -However, this: -``` -rm -Rf letters mom - -``` - -(and this is a pretty standard way of getting rid of directories and their contents) will completely obliterate _letters/_ and will never even tell you what just happened. - -The `rm` command is used to delete files and directories. When you use it with the options `-R` (delete _recursively_ ) and `-f` ( _force_ deletion), it will burrow down into a directory and its subdirectories, deleting all the files they contain, then deleting the subdirectories themselves, then it will delete all the files in the top directory and then the directory itself. - -`rm -Rf` is an instruction you must handle with extreme care. - -My advice is, instead of spaces, use underscores (`_`), but if you still insist on spaces, there are two ways of getting them to work. You can use single or double quotes (`'` or `"`) like so: -``` -mkdir 'letters mom' -mkdir "letters dad" - -``` - -Or, you can _escape_ the spaces. Some characters have a special meaning for the shell. Spaces, as you have seen, are used to separate options and arguments on the command line. "Separating options and arguments" falls under the category of "special meaning". When you want the shell to ignore the special meaning of a character, you need to _escape_ it and to escape a character, you put a backslash (`\`) in front of it: -``` -mkdir letters\ mom -mkdir letter\ dad - -``` - -There are other special characters that would need escaping, like the apostrophe or single quote (`'`), double quotes (`"`), and the ampersand (`&`): -``` -mkdir mom\ \&\ dad\'s\ letters - -``` - -I know what you're thinking: If the backslash has a special meaning (to wit, telling the shell it has to escape the next character), that makes it a special character, too. Then, how would you escape the escape character which is `\`? - -Turns out, the exact way you escape any other special character: -``` -mkdir special\\characters - -``` - -will produce a directory called _special\characters_. - -Confusing? Of course. That's why you should avoid using special characters, including spaces, in directory names. - -For the record, here is a list of special characters you can refer to just in case. - -### Things to Remember - - * Use `mkdir ` to create a new directory. - * Use `rmdir ` to delete a directory (only works if it is empty). - * Use `rm -Rf ` to annihilate a directory -- use with extreme caution. - * Use a relative path to create directories relative to your current directory: `mkdir newdir.`. - * Use an absolute path to create directories relative to the root directory (`/`): `mkdir /home//newdir` - * Use `..` to create a directory in the directory above the current directory: `mkdir ../newdir` - * You can create several directories all in one go by separating them with spaces on the command line: `mkdir onedir twodir threedir` - * You can mix and mash relative and absolute paths when creating several directories simultaneously: `mkdir onedir twodir /home//threedir` - * Using spaces and special characters in directory names guarantees plenty of headaches and heartburn. Don't do it. - - - -For more information, you can look up the manuals of `mkdir`, `rmdir` and `rm`: -``` -man mkdir -man rmdir -man rm - -``` - -To exit the man pages, press _[q]_. - -### Next Time - -In the next installment, you'll learn about creating, modifying, and erasing files, as well as everything you need to know about permissions and privileges. See you then! - -Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][4]course from The Linux Foundation and edX. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2018/5/manipulating-directories-linux - -作者:[Paul Brown][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/bro66 -[1]:https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/4/linux-filesystem-explained -[2]:https://userbase.kde.org/Dolphin -[3]:https://projects-old.gnome.org/nautilus/screenshots.html -[4]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux From fc6b2678f34df234d219dcbc4d400beceea7c25c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 13:10:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 214/437] Create 20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译完成 --- ...80516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md | 166 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 166 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e62973064 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +在Linux上操作目录 +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/branches-238379_1920_0.jpg?itok=2PlNpsVu) + +如果你不熟悉本系列(以及Linux),[请查看我们的第一部分][1]。在那篇文章中,我们通过Linux文件系统的树状结构,或者更确切地说以文件层次结构标准工作。我建议你仔细阅读,确保你理解自己能安全的做哪些操作。因为这一次,我将向你展示目录操作的魅力。 + +### 新建目录 + +在操作变得具有破坏性之前,让我们发挥创意创造。首先,打开一个终端窗口并使用命令mkdir创建一个新目录,如下所示: +``` +mkdir + +``` +如果你只输入了目录名称,该目录将显示在您当前所在目录中。如果你刚刚打开一个终端,你当前位置为你的家目录。下面这个例子,我们展示了将要创建的目录与你当前所处位置的关系: +``` +$ pwd #This tells you where you are now -- see our first tutorial +/home/ +$ mkdir newdirectory #Creates /home//newdirectory + +``` +(注 你不用输入#后面的文本。#后面的文本为注释内容,用于解释发生了什么。它会被shell忽略,不会被执行). + +你可以在当前位置中已经存在的某个目录下创建新的目录,方法是在命令行中指定它: +``` +mkdir Documents/Letters + +``` +这将在Documents目录中创建Letters目录。 + +你还可以在路径中使用..在当前目录的上一级目录中创建目录。假设你进入刚刚创建的Documents/Letters/目录,并且想要创建Documents/Memos/目录。你可以这样做: +``` +cd Documents/Letters # Move into your recently created Letters/ directory +mkdir ../Memos + +``` +同样,以上所有内容都是相对于你当前的位置做的。这就是使用了相对路径。 +你还可以使用目录的绝对路径:这意味着告诉mkdir命令将目录放在和根目录(/)有关的位置: +``` +mkdir /home//Documents/Letters + +``` +在上面的命令中将更改为你的用户名,这相当于从你的主目录执行mkdir Documents / Letters,通过使用绝对路径你可以在目录树中的任何位置完成这项工作。 + +无论你使用相对路径还是绝对路径,只要命令成功执行,mkdir将静默的创建新目录,而没有任何明显的反馈。只有当遇到某种问题时,mkdir才会在你敲下[Enter]后打印一些反馈。 + +与大多数其他命令行工具一样,mkdir提供了几个有趣的选项。 -p选项特别有用,因为它允许你创建嵌套目录,即使目录不存在也可以。例如,要在Documents /中创建一个目录存放写给妈妈的信,你可以这样做: +``` +mkdir -p Documents/Letters/Family/Mom + +``` +And `mkdir` will create the whole branch of directories above _Mom/_ and also the directory _Mom/_ for you, regardless of whether any of the parent directories existed before you issued the command. + +你也可以用空格来分隔目录名,来同时创建几个目录: +``` +mkdir Letters Memos Reports + +``` +这将在当前目录下创建目录Letters,Memos和Reports。 + +### 目录名中可怕的空格 + +... 这带来了目录名称中关于空格的棘手问题。你能在目录名中使用空格吗?是的你可以。那么建议你使用空格吗?不,绝对不是。空格使一切变得更加复杂,并且可能是危险的操作。 + +假设您要创建一个名为letters mom的目录。如果你不知道如何更好处理,你可能会输入: +``` +mkdir letters mom + +``` +但这是错误的!错误的!错误的!正如我们在上面介绍的,这将创建两个目录letters和mom,而不是一个目录letters mom。 + +得承认这是一个小麻烦:你所要做的就是删除这两个目录并重新开始,这没什么大不了。 + +可是等等!删除目录可是个危险的操作。想象一下,你确实使用图形工具[Dolphin][2]或[Nautilus][3]创建了目录letters mom。如果你突然决定从终端删除目录letters mom,并且您在同一目录下有另一个名为letters的目录,并且该目录中包含重要的文档,结果你为了删除错误的目录尝试了以下操作: +``` +rmdir letters mom + +``` +你将会有风险删除目录letters。这里说“风险”,是因为幸运的是rmdir这条用于删除目录的指令,有一个内置的安全措施,如果你试图删除一个非空目录时,它会发出警告。 + +但是,下面这个: +``` +rm -Rf letters mom + +``` +(注 这是删除目录及其内容的一种非常标准的方式)将完全删除letters目录,甚至永远不会告诉你刚刚发生了什么。 + +rm命令用于删除文件和目录。当你将它与选项-R(递归删除)和-f(强制删除)一起使用时,它会深入到目录及其子目录中,删除它们包含的所有文件,然后删除子目录本身,然后它将删除所有顶层目录中的文件,再然后是删除目录本身。 + +`rm -Rf` 是你必须非常小心处理的命令。 + +我的建议是,你可以使用下划线来代替空格,但如果你仍然坚持使用空格,有两种方法可以使它们起作用。您可以使用单引号或双引号,如下所示: +``` +mkdir 'letters mom' +mkdir "letters dad" + +``` +或者,你可以转义空格。有些字符对shell有特殊意义。正如你所见,空格用于在命令行上分隔选项和参数。 “分离选项和参数”属于“特殊含义”范畴。当你想让shell忽略一个字符的特殊含义时,你需要转义,你可以在它前面放一个反斜杠(\)如: +``` +mkdir letters\ mom +mkdir letter\ dad + +``` +还有其他特殊字符需要转义,如撇号或单引号('),双引号(“)和&符号(&): +``` +mkdir mom\ \&\ dad\'s\ letters + +``` +我知道你在想什么:如果反斜杠有一个特殊的含义(即告诉shell它必须转义下一个字符),这也使它成为一个特殊的字符。然后,你将如何转义转义字符(\)? + +事实证明,你转义任何其他特殊字符都是同样的方式: +``` +mkdir special\\characters + +``` +这将生成一个名为special\characters的目录。 + +感觉困惑?当然。这就是为什么你应该避免在目录名中使用特殊字符,包括空格。 + +以防误操作你可以参考下面这个记录特殊字符的列表。 + +### 总结 + + * 使用 `mkdir ` 创建新目录。 + * 使用 `rmdir ` 删除目录(仅在目录为空时才有效)。 + * 使用 `rm -Rf ` 来完全删除目录及其内容 - 请务必谨慎使用。 + * 使用相对路径创建相对于当前目录的目录: `mkdir newdir.`. + * 使用绝对路径创建相对于根目录(`/`)的目录: `mkdir /home//newdir` + * 使用 `..` 在当前目录的上级目录中创建目录: `mkdir ../newdir` + * 你可以通过在命令行上使用空格分隔目录名来创建多个目录: `mkdir onedir twodir threedir` + * 同时创建多个目录时,你可以混合使用相对路径和绝对路径: `mkdir onedir twodir /home//threedir` + * 在目录名称中使用空格和特殊字符真的会让你很头疼,你最好不要那样做。 + + + +有关更多信息,您可以查看`mkdir`, `rmdir` 和 `rm`的手册: +``` +man mkdir +man rmdir +man rm + +``` +要退出手册页,请按键盘[q]键。 + +### 下次预告 + +在下一部分中,你将学习如何创建,修改和删除文件,以及你需要了解的有关权限和特权的所有信息! + +通过Linux Foundation和edX免费提供的["Introduction to Linux" ][4]课程了解有关Linux的更多信息。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2018/5/manipulating-directories-linux + +作者:[Paul Brown][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[way-ww](https://github.com/way-ww) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/bro66 +[1]:https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/4/linux-filesystem-explained +[2]:https://userbase.kde.org/Dolphin +[3]:https://projects-old.gnome.org/nautilus/screenshots.html +[4]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux From 0e1bfd595bcaf47f2ba897d9cb05216bd17b94ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 14:28:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 215/437] Translated by qhwdw --- ...rns of dangerous future plans for his C.md | 155 ----------------- ...rns of dangerous future plans for his C.md | 163 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 163 insertions(+), 155 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md b/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2f9a6636e7..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -Translating by qhwdw -What's all the C Plus Fuss? Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C++ -====== - -![](https://regmedia.co.uk/2018/06/15/shutterstock_38621860.jpg?x=442&y=293&crop=1) - -**Interview** Earlier this year, Bjarne Stroustrup, creator of C++, managing director in the technology division of Morgan Stanley, and a visiting professor of computer science at Columbia University in the US, wrote [a letter][1] inviting those overseeing the evolution of the programming language to “Remember the Vasa!” - -Easy for a Dane to understand no doubt, but perhaps more of a stretch for those with a few gaps in their knowledge of 17th century Scandinavian history. The Vasa was a Swedish warship, commissioned by King Gustavus Adolphus. It was the most powerful warship in the Baltic Sea from its maiden voyage on the August 10, 1628, until a few minutes later when it sank. - -The formidable Vasa suffered from a design flaw: it was top-heavy, so much so that it was [undone by a gust of wind][2]. By invoking the memory of the capsized ship, Stroustrup served up a cautionary tale about the risks facing C++ as more and more features get added to the language. - -Quite a few such features have been suggested. Stroustrup cited 43 proposals in his letter. He contends those participating in the evolution of the ISO standard language, a group known as [WG21][3], are working to advance the language but not together. - -In his letter, he wrote: - ->Individually, many proposals make sense. Together they are insanity to the point of endangering the future of C++. - -He makes clear that he doesn’t interpret the fate of the Vasa to mean that incremental improvements spell doom. Rather, he takes it as a lesson to build a solid foundation, to learn from experience and to test thoroughly. - -With the recent conclusion of the C++ Standardization Committee Meeting in Rapperswil, Switzerland, earlier this month, Stroustrup addressed a few questions put to him by _The Register_ about what's next for the language. (The most recent version is C++17, which arrived last year; the next version C++20 is under development and expected in 2020.) - -**_Register:_ In your note, Remember the Vasa!, you wrote:** - ->The foundation begun in C++11 is not yet complete, and C++17 did little to make our foundation more solid, regular, and complete. Instead, it added significant surface complexity and increased the number of features people need to learn. C++ could crumble under the weight of these – mostly not quite fully-baked – proposals. We should not spend most our time creating increasingly complicated facilities for experts, such as ourselves. - -**Is C++ too challenging for newcomers, and if so, what features do you believe would make the language more accessible?** - -_**Stroustrup:**_ Some parts of C++ are too challenging for newcomers. - -On the other hand, there are parts of C++ that makes it far more accessible to newcomers than C or 1990s C++. The difficulty is to get the larger community to focus on those parts and help beginners and casual C++ users to avoid the parts that are there to support implementers of advanced libraries. - -I recommend the [C++ Core Guidelines][4] as an aide for that. - -Also, my “A Tour of C++” can help people get on the right track with modern C++ without getting lost in 1990s complexities or ensnarled by modern facilities meant for expert use. The second edition of “A Tour of C++” covering C++17 and parts of C++20 is on its way to the stores. - -I and others have taught C++ to 1st year university students with no previous programming experience in 3 months. It can be done as long as you don’t try to dig into every obscure corner of the language and focus on modern C++. - -“Making simple things simple” is a long-term goal of mine. Consider the C++11 range-for loop: -``` -for (int& x : v) ++x; // increment each element of the container v - -``` - -where v can be just about any container. In C and C-style C++, that might look like this: -``` -for (int i=0; i 分开来看,许多提议都很有道理。但将它们综合到一起,这些提议是很愚蠢的,将危害 C++ 的未来。 + +他明确表示,不希望 C++ 重蹈瓦萨号的覆辙,这种渐近式的改进将敲响 C++ 的丧钟。相反,应该吸取瓦萨号的教训,构建一个坚实的基础,吸取经验教训,并做彻底的测试。 + +在瑞士拉普斯威尔(Rapperswill)召开的 C++ 标准化委员会会议之后,本月早些时候,Stroustrup 接受了_《The Register》_ 的采访,回答了有关 C++ 语言下一步发展方向方面的几个问题。(最新版是 C++17,它去年刚发布;下一个版本是 C++20,它正在开发中,预计于 2020 年发布。) + +**Register:在你的信件《想想瓦萨号!》中,你写道:** + +> 在 C++11 开始基础不再完整,而 C++17 中在使基础更加稳固、规范和完整方面几乎没有改善。相反地,却增加了重要接口的复杂度,让人们需要学习的特性数量越来越多。C++ 可能在这种提议的重压之下崩溃 —— 这些提议大多数都不成熟。我们不应该花费大量的时间为专家级用户们(比如我们自己)去创建越来越复杂的东西。~~(还要考虑普通用户的学习曲线,越复杂的东西越不易普及。)~~ + +**对新人来说,C++ 很难吗?如果是这样,你认为怎样的特性让新人更易理解?** + +**Stroustrup:**C++ 的有些东西对于新人来说确实很难。 + +换句话说,C++ 中有些东西对于新人来说,比起 C 或上世纪九十年代的 C++ 更容易理解了。而难点是让大型社区专注于这些部分,并且帮助新手和普通 C++ 用户去规避那些对高级库实现提供支持的部分。 + +我建议使用 [C++ 核心准则][4] 作为实现上述目标的一个辅助。 + +此外,我的 “C++ 教程” 也可以帮助人们在使用现代 C++ 时走上正确的方向,而不会迷失在自上世纪九十年代以来的复杂性中,或困惑于只有专家级的用户才能理解的东西中。第二版的 “C++ 教程” 涵盖了 C++17 和部分 C++20 的内容,这本书即将要出版了。 + +我和其他人给没有编程经验的大一新生教过 C++,只要你不去深挖编程语言的每个晦涩难懂的角落,把注意力集中到 C++ 中最主流的部分,在三个月内新可以学会 C++。 + +“让简单的东西保持简单” 是我长期追求的目标。比如 C++11 的 `range-for` 循环: + +``` +for (int& x : v) ++x; // increment each element of the container v + +``` + +`v` 的位置可以是任何容器。在 C 和 C 风格的 C++ 中,它可能看到的是这样: + +``` +for (int i=0; i Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 15:04:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 216/437] dianbanjiu translating --- .../tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md index 78ba32e2a2..6c6e54934b 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md +++ b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu +dianbanjiu Tranting How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu ====== **This tutorial shows you how to install Cinnamon desktop environment on Ubuntu.** From 9b9f18a2bca51c27c04e6be6d89524c9841c662e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 15:34:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 217/437] Update 20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md request to translate --- sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md b/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md index a239c87768..7da24d3a90 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +Translating by way-ww + 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop ====== Go paperless by driving your scanner with one of these open source applications. From 3913f43fd58a9a2e81d43f32d65d031ba3902367 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 15:52:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 218/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E8=B6=85=E6=9C=9F=E5=9B=9E=E6=94=B6?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @leowang @ynmlml @FelixYFZ @runningwater @aiwhj @jessie-pang @mandeler @HankChow @auk7f7 @heart4lor @amwps290 @bestony @leemeans @wyxplus @stephenxs --- .../20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md | 1 - sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md | 2 -- ...stions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md | 2 +- sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md | 1 - ... organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md | 1 - ... Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md | 2 -- sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md | 2 +- .../20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md | 2 -- sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md | 2 -- .../20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md | 2 -- ...ete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md | 1 - ...ecoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md | 2 -- .../tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md | 1 - ...ing a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md | 1 - ...80814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md | 2 -- 15 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md b/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md index 74bf66df68..6acd6e53f2 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -translating by leowang Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines ====== diff --git a/sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md b/sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md index 505e8198df..acc647b0e5 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -translating by ynmlml - Write Dumb Code ====== The best way you can contribute to an open source project is to remove lines of code from it. We should endeavor to write code that a novice programmer can easily understand without explanation or that a maintainer can understand without significant time investment. diff --git a/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md b/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md index b862ce311e..da43855266 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Translating by FelixYFZ 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer +20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/hire-job-career.png?itok=SrZo0QJ3) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md b/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md index 5a2151a00b..1d7e946a12 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -(translating by runningwater) Microservices Explained ====== diff --git a/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md b/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md index 1f9b80cd13..29e4ea2f48 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -translating by aiwhj 3 tips for organizing your open source project's workflow on GitHub ====== diff --git a/sources/talk/20180724 Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md b/sources/talk/20180724 Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md index c4a6162068..1d97805178 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180724 Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180724 Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -Translating by jessie-pang - Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md b/sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md index ad75b856f0..a694d07917 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# mandeler translating A CEO's Guide to Emacs +A CEO's Guide to Emacs ============================================================ Years—no, decades—ago, I lived in Emacs. I wrote code and documents, managed email and calendar, and shelled all in the editor/OS. I was quite happy. Years went by and I moved to newer, shinier things. As a result, I forgot how to do tasks as basic as efficiently navigating files without a mouse. About three months ago, noticing just how much of my time was spent switching between applications and computers, I decided to give Emacs another try. It was a good decision for several reasons that will be covered in this post. Covered too are `.emacs` and Dropbox tips so that you can set up a good, movable environment. diff --git a/sources/tech/20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md b/sources/tech/20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md index 67ddd07730..06e4c6949a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -hankchow translating - Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md index 12b450c778..0faca7fa17 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -translating by Auk7F7 - How to Manage Fonts in Linux ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md index 0bf792f769..a5d4767706 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -heart4lor translating - How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md b/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md index a1d721ae3c..e548213483 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md +++ b/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -translating by amwps290 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples] ====== In a previous article, I showed the [basic usage of Sed][1], the stream editor, on a practical use case. Today, be prepared to gain more insight about Sed as we will take an in-depth tour of the sed execution model. This will be also an opportunity to make an exhaustive review of all Sed commands and to dive into their details and subtleties. So, if you are ready, launch a terminal, [download the test files][2] and sit comfortably before your keyboard: we will start our exploration right now! diff --git a/sources/tech/20180711 Becoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md b/sources/tech/20180711 Becoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md index 1ca6e94ef3..7ff8e59007 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180711 Becoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180711 Becoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -bestony is translating - Becoming a senior developer: 9 experiences you'll encounter ============================================================ diff --git a/sources/tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md index a6295faefe..27841dec61 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -Translating by leemeans Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md index 4083023ca4..3144efd4ee 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -translating by wyxplus Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md b/sources/tech/20180814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md index f93ba6cadc..d9337ed319 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -translated by stephenxs - Top Linux developers' recommended programming books ====== Without question, Linux was created by brilliant programmers who employed good computer science knowledge. Let the Linux programmers whose names you know share the books that got them started and the technology references they recommend for today's developers. How many of them have you read? From 65f974e58f7b5ed7038e198e22dcf809d695e83f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jayli Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 17:38:47 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 219/437] moria translating --- ...80925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md index ae353bf11f..f542b15808 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +【moria(knuth.fan at gmail.com)翻译中】 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux ====== Everybody knows about PID, Exactly what is PID? Why you want PID? What are you going to do using PID? Are you having the same questions on your mind? If so, you are in the right place to get all the details. From 3c2fbb3eeea2f3047c97719869a227f829415536 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 18:10:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 220/437] translated --- ...w to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 80 ------------------- ...w to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 77 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 77 insertions(+), 80 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md deleted file mode 100644 index 6c6e54934b..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -dianbanjiu Tranting How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu -====== -**This tutorial shows you how to install Cinnamon desktop environment on Ubuntu.** - -[Cinnamon][1] is the default desktop environment of [Linux Mint][2]. Unlike Unity desktop environment in Ubuntu, Cinnamon is more traditional but elegant looking desktop environment with the bottom panel and app menu etc. Many Windows migrants [prefer Linux Mint over Ubuntu][3] because of Cinnamon desktop and its Windows-resembling user interface. - -Now, you don’t need to [install Linux Mint][4] just for trying Cinnamon. In this tutorial, I’ll show you **how to install Cinnamon in Ubuntu 18.04, 16.04 and 14.04**. - -You should note something before you install Cinnamon desktop on Ubuntu. Sometimes, installing additional desktop environments leads to conflict between the desktop environments. This may result in a broken session, broken applications and features etc. This is why you should be careful in making this choice. - -### How to Install Cinnamon on Ubuntu - -![How to install cinnamon desktop on Ubuntu Linux][5] - -There used to be a-sort-of official PPA from Cinnamon team for Ubuntu but it doesn’t exist anymore. Don’t lose heart. There is an unofficial PPA available and it works perfectly. This PPA consists of the latest Cinnamon version. - -Open a terminal and use the following commands: - -``` -sudo add-apt-repository ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon -sudo apt update && sudo apt install cinnamon - -``` - -It will download files of around 150 MB in size (if I remember correctly). This also provides you with Nemo (Nautilus fork) and Cinnamon Control Center. This bonus stuff gives a closer feel of Linux Mint. - -### Using Cinnamon desktop environment in Ubuntu - -Once you have installed Cinnamon, log out of the current session. At the login screen, click on the Ubuntu symbol beside the username: - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Change_Desktop_Environment_Ubuntu.jpeg) - -When you do this, it will give you all the desktop environments available for your system. No need to tell you that you have to choose Cinnamon: - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Install_Cinnamon_Ubuntu.jpeg) - -Now you should be logged in to Ubuntu with Cinnamon desktop environment. Remember, you can do the same to switch back to Unity. Here is a quick screenshot of what it looked like to run **Cinnamon in Ubuntu** : - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Cinnamon_Ubuntu_1404.jpeg) - -Looks completely like Linux Mint, isn’t it? I didn’t find any compatibility issue between Cinnamon and Unity. I switched back and forth between Unity and Cinnamon and both worked perfectly. - -#### Remove Cinnamon from Ubuntu - -It is understandable that you might want to uninstall Cinnamon. We will use PPA Purge for this purpose. Let’s install PPA Purge first: - -``` -sudo apt-get install ppa-purge - -``` - -Afterward, use the following command to purge the PPA: - -``` -sudo ppa-purge ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon - -``` - -In related articles, I suggest you to read more about [how to remove PPA in Linux][6]. - -I hope this post helps you to **install Cinnamon in Ubuntu**. Do share your experience with Cinnamon. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/install-cinnamon-on-ubuntu/ - -作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]: http://cinnamon.linuxmint.com/ -[2]: http://www.linuxmint.com/ -[3]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-vs-ubuntu/ -[4]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-linux-mint-16-dual-boot-windows/ -[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/install-cinnamon-ubuntu.png -[6]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-remove-or-delete-ppas-quick-tip/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..087cd3cea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# 如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境 + +**这篇教程将会为你展示如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境** + +[Cinnamon][1]是 [Linux Mint][2] 的默认桌面环境。不同于 Ubuntu 的 Unity 桌面环境,Cinnamon 通过底部面板和应用菜单等查看桌面信息的方式更加传统和优雅。由于 Cinnamon 桌面以及它类 Windows 的用户界面,许多桌面用户[相较于 Ubuntu 更喜欢 Linux Mint][3]。 + +现在你无需[安装 Linux Mint][4] 就能够体验到 Cinnamon了。在这篇教程,我将会展示给你 **如何在 Ubuntu 18.04,16.04 和 14.04 上安装 Cinnamon**。 + +在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 之前,有一些事情需要你注意。有时候,安装的额外桌面环境可能会与你当前的桌面环境有冲突。可能导致会话,应用程序或功能等的崩溃。这就是为什么你需要在做这个决定时谨慎一点的原因。 + +![如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境][5] + +过去有一系列 Cinnamon team 为 Ubuntu 提供的官方 PPA,但现在都已经失效了。不过不用担心,还有一个非官方的 PPA,而且它运行的很完美。这个 PPA 里包含了最新的 Cinnamon 版本。 + +``` +sudo add-apt-repository +ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon +sudo apt update && sudo apt install cinnamon + +``` + +下载的大小大概是 150 MB(如果我没记错的话)。这其中提供的 Nemo(Cinnamon 的文件管理器,基于Nautilus)和 Cinnamon 控制中心。这些东西提供了一个更加接近于 Linux Mint 的感觉。 + +### 在 Ubuntu 上使用 Cinnamon 桌面环境 + +Cinnamon安装完成后,退出当前会话,在登陆界面,点击用户名旁边的 Ubuntu 符号: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Change_Desktop_Environment_Ubuntu.jpeg) + +之后,它将会显示所有系统可用的桌面环境。选择 Cinnamon。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Install_Cinnamon_Ubuntu.jpeg) + +现在你应该已经登陆到有着 Cinnamon 桌面环境的 Ubuntu 中了。你还可以通过同样的方式再回到 Unity 桌面。这里有一张以 Cinnaon 做为桌面环境的 Ubuntu 桌面截图。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Cinnamon_Ubuntu_1404.jpeg) + +看起来是不是像极了 Linux Mint。此外,我并没有发现任何有关 Cinnamon 和 Unity 的兼容性问题。在 Unity 和 Cinnamon 来回切换,他们也依旧工作的很完美。 + +#### 从 Ubuntu 卸载 Cinnamon + +如果你想卸载 Cinnamon,可以使用 PPA Purge 来完成。首先安装 PPA Purge: + +``` +sudo apt-get install ppa-purge + +``` + +安装完成之后,使用下面的命令去移除 PPA: + +``` +sudo ppa-purge ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon + +``` + +更多的信息,我建议你去阅读 [如何从 Linux 移除 PPA][6] 这篇文章。 + +我希望这篇文章能够帮助你在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon。也可以分享一下你使用 Cinnamon 的经验。 + +------ + +via: https://itsfoss.com/install-cinnamon-on-ubuntu/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[dianbanjiu](https://github.com/dianbanjiu) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: http://cinnamon.linuxmint.com/ +[2]: http://www.linuxmint.com/ +[3]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-vs-ubuntu/ +[4]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-linux-mint-16-dual-boot-windows/ +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/install-cinnamon-ubuntu.png +[6]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-remove-or-delete-ppas-quick-tip/ From 40c52f820375f2f58a66d13f0e80d4c8e29752af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 18:15:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 221/437] translated --- .../tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md index 087cd3cea1..a9f0690ff7 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md +++ b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Cinnamon安装完成后,退出当前会话,在登陆界面,点击用户名 ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Install_Cinnamon_Ubuntu.jpeg) -现在你应该已经登陆到有着 Cinnamon 桌面环境的 Ubuntu 中了。你还可以通过同样的方式再回到 Unity 桌面。这里有一张以 Cinnaon 做为桌面环境的 Ubuntu 桌面截图。 +现在你应该已经登陆到有着 Cinnamon 桌面环境的 Ubuntu 中了。你还可以通过同样的方式再回到 Unity 桌面。这里有一张以 Cinnamon 做为桌面环境的 Ubuntu 桌面截图。 ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Cinnamon_Ubuntu_1404.jpeg) From 0a74c03586c9197656acba758bc8febe4fdfc3c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: zhousiyu325 Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 19:34:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 222/437] translate 20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md --- ...40412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md b/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md index 7be913c3bf..9bed3b36c1 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md +++ b/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by zhousiyu325 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs ====== From 2aa738ca23201466e14a2946aa375fa3a91ae24e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 20:25:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 223/437] Translate 20180920 (#10405) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * heguangzhi translating Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld * 翻译 * The firewall * Configure HTTP access using firewalld * Configure a locked-down customer kiosk using iptables * The script * Configuring iptables to load on system boot * translated Linux 防火墙: 关于 iptables 和 firewalld,你需要知道些什么 * translated Linux 防火墙: 关于 iptables 和 firewalld,你需要知道些什么 --- ...ed to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 170 ----------------- ...ed to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 178 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 178 insertions(+), 170 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md deleted file mode 100644 index 98e38a02cd..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -heguangzhi translating - -Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld -====== -Here's how to use the iptables and firewalld tools to manage Linux firewall connectivity rules. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openwires_fromRHT_520_0612LL.png?itok=PqZi55Ab) -This article is excerpted from my book, [Linux in Action][1], and a second Manning project that’s yet to be released. - -### The firewall - -A firewall is a set of rules. When a data packet moves into or out of a protected network space, its contents (in particular, information about its origin, target, and the protocol it plans to use) are tested against the firewall rules to see if it should be allowed through. Here’s a simple example: - -![firewall filtering request][3] - -A firewall can filter requests based on protocol or target-based rules. - -On the one hand, [iptables][4] is a tool for managing firewall rules on a Linux machine. - -On the other hand, [firewalld][5] is also a tool for managing firewall rules on a Linux machine. - -You got a problem with that? And would it spoil your day if I told you that there was another tool out there, called [nftables][6]? - -OK, I’ll admit that the whole thing does smell a bit funny, so let me explain. It all starts with Netfilter, which controls access to and from the network stack at the Linux kernel module level. For decades, the primary command-line tool for managing Netfilter hooks was the iptables ruleset. - -Because the syntax needed to invoke those rules could come across as a bit arcane, various user-friendly implementations like [ufw][7] and firewalld were introduced as higher-level Netfilter interpreters. Ufw and firewalld are, however, primarily designed to solve the kinds of problems faced by stand-alone computers. Building full-sized network solutions will often require the extra muscle of iptables or, since 2014, its replacement, nftables (through the nft command line tool). - -iptables hasn’t gone anywhere and is still widely used. In fact, you should expect to run into iptables-protected networks in your work as an admin for many years to come. But nftables, by adding on to the classic Netfilter toolset, has brought some important new functionality. - -From here on, I’ll show by example how firewalld and iptables solve simple connectivity problems. - -### Configure HTTP access using firewalld - -As you might have guessed from its name, firewalld is part of the [systemd][8] family. Firewalld can be installed on Debian/Ubuntu machines, but it’s there by default on Red Hat and CentOS. If you’ve got a web server like Apache running on your machine, you can confirm that the firewall is working by browsing to your server’s web root. If the site is unreachable, then firewalld is doing its job. - -You’ll use the `firewall-cmd` tool to manage firewalld settings from the command line. Adding the `–state` argument returns the current firewall status: - -``` -# firewall-cmd --state -running -``` - -By default, firewalld will be active and will reject all incoming traffic with a couple of exceptions, like SSH. That means your website won’t be getting too many visitors, which will certainly save you a lot of data transfer costs. As that’s probably not what you had in mind for your web server, though, you’ll want to open the HTTP and HTTPS ports that by convention are designated as 80 and 443, respectively. firewalld offers two ways to do that. One is through the `–add-port` argument that references the port number directly along with the network protocol it’ll use (TCP in this case). The `–permanent` argument tells firewalld to load this rule each time the server boots: - -``` -# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=80/tcp -# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=443/tcp -``` - -The `–reload` argument will apply those rules to the current session: - -``` -# firewall-cmd --reload -``` - -Curious as to the current settings on your firewall? Run `–list-services`: - -``` -# firewall-cmd --list-services -dhcpv6-client http https ssh -``` - -Assuming you’ve added browser access as described earlier, the HTTP, HTTPS, and SSH ports should now all be open—along with `dhcpv6-client`, which allows Linux to request an IPv6 IP address from a local DHCP server. - -### Configure a locked-down customer kiosk using iptables - -I’m sure you’ve seen kiosks—they’re the tablets, touchscreens, and ATM-like PCs in a box that airports, libraries, and business leave lying around, inviting customers and passersby to browse content. The thing about most kiosks is that you don’t usually want users to make themselves at home and treat them like their own devices. They’re not generally meant for browsing, viewing YouTube videos, or launching denial-of-service attacks against the Pentagon. So to make sure they’re not misused, you need to lock them down. - -One way is to apply some kind of kiosk mode, whether it’s through clever use of a Linux display manager or at the browser level. But to make sure you’ve got all the holes plugged, you’ll probably also want to add some hard network controls through a firewall. In the following section, I'll describe how I would do it using iptables. - -There are two important things to remember about using iptables: The order you give your rules is critical, and by themselves, iptables rules won’t survive a reboot. I’ll address those here one at a time. - -### The kiosk project - -To illustrate all this, let’s imagine we work for a store that’s part of a larger chain called BigMart. They’ve been around for decades; in fact, our imaginary grandparents probably grew up shopping there. But these days, the guys at BigMart corporate headquarters are probably just counting the hours before Amazon drives them under for good. - -Nevertheless, BigMart’s IT department is doing its best, and they’ve just sent you some WiFi-ready kiosk devices that you’re expected to install at strategic locations throughout your store. The idea is that they’ll display a web browser logged into the BigMart.com products pages, allowing them to look up merchandise features, aisle location, and stock levels. The kiosks will also need access to bigmart-data.com, where many of the images and video media are stored. - -Besides those, you’ll want to permit updates and, whenever necessary, package downloads. Finally, you’ll want to permit inbound SSH access only from your local workstation, and block everyone else. The figure below illustrates how it will all work: - -![kiosk traffic flow ip tables][10] - -The kiosk traffic flow being controlled by iptables. - -### The script - -Here’s how that will all fit into a Bash script: - -``` -#!/bin/bash -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart.com -j ACCEPT -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart-data.com -j ACCEPT -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ca.archive.ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 443 -j DROP -iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 10.0.3.1 --dport 22 -j ACCEPT -iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 0.0.0.0/0 --dport 22 -j DROP -``` - -The basic anatomy of our rules starts with `-A`, telling iptables that we want to add the following rule. `OUTPUT` means that this rule should become part of the OUTPUT chain. `-p` indicates that this rule will apply only to packets using the TCP protocol, where, as `-d` tells us, the destination is [bigmart.com][11]. The `-j` flag points to `ACCEPT` as the action to take when a packet matches the rule. In this first rule, that action is to permit, or accept, the request. But further down, you can see requests that will be dropped, or denied. - -Remember that order matters. And that’s because iptables will run a request past each of its rules, but only until it gets a match. So an outgoing browser request for, say, [youtube.com][12] will pass the first four rules, but when it gets to either the `–dport 80` or `–dport 443` rule—depending on whether it’s an HTTP or HTTPS request—it’ll be dropped. iptables won’t bother checking any further because that was a match. - -On the other hand, a system request to ubuntu.com for a software upgrade will get through when it hits its appropriate rule. What we’re doing here, obviously, is permitting outgoing HTTP or HTTPS requests to only our BigMart or Ubuntu destinations and no others. - -The final two rules will deal with incoming SSH requests. They won’t already have been denied by the two previous drop rules since they don’t use ports 80 or 443, but 22. In this case, login requests from my workstation will be accepted but requests for anywhere else will be dropped. This is important: Make sure the IP address you use for your port 22 rule matches the address of the machine you’re using to log in—if you don’t do that, you’ll be instantly locked out. It's no big deal, of course, because the way it’s currently configured, you could simply reboot the server and the iptables rules will all be dropped. If you’re using an LXC container as your server and logging on from your LXC host, then use the IP address your host uses to connect to the container, not its public address. - -You’ll need to remember to update this rule if my machine’s IP ever changes; otherwise, you’ll be locked out. - -Playing along at home (hopefully on a throwaway VM of some sort)? Great. Create your own script. Now I can save the script, use `chmod` to make it executable, and run it as `sudo`. Don’t worry about that `bigmart-data.com not found` error—of course it’s not found; it doesn’t exist. - -``` -chmod +X scriptname.sh -sudo ./scriptname.sh -``` - -You can test your firewall from the command line using `cURL`. Requesting ubuntu.com works, but [manning.com][13] fails. - -``` -curl ubuntu.com -curl manning.com -``` - -### Configuring iptables to load on system boot - -Now, how do I get these rules to automatically load each time the kiosk boots? The first step is to save the current rules to a .rules file using the `iptables-save` tool. That’ll create a file in the root directory containing a list of the rules. The pipe, followed by the tee command, is necessary to apply my `sudo` authority to the second part of the string: the actual saving of a file to the otherwise restricted root directory. - -I can then tell the system to run a related tool called `iptables-restore` every time it boots. A regular cron job of the kind we saw in the previous module won’t help because they’re run at set times, but we have no idea when our computer might decide to crash and reboot. - -There are lots of ways to handle this problem. Here’s one: - -On my Linux machine, I’ll install a program called [anacron][14] that will give us a file in the /etc/ directory called anacrontab. I’ll edit the file and add this `iptables-restore` command, telling it to load the current values of that .rules file into iptables each day (when necessary) one minute after a boot. I’ll give the job an identifier (`iptables-restore`) and then add the command itself. Since you’re playing along with me at home, you should test all this out by rebooting your system. - -``` -sudo iptables-save | sudo tee /root/my.active.firewall.rules -sudo apt install anacron -sudo nano /etc/anacrontab -1 1 iptables-restore iptables-restore < /root/my.active.firewall.rules - -``` - -I hope these practical examples have illustrated how to use iptables and firewalld for managing connectivity issues on Linux-based firewalls. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-iptables-firewalld - -作者:[David Clinton][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/remyd -[1]: https://www.manning.com/books/linux-in-action?a_aid=bootstrap-it&a_bid=4ca15fc9&chan=opensource -[2]: /file/409116 -[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables1.jpg (firewall filtering request) -[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iptables -[5]: https://firewalld.org/ -[6]: https://wiki.nftables.org/wiki-nftables/index.php/Main_Page -[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uncomplicated_Firewall -[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systemd -[9]: /file/409121 -[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables2.jpg (kiosk traffic flow ip tables) -[11]: http://bigmart.com/ -[12]: http://youtube.com/ -[13]: http://manning.com/ -[14]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/anacron/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3ecb7b1d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +Linux 防火墙: 关于 iptables 和 firewalld,你需要知道些什么 +====== + +以下是如何使用 iptables 和 firewalld 工具来管理 Linux 防火墙规则。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openwires_fromRHT_520_0612LL.png?itok=PqZi55Ab) +这篇文章摘自我的书[Linux in Action][1],第二 Manning project 尚未发布。 + +### 防火墙 + + +防火墙是一组规则。当数据包进出受保护的网络时,进出内容(特别是关于其来源、目标和使用的协议等信息)会根据防火墙规则进行检测,以确定是否允许其通过。下面是一个简单的例子: + + +![防火墙过滤请求] [3] + +防火墙可以根据协议或基于目标的规则过滤请求。 + +一方面, [iptables][4] 是 Linux 机器上管理防火墙规则的工具。 + +另一方面,[firewalld][5]也是 Linux 机器上管理防火墙规则的工具。 + +你有什么问题吗?如果我告诉你还有另外一种工具,叫做 [nftables][6],这会不会糟蹋你的一天呢? + +好吧,我承认整件事确实有点好笑,所以让我解释一下了。这一切都从 Netfilter 开始,在 Linux 内核模块级别, Netfilter 控制访问网络栈。几十年来,管理 Netfilter 钩子的主要命令行工具是 iptables 规则集。 + +因为调用这些规则所需的语法看起来有点晦涩难懂,所以各种用户友好的实现方式,如[ufw][7] 和 firewalld 被引入作,并为更高级别的 Netfilter 解释器。然而,Ufw 和 firewalld 主要是为解决独立计算机面临的各种问题而设计的。构建全方面的网络解决方案通常需要 iptables,或者从2014年起,它的替代品 nftables (nft 命令行工具)。 + + +iptables 没有消失,仍然被广泛使用着。事实上,在未来的许多年里,作为一名管理员,你应该会使用 iptables 来保护的网络。但是nftables 通过操作经典的 Netfilter 工具集带来了一些重要的崭新的功能。 + + +从现在开始,我将通过示例展示 firewalld 和 iptables 如何解决简单的连接问题。 + +### 使用 firewalld 配置 HTTP 访问 + +正如你能从它的名字中猜到的,firewalld 是 [systemd][8] 家族的一部分。Firewalld 可以安装在 Debian/Ubuntu 机器上,不过, 它默认安装在 RedHat 和 CentOS 上。如果您的计算机上运行着像 Apache 这样的 web 服务器,您可以通过浏览服务器的 web 根目录来确认防火墙是否正在工作。如果网站不可访问,那么 firewalld 正在工作。 + +你可以使用 `firewall-cmd` 工具从命令行管理 firewalld 设置。添加 `–state` 参数将返回当前防火墙的状态: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --state +running +``` + +默认情况下,firewalld 将处于运行状态,并将拒绝所有传入流量,但有几个例外,如 SSH。这意味着你的网站不会有太多的访问者,这无疑会为你节省大量的数据传输成本。然而,这不是你对 web 服务器的要求,你希望打开 HTTP 和 HTTPS 端口,按照惯例,这两个端口分别被指定为80和443。firewalld 提供了两种方法来实现这个功能。一个是通过 `–add-port` 参数,该参数直接引用端口号及其将使用的网络协议(在本例中为TCP )。 另外一个是通过`–permanent` 参数,它告诉 firewalld 在每次服务器启动时加载此规则: + + +``` +# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=80/tcp +# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=443/tcp +``` + + `–reload` 参数将这些规则应用于当前会话: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --reload +``` + +查看当前防火墙上的设置, 运行 `–list-services` : + +``` +# firewall-cmd --list-services +dhcpv6-client http https ssh +``` + +假设您已经如前所述添加了浏览器访问,那么 HTTP、HTTPS 和 SSH 端口现在都应该是开放的—— `dhcpv6-client` ,它允许 Linux 从本地 DHCP 服务器请求 IPv6 IP地址。 + +### 使用 iptables 配置锁定的客户信息亭 + +我相信你已经看到了信息亭——它们是放在机场、图书馆和商务场所的盒子里的平板电脑、触摸屏和ATM类电脑,邀请顾客和路人浏览内容。大多数信息亭的问题是,你通常不希望用户像在自己家一样,把他们当成自己的设备。它们通常不是用来浏览、观看 YouTube 视频或对五角大楼发起拒绝服务攻击的。因此,为了确保它们没有被滥用,你需要锁定它们。 + + +一种方法是应用某种信息亭模式,无论是通过巧妙使用Linux显示管理器还是在浏览器级别。但是为了确保你已经堵塞了所有的漏洞,你可能还想通过防火墙添加一些硬网络控制。在下一节中,我将讲解如何使用iptables 来完成。 + + +关于使用iptables,有两件重要的事情需要记住:你给规则的顺序非常关键,iptables 规则本身在重新启动后将无法存活。我会一次一个地在解释这些。 + +### 信息亭项目 + +为了说明这一切,让我们想象一下,我们为一家名为 BigMart 的大型连锁商店工作。它们已经存在了几十年;事实上,我们想象中的祖父母可能是在那里购物并长大的。但是这些天,BigMart 公司总部的人可能只是在数着亚马逊将他们永远赶下去的时间。 + +尽管如此,BigMart 的IT部门正在尽他们最大努力提供解决方案,他们向你发放了一些具有 WiFi 功能信息亭设备,你在整个商店的战略位置使用这些设备。其想法是,登录到 BigMart.com 产品页面,允许查找商品特征、过道位置和库存水平。信息亭还允许进入 bigmart-data.com,那里储存着许多图像和视频媒体信息。 + +除此之外,您还需要允许下载软件包更新。最后,您还希望只允许从本地工作站访问SSH,并阻止其他人登录。下图说明了它将如何工作: + +![信息亭流量IP表] [10] + +信息亭业务流由 iptables 控制。 + +### 脚本 + +以下是 Bash 脚本内容: + +``` +#!/bin/bash +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart-data.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ca.archive.ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 443 -j DROP +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 10.0.3.1 --dport 22 -j ACCEPT +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 0.0.0.0/0 --dport 22 -j DROP +``` + +我们从基本规则 `-A` 开始分析,它告诉iptables 我们要添加规则。`OUTPUT` 意味着这条规则应该成为输出的一部分。`-p` 表示该规则仅使用TCP协议的数据包,正如`-d` 告诉我们的,目的地址是 [bigmart.com][11]。`-j` 参数作用为数据包符合规则时要采取的操作是 `ACCEPT`。第一条规则表示允许或接受请求。但,最后一条规则表示删除或拒绝的请求。 + +规则顺序是很重要的。iptables 仅仅允许匹配规则的内容请求通过。一个向外发出的浏览器请求,比如访问[youtube.com][12] 是会通过的,因为这个请求匹配第四条规则,但是当它到达“dport 80”或“dport 443”规则时——取决于是HTTP还是HTTPS请求——它将被删除。iptables不再麻烦检查了,因为那是一场比赛。 + +另一方面,向ubuntu.com 发出软件升级的系统请求,只要符合其适当的规则,就会通过。显然,我们在这里做的是,只允许向我们的 BigMart 或 Ubuntu 发送 HTTP 或 HTTPS 请求,而不允许向其他目的地发送。 + +最后两条规则将处理 SSH 请求。因为它不使用端口80或443端口,而是使用22端口,所以之前的两个丢弃规则不会拒绝它。在这种情况下,来自我的工作站的登录请求将被接受,但是对其他任何地方的请求将被拒绝。这一点很重要:确保用于端口22规则的IP地址与您用来登录的机器的地址相匹配——如果不这样做,将立即被锁定。当然,这没什么大不了的,因为按照目前的配置方式,只需重启服务器,iptables 规则就会全部丢失。如果使用 LXC 容器作为服务器并从 LXC 主机登录,则使用主机 IP 地址连接容器,而不是其公共地址。 + +如果机器的IP发生变化,请记住更新这个规则;否则,你会被拒绝访问。 + +在家玩(是在某种性虚拟机上)?太好了。创建自己的脚本。现在我可以保存脚本,使用`chmod` 使其可执行,并以`sudo` 的形式运行它。不要担心 `igmart-data.com没找到`错误——当然没找到;它不存在。 + +``` +chmod +X scriptname.sh +sudo ./scriptname.sh +``` + +你可以使用`cURL` 命令行测试防火墙。请求 ubuntu.com 奏效,但请求 [manning.com][13]是失败的 。 + + +``` +curl ubuntu.com +curl manning.com +``` + +### 配置 iptables 以在系统启动时加载 + +现在,我如何让这些规则在每次 kiosk 启动时自动加载?第一步是将当前规则保存。使用`iptables-save` 工具保存规则文件。将在根目录中创建一个包含规则列表的文件。管道后面跟着 tee 命令,是将我的`sudo` 权限应用于字符串的第二部分:将文件实际保存到否则受限的根目录。 + +然后我可以告诉系统每次启动时运行一个相关的工具,叫做`iptables-restore` 。我们在上一模块中看到的常规cron 作业,因为它们在设定的时间运行,但是我们不知道什么时候我们的计算机可能会决定崩溃和重启。 + +有许多方法来处理这个问题。这里有一个: + + +在我的 Linux 机器上,我将安装一个名为 [anacron][14] 的程序,该程序将在 /etc/ 目录中为我们提供一个名为anacrondab 的文件。我将编辑该文件并添加这个 `iptables-restore` 命令,告诉它加载该文件的当前值。引导后一分钟,规则每天(必要时)加载到 iptables 中。我会给作业一个标识符( `iptables-restore` ),然后添加命令本身。如果你在家和我一起这样,你应该通过重启系统来测试一下。 + +``` +sudo iptables-save | sudo tee /root/my.active.firewall.rules +sudo apt install anacron +sudo nano /etc/anacrontab +1 1 iptables-restore iptables-restore < /root/my.active.firewall.rules + +``` + +我希望这些实际例子已经说明了如何使用 iptables 和 firewalld 来管理基于Linux的防火墙上的连接问题。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-iptables-firewalld + +作者:[David Clinton][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/remyd +[1]: https://www.manning.com/books/linux-in-action?a_aid=bootstrap-it&a_bid=4ca15fc9&chan=opensource +[2]: /file/409116 +[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables1.jpg (firewall filtering request) +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iptables +[5]: https://firewalld.org/ +[6]: https://wiki.nftables.org/wiki-nftables/index.php/Main_Page +[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uncomplicated_Firewall +[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systemd +[9]: /file/409121 +[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables2.jpg (kiosk traffic flow ip tables) +[11]: http://bigmart.com/ +[12]: http://youtube.com/ +[13]: http://manning.com/ +[14]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/anacron/ From b5c72f4681d1e28fd08151b00351a4b78764bf01 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: FelixYFZ <33593534+FelixYFZ@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 20:36:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 224/437] Update 20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md (#10416) --- ...stions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md b/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md index da43855266..beb6f372b9 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer +20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer Translating by FelixYFZ ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/hire-job-career.png?itok=SrZo0QJ3) From 6dd5d1372fdbfdb4c71cdbc0ed33cbae26829a30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: zhousiyu325 Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 21:16:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 225/437] there exist a chinese article for it , so i plan to change one --- ...40412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md b/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md index 9bed3b36c1..7be913c3bf 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md +++ b/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -Translating by zhousiyu325 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs ====== From 9adba22715d59ad2fe4110b29cc7d2022961263d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 08:50:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 226/437] translated --- ...estore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 109 ------------------ ...estore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 107 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 107 insertions(+), 109 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md deleted file mode 100644 index c775fd5040..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/apt-clone-720x340.png) - -Installing the same set of packages on multiple Ubuntu systems is time consuming and boring task. You don’t want to spend your time to install the same packages over and over on multiple systems. When it comes to install packages on similar architecture Ubuntu systems, there are many methods available to make this task easier. You could simply migrate your old Ubuntu system’s applications, settings and data to a newly installed system with a couple mouse clicks using [**Aptik**][1]. Or, you can take the [**backup entire list of installed packages**][2] using your package manager (Eg. APT), and install them later on a freshly installed system. Today, I learned that there is also yet another dedicated utility available to do this job. Say hello to **apt-clone** , a simple tool that lets you to create a list of installed packages for Debian/Ubuntu systems that can be restored on freshly installed systems or containers or into a directory. - -Apt-clone will help you on situations where you want to, - - * Install consistent applications across multiple systems running with similar Ubuntu (and derivatives) OS. - * Install same set of packages on multiple systems often. - * Backup the entire list of installed applications and restore them on demand wherever and whenever necessary. - - - -In this brief guide, we will be discussing how to install and use Apt-clone on Debian-based systems. I tested this utility on Ubuntu 18.04 LTS system, however it should work on all Debian and Ubuntu-based systems. - -### Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them Later On Freshly Installed Ubuntu System - -Apt-clone is available in the default repositories. To install it, just enter the following command from the Terminal: - -``` -$ sudo apt install apt-clone -``` - -Once installed, simply create the list of installed packages and save them in any location of your choice. - -``` -$ mkdir ~/mypackages - -$ sudo apt-clone clone ~/mypackages -``` - -The above command saved all installed packages in my Ubuntu system in a file named **apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz** under **~/mypackages** directory. - -To view the details of the backup file, run: - -``` -$ apt-clone info mypackages/apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz -Hostname: ubuntuserver -Arch: amd64 -Distro: bionic -Meta: -Installed: 516 pkgs (33 automatic) -Date: Sat Sep 15 10:23:05 2018 -``` - -As you can see, I have 516 packages in total in my Ubuntu server. - -Now, copy this file on your USB or external drive and go to any other system that want to install the same set of packages. Or you can also transfer the backup file to the system on the network and install the packages by using the following command: - -``` -$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz -``` - -Please be mindful that this command will overwrite your existing **/etc/apt/sources.list** and will install/remove packages. You have been warned! Also, just make sure the destination system is on same arch and same OS. For example, if the source system is running with 18.04 LTS 64bit, the destination system must also has the same. - -If you don’t want to restore packages on the system, you can simply use `--destination /some/location` option to debootstrap the clone into this directory. - -``` -$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz --destination ~/oldubuntu -``` - -In this case, the above command will restore the packages in a folder named **~/oldubuntu**. - -For more details, refer help section: - -``` -$ apt-clone -h -``` - -Or, man pages: - -``` -$ man apt-clone -``` - -**Suggested read:** - -+ [Systemback – Restore Ubuntu Desktop and Server to previous state][3] -+ [Cronopete – An Apple’s Time Machine Clone For Linux][4] - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/backup-installed-packages-and-restore-them-on-freshly-installed-ubuntu-system/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-migrate-system-settings-and-data-from-an-old-system-to-a-newly-installed-ubuntu-system/ -[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/create-list-installed-packages-install-later-list-centos-ubuntu/#comment-12598 - -[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/systemback-restore-ubuntu-desktop-and-server-to-previous-state/ - -[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/cronopete-apples-time-machine-clone-linux/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b21607ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +备份安装包并在全新安装的 Ubuntu 上恢复它们 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/apt-clone-720x340.png) + +在多个 Ubuntu 系统上安装同一组软件包是一项耗时且无聊的任务。你不会想花时间在多个系统上反复安装相同的软件包。在类似架构的 Ubuntu 系统上安装软件包时,有许多方法可以使这项任务更容易。你可以方便地通过 [**Aptik**][1] 并点击几次鼠标将以前的 Ubuntu 系统的应用程序、设置和数据迁移到新安装的系统中。或者,你可以使用软件包管理器(例如 APT)获取[**备份的已安装软件包的完整列表**][2],然后在新安装的系统上安装它们。今天,我了解到还有另一个专用工具可以完成这项工作。来看一下 **apt-clone**,这是一个简单的工具,可以让你为 Debian/Ubuntu 系统创建一个已安装的软件包列表,这些软件包可以在新安装的系统或容器上或目录中恢复。 + +Apt-clone 会帮助你处理你想要的情况, + + * 在运行类似 Ubuntu(及衍生版)的多个系统上安装一致的应用程序。 +  * 经常在多个系统上安装相同的软件包。 +  * 备份已安装的应用程序的完整列表,并在需要时随时随地恢复它们。 + + + +在本简要指南中,我们将讨论如何在基于 Debian 的系统上安装和使用 Apt-clone。我在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 上测试了这个程序,但它应该适用于所有基于 Debian 和 Ubuntu 的系统。 + +### 备份已安装的软件包并在新安装的 Ubuntu 上恢复它们 + +Apt-clone 在默认仓库中有。要安装它,只需在终端输入以下命令: + +``` +$ sudo apt install apt-clone +``` + +安装后,只需创建已安装软件包的列表,并将其保存在你选择的任何位置。 + +``` +$ mkdir ~/mypackages + +$ sudo apt-clone clone ~/mypackages +``` + +上面的命令将我的 Ubuntu 中所有已安装的软件包保存在 **~/mypackages** 目录下名为 **apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz** 的文件中。 + +要查看备份文件的详细信息,请运行: + +``` +$ apt-clone info mypackages/apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz +Hostname: ubuntuserver +Arch: amd64 +Distro: bionic +Meta: +Installed: 516 pkgs (33 automatic) +Date: Sat Sep 15 10:23:05 2018 +``` + +如你所见,我的 Ubuntu 服务器总共有 516 个包。 + +现在,将此文件复制到 USB 或外部驱动器上,并转至要安装同一套软件包的任何其他系统。或者,你也可以将备份文件传输到网络上的系统,并使用以下命令安装软件包: + +``` +$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz +``` + +请注意,此命令将覆盖你现有的 **/etc/apt/sources.list** 并将安装/删除软件包。警告过你了!此外,只需确保目标系统是相同的架构和操作系统。例如,如果源系统是 18.04 LTS 64位,那么目标系统必须也是相同的。 + +如果你不想在系统上恢复软件包,可以使用 `--destination /some/location` 选项将克隆复制到这个文件夹中。 + +``` +$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz --destination ~/oldubuntu +``` + +在此例中,上面的命令将软件包恢复到 **~/oldubuntu** 中。 + +有关详细信息,请参阅帮助部分: + +``` +$ apt-clone -h +``` + +或者手册页: + +``` +$ man apt-clone +``` + +**建议阅读:** + ++ [Systemback - 将 Ubuntu 桌面版和服务器版恢复到以前的状态][3] ++ [Cronopete - Linux 下的苹果时间机器][4] + +就是这些了。希望这个有用。还有更多好东西。敬请期待! + +干杯! + + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/backup-installed-packages-and-restore-them-on-freshly-installed-ubuntu-system/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-migrate-system-settings-and-data-from-an-old-system-to-a-newly-installed-ubuntu-system/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/create-list-installed-packages-install-later-list-centos-ubuntu/#comment-12598 + +[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/systemback-restore-ubuntu-desktop-and-server-to-previous-state/ + +[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/cronopete-apples-time-machine-clone-linux/ From dd493f766bc1d9f1cd860d50de41705608caddb3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 09:00:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 227/437] translating --- ...Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md b/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md index 24ae89f461..b7082ea141 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating----geekpi + Clinews – Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline ====== From e565ab6f6dc99ea7d32b0e37d17b3282e11c8c0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 09:54:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 228/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=205=20cool=20tiling?= =?UTF-8?q?=20window=20managers?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../20180927 5 cool tiling window managers.md | 87 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 87 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180927 5 cool tiling window managers.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 5 cool tiling window managers.md b/sources/tech/20180927 5 cool tiling window managers.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f687918c65 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180927 5 cool tiling window managers.md @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +5 cool tiling window managers +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/tilingwindowmanagers-816x345.jpg) +The Linux desktop ecosystem offers multiple window managers (WMs). Some are developed as part of a desktop environment. Others are meant to be used as standalone application. This is the case of tiling WMs, which offer a more lightweight, customized environment. This article presents five such tiling WMs for you to try out. + +### i3 + +[i3][1] is one of the most popular tiling window managers. Like most other such WMs, i3 focuses on low resource consumption and customizability by the user. + +You can refer to [this previous article in the Magazine][2] to get started with i3 installation details and how to configure it. + +### sway + +[sway][3] is a tiling Wayland compositor. It has the advantage of compatibility with an existing i3 configuration, so you can use it to replace i3 and use Wayland as the display protocol. + +You can use dnf to install sway from Fedora repository: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install sway +``` + +If you want to migrate from i3 to sway, there’s a small [migration guide][4] available. + +### Qtile + +[Qtile][5] is another tiling manager that also happens to be written in Python. By default, you configure Qtile in a Python script located under ~/.config/qtile/config.py. When this script is not available, Qtile uses a default [configuration][6]. + +One of the benefits of Qtile being in Python is you can write scripts to control the WM. For example, the following script prints the screen details: + +``` +> from libqtile.command import Client +> c = Client() +> print(c.screen.info) +{'index': 0, 'width': 1920, 'height': 1006, 'x': 0, 'y': 0} +``` + +To install Qlite on Fedora, use the following command: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install qtile +``` + +### dwm + +The [dwm][7] window manager focuses more on being lightweight. One goal of the project is to keep dwm minimal and small. For example, the entire code base never exceeded 2000 lines of code. On the other hand, dwm isn’t as easy to customize and configure. Indeed, the only way to change dwm default configuration is to [edit the source code and recompile the application][8]. + +If you want to try the default configuration, you can install dwm in Fedora using dnf: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install dwm +``` + +For those who wand to change their dwm configuration, the dwm-user package is available in Fedora. This package automatically recompiles dwm using the configuration stored in the user home directory at ~/.dwm/config.h. + +### awesome + +[awesome][9] originally started as a fork of dwm, to provide configuration of the WM using an external configuration file. The configuration is done via Lua scripts, which allow you to write scripts to automate tasks or create widgets. + +You can check out awesome on Fedora by installing it like this: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install awesome +``` + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-tiling-window-managers/ + +作者:[Clément Verna][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org +[1]: https://i3wm.org/ +[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/getting-started-i3-window-manager/ +[3]: https://swaywm.org/ +[4]: https://github.com/swaywm/sway/wiki/i3-Migration-Guide +[5]: http://www.qtile.org/ +[6]: https://github.com/qtile/qtile/blob/develop/libqtile/resources/default_config.py +[7]: https://dwm.suckless.org/ +[8]: https://dwm.suckless.org/customisation/ +[9]: https://awesomewm.org/ From 1017866948187e299f8713c55e2c5798cf7995fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 10:00:01 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 229/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20A=20Free=20And=20?= =?UTF-8?q?Secure=20Online=20PDF=20Conversion=20Suite?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md | 111 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 111 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md b/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..afb66e43ee --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/easypdf-720x340.jpg) + +We are always in search for a better and more efficient solution that can make our lives more convenient. That is why when you are working with PDF documents you need a fast and reliable tool that you can use in every situation. Therefore, we wanted to introduce you to **EasyPDF** Online PDF Suite for every occasion. The promise behind this tool is that it can make your PDF management easier and we tested it to check that claim. + +But first, here are the most important things you need to know about EasyPDF: + + * EasyPDF is free and anonymous online PDF Conversion Suite. + * Convert PDF to Word, Excel, PowerPoint, AutoCAD, JPG, GIF and Text. + * Create PDF from Word, PowerPoint, JPG, Excel files and many other formats. + * Manipulate PDFs with PDF Merge, Split and Compress. + * OCR conversion of scanned PDFs and images. + * Upload files from your device or the Cloud (Google Drive and DropBox). + * Available on Windows, Linux, Mac, and smartphones via any browser. + * Multiple languages supported. + + + +### EasyPDF User Interface + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/easypdf-interface.png) + +One of the first things that catches your eye is the sleek user interface which gives the tool clean and functional environment in where you can work comfortably. The whole experience is even better because there are no ads on a website at all. + +All different types of conversions have their dedicated menu with a simple box to add files, so you don’t have to wonder about what you need to do. + +Most websites aren’t optimized to work well and run smoothly on mobile phones, but EasyPDF is an exception from that rule. It opens almost instantly on smartphone and is easy to navigate. You can also add it as the shortcut on your home screen from the **three dots menu** on the Chrome app. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF-fs8.png) + +### Functionality + +Apart from looking nice, EasyPDF is pretty straightforward to use. You **don’t need to register** or leave an **email** to use the tool. It is completely anonymous. Additionally, it doesn’t put any limitations to the number or size of files for conversion. No installation required either! Cool, yeah? + +You choose a desired conversion format, for example, PDF to Word. Select the PDF file you want to convert. You can upload a file from the device by either drag & drop or selecting the file from the folder. There is also an option to upload a document from [**Google Drive**][1] or [**Dropbox**][2]. + +After you choose the file, press the Convert button to start the conversion process. You won’t wait for a long time to get your file because conversion will finish in a minute. If you have some more files to convert, remember to download the file before you proceed further. If you don’t download the document first, you will lose it. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF1.png) + +For a different type of conversion, return to the homepage. + +The currently available types of conversions are: + + * **PDF to Word** – Convert PDF documents to Word documents + + * **PDF to PowerPoint** – Convert PDF documents to PowerPoint Presentations + + * **PDF to Excel** – Convert PDF documents to Excel documents + + * **PDF Creation** – Create PDF documents from any type of file (E.g text, doc, odt) + + * **Word to PDF** – Convert Word documents to PDF documents + + * **JPG to PDF** – Convert JPG images to PDF documents + + * **PDF to AutoCAD** – Convert PDF documents to .dwg format (DWG is native format for CAD packages) + + * **PDF to Text** – Convert PDF documents to Text documents + + * **PDF Split** – Split PDF files into multiple parts + + * **PDF Merge** – Merge multiple PDF files into one + + * **PDF Compress** – Compress PDF documents + + * **PDF to JPG** – Convert PDF documents to JPG images + + * **PDF to PNG** – Convert PDF documents to PNG images + + * **PDF to GIF** – Convert PDF documents to GIF files + + * **OCR Online** – + +Convert scanned paper documents + +to editable files (E.g Word, Excel, Text) + + + + +Want to give it a try? Great! Click the following link and start converting! + +[![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF-online-pdf.png)][https://easypdf.com/] + +### Conclusion + +EasyPDF lives up to its name and enables easier PDF management. As far as I tested EasyPDF service, It offers out of the box conversion feature completely **FREE!** It is fast, secure and reliable. You will find the quality of services most satisfying without having to pay anything or leaving your personal data like email address. Give it a try and who knows maybe you will find your new favorite PDF tool. + +And, that’s all for now. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/easypdf-a-free-and-secure-online-pdf-conversion-suite/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-mount-google-drive-locally-as-virtual-file-system-in-linux/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-dropbox-in-ubuntu-18-04-lts-desktop/ From 12d0e9e9e4d3e15fbe72bfc94fd02048ea22dabb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 10:49:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 230/437] PRF:20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @HankChow 翻译的不错 --- ...on libraries for more maintainable code.md | 68 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 36 insertions(+), 32 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md b/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md index de08df9304..051ad79f2c 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md @@ -1,80 +1,84 @@ -这 7 个 Python 库让你写出更易维护的代码 +让 Python 代码更易维护的七种武器 ====== +> 检查你的代码的质量,通过这些外部库使其更易维护。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming_keyboard_coding.png?itok=E0Vvam7A) > 可读性很重要。 -> — [Python 之禅(The Zen of Python)][1], Tim Peters +> — [Python 之禅][1]The Zen of Python,Tim Peters -尽管很多项目一开始的时候就有可读性和编码标准的要求,但随着项目进入“维护模式”,这些要求都会变得虎头蛇尾。然而,在代码库中保持一致的代码风格和测试标准能够显著减轻维护的压力,也能确保新的开发者能够快速了解项目的情况,同时能更好地保持应用程序的运行良好。 +随着软件项目进入“维护模式”,对可读性和编码标准的要求很容易落空(甚至从一开始就没有建立过那些标准)。然而,在代码库中保持一致的代码风格和测试标准能够显著减轻维护的压力,也能确保新的开发者能够快速了解项目的情况,同时能更好地全程保持应用程序的质量。 + +使用外部库来检查代码的质量不失为保护项目未来可维护性的一个好方法。以下会推荐一些我们最喜爱的[检查代码][2](包括检查 PEP 8 和其它代码风格错误)的库,用它们来强制保持代码风格一致,并确保在项目成熟时有一个可接受的测试覆盖率。 ### 检查你的代码风格 -使用外部库来检查代码运行情况不失为保护项目未来可维护性的一个好方法。以下会推荐一些我们最喜爱的[检查代码][2](包括检查 PEP 8 和其它代码风格错误)的库,用它们来强制保持代码风格一致,并确保在项目成熟时有一个可接受的测试覆盖率。 +[PEP 8][3] 是 Python 代码风格规范,它规定了类似行长度、缩进、多行表达式、变量命名约定等内容。尽管你的团队自身可能也会有稍微不同于 PEP 8 的代码风格规范,但任何代码风格规范的目标都是在代码库中强制实施一致的标准,使代码的可读性更强、更易于维护。下面三个库就可以用来帮助你美化代码。 -[PEP 8][3]是Python代码风格规范,规定了行长度,缩进,多行表达式、变量命名约定等内容。尽管你的团队自身可能也会有不同于 PEP 8 的代码风格规范,但任何代码风格规范的目标都是在代码库中强制实施一致的标准,使代码的可读性更强、更易于维护。下面三个库就可以用来帮助你美化代码。 +#### 1、 Pylint -#### 1\. Pylint +[Pylint][4] 是一个检查违反 PEP 8 规范和常见错误的库。它在一些流行的[编辑器和 IDE][5] 中都有集成,也可以单独从命令行运行。 -[Pylint][4] 是一个检查违反 PEP 8 规范和常见错误的库。它在一些流行的编辑器和 IDE 中都有集成,也可以单独从命令行运行。 - -执行 `pip install pylint`安装 Pylint 。然后运行 `pylint [options] path/to/dir` 或者 `pylint [options] path/to/module.py` 就可以在命令行中使用 Pylint,它会向控制台输出代码中违反规范和出现错误的地方。 +执行 `pip install pylint` 安装 Pylint 。然后运行 `pylint [options] path/to/dir` 或者 `pylint [options] path/to/module.py` 就可以在命令行中使用 Pylint,它会向控制台输出代码中违反规范和出现错误的地方。 你还可以使用 `pylintrc` [配置文件][6]来自定义 Pylint 对哪些代码错误进行检查。 -#### 2\. Flake8 +#### 2、 Flake8 -对 [Flake8][7] 的描述是“将 PEP 8、Pyflakes(类似 Pylint)、McCabe(代码复杂性检查器)、第三方插件整合到一起,以检查 Python 代码风格和质量的一个 Python 工具”。 +[Flake8][7] 是“将 PEP 8、Pyflakes(类似 Pylint)、McCabe(代码复杂性检查器)和第三方插件整合到一起,以检查 Python 代码风格和质量的一个 Python 工具”。 执行 `pip install flake8` 安装 flake8 ,然后执行 `flake8 [options] path/to/dir` 或者 `flake8 [options] path/to/module.py` 可以查看报出的错误和警告。 和 Pylint 类似,Flake8 允许通过[配置文件][8]来自定义检查的内容。它有非常清晰的文档,包括一些有用的[提交钩子][9],可以将自动检查代码纳入到开发工作流程之中。 -Flake8 也允许集成到一些流行的编辑器和 IDE 当中,但在文档中并没有详细说明。要将 Flake8 集成到喜欢的编辑器或 IDE 中,可以搜索插件(例如 [Sublime Text 的 Flake8 插件][10])。 +Flake8 也可以集成到一些流行的编辑器和 IDE 当中,但在文档中并没有详细说明。要将 Flake8 集成到喜欢的编辑器或 IDE 中,可以搜索插件(例如 [Sublime Text 的 Flake8 插件][10])。 -#### 3\. Isort +#### 3、 Isort -[Isort][11] 这个库能将你在项目中导入的库按字母顺序,并将其[正确划分为不同部分][12](例如标准库、第三方库,自建的库等)。这样提高了代码的可读性,并且可以在导入的库较多的时候轻松找到各个库。 +[Isort][11] 这个库能将你在项目中导入的库按字母顺序排序,并将其[正确划分为不同部分][12](例如标准库、第三方库、自建的库等)。这样提高了代码的可读性,并且可以在导入的库较多的时候轻松找到各个库。 -执行 `pip install isort` 安装 isort,然后执行 `isort path/to/module.py` 就可以运行了。文档中还提供了更多的配置项,例如通过配置 `.isort.cfg` 文件来决定 isort 如何处理一个库的多行导入。 +执行 `pip install isort` 安装 isort,然后执行 `isort path/to/module.py` 就可以运行了。[文档][13]中还提供了更多的配置项,例如通过[配置][14] `.isort.cfg` 文件来决定 isort 如何处理一个库的多行导入。 和 Flake8、Pylint 一样,isort 也提供了将其与流行的[编辑器和 IDE][15] 集成的插件。 -### 共享代码风格 +### 分享你的代码风格 -每次文件发生变动之后都用命令行手动检查代码是一件痛苦的事,你可能也不太喜欢通过运行 IDE 中某个插件来实现这个功能。同样地,你的同事可能会用不同的代码检查方式,也许他们的编辑器中也没有安装插件,甚至自己可能也不会严格检查代码和按照警告来更正代码。总之,你共享的代码库将会逐渐地变得混乱且难以阅读。 +每次文件发生变动之后都用命令行手动检查代码是一件痛苦的事,你可能也不太喜欢通过运行 IDE 中某个插件来实现这个功能。同样地,你的同事可能会用不同的代码检查方式,也许他们的编辑器中也没有那种插件,甚至你自己可能也不会严格检查代码和按照警告来更正代码。总之,你分享出来的代码库将会逐渐地变得混乱且难以阅读。 -一个很好的解决方案是使用一个库,自动将代码按照 PEP 8 规范进行格式化。我们推荐的三个库都有不同的自定义级别来控制如何格式化代码。其中有一些设置较为特殊,例如 Pylint 和 Flake8 ,你需要先行测试,看看是否有你无法忍受蛋有不能修改的默认配置。 +一个很好的解决方案是使用一个库,自动将代码按照 PEP 8 规范进行格式化。我们推荐的三个库都有不同的自定义级别来控制如何格式化代码。其中有一些设置较为特殊,例如 Pylint 和 Flake8 ,你需要先行测试,看看是否有你无法忍受但又不能修改的默认配置。 -#### 4\. Autopep8 +#### 4、 Autopep8 -[Autopep8][16] 可以自动格式化指定的模块中的代码,包括重新缩进行,修复缩进,删除多余的空格,并重构常见的比较错误(例如布尔值和 `None` 值)。你可以查看文档中完整的[更正列表][17]。 +[Autopep8][16] 可以自动格式化指定的模块中的代码,包括重新缩进行、修复缩进、删除多余的空格,并重构常见的比较错误(例如布尔值和 `None` 值)。你可以查看文档中完整的[更正列表][17]。 -运行 `pip install --upgrade autopep8` 安装 autopep8。然后执行 `autopep8 --in-place --aggressive --aggressive ` 就可以重新格式化你的代码。`aggressive` 标记的数量表示 auotopep8 在代码风格控制上有多少控制权。在这里可以详细了解 [aggressive][18] 选项。 +运行 `pip install --upgrade autopep8` 安装 Autopep8。然后执行 `autopep8 --in-place --aggressive --aggressive ` 就可以重新格式化你的代码。`aggressive` 选项的数量表示 Auotopep8 在代码风格控制上有多少控制权。在这里可以详细了解 [aggressive][18] 选项。 -#### 5\. Yapf +#### 5、 Yapf -[Yapf][19] 是另一种有自己的[配置项][20]列表的重新格式化代码的工具。它与 autopep8 的不同之处在于它不仅会指出代码中违反 PEP 8 规范的地方,还会对没有违反 PEP 8 但代码风格不一致的地方重新格式化,旨在令代码的可读性更强。 +[Yapf][19] 是另一种有自己的[配置项][20]列表的重新格式化代码的工具。它与 Autopep8 的不同之处在于它不仅会指出代码中违反 PEP 8 规范的地方,还会对没有违反 PEP 8 但代码风格不一致的地方重新格式化,旨在令代码的可读性更强。 -执行`pip install yapf` 安装 Yapf,然后执行 `yapf [options] path/to/dir` 或 `yapf [options] path/to/module.py` 可以对代码重新格式化。 +执行 `pip install yapf` 安装 Yapf,然后执行 `yapf [options] path/to/dir` 或 `yapf [options] path/to/module.py` 可以对代码重新格式化。[定制选项][20]的完整列表在这里。 -#### 6\. Black +#### 6、 Black -[Black][21] 在代码检查工具当中算是比较新的一个。它与 autopep8 和 Yapf 类似,但限制较多,没有太多的自定义选项。这样的好处是你不需要去决定使用怎么样的代码风格,让 black 来给你做决定就好。你可以在这里查阅 black 的[自定义选项][22]以及[如何在配置文件中对其进行设置][23]。 +[Black][21] 在代码检查工具当中算是比较新的一个。它与 Autopep8 和 Yapf 类似,但限制较多,没有太多的自定义选项。这样的好处是你不需要去决定使用怎么样的代码风格,让 Black 来给你做决定就好。你可以在这里查阅 Black [有限的自定义选项][22]以及[如何在配置文件中对其进行设置][23]。 -Black 依赖于 Python 3.6+,但它可以格式化用 Python 2 编写的代码。执行 `pip install black` 安装 black,然后执行 `black path/to/dir` 或 `black path/to/module.py` 就可以使用 black 优化你的代码。 +Black 依赖于 Python 3.6+,但它可以格式化用 Python 2 编写的代码。执行 `pip install black` 安装 Black,然后执行 `black path/to/dir` 或 `black path/to/module.py` 就可以使用 Black 优化你的代码。 ### 检查你的测试覆盖率 -如果你正在进行测试工作,你需要确保提交到代码库的新代码都已经测试通过,并且不会降低测试覆盖率。虽然测试覆盖率不是衡量测试有效性和充分性的唯一指标,但它是确保项目遵循基本测试标准的一种方法。对于计算测试覆盖率,我们推荐使用 Coverage 这个库。 +如果你正在进行编写测试,你需要确保提交到代码库的新代码都已经测试通过,并且不会降低测试覆盖率。虽然测试覆盖率不是衡量测试有效性和充分性的唯一指标,但它是确保项目遵循基本测试标准的一种方法。对于计算测试覆盖率,我们推荐使用 Coverage 这个库。 -#### 7\. Coverage +#### 7、 Coverage -[Coverage][24] 有数种显示测试覆盖率的方式,包括将结果输出到控制台或 HTML 页面,并指出哪些具体哪些地方没有被覆盖到。你可以通过配置文件自定义 Coverage 检查的内容,让你更方便使用。 +[Coverage][24] 有数种显示测试覆盖率的方式,包括将结果输出到控制台或 HTML 页面,并指出哪些具体哪些地方没有被覆盖到。你可以通过[配置文件][25]自定义 Coverage 检查的内容,让你更方便使用。 执行 `pip install coverage` 安装 Converage 。然后执行 `coverage [path/to/module.py] [args]` 可以运行程序并查看输出结果。如果要查看哪些代码行没有被覆盖,执行 `coverage report -m` 即可。 -持续集成(Continuous integration, CI)是在合并和部署代码之前自动检查代码风格错误和测试覆盖率最小值的过程。很多免费或付费的工具都可以用于执行这项工作,具体的过程不在本文中赘述,但 CI 过程是令代码更易读和更易维护的重要步骤,关于这一部分可以参考 [Travis CI][26] 和 [Jenkins][27]。 +### 持续集成工具 + +持续集成Continuous integration(CI)是在合并和部署代码之前自动检查代码风格错误和测试覆盖率最小值的过程。很多免费或付费的工具都可以用于执行这项工作,具体的过程不在本文中赘述,但 CI 过程是令代码更易读和更易维护的重要步骤,关于这一部分可以参考 [Travis CI][26] 和 [Jenkins][27]。 以上这些只是用于检查 Python 代码的各种工具中的其中几个。如果你有其它喜爱的工具,欢迎在评论中分享。 @@ -85,7 +89,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/7-python-libraries-more-maintainable-co 作者:[Jeff Triplett][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 3860a5edf93f351991780ce359f1a9f0f85e46c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 10:49:35 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 231/437] PUB:20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10059-1.html --- .../20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md b/published/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md rename to published/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md From 0936fec6dcb82e8ce8f536258d9d5d80536e5615 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 11:28:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 232/437] PUB:20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md @imquanquan https://linux.cn/article-10057-1.html --- ...some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md b/published/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md rename to published/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md From cb7b4653ccdf4a590f234893e8c41d699bb2adff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DarkSun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 11:55:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 233/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Instal?= =?UTF-8?q?l=20Popcorn=20Time=20on=20Ubuntu=2018.04=20and=20Other=20Linux?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Distributions=20(#10425)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md | 233 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 233 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md b/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01fbef0292 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions +====== +**Brief: This tutorial shows you how to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu and other Linux distributions. Some handy Popcorn Time tips have also been discussed.** + +[Popcorn Time][1] is an open source [Netflix][2] inspired [torrent][3] streaming application for Linux, Mac and Windows. + +With the regular torrents, you have to wait for the download to finish before you could watch the videos. + +[Popcorn Time][4] is different. It uses torrent underneath but allows you to start watching the videos (almost) immediately. It’s like you are watching videos on streaming websites like YouTube or Netflix. You don’t have to wait for the download to finish here. + +![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu Linux][5] +Popcorn Time + +If you want to watch movies online without those creepy ads, Popcorn Time is a good alternative. Keep in mind that the streaming quality depends on the number of available seeds. + +Popcorn Time also provides a nice user interface where you can browse through available movies, tv-series and other contents. If you ever used [Netflix on Linux][6], you will find it’s somewhat a similar experience. + +Using torrent to download movies is illegal in several countries where there are strict laws against piracy. In countries like the USA, UK and West European you may even get legal notices. That said, it’s up to you to decide if you want to use it or not. You have been warned. +(If you still want to take the risk and use Popcorn Time, you should use a VPN service like [Ivacy][7] that has been specifically designed for using Torrents and protecting your identity. Even then it’s not always easy to avoid the snooping authorities.) + +Some of the main features of Popcorn Time are: + + * Watch movies and TV Series online using Torrent + * A sleek user interface lets you browse the available movies and TV series + * Change streaming quality + * Bookmark content for watching later + * Download content for offline viewing + * Ability to enable subtitles by default, change the subtitles size etc + * Keyboard shortcuts to navigate through Popcorn Time + + + +### How to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu and other Linux Distributions + +I am using Ubuntu 18.04 in this tutorial but you can use the same instructions for other Linux distributions such as Linux Mint, Debian, Manjaro, Deepin etc. + +Let’s see how to install Popcorn time on Linux. It’s really easy actually. Simply follow the instructions and copy paste the commands I have mentioned. + +#### Step 1: Download Popcorn Time + +You can download Popcorn Time from its official website. The download link is present on the homepage itself. + +[Get Popcorn Time](https://popcorntime.sh/) + +#### Step 2: Install Popcorn Time + +Once you have downloaded Popcorn Time, it’s time to use it. The downloaded file is a tar file that consists of an executable among other files. While you can extract this tar file anywhere, the [Linux convention is to install additional software in][8] /[opt directory.][8] + +Create a new directory in /opt: + +``` +sudo mkdir /opt/popcorntime +``` + +Now go to the Downloads directory. + +``` +cd ~/Downloads +``` + +Extract the downloaded Popcorn Time files into the newly created /opt/popcorntime directory. + +``` +sudo tar Jxf Popcorn-Time-* -C /opt/popcorntime +``` + +#### Step 3: Make Popcorn Time accessible for everyone + +You would want every user on your system to be able to run Popcorn Time without sudo access, right? To do that, you need to create a [symbolic link][9] to the executable in /usr/bin directory. + +``` +ln -sf /opt/popcorntime/Popcorn-Time /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time +``` + +#### Step 4: Create desktop launcher for Popcorn Time + +So far so good. But you would also like to see Popcorn Time in the application menu, add it to your favorite application list etc. + +For that, you need to create a desktop entry. + +Open a terminal and create a new file named popcorntime.desktop in /usr/share/applications. + +You can use any [command line based text editor][10]. Ubuntu has [Nano][11] installed by default so you can use that. + +``` +sudo nano /usr/share/applications/popcorntime.desktop +``` + +Insert the following lines here: + +``` +[Desktop Entry] +Version = 1.0 +Type = Application +Terminal = false +Name = Popcorn Time +Exec = /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time +Icon = /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png +Categories = Application; +``` + +If you used Nano editor, save it using shortcut Ctrl+X. When asked for saving, enter Y and then press enter again to save and exit. + +We are almost there. One last thing to do here is to have the correct icon for Popcorn Time. For that, you can download a Popcorn Time icon and save it as popcorn.png in /opt/popcorntime directory. + +You can do that using the command below: + +``` +sudo wget -O /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/df/Pctlogo.png + +``` + +That’s it. Now you can search for Popcorn Time and click on it to launch it. + +![Popcorn Time installed on Ubuntu][12] +Search for Popcorn Time in Menu + +On the first launch, you’ll have to accept the terms and conditions. + +![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu Linux][13] +Accept the Terms of Service + +Once you do that, you can enjoy the movies and TV shows. + +![Watch movies on Popcorn Time][14] + +Well, that’s all you needed to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu or any other Linux distribution. You can start watching your favorite movies straightaway. + +However, if you are interested, I would suggest reading these Popcorn Time tips to get more out of it. + +[![][15]][16] +![][17] + +### 7 Tips for using Popcorn Time effectively + +Now that you have installed Popcorn Time, I am going to tell you some nifty Popcorn Time tricks. I assure you that it will enhance your experience with Popcorn Time multiple folds. + +#### 1\. Use advanced settings + +Always have the advanced settings enabled. It gives you more options to tweak Popcorn Time. Go to the top right corner and click on the gear symbol. Click on it and check advanced settings on the next screen. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tricks.jpeg) + +#### 2\. Watch the movies in VLC or other players + +Did you know that you can choose to watch a file in your preferred media player instead of the default Popcorn Time player? Of course, that media player should have been installed in the system. + +Now you may ask why would one want to use another player. And my answer is because other players like VLC has hidden features which you might not find in the Popcorn Time player. + +For example, if a file has very low volume, you can use VLC to enhance the audio by 400 percent. You can also [synchronize incoherent subtitles with VLC][18]. You can switch between media players before you start to play a file: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks_1.png) + +#### 3\. Bookmark movies and watch it later + +Just browsing through movies and TV series but don’t have time or mood to watch those? No issues. You can add the movies to the bookmark and can access these bookmarked videos from the Favorites tab. This enables you to create a list of movies you would watch later. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks2.png) + +#### 4\. Check torrent health and seed information + +As I had mentioned earlier, your viewing experience in Popcorn Times depends on torrent speed. Good thing is that Popcorn time shows the health of the torrent file so that you can be aware of the streaming speed. + +You will see a green/yellow/red dot on the file. Green means there are plenty of seeds and the file will stream easily. Yellow means a medium number of seeds, streaming should be okay. Red means there are very few seeds available and the streaming will be poor or won’t work at all. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks3.jpg) + +#### 5\. Add custom subtitles + +If you need subtitles and it is not available in your preferred language, you can add custom subtitles downloaded from external websites. Get the .srt files and use it inside Popcorn Time: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocporn_Time_Tricks5.png) + +This is where VLC comes handy as you can [download subtitles automatically with VLC][19]. + + +#### 6\. Save the files for offline viewing + +When Popcorn Times stream a content, it downloads it and store temporarily. When you close the app, it’s cleaned out. You can change this behavior so that the downloaded file remains there for your future use. + +In the advanced settings, scroll down a bit. Look for Cache directory. You can change this to some other directory like Downloads. This way, even if you close Popcorn Time, the file will be available for viewing. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tips.jpg) + +#### 7\. Drag and drop external torrent files to play immediately + +I bet you did not know about this one. If you don’t find a certain movie on Popcorn Time, download the torrent file from your favorite torrent website. Open Popcorn Time and just drag and drop the torrent file in Popcorn Time. It will start playing the file, depending upon seeds. This way, you don’t need to download the entire file before watching it. + +When you drag and drop the torrent file in Popcorn Time, it will give you the option to choose which video file should it play. If there are subtitles in it, it will play automatically or else, you can add external subtitles. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks4.png) + +There are plenty of other features in Popcorn Time. But I’ll stop with my list here and let you explore Popcorn Time on Ubuntu Linux. I hope you find these Popcorn Time tips and tricks useful. + +I am repeating again. Using Torrents is illegal in many countries. If you do that, take precaution and use a VPN service. If you are looking for my recommendation, you can go for [Swiss-based privacy company ProtonVPN][20] (of [ProtonMail][21] fame). Singapore based [Ivacy][7] is another good option. If you think these are expensive, you can look for [cheap VPN deals on It’s FOSS Shop][22]. + +Note: This article contains affiliate links. Please read our [affiliate policy][23]. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/popcorn-time-ubuntu-linux/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://popcorntime.sh/ +[2]: https://netflix.com/ +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torrent_file +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Popcorn_Time +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-linux.jpeg +[6]: https://itsfoss.com/netflix-firefox-linux/ +[7]: https://billing.ivacy.com/page/23628 +[8]: http://tldp.org/LDP/Linux-Filesystem-Hierarchy/html/opt.html +[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Symbolic_link +[10]: https://itsfoss.com/command-line-text-editors-linux/ +[11]: https://itsfoss.com/nano-3-release/ +[12]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-ubuntu-menu.jpg +[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-ubuntu-license.jpeg +[14]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-watch-movies.jpeg +[15]: https://ivacy.postaffiliatepro.com/accounts/default1/vdegzkxbw/7f82d531.png +[16]: https://billing.ivacy.com/page/23628/7f82d531 +[17]: http://ivacy.postaffiliatepro.com/scripts/vdegzkxiw?aff=23628&a_bid=7f82d531 +[18]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-synchronize-subtitles-with-movie-quick-tip/ +[19]: https://itsfoss.com/download-subtitles-automatically-vlc-media-player-ubuntu/ +[20]: https://protonvpn.net/?aid=chmod777 +[21]: https://itsfoss.com/protonmail/ +[22]: https://shop.itsfoss.com/search?utf8=%E2%9C%93&query=vpn +[23]: https://itsfoss.com/affiliate-policy/ From 741e70adb23a44ba4db98baa9feafd7a7e7e6a8e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DarkSun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:16:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 234/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20What=20containers?= =?UTF-8?q?=20can=20teach=20us=20about=20DevOps=20(#10426)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...at containers can teach us about DevOps.md | 99 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 99 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md b/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..610a68b2d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +What containers can teach us about DevOps +====== + +The use of containers supports the three pillars of DevOps practices: flow, feedback, and continual experimentation and learning. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LAW-patent_reform_520x292_10136657_1012_dc.png?itok=Cd2PmDWf) + +One can argue that containers and DevOps were made for one another. Certainly, the container ecosystem benefits from the skyrocketing popularity of DevOps practices, both in design choices and in DevOps’ use by teams developing container technologies. Because of this parallel evolution, the use of containers in production can teach teams the fundamentals of DevOps and its three pillars: [The Three Ways][1]. + +### Principles of flow + +**Container flow** + +A container can be seen as a silo, and from inside, it is easy to forget the rest of the system: the host node, the cluster, the underlying infrastructure. Inside the container, it might appear that everything is functioning in an acceptable manner. From the outside perspective, though, the application inside the container is a part of a larger ecosystem of applications that make up a service: the web API, the web app user interface, the database, the workers, and caching services and garbage collectors. Teams put constraints on the container to limit performance impact on infrastructure, and much has been done to provide metrics for measuring container performance because overloaded or slow container workloads have downstream impact on other services or customers. + +**Real-world flow** + +This lesson can be applied to teams functioning in a silo as well. Every process (be it code release, infrastructure creation or even, say, manufacturing of [Spacely’s Sprockets][2]), follows a linear path from conception to realization. In technology, this progress flows from development to testing to operations and release. If a team working alone becomes a bottleneck or introduces a problem, the impact is felt all along the entire pipeline. A defect passed down the line destroys productivity downstream. While the broken process within the scope of the team itself may seem perfectly correct, it has a negative impact on the environment as a whole. + +**DevOps and flow** + +The first way of DevOps, principles of flow, is about approaching the process as a whole, striving to comprehend how the system works together and understanding the impact of issues on the entire process. To increase the efficiency of the process, pain points and waste are identified and removed. This is an ongoing process; teams must continually strive to increase visibility into the process and find and fix trouble spots and waste. + +> “The outcomes of putting the First Way into practice include never passing a known defect to downstream work centers, never allowing local optimization to create global degradation, always seeking to increase flow, and always seeking to achieve a profound understanding of the system (as per Deming).” + +–Gene Kim, [The Three Ways: The Principles Underpinning DevOps][3], IT Revolution, 25 Apr. 2017 + +### Principles of feedback + +**Container feedback** + +In addition to limiting containers to prevent impact elsewhere, many products have been created to monitor and trend container metrics in an effort to understand what they are doing and notify when they are misbehaving. [Prometheus][4], for example, is [all the rage][5] for collecting metrics from containers and clusters. Containers are excellent at separating applications and providing a way to ship an environment together with the code, sometimes at the cost of opacity, so much is done to try to provide rapid feedback so issues can be addressed promptly within the silo. + +**Real-world feedback** + +The same is necessary for the flow of the system. From inception to realization, an efficient process quickly provides relevant feedback to identify when there is an issue. The key words here are “quick” and “relevant.” Burying teams in thousands of irrelevant notifications make it difficult or even impossible to notice important events that need immediate action, and receiving even relevant information too late may allow small, easily solved issues to move downstream and become bigger problems. Imagine [if Lucy and Ethel][6] had provided immediate feedback that the conveyor belt was too fast—there would have been no problem with the chocolate production (though that would not have been nearly as funny). + +**DevOps and feedback** + +The Second Way of DevOps, principles of feedback, is all about getting relevant information quickly. With immediate, useful feedback, problems can be identified as they happen and addressed before impact is felt elsewhere in the development process. DevOps teams strive to “optimize for downstream” and immediately move to fix problems that might impact other teams that come after them. As with flow, feedback is a continual process to identify ways to quickly get important data and act on problems as they occur. + +> “Creating fast feedback is critical to achieving quality, reliability, and safety in the technology value stream.” + +–Gene Kim, et al., The DevOps Handbook: How to Create World-Class Agility, Reliability, and Security in Technology Organizations, IT Revolution Press, 2016 + +### Principles of continual experimentation and learning + +**Container continual experimentation and learning** + +It is a bit more challenging applying operational learning to the Third Way of DevOps:continual experimentation and learning. Trying to salvage what we can grasp of the very edges of the metaphor, containers make development easy, allowing developers and operations teams to test new code or configurations locally and safely outside of production and incorporate discovered benefits into production in a way that was difficult in the past. Changes can be radical and still version-controlled, documented, and shared quickly and easily. + +**Real-world continual experimentation and learning** + +For example, consider this anecdote from my own experience: Years ago, as a young, inexperienced sysadmin (just three weeks into the job), I was asked to make changes to an Apache virtual host running the website of the central IT department for a university. Without an easy-to-use test environment, I made a configuration change to the production site that I thought would accomplish the task and pushed it out. Within a few minutes, I overheard coworkers in the next cube: + +“Wait, is the website down?” + +“Hrm, yeah, it looks like it. What the heck?” + +There was much eye-rolling involved. + +Mortified (the shame is real, folks), I sunk down as far as I could into my seat and furiously tried to back out the changes I’d introduced. Later that same afternoon, the director of the department—the boss of my boss’s boss—appeared in my cube to talk about what had happened. “Don’t worry,” she told me. “We’re not mad at you. It was a mistake and now you have learned.” + +In the world of containers, this could have been easily changed and tested on my own laptop and the broken configuration identified by more skilled team members long before it ever made it into production. + +**DevOps continual experimentation and learning** + +A real culture of experimentation promotes the individual’s ability to find where a change in the process may be beneficial, and to test that assumption without the fear of retaliation if they fail. For DevOps teams, failure becomes an educational tool that adds to the knowledge of the individual and organization, rather than something to be feared or punished. Individuals in the DevOps team dedicate themselves to continuous learning, which in turn benefits the team and wider organization as that knowledge is shared. + +As the metaphor completely falls apart, focus needs to be given to a specific point: The other two principles may appear at first glance to focus entirely on process, but continual learning is a human task—important for the future of the project, the person, the team, and the organization. It has an impact on the process, but it also has an impact on the individual and other people. + +> “Experimentation and risk-taking are what enable us to relentlessly improve our system of work, which often requires us to do things very differently than how we’ve done it for decades.” + +–Gene Kim, et al., [The Phoenix Project: A Novel about IT, DevOps, and Helping Your Business Win][7], IT Revolution Press, 2013 + +### Containers can teach us DevOps + +Learning to work effectively with containers can help teach DevOps and the Three Ways: principles of flow, principles of feedback, and principles of continuous experimentation and learning. Looking holistically at the application and infrastructure rather than putting on blinders to everything outside the container teaches us to take all parts of the system and understand their upstream and downstream impacts, break out of silos, and work as a team to increase global performance and deep understanding of the entire system. Working to provide timely and accurate feedback teaches us to create effective feedback patterns within our organizations to identify problems before their impact grows. Finally, providing a safe environment to try new ideas and learn from them teaches us to create a culture where failure represents a positive addition to our knowledge and the ability to take big chances with educated guesses can result in new, elegant solutions to complex problems. + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/containers-can-teach-us-devops + +作者:[Chris Hermansen][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen +[1]: https://itrevolution.com/the-three-ways-principles-underpinning-devops/ +[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Jetsons +[3]: http://itrevolution.com/the-three-ways-principles-underpinning-devops +[4]: https://prometheus.io/ +[5]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/prometheus-operational-advantage +[6]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8NPzLBSBzPI +[7]: https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ From 2e2cd3dc6c708e43563e113653072dbffcd44d3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DarkSun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:17:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 235/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=2010=20handy=20Bash?= =?UTF-8?q?=20aliases=20for=20Linux=20(#10427)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md | 116 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 116 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b69b2f8aab --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +10 handy Bash aliases for Linux +====== +Get more efficient by using condensed versions of long Bash commands. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bash_command_line.png?itok=k4z94W2U) + +How many times have you repeatedly typed out a long command on the command line and wished there was a way to save it for later? This is where Bash aliases come in handy. They allow you to condense long, cryptic commands down to something easy to remember and use. Need some examples to get you started? No problem! + +To use a Bash alias you've created, you need to add it to your .bash_profile file, which is located in your home folder. Note that this file is hidden and accessible only from the command line. The easiest way to work with this file is to use something like Vi or Nano. + +### 10 handy Bash aliases + + 1. How many times have you needed to unpack a .tar file and couldn't remember the exact arguments needed? Aliases to the rescue! Just add the following to your .bash_profile file and then use **untar FileName** to unpack any .tar file. + + + +``` +alias untar='tar -zxvf ' + +``` + + 2. Want to download something but be able to resume if something goes wrong? + + + +``` +alias wget='wget -c ' + +``` + + 3. Need to generate a random, 20-character password for a new online account? No problem. + + + +``` +alias getpass="openssl rand -base64 20" + +``` + + 4. Downloaded a file and need to test the checksum? We've got that covered too. + + + +``` +alias sha='shasum -a 256 ' + +``` + + 5. A normal ping will go on forever. We don't want that. Instead, let's limit that to just five pings. + + + +``` +alias ping='ping -c 5' + +``` + + 6. Start a web server in any folder you'd like. + + + +``` +alias www='python -m SimpleHTTPServer 8000' + +``` + + 7. Want to know how fast your network is? Just download Speedtest-cli and use this alias. You can choose a server closer to your location by using the **speedtest-cli --list** command. + + + +``` +alias speed='speedtest-cli --server 2406 --simple' + +``` + + 8. How many times have you needed to know your external IP address and had no idea how to get that info? Yeah, me too. + + + +``` +alias ipe='curl ipinfo.io/ip' + +``` + + 9. Need to know your local IP address? + + + +``` +alias ipi='ipconfig getifaddr en0' + +``` + + 10. Finally, let's clear the screen. + + + +``` +alias c='clear' + +``` + +As you can see, Bash aliases are a super-easy way to simplify your life on the command line. Want more info? I recommend a quick Google search for "Bash aliases" or a trip to GitHub. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/handy-bash-aliases + +作者:[Patrick H.Mullins][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/pmullins From a4f6c95179923f327cc56e1e9c6fbd3be5ccdec0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:18:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 236/437] PRF&PUB:20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble (#10428) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * PRF:20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @HankChow 翻译的不错 * PUB:20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10060-1.html --- ...tricks that can save you time and trouble.md | 17 ++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md (87%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/published/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md similarity index 87% rename from translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md rename to published/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md index 1dbc81bfbd..6c9f3d3247 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md +++ b/published/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @@ -1,14 +1,15 @@ 让你提高效率的 Linux 技巧 ====== -想要在 Linux 命令行工作中提高效率,你需要使用一些技巧。 + +> 想要在 Linux 命令行工作中提高效率,你需要使用一些技巧。 ![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/boy-jumping-off-swing-100772498-large.jpg) -巧妙的 Linux 命令行技巧能让你节省时间、避免出错,还能让你记住和复用各种复杂的命令,专注在需要做的事情本身,而不是做事的方式。以下介绍一些好用的命令行技巧。 +巧妙的 Linux 命令行技巧能让你节省时间、避免出错,还能让你记住和复用各种复杂的命令,专注在需要做的事情本身,而不是你要怎么做。以下介绍一些好用的命令行技巧。 ### 命令编辑 -如果要对一个已输入的命令进行修改,可以使用 ^a(ctrl + a)或 ^e(ctrl + e)将光标快速移动到命令的开头或命令的末尾。 +如果要对一个已输入的命令进行修改,可以使用 `^a`(`ctrl + a`)或 `^e`(`ctrl + e`)将光标快速移动到命令的开头或命令的末尾。 还可以使用 `^` 字符实现对上一个命令的文本替换并重新执行命令,例如 `^before^after^` 相当于把上一个命令中的 `before` 替换为 `after` 然后重新执行一次。 @@ -59,11 +60,11 @@ alias show_dimensions='xdpyinfo | grep '\''dimensions:'\''' ### 冻结、解冻终端界面 -^s(ctrl + s)将通过执行流量控制命令 XOFF 来停止终端输出内容,这会对 PuTTY 会话和桌面终端窗口产生影响。如果误输入了这个命令,可以使用 ^q(ctrl + q)让终端重新响应。所以只需要记住^q 这个组合键就可以了,毕竟这种情况并不多见。 +`^s`(`ctrl + s`)将通过执行流量控制命令 XOFF 来停止终端输出内容,这会对 PuTTY 会话和桌面终端窗口产生影响。如果误输入了这个命令,可以使用 `^q`(`ctrl + q`)让终端重新响应。所以只需要记住 `^q` 这个组合键就可以了,毕竟这种情况并不多见。 ### 复用命令 -Linux 提供了很多让用户复用命令的方法,其核心是通过历史缓冲区收集执行过的命令。复用命令的最简单方法是输入 `!` 然后接最近使用过的命令的开头字母;当然也可以按键盘上的向上箭头,直到看到要复用的命令,然后按 Enter 键。还可以先使用 `history` 显示命令历史,然后输入 `!` 后面再接命令历史记录中需要复用的命令旁边的数字。 +Linux 提供了很多让用户复用命令的方法,其核心是通过历史缓冲区收集执行过的命令。复用命令的最简单方法是输入 `!` 然后接最近使用过的命令的开头字母;当然也可以按键盘上的向上箭头,直到看到要复用的命令,然后按回车键。还可以先使用 `history` 显示命令历史,然后输入 `!` 后面再接命令历史记录中需要复用的命令旁边的数字。 ``` !! <== 复用上一条命令 @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ $ rm -i <== 请求确认 $ unalias rm ``` -如果已经将 `rm -i` 默认设置为 `rm` 的别名,但你希望在删除文件之前不必进行确认,则可以将 `unalias` 命令放在一个启动文件(例如 ~/.bashrc)中。 +如果已经将 `rm -i` 默认设置为 `rm` 的别名,但你希望在删除文件之前不必进行确认,则可以将 `unalias` 命令放在一个启动文件(例如 `~/.bashrc`)中。 ### 使用 sudo @@ -151,8 +152,6 @@ md () { mkdir -p "$@" && cd "$1"; } 使用 Linux 命令行是在 Linux 系统上工作最有效也最有趣的方法,但配合命令行技巧和巧妙的别名可以让你获得更好的体验。 -加入 [Facebook][1] 和 [LinkedIn][2] 上的 Network World 社区可以和我们一起讨论。 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-you-can-love.html @@ -160,7 +159,7 @@ via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-y 作者:[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 9eb6ce1f9a6c368c067c8ad7be9dec2e81020d94 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DarkSun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:18:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 237/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Using=20Grails=20?= =?UTF-8?q?with=20jQuery=20and=20DataTables=20(#10429)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md | 544 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 544 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md b/sources/tech/20180928 Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a9ad08fb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md @@ -0,0 +1,544 @@ +Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables +====== + +Learn to build a Grails-based data browser that lets users visualize complex tabular data. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_container_block.png?itok=S8MbXEYw) + +I’m a huge fan of [Grails][1]. Granted, I’m mostly a data person who likes to explore and analyze data using command-line tools. But even data people sometimes need to _look at_ the data, and sometimes using data means having a great data browser. With Grails, [jQuery][2], and the [DataTables jQuery plugin][3], we can make really nice tabular data browsers. + +The [DataTables website][3] offers a lot of decent “recipe-style” documentation that shows how to put together some fine sample applications, and it includes the necessary JavaScript, HTML, and occasional [PHP][4] to accomplish some pretty spiffy stuff. But for those who would rather use Grails as their backend, a bit of interpretation is necessary. Also, the sample application data used is a single flat table of employees of a fictional company, so the complexity of dealing with table relations serves as an exercise for the reader. + +In this article, we’ll fill those two gaps by creating a Grails application with a slightly more complex data structure and a DataTables browser. In doing so, we’ll cover Grails criteria, which are [Groovy][5] -fied Java Hibernate criteria. I’ve put the code for the application on [GitHub][6] , so this article is oriented toward explaining the nuances of the code. + +For prerequisites, you will need Java, Groovy, and Grails environments set up. With Grails, I tend to use a terminal window and [Vim][7], so that’s what’s used here. To get a modern Java, I suggest downloading and installing the [Open Java Development Kit][8] (OpenJDK) provided by your Linux distro (which should be Java 8, 9, 10 or 11; at the time of writing, I’m working with Java 8). From my point of view, the best way to get up-to-date Groovy and Grails is to use [SDKMAN!][9]. + +Readers who have never tried Grails will probably need to do some background reading. As a starting point, I recommend [Creating Your First Grails Application][10]. + +### Getting the employee browser application + +As mentioned above, I’ve put the source code for this sample employee browser application on [GitHub][6]. For further explanation, the application **embrow** was built using the following commands in a Linux terminal window: + +``` +cd Projects +grails create-app com.nuevaconsulting.embrow +``` + +The domain classes and unit tests are created as follows: + +``` +grails create-domain-class com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Position +grails create-domain-class com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Office +grails create-domain-class com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Employeecd embrowgrails createdomaincom.grails createdomaincom.grails createdomaincom. +``` + +The domain classes built this way have no attributes, so they must be edited as follows: + +The Position domain class: + +``` +package com.nuevaconsulting.embrow +  +class Position { + +    String name +    int starting + +    static constraints = { +        name nullable: false, blank: false +        starting nullable: false +    } +}com.Stringint startingstatic constraintsnullableblankstarting nullable +``` + +The Office domain class: + +``` +package com.nuevaconsulting.embrow +  +class Office { + +    String name +    String address +    String city +    String country + +    static constraints = { +        name nullable: false, blank: false +        address nullable: false, blank: false +        city nullable: false, blank: false +        country nullable: false, blank: false +    } +} +``` + +And the Employee domain class: + +``` +package com.nuevaconsulting.embrow +  +class Employee { + +    String surname +    String givenNames +    Position position +    Office office +    int extension +    Date hired +    int salary +    static constraints = { +        surname nullable: false, blank: false +        givenNames nullable: false, blank: false +        : false +        office nullable: false +        extension nullable: false +        hired nullable: false +        salary nullable: false +    } +} +``` + +Note that whereas the Position and Office domain classes use predefined Groovy types String and int, the Employee domain class defines fields that are of type Position and Office (as well as the predefined Date). This causes the creation of the database table in which instances of Employee are stored to contain references, or foreign keys, to the tables in which instances of Position and Office are stored. + +Now you can generate the controllers, views, and various other test components: + +``` +-all com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Position +grails generate-all com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Office +grails generate-all com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Employeegrails generateall com.grails generateall com.grails generateall com. +``` + +At this point, you have a basic create-read-update-delete (CRUD) application ready to go. I’ve included some base data in the **grails-app/init/com/nuevaconsulting/BootStrap.groovy** to populate the tables. + +If you run the application with the command: + +``` +grails run-app +``` + +you will see the following screen in the browser at **** + +![Embrow home screen][12] + +The Embrow application home screen + +Clicking on the link for the OfficeController gives you a screen that looks like this: + +![Office list][14] + +The office list + +Note that this list is generated by the **OfficeController index** method and displayed by the view `office/index.gsp`. + +Similarly, clicking on the **EmployeeController** gives a screen that looks like this: + +![Employee controller][16] + +The employee controller + +Ok, that’s pretty ugly—what’s with the Position and Office links? + +Well, the views generated by the `generate-all` commands above create an **index.gsp** file that uses the Grails tag that by default shows the class name ( **com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Position** ) and the persistent instance identifier ( **30** ). This behavior can be customized to yield something better looking, and there is some pretty neat stuff with the autogenerated links, the autogenerated pagination, and the autogenerated sortable columns. + +But even when it's fully cleaned up, this employee browser offers limited functionality. For example, what if you want to find all employees whose position includes the text “dev”? What if you want to combine columns for sorting so that the primary sort key is a surname and the secondary sort key is an office name? Or what if you want to export a sorted subset to a spreadsheet or PDF to email to someone who doesn’t have access to the browser? + +The jQuery DataTables plugin provides this kind of extra functionality and allows you to create a full-fledged tabular data browser. + +### Creating the employee browser view and controller methods + +In order to create an employee browser based on jQuery DataTables, you must complete two tasks: + + 1. Create a Grails view that incorporates the HTML and JavaScript required to enable the DataTables + + 2. Add a method to the Grails controller to handle the new view + + + + +#### The employee browser view + +In the directory **embrow/grails-app/views/employee** , start by making a copy of the **index.gsp** file, calling it **browser.gsp** : + +``` +cd Projects +cd embrow/grails-app/views/employee +cp gsp browser.gsp +``` + +At this point, you want to customize the new **browser.gsp** file to add the relevant jQuery DataTables code. + +As a rule, I like to grab my JavaScript and CSS from a content provider when feasible; to do so in this case, after the line: + +``` +<g:message code="default.list.label" args="[entityName]" /> +``` + +insert the following lines: + +``` + + + + + + + + + + + + +``` + +Next, remove the code that provided the data pagination in **index.gsp** : + +``` +
+

+ +
${flash.message}
+
+ + + +
+``` + +and insert the code that materializes the jQuery DataTables. + +The first part to insert is the HTML that creates the basic tabular structure of the browser. For the application where DataTables talks to a database backend, provide only the table headers and footers; the DataTables JavaScript takes care of the table contents. + +``` +
+

Employee Browser

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
SurnameGiven name(s)PositionOfficeExtensionHiredSalary
SurnameGiven name(s)PositionOfficeExtensionHiredSalary
+
+``` + +Next, insert a JavaScript block, which serves three primary functions: It sets the size of the text boxes shown in the footer for column filtering, it establishes the DataTables table model, and it creates a handler to do the column filtering. + +``` + +$('#employee_dt tfoot th').each( function() {javascript +``` + +The code below handles sizing the filter boxes at the bottoms of the table columns: + +``` +var title = $(this).text(); +if (title == 'Extension' || title == 'Hired') +$(this).html(''); +else +$(this).html(''); +});titletitletitletitletitle +``` + +Next, define the table model. This is where all the table options are provided, including the scrolling, rather than paginated, nature of the interface, the cryptic decorations to be provided according to the dom string, the ability to export data to CSV and other formats, as well as where the Ajax connection to the server is established. Note that the URL is created with a Groovy GString call to the Grails **createLink()** method, referring to the **browserLister** action in the **EmployeeController**. Also of interest is the definition of the columns of the table. This information is sent across to the back end, which queries the database and returns the appropriate records. + +``` +var table = $('#employee_dt').DataTable( { +"scrollY": 500, +"deferRender": true, +"scroller": true, +"dom": "Brtip", +"buttons": [ 'copy', 'csv', 'excel', 'pdf', 'print' ], +"processing": true, +"serverSide": true, +"ajax": { +"url": "${createLink(controller: 'employee', action: 'browserLister')}", +"type": "POST", +}, +"columns": [ +{ "data": "surname" }, +{ "data": "givenNames" }, +{ "data": "position" }, +{ "data": "office" }, +{ "data": "extension" }, +{ "data": "hired" }, +{ "data": "salary" } +] +}); +``` + +Finally, monitor the filter columns for changes and use them to apply the filter(s). + +``` +table.columns().every(function() { +var that = this; +$('input', this.footer()).on('keyup change', function(e) { +if (that.search() != this.value && 8 < e.keyCode && e.keyCode < 32) +that.search(this.value).draw(); +}); +``` + +And that’s it for the JavaScript. This completes the changes to the view code. + +``` +}); + +``` + +Here’s a screenshot of the UI this view creates: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen_4.png) + +Here’s another screenshot showing the filtering and multi-column sorting at work (looking for employees whose positions include the characters “dev”, ordering first by office, then by surname): + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen_5.png) + +Here’s another screenshot, showing what happens when you click on the CSV button: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen6.png) + +And finally, here’s a screenshot showing the CSV data opened in LibreOffice: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen7.png) + +Ok, so the view part looked pretty straightforward; therefore, the controller action must do all the heavy lifting, right? Let’s see… + +#### The employee controller browserLister action + +Recall that we saw this string + +``` +"${createLink(controller: 'employee', action: 'browserLister')}" +``` + +as the URL used for the Ajax calls from the DataTables table model. [createLink() is the method][17] behind a Grails tag that is used to dynamically generate a link as the HTML is preprocessed on the Grails server. This ends up generating a link to the **EmployeeController** , located in + +``` +embrow/grails-app/controllers/com/nuevaconsulting/embrow/EmployeeController.groovy +``` + +and specifically to the controller method **browserLister()**. I’ve left some print statements in the code so that the intermediate results can be seen in the terminal window where the application is running. + +``` +    def browserLister() { +        // Applies filters and sorting to return a list of desired employees +``` + +First, print out the parameters passed to **browserLister()**. I usually start building controller methods with this code so that I’m completely clear on what my controller is receiving. + +``` +      println "employee browserLister params $params" +        println() +``` + +Next, process those parameters to put them in a more usable shape. First, the jQuery DataTables parameters, a Groovy map called **jqdtParams** : + +``` +def jqdtParams = [:] +params.each { key, value -> + def keyFields = key.replace(']','').split(/\[/) + def table = jqdtParams + for (int f = 0; f < keyFields.size() - 1; f++) { + def keyField = keyFields[f] + if (!table.containsKey(keyField)) + table[keyField] = [:] + table = table[keyField] + } + table[keyFields[-1]] = value +} +println "employee dataTableParams $jqdtParams" +println() +``` + +Next, the column data, a Groovy map called **columnMap** : + +``` +def columnMap = jqdtParams.columns.collectEntries { k, v -> + def whereTerm = null + switch (v.data) { + case 'extension': + case 'hired': + case 'salary': + if (v.search.value ==~ /\d+(,\d+)*/) + whereTerm = v.search.value.split(',').collect { it as Integer } + break + default: + if (v.search.value ==~ /[A-Za-z0-9 ]+/) + whereTerm = "%${v.search.value}%" as String + break + } + [(v.data): [where: whereTerm]] +} +println "employee columnMap $columnMap" +println() +``` + +Next, a list of all column names, retrieved from **columnMap** , and a corresponding list of how those columns should be ordered in the view, Groovy lists called **allColumnList** and **orderList** , respectively: + +``` +def allColumnList = columnMap.keySet() as List +println "employee allColumnList $allColumnList" +def orderList = jqdtParams.order.collect { k, v -> [allColumnList[v.column as Integer], v.dir] } +println "employee orderList $orderList" +``` + +We’re going to use Grails’ implementation of Hibernate criteria to actually carry out the selection of elements to be displayed as well as their ordering and pagination. Criteria requires a filter closure; in most examples, this is given as part of the creation of the criteria instance itself, but here we define the filter closure beforehand. Note in this case the relatively complex interpretation of the “date hired” filter, which is treated as a year and applied to establish date ranges, and the use of **createAlias** to allow us to reach into related classes Position and Office: + +``` +def filterer = { + createAlias 'position', 'p' + createAlias 'office', 'o' + + if (columnMap.surname.where) ilike 'surname', columnMap.surname.where + if (columnMap.givenNames.where) ilike 'givenNames', columnMap.givenNames.where + if (columnMap.position.where) ilike 'p.name', columnMap.position.where + if (columnMap.office.where) ilike 'o.name', columnMap.office.where + if (columnMap.extension.where) inList 'extension', columnMap.extension.where + if (columnMap.salary.where) inList 'salary', columnMap.salary.where + if (columnMap.hired.where) { + if (columnMap.hired.where.size() > 1) { + or { + columnMap.hired.where.each { + between 'hired', Date.parse('yyyy/MM/dd',"${it}/01/01" as String), + Date.parse('yyyy/MM/dd',"${it}/12/31" as String) + } + } + } else { + between 'hired', Date.parse('yyyy/MM/dd',"${columnMap.hired.where[0]}/01/01" as String), + Date.parse('yyyy/MM/dd',"${columnMap.hired.where[0]}/12/31" as String) + } + } +} +``` + +At this point, it’s time to apply the foregoing. The first step is to get a total count of all the Employee instances, required by the pagination code: + +``` +        def recordsTotal = Employee.count() +        println "employee recordsTotal $recordsTotal" +``` + +Next, apply the filter to the Employee instances to get the count of filtered results, which will always be less than or equal to the total number (again, this is for the pagination code): + +``` +        def c = Employee.createCriteria() +        def recordsFiltered = c.count { +            filterer.delegate = delegate +            filterer() +        } +        println "employee recordsFiltered $recordsFiltered" + +``` + +Once you have those two counts, you can get the actual filtered instances using the pagination and ordering information as well. + +``` + def orderer = Employee.withCriteria { + filterer.delegate = delegate + filterer() + orderList.each { oi -> + switch (oi[0]) { + case 'surname': order 'surname', oi[1]; break + case 'givenNames': order 'givenNames', oi[1]; break + case 'position': order 'p.name', oi[1]; break + case 'office': order 'o.name', oi[1]; break + case 'extension': order 'extension', oi[1]; break + case 'hired': order 'hired', oi[1]; break + case 'salary': order 'salary', oi[1]; break + } + } + maxResults (jqdtParams.length as Integer) + firstResult (jqdtParams.start as Integer) + } +``` + +To be completely clear, the pagination code in JTables manages three counts: the total number of records in the data set, the number resulting after the filters are applied, and the number to be displayed on the page (whether the display is scrolling or paginated). The ordering is applied to all the filtered records and the pagination is applied to chunks of those filtered records for display purposes. + +Next, process the results returned by the orderer, creating links to the Employee, Position, and Office instance in each row so the user can click on these links to get all the detail on the relevant instance: + +``` +        def dollarFormatter = new DecimalFormat('$##,###.##') +        def employees = orderer.collect { employee -> +            ['surname': "${employee.surname}", +                'givenNames': employee.givenNames, +                'position': "${employee.position?.name}", +                'office': "${employee.office?.name}", +                'extension': employee.extension, +                'hired': employee.hired.format('yyyy/MM/dd'), +                'salary': dollarFormatter.format(employee.salary)] +        } +``` + +And finally, create the result you want to return and give it back as JSON, which is what jQuery DataTables requires. + +``` + def result = [draw: jqdtParams.draw, recordsTotal: recordsTotal, recordsFiltered: recordsFiltered, data: employees] + render(result as JSON) + } +``` + +That’s it. + +If you’re familiar with Grails, this probably seems like more work than you might have originally thought, but there’s no rocket science here, just a lot of moving parts. However, if you haven’t had much exposure to Grails (or to Groovy), there’s a lot of new stuff to understand—closures, delegates, and builders, among other things. + +In that case, where to start? The best place is to learn about Groovy itself, especially [Groovy closures][18] and [Groovy delegates and builders][19]. Then go back to the reading suggested above on Grails and Hibernate criteria queries. + +### Conclusions + +jQuery DataTables make awesome tabular data browsers for Grails. Coding the view isn’t too tricky, but the PHP examples provided in the DataTables documentation take you only so far. In particular, they aren’t written with Grails programmers in mind, nor do they explore the finer details of using elements that are references to other classes (essentially lookup tables). + +I’ve used this approach to make a couple of data browsers that allow the user to select which columns to view and accumulate record counts, or just to browse the data. The performance is good even in million-row tables on a relatively modest VPS. + +One caveat: I have stumbled upon some problems with the various Hibernate criteria mechanisms exposed in Grails (see my other GitHub repositories), so care and experimentation is required. If all else fails, the alternative approach is to build SQL strings on the fly and execute them instead. As of this writing, I prefer to work with Grails criteria, unless I get into messy subqueries, but that may just reflect my relative lack of experience with subqueries in Hibernate. + +I hope you Grails programmers out there find this interesting. Please feel free to leave comments or suggestions below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/using-grails-jquery-and-datatables + +作者:[Chris Hermansen][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen +[1]: https://grails.org/ +[2]: https://jquery.com/ +[3]: https://datatables.net/ +[4]: http://php.net/ +[5]: http://groovy-lang.org/ +[6]: https://github.com/monetschemist/grails-datatables +[7]: https://www.vim.org/ +[8]: http://openjdk.java.net/ +[9]: http://sdkman.io/ +[10]: http://guides.grails.org/creating-your-first-grails-app/guide/index.html +[11]: https://opensource.com/file/410061 +[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen_1.png (Embrow home screen) +[13]: https://opensource.com/file/410066 +[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen_2.png (Office list screenshot) +[15]: https://opensource.com/file/410071 +[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen3.png (Employee controller screenshot) +[17]: https://gsp.grails.org/latest/ref/Tags/createLink.html +[18]: http://groovy-lang.org/closures.html +[19]: http://groovy-lang.org/dsls.html From fac2c6cf15f8350c918ae772ad652f023edfd0ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:48:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 238/437] PRF:20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @geekpi --- ...ows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 37 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md index 52a919ea57..3d5d3a20bc 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ 如何使用 Steam Play 在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏 ====== -Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以下是如何在 Steam 中使用此功能。 -你已经听说过这个消息。游戏发行平台[ Steam 正在实现一个 WINE 分支来允许你玩仅在 Windows 上的游戏][1]。对于 Linux 用户来说,这绝对是一个好消息,因为我们抱怨 Linux 的游戏数量不足。 +> Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以下是如何在 Steam 中使用此功能。 + +你已经听说过这个消息。游戏发行平台 [Steam 正在复刻一个 WINE 分支来允许你玩仅限于 Windows 上的游戏][1]。对于 Linux 用户来说,这绝对是一个好消息,因为我们总抱怨 Linux 的游戏数量不足。 这个新功能仍处于测试阶段,但你现在可以在 Linux 上试用它并在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。让我们看看如何做到这一点。 @@ -14,20 +15,19 @@ Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以 安装了 Steam 并且你已登录到 Steam 帐户,就可以了解如何在 Steam Linux 客户端中启用 Windows 游戏。 - #### 步骤 1:进入帐户设置 -运行 Steam 客户端。在左上角,单击 Steam,然后单击 Settings。 +运行 Steam 客户端。在左上角,单击 “Steam”,然后单击 “Settings”。 ![Enable steam play beta on Linux][4] #### 步骤 2:选择加入测试计划 -在“设置”中,从左侧窗口中选择“帐户”,然后单击 “Beta participation” 下的 “CHANGE” 按钮。 +在“Settings”中,从左侧窗口中选择“Account”,然后单击 “Beta participation” 下的 “CHANGE” 按钮。 ![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][5] -你应该在此处选择 Steam Beta Update。 +你应该在此处选择 “Steam Beta Update”。 ![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][6] @@ -37,32 +37,29 @@ Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以 下载好 Steam 新的测试版更新后,它将重新启动。到这里就差不多了。 -再次进入“设置”。你现在可以在左侧窗口看到新的 Steam Play 选项。单击它并选中复选框: +再次进入“Settings”。你现在可以在左侧窗口看到新的 “Steam Play” 选项。单击它并选中复选框: * Enable Steam Play for supported titles (你可以玩列入白名单的 Windows 游戏) * Enable Steam Play for all titles (你可以尝试玩所有仅限 Windows 的游戏) - - ![Play Windows games on Linux using Steam Play][7] -我不记得 Steam 是否会再次重启,但我想这是微不足道的。你现在应该可以在 Linux 上看到安装仅限 Windows 的游戏的选项了。 +我不记得 Steam 是否会再次重启,但我想这无所谓。你现在应该可以在 Linux 上看到安装仅限 Windows 的游戏的选项了。 -比如,我的 Steam 库中有 Age of Empires,正常情况下这个在 Linux 中没有。但我在 Steam Play 测试版启用所有 Windows 游戏后,现在我可以选择在 Linux 上安装 Age of Empires 了。 +比如,我的 Steam 库中有《Age of Empires》,正常情况下这个在 Linux 中没有。但我在 Steam Play 测试版启用所有 Windows 游戏后,现在我可以选择在 Linux 上安装《Age of Empires》了。 ![Install Windows-only games on Linux using Steam][8] -现在可以在 Linux 上安装仅限 Windows 的游戏 + +*现在可以在 Linux 上安装仅限 Windows 的游戏* ### 有关 Steam Play 测试版功能的信息 在 Linux 上使用 Steam Play 测试版玩仅限 Windows 的游戏有一些事情你需要知道并且牢记。 - * If you have games downloaded on Windows via Steam, you can save some download data by [sharing Steam game files between Linux and Windows][12]. - * 目前,[只有 27 个 Steam Play 中的 Windows 游戏被列入白名单][9]。这些白名单游戏在 Linux 上无缝运行。 - * 你可以使用 Steam Play 测试版尝试任何 Windows 游戏,但它可能无法一直运行。有些游戏有时会崩溃,而某些游戏可能根本无法运行。 + * 目前,[只有 27 个 Steam Play 中的 Windows 游戏被列入白名单][9]。这些白名单游戏可以在 Linux 上无缝运行。 + * 你可以使用 Steam Play 测试版尝试任何 Windows 游戏,但它可能不是总能运行。有些游戏有时会崩溃,而某些游戏可能根本无法运行。 * 在测试版中,你无法 Steam 商店中看到适用于 Linux 的 Windows 限定游戏。你必须自己尝试游戏或参考[这个社区维护的列表][10]以查看该 Windows 游戏的兼容性状态。你也可以通过填写[此表][11]来为列表做出贡献。 - * 如果你通过 Steam 在 Windows 上下载游戏,那么可以通过[在 Linux 和 Windows 之间共享 Steam 游戏文件][12]来保存一些下载数据。 - + * 如果你在 Windows 中通过 Steam 下载了游戏,你可以[在 Linux 和 Windows 之间共享 Steam 游戏文件][12]来节省下载的数据。 我希望本教程能帮助你在 Linux 上运行仅限 Windows 的游戏。你期待在 Linux 上玩哪些游戏? @@ -73,12 +70,12 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ 作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]:https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ +[1]:https://linux.cn/article-10054-1.html [2]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/play-windows-games-on-linux-featured.jpeg [3]:https://itsfoss.com/install-steam-ubuntu-linux/ [4]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta.jpeg @@ -89,4 +86,4 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ [9]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 [10]:https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1DcZZQ4HL_Ol969UbXJmFG8TzOHNnHoj8Q1f8DIFe8-8/htmlview?sle=true# [11]:https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeefaYQduMST_lg0IsYxZko8tHLKe2vtVZLFaPNycyhY4bidQ/viewform -[12]:https://itsfoss.com/share-steam-files-linux-windows/ +[12]:https://linux.cn/article-8027-1.html From 56688366cb9d05f1f0cb90c2c7fe5a2245342f4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:48:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 239/437] PUB:20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10061-1.html --- ...828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/published/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md rename to published/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md From 4e8d4f92ee194f60378f6a184d57ae8b34ff9a27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 13:24:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 240/437] PRF:20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md @DavidChenLiang --- .../20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md | 102 +++++++----------- 1 file changed, 41 insertions(+), 61 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md index ace322775a..f9134ca619 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md @@ -1,60 +1,49 @@ -"组"在 Linux 上到底是怎么工作的? -============================================================ +“用户组”在 Linux 上到底是怎么工作的? +======== +嗨!就在上周,我还自认为对 Linux 上的用户和组的工作机制了如指掌。我认为它们的关系是这样的: -你好!就在上周,我还自认为对 Linux 上的用户和组的工作机制了如指掌。我认为它们的关系是这样的: +1. 每个进程都属于一个用户(比如用户 `julia`) +2. 当这个进程试图读取一个被某个组所拥有的文件时, Linux 会 + a. 先检查用户`julia` 是否有权限访问文件。(LCTT 译注:此处应该是指检查文件的所有者是否就是 `julia`) + b. 检查 `julia` 属于哪些组,并进一步检查在这些组里是否有某个组拥有这个文件或者有权限访问这个文件。 +3. 如果上述 a、b 任一为真(或者“其它”位设为有权限访问),那么这个进程就有权限访问这个文件。 -1. 每个进程都属于一个用户( 比如用户`julia`) - -2. 当这个进程试图读取一个被某个组所拥有的文件时, Linux 会 a)先检查用户`julia` 是否有权限访问文件。(LCTT译注:检查文件的所有者是否就是`julia`) b)检查`julia` 属于哪些组,并进一步检查在这些组里是否有某个组拥有这个文件或者有权限访问这个文件。 - -3. 如果上述a,b任一为真( 或者`其他`位设为有权限访问),那么这个进程就有权限访问这个文件。 - -比如说,如果一个进程被用户`julia`拥有并且`julia` 在`awesome`组,那么这个进程就能访问下面这个文件。 +比如说,如果一个进程被用户 `julia` 拥有并且 `julia` 在`awesome` 组,那么这个进程就能访问下面这个文件。 ``` r--r--r-- 1 root awesome 6872 Sep 24 11:09 file.txt - ``` -然而上述的机制我并没有考虑得非常清楚,如果你硬要我阐述清楚,我会说进程可能会在**运行时**去检查`/etc/group` 文件里是否有某些组拥有当前的用户。 +然而上述的机制我并没有考虑得非常清楚,如果你硬要我阐述清楚,我会说进程可能会在**运行时**去检查 `/etc/group` 文件里是否有某些组拥有当前的用户。 -### 然而这并不是Linux 里“组”的工作机制 +### 然而这并不是 Linux 里“组”的工作机制 -我在上个星期的工作中发现了一件有趣的事,事实证明我前面的理解错了,我对组的工作机制的描述并不准确。特别是Linux**并不会**在进程每次试图访问一个文件时就去检查这个进程的用户属于哪些组。 +我在上个星期的工作中发现了一件有趣的事,事实证明我前面的理解错了,我对组的工作机制的描述并不准确。特别是 Linux **并不会**在进程每次试图访问一个文件时就去检查这个进程的用户属于哪些组。 -我在读了[The Linux Programming -Interface][1]这本书的第九章后才恍然大悟(这本书真是太棒了。)这才是组真正的工作方式!我意识到之前我并没有真正理解用户和组是怎么工作的,我信心满满的尝试了下面的内容并且验证到底发生了什么,事实证明现在我的理解才是对的。 +我在读了《[Linux 编程接口][1]》这本书的第九章(“进程资格”)后才恍然大悟(这本书真是太棒了),这才是组真正的工作方式!我意识到之前我并没有真正理解用户和组是怎么工作的,我信心满满的尝试了下面的内容并且验证到底发生了什么,事实证明现在我的理解才是对的。 ### 用户和组权限检查是怎么完成的 -现在这些关键的知识在我看来非常简单! 这本书的第九章上来就告诉我如下事实:用户和组ID是**进程的属性**,它们是: +现在这些关键的知识在我看来非常简单! 这本书的第九章上来就告诉我如下事实:用户和组 ID 是**进程的属性**,它们是: -* 真实用户ID和组ID; +* 真实用户 ID 和组 ID; +* 有效用户 ID 和组 ID; +* 保存的 set-user-ID 和保存的 set-group-ID; +* 文件系统用户 ID 和组 ID(特定于 Linux); +* 补充的组 ID; -* 有效用户ID和组ID; - -* 被保存的set-user-ID和被保存的set-group-ID; - -* 文件系统用户ID和组ID(特定于 Linux); - -* 增补的组ID; - -这说明Linux**实际上**检查一个进程能否访问一个文件所做的组检查是这样的: - -* 检查一个进程的组ID和补充组ID(这些ID就在进程的属性里,**并不是**实时在`/etc/group`里查找这些ID) +这说明 Linux **实际上**检查一个进程能否访问一个文件所做的组检查是这样的: +* 检查一个进程的组 ID 和补充组 ID(这些 ID 就在进程的属性里,**并不是**实时在 `/etc/group` 里查找这些 ID) * 检查要访问的文件的访问属性里的组设置 - - * 确定进程对文件是否有权限访问(LCTT 译注:即文件的组是否是以上的组之一) -通常当访问控制的时候使用的是**有效**用户/组ID,而不是**真实**用户/组ID。技术上来说当访问一个文件时使用的是**文件系统**ID,他们实际上和有效用户/组ID一样。(LCTT译注:这句话针对 Linux 而言。) +通常当访问控制的时候使用的是**有效**用户/组 ID,而不是**真实**用户/组 ID。技术上来说当访问一个文件时使用的是**文件系统**的 ID,它们通常和有效用户/组 ID 一样。(LCTT 译注:这句话针对 Linux 而言。) ### 将一个用户加入一个组并不会将一个已存在的进程(的用户)加入那个组 -下面是一个有趣的例子:如果我创建了一个新的组:`panda` 组并且将我自己(bork)加入到这个组,然后运行`groups` 来检查我是否在这个组里:结果是我(bork)竟然不在这个组?! - +下面是一个有趣的例子:如果我创建了一个新的组:`panda` 组并且将我自己(`bork`)加入到这个组,然后运行 `groups` 来检查我是否在这个组里:结果是我(`bork`)竟然不在这个组?! ``` bork@kiwi~> sudo addgroup panda @@ -69,8 +58,7 @@ bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd ``` -`panda`并不在上面的组里!为了再次确定我们的发现,让我们建一个文件,这个文件被`panda`组拥有,看看我能否访问它。 - +`panda` 并不在上面的组里!为了再次确定我们的发现,让我们建一个文件,这个文件被 `panda` 组拥有,看看我能否访问它。 ``` $ touch panda-file.txt @@ -78,73 +66,65 @@ $ sudo chown root:panda panda-file.txt $ sudo chmod 660 panda-file.txt $ cat panda-file.txt cat: panda-file.txt: Permission denied - ``` -好吧,确定了,我(bork)无法访问`panda-file.txt`。这一点都不让人吃惊,我的命令解释器并没有`panda` 组作为补充组ID,运行`adduser bork panda`并不会改变这一点。 - +好吧,确定了,我(`bork`)无法访问 `panda-file.txt`。这一点都不让人吃惊,我的命令解释器并没有将 `panda` 组作为补充组 ID,运行 `adduser bork panda` 并不会改变这一点。 ### 那进程一开始是怎么得到用户的组的呢? +这真是个非常令人困惑的问题,对吗?如果进程会将组的信息预置到进程的属性里面,进程在初始化的时候怎么取到组的呢?很明显你无法给你自己指定更多的组(否则就会和 Linux 访问控制的初衷相违背了……) -这真是个非常令人困惑的问题,对吗?如果进程会将组的信息预置到进程的属性里面,进程在初始化的时候怎么取到组的呢?很明显你无法给你自己指定更多的组(否则就会和Linux访问控制的初衷相违背了。。。) - -有一点还是很清楚的:一个新的进程是怎么从我的命令行解释器(/bash/fish)里被**执行**而得到它的组的。(新的)进程将拥有我的用户 ID(bork),并且进程属性里还有很多组ID。从我的命令解释器里执行的所有进程是从这个命令解释器里`复刻`而来的,所以这个新进程得到了和命令解释器同样的组。 - -因此一定存在一个“第一个”进程来把你的组设置到进程属性里,而所有由此进程而衍生的进程将都设置这些组。而那个“第一个”进程就是你的**登录命令**,在我的笔记本电脑上,它是由‘登录’程序(`/bin/login`)实例化而来。` 登录程序` 以root身份运行,然后调用了一个 C 的库函数-`initgroups`来设置你的进程的组(具体来说是通过读取`/etc/group` 文件),因为登录程序是以root运行的,所以它能设置你的进程的组。 +有一点还是很清楚的:一个新的进程是怎么从我的命令行解释器(`/bash/fish`)里被**执行**而得到它的组的。(新的)进程将拥有我的用户 ID(`bork`),并且进程属性里还有很多组 ID。从我的命令解释器里执行的所有进程是从这个命令解释器里 `fork()` 而来的,所以这个新进程得到了和命令解释器同样的组。 +因此一定存在一个“第一个”进程来把你的组设置到进程属性里,而所有由此进程而衍生的进程将都设置这些组。而那个“第一个”进程就是你的登录程序login shell,在我的笔记本电脑上,它是由 `login` 程序(`/bin/login`)实例化而来。登录程序以 root 身份运行,然后调用了一个 C 的库函数 —— `initgroups` 来设置你的进程的组(具体来说是通过读取 `/etc/group` 文件),因为登录程序是以 root 运行的,所以它能设置你的进程的组。 ### 让我们再登录一次 -好了!既然我们的`login shell`正在运行,而我又想刷新我的进程的组设置,从我们前面所学到的进程是怎么初始化组ID的,我应该可以通过再次运行`login` 程序来刷新我的进程组并启动一个新的`login shell`! +好了!假如说我们正处于一个登录程序中,而我又想刷新我的进程的组设置,从我们前面所学到的进程是怎么初始化组 ID 的,我应该可以通过再次运行登录程序来刷新我的进程组并启动一个新的登录命令! -让我们试试下边的方法: +让我们试试下边的方法: ``` $ sudo login bork $ groups bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd panda $ cat panda-file.txt # it works! I can access the file owned by `panda` now! - ``` -当然,成功了!现在由登录程序衍生的程序的用户是组`panda`的一部分了!太棒了!这并不会影响我其他的已经在运行的登录程序(及其子进程),如果我真的希望“所有的”进程都能对`panda` -组有访问权限。我必须完全的重启我的登陆会话,这意味着我必须退出我的窗口管理器然后再重新`login`。(LCTT译注:即更新进程树的树根进程,这里是窗口管理器进程。) +当然,成功了!现在由登录程序衍生的程序的用户是组 `panda` 的一部分了!太棒了!这并不会影响我其他的已经在运行的登录程序(及其子进程),如果我真的希望“所有的”进程都能对 `panda` 组有访问权限。我必须完全的重启我的登录会话,这意味着我必须退出我的窗口管理器然后再重新登录。(LCTT 译注:即更新进程树的树根进程,这里是窗口管理器进程。) -### newgrp命令 +### newgrp 命令 - -在 Twitter 上有人告诉我如果只是想启动一个刷新了组信息的命令解释器的话,你可以使用`newgrp`(LCTT译注:不启动新的命令解释器),如下: +在 Twitter 上有人告诉我如果只是想启动一个刷新了组信息的命令解释器的话,你可以使用 `newgrp`(LCTT 译注:不启动新的命令解释器),如下: ``` sudo addgroup panda sudo adduser bork panda newgrp panda # starts a new shell, and you don't have to be root to run it! - ``` - -你也可以用`sg panda bash` 来完成同样的效果,这个命令能启动一个`bash` 登录程序,而这个程序就有`panda` 组。 +你也可以用 `sg panda bash` 来完成同样的效果,这个命令能启动一个`bash` 登录程序,而这个程序就有 `panda` 组。 ### seduid 将设置有效用户 ID -其实我一直对一个进程如何以`setuid root`的权限来运行意味着什么有点似是而非。现在我知道了,事实上所发生的是:setuid 设置了`有效用户ID`! 如果我('julia')运行了一个`setuid root` 的进程( 比如`passwd`),那么进程的**真实**用户 ID 将为`julia`,而**有效**用户 ID 将被设置为`root`。 +其实我一直对一个进程如何以 `setuid root` 的权限来运行意味着什么有点似是而非。现在我知道了,事实上所发生的是:`setuid` 设置了 +“有效用户 ID”! 如果我(`julia`)运行了一个 `setuid root` 的进程( 比如 `passwd`),那么进程的**真实**用户 ID 将为 `julia`,而**有效**用户 ID 将被设置为 `root`。 -`passwd` 需要以root权限来运行,但是它能看到进程的真实用户ID是`julia` ,是`julia`启动了这个进程,`passwd`会阻止这个进程修改除了`julia`之外的用户密码。 +`passwd` 需要以 root 权限来运行,但是它能看到进程的真实用户 ID 是 `julia` ,是 `julia` 启动了这个进程,`passwd` 会阻止这个进程修改除了 `julia` 之外的用户密码。 ### 就是这些了! -在 Linux Programming Interface 这本书里有很多Linux上一些功能的罕见使用方法以及Linux上所有的事物到底是怎么运行的详细解释,这里我就不一一展开了。那本书棒极了,我上面所说的都在该书的第九章,这章在1300页的书里只占了17页。 +在《[Linux 编程接口][1]》这本书里有很多 Linux 上一些功能的罕见使用方法以及 Linux 上所有的事物到底是怎么运行的详细解释,这里我就不一一展开了。那本书棒极了,我上面所说的都在该书的第九章,这章在 1300 页的书里只占了 17 页。 -我最爱这本书的一点是我只用读17页关于用户和组是怎么工作的内容,而这区区17页就能做到内容完备,详实有用。我不用读完所有的1300页书就能得到有用的东西,太棒了! +我最爱这本书的一点是我只用读 17 页关于用户和组是怎么工作的内容,而这区区 17 页就能做到内容完备、详实有用。我不用读完所有的 1300 页书就能得到有用的东西,太棒了! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2017/11/20/groups/ -作者:[Julia Evans ][a] +作者:[Julia Evans][a] 译者:[DavidChen](https://github.com/DavidChenLiang) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 24d069dd4d4c1b2b57c759eef650ee4483b7d99d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 13:24:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 241/437] PUB: 20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md @DavidChenLiang https://linux.cn/article-10062-1.html --- .../tech => published}/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md b/published/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md rename to published/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md From bc3ac0c79971ef6042a23c3e966a5872b1bede93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: z52527 Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 14:14:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 242/437] Delete 20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 删除源文件 --- ...Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 167 ------------------ 1 file changed, 167 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md deleted file mode 100644 index bddc4cac5b..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Bat-command-720x340.png) - -In Unix-like systems, we use **‘cat’** command to print and concatenate files. Using cat command, we can print the contents of a file to the standard output, concatenate several files into the target file, and append several files into the target file. Today, I stumbled upon a similar utility named **“Bat”** , a clone to the cat command, with some additional cool features such as syntax highlighting, git integration and automatic paging etc. In this brief guide, we will how to install and use Bat command in Linux. - -### Installation - -Bat is available in the default repositories of Arch Linux. So, you can install it using pacman on any arch-based systems. -``` -$ sudo pacman -S bat - -``` - -On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint systems, download the **.deb** file from the [**Releases page**][1] and install it as shown below. -``` -$ sudo apt install gdebi - -$ sudo gdebi bat_0.5.0_amd64.deb - -``` - -For other systems, you may need to compile and install from source. Make sure you have installed Rust 1.26 or higher. - - - -Then, run the following command to install Bat: -``` -$ cargo install bat - -``` - -Alternatively, you can install it using [**Linuxbrew**][2] package manager. -``` -$ brew install bat - -``` - -### Bat command Usage - -The Bat command’s usage is very similar to cat command. - -To create a new file using bat command, do: -``` -$ bat > file.txt - -``` - -To view the contents of a file using bat command, just do: -``` -$ bat file.txt - -``` - -You can also view multiple files at once: -``` -$ bat file1.txt file2.txt - -``` - -To append the contents of the multiple files in a single file: -``` -$ bat file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt > document.txt - -``` - -Like I already mentioned, apart from viewing and editing files, the Bat command has some additional cool features though. - -The bat command supports **syntax highlighting** for large number of programming and markup languages. For instance, look at the following example. I am going to display the contents of the **reverse.py** file using both cat and bat commands. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-and-cat-command-output-comparison.png) - -Did you notice the difference? Cat command shows the contents of the file in plain text format, whereas bat command shows output with syntax highlighting, order number in a neat tabular column format. Much better, isn’t it? - -If you want to display only the line numbers (not the tabular column), use **-n** flag. -``` -$ bat -n reverse.py - -``` - -**Sample output:** -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-3.png) - -Another notable feature of Bat command is it supports **automatic paging**. That means if output of a file is too large for one screen, the bat command automatically pipes its own output to **less** command, so you can view the output page by page. - -Let me show you an example. When you view the contents of a file which spans multiple pages using cat command, the prompt quickly jumps to the last page of the file, and you do not see the content in the beginning or in the middle. - -Have a look at the following output: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/cat-command-output.png) - -As you can see, the cat command displays last page of the file. - -So, you may need to pipe the output of the cat command to **less** command to view it’s contents page by page from the beginning. -``` -$ cat reverse.py | less - -``` - -Now, you can view output page by page by hitting the ENTER key. However, it is not necessary if you use bat command. The bat command will automatically pipe the output of a file which spans multiple pages. -``` -$ bat reverse.py - -``` - -**Sample output:** - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-1.png) - -Now hit the ENTER key to go to the next page. - -The bat command also supports **GIT integration** , so you can view/edit the files in your Git repository without much hassle. It communicates with git to show modifications with respect to the index (see left side bar). - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-2.png) - -**Customizing Bat** - -If you don’t like the default themes, you can change it too. Bat has option for that too. - -To list the available themes, just run: -``` -$ bat --list-themes -1337 -DarkNeon -Default -GitHub -Monokai Extended -Monokai Extended Bright -Monokai Extended Light -Monokai Extended Origin -TwoDark - -``` - -To use a different theme, for example TwoDark, run: -``` -$ bat --theme=TwoDark file.txt - -``` - -If you want to make the theme permanent, use `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"` in your shells startup file. - -Bat also have the option to control the appearance of the output. To do so, use the `--style` option. To show only Git changes and line numbers but no grid and no file header, use `--style=numbers,changes`. - -For more details, refer the Bat project GitHub Repository (Link at the end). - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/bat-a-cat-clone-with-syntax-highlighting-and-git-integration/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:https://github.com/sharkdp/bat/releases -[2]:https://www.ostechnix.com/linuxbrew-common-package-manager-linux-mac-os-x/ From 4cba159b136f4c78320321e54fb46a3af432a8a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: z52527 Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 14:16:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 243/437] Create 20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译完成 --- ...Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 173 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 173 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b56659315 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +一种具有语法高亮和 Git 集成的 Cat 克隆命令——Bat +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Bat-command-720x340.png) + +在类UNIX系统中,我们使用 **‘cat’** 命令去打印和连接文件。使用cat命令, 我们能将文件目录打印到到标准输出,合成几个文件为一个目标文件,还有追加几个文件到目标文件中。今天,我偶然发现一个具有相似作用的命令叫做 **“Bat”** ,一个 cat 命令的克隆版,具有一些例如语法高亮、 git 集成和自动分页等非常酷的特性。在这个简略指南中,我们将讲述如何在 linux 中安装和使用 Bat 命令。 + +### 安装 + +Bat 可以在 Arch Linux 的默认软件源中获取。 所以你可以使用 pacman 命令在任何 arch-based 的系统上来安装它。 +``` +$ sudo pacman -S bat + +``` + +在 Debian,Ubuntu, Linux Mint 等系统中,从[**发布页面**][1] 下载 **.deb** 文件,然后用下面的命令来安装。 +``` +$ sudo apt install gdebi + +$ sudo gdebi bat_0.5.0_amd64.deb + +``` + +对于其他系统,你也许需要从软件源编译并安装 确保你已经安装了 Rust 1.26 或者更高版本。 + + + +然后运行以下命令来安装 Bat +``` +$ cargo install bat + +``` + +或者,你可以从 [**Linuxbrew**][2] 软件包管理中来安装它。 +``` +$ brew install bat + +``` + +### Bat 命令的使用 + +Bat 命令的使用与 cat 命令的使用非常相似。 + +使用 Bat 命令创建一个新的文件: +``` +$ bat > file.txt + +``` + +使用 Bat 命令来查看文件内容,只需要: +``` +$ bat file.txt + +``` + +你能同时查看多个文件,通过: +``` +$ bat file1.txt file2.txt + +``` + +将多个文件的内容合并至一个单独文件中: +``` +$ bat file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt > document.txt + +``` + +就像我之前提到的那样,除了浏览和编辑文件以外, Bat 命令有一些非常酷的特性。 + +Bat 命令支持大多数编程和标记语言的语法高亮syntax highlighting。比如,下面这个例子。我将使用 cat 和 bat 命令来展示 **reverse.py** 的内容。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-and-cat-command-output-comparison.png) + +你注意到区别了吗? cat 命令以纯文本格式显示文件的内容,而 bat 命令显示了语法高亮和整齐的文本对齐格式。更好了不是吗? + +如果你只想显示行号(而不是文本对齐)使用 +**-n** 标记。 +``` +$ bat -n reverse.py + +``` + +**Sample output:** +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-3.png) + +另一个 Bat 命令中值得注意的特性是它支持自动分页automatic paging。 它的意思是当文件的输出对于屏幕来说太大的时候,bat 命令自动将自己的输出内容传输到 **less** 命令中,所以你可以一页一页的查看输出内容。 + +让我给你看一个例子,使用cat命令查看跨多个页面的文件的内容时,提示快速跳至文件的最后一页,你看不到内容的开头和中间部分。 + +看一下下面的输出: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/cat-command-output.png) + +正如你所看到的,cat 命令显示了文章的最后一页。 + +所以你也许需要去将使用 cat 命令的输出传输到 **less** 命令中去从开头一页一页的查看内容。 +``` +$ cat reverse.py | less + +``` + +现在你可以使用 ENTER 键去一页一页的查看输出。然而当你使用 bat 命令时这些都是不必要的。bat命令将自动传输跨越多个页面的文件的输出。 + +``` +$ bat reverse.py + +``` + +**Sample output:** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-1.png) + +现在按下 ENTER 键去往下一页。 + +bat 命令也支持 Git 集成**GIT integration**, +这样您就可以轻松查看/编辑Git存储库中的文件。 它与 Git 连接可以显示关于索引的修改。(看左栏) + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-2.png) + +**定制 Bat** + +如果你不喜欢默认主题,你也可以修改它。Bat 同样有修改它的选项。 + +若要显示可用主题,只需运行: +``` +$ bat --list-themes +1337 +DarkNeon +Default +GitHub +Monokai Extended +Monokai Extended Bright +Monokai Extended Light +Monokai Extended Origin +TwoDark + +``` + + +要使用其他主题,例如 TwoDark,请运行: +``` +$ bat --theme=TwoDark file.txt + +``` + +如果你想永久改变主题,在你的 shells startup 文件中加入 `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"`。 + + +Bat还可以选择修改输出的外观。使用 `--style` 选项来修改输出外观。仅显示 Git 的更改和行号但不显示网格和文件头,请使用 `--style=numbers,changes`. + + +更多详细信息,请参阅 Bat 项目的 GitHub 库(链接在文末) + +最好,这就是目前的全部内容了。希望这篇文章会帮到你。更多精彩文章即将到来,敬请关注! + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/bat-a-cat-clone-with-syntax-highlighting-and-git-integration/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[z52527](https://github.com/z52527) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]:https://github.com/sharkdp/bat/releases +[2]:https://www.ostechnix.com/linuxbrew-common-package-manager-linux-mac-os-x/ From fefd3e591bf42f36166b91d88e1d11a15174f1b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: z52527 Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 14:28:06 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 244/437] Create 20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md --- ...Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 168 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 168 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d30b522a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration +====== +20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Bat-command-720x340.png) + +In Unix-like systems, we use **‘cat’** command to print and concatenate files. Using cat command, we can print the contents of a file to the standard output, concatenate several files into the target file, and append several files into the target file. Today, I stumbled upon a similar utility named **“Bat”** , a clone to the cat command, with some additional cool features such as syntax highlighting, git integration and automatic paging etc. In this brief guide, we will how to install and use Bat command in Linux. + +### Installation + +Bat is available in the default repositories of Arch Linux. So, you can install it using pacman on any arch-based systems. +``` +$ sudo pacman -S bat + +``` + +On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint systems, download the **.deb** file from the [**Releases page**][1] and install it as shown below. +``` +$ sudo apt install gdebi + +$ sudo gdebi bat_0.5.0_amd64.deb + +``` + +For other systems, you may need to compile and install from source. Make sure you have installed Rust 1.26 or higher. + + + +Then, run the following command to install Bat: +``` +$ cargo install bat + +``` + +Alternatively, you can install it using [**Linuxbrew**][2] package manager. +``` +$ brew install bat + +``` + +### Bat command Usage + +The Bat command’s usage is very similar to cat command. + +To create a new file using bat command, do: +``` +$ bat > file.txt + +``` + +To view the contents of a file using bat command, just do: +``` +$ bat file.txt + +``` + +You can also view multiple files at once: +``` +$ bat file1.txt file2.txt + +``` + +To append the contents of the multiple files in a single file: +``` +$ bat file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt > document.txt + +``` + +Like I already mentioned, apart from viewing and editing files, the Bat command has some additional cool features though. + +The bat command supports **syntax highlighting** for large number of programming and markup languages. For instance, look at the following example. I am going to display the contents of the **reverse.py** file using both cat and bat commands. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-and-cat-command-output-comparison.png) + +Did you notice the difference? Cat command shows the contents of the file in plain text format, whereas bat command shows output with syntax highlighting, order number in a neat tabular column format. Much better, isn’t it? + +If you want to display only the line numbers (not the tabular column), use **-n** flag. +``` +$ bat -n reverse.py + +``` + +**Sample output:** +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-3.png) + +Another notable feature of Bat command is it supports **automatic paging**. That means if output of a file is too large for one screen, the bat command automatically pipes its own output to **less** command, so you can view the output page by page. + +Let me show you an example. When you view the contents of a file which spans multiple pages using cat command, the prompt quickly jumps to the last page of the file, and you do not see the content in the beginning or in the middle. + +Have a look at the following output: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/cat-command-output.png) + +As you can see, the cat command displays last page of the file. + +So, you may need to pipe the output of the cat command to **less** command to view it’s contents page by page from the beginning. +``` +$ cat reverse.py | less + +``` + +Now, you can view output page by page by hitting the ENTER key. However, it is not necessary if you use bat command. The bat command will automatically pipe the output of a file which spans multiple pages. +``` +$ bat reverse.py + +``` + +**Sample output:** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-1.png) + +Now hit the ENTER key to go to the next page. + +The bat command also supports **GIT integration** , so you can view/edit the files in your Git repository without much hassle. It communicates with git to show modifications with respect to the index (see left side bar). + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-2.png) + +**Customizing Bat** + +If you don’t like the default themes, you can change it too. Bat has option for that too. + +To list the available themes, just run: +``` +$ bat --list-themes +1337 +DarkNeon +Default +GitHub +Monokai Extended +Monokai Extended Bright +Monokai Extended Light +Monokai Extended Origin +TwoDark + +``` + +To use a different theme, for example TwoDark, run: +``` +$ bat --theme=TwoDark file.txt + +``` + +If you want to make the theme permanent, use `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"` in your shells startup file. + +Bat also have the option to control the appearance of the output. To do so, use the `--style` option. To show only Git changes and line numbers but no grid and no file header, use `--style=numbers,changes`. + +For more details, refer the Bat project GitHub Repository (Link at the end). + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/bat-a-cat-clone-with-syntax-highlighting-and-git-integration/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]:https://github.com/sharkdp/bat/releases +[2]:https://www.ostechnix.com/linuxbrew-common-package-manager-linux-mac-os-x/ From f47b6997cbca37926dedabc9709752a17262a795 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: z52527 Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 14:28:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 245/437] Delete 20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md --- ...Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 173 ------------------ 1 file changed, 173 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0b56659315..0000000000 --- a/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ -一种具有语法高亮和 Git 集成的 Cat 克隆命令——Bat -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Bat-command-720x340.png) - -在类UNIX系统中,我们使用 **‘cat’** 命令去打印和连接文件。使用cat命令, 我们能将文件目录打印到到标准输出,合成几个文件为一个目标文件,还有追加几个文件到目标文件中。今天,我偶然发现一个具有相似作用的命令叫做 **“Bat”** ,一个 cat 命令的克隆版,具有一些例如语法高亮、 git 集成和自动分页等非常酷的特性。在这个简略指南中,我们将讲述如何在 linux 中安装和使用 Bat 命令。 - -### 安装 - -Bat 可以在 Arch Linux 的默认软件源中获取。 所以你可以使用 pacman 命令在任何 arch-based 的系统上来安装它。 -``` -$ sudo pacman -S bat - -``` - -在 Debian,Ubuntu, Linux Mint 等系统中,从[**发布页面**][1] 下载 **.deb** 文件,然后用下面的命令来安装。 -``` -$ sudo apt install gdebi - -$ sudo gdebi bat_0.5.0_amd64.deb - -``` - -对于其他系统,你也许需要从软件源编译并安装 确保你已经安装了 Rust 1.26 或者更高版本。 - - - -然后运行以下命令来安装 Bat -``` -$ cargo install bat - -``` - -或者,你可以从 [**Linuxbrew**][2] 软件包管理中来安装它。 -``` -$ brew install bat - -``` - -### Bat 命令的使用 - -Bat 命令的使用与 cat 命令的使用非常相似。 - -使用 Bat 命令创建一个新的文件: -``` -$ bat > file.txt - -``` - -使用 Bat 命令来查看文件内容,只需要: -``` -$ bat file.txt - -``` - -你能同时查看多个文件,通过: -``` -$ bat file1.txt file2.txt - -``` - -将多个文件的内容合并至一个单独文件中: -``` -$ bat file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt > document.txt - -``` - -就像我之前提到的那样,除了浏览和编辑文件以外, Bat 命令有一些非常酷的特性。 - -Bat 命令支持大多数编程和标记语言的语法高亮syntax highlighting。比如,下面这个例子。我将使用 cat 和 bat 命令来展示 **reverse.py** 的内容。 - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-and-cat-command-output-comparison.png) - -你注意到区别了吗? cat 命令以纯文本格式显示文件的内容,而 bat 命令显示了语法高亮和整齐的文本对齐格式。更好了不是吗? - -如果你只想显示行号(而不是文本对齐)使用 -**-n** 标记。 -``` -$ bat -n reverse.py - -``` - -**Sample output:** -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-3.png) - -另一个 Bat 命令中值得注意的特性是它支持自动分页automatic paging。 它的意思是当文件的输出对于屏幕来说太大的时候,bat 命令自动将自己的输出内容传输到 **less** 命令中,所以你可以一页一页的查看输出内容。 - -让我给你看一个例子,使用cat命令查看跨多个页面的文件的内容时,提示快速跳至文件的最后一页,你看不到内容的开头和中间部分。 - -看一下下面的输出: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/cat-command-output.png) - -正如你所看到的,cat 命令显示了文章的最后一页。 - -所以你也许需要去将使用 cat 命令的输出传输到 **less** 命令中去从开头一页一页的查看内容。 -``` -$ cat reverse.py | less - -``` - -现在你可以使用 ENTER 键去一页一页的查看输出。然而当你使用 bat 命令时这些都是不必要的。bat命令将自动传输跨越多个页面的文件的输出。 - -``` -$ bat reverse.py - -``` - -**Sample output:** - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-1.png) - -现在按下 ENTER 键去往下一页。 - -bat 命令也支持 Git 集成**GIT integration**, -这样您就可以轻松查看/编辑Git存储库中的文件。 它与 Git 连接可以显示关于索引的修改。(看左栏) - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-2.png) - -**定制 Bat** - -如果你不喜欢默认主题,你也可以修改它。Bat 同样有修改它的选项。 - -若要显示可用主题,只需运行: -``` -$ bat --list-themes -1337 -DarkNeon -Default -GitHub -Monokai Extended -Monokai Extended Bright -Monokai Extended Light -Monokai Extended Origin -TwoDark - -``` - - -要使用其他主题,例如 TwoDark,请运行: -``` -$ bat --theme=TwoDark file.txt - -``` - -如果你想永久改变主题,在你的 shells startup 文件中加入 `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"`。 - - -Bat还可以选择修改输出的外观。使用 `--style` 选项来修改输出外观。仅显示 Git 的更改和行号但不显示网格和文件头,请使用 `--style=numbers,changes`. - - -更多详细信息,请参阅 Bat 项目的 GitHub 库(链接在文末) - -最好,这就是目前的全部内容了。希望这篇文章会帮到你。更多精彩文章即将到来,敬请关注! - -干杯! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/bat-a-cat-clone-with-syntax-highlighting-and-git-integration/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[z52527](https://github.com/z52527) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:https://github.com/sharkdp/bat/releases -[2]:https://www.ostechnix.com/linuxbrew-common-package-manager-linux-mac-os-x/ From cb8679eed5c58b6c0e14b328afd4ea3d2e13d2e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: z52527 Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 14:30:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 246/437] Delete 20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md --- ...Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 171 ------------------ 1 file changed, 171 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md deleted file mode 100644 index 34eba64c15..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -Translating by z52527 - - -A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration -====== -20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Bat-command-720x340.png) - -In Unix-like systems, we use **‘cat’** command to print and concatenate files. Using cat command, we can print the contents of a file to the standard output, concatenate several files into the target file, and append several files into the target file. Today, I stumbled upon a similar utility named **“Bat”** , a clone to the cat command, with some additional cool features such as syntax highlighting, git integration and automatic paging etc. In this brief guide, we will how to install and use Bat command in Linux. - -### Installation - -Bat is available in the default repositories of Arch Linux. So, you can install it using pacman on any arch-based systems. -``` -$ sudo pacman -S bat - -``` - -On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint systems, download the **.deb** file from the [**Releases page**][1] and install it as shown below. -``` -$ sudo apt install gdebi - -$ sudo gdebi bat_0.5.0_amd64.deb - -``` - -For other systems, you may need to compile and install from source. Make sure you have installed Rust 1.26 or higher. - - - -Then, run the following command to install Bat: -``` -$ cargo install bat - -``` - -Alternatively, you can install it using [**Linuxbrew**][2] package manager. -``` -$ brew install bat - -``` - -### Bat command Usage - -The Bat command’s usage is very similar to cat command. - -To create a new file using bat command, do: -``` -$ bat > file.txt - -``` - -To view the contents of a file using bat command, just do: -``` -$ bat file.txt - -``` - -You can also view multiple files at once: -``` -$ bat file1.txt file2.txt - -``` - -To append the contents of the multiple files in a single file: -``` -$ bat file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt > document.txt - -``` - -Like I already mentioned, apart from viewing and editing files, the Bat command has some additional cool features though. - -The bat command supports **syntax highlighting** for large number of programming and markup languages. For instance, look at the following example. I am going to display the contents of the **reverse.py** file using both cat and bat commands. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-and-cat-command-output-comparison.png) - -Did you notice the difference? Cat command shows the contents of the file in plain text format, whereas bat command shows output with syntax highlighting, order number in a neat tabular column format. Much better, isn’t it? - -If you want to display only the line numbers (not the tabular column), use **-n** flag. -``` -$ bat -n reverse.py - -``` - -**Sample output:** -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-3.png) - -Another notable feature of Bat command is it supports **automatic paging**. That means if output of a file is too large for one screen, the bat command automatically pipes its own output to **less** command, so you can view the output page by page. - -Let me show you an example. When you view the contents of a file which spans multiple pages using cat command, the prompt quickly jumps to the last page of the file, and you do not see the content in the beginning or in the middle. - -Have a look at the following output: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/cat-command-output.png) - -As you can see, the cat command displays last page of the file. - -So, you may need to pipe the output of the cat command to **less** command to view it’s contents page by page from the beginning. -``` -$ cat reverse.py | less - -``` - -Now, you can view output page by page by hitting the ENTER key. However, it is not necessary if you use bat command. The bat command will automatically pipe the output of a file which spans multiple pages. -``` -$ bat reverse.py - -``` - -**Sample output:** - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-1.png) - -Now hit the ENTER key to go to the next page. - -The bat command also supports **GIT integration** , so you can view/edit the files in your Git repository without much hassle. It communicates with git to show modifications with respect to the index (see left side bar). - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-2.png) - -**Customizing Bat** - -If you don’t like the default themes, you can change it too. Bat has option for that too. - -To list the available themes, just run: -``` -$ bat --list-themes -1337 -DarkNeon -Default -GitHub -Monokai Extended -Monokai Extended Bright -Monokai Extended Light -Monokai Extended Origin -TwoDark - -``` - -To use a different theme, for example TwoDark, run: -``` -$ bat --theme=TwoDark file.txt - -``` - -If you want to make the theme permanent, use `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"` in your shells startup file. - -Bat also have the option to control the appearance of the output. To do so, use the `--style` option. To show only Git changes and line numbers but no grid and no file header, use `--style=numbers,changes`. - -For more details, refer the Bat project GitHub Repository (Link at the end). - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/bat-a-cat-clone-with-syntax-highlighting-and-git-integration/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:https://github.com/sharkdp/bat/releases -[2]:https://www.ostechnix.com/linuxbrew-common-package-manager-linux-mac-os-x/ From 94e161bb1531277255e412682788f8f4a347faf3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: z52527 Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 14:31:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 247/437] Create 20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译完成 --- ...Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 173 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 173 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29b81d5efe --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +一种具有语法高亮和 Git 集成的 Cat 克隆命令——Bat +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Bat-command-720x340.png) + +在类UNIX系统中,我们使用 **‘cat’** 命令去打印和连接文件。使用cat命令, 我们能将文件目录打印到到标准输出,合成几个文件为一个目标文件,还有追加几个文件到目标文件中。今天,我偶然发现一个具有相似作用的命令叫做 **“Bat”** ,一个 cat 命令的克隆版,具有一些例如语法高亮、 git 集成和自动分页等非常酷的特性。在这个简略指南中,我们将讲述如何在 linux 中安装和使用 Bat 命令。 + +### 安装 + +Bat 可以在 Arch Linux 的默认软件源中获取。 所以你可以使用 pacman 命令在任何 arch-based 的系统上来安装它。 +``` +$ sudo pacman -S bat + +``` + +在 Debian,Ubuntu, Linux Mint 等系统中,从[**发布页面**][1] 下载 **.deb** 文件,然后用下面的命令来安装。 +``` +$ sudo apt install gdebi + +$ sudo gdebi bat_0.5.0_amd64.deb + +``` + +对于其他系统,你也许需要从软件源编译并安装 确保你已经安装了 Rust 1.26 或者更高版本。 + + + +然后运行以下命令来安装 Bat +``` +$ cargo install bat + +``` + +或者,你可以从 [**Linuxbrew**][2] 软件包管理中来安装它。 +``` +$ brew install bat + +``` + +### Bat 命令的使用 + +Bat 命令的使用与 cat 命令的使用非常相似。 + +使用 Bat 命令创建一个新的文件: +``` +$ bat > file.txt + +``` + +使用 Bat 命令来查看文件内容,只需要: +``` +$ bat file.txt + +``` + +你能同时查看多个文件,通过: +``` +$ bat file1.txt file2.txt + +``` + +将多个文件的内容合并至一个单独文件中: +``` +$ bat file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt > document.txt + +``` + +就像我之前提到的那样,除了浏览和编辑文件以外, Bat 命令有一些非常酷的特性。 + +Bat 命令支持大多数编程和标记语言的语法高亮syntax highlighting。比如,下面这个例子。我将使用 cat 和 bat 命令来展示 **reverse.py** 的内容。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-and-cat-command-output-comparison.png) + +你注意到区别了吗? cat 命令以纯文本格式显示文件的内容,而 bat 命令显示了语法高亮和整齐的文本对齐格式。更好了不是吗? + +如果你只想显示行号(而不是文本对齐)使用 +**-n** 标记。 +``` +$ bat -n reverse.py + +``` + +**Sample output:** +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-3.png) + +另一个 Bat 命令中值得注意的特性是它支持自动分页automatic paging。 它的意思是当文件的输出对于屏幕来说太大的时候,bat 命令自动将自己的输出内容传输到 **less** 命令中,所以你可以一页一页的查看输出内容。 + +让我给你看一个例子,使用cat命令查看跨多个页面的文件的内容时,提示快速跳至文件的最后一页,你看不到内容的开头和中间部分。 + +看一下下面的输出: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/cat-command-output.png) + +正如你所看到的,cat 命令显示了文章的最后一页。 + +所以你也许需要去将使用 cat 命令的输出传输到 **less** 命令中去从开头一页一页的查看内容。 +``` +$ cat reverse.py | less + +``` + +现在你可以使用 ENTER 键去一页一页的查看输出。然而当你使用 bat 命令时这些都是不必要的。bat命令将自动传输跨越多个页面的文件的输出。 + +``` +$ bat reverse.py + +``` + +**Sample output:** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-1.png) + +现在按下 ENTER 键去往下一页。 + +bat 命令也支持 Git 集成**GIT integration**, +这样您就可以轻松查看/编辑Git存储库中的文件。 它与 Git 连接可以显示关于索引的修改。(看左栏) + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-2.png) + +**定制 Bat** + +如果你不喜欢默认主题,你也可以修改它。Bat 同样有修改它的选项。 + +若要显示可用主题,只需运行: +``` +$ bat --list-themes +1337 +DarkNeon +Default +GitHub +Monokai Extended +Monokai Extended Bright +Monokai Extended Light +Monokai Extended Origin +TwoDark + +``` + + +要使用其他主题,例如 TwoDark,请运行: +``` +$ bat --theme=TwoDark file.txt + +``` + +如果你想永久改变主题,在你的 shells startup 文件中加入 `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"`。 + + +Bat还可以选择修改输出的外观。使用 `--style` 选项来修改输出外观。仅显示 Git 的更改和行号但不显示网格和文件头,请使用 `--style=numbers,changes`. + + +更多详细信息,请参阅 Bat 项目的 GitHub 库(链接在文末) + +最好,这就是目前的全部内容了。希望这篇文章会帮到你。更多精彩文章即将到来,敬请关注! + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/bat-a-cat-clone-with-syntax-highlighting-and-git-integration/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[z52527](https://github.com/z52527) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]:https://github.com/sharkdp/bat/releases +[2]:https://www.ostechnix.com/linuxbrew-common-package-manager-linux-mac-os-x/ From b8f40849e1b2276ba32fbb8241edd0ffd4d87a5a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: z52527 Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 14:39:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 248/437] Update 20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md --- ...th Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md index 29b81d5efe..4fd29cf70c 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ $ sudo pacman -S bat ``` -在 Debian,Ubuntu, Linux Mint 等系统中,从[**发布页面**][1] 下载 **.deb** 文件,然后用下面的命令来安装。 +在 Debian,Ubuntu, Linux Mint 等系统中,从[**发布页面**][1] 下载 **.deb** 文件,然后用下面的命令来安装。 ``` $ sudo apt install gdebi @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ $ cargo install bat ``` -或者,你可以从 [**Linuxbrew**][2] 软件包管理中来安装它。 +或者,你可以从 [**Linuxbrew**][2] 软件包管理中来安装它。 ``` $ brew install bat @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ $ bat -n reverse.py **Sample output:** ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-3.png) -另一个 Bat 命令中值得注意的特性是它支持自动分页automatic paging。 它的意思是当文件的输出对于屏幕来说太大的时候,bat 命令自动将自己的输出内容传输到 **less** 命令中,所以你可以一页一页的查看输出内容。 +另一个 Bat 命令中值得注意的特性是它支持自动分页automatic paging。 它的意思是当文件的输出对于屏幕来说太大的时候,bat 命令自动将自己的输出内容传输到 **less** 命令中,所以你可以一页一页的查看输出内容。 让我给你看一个例子,使用cat命令查看跨多个页面的文件的内容时,提示快速跳至文件的最后一页,你看不到内容的开头和中间部分。 @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ $ bat reverse.py 现在按下 ENTER 键去往下一页。 bat 命令也支持 Git 集成**GIT integration**, -这样您就可以轻松查看/编辑Git存储库中的文件。 它与 Git 连接可以显示关于索引的修改。(看左栏) +这样您就可以轻松查看/编辑Git存储库中的文件。 它与 Git 连接可以显示关于索引的修改。(看左栏) ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-2.png) @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ bat 命令也支持 Git 集成**GIT integration**, 如果你不喜欢默认主题,你也可以修改它。Bat 同样有修改它的选项。 -若要显示可用主题,只需运行: +若要显示可用主题,只需运行: ``` $ bat --list-themes 1337 @@ -137,16 +137,16 @@ TwoDark ``` -要使用其他主题,例如 TwoDark,请运行: +要使用其他主题,例如 TwoDark,请运行: ``` $ bat --theme=TwoDark file.txt ``` -如果你想永久改变主题,在你的 shells startup 文件中加入 `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"`。 +如果你想永久改变主题,在你的 shells startup 文件中加入 `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"`。 -Bat还可以选择修改输出的外观。使用 `--style` 选项来修改输出外观。仅显示 Git 的更改和行号但不显示网格和文件头,请使用 `--style=numbers,changes`. +Bat还可以选择修改输出的外观。使用 `--style` 选项来修改输出外观。仅显示 Git 的更改和行号但不显示网格和文件头,请使用 `--style=numbers,changes`. 更多详细信息,请参阅 Bat 项目的 GitHub 库(链接在文末) From a355a1ce8986b886ac59ce2c7eb8d5b2ae9cd02c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 19:02:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 249/437] PRF:20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md @geekpi --- ...turned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md | 34 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md index 96eecf8936..df829aa425 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ -[已解决] Ubuntu 中的 “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1” 错误 +怎样解决 Ubuntu 中的 “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1” 错误 ====== -如果你在 Ubuntu Linux 上安装软件时遇到 “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1”,请按照以下步骤进行修复。 -Ubuntu 和其他基于 Debian 的发行版中的一个常见问题是已经损坏的包。你尝试更新系统或安装新软件包时遇到类似 “Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code” 的错误。 +> 如果你在 Ubuntu Linux 上安装软件时遇到 “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1”,请按照以下步骤进行修复。 + +Ubuntu 和其他基于 Debian 的发行版中的一个常见问题是已经损坏的包。你尝试更新系统或安装新软件包时会遇到类似 “Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code” 的错误。 这就是前几天发生在我身上的事。我试图在 Ubuntu 中安装一个电台程序时,它给我了这个错误: + ``` Unpacking python-gst-1.0 (1.6.2-1build1) ... Selecting previously unselected package radiotray. @@ -30,11 +32,11 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) ``` 这里最后三行非常重要。 + ``` Errors were encountered while processing: polar-bookshelf E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) - ``` 它告诉我 polar-bookshelf 包引发了问题。这可能对你如何修复这个错误至关重要。 @@ -45,59 +47,59 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) 让我们尝试修复这个损坏的错误包。我将展示几种你可以逐一尝试的方法。最初的那些易于使用,几乎不用动脑子。 -你应该尝试运行 sudo apt update,接着尝试安装新的包或尝试升级这里讨论的每个包。 +在试了这里讨论的每一种方法之后,你应该尝试运行 `sudo apt update`,接着尝试安装新的包或升级。 #### 方法 1:重新配包数据库 你可以尝试的第一种方法是重新配置包数据库。数据库可能在安装包时损坏了。重新配置通常可以解决问题。 + ``` sudo dpkg --configure -a - ``` #### 方法 2:强制安装 -如果是之前中断安装的包,你可以尝试强制安装。 +如果是之前包安装过程被中断,你可以尝试强制安装。 + ``` sudo apt-get install -f - ``` #### 方法3:尝试删除有问题的包 -如果这不是你的问题,你可以尝试手动删除包。请不要在 Linux Kernels(以 linux- 开头的软件包)中执行此操作。 +如果这不是你的问题,你可以尝试手动删除包。但不要对 Linux 内核包(以 linux- 开头)执行此操作。 + ``` sudo apt remove - ``` #### 方法 4:删除有问题的包中的信息文件 -这应该是你最后的选择。你可以尝试从 /var/lib/dpkg/info 中删除与相关软件包关联的文件。 +这应该是你最后的选择。你可以尝试从 `/var/lib/dpkg/info` 中删除与相关软件包关联的文件。 **你需要了解一些基本的 Linux 命令来了解发生了什么以及如何对应你的问题** 就我而言,我在 polar-bookshelf 中遇到问题。所以我查找了与之关联的文件: + ``` ls -l /var/lib/dpkg/info | grep -i polar-bookshelf -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2324811 Aug 14 19:29 polar-bookshelf.list -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2822824 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.md5sums -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 113 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postinst -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 84 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postrm - ``` 现在我需要做的就是删除这些文件: + ``` sudo mv /var/lib/dpkg/info/polar-bookshelf.* /tmp - ``` -使用 sudo apt update,接着你应该就能像往常一样安装软件了。 +使用 `sudo apt update`,接着你应该就能像往常一样安装软件了。 #### 哪种方法适合你(如果有效)? -我希望这篇快速文章可以帮助你修复 “E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)” 的错误 +我希望这篇快速文章可以帮助你修复 “E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)” 的错误。 如果它对你有用,是那种方法?你是否设法使用其他方法修复此错误?如果是,请分享一下以帮助其他人解决此问题。 @@ -108,7 +110,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/dpkg-returned-an-error-code-1/ 作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From c8ef9b1b3462677da5f341bd68070ac29355d2b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 19:02:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 250/437] PUB:20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10063-1.html --- ...cess usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md b/published/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md rename to published/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md From 1f021de7a8fb4ac87c1fee0be63dbf4382a14bcd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 21:35:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 251/437] dianbanjiu translating --- ...opcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md b/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md index 01fbef0292..578624aba4 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions +Translating by dianbanjiu How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions ====== **Brief: This tutorial shows you how to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu and other Linux distributions. Some handy Popcorn Time tips have also been discussed.** From 86d122fe654c689636e884531e3909d6f92e3d62 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 23:05:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 252/437] PRF:20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @z52527 恭喜你,完成了第一篇翻译贡献! --- ...Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 90 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 39 insertions(+), 51 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md index 4fd29cf70c..6d4f18f51c 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md @@ -1,127 +1,119 @@ -一种具有语法高亮和 Git 集成的 Cat 克隆命令——Bat +Bat:一种具有语法高亮和 Git 集成的 Cat 类命令 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Bat-command-720x340.png) -在类UNIX系统中,我们使用 **‘cat’** 命令去打印和连接文件。使用cat命令, 我们能将文件目录打印到到标准输出,合成几个文件为一个目标文件,还有追加几个文件到目标文件中。今天,我偶然发现一个具有相似作用的命令叫做 **“Bat”** ,一个 cat 命令的克隆版,具有一些例如语法高亮、 git 集成和自动分页等非常酷的特性。在这个简略指南中,我们将讲述如何在 linux 中安装和使用 Bat 命令。 +在类 UNIX 系统中,我们使用 `cat` 命令去打印和连接文件。使用 `cat` 命令,我们能将文件目录打印到到标准输出,合成几个文件为一个目标文件,还有追加几个文件到目标文件中。今天,我偶然发现一个具有相似作用的命令叫做 “Bat” ,它是 `cat` 命令的一个克隆版,具有一些例如语法高亮、 Git 集成和自动分页等非常酷的特性。在这个简略指南中,我们将讲述如何在 Linux 中安装和使用 `bat` 命令。 ### 安装 -Bat 可以在 Arch Linux 的默认软件源中获取。 所以你可以使用 pacman 命令在任何 arch-based 的系统上来安装它。 +Bat 可以在 Arch Linux 的默认软件源中获取。 所以你可以使用 `pacman` 命令在任何基于 arch 的系统上来安装它。 + ``` $ sudo pacman -S bat - ``` -在 Debian,Ubuntu, Linux Mint 等系统中,从[**发布页面**][1] 下载 **.deb** 文件,然后用下面的命令来安装。 +在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 等系统中,从其[发布页面][1]下载 **.deb** 文件,然后用下面的命令来安装。 + ``` $ sudo apt install gdebi - $ sudo gdebi bat_0.5.0_amd64.deb - ``` -对于其他系统,你也许需要从软件源编译并安装 确保你已经安装了 Rust 1.26 或者更高版本。 +对于其他系统,你也许需要从软件源编译并安装。确保你已经安装了 Rust 1.26 或者更高版本。 +然后运行以下命令来安装 Bat: - -然后运行以下命令来安装 Bat ``` $ cargo install bat - ``` -或者,你可以从 [**Linuxbrew**][2] 软件包管理中来安装它。 +或者,你可以从 [Linuxbrew][2] 软件包管理中来安装它。 + ``` $ brew install bat - ``` -### Bat 命令的使用 +### bat 命令的使用 -Bat 命令的使用与 cat 命令的使用非常相似。 +`bat` 命令的使用与 `cat` 命令的使用非常相似。 + +使用 `bat` 命令创建一个新的文件: -使用 Bat 命令创建一个新的文件: ``` $ bat > file.txt - ``` -使用 Bat 命令来查看文件内容,只需要: +使用 `bat` 命令来查看文件内容,只需要: + ``` $ bat file.txt - ``` -你能同时查看多个文件,通过: +你能同时查看多个文件: + ``` $ bat file1.txt file2.txt - ``` 将多个文件的内容合并至一个单独文件中: + ``` $ bat file1.txt file2.txt file3.txt > document.txt - ``` -就像我之前提到的那样,除了浏览和编辑文件以外, Bat 命令有一些非常酷的特性。 +就像我之前提到的那样,除了浏览和编辑文件以外,`bat` 命令有一些非常酷的特性。 -Bat 命令支持大多数编程和标记语言的语法高亮syntax highlighting。比如,下面这个例子。我将使用 cat 和 bat 命令来展示 **reverse.py** 的内容。 +`bat` 命令支持大多数编程和标记语言的语法高亮syntax highlighting。比如,下面这个例子。我将使用 `cat` 和 `bat` 命令来展示 `reverse.py` 的内容。 ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-and-cat-command-output-comparison.png) -你注意到区别了吗? cat 命令以纯文本格式显示文件的内容,而 bat 命令显示了语法高亮和整齐的文本对齐格式。更好了不是吗? +你注意到区别了吗? `cat` 命令以纯文本格式显示文件的内容,而 `bat` 命令显示了语法高亮和整齐的文本对齐格式。更好了不是吗? + +如果你只想显示行号(而没有表格)使用 `-n` 标记。 -如果你只想显示行号(而不是文本对齐)使用 -**-n** 标记。 ``` $ bat -n reverse.py - ``` -**Sample output:** ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-3.png) -另一个 Bat 命令中值得注意的特性是它支持自动分页automatic paging。 它的意思是当文件的输出对于屏幕来说太大的时候,bat 命令自动将自己的输出内容传输到 **less** 命令中,所以你可以一页一页的查看输出内容。 +另一个 `bat` 命令中值得注意的特性是它支持自动分页automatic paging。 它的意思是当文件的输出对于屏幕来说太大的时候,`bat` 命令自动将自己的输出内容传输到 `less` 命令中,所以你可以一页一页的查看输出内容。 -让我给你看一个例子,使用cat命令查看跨多个页面的文件的内容时,提示快速跳至文件的最后一页,你看不到内容的开头和中间部分。 +让我给你看一个例子,使用 `cat` 命令查看跨多个页面的文件的内容时,提示符会快速跳至文件的最后一页,你看不到内容的开头和中间部分。 看一下下面的输出: ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/cat-command-output.png) -正如你所看到的,cat 命令显示了文章的最后一页。 +正如你所看到的,`cat` 命令显示了文章的最后一页。 + +所以你也许需要去将使用 `cat` 命令的输出传输到 `less` 命令中去从开头一页一页的查看内容。 -所以你也许需要去将使用 cat 命令的输出传输到 **less** 命令中去从开头一页一页的查看内容。 ``` $ cat reverse.py | less - ``` -现在你可以使用 ENTER 键去一页一页的查看输出。然而当你使用 bat 命令时这些都是不必要的。bat命令将自动传输跨越多个页面的文件的输出。 +现在你可以使用回车键去一页一页的查看输出。然而当你使用 `bat` 命令时这些都是不必要的。`bat` 命令将自动传输跨越多个页面的文件的输出。 ``` $ bat reverse.py - ``` -**Sample output:** - ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-1.png) -现在按下 ENTER 键去往下一页。 +现在按下回车键去往下一页。 -bat 命令也支持 Git 集成**GIT integration**, -这样您就可以轻松查看/编辑Git存储库中的文件。 它与 Git 连接可以显示关于索引的修改。(看左栏) +`bat` 命令也支持 Git 集成**GIT integration**,这样您就可以轻松查看/编辑 Git 存储库中的文件。 它与 Git 连接可以显示关于索引的修改。(看左栏) ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/bat-command-output-2.png) -**定制 Bat** +### 定制 Bat 如果你不喜欢默认主题,你也可以修改它。Bat 同样有修改它的选项。 若要显示可用主题,只需运行: + ``` $ bat --list-themes 1337 @@ -133,30 +125,26 @@ Monokai Extended Bright Monokai Extended Light Monokai Extended Origin TwoDark - ``` 要使用其他主题,例如 TwoDark,请运行: + ``` $ bat --theme=TwoDark file.txt - ``` -如果你想永久改变主题,在你的 shells startup 文件中加入 `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"`。 +如果你想永久改变主题,在你的 shells 启动文件中加入 `export BAT_THEME="TwoDark"`。 +`bat` 还可以选择修改输出的外观。使用 `--style` 选项来修改输出外观。仅显示 Git 的更改和行号但不显示网格和文件头,请使用 `--style=numbers,changes`。 -Bat还可以选择修改输出的外观。使用 `--style` 选项来修改输出外观。仅显示 Git 的更改和行号但不显示网格和文件头,请使用 `--style=numbers,changes`. - - -更多详细信息,请参阅 Bat 项目的 GitHub 库(链接在文末) +更多详细信息,请参阅 Bat 项目的 GitHub 库(链接在文末)。 最好,这就是目前的全部内容了。希望这篇文章会帮到你。更多精彩文章即将到来,敬请关注! 干杯! - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/bat-a-cat-clone-with-syntax-highlighting-and-git-integration/ @@ -164,7 +152,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/bat-a-cat-clone-with-syntax-highlighting-and-git- 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[z52527](https://github.com/z52527) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 16307895199e3572b2f18cb805db41fa4161982c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 23:07:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 253/437] PUB:20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @z52527 本文首发地址: https://linux.cn/article-10064-1.html 你的 LCTT 专页地址: https://linux.cn/lctt/z52527 请到 LCTT 平台注册领取 LCCN https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- ...28 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/published/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md rename to published/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md From 6554270832034c78167ca6b03c6c276a25068f23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 23:20:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 254/437] PRF:20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @dianbanjiu 恭喜您,完成了第一篇翻译贡献! --- ...w to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 30 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md index a9f0690ff7..cf4201ba77 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md +++ b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md @@ -1,29 +1,31 @@ -# 如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境 +如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境 +====== -**这篇教程将会为你展示如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境** +> 这篇教程将会为你展示如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境。 -[Cinnamon][1]是 [Linux Mint][2] 的默认桌面环境。不同于 Ubuntu 的 Unity 桌面环境,Cinnamon 通过底部面板和应用菜单等查看桌面信息的方式更加传统和优雅。由于 Cinnamon 桌面以及它类 Windows 的用户界面,许多桌面用户[相较于 Ubuntu 更喜欢 Linux Mint][3]。 +[Cinnamon][1] 是 [Linux Mint][2] 的默认桌面环境。不同于 Ubuntu 的 Unity 桌面环境,Cinnamon 是一个更加传统而优雅的桌面环境,其带有底部面板和应用菜单。由于 Cinnamon 桌面以及它类 Windows 的用户界面,许多桌面用户[相较于 Ubuntu 更喜欢 Linux Mint][3]。 -现在你无需[安装 Linux Mint][4] 就能够体验到 Cinnamon了。在这篇教程,我将会展示给你 **如何在 Ubuntu 18.04,16.04 和 14.04 上安装 Cinnamon**。 +现在你无需[安装 Linux Mint][4] 就能够体验到 Cinnamon了。在这篇教程,我将会展示给你如何在 Ubuntu 18.04,16.04 和 14.04 上安装 Cinnamon。 -在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 之前,有一些事情需要你注意。有时候,安装的额外桌面环境可能会与你当前的桌面环境有冲突。可能导致会话,应用程序或功能等的崩溃。这就是为什么你需要在做这个决定时谨慎一点的原因。 +在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 之前,有一些事情需要你注意。有时候,安装的额外桌面环境可能会与你当前的桌面环境有冲突。可能导致会话、应用程序或功能等的崩溃。这就是为什么你需要在做这个决定时谨慎一点的原因。 + +### 如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境 ![如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境][5] -过去有一系列 Cinnamon team 为 Ubuntu 提供的官方 PPA,但现在都已经失效了。不过不用担心,还有一个非官方的 PPA,而且它运行的很完美。这个 PPA 里包含了最新的 Cinnamon 版本。 +过去有 Cinnamon 团队为 Ubuntu 提供的一系列的官方 PPA,但现在都已经失效了。不过不用担心,还有一个非官方的 PPA,而且它运行的很完美。这个 PPA 里包含了最新的 Cinnamon 版本。 ``` sudo add-apt-repository ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon sudo apt update && sudo apt install cinnamon - ``` -下载的大小大概是 150 MB(如果我没记错的话)。这其中提供的 Nemo(Cinnamon 的文件管理器,基于Nautilus)和 Cinnamon 控制中心。这些东西提供了一个更加接近于 Linux Mint 的感觉。 +下载的大小大概是 150 MB(如果我没记错的话)。这其中提供的 Nemo(Cinnamon 的文件管理器,基于 Nautilus)和 Cinnamon 控制中心。这些东西提供了一个更加接近于 Linux Mint 的感觉。 ### 在 Ubuntu 上使用 Cinnamon 桌面环境 -Cinnamon安装完成后,退出当前会话,在登陆界面,点击用户名旁边的 Ubuntu 符号: +Cinnamon 安装完成后,退出当前会话,在登录界面,点击用户名旁边的 Ubuntu 符号: ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Change_Desktop_Environment_Ubuntu.jpeg) @@ -31,11 +33,11 @@ Cinnamon安装完成后,退出当前会话,在登陆界面,点击用户名 ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Install_Cinnamon_Ubuntu.jpeg) -现在你应该已经登陆到有着 Cinnamon 桌面环境的 Ubuntu 中了。你还可以通过同样的方式再回到 Unity 桌面。这里有一张以 Cinnamon 做为桌面环境的 Ubuntu 桌面截图。 +现在你应该已经登录到有着 Cinnamon 桌面环境的 Ubuntu 中了。你还可以通过同样的方式再回到 Unity 桌面。这里有一张以 Cinnamon 做为桌面环境的 Ubuntu 桌面截图。 ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Cinnamon_Ubuntu_1404.jpeg) -看起来是不是像极了 Linux Mint。此外,我并没有发现任何有关 Cinnamon 和 Unity 的兼容性问题。在 Unity 和 Cinnamon 来回切换,他们也依旧工作的很完美。 +看起来是不是像极了 Linux Mint。此外,我并没有发现任何有关 Cinnamon 和 Unity 的兼容性问题。在 Unity 和 Cinnamon 来回切换,它们也依旧工作的很完美。 #### 从 Ubuntu 卸载 Cinnamon @@ -43,14 +45,12 @@ Cinnamon安装完成后,退出当前会话,在登陆界面,点击用户名 ``` sudo apt-get install ppa-purge - ``` -安装完成之后,使用下面的命令去移除 PPA: +安装完成之后,使用下面的命令去移除该 PPA: ``` sudo ppa-purge ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon - ``` 更多的信息,我建议你去阅读 [如何从 Linux 移除 PPA][6] 这篇文章。 @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/install-cinnamon-on-ubuntu/ 作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[dianbanjiu](https://github.com/dianbanjiu) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From e8f79a20ecd857f617d940895c82b1be30174f05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 23:21:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 255/437] PUB:20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @dianbanjiu 本文首发地址: https://linux.cn/article-10065-1.html 您的 LCTT 专页: https://linux.cn/lctt/dianbanjiu 请到 LCTT 平台注册领取 LCCN https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- .../20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/published/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md rename to published/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md From 63799cd4bd6bf7e5d60cc93c7acf7aa75656d90e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 23:53:47 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 256/437] PRF:20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @way-ww 恭喜你完成了第一篇翻译贡献! --- ...80516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md | 133 ++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 74 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md index 9e62973064..2a71d30db2 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md @@ -1,152 +1,167 @@ -在Linux上操作目录 +在 Linux 上操作目录 ====== ![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/branches-238379_1920_0.jpg?itok=2PlNpsVu) -如果你不熟悉本系列(以及Linux),[请查看我们的第一部分][1]。在那篇文章中,我们通过Linux文件系统的树状结构,或者更确切地说以文件层次结构标准工作。我建议你仔细阅读,确保你理解自己能安全的做哪些操作。因为这一次,我将向你展示目录操作的魅力。 +> 让我们继续学习一下 Linux 文件系统的树形结构,并展示一下如何在其中创建你的目录。 + +如果你不熟悉本系列(以及 Linux),[请查看我们的第一部分][1]。在那篇文章中,我们贯穿了 Linux 文件系统的树状结构(或者更确切地说是文件层次结构标准File Hierarchy Standard,FHS)。我建议你仔细阅读,确保你理解自己能安全的做哪些操作。因为这一次,我将向你展示目录操作的魅力。 ### 新建目录 -在操作变得具有破坏性之前,让我们发挥创意创造。首先,打开一个终端窗口并使用命令mkdir创建一个新目录,如下所示: +在破坏之前,先让我们来创建。首先,打开一个终端窗口并使用命令 `mkdir` 创建一个新目录,如下所示: + ``` mkdir +``` +如果你只输入了目录名称,该目录将显示在您当前所在目录中。如果你刚刚打开一个终端,你当前位置为你的家目录。在这个例子中,我们展示了将要创建的目录与你当前所处位置的关系: ``` -如果你只输入了目录名称,该目录将显示在您当前所在目录中。如果你刚刚打开一个终端,你当前位置为你的家目录。下面这个例子,我们展示了将要创建的目录与你当前所处位置的关系: -``` -$ pwd #This tells you where you are now -- see our first tutorial +$ pwd # 告知你当前所在位置(参见第一部分) /home/ -$ mkdir newdirectory #Creates /home//newdirectory - +$ mkdir newdirectory # 创建 /home//newdirectory ``` -(注 你不用输入#后面的文本。#后面的文本为注释内容,用于解释发生了什么。它会被shell忽略,不会被执行). + +(注:你不用输入 `#` 后面的文本。`#` 后面的文本为注释内容,用于解释发生了什么。它会被 shell 忽略,不会被执行)。 你可以在当前位置中已经存在的某个目录下创建新的目录,方法是在命令行中指定它: + ``` mkdir Documents/Letters +``` + +这将在 `Documents` 目录中创建 `Letters` 目录。 + +你还可以在路径中使用 `..` 在当前目录的上一级目录中创建目录。假设你进入刚刚创建的 `Documents/Letters/` 目录,并且想要创建`Documents/Memos/` 目录。你可以这样做: ``` -这将在Documents目录中创建Letters目录。 - -你还可以在路径中使用..在当前目录的上一级目录中创建目录。假设你进入刚刚创建的Documents/Letters/目录,并且想要创建Documents/Memos/目录。你可以这样做: -``` -cd Documents/Letters # Move into your recently created Letters/ directory +cd Documents/Letters # 进入到你刚刚创建的 Letters/ 目录 mkdir ../Memos - ``` + 同样,以上所有内容都是相对于你当前的位置做的。这就是使用了相对路径。 -你还可以使用目录的绝对路径:这意味着告诉mkdir命令将目录放在和根目录(/)有关的位置: + +你还可以使用目录的绝对路径:这意味着告诉 `mkdir` 命令将目录放在和根目录(`/`)有关的位置: + ``` mkdir /home//Documents/Letters - ``` -在上面的命令中将更改为你的用户名,这相当于从你的主目录执行mkdir Documents / Letters,通过使用绝对路径你可以在目录树中的任何位置完成这项工作。 -无论你使用相对路径还是绝对路径,只要命令成功执行,mkdir将静默的创建新目录,而没有任何明显的反馈。只有当遇到某种问题时,mkdir才会在你敲下[Enter]后打印一些反馈。 +在上面的命令中将 `` 更改为你的用户名,这相当于从你的主目录执行 `mkdir Documents/Letters`,通过使用绝对路径你可以在目录树中的任何位置完成这项工作。 + +无论你使用相对路径还是绝对路径,只要命令成功执行,`mkdir` 将静默的创建新目录,而没有任何明显的反馈。只有当遇到某种问题时,`mkdir`才会在你敲下回车键后打印一些反馈。 + +与大多数其他命令行工具一样,`mkdir` 提供了几个有趣的选项。 `-p` 选项特别有用,因为它允许你嵌套创建目录,即使目录不存在也可以。例如,要在 `Documents/` 中创建一个目录存放写给妈妈的信,你可以这样做: -与大多数其他命令行工具一样,mkdir提供了几个有趣的选项。 -p选项特别有用,因为它允许你创建嵌套目录,即使目录不存在也可以。例如,要在Documents /中创建一个目录存放写给妈妈的信,你可以这样做: ``` mkdir -p Documents/Letters/Family/Mom - ``` -And `mkdir` will create the whole branch of directories above _Mom/_ and also the directory _Mom/_ for you, regardless of whether any of the parent directories existed before you issued the command. + +`mkdir` 会创建 `Mom/` 之上的整个目录分支,并且也会创建 `Mom/` 目录,无论其上的目录在你敲入该命令时是否已经存在。 你也可以用空格来分隔目录名,来同时创建几个目录: -``` -mkdir Letters Memos Reports ``` -这将在当前目录下创建目录Letters,Memos和Reports。 +mkdir Letters Memos Reports +``` + +这将在当前目录下创建目录 `Letters`、`Memos` 和 `Reports`。 ### 目录名中可怕的空格 -... 这带来了目录名称中关于空格的棘手问题。你能在目录名中使用空格吗?是的你可以。那么建议你使用空格吗?不,绝对不是。空格使一切变得更加复杂,并且可能是危险的操作。 +……这带来了目录名称中关于空格的棘手问题。你能在目录名中使用空格吗?是的你可以。那么建议你使用空格吗?不,绝对不建议。空格使一切变得更加复杂,并且可能是危险的操作。 + +假设您要创建一个名为 `letters mom/` 的目录。如果你不知道如何更好处理,你可能会输入: -假设您要创建一个名为letters mom的目录。如果你不知道如何更好处理,你可能会输入: ``` mkdir letters mom - ``` -但这是错误的!错误的!错误的!正如我们在上面介绍的,这将创建两个目录letters和mom,而不是一个目录letters mom。 + +但这是错误的!错误的!错误的!正如我们在上面介绍的,这将创建两个目录 `letters/` 和 `mom/`,而不是一个目录 `letters mom/`。 得承认这是一个小麻烦:你所要做的就是删除这两个目录并重新开始,这没什么大不了。 -可是等等!删除目录可是个危险的操作。想象一下,你确实使用图形工具[Dolphin][2]或[Nautilus][3]创建了目录letters mom。如果你突然决定从终端删除目录letters mom,并且您在同一目录下有另一个名为letters的目录,并且该目录中包含重要的文档,结果你为了删除错误的目录尝试了以下操作: +可是等等!删除目录可是个危险的操作。想象一下,你使用图形工具[Dolphin][2] 或 [Nautilus][3] 创建了目录 `letters mom/`。如果你突然决定从终端删除目录 `letters mom`,并且您在同一目录下有另一个名为 `letters` 的目录,并且该目录中包含重要的文档,结果你为了删除错误的目录尝试了以下操作: + ``` rmdir letters mom - ``` -你将会有风险删除目录letters。这里说“风险”,是因为幸运的是rmdir这条用于删除目录的指令,有一个内置的安全措施,如果你试图删除一个非空目录时,它会发出警告。 + +你将会有删除目录 letters 的风险。这里说“风险”,是因为幸运的是`rmdir` 这条用于删除目录的指令,有一个内置的安全措施,如果你试图删除一个非空目录时,它会发出警告。 但是,下面这个: + ``` rm -Rf letters mom - ``` -(注 这是删除目录及其内容的一种非常标准的方式)将完全删除letters目录,甚至永远不会告诉你刚刚发生了什么。 -rm命令用于删除文件和目录。当你将它与选项-R(递归删除)和-f(强制删除)一起使用时,它会深入到目录及其子目录中,删除它们包含的所有文件,然后删除子目录本身,然后它将删除所有顶层目录中的文件,再然后是删除目录本身。 +(注:这是删除目录及其内容的一种非常标准的方式)将完全删除 `letters/` 目录,甚至永远不会告诉你刚刚发生了什么。) + +`rm` 命令用于删除文件和目录。当你将它与选项 `-R`(递归删除)和 `-f`(强制删除)一起使用时,它会深入到目录及其子目录中,删除它们包含的所有文件,然后删除子目录本身,然后它将删除所有顶层目录中的文件,再然后是删除目录本身。 `rm -Rf` 是你必须非常小心处理的命令。 我的建议是,你可以使用下划线来代替空格,但如果你仍然坚持使用空格,有两种方法可以使它们起作用。您可以使用单引号或双引号,如下所示: + ``` mkdir 'letters mom' mkdir "letters dad" - ``` -或者,你可以转义空格。有些字符对shell有特殊意义。正如你所见,空格用于在命令行上分隔选项和参数。 “分离选项和参数”属于“特殊含义”范畴。当你想让shell忽略一个字符的特殊含义时,你需要转义,你可以在它前面放一个反斜杠(\)如: + +或者,你可以转义空格。有些字符对 shell 有特殊意义。正如你所见,空格用于在命令行上分隔选项和参数。 “分离选项和参数”属于“特殊含义”范畴。当你想让 shell 忽略一个字符的特殊含义时,你需要转义,你可以在它前面放一个反斜杠(`\`)如: + ``` mkdir letters\ mom mkdir letter\ dad - ``` -还有其他特殊字符需要转义,如撇号或单引号('),双引号(“)和&符号(&): + +还有其他特殊字符需要转义,如撇号或单引号(`'`),双引号(`“`)和&符号(`&`): + ``` mkdir mom\ \&\ dad\'s\ letters - ``` -我知道你在想什么:如果反斜杠有一个特殊的含义(即告诉shell它必须转义下一个字符),这也使它成为一个特殊的字符。然后,你将如何转义转义字符(\)? + +我知道你在想什么:如果反斜杠有一个特殊的含义(即告诉 shell 它必须转义下一个字符),这也使它成为一个特殊的字符。然后,你将如何转义转义字符(`\`)? 事实证明,你转义任何其他特殊字符都是同样的方式: -``` -mkdir special\\characters ``` -这将生成一个名为special\characters的目录。 +mkdir special\\characters +``` + +这将生成一个名为 `special\characters/` 的目录。 感觉困惑?当然。这就是为什么你应该避免在目录名中使用特殊字符,包括空格。 -以防误操作你可以参考下面这个记录特殊字符的列表。 +以防误操作你可以参考下面这个记录特殊字符的列表。(LCTT 译注:此处原文链接丢失。) ### 总结 * 使用 `mkdir ` 创建新目录。 * 使用 `rmdir ` 删除目录(仅在目录为空时才有效)。 - * 使用 `rm -Rf ` 来完全删除目录及其内容 - 请务必谨慎使用。 - * 使用相对路径创建相对于当前目录的目录: `mkdir newdir.`. - * 使用绝对路径创建相对于根目录(`/`)的目录: `mkdir /home//newdir` - * 使用 `..` 在当前目录的上级目录中创建目录: `mkdir ../newdir` - * 你可以通过在命令行上使用空格分隔目录名来创建多个目录: `mkdir onedir twodir threedir` - * 同时创建多个目录时,你可以混合使用相对路径和绝对路径: `mkdir onedir twodir /home//threedir` + * 使用 `rm -Rf ` 来完全删除目录及其内容 —— 请务必谨慎使用。 + * 使用相对路径创建相对于当前目录的目录: `mkdir newdir`。 + * 使用绝对路径创建相对于根目录(`/`)的目录: `mkdir /home//newdir`。 + * 使用 `..` 在当前目录的上级目录中创建目录: `mkdir ../newdir`。 + * 你可以通过在命令行上使用空格分隔目录名来创建多个目录: `mkdir onedir twodir threedir`。 + * 同时创建多个目录时,你可以混合使用相对路径和绝对路径: `mkdir onedir twodir /home//threedir`。 * 在目录名称中使用空格和特殊字符真的会让你很头疼,你最好不要那样做。 +有关更多信息,您可以查看 `mkdir`、`rmdir` 和 `rm` 的手册: - -有关更多信息,您可以查看`mkdir`, `rmdir` 和 `rm`的手册: ``` man mkdir man rmdir man rm - ``` -要退出手册页,请按键盘[q]键。 + +要退出手册页,请按键盘 `q` 键。 ### 下次预告 -在下一部分中,你将学习如何创建,修改和删除文件,以及你需要了解的有关权限和特权的所有信息! +在下一部分中,你将学习如何创建、修改和删除文件,以及你需要了解的有关权限和特权的所有信息! -通过Linux Foundation和edX免费提供的["Introduction to Linux" ][4]课程了解有关Linux的更多信息。 +通过 Linux 基金会和 edX 免费提供的[“Introduction to Linux”][4]课程了解有关Linux的更多信息。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -155,12 +170,12 @@ via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2018/5/manipulating-directories-linux 作者:[Paul Brown][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[way-ww](https://github.com/way-ww) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://www.linux.com/users/bro66 -[1]:https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/4/linux-filesystem-explained +[1]:https://linux.cn/article-9798-1.html [2]:https://userbase.kde.org/Dolphin [3]:https://projects-old.gnome.org/nautilus/screenshots.html [4]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux From 73a6ebc827ea884abcc03d1914cae1211ff75ec9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 23:54:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 257/437] PUB:20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @way-ww 本文首发地址: https://linux.cn/article-10066-1.html 您的 LCTT 专页:https://linux.cn/lctt/way-ww 请到 LCTT 平台注册领取 LCCN :https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- .../20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md b/published/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md rename to published/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md From 172dce727e6d3cac7155c447d1567f214049585a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 23:57:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 258/437] Delete 20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 删除源文件 --- ... 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md | 74 ------------------- 1 file changed, 74 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md b/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7da24d3a90..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -Translating by way-ww - -4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop -====== -Go paperless by driving your scanner with one of these open source applications. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc-photo-camera-blue.png?itok=AsIMZ9ga) - -While the paperless world isn't here quite yet, more and more people are getting rid of paper by scanning documents and photos. Having a scanner isn't enough to do the deed, though. You need software to drive that scanner. - -But the catch is many scanner makers don't have Linux versions of the software they bundle with their devices. For the most part, that doesn't matter. Why? Because there are good scanning applications available for the Linux desktop. They work with a variety of scanners and do a good job. - -Let's take a look at four simple but flexible open source Linux scanning tools. I've used each of these tools (and even wrote about three of them [back in 2014][1]) and found them very useful. You might, too. - -### Simple Scan - -One of my longtime favorites, [Simple Scan][2] is small, quick, efficient, and easy to use. If you've seen it before, that's because Simple Scan is the default scanner application on the GNOME desktop, as well as for a number of Linux distributions. - -Scanning a document or photo takes one click. After scanning something, you can rotate or crop it and save it as an image (JPEG or PNG only) or as a PDF. That said, Simple Scan can be slow, even if you scan documents at lower resolutions. On top of that, Simple Scan uses a set of global defaults for scanning, like 150dpi for text and 300dpi for photos. You need to go into Simple Scan's preferences to change those settings. - -If you've scanned something with more than a couple of pages, you can reorder the pages before you save. And if necessary—say you're submitting a signed form—you can email from within Simple Scan. - -### Skanlite - -In many ways, [Skanlite][3] is Simple Scan's cousin in the KDE world. Skanlite has few features, but it gets the job done nicely. - -The software has options that you can configure, including automatically saving scanned files, setting the quality of the scan, and identifying where to save your scans. Skanlite can save to these image formats: JPEG, PNG, BMP, PPM, XBM, and XPM. - -One nifty feature is the software's ability to save portions of what you've scanned to separate files. That comes in handy when, say, you want to excise someone or something from a photo. - -### Gscan2pdf - -Another old favorite, [gscan2pdf][4] might be showing its age, but it still packs a few more features than some of the other applications mentioned here. Even so, gscan2pdf is still comparatively light. - -In addition to saving scans in various image formats (JPEG, PNG, and TIFF), gscan2pdf also saves them as PDF or [DjVu][5] files. You can set the scan's resolution, whether it's black and white or color, and paper size before you click the Scan button. That beats going into gscan2pdf's preferences every time you want to change any of those settings. You can also rotate, crop, and delete pages. - -While none of those features are truly killer, they give you a bit more flexibility. - -### GIMP - -You probably know [GIMP][6] as an image-editing tool. But did you know you can use it to drive your scanner? - -You'll need to install the [XSane][7] scanner software and the GIMP XSane plugin. Both of those should be available from your Linux distro's package manager. From there, select File > Create > Scanner/Camera. From there, click on your scanner and then the Scan button. - -If that's not your cup of tea, or if it doesn't work, you can combine GIMP with a plugin called [QuiteInsane][8]. With either plugin, GIMP becomes a powerful scanning application that lets you set a number of options like whether to scan in color or black and white, the resolution of the scan, and whether or not to compress results. You can also use GIMP's tools to touch up or apply effects to your scans. This makes it great for scanning photos and art. - -### Do they really just work? - -All of this software works well for the most part and with a variety of hardware. I've used them with several multifunction printers that I've owned over the years—whether connecting using a USB cable or over wireless. - -You might have noticed that I wrote "works well for the most part" in the previous paragraph. I did run into one exception: an inexpensive Canon multifunction printer. None of the software I used could detect it. I had to download and install Canon's Linux scanner software, which did work. - -What's your favorite open source scanning tool for Linux? Share your pick by leaving a comment. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-scanner-tools - -作者:[Scott Nesbitt][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt -[1]: https://opensource.com/life/14/8/3-tools-scanners-linux-desktop -[2]: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/simple-scan -[3]: https://www.kde.org/applications/graphics/skanlite/ -[4]: http://gscan2pdf.sourceforge.net/ -[5]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DjVu -[6]: http://www.gimp.org/ -[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scanner_Access_Now_Easy#XSane -[8]: http://sourceforge.net/projects/quiteinsane/ From 4180fbf9c38145e187aa5effbf6a1cf2b6b33329 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 00:00:06 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 259/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90201?= =?UTF-8?q?80917=204=20scanning=20tools=20for=20the=20Linux=20desktop.md?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译完成 --- ... 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md | 72 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md b/translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..89aaad3a89 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +用于Linux桌面的4个扫描工具 +====== +使用其中一个开源软件驱动扫描仪来实现无纸化办公。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc-photo-camera-blue.png?itok=AsIMZ9ga) + +尽管无纸化世界还没有到来,但越来越多的人通过扫描文件和照片来摆脱纸张的束缚。不过,仅仅拥有一台扫描仪还不足够。你还需要软件来驱动扫描仪。 + +然而问题是许多扫描仪制造商没有将Linux版本的软件与他们的设备适配在一起。不过在大多数情况下,即使没有也没多大关系。因为在linux桌面上已经有很好的扫描软件了。它们能够与许多扫描仪配合很好的完成工作。 + +现在就让我们看看四个简单又灵活的开源Linux扫描工具。我已经使用过了下面这些工具(甚至[早在2014年][1]写过关于其中三个工具的文章)并且觉得它们非常有用。希望你也会这样认为。 + +### Simple Scan + +这是我最喜欢的一个软件之一,[Simple Scan][2]小巧,迅速,高效,且易于使用。如果你以前见过它,那是因为Simple Scan是GNOME桌面上的默认扫描程序应用程序,也是许多Linux发行版的默认扫描程序。 + +你只需单击一下就能扫描文档或照片。扫描过某些内容后,你可以旋转或裁剪它并将其另存为图像(仅限JPEG或PNG格式)或PDF格式。也就是说Simple Scan可能会很慢,即使你用较低分辨率来扫描文档。最重要的是,Simple Scan在扫描时会使用一组全局的默认值,例如150dpi用于文本,300dpi用于照片。你需要进入Simple Scan的首选项才能更改这些设置。 + +如果你扫描的内容超过了几页,还可以在保存之前重新排序页面。如果有必要的话 - 假如你正在提交已签名的表格 - 你可以使用Simple Scan来发送电子邮件。 + +### Skanlite + +从很多方面来看,[Skanlite][3]是Simple Scan在KDE世界中的表兄弟。虽然Skanlite功能很少,但它可以出色的完成工作。 + +你可以自己配置这个软件的选项,包括自动保存扫描文件,设置扫描质量以及确定扫描保存位置。 Skanlite可以保存为以下图像格式:JPEG,PNG,BMP,PPM,XBM和XPM。 + +其中一个很棒的功能是Skanlite能够将你扫描的部分内容保存到单独的文件中。当你想要从照片中删除某人或某物时,这就派上用场了。 + +### Gscan2pdf + +这是我另一个最爱的老软件,[gscan2pdf][4]可能会显得很老旧了,但它仍然包含一些比这里提到的其他软件更好的功能。即便如此,gscan2pdf仍然显得很轻便。 + +除了以各种图像格式(JPEG,PNG和TIFF)保存扫描外,gscan2pdf还将它们保存为PDF或[DjVu][5]文件。你可以在单击“扫描”按钮之前设置扫描的分辨率,无论是黑白,彩色还是纸张大小,每当你想要更改任何这些设置时,这都会进入gscan2pdf的首选项。你还可以旋转,裁剪和删除页面。 + +虽然这些都不是真正的杀手级功能,但它们会给你带来更多的灵活性。 + +### GIMP + +你大概会知道[GIMP][6]是一个图像编辑工具。但是你恐怕不知道可以用它来驱动你的扫描仪吧。 + +你需要安装[XSane][7]扫描软件和GIMP XSane插件。这两个应该都可以从你的Linux发行版的包管理器中获得。在软件里,选择文件>创建>扫描仪/相机。单击扫描仪,然后单击扫描按钮即可进行扫描。 + +如果这不是你想要的,或者它不起作用,你可以将GIMP和一个叫作[QuiteInsane][8]的插件结合起来。使用任一插件,都能使GIMP成为一个功能强大的扫描软件,它可以让你设置许多选项,如是否扫描彩色或黑白,扫描的分辨率,以及是否压缩结果等。你还可以使用GIMP的工具来修改或应用扫描后的效果。这使得它非常适合扫描照片和艺术品。 + +### 它们真的能够工作吗? + +所有的这些软件在大多数时候都能够在各种硬件上运行良好。我将它们与我过去几年来拥有的多台多功能打印机一起使用 - 无论是使用USB线连接还是通过无线连接。 + +你可能已经注意到我在前一段中写过“大多数时候运行良好”。这是因为我确实遇到过一个例外:一个便宜的canon多功能打印机。我使用的软件都没有检测到它。最后我不得不下载并安装canon的Linux扫描仪软件才使它工作。 + +你最喜欢的Linux开源扫描工具是什么?发表评论,分享你的选择。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-scanner-tools + +作者:[Scott Nesbitt][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[way-ww](https://github.com/way-ww) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt +[1]: https://opensource.com/life/14/8/3-tools-scanners-linux-desktop +[2]: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/simple-scan +[3]: https://www.kde.org/applications/graphics/skanlite/ +[4]: http://gscan2pdf.sourceforge.net/ +[5]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DjVu +[6]: http://www.gimp.org/ +[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scanner_Access_Now_Easy#XSane +[8]: http://sourceforge.net/projects/quiteinsane/ From 6025587ce384fa17242441ee5d8b01f55f7bb2bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 09:01:23 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 260/437] translated --- ... With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md | 76 ------------------- ... With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md | 76 +++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 76 insertions(+), 76 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md b/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md deleted file mode 100644 index acc8f56e0c..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension) -====== -A Unity feature that I miss (it only actually worked for a short while though) is automatically getting player controls in the Ubuntu Sound Indicator when visiting a website like YouTube in a web browser, so you could pause or stop the video directly from the top bar, as well as see the video / song information and a preview. - -This Unity feature is long dead, but I was searching for something similar for Gnome Shell and I came across **[browser-mpris2][1], an extension that implements a MPRIS v2 interface for Google Chrome / Chromium, which currently only supports YouTube** , and I thought there might be some Linux Uprising readers who'll like this. - -**The extension also works with Chromium-based web browsers like Opera and Vivaldi.** -** -** **browser-mpris2 also supports Firefox but since loading extensions via about:debugging is temporary, and this is needed for browser-mpris2, this article doesn't include Firefox instructions. The developer[intends][2] to submit the extension to the Firefox addons website in the future.** - -**Using this Chrome extension you get YouTube media player controls (play, pause, stop and seeking) in MPRIS2-capable applets**. For example, if you use Gnome Shell, you get YouTube media player controls as a permanent notification or, you can use an extension like Media Player Indicator for this. In Cinnamon / Linux Mint with Cinnamon, it shows up in the Sound Applet. - -**It didn't work for me on Unity** , I'm not sure why. I didn't try this extension with other MPRIS2-capable applets available in various desktop environments (KDE, Xfce, MATE, etc.). If you give it a try, let us know if it works with your desktop environment / MPRIS2 enabled applet. - -Here is a screenshot with [Media Player Indicator][3] displaying information about the currently playing YouTube video, along with its controls (play/pause, stop and seeking), on Ubuntu 18.04 with Gnome Shell and Chromium browser: - -![](https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-rsc4FpYBSrI/W3VtPphfdOI/AAAAAAAABXY/YfKV6pBncs0LAwTwYSS0tKRJADDfZDBfwCLcBGAs/s640/browser-mpris2-gnome-shell-sound-indicator.png) - -And in Linux Mint 19 Cinnamon with its default sound applet and Chromium browser: - -![](https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-I2DuYetv7eQ/W3VtUUcg26I/AAAAAAAABXc/Tv-RemkyO60k6CC_mYUxewG-KfVgpFefACLcBGAs/s1600/browser-mpris2-cinnamon-linux-mint.png) - -### How to install browser-mpris2 for Google Chrome / Chromium - -**1\. Install Git if you haven't already.** - -In Debian / Ubuntu / Linux Mint, use this command to install git: -``` -sudo apt install git - -``` - -**2\. Download and install the[browser-mpris2][1] required files.** - -The commands below clone the browser-mpris2 Git repository and install the chrome-mpris2 file to `/usr/local/bin/` (run the "git clone..." command in a folder where you can continue to keep the browser-mpris2 folder because you can't remove it, as it will be used by Chrome / Chromium): -``` -git clone https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2 -sudo install browser-mpris2/native/chrome-mpris2 /usr/local/bin/ - -``` - -**3\. Load the extension in Chrome / Chromium-based web browsers.** - -![](https://3.bp.blogspot.com/-yEoNFj2wAXM/W3Vvewa979I/AAAAAAAABXo/dmltlNZk3J4sVa5jQenFFrT28ecklY92QCLcBGAs/s640/browser-mpris2-chrome-developer-load-unpacked.png) - -Open Google Chrome, Chromium, Opera or Vivaldi web browsers, go to the Extensions page (enter `chrome://extensions` in the URL bar), enable `Developer mode` using the toggle available in the top right-hand side of the screen, then select `Load Unpacked` and select the chrome-mpris2 directory (make sure to not select a subfolder). - -Copy the extension ID and save it because you'll need it later (it's something like: `emngjajgcmeiligomkgpngljimglhhii` but it's different for you so make sure to use the ID from your computer!) . - -**4\. Run** `install-chrome.py` (from the `browser-mpris2/native` folder), specifying the extension id and chrome-mpris2 path. - -Use this command in a terminal (replace `REPLACE-THIS-WITH-EXTENSION-ID` with the browser-mpris2 extension ID displayed under `chrome://extensions` from the previous step) to install this extension: -``` -browser-mpris2/native/install-chrome.py REPLACE-THIS-WITH-EXTENSION-ID /usr/local/bin/chrome-mpris2 - -``` - -You only need to run this command once, there's no need to add it to startup or anything like that. Any YouTube video you play in Google Chrome or Chromium browsers should show up in whatever MPRISv2 applet you're using. There's no need to restart the web browser. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linuxuprising.com/2018/08/add-youtube-player-controls-to-your.html - -作者:[Logix][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://plus.google.com/118280394805678839070 -[1]:https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2 -[2]:https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2/issues/11 -[3]:https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/55/media-player-indicator/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md b/translated/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a72b4cdd8d --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +使用 browser-mpris2(Chrome 扩展)将 YouTube 播放器控件添加到 Linux 桌面 +====== +一个我怀念的 Unity 功能(虽然只使用了一小段时间)是在 Web 浏览器中访问 YouTube 等网站时自动获取 Ubuntu 声音指示器中的播放器控件,因此你可以直接从顶部栏暂停或停止视频,以及浏览视频/歌曲信息和预览。 + +这个 Unity 功能已经消失很久了,但我正在为 Gnome Shell 寻找类似的东西,然后我遇到了 **[browser-mpris2][1],这是一个为 Google Chrome/Chromium 实现 MPRIS v2 接口的扩展,目前只支持 YouTube**,我想可能会有一些 Linux Uprising 的读者会喜欢这个。 + +**该扩展还适用于 Opera 和 Vivaldi 等基于 Chromium 的 Web 浏览器。** +** +** **browser-mpris2 也支持 Firefox,但因为通过 about:debugging 加载扩展是临时的,而这是 browser-mpris2 所需要的,因此本文不包括 Firefox 的指导。开发人员[打算][2]将来将扩展提交到 Firefox 插件网站上。** + +**使用此 Chrome 扩展,你可以在支持 MPRIS2 的 applets 中获得 YouTube 媒体播放器控件(播放、暂停、停止和查找 +)**。例如,如果你使用 Gnome Shell,你可将 YouTube 媒体播放器控件作为永久通知,或者你可以使用 Media Player Indicator 之类的扩展来实现此目的。在 Cinnamon /Linux Mint with Cinnamon 中,它出现在声音 Applet 中。 + +**我无法在 Unity 上用它**,我不知道为什么。我没有在不同桌面环境(KDE、Xfce、MATE 等)中使用其他支持 MPRIS2 的 applet 尝试此扩展。如果你尝试过,请告诉我们它是否适用于你的桌面环境/支持 MPRIS2 的 applet。 + +以下是在使用 Gnome Shell 的 Ubuntu 18.04 并装有 Chromium 浏览器的[媒体播放器指示器][3]的截图,其中显示了有关当前正在播放的 YouTube 视频的信息及其控件(播放/暂停,停止和查找): + +![](https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-rsc4FpYBSrI/W3VtPphfdOI/AAAAAAAABXY/YfKV6pBncs0LAwTwYSS0tKRJADDfZDBfwCLcBGAs/s640/browser-mpris2-gnome-shell-sound-indicator.png) + +在 Linux Mint 19 Cinnamon 中使用其默认声音 applet 和 Chromium 浏览器的截图: + + +![](https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-I2DuYetv7eQ/W3VtUUcg26I/AAAAAAAABXc/Tv-RemkyO60k6CC_mYUxewG-KfVgpFefACLcBGAs/s1600/browser-mpris2-cinnamon-linux-mint.png) + +### 如何为 Google Chrom/Chromium安装 browser-mpris2 + +**1\. 如果你还没有安装 Git 就安装它** + +在 Debian/Ubuntu/Linux Mint 中,使用此命令安装 git: +``` +sudo apt install git + +``` + +**2\. 下载并安装 [browser-mpris2][1] 所需文件。** + +下面的命令克隆了 browser-mpris2 的 Git 仓库并将 chrome-mpris2 安装到 `/usr/local/bin/`(在一个你可以保存 browser-mpris2 文件夹的地方运行 “git clone ...” 命令,由于它会被 Chrome/Chromium 使用,你不能删除它): +``` +git clone https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2 +sudo install browser-mpris2/native/chrome-mpris2 /usr/local/bin/ + +``` + +**3\. 在基于 Chrome/Chromium 的 Web 浏览器中加载此扩展。** + +![](https://3.bp.blogspot.com/-yEoNFj2wAXM/W3Vvewa979I/AAAAAAAABXo/dmltlNZk3J4sVa5jQenFFrT28ecklY92QCLcBGAs/s640/browser-mpris2-chrome-developer-load-unpacked.png) + +打开 Goog​​le Chrome、Chromium、Opera 或 Vivaldi 浏览器,进入 Extensions 页面(在 URL 栏中输入 `chrome://extensions`),在屏幕右上角切换到`开发者模式`。然后选择 `Load Unpacked` 并选择 chrome-mpris2 目录(确保没有选择子文件夹)。 + +复制扩展 ID 并保存它,因为你以后需要它(它类似于这样:`emngjajgcmeiligomkgpngljimglhhii`,但它会与你的不一样,因此确保使用你计算机中的 ID!)。 + +**4\. 运行 **`install-chrome.py`**(在 `browser-mpris2/native` 文件夹中),指定扩展 id 和 chrome-mpris2 路径。 + +在终端中使用此命令(将 `REPLACE-THIS-WITH-EXTENSION-ID` 替换为上一步中 `chrome://extensions` 下显示的 browser-mpris2 扩展 ID)安装此扩展: +``` +browser-mpris2/native/install-chrome.py REPLACE-THIS-WITH-EXTENSION-ID /usr/local/bin/chrome-mpris2 + +``` + +你只需要运行此命令一次,无需将其添加到启动或其他类似的地方。你在 Google Chrome 或 Chromium 浏览器中播放的任何 YouTube 视频都应显示在你正在使用的任何 MPRISv2 applet 中。你无需重启 Web 浏览器。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linuxuprising.com/2018/08/add-youtube-player-controls-to-your.html + +作者:[Logix][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://plus.google.com/118280394805678839070 +[1]:https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2 +[2]:https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2/issues/11 +[3]:https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/55/media-player-indicator/ From f1095a93c8b69b889443c1211be4277ced04d6b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 09:08:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 261/437] translating --- sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md index b69b2f8aab..7ae1070997 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux ====== Get more efficient by using condensed versions of long Bash commands. From 37a2496ab044261ba281a46df30f9e5b39232437 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 09:18:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 262/437] translated (#10442) --- ... With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md | 76 ------------------- ... With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md | 76 +++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 76 insertions(+), 76 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md b/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md deleted file mode 100644 index acc8f56e0c..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension) -====== -A Unity feature that I miss (it only actually worked for a short while though) is automatically getting player controls in the Ubuntu Sound Indicator when visiting a website like YouTube in a web browser, so you could pause or stop the video directly from the top bar, as well as see the video / song information and a preview. - -This Unity feature is long dead, but I was searching for something similar for Gnome Shell and I came across **[browser-mpris2][1], an extension that implements a MPRIS v2 interface for Google Chrome / Chromium, which currently only supports YouTube** , and I thought there might be some Linux Uprising readers who'll like this. - -**The extension also works with Chromium-based web browsers like Opera and Vivaldi.** -** -** **browser-mpris2 also supports Firefox but since loading extensions via about:debugging is temporary, and this is needed for browser-mpris2, this article doesn't include Firefox instructions. The developer[intends][2] to submit the extension to the Firefox addons website in the future.** - -**Using this Chrome extension you get YouTube media player controls (play, pause, stop and seeking) in MPRIS2-capable applets**. For example, if you use Gnome Shell, you get YouTube media player controls as a permanent notification or, you can use an extension like Media Player Indicator for this. In Cinnamon / Linux Mint with Cinnamon, it shows up in the Sound Applet. - -**It didn't work for me on Unity** , I'm not sure why. I didn't try this extension with other MPRIS2-capable applets available in various desktop environments (KDE, Xfce, MATE, etc.). If you give it a try, let us know if it works with your desktop environment / MPRIS2 enabled applet. - -Here is a screenshot with [Media Player Indicator][3] displaying information about the currently playing YouTube video, along with its controls (play/pause, stop and seeking), on Ubuntu 18.04 with Gnome Shell and Chromium browser: - -![](https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-rsc4FpYBSrI/W3VtPphfdOI/AAAAAAAABXY/YfKV6pBncs0LAwTwYSS0tKRJADDfZDBfwCLcBGAs/s640/browser-mpris2-gnome-shell-sound-indicator.png) - -And in Linux Mint 19 Cinnamon with its default sound applet and Chromium browser: - -![](https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-I2DuYetv7eQ/W3VtUUcg26I/AAAAAAAABXc/Tv-RemkyO60k6CC_mYUxewG-KfVgpFefACLcBGAs/s1600/browser-mpris2-cinnamon-linux-mint.png) - -### How to install browser-mpris2 for Google Chrome / Chromium - -**1\. Install Git if you haven't already.** - -In Debian / Ubuntu / Linux Mint, use this command to install git: -``` -sudo apt install git - -``` - -**2\. Download and install the[browser-mpris2][1] required files.** - -The commands below clone the browser-mpris2 Git repository and install the chrome-mpris2 file to `/usr/local/bin/` (run the "git clone..." command in a folder where you can continue to keep the browser-mpris2 folder because you can't remove it, as it will be used by Chrome / Chromium): -``` -git clone https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2 -sudo install browser-mpris2/native/chrome-mpris2 /usr/local/bin/ - -``` - -**3\. Load the extension in Chrome / Chromium-based web browsers.** - -![](https://3.bp.blogspot.com/-yEoNFj2wAXM/W3Vvewa979I/AAAAAAAABXo/dmltlNZk3J4sVa5jQenFFrT28ecklY92QCLcBGAs/s640/browser-mpris2-chrome-developer-load-unpacked.png) - -Open Google Chrome, Chromium, Opera or Vivaldi web browsers, go to the Extensions page (enter `chrome://extensions` in the URL bar), enable `Developer mode` using the toggle available in the top right-hand side of the screen, then select `Load Unpacked` and select the chrome-mpris2 directory (make sure to not select a subfolder). - -Copy the extension ID and save it because you'll need it later (it's something like: `emngjajgcmeiligomkgpngljimglhhii` but it's different for you so make sure to use the ID from your computer!) . - -**4\. Run** `install-chrome.py` (from the `browser-mpris2/native` folder), specifying the extension id and chrome-mpris2 path. - -Use this command in a terminal (replace `REPLACE-THIS-WITH-EXTENSION-ID` with the browser-mpris2 extension ID displayed under `chrome://extensions` from the previous step) to install this extension: -``` -browser-mpris2/native/install-chrome.py REPLACE-THIS-WITH-EXTENSION-ID /usr/local/bin/chrome-mpris2 - -``` - -You only need to run this command once, there's no need to add it to startup or anything like that. Any YouTube video you play in Google Chrome or Chromium browsers should show up in whatever MPRISv2 applet you're using. There's no need to restart the web browser. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linuxuprising.com/2018/08/add-youtube-player-controls-to-your.html - -作者:[Logix][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://plus.google.com/118280394805678839070 -[1]:https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2 -[2]:https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2/issues/11 -[3]:https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/55/media-player-indicator/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md b/translated/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a72b4cdd8d --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +使用 browser-mpris2(Chrome 扩展)将 YouTube 播放器控件添加到 Linux 桌面 +====== +一个我怀念的 Unity 功能(虽然只使用了一小段时间)是在 Web 浏览器中访问 YouTube 等网站时自动获取 Ubuntu 声音指示器中的播放器控件,因此你可以直接从顶部栏暂停或停止视频,以及浏览视频/歌曲信息和预览。 + +这个 Unity 功能已经消失很久了,但我正在为 Gnome Shell 寻找类似的东西,然后我遇到了 **[browser-mpris2][1],这是一个为 Google Chrome/Chromium 实现 MPRIS v2 接口的扩展,目前只支持 YouTube**,我想可能会有一些 Linux Uprising 的读者会喜欢这个。 + +**该扩展还适用于 Opera 和 Vivaldi 等基于 Chromium 的 Web 浏览器。** +** +** **browser-mpris2 也支持 Firefox,但因为通过 about:debugging 加载扩展是临时的,而这是 browser-mpris2 所需要的,因此本文不包括 Firefox 的指导。开发人员[打算][2]将来将扩展提交到 Firefox 插件网站上。** + +**使用此 Chrome 扩展,你可以在支持 MPRIS2 的 applets 中获得 YouTube 媒体播放器控件(播放、暂停、停止和查找 +)**。例如,如果你使用 Gnome Shell,你可将 YouTube 媒体播放器控件作为永久通知,或者你可以使用 Media Player Indicator 之类的扩展来实现此目的。在 Cinnamon /Linux Mint with Cinnamon 中,它出现在声音 Applet 中。 + +**我无法在 Unity 上用它**,我不知道为什么。我没有在不同桌面环境(KDE、Xfce、MATE 等)中使用其他支持 MPRIS2 的 applet 尝试此扩展。如果你尝试过,请告诉我们它是否适用于你的桌面环境/支持 MPRIS2 的 applet。 + +以下是在使用 Gnome Shell 的 Ubuntu 18.04 并装有 Chromium 浏览器的[媒体播放器指示器][3]的截图,其中显示了有关当前正在播放的 YouTube 视频的信息及其控件(播放/暂停,停止和查找): + +![](https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-rsc4FpYBSrI/W3VtPphfdOI/AAAAAAAABXY/YfKV6pBncs0LAwTwYSS0tKRJADDfZDBfwCLcBGAs/s640/browser-mpris2-gnome-shell-sound-indicator.png) + +在 Linux Mint 19 Cinnamon 中使用其默认声音 applet 和 Chromium 浏览器的截图: + + +![](https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-I2DuYetv7eQ/W3VtUUcg26I/AAAAAAAABXc/Tv-RemkyO60k6CC_mYUxewG-KfVgpFefACLcBGAs/s1600/browser-mpris2-cinnamon-linux-mint.png) + +### 如何为 Google Chrom/Chromium安装 browser-mpris2 + +**1\. 如果你还没有安装 Git 就安装它** + +在 Debian/Ubuntu/Linux Mint 中,使用此命令安装 git: +``` +sudo apt install git + +``` + +**2\. 下载并安装 [browser-mpris2][1] 所需文件。** + +下面的命令克隆了 browser-mpris2 的 Git 仓库并将 chrome-mpris2 安装到 `/usr/local/bin/`(在一个你可以保存 browser-mpris2 文件夹的地方运行 “git clone ...” 命令,由于它会被 Chrome/Chromium 使用,你不能删除它): +``` +git clone https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2 +sudo install browser-mpris2/native/chrome-mpris2 /usr/local/bin/ + +``` + +**3\. 在基于 Chrome/Chromium 的 Web 浏览器中加载此扩展。** + +![](https://3.bp.blogspot.com/-yEoNFj2wAXM/W3Vvewa979I/AAAAAAAABXo/dmltlNZk3J4sVa5jQenFFrT28ecklY92QCLcBGAs/s640/browser-mpris2-chrome-developer-load-unpacked.png) + +打开 Goog​​le Chrome、Chromium、Opera 或 Vivaldi 浏览器,进入 Extensions 页面(在 URL 栏中输入 `chrome://extensions`),在屏幕右上角切换到`开发者模式`。然后选择 `Load Unpacked` 并选择 chrome-mpris2 目录(确保没有选择子文件夹)。 + +复制扩展 ID 并保存它,因为你以后需要它(它类似于这样:`emngjajgcmeiligomkgpngljimglhhii`,但它会与你的不一样,因此确保使用你计算机中的 ID!)。 + +**4\. 运行 **`install-chrome.py`**(在 `browser-mpris2/native` 文件夹中),指定扩展 id 和 chrome-mpris2 路径。 + +在终端中使用此命令(将 `REPLACE-THIS-WITH-EXTENSION-ID` 替换为上一步中 `chrome://extensions` 下显示的 browser-mpris2 扩展 ID)安装此扩展: +``` +browser-mpris2/native/install-chrome.py REPLACE-THIS-WITH-EXTENSION-ID /usr/local/bin/chrome-mpris2 + +``` + +你只需要运行此命令一次,无需将其添加到启动或其他类似的地方。你在 Google Chrome 或 Chromium 浏览器中播放的任何 YouTube 视频都应显示在你正在使用的任何 MPRISv2 applet 中。你无需重启 Web 浏览器。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linuxuprising.com/2018/08/add-youtube-player-controls-to-your.html + +作者:[Logix][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://plus.google.com/118280394805678839070 +[1]:https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2 +[2]:https://github.com/otommod/browser-mpris2/issues/11 +[3]:https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/55/media-player-indicator/ From 709f1cf488fe0f0dc3d874bf186e56b4f9baa8c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 09:19:47 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 263/437] translating (#10443) --- sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md index b69b2f8aab..7ae1070997 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux ====== Get more efficient by using condensed versions of long Bash commands. From 1f620f8ed3d7b82d1a88f6fd6107bd2338ff2932 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 09:34:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 264/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Quiet=20log=20noi?= =?UTF-8?q?se=20with=20Python=20and=20machine=20learning?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... noise with Python and machine learning.md | 110 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 110 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 Quiet log noise with Python and machine learning.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 Quiet log noise with Python and machine learning.md b/sources/tech/20180928 Quiet log noise with Python and machine learning.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f1fe2f1b7f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 Quiet log noise with Python and machine learning.md @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +Quiet log noise with Python and machine learning +====== + +Logreduce saves debugging time by picking out anomalies from mountains of log data. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/sound-radio-noise-communication.png?itok=KMNn9QrZ) + +Continuous integration (CI) jobs can generate massive volumes of data. When a job fails, figuring out what went wrong can be a tedious process that involves investigating logs to discover the root cause—which is often found in a fraction of the total job output. To make it easier to separate the most relevant data from the rest, the [Logreduce][1] machine learning model is trained using previous successful job runs to extract anomalies from failed runs' logs. + +This principle can also be applied to other use cases, for example, extracting anomalies from [Journald][2] or other systemwide regular log files. + +### Using machine learning to reduce noise + +A typical log file contains many nominal events ("baselines") along with a few exceptions that are relevant to the developer. Baselines may contain random elements such as timestamps or unique identifiers that are difficult to detect and remove. To remove the baseline events, we can use a [k-nearest neighbors pattern recognition algorithm][3] (k-NN). + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ml-generic-workflow.png) + +Log events must be converted to numeric values for k-NN regression. Using the generic feature extraction tool [HashingVectorizer][4] enables the process to be applied to any type of log. It hashes each word and encodes each event in a sparse matrix. To further reduce the search space, tokenization removes known random words, such as dates or IP addresses. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/hashing-vectorizer.png) + +Once the model is trained, the k-NN search tells us the distance of each new event from the baseline. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kneighbors.png) + +This [Jupyter notebook][5] demonstrates the process and graphs the sparse matrix vectors. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/anomaly-detection-with-scikit-learn.png) + +### Introducing Logreduce + +The Logreduce Python software transparently implements this process. Logreduce's initial goal was to assist with [Zuul CI][6] job failure analyses using the build database, and it is now integrated into the [Software Factory][7] development forge's job logs process. + +At its simplest, Logreduce compares files or directories and removes lines that are similar. Logreduce builds a model for each source file and outputs any of the target's lines whose distances are above a defined threshold by using the following syntax: **distance | filename:line-number: line-content**. + +``` +$ logreduce diff /var/log/audit/audit.log.1 /var/log/audit/audit.log +INFO  logreduce.Classifier - Training took 21.982s at 0.364MB/s (1.314kl/s) (8.000 MB - 28.884 kilo-lines) +0.244 | audit.log:19963:        type=USER_AUTH acct="root" exe="/usr/bin/su" hostname=managesf.sftests.com +INFO  logreduce.Classifier - Testing took 18.297s at 0.306MB/s (1.094kl/s) (5.607 MB - 20.015 kilo-lines) +99.99% reduction (from 20015 lines to 1 + +``` + +A more advanced Logreduce use can train a model offline to be reused. Many variants of the baselines can be used to fit the k-NN search tree. + +``` +$ logreduce dir-train audit.clf /var/log/audit/audit.log.* +INFO  logreduce.Classifier - Training took 80.883s at 0.396MB/s (1.397kl/s) (32.001 MB - 112.977 kilo-lines) +DEBUG logreduce.Classifier - audit.clf: written +$ logreduce dir-run audit.clf /var/log/audit/audit.log +``` + +Logreduce also implements interfaces to discover baselines for Journald time ranges (days/weeks/months) and Zuul CI job build histories. It can also generate HTML reports that group anomalies found in multiple files in a simple interface. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/html-report.png) + +### Managing baselines + +The key to using k-NN regression for anomaly detection is to have a database of known good baselines, which the model uses to detect lines that deviate too far. This method relies on the baselines containing all nominal events, as anything that isn't found in the baseline will be reported as anomalous. + +CI jobs are great targets for k-NN regression because the job outputs are often deterministic and previous runs can be automatically used as baselines. Logreduce features Zuul job roles that can be used as part of a failed job post task in order to issue a concise report (instead of the full job's logs). This principle can be applied to other cases, as long as baselines can be constructed in advance. For example, a nominal system's [SoS report][8] can be used to find issues in a defective deployment. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/baselines.png) + +### Anomaly classification service + +The next version of Logreduce introduces a server mode to offload log processing to an external service where reports can be further analyzed. It also supports importing existing reports and requests to analyze a Zuul build. The services run analyses asynchronously and feature a web interface to adjust scores and remove false positives. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/classification-interface.png) + +Reviewed reports can be archived as a standalone dataset with the target log files and the scores for anomalous lines recorded in a flat JSON file. + +### Project roadmap + +Logreduce is already being used effectively, but there are many opportunities for improving the tool. Plans for the future include: + + * Curating many annotated anomalies found in log files and producing a public domain dataset to enable further research. Anomaly detection in log files is a challenging topic, and having a common dataset to test new models would help identify new solutions. + * Reusing the annotated anomalies with the model to refine the distances reported. For example, when users mark lines as false positives by setting their distance to zero, the model could reduce the score of those lines in future reports. + * Fingerprinting archived anomalies to detect when a new report contains an already known anomaly. Thus, instead of reporting the anomaly's content, the service could notify the user that the job hit a known issue. When the issue is fixed, the service could automatically restart the job. + * Supporting more baseline discovery interfaces for targets such as SOS reports, Jenkins builds, Travis CI, and more. + + + +If you are interested in getting involved in this project, please contact us on the **#log-classify** Freenode IRC channel. Feedback is always appreciated! + +Tristan Cacqueray will present [Reduce your log noise using machine learning][9] at the [OpenStack Summit][10], November 13-15 in Berlin. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/quiet-log-noise-python-and-machine-learning + +作者:[Tristan de Cacqueray][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/tristanc +[1]: https://pypi.org/project/logreduce/ +[2]: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-journald.service.8.html +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/K-nearest_neighbors_algorithm +[4]: http://scikit-learn.org/stable/modules/generated/sklearn.feature_extraction.text.HashingVectorizer.html +[5]: https://github.com/TristanCacqueray/anomaly-detection-workshop-opendev/blob/master/datasets/notebook/anomaly-detection-with-scikit-learn.ipynb +[6]: https://zuul-ci.org +[7]: https://www.softwarefactory-project.io +[8]: https://sos.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[9]: https://www.openstack.org/summit/berlin-2018/summit-schedule/speakers/4307 +[10]: https://www.openstack.org/summit/berlin-2018/ From 36da26f8765ede333fb7833a517c0a5a24f40394 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 09:39:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 265/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90=E7=BF=BB?= =?UTF-8?q?=E8=AF=91=E3=80=9120180531=20How=20to=20create=20shortcuts=20in?= =?UTF-8?q?=20vi.md?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md | 131 ----------------- .../20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md | 134 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 134 insertions(+), 131 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md b/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md deleted file mode 100644 index ba856e745a..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -【sd886393认领翻译中】How to create shortcuts in vi -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/documentation-type-keys-yearbook.png?itok=Q-ELM2rn) - -Learning the [vi text editor][1] takes some effort, but experienced vi users know that after a while, using basic commands becomes second nature. It's a form of what is known as muscle memory, which in this case might well be called finger memory. - -After you get a grasp of the main approach and basic commands, you can make editing with vi even more powerful and streamlined by using its customization options to create shortcuts. I hope that the techniques described below will facilitate your writing, programming, and data manipulation. - -Before proceeding, I'd like to thank Chris Hermansen (who recruited me to write this article) for checking my draft with [Vim][2], as I use another version of vi. I'm also grateful for Chris's helpful suggestions, which I incorporated here. - -First, let's review some conventions. I'll use to designate pressing the RETURN or ENTER key, and for the space bar. CTRL-x indicates simultaneously pressing the Control key and the x key (whatever x happens to be). - -Set up your own command abbreviations with the `map` command. My first example involves the `write` command, used to save the current state of the file you're working on: -``` -:w - -``` - -This is only three keystrokes, but since I do it so frequently, I'd rather use only one. The key I've chosen for this purpose is the comma, which is not part of the standard vi command set. The command to set this up is: -``` -:map , :wCTRL-v - -``` - -The CTRL-v is essential since without it the would signal the end of the map, and we want to include the as part of the mapped comma. In general, CTRL-v is used to enter the keystroke (or control character) that follows rather than being interpreted literally. - -In the above map, the part on the right will display on the screen as `:w^M`. The caret (`^`) indicates a control character, in this case CTRL-m, which is the system's form of . - -So far so good—sort of. If I write my current file about a dozen times while creating and/or editing it, this map could result in a savings of 2 x 12 keystrokes. But that doesn't account for the keystrokes needed to set up the map, which in the above example is 11 (counting CTRL-v and the shifted character `:` as one stroke each). Even with a net savings, it would be a bother to set up the map each time you start a vi session. - -Fortunately, there's a way to put maps and other abbreviations in a startup file that vi reads each time it is invoked: the `.exrc` file, or in Vim, the `.vimrc` file. Simply create this file in your home directory with a list of maps, one per line—without the colon—and the abbreviation is defined for all subsequent vi sessions until you delete or change it. - -Before going on to a variation of the `map` command and another type of abbreviation method, here are a few more examples of maps that I've found useful for streamlining my text editing: -``` -                                        Displays as - - - -:map X :xCTRL-v                    :x^M - - - -or - - - -:map X ,:qCTRL-v                   ,:q^M - -``` - -The above equivalent maps write and quit (exit) the file. The `:x` is the standard vi command for this, and the second version illustrates that a previously defined map may be used in a subsequent map. -``` -:map v :e                   :e - -``` - -The above starts the command to move to another file while remaining within vi; when using this, just follow the "v" with a filename, followed by . -``` -:map CTRL-vCTRL-e :e#CTRL-v    :e #^M - -``` - -The `#` here is the standard vi symbol for "the alternate file," which means the filename last used, so this shortcut is handy for switching back and forth between two files. Here's an example of how I use this: -``` -map CTRL-vCTRL-r :!spell %>err &CTRL-v     :!spell %>err&^M - -``` - -(Note: The first CTRL-v in both examples above is not needed in some versions of vi.) The `:!` is a way to run an external (non-vi) command. In this case (`spell`), `%` is the vi symbol denoting the current file, the `>` redirects the output of the spell-check to a file called `err`, and the `&` says to run this in the background so I can continue editing while `spell` completes its task. I can then type `verr` (using my previous shortcut, `v`, followed by `err`) to go the file of potential errors flagged by the `spell` command, then back to the file I'm working on with CTRL-e. After running the spell-check the first time, I can use CTRL-r repeatedly and return to the `err` file with just CTRL-e. - -A variation of the `map` command may be used to abbreviate text strings while inputting. For example, -``` -:map! CTRL-o \fI - -:map! CTRL-k \fP - -``` - -This will allow you to use CTRL-o as a shortcut for entering the `groff` command to italicize the word that follows, and this will allow you to use CTRL-k for the `groff` command reverts to the previous font. - -Here are two other examples of this technique: -``` -:map! rh rhinoceros - -:map! hi hippopotamus - -``` - -The above may instead be accomplished using the `ab` command, as follows (if you're trying these out in order, first use `unmap! rh` and `umap! hi`): -``` -:ab rh rhinoceros - -:ab hi hippopotamus - -``` - -In the `map!` method above, the abbreviation immediately expands to the defined word when typed (in Vim), whereas with the `ab` method, the expansion occurs when the abbreviation is followed by a space or punctuation mark (in both Vim and my version of vi, where the expansion also works like this for the `map!` method). - -To reverse any `map`, `map!`, or `ab` within a vi session, use `:unmap`, `:unmap!`, or `:unab`. - -In my version of vi, undefined letters that are good candidates for mapping include g, K, q, v, V, and Z; undefined control characters are CTRL-a, CTRL-c, CTRL-k, CTRL-n, CTRL-o, CTRL-p, and CTRL-x; some other undefined characters are `#` and `*`. You can also redefine characters that have meaning in vi but that you consider obscure and of little use; for example, the X that I chose for two examples in this article is a built-in vi command to delete the character to the immediate left of the current character (easily accomplished by the two-key command `hx`). - -Finally, the commands -``` -:map - -:map! - -:ab - -``` - -will show all the currently defined mappings and abbreviations. - -I hope that all of these tips will help you customize vi and make it easier and more efficient to use. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/shortcuts-vi-text-editor - -作者:[Dan Sonnenschein][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/dannyman -[1]:http://ex-vi.sourceforge.net/ -[2]:https://www.vim.org/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md b/translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8616013e96 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +如何在 vi 中创建快捷键 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/documentation-type-keys-yearbook.png?itok=Q-ELM2rn) + +学习使用 [vi 文本编辑器][1] 确实得花点功夫,不过 vi 的老手们都知道,经过一小会的锻炼,就可以将基本的 vi 操作融汇贯通。我们都知道“肌肉记忆”,那么学习 vi 的过程可以称之为“手指记忆”。 + +当你抓住了基础的操作窍门之后,你就可以定制化地配置 vi 的快捷键,从而让其处理的功能更为强大、流畅。 + +在开始之前,我想先感谢下 Chris Hermansen(他雇佣我写了这篇文章)仔细地检查了我的另一篇关于使用 vi 增强版本[Vim][2]的文章。当然还有他那些我未采纳的建议。 + +首先,我们来说明下面几个惯例设定。我会使用符号来代表按下 RETURN 或者 ENTER 键, 代表按下空格键,CTRL-x 表示一起按下 Control 键和 x 键 + +使用 `map` 命令来进行按键的映射。第一个例子是 `write` 命令,通常你之前保存使用这样的命令: + +``` +:w + +``` + +虽然这里只有三个键,不过考虑到我用这个命令实在是太频繁了,我更想“一键”搞定它。在这里我选择逗号键,比如这样: +``` +:map , :wCTRL-v + +``` + +这里的 CTRL-v 事实上是对 做了转义的操作,如果不加这个的话,默认 会作为这条映射指令的结束信号,而非映射中的一个操作。 CTRL-v 后面所跟的操作会翻译为用户的实际操作,而非该按键平常的操作。 + +在上面的映射中,右边的部分会在屏幕中显示为 `:w^M`,其中 `^` 字符就是指代 `control`,完整的意思就是 CTRL-m,表示就是系统中一行的结尾 + + +目前来说,就很不错了。如果我编辑、创建了十二次文件,这个键位映射就可以省掉了 2*12 次按键。不过这里没有计算你建立这个键位映射所花费的 11次按键(计算CTRL-v 和 冒号均为一次按键)。虽然这样已经省了很多次,但是每次打开 vi 都要重新建立这个映射也会觉得非常麻烦。 + +幸运的是,这里可以将这些键位映射放到 vi 的启动配置文件中,让其在每次启动的时候自动读取:文件为 `.exrc`,对于 vim 是 `.vimrc`。只需要将这些文件放在你的用户根目录中即可,并在文件中每行写入一个键位映射,之后就会在每次启动 vi 生效直到你删除对应的配置。 + +在继续说明 `map` 其他用法以及其他的缩写机制之前,这里在列举几个我常用提高文本处理效率的 map 设置: +``` +                                        Displays as + + + +:map X :xCTRL-v                    :x^M + + + +or + + + +:map X ,:qCTRL-v                   ,:q^M + +``` + +上面的 map 指令的意思是写入并关闭当前的编辑文件。其中 `:x` 是 vi 原本的命令,而下面的版本说明之前的 map 配置可以继续用作第二个 map 键位映射。 +``` +:map v :e                   :e + +``` + +上面的指令意思是在 vi 编辑器内部 切换文件,使用这个时候,只需要按 `v` 并跟着输入文件名,之后按 `` 键。 +``` +:map CTRL-vCTRL-e :e#CTRL-v    :e #^M + +``` + +`#` 在这里是 vi 中标准的符号,意思是最后使用的文件名。所以切换当前与上一个文件的方法就使用上面的映射。 +``` +map CTRL-vCTRL-r :!spell %>err &CTRL-v     :!spell %>err&^M + +``` + +(注意:在两个例子中出现的第一个 CRTL-v 在某些 vi 的版本中是不需要的)其中,`:!` 用来运行一个外部的(非 vi 内部的)命令。在这个拼写检查的例子中,`%` 是 vi 中的符号用来只带目前的文件, `>` 用来重定向拼写检查中的输出到 `err` 文件中,之后跟上 `&` 说明该命令是一个后台运行的任务,这样可以保证在拼写检查的同时还可以进行编辑文件的工作。这里我可以键入 `verr`(使用我之前定义的快捷键 `v` 跟上 `err`),进入 `spell` 输出结果的文件,之后再输入 `CTRL-e` 来回到刚才编辑的文件中。这样我就可以在拼写检查之后,使用 CTRL-r 来查看检查的错误,再通过 CTRL-e 返回刚才编辑的文件。 + +还用很多字符串输入的缩写,也使用了各种 map 命令,比如: +``` +:map! CTRL-o \fI + +:map! CTRL-k \fP + +``` + +这个映射允许你使用 CTRL-o 作为 `groff` 命令的缩写,从而让让接下来书写的单词有斜体的效果,并使用 CTRL-k 进行恢复 + +还有两个类似的映射: +``` +:map! rh rhinoceros + +:map! hi hippopotamus + +``` + +上面的也可以使用 `ab` 命令来替换,就像下面这样(如果想这么用的话,需要首先按顺序运行 1. `unmap! rh` 2. `umap! hi`): +``` +:ab rh rhinoceros + +:ab hi hippopotamus + +``` + +在上面 `map!` 的命令中,缩写会马上的展开成原有的单词,而在 `ab` 命令中,单词展开的操作会在输入了空格和标点之后才展开(不过在Vim 和 本机使用的 vi中,展开的形式与 `map!` 类似) + +想要取消刚才设定的按键映射,可以对应的输入 `:unmap`, `unmap!`, `:unab` + +在我使用的 vi 版本中,比较好用的候选映射按键包括 `g, K, q, v, V, Z`,控制字符包括:`CTRL-a, CTRL-c, CTRL-k, CTRL-n, CTRL-p, CTRL-x`;还有一些其他的字符如`#, *`,当然你也可以使用那些已经在 vi 中有过定义但不经常使用的字符,比如本文选择`X`和`I`,其中`X`表示删除左边的字符,并立刻左移当前字符。 + +最后,下面的命令 +``` +:map + +:map! + +:ab + +``` + +将会显示,目前所有的缩写和键位映射。 +will show all the currently defined mappings and abbreviations. + +希望上面的技巧能够更好地更高效地帮助你使用 vi。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/shortcuts-vi-text-editor + +作者:[Dan Sonnenschein][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/sd886393) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/dannyman +[1]:http://ex-vi.sourceforge.net/ +[2]:https://www.vim.org/ From c15c7589ea070392cc72c0cc1e83c58df59a418a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 09:49:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 266/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Use=20Cozy=20to?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Play=20Audiobooks=20in=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...29 Use Cozy to Play Audiobooks in Linux.md | 138 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 138 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180929 Use Cozy to Play Audiobooks in Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180929 Use Cozy to Play Audiobooks in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180929 Use Cozy to Play Audiobooks in Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8e6583f046 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180929 Use Cozy to Play Audiobooks in Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +Use Cozy to Play Audiobooks in Linux +====== +**We review Cozy, an audiobook player for Linux. Read to find out if it’s worth to install Cozy on your Linux system or not.** + +![Audiobook player for Linux][1] + +Audiobooks are a great way to consume literature. Many people who don’t have time to read, choose to listen. Most people, myself included, just use a regular media player like VLC or [MPV][2] for listening to audiobooks on Linux. + +Today, we will look at a Linux application built solely for listening to audiobooks. + +![][3]Cozy Audiobook Player + +### Cozy Audiobook Player for Linux + +The [Cozy Audiobook Player][4] is created by [Julian Geywitz][5] from Germany. It is built using both Python and GTK+ 3. According to the site, Julian wrote Cozy on Fedora and optimized it for [elementary OS][6]. + +The player borrows its layout from iTunes. The player controls are placed along the top of the application The library takes up the rest. You can sort all of your audiobooks based on the title, author and reader, and search very quickly. + +![][7]Initial setup + +When you first launch [Cozy][8], you are given the option to choose where you will store your audiobook files. Cozy will keep an eye on that folder and update your library as you add new audiobooks. You can also set it up to use an external or network drive. + +#### Features of Cozy + +Here is a full list of the features that [Cozy][9] has to offer. + + * Import all your audiobooks into Cozy to browse them comfortably + * Sort your audiobooks by author, reader & title + * Remembers your playback position + * Sleep timer + * Playback speed control + * Search your audiobook library + * Add multiple storage locations + * Drag & Drop to import new audio books + * Support for DRM free mp3, m4a (aac, ALAC, …), flac, ogg, wav files + * Mpris integration (Media keys & playback info for the desktop environment) + * Developed on Fedora and tested under elementaryOS + + + +#### Experiencing Cozy + +![][10]Audiobook library + +At first, I was excited to try our Cozy because I like to listen to audiobooks. However, I ran into a couple of issues. There is no way to edit the information of an audiobook. For example, I downloaded a couple audiobooks from [LibriVox][11] to test it. All three audiobooks were listed under “Unknown” for the reader. There was nothing to edit or change the audiobook info. I guess you could edit all of the files, but that would take quite a bit of time. + +When I listen to an audiobook, I like to know what track is currently playing. Cozy only has a single progress bar for the whole audiobook. I know that Cozy is designed to remember where you left off in an audiobook, but if I was going to continue to listen to the audiobook on my phone, I would like to know what track I am on. + +![][12]Settings + +There was also an option in the setting menu to turn on a dark theme. As you can see in the screenshots, the application has a black theme, to begin with. I turned the option on, but nothing happened. There isn’t even an option to add a theme or change any of the colors. Overall, the application had a feeling of not being finished. + +#### Installing Cozy on Linux + +If you would like to install Cozy, you have several options for different distros. + +##### Ubuntu, Debian, openSUSE, Fedora + +Julian used the [openSUSE Build Service][13] to create custom repos for Ubuntu, Debian, openSUSE and Fedora. Each one only takes a couple terminal commands to install. + +##### Install Cozy using Flatpak on any Linux distribution (including Ubuntu) + +If your [distro supports Flatpak][14], you can install Cozy using the following commands: + +``` +flatpak remote-add --user --if-not-exists flathub https://flathub.org/repo/flathub.flatpakrepo +flatpak install --user flathub com.github.geigi.cozy +``` + +##### Install Cozy on elementary OS + +If you have elementary OS installed, you can install Cozy from the [built-in App Store][15]. + +##### Install Cozy on Arch Linux + +Cozy is available in the [Arch User Repository][16]. All you have to do is search for `cozy-audiobooks`. + +### Where to find free Audiobooks? + +In order to try out this application, you will need to find some audiobooks to listen to. My favorite site for audiobooks is [LibriVox][11]. Since [LibriVox][17] depends on volunteers to record audiobooks, the quality can vary. However, there are a number of very talented readers. + +Here is a list of free audiobook sources: + ++ [Open Culture][20] ++ [Project Gutenberg][21] ++ [Digitalbook.io][22] ++ [FreeClassicAudioBooks.com][23] ++ [MindWebs][24] ++ [Scribl][25] + + +### Final Thoughts on Cozy + +For now, I think I’ll stick with my preferred audiobook software (VLC) for now. Cozy just doesn’t add anything. I won’t call it a [must-have application for Linux][18] just yet. There is no compelling reason for me to switch. Maybe, I’ll revisit it again in the future, maybe when it hits 1.0. + +Take Cozy for a spin. You might come to a different conclusion. + +Have you ever used Cozy? If not, what is your favorite audiobook player? What is your favorite source for free audiobooks? Let us know in the comments below. + +If you found this article interesting, please take a minute to share it on social media, Hacker News or [Reddit][19]. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/cozy-audiobook-player/ + +作者:[John Paul][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/john/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/audiobook-player-linux.png +[2]: https://itsfoss.com/mpv-video-player/ +[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/cozy3.jpg +[4]: https://cozy.geigi.de/ +[5]: https://github.com/geigi +[6]: https://elementary.io/ +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/cozy1.jpg +[8]: https://github.com/geigi/cozy +[9]: https://www.patreon.com/geigi +[10]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/cozy2.jpg +[11]: https://librivox.org/ +[12]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/cozy4.jpg +[13]: https://software.opensuse.org//download.html?project=home%3Ageigi&package=com.github.geigi.cozy +[14]: https://itsfoss.com/flatpak-guide/ +[15]: https://elementary.io/store/ +[16]: https://aur.archlinux.org/ +[17]: https://archive.org/details/librivoxaudio +[18]: https://itsfoss.com/essential-linux-applications/ +[19]: http://reddit.com/r/linuxusersgroup +[20]: http://www.openculture.com/freeaudiobooks +[21]: http://www.gutenberg.org/browse/categories/1 +[22]: https://www.digitalbook.io/ +[23]: http://freeclassicaudiobooks.com/ +[24]: https://archive.org/details/MindWebs_201410 +[25]: https://scribl.com/ From 8c14a12d4eb0196066cd94a38052fbe1f7a178f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 10:17:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 267/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E8=AE=A4=E9=A2=86=20by=20sd886393?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md b/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md index 610a68b2d1..33f83fb0f7 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +认领:by sd886393 What containers can teach us about DevOps ====== From 7bb6f3525e1d7a28d5676b2f41d242b1e27f66b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 10:26:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 268/437] Delete 20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md --- ... to the Django Python web app framework.md | 1250 ----------------- 1 file changed, 1250 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md b/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md deleted file mode 100644 index ab7dba9526..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1250 +0,0 @@ -Translating by MjSeven - - -An introduction to the Django Python web app framework -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/web-spider-frame-framework.png?itok=Rl2AG2Dc) - -In the first three articles of this four-part series comparing different Python web frameworks, we covered the [Pyramid][1], [Flask][2], and [Tornado][3] web frameworks. We've built the same app three times and have finally made our way to [Django][4]. Django is, by and large, the major web framework for Python developers these days and it's not too hard to see why. It excels in hiding a lot of the configuration logic and letting you focus on being able to build big, quickly. - -That said, when it comes to small projects, like our To-Do List app, Django can be a bit like bringing a firehose to a water gun fight. Let's see how it all comes together. - -### About Django - -Django styles itself as "a high-level Python web framework that encourages rapid development and clean, pragmatic design. Built by experienced developers, it takes care of much of the hassle of web development, so you can focus on writing your app without needing to reinvent the wheel." And they really mean it! This massive web framework comes with so many batteries included that oftentimes during development it can be a mystery as to how everything manages to work together. - -In addition to the framework itself being large, the Django community is absolutely massive. In fact, it's so big and active that there's [a whole website][5] devoted to the third-party packages people have designed to plug into Django to do a whole host of things. This includes everything from authentication and authorization, to full-on Django-powered content management systems, to e-commerce add-ons, to integrations with Stripe. Talk about not re-inventing the wheel; chances are if you want something done with Django, someone has already done it and you can just pull it into your project. - -For this purpose, we want to build a REST API with Django, so we'll leverage the always popular [Django REST framework][6]. Its job is to turn the Django framework, which was made to serve fully rendered HTML pages built with Django's own templating engine, into a system specifically geared toward effectively handling REST interactions. Let's get going with that. - -### Django startup and configuration -``` -$ mkdir django_todo - -$ cd django_todo - -$ pipenv install --python 3.6 - -$ pipenv shell - -(django-someHash) $ pipenv install django djangorestframework - -``` - -For reference, we're working with `django-2.0.7` and `djangorestframework-3.8.2`. - -Unlike Flask, Tornado, and Pyramid, we don't need to write our own `setup.py` file. We're not making an installable Python distribution. As with many things, Django takes care of that for us in its own Django way. We'll still need a `requirements.txt` file to track all our necessary installs for deployment elsewhere. However, as far as targeting modules within our Django project goes, Django will let us list the subdirectories we want access to, then allow us to import from those directories as if they're installed packages. - -First, we have to create a Django project. - -When we installed Django, we also installed the command-line script `django-admin`. Its job is to manage all the various Django-related commands that help put our project together and maintain it as we continue to develop. Instead of having us build up the entire Django ecosystem from scratch, the `django-admin` will allow us to get started with all the absolutely necessary files (and more) we need for a standard Django project. - -The syntax for invoking `django-admin`'s start-project command is `django-admin startproject `. We want the files to exist in our current working directory, so: -``` -(django-someHash) $ django-admin startproject django_todo . - -``` - -Typing `ls` will show one new file and one new directory. -``` -(django-someHash) $ ls - -manage.py   django_todo - -``` - -`manage.py` is a command-line-executable Python file that ends up just being a wrapper around `django-admin`. As such, its job is the same: to help us manage our project. Hence the name `manage.py`. - -The directory it created, the `django_todo` inside of `django_todo`, represents the configuration root for our project. Let's dig into that now. - -### Configuring Django - -By calling the `django_todo` directory the "configuration root," we mean this directory holds the files necessary for generally configuring our Django project. Pretty much everything outside this directory will be focused solely on the "business logic" associated with the project's models, views, routes, etc. All points that connect the project together will lead here. - -Calling `ls` within `django_todo` reveals four files: -``` -(django-someHash) $ cd django_todo - -(django-someHash) $ ls - -__init__.py settings.py urls.py     wsgi.py - -``` - - * `__init__.py` is empty, solely existing to turn this directory into an importable Python package. - * `settings.py` is where most configuration items will be set, like whether the project's in DEBUG mode, what databases are in use, where Django should look for files, etc. It is the "main configuration" part of the configuration root, and we'll dig into that momentarily. - * `urls.py` is, as the name implies, where the URLs are set. While we don't have to explicitly write every URL for the project in this file, we **do** need to make this file aware of any other places where URLs have been declared. If this file doesn't point to other URLs, those URLs don't exist. **Period.** - * `wsgi.py` is for serving the application in production. Just like how Pyramid, Tornado, and Flask exposed some "app" object that was the configured application to be served, Django must also expose one. That's done here. It can then be served with something like [Gunicorn][7], [Waitress][8], or [uWSGI][9]. - - - -#### Setting the settings - -Taking a look inside `settings.py` will reveal its considerable size—and these are just the defaults! This doesn't even include hooks for the database, static files, media files, any cloud integration, or any of the other dozens of ways that a Django project can be configured. Let's see, top to bottom, what we've been given: - - * `BASE_DIR` sets the absolute path to the base directory, or the directory where `manage.py` is located. This is useful for locating files. - * `SECRET_KEY` is a key used for cryptographic signing within the Django project. In practice, it's used for things like sessions, cookies, CSRF protection, and auth tokens. As soon as possible, preferably before the first commit, the value for `SECRET_KEY` should be changed and moved into an environment variable. - * `DEBUG` tells Django whether to run the project in development mode or production mode. This is an extremely critical distinction. - * In development mode, when an error pops up, Django will show the full stack trace that led to the error, as well as all the settings and configurations involved in running the project. This can be a massive security issue if `DEBUG` was set to `True` in a production environment. - * In production, Django shows a plain error page when things go wrong. No information is given beyond an error code. - * A simple way to safeguard our project is to set `DEBUG` to an environment variable, like `bool(os.environ.get('DEBUG', ''))`. - * `ALLOWED_HOSTS` is the literal list of hostnames from which the application is being served. In development this can be empty, but in production our Django project will not run if the host that serves the project is not among the list of ALLOWED_HOSTS. Another thing for the box of environment variables. - * `INSTALLED_APPS` is the list of Django "apps" (think of them as subdirectories; more on this later) that our Django project has access to. We're given a few by default to provide… - * The built-in Django administrative website - * Django's built-in authentication system - * Django's one-size-fits-all manager for data models - * Session management - * Cookie and session-based messaging - * Usage of static files inherent to the site, like `css` files, `js` files, any images that are a part of our site's design, etc. - * `MIDDLEWARE` is as it sounds: the middleware that helps our Django project run. Much of it is for handling various types of security, although we can add others as we need them. - * `ROOT_URLCONF` sets the import path of our base-level URL configuration file. That `urls.py` that we saw before? By default, Django points to that file to gather all our URLs. If we want Django to look elsewhere, we'll set the import path to that location here. - * `TEMPLATES` is the list of template engines that Django would use for our site's frontend if we were relying on Django to build our HTML. Since we're not, it's irrelevant. - * `WSGI_APPLICATION` sets the import path of our WSGI application—the thing that gets served when in production. By default, it points to an `application` object in `wsgi.py`. This rarely, if ever, needs to be modified. - * `DATABASES` sets which databases our Django project will access. The `default` database must be set. We can set others by name, as long as we provide the `HOST`, `USER`, `PASSWORD`, `PORT`, database `NAME`, and appropriate `ENGINE`. As one might imagine, these are all sensitive pieces of information, so it's best to hide them away in environment variables. [Check the Django docs][10] for more details. - * Note: If instead of providing individual pieces of a database's location, you'd rather provide the full database URL, check out [dj_database_url][11]. - * `AUTH_PASSWORD_VALIDATORS` is effectively a list of functions that run to check input passwords. We get a few by default, but if we had other, more complex validation needs—more than merely checking if the password matches a user's attribute, if it exceeds the minimum length, if it's one of the 1,000 most common passwords, or if the password is entirely numeric—we could list them here. - * `LANGUAGE_CODE` will set the language for the site. By default it's US English, but we could switch it up to be other languages. - * `TIME_ZONE` is the time zone for any autogenerated timestamps in our Django project. I cannot stress enough how important it is that we stick to UTC and perform any time zone-specific processing elsewhere instead of trying to reconfigure this setting. As [this article][12] states, UTC is the common denominator among all time zones because there are no offsets to worry about. If offsets are that important, we could calculate them as needed with an appropriate offset from UTC. - * `USE_I18N` will let Django use its own translation services to translate strings for the front end. I18N = internationalization (18 characters between "i" and "n") - * `USE_L10N` (L10N = localization [10 characters between "l" and "n"]) will use the common local formatting of data if set to `True`. A great example is dates: in the US it's MM-DD-YYYY. In Europe, dates tend to be written DD-MM-YYYY - * `STATIC_URL` is part of a larger body of settings for serving static files. We'll be building a REST API, so we won't need to worry about static files. In general, this sets the root path after the domain name for every static file. So, if we had a logo image to serve, it'd be `http:////logo.gif` - - - -These settings are pretty much ready to go by default. One thing we'll have to change is the `DATABASES` setting. First, we create the database that we'll be using with: -``` -(django-someHash) $ createdb django_todo - -``` - -We want to use a PostgreSQL database like we did with Flask, Pyramid, and Tornado. That means we'll have to change the `DATABASES` setting to allow our server to access a PostgreSQL database. First: the engine. By default, the database engine is `django.db.backends.sqlite3`. We'll be changing that to `django.db.backends.postgresql`. - -For more information about Django's available engines, [check the docs][13]. Note that while it is technically possible to incorporate a NoSQL solution into a Django project, out of the box, Django is strongly biased toward SQL solutions. - -Next, we have to specify the key-value pairs for the different parts of the connection parameters. - - * `NAME` is the name of the database we just created. - * `USER` is an individual's Postgres database username - * `PASSWORD` is the password needed to access the database - * `HOST` is the host for the database. `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` will work, as we're developing locally. - * `PORT` is whatever PORT we have open for Postgres; it's typically `5432`. - - - -`settings.py` expects us to provide string values for each of these keys. However, this is highly sensitive information. That's not going to work for any responsible developer. There are several ways to address this problem, but we'll just set up environment variables. -``` -DATABASES = { - -    'default': { - -        'ENGINE': 'django.db.backends.postgresql', - -        'NAME': os.environ.get('DB_NAME', ''), - -        'USER': os.environ.get('DB_USER', ''), - -        'PASSWORD': os.environ.get('DB_PASS', ''), - -        'HOST': os.environ.get('DB_HOST', ''), - -        'PORT': os.environ.get('DB_PORT', ''), - -    } - -} - -``` - -Before going forward, make sure to set the environment variables or Django will not work. Also, we need to install `psycopg2` into this environment so we can talk to our database. - -### Django routes and views - -Let's make something function inside this project. We'll be using Django REST Framework to construct our REST API, so we have to make sure we can use it by adding `rest_framework` to the end of `INSTALLED_APPS` in `settings.py`. -``` -INSTALLED_APPS = [ - -    'django.contrib.admin', - -    'django.contrib.auth', - -    'django.contrib.contenttypes', - -    'django.contrib.sessions', - -    'django.contrib.messages', - -    'django.contrib.staticfiles', - -    'rest_framework' - -] - -``` - -While Django REST Framework doesn't exclusively require class-based views (like Tornado) to handle incoming requests, it is the preferred method for writing views. Let's define one. - -Let's create a file called `views.py` in `django_todo`. Within `views.py`, we'll create our "Hello, world!" view. -``` -# in django_todo/views.py - -from rest_framework.response import JsonResponse - -from rest_framework.views import APIView - - - -class HelloWorld(APIView): - -    def get(self, request, format=None): - -        """Print 'Hello, world!' as the response body.""" - -        return JsonResponse("Hello, world!") - -``` - -Every Django REST Framework class-based view inherits either directly or indirectly from `APIView`. `APIView` handles a ton of stuff, but for our purposes it does these specific things: - - * Sets up the methods needed to direct traffic based on the HTTP method (e.g. GET, POST, PUT, DELETE) - * Populates the `request` object with all the data and attributes we'll need for parsing and processing any incoming request - * Takes the `Response` or `JsonResponse` that every dispatch method (i.e., methods named `get`, `post`, `put`, `delete`) returns and constructs a properly formatted HTTP response. - - - -Yay, we have a view! On its own it does nothing. We need to connect it to a route. - -If we hop into `django_todo/urls.py`, we reach our default URL configuration file. As mentioned earlier: If a route in our Django project is not included here, it doesn't exist. - -We add desired URLs by adding them to the given `urlpatterns` list. By default, we get a whole set of URLs for Django's built-in site administration backend. We'll delete that completely. - -We also get some very helpful doc strings that tell us exactly how to add routes to our Django project. We'll need to provide a call to `path()` with three parameters: - - * The desired route, as a string (without the leading slash) - * The view function (only ever a function!) that will handle that route - * The name of the route in our Django project - - - -Let's import our `HelloWorld` view and attach it to the home route `"/"`. We can also remove the path to the `admin` from `urlpatterns`, as we won't be using it. -``` -# django_todo/urls.py, after the big doc string - -from django.urls import path - -from django_todo.views import HelloWorld - - - -urlpatterns = [ - -    path('', HelloWorld.as_view(), name="hello"), - -] - -``` - -Well, this is different. The route we specified is just a blank string. Why does that work? Django assumes that every path we declare begins with a leading slash. We're just specifying routes to resources after the initial domain name. If a route isn't going to a specific resource and is instead just the home page, the route is just `""`, or effectively "no resource." - -The `HelloWorld` view is imported from that `views.py` file we just created. In order to do this import, we need to update `settings.py` to include `django_todo` in the list of `INSTALLED_APPS`. Yeah, it's a bit weird. Here's one way to think about it. - -`INSTALLED_APPS` refers to the list of directories or packages that Django sees as importable. It's Django's way of treating individual components of a project like installed packages without going through a `setup.py`. We want the `django_todo` directory to be treated like an importable package, so we include that directory in `INSTALLED_APPS`. Now, any module within that directory is also importable. So we get our view. - -The `path` function will ONLY take a view function as that second argument, not just a class-based view on its own. Luckily, all valid Django class-based views include this `.as_view()` method. Its job is to roll up all the goodness of the class-based view into a view function and return that view function. So, we never have to worry about making that translation. Instead, we only have to think about the business logic, letting Django and Django REST Framework handle the rest. - -Let's crack this open in the browser! - -Django comes packaged with its own local development server, accessible through `manage.py`. Let's navigate to the directory containing `manage.py` and type: -``` -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py runserver - -Performing system checks... - - - -System check identified no issues (0 silenced). - -August 01, 2018 - 16:47:24 - -Django version 2.0.7, using settings 'django_todo.settings' - -Starting development server at http://127.0.0.1:8000/ - -Quit the server with CONTROL-C. - -``` - -When `runserver` is executed, Django does a check to make sure the project is (more or less) wired together correctly. It's not fool-proof, but it does catch some glaring issues. It also notifies us if our database is out of sync with our code. Undoubtedly ours is because we haven't committed any of our application's stuff to our database, but that's fine for now. Let's visit `http://127.0.0.1:8000` to see the output of the `HelloWorld` view. - -Huh. That's not the plaintext data we saw in Pyramid, Flask, and Tornado. When Django REST Framework is used, the HTTP response (when viewed in the browser) is this sort of rendered HTML, showing our actual JSON response in red. - -But don't fret! If we do a quick `curl` looking at `http://127.0.0.1:8000` in the command line, we don't get any of that fancy HTML. Just the content. -``` -# Note: try this in a different terminal window, outside of the virtual environment above - -$ curl http://127.0.0.1:8000 - -"Hello, world!" - -``` - -Bueno! - -Django REST Framework wants us to have a human-friendly interface when using the browser. This makes sense; if JSON is viewed in the browser, it's typically because a human wants to check that it looks right or get a sense of what the JSON response will look like as they design some consumer of an API. It's a lot like what you'd get from a service like [Postman][14]. - -Either way, we know our view is working! Woo! Let's recap what we've done: - - 1. Started the project with `django-admin startproject ` - 2. Updated the `django_todo/settings.py` to use environment variables for `DEBUG`, `SECRET_KEY`, and values in the `DATABASES` dict - 3. Installed `Django REST Framework` and added it to the list of `INSTALLED_APPS` - 4. Created `django_todo/views.py` to include our first view class to say Hello to the World - 5. Updated `django_todo/urls.py` with a path to our new home route - 6. Updated `INSTALLED_APPS` in `django_todo/settings.py` to include the `django_todo` package - - - -### Creating models - -Let's create our data models now. - -A Django project's entire infrastructure is built around data models. It's written so each data model can have its own little universe with its own views, its own set of URLs that concern its resources, and even its own tests (if we are so inclined). - -If we wanted to build a simple Django project, we could circumvent this by just writing our own `models.py` file in the `django_todo` directory and importing it into our views. However, we're trying to write a Django project the "right" way, so we should divide up our models as best we can into their own little packages The Django Way™. - -The Django Way involves creating what are called Django "apps." Django "apps" aren't separate applications per se; they don't have their own settings and whatnot (although they can). They can, however, have just about everything else one might think of being in a standalone application: - - * Set of self-contained URLs - * Set of self-contained HTML templates (if we want to serve HTML) - * One or more data models - * Set of self-contained views - * Set of self-contained tests - - - -They are made to be independent so they can be easily shared like standalone applications. In fact, Django REST Framework is an example of a Django app. It comes packaged with its own views and HTML templates for serving up our JSON. We just leverage that Django app to turn our project into a full-on RESTful API with less hassle. - -To create the Django app for our To-Do List items, we'll want to use the `startapp` command with `manage.py`. -``` -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py startapp todo - -``` - -The `startapp` command will succeed silently. We can check that it did what it should've done by using `ls`. -``` -(django-someHash) $ ls - -Pipfile      Pipfile.lock django_todo  manage.py    todo - -``` - -Look at that: We've got a brand new `todo` directory. Let's look inside! -``` -(django-someHash) $ ls todo - -__init__.py admin.py    apps.py     migrations  models.py   tests.py    views.py - -``` - -Here are the files that `manage.py startapp` created: - - * `__init__.py` is empty; it exists so this directory can be seen as a valid import path for models, views, etc. - * `admin.py` is not quite empty; it's used for formatting this app's models in the Django admin, which we're not getting into in this article. - * `apps.py` … not much work to do here either; it helps with formatting models for the Django admin. - * `migrations` is a directory that'll contain snapshots of our data models; it's used for updating our database. This is one of the few frameworks that comes with database management built-in, and part of that is allowing us to update our database instead of having to tear it down and rebuild it to change the schema. - * `models.py` is where the data models live. - * `tests.py` is where tests would go—if we wrote any. - * `views.py` is for the views we write that pertain to the models in this app. They don't have to be written here. We could, for example, write all our views in `django_todo/views.py`. It's here, however, so it's easier to separate our concerns. This becomes far more relevant with sprawling applications that cover many conceptual spaces. - - - -What hasn't been created for us is a `urls.py` file for this app. We can make that ourselves. -``` -(django-someHash) $ touch todo/urls.py - -``` - -Before moving forward we should do ourselves a favor and add this new Django app to our list of `INSTALLED_APPS` in `django_todo/settings.py`. -``` -# in settings.py - -INSTALLED_APPS = [ - -    'django.contrib.admin', - -    'django.contrib.auth', - -    'django.contrib.contenttypes', - -    'django.contrib.sessions', - -    'django.contrib.messages', - -    'django.contrib.staticfiles', - -    'rest_framework', - -    'django_todo', - -    'todo' # <--- the line was added - -] - -``` - -Inspecting `todo/models.py` shows that `manage.py` already wrote a bit of code for us to get started. Diverging from how models were created in the Flask, Tornado, and Pyramid implementations, Django doesn't leverage a third party to manage database sessions or the construction of its object instances. It's all rolled into Django's `django.db.models` submodule. - -The way a model is built, however, is more or less the same. To create a model in Django, we'll need to build a `class` that inherits from `models.Model`. All the fields that will apply to instances of that model should appear as class attributes. Instead of importing columns and field types from SQLAlchemy like we have in the past, all of our fields will come directly from `django.db.models`. -``` -# todo/models.py - -from django.db import models - - - -class Task(models.Model): - -    """Tasks for the To Do list.""" - -    name = models.CharField(max_length=256) - -    note = models.TextField(blank=True, null=True) - -    creation_date = models.DateTimeField(auto_now_add=True) - -    due_date = models.DateTimeField(blank=True, null=True) - -    completed = models.BooleanField(default=False) - -``` - -While there are some definite differences between what Django needs and what SQLAlchemy-based systems need, the overall contents and structure are more or less the same. Let's point out the differences. - -We no longer need to declare a separate field for an auto-incremented ID number for our object instances. Django builds one for us unless we specify a different field as the primary key. - -Instead of instantiating `Column` objects that are passed datatype objects, we just directly reference the datatypes as the columns themselves. - -The `Unicode` field became either `models.CharField` or `models.TextField`. `CharField` is for small text fields of a specific maximum length, whereas `TextField` is for any amount of text. - -The `TextField` should be able to be blank, and we specify this in TWO ways. `blank=True` says that when an instance of this model is constructed, and the data attached to this field is being validated, it's OK for that data to be empty. This is different from `null=True`, which says when the table for this model class is constructed, the column corresponding to `note` will allow for blank or `NULL` entries. So, to sum that all up, `blank=True` controls how data gets added to model instances while `null=True` controls how the database table holding that data is constructed in the first place. - -The `DateTime` field grew some muscle and became able to do some work for us instead of us having to modify the `__init__` method for the class. For the `creation_date` field, we specify `auto_now_add=True`. What this means in a practical sense is that when a new model instance is created Django will automatically record the date and time of now as that field's value. That's handy! - -When neither `auto_now_add` nor its close cousin `auto_now` are set to `True`, `DateTimeField` will expect data like any other field. It'll need to be fed with a proper `datetime` object to be valid. The `due_date` column has `blank` and `null` both set to `True` so that an item on the To-Do List can just be an item to be done at some point in the future, with no defined date or time. - -`BooleanField` just ends up being a field that can take one of two values: `True` or `False`. Here, the default value is set to be `False`. - -#### Managing the database - -As mentioned earlier, Django has its own way of doing database management. Instead of having to write… really any code at all regarding our database, we leverage the `manage.py` script that Django provided on construction. It'll manage not just the construction of the tables for our database, but also any updates we wish to make to those tables without necessarily having to blow the whole thing away! - -Because we've constructed a new model, we need to make our database aware of it. First, we need to put into code the schema that corresponds to this model. The `makemigrations` command of `manage.py` will take a snapshot of the model class we built and all its fields. It'll take that information and package it into a Python script that'll live in this particular Django app's `migrations` directory. There will never be a reason to run this migration script directly. It'll exist solely so that Django can use it as a basis to update our database table or to inherit information when we update our model class. -``` -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py makemigrations - -Migrations for 'todo': - -  todo/migrations/0001_initial.py - -    - Create model Task - -``` - -This will look at every app listed in `INSTALLED_APPS` and check for models that exist in those apps. It'll then check the corresponding `migrations` directory for migration files and compare them to the models in each of those `INSTALLED_APPS` apps. If a model has been upgraded beyond what the latest migration says should exist, a new migration file will be created that inherits from the most recent one. It'll be automatically named and also be given a message that says what changed since the last migration. - -If it's been a while since you last worked on your Django project and can't remember if your models were in sync with your migrations, you have no need to fear. `makemigrations` is an idempotent operation; your `migrations` directory will have only one copy of the current model configuration whether you run `makemigrations` once or 20 times. Even better than that, when we run `./manage.py runserver`, Django will detect that our models are out of sync with our migrations, and it'll just flat out tell us in colored text so we can make the appropriate choice. - -This next point is something that trips everybody up at least once: Creating a migration file does not immediately affect our database. When we ran `makemigrations`, we prepared our Django project to define how a given table should be created and end up looking. It's still on us to apply those changes to our database. That's what the `migrate` command is for. -``` -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py migrate - -Operations to perform: - -  Apply all migrations: admin, auth, contenttypes, sessions, todo - -Running migrations: - -  Applying contenttypes.0001_initial... OK - -  Applying auth.0001_initial... OK - -  Applying admin.0001_initial... OK - -  Applying admin.0002_logentry_remove_auto_add... OK - -  Applying contenttypes.0002_remove_content_type_name... OK - -  Applying auth.0002_alter_permission_name_max_length... OK - -  Applying auth.0003_alter_user_email_max_length... OK - -  Applying auth.0004_alter_user_username_opts... OK - -  Applying auth.0005_alter_user_last_login_null... OK - -  Applying auth.0006_require_contenttypes_0002... OK - -  Applying auth.0007_alter_validators_add_error_messages... OK - -  Applying auth.0008_alter_user_username_max_length... OK - -  Applying auth.0009_alter_user_last_name_max_length... OK - -  Applying sessions.0001_initial... OK - -  Applying todo.0001_initial... OK - -``` - -When we apply our migrations, Django first checks to see if the other `INSTALLED_APPS` have migrations to be applied. It checks them in roughly the order they're listed. We want our app to be listed last, because we want to make sure that, in case our model depends on any of Django's built-in models, the database updates we make don't suffer from dependency problems. - -We have another model to build: the User model. However, the game has changed a bit since we're using Django. So many applications require some sort of User model that Django's `django.contrib.auth` package built its own for us to use. If it weren't for the authentication token we require for our users, we could just move on and use it instead of reinventing the wheel. - -However, we need that token. There are a couple of ways we can handle this. - - * Inherit from Django's `User` object, making our own object that extends it by adding a `token` field - * Create a new object that exists in a one-to-one relationship with Django's `User` object, whose only purpose is to hold a token - - - -I'm in the habit of building object relationships, so let's go with the second option. Let's call it an `Owner` as it basically has a similar connotation as a `User`, which is what we want. - -Out of sheer laziness, we could just include this new `Owner` object in `todo/models.py`, but let's refrain from that. `Owner` doesn't explicitly have to do with the creation or maintenance of items on the task list. Conceptually, the `Owner` is simply the owner of the task. There may even come a time where we want to expand this `Owner` to include other data that has absolutely nothing to do with tasks. - -Just to be safe, let's make an `owner` app whose job is to house and handle this `Owner` object. -``` -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py startapp owner - -``` - -Don't forget to add it to the list of `INSTALLED_APPS` in `settings.py`. -``` -INSTALLED_APPS = [ - -    'django.contrib.admin', - -    'django.contrib.auth', - -    'django.contrib.contenttypes', - -    'django.contrib.sessions', - -    'django.contrib.messages', - -    'django.contrib.staticfiles', - -    'rest_framework', - -    'django_todo', - -    'todo', - -    'owner' - -] - -``` - -If we look at the root of our Django project, we now have two Django apps: -``` -(django-someHash) $ ls - -Pipfile      Pipfile.lock django_todo  manage.py    owner        todo - -``` - -In `owner/models.py`, let's build this `Owner` model. As mentioned earlier, it'll have a one-to-one relationship with Django's built-in `User` object. We can enforce this relationship with Django's `models.OneToOneField` -``` -# owner/models.py - -from django.db import models - -from django.contrib.auth.models import User - -import secrets - - - -class Owner(models.Model): - -    """The object that owns tasks.""" - -    user = models.OneToOneField(User, on_delete=models.CASCADE) - -    token = models.CharField(max_length=256) - - - -    def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): - -        """On construction, set token.""" - -        self.token = secrets.token_urlsafe(64) - -        super().__init__(*args, **kwargs) - -``` - -This says the `Owner` object is linked to the `User` object, with one `owner` instance per `user` instance. `on_delete=models.CASCADE` dictates that if the corresponding `User` gets deleted, the `Owner` instance it's linked to will also get deleted. Let's run `makemigrations` and `migrate` to bake this new model into our database. -``` -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py makemigrations - -Migrations for 'owner': - -  owner/migrations/0001_initial.py - -    - Create model Owner - -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py migrate - -Operations to perform: - -  Apply all migrations: admin, auth, contenttypes, owner, sessions, todo - -Running migrations: - -  Applying owner.0001_initial... OK - -``` - -Now our `Owner` needs to own some `Task` objects. It'll be very similar to the `OneToOneField` seen above, except that we'll stick a `ForeignKey` field on the `Task` object pointing to an `Owner`. -``` -# todo/models.py - -from django.db import models - -from owner.models import Owner - - - -class Task(models.Model): - -    """Tasks for the To Do list.""" - -    name = models.CharField(max_length=256) - -    note = models.TextField(blank=True, null=True) - -    creation_date = models.DateTimeField(auto_now_add=True) - -    due_date = models.DateTimeField(blank=True, null=True) - -    completed = models.BooleanField(default=False) - -    owner = models.ForeignKey(Owner, on_delete=models.CASCADE) - -``` - -Every To-Do List task has exactly one owner who can own multiple tasks. When that owner is deleted, any task they own goes with them. - -Let's now run `makemigrations` to take a new snapshot of our data model setup, then `migrate` to apply those changes to our database. -``` -(django-someHash) django $ ./manage.py makemigrations - -You are trying to add a non-nullable field 'owner' to task without a default; we can't do that (the database needs something to populate existing rows). - -Please select a fix: - - 1) Provide a one-off default now (will be set on all existing rows with a null value for this column) - - 2) Quit, and let me add a default in models.py - -``` - -Oh no! We have a problem! What happened? Well, when we created the `Owner` object and added it as a `ForeignKey` to `Task`, we basically required that every `Task` requires an `Owner`. However, the first migration we made for the `Task` object didn't include that requirement. So, even though there's no data in our database's table, Django is doing a pre-check on our migrations to make sure they're compatible and this new migration we're proposing is not. - -There are a few ways to deal with this sort of problem: - - 1. Blow away the current migration and build a new one that includes the current model configuration - 2. Add a default value to the `owner` field on the `Task` object - 3. Allow tasks to have `NULL` values for the `owner` field. - - - -Option 2 wouldn't make much sense here; we'd be proposing that any `Task` that was created would, by default, be linked to some default owner despite none necessarily existing. - -Option 1 would require us to destroy and rebuild our migrations. We should leave those alone. - -Let's go with option 3. In this circumstance, it won't be the end of the world if we allow the `Task` table to have null values for the owners; any tasks created from this point forward will necessarily have an owner. If you're in a situation where that isn't an acceptable schema for your database table, blow away your migrations, drop the table, and rebuild the migrations. -``` -# todo/models.py - -from django.db import models - -from owner.models import Owner - - - -class Task(models.Model): - -    """Tasks for the To Do list.""" - -    name = models.CharField(max_length=256) - -    note = models.TextField(blank=True, null=True) - -    creation_date = models.DateTimeField(auto_now_add=True) - -    due_date = models.DateTimeField(blank=True, null=True) - -    completed = models.BooleanField(default=False) - -    owner = models.ForeignKey(Owner, on_delete=models.CASCADE, null=True) - -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py makemigrations - -Migrations for 'todo': - -  todo/migrations/0002_task_owner.py - -    - Add field owner to task - -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py migrate - -Operations to perform: - -  Apply all migrations: admin, auth, contenttypes, owner, sessions, todo - -Running migrations: - -  Applying todo.0002_task_owner... OK - -``` - -Woo! We have our models! Welcome to the Django way of declaring objects. - -For good measure, let's ensure that whenever a `User` is made, it's automatically linked with a new `Owner` object. We can do this using Django's `signals` system. Basically, we say exactly what we intend: "When we get the signal that a new `User` has been constructed, construct a new `Owner` and set that new `User` as that `Owner`'s `user` field." In practice that looks like: -``` -# owner/models.py - -from django.contrib.auth.models import User - -from django.db import models - -from django.db.models.signals import post_save - -from django.dispatch import receiver - - - -import secrets - - - - - -class Owner(models.Model): - -    """The object that owns tasks.""" - -    user = models.OneToOneField(User, on_delete=models.CASCADE) - -    token = models.CharField(max_length=256) - - - -    def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): - -        """On construction, set token.""" - -        self.token = secrets.token_urlsafe(64) - -        super().__init__(*args, **kwargs) - - - - - -@receiver(post_save, sender=User) - -def link_user_to_owner(sender, **kwargs): - -    """If a new User is saved, create a corresponding Owner.""" - -    if kwargs['created']: - -        owner = Owner(user=kwargs['instance']) - -        owner.save() - -``` - -We set up a function that listens for signals to be sent from the `User` object built into Django. It's waiting for just after a `User` object has been saved. This can come from either a new `User` or an update to an existing `User`; we discern between the two scenarios within the listening function. - -If the thing sending the signal was a newly created instance, `kwargs['created']` will have the value of `True`. We only want to do something if this is `True`. If it's a new instance, we create a new `Owner`, setting its `user` field to be the new `User` instance that was created. After that, we `save()` the new `Owner`. This will commit our change to the database if all is well. It'll fail if the data doesn't validate against the fields we declared. - -Now let's talk about how we're going to access the data. - -### Accessing model data - -In the Flask, Pyramid, and Tornado frameworks, we accessed model data by running queries against some database session. Maybe it was attached to a `request` object, maybe it was a standalone `session` object. Regardless, we had to establish a live connection to the database and query on that connection. - -This isn't the way Django works. Django, by default, doesn't leverage any third-party object-relational mapping (ORM) to converse with the database. Instead, Django allows the model classes to maintain their own conversations with the database. - -Every model class that inherits from `django.db.models.Model` will have attached to it an `objects` object. This will take the place of the `session` or `dbsession` we've become so familiar with. Let's open the special shell that Django gives us and investigate how this `objects` object works. -``` -(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py shell - -Python 3.7.0 (default, Jun 29 2018, 20:13:13) - -[Clang 9.1.0 (clang-902.0.39.2)] on darwin - -Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. - -(InteractiveConsole) - ->>> - -``` - -The Django shell is different from a normal Python shell in that it's aware of the Django project we've been building and can do easy imports of our models, views, settings, etc. without having to worry about installing a package. We can access our models with a simple `import`. -``` ->>> from owner.models import Owner - ->>> Owner - - - -``` - -Currently, we have no `Owner` instances. We can tell by querying for them with `Owner.objects.all()`. -``` ->>> Owner.objects.all() - - - -``` - -Anytime we run a query method on the `.objects` object, we'll get a `QuerySet` back. For our purposes, it's effectively a `list`, and this `list` is showing us that it's empty. Let's make an `Owner` by making a `User`. -``` ->>> from django.contrib.auth.models import User - ->>> new_user = User(username='kenyattamurphy', email='kenyatta.murphy@gmail.com') - ->>> new_user.set_password('wakandaforever') - ->>> new_user.save() - -``` - -If we query for all of our `Owner`s now, we should find Kenyatta. -``` ->>> Owner.objects.all() - -]> - -``` - -Yay! We've got data! - -### Serializing models - -We'll be passing data back and forth beyond just "Hello World." As such, we'll want to see some sort of JSON-ified output that represents that data well. Taking that object's data and transforming it into a JSON object for submission across HTTP is a version of data serialization. In serializing data, we're taking the data we currently have and reformatting it to fit some standard, more-easily-digestible form. - -If I were doing this with Flask, Pyramid, and Tornado, I'd create a new method on each model to give the user direct access to call `to_json()`. The only job of `to_json()` would be to return a JSON-serializable (i.e. numbers, strings, lists, dicts) dictionary with whatever fields I want to be displayed for the object in question. - -It'd probably look something like this for the `Task` object: -``` -class Task(Base): - -    ...all the fields... - - - -    def to_json(self): - -        """Convert task attributes to a JSON-serializable dict.""" - -        return { - -            'id': self.id, - -            'name': self.name, - -            'note': self.note, - -            'creation_date': self.creation_date.strftime('%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S'), - -            'due_date': self.due_date.strftime('%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S'), - -            'completed': self.completed, - -            'user': self.user_id - -        } - -``` - -It's not fancy, but it does the job. - -Django REST Framework, however, provides us with an object that'll not only do that for us but also validate inputs when we want to create new object instances or update existing ones. It's called the [ModelSerializer][15]. - -Django REST Framework's `ModelSerializer` is effectively documentation for our models. They don't have lives of their own if there are no models attached (for that there's the [Serializer][16] class). Their main job is to accurately represent our model and make the conversion to JSON thoughtless when our model's data needs to be serialized and sent over a wire. - -Django REST Framework's `ModelSerializer` works best for simple objects. As an example, imagine that we didn't have that `ForeignKey` on the `Task` object. We could create a serializer for our `Task` that would convert its field values to JSON as necessary with the following declaration: -``` -# todo/serializers.py - -from rest_framework import serializers - -from todo.models import Task - - - -class TaskSerializer(serializers.ModelSerializer): - -    """Serializer for the Task model.""" - - - -    class Meta: - -        model = Task - -        fields = ('id', 'name', 'note', 'creation_date', 'due_date', 'completed') - -``` - -Inside our new `TaskSerializer`, we create a `Meta` class. `Meta`'s job here is just to hold information (or metadata) about the thing we're attempting to serialize. Then, we note the specific fields that we want to show. If we wanted to show all the fields, we could just shortcut the process and use `'__all__'`. We could, alternatively, use the `exclude` keyword instead of `fields` to tell Django REST Framework that we want every field except for a select few. We can have as many serializers as we like, so maybe we want one for a small subset of fields and one for all the fields? Go wild here. - -In our case, there is a relation between each `Task` and its owner `Owner` that must be reflected here. As such, we need to borrow the `serializers.PrimaryKeyRelatedField` object to specify that each `Task` will have an `Owner` and that relationship is one-to-one. Its owner will be found from the set of all owners that exists. We get that set by doing a query for those owners and returning the results we want to be associated with this serializer: `Owner.objects.all()`. We also need to include `owner` in the list of fields, as we always need an `Owner` associated with a `Task` -``` -# todo/serializers.py - -from rest_framework import serializers - -from todo.models import Task - -from owner.models import Owner - - - -class TaskSerializer(serializers.ModelSerializer): - -    """Serializer for the Task model.""" - -    owner = serializers.PrimaryKeyRelatedField(queryset=Owner.objects.all()) - - - -    class Meta: - -        model = Task - -        fields = ('id', 'name', 'note', 'creation_date', 'due_date', 'completed', 'owner') - -``` - -Now that this serializer is built, we can use it for all the CRUD operations we'd like to do for our objects: - - * If we want to `GET` a JSONified version of a specific `Task`, we can do `TaskSerializer(some_task).data` - * If we want to accept a `POST` with the appropriate data to create a new `Task`, we can use `TaskSerializer(data=new_data).save()` - * If we want to update some existing data with a `PUT`, we can say `TaskSerializer(existing_task, data=data).save()` - - - -We're not including `delete` because we don't really need to do anything with information for a `delete` operation. If you have access to an object you want to delete, just say `object_instance.delete()`. - -Here is an example of what some serialized data might look like: -``` ->>> from todo.models import Task - ->>> from todo.serializers import TaskSerializer - ->>> from owner.models import Owner - ->>> from django.contrib.auth.models import User - ->>> new_user = User(username='kenyatta', email='kenyatta@gmail.com') - ->>> new_user.save_password('wakandaforever') - ->>> new_user.save() # creating the User that builds the Owner - ->>> kenyatta = Owner.objects.first() # grabbing the Owner that is kenyatta - ->>> new_task = Task(name="Buy roast beef for the Sunday potluck", owner=kenyatta) - ->>> new_task.save() - ->>> TaskSerializer(new_task).data - -{'id': 1, 'name': 'Go to the supermarket', 'note': None, 'creation_date': '2018-07-31T06:00:25.165013Z', 'due_date': None, 'completed': False, 'owner': 1} - -``` - -There's a lot more you can do with the `ModelSerializer` objects, and I suggest checking [the docs][17] for those greater capabilities. Otherwise, this is as much as we need. It's time to dig into some views. - -### Views for reals - -We've built the models and the serializers, and now we need to set up the views and URLs for our application. After all, we can't do anything with an application that has no views. We've already seen an example with the `HelloWorld` view above. However, that's always a contrived, proof-of-concept example and doesn't really show what can be done with Django REST Framework's views. Let's clear out the `HelloWorld` view and URL so we can start fresh with our views. - -The first view we'll build is the `InfoView`. As in the previous frameworks, we just want to package and send out a dictionary of our proposed routes. The view itself can live in `django_todo.views` since it doesn't pertain to a specific model (and thus doesn't conceptually belong in a specific app). -``` -# django_todo/views.py - -from rest_framework.response import JsonResponse - -from rest_framework.views import APIView - - - -class InfoView(APIView): - -    """List of routes for this API.""" - -    def get(self, request): - -        output = { - -            'info': 'GET /api/v1', - -            'register': 'POST /api/v1/accounts', - -            'single profile detail': 'GET /api/v1/accounts/', - -            'edit profile': 'PUT /api/v1/accounts/', - -            'delete profile': 'DELETE /api/v1/accounts/', - -            'login': 'POST /api/v1/accounts/login', - -            'logout': 'GET /api/v1/accounts/logout', - -            "user's tasks": 'GET /api/v1/accounts//tasks', - -            "create task": 'POST /api/v1/accounts//tasks', - -            "task detail": 'GET /api/v1/accounts//tasks/', - -            "task update": 'PUT /api/v1/accounts//tasks/', - -            "delete task": 'DELETE /api/v1/accounts//tasks/' - -        } - -        return JsonResponse(output) - -``` - -This is pretty much identical to what we had in Tornado. Let's hook it up to an appropriate route and be on our way. For good measure, we'll also remove the `admin/` route, as we won't be using the Django administrative backend here. -``` -# in django_todo/urls.py - -from django_todo.views import InfoView - -from django.urls import path - - - -urlpatterns = [ - -    path('api/v1', InfoView.as_view(), name="info"), - -] - -``` - -#### Connecting models to views - -Let's figure out the next URL, which will be the endpoint for either creating a new `Task` or listing a user's existing tasks. This should exist in a `urls.py` in the `todo` app since this has to deal specifically with `Task` objects instead of being a part of the whole project. -``` -# in todo/urls.py - -from django.urls import path - -from todo.views import TaskListView - - - -urlpatterns = [ - -    path('', TaskListView.as_view(), name="list_tasks") - -] - -``` - -What's the deal with this route? We didn't specify a particular user or much of a path at all. Since there would be a couple of routes requiring the base path `/api/v1/accounts//tasks`, why write it again and again when we can just write it once? - -Django allows us to take a whole suite of URLs and import them into the base `django_todo/urls.py` file. We can then give every one of those imported URLs the same base path, only worrying about the variable parts when, you know, they vary. -``` -# in django_todo/urls.py - -from django.urls import include, path - -from django_todo.views import InfoView - - - -urlpatterns = [ - -    path('api/v1', InfoView.as_view(), name="info"), - -    path('api/v1/accounts//tasks', include('todo.urls')) - -] - -``` - -And now every URL coming from `todo/urls.py` will be prefixed with the path `api/v1/accounts//tasks`. - -Let's build out the view in `todo/views.py` -``` -# todo/views.py - -from django.shortcuts import get_object_or_404 - -from rest_framework.response import JsonResponse - -from rest_framework.views import APIView - - - -from owner.models import Owner - -from todo.models import Task - -from todo.serializers import TaskSerializer - - - - - -class TaskListView(APIView): - -    def get(self, request, username, format=None): - -        """Get all of the tasks for a given user.""" - -        owner = get_object_or_404(Owner, user__username=username) - -        tasks = Task.objects.filter(owner=owner).all() - -        serialized = TaskSerializer(tasks, many=True) - -        return JsonResponse({ - -            'username': username, - -            'tasks': serialized.data - -        }) - -``` - -There's a lot going on here in a little bit of code, so let's walk through it. - -We start out with the same inheritance of the `APIView` that we've been using, laying the groundwork for what will be our view. We override the same `get` method we've overridden before, adding a parameter that allows our view to receive the `username` from the incoming request. - -Our `get` method will then use that `username` to grab the `Owner` associated with that user. This `get_object_or_404` function allows us to do just that, with a little something special added for ease of use. - -It would make sense that there's no point in looking for tasks if the specified user can't be found. In fact, we'd want to return a 404 error. `get_object_or_404` gets a single object based on whatever criteria we pass in and either returns that object or raises an [Http404 exception][18]. We can set that criteria based on attributes of the object. The `Owner` objects are all attached to a `User` through their `user` attribute. We don't have a `User` object to search with, though. We only have a `username`. So, we say to `get_object_or_404` "when you look for an `Owner`, check to see that the `User` attached to it has the `username` that I want" by specifying `user__username`. That's TWO underscores. When filtering through a QuerySet, the two underscores mean "attribute of this nested object." Those attributes can be as deeply nested as needed. - -We now have the `Owner` corresponding to the given username. We use that `Owner` to filter through all the tasks, only retrieving the ones it owns with `Task.objects.filter`. We could've used the same nested-attribute pattern that we did with `get_object_or_404` to drill into the `User` connected to the `Owner` connected to the `Tasks` (`tasks = Task.objects.filter(owner__user__username=username).all()`) but there's no need to get that wild with it. - -`Task.objects.filter(owner=owner).all()` will provide us with a `QuerySet` of all the `Task` objects that match our query. Great. The `TaskSerializer` will then take that `QuerySet` and all its data, along with the flag of `many=True` to notify it as being a collection of items instead of just one item, and return a serialized set of results. Effectively a list of dictionaries. Finally, we provide the outgoing response with the JSON-serialized data and the username used for the query. - -#### Handling the POST request - -The `post` method will look somewhat different from what we've seen before. -``` -# still in todo/views.py - -# ...other imports... - -from rest_framework.parsers import JSONParser - -from datetime import datetime - - - -class TaskListView(APIView): - -    def get(self, request, username, format=None): - -        ... - - - -    def post(self, request, username, format=None): - -        """Create a new Task.""" - -        owner = get_object_or_404(Owner, user__username=username) - -        data = JSONParser().parse(request) - -        data['owner'] = owner.id - -        if data['due_date']: - -            data['due_date'] = datetime.strptime(data['due_date'], '%d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S') - - - -        new_task = TaskSerializer(data=data) - -        if new_task.is_valid(): - -            new_task.save() - -            return JsonResponse({'msg': 'posted'}, status=201) - - - -        return JsonResponse(new_task.errors, status=400) - -``` - -When we receive data from the client, we parse it into a dictionary using `JSONParser().parse(request)`. We add the owner to the data and format the `due_date` for the task if one exists. - -Our `TaskSerializer` does the heavy lifting. It first takes in the incoming data and translates it into the fields we specified on the model. It then validates that data to make sure it fits the specified fields. If the data being attached to the new `Task` is valid, it constructs a new `Task` object with that data and commits it to the database. We then send back an appropriate "Yay! We made a new thing!" response. If not, we collect the errors that `TaskSerializer` generated and send those back to the client with a `400 Bad Request` status code. - -If we were to build out the `put` view for updating a `Task`, it would look very similar to this. The main difference would be that when we instantiate the `TaskSerializer`, instead of just passing in the new data, we'd pass in the old object and the new data for that object like `TaskSerializer(existing_task, data=data)`. We'd still do the validity check and send back the responses we want to send back. - -### Wrapping up - -Django as a framework is highly customizable, and everyone has their own way of stitching together a Django project. The way I've written it out here isn't necessarily the exact way that a Django project needs to be set up; it's just a) what I'm familiar with, and b) what leverages Django's management system. Django projects grow in complexity as you separate concepts into their own little silos. You do that so it's easier for multiple people to contribute to the overall project without stepping on each other's toes. - -The vast map of files that is a Django project, however, doesn't make it more performant or naturally predisposed to a microservice architecture. On the contrary, it can very easily become a confusing monolith. That may still be useful for your project. It may also make it harder for your project to be manageable, especially as it grows. - -Consider your options carefully and use the right tool for the right job. For a simple project like this, Django likely isn't the right tool. - -Django is meant to handle multiple sets of models that cover a variety of different project areas that may share some common ground. This project is a small, two-model project with a handful of routes. If we were to build this out more, we'd only have seven routes and still the same two models. It's hardly enough to justify a full Django project. - -It would be a great option if we expected this project to expand. This is not one of those projects. This is choosing a flamethrower to light a candle. It's absolute overkill. - -Still, a web framework is a web framework, regardless of which one you use for your project. It can take in requests and respond as well as any other, so you do as you wish. Just be aware of what overhead comes with your choice of framework. - -That's it! We've reached the end of this series! I hope it has been an enlightening adventure and will help you make more than just the most-familiar choice when you're thinking about how to build out your next project. Make sure to read the documentation for each framework to expand on anything covered in this series (as it's not even the least bit comprehensive). There's a wide world of stuff to get into for each. Happy coding! - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/django-framework - -作者:[Nicholas Hunt-Walker][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/nhuntwalker -[1]:https://opensource.com/article/18/5/pyramid-framework -[2]:https://opensource.com/article/18/4/flask -[3]:https://opensource.com/article/18/6/tornado-framework -[4]:https://www.djangoproject.com -[5]:https://djangopackages.org/ -[6]:http://www.django-rest-framework.org/ -[7]:http://gunicorn.org/ -[8]:https://docs.pylonsproject.org/projects/waitress/en/latest/ -[9]:https://uwsgi-docs.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ -[10]:https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.0/ref/settings/#databases -[11]:https://pypi.org/project/dj-database-url/ -[12]:http://yellerapp.com/posts/2015-01-12-the-worst-server-setup-you-can-make.html -[13]:https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.0/ref/settings/#std:setting-DATABASE-ENGINE -[14]:https://www.getpostman.com/ -[15]:http://www.django-rest-framework.org/api-guide/serializers/#modelserializer -[16]:http://www.django-rest-framework.org/api-guide/serializers/ -[17]:http://www.django-rest-framework.org/api-guide/serializers/#serializers -[18]:https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.0/topics/http/views/#the-http404-exception From 2e72e1d1d171f3dfbe0661aba0cbf0620e9c7b20 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 10:26:45 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 269/437] Create 20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md --- ... to the Django Python web app framework.md | 1219 +++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 1219 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md b/translated/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc9fd20449 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md @@ -0,0 +1,1219 @@ +Python Web 应用程序 Django 框架简介 +===== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/web-spider-frame-framework.png?itok=Rl2AG2Dc) + +在本系列(由四部分组成)的前三篇文章中,我们讨论了 [Pyramid][1], [Flask][2] 和 [Tornado][3] 这 3 个 Web 框架。我们已经构建了三次相同的应用程序,最终我们遇到了 [Django][4]。总的来说,Django 是目前 Python 开发人员使用的主要 Web 框架,并且不难看出原因。它擅长隐藏大量的配置逻辑,让你专注于能过够快速构建大型应用程序。 + +也就是说,当涉及到小型项目时,比如我们的待办事项列表应用程序,Django 可能有点像用消防水管来进行水枪大战。让我们来看看它们是如何结合在一起的。 + +### 关于 Django + +Django 将自己定位为“一个高级的 Python Web 框架,它鼓励快速开发和干净,实用的设计。它由经验丰富的开发人员构建,解决了 Web 开发的很多麻烦,因此你可以专注于编写应用程序而无需重新发明轮子”。它真的做到了!这个庞大的 Web 框架附带了非常多的工具,通常在开发过程中,如何将所有内容组合在一起协同工作可能是个谜。 + +除了框架本身很大,Django 社区也是非常庞大的。事实上,它非常庞大和活跃,以至于有[一个网站][5]致力于为人们收集第三方包,这些第三方包可集成进 Django 来做一大堆事情。包括从身份验证和授权到完全基于 Django 的内容管理系统,电子商务附加组件以及与 Stripe(译注:美版“支付宝”)集成的所有内容。关于不要重新发明轮子:如果你想用 Django 完成一些事情,有人可能已经做过了,你只需将它集成进你的项目就行。 + +为此,我们希望使用 Django 构建 REST API,因此我们将利用流行的 [Django REST framework][6]。它的工作是将 Django 框架(Django 使用自己的模板引擎构建 HTML 页面)转换为专门用于有效地处理 REST 交互的系统。让我们开始吧。 + +### Django 启动和配置 + +``` +$ mkdir django_todo + +$ cd django_todo + +$ pipenv install --python 3.6 + +$ pipenv shell + +(django-someHash) $ pipenv install django djangorestframework + +``` + +作为参考,我们使用的是 `django-2.0.7` 和 `djangorestframework-3.8.2`。 + +与 Flask, Tornado 和 Pyramid 不同,我们不需要自己编写 `setup.py` 文件,我们并不是在做一个可安装的 Python 发行版。像很多事情一样,Django 以自己的方式处理这个问题。我们仍然需要一个 `requirements.txt` 文件来跟踪我们在其它地方部署的所有必要安装。但是,就 Django 项目中的目标模块而言,Django 会让我们列出我们想要访问的子目录,然后允许我们从这些目录中导入,就像它们是已安装的包一样。 + +首先,我们必须创建一个 Django 项目。 + +当我们安装了 Django 后,我们还安装了命令行脚本 `django-admin`。它的工作是管理所有与 Django 相关的命令,这些命令有助于我们将项目整合在一起,并在我们继续开发的过程中对其进行维护。`django-admin` 并不是让我们从头开始构建整个 Django 生态系统,而是让我们开始使用标准 Django 项目所需的所有必要文件(以及更多)。 + +调用 `django-admin` 的 `start-project` 命令的语法是 `django-admin startproject <项目名称> <存放目录>`。我们希望文件存于当前的工作目录中,所以: +``` +(django-someHash) $ django-admin startproject django_todo . + +``` + +输入 `ls` 将显示一个新文件和一个新目录。 +``` +(django-someHash) $ ls + +manage.py   django_todo + +``` + +`manage.py` 是一个可执行命令行 Python 文件,它最终成为 `django-admin` 的装饰器(to 校正:这里装饰器只是一个语义上的称呼,与 Python 的装饰器不同)。因此,它的工作与 `django-admin` 是一样的:帮助我们管理项目。因此得名 `manage.py`。 + +它在 `django_todo` 目录里创建了一个新目录 `django_todo`,其代表了我们项目的配置根目录。现在让我们深入研究一下。 + +### 配置 Django + +可以将 `django_todo` 目录称为“配置根”,我们的意思是这个目录包含了通常配置 Django 项目所需的文件。几乎所有这个目录之外的内容都只关注与项目模型,视图,路由等相关的“业务逻辑”。所有连接项目的点都将在这里出现。 + +在 `django_todo` 目录中调用 `ls` 会显示以下四个文件: +``` +(django-someHash) $ cd django_todo + +(django-someHash) $ ls + +__init__.py settings.py urls.py     wsgi.py + +``` + + * `__init__.py` 文件为空,之所以存在是为了将此目录转换为可导入的 Python 包。 + + * `settings.py` 是设置大多数配置项的地方。例如项目是否处于 DEBUG 模式,正在使用哪些数据库,Django 应该定位文件的位置等等。它是配置根目录的“主要配置”部分,我们将在一会深入研究。 + + * `urls.py` 顾名思义就是设置 URL 的地方。虽然我们不必在此文件中显式写入项目的每个 URL,但我们需要让此文件知道在其他任何地方已声明的 URL。如果此文件未指向其它 URL,则那些 URL 就不存在。 + + * `wsgi.py` 用于在生产环境中提供应用程序。就像 Pyramid, Tornado 和 Flask 暴露了一些 “app” 对象一样,它们用来提供配置好的应用程序,Django 也必须暴露一个,就是在这里完成的。它可以和 [Gunicorn][7], [Waitress][8] 或者 [uWSGI][9] 一起配合来提供服务。 + +#### 设置 settings + +看一看 `settings.py`,它里面有大量的配置项,那些只是默认值!这甚至不包括数据库,静态文件,媒体文件,任何集成的钩子,或者可以配置 Django 项目的任何其它几种方式。让我们从上到下看看有什么: + + * `BASE_DIR` 设置目录的绝对路径,或者是 `manage.py` 所在的目录。这对于定位文件非常有用。 + + * `SECRET_KEY` 是用于 Django 项目中加密签名的密钥。在实际中,它用于会话,cookie,CSRF 保护和身份验证令牌等。最好在第一次提交之前,尽快应该更改 `SECRET_KEY` 的值并将其放置到环境变量中。 + + * `DEBUG` 告诉 Django 是以开发模式还是生产模式运行项目。这是一个非常关键的区别。 + + * 在开发模式下,当弹出一个错误时,Django 将显示导致错误的完整堆栈跟踪,以及运行项目所涉及的所有设置和配置。如果在生产环境中将 `DEBUG` 设置为 `True`,这可能是一个巨大的安全问题。 + + * 在生产模式下,当出现问题时,Django 会显示一个简单的错误页面,即除错误代码外不提供任何信息。 + + * 保护我们项目的一个简单方法是将 `DEBUG` 设置为环境变量,如 `bool(os.environ.get('DEBUG', ''))`。 + * `ALLOWED_HOSTS` 是应用程序提供服务的主机名的列表。在开发模式中,这可能是空的,但是在生产中,如果为项目提供服务的主机不在 ALLOWED_HOSTS 列表中,Django 项目将无法运行。这是设置为环境变量的另一种情况。 + + * `INSTALLED_APPS` 是我们的 Django 项目可以访问的 Django "apps" 列表(将它们视为子目录,稍后会详细介绍)。默认情况下,它将提供: + * 内置的 Django admin 网站 + * Django 的内置认证系统 + * Django 的数据模型通用管理器 + * 会话管理 + * Cookie 和基于会话的消息传递 + * 站点固有的静态文件的用法,比如 `css` 文件,`js` 文件,任何属于我们网站设计的图片等。 + + * `MIDDLEWARE` 顾名思义:帮助 Django 项目运行的中间件。其中很大一部分用于处理各种类型的安全,尽管我们可以根据需要添加其它中间件。 + + * `ROOT_URLCONF` 设置基本 URL 配置文件的导入路径。还记得我们之前见过的那个 `urls.py` 吗?默认情况下,Django 指向该文件以此来收集所有的 URL。如果我们想让 Django 在其它地方寻找,我们将在这里设置 URL 位置的导入路径。 + + * `TEMPLATES` 是 Django 用于我们网站前端的模板引擎列表,假如我们依靠 Django 来构建我们的 HTML。我们在这里不需要,那就无关紧要了。 + + * `WSGI_APPLICATION` 设置我们的 WSGI 应用程序的导入路径 - 在生产环境下使用的东西。默认情况下,它指向 `wsgi.py` 中的 `application` 对象。这很少(如果有的话)需要修改。 + + * `DATABASES` 设置 Django 项目将访问那些数据库。必须设置 `default` 数据库。我们可以通过名称设置别的数据库,只要我们提供 `HOST`, `USER`, `PASSWORD`, `PORT`, 数据库名称 `NAME` 和合适的 `ENGINE`。可以想象,这些都是敏感的信息,因此最好将它们隐藏在环境变量中。[查看 Django 文档][10]了解更多详情。 + + * 注意:如果不是提供数据库的单个部分,而是提供完整的数据库 URL,请查看 [dj_database_url][11]。 + + * `AUTH_PASSWORD_VALIDATORS` 实际上是运行以检查输入密码的函数列表。默认情况下我们有一些,但是如果我们有其它更复杂的验证需求:不仅仅是检查密码是否与用户的属性匹配,是否超过最小长度,是否是 1000 个最常用的密码之一,或者密码完全是数字,我们可以在这里列出它们。 + + * `LANGUAGE_CODE` 设置网站的语言。默认情况下它是美国英语,但我们可以将其切换为其它语言。 + + * `TIME_ZONE` 是我们 Django 项目后中自动生成的时间戳的时区。我强调坚持使用 UTC 并在其它地方执行任何特定于时区的处理,而不是尝试重新配置此设置。正如[这篇文章][12] 所述,UTC 是所有时区的共同点,因为不需要担心偏移。如果偏移很重要,我们可以根据需要使用与 UTC 的适当偏移来计算它们。 + + * `USE_I18N` 将让 Django 使用自己的翻译服务来为前端翻译字符串。I18N = 国际化(“i” 和 “n” 之间的 18 个字符)。 + + * `USE_L10N` (L10N = 本地化[在 "l" 和 "n" 之间有 10 个字符]) 如果设置为 `True`,那么将使用数据的公共本地格式。一个很好的例子是日期:在美国它是 MM-DD-YYYY。在欧洲,日期往往写成 DD-MM-YYYY。 + + * `STATIC_URL` 是用于提供静态文件的大量设置的一部分。我们将构建一个 REST API,因此我们不需要担心静态文件。通常,这会为每个静态文件的域名设置根路径。所以,如果我们有一个徽标图像,那就是 `http:////logo.gif`。 + +默认情况下,这些设置已准备就绪。我们必须改变的一个选项是 `DATABASES` 设置。首先,我们创建将要使用的数据库: +``` +(django-someHash) $ createdb django_todo + +``` + +我们想要像使用 Flask, Pyramid 和 Tornado 一样使用 PostgreSQL 数据库,这意味着我们必须更改 `DATABASES` 设置以允许我们的服务器访问 PostgreSQL 数据库。首先是引擎。默认情况下,数据库引擎是 `django.db.backends.sqlite3`,我们把它改成 `django.db.backends.postgresql`。 + +有关 Django 可用引擎的更多信息,[查看文档][13]。请注意,尽管技术上可以将 NoSQL 解决方案整合到 Django 项目中,但为了开箱即用,Django 强烈偏向于 SQL 解决方案。 + +接下来,我们必须为连接参数的不同部分指定键值对。 + + * `NAME` 是我们刚刚创建的数据库的名称。 + * `USER` 是 Postgres 数据库用户名。 + * `PASSWORD` 是访问数据库所需的密码。 + * `HOST` 是数据库的主机。当我们在本地开发时,`localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1` 都将起作用。 + * `PORT` 是我们为 Postgres 开放的端口,它通常是 `5432`。 + +`settings.py` 希望我们为每个键提供字符串值。但是,这是高度敏感的信息。这对任何负责任的开发人员都不起作用。有几种方法可以解决这个问题,一种是我们需要设置环境变量。 +``` +DATABASES = { + +    'default': { + +        'ENGINE': 'django.db.backends.postgresql', + +        'NAME': os.environ.get('DB_NAME', ''), + +        'USER': os.environ.get('DB_USER', ''), + +        'PASSWORD': os.environ.get('DB_PASS', ''), + +        'HOST': os.environ.get('DB_HOST', ''), + +        'PORT': os.environ.get('DB_PORT', ''), + +    } + +} + +``` + +在继续之前,请确保设置环境变量或 Django 不起作用(to 校正:这里不清楚原文的意思,什么叫 django 不起作用)。此外,我们需要在此环境中安装 `psycopg2`,以便我们可以与数据库通信。 + +### Django 路由和视图 + +让我们在这个项目中实现一些函数。我们将使用 Django REST Framework 来构建 REST API,所以我们必须确保在 `settings.py` 中将 `rest_framework` 添加到 `INSTALLED_APPS` 的末尾。 +``` +INSTALLED_APPS = [ + +    'django.contrib.admin', + +    'django.contrib.auth', + +    'django.contrib.contenttypes', + +    'django.contrib.sessions', + +    'django.contrib.messages', + +    'django.contrib.staticfiles', + +    'rest_framework' + +] + +``` + +虽然 Django REST Framework 并不专门需要基于类的视图(如 Tornado)来处理传入的请求,但类是编写视图的首选方法。让我们来定义一个类视图。 + +让我们在 `django_todo` 创建一个名为 `views.py` 的文件。在 `views.py` 中,我们将创建 "Hello, world!" 视图。 +``` +# django_todo/views.py + +from rest_framework.response import JsonResponse + +from rest_framework.views import APIView + + +class HelloWorld(APIView): + +    def get(self, request, format=None): + +        """Print 'Hello, world!' as the response body.""" + +        return JsonResponse("Hello, world!") + +``` + +每个 Django REST Framework 基于类的视图都直接或间接地继承自 `APIView`。`APIView` 处理大量的东西,但为了达到我们的目的,它做了以下特定的事情: + + * 根据 HTTP 方法(例如 GET, POST, PUT, DELETE)来设置引导对应请求所需的方法 + + * 用我们需要的所有数据和属性来填充 `request` 对象,以便解析和处理传入的请求 + + * 采用 `Response` 或 `JsonResponse`,每个调度方法(即名为 `get`, `post`, `put`, `delete` 的方法)返回并构造格式正确的 HTTP 响应。 + +终于,我们有一个视图了!它本身没有任何作用,我们需要将它连接到路由。 + +如果我们跳转到 `django_todo/urls.py`,我们会到达默认的 URL 配置文件。如前所述:如果 Django 项目中的路由不包含在此处,则它不存在。 + +我们在给定的 `urlpatterns` 列表中添加所需的 URL。默认情况下,我们有一个 url,它里面包含一整套 URL 用于 Django 的内置管理后端系统,但是我们会删除它。 + +我们还得到一些非常有用的文档字符串,它告诉我们如何向 Django 项目添加路由。我们需要调用 `path()`,伴随三个参数: + + * 所需的路由,作为字符串(没有前导斜线) + * 处理该路由的视图函数(只能有一个函数!) + * 在 Django 项目中路由的名称 + +让我们导入 `HelloWorld` 视图并将其附加到主路径 `"/"` 。我们可以从 `urlpatterns` 中删除 `admin` 的路径,因为我们不会使用它。 + +``` +# django_todo/urls.py, after the big doc string + +from django.urls import path + +from django_todo.views import HelloWorld + + + +urlpatterns = [ + +    path('', HelloWorld.as_view(), name="hello"), + +] + +``` + +好吧,这里有一点不同。我们指定的路由只是一个空白字符串,为什么它会工作?Django 假设我们声明的每个路由都以一个前导斜杠开头,我们只是在初始域名后指定资源路由。如果一条路由没有去往一个特定的资源,而只是一个主页,那么该路由是 `""`,或者实际上是“没有资源”。 + +`HelloWorld` 视图是从我们刚刚创建的 `views.py` 文件导入的。为了执行此导入,我们需要更新 `settings.py` 中的 `INSTALLED_APPS` 列表使其包含 `django_todo`。是的,这有点奇怪。以下是一种理解方式。 + +`INSTALLED_APPS` 指的是 Django 认为可导入的目录或包的列表。它是 Django 处理项目的各个组件的方式,比如安装了一个包,而不需要经过 `setup.py` 的方式。我们希望将 `django_todo` 目录视为可导入的包,因此我们将该目录包含在 `INSTALLED_APPS` 中。现在,在该目录中的任何模块也是可导入的。所以我们得到了我们的视图。 + +`path` 函数只将视图函数作为第二个参数,而不仅仅是基于类的视图。幸运的是,所有有效的基于 Django 类的视图都包含 `.as_view()` 方法。它的工作是将基于类的视图的所有优点汇总到一个视图函数中并返回该视图函数。所以,我们永远不必担心转换的工作。相反,我们只需要考虑业务逻辑,让 Django 和 Django REST Framework 处理剩下的事情。 + +让我们在浏览器中打开它! + +Django 提供了自己的本地开发服务器,可通过 `manage.py` 访问。让我们切换到包含 `manage.py` 的目录并输入: +``` +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py runserver +Performing system checks... + +System check identified no issues (0 silenced). + +August 01, 2018 - 16:47:24 + +Django version 2.0.7, using settings 'django_todo.settings' + +Starting development server at http://127.0.0.1:8000/ + +Quit the server with CONTROL-C. + +``` + +当 `runserver` 执行时,Django 会检查以确保项目(或多或少)正确连接在一起。这不是万无一失的,但确实会发现一些明显的问题。如果我们的数据库与代码不同步,它会通知我们。毫无遗问,因为我们没有将任何应用程序的东西提交到我们的数据库,但现在这样做还是可以的。让我们访问 `http://127.0.0.1:8000` 来查看 `HelloWorld` 视图的输出。 + +咦?这不是我们在 Pyramid, Flask 和 Tornado 中看到的明文数据。当使用 Django REST Framework 时,HTTP 响应(在浏览器中查看时)是这样呈现的 HTML,以红色显示我们的实际 JSON 响应。 + +但不要担心!如果我们在命令行中使用 `curl` 快速访问 `http://127.0.0.1:8000`,我们就不会得到任何花哨的 HTML,只有内容。 +``` +# 注意:在不同的终端口窗口中执行此操作,在虚拟环境之外 + +$ curl http://127.0.0.1:8000 + +"Hello, world!" + +``` + +棒极了! + +Django REST Framework 希望我们在使用浏览器浏览时拥有一个人性化的界面。这是有道理的,如果在浏览器中查看 JSON,通常是因为人们想要检查它是否正确,或者在设计一些消费者 API 时想要了解 JSON 响应。这很像你从 [Postman][14] 中获得的东西。 + +无论哪种方式,我们都知道我们的视图工作了!酷!让我们概括一下我们做过的事情: + + 1. 使用 `django-admin startproject <项目名称>` 开始一个项目 + 2. 使用环境变量来更新 `django_todo/settings.py` 中的 `DEBUG`, `SECRET_KEY`,还有 `DATABASES` 字典 + 3. 安装 `Django REST Framework`,并将它添加到 `INSTALLED_APPS` + 4. 创建 `django_todo/views.py` 来包含我们的第一个类视图,它返回响应 "Hello, world!" + 5. 更新 `django_todo/urls.py`,其中包含我们的根路由 + 6. 在 `django_todo/settings.py` 中更新 `INSTALLED_APPS` 以包含 `django_todo` 包 + +### 创建模型 + +现在让我们来创建数据模型吧。 + +Django 项目的整个基础架构都是围绕数据模型构建的,它是这样编写的,因此每个数据模型够可以拥有自己的小天地,拥有自己的视图,自己与其资源相关的 URL 集合,甚至是自己的测试(如果我们需要(to 校正:这里???))。 + +如果我们想构建一个简单的 Django 项目,我们可以通过在 `django_todo` 目录中编写我们自己的 `models.py` 文件并将其导入我们的视图来避免这种情况。但是,我们试图以“正确”的方式编写 Django 项目,因此我们应该尽可能地将模型分成 Django 方式的包(to 校正:这里 Django Way™ 有点懵)。 + +Django Way 涉及创建所谓的 Django “apps”,它本身并不是单独的应用程序,它们没有自己的设置和诸如此类的东西(虽然它们也可以)。但是,它们可以拥有一个人们可能认为属于独立应用程序的东西: + + * 一组自包含的 URL + * 一组自包含的 HTML 模板(如果我们想要提供 HTML) + * 一个或多个数据模型 + * 一套自包含的视图 + * 一套自包含的测试 + +它们是独立的,因此可以像独立应用程序一样轻松共享。实际上,Django REST Framework 是 Django app 的一个例子。它包含自己的视图和 HTML 模板,用于提供我们的 JSON。我们只是利用这个 Django app 将我们的项目变成一个全面的 RESTful API 而不用那么麻烦。 + +要为我们的待办事项列表项创建 Django app,我们将要使用 `manage.py` 伴随参数 `startapp`。 +``` +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py startapp todo + +``` + +`startapp` 命令成功执行后没有输出。我们可以通过使用 `ls` 来检查它是否完成它应该做的事情。 +``` +(django-someHash) $ ls + +Pipfile      Pipfile.lock django_todo  manage.py    todo + +``` + +看看:我们有一个全新的 `todo` 目录。让我们看看里面! +``` +(django-someHash) $ ls todo + +__init__.py admin.py    apps.py     migrations  models.py   tests.py    views.py + +``` + +以下是 `manage.py startapp` 创建的文件: + + * `__init__.py` 是空文件。它之所以存在是因为此目录可看作是模型,视图等的有效导入路径。 + + * `admin.py` 不是空文件。它用于在 Django admin 中格式化(to 校正:格式化可能欠妥)这个应用程序的模型,我们在本文中没有涉及到它。 + + * `apps.py` 这里基本不起作用。它有助于格式化 Django admin 的模型。 + + * `migrations` 是一个包含我们数据模型快照的目录。它用于更新数据库。这是内置数据库管理的少数几个框架之一,其中一部分允许我们更新数据库,而不必拆除它并重建它以更改模式。 + + * `models.py` 是数据模型所在。 + + * `tests.py` 是测试所在的地方,如果我们需要写测试。 + + * `views.py` 用于我们编写的与此 app 中的模型相关的视图。它们不是一定得写在这里。例如,我们可以在 `django_todo/views.py` 中写下我们所有的视图。但是,它在这个 app 中更容易将我们的问题分开。这与覆盖许多概念空间的扩展应用程序之间的关系更加密切。 + +它并没有为这个 app 创建 `urls.py` 文件,但我们可以自己创建。 +``` +(django-someHash) $ touch todo/urls.py + +``` + +在继续之前,我们应该帮自己一个忙,将这个新 Django 应用程序添加到 `django_todo/settings.py` 中的 `INSTALLED_APPS` 列表中。 +``` +# settings.py + +INSTALLED_APPS = [ + +    'django.contrib.admin', + +    'django.contrib.auth', + +    'django.contrib.contenttypes', + +    'django.contrib.sessions', + +    'django.contrib.messages', + +    'django.contrib.staticfiles', + +    'rest_framework', + +    'django_todo', + +    'todo' # <--- 添加了这行 + +] + +``` + +检查 `todo / models.py` 发现 `manage.py` 已经为我们编写了一些代码。不同于在 Flask, Tornado 和 Pyramid 实现中创建模型的方式,Django 不利用第三方来管理数据库会话或构建其对象实例。它全部归入 Django 的 `django.db.models` 子模块。 + +然而,建立模型的方式或多或少是相同的。要在 Django 中创建模型,我们需要构建一个继承自 `models.Model` 的 `class`,将应用于该模型实例的所有字段都应视为类属性。我们不像过去那样从 SQLAlchemy 导入列和字段类型,而是直接从 `django.db.models` 导入。 +``` +# todo/models.py + +from django.db import models + + +class Task(models.Model): + +    """Tasks for the To Do list.""" + +    name = models.CharField(max_length=256) + +    note = models.TextField(blank=True, null=True) + +    creation_date = models.DateTimeField(auto_now_add=True) + +    due_date = models.DateTimeField(blank=True, null=True) + +    completed = models.BooleanField(default=False) + +``` + +虽然 Django 的需求和基于 SQLAlchemy 的系统之间存在一些明显的差异,但总体内容和结构或多或少相同。让我们来指出这些差异。 + +我们不再需要为对象实例声明自动递增 ID 的单独字段。除非我们指定一个不同的字段作为主键,否则 Django 会为我们构建一个。 + +我们只是直接引用数据类型作为列本身,而不是实例化传递数据类型对象的 `Column` 对象。 + +`Unicode` 字段变为 `models.CharField` 或 `models.TextField`。`CharField` 用于特定最大长度的小文本字段,而 `TextField` 用于任何数量的文本。 + +`TextField` 应该是空白的,我们以两种方式指定它。`blank = True` 表示当构建此模型的实例,并且正在验证附加到该字段的数据时,该数据是可以为空的。这与 `null = True` 不同,后者表示当构造此模型类的表时,对应于 `note` 的列将允许空白或为 `NULL`。因此,总而言之,`blank = True` 控制如何将数据添加到模型实例,而 `null = True` 控制如何构建保存该数据的数据库表。 + +`DateTime` 字段增加了一些属性,并且能够为我们做一些工作,使得我们不必修改类的 `__init__` 方法。对于 `creation_date` 字段,我们指定 `auto_now_add = True`。在实际意义上意味着,当创建一个新模型实例时,Django 将自动记录现在的日期和时间作为该字段的值。这非常方便! + +当 `auto_now_add` 及其类似属性 `auto_now` 都没被设置为 `True`时,`DateTimeField` 会像其它字段一样期待数据。它需要提供一个适当的 `datetime` 对象才能生效。`due_date` 列的 `blank` 和 `null` 属性都设置为 `True`,这样待办事项列表中的项目就可以成为将来某个时间点完成,没有确定的日期或时间。 + +`BooleanField` 最终可以取两个值:`True` 或 `False`。这里,默认值设置为 `False`。 + +#### 管理数据库 + +如前所述,Django 有自己的数据库管理方式。我们可以利用 Django 提供的 `manage.py` 脚本,而不必编写任何关于数据库的代码。它不仅可以管理我们数据库的表格构建,还可以管理我们希望对这些表格进行的任何更新,而不必将整个事情搞砸! + +因为我们构建了一个新模型,所以我们需要让数据库知道它。首先,我们需要将与此模型对应的模式放入代码中。`manage.py` 的 `makemigrations` 命令对我们构建的模型类及其所有字段进行快照。它将获取该信息并将其打包成一个 Python 脚本,该脚本将存在于特定 Django app 的 `migrations` 目录中。永远不会有理由直接运行这个迁移脚本。它的存在只是为了让 Django 可以使用它作为更新数据库表的基础,或者在我们更新模型类时继承信息。 +``` +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py makemigrations + +Migrations for 'todo': + +  todo/migrations/0001_initial.py + +    - Create model Task + +``` + +这将查看 `INSTALLED_APPS` 中列出的每个应用程序,并检查这些应用程序中存在的模型。然后,它将检查相应的 `migrations` 目录中的迁移文件,并将它们与每个 `INSTALLED_APPS` 中的模型进行比较。如果模型升级已超出最新迁移所应存在的范围,则将创建一个继承自最新迁移文件的新迁移文件,它将自动命名,并且还会显示一条消息,说明自上次迁移以来发生了哪些更改。 + +如果你上次处理 Django 项目已经有一段时间了,并且不记得模型是否与迁移同步,那么你无需担心。`makemigrations` 是一个幂等操作。无论你运行 `makemigrations` 一次还是 20 次,`migrations` 目录只有一个与当前模型配置的副本。还有更棒的,当我们运行 `./manage.py runserver` 时,Django 检测到我们的模型与迁移不同步,它会用彩色文本告诉我们以便我们可以做出适当的选择。 + +下一个要点是至少让每个人访问一次:创建一个迁移文件不会立即影响我们的数据库。当我们运行 `makemigrations` 时,我们准备了 Django 项目来定义如何创建给定的表并最终查找。我们仍在将这些更改应用于数据库。这就是 `migrate` 命令的用途。 + +``` +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py migrate + +Operations to perform: + +  Apply all migrations: admin, auth, contenttypes, sessions, todo + +Running migrations: + +  Applying contenttypes.0001_initial... OK + +  Applying auth.0001_initial... OK + +  Applying admin.0001_initial... OK + +  Applying admin.0002_logentry_remove_auto_add... OK + +  Applying contenttypes.0002_remove_content_type_name... OK + +  Applying auth.0002_alter_permission_name_max_length... OK + +  Applying auth.0003_alter_user_email_max_length... OK + +  Applying auth.0004_alter_user_username_opts... OK + +  Applying auth.0005_alter_user_last_login_null... OK + +  Applying auth.0006_require_contenttypes_0002... OK + +  Applying auth.0007_alter_validators_add_error_messages... OK + +  Applying auth.0008_alter_user_username_max_length... OK + +  Applying auth.0009_alter_user_last_name_max_length... OK + +  Applying sessions.0001_initial... OK + +  Applying todo.0001_initial... OK + +``` + +当我们应用迁移时,Django 首先检查其他 `INSTALLED_APPS` 是否有要应用的迁移,它大致按照列出的顺序检查它们。我们希望我们的应用程序最后列出,因为我们希望确保,如果我们的模型依赖于任何 Django 的内置模型,我们所做的数据库更新不会受到依赖性问题的影响。 + +我们还有另一个要构建的模型:User 模型。但是,自从我们使用 Django 以来,游戏发生了一些变化。许多应用程序需要某种类型的用户模型,Django 的 `django.contrib.auth` 包构建了自己的用户模型供我们使用。如果它不是我们用户需要的身份验证令牌,我们可以继续使用它而不是重新发明轮子。 + +但是,我们需要那个令牌。我们可以通过两种方式来处理这个问题。 + + * 继承自 Django 的 `User` 对象,我们自己的对象通过添加 `token` 字段来扩展它 + * 创建一个与 Django 的 `User` 对象一对一关系的新对象,其唯一目的是持有一个令牌 + +我习惯于建立对象关系,所以让我们选择第二种选择。我们称之为 `Owner`,因为它基本上具有与 `User` 类似的内涵,这就是我们想要的。 + +出于纯粹的懒惰,我们可以在 `todo/models.py` 中包含这个新的 `Owner` 对象,但是不要这样做。`Owner` 没有明确地与任务列表上的项目的创建或维护有关。从概念上讲,`Owner` 只是任务的所有者。甚至有时候我们想要扩展这个 `Owner` 以包含与任务完全无关的其他数据。 + +为了安全起见,让我们创建一个 `owner` 应用程序,其工作是容纳和处理这个 `Owner` 对象。 +``` +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py startapp owner + +``` + +不要忘记在 `settings.py` 文件中的 `INSTALLED_APPS` 中添加它。 +``` +INSTALLED_APPS = [ +    'django.contrib.admin', + +    'django.contrib.auth', + +    'django.contrib.contenttypes', + +    'django.contrib.sessions', + +    'django.contrib.messages', + +    'django.contrib.staticfiles', + +    'rest_framework', + +    'django_todo', + +    'todo', + +    'owner' +] + +``` + +如果我们查看 Django 项目的根目录,我们现在有两个 Django 应用程序: +``` +(django-someHash) $ ls + +Pipfile      Pipfile.lock django_todo  manage.py    owner        todo + +``` + +在 `owner/models.py` 中,让我们构建这个 `Owner` 模型。如前所述,它与 Django 的内置 `User` 对象有一对一的关系。我们可以用 Django 的 `models.OneToOneField` 强制实现这种关系。 +``` +# owner/models.py + +from django.db import models + +from django.contrib.auth.models import User + +import secrets + + +class Owner(models.Model): + +    """The object that owns tasks.""" + +    user = models.OneToOneField(User, on_delete=models.CASCADE) + +    token = models.CharField(max_length=256) + + +    def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): + +        """On construction, set token.""" + +        self.token = secrets.token_urlsafe(64) + +        super().__init__(*args, **kwargs) + +``` + +这表示 `Owner` 对象对应到 `User` 对象,每个 `user` 实例有一个 `owner` 实例。`on_delete = models.CASCADE` 表示如果相应的 `User` 被删除,它所对应的 `Owner` 实例也将被删除。让我们运行 `makemigrations` 和 `migrate` 来将这个新模型放入到我们的数据库中。 +``` +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py makemigrations + +Migrations for 'owner': + +  owner/migrations/0001_initial.py + +    - Create model Owner + +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py migrate + +Operations to perform: + +  Apply all migrations: admin, auth, contenttypes, owner, sessions, todo + +Running migrations: + +  Applying owner.0001_initial... OK + +``` + +现在我们的 `Owner` 需要拥有一些 `Task` 对象。它与上面看到的 `OneToOneField` 非常相似,只不过我们会在 `Task` 对象上贴一个 `ForeignKey` 字段指向 `Owner`。 + +``` +# todo/models.py + +from django.db import models + +from owner.models import Owner + + +class Task(models.Model): + +    """Tasks for the To Do list.""" + +    name = models.CharField(max_length=256) + +    note = models.TextField(blank=True, null=True) + +    creation_date = models.DateTimeField(auto_now_add=True) + +    due_date = models.DateTimeField(blank=True, null=True) + +    completed = models.BooleanField(default=False) + +    owner = models.ForeignKey(Owner, on_delete=models.CASCADE) + +``` + +每个待办事项列表任务只有一个可以拥有多个任务的所有者。删除该所有者后,他们拥有的任务都会随之删除。 + +现在让我们运行 `makemigrations` 来获取我们的数据模型设置的新快照,然后运行 `migrate` 将这些更改应用到我们的数据库。 + +``` +(django-someHash) django $ ./manage.py makemigrations + +You are trying to add a non-nullable field 'owner' to task without a default; we can't do that (the database needs something to populate existing rows). + +Please select a fix: + + 1) Provide a one-off default now (will be set on all existing rows with a null value for this column) + + 2) Quit, and let me add a default in models.py + +``` + +不好了!出现了问题!发生了什么?其实,当我们创建 `Owner` 对象并将其作为 `ForeignKey` 添加到 `Task` 时,要求每个 `Task` 都需要一个 `Owner`。但是,我们为 `Task` 对象进行的第一次迁移不包括该要求。因此,即使我们的数据库表中没有数据,Django 也会对我们的迁移进行预先检查,以确保它们兼容,而我们提议的这种新迁移不是。 + +有几种方法可以解决这类问题: + + 1. 退出当前迁移并构建一个包含当前模型配置的新迁移 +  2. 将一个默认值添加到 `Task` 对象的 `owner` 字段 +  3. 允许任务为 `owner` 字段设置 `NULL` 值 + +方案 2 在这里没有多大意义。我们建议,任何创建的 `Task`,默认情况下都会对应到某个默认所有者,尽管不一定存在。(to 校正:后面这句发意义在哪里?既然它已经说了方案 2 没有意义) + +方案 1 要求我们销毁和重建我们的迁移,而我们应该把它们留下。 + +让我们考虑选项 3。在这种情况下,如果我们允许 `Task` 表为所有者提供空值,它不会很糟糕。从这一点开始创建的任何任务都必然拥有一个所有者。如果你的数据库表不是一个可重新架构的情况下,请删除迁移,删除表并重建迁移。 +``` +# todo/models.py + +from django.db import models + +from owner.models import Owner + + +class Task(models.Model): + +    """Tasks for the To Do list.""" + +    name = models.CharField(max_length=256) + +    note = models.TextField(blank=True, null=True) + +    creation_date = models.DateTimeField(auto_now_add=True) + +    due_date = models.DateTimeField(blank=True, null=True) + +    completed = models.BooleanField(default=False) + +    owner = models.ForeignKey(Owner, on_delete=models.CASCADE, null=True) + +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py makemigrations + +Migrations for 'todo': + +  todo/migrations/0002_task_owner.py + +    - Add field owner to task + +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py migrate + +Operations to perform: + +  Apply all migrations: admin, auth, contenttypes, owner, sessions, todo + +Running migrations: + +  Applying todo.0002_task_owner... OK + +``` + +酷!我们有模型了!欢迎使用 Django 声明对象的方式。 + +为了更好地衡量,让我们确保无论何时制作 `User`,它都会自动与新的 `Owner` 对象对应。我们可以使用 Django 的 `signals` 系统来做到这一点。基本上,我们确切地表达了意图:“当我们得到一个新的 `User` 被构造的信号时,构造一个新的 `Owner` 并将新的 `User` 设置为 `Owner` 的 `user` 字段。”在实践中看起来像这样: +``` +# owner/models.py + +from django.contrib.auth.models import User + +from django.db import models + +from django.db.models.signals import post_save + +from django.dispatch import receiver + +import secrets + + +class Owner(models.Model): + +    """The object that owns tasks.""" + +    user = models.OneToOneField(User, on_delete=models.CASCADE) + +    token = models.CharField(max_length=256) + + +    def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): + +        """On construction, set token.""" + +        self.token = secrets.token_urlsafe(64) + +        super().__init__(*args, **kwargs) + + +@receiver(post_save, sender=User) +def link_user_to_owner(sender, **kwargs): + +    """If a new User is saved, create a corresponding Owner.""" + +    if kwargs['created']: + +        owner = Owner(user=kwargs['instance']) + +        owner.save() + +``` + +我们设置了一个函数,用于监听从 Django 中内置的 `User` 对象发送的信号。它正在等待 `User` 对象被保存之后的情况。这可以来自新的 `User` 或对现有 `User` 的更新。我们在监听功能中辨别出两种情况。 + +如果发送信号的东西是新创建的实例,`kwargs ['created']` 将具有值 `True`。如果是 `True` 的话,我们想做点事情。如果它是一个新实例,我们创建一个新的 `Owner`,将其 `user` 字段设置为创建的新 `User` 实例。之后,我们 `save()` 新的 `Owner`。如果一切正常,这将提交更改到数据库。如果数据没通过我们声明的字段的验证,它将失败。 + +现在让我们谈谈我们将如何访问数据。 + + +### 访问模型数据 + +在 Flask, Pyramid 和 Tornado 框架中,我们通过对某些数据库会话运行查询来访问模型数据。也许它被附加到 `request` 对象,也许它是一个独立的 `session` 对象。无论如何,我们必须建立与数据库的实时连接并在该连接上进行查询。 + +这不是 Django 的工作方式。默认情况下,Django 不利用任何第三方对象关系映射(ORM)与数据库进行通信。相反,Django 允许模型类维护自己与数据库的对话。 + +从 `django.db.models.Model` 继承的每个模型类都会附加一个 `objects` 对象。这将取代我们熟悉的 `session` 或 `dbsession`。让我们打开 Django 给我们的特殊 shell,并研究这个 `objects` 对象是如何工作的。 +``` +(django-someHash) $ ./manage.py shell + +Python 3.7.0 (default, Jun 29 2018, 20:13:13) +[Clang 9.1.0 (clang-902.0.39.2)] on darwin +Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. +(InteractiveConsole) + +>>> + +``` + +Django shell 与普通的 Python shell 不同,因为它知道我们正在构建的 Django 项目,可以轻松导入我们的模型,视图,设置等,而不必担心安装包。我们可以通过简单的 `import` 访问我们的模型。 +``` +>>> from owner.models import Owner + +>>> Owner + + + +``` + +目前,我们没有 `Owner` 实例。我们可以通过 `Owner.objects.all()` 查询它们。 +``` +>>> Owner.objects.all() + + + +``` + +无论何时我们在 ` .objects` 对象上运行查询方法,我们都会得到 `QuerySet`。为了我们的目的,它实际上是一个 `list`,这个 `list` 向我们显示它是空的。让我们通过创建一个 `User` 来创建一个 `Owner`。 +``` +>>> from django.contrib.auth.models import User + +>>> new_user = User(username='kenyattamurphy', email='kenyatta.murphy@gmail.com') + +>>> new_user.set_password('wakandaforever') + +>>> new_user.save() + +``` + +如果我们现在查询所有的 `Owner`,我们应该会找到 Kenyatta。 +``` +>>> Owner.objects.all() + +]> + +``` + +棒极了!我们得到了数据! + +### 序列化模型 + +我们将在 “Hello World” 之外来回传递数据。因此,我们希望看到某种类似于 JSON 类型的输出,它可以很好地表示数据。获取该对象的数据并将其转换为 JSON 对象以通过 HTTP 提交是数据序列化的一种方式。在序列化数据时,我们正在获取我们目前拥有的数据并重新格式化以适应一些标准的,更易于理解的形式。 + +如果我用 Flask, Pyramid 和 Tornado 这样做,我会在每个模型上创建一个新方法,让用户可以直接调用 `to_json()`。`to_json()` 的唯一工作是返回一个 JSON 可序列化的(即数字,字符串,列表,词典)字典,其中包含我想要为所讨论的对象显示的任何字段。 + +对于 `Task` 对象,它可能看起来像这样: +``` +class Task(Base): + +    ...all the fields... + +    def to_json(self): + +        """Convert task attributes to a JSON-serializable dict.""" + +        return { + +            'id': self.id, + +            'name': self.name, + +            'note': self.note, + +            'creation_date': self.creation_date.strftime('%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S'), + +            'due_date': self.due_date.strftime('%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S'), + +            'completed': self.completed, + +            'user': self.user_id + +        } + +``` + +这不花哨,但它确实起到了作用。 + +然而,Django REST Framework 为我们提供了一个对象,它不仅可以为我们这样做,还可以在我们想要创建新对象实例或更新现有实例时验证输入,它被称为 [ModelSerializer][15]。 + +Django REST Framework 的 `ModelSerializer` 是我们模型的有效文档。如果没有附加模型,它们就没有自己的生命(因为那里有 [Serializer][16] 类)。它们的主要工作是准确地表示我们的模型,并在我们的模型数据需要序列化并通过线路发送时,将其转换为 JSON。 + +Django REST Framework 的 `ModelSerializer` 最适合简单对象。举个例子,假设我们在 `Task` 对象上没有 `ForeignKey`。我们可以为 `Task` 创建一个序列化器,它将根据需要将其字段值转换为 JSON,声明如下: +``` +# todo/serializers.py + +from rest_framework import serializers + +from todo.models import Task + + +class TaskSerializer(serializers.ModelSerializer): + +    """Serializer for the Task model.""" + +    class Meta: + +        model = Task + +        fields = ('id', 'name', 'note', 'creation_date', 'due_date', 'completed') + +``` + +在我们新的 `TaskSerializer` 中,我们创建了一个 `Meta` 类。`Meta` 的工作就是保存关于我们试图序列化的东西的信息(或元数据)。然后,我们会注意到要显示的特定字段。如果我们想要显示所有字段,我们可以简化过程并使用`'__all __'`。或者,我们可以使用 `exclude` 关键字而不是 `fields` 来告诉 Django REST Framework 我们想要除了少数几个字段以外的每个字段。我们可以拥有尽可能多的序列化器,所以也许我们想要一个用于一小部分字段而一个用于所有字段?在这里都可以。 + +在我们的例子中,每个 `Task` 和它的所有者 `Owner` 之间都有一个关系,必须在这里反映出来。因此,我们需要借用 `serializers.PrimaryKeyRelatedField` 对象来指定每个 `Task` 都有一个 `Owner`,并且该关系是一对一的。它的 owner 将从存在的所有 owners 的集合中找到。我们通过对这些 owners 进行查询并返回我们想要与此序列化程序关联的结果来获得该集合:`Owner.objects.all()`。我们还需要在字段列表中包含 `owner`,因为我们总是需要一个与 `Task` 相关联的 `Owner`。 +``` +# todo/serializers.py + +from rest_framework import serializers + +from todo.models import Task + +from owner.models import Owner + + +class TaskSerializer(serializers.ModelSerializer): + +    """Serializer for the Task model.""" + +    owner = serializers.PrimaryKeyRelatedField(queryset=Owner.objects.all()) + + +    class Meta: + +        model = Task + +        fields = ('id', 'name', 'note', 'creation_date', 'due_date', 'completed', 'owner') + +``` + +现在构建了这个序列化器,我们可以将它用于我们想要为我们的对象做的所有 CRUD 操作: + * 如果我们想要 `GET` 一个特定的 `Task` 的 JSON 类型版本,我们可以做 `TaskSerializer((some_task).data` + + * 如果我们想接受带有适当数据的 `POST` 来创建一个新的 `Task`,我们可以使用 `TaskSerializer(data = new_data).save()` + + * 如果我们想用 `PUT` 更新一些现有数据,我们可以用 `TaskSerializer(existing_task, data = data).save()` + +我们没有包括 `delete`,因为我们不需要对 `delete` 操作做任何事情。如果你可以删除一个对象,只需使用 `object_instance.delete()`。 + +以下是一些序列化数据的示例: +``` +>>> from todo.models import Task + +>>> from todo.serializers import TaskSerializer + +>>> from owner.models import Owner + +>>> from django.contrib.auth.models import User + +>>> new_user = User(username='kenyatta', email='kenyatta@gmail.com') + +>>> new_user.save_password('wakandaforever') + +>>> new_user.save() # creating the User that builds the Owner + +>>> kenyatta = Owner.objects.first() # 找到 kenyatta 的所有者 + +>>> new_task = Task(name="Buy roast beef for the Sunday potluck", owner=kenyatta) + +>>> new_task.save() + +>>> TaskSerializer(new_task).data + +{'id': 1, 'name': 'Go to the supermarket', 'note': None, 'creation_date': '2018-07-31T06:00:25.165013Z', 'due_date': None, 'completed': False, 'owner': 1} + +``` + +使用 `ModelSerializer` 对象可以做更多的事情,我建议查看[文档][17]以获得更强大的功能。否则,这就是我们所需要的。现在是时候深入视图了。 + +### 查看视图 + +我们已经构建了模型和序列化器,现在我们需要为我们的应用程序设置视图和 URL。毕竟,对于没有视图的应用程序,我们无法做任何事情。我们已经看到了上面的 `HelloWorld` 视图的示例。然而,这总是一个人为的,概念验证的例子,并没有真正展示 Django REST Framework 的视图可以做些什么。让我们清除 `HelloWorld` 视图和 URL,这样我们就可以从我们的视图重新开始。 + +我们要构建的第一个视图是 `InfoView`。与之前的框架一样,我们只想打包并发送一个字典到正确的路由。视图本身可以存在于 `django_todo.views` 中,因为它与特定模型无关(因此在概念上不属于特定应用程序)。 +``` +# django_todo/views.py + +from rest_framework.response import JsonResponse + +from rest_framework.views import APIView + + +class InfoView(APIView): + +    """List of routes for this API.""" + +    def get(self, request): + +        output = { + +            'info': 'GET /api/v1', + +            'register': 'POST /api/v1/accounts', + +            'single profile detail': 'GET /api/v1/accounts/', + +            'edit profile': 'PUT /api/v1/accounts/', + +            'delete profile': 'DELETE /api/v1/accounts/', + +            'login': 'POST /api/v1/accounts/login', + +            'logout': 'GET /api/v1/accounts/logout', + +            "user's tasks": 'GET /api/v1/accounts//tasks', + +            "create task": 'POST /api/v1/accounts//tasks', + +            "task detail": 'GET /api/v1/accounts//tasks/', + +            "task update": 'PUT /api/v1/accounts//tasks/', + +            "delete task": 'DELETE /api/v1/accounts//tasks/' + +        } + +        return JsonResponse(output) + +``` + +这与我们在 Tornado 中所拥有的完全相同。让我们将它放置到合适的路由并继续前行。为了更好的测试,我们还将删除 `admin/` 路由,因为我们不会在这里使用 Django 管理后端。 +``` +# in django_todo/urls.py + +from django_todo.views import InfoView + +from django.urls import path + + +urlpatterns = [ + +    path('api/v1', InfoView.as_view(), name="info"), + +] + +``` + +#### 连接模型与视图 + +让我们弄清楚下一个 URL,它将是创建新的 `Task` 或列出用户现有任务的入口。这应该存在于 `todo` 应用程序的 `urls.py` 中,因为它必须专门处理 `Task `对象而不是整个项目的一部分。 +``` +# in todo/urls.py + +from django.urls import path + +from todo.views import TaskListView + + +urlpatterns = [ + +    path('', TaskListView.as_view(), name="list_tasks") + +] + +``` + +这个路由处理的是什么?我们根本没有指定特定用户或路径。由于会有一些路由需要基本路径 `/api/v1/accounts//tasks`,为什么我们只需写一次就能一次又一次地写它? + +Django 允许我们获取一整套 URL 并将它们导入 `django_todo/urls.py` 文件。然后,我们可以为这些导入的 URL 中的每一个提供相同的基本路径,只关心可变部分,你知道它们是不同的。 +``` +# in django_todo/urls.py + +from django.urls import include, path + +from django_todo.views import InfoView + + +urlpatterns = [ + +    path('api/v1', InfoView.as_view(), name="info"), + +    path('api/v1/accounts//tasks', include('todo.urls')) + +] + +``` + +现在,来自 `todo/urls.py` 的每个 URL 都将以路径 `api/v1/accounts//tasks` 为前缀。 + +让我们在 `todo/views.py` 中构建视图。 +``` +# todo/views.py + +from django.shortcuts import get_object_or_404 + +from rest_framework.response import JsonResponse + +from rest_framework.views import APIView + + +from owner.models import Owner + +from todo.models import Task + +from todo.serializers import TaskSerializer + + +class TaskListView(APIView): + +    def get(self, request, username, format=None): + +        """Get all of the tasks for a given user.""" + +        owner = get_object_or_404(Owner, user__username=username) + +        tasks = Task.objects.filter(owner=owner).all() + +        serialized = TaskSerializer(tasks, many=True) + +        return JsonResponse({ + +            'username': username, + +            'tasks': serialized.data + +        }) + +``` + +这里有很多代码,让我们来看看吧。 + +我们从与我们一直使用的 `APIView` 的继承开始,为我们的视图奠定基础。我们覆盖了之前覆盖的相同 `get` 方法,添加了一个参数,允许我们的视图从传入的请求中接收 `username`。 + +然后我们的 `get` 方法将使用 `username` 来获取与该用户关联的 `Owner`。这个 `get_object_or_404` 函数允许我们这样做,添加一些特殊的东西以方便使用。 + +如果无法找到指定的用户,那么查找任务是没有意义的。实际上,我们想要返回 404 错误。`get_object_or_404` 根据我们传入的任何条件获取单个对象,并返回该对象或引发 [Http404 异常][18]。我们可以根据对象的属性设置该条件。`Owner` 对象都通过 `user` 属性附加到 `User`。但是,我们没有要搜索的 `User` 对象,我们只有一个 `username`。所以,当你寻找一个 `Owner` 时,我们对 `get_object_or_404` 说:通过指定 `user__username` 来检查附加到它的 `User` 是否具有我想要的 `username`。这是两个下划线。通过 QuerySet 过滤时,这两个下划线表示“此嵌套对象的属性”。这些属性可以根据需要进行深度嵌套。 + +我们现在拥有与给定用户名相对应的 `Owner`。我们使用 `Owner` 来过滤所有任务,只用 `Task.objects.filter` 检索它拥有的任务。我们可以使用与 `get_object_or_404` 相同的嵌套属性模式来钻入连接到 `Tasks` 的 `Owner` 的 `User`(`tasks = Task.objects.filter(owner__user__username = username)).all()`)但是没有必要那么宽松。 + +`Task.objects.filter(owner = owner).all()` 将为我们提供与我们的查询匹配的所有 `Task` 对象的`QuerySet`。大。然后,`TaskSerializer` 将获取 `QuerySet` 及其所有数据以及 `many = True` 标志,将其通知为项目集合而不是仅仅一个项目,并返回一系列序列化结果。实际上是一个词典列表。最后,我们使用 JSON 序列化数据和用于查询的用户名提供传出响应。 + +#### 处理 POST 请求 + +`post` 方法看起来与我们之前看到的有些不同。 +``` +# still in todo/views.py + +# ...other imports... + +from rest_framework.parsers import JSONParser + +from datetime import datetime + + +class TaskListView(APIView): + +    def get(self, request, username, format=None): + +        ... + + +    def post(self, request, username, format=None): + +        """Create a new Task.""" + +        owner = get_object_or_404(Owner, user__username=username) + +        data = JSONParser().parse(request) + +        data['owner'] = owner.id + +        if data['due_date']: + +            data['due_date'] = datetime.strptime(data['due_date'], '%d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S') + + +        new_task = TaskSerializer(data=data) + +        if new_task.is_valid(): + +            new_task.save() + +            return JsonResponse({'msg': 'posted'}, status=201) + + +        return JsonResponse(new_task.errors, status=400) + +``` + +当我们从客户端接收数据时,我们使用 `JSONParser().parse(request)` 将其解析为字典。我们将所有者添加到数据中并格式化任务的 `due_date`(如果存在)。 + +我们的 `TaskSerializer` 完成了繁重的任务。它首先接收传入的数据并将其转换为我们在模型上指定的字段。然后验证该数据以确保它适合指定的字段。如果附加到新 `Task` 的数据有效,它将使用该数据构造一个新的 `Task` 对象并将其提交给数据库。然后我们发回适当的“耶!我们做了一件新事!”响应。如果没有,我们收集 `TaskSerializer` 生成的错误,并将这些错误发送回客户端,并返回 `400 Bad Request` 状态代码。 + +如果我们要构建 `put` 视图来更新 `Task`,它看起来会非常相似。主要区别在于,当我们实例化 `TaskSerializer` 时,我们将传递旧对象和该对象的新数据,如 `TaskSerializer(existing_task,data = data)`。我们仍然会进行有效性检查并发回我们想要发回的回复。 + +### 总结 + +Django 作为一个框架是高度可定制的,每个人都有自己的方式拼接 Django 项目。我在这里写出来的方式不一定是 Django 建立项目的确切方式。它只是 a) 我熟悉的方式,以及 b) 利用 Django 的管理系统。当你将概念分成他们自己的小筒仓时,Django 项目的复杂性会增加。这样做是为了让多个人更容易为整个项目做出贡献,而不会麻烦彼此。 + +然而,作为 Django 项目的大量文件映射并不能使其更高效或自然地偏向于微服务架构。相反,它很容易成为一个令人困惑的巨石,这可能对你的项目仍然有用,它也可能使你的项目难以管理,尤其是随着项目的增长。 + +仔细考虑你的需求并使用合适的工具来完成正确的工作。对于像这样的简单项目,Django 可能不是合适的工具。 + +Django 旨在处理多种模型,这些模型涵盖了不同的项目领域,但它们可能有一些共同点。这个项目是一个小型的双模型项目,有一些路由。如果我们要构建更多,我们只有七条路由,但仍然是相同的两个模型。这还不足以证明一个完整的 Django 项目。 + +如果我们期望这个项目能够扩展,那将是一个很好的选择。这不是其中一个项目。这是选择一个点燃蜡烛的火焰喷射器。这是绝对的矫枉过正。(to 校正:这里有点迷糊) + +尽管如此,Web 框架仍然是一个 Web 框架,无论你使用哪个框架。它都可以接收请求并做出任何响应,因此你可以按照自己的意愿进行操作。只需要注意你选择的框架所带来的开销。 + +就是这样!我们已经到了这个系列的最后!我希望这是一次启发性的冒险。当你在考虑如何构建你的下一个项目时,它将帮助你做出的不仅仅是最熟悉的选择。请务必阅读每个框架的文档,以扩展本系列中涉及的任何内容(因为它没有那么全面)。每个人都有一个广阔的世界。愉快地写代码吧! + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/django-framework + +作者:[Nicholas Hunt-Walker][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[MjSeven](https://github.com/MjSeven) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/nhuntwalker +[1]:https://opensource.com/article/18/5/pyramid-framework +[2]:https://opensource.com/article/18/4/flask +[3]:https://opensource.com/article/18/6/tornado-framework +[4]:https://www.djangoproject.com +[5]:https://djangopackages.org/ +[6]:http://www.django-rest-framework.org/ +[7]:http://gunicorn.org/ +[8]:https://docs.pylonsproject.org/projects/waitress/en/latest/ +[9]:https://uwsgi-docs.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[10]:https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.0/ref/settings/#databases +[11]:https://pypi.org/project/dj-database-url/ +[12]:http://yellerapp.com/posts/2015-01-12-the-worst-server-setup-you-can-make.html +[13]:https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.0/ref/settings/#std:setting-DATABASE-ENGINE +[14]:https://www.getpostman.com/ +[15]:http://www.django-rest-framework.org/api-guide/serializers/#modelserializer +[16]:http://www.django-rest-framework.org/api-guide/serializers/ +[17]:http://www.django-rest-framework.org/api-guide/serializers/#serializers +[18]:https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.0/topics/http/views/#the-http404-exception From a40e37aea9dabf1b33c6a9a899df49869976bc51 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 13:21:06 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 270/437] PRF:20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md @HankChow --- ...ing Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 35 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md index efca96da23..6267fad2e8 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md @@ -3,21 +3,19 @@ ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-720x340.png) -众所周知,`ping` 命令可以用来检查目标主机是否可达。使用 `ping` 命令的时候,会发送一个 ICMP Echo 请求,通过目标主机的响应与否来确定目标主机的状态。如果你经常使用 `ping` 命令,你可以尝试一下 `prettyping`。Prettyping 只是将一个标准的 ping 工具增加了一层封装,在运行标准 ping 命令的同时添加了颜色和 unicode 字符解析输出,所以它的输出更漂亮紧凑、清晰易读。它是用 `bash` 和 `awk` 编写的免费开源工具,支持大部分类 Unix 操作系统,包括 GNU/Linux、FreeBSD 和 Mac OS X。Prettyping 除了美化 ping 命令的输出,还有很多值得注意的功能。 +众所周知,`ping` 命令可以用来检查目标主机是否可达。使用 `ping` 命令的时候,会发送一个 ICMP Echo 请求,通过目标主机的响应与否来确定目标主机的状态。如果你经常使用 `ping` 命令,你可以尝试一下 `prettyping`。Prettyping 只是将一个标准的 ping 工具增加了一层封装,在运行标准 `ping` 命令的同时添加了颜色和 unicode 字符解析输出,所以它的输出更漂亮紧凑、清晰易读。它是用 `bash` 和 `awk` 编写的自由开源工具,支持大部分类 Unix 操作系统,包括 GNU/Linux、FreeBSD 和 Mac OS X。Prettyping 除了美化 `ping` 命令的输出,还有很多值得注意的功能。 * 检测丢失的数据包并在输出中标记出来。 - * 显示实时数据。每次收到响应后,都会更新统计数据,而对于普通 ping 命令,只会在执行结束后统计。 - * 能够在输出结果不混乱的前提下灵活处理“未知信息”(例如错误信息)。 + * 显示实时数据。每次收到响应后,都会更新统计数据,而对于普通 `ping` 命令,只会在执行结束后统计。 + * 可以灵活处理“未知信息”(例如错误信息),而不搞乱输出结果。 * 能够避免输出重复的信息。 - * 兼容常用的 ping 工具命令参数。 + * 兼容常用的 `ping` 工具命令参数。 * 能够由普通用户执行。 * 可以将输出重定向到文件中。 * 不需要安装,只需要下载二进制文件,赋予可执行权限即可执行。 * 快速且轻巧。 * 输出结果清晰直观。 - - ### 安装 Prettyping 如上所述,Prettyping 是一个绿色软件,不需要任何安装,只要使用以下命令下载 Prettyping 二进制文件: @@ -52,9 +50,9 @@ $ prettyping ostechnix.com ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-in-action.gif) -如果你不带任何参数执行 `prettyping`,它就会一直运行直到被 ctrl + c 中断。 +如果你不带任何参数执行 `prettyping`,它就会一直运行直到被 `ctrl + c` 中断。 -由于 Prettyping 只是一个对普通 ping 命令的封装,所以常用的 ping 参数也是有效的。例如使用 `-c 5` 来指定 ping 一台主机的 5 次: +由于 Prettyping 只是一个对普通 `ping` 命令的封装,所以常用的 ping 参数也是有效的。例如使用 `-c 5` 来指定 ping 一台主机的 5 次: ``` $ prettyping -c 5 ostechnix.com @@ -76,7 +74,7 @@ $ prettyping --nomulticolor ostechnix.com ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-without-unicode-support.png) -如果你的终端不支持 **UTF-8**,或者无法修复系统中的 unicode 字体,只需要加上 `--nounicode` 参数就能轻松解决。 +如果你的终端不支持 UTF-8,或者无法修复系统中的 unicode 字体,只需要加上 `--nounicode` 参数就能轻松解决。 Prettyping 支持将输出的内容重定向到文件中,例如执行以下这个命令会将 `prettyping ostechnix.com` 的输出重定向到 `ostechnix.txt` 中: @@ -89,10 +87,9 @@ Prettyping 还有很多选项帮助你完成各种任务,例如: * 启用/禁用延时图例(默认启用) * 强制按照终端的格式输出(默认自动) * 在统计数据中统计最后的 n 次 ping(默认 60 次) - * 覆盖对终端尺寸的检测 - * 覆盖 awk 解释器(默认不覆盖) - * 覆盖 ping 工具(默认不覆盖) - + * 覆盖对终端尺寸的自动检测 + * 指定 awk 解释器路径(默认:`awk`) + * 指定 ping 工具路径(默认:`ping`) 查看帮助文档可以了解更多: @@ -101,18 +98,14 @@ Prettyping 还有很多选项帮助你完成各种任务,例如: $ prettyping --help ``` -尽管 prettyping 没有添加任何额外功能,但我个人喜欢它的这些优点: +尽管 Prettyping 没有添加任何额外功能,但我个人喜欢它的这些优点: - * 实时统计 - 可以随时查看所有实时统计信息,标准 `ping` 命令只会在命令执行结束后才显示统计信息。 - * 紧凑的显示 - 可以在终端看到更长的时间跨度。 + * 实时统计 —— 可以随时查看所有实时统计信息,标准 `ping` 命令只会在命令执行结束后才显示统计信息。 + * 紧凑的显示 —— 可以在终端看到更长的时间跨度。 * 检测丢失的数据包并显示出来。 - - 如果你一直在寻找可视化显示 `ping` 命令输出的工具,那么 Prettyping 肯定会有所帮助。尝试一下,你不会失望的。 - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/prettyping-make-the-output-of-ping-command-prettier-and-easier-to-read/ @@ -120,7 +113,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/prettyping-make-the-output-of-ping-command-pretti 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 1fc8a3a458828e0d27a786e964cd0091c5ef18e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 13:21:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 271/437] PUB:20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10067-1.html --- ...Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/published/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md rename to published/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md From 36557209ddc43a054ca30191ccdb67e4b16fe33f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 18:05:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 272/437] translated --- ...st An Available Package Groups In Linux.md | 112 ++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 51 insertions(+), 61 deletions(-) rename {sources => translated}/tech/20180910 How To List An Available Package Groups In Linux.md (69%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180910 How To List An Available Package Groups In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180910 How To List An Available Package Groups In Linux.md similarity index 69% rename from sources/tech/20180910 How To List An Available Package Groups In Linux.md rename to translated/tech/20180910 How To List An Available Package Groups In Linux.md index 754c2d0c3a..b192e6c5f0 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180910 How To List An Available Package Groups In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 How To List An Available Package Groups In Linux.md @@ -1,43 +1,33 @@ -How To List An Available Package Groups In Linux +如何在 Linux 中列出可用的软件包组 ====== -As we know, if we want to install any packages in Linux we need to use the distribution package manager to get it done. +我们知道,如果想要在 Linux 中安装软件包,可以使用软件包管理器来进行安装。由于系统管理员需要频繁用到软件包管理器,所以它是 Linux 当中的一个重要工具。 -Package manager is playing major role in Linux as this used most of the time by admin. +但是如果想一次性安装一个软件包组,在 Linux 中有可能吗?又如何通过命令去实现呢? -If you would like to install group of package in one shot what would be the possible option. +在 Linux 中确实可以用软件包管理器来达到这样的目的。很多软件包管理器都有这样的选项来实现这个功能,但就我所知,`apt` 或 `apt-get` 软件包管理器却并没有这个选项。因此对基于 Debian 的系统,需要使用的命令是 `tasksel`,而不是 `apt`或 `apt-get` 这样的官方软件包管理器。 -Is it possible in Linux? if so, what would be the command for it. +在 Linux 中安装软件包组有很多好处。对于 LAMP 来说,安装过程会包含多个软件包,但如果安装软件包组命令来安装,只安装一个包就可以了。 -Yes, this can be done in Linux by using the package manager. Each package manager has their own option to perform this task, as i know apt or apt-get package manager doesn’t has this option. +当你的团队需要安装 LAMP,但不知道其中具体包含哪些软件包,这个时候软件包组就派上用场了。软件包组是 Linux 系统上一个很方便的工具,它能让你轻松地完成一组软件包的安装。 -For Debian based system we need to use tasksel command instead of official package managers called apt or apt-get. +软件包组是一组用于公共功能的软件包,包括系统工具、声音和视频。 安装软件包组的过程中,会获取到一系列的依赖包,从而大大节省了时间。 -What is the benefit if we install group of package in Linux? Yes, there is lot of benefit is available in Linux when we install group of package because if you want to install LAMP separately we need to include so many packages but that can be done using single package when we use group of package command. +**推荐阅读:** +**(#)** [如何在 Linux 上按照大小列出已安装的软件包][1] +**(#)** [如何在 Linux 上查看/列出可用的软件包更新][2] +**(#)** [如何在 Linux 上查看软件包的安装/更新/升级/移除/卸载时间][3] +**(#)** [如何在 Linux 上查看一个软件包的详细信息][4] +**(#)** [如何查看一个软件包是否在你的 Linux 发行版上可用][5] +**(#)** [萌新指导:一个可视化的 Linux 包管理工具][6] +**(#)** [老手必会:命令行软件包管理器的用法][7] -Say for example, as you get a request from Application team to install LAMP but you don’t know what are the packages needs to be installed, this is where group of package comes into picture. +### 如何在 CentOS/RHEL 系统上列出可用的软件包组 -Group option is a handy tool for Linux systems which will install Group of Software in a single click on your system without headache. +RHEL 和 CentOS 系统使用的是 RPM 软件包,因此可以使用 `yum` 软件包管理器来获取相关的软件包信息。 -A package group is a collection of packages that serve a common purpose, for instance System Tools or Sound and Video. Installing a package group pulls a set of dependent packages, saving time considerably. +`yum` 是 Yellowdog Updater, Modified 的缩写,它是一个用于基于 RPM 系统(例如 RHEL 和 CentOS)的,开源的命令行软件包管理工具。它是从分发库或其它第三方库中获取、安装、删除、查询和管理 RPM 包的主要工具。 -**Suggested Read :** -**(#)** [How To List Installed Packages By Size (Largest) On Linux][1] -**(#)** [How To View/List The Available Packages Updates In Linux][2] -**(#)** [How To View A Particular Package Installed/Updated/Upgraded/Removed/Erased Date On Linux][3] -**(#)** [How To View Detailed Information About A Package In Linux][4] -**(#)** [How To Search If A Package Is Available On Your Linux Distribution Or Not][5] -**(#)** [Newbies corner – A Graphical frontend tool for Linux Package Manager][6] -**(#)** [Linux Expert should knows, list of Command line Package Manager & Usage][7] - -### How To List An Available Package Groups In CentOS/RHEL Systems - -RHEL & CentOS systems are using RPM packages hence we can use the `Yum Package Manager` to get this information. - -YUM stands for Yellowdog Updater, Modified is an open-source command-line front-end package-management utility for RPM based systems such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and CentOS. - -Yum is the primary tool for getting, installing, deleting, querying, and managing RPM packages from distribution repositories, as well as other third-party repositories. - -**Suggested Read :** [YUM Command To Manage Packages on RHEL/CentOS Systems][8] +**推荐阅读:** [使用 yum 命令在 RHEL/CentOS 系统上管理软件包][8] ``` # yum grouplist @@ -82,7 +72,7 @@ Done ``` -If you would like to list what are the packages is associated on it, run the below command. In this example we are going to list what are the packages is associated with “Performance Tools” group. +如果需要列出相关联的软件包,可以执行以下这个命令。下面的例子是列出和 Performance Tools 组相关联的软件包。 ``` # yum groupinfo "Performance Tools" @@ -116,17 +106,17 @@ Group: Performance Tools ``` -### How To List An Available Package Groups In Fedora +### 如何在 Fedora 系统上列出可用的软件包组 -Fedora system uses DNF package manager hence we can use the Dnf Package Manager to get this information. +Fedora 系统使用的是 DNF 软件包管理器,因此可以通过 DNF 软件包管理器来获取相关的信息。 -DNF stands for Dandified yum. We can tell DNF, the next generation of yum package manager (Fork of Yum) using hawkey/libsolv library for backend. Aleš Kozumplík started working on DNF since Fedora 18 and its implemented/launched in Fedora 22 finally. +DNF 的含义是 Dandified yum。、DNF 软件包管理器是 YUM 软件包管理器的一个分支,它使用 hawkey/libsolv 库作为后端。从 Fedora 18 开始,Aleš Kozumplík 开始着手 DNF 的开发,直到在Fedora 22 开始加入到系统中。 -Dnf command is used to install, update, search & remove packages on Fedora 22 and later system. It automatically resolve dependencies and make it smooth package installation without any trouble. +`dnf` 命令可以在 Fedora 22 及更高版本上安装、更新、搜索和删除软件包, 它可以自动解决软件包的依赖关系并其顺利安装,不会产生问题。 -Yum replaced by DNF due to several long-term problems in Yum which was not solved. Asked why ? he did not patches the Yum issues. Aleš Kozumplík explains that patching was technically hard and YUM team wont accept the changes immediately and other major critical, YUM is 56K lines but DNF is 29K lies. So, there is no option for further development, except to fork. +由于一些长期未被解决的问题的存在,YUM 被 DNF 逐渐取代了。而 Aleš Kozumplík 的 DNF 却并未对 yum 的这些问题作出修补,他认为这是技术上的难题,YUM 团队也从不接受这些更改。而且 YUM 的代码量有 5.6 万行,而 DNF 只有 2.9 万行。因此已经不需要沿着 YUM 的方向继续开发了,重新开一个分支才是更好的选择。 -**Suggested Read :** [DNF (Fork of YUM) Command To Manage Packages on Fedora System][9] +**推荐阅读:** [在 Fedora 系统上使用 DNF 命令管理软件包][9] ``` # dnf grouplist @@ -180,7 +170,7 @@ Available Groups: ``` -If you would like to list what are the packages is associated on it, run the below command. In this example we are going to list what are the packages is associated with “Editor” group. +如果需要列出相关联的软件包,可以执行以下这个命令。下面的例子是列出和 Editor 组相关联的软件包。 ``` @@ -215,13 +205,13 @@ Group: Editors zile ``` -### How To List An Available Package Groups In openSUSE System +### 如何在 openSUSE 系统上列出可用的软件包组 -openSUSE system uses zypper package manager hence we can use the zypper Package Manager to get this information. +openSUSE 系统使用的是 zypper 软件包管理器,因此可以通过 zypper 软件包管理器来获取相关的信息。 -Zypper is a command line package manager for suse & openSUSE distributions. It’s used to install, update, search & remove packages & manage repositories, perform various queries, and more. Zypper command-line interface to ZYpp system management library (libzypp). +Zypper 是 suse 和 openSUSE 发行版的命令行包管理器。它可以用于安装、更新、搜索和删除软件包,还有管理存储库,执行各种查询等功能。 Zypper 命令行界面用到了 ZYpp 系统管理库(libzypp)。 -**Suggested Read :** [Zypper Command To Manage Packages On openSUSE & suse Systems][10] +**推荐阅读:** [在 openSUSE 和 suse 系统使用 zypper 命令管理软件包][10] ``` # zypper patterns @@ -277,8 +267,7 @@ i | yast2_basis | 20150918-25.1 | @System | | yast2_install_wf | 20150918-25.1 | Main Repository (OSS) | ``` -If you would like to list what are the packages is associated on it, run the below command. In this example we are going to list what are the packages is associated with “file_server” group. -Additionally zypper command allows a user to perform the same action with different options. +如果需要列出相关联的软件包,可以执行以下这个命令。下面的例子是列出和 file_server 组相关联的软件包。另外 `zypper` 还允许用户使用不同的选项执行相同的操作。 ``` # zypper info file_server @@ -317,7 +306,7 @@ Contents : | yast2-tftp-server | package | Recommended ``` -If you would like to list what are the packages is associated on it, run the below command. +如果需要列出相关联的软件包,可以执行以下这个命令。 ``` # zypper pattern-info file_server @@ -357,7 +346,7 @@ Contents : | yast2-tftp-server | package | Recommended ``` -If you would like to list what are the packages is associated on it, run the below command. +如果需要列出相关联的软件包,可以执行以下这个命令。 ``` # zypper info pattern file_server @@ -396,7 +385,7 @@ Contents : | yast2-tftp-server | package | Recommended ``` -If you would like to list what are the packages is associated on it, run the below command. +如果需要列出相关联的软件包,可以执行以下这个命令。 ``` # zypper info -t pattern file_server @@ -436,17 +425,17 @@ Contents : | yast2-tftp-server | package | Recommended ``` -### How To List An Available Package Groups In Debian/Ubuntu Systems +### 如何在 Debian/Ubuntu 系统上列出可用的软件包组 -Since APT or APT-GET package manager doesn’t offer this option for Debian/Ubuntu based systems hence, we are using tasksel command to get this information. +由于 APT 或 APT-GET 软件包管理器没有为基于 Debian/Ubuntu 的系统提供这样的选项,因此需要使用 `tasksel` 命令来获取相关信息。 -[Tasksel][11] is a handy tool for Debian/Ubuntu systems which will install Group of Software in a single click on your system. Tasks are defined in `.desc` files and located at `/usr/share/tasksel`. +[tasksel][11] 是 Debian/Ubuntu 系统上一个很方便的工具,只需要很少的操作就可以用它来安装好一组软件包。可以在 `/usr/share/tasksel` 目录下的 `.desc` 文件中安排软件包的安装任务。 -By default, tasksel tool installed on Debian system as part of Debian installer but it’s not installed on Ubuntu desktop editions. This functionality is similar to that of meta-packages, like how package managers have. +默认情况下,`tasksel` 工具是作为 Debian 系统的一部分安装的,但桌面版 Ubuntu 则没有自带 `tasksel`,类似软件包管理器中的元包(meta-packages)。 -Tasksel tool offer a simple user interface based on zenity (popup Graphical dialog box in command line). +`tasksel` 工具带有一个基于 zenity 的简单用户界面,例如命令行中的弹出图形对话框。 -**Suggested Read :** [Tasksel – Install Group of Software in A Single Click on Debian/Ubuntu][12] +**推荐阅读:** [使用 tasksel 在 Debian/Ubuntu 系统上快速安装软件包组][12] ``` # tasksel --list-task @@ -494,20 +483,20 @@ u openssh-server OpenSSH server u server Basic Ubuntu server ``` -If you would like to list what are the packages is associated on it, run the below command. In this example we are going to list what are the packages is associated with “file_server” group. +如果需要列出相关联的软件包,可以执行以下这个命令。下面的例子是列出和 lamp-server 组相关联的软件包。 ``` # tasksel --task-desc "lamp-server" Selects a ready-made Linux/Apache/MySQL/PHP server. ``` -### How To List An Available Package Groups In Arch Linux based Systems +### 如何在基于 Arch Linux 的系统上列出可用的软件包组 -Arch Linux based systems are using pacman package manager hence we can use the pacman Package Manager to get this information. +基于 Arch Linux 的系统使用的是 pacman 软件包管理器,因此可以通过 pacman 软件包管理器来获取相关的信息。 -pacman stands for package manager utility (pacman). pacman is a command-line utility to install, build, remove and manage Arch Linux packages. pacman uses libalpm (Arch Linux Package Management (ALPM) library) as a back-end to perform all the actions. +pacman 是 package manager 的缩写。`pacman` 可以用于安装、构建、删除和管理 Arch Linux 软件包。`pacman` 使用 libalpm(Arch Linux Package Management 库,ALPM)作为后端来执行所有操作。 -**Suggested Read :** [Pacman Command To Manage Packages On Arch Linux Based Systems][13] +**推荐阅读:** [使用 pacman 在基于 Arch Linux 的系统上管理软件包][13] ``` # pacman -Sg @@ -550,7 +539,7 @@ vim-plugins ``` -If you would like to list what are the packages is associated on it, run the below command. In this example we are going to list what are the packages is associated with “gnome” group. +如果需要列出相关联的软件包,可以执行以下这个命令。下面的例子是列出和 gnome 组相关联的软件包。 ``` # pacman -Sg gnome @@ -589,7 +578,7 @@ gnome simple-scan ``` -Alternatively we can check the same by running following command. +也可以执行以下这个命令实现同样的效果。 ``` # pacman -S gnome @@ -609,7 +598,7 @@ Interrupt signal received ``` -To know exactly how many packages is associated on it, run the following command. +可以执行以下命令检查相关软件包的数量。 ``` # pacman -Sg gnome | wc -l @@ -623,7 +612,7 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-list-an-available-package-groups-in-linux/ 作者:[Prakash Subramanian][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -642,3 +631,4 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-list-an-available-package-groups-in-linux/ [11]: https://wiki.debian.org/tasksel [12]: https://www.2daygeek.com/tasksel-install-group-of-software-in-a-single-click-or-single-command-on-debian-ubuntu/ [13]: https://www.2daygeek.com/pacman-command-examples-manage-packages-arch-linux-system/ + From 5196c9a365dadcdd4b58705f17e3b58db1b64fae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: zhousiyu325 Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 19:28:06 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 273/437] translating 20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md --- .../20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md b/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md index afb66e43ee..10b220590f 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +translated by zhousiyu325 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite ====== From 13ad860f3d5afe4f6bf064c86d1cf10543df7c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: zhousiyu325 Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 22:36:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 274/437] finish translating 20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md --- ... And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md | 112 ------------------ ... And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md | 104 ++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 104 insertions(+), 112 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md b/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md deleted file mode 100644 index 10b220590f..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -translated by zhousiyu325 -A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/easypdf-720x340.jpg) - -We are always in search for a better and more efficient solution that can make our lives more convenient. That is why when you are working with PDF documents you need a fast and reliable tool that you can use in every situation. Therefore, we wanted to introduce you to **EasyPDF** Online PDF Suite for every occasion. The promise behind this tool is that it can make your PDF management easier and we tested it to check that claim. - -But first, here are the most important things you need to know about EasyPDF: - - * EasyPDF is free and anonymous online PDF Conversion Suite. - * Convert PDF to Word, Excel, PowerPoint, AutoCAD, JPG, GIF and Text. - * Create PDF from Word, PowerPoint, JPG, Excel files and many other formats. - * Manipulate PDFs with PDF Merge, Split and Compress. - * OCR conversion of scanned PDFs and images. - * Upload files from your device or the Cloud (Google Drive and DropBox). - * Available on Windows, Linux, Mac, and smartphones via any browser. - * Multiple languages supported. - - - -### EasyPDF User Interface - -![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/easypdf-interface.png) - -One of the first things that catches your eye is the sleek user interface which gives the tool clean and functional environment in where you can work comfortably. The whole experience is even better because there are no ads on a website at all. - -All different types of conversions have their dedicated menu with a simple box to add files, so you don’t have to wonder about what you need to do. - -Most websites aren’t optimized to work well and run smoothly on mobile phones, but EasyPDF is an exception from that rule. It opens almost instantly on smartphone and is easy to navigate. You can also add it as the shortcut on your home screen from the **three dots menu** on the Chrome app. - -![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF-fs8.png) - -### Functionality - -Apart from looking nice, EasyPDF is pretty straightforward to use. You **don’t need to register** or leave an **email** to use the tool. It is completely anonymous. Additionally, it doesn’t put any limitations to the number or size of files for conversion. No installation required either! Cool, yeah? - -You choose a desired conversion format, for example, PDF to Word. Select the PDF file you want to convert. You can upload a file from the device by either drag & drop or selecting the file from the folder. There is also an option to upload a document from [**Google Drive**][1] or [**Dropbox**][2]. - -After you choose the file, press the Convert button to start the conversion process. You won’t wait for a long time to get your file because conversion will finish in a minute. If you have some more files to convert, remember to download the file before you proceed further. If you don’t download the document first, you will lose it. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF1.png) - -For a different type of conversion, return to the homepage. - -The currently available types of conversions are: - - * **PDF to Word** – Convert PDF documents to Word documents - - * **PDF to PowerPoint** – Convert PDF documents to PowerPoint Presentations - - * **PDF to Excel** – Convert PDF documents to Excel documents - - * **PDF Creation** – Create PDF documents from any type of file (E.g text, doc, odt) - - * **Word to PDF** – Convert Word documents to PDF documents - - * **JPG to PDF** – Convert JPG images to PDF documents - - * **PDF to AutoCAD** – Convert PDF documents to .dwg format (DWG is native format for CAD packages) - - * **PDF to Text** – Convert PDF documents to Text documents - - * **PDF Split** – Split PDF files into multiple parts - - * **PDF Merge** – Merge multiple PDF files into one - - * **PDF Compress** – Compress PDF documents - - * **PDF to JPG** – Convert PDF documents to JPG images - - * **PDF to PNG** – Convert PDF documents to PNG images - - * **PDF to GIF** – Convert PDF documents to GIF files - - * **OCR Online** – - -Convert scanned paper documents - -to editable files (E.g Word, Excel, Text) - - - - -Want to give it a try? Great! Click the following link and start converting! - -[![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF-online-pdf.png)][https://easypdf.com/] - -### Conclusion - -EasyPDF lives up to its name and enables easier PDF management. As far as I tested EasyPDF service, It offers out of the box conversion feature completely **FREE!** It is fast, secure and reliable. You will find the quality of services most satisfying without having to pay anything or leaving your personal data like email address. Give it a try and who knows maybe you will find your new favorite PDF tool. - -And, that’s all for now. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/easypdf-a-free-and-secure-online-pdf-conversion-suite/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-mount-google-drive-locally-as-virtual-file-system-in-linux/ -[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-dropbox-in-ubuntu-18-04-lts-desktop/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md b/translated/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..46cc5067f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +一款免费且安全的在线PDF转换软件 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/easypdf-720x340.jpg) + +我们总在寻找一个更好用且更高效的解决方案,来我们的生活理加方便。 比方说,在处理PDF文档时,你会迫切地想拥有一款工具,它能够在任何情形下都显得快速可靠。在这,我们想向你推荐**EasyPDF**——一款可以胜任所有场合的在线PDF软件。通过大量的测试,我们可以保证:这款工具能够让你的PDF文档管理更加容易。 + +不过,关于EasyPDF有一些十分重要的事情,你必须知道。 + +* EasyPDF是免费的、匿名的在线PDF转换软件。 +* 能够将PDF文档转换成Word、Excel、PowerPoint、AutoCAD、JPG, GIF和Text等格式格式的文档。 +* 能够从ord、Excel、PowerPoint等其他格式的文件创建PDF文件。 +* 能够进行PDF文档的合并、分割和压缩。 +* 能够识别扫描的PDF和图片中的内容。 +* 可以从你的设备或者云存储(Google Drive 和 DropBox)中上传文档。 +* 可以在Windows、Linux、Mac和智能手机上通过浏览器来操作。 +* 支持多种语言。 + +### EasyPDF的用户界面 + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/easypdf-interface.png) + +EasyPDF最吸引你眼球的就是平滑的用户界面,营造一种整洁的环境,这会让使用者感觉更加舒服。由于网站完全没有一点广告,EasyPDF的整体使用体验相比以前会好很多。 + +每种不同类型的转换都有它们专门的菜单,只需要简单地向其中添加文件,你并不需要知道太多知识来进行操作。 + +许多类似网站没有做好相关的优化,使得在手机上的使用体验并不太友好。然而,EasyPDF突破了这一个瓶颈。在智能手机上,EasyPDF几乎可以秒开,并且可以顺畅的操作。你也通过Chrome app的**three dots menu**把EasyPDF添加到手机的主屏幕上。 + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF-fs8.png) + +### 特性 + +除了好看的界面,EasyPDF还非常易于使用。为了使用它,你 **不需要注册一个账号** 或者**留下一个邮箱**,它是完全匿名的。另外,EasyPDF也不会对要转换的文件进行数量或者大小的限制,完全不需要安装!酷极了,不是吗? + +首先,你需要选择一种想要进行的格式转换,比如,将PDF转换成Word。然后,选择你想要转换的PDF文件。你可以通过两种方式来上传文件:直接拖拉或者从设备上的文件夹进行选择。还可以选择从[**Google Drive**][1] 或 [**Dropbox**][2]来上传文件。 + +选择要进行格式转换的文件后,点击Convert按钮开始转换过程。转换过程会在一分钟内完成,你并不需要等待太长时间。如果你还有对其他文件进行格式转换,在接着转换前,不要忘了将前面已经转换完成的文件下载保存。不然的话,你将会丢失前面的文件。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF1.png) + +要进行其他类型的格式转换,直接返回到主页。 + +目前支持的几种格式转换类型如下: + +* **PDF to Word** – 将 PDF 文档 转换成 Word 文档 + + * **PDF 转换成 PowerPoint** – 将 PDF 文档 转换成 PowerPoint 演示讲稿 + + * **PDF 转换成 Excel** – 将 PDF 文档 转换成 Excel 文档 + + * **PDF 创建** – 从一些其他类型的文件(如, text, doc, odt)来创建PDF文档 + + * **Word 转换成 PDF** – 将 Word 文档 转换成 PDF 文档 + + * **JPG 转换成 PDF** – 将 JPG images 转换成 PDF 文档 + + * **PDF 转换成 Au转换成CAD** – 将 PDF 文档 转换成 .dwg 格式 (DWG 是 CAD 文件的原生的格式) + + * **PDF 转换成 Text** – 将 PDF 文档 转换成 Text 文档 + + * **PDF 分割** – 把 PDF 文件分割成多个部分 + + * **PDF 合并** – 把多个PDF文件合并成一个文件 + + * **PDF 压缩** – 将 PDF 文档进行压缩 + + * **PDF 转换成 JPG** – 将 PDF 文档 转换成 JPG 图片 + + * **PDF 转换成 PNG** – 将 PDF 文档 转换成 PNG 图片 + + * **PDF 转换成 GIF** – 将 PDF 文档 转换成 GIF 文件 + + * **在线文字内容识别** – 将扫描的纸质文档转换成能够进行编辑的文件(如,Word,Excel,Text) + + 想试一试吗?好极了!点击下面的链接,然后开始格式转换吧! + +[![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF-online-pdf.png)][https://easypdf.com/] + +### 总结 + +EasyPDF 名符其实,能够让PDF 管理更加容易。就我测试过的 EasyPDF 服务而言,它提供了**完全免费**的简单易用的转换功能。它十分快速、安全和可靠。你会对它的服务质量感到非常满意,因为它不用支付任何费用,也不用留下像邮箱这样的个人信息。值得一试,也许你会找到你自己更喜欢的 PDF 工具。 + +好吧,我就说这些。更多的好东西还在后后面,请继续关注! + +加油! + + + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/easypdf-a-free-and-secure-online-pdf-conversion-suite/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/zhousiyu325) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-mount-google-drive-locally-as-virtual-file-system-in-linux/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-dropbox-in-ubuntu-18-04-lts-desktop/ From 38728367da46495541b79f3f0a4487838e3549c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Luo Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 22:42:18 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 275/437] Update How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md Translating by pygmalion666 --- .../20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md index e3a0a9d561..2b9c610f1d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by pygmalion666 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux ====== From e998a735755889b900e2d601168082c6c6ac8d48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 00:54:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 276/437] translated --- ...lan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md | 230 ------------------ ...lan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md | 215 ++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 215 insertions(+), 230 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index a9d3eb0895..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -LuuMing translating -How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux -====== - -![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/netplan.jpg?itok=Gu_ZfNGa) - -For years Linux admins and users have configured their network interfaces in the same way. For instance, if you’re a Ubuntu user, you could either configure the network connection via the desktop GUI or from within the /etc/network/interfaces file. The configuration was incredibly easy and never failed to work. The configuration within that file looked something like this: - -``` -auto enp10s0 - -iface enp10s0 inet static - -address 192.168.1.162 - -netmask 255.255.255.0 - -gateway 192.168.1.100 - -dns-nameservers 1.0.0.1,1.1.1.1 - -``` - -Save and close that file. Restart networking with the command: - -``` -sudo systemctl restart networking - -``` - -Or, if you’re not using a non-systemd distribution, you could restart networking the old fashioned way like so: - -``` -sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart - -``` - -Your network will restart and the newly configured interface is good to go. - -That’s how it’s been done for years. Until now. With certain distributions (such as Ubuntu Linux 18.04), the configuration and control of networking has changed considerably. Instead of that interfaces file and using the /etc/init.d/networking script, we now turn to [Netplan][1]. Netplan is a command line utility for the configuration of networking on certain Linux distributions. Netplan uses YAML description files to configure network interfaces and, from those descriptions, will generate the necessary configuration options for any given renderer tool. - -I want to show you how to use Netplan on Linux, to configure a static IP address and a DHCP address. I’ll be demonstrating on Ubuntu Server 18.04. I will give you one word of warning, the .yaml files you create for Netplan must be consistent in spacing, otherwise they’ll fail to work. You don’t have to use a specific spacing for each line, it just has to remain consistent. - -### The new configuration files - -Open a terminal window (or log into your Ubuntu Server via SSH). You will find the new configuration files for Netplan in the /etc/netplan directory. Change into that directory with the command cd /etc/netplan. Once in that directory, you will probably only see a single file: - -``` -01-netcfg.yaml - -``` - -You can create a new file or edit the default. If you opt to edit the default, I suggest making a copy with the command: - -``` -sudo cp /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml.bak - -``` - -With your backup in place, you’re ready to configure. - -### Network Device Name - -Before you configure your static IP address, you’ll need to know the name of device to be configured. To do that, you can issue the command ip a and find out which device is to be used (Figure 1). - -![netplan][3] - -Figure 1: Finding our device name with the ip a command. - -[Used with permission][4] - -I’ll be configuring ens5 for a static IP address. - -### Configuring a Static IP Address - -Open the original .yaml file for editing with the command: - -``` -sudo nano /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml - -``` - -The layout of the file looks like this: - -network: - -Version: 2 - -Renderer: networkd - -ethernets: - -DEVICE_NAME: - -Dhcp4: yes/no - -Addresses: [IP/NETMASK] - -Gateway: GATEWAY - -Nameservers: - -Addresses: [NAMESERVER, NAMESERVER] - -Where: - - * DEVICE_NAME is the actual device name to be configured. - - * yes/no is an option to enable or disable dhcp4. - - * IP is the IP address for the device. - - * NETMASK is the netmask for the IP address. - - * GATEWAY is the address for your gateway. - - * NAMESERVER is the comma-separated list of DNS nameservers. - - - - -Here’s a sample .yaml file: - -``` -network: - - version: 2 - - renderer: networkd - - ethernets: - - ens5: - - dhcp4: no - - addresses: [192.168.1.230/24] - - gateway4: 192.168.1.254 - - nameservers: - - addresses: [8.8.4.4,8.8.8.8] - -``` - -Edit the above to fit your networking needs. Save and close that file. - -Notice the netmask is no longer configured in the form 255.255.255.0. Instead, the netmask is added to the IP address. - -### Testing the Configuration - -Before we apply the change, let’s test the configuration. To do that, issue the command: - -``` -sudo netplan try - -``` - -The above command will validate the configuration before applying it. If it succeeds, you will see Configuration accepted. In other words, Netplan will attempt to apply the new settings to a running system. Should the new configuration file fail, Netplan will automatically revert to the previous working configuration. Should the new configuration work, it will be applied. - -### Applying the New Configuration - -If you are certain of your configuration file, you can skip the try option and go directly to applying the new options. The command for this is: - -``` -sudo netplan apply - -``` - -At this point, you can issue the command ip a to see that your new address configurations are in place. - -### Configuring DHCP - -Although you probably won’t be configuring your server for DHCP, it’s always good to know how to do this. For example, you might not know what static IP addresses are currently available on your network. You could configure the device for DHCP, get an IP address, and then reconfigure that address as static. - -To use DHCP with Netplan, the configuration file would look something like this: - -``` -network: - - version: 2 - - renderer: networkd - - ethernets: - - ens5: - - Addresses: [] - - dhcp4: true - - optional: true - -``` - -Save and close that file. Test the file with: - -``` -sudo netplan try - -``` - -Netplan should succeed and apply the DHCP configuration. You could then issue the ip a command, get the dynamically assigned address, and then reconfigure a static address. Or, you could leave it set to use DHCP (but seeing as how this is a server, you probably won’t want to do that). - -Should you have more than one interface, you could name the second .yaml configuration file 02-netcfg.yaml. Netplan will apply the configuration files in numerical order, so 01 will be applied before 02. Create as many configuration files as needed for your server. - -### That’s All There Is - -Believe it or not, that’s all there is to using Netplan. Although it is a significant change to how we’re accustomed to configuring network addresses, it’s not all that hard to get used to. But this style of configuration is here to stay… so you will need to get used to it. - -Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][5]course from The Linux Foundation and edX. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/9/how-use-netplan-network-configuration-tool-linux - -作者:[Jack Wallen][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen -[1]: https://netplan.io/ -[3]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/netplan_1.jpg?itok=XuIsXWbV (netplan) -[4]: /licenses/category/used-permission -[5]: https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux diff --git a/translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0027aafb6f --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +如何在 Linux 上使用网络配置工具 Netplan +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/netplan.jpg?itok=Gu_ZfNGa) + +多年以来 Linux 管理员和用户们使用相同的方式配置他们的网络接口。例如,如果你是 Ubuntu 用户,你能够用桌面 GUI 配置网络连接,也可以在 /etc/network/interfaces 文件里配置。配置相当简单且从未失败。在文件中配置看起来就像这样: + +``` +auto enp10s0 + +iface enp10s0 inet static + +address 192.168.1.162 + +netmask 255.255.255.0 + +gateway 192.168.1.100 + +dns-nameservers 1.0.0.1,1.1.1.1 +``` + +保存并关闭文件。使用命令重启网络: + +``` +sudo systemctl restart networking +``` + +或者,如果你使用不带systemd 的发行版,你可以通过老办法来重启网络: + +``` +sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart +``` + +你的网络将会重新启动,新的配置将会生效。 + +这就是多年以来的做法。但是现在,在某些发行版上(例如 Ubuntu Linux 18.04),网络的配置与控制发生了很大的变化。不需要那个 interfaces 文件和 /etc/init.d/networking 脚本,我们现在转向使用 [Netplan][1]。Netplan 是一个在某些 Linux 发行版上配置网络连接的命令行工具。Netplan 使用 YAML 描述文件来配置网络接口,然后,通过这些描述为任何给定的呈现工具生成必要的配置选项。 + +我将向你展示如何在 Linux 上使用 Netplan 配置静态 IP 地址和 DHCP 地址。我会在 Ubuntu Server 18.04 上演示。有句忠告,你创建的 .yaml 文件中的间距必须保持一致,否则将会失败。你不用为每行使用特定的间距,只需保持一致就行了。 + +### 新的配置文件 + +打开终端窗口(或者通过 SSH 登录进 Ubuntu 服务器)。你会在 /etc/netplan 文件夹下发现 Netplan 的新配置文件。使用 cd/etc/netplan 命令进入到那个文件夹下。一旦进到了那个文件夹,也许你就能够看到一个文件: + +``` +01-netcfg.yaml +``` + +你可以创建一个新的文件或者是编辑默认文件。如果你打算修改默认文件,我建议你先做一个备份: + +``` +sudo cp /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml.bak +``` + +备份好后,就可以开始配置了。 + +### 网络设备名称 + +在你开始配置静态 IP 之前,你需要知道设备名称。要做到这一点,你可以使用命令 ip a,然后找出哪一个设备将会被用到(图 1)。 + +![netplan][3] + +图 1:使用 ip a 命令找出设备名称 + +[Used with permission][4] (译注:这是什么鬼?) + +我将为 ens5 配置一个静态的 IP。 + +### 配置静态 IP 地址 + +使用命令打开原来的 .yaml 文件: + +``` +sudo nano /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml +``` + +文件的布局看起来就像这样: + +network: + +Version: 2 + +Renderer: networkd + +ethernets: + +DEVICE_NAME: + +Dhcp4: yes/no + +Addresses: [IP/NETMASK] + +Gateway: GATEWAY + +Nameservers: + +Addresses: [NAMESERVER, NAMESERVER] + +其中: + + * DEVICE_NAME 是需要配置设备的实际名称。 + + * yes/no 代表是否启用 dhcp4。 + + * IP 是设备的 IP 地址。 + + * NETMASK 是 IP 地址的掩码。 + + * GATEWAY 是网关的地址。 + + * NAMESERVER 是由逗号分开的 DNS 服务器列表。 + +这是一份 .yaml 文件的样例: + +``` +network: + + version: 2 + + renderer: networkd + + ethernets: + + ens5: + + dhcp4: no + + addresses: [192.168.1.230/24] + + gateway4: 192.168.1.254 + + nameservers: + + addresses: [8.8.4.4,8.8.8.8] +``` + +编辑上面的文件以达到你想要的效果。保存并关闭文件。 + +注意,掩码已经不用再配置为 255.255.255.0 这种形式。取而代之的是,掩码已被添加进了 IP 地址中。 + +### 测试配置 + +在应用改变之前,让我们测试一下配置。为此,使用命令: + +``` +sudo netplan try +``` + +上面的命令会在应用配置之前验证其是否有效。如果成功,你就会看到配置被接受。换句话说,Netplan 会尝试将新的配置应用到运行的系统上。如果新的配置失败了,Netplan 会自动地恢复到之前使用的配置。成功后,新的配置就会被使用。 + +### 应用新的配置 + +如果你确信配置文件没有问题,你就可以跳过测试环节并且直接使用新的配置。它的命令是: + +``` +sudo netplan apply +``` + +此时,你可以使用 ip a 看看新的地址是否正确。 + +### 配置 DHCP + +虽然你可能不会配置 DHCP 服务,但通常还是知道比较好。例如,你也许不知道网络上当前可用的静态 IP 地址是多少。你可以为设备配置 DHCP,获取到 IP 地址,然后将那个地址重新配置为静态地址。 + +在 Netplan 上使用 DHCP,配置文件看起来就像这样: + +``` +network: + + version: 2 + + renderer: networkd + + ethernets: + + ens5: + + Addresses: [] + + dhcp4: true + + optional: true +``` + +保存并退出。用下面命令来测试文件: + +``` +sudo netplan try +``` + +Netplan 应该会成功配置 DHCP 服务。这时你可以使用 ip a 命令得到动态分配的地址,然后重新配置静态地址。或者,你可以直接使用 DHCP 分配的地址(但看看这是一个服务器,你可能不想这样做)。 + +也许你有不只一个的网络接口,你可以命名第二个 .yaml 文件为 02-netcfg.yaml 。Netplan 会按照数字顺序应用配置文件,因此 01 会在 02 之前使用。根据你的需要创建多个配置文件。 + +### 就是这些了 + +不管你信不信,那些就是所有关于使用 Netplan 的东西了。虽然它对于我们习惯性的配置网络地址来说是一个相当大的改变,但并不是所有人都用的惯。但这种配置方式值得一提...因此你会适应的。 + +在 Linux Foundation 和 edX 上通过 ["Introduction to Linux"] 课程学习更多关于 Linux 的内容。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/9/how-use-netplan-network-configuration-tool-linux + +作者:[Jack Wallen][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[LuuMing](https://github.com/LuuMing) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen +[1]: https://netplan.io/ +[3]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/netplan_1.jpg?itok=XuIsXWbV (netplan) +[4]: /licenses/category/used-permission +[5]: https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux From 99f3ecc2bbc25472b0d64fe3b0d60c690f1103ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 11:28:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 277/437] PRF:20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md @GraveAccent --- ... Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md | 15 ++++++++------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md b/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md index eec0d29397..808da9a3d3 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md +++ b/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -书评|算法之美 +书评:《算法之美( Algorithms to Live By )》 ====== + ![](https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/covers/1-62779-037-3.jpg) 又一次为了工作图书俱乐部而读书。除了其它我亲自推荐的书,这是我至今最喜爱的书。 -作为计算机科学基础之一的研究领域是算法:我们如何高效地用计算机程序解决问题?这基本上属于数学领域,但是这很少关于理想的或理论上的解决方案,而是更在于最高效地利用有限的资源获得一个充足(如果不能完美)的答案。其中许多问题要么是日常的生活问题,要么与人们密切相关。毕竟,计算机科学的目的是为了用计算机解决实际问题。《算法之美》提出的问题是:“我们可以反过来吗”--我们可以通过学习计算机科学解决问题的方式来帮助我们做出日常决定吗? +作为计算机科学基础之一的研究领域是算法:我们如何高效地用计算机程序解决问题?这基本上属于数学领域,但是这很少关于理想的或理论上的解决方案,而是更在于最高效地利用有限的资源获得一个充分(如果不能完美)的答案。其中许多问题要么是日常的生活问题,要么与人们密切相关。毕竟,计算机科学的目的是为了用计算机解决实际问题。《算法之美Algorithms to Live By》提出的问题是:“我们可以反过来吗”——我们可以通过学习计算机科学解决问题的方式来帮助我们做出日常决定吗? 本书的十一个章节有很多有趣的内容,但也有一个有趣的主题:人类早已擅长这一点。很多章节以一个算法研究和对问题的数学分析作为开始,接着深入到探讨如何利用这些结果做出更好的决策,然后讨论关于人类真正会做出的决定的研究,之后,考虑到典型生活情境的限制,会发现人类早就在应用我们提出的最佳算法的特殊版本了。这往往会破坏本书的既定目标,值得庆幸的是,它决不会破坏对一般问题的有趣讨论,即计算机科学如何解决它们,以及我们对这些问题的数学和技术形态的了解。我认为这本书的自助效用比作者打算的少一些,但有很多可供思考的东西。 -(也就是说,值得考虑这种一致性是否太少了,因为人类已经擅长这方面了,更因为我们的算法是根据人类直觉设计的。可能我们的最佳算法只是反映了人类的思想。在某些情况下,我们发现我们的方案和数学上的典范不一样, 但是在另一些情况下,它们仍然是我们当下最好的猜想。) +(也就是说,值得考虑这种一致性是否太少了,因为人类已经擅长这方面了,更因为我们的算法是根据人类直觉设计的。可能我们的最佳算法只是反映了人类的思想。在某些情况下,我们发现我们的方案和数学上的典范不一样,但是在另一些情况下,它们仍然是我们当下最好的猜想。) -这是那种章节列表是书评里重要部分的书。这里讨论的算法领域有最优停止、探索和利用决策(什么时候带着你发现的最好东西走以及什么时候寻觅更好的东西),以及排序、缓存、调度、贝叶斯定理(一般还有预测)、创建模型时的过拟合、放松(解决容易的问题而不是你的实际问题)、随机算法、一系列网络算法,最后还有游戏理论。其中每一项都有有用的见解和发人深省的讨论--这些有时显得十分理论化的概念令人吃惊地很好地映射到了日常生活。这本书以一段关于“可计算的善意”的讨论结束:鼓励减少你自己和你交往的人所需的计算和复杂性惩罚。 +这是那种章节列表是书评里重要部分的书。这里讨论的算法领域有最优停止、探索和利用决策(什么时候带着你发现的最好东西走,以及什么时候寻觅更好的东西),以及排序、缓存、调度、贝叶斯定理(一般还有预测)、创建模型时的过拟合、放松(解决容易的问题而不是你的实际问题)、随机算法、一系列网络算法,最后还有游戏理论。其中每一项都有有用的见解和发人深省的讨论——这些有时显得十分理论化的概念令人吃惊地很好地映射到了日常生活。这本书以一段关于“可计算的善意”的讨论结束:鼓励减少你自己和你交往的人所需的计算和复杂性惩罚。 -如果你有计算机科学背景(就像我一样),其中许多都是熟悉的概念,而且你因为被普及了很多新东西或许会有疑惑。然而,请给这本书一个机会,类比法没你担忧的那么令人紧张。作者既小心又聪明地应用了这些原则。这本书令人惊喜地通过了一个重要的合理性检查:涉及到我知道或反复思考过的主题的章节很少有或没有明显的错误,而且能讲出有用和重要的事情。比如,调度的那一章节毫不令人吃惊地和时间管理有关,通过直接跳到时间管理问题的核心而胜过了半数时间管理类书籍:如果你要做一个清单上的所有事情,你做这些事情的顺序很少要紧,所以最难的调度问题是决定不做哪些事情而不是做这些事情的顺序。 +如果你有计算机科学背景(就像我一样),其中许多都是熟悉的概念,而且你因为被普及了很多新东西或许会有疑惑。然而,请给这本书一个机会,类比法没你担忧的那么令人紧张。作者既小心又聪明地应用了这些原则。这本书令人惊喜地通过了一个重要的合理性检查:涉及到我知道或反复思考过的主题的章节很少有或没有明显的错误,而且能讲出有用和重要的事情。比如,调度的那一章节毫不令人吃惊地和时间管理有关,通过直接跳到时间管理问题的核心而胜过了半数的时间管理类书籍:如果你要做一个清单上的所有事情,你做这些事情的顺序很少要紧,所以最难的调度问题是决定不做哪些事情而不是做这些事情的顺序。 作者在贝叶斯定理这一章节中的观点完全赢得了我的心。本章的许多内容都是关于贝叶斯先验的,以及一个人对过去事件的了解为什么对分析未来的概率很重要。作者接着讨论了著名的棉花糖实验。即给了儿童一个棉花糖以后,儿童被研究者告知如果他们能够克制自己不吃这个棉花糖,等到研究者回来时,会给他们两个棉花糖。克制自己不吃棉花糖(在心理学文献中叫作“延迟满足”)被发现与未来几年更好的生活有关。这个实验多年来一直被引用和滥用于各种各样的宣传,关于选择未来的收益放弃即时的快乐从而拥有成功的生活,以及生活中的失败是因为无法延迟满足。更多的邪恶分析(当然)将这种能力与种族联系在一起,带有可想而知的种族主义结论。 @@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ 《算法之美》是我读过的唯一提到了棉花糖实验并应用了我认为更有说服力的分析的书。这不是一个关于儿童天赋的实验,这是一个关于他们的贝叶斯先验的实验。什么时候立即吃棉花糖而不是等待奖励是完全合理的?当他们过去的经历告诉他们成年人不可靠,不可信任,会在不可预测的时间内消失并且撒谎的时候。而且,更好的是,作者用我之前没有听说过的后续研究和观察支持了这一分析,观察到的内容是,一些孩子会等待一段时间然后“放弃”。如果他们下意识地使用具有较差先验的贝叶斯模型,这就完全合情合理。 -这是一本很好的书。它可能在某些地方的尝试有点太勉强(数学上最优停止对于日常生活的适用性比我认为作者想要表现的更加偶然和牵强附会),如果你学过算法,其中一些内容会感到熟悉,但是它的行文思路清晰,简洁,而且编辑得非常好。这本书没有哪一部分对不起它所受的欢迎,书中的讨论贯穿始终。如果你发现自己“已经知道了这一切”,你可能还会在接下来几页中遇到一个新的概念或一个简洁的解释。有时作者会做一些我从没想到但是回想起来正确的联系,比如将网络协议中的指数退避和司法系统中的选择惩罚联系起来。还有意识到我们的现代通信世界并不是一直联系的,它是不断缓冲的,我们中的许多人正深受缓冲膨胀这一独特现象的苦恼。 +这是一本很好的书。它可能在某些地方的尝试有点太勉强(数学上最优停止对于日常生活的适用性比我认为作者想要表现的更加偶然和牵强附会),如果你学过算法,其中一些内容会感到熟悉,但是它的行文思路清晰,简洁,而且编辑得非常好。这本书没有哪一部分对不起它所受到的欢迎,书中的讨论贯穿始终。如果你发现自己“已经知道了这一切”,你可能还会在接下来几页中遇到一个新的概念或一个简洁的解释。有时作者会做一些我从没想到但是回想起来正确的联系,比如将网络协议中的指数退避和司法系统中的选择惩罚联系起来。还有意识到我们的现代通信世界并不是一直联系的,它是不断缓冲的,我们中的许多人正深受缓冲膨胀这一独特现象的苦恼。 我认为你并不必须是计算机科学专业或者精通数学才能读这本书。如果你想深入,每章的结尾都有许多数学上的细节,但是正文总是易读而清晰,至少就我所知是这样(作为一个以计算机科学为专业并学到了很多数学知识的人,你至少可以有保留地相信我)。即使你已经钻研了多年的算法,这本书仍然可以提供很多东西。 @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ via: https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/books/1-62779-037-3.html 作者:[Brian Christian;Tom Griffiths][a] 译者:[GraveAccent](https://github.com/GraveAccent) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 58dee474babcd99be1a038fec85eed553b13f257 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 11:29:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 278/437] PUB:20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md @GraveAccent https://linux.cn/article-10068-1.html --- ...w- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md b/published/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md rename to published/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md From ae49adf39e8485fea0310279adf8958f52354e27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 11:46:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 279/437] hankchow translating --- ...ow To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md b/sources/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md index 11d266e163..bb133d6103 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper ====== From be9f3119b21996fe371285702b5da521f0cdad8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 12:12:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 280/437] PRF:20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md @sd886393 --- ...rces for Securing Your Open Source Code.md | 58 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 34 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md b/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md index 4e63a64e43..285a49c6a4 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md @@ -1,53 +1,43 @@ -一些提高你开源源码安全性的工具 +一些提高开源代码安全性的工具 ====== +> 开源软件的迅速普及带来了对健全安全实践的需求。 + ![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/open-security.jpg?itok=R3M5LDrb) -虽然目前开源依然发展势头较好,并被广大的厂商所采用,然而最近由 Black Duck 和 Synopsys 发布的[2018开源安全与风险评估报告][1]指出了一些存在的风险并重点阐述了对于健全安全措施的需求。这份报告的分析资料素材来自经过脱敏后的 1100 个商业代码库,这些代码所涉及:自动化、大数据、企业级软件、金融服务业、健康医疗、物联网、制造业等多个领域。 +虽然目前开源依然发展势头较好,并被广大的厂商所采用,然而最近由 Black Duck 和 Synopsys 发布的 [2018 开源安全与风险评估报告][1]指出了一些存在的风险,并重点阐述了对于健全安全措施的需求。这份报告的分析资料素材来自经过脱敏后的 1100 个商业代码库,这些代码所涉及:自动化、大数据、企业级软件、金融服务业、健康医疗、物联网、制造业等多个领域。 -这份报告强调开源软件正在被大量的使用,扫描结果中有 96% 的应用都使用了开源组件。然而,报告还指出许多其中存在很多漏洞。具体在 [这里][2]: +这份报告强调开源软件正在被大量的使用,扫描结果中有 96% 的应用都使用了开源组件。然而,报告还指出许多其中存在很多漏洞。具体在 [这里][2]: * 令人担心的是扫描的所有结果中,有 78% 的代码库存在至少一个开源的漏洞,平均每个代码库有 64 个漏洞。 - * 在经过代码审计过后代码库中,发现超过 54% 的漏洞经验证是高危漏洞。 - * 17% 的代码库包括一种已经早已公开的漏洞,包括:Heartbleed、Logjam、Freak、Drown、Poddle。 +Synopsys 旗下 Black Duck 的技术负责人 Tim Mackey 称,“这份报告清楚的阐述了:随着开源软件正在被企业广泛的使用,企业与组织也应当使用一些工具来检测可能出现在这些开源软件中的漏洞,以及管理其所使用的开源软件的方式是否符合相应的许可证规则。” +确实,随着越来越具有影响力的安全威胁出现,历史上从未有过我们目前对安全工具和实践的需求。大多数的组织已经意识到网络与系统管理员需要具有相应的较强的安全技能和安全证书。[在一篇文章中][3],我们给出一些具有较大影响力的工具、认证和实践。 +Linux 基金会已经在安全方面提供了许多关于安全的信息与教育资源。比如,Linux 社区提供了许多针对特定平台的免费资源,其中 [Linux 工作站安全检查清单][4] 其中提到了很多有用的基础信息。线上的一些发表刊物也可以提升用户针对某些平台对于漏洞的保护,如:[Fedora 安全指南][5]、[Debian 安全手册][6]。 -Tim Mackey,Synopsys 旗下 Black Duck 的技术负责人称,"这份报告清楚的阐述了:随着开源软件正在被企业广泛的使用,企业与组织也应当使用一些工具来检测可能出现在这些开源软件中的漏洞,并且管理其所使用的开源软件的方式是否符合相应的许可证规则" +目前被广泛使用的私有云平台 OpenStack 也加强了关于基于云的智能安全需求。根据 Linux 基金会发布的 [公有云指南][7]:“据 Gartner 的调研结果,尽管公有云的服务商在安全审查和提升透明度方面做的都还不错,安全问题仍然是企业考虑向公有云转移的最重要的考量之一。” -确实,随着越来越具有影响力的安全威胁出现,历史上从未有过我们目前对安全工具和实践的需求。大多数的组织已经意识到网络与系统管理员需要具有相应的较强的安全技能和安全证书。[在这篇文章中,][3] 我们给出一些具有较大影响力的工具、认证和实践。 +无论是对于组织还是个人,千里之堤毁于蚁穴,这些“蚁穴”无论是来自路由器、防火墙、VPN 或虚拟机都可能导致灾难性的后果。以下是一些免费的工具可能对于检测这些漏洞提供帮助: -Linux 基金会已经在安全方面提供了许多关于安全的信息与教育资源。比如,Linux 社区提供许多免费的用来针对一些平台的工具,其中[Linux 服务器安全检查表][4] 其中提到了很多有用的基础信息。线上的一些发表刊物也可以提升用户针对某些平台对于漏洞的保护,如:[Fedora 安全指南][5],[Debian 安全手册][6]。 + * [Wireshark][8],流量包分析工具 + * [KeePass Password Safe][9],自由开源的密码管理器 + * [Malwarebytes][10],免费的反病毒和勒索软件工具 + * [NMAP][11],安全扫描器 + * [NIKTO][12],开源的 web 服务器扫描器 + * [Ansible][13],自动化的配置运维工具,可以辅助做安全基线 + * [Metasploit][14],渗透测试工具,可辅助理解攻击向量 -目前被广泛使用的私有云平台 OpenStack 也加强了关于基于云的智能安全需求。根据 Linux 基金会发布的 [公有云指南][7]:“据 Gartner 的调研结果,尽管公有云的服务商在安全和审查方面做的都还不错,安全问题是企业考虑向公有云转移的最重要的考量之一” +这里有一些对上面工具讲解的视频。比如 [Metasploit 教学][15]、[Wireshark 教学][16]。还有一些传授安全技能的免费电子书,比如:由 Ibrahim Haddad 博士和 Linux 基金会共同出版的[并购过程中的开源审计][17],里面阐述了多条在技术平台合并过程中,因没有较好的进行开源审计,从而引发的安全问题。当然,书中也记录了如何在这一过程中进行代码合规检查、准备以及文档编写。 -无论是对于组织还是个人,千里之堤毁于蚁穴,这些“蚁穴”无论是来自路由器、防火墙、VPNs或虚拟机都可能导致灾难性的后果。以下是一些免费的工具可能对于检测这些漏洞提供帮助: - - * [Wireshark][8], 流量包分析工具 - - * [KeePass Password Safe][9], 免费开源的密码管理器 - - * [Malwarebytes][10], 免费的反病毒和勒索软件工具 - - * [NMAP][11], 安全扫描器 - - * [NIKTO][12], 开源 web 扫描器 - - * [Ansible][13], 自动化的配置运维工具,可以辅助做安全基线 - - * [Metasploit][14], 渗透测试工具,可辅助理解攻击向量 - - - -这里有一些对上面工具讲解的视频。比如[Metasploit 教学][15]、[Wireshark 教学][16]。还有一些传授安全技能的免费电子书,比如:由 Ibrahim Haddad 博士和 Linux 基金会共同出版的[并购过程中的开源审计][17],里面阐述了多条在技术平台合并过程中,因没有较好的进行开源审计,从而引发的安全问题。当然,书中也记录了如何在这一过程中进行代码合规检查、准备以及文档编写。 - -同时,我们 [之前提到的一个免费的电子书][18], 由来自[The New Stack][19] 编写的“Docker与容器中的网络、安全和存储”,里面也提到了关于加强容器网络安全的最新技术,以及Docker本身可提供的关于,提升其网络的安全与效率的最佳实践。这本电子书还记录了关于如何构建安全容器集群的最佳实践。 +同时,我们 [之前提到的一个免费的电子书][18], 由来自 [The New Stack][19] 编写的“Docker 与容器中的网络、安全和存储”,里面也提到了关于加强容器网络安全的最新技术,以及 Docker 本身可提供的关于提升其网络的安全与效率的最佳实践。这本电子书还记录了关于如何构建安全容器集群的最佳实践。 所有这些工具和资源,可以在很大的程度上预防安全问题,正如人们所说的未雨绸缪,考虑到一直存在的安全问题,现在就应该开始学习这些安全合规资料与工具。 -想要了解更多的安全、合规以及开源项目问题,点击[这里][20] + +想要了解更多的安全、合规以及开源项目问题,点击[这里][20]。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -55,8 +45,8 @@ via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/5/free-resources-securing-your-open-source- 作者:[Sam Dean][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/sd886393) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +译者:[sd886393](https://github.com/sd886393) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -64,7 +54,7 @@ via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/5/free-resources-securing-your-open-source- [1]:https://www.blackducksoftware.com/open-source-security-risk-analysis-2018 [2]:https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/synopsys-report-finds-majority-of-software-plagued-by-known-vulnerabilities-and-license-conflicts-as-open-source-adoption-soars-300648367.html [3]:https://www.linux.com/blog/sysadmin-ebook/2017/8/future-proof-your-sysadmin-career-locking-down-security -[4]:http://go.linuxfoundation.org/ebook_workstation_security +[4]:https://linux.cn/article-6753-1.html [5]:https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/19/html/Security_Guide/index.html [6]:https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/index.en.html [7]:https://www.linux.com/publications/2016-guide-open-cloud From 2ccaac422b306deaf95233046a06863d516a2743 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 12:12:48 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 281/437] PUB:20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md @sd886393 https://linux.cn/article-10069-1.html --- .../20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md b/published/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md rename to published/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md From 98fc86faa4a5076dd1ee6ca6e35cae43e9605e57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 13:55:41 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 282/437] translated --- ...k Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md | 198 ------------------ ...k Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md | 196 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 196 insertions(+), 198 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md b/sources/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md deleted file mode 100644 index bb133d6103..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Wondershaper-1-720x340.jpg) - -This tutorial will help you to easily limit network bandwidth and shape your network traffic in Unix-like operating systems. By limiting the network bandwidth usage, you can save unnecessary bandwidth consumption’s by applications, such as package managers (pacman, yum, apt), web browsers, torrent clients, download managers etc., and prevent the bandwidth abuse by a single or multiple users in the network. For the purpose of this tutorial, we will be using a command line utility named **Wondershaper**. Trust me, it is not that hard as you may think. It is one of the easiest and quickest way ever I have come across to limit the Internet or local network bandwidth usage in your own Linux system. Read on. - -Please be mindful that the aforementioned utility can only limit the incoming and outgoing traffic of your local network interfaces, not the interfaces of your router or modem. In other words, Wondershaper will only limit the network bandwidth in your local system itself, not any other systems in the network. These utility is mainly designed for limiting the bandwidth of one or more network adapters in your local system. Hope you got my point. - -Let us see how to use Wondershaper to shape the network traffic. - -### Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper - -**Wondershaper** is simple script used to limit the bandwidth of your system’s network adapter(s). It limits the bandwidth iproute’s tc command, but greatly simplifies its operation. - -**Installing Wondershaper** - -To install the latest version, git clone wondershaoer repository: - -``` -$ git clone https://github.com/magnific0/wondershaper.git - -``` - -Go to the wondershaper directory and install it as show below - -``` -$ cd wondershaper - -$ sudo make install - -``` - -And, run the following command to start wondershaper service automatically on every reboot. - -``` -$ sudo systemctl enable wondershaper.service - -$ sudo systemctl start wondershaper.service - -``` - -You can also install using your distribution’s package manager (official or non-official) if you don’t mind the latest version. - -Wondershaper is available in [**AUR**][1], so you can install it in Arch-based systems using AUR helper programs such as [**Yay**][2]. - -``` -$ yay -S wondershaper-git - -``` - -On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: - -``` -$ sudo apt-get install wondershaper - -``` - -On Fedora: - -``` -$ sudo dnf install wondershaper - -``` - -On RHEL, CentOS, enable EPEL repository and install wondershaper as shown below. - -``` -$ sudo yum install epel-release - -$ sudo yum install wondershaper - -``` - -Finally, start wondershaper service automatically on every reboot. - -``` -$ sudo systemctl enable wondershaper.service - -$ sudo systemctl start wondershaper.service - -``` - -**Usage** - -First, find the name of your network interface. Here are some common ways to find the details of a network card. - -``` -$ ip addr - -$ route - -$ ifconfig - -``` - -Once you find the network card name, you can limit the bandwidth rate as shown below. - -``` -$ sudo wondershaper -a -d -u - -``` - -For instance, if your network card name is **enp0s8** and you wanted to limit the bandwidth to **1024 Kbps** for **downloads** and **512 kbps** for **uploads** , the command would be: - -``` -$ sudo wondershaper -a enp0s8 -d 1024 -u 512 - -``` - -Where, - - * **-a** : network card name - * **-d** : download rate - * **-u** : upload rate - - - -To clear the limits from a network adapter, simply run: - -``` -$ sudo wondershaper -c -a enp0s8 - -``` - -Or - -``` -$ sudo wondershaper -c enp0s8 - -``` - -Just in case, there are more than one network card available in your system, you need to manually set the download/upload rates for each network interface card as described above. - -If you have installed Wondershaper by cloning its GitHub repository, there is a configuration named **wondershaper.conf** exists in **/etc/conf.d/** location. Make sure you have set the download or upload rates by modifying the appropriate values(network card name, download/upload rate) in this file. - -``` -$ sudo nano /etc/conf.d/wondershaper.conf - -[wondershaper] -# Adapter -# -IFACE="eth0" - -# Download rate in Kbps -# -DSPEED="2048" - -# Upload rate in Kbps -# -USPEED="512" - -``` - -Here is the sample before Wondershaper: - -After enabling Wondershaper: - -As you can see, the download rate has been tremendously reduced after limiting the bandwidth using WOndershaper in my Ubuntu 18.o4 LTS server. - -For more details, view the help section by running the following command: - -``` -$ wondershaper -h - -``` - -Or, refer man pages. - -``` -$ man wondershaper - -``` - -As far as tested, Wondershaper worked just fine as described above. Give it a try and let us know what do you think about this utility. - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned. - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-limit-network-bandwidth-in-linux-using-wondershaper/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/wondershaper-git/ -[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md b/translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..746e664228 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +在 Linux 中使用 Wondershaper 限制网络带宽 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Wondershaper-1-720x340.jpg) + +以下内容将向你介绍如何轻松对网络带宽做出限制,并在类 Unix 操作系统中对网络流量进行优化。通过限制网络带宽,可以节省应用程序不必要的带宽消耗,包括软件包管理器(pacman、yum、apt)、web 浏览器、torrent 客户端、下载管理器等,并防止单个或多个用户滥用网络带宽。在本文当中,将会介绍 Wondershaper 这一个实用的命令行程序,这是我认为限制 Linux 系统 Internet 或本地网络带宽的最简单、最快捷的方式之一。 + +请注意,Wondershaper 只能限制本地网络接口的传入和传出流量,而不能限制路由器或调制解调器的接口。换句话说,Wondershaper 只会限制本地系统本身的网络带宽,而不会限制网络中的其它系统。因此 Wondershaper 主要用于限制本地系统中一个或多个网卡的带宽。 + +下面来看一下 Wondershaper 是如何优化网络流量的。 + +### 在 Linux 中使用 Wondershaper 限制网络带宽 + +`wondershaper` 是用于显示系统网卡网络带宽的简单脚本。它使用了 `iproute` 和 `tc` 命令,但大大简化了操作过程。 + +**安装 Wondershaper** + +使用 `git clone` 克隆 Wondershaper 的版本库就可以安装最新版本: + +``` +$ git clone https://github.com/magnific0/wondershaper.git + +``` + +按照以下命令进入 `wondershaper` 目录并安装: + +``` +$ cd wondershaper + +$ sudo make install + +``` + +然后执行以下命令,可以让 `wondershaper` 在每次系统启动时都自动开始服务: + +``` +$ sudo systemctl enable wondershaper.service + +$ sudo systemctl start wondershaper.service + +``` + +如果你不强求安装最新版本,也可以使用软件包管理器(官方和非官方均可)来进行安装。 + +`wondershaper` 在 [Arch 用户软件仓库][1](Arch User Repository, AUR)中可用,所以可以使用类似 [`yay`][2] 这些 AUR 辅助软件在基于 Arch 的系统中安装 `wondershaper` 。 + +``` +$ yay -S wondershaper-git + +``` + +对于Debian、Ubuntu 和 Linux Mint 可以使用以下命令安装: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install wondershaper + +``` + +对于 Fedora 可以使用以下命令安装: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install wondershaper + +``` + +对于 RHEL、CentOS,只需要启用 EPEL 仓库,就可以使用以下命令安装: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release + +$ sudo yum install wondershaper + +``` + +在每次系统启动时都自动启动 `wondershaper` 服务。 + +``` +$ sudo systemctl enable wondershaper.service + +$ sudo systemctl start wondershaper.service + +``` + +**用法** + +首先需要找到网络接口的名称,通过以下几个命令都可以查询到网卡的详细信息: + +``` +$ ip addr + +$ route + +$ ifconfig + +``` + +在确定网卡名称以后,就可以按照以下的命令限制网络带宽: + +``` +$ sudo wondershaper -a -d -u + +``` + +例如,如果网卡名称是 `enp0s8`,并且需要把上行、下行速率分别限制为 1024 Kbps 和 512 Kbps,就可以执行以下命令: + +``` +$ sudo wondershaper -a enp0s8 -d 1024 -u 512 + +``` + +其中参数的含义是: + + * `-a`:网卡名称 + * `-d`:下行带宽 + * `-u`:上行带宽 + + + +如果要对网卡解除网络带宽的限制,只需要执行: + +``` +$ sudo wondershaper -c -a enp0s8 + +``` + +或者: + +``` +$ sudo wondershaper -c enp0s8 + +``` + +如果系统中有多个网卡,为确保稳妥,需要按照上面的方法手动设置每个网卡的上行、下行速率。 + +如果你是通过 `git clone` 克隆 GitHub 版本库的方式安装 Wondershaper,那么在 `/etc/conf.d/` 目录中会存在一个名为 `wondershaper.conf` 的配置文件,修改这个配置文件中的相应值(包括网卡名称、上行速率、下行速率),也可以设置上行或下行速率。 + +``` +$ sudo nano /etc/conf.d/wondershaper.conf + +[wondershaper] +# Adapter +# +IFACE="eth0" + +# Download rate in Kbps +# +DSPEED="2048" + +# Upload rate in Kbps +# +USPEED="512" + +``` + +Wondershaper 使用前: +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/wondershaper-1.png) + +Wondershaper 使用后: +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/wondershaper-2.png) + +可以看到,使用 Wondershaper 限制网络带宽之后,下行速率与限制之前相比已经大幅下降。 + +执行以下命令可以查看更多相关信息。 + +``` +$ wondershaper -h + +``` + +也可以查看 Wondershaper 的用户手册: + +``` +$ man wondershaper + +``` + +As far as tested, Wondershaper worked just fine as described above. Give it a try and let us know what do you think about this utility. +根据测试,Wondershaper 按照上面的方式可以有很好的效果。你可以试用一下,然后发表你的看法。 + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-limit-network-bandwidth-in-linux-using-wondershaper/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/wondershaper-git/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ + From 0fd32d0c4fb2a50564ef60a52957973d67ab200b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: z52527 Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 14:57:41 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 283/437] Update 20180831 Publishing Markdown to HTML with MDwiki.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译中 --- sources/tech/20180831 Publishing Markdown to HTML with MDwiki.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180831 Publishing Markdown to HTML with MDwiki.md b/sources/tech/20180831 Publishing Markdown to HTML with MDwiki.md index c25239b7ba..769f9ba420 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180831 Publishing Markdown to HTML with MDwiki.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180831 Publishing Markdown to HTML with MDwiki.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by z52527 Publishing Markdown to HTML with MDwiki ====== From d2742031082b89c68882af2430042b4d1e1e4dd1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 18:09:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 284/437] translated --- ...ntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md | 233 ------------------ ...ntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md | 230 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 230 insertions(+), 233 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md b/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md deleted file mode 100644 index 578624aba4..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -Translating by dianbanjiu How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions -====== -**Brief: This tutorial shows you how to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu and other Linux distributions. Some handy Popcorn Time tips have also been discussed.** - -[Popcorn Time][1] is an open source [Netflix][2] inspired [torrent][3] streaming application for Linux, Mac and Windows. - -With the regular torrents, you have to wait for the download to finish before you could watch the videos. - -[Popcorn Time][4] is different. It uses torrent underneath but allows you to start watching the videos (almost) immediately. It’s like you are watching videos on streaming websites like YouTube or Netflix. You don’t have to wait for the download to finish here. - -![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu Linux][5] -Popcorn Time - -If you want to watch movies online without those creepy ads, Popcorn Time is a good alternative. Keep in mind that the streaming quality depends on the number of available seeds. - -Popcorn Time also provides a nice user interface where you can browse through available movies, tv-series and other contents. If you ever used [Netflix on Linux][6], you will find it’s somewhat a similar experience. - -Using torrent to download movies is illegal in several countries where there are strict laws against piracy. In countries like the USA, UK and West European you may even get legal notices. That said, it’s up to you to decide if you want to use it or not. You have been warned. -(If you still want to take the risk and use Popcorn Time, you should use a VPN service like [Ivacy][7] that has been specifically designed for using Torrents and protecting your identity. Even then it’s not always easy to avoid the snooping authorities.) - -Some of the main features of Popcorn Time are: - - * Watch movies and TV Series online using Torrent - * A sleek user interface lets you browse the available movies and TV series - * Change streaming quality - * Bookmark content for watching later - * Download content for offline viewing - * Ability to enable subtitles by default, change the subtitles size etc - * Keyboard shortcuts to navigate through Popcorn Time - - - -### How to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu and other Linux Distributions - -I am using Ubuntu 18.04 in this tutorial but you can use the same instructions for other Linux distributions such as Linux Mint, Debian, Manjaro, Deepin etc. - -Let’s see how to install Popcorn time on Linux. It’s really easy actually. Simply follow the instructions and copy paste the commands I have mentioned. - -#### Step 1: Download Popcorn Time - -You can download Popcorn Time from its official website. The download link is present on the homepage itself. - -[Get Popcorn Time](https://popcorntime.sh/) - -#### Step 2: Install Popcorn Time - -Once you have downloaded Popcorn Time, it’s time to use it. The downloaded file is a tar file that consists of an executable among other files. While you can extract this tar file anywhere, the [Linux convention is to install additional software in][8] /[opt directory.][8] - -Create a new directory in /opt: - -``` -sudo mkdir /opt/popcorntime -``` - -Now go to the Downloads directory. - -``` -cd ~/Downloads -``` - -Extract the downloaded Popcorn Time files into the newly created /opt/popcorntime directory. - -``` -sudo tar Jxf Popcorn-Time-* -C /opt/popcorntime -``` - -#### Step 3: Make Popcorn Time accessible for everyone - -You would want every user on your system to be able to run Popcorn Time without sudo access, right? To do that, you need to create a [symbolic link][9] to the executable in /usr/bin directory. - -``` -ln -sf /opt/popcorntime/Popcorn-Time /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time -``` - -#### Step 4: Create desktop launcher for Popcorn Time - -So far so good. But you would also like to see Popcorn Time in the application menu, add it to your favorite application list etc. - -For that, you need to create a desktop entry. - -Open a terminal and create a new file named popcorntime.desktop in /usr/share/applications. - -You can use any [command line based text editor][10]. Ubuntu has [Nano][11] installed by default so you can use that. - -``` -sudo nano /usr/share/applications/popcorntime.desktop -``` - -Insert the following lines here: - -``` -[Desktop Entry] -Version = 1.0 -Type = Application -Terminal = false -Name = Popcorn Time -Exec = /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time -Icon = /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png -Categories = Application; -``` - -If you used Nano editor, save it using shortcut Ctrl+X. When asked for saving, enter Y and then press enter again to save and exit. - -We are almost there. One last thing to do here is to have the correct icon for Popcorn Time. For that, you can download a Popcorn Time icon and save it as popcorn.png in /opt/popcorntime directory. - -You can do that using the command below: - -``` -sudo wget -O /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/df/Pctlogo.png - -``` - -That’s it. Now you can search for Popcorn Time and click on it to launch it. - -![Popcorn Time installed on Ubuntu][12] -Search for Popcorn Time in Menu - -On the first launch, you’ll have to accept the terms and conditions. - -![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu Linux][13] -Accept the Terms of Service - -Once you do that, you can enjoy the movies and TV shows. - -![Watch movies on Popcorn Time][14] - -Well, that’s all you needed to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu or any other Linux distribution. You can start watching your favorite movies straightaway. - -However, if you are interested, I would suggest reading these Popcorn Time tips to get more out of it. - -[![][15]][16] -![][17] - -### 7 Tips for using Popcorn Time effectively - -Now that you have installed Popcorn Time, I am going to tell you some nifty Popcorn Time tricks. I assure you that it will enhance your experience with Popcorn Time multiple folds. - -#### 1\. Use advanced settings - -Always have the advanced settings enabled. It gives you more options to tweak Popcorn Time. Go to the top right corner and click on the gear symbol. Click on it and check advanced settings on the next screen. - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tricks.jpeg) - -#### 2\. Watch the movies in VLC or other players - -Did you know that you can choose to watch a file in your preferred media player instead of the default Popcorn Time player? Of course, that media player should have been installed in the system. - -Now you may ask why would one want to use another player. And my answer is because other players like VLC has hidden features which you might not find in the Popcorn Time player. - -For example, if a file has very low volume, you can use VLC to enhance the audio by 400 percent. You can also [synchronize incoherent subtitles with VLC][18]. You can switch between media players before you start to play a file: - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks_1.png) - -#### 3\. Bookmark movies and watch it later - -Just browsing through movies and TV series but don’t have time or mood to watch those? No issues. You can add the movies to the bookmark and can access these bookmarked videos from the Favorites tab. This enables you to create a list of movies you would watch later. - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks2.png) - -#### 4\. Check torrent health and seed information - -As I had mentioned earlier, your viewing experience in Popcorn Times depends on torrent speed. Good thing is that Popcorn time shows the health of the torrent file so that you can be aware of the streaming speed. - -You will see a green/yellow/red dot on the file. Green means there are plenty of seeds and the file will stream easily. Yellow means a medium number of seeds, streaming should be okay. Red means there are very few seeds available and the streaming will be poor or won’t work at all. - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks3.jpg) - -#### 5\. Add custom subtitles - -If you need subtitles and it is not available in your preferred language, you can add custom subtitles downloaded from external websites. Get the .srt files and use it inside Popcorn Time: - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocporn_Time_Tricks5.png) - -This is where VLC comes handy as you can [download subtitles automatically with VLC][19]. - - -#### 6\. Save the files for offline viewing - -When Popcorn Times stream a content, it downloads it and store temporarily. When you close the app, it’s cleaned out. You can change this behavior so that the downloaded file remains there for your future use. - -In the advanced settings, scroll down a bit. Look for Cache directory. You can change this to some other directory like Downloads. This way, even if you close Popcorn Time, the file will be available for viewing. - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tips.jpg) - -#### 7\. Drag and drop external torrent files to play immediately - -I bet you did not know about this one. If you don’t find a certain movie on Popcorn Time, download the torrent file from your favorite torrent website. Open Popcorn Time and just drag and drop the torrent file in Popcorn Time. It will start playing the file, depending upon seeds. This way, you don’t need to download the entire file before watching it. - -When you drag and drop the torrent file in Popcorn Time, it will give you the option to choose which video file should it play. If there are subtitles in it, it will play automatically or else, you can add external subtitles. - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks4.png) - -There are plenty of other features in Popcorn Time. But I’ll stop with my list here and let you explore Popcorn Time on Ubuntu Linux. I hope you find these Popcorn Time tips and tricks useful. - -I am repeating again. Using Torrents is illegal in many countries. If you do that, take precaution and use a VPN service. If you are looking for my recommendation, you can go for [Swiss-based privacy company ProtonVPN][20] (of [ProtonMail][21] fame). Singapore based [Ivacy][7] is another good option. If you think these are expensive, you can look for [cheap VPN deals on It’s FOSS Shop][22]. - -Note: This article contains affiliate links. Please read our [affiliate policy][23]. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/popcorn-time-ubuntu-linux/ - -作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]: https://popcorntime.sh/ -[2]: https://netflix.com/ -[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torrent_file -[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Popcorn_Time -[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-linux.jpeg -[6]: https://itsfoss.com/netflix-firefox-linux/ -[7]: https://billing.ivacy.com/page/23628 -[8]: http://tldp.org/LDP/Linux-Filesystem-Hierarchy/html/opt.html -[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Symbolic_link -[10]: https://itsfoss.com/command-line-text-editors-linux/ -[11]: https://itsfoss.com/nano-3-release/ -[12]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-ubuntu-menu.jpg -[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-ubuntu-license.jpeg -[14]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-watch-movies.jpeg -[15]: https://ivacy.postaffiliatepro.com/accounts/default1/vdegzkxbw/7f82d531.png -[16]: https://billing.ivacy.com/page/23628/7f82d531 -[17]: http://ivacy.postaffiliatepro.com/scripts/vdegzkxiw?aff=23628&a_bid=7f82d531 -[18]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-synchronize-subtitles-with-movie-quick-tip/ -[19]: https://itsfoss.com/download-subtitles-automatically-vlc-media-player-ubuntu/ -[20]: https://protonvpn.net/?aid=chmod777 -[21]: https://itsfoss.com/protonmail/ -[22]: https://shop.itsfoss.com/search?utf8=%E2%9C%93&query=vpn -[23]: https://itsfoss.com/affiliate-policy/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md b/translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d7b3f772b --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +# 如何在 Ubuntu 以及其他 Linux 发行版上安装 Popcorn Time + +**简要:这篇教程展示给你如何在 Ubuntu 和其他 Linux 发行版上安装 Popcorn Time,也会讨论一些 Popcorn Time 的便捷操作** + +[Popcorn Time][1] 是一个受开源 [Netflix][2] 启发的 [torrent][3] 流媒体应用,可以在 Linux,Mac上Windows 上运行。 + +传统的 torrents,在你看影片之前必须等待它下载完成。 + +[Popcorn Time][4] 有所不同。它的使用基于 torrent,但是允许你(几乎)立即开始观看影片。他跟你在 Youtube 或者 Netflix 等流媒体网页上看影片一样,无需等待它下载完成。 + +![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu Linux][5] +Popcorn Time + +如果你不想在看在线电影时被突如其来的广告吓倒的话,Popcorn Time 是一个不错的选择。不过要记得,它的播放质量依赖于当前网络中可用的种子(seeds)数。 + +Popcorn Time 还提供了一个不错的用户界面,让你能够浏览可用的电影,电视剧和其他视频内容。如果你曾经[在 Linux 上使用过 Netflix][6],你会发现两者有一些相似之处。 + +有些国家严格打击盗版,所以使用 torrent 下载电影是违法行为。在类似美国,英国和西欧等一些国家,你或许曾经收到过法律声明。也就是说,是否使用取决于你。已经警告过你了。 +(如果你仍想要冒险使用 Popcorn Time,你应该使用像 [Ivacy][7] 这样的 VPN 服务,它为使用 Torrents 和保护隐私有特别的设计。即便这样,也不能完全避免被查到。) + +Popcorn Time 一些主要的特点: + + * 使用 Torrent 在线观看电影和电视剧 + * 有一个时尚的用户界面让你浏览可用的电影和电视剧资源 + * 调整流媒体的质量 + * 标记为稍后观看 + * 下载为离线观看 + * 可以默认开启字幕,改变字母尺寸等 + * 使用键盘快捷键浏览 + + +### 如何在 Ubuntu 和其它 Linux 发行版上安装 Popcorn Time + +这篇教程以 Ubuntu 18.04 为例,但是你可以使用类似的结构,在例如 Linux Mint,Debian,Manjaro,Deepin等 Linux 发行版上安装。 + +接下来我们看该如何在 Linux 上安装 Popcorn Time。事实上,这个过程非常简单。只需要按照说明操作复制粘贴我提到的这些命令即可。 + +#### 第一步:下载 Popcorn Time + +你可以从它的官网上安装 Popcorn Time。它主页上的下载链接是。 +[Get Popcorn Time](https://popcorntime.sh/) + +#### 第二步:安装 Popcorn Time + +下载完成之后,就该使用它了。下载下来的是一个 tar 文件,在这些文件里面包含有一个可执行文件。你可以把 tar 文件提取在任何位置,[Linux 常把附加软件安装在][8] /[opt 目录。][8] + +在 /opt 下创建一个新的目录: + +``` +sudo mkdir /opt/popcorntime +``` + +现在进入你下载文件的文件夹中,比如我把 Popcorn Time 下载到了主目录的 Downloads目录下。 + +``` +cd ~/Downloads +``` + +提取下载好的 Popcorn Time 文件到新创建的 /opt/popcorntime 目录下 + +``` +sudo tar Jxf Popcorn-Time-* -C /opt/popcorntime +``` + +#### 第三步:让所有用户可以使用 Popcorn Time + +如果你想要系统中所有的用户无需经过 sudo 就可以运行 Popcorn Time。你需要在 /usr/bin 目录下创建一个[符号链接(软链接)][9]指向这个可执行文件。 + +``` +ln -sf /opt/popcorntime/Popcorn-Time /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time +``` + +#### 第四步:为 Popcorn Time 创建桌面启动器 + +到目前为止,一切顺利,但是你也许想要在应用菜单里看到 Popcorn Time,又或是想把它添加到最喜欢的应用列表里等。 + +为此,你需要创建一个桌面入口。 + +打开一个终端窗口,在 /usr/share/applications 目录下创建一个名为 popcorntime.desktop 的文件。 + +你可以使用任何[基于命令行的文本编辑器][10]。Ubuntu 默认安装了 [Nano][11],所以你可以直接使用这个。 + +``` +sudo nano /usr/share/applications/popcorntime.desktop +``` + +在里面插入以下内容: + +``` +[Desktop Entry] +Version = 1.0 +Type = Application +Terminal = false +Name = Popcorn-Time +Exec = /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time +Icon = /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png +Categories = Application; +``` + +如果你使用的是 Nano 编辑器,使用 Ctrl+X 保存输入的内容,当询问是否保存时,输入 Y,然后按回车保存并退出。 + +就快要完成了。最后一件事就是为 Popcorn Time 设置一个正确的图标。你可以下载一个 Popcorn Time 图标到 /opt/popcorntime 目录下,并命名为 popcorn.png。 + +你可以使用以下命令: + +``` +sudo wget -O /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/df/Pctlogo.png +``` + +这样就 OK 了。现在你可以搜索 Popcorn Time 然后点击启动它了。 + +![Popcorn Time installed on Ubuntu][12] +在菜单里搜索 Popcorn Time + +第一次启动时,你必须接受这些条款和条件。 + +![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu][13] +接受这些服务条款 + +一旦你完成这些,你就可以享受你的电影和电视节目了。 + +![Watch movies on Popcorn Time][14] + +好了,这就是所有你在 Ubuntu 或者其他 Linux 发行版上安装 Popcorn Time 所需要的了。你可以直接开始看你最喜欢的影视节目了。 + +当然,如果你有兴趣的话,我建议你阅读以下关于 Popcorn Time 的小贴士,可以学到更多。 + +[![][15]][16] +![][17] + +### 高效使用 Popcorn Time 的七个小贴士 + +现在你已经安装好了 Popcorn Time 了,我接下来将要告诉你一些有用的 Popcorn Time 技巧。我保证它会增强你使用 Popcorn Time 的体验。 + +#### 1\. 使用高级设置 + +始终启用高级设置。它给了你更多的选项去调整 Popcorn Time 点击右上角的齿轮标记。查看其中的高级设置。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tricks.jpeg) + +#### 2\. 在 VLC 或者其他播放器里观看影片 + +你知道你可以选择自己喜欢的播放器而不是 Popcorn Time 默认的播放器观看一个视频吗?当然,这个播放器必须已经安装在你的系统上了。 + +现在你可能会问为什么要使用其他的播放器。我的回答是:其他播放器可以弥补 Popcorn Time 默认播放器上的一些不足。 + +例如,如果一个文件的声音非常小,你可以使用 VLC 将音频声音增强 400%,你还可以[使用 VLC 同步不连贯的字幕][18]。你可以在播放文件之前在不同的媒体播放器之间进行切换。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks_1.png) + +#### 3\. 将影片标记为稍后观看 + +只是浏览电影和电视节目,但是却没有时间和精力去看?这不是问题。你可以添加这些影片到书签里面,稍后可以在 Faveriate 标签里面访问这些影片。这可以让你创建一个你想要稍后观看的列表。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks2.png) + +#### 4\. 检查 torrent 的信息和种子信息 + +像我之前提到的,你在 Popcorn Time 的观看体验依赖于 torrent 的速度。好消息是 Popcorn Time 显示了 torrent 的信息,因此你可以知道流媒体的速度。 + +你可以在文件上看到一个绿色 / 黄色 / 红色的点。绿色意味着有足够的种子,文件很容易播放。黄色意味着有中等数量的种子,应该可以播放。红色意味着只有非常少可用的种子,播放的速度会很慢甚至无法观看。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks3.jpg) + +#### 5\. 添加自定义字幕 + +如果你需要字幕而且它没有你想要的语言,你可以从外部网站下载自定义字幕。得到 .src 文件,然后就可以在 Popcorn Time 中使用它: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocporn_Time_Tricks5.png) + +这是[用 VLC 自动下载字幕][19] + +#### 6\. 保存文件离线观看 + +用 Popcorn Time 播放内容时,它会下载并暂时存储这些内容。当你关闭 APP 时,缓存会被清理干净。你可以更改这个操作,使得下载的文件可以保存下来供你未来使用。 + +在高级设置里面,向下滚动一点。找到缓存目录,你可以把它更改到其他像是 Downloads 目录,这下你即便关闭了 Popcorn Time,这些文件依旧可以观看。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tips.jpg) + +#### 7\. 拖放外部 torrent 文件立即播放 + +我猜你不知道这个操作。如果你没有在 Popcorn Time 发现某些影片,从你最喜欢的 torrent 网站下载 torrent 文件,打开 Popcorn Time,然后拖放这个 torrent 文件到 Popcorn Time 里面。它将会立即播放文件,当然这个取决于种子。这次你不需要在观看前下载整个文件了。 + +当你拖放文件到 Popcorn Time 后,它将会给你对应的选项,选择它应该播放的。如果里面有字幕,它会自动播放,否则你需要添加外部字幕。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks4.png) + +在 Popcorn Time 里面有很多的功能,但是我决定就此打住,剩下的就由你自己来探索吧。我希望你能发现更多 Popcorn Time 有用的功能和技巧。 + +我再提醒一遍,使用 Torrents 在很多国家是违法的。如果你还是这样做了,请做好防护措施,并使用 VPN 服务。如果你想要我的建议,你可以去看一下(让 [ProtonMail][21] 成名的)[瑞士的隐私公司 ProtonVPN][20]。新加坡的 [Ivacy][7] 也是一个不错的选择。如果你觉得这些都太贵了,你可以看一下[在 FOSS SHOP 上廉价的 VPN][22] + +注意:这篇文章里包含了会员链接,请阅读我们的[会员隐私][23]。 + + +----------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/popcorn-time-ubuntu-linux/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[dianbanjiu](https://github.com/dianbanjiu) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://popcorntime.sh/ +[2]: https://netflix.com/ +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torrent_file +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Popcorn_Time +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-linux.jpeg +[6]: https://itsfoss.com/netflix-firefox-linux/ +[7]: https://billing.ivacy.com/page/23628 +[8]: http://tldp.org/LDP/Linux-Filesystem-Hierarchy/html/opt.html +[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Symbolic_link +[10]: https://itsfoss.com/command-line-text-editors-linux/ +[11]: https://itsfoss.com/nano-3-release/ +[12]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-ubuntu-menu.jpg +[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-ubuntu-license.jpeg +[14]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-watch-movies.jpeg +[15]: https://ivacy.postaffiliatepro.com/accounts/default1/vdegzkxbw/7f82d531.png +[16]: https://billing.ivacy.com/page/23628/7f82d531 +[17]: http://ivacy.postaffiliatepro.com/scripts/vdegzkxiw?aff=23628&a_bid=7f82d531 +[18]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-synchronize-subtitles-with-movie-quick-tip/ +[19]: https://itsfoss.com/download-subtitles-automatically-vlc-media-player-ubuntu/ +[20]: https://protonvpn.net/?aid=chmod777 +[21]: https://itsfoss.com/protonmail/ +[22]: https://shop.itsfoss.com/search?utf8=%E2%9C%93&query=vpn +[23]: https://itsfoss.com/affiliate-policy/ From a66fc2babc22e5bdfc580cae6c09d7e9482e1fc1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 20:42:23 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 285/437] hankchow translating --- ...180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md index aa4ec0a655..3f65ac7825 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux ====== From 2b39f9d568e29a7c0d2af208f8b3403f7414abfb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 21:16:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 286/437] PRF:20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md @HankChow --- ...ke Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md | 100 ++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 47 insertions(+), 53 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md b/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md index b8872981fe..c6618b9a52 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ -5 种在 Linux 图形界面或命令行界面截图的方法 +在 Linux 下截屏并编辑的最佳工具 ====== -下面介绍几种获取屏幕截图并对其编辑的方法,而且其中的屏幕截图工具在 Ubuntu 和其它主流 Linux 发行版中都能够使用。 + +> 有几种获取屏幕截图并对其进行添加文字、箭头等编辑的方法,这里提及的的屏幕截图工具在 Ubuntu 和其它主流 Linux 发行版中都能够使用。 ![在 Ubuntu Linux 中如何获取屏幕截图][1] @@ -8,26 +9,26 @@ 本文将会介绍在不适用第三方工具的情况下,如何通过系统自带的方法和工具获取屏幕截图,另外还会介绍一些可用于 Linux 的最佳截图工具。 -### 方法 1: 在 Linux 中截图的默认方式 +### 方法 1:在 Linux 中截图的默认方式 -你是否需要截取整个屏幕?屏幕中的某个区域?某个特定的窗口? +你想要截取整个屏幕?屏幕中的某个区域?某个特定的窗口? 如果只需要获取一张屏幕截图,不对其进行编辑的话,那么键盘的默认快捷键就可以满足要求了。而且不仅仅是 Ubuntu ,绝大部分的 Linux 发行版和桌面环境都支持以下这些快捷键: -**PrtSc** – 获取整个屏幕的截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 -**Shift + PrtSc** – 获取屏幕的某个区域截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 -**Alt + PrtSc** –获取当前窗口的截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 -**Ctrl + PrtSc** – 获取整个屏幕的截图并存放到剪贴板。 -**Shift + Ctrl + PrtSc** – 获取屏幕的某个区域截图并存放到剪贴板。 -**Ctrl + Alt + PrtSc** – 获取当前窗口的 截图并存放到剪贴板。 +- `PrtSc` – 获取整个屏幕的截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 +- `Shift + PrtSc` – 获取屏幕的某个区域截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 +- `Alt + PrtSc` –获取当前窗口的截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 +- `Ctrl + PrtSc` – 获取整个屏幕的截图并存放到剪贴板。 +- `Shift + Ctrl + PrtSc` – 获取屏幕的某个区域截图并存放到剪贴板。 +- `Ctrl + Alt + PrtSc` – 获取当前窗口的 截图并存放到剪贴板。 如上所述,在 Linux 中使用默认的快捷键获取屏幕截图是相当简单的。但如果要在不把屏幕截图导入到其它应用程序的情况下对屏幕截图进行编辑,还是使用屏幕截图工具比较方便。 -#### **方法 2: 在 Linux 中使用 Flameshot 获取屏幕截图并编辑** +### 方法 2:在 Linux 中使用 Flameshot 获取屏幕截图并编辑 ![flameshot][2] -功能概述 +功能概述: * 注释 (高亮、标示、添加文本、框选) * 图片模糊 @@ -35,66 +36,63 @@ * 上传到 Imgur * 用另一个应用打开截图 +Flameshot 在去年发布到 [GitHub][3],并成为一个引人注目的工具。 - -Flameshot 在去年发布到 [GitHub][3],并成为一个引人注目的工具。如果你需要的是一个能够用于标注、模糊、上传到 imgur 的新式截图工具,那么 Flameshot 是一个好的选择。 +如果你需要的是一个能够用于标注、模糊、上传到 imgur 的新式截图工具,那么 Flameshot 是一个好的选择。 下面将会介绍如何安装 Flameshot 并根据你的偏好进行配置。 如果你用的是 Ubuntu,那么只需要在 Ubuntu 软件中心上搜索,就可以找到 Flameshot 进而完成安装了。要是你想使用终端来安装,可以执行以下命令: + ``` sudo apt install flameshot - ``` -如果你在安装过程中遇到问题,可以按照[官方的安装说明][4]进行操作。安装完成后,你还需要进行配置。尽管可以通过搜索来随时启动 Flameshot,但如果想使用 PrtSc 键触发启动,则需要指定对应的键盘快捷键。以下是相关配置步骤: +如果你在安装过程中遇到问题,可以按照[官方的安装说明][4]进行操作。安装完成后,你还需要进行配置。尽管可以通过搜索来随时启动 Flameshot,但如果想使用 `PrtSc` 键触发启动,则需要指定对应的键盘快捷键。以下是相关配置步骤: - * 进入系统设置中的键盘设置 - * 页面中会列出所有现有的键盘快捷键,拉到底部就会看见一个 **+** 按钮 + * 进入系统设置中的“键盘设置” + * 页面中会列出所有现有的键盘快捷键,拉到底部就会看见一个 “+” 按钮 * 点击 “+” 按钮添加自定义快捷键并输入以下两个字段: -**名称:** 任意名称均可 -**命令:** /usr/bin/flameshot gui - * 最后将这个快捷操作绑定到 **PrtSc** 键上,可能会提示与系统的截图功能相冲突,但可以忽略掉这个警告。 - - + * “名称”: 任意名称均可。 + * “命令”: `/usr/bin/flameshot gui` + * 最后将这个快捷操作绑定到 `PrtSc` 键上,可能会提示与系统的截图功能相冲突,但可以忽略掉这个警告。 配置之后,你的自定义快捷键页面大概会是以下这样: ![][5] -将键盘快捷键映射到 Flameshot -### **方法 3: 在 Linux 中使用 Shutter 获取屏幕截图并编辑** +*将键盘快捷键映射到 Flameshot* + +### 方法 3:在 Linux 中使用 Shutter 获取屏幕截图并编辑 ![][6] -功能概述: +功能概述: * 注释 (高亮、标示、添加文本、框选) * 图片模糊 * 图片裁剪 * 上传到图片网站 - - [Shutter][7] 是一个对所有主流 Linux 发行版都适用的屏幕截图工具。尽管最近已经不太更新了,但仍然是操作屏幕截图的一个优秀工具。 -在使用过程中可能会遇到这个工具的一些缺陷。Shutter 在任何一款最新的 Linux 发行版上最常见的问题就是由于缺少了任务栏上的程序图标,导致默认禁用了编辑屏幕截图的功能。 对于这个缺陷,还是有解决方案的。下面介绍一下如何[在 Shutter 中重新打开这个功能并将程序图标在任务栏上显示出来][8]。问题修复后,就可以使用 Shutter 来快速编辑屏幕截图了。 +在使用过程中可能会遇到这个工具的一些缺陷。Shutter 在任何一款最新的 Linux 发行版上最常见的问题就是由于缺少了任务栏上的程序图标,导致默认禁用了编辑屏幕截图的功能。 对于这个缺陷,还是有解决方案的。你只需要跟随我们的教程[在 Shutter 中修复这个禁止编辑选项并将程序图标在任务栏上显示出来][8]。问题修复后,就可以使用 Shutter 来快速编辑屏幕截图了。 同样地,在软件中心搜索也可以找到进而安装 Shutter,也可以在基于 Ubuntu 的发行版中执行以下命令使用命令行安装: + ``` sudo apt install shutter - ``` -类似 Flameshot,你可以通过搜索 Shutter 手动启动它,也可以按照相似的方式设置自定义快捷方式以 **PrtSc** 键唤起 Shutter。 +类似 Flameshot,你可以通过搜索 Shutter 手动启动它,也可以按照相似的方式设置自定义快捷方式以 `PrtSc` 键唤起 Shutter。 如果要指定自定义键盘快捷键,只需要执行以下命令: + ``` shutter -f - ``` -### 方法 4: 在 Linux 中使用 GIMP 获取屏幕截图 +### 方法 4:在 Linux 中使用 GIMP 获取屏幕截图 ![][9] @@ -103,83 +101,79 @@ shutter -f * 高级图像编辑功能(缩放、添加滤镜、颜色校正、添加图层、裁剪等) * 截取某一区域的屏幕截图 - - 如果需要对屏幕截图进行一些预先编辑,GIMP 是一个不错的选择。 通过软件中心可以安装 GIMP。如果在安装时遇到问题,可以参考其[官方网站的安装说明][10]。 -要使用 GIMP 获取屏幕截图,需要先启动程序,然后通过 **File-> Create-> Screenshot** 导航。 +要使用 GIMP 获取屏幕截图,需要先启动程序,然后通过 “File-> Create-> Screenshot” 导航。 -打开 Screenshot 选项后,会看到几个控制点来控制屏幕截图范围。点击 **Snap** 截取屏幕截图,图像将自动显示在 GIMP 中可供编辑。 +打开 Screenshot 选项后,会看到几个控制点来控制屏幕截图范围。点击 “Snap” 截取屏幕截图,图像将自动显示在 GIMP 中可供编辑。 -### 方法 5: 在 Linux 中使用命令行工具获取屏幕截图 +### 方法 5:在 Linux 中使用命令行工具获取屏幕截图 -这一节内容仅适用于终端爱好者。如果你也喜欢使用终端,可以使用 **GNOME 截图工具**或 **ImageMagick** 或 **Deepin Scrot**,大部分流行的 Linux 发行版中都自带这些工具。 +这一节内容仅适用于终端爱好者。如果你也喜欢使用终端,可以使用 “GNOME 截图工具”或 “ImageMagick” 或 “Deepin Scrot”,大部分流行的 Linux 发行版中都自带这些工具。 要立即获取屏幕截图,可以执行以下命令: -#### GNOME Screenshot(可用于 GNOME 桌面) +#### GNOME 截图工具(可用于 GNOME 桌面) + ``` gnome-screenshot - ``` -GNOME Screenshot 是使用 GNOME 桌面的 Linux 发行版中都自带的一个默认工具。如果需要延时获取屏幕截图,可以执行以下命令(这里的 **5** 是需要延迟的秒数): +GNOME 截图工具是使用 GNOME 桌面的 Linux 发行版中都自带的一个默认工具。如果需要延时获取屏幕截图,可以执行以下命令(这里的 `5` 是需要延迟的秒数): ``` gnome-screenshot -d -5 - ``` #### ImageMagick 如果你的操作系统是 Ubuntu、Mint 或其它流行的 Linux 发行版,一般会自带 [ImageMagick][11] 这个工具。如果没有这个工具,也可以按照[官方安装说明][12]使用安装源来安装。你也可以在终端中执行这个命令: + ``` sudo apt-get install imagemagick - ``` 安装完成后,执行下面的命令就可以获取到屏幕截图(截取整个屏幕): ``` import -window root image.png - ``` -这里的“image.png”就是屏幕截图文件保存的名称。 +这里的 “image.png” 就是屏幕截图文件保存的名称。 要获取屏幕一个区域的截图,可以执行以下命令: + ``` import image.png - ``` #### Deepin Scrot Deepin Scrot 是基于终端的一个较新的截图工具。和前面两个工具类似,一般自带于 Linux 发行版中。如果需要自行安装,可以执行以下命令: + ``` sudo apt-get install scrot - ``` 安装完成后,使用下面这些命令可以获取屏幕截图。 获取整个屏幕的截图: + ``` scrot myimage.png - ``` 获取屏幕某一区域的截图: + ``` scrot -s myimage.png - ``` ### 总结 -以上是一些在 Linux 上的优秀截图工具。当然还有很多截图工具没有提及(例如 [Spectacle][13] for KDE-distros),但相比起来还是上面几个工具更为好用。 +以上是一些在 Linux 上的优秀截图工具。当然还有很多截图工具没有提及(例如用于 KDE 发行版的 [Spectacle][13]),但相比起来还是上面几个工具更为好用。 如果你有比文章中提到的更好的截图工具,欢迎讨论! @@ -189,8 +183,8 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/take-screenshot-linux/ 作者:[Ankush Das][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 0a57a6ddac60f2f27e3b7fd59b07ecbdaae91756 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 21:17:50 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 287/437] PUB:20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10070-1.html --- ...0180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md b/published/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md rename to published/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md From 2e08815b78381e9c561c194c1d45061f8a54b121 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 1 Oct 2018 21:23:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 288/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=BD=92=E6=A1=A3=20201809?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 0 ...loud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 0 ...20170706 Docker Guide Dockerizing Python Django Application.md | 0 .../20170709 The Extensive Guide to Creating Streams in RxJS.md | 0 ...ow To Set Up PF Firewall on FreeBSD to Protect a Web Server.md | 0 ... Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md | 0 published/{ => 201809}/20171010 Operating a Kubernetes network.md | 0 published/{ => 201809}/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md | 0 .../20171202 Scrot Linux command-line screen grabs made simple.md | 0 ... Top 7 open source project management tools for agile teams.md | 0 .../20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md | 0 ...some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md | 0 ...0180203 API Star- Python 3 API Framework - Polyglot.Ninja().md | 0 .../20180226 Linux Virtual Machines vs Linux Live Images.md | 0 .../{ => 201809}/20180308 What is open source programming.md | 0 .../20180316 How to Encrypt Files From Within a File Manager.md | 0 .../20180324 How To Compress And Decompress Files In Linux.md | 0 ...30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md | 0 .../20180402 Understanding Linux filesystems- ext4 and beyond.md | 0 .../{ => 201809}/20180424 A gentle introduction to FreeDOS.md | 0 ...tanding metrics and monitoring with Python - Opensource.com.md | 0 .../20180427 An Official Introduction to the Go Compiler.md | 0 published/{ => 201809}/20180516 How Graphics Cards Work.md | 0 .../{ => 201809}/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md | 0 published/{ => 201809}/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md | 0 .../20180525 Getting started with the Python debugger.md | 0 ...29 How To Add Additional IP (Secondary IP) In Ubuntu System.md | 0 .../20180618 Twitter Sentiment Analysis using NodeJS.md | 0 ...w to build a professional network when you work in a bazaar.md | 0 ...ents Of An Archive Or Compressed File Without Extracting It.md | 0 .../20180703 Understanding Python Dataclasses — Part 1.md | 0 .../20180706 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part III.md | 0 ...0 How To View Detailed Information About A Package In Linux.md | 0 published/{ => 201809}/20180717 Getting started with Etcher.io.md | 0 published/{ => 201809}/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md | 0 ...o Install 2048 Game in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md | 0 .../20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 0 .../20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md | 0 .../20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md | 0 .../20180730 How to use VS Code for your Python projects.md | 0 ...lps Linux Beginners To Choose A Suitable Linux Distribution.md | 0 ...03 10 Popular Windows Apps That Are Also Available on Linux.md | 0 .../{ => 201809}/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md | 0 .../20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md | 0 ...nd using Git and GitHub on Ubuntu Linux- A beginner-s guide.md | 0 ...20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md | 0 .../20180808 5 open source role-playing games for Linux.md | 0 .../20180810 6 Reasons Why Linux Users Switch to BSD.md | 0 ...Themes Based On Sunrise And Sunset Times With AutomaThemely.md | 0 .../20180813 MPV Player- A Minimalist Video Player for Linux.md | 0 ...elerated Video Decoding In Chromium On Ubuntu Or Linux Mint.md | 0 ...To Switch Between TTYs Without Using Function Keys In Linux.md | 0 .../20180822 What is a Makefile and how does it work.md | 0 .../20180823 An introduction to pipes and named pipes in Linux.md | 0 ...w to publish a WordPress blog to a static GitLab Pages site.md | 0 ...0180824 How to install software from the Linux command line.md | 0 ...180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md | 0 ...cess usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md | 0 ...o capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md | 0 .../{ => 201809}/20180827 An introduction to diffs and patches.md | 0 .../20180828 15 command-line aliases to save you time.md | 0 ...28 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 0 ...828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 0 ...d GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md | 0 .../20180830 How To Reset MySQL Or MariaDB Root Password.md | 0 .../20180830 How to Update Firmware on Ubuntu 18.04.md | 0 .../20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md | 0 ...how of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md | 0 ...20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md | 0 .../20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md | 0 published/{ => 201809}/20180904 Why I love Xonsh.md | 0 .../20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md | 0 .../20180905 8 great Python libraries for side projects.md | 0 .../20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md | 0 .../20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md | 0 .../20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md | 0 ...trash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md | 0 .../20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md | 0 ... What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md | 0 ...10 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md | 0 .../{ => 201809}/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 0 .../20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md | 0 .../20180911 Visualize Disk Usage On Your Linux System.md | 0 ...2 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 0 .../20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md | 0 ...ow To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 0 .../20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 0 ...Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 0 ...0180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md | 0 89 files changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename published/{ => 201809}/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20170706 Docker Guide Dockerizing Python Django Application.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20170709 The Extensive Guide to Creating Streams in RxJS.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20170829 How To Set Up PF Firewall on FreeBSD to Protect a Web Server.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20171010 Operating a Kubernetes network.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20171202 Scrot Linux command-line screen grabs made simple.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180102 Top 7 open source project management tools for agile teams.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180203 API Star- Python 3 API Framework - Polyglot.Ninja().md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180226 Linux Virtual Machines vs Linux Live Images.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180308 What is open source programming.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180316 How to Encrypt Files From Within a File Manager.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180324 How To Compress And Decompress Files In Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180402 Understanding Linux filesystems- ext4 and beyond.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180424 A gentle introduction to FreeDOS.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180425 Understanding metrics and monitoring with Python - Opensource.com.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180427 An Official Introduction to the Go Compiler.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180516 How Graphics Cards Work.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180525 Getting started with the Python debugger.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180529 How To Add Additional IP (Secondary IP) In Ubuntu System.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180618 Twitter Sentiment Analysis using NodeJS.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180626 How to build a professional network when you work in a bazaar.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180702 View The Contents Of An Archive Or Compressed File Without Extracting It.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180703 Understanding Python Dataclasses — Part 1.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180706 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part III.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180710 How To View Detailed Information About A Package In Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180717 Getting started with Etcher.io.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180720 How to Install 2048 Game in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180730 How to use VS Code for your Python projects.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180802 Distrochooser Helps Linux Beginners To Choose A Suitable Linux Distribution.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180803 10 Popular Windows Apps That Are Also Available on Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180806 Installing and using Git and GitHub on Ubuntu Linux- A beginner-s guide.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180808 5 open source role-playing games for Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180810 6 Reasons Why Linux Users Switch to BSD.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180810 Automatically Switch To Light - Dark Gtk Themes Based On Sunrise And Sunset Times With AutomaThemely.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180813 MPV Player- A Minimalist Video Player for Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180815 How To Enable Hardware Accelerated Video Decoding In Chromium On Ubuntu Or Linux Mint.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180822 How To Switch Between TTYs Without Using Function Keys In Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180822 What is a Makefile and how does it work.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180823 An introduction to pipes and named pipes in Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180823 How to publish a WordPress blog to a static GitLab Pages site.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180824 How to install software from the Linux command line.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180827 An introduction to diffs and patches.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180828 15 command-line aliases to save you time.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180830 How To Reset MySQL Or MariaDB Root Password.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180830 How to Update Firmware on Ubuntu 18.04.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180904 Why I love Xonsh.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180905 8 great Python libraries for side projects.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180911 Visualize Disk Usage On Your Linux System.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md (100%) rename published/{ => 201809}/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/published/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/published/201809/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md rename to published/201809/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md diff --git a/published/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/published/201809/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md rename to published/201809/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md diff --git a/published/20170706 Docker Guide Dockerizing Python Django Application.md b/published/201809/20170706 Docker Guide Dockerizing Python Django Application.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20170706 Docker Guide Dockerizing Python Django Application.md rename to published/201809/20170706 Docker Guide Dockerizing Python Django Application.md diff --git a/published/20170709 The Extensive Guide to Creating Streams in RxJS.md b/published/201809/20170709 The Extensive Guide to Creating Streams in RxJS.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20170709 The Extensive Guide to Creating Streams in RxJS.md rename to published/201809/20170709 The Extensive Guide to Creating Streams in RxJS.md diff --git a/published/20170829 How To Set Up PF Firewall on FreeBSD to Protect a Web Server.md b/published/201809/20170829 How To Set Up PF Firewall on FreeBSD to Protect a Web Server.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20170829 How To Set Up PF Firewall on FreeBSD to Protect a Web Server.md rename to published/201809/20170829 How To Set Up PF Firewall on FreeBSD to Protect a Web Server.md diff --git a/published/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md b/published/201809/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md rename to published/201809/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md diff --git a/published/20171010 Operating a Kubernetes network.md b/published/201809/20171010 Operating a Kubernetes network.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20171010 Operating a Kubernetes network.md rename to published/201809/20171010 Operating a Kubernetes network.md diff --git a/published/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md b/published/201809/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md rename to published/201809/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md diff --git a/published/20171202 Scrot Linux command-line screen grabs made simple.md b/published/201809/20171202 Scrot Linux command-line screen grabs made simple.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20171202 Scrot Linux command-line screen grabs made simple.md rename to published/201809/20171202 Scrot Linux command-line screen grabs made simple.md diff --git a/published/20180102 Top 7 open source project management tools for agile teams.md b/published/201809/20180102 Top 7 open source project management tools for agile teams.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180102 Top 7 open source project management tools for agile teams.md rename to published/201809/20180102 Top 7 open source project management tools for agile teams.md diff --git a/published/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md b/published/201809/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md rename to published/201809/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md diff --git a/published/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md b/published/201809/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md rename to published/201809/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md diff --git a/published/20180203 API Star- Python 3 API Framework - Polyglot.Ninja().md b/published/201809/20180203 API Star- Python 3 API Framework - Polyglot.Ninja().md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180203 API Star- Python 3 API Framework - Polyglot.Ninja().md rename to published/201809/20180203 API Star- Python 3 API Framework - Polyglot.Ninja().md diff --git a/published/20180226 Linux Virtual Machines vs Linux Live Images.md b/published/201809/20180226 Linux Virtual Machines vs Linux Live Images.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180226 Linux Virtual Machines vs Linux Live Images.md rename to published/201809/20180226 Linux Virtual Machines vs Linux Live Images.md diff --git a/published/20180308 What is open source programming.md b/published/201809/20180308 What is open source programming.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180308 What is open source programming.md rename to published/201809/20180308 What is open source programming.md diff --git a/published/20180316 How to Encrypt Files From Within a File Manager.md b/published/201809/20180316 How to Encrypt Files From Within a File Manager.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180316 How to Encrypt Files From Within a File Manager.md rename to published/201809/20180316 How to Encrypt Files From Within a File Manager.md diff --git a/published/20180324 How To Compress And Decompress Files In Linux.md b/published/201809/20180324 How To Compress And Decompress Files In Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180324 How To Compress And Decompress Files In Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180324 How To Compress And Decompress Files In Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/published/201809/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md rename to published/201809/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md diff --git a/published/20180402 Understanding Linux filesystems- ext4 and beyond.md b/published/201809/20180402 Understanding Linux filesystems- ext4 and beyond.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180402 Understanding Linux filesystems- ext4 and beyond.md rename to published/201809/20180402 Understanding Linux filesystems- ext4 and beyond.md diff --git a/published/20180424 A gentle introduction to FreeDOS.md b/published/201809/20180424 A gentle introduction to FreeDOS.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180424 A gentle introduction to FreeDOS.md rename to published/201809/20180424 A gentle introduction to FreeDOS.md diff --git a/published/20180425 Understanding metrics and monitoring with Python - Opensource.com.md b/published/201809/20180425 Understanding metrics and monitoring with Python - Opensource.com.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180425 Understanding metrics and monitoring with Python - Opensource.com.md rename to published/201809/20180425 Understanding metrics and monitoring with Python - Opensource.com.md diff --git a/published/20180427 An Official Introduction to the Go Compiler.md b/published/201809/20180427 An Official Introduction to the Go Compiler.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180427 An Official Introduction to the Go Compiler.md rename to published/201809/20180427 An Official Introduction to the Go Compiler.md diff --git a/published/20180516 How Graphics Cards Work.md b/published/201809/20180516 How Graphics Cards Work.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180516 How Graphics Cards Work.md rename to published/201809/20180516 How Graphics Cards Work.md diff --git a/published/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md b/published/201809/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md b/published/201809/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md rename to published/201809/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md diff --git a/published/20180525 Getting started with the Python debugger.md b/published/201809/20180525 Getting started with the Python debugger.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180525 Getting started with the Python debugger.md rename to published/201809/20180525 Getting started with the Python debugger.md diff --git a/published/20180529 How To Add Additional IP (Secondary IP) In Ubuntu System.md b/published/201809/20180529 How To Add Additional IP (Secondary IP) In Ubuntu System.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180529 How To Add Additional IP (Secondary IP) In Ubuntu System.md rename to published/201809/20180529 How To Add Additional IP (Secondary IP) In Ubuntu System.md diff --git a/published/20180618 Twitter Sentiment Analysis using NodeJS.md b/published/201809/20180618 Twitter Sentiment Analysis using NodeJS.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180618 Twitter Sentiment Analysis using NodeJS.md rename to published/201809/20180618 Twitter Sentiment Analysis using NodeJS.md diff --git a/published/20180626 How to build a professional network when you work in a bazaar.md b/published/201809/20180626 How to build a professional network when you work in a bazaar.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180626 How to build a professional network when you work in a bazaar.md rename to published/201809/20180626 How to build a professional network when you work in a bazaar.md diff --git a/published/20180702 View The Contents Of An Archive Or Compressed File Without Extracting It.md b/published/201809/20180702 View The Contents Of An Archive Or Compressed File Without Extracting It.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180702 View The Contents Of An Archive Or Compressed File Without Extracting It.md rename to published/201809/20180702 View The Contents Of An Archive Or Compressed File Without Extracting It.md diff --git a/published/20180703 Understanding Python Dataclasses — Part 1.md b/published/201809/20180703 Understanding Python Dataclasses — Part 1.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180703 Understanding Python Dataclasses — Part 1.md rename to published/201809/20180703 Understanding Python Dataclasses — Part 1.md diff --git a/published/20180706 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part III.md b/published/201809/20180706 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part III.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180706 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part III.md rename to published/201809/20180706 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part III.md diff --git a/published/20180710 How To View Detailed Information About A Package In Linux.md b/published/201809/20180710 How To View Detailed Information About A Package In Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180710 How To View Detailed Information About A Package In Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180710 How To View Detailed Information About A Package In Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180717 Getting started with Etcher.io.md b/published/201809/20180717 Getting started with Etcher.io.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180717 Getting started with Etcher.io.md rename to published/201809/20180717 Getting started with Etcher.io.md diff --git a/published/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md b/published/201809/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md rename to published/201809/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md diff --git a/published/20180720 How to Install 2048 Game in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md b/published/201809/20180720 How to Install 2048 Game in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180720 How to Install 2048 Game in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md rename to published/201809/20180720 How to Install 2048 Game in Ubuntu and Other Linux Distributions.md diff --git a/published/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/published/201809/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md rename to published/201809/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md diff --git a/published/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md b/published/201809/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md rename to published/201809/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md diff --git a/published/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md b/published/201809/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md rename to published/201809/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md diff --git a/published/20180730 How to use VS Code for your Python projects.md b/published/201809/20180730 How to use VS Code for your Python projects.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180730 How to use VS Code for your Python projects.md rename to published/201809/20180730 How to use VS Code for your Python projects.md diff --git a/published/20180802 Distrochooser Helps Linux Beginners To Choose A Suitable Linux Distribution.md b/published/201809/20180802 Distrochooser Helps Linux Beginners To Choose A Suitable Linux Distribution.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180802 Distrochooser Helps Linux Beginners To Choose A Suitable Linux Distribution.md rename to published/201809/20180802 Distrochooser Helps Linux Beginners To Choose A Suitable Linux Distribution.md diff --git a/published/20180803 10 Popular Windows Apps That Are Also Available on Linux.md b/published/201809/20180803 10 Popular Windows Apps That Are Also Available on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180803 10 Popular Windows Apps That Are Also Available on Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180803 10 Popular Windows Apps That Are Also Available on Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md b/published/201809/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md rename to published/201809/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md diff --git a/published/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md b/published/201809/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md rename to published/201809/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md diff --git a/published/20180806 Installing and using Git and GitHub on Ubuntu Linux- A beginner-s guide.md b/published/201809/20180806 Installing and using Git and GitHub on Ubuntu Linux- A beginner-s guide.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180806 Installing and using Git and GitHub on Ubuntu Linux- A beginner-s guide.md rename to published/201809/20180806 Installing and using Git and GitHub on Ubuntu Linux- A beginner-s guide.md diff --git a/published/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md b/published/201809/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md rename to published/201809/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md diff --git a/published/20180808 5 open source role-playing games for Linux.md b/published/201809/20180808 5 open source role-playing games for Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180808 5 open source role-playing games for Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180808 5 open source role-playing games for Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180810 6 Reasons Why Linux Users Switch to BSD.md b/published/201809/20180810 6 Reasons Why Linux Users Switch to BSD.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180810 6 Reasons Why Linux Users Switch to BSD.md rename to published/201809/20180810 6 Reasons Why Linux Users Switch to BSD.md diff --git a/published/20180810 Automatically Switch To Light - Dark Gtk Themes Based On Sunrise And Sunset Times With AutomaThemely.md b/published/201809/20180810 Automatically Switch To Light - Dark Gtk Themes Based On Sunrise And Sunset Times With AutomaThemely.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180810 Automatically Switch To Light - Dark Gtk Themes Based On Sunrise And Sunset Times With AutomaThemely.md rename to published/201809/20180810 Automatically Switch To Light - Dark Gtk Themes Based On Sunrise And Sunset Times With AutomaThemely.md diff --git a/published/20180813 MPV Player- A Minimalist Video Player for Linux.md b/published/201809/20180813 MPV Player- A Minimalist Video Player for Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180813 MPV Player- A Minimalist Video Player for Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180813 MPV Player- A Minimalist Video Player for Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180815 How To Enable Hardware Accelerated Video Decoding In Chromium On Ubuntu Or Linux Mint.md b/published/201809/20180815 How To Enable Hardware Accelerated Video Decoding In Chromium On Ubuntu Or Linux Mint.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180815 How To Enable Hardware Accelerated Video Decoding In Chromium On Ubuntu Or Linux Mint.md rename to published/201809/20180815 How To Enable Hardware Accelerated Video Decoding In Chromium On Ubuntu Or Linux Mint.md diff --git a/published/20180822 How To Switch Between TTYs Without Using Function Keys In Linux.md b/published/201809/20180822 How To Switch Between TTYs Without Using Function Keys In Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180822 How To Switch Between TTYs Without Using Function Keys In Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180822 How To Switch Between TTYs Without Using Function Keys In Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180822 What is a Makefile and how does it work.md b/published/201809/20180822 What is a Makefile and how does it work.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180822 What is a Makefile and how does it work.md rename to published/201809/20180822 What is a Makefile and how does it work.md diff --git a/published/20180823 An introduction to pipes and named pipes in Linux.md b/published/201809/20180823 An introduction to pipes and named pipes in Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180823 An introduction to pipes and named pipes in Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180823 An introduction to pipes and named pipes in Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180823 How to publish a WordPress blog to a static GitLab Pages site.md b/published/201809/20180823 How to publish a WordPress blog to a static GitLab Pages site.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180823 How to publish a WordPress blog to a static GitLab Pages site.md rename to published/201809/20180823 How to publish a WordPress blog to a static GitLab Pages site.md diff --git a/published/20180824 How to install software from the Linux command line.md b/published/201809/20180824 How to install software from the Linux command line.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180824 How to install software from the Linux command line.md rename to published/201809/20180824 How to install software from the Linux command line.md diff --git a/published/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md b/published/201809/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md b/published/201809/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md rename to published/201809/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md diff --git a/published/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md b/published/201809/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md diff --git a/published/20180827 An introduction to diffs and patches.md b/published/201809/20180827 An introduction to diffs and patches.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180827 An introduction to diffs and patches.md rename to published/201809/20180827 An introduction to diffs and patches.md diff --git a/published/20180828 15 command-line aliases to save you time.md b/published/201809/20180828 15 command-line aliases to save you time.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180828 15 command-line aliases to save you time.md rename to published/201809/20180828 15 command-line aliases to save you time.md diff --git a/published/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/published/201809/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md rename to published/201809/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md diff --git a/published/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/published/201809/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md rename to published/201809/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md diff --git a/published/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md b/published/201809/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md rename to published/201809/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md diff --git a/published/20180830 How To Reset MySQL Or MariaDB Root Password.md b/published/201809/20180830 How To Reset MySQL Or MariaDB Root Password.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180830 How To Reset MySQL Or MariaDB Root Password.md rename to published/201809/20180830 How To Reset MySQL Or MariaDB Root Password.md diff --git a/published/20180830 How to Update Firmware on Ubuntu 18.04.md b/published/201809/20180830 How to Update Firmware on Ubuntu 18.04.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180830 How to Update Firmware on Ubuntu 18.04.md rename to published/201809/20180830 How to Update Firmware on Ubuntu 18.04.md diff --git a/published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md b/published/201809/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md rename to published/201809/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md diff --git a/published/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md b/published/201809/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md rename to published/201809/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md diff --git a/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md b/published/201809/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md rename to published/201809/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md diff --git a/published/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md b/published/201809/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md rename to published/201809/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md diff --git a/published/20180904 Why I love Xonsh.md b/published/201809/20180904 Why I love Xonsh.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180904 Why I love Xonsh.md rename to published/201809/20180904 Why I love Xonsh.md diff --git a/published/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md b/published/201809/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md rename to published/201809/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md diff --git a/published/20180905 8 great Python libraries for side projects.md b/published/201809/20180905 8 great Python libraries for side projects.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180905 8 great Python libraries for side projects.md rename to published/201809/20180905 8 great Python libraries for side projects.md diff --git a/published/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md b/published/201809/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md rename to published/201809/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md diff --git a/published/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md b/published/201809/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md rename to published/201809/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md diff --git a/published/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md b/published/201809/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md rename to published/201809/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md diff --git a/published/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md b/published/201809/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md rename to published/201809/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md diff --git a/published/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/published/201809/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md rename to published/201809/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md diff --git a/published/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md b/published/201809/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md rename to published/201809/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md diff --git a/published/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md b/published/201809/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md rename to published/201809/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md diff --git a/published/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/published/201809/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md rename to published/201809/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md diff --git a/published/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md b/published/201809/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md rename to published/201809/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md diff --git a/published/20180911 Visualize Disk Usage On Your Linux System.md b/published/201809/20180911 Visualize Disk Usage On Your Linux System.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180911 Visualize Disk Usage On Your Linux System.md rename to published/201809/20180911 Visualize Disk Usage On Your Linux System.md diff --git a/published/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/published/201809/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md rename to published/201809/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md diff --git a/published/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/published/201809/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md rename to published/201809/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md diff --git a/published/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/published/201809/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md rename to published/201809/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md diff --git a/published/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/published/201809/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md rename to published/201809/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md diff --git a/published/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/published/201809/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md rename to published/201809/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md diff --git a/published/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md b/published/201809/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from published/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md rename to published/201809/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md From 43566086175494dd1f2d5c41ccb37b42e8ee286a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pityonline Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 00:37:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 289/437] =?UTF-8?q?PRF:=20#10300=20=E6=A0=A1=E5=AF=B9?= =?UTF-8?q?=E5=B9=B6=E5=88=9D=E6=AD=A5=E8=B0=83=E6=95=B4=E6=A0=BC=E5=BC=8F?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 123 ++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 57 insertions(+), 66 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md index ec169be76f..bd9172b468 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @@ -1,43 +1,40 @@ - DevOps 实践指南 ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) -在去年大概一年的时间里,我注意到对“Devops 实践”感兴趣的开发人员和系统管理员突然有了明显的增加。这样的变化也合理:现在开发者只要花很少的钱,调用一些 API, 就能单枪匹马地在一整套分布式基础设施上运行自己的应用, 在这个时代,开发和运维的紧密程度前所未有。我看过许多博客和文章介绍很酷的 DevOps 工具和相关思想,但是给那些希望践行 DevOps 的人以指导和建议的内容,我却很少看到。 +在去年大概一年的时间里,我注意到对“Devops 实践”感兴趣的开发人员和系统管理员突然有了明显的增加。这样的变化也合理:现在开发者只要花很少的钱,调用一些 API,就能单枪匹马地在一整套分布式基础设施上运行自己的应用,在这个时代,开发和运维的紧密程度前所未有。我看过许多博客和文章介绍很酷的 DevOps 工具和相关思想,但是给那些希望践行 DevOps 的人以指导和建议的内容,我却很少看到。 -这篇文章的目的就是描述一下如何去实践。我的想法基于 Reddit 上 [devops][1] 的一些访谈、聊天和深夜讨论,还有一些随机谈话,一般都发生在享受啤酒和美食的时候。如果你已经开始这样实践,我对你的反馈很感兴趣,请通过 [我的博客][2] 或者 [Twitter][3] 联系我,也可以直接在下面评论。我很乐意听到你们的想法和故事。 +这篇文章的目的就是描述一下如何去实践。我的想法基于 Reddit 上 [devops][1] 的一些访谈、聊天和深夜讨论,还有一些随机谈话,一般都发生在享受啤酒和美食的时候。如果你已经开始这样实践,我对你的反馈很感兴趣,请通过[我的博客][2]或者 [Twitter][3] 联系我,也可以直接在下面评论。我很乐意听到你们的想法和故事。 ### 古代的 IT 了解历史是搞清楚未来的关键,DevOps 也不例外。想搞清楚 DevOps 运动的普及和流行,去了解一下上世纪 90 年代后期和 21 世纪前十年 IT 的情况会有帮助。这是我的经验。 -我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话 (或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW ),并下一个价值数十万美元的订单,包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件,所有这些都要运到在线或离线的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的,但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还忠于使用他们的物理机运行应用。 +我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话(或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW),并下一个价值数十万美元的订单,包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件,所有这些都要运到在线或离线的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的,但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还忠于使用他们的物理机运行应用。 在我们技术部门,有一个专门做数据中心工程和操作的完整团队,他们的工作包括价格谈判,让荒唐的租赁月费能够下降一点点,还包括保证我们的系统能够正常冷却(如果设备太多,这个事情的难度会呈指数增长)。如果这个团队足够幸运足够有钱,境外数据中心的工作人员对我们所有的服务器型号又都有足够的了解,就能避免在盘后交易中不小心扯错东西。那时候亚马逊 AWS 和 Rackspace 逐渐开始加速扩张,但还远远没到临界规模。 -当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁,监控和报警,还要定义基础镜像 (gold image) 的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的,很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书 (runbook) 来描述要做的事情,并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里,这样做很重要,因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的,而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 +当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁,监控和报警,还要定义基础镜像gold image的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的,很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书runbook来描述要做的事情,并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里,这样做很重要,因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的,而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 (这是我职业生涯前三年的世界。我那时候的梦想是成为制定金本位制的人!) 软件发布则完全是另外一头怪兽。无可否认,我在这方面并没有积累太多经验。但是,从我收集的故事(和最近的经历)来看,当时大部分软件开发的日常大概是这样: - * 开发人员按照技术和功能需求来编写代码,这些需求来自于业务分析人员的会议,但是会议并没有邀请开发人员参加。 - * 开发人员可以选择为他们的代码编写单元测试,以确保在代码里没有任何明显的疯狂行为,比如除以 0 但不抛出异常。 - * 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为 "Ready for QA."(准备好了接受测试),质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中,这个环境和生产环境可能相似,也可能不相似,甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 - * 故障会在几天或者几个星期内反馈到开发人员那里,这个时长取决于其他业务活动和优先事项。 +* 开发人员按照技术和功能需求来编写代码,这些需求来自于业务分析人员的会议,但是会议并没有邀请开发人员参加。 +* 开发人员可以选择为他们的代码编写单元测试,以确保在代码里没有任何明显的疯狂行为,比如除以 0 但不抛出异常。 +* 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为“Ready for QA”(准备好了接受测试),质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中,这个环境和生产环境可能相似,也可能不相似,甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 +* 故障会在几天或者几个星期内反馈到开发人员那里,这个时长取决于其他业务活动和优先事项。 - - -虽然系统管理员和开发人员经常有不一致的意见,但是对“变更管理”的痛恨却是一致的。变更管理由高度规范的(就我当时的雇主而言)和非常有必要的规则和程序组成,用来管理一家公司应该什么时候做技术变更,以及如何做。很多公司都按照 [ITIL][4] 来操作, 简单的说,ITIL 问了很多和事情发生的原因、时间、地点和方式相关的问题,而且提供了一个过程,对产生最终答案的决定做审计跟踪。 +虽然系统管理员和开发人员经常有不一致的意见,但是对“变更管理”的痛恨却是一致的。变更管理由高度规范的(就我当时的雇主而言)和非常有必要的规则和程序组成,用来管理一家公司应该什么时候做技术变更,以及如何做。很多公司都按照 [ITIL][4] 来操作,简单的说,ITIL 问了很多和事情发生的原因、时间、地点和方式相关的问题,而且提供了一个过程,对产生最终答案的决定做审计跟踪。 你可能从我的简短历史课上了解到,当时 IT 的很多很多事情都是手工完成的。这导致了很多错误。错误又导致了很多财产损失。变更管理的工作就是尽量减少这些损失,它常常以这样的形式出现:不管变更的影响和规模大小,每两周才能发布部署一次。周五下午 4 点到周一早上 5 点 59 分这段时间,需要排队等候发布窗口。(讽刺的是,这种流程导致了更多错误,通常还是更严重的那种错误) ### DevOps 不是专家团 -你可能在想 "Carlos 你在讲啥啊,什么时候才能说到 Ansible playbooks? ",我热爱 Ansible, 但是请再等一会;下面这些很重要。 +你可能在想 “Carlos 你在讲啥啊,什么时候才能说到 Ansible playbooks?”,我热爱 Ansible,但是请再等一会;下面这些很重要。 -你有没有过被分配到过需要跟"DevOps"小组打交道的项目?你有没有依赖过“配置管理”或者“持续集成/持续交付”小组来保证业务流水线设置正确?你有没有在代码开发完的数周之后才参加发布部署的会议? +你有没有过被分配到过需要跟 DevOps 小组打交道的项目?你有没有依赖过“配置管理”或者“持续集成/持续交付”小组来保证业务流水线设置正确?你有没有在代码开发完的数周之后才参加发布部署的会议? 如果有过,那么你就是在重温历史,这个历史是由上面所有这些导致的。 @@ -45,13 +42,13 @@ DevOps 实践指南 在我工作过的很多公司里,系统管理员和开发人员不仅像这样形成了天然的筒仓,而且彼此还有激烈的对抗。开发人员的环境出问题了或者他们的权限太小了,就会对系统管理员很恼火。系统管理员怪开发者无时不刻的不在用各种方式破坏他们的环境,怪开发人员申请的计算资源严重超过他们的需要。双方都不理解对方,更糟糕的是,双方都不愿意去理解对方。 -大部分开发人员对操作系统,内核或计算机硬件都不感兴趣。同样的,大部分系统管理员,即使是 Linux 的系统管理员,也都不愿意学习编写代码,他们在大学期间学过一些 C 语言,然后就痛恨它,并且永远都不想再碰 IDE. 所以,开发人员把运行环境的问题甩给围墙外的系统管理员,系统管理员把这些问题和甩过来的其他上百个问题放在一起,做一个优先级安排。每个人都很忙,心怀怨恨的等待着。DevOps 的目的就是解决这种矛盾。 +大部分开发人员对操作系统,内核或计算机硬件都不感兴趣。同样的,大部分系统管理员,即使是 Linux 的系统管理员,也都不愿意学习编写代码,他们在大学期间学过一些 C 语言,然后就痛恨它,并且永远都不想再碰 IDE。所以,开发人员把运行环境的问题甩给围墙外的系统管理员,系统管理员把这些问题和甩过来的其他上百个问题放在一起,做一个优先级安排。每个人都很忙,心怀怨恨的等待着。DevOps 的目的就是解决这种矛盾。 DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevOps 是一种思考方式。根据这个运动来看,在理想的世界里,开发人员、系统管理员和业务相关人将作为一个团队工作。虽然他们可能不完全了解彼此的世界,可能没有足够的知识去了解彼此的积压任务,但他们在大多数情况下能有一致的看法。 -把所有基础设施和业务逻辑都代码化,再串到一个发布部署流水线里,就像是运行在这之上的应用一样。这个理念的基础就是 DevOps. 因为大家都理解彼此,所以人人都是赢家。聊天机器人和易用的监控工具、可视化工具的兴起,背后的基础也是 DevOps. +把所有基础设施和业务逻辑都代码化,再串到一个发布部署流水线里,就像是运行在这之上的应用一样。这个理念的基础就是 DevOps。因为大家都理解彼此,所以人人都是赢家。聊天机器人和易用的监控工具、可视化工具的兴起,背后的基础也是 DevOps。 -[Adam Jacob][6] 说的最好:"DevOps 就是企业往软件导向型过渡时我们用来描述操作的词" +[Adam Jacob][6] 说的最好:“DevOps 就是企业往软件导向型过渡时我们用来描述操作的词。” ### 要实践 DevOps 我需要知道些什么 @@ -61,22 +58,20 @@ DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevO 也就是说,我们一般是在找对深入学习以下内容感兴趣的工程师: - * 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云上的平台(通常是在 AWS 上,不过微软的 Azure, 谷歌的 Cloud Platform,还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商,也都很流行) - * 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具,比如 Jenkins,Gocd,还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI,来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线,和发布部署策略。 - * 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具,比如 Kibana,Grafana,Splunk,Loggly 或者 Logstash,来监控,记录,并在变化的时候报警,还有 - * 如何使用配置管理工具,例如 Chef,Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”,以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 - - +* 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云上的平台(通常是在 AWS 上,不过微软的 Azure,谷歌的 Cloud Platform,还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商,也都很流行) +* 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具,比如 Jenkins,Gocd,还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI,来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线,和发布部署策略。 +* 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具,比如 Kibana,Grafana,Splunk,Loggly 或者 Logstash,来监控,记录,并在变化的时候报警,还有 +* 如何使用配置管理工具,例如 Chef,Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”,以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 容器也变得越来越受欢迎。尽管有人对大规模使用 Docker 的现状[表示不满][9],但容器正迅速地成为一种很好的方式来实现在更少的操作系统上运行超高密度的服务和应用,同时提高它们的可靠性。(像 Kubernetes 或者 Mesos 这样的容器编排工具,能在宿主机故障的时候,几秒钟之内重新启动新的容器。)考虑到这些,掌握 Docker 或者 rkt 以及容器编排平台的知识会对你大有帮助。 -如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员,你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言,因为他们是可移植的(也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行),快速的,而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具(Ansible 是使用 Python 写的,Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的)以及云平台的 API 客户端(亚马逊 AWS, 微软 Azure, 谷歌 Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本)。 +如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员,你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言,因为他们是可移植的(也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行),快速的,而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具(Ansible 是使用 Python 写的,Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的)以及云平台的 API 客户端(亚马逊 AWS,微软 Azure,谷歌 Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本)。 如果你是开发人员,也希望做 DevOps 的实践,我强烈建议你去学习 Unix,Windows 操作系统以及网络基础知识。虽然云计算把很多系统管理的难题抽象化了,但是对慢应用的性能做 debug 的时候,你知道操作系统如何工作的就会有很大的帮助。下文包含了一些这个主题的图书。 -如果你觉得这些东西听起来内容太多,大家都是这么想的。幸运的是,有很多小项目可以让你开始探索。其中一个启动项目是 Gary Stafford 的[选举服务](https://github.com/garystafford/voter-service), 一个基于 Java 的简单投票平台。我们要求面试候选人通过一个流水线将该服务从 GitHub 部署到生产环境基础设施上。你可以把这个服务与 Rob Mile 写的了不起的 DevOps [入门教程](https://github.com/maxamg/cd-office-hours)结合起来,学习如何编写流水线。 +如果你觉得这些东西听起来内容太多,大家都是这么想的。幸运的是,有很多小项目可以让你开始探索。其中一个启动项目是 Gary Stafford 的[选举服务](https://github.com/garystafford/voter-service),一个基于 Java 的简单投票平台。我们要求面试候选人通过一个流水线将该服务从 GitHub 部署到生产环境基础设施上。你可以把这个服务与 Rob Mile 写的了不起的 DevOps [入门教程](https://github.com/maxamg/cd-office-hours)结合起来,学习如何编写流水线。 -还有一个熟悉这些工具的好方法,找一个流行的服务,然后只使用 AWS 和配置管理工具来搭建这个服务所需要的基础设施。第一次先手动搭建,了解清楚要做的事情,然后只用 CloudFormation (或者 Terraform) 和 Ansible 重写刚才的手动操作。令人惊讶的是,这就是我们基础设施开发人员为客户所做的大部分日常工作,我们的客户认为这样的工作非常有意义! +还有一个熟悉这些工具的好方法,找一个流行的服务,然后只使用 AWS 和配置管理工具来搭建这个服务所需要的基础设施。第一次先手动搭建,了解清楚要做的事情,然后只用 CloudFormation(或者 Terraform)和 Ansible 重写刚才的手动操作。令人惊讶的是,这就是我们基础设施开发人员为客户所做的大部分日常工作,我们的客户认为这样的工作非常有意义! ### 需要读的书 @@ -84,27 +79,23 @@ DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevO #### 理论书籍 - * Gene Kim 写的 [The Phoenix Project (凤凰项目)][10]。这是一本很不错的书,内容涵盖了我上文解释过的历史(写的更生动形象),描述了一个运行在敏捷和 DevOps 之上的公司向精益前进的过程。 - * Terrance Ryan 写的 [Driving Technical Change (布道之道)][11]。非常好的一小本书,讲了大多数技术型组织内的常见性格特点以及如何和他们打交道。这本书对我的帮助比我想象的更多。 - * Tom DeMarco 和 Tim Lister 合著的 [Peopleware (人件)][12]。管理工程师团队的经典图书,有一点过时,但仍然很有价值。 - * Tom Limoncelli 写的 [Time Management for System Administrators (时间管理: 给系统管理员)][13]。这本书主要面向系统管理员,它对很多大型组织内的系统管理员生活做了深入的展示。如果你想了解更多系统管理员和开发人员之间的冲突,这本书可能解释了更多。 - * Eric Ries 写的 [The Lean Startup (精益创业)][14]。描述了 Eric 自己的 3D 虚拟形象公司,IMVU, 发现了如何精益工作,快速失败和更快盈利。 - * Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的[Lean Enterprise (精益企业)][15]。这本书是对精益创业做的改编,以更适应企业,两本书都很棒,都很好的解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 - * Kief Morris 写的 [Infrastructure As Code (基础设施即代码)][16]。关于 "基础设施即代码" 的非常好的入门读物!很好的解释了为什么所有公司都有必要采纳这种做法。 - * Betsy Beyer, Chris Jones, Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 [Site Reliability Engineering (站点可靠性工程师)][17]。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书,也因为是 "DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps" 被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有趣的看法。 - - +* Gene Kim 写的 [The Phoenix Project(凤凰项目)][10]。这是一本很不错的书,内容涵盖了我上文解释过的历史(写的更生动形象),描述了一个运行在敏捷和 DevOps 之上的公司向精益前进的过程。 +* Terrance Ryan 写的 [Driving Technical Change(布道之道)][11]。非常好的一小本书,讲了大多数技术型组织内的常见性格特点以及如何和他们打交道。这本书对我的帮助比我想象的更多。 +* Tom DeMarco 和 Tim Lister 合著的 [Peopleware(人件)][12]。管理工程师团队的经典图书,有一点过时,但仍然很有价值。 +* Tom Limoncelli 写的 [Time Management for System Administrators(时间管理:给系统管理员)][13]。这本书主要面向系统管理员,它对很多大型组织内的系统管理员生活做了深入的展示。如果你想了解更多系统管理员和开发人员之间的冲突,这本书可能解释了更多。 +* Eric Ries 写的 [The Lean Startup(精益创业)][14]。描述了 Eric 自己的 3D 虚拟形象公司,IMVU,发现了如何精益工作,快速失败和更快盈利。 +* Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的[Lean Enterprise(精益企业)][15]。这本书是对精益创业做的改编,以更适应企业,两本书都很棒,都很好的解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 +* Kief Morris 写的 [Infrastructure As Code(基础设施即代码)][16]。关于“基础设施即代码”的非常好的入门读物!很好的解释了为什么所有公司都有必要采纳这种做法。 +* Betsy Beyer、Chris Jones、Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 [Site Reliability Engineering(站点可靠性工程师)][17]。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书,也因为是“DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps”被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有趣的看法。 #### 技术书籍 如果你想找的是让你直接跟代码打交道的书,看这里就对了。 - * W. Richard Stevens 的 [TCP/IP Illustrated (TCP/IP 详解)][18]。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解基本网络协议的巨著,重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1,2, 3,4 层网络,而且对深入学习他们感兴趣,那么你需要这本书。 - * Evi Nemeth, Trent Hein 和 Ben Whaley 合著的 [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook (UNIX/Linux 系统管理员手册)][19]。一本很好的入门书,介绍 Linux/Unix 如何工作以及如何使用。 - * Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches (Windows PowerShell实战指南)][20]. 如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务,你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 - * 几乎所有 [James Turnbull][21] 写的东西,针对流行的 DevOps 工具,他发表了很好的技术入门读物。 - - +* W. Richard Stevens 的 [TCP/IP Illustrated(TCP/IP 详解)][18]。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解基本网络协议的巨著,重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1,2, 3,4 层网络,而且对深入学习他们感兴趣,那么你需要这本书。 +* Evi Nemeth、Trent Hein 和 Ben Whaley 合著的 [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook(UNIX/Linux 系统管理员手册)][19]。一本很好的入门书,介绍 Linux/Unix 如何工作以及如何使用。 +* Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches(Windows PowerShell实战指南)][20]。如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务,你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 +* 几乎所有 [James Turnbull][21] 写的东西,针对流行的 DevOps 工具,他发表了很好的技术入门读物。 不管是在那些把所有应用都直接部署在物理机上的公司,(现在很多公司仍然有充分的理由这样做)还是在那些把所有应用都做成 serverless 的先驱公司,DevOps 都很可能会持续下去。这部分工作很有趣,产出也很有影响力,而且最重要的是,它搭起桥梁衔接了技术和业务之间的缺口。DevOps 是一个值得期待的美好事物。 @@ -116,30 +107,30 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/getting-devops 作者:[Carlos Nunez][a] 译者:[belitex](https://github.com/belitex) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[pityonline](https://github.com/pityonline) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez -[1]:https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ -[2]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ -[3]:https://twitter.com/easiestnameever -[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL -[5]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo -[6]:https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 -[7]:https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html -[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD -[9]:https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ -[10]:https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ -[11]:https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change -[12]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams -[13]:http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do -[14]:http://theleanstartup.com/ -[15]:https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html -[16]:http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ -[17]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html -[18]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated -[19]:http://www.admin.com/ -[20]:https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition -[21]:https://jamesturnbull.net/ -[22]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez +[1]: https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ +[2]: https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ +[3]: https://twitter.com/easiestnameever +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL +[5]: https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo +[6]: https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 +[7]: https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html +[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD +[9]: https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ +[10]: https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ +[11]: https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change +[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams +[13]: http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do +[14]: http://theleanstartup.com/ +[15]: https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html +[16]: http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ +[17]: https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html +[18]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated +[19]: http://www.admin.com/ +[20]: https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition +[21]: https://jamesturnbull.net/ +[22]: https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ From 7873f4666803dc92997d2df0cd8643fb2e11786c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 08:21:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 290/437] translated --- ...ly And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md | 133 ------------------ ...ly And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md | 126 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 126 insertions(+), 133 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3f65ac7825..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Crontab-UI-720x340.jpg) - -When it comes to schedule tasks in Linux, which utility comes to your mind first? Yeah, you guessed it right. **Cron!** The cron utility helps you to schedule commands/tasks at specific time in Unix-like operating systems. We already published a [**beginners guides to Cron jobs**][1]. I have a few years experience in Linux, so setting up cron jobs is no big deal for me. But, it is not piece of cake for newbies. The noobs may unknowingly do small mistakes while editing plain text crontab and bring down all cron jobs. Just in case, if you think you might mess up with your cron jobs, there is a good alternative way. Say hello to **Crontab UI** , a web-based tool to easily and safely manage cron jobs in Unix-like operating systems. - -You don’t need to manually edit the crontab file to create, delete and manage cron jobs. Everything can be done via a web browser with a couple mouse clicks. Crontab UI allows you to easily create, edit, pause, delete, backup cron jobs, and even import, export and deploy jobs on other machines without much hassle. Error log, mailing and hooks support also possible. It is free, open source and written using NodeJS. - -### Installing Crontab UI - -Installing Crontab UI is just a one-liner command. Make sure you have installed NPM. If you haven’t install npm yet, refer the following link. - -Next, run the following command to install Crontab UI. -``` -$ npm install -g crontab-ui - -``` - -It’s that simple. Let us go ahead and see how to manage cron jobs using Crontab UI. - -### Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux - -To launch Crontab UI, simply run: -``` -$ crontab-ui - -``` - -You will see the following output: -``` -Node version: 10.8.0 -Crontab UI is running at http://127.0.0.1:8000 - -``` - -Now, open your web browser and navigate to ****. Make sure the port no 8000 is allowed in your firewall/router. - -Please note that you can only access Crontab UI web dashboard within the local system itself. - -If you want to run Crontab UI with your system’s IP and custom port (so you can access it from any remote system in the network), use the following command instead: -``` -$ HOST=0.0.0.0 PORT=9000 crontab-ui -Node version: 10.8.0 -Crontab UI is running at http://0.0.0.0:9000 - -``` - -Now, Crontab UI can be accessed from the any system in the nework using URL – **http:// :9000**. - -This is how Crontab UI dashboard looks like. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/crontab-ui-dashboard.png) - -As you can see in the above screenshot, Crontab UI dashbaord is very simply. All options are self-explanatory. - -To exit Crontab UI, press **CTRL+C**. - -**Create, edit, run, stop, delete a cron job** - -To create a new cron job, click on “New” button. Enter your cron job details and click Save. - - 1. Name the cron job. It is optional. - 2. The full command you want to run. - 3. Choose schedule time. You can either choose the quick schedule time, (such as Startup, Hourly, Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Yearly) or set the exact time to run the command. After you choosing the schedule time, the syntax of the cron job will be shown in **Jobs** field. - 4. Choose whether you want to enable error logging for the particular job. - - - -Here is my sample cron job. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/create-new-cron-job.png) - -As you can see, I have setup a cron job to clear pacman cache at every month. - -Similarly, you can create any number of jobs as you want. You will see all cron jobs in the dashboard. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/crontab-ui-dashboard-1.png) - -If you wanted to change any parameter in a cron job, just click on the **Edit** button below the job and modify the parameters as you wish. To run a job immediately, click on the button that says **Run**. To stop a job, click **Stop** button. You can view the log details of any job by clicking on the **Log** button. If the job is no longer required, simply press **Delete** button. - -**Backup cron jobs** - -To backup all cron jobs, press the Backup from main dashboard and choose OK to confirm the backup. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/backup-cron-jobs.png) - -You can use this backup in case you messed with the contents of the crontab file. - -**Import/Export cron jobs to other systems** - -Another notable feature of Crontab UI is you can import, export and deploy cron jobs to other systems. If you have multiple systems on your network that requires the same cron jobs, just press **Export** button and choose the location to save the file. All contents of crontab file will be saved in a file named **crontab.db**. - -Here is the contents of the crontab.db file. -``` -$ cat Downloads/crontab.db -{"name":"Remove Pacman Cache","command":"rm -rf /var/cache/pacman","schedule":"@monthly","stopped":false,"timestamp":"Thu Aug 23 2018 10:34:19 GMT+0000 (Coordinated Universal Time)","logging":"true","mailing":{},"created":1535020459093,"_id":"lcVc1nSdaceqS1ut"} - -``` - -Then you can transfer the entire crontab.db file to some other system and import its to the new system. You don’t need to manually create cron jobs in all systems. Just create them in one system and export and import all of them to every system on the network. - -**Get the contents from or save to existing crontab file** - -There are chances that you might have already created some cron jobs using **crontab** command. If so, you can retrieve contents of the existing crontab file by click on the **“Get from crontab”** button in main dashboard. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/get-from-crontab.png) - -Similarly, you can save the newly created jobs using Crontab UI utility to existing crontab file in your system. To do so, just click **Save to crontab** option in the dashboard. - -See? Managing cron jobs is not that complicated. Any newbie user can easily maintain any number of jobs without much hassle using Crontab UI. Give it a try and let us know what do you think about this tool. I am all ears! - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-easily-and-safely-manage-cron-jobs-in-linux/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/a-beginners-guide-to-cron-jobs/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c556d485c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +在 Linux 中安全轻松地管理 Cron 定时任务 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Crontab-UI-720x340.jpg) + +在 Linux 中遇到计划任务的时候,你首先会想到的大概就是 Cron 定时任务了。Cron 定时任务能帮助你在类 Unix 操作系统中计划性地执行命令或者任务。也可以参考一下我们之前的一篇[《关于 Cron 定时任务的新手指导》][1]。对于有一定 Linux 经验的人来说,设置 Cron 定时任务不是什么难事,但对于新手来说就不一定了,他们在编辑 Crontab 文件的时候不知不觉中犯的一些小错误,也有可能把整个 Cron 定时任务搞挂了。如果你在处理 Cron 定时任务的时候为了以防万一,可以尝试使用 **Crontab UI**,它是一个可以在类 Unix 操作系统上安全轻松管理 Cron 定时任务的页面工具。 + +Crontab UI 是使用 NodeJS 编写的免费开源软件。有了 Crontab UI,你在创建、删除和修改 Cron 定时任务的时候就不需要手工编辑 Crontab 文件了,只需要打开浏览器稍微操作一下,就能完成上面这些工作。你可以用 Crontab UI 轻松创建、编辑、暂停、删除、备份 Cron 定时任务,甚至还可以简单做到导入、导出、部署其它机器上的 Cron 定时任务,它还支持错误日志、邮件发送和钩子。 + + +### 安装 Crontab UI + +只需要一条命令就可以安装好 Crontab UI,但前提是已经安装好 NPM。如果还没有安装 NPM,可以参考[《如何在 Linux 上安装 NodeJS》][2]这篇文章。 + +执行这一条命令来安装 Crontab UI。 +``` +$ npm install -g crontab-ui + +``` + +就是这么简单,下面继续来看看在 Crontab UI 上如何管理 Cron 定时任务。 + +### 在 Linux 上安全轻松管理 Cron 定时任务 + +执行这一条命令启动 Crontab UI: +``` +$ crontab-ui + +``` + +你会看到这样的输出: +``` +Node version: 10.8.0 +Crontab UI is running at http://127.0.0.1:8000 + +``` + +首先在你的防火墙和路由器上放开 8000 端口,然后打开浏览器访问 ****。 + +注意,默认只有在本地才能访问到 Crontab UI 的控制台页面。但如果你想让 Crontab UI 使用系统的 IP 地址和自定义端口,也就是想让其它机器也访问到本地的 Crontab UI,你需要使用以下这个命令: +``` +$ HOST=0.0.0.0 PORT=9000 crontab-ui +Node version: 10.8.0 +Crontab UI is running at http://0.0.0.0:9000 + +``` + +Crontab UI 就能够通过 :9000 这样的 URL 被远程机器访问到了。 + +Crontab UI 的控制台页面长这样: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/crontab-ui-dashboard.png) + +从上面的截图就可以看到,Crontab UI 的界面非常简洁,所有选项的含义都能不言自明。 + +输入 `Ctrl + C` 就可以关闭 Crontab UI。 + +**创建、编辑、运行、停止、删除 Cron 定时任务** + +点击“New”,输入 Cron 定时任务的信息并点击“Save”保存,就可以创建一个新的 Cron 定时任务了。 + + 1. 为 Cron 定时任务命名,这是可选的; + 2. 你想要执行的完整命令; + 3. 设定计划执行的时间。你可以按照启动、每时、每日、每周、每月、每年这些指标快速指定计划任务,也可以明确指定任务执行的具体时间。指定好计划时间后,**Jobs** 区域就会显示 Cron 定时任务的句式。 + 4. 选择是否为某个 Cron 定时任务记录错误日志。 + + + +这是我的一个 Cron 定时任务样例。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/create-new-cron-job.png) + +如你所见,我设置了一个每月清理 `pacman` 缓存的 Cron 定时任务。你也可以设置多个 Cron 定时任务,都能在控制台页面看到。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/crontab-ui-dashboard-1.png) + +如果你需要更改 Cron 定时任务中的某些参数,只需要点击 **Edit** 按钮并按照你的需求更改对应的参数。点击 **Run** 按钮可以立即执行 Cron 定时任务,点击 **Stop** 则可以立即停止 Cron 定时任务。如果想要查看某个 Cron 定时任务的详细日志,可以点击 **Log** 按钮。对于不再需要的 Cron 定时任务,就可以按 **Delete** 按钮删除。 + +**备份 Cron 定时任务** + +点击控制台页面的 **Backup** 按钮并确认,就可以备份所有 Cron 定时任务。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/backup-cron-jobs.png) + +备份之后,一旦 Crontab 文件出现了错误,就可以使用备份来恢复了。 + +**导入/导出其它机器上的 Cron 定时任务** + +Crontab UI 还有一个令人注目的功能,就是导入、导出、部署其它机器上的 Cron 定时任务。如果同一个网络里的多台机器都需要执行同样的 Cron 定时任务,只需要点击 **Export** 按钮并选择文件的保存路径,所有的 Cron 定时任务都会导出到 `crontab.db` 文件中。 + +以下是 `crontab.db` 文件的内容: +``` +$ cat Downloads/crontab.db +{"name":"Remove Pacman Cache","command":"rm -rf /var/cache/pacman","schedule":"@monthly","stopped":false,"timestamp":"Thu Aug 23 2018 10:34:19 GMT+0000 (Coordinated Universal Time)","logging":"true","mailing":{},"created":1535020459093,"_id":"lcVc1nSdaceqS1ut"} + +``` + +导出成文件以后,你就可以把这个 `crontab.db` 文件放置到其它机器上并导入成 Cron 定时任务,而不需要在每一台主机上手动设置 Cron 定时任务。总之,在一台机器上设置完,导出,再导入到其他机器,就完事了。 + +**在 Crontab 文件获取/保存 Cron 定时任务** + +你可能在使用 Crontab UI 之前就已经使用 `crontab` 命令创建过 Cron 定时任务。如果是这样,你可以点击控制台页面上的 **Get from crontab** 按钮来获取已有的 Cron 定时任务。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/get-from-crontab.png) + +同样地,你也可以使用 Crontab UI 来将新的 Cron 定时任务保存到 Crontab 文件中,只需要点击 **Save to crontab** 按钮就可以了。 + +管理 Cron 定时任务并没有想象中那么难,即使是新手使用 Crontab UI 也能轻松管理 Cron 定时任务。赶快开始尝试并发表一下你的看法吧。 + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-easily-and-safely-manage-cron-jobs-in-linux/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/a-beginners-guide-to-cron-jobs/ +[2]:https://www.ostechnix.com/install-node-js-linux/ + From 84b78f07ef67243ad46548fc1491e384c20ec274 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pityonline Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 23:47:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 291/437] =?UTF-8?q?PRF:=20#10300=20=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=A0=A1=E5=AF=B9?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 52 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 26 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md index bd9172b468..6efd6976d5 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ DevOps 实践指南 了解历史是搞清楚未来的关键,DevOps 也不例外。想搞清楚 DevOps 运动的普及和流行,去了解一下上世纪 90 年代后期和 21 世纪前十年 IT 的情况会有帮助。这是我的经验。 -我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话(或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW),并下一个价值数十万美元的订单,包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件,所有这些都要运到在线或离线的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的,但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还忠于使用他们的物理机运行应用。 +我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话(或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW),并下一个价值数十万美元的订单,包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件,所有这些都要运到生产或线下的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的,但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还忠于使用他们的物理机运行应用。 -在我们技术部门,有一个专门做数据中心工程和操作的完整团队,他们的工作包括价格谈判,让荒唐的租赁月费能够下降一点点,还包括保证我们的系统能够正常冷却(如果设备太多,这个事情的难度会呈指数增长)。如果这个团队足够幸运足够有钱,境外数据中心的工作人员对我们所有的服务器型号又都有足够的了解,就能避免在盘后交易中不小心扯错东西。那时候亚马逊 AWS 和 Rackspace 逐渐开始加速扩张,但还远远没到临界规模。 +在我们技术部门,有一个专门做数据中心工程和运营的团队,他们的工作包括价格谈判,让荒唐的月租能够降一点点,还包括保证我们的系统能够正常冷却(如果设备太多,这个事情的难度会呈指数增长)。如果这个团队足够幸运足够有钱,境外数据中心的工作人员对我们所有的服务器型号又都有足够的了解,就能避免在盘后交易中不小心搞错东西。那时候亚马逊 AWS 和 Rackspace 逐渐开始加速扩张,但还远远没到临界规模。 -当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁,监控和报警,还要定义基础镜像gold image的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的,很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书runbook来描述要做的事情,并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里,这样做很重要,因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的,而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 +当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁,监控和报警,还要定义基础镜像gold image的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的,很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书runbook来描述要做的事情,并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里,这样做很重要,因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的,而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 (这是我职业生涯前三年的世界。我那时候的梦想是成为制定金本位制的人!) @@ -23,28 +23,28 @@ DevOps 实践指南 * 开发人员按照技术和功能需求来编写代码,这些需求来自于业务分析人员的会议,但是会议并没有邀请开发人员参加。 * 开发人员可以选择为他们的代码编写单元测试,以确保在代码里没有任何明显的疯狂行为,比如除以 0 但不抛出异常。 -* 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为“Ready for QA”(准备好了接受测试),质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中,这个环境和生产环境可能相似,也可能不相似,甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 -* 故障会在几天或者几个星期内反馈到开发人员那里,这个时长取决于其他业务活动和优先事项。 +* 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为“Ready for QA”(准备好了接受测试),质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中,这个环境和生产环境可能相似,也可能不,甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 +* 故障会在几天或者几个星期内反馈到开发人员那里,这个时长取决于其它业务活动和优先事项。 -虽然系统管理员和开发人员经常有不一致的意见,但是对“变更管理”的痛恨却是一致的。变更管理由高度规范的(就我当时的雇主而言)和非常有必要的规则和程序组成,用来管理一家公司应该什么时候做技术变更,以及如何做。很多公司都按照 [ITIL][4] 来操作,简单的说,ITIL 问了很多和事情发生的原因、时间、地点和方式相关的问题,而且提供了一个过程,对产生最终答案的决定做审计跟踪。 +虽然系统管理员和开发人员经常有不一致的意见,但是对“变更管理”却一致痛恨。变更管理由高度规范的(就我当时的雇主而言)和非常必要的规则和程序组成,用来管理一家公司应该什么时候做技术变更,以及如何做。很多公司都按照 [ITIL][4] 来操作,简单的说,ITIL 问了很多和事情发生的原因、时间、地点和方式相关的问题,而且提供了一个过程,对产生最终答案的决定做审计跟踪。 你可能从我的简短历史课上了解到,当时 IT 的很多很多事情都是手工完成的。这导致了很多错误。错误又导致了很多财产损失。变更管理的工作就是尽量减少这些损失,它常常以这样的形式出现:不管变更的影响和规模大小,每两周才能发布部署一次。周五下午 4 点到周一早上 5 点 59 分这段时间,需要排队等候发布窗口。(讽刺的是,这种流程导致了更多错误,通常还是更严重的那种错误) ### DevOps 不是专家团 -你可能在想 “Carlos 你在讲啥啊,什么时候才能说到 Ansible playbooks?”,我热爱 Ansible,但是请再等一会;下面这些很重要。 +你可能在想 “Carlos 你在讲啥啊,什么时候才能说到 Ansible playbooks?”,我喜欢 Ansible,但是请稍等 —— 下面这些很重要。 -你有没有过被分配到过需要跟 DevOps 小组打交道的项目?你有没有依赖过“配置管理”或者“持续集成/持续交付”小组来保证业务流水线设置正确?你有没有在代码开发完的数周之后才参加发布部署的会议? +你有没有过被分配到需要跟 DevOps 小组打交道的项目?你有没有依赖过“配置管理”或者“持续集成/持续交付”小组来保证业务流水线设置正确?你有没有在代码开发完的数周之后才参加发布部署的会议? 如果有过,那么你就是在重温历史,这个历史是由上面所有这些导致的。 -出于本能,我们喜欢和像自己的人一起工作,这会导致[筒仓][5]的行成。很自然,这种人类特质也会在工作场所表现出来是不足为奇的。我甚至在一个 250 人的创业公司里见到过这样的现象,当时我在那里工作。刚开始的时候,开发人员都在聚在一起工作,彼此深度协作。随着代码变得复杂,开发相同功能的人自然就坐到了一起,解决他们自己的复杂问题。然后按功能划分的小组很快就正式形成了。 +出于本能,我们喜欢和像自己的人一起工作,这会导致[壁垒][5]的形成。很自然,这种人类特质也会在工作场所表现出来是不足为奇的。我甚至在曾经工作过的一个 250 人的创业公司里见到过这样的现象。刚开始的时候,开发人员都在聚在一起工作,彼此深度协作。随着代码变得复杂,开发相同功能的人自然就坐到了一起,解决他们自己的复杂问题。然后按功能划分的小组很快就正式形成了。 -在我工作过的很多公司里,系统管理员和开发人员不仅像这样形成了天然的筒仓,而且彼此还有激烈的对抗。开发人员的环境出问题了或者他们的权限太小了,就会对系统管理员很恼火。系统管理员怪开发者无时不刻的不在用各种方式破坏他们的环境,怪开发人员申请的计算资源严重超过他们的需要。双方都不理解对方,更糟糕的是,双方都不愿意去理解对方。 +在我工作过的很多公司里,系统管理员和开发人员不仅像这样形成了天然的壁垒,而且彼此还有激烈的对抗。开发人员的环境出问题了或者他们的权限太小了,就会对系统管理员很恼火。系统管理员怪开发人员无时无刻地在用各种方式破坏他们的环境,怪开发人员申请的计算资源严重超过他们的需要。双方都不理解对方,更糟糕的是,双方都不愿意去理解对方。 -大部分开发人员对操作系统,内核或计算机硬件都不感兴趣。同样的,大部分系统管理员,即使是 Linux 的系统管理员,也都不愿意学习编写代码,他们在大学期间学过一些 C 语言,然后就痛恨它,并且永远都不想再碰 IDE。所以,开发人员把运行环境的问题甩给围墙外的系统管理员,系统管理员把这些问题和甩过来的其他上百个问题放在一起,做一个优先级安排。每个人都很忙,心怀怨恨的等待着。DevOps 的目的就是解决这种矛盾。 +大部分开发人员对操作系统,内核或计算机硬件都不感兴趣。同样,大部分系统管理员,即使是 Linux 的系统管理员,也都不愿意学习编写代码,他们在大学期间学过一些 C 语言,然后就痛恨它,并且永远都不想再碰 IDE。所以,开发人员把运行环境的问题甩给围墙外的系统管理员,系统管理员把这些问题和甩过来的其它上百个问题放在一起安排优先级。每个人都忙于怨恨对方。DevOps 的目的就是解决这种矛盾。 -DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevOps 是一种思考方式。根据这个运动来看,在理想的世界里,开发人员、系统管理员和业务相关人将作为一个团队工作。虽然他们可能不完全了解彼此的世界,可能没有足够的知识去了解彼此的积压任务,但他们在大多数情况下能有一致的看法。 +DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 JIRA 系统的一个用户组。DevOps 是一种思考方式。根据这个运动来看,在理想的世界里,开发人员、系统管理员和业务相关人将作为一个团队工作。虽然他们可能不完全了解彼此的世界,可能没有足够的知识去了解彼此的积压任务,但他们在大多数情况下能有一致的看法。 把所有基础设施和业务逻辑都代码化,再串到一个发布部署流水线里,就像是运行在这之上的应用一样。这个理念的基础就是 DevOps。因为大家都理解彼此,所以人人都是赢家。聊天机器人和易用的监控工具、可视化工具的兴起,背后的基础也是 DevOps。 @@ -52,30 +52,30 @@ DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevO ### 要实践 DevOps 我需要知道些什么 -我经常被问到这个问题,它的答案,和同属于开放式的其他大部分问题一样:视情况而定。 +我经常被问到这个问题,它的答案和同属于开放式的其它大部分问题一样:视情况而定。 -现在“DevOps 工程师”在不同的公司有不同的含义。在软件开发人员比较多但是很少有人懂基础设施的小公司,他们很可能是在找有更多系统管理经验的人。而其他公司,通常是大公司或老公司或又大又老的公司,已经有一个稳固的系统管理团队了,他们在向类似于谷歌 [SRE][7] 的方向做优化,也就是“设计操作功能的软件工程师”。但是,这并不是金科玉律,就像其他技术类工作一样,这个决定很大程度上取决于他的招聘经理。 +现在“DevOps 工程师”在不同的公司有不同的含义。在软件开发人员比较多但是很少有人懂基础设施的小公司,他们很可能是在找有更多系统管理经验的人。而其他公司,通常是大公司或老公司,已经有一个稳固的系统管理团队了,他们在向类似于谷歌 [SRE][7] 的方向做优化,也就是“设计操作功能的软件工程师”。但是,这并不是金科玉律,就像其它技术类工作一样,这个决定很大程度上取决于他的招聘经理。 也就是说,我们一般是在找对深入学习以下内容感兴趣的工程师: -* 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云上的平台(通常是在 AWS 上,不过微软的 Azure,谷歌的 Cloud Platform,还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商,也都很流行) -* 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具,比如 Jenkins,Gocd,还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI,来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线,和发布部署策略。 -* 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具,比如 Kibana,Grafana,Splunk,Loggly 或者 Logstash,来监控,记录,并在变化的时候报警,还有 -* 如何使用配置管理工具,例如 Chef,Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”,以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 +* 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云平台(通常是在 AWS 上,不过微软的 Azure,Google Cloud Platform,还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商,也都很流行)。 +* 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具,比如 Jenkins,GoCD,还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI,来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线和发布部署策略。 +* 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具,比如 Kibana,Grafana,Splunk,Loggly 或者 Logstash 来监控,记录,并在变化的时候报警。 +* 如何使用配置管理工具,例如 Chef,Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”,以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 容器也变得越来越受欢迎。尽管有人对大规模使用 Docker 的现状[表示不满][9],但容器正迅速地成为一种很好的方式来实现在更少的操作系统上运行超高密度的服务和应用,同时提高它们的可靠性。(像 Kubernetes 或者 Mesos 这样的容器编排工具,能在宿主机故障的时候,几秒钟之内重新启动新的容器。)考虑到这些,掌握 Docker 或者 rkt 以及容器编排平台的知识会对你大有帮助。 -如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员,你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言,因为他们是可移植的(也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行),快速的,而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具(Ansible 是使用 Python 写的,Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的)以及云平台的 API 客户端(亚马逊 AWS,微软 Azure,谷歌 Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本)。 +如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员,你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言,因为它们是可移植的(也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行),快速的,而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具(Ansible 是使用 Python 写的,Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的)以及云平台的 API 客户端(亚马逊 AWS,微软 Azure,Google Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本)。 -如果你是开发人员,也希望做 DevOps 的实践,我强烈建议你去学习 Unix,Windows 操作系统以及网络基础知识。虽然云计算把很多系统管理的难题抽象化了,但是对慢应用的性能做 debug 的时候,你知道操作系统如何工作的就会有很大的帮助。下文包含了一些这个主题的图书。 +如果你是开发人员,也希望做 DevOps 的实践,我强烈建议你去学习 Unix,Windows 操作系统以及网络基础知识。虽然云计算把很多系统管理的难题抽象化了,但是对应用的性能做 debug 的时候,如果你知道操作系统如何工作的就会有很大的帮助。下文包含了一些这个主题的图书。 -如果你觉得这些东西听起来内容太多,大家都是这么想的。幸运的是,有很多小项目可以让你开始探索。其中一个启动项目是 Gary Stafford 的[选举服务](https://github.com/garystafford/voter-service),一个基于 Java 的简单投票平台。我们要求面试候选人通过一个流水线将该服务从 GitHub 部署到生产环境基础设施上。你可以把这个服务与 Rob Mile 写的了不起的 DevOps [入门教程](https://github.com/maxamg/cd-office-hours)结合起来,学习如何编写流水线。 +如果你觉得这些东西听起来内容太多,没关系,大家都是这么想的。幸运的是,有很多小项目可以让你开始探索。其中一个项目是 Gary Stafford 的[选举服务](https://github.com/garystafford/voter-service),一个基于 Java 的简单投票平台。我们要求面试候选人通过一个流水线将该服务从 GitHub 部署到生产环境基础设施上。你可以把这个服务与 Rob Mile 写的了不起的 DevOps [入门教程](https://github.com/maxamg/cd-office-hours)结合起来学习。 还有一个熟悉这些工具的好方法,找一个流行的服务,然后只使用 AWS 和配置管理工具来搭建这个服务所需要的基础设施。第一次先手动搭建,了解清楚要做的事情,然后只用 CloudFormation(或者 Terraform)和 Ansible 重写刚才的手动操作。令人惊讶的是,这就是我们基础设施开发人员为客户所做的大部分日常工作,我们的客户认为这样的工作非常有意义! ### 需要读的书 -如果你在找 DevOps 的其他资源,下面这些理论和技术书籍值得一读。 +如果你在找 DevOps 的其它资源,下面这些理论和技术书籍值得一读。 #### 理论书籍 @@ -84,17 +84,17 @@ DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevO * Tom DeMarco 和 Tim Lister 合著的 [Peopleware(人件)][12]。管理工程师团队的经典图书,有一点过时,但仍然很有价值。 * Tom Limoncelli 写的 [Time Management for System Administrators(时间管理:给系统管理员)][13]。这本书主要面向系统管理员,它对很多大型组织内的系统管理员生活做了深入的展示。如果你想了解更多系统管理员和开发人员之间的冲突,这本书可能解释了更多。 * Eric Ries 写的 [The Lean Startup(精益创业)][14]。描述了 Eric 自己的 3D 虚拟形象公司,IMVU,发现了如何精益工作,快速失败和更快盈利。 -* Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的[Lean Enterprise(精益企业)][15]。这本书是对精益创业做的改编,以更适应企业,两本书都很棒,都很好的解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 +* Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的 [Lean Enterprise(精益企业)][15]。这本书是对精益创业做的改编,以更适应企业,两本书都很棒,都很好地解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 * Kief Morris 写的 [Infrastructure As Code(基础设施即代码)][16]。关于“基础设施即代码”的非常好的入门读物!很好的解释了为什么所有公司都有必要采纳这种做法。 -* Betsy Beyer、Chris Jones、Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 [Site Reliability Engineering(站点可靠性工程师)][17]。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书,也因为是“DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps”被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有趣的看法。 +* Betsy Beyer、Chris Jones、Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 [Site Reliability Engineering(站点可靠性工程师)][17]。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书,也因为是“DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps”被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有意思的看法。 #### 技术书籍 如果你想找的是让你直接跟代码打交道的书,看这里就对了。 -* W. Richard Stevens 的 [TCP/IP Illustrated(TCP/IP 详解)][18]。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解基本网络协议的巨著,重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1,2, 3,4 层网络,而且对深入学习他们感兴趣,那么你需要这本书。 +* W. Richard Stevens 的 [TCP/IP Illustrated(TCP/IP 详解)][18]。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解网络协议基础的巨著,重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1,2,3,4 层网络,而且对深入学习它们感兴趣,那么你需要这本书。 * Evi Nemeth、Trent Hein 和 Ben Whaley 合著的 [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook(UNIX/Linux 系统管理员手册)][19]。一本很好的入门书,介绍 Linux/Unix 如何工作以及如何使用。 -* Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches(Windows PowerShell实战指南)][20]。如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务,你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 +* Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches(Windows PowerShell 实战指南)][20]。如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务,你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 * 几乎所有 [James Turnbull][21] 写的东西,针对流行的 DevOps 工具,他发表了很好的技术入门读物。 不管是在那些把所有应用都直接部署在物理机上的公司,(现在很多公司仍然有充分的理由这样做)还是在那些把所有应用都做成 serverless 的先驱公司,DevOps 都很可能会持续下去。这部分工作很有趣,产出也很有影响力,而且最重要的是,它搭起桥梁衔接了技术和业务之间的缺口。DevOps 是一个值得期待的美好事物。 From 8c297314426f11aa7411a099bc9adbf385ee8bd9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 12:16:46 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 292/437] PRF:20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @jamelouis 翻译完再润色一下更好 --- ...ith openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 45 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md index 833180811a..0d5d00ca74 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @@ -1,52 +1,53 @@ -openmediavault入门:一个家庭NAS解决方案 +openmediavault 入门:一个家庭 NAS 解决方案 ====== -这个网络附加文件服务提供了一序列功能,并且易于安装和配置。 + +> 这个网络附属文件服务提供了一系列可靠的功能,并且易于安装和配置。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-cloud.png?itok=vz0PIDDS) -面对许多可供选择的云存储方案,一些人可能会质疑一个家庭网络附加存储服务的价值。毕竟,当所有你的文件存储在云上,你不需要为你自己云服务的维护,更新,和安全担忧。 +面对许多可供选择的云存储方案,一些人可能会质疑一个家庭 NAS(网络附属存储network-attached storage)服务器的价值。毕竟,当所有你的文件存储在云上,你就不需要为你自己云服务的维护、更新和安全担忧。 -但是,这不完全对,是不是?你有一个家庭网络,所以你不得不负责维护网络的健康和安全。假定你已经维护一个家庭网络,那么[一个家庭NAS][1]并不会增加额外负担。反而你能从少量的工作中得到许多的好处。 +但是,这不完全对,是不是?你有一个家庭网络,所以你已经要负责维护网络的健康和安全。假定你已经维护一个家庭网络,那么[一个家庭 NAS][1]并不会增加额外负担。反而你能从少量的工作中得到许多的好处。 -你可以为你家里所有的计算机备份(你也可以备份离线网站).构架一个存储电影,音乐和照片的媒体服务器,无需担心网络连接是否连接。在家里的多台计算机处理大型文件,不需要等待从网络其他随机的计算机传输这些文件过来。另外,可以让NAS与其他服务一起进行双重任务,如托管本地邮件或者家庭Wiki。也许最重要的是,构架家庭NAS,数据完全是你的,始终在控制下和随时可访问的。 +你可以为你家里所有的计算机进行备份(你也可以备份到其它地方)。构架一个存储电影、音乐和照片的媒体服务器,无需担心互联网连接是否连通。在家里的多台计算机上处理大型文件,不需要等待从互联网某个其它计算机传输这些文件过来。另外,可以让 NAS 与其他服务配合工作,如托管本地邮件或者家庭 Wiki。也许最重要的是,构架家庭 NAS,数据完全是你的,它始终处于在控制下,随时可访问。 -接下来的问题是如何选择NAS方案。当然,你可以购买预先建立的解决方案,并在某一天打电话购买,但是这会有什么乐趣呢?实际上,尽管拥有一个能处理一切的设备很棒,但最好还是有一个可以修复和升级的钻机。这是一个我近期发现的解决方案。我选择安装和配置[openmediavault][2]。 +接下来的问题是如何选择 NAS 方案。当然,你可以购买预先搭建好的商品,并在一天内搞定,但是这会有什么乐趣呢?实际上,尽管拥有一个能为你搞定一切的设备很棒,但是有一个可以修复和升级的钻机平台更棒。这就我近期的需求,我选择安装和配置 [openmediavault][2]。 -### 为什么选择openmediavault? +### 为什么选择 openmediavault? -市面上有不少开源的NAS解决方案,其中有些无可争议的比openmediavault流行。当我询问周遭,例如,[freeNAS][3]最常被推荐给我。那么为什么我不采纳他们的建议呢?毕竟,它被大范围的使用,包含很多的功能,并且提供许多支持选项,[基于FreeNAS官网的一份对比数据][4]。当然这些全部是对的。但是openmediavault也不差。它是基于FreeNAS早期版本,虽然它在下载和功能方面的数量较低,但是对于我的需求而言,它已经相当足够了。 +市面上有不少开源的 NAS 解决方案,其中有些肯定比 openmediavault 流行。当我询问周遭,例如 [freeNAS][3] 这样的最常被推荐给我。那么为什么我不采纳他们的建议呢?毕竟,用它的人更多。[基于 FreeNAS 官网的一份对比数据][4],它包含了很多的功能,并且提供许多支持选项。这当然都对。但是 openmediavault 也不差。它实际上是基于 FreeNAS 早期版本的,虽然它在下载量和功能方面较少,但是对于我的需求而言,它已经相当足够了。 -另外一个因素是它让我感到很舒适。openmediavault的底层操作系统是[Debian][5],然而FreeNAS是[FreeBSD][6]。由于我个人对FressBSD不是很熟悉,因此如果我的NAS出现故障,必定会很难在FreeBSD上修复故障。同样的,也会让我觉得很难微调配置或添加服务到机器上。当然,我可以学习FreeBSD和更熟悉它,但是我已经在家里构架了这个NAS;我发现,如果限制给定自己完成构建NAS的“学习机会”的数量,构建NAS往往会更成功。 +另外一个因素是它让我感到很舒适。openmediavault 的底层操作系统是 [Debian][5],然而 FreeNAS 是 [FreeBSD][6]。由于我个人对 FreeBSD 不是很熟悉,因此如果我的 NAS 出现故障,必定难于在 FreeBSD 上修复故障。同样的,也会让我觉得难于优化或添加一些服务到这个机器上。当然,我可以学习 FreeBSD 以更熟悉它,但是我已经在家里构架了这个 NAS;我发现,如果完成它只需要较少的“学习机会”,那么构建 NAS 往往会更成功。 -当然,每个情况都不同,所以你要自己调研,然后作出最适合自己方案的决定。FreeNAS对于许多人似乎都是不错的解决方案。Openmediavault正是适合我的解决方案。 +当然,每个人情况都不同,所以你要自己调研,然后作出最适合自己方案的决定。FreeNAS 对于许多人似乎都是不错的解决方案。openmediavault 正是适合我的解决方案。 ### 安装与配置 -在[openmediavault文档]里详细记录了安装步骤,所以我不在这里重述了。如果你曾经安装过任何一个linux版本,大部分安装步骤都是很类似的(虽然在相对丑陋的[Ucurses][9]界面,不像你可能在现代版本的相对美观的安装界面)。我通过使用[专用驱动器][9]指令来安装它。然而,这些指令不但很好,而且相当精炼的。当你搞定这些指令,你安装了一个基本的系统,但是你还需要做很多才能真正构建好NAS来存储任何文件。例如,专用驱动器指令在硬盘驱动上安装openmediavault,但那是操作系统的驱动,而不是和网络上其他计算机共享空间的那个驱动。你需要自己把这些建立起来并且配置好。 +在 [openmediavault 文档][7]里详细记录了安装步骤,所以我不在这里重述了。如果你曾经安装过任何一个 Linux 发行版,大部分安装步骤都是很类似的(虽然是在相对丑陋的 [Ncurses][8] 界面,而不像你或许在现代发行版里见到的)。我按照 [专用的驱动器][9] 的说明来安装它。这些说明不但很好,而且相当精炼的。当你搞定这些步骤,就安装好了一个基本的系统,但是你还需要做更多才能真正构建好 NAS 来存储各种文件。例如,专用驱动器方式需要在硬盘驱动器上安装 openmediavault,但那是指你的操作系统的驱动器,而不是和网络上其他计算机共享的驱动器。你需要自己把这些建立起来并且配置好。 -你要做的第一件事是加载用来管理的网页界面和修改默认密码。这个密码和之前你安装过程设置的根密码是不同的。这是网页洁面的管理员账号,和默认的账户和密码分别是 `admin` 和 `openmediavault`,当你登入后自然而然地会修改这些配置属性。 +你要做的第一件事是加载用来管理的网页界面,并修改默认密码。这个密码和之前你安装过程设置的 root 密码是不同的。这是网页界面的管理员账号,默认的账户和密码分别是 `admin` 和 `openmediavault`,当你登入后要马上修改。 -#### 设置你的驱动 +#### 设置你的驱动器 -一旦你安装好openmediavault,你需要它为你做一些工作。逻辑上的第一个步骤是设置好你即将用来作为存储的驱动。在这里,我假定你已经物理上安装好它们了,所以接下来你要做的就是让openmediavault识别和配置它们。第一步是确保这些磁盘是可见的。侧边栏菜单有很多选项,而且被精心的归类了。选择**存储 - > 磁盘**。一旦你点击该菜单,你应该能够看到所有你已经安装到该服务器的驱动,包括那个你已经用来安装openmediavault的驱动。如果你没有在那里看到所有驱动,点击扫描按钮去看它能够接载它们。通常,这不会是一个问题。 +一旦你安装好 openmediavault,你需要它为你做一些工作。逻辑上的第一个步骤是设置好你即将用来作为存储的驱动器。在这里,我假定你已经物理上安装好它们了,所以接下来你要做的就是让 openmediavault 识别和配置它们。第一步是确保这些磁盘是可见的。侧边栏菜单有很多选项,而且被精心的归类了。选择“Storage -> Disks”。一旦你点击该菜单,你应该能够看到所有你已经安装到该服务器的驱动,包括那个你已经用来安装 openmediavault 的驱动器。如果你没有在那里看到所有驱动器,点击“Scan”按钮去看是否能够挂载它们。通常,这不会是一个问题。 -当你的文件共享时,你可以独立的挂载和设置这些驱动,但是对于一个文件服务器,你将想要一些冗余驱动。你想要能够把很多驱动当作一个单一卷和能够在某一个驱动出现故障或者空间不足下安装新驱动的情况下恢复你的数据。这意味你将需要一个[RAID][10]。你想要的什么特定类型的RAID的主题是一个深深的兔子洞,是一个值得另写一片文章专门来讲述它(而且已经有很多关于该主题的文章了),但是简而言之是你将需要不仅仅一个驱动和最好的情况下,你的所有驱动都存储一样数量的数据。 +你可以独立的挂载和设置这些驱动器用于文件共享,但是对于一个文件服务器,你会想要一些冗余。你想要能够把很多驱动器当作一个单一卷,并能够在某一个驱动器出现故障时恢复你的数据,或者空间不足时安装新驱动器。这意味你将需要一个 [RAID][10]。你想要的什么特定类型的 RAID 的这个主题是一个大坑,值得另写一篇文章专门来讲述它(而且已经有很多关于该主题的文章了),但是简而言之是你将需要不止一个驱动器,最好的情况下,你所有的驱动都存储一样的容量。 -openmedia支持所有标准的RAID级别,所以多了解RAID对你很有好处的。可以在**存储 - > RAID管理**配置你的RAID。配置是相当简单:点击创建按钮,在你的RAID阵列里选择你想要的磁盘和你想要使用的RAID级别,和给这个阵列一个名字。openmediavault为你处理剩下的工作。没有混乱的命令行,试图记住‘mdadm'命令的一些标志参数。在我特别的例子,我有六个2TB驱动,并被设置为RAID 10. +openmediavault 支持所有标准的 RAID 级别,所以这里很简单。可以在“Storage -> RAID Management”里配置你的 RAID。配置是相当简单的:点击“Create”按钮,在你的 RAID 阵列里选择你想要的磁盘和你想要使用的 RAID 级别,并给这个阵列一个名字。openmediavault 为你处理剩下的工作。这里没有复杂的命令行,也不需要试图记住 `mdadm` 命令的一些选项参数。在我的例子,我有六个 2TB 驱动器,设置成了 RAID 10。 -当你的RAID构建好了,基本上你已经有一个地方可以存储东西了。你仅仅需要设置一个文件系统。正如你的桌面系统,一个硬盘驱动在没有格式化情况下是没什么用处的。所以下一个你要去的地方的是位于openmediavault控制面板里的 **存储 - > 文件系统**。和配置你的RAID一样,点击创建按钮,然后跟着提示操作。如果你只有一个RAID在你的服务器上,你应该可以看到一个像 `md0`的东西。你也需要选择文件系统的类别。如果你不能确定,选择标准的ext4类型即可。 +当你的 RAID 构建好了,基本上你已经有一个地方可以存储东西了。你仅仅需要设置一个文件系统。正如你的桌面系统,一个硬盘驱动器在没有格式化的情况下是没什么用处的。所以下一个你要去的地方的是位于 openmediavault 控制面板里的“Storage -> File Systems”。和配置你的 RAID 一样,点击“Create”按钮,然后跟着提示操作。如果你在你的服务器上只有一个 RAID ,你应该可以看到一个像 `md0` 的东西。你也需要选择文件系统的类别。如果你不能确定,选择标准的 ext4 类型即可。 #### 定义你的共享 -亲爱的!你有个地方可以存储文件了。现在你只需要让它在你的家庭网络中可见。可以从在openmediavault控制面板上的**服务**部分上配置。当谈到在网络上设置文件共享,有两个主要的选择:NFS或者SMB/CIFS. 根据以往经验,如果你网络上的所有计算机都是Linux系统,那么你使用NFS会更好。然而,当你家庭网络是一个混合环境,是一个包含Linux,Windows,苹果系统和嵌入式设备的组合,那么SMB/CIF可能会是你合适的选择。 +亲爱的!你有个地方可以存储文件了。现在你只需要让它在你的家庭网络中可见。可以从在 openmediavault 控制面板上的“Services”部分上配置。当谈到在网络上设置文件共享,主要有两个选择:NFS 或者 SMB/CIFS. 根据以往经验,如果你网络上的所有计算机都是 Linux 系统,那么你使用 NFS 会更好。然而,当你家庭网络是一个混合环境,是一个包含Linux、Windows、苹果系统和嵌入式设备的组合,那么 SMB/CIFS 可能会是你合适的选择。 -这些选项不是互斥的。实际上,你可以在服务器上运行这些服务和同时拥有这些服务的好处。或者你可以混合起来,如果你有一个特定的设备做特定的任务。不管你的使用场景是怎样,配置这些服务是相当简单。点击你想要的服务,从它配置中激活它,和在网络中设定你想要的共享文件夹为可见。在基于SMB/CIFS共享的情况下,相对于NFS多了一些可用的配置,但是一般用默认配置就挺好的,接着可以在默认基础上修改配置。最酷的事情是它很容易配置,同时也很容易在需要的时候修改配置。 +这些选项不是互斥的。实际上,你可以在服务器上运行这两个服务,同时拥有这些服务的好处。或者你可以混合起来,如果你有一个特定的设备做特定的任务。不管你的使用场景是怎样,配置这些服务是相当简单。点击你想要的服务,从它配置中激活它,和在网络中设定你想要的共享文件夹为可见。在基于 SMB/CIFS 共享的情况下,相对于 NFS 多了一些可用的配置,但是一般用默认配置就挺好的,接着可以在默认基础上修改配置。最酷的事情是它很容易配置,同时也很容易在需要的时候修改配置。 #### 用户配置 -基本上已将完成了。你已经在RAID配置你的驱动。你已经用一种文件系统格式化了RAID。和你已经在格式化的RAID上设定了共享文件夹。剩下来的一件事情是配置那些人可以访问这些共享和可以访问多少。这个可以在 **访问权限管理** 配置区设置。使用 **用户** 和 **群组** 选项来设定可以连接到你共享文件加的用户和设定这些共享文件的访问权限。 +基本上已将完成了。你已经在 RAID 中配置了你的驱动器。你已经用一种文件系统格式化了 RAID,并且你已经在格式化的 RAID 上设定了共享文件夹。剩下来的一件事情是配置那些人可以访问这些共享和可以访问多少。这个可以在“Access Rights Management”配置里设置。使用“User”和“Group”选项来设定可以连接到你共享文件夹的用户,并设定这些共享文件的访问权限。 -一旦你完成用户配置,你几乎准备好了。你需要从不同客户端机器访问你的共享,但是这是另外一个可以单独写个文章的话题了。 +一旦你完成用户配置,就几乎准备好了。你需要从不同客户端机器访问你的共享,但是这是另外一个可以单独写个文章的话题了。 玩得开心! @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/openmediavault 作者:[Jason van Gumster][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[jamelouis](https://github.com/jamelouis) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From ecb0f1341a054b86aee0be0fb7b0763604c4995e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 12:17:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 293/437] PUB: 20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @jamelouis https://linux.cn/article-10071-1.html --- ...17 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/published/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md rename to published/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md From 3530561194139e1a7b201bc319e681d5da8cbc11 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 12:25:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 294/437] PRF:20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md @geekpi --- ...estore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 29 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md index 1b21607ee9..b5a74c0ea9 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md @@ -1,23 +1,21 @@ -备份安装包并在全新安装的 Ubuntu 上恢复它们 +备份安装的包并在全新安装的 Ubuntu 上恢复它们 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/apt-clone-720x340.png) -在多个 Ubuntu 系统上安装同一组软件包是一项耗时且无聊的任务。你不会想花时间在多个系统上反复安装相同的软件包。在类似架构的 Ubuntu 系统上安装软件包时,有许多方法可以使这项任务更容易。你可以方便地通过 [**Aptik**][1] 并点击几次鼠标将以前的 Ubuntu 系统的应用程序、设置和数据迁移到新安装的系统中。或者,你可以使用软件包管理器(例如 APT)获取[**备份的已安装软件包的完整列表**][2],然后在新安装的系统上安装它们。今天,我了解到还有另一个专用工具可以完成这项工作。来看一下 **apt-clone**,这是一个简单的工具,可以让你为 Debian/Ubuntu 系统创建一个已安装的软件包列表,这些软件包可以在新安装的系统或容器上或目录中恢复。 +在多个 Ubuntu 系统上安装同一组软件包是一项耗时且无聊的任务。你不会想花时间在多个系统上反复安装相同的软件包。在类似架构的 Ubuntu 系统上安装软件包时,有许多方法可以使这项任务更容易。你可以方便地通过 [Aptik][1] 并点击几次鼠标将以前的 Ubuntu 系统的应用程序、设置和数据迁移到新安装的系统中。或者,你可以使用软件包管理器(例如 APT)获取[备份的已安装软件包的完整列表][2],然后在新安装的系统上安装它们。今天,我了解到还有另一个专用工具可以完成这项工作。来看一下 `apt-clone`,这是一个简单的工具,可以让你为 Debian/Ubuntu 系统创建一个已安装的软件包列表,这些软件包可以在新安装的系统或容器上或目录中恢复。 -Apt-clone 会帮助你处理你想要的情况, +`apt-clone` 会帮助你处理你想要的情况, - * 在运行类似 Ubuntu(及衍生版)的多个系统上安装一致的应用程序。 -  * 经常在多个系统上安装相同的软件包。 -  * 备份已安装的应用程序的完整列表,并在需要时随时随地恢复它们。 +* 在运行类似 Ubuntu(及衍生版)的多个系统上安装一致的应用程序。 +* 经常在多个系统上安装相同的软件包。 +* 备份已安装的应用程序的完整列表,并在需要时随时随地恢复它们。 - - -在本简要指南中,我们将讨论如何在基于 Debian 的系统上安装和使用 Apt-clone。我在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 上测试了这个程序,但它应该适用于所有基于 Debian 和 Ubuntu 的系统。 +在本简要指南中,我们将讨论如何在基于 Debian 的系统上安装和使用 `apt-clone`。我在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 上测试了这个程序,但它应该适用于所有基于 Debian 和 Ubuntu 的系统。 ### 备份已安装的软件包并在新安装的 Ubuntu 上恢复它们 -Apt-clone 在默认仓库中有。要安装它,只需在终端输入以下命令: +`apt-clone` 在默认仓库中有。要安装它,只需在终端输入以下命令: ``` $ sudo apt install apt-clone @@ -27,11 +25,10 @@ $ sudo apt install apt-clone ``` $ mkdir ~/mypackages - $ sudo apt-clone clone ~/mypackages ``` -上面的命令将我的 Ubuntu 中所有已安装的软件包保存在 **~/mypackages** 目录下名为 **apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz** 的文件中。 +上面的命令将我的 Ubuntu 中所有已安装的软件包保存在 `~/mypackages` 目录下名为 `apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz` 的文件中。 要查看备份文件的详细信息,请运行: @@ -53,7 +50,7 @@ Date: Sat Sep 15 10:23:05 2018 $ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz ``` -请注意,此命令将覆盖你现有的 **/etc/apt/sources.list** 并将安装/删除软件包。警告过你了!此外,只需确保目标系统是相同的架构和操作系统。例如,如果源系统是 18.04 LTS 64位,那么目标系统必须也是相同的。 +请注意,此命令将覆盖你现有的 `/etc/apt/sources.list` 并将安装/删除软件包。警告过你了!此外,只需确保目标系统是相同的 CPU 架构和操作系统。例如,如果源系统是 18.04 LTS 64 位,那么目标系统必须也是相同的。 如果你不想在系统上恢复软件包,可以使用 `--destination /some/location` 选项将克隆复制到这个文件夹中。 @@ -61,7 +58,7 @@ $ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz $ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz --destination ~/oldubuntu ``` -在此例中,上面的命令将软件包恢复到 **~/oldubuntu** 中。 +在此例中,上面的命令将软件包恢复到 `~/oldubuntu` 中。 有关详细信息,请参阅帮助部分: @@ -75,7 +72,7 @@ $ apt-clone -h $ man apt-clone ``` -**建议阅读:** +建议阅读: + [Systemback - 将 Ubuntu 桌面版和服务器版恢复到以前的状态][3] + [Cronopete - Linux 下的苹果时间机器][4] @@ -94,7 +91,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/backup-installed-packages-and-restore-them-on-fre 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 65057bb7212a52f394a220cdff2221e30e42ed0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 12:25:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 295/437] PUB:20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10072-1.html --- ...alled Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/published/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md rename to published/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md From 815d5423eddf0ed0969ede9f2cf26718c51fd6d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 12:38:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 296/437] PRF:20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md @HankChow --- ...Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md | 53 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md index ed3402e0fa..a77ee1ad62 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ 如何在 Linux 中查看进程占用的端口号 ====== + 对于 Linux 系统管理员来说,清楚某个服务是否正确地绑定或监听某个端口,是至关重要的。如果你需要处理端口相关的问题,这篇文章可能会对你有用。 端口是 Linux 系统上特定进程之间逻辑连接的标识,包括物理端口和软件端口。由于 Linux 操作系统是一个软件,因此本文只讨论软件端口。软件端口始终与主机的 IP 地址和相关的通信协议相关联,因此端口常用于区分应用程序。大部分涉及到网络的服务都必须打开一个套接字来监听传入的网络请求,而每个服务都使用一个独立的套接字。 **推荐阅读:** -**(#)** [在 Linux 上查看进程 ID 的 4 种方法][1] -**(#)** [在 Linux 上终止进程的 3 种方法][2] -套接字是和 IP 地址,软件端口和协议结合起来使用的,而端口号对传输控制协议(Transmission Control Protocol, TCP)和 用户数据报协议(User Datagram Protocol, UDP)协议都适用,TCP 和 UDP 都可以使用0到65535之间的端口号进行通信。 +- [在 Linux 上查看进程 ID 的 4 种方法][1] +- [在 Linux 上终止进程的 3 种方法][2] + +套接字是和 IP 地址、软件端口和协议结合起来使用的,而端口号对传输控制协议(TCP)和用户数据报协议(UDP)协议都适用,TCP 和 UDP 都可以使用 0 到 65535 之间的端口号进行通信。 以下是端口分配类别: - * `0-1023:` 常用端口和系统端口 - * `1024-49151:` 软件的注册端口 - * `49152-65535:` 动态端口或私有端口 - - + * 0 - 1023: 常用端口和系统端口 + * 1024 - 49151: 软件的注册端口 + * 49152 - 65535: 动态端口或私有端口 在 Linux 上的 `/etc/services` 文件可以查看到更多关于保留端口的信息。 @@ -74,29 +74,25 @@ telnet 23/udp # 24 - private mail system lmtp 24/tcp # LMTP Mail Delivery lmtp 24/udp # LMTP Mail Delivery - ``` 可以使用以下六种方法查看端口信息。 - * `ss:` ss 可以用于转储套接字统计信息。 - * `netstat:` netstat 可以显示打开的套接字列表。 - * `lsof:` lsof 可以列出打开的文件。 - * `fuser:` fuser 可以列出那些打开了文件的进程的进程 ID。 - * `nmap:` nmap 是网络检测工具和端口扫描程序。 - * `systemctl:` systemctl 是 systemd 系统的控制管理器和服务管理器。 - - + * `ss`:可以用于转储套接字统计信息。 + * `netstat`:可以显示打开的套接字列表。 + * `lsof`:可以列出打开的文件。 + * `fuser`:可以列出那些打开了文件的进程的进程 ID。 + * `nmap`:是网络检测工具和端口扫描程序。 + * `systemctl`:是 systemd 系统的控制管理器和服务管理器。 以下我们将找出 `sshd` 守护进程所使用的端口号。 -### 方法1:使用 ss 命令 +### 方法 1:使用 ss 命令 `ss` 一般用于转储套接字统计信息。它能够输出类似于 `netstat` 输出的信息,但它可以比其它工具显示更多的 TCP 信息和状态信息。 它还可以显示所有类型的套接字统计信息,包括 PACKET、TCP、UDP、DCCP、RAW、Unix 域等。 - ``` # ss -tnlp | grep ssh LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) @@ -111,7 +107,7 @@ LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) LISTEN 0 128 :::22 :::* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=4)) ``` -### 方法2:使用 netstat 命令 +### 方法 2:使用 netstat 命令 `netstat` 能够显示网络连接、路由表、接口统计信息、伪装连接以及多播成员。 @@ -131,7 +127,7 @@ tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 1208/sshd tcp6 0 0 :::22 :::* LISTEN 1208/sshd ``` -### 方法3:使用 lsof 命令 +### 方法 3:使用 lsof 命令 `lsof` 能够列出打开的文件,并列出系统上被进程打开的文件的相关信息。 @@ -153,7 +149,7 @@ sshd 1208 root 4u IPv6 20921 0t0 TCP *:ssh (LISTEN) sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 (ESTABLISHED) ``` -### 方法4:使用 fuser 命令 +### 方法 4:使用 fuser 命令 `fuser` 工具会将本地系统上打开了文件的进程的进程 ID 显示在标准输出中。 @@ -165,7 +161,7 @@ sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 root 49339 F.... sshd ``` -### 方法5:使用 nmap 命令 +### 方法 5:使用 nmap 命令 `nmap`(“Network Mapper”)是一款用于网络检测和安全审计的开源工具。它最初用于对大型网络进行快速扫描,但它对于单个主机的扫描也有很好的表现。 @@ -185,13 +181,14 @@ Service detection performed. Please report any incorrect results at http://nmap. Nmap done: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 0.44 seconds ``` -### 方法6:使用 systemctl 命令 +### 方法 6:使用 systemctl 命令 -`systemctl` 是 systemd 系统的控制管理器和服务管理器。它取代了旧的 SysV init 系统管理,目前大多数现代 Linux 操作系统都采用了 systemd。 +`systemctl` 是 systemd 系统的控制管理器和服务管理器。它取代了旧的 SysV 初始化系统管理,目前大多数现代 Linux 操作系统都采用了 systemd。 **推荐阅读:** -**(#)** [chkservice – Linux 终端上的 systemd 单元管理工具][3] -**(#)** [如何查看 Linux 系统上正在运行的服务][4] + +- [chkservice – Linux 终端上的 systemd 单元管理工具][3] +- [如何查看 Linux 系统上正在运行的服务][4] ``` # systemctl status sshd @@ -258,7 +255,7 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-out-which-port-number-a-process-is-usi 作者:[Prakash Subramanian][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From c1d26bacc5f5b8c27703775ad6e2a9f58bb38967 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 12:39:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 297/437] PUB:20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10073-1.html --- ...w To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md b/published/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md rename to published/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md From b4d429503b45b72e0eb65d83368206a064719ba9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: brifuture Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 13:28:28 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 298/437] pick article --- ...lt our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md b/sources/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md index e423386d85..566d29d768 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md +++ b/sources/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +BriFuture is translating this article + The user’s home dashboard in our app, AlignHow we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks ============================================================ From 25cc2fa2c12f6b9509c9bbbbe07a28aba7cb175f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 23:14:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 299/437] PRF:20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md @sd886393 --- .../20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md | 96 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+), 58 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md b/translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md index 8616013e96..ec51ab53f7 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md @@ -1,120 +1,103 @@ 如何在 vi 中创建快捷键 ====== +> 那些常见编辑任务的快捷键可以使 Vi 编辑器更容易使用,更有效率。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/documentation-type-keys-yearbook.png?itok=Q-ELM2rn) -学习使用 [vi 文本编辑器][1] 确实得花点功夫,不过 vi 的老手们都知道,经过一小会的锻炼,就可以将基本的 vi 操作融汇贯通。我们都知道“肌肉记忆”,那么学习 vi 的过程可以称之为“手指记忆”。 +学习使用 [vi 文本编辑器][1] 确实得花点功夫,不过 vi 的老手们都知道,经过一小会儿的锻炼,就可以将基本的 vi 操作融汇贯通。我们都知道“肌肉记忆”,那么学习 vi 的过程可以称之为“手指记忆”。 -当你抓住了基础的操作窍门之后,你就可以定制化地配置 vi 的快捷键,从而让其处理的功能更为强大、流畅。 +当你抓住了基础的操作窍门之后,你就可以定制化地配置 vi 的快捷键,从而让其处理的功能更为强大、流畅。我希望下面描述的技术可以加速您的协作、编程和数据操作。 -在开始之前,我想先感谢下 Chris Hermansen(他雇佣我写了这篇文章)仔细地检查了我的另一篇关于使用 vi 增强版本[Vim][2]的文章。当然还有他那些我未采纳的建议。 +在开始之前,我想先感谢下 Chris Hermansen(是他雇佣我写了这篇文章)仔细地检查了我的另一篇关于使用 vi 增强版本 [Vim][2] 的文章。当然还有他那些我未采纳的建议。 -首先,我们来说明下面几个惯例设定。我会使用符号来代表按下 RETURN 或者 ENTER 键, 代表按下空格键,CTRL-x 表示一起按下 Control 键和 x 键 +首先,我们来说明下面几个惯例设定。我会使用符号 `` 来代表按下回车,`` 代表按下空格键,`CTRL-x` 表示一起按下 `Control` 键和 `x` 键(`x` 可以是需要的某个键)。 使用 `map` 命令来进行按键的映射。第一个例子是 `write` 命令,通常你之前保存使用这样的命令: ``` :w - ``` -虽然这里只有三个键,不过考虑到我用这个命令实在是太频繁了,我更想“一键”搞定它。在这里我选择逗号键,比如这样: +虽然这里只有三个键,不过考虑到我用这个命令实在是太频繁了,我更想“一键”搞定它。在这里我选择逗号键,它不是标准的 vi 命令集的一部分。这样设置: + ``` :map , :wCTRL-v - ``` -这里的 CTRL-v 事实上是对 做了转义的操作,如果不加这个的话,默认 会作为这条映射指令的结束信号,而非映射中的一个操作。 CTRL-v 后面所跟的操作会翻译为用户的实际操作,而非该按键平常的操作。 +这里的 `CTRL-v` 事实上是对 `` 做了转义的操作,如果不加这个的话,默认 `` 会作为这条映射指令的结束信号,而非映射中的一个操作。 `CTRL-v` 后面所跟的操作会翻译为用户的实际操作,而非该按键平常的操作。 -在上面的映射中,右边的部分会在屏幕中显示为 `:w^M`,其中 `^` 字符就是指代 `control`,完整的意思就是 CTRL-m,表示就是系统中一行的结尾 +在上面的映射中,右边的部分会在屏幕中显示为 `:w^M`,其中 `^` 字符就是指代 `control`,完整的意思就是 `CTRL-m`,表示就是系统中一行的结尾。 - -目前来说,就很不错了。如果我编辑、创建了十二次文件,这个键位映射就可以省掉了 2*12 次按键。不过这里没有计算你建立这个键位映射所花费的 11次按键(计算CTRL-v 和 冒号均为一次按键)。虽然这样已经省了很多次,但是每次打开 vi 都要重新建立这个映射也会觉得非常麻烦。 +目前来说,就很不错了。如果我编辑、创建了十二次文件,这个键位映射就可以省掉了 2*12 次按键。不过这里没有计算你建立这个键位映射所花费的 11 次按键(计算 `CTRL-v` 和 `:` 均为一次按键)。虽然这样已经省了很多次,但是每次打开 vi 都要重新建立这个映射也会觉得非常麻烦。 幸运的是,这里可以将这些键位映射放到 vi 的启动配置文件中,让其在每次启动的时候自动读取:文件为 `.exrc`,对于 vim 是 `.vimrc`。只需要将这些文件放在你的用户根目录中即可,并在文件中每行写入一个键位映射,之后就会在每次启动 vi 生效直到你删除对应的配置。 在继续说明 `map` 其他用法以及其他的缩写机制之前,这里在列举几个我常用提高文本处理效率的 map 设置: -``` -                                        Displays as +| 映射 | 显示为 | +|------|-------| +| `:map X :xCTRL-v` | `:x^M` | +| `:map X ,:qCTRL-v` | `,:q^M` | +上面的 `map` 指令的意思是写入并关闭当前的编辑文件。其中 `:x` 是 vi 原本的命令,而下面的版本说明之前的 `map` 配置可以继续用作第二个 `map` 键位映射。 -:map X :xCTRL-v                    :x^M +| 映射 | 显示为 | +|------|-------| +| `:map v :e` | `:e` | +上面的指令意思是在 vi 编辑器内部切换文件,使用这个时候,只需要按 `v` 并跟着输入文件名,之后按 `` 键。 - -or - - - -:map X ,:qCTRL-v                   ,:q^M - -``` - -上面的 map 指令的意思是写入并关闭当前的编辑文件。其中 `:x` 是 vi 原本的命令,而下面的版本说明之前的 map 配置可以继续用作第二个 map 键位映射。 -``` -:map v :e                   :e - -``` - -上面的指令意思是在 vi 编辑器内部 切换文件,使用这个时候,只需要按 `v` 并跟着输入文件名,之后按 `` 键。 -``` -:map CTRL-vCTRL-e :e#CTRL-v    :e #^M - -``` +| 映射 | 显示为 | +|------|-------| +| `:map CTRL-vCTRL-e :e#CTRL-v` | `:e #^M` | `#` 在这里是 vi 中标准的符号,意思是最后使用的文件名。所以切换当前与上一个文件的方法就使用上面的映射。 -``` -map CTRL-vCTRL-r :!spell %>err &CTRL-v     :!spell %>err&^M -``` +| 映射 | 显示为 | +|------|-------| +| `map CTRL-vCTRL-r :!spell %>err &CTRL-v` | `:!spell %>err&^M` | -(注意:在两个例子中出现的第一个 CRTL-v 在某些 vi 的版本中是不需要的)其中,`:!` 用来运行一个外部的(非 vi 内部的)命令。在这个拼写检查的例子中,`%` 是 vi 中的符号用来只带目前的文件, `>` 用来重定向拼写检查中的输出到 `err` 文件中,之后跟上 `&` 说明该命令是一个后台运行的任务,这样可以保证在拼写检查的同时还可以进行编辑文件的工作。这里我可以键入 `verr`(使用我之前定义的快捷键 `v` 跟上 `err`),进入 `spell` 输出结果的文件,之后再输入 `CTRL-e` 来回到刚才编辑的文件中。这样我就可以在拼写检查之后,使用 CTRL-r 来查看检查的错误,再通过 CTRL-e 返回刚才编辑的文件。 +(注意:在两个例子中出现的第一个 `CRTL-v` 在某些 vi 的版本中是不需要的)其中,`:!` 用来运行一个外部的(非 vi 内部的)命令。在这个拼写检查的例子中,`%` 是 vi 中的符号用来指代目前的文件, `>` 用来重定向拼写检查中的输出到 `err` 文件中,之后跟上 `&` 说明该命令是一个后台运行的任务,这样可以保证在拼写检查的同时还可以进行编辑文件的工作。这里我可以键入 `verr`(使用我之前定义的快捷键 `v` 跟上 `err`),进入 `spell` 输出结果的文件,之后再输入 `CTRL-e` 来回到刚才编辑的文件中。这样我就可以在拼写检查之后,使用 `CTRL-r` 来查看检查的错误,再通过 `CTRL-e` 返回刚才编辑的文件。 + +还用很多字符串输入的缩写,也使用了各种 `map` 命令,比如: -还用很多字符串输入的缩写,也使用了各种 map 命令,比如: ``` :map! CTRL-o \fI - :map! CTRL-k \fP - ``` -这个映射允许你使用 CTRL-o 作为 `groff` 命令的缩写,从而让让接下来书写的单词有斜体的效果,并使用 CTRL-k 进行恢复 +这个映射允许你使用 `CTRL-o` 作为 `groff` 命令的缩写,从而让让接下来书写的单词有斜体的效果,并使用 `CTRL-k` 进行恢复。 还有两个类似的映射: + ``` :map! rh rhinoceros - :map! hi hippopotamus - ``` -上面的也可以使用 `ab` 命令来替换,就像下面这样(如果想这么用的话,需要首先按顺序运行 1. `unmap! rh` 2. `umap! hi`): +上面的也可以使用 `ab` 命令来替换,就像下面这样(如果想这么用的话,需要首先按顺序运行: 1、 `unmap! rh`,2、`umap! hi`): + ``` :ab rh rhinoceros - :ab hi hippopotamus - ``` -在上面 `map!` 的命令中,缩写会马上的展开成原有的单词,而在 `ab` 命令中,单词展开的操作会在输入了空格和标点之后才展开(不过在Vim 和 本机使用的 vi中,展开的形式与 `map!` 类似) +在上面 `map!` 的命令中,缩写会马上的展开成原有的单词,而在 `ab` 命令中,单词展开的操作会在输入了空格和标点之后才展开(不过在 Vim 和我的 vi 中,展开的形式与 `map!` 类似)。 -想要取消刚才设定的按键映射,可以对应的输入 `:unmap`, `unmap!`, `:unab` +想要取消刚才设定的按键映射,可以对应的输入 `:unmap`、 `unmap!` 或 `:unab`。 -在我使用的 vi 版本中,比较好用的候选映射按键包括 `g, K, q, v, V, Z`,控制字符包括:`CTRL-a, CTRL-c, CTRL-k, CTRL-n, CTRL-p, CTRL-x`;还有一些其他的字符如`#, *`,当然你也可以使用那些已经在 vi 中有过定义但不经常使用的字符,比如本文选择`X`和`I`,其中`X`表示删除左边的字符,并立刻左移当前字符。 +在我使用的 vi 版本中,比较好用的候选映射按键包括 `g`、`K`、`q`、 `v`、 `V`、 `Z`,控制字符包括:`CTRL-a`、`CTRL-c`、 `CTRL-k`、`CTRL-n`、`CTRL-p`、`CTRL-x`;还有一些其他的字符如 `#`、 `*`,当然你也可以使用那些已经在 vi 中有过定义但不经常使用的字符,比如本文选择 `X` 和 `I`,其中 `X` 表示删除左边的字符,并立刻左移当前字符。 最后,下面的命令 + ``` :map - :map! - :ab - ``` 将会显示,目前所有的缩写和键位映射。 -will show all the currently defined mappings and abbreviations. 希望上面的技巧能够更好地更高效地帮助你使用 vi。 @@ -122,10 +105,7 @@ will show all the currently defined mappings and abbreviations. via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/shortcuts-vi-text-editor -作者:[Dan Sonnenschein][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/sd886393) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +作者:[Dan Sonnenschein][a] 
选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 
译者:[sd886393](https://github.com/sd886393) 
校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From da615e60f1007e15a4e6f62cbf16d6574fcee891 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 23:15:06 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 300/437] PUB:20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md @sd886393 https://linux.cn/article-10074-1.html --- .../tech => published}/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md b/published/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md rename to published/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md From 7542ac2b769feed277f220af16d1d491e9f27665 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 23:17:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 301/437] dianbanjiu translating --- sources/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md b/sources/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md index e47fc572df..cc4db1e693 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md +++ b/sources/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Managing users on Linux systems +translating by dianbanjiu Managing users on Linux systems ====== Your Linux users may not be raging bulls, but keeping them happy is always a challenge as it involves managing their accounts, monitoring their access rights, tracking down the solutions to problems they run into, and keeping them informed about important changes on the systems they use. Here are some of the tasks and tools that make the job a little easier. From ebc6520b72fb04b1da6bd5f53846c9b5f109787a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Baron Hou Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 23:55:01 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 302/437] Translating By houbaron --- sources/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md b/sources/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md index 88db93011c..65add9552d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md +++ b/sources/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +Translating By houbaron + Five things that make Go fast ============================================================ From e4930740f6fda2399d0cac813ff4d1094ef60237 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Luo Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 00:03:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 303/437] Delete 20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 删除原文 --- ...ind And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md | 442 ------------------ 1 file changed, 442 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2b9c610f1d..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,442 +0,0 @@ -Translating by pygmalion666 -How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Find-And-Delete-Duplicate-Files-720x340.png) - -I always backup the configuration files or any old files to somewhere in my hard disk before edit or modify them, so I can restore them from the backup if I accidentally did something wrong. But the problem is I forgot to clean up those files and my hard disk is filled with a lot of duplicate files after a certain period of time. I feel either too lazy to clean the old files or afraid that I may delete an important files. If you’re anything like me and overwhelming with multiple copies of same files in different backup directories, you can find and delete duplicate files using the tools given below in Unix-like operating systems. - -**A word of caution:** - -Please be careful while deleting duplicate files. If you’re not careful, it will lead you to [**accidental data loss**][1]. I advice you to pay extra attention while using these tools. - -### Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux - -For the purpose of this guide, I am going to discuss about three utilities namely, - - 1. Rdfind, - 2. Fdupes, - 3. FSlint. - - - -These three utilities are free, open source and works on most Unix-like operating systems. - -##### 1. Rdfind - -**Rdfind** , stands for **r** edundant **d** ata **find** , is a free and open source utility to find duplicate files across and/or within directories and sub-directories. It compares files based on their content, not on their file names. Rdfind uses **ranking** algorithm to classify original and duplicate files. If you have two or more equal files, Rdfind is smart enough to find which is original file, and consider the rest of the files as duplicates. Once it found the duplicates, it will report them to you. You can decide to either delete them or replace them with [**hard links** or **symbolic (soft) links**][2]. - -**Installing Rdfind** - -Rdfind is available in [**AUR**][3]. So, you can install it in Arch-based systems using any AUR helper program like [**Yay**][4] as shown below. - -``` -$ yay -S rdfind - -``` - -On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: - -``` -$ sudo apt-get install rdfind - -``` - -On Fedora: - -``` -$ sudo dnf install rdfind - -``` - -On RHEL, CentOS: - -``` -$ sudo yum install epel-release - -$ sudo yum install rdfind - -``` - -**Usage** - -Once installed, simply run Rdfind command along with the directory path to scan for the duplicate files. - -``` -$ rdfind ~/Downloads - -``` - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rdfind-1.png) - -As you see in the above screenshot, Rdfind command will scan ~/Downloads directory and save the results in a file named **results.txt** in the current working directory. You can view the name of the possible duplicate files in results.txt file. - -``` -$ cat results.txt -# Automatically generated -# duptype id depth size device inode priority name -DUPTYPE_FIRST_OCCURRENCE 1469 8 9 2050 15864884 1 /home/sk/Downloads/tor-browser_en-US/Browser/TorBrowser/Tor/PluggableTransports/fte/tests/dfas/test5.regex -DUPTYPE_WITHIN_SAME_TREE -1469 8 9 2050 15864886 1 /home/sk/Downloads/tor-browser_en-US/Browser/TorBrowser/Tor/PluggableTransports/fte/tests/dfas/test6.regex -[...] -DUPTYPE_FIRST_OCCURRENCE 13 0 403635 2050 15740257 1 /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf -DUPTYPE_WITHIN_SAME_TREE -13 0 403635 2050 15741071 1 /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf -# end of file - -``` - -By reviewing the results.txt file, you can easily find the duplicates. You can remove the duplicates manually if you want to. - -Also, you can **-dryrun** option to find all duplicates in a given directory without changing anything and output the summary in your Terminal: - -``` -$ rdfind -dryrun true ~/Downloads - -``` - -Once you found the duplicates, you can replace them with either hardlinks or symlinks. - -To replace all duplicates with hardlinks, run: - -``` -$ rdfind -makehardlinks true ~/Downloads - -``` - -To replace all duplicates with symlinks/soft links, run: - -``` -$ rdfind -makesymlinks true ~/Downloads - -``` - -You may have some empty files in a directory and want to ignore them. If so, use **-ignoreempty** option like below. - -``` -$ rdfind -ignoreempty true ~/Downloads - -``` - -If you don’t want the old files anymore, just delete duplicate files instead of replacing them with hard or soft links. - -To delete all duplicates, simply run: - -``` -$ rdfind -deleteduplicates true ~/Downloads - -``` - -If you do not want to ignore empty files and delete them along with all duplicates, run: - -``` -$ rdfind -deleteduplicates true -ignoreempty false ~/Downloads - -``` - -For more details, refer the help section: - -``` -$ rdfind --help - -``` - -And, the manual pages: - -``` -$ man rdfind - -``` - -##### 2. Fdupes - -**Fdupes** is yet another command line utility to identify and remove the duplicate files within specified directories and the sub-directories. It is free, open source utility written in **C** programming language. Fdupes identifies the duplicates by comparing file sizes, partial MD5 signatures, full MD5 signatures, and finally performing a byte-by-byte comparison for verification. - -Similar to Rdfind utility, Fdupes comes with quite handful of options to perform operations, such as: - - * Recursively search duplicate files in directories and sub-directories - * Exclude empty files and hidden files from consideration - * Show the size of the duplicates - * Delete duplicates immediately as they encountered - * Exclude files with different owner/group or permission bits as duplicates - * And a lot more. - - - -**Installing Fdupes** - -Fdupes is available in the default repositories of most Linux distributions. - -On Arch Linux and its variants like Antergos, Manjaro Linux, install it using Pacman like below. - -``` -$ sudo pacman -S fdupes - -``` - -On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: - -``` -$ sudo apt-get install fdupes - -``` - -On Fedora: - -``` -$ sudo dnf install fdupes - -``` - -On RHEL, CentOS: - -``` -$ sudo yum install epel-release - -$ sudo yum install fdupes - -``` - -**Usage** - -Fdupes usage is pretty simple. Just run the following command to find out the duplicate files in a directory, for example **~/Downloads**. - -``` -$ fdupes ~/Downloads - -``` - -Sample output from my system: - -``` -/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf -/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf - -``` - -As you can see, I have a duplicate file in **/home/sk/Downloads/** directory. It shows the duplicates from the parent directory only. How to view the duplicates from sub-directories? Just use **-r** option like below. - -``` -$ fdupes -r ~/Downloads - -``` - -Now you will see the duplicates from **/home/sk/Downloads/** directory and its sub-directories as well. - -Fdupes can also be able to find duplicates from multiple directories at once. - -``` -$ fdupes ~/Downloads ~/Documents/ostechnix - -``` - -You can even search multiple directories, one recursively like below: - -``` -$ fdupes ~/Downloads -r ~/Documents/ostechnix - -``` - -The above commands searches for duplicates in “~/Downloads” directory and “~/Documents/ostechnix” directory and its sub-directories. - -Sometimes, you might want to know the size of the duplicates in a directory. If so, use **-S** option like below. - -``` -$ fdupes -S ~/Downloads -403635 bytes each: -/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf -/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf - -``` - -Similarly, to view the size of the duplicates in parent and child directories, use **-Sr** option. - -We can exclude empty and hidden files from consideration using **-n** and **-A** respectively. - -``` -$ fdupes -n ~/Downloads - -$ fdupes -A ~/Downloads - -``` - -The first command will exclude zero-length files from consideration and the latter will exclude hidden files from consideration while searching for duplicates in the specified directory. - -To summarize duplicate files information, use **-m** option. - -``` -$ fdupes -m ~/Downloads -1 duplicate files (in 1 sets), occupying 403.6 kilobytes - -``` - -To delete all duplicates, use **-d** option. - -``` -$ fdupes -d ~/Downloads - -``` - -Sample output: - -``` -[1] /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger Fabric Installation.pdf -[2] /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger Fabric Installation(1).pdf - -Set 1 of 1, preserve files [1 - 2, all]: - -``` - -This command will prompt you for files to preserve and delete all other duplicates. Just enter any number to preserve the corresponding file and delete the remaining files. Pay more attention while using this option. You might delete original files if you’re not be careful. - -If you want to preserve the first file in each set of duplicates and delete the others without prompting each time, use **-dN** option (not recommended). - -``` -$ fdupes -dN ~/Downloads - -``` - -To delete duplicates as they are encountered, use **-I** flag. - -``` -$ fdupes -I ~/Downloads - -``` - -For more details about Fdupes, view the help section and man pages. - -``` -$ fdupes --help - -$ man fdupes - -``` - -##### 3. FSlint - -**FSlint** is yet another duplicate file finder utility that I use from time to time to get rid of the unnecessary duplicate files and free up the disk space in my Linux system. Unlike the other two utilities, FSlint has both GUI and CLI modes. So, it is more user-friendly tool for newbies. FSlint not just finds the duplicates, but also bad symlinks, bad names, temp files, bad IDS, empty directories, and non stripped binaries etc. - -**Installing FSlint** - -FSlint is available in [**AUR**][5], so you can install it using any AUR helpers. - -``` -$ yay -S fslint - -``` - -On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: - -``` -$ sudo apt-get install fslint - -``` - -On Fedora: - -``` -$ sudo dnf install fslint - -``` - -On RHEL, CentOS: - -``` -$ sudo yum install epel-release - -``` - -$ sudo yum install fslint - -Once it is installed, launch it from menu or application launcher. - -This is how FSlint GUI looks like. - -![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-1.png) - -As you can see, the interface of FSlint is user-friendly and self-explanatory. In the **Search path** tab, add the path of the directory you want to scan and click **Find** button on the lower left corner to find the duplicates. Check the recurse option to recursively search for duplicates in directories and sub-directories. The FSlint will quickly scan the given directory and list out them. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-2.png) - -From the list, choose the duplicates you want to clean and select any one of them given actions like Save, Delete, Merge and Symlink. - -In the **Advanced search parameters** tab, you can specify the paths to exclude while searching for duplicates. - -![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-3.png) - -**FSlint command line options** - -FSlint provides a collection of the following CLI utilities to find duplicates in your filesystem: - - * **findup** — find DUPlicate files - * **findnl** — find Name Lint (problems with filenames) - * **findu8** — find filenames with invalid utf8 encoding - * **findbl** — find Bad Links (various problems with symlinks) - * **findsn** — find Same Name (problems with clashing names) - * **finded** — find Empty Directories - * **findid** — find files with dead user IDs - * **findns** — find Non Stripped executables - * **findrs** — find Redundant Whitespace in files - * **findtf** — find Temporary Files - * **findul** — find possibly Unused Libraries - * **zipdir** — Reclaim wasted space in ext2 directory entries - - - -All of these utilities are available under **/usr/share/fslint/fslint/fslint** location. - -For example, to find duplicates in a given directory, do: - -``` -$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/findup ~/Downloads/ - -``` - -Similarly, to find empty directories, the command would be: - -``` -$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/finded ~/Downloads/ - -``` - -To get more details on each utility, for example **findup** , run: - -``` -$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/findup --help - -``` - -For more details about FSlint, refer the help section and man pages. - -``` -$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/fslint --help - -$ man fslint - -``` - -##### Conclusion - -You know now about three tools to find and delete unwanted duplicate files in Linux. Among these three tools, I often use Rdfind. It doesn’t mean that the other two utilities are not efficient, but I am just happy with Rdfind so far. Well, it’s your turn. Which is your favorite tool and why? Let us know them in the comment section below. - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-find-and-delete-duplicate-files-in-linux/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/prevent-files-folders-accidental-deletion-modification-linux/ -[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/explaining-soft-link-and-hard-link-in-linux-with-examples/ -[3]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/rdfind/ -[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ -[5]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/fslint/ From ae65ec1eed5a16a3af40cf064b61682f434e3d40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Luo Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 00:03:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 304/437] Create 20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译完毕 --- ...ind And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md | 446 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 446 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c831a8bc5d --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +如何在 Linux 中找到并删除重复文件 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Find-And-Delete-Duplicate-Files-720x340.png) + + +在编辑或修改配置文件或旧文件前,我经常会把它们备份到硬盘的某个地方,因此我如果意外地改错了这些文件,我可以从备份中恢复它们。但问题是如果我忘记清理备份文件,一段时间之后,我的磁盘会被这些大量重复文件填满。我觉得要么是懒得清理这些旧文件,要么是担心可能会删掉重要文件。如果你们像我一样,在类 Unix 操作系统中,大量多版本的相同文件放在不同的备份目录,你可以使用下面的工具找到并删除重复文件。 + +**提醒一句:** + +在删除重复文件的时请尽量小心。如果你不小心,也许会导致[**意外丢失数据**][1]。我建议你在使用这些工具的时候要特别注意。 + +### 在 Linux 中找到并删除重复文件 + + +出于本指南的目的,我将讨论下面的三个工具: + + 1. Rdfind + 2. Fdupes + 3. FSlint + + + +这三个工具是免费的、开源的,且运行在大多数类 Unix 系统中。 + +##### 1. Rdfind + +**Rdfind** 代表找到找到冗余数据,是一个通过访问目录和子目录来找出重复文件的免费、开源的工具。它是基于文件内容而不是文件名来比较。Rdfind 使用**排序**算法来区分原始文件和重复文件。如果你有两个或者更多的相同文件,Rdfind 会很智能的找到原始文件并认定剩下的文件为重复文件。一旦找到副本文件,它会向你报告。你可以决定是删除还是使用[**硬链接**或者**符号(软)链接**][2]代替它们。 + +**安装 Rdfind** + +Rdfind is available in [**AUR**][3]. So, you can install it in Arch-based systems using any AUR helper program like [**Yay**][4] as shown below. + +Rdfind 存在于 [**AUR**][3] 中。因此,在基于 Arch 的系统中,你可以像下面一样使用任一如 [**Yay**][4] AUR 程序助手安装它。 + +``` +$ yay -S rdfind + +``` + +在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 上: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install rdfind + +``` + +在 Fedora 上: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install rdfind + +``` + +在 RHEL、CentOS 上: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release + +$ sudo yum install rdfind + +``` + +**用法** + +一旦安装完成,仅带上目录路径运行 Rdfind 命令就可以扫描重复文件。 + +``` +$ rdfind ~/Downloads + +``` + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rdfind-1.png) + +As you see in the above screenshot, Rdfind command will scan ~/Downloads directory and save the results in a file named **results.txt** in the current working directory. You can view the name of the possible duplicate files in results.txt file. + +正如你看到上面的截屏,Rdfind 命令将扫描 ~/Downloads 目录,并将结果存储到当前工作目录下一个名为 **results.txt** 的文件中。你可以在 results.txt 文件中看到可能是重复文件的名字。 + +``` +$ cat results.txt +# Automatically generated +# duptype id depth size device inode priority name +DUPTYPE_FIRST_OCCURRENCE 1469 8 9 2050 15864884 1 /home/sk/Downloads/tor-browser_en-US/Browser/TorBrowser/Tor/PluggableTransports/fte/tests/dfas/test5.regex +DUPTYPE_WITHIN_SAME_TREE -1469 8 9 2050 15864886 1 /home/sk/Downloads/tor-browser_en-US/Browser/TorBrowser/Tor/PluggableTransports/fte/tests/dfas/test6.regex +[...] +DUPTYPE_FIRST_OCCURRENCE 13 0 403635 2050 15740257 1 /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf +DUPTYPE_WITHIN_SAME_TREE -13 0 403635 2050 15741071 1 /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf +# end of file + +``` + +通过检查 results.txt 文件,你可以很容易的找到那些重复文件。如果愿意你可以手动的删除它们。 + +此外,你可在不修改其他事情情况下使用 **-dryrun** 选项找出所有重复文件,并在终端上输出汇总信息。 + +``` +$ rdfind -dryrun true ~/Downloads + +``` + +一旦找到重复文件,你可以使用硬链接或符号链接代替他们。 + +使用硬链接代替所有重复文件,运行: + +``` +$ rdfind -makehardlinks true ~/Downloads + +``` + +使用符号链接/软链接代替所有重复文件,运行: + +``` +$ rdfind -makesymlinks true ~/Downloads + +``` + +目录中有一些空文件,也许你想忽略他们,你可以像下面一样使用 **-ignoreempty** 选项: + +``` +$ rdfind -ignoreempty true ~/Downloads + +``` + +如果你不再想要这些旧文件,删除重复文件,而不是使用硬链接或软链接代替它们。 + +删除重复文件,就运行: + +``` +$ rdfind -deleteduplicates true ~/Downloads + +``` + +如果你不想忽略空文件,并且和所哟重复文件一起删除。运行: + +``` +$ rdfind -deleteduplicates true -ignoreempty false ~/Downloads + +``` + +更多细节,参照帮助部分: + +``` +$ rdfind --help + +``` + +手册页: + +``` +$ man rdfind + +``` + +##### 2. Fdupes + +**Fdupes** 是另一个在指定目录以及子目录中识别和移除重复文件的命令行工具。这是一个使用 **C** 语言编写的免费、开源工具。Fdupes 通过对比文件大小、部分 MD5 签名、全部 MD5 签名,最后执行逐个字节对比校验来识别重复文件。 + +与 Rdfind 工具类似,Fdupes 附带非常少的选项来执行操作,如: + + * 在目录和子目录中递归的搜索重复文件 + * 从计算中排除空文件和隐藏文件 + * 显示重复文件大小 + * 出现重复文件时立即删除 + * 使用不同的拥有者/组或权限位来排除重复文件 + * 更多 + + + +**安装 Fdupes** + +Fdupes 存在于大多数 Linux 发行版的默认仓库中。 + +On Arch Linux and its variants like Antergos, Manjaro Linux, install it using Pacman like below. + +在 Arch Linux 和它的变种如 Antergos、Manjaro Linux 上,如下使用 Pacman 安装它。 + +``` +$ sudo pacman -S fdupes + +``` + +在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 上: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install fdupes + +``` + +在 Fedora 上: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install fdupes + +``` + +在 RHEL、CentOS 上: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release + +$ sudo yum install fdupes + +``` + +**用法** + +Fdupes 用法非常简单。仅运行下面的命令就可以在目录中找到重复文件,如:**~/Downloads**. + +``` +$ fdupes ~/Downloads + +``` + +我系统中的样例输出: + +``` +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf + +``` +你可以看到,在 **/home/sk/Downloads/** 目录下有一个重复文件。它仅显示了父级目录中的重复文件。如何显示子目录中的重复文件?像下面一样,使用 **-r** 选项。 + +``` +$ fdupes -r ~/Downloads + +``` + +现在你将看到 **/home/sk/Downloads/** 目录以及子目录中的重复文件。 + +Fdupes 也可用来从多个目录中迅速查找重复文件。 + +``` +$ fdupes ~/Downloads ~/Documents/ostechnix + +``` + +你甚至可以搜索多个目录,递归搜索其中一个目录,如下: + +``` +$ fdupes ~/Downloads -r ~/Documents/ostechnix + +``` + +上面的命令将搜索 “~/Downloads” 目录,“~/Documents/ostechnix” 目录和它的子目录中的重复文件。 + +有时,你可能想要知道一个目录中重复文件的大小。你可以使用 **-S** 选项,如下: + +``` +$ fdupes -S ~/Downloads +403635 bytes each: +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf + +``` + +类似的,为了显示父目录和子目录中重复文件的大小,使用 **-Sr** 选项。 + +我们可以在计算时分别使用 **-n** 和 **-A** 选项排除空白文件以及排除隐藏文件。 + +``` +$ fdupes -n ~/Downloads + +$ fdupes -A ~/Downloads + +``` + +在搜索指定目录的重复文件时,第一个命令将排除零长度文件,后面的命令将排除隐藏文件。 + +汇总重复文件信息,使用 **-m** 选项。 + +``` +$ fdupes -m ~/Downloads +1 duplicate files (in 1 sets), occupying 403.6 kilobytes + +``` + +删除所有重复文件,使用 **-d** 选项。 + +``` +$ fdupes -d ~/Downloads + +``` + +样例输出: + +``` +[1] /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger Fabric Installation.pdf +[2] /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger Fabric Installation(1).pdf + +Set 1 of 1, preserve files [1 - 2, all]: + +``` + +这个命令将提示你保留还是删除所有其他重复文件。输入任一号码保留相应的文件,并删除剩下的文件。当使用这个选项的时候需要更加注意。如果不小心,你可能会删除原文件。 + +如果你想要每次保留每个重复文件集合的第一个文件,且无提示的删除其他文件,使用 **-dN** 选项(不推荐)。 + +``` +$ fdupes -dN ~/Downloads + +``` + +当遇到重复文件时删除它们,使用 **-I** 标志。 + +``` +$ fdupes -I ~/Downloads + +``` + +关于 Fdupes 的更多细节,查看帮助部分和 man 页面。 + +``` +$ fdupes --help + +$ man fdupes + +``` + +##### 3. FSlint + +**FSlint** 是另外一个查找重复文件的工具,有时我用它去掉 Linux 系统中不需要的重复文件并释放磁盘空间。不像另外两个工具,FSlint 有 GUI 和 CLI 两种模式。因此对于新手来说它更友好。FSlint 不仅仅找出重复文件,也找出坏符号链接、坏名字文件、临时文件、坏 IDS、空目录和非剥离二进制文件等等。 + +**安装 FSlint** + +FSlint 存在于 [**AUR**][5],因此你可以使用任一 AUR 助手安装它。 + +``` +$ yay -S fslint + +``` + +在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 上: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install fslint + +``` + +在 Fedora 上: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install fslint + +``` + +在 RHEL,CentOS 上: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release +$ sudo yum install fslint + +``` + +一旦安装完成,从菜单或者应用程序启动器启动它。 + +FSlint GUI 展示如下: + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-1.png) + +如你所见,FSlint 接口友好、一目了然。在 **Search path** 栏,添加你要扫描的目录路径,点击左下角 **Find** 按钮查找重复文件。验证递归选项可以在目录和子目录中递归的搜索重复文件。FSlint 将快速的扫描给定的目录并列出重复文件。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-2.png) + +从列表中选择那些要清理的重复文件,也可以选择 Save、Delete、Merge 和 Symlink 操作他们。 + +在 **Advanced search parameters** 栏,你可以在搜索重复文件的时候指定排除的路径。 + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-3.png) + +**FSlint 命令行选项** + +FSlint 提供下面的 CLI 工具集在你的文件系统中查找重复文件。 + + * **findup** — 查找重复文件 + * **findnl** — 查找 Lint 名称文件(有问题的文件名) + * **findu8** — 查找非法的 utf8 编码文件 + * **findbl** — 查找坏链接(有问题的符号链接) + * **findsn** — 查找同名文件(可能有冲突的文件名) + * **finded** — 查找空目录 + * **findid** — 查找死用户的文件 + * **findns** — 查找非剥离的可执行文件 + * **findrs** — 查找文件中多于的空白 + * **findtf** — 查找临时文件 + * **findul** — 查找可能未使用的库 + * **zipdir** — 回收 ext2 目录实体下浪费的空间 + + + +所有这些工具位于 **/usr/share/fslint/fslint/fslint** 下面。 + + +例如,在给定的目录中查找重复文件,运行: + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/findup ~/Downloads/ + +``` + +类似的,找出空目录命令是: + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/finded ~/Downloads/ + +``` + +获取每个工具更多细节,例如:**findup**,运行: + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/findup --help + +``` + +关于 FSlint 的更多细节,参照帮助部分和 man 页。 + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/fslint --help + +$ man fslint + +``` + +##### 总结 + +现在你知道在 Linux 中,使用三个工具来查找和删除不需要的重复文件。这三个工具中,我经常使用 Rdfind。这并不意味着其他的两个工具效率低下,因为到目前为止我更喜欢 Rdfind。好了,到你了。你的最喜欢哪一个工具呢?为什么?在下面的评论区留言让我们知道吧。 + +就到这里吧。希望这篇文章对你有帮助。更多的好东西就要来了,敬请期待。 + +谢谢! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-find-and-delete-duplicate-files-in-linux/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[pygmalion666](https://github.com/pygmalion666) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/prevent-files-folders-accidental-deletion-modification-linux/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/explaining-soft-link-and-hard-link-in-linux-with-examples/ +[3]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/rdfind/ +[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ +[5]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/fslint/ From 9895b71cd2601806ccdd649308e4801465d0249a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Luo Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 00:09:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 305/437] Create 20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译完毕 --- ...0927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md | 7 ------- 1 file changed, 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md index c831a8bc5d..c1b637bf2f 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md @@ -3,7 +3,6 @@ ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Find-And-Delete-Duplicate-Files-720x340.png) - 在编辑或修改配置文件或旧文件前,我经常会把它们备份到硬盘的某个地方,因此我如果意外地改错了这些文件,我可以从备份中恢复它们。但问题是如果我忘记清理备份文件,一段时间之后,我的磁盘会被这些大量重复文件填满。我觉得要么是懒得清理这些旧文件,要么是担心可能会删掉重要文件。如果你们像我一样,在类 Unix 操作系统中,大量多版本的相同文件放在不同的备份目录,你可以使用下面的工具找到并删除重复文件。 **提醒一句:** @@ -29,8 +28,6 @@ **安装 Rdfind** -Rdfind is available in [**AUR**][3]. So, you can install it in Arch-based systems using any AUR helper program like [**Yay**][4] as shown below. - Rdfind 存在于 [**AUR**][3] 中。因此,在基于 Arch 的系统中,你可以像下面一样使用任一如 [**Yay**][4] AUR 程序助手安装它。 ``` @@ -72,8 +69,6 @@ $ rdfind ~/Downloads ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rdfind-1.png) -As you see in the above screenshot, Rdfind command will scan ~/Downloads directory and save the results in a file named **results.txt** in the current working directory. You can view the name of the possible duplicate files in results.txt file. - 正如你看到上面的截屏,Rdfind 命令将扫描 ~/Downloads 目录,并将结果存储到当前工作目录下一个名为 **results.txt** 的文件中。你可以在 results.txt 文件中看到可能是重复文件的名字。 ``` @@ -170,8 +165,6 @@ $ man rdfind Fdupes 存在于大多数 Linux 发行版的默认仓库中。 -On Arch Linux and its variants like Antergos, Manjaro Linux, install it using Pacman like below. - 在 Arch Linux 和它的变种如 Antergos、Manjaro Linux 上,如下使用 Pacman 安装它。 ``` From 32646794d50f1a75b83c898d49cc5dc160031b9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 13:28:47 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 306/437] translate done: 20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md --- ...0180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md | 89 ------------------- ...0180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md | 88 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 88 insertions(+), 89 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md b/sources/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md deleted file mode 100644 index b6d6a3e4fe..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -translating by lujun9972 -4 tips for better tmux sessions -====== - -![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/tmux-4-tips-816x345.jpg) - -The tmux utility, a terminal multiplexer, lets you treat your terminal as a multi-paned window into your system. You can arrange the configuration, run different processes in each, and generally make better use of your screen. We introduced some readers to this powerful tool [in this earlier article][1]. Here are some tips that will help you get more out of tmux if you’re getting started. - -This article assumes your current prefix key is Ctrl+b. If you’ve remapped that prefix, simply substitute your prefix in its place. - -### Set your terminal to automatically use tmux - -One of the biggest benefits of tmux is being able to disconnect and reconnect to sesions at wilI. This makes remote login sessions more powerful. Have you ever lost a connection and wished you could get back the work you were doing on the remote system? With tmux this problem is solved. - -However, you may sometimes find yourself doing work on a remote system, and realize you didn’t start a session. One way to avoid this is to have tmux start or attach every time you login to a system with in interactive shell. - -Add this to your remote system’s ~/.bash_profile file: - -``` -if [ -z "$TMUX" ]; then - tmux attach -t default || tmux new -s default -fi -``` - -Then logout of the remote system, and log back in with SSH. You’ll find you’re in a tmux session named default. This session will be regenerated at next login if you exit it. But more importantly, if you detach from it as normal, your work is waiting for you next time you login — especially useful if your connection is interrupted. - -Of course you can add this to your local system as well. Note that terminals inside most GUIs won’t use the default session automatically, because they aren’t login shells. While you can change that behavior, it may result in nesting that makes the session less usable, so proceed with caution. - -### Use zoom to focus on a single process - -While the point of tmux is to offer multiple windows, panes, and processes in a single session, sometimes you need to focus. If you’re in a process and need more space, or to focus on a single task, the zoom command works well. It expands the current pane to take up the entire current window space. - -Zoom can be useful in other situations too. For instance, imagine you’re using a terminal window in a graphical desktop. Panes can make it harder to copy and paste multiple lines from inside your tmux session. If you zoom the pane, you can do a clean copy/paste of multiple lines of data with ease. - -To zoom into the current pane, hit Ctrl+b, z. When you’re finished with the zoom function, hit the same key combo to unzoom the pane. - -### Bind some useful commands - -By default tmux has numerous commands available. But it’s helpful to have some of the more common operations bound to keys you can easily remember. Here are some examples you can add to your ~/.tmux.conf file to make sessions more enjoyable: - -``` -bind r source-file ~/.tmux.conf \; display "Reloaded config" -``` - -This command rereads the commands and bindings in your config file. Once you add this binding, exit any tmux sessions and then restart one. Now after you make any other future changes, simply run Ctrl+b, r and the changes will be part of your existing session. - -``` -bind V split-window -h -bind H split-window -``` - -These commands make it easier to split the current window across a vertical axis (note that’s Shift+V) or across a horizontal axis (Shift+H). - -If you want to see how all keys are bound, use Ctrl+B, ? to see a list. You may see keys bound in copy-mode first, for when you’re working with copy and paste inside tmux. The prefix mode bindings are where you’ll see ones you’ve added above. Feel free to experiment with your own! - -### Use powerline for great justice - -[As reported in a previous Fedora Magazine article][2], the powerline utility is a fantastic addition to your shell. But it also has capabilities when used with tmux. Because tmux takes over the entire terminal space, the powerline window can provide more than just a better shell prompt. - - [![Screenshot of tmux powerline in git folder](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Screenshot-from-2018-08-25-19-36-53-1024x690.png)][3] - -If you haven’t already, follow the instructions in the [Magazine’s powerline article][4] to install that utility. Then, install the addon [using sudo][5]: - -``` -sudo dnf install tmux-powerline -``` - -Now restart your session, and you’ll see a spiffy new status line at the bottom. Depending on the terminal width, the default status line now shows your current session ID, open windows, system information, date and time, and hostname. If you change directory into a git-controlled project, you’ll see the branch and color-coded status as well. - -Of course, this status bar is highly configurable as well. Enjoy your new supercharged tmux session, and have fun experimenting with it. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://fedoramagazine.org/4-tips-better-tmux-sessions/ - -作者:[Paul W. Frields][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://fedoramagazine.org/author/pfrields/ -[1]:https://fedoramagazine.org/use-tmux-more-powerful-terminal/ -[2]:https://fedoramagazine.org/add-power-terminal-powerline/ -[3]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Screenshot-from-2018-08-25-19-36-53.png -[4]:https://fedoramagazine.org/add-power-terminal-powerline/ -[5]:https://fedoramagazine.org/howto-use-sudo/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md b/translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e507985fb --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +更好利用 tmux 会话的 4 个技巧 +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/tmux-4-tips-816x345.jpg) + +tmux 是一个终端多路复用工具,它可以让你系统上的终端支持多面板。你可以安排好面板配置,在每个面板用运行不同进程,这通常可以更好的地用你的屏幕。我们在 [这篇早期的文章 ][1] 中向读者介绍过这一强力工具。如果你已经开始使用 tmux 了,那么这里有一些技巧可以帮你更好地使用它。 + +本文假设你当前的前缀键是 `Ctrl+b`。如果你已重新映射该前缀,只需在相应位置替换为你定义的前缀即可。。 + +### 设置终端为自动使用 tmux + +使用 tmux 的一个最大好处就是可以随意的从会话中断开和重连。这使得远程登陆会话更加强力。你有没有遇到过丢失了与远程系统的连接,然后好希望能够恢复在远程系统上做过的那些工作的情况?tmux 能够解决这一问题。 + +然而,有时在远程系统上工作时,你可能会忘记开启一个会话。避免出现这一情况的一个方法就是每次通过交互式 shell 登陆系统时都让 tmux 启动或附加上一个会话。 + +在你远程系统上的 ~/.bash_profile 文件中加入下面内容: + +``` +if [ -z "$TMUX" ]; then + tmux attach -t default || tmux new -s default +fi +``` + +然后注销远程系统,并使用 SSH 重新登录。你会发现你处在一个名为 default 的 tmux 会话中了。如果退出该会话,则下次登录时还会重新生成此会话。但更重要的是,若您正常地从会话中分离,那么下次登录时你会发现之前工作并没有丢失 - 这在连接中断时非常有用。 + +你当然也可以将这段配置加入本地系统中。需要注意的是,大多数 GUI 界面的终端并不会自动使用这个 default 会话,因此它们并不是登陆 shell。虽然你可以修改这一行为,但它可能会导致终端嵌套执行附加到 tmux 会话这一动作从而导致会话不太可用,因此当进行此操作时请一定小心。 + +### 使用 zoom 使注意力专注于单个进程 + +然而 tmux 的目的就是在单个 session 中提供多窗口,多面板和多进程的能力,但有时候你需要专注。如果你正在与一个进程进行交互并且需要更多空间,或需要专注于某个任务,则可以使用 zoom 命令。该命令会将当前面板扩展,占据整个当前窗口的空间。 + +Zoom 在其他情况下也很有用。比如,想象你在图形桌面上运行一个终端窗口。面板会使得从 tmux 会话中拷贝和粘帖多行内容变得相对困难。但若你对面板进行用 zoom 进行了缩放,就可以很容易地对多行数据进行拷贝/粘帖。 + +要对当前面板进行缩放,按下 `Ctrl+b,z`。需要回复的话,按下相同按键组合来回复面板。 + +### 绑定一些有用的命令 + +tmux 默认有大量的命令可用。但将一些更常用的操作绑定到容易记忆的快捷键会很有有。下面一些例子可以让会话变得更好用,你可以添加到 ~/.tmux.conf 文件中: + +``` +bind r source-file ~/.tmux.conf \; display "Reloaded config" +``` + +该命令重新读取你配置文件中的命令和键绑定。添加该条绑定后,退出所有的 tmux 会话然后重启一个会话。现在你做了任何更改后,只需要简单的按下 `Ctrl+b,r` 就能将修改的内容应用到现有的会话中了。 + +``` +bind V split-window -h +bind H split-window +``` + +这些命令可以很方便地对窗口进行横向切分(按下 Shift+V) 和纵向切分 (Shift+H)。 + +若你想查看所有绑定的快捷键,按下 `Ctrl+B,?` 可以看到一个列表。你首先看到的应该是复制模式下的快捷键绑定,表示的是当你在 tmux 中进行复制粘帖时对应的快捷键。你添加的那两个键绑定会在前缀模式 (prefix mode) 中看到。请随意把玩吧! + +### Use powerline for great justice + +[如前文所示 ][2],powerline 工具是对 shell 的绝佳补充。而且它也兼容在 tmux 中使用。由于 tmux 接管了整个终端空间,powerline 窗口能理工的可不仅仅是更好的 shell 提示那么简单。 + + [![Screenshot of tmux powerline in git folder](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Screenshot-from-2018-08-25-19-36-53-1024x690.png)][3] + +如果你还没有这么做,按照 [本文 ][4] 中的指示来安装该工具。然后[使用 sudo][5] 来安装附件: + +``` +sudo dnf install tmux-powerline +``` + +然后重启会话,就会在底部看到一个漂亮的新状态栏。根据终端的宽度,默认的状态栏会显示你当前会话 ID,打开的窗口,系统信息,日期和时间,以及主机名。若你进入了使用 git 进行版本控制的项目目录中还能看到分支名和用色彩标注的版本库状态。 + +当然,这个状态栏具有很好的可配置性。享受你新增强的 tmux 会话吧,玩的开心点。 + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/4-tips-better-tmux-sessions/ + +作者:[Paul W. Frields][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://fedoramagazine.org/author/pfrields/ +[1]:https://fedoramagazine.org/use-tmux-more-powerful-terminal/ +[2]:https://fedoramagazine.org/add-power-terminal-powerline/ +[3]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Screenshot-from-2018-08-25-19-36-53.png +[4]:https://fedoramagazine.org/add-power-terminal-powerline/ +[5]:https://fedoramagazine.org/howto-use-sudo/ From 4f271e8006b067a42292ebec73545c2f59e81ca2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DavidChenLiang Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 16:03:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 307/437] Update 20180823 CLI- improved.md --- sources/tech/20180823 CLI- improved.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180823 CLI- improved.md b/sources/tech/20180823 CLI- improved.md index d06bb1b2aa..52edaa28c8 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180823 CLI- improved.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180823 CLI- improved.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +Translating by DavidChenLiang + CLI: improved ====== I'm not sure many web developers can get away without visiting the command line. As for me, I've been using the command line since 1997, first at university when I felt both super cool l33t-hacker and simultaneously utterly out of my depth. From a28d2cc31318ec4ca5cfd5ca80ce5bf62e3171ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 17:18:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 308/437] PRF:20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md @heguangzhi --- ...ed to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 84 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+), 46 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md index c3ecb7b1d3..2e52cabba0 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md @@ -1,96 +1,90 @@ -Linux 防火墙: 关于 iptables 和 firewalld,你需要知道些什么 +Linux 防火墙:关于 iptables 和 firewalld 的那些事 ====== -以下是如何使用 iptables 和 firewalld 工具来管理 Linux 防火墙规则。 +> 以下是如何使用 iptables 和 firewalld 工具来管理 Linux 防火墙规则。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openwires_fromRHT_520_0612LL.png?itok=PqZi55Ab) -这篇文章摘自我的书[Linux in Action][1],第二 Manning project 尚未发布。 + +这篇文章摘自我的书《[Linux in Action][1]》,尚未发布的第二个曼宁出版项目。 ### 防火墙 - -防火墙是一组规则。当数据包进出受保护的网络时,进出内容(特别是关于其来源、目标和使用的协议等信息)会根据防火墙规则进行检测,以确定是否允许其通过。下面是一个简单的例子: - +防火墙是一组规则。当数据包进出受保护的网络区域时,进出内容(特别是关于其来源、目标和使用的协议等信息)会根据防火墙规则进行检测,以确定是否允许其通过。下面是一个简单的例子: ![防火墙过滤请求] [3] -防火墙可以根据协议或基于目标的规则过滤请求。 +*防火墙可以根据协议或基于目标的规则过滤请求。* 一方面, [iptables][4] 是 Linux 机器上管理防火墙规则的工具。 -另一方面,[firewalld][5]也是 Linux 机器上管理防火墙规则的工具。 +另一方面,[firewalld][5] 也是 Linux 机器上管理防火墙规则的工具。 -你有什么问题吗?如果我告诉你还有另外一种工具,叫做 [nftables][6],这会不会糟蹋你的一天呢? +你有什么问题吗?如果我告诉你还有另外一种工具,叫做 [nftables][6],这会不会糟蹋你的美好一天呢? -好吧,我承认整件事确实有点好笑,所以让我解释一下了。这一切都从 Netfilter 开始,在 Linux 内核模块级别, Netfilter 控制访问网络栈。几十年来,管理 Netfilter 钩子的主要命令行工具是 iptables 规则集。 +好吧,我承认整件事确实有点好笑,所以让我来解释一下。这一切都从 Netfilter 开始,它在 Linux 内核模块级别控制访问网络栈。几十年来,管理 Netfilter 钩子的主要命令行工具是 iptables 规则集。 -因为调用这些规则所需的语法看起来有点晦涩难懂,所以各种用户友好的实现方式,如[ufw][7] 和 firewalld 被引入作,并为更高级别的 Netfilter 解释器。然而,Ufw 和 firewalld 主要是为解决独立计算机面临的各种问题而设计的。构建全方面的网络解决方案通常需要 iptables,或者从2014年起,它的替代品 nftables (nft 命令行工具)。 - - -iptables 没有消失,仍然被广泛使用着。事实上,在未来的许多年里,作为一名管理员,你应该会使用 iptables 来保护的网络。但是nftables 通过操作经典的 Netfilter 工具集带来了一些重要的崭新的功能。 +因为调用这些规则所需的语法看起来有点晦涩难懂,所以各种用户友好的实现方式,如 [ufw][7] 和 firewalld 被引入,作为更高级别的 Netfilter 解释器。然而,ufw 和 firewalld 主要是为解决单独的计算机所面临的各种问题而设计的。构建全方面的网络解决方案通常需要 iptables,或者从 2014 年起,它的替代品 nftables (nft 命令行工具)。 +iptables 没有消失,仍然被广泛使用着。事实上,在未来的许多年里,作为一名管理员,你应该会使用 iptables 来保护的网络。但是 nftables 通过操作经典的 Netfilter 工具集带来了一些重要的崭新的功能。 从现在开始,我将通过示例展示 firewalld 和 iptables 如何解决简单的连接问题。 ### 使用 firewalld 配置 HTTP 访问 -正如你能从它的名字中猜到的,firewalld 是 [systemd][8] 家族的一部分。Firewalld 可以安装在 Debian/Ubuntu 机器上,不过, 它默认安装在 RedHat 和 CentOS 上。如果您的计算机上运行着像 Apache 这样的 web 服务器,您可以通过浏览服务器的 web 根目录来确认防火墙是否正在工作。如果网站不可访问,那么 firewalld 正在工作。 +正如你能从它的名字中猜到的,firewalld 是 [systemd][8] 家族的一部分。firewalld 可以安装在 Debian/Ubuntu 机器上,不过,它默认安装在 RedHat 和 CentOS 上。如果您的计算机上运行着像 Apache 这样的 web 服务器,您可以通过浏览服务器的 web 根目录来确认防火墙是否正在工作。如果网站不可访问,那么 firewalld 正在工作。 -你可以使用 `firewall-cmd` 工具从命令行管理 firewalld 设置。添加 `–state` 参数将返回当前防火墙的状态: +你可以使用 `firewall-cmd` 工具从命令行管理 firewalld 设置。添加 `–state` 参数将返回当前防火墙的状态: ``` # firewall-cmd --state running ``` -默认情况下,firewalld 将处于运行状态,并将拒绝所有传入流量,但有几个例外,如 SSH。这意味着你的网站不会有太多的访问者,这无疑会为你节省大量的数据传输成本。然而,这不是你对 web 服务器的要求,你希望打开 HTTP 和 HTTPS 端口,按照惯例,这两个端口分别被指定为80和443。firewalld 提供了两种方法来实现这个功能。一个是通过 `–add-port` 参数,该参数直接引用端口号及其将使用的网络协议(在本例中为TCP )。 另外一个是通过`–permanent` 参数,它告诉 firewalld 在每次服务器启动时加载此规则: - +默认情况下,firewalld 处于运行状态,并拒绝所有传入流量,但有几个例外,如 SSH。这意味着你的网站不会有太多的访问者,这无疑会为你节省大量的数据传输成本。然而,这不是你对 web 服务器的要求,你希望打开 HTTP 和 HTTPS 端口,按照惯例,这两个端口分别被指定为 80 和 443。firewalld 提供了两种方法来实现这个功能。一个是通过 `–add-port` 参数,该参数直接引用端口号及其将使用的网络协议(在本例中为TCP)。 另外一个是通过 `–permanent` 参数,它告诉 firewalld 在每次服务器启动时加载此规则: ``` # firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=80/tcp # firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=443/tcp ``` - `–reload` 参数将这些规则应用于当前会话: +`–reload` 参数将这些规则应用于当前会话: ``` # firewall-cmd --reload ``` -查看当前防火墙上的设置, 运行 `–list-services` : +查看当前防火墙上的设置,运行 `–list-services`: ``` # firewall-cmd --list-services dhcpv6-client http https ssh ``` -假设您已经如前所述添加了浏览器访问,那么 HTTP、HTTPS 和 SSH 端口现在都应该是开放的—— `dhcpv6-client` ,它允许 Linux 从本地 DHCP 服务器请求 IPv6 IP地址。 +假设您已经如前所述添加了浏览器访问,那么 HTTP、HTTPS 和 SSH 端口现在都应该是和 `dhcpv6-client` 一样开放的 —— 它允许 Linux 从本地 DHCP 服务器请求 IPv6 IP 地址。 ### 使用 iptables 配置锁定的客户信息亭 -我相信你已经看到了信息亭——它们是放在机场、图书馆和商务场所的盒子里的平板电脑、触摸屏和ATM类电脑,邀请顾客和路人浏览内容。大多数信息亭的问题是,你通常不希望用户像在自己家一样,把他们当成自己的设备。它们通常不是用来浏览、观看 YouTube 视频或对五角大楼发起拒绝服务攻击的。因此,为了确保它们没有被滥用,你需要锁定它们。 +我相信你已经看到了信息亭——它们是放在机场、图书馆和商务场所的盒子里的平板电脑、触摸屏和 ATM 类电脑,邀请顾客和路人浏览内容。大多数信息亭的问题是,你通常不希望用户像在自己家一样,把他们当成自己的设备。它们通常不是用来浏览、观看 YouTube 视频或对五角大楼发起拒绝服务攻击的。因此,为了确保它们没有被滥用,你需要锁定它们。 +一种方法是应用某种信息亭模式,无论是通过巧妙使用 Linux 显示管理器还是控制在浏览器级别。但是为了确保你已经堵塞了所有的漏洞,你可能还想通过防火墙添加一些硬性的网络控制。在下一节中,我将讲解如何使用iptables 来完成。 -一种方法是应用某种信息亭模式,无论是通过巧妙使用Linux显示管理器还是在浏览器级别。但是为了确保你已经堵塞了所有的漏洞,你可能还想通过防火墙添加一些硬网络控制。在下一节中,我将讲解如何使用iptables 来完成。 - - -关于使用iptables,有两件重要的事情需要记住:你给规则的顺序非常关键,iptables 规则本身在重新启动后将无法存活。我会一次一个地在解释这些。 +关于使用 iptables,有两件重要的事情需要记住:你给出的规则的顺序非常关键;iptables 规则本身在重新启动后将无法保持。我会一次一个地在解释这些。 ### 信息亭项目 -为了说明这一切,让我们想象一下,我们为一家名为 BigMart 的大型连锁商店工作。它们已经存在了几十年;事实上,我们想象中的祖父母可能是在那里购物并长大的。但是这些天,BigMart 公司总部的人可能只是在数着亚马逊将他们永远赶下去的时间。 +为了说明这一切,让我们想象一下,我们为一家名为 BigMart 的大型连锁商店工作。它们已经存在了几十年;事实上,我们想象中的祖父母可能是在那里购物并长大的。但是如今,BigMart 公司总部的人可能只是在数着亚马逊将他们永远赶下去的时间。 -尽管如此,BigMart 的IT部门正在尽他们最大努力提供解决方案,他们向你发放了一些具有 WiFi 功能信息亭设备,你在整个商店的战略位置使用这些设备。其想法是,登录到 BigMart.com 产品页面,允许查找商品特征、过道位置和库存水平。信息亭还允许进入 bigmart-data.com,那里储存着许多图像和视频媒体信息。 +尽管如此,BigMart 的 IT 部门正在尽他们最大努力提供解决方案,他们向你发放了一些具有 WiFi 功能信息亭设备,你在整个商店的战略位置使用这些设备。其想法是,登录到 BigMart.com 产品页面,允许查找商品特征、过道位置和库存水平。信息亭还允许进入 bigmart-data.com,那里储存着许多图像和视频媒体信息。 -除此之外,您还需要允许下载软件包更新。最后,您还希望只允许从本地工作站访问SSH,并阻止其他人登录。下图说明了它将如何工作: +除此之外,您还需要允许下载软件包更新。最后,您还希望只允许从本地工作站访问 SSH,并阻止其他人登录。下图说明了它将如何工作: ![信息亭流量IP表] [10] -信息亭业务流由 iptables 控制。 +*信息亭业务流由 iptables 控制。 * ### 脚本 -以下是 Bash 脚本内容: +以下是 Bash 脚本内容: ``` #!/bin/bash @@ -104,24 +98,24 @@ iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 10.0.3.1 --dport 22 -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 0.0.0.0/0 --dport 22 -j DROP ``` -我们从基本规则 `-A` 开始分析,它告诉iptables 我们要添加规则。`OUTPUT` 意味着这条规则应该成为输出的一部分。`-p` 表示该规则仅使用TCP协议的数据包,正如`-d` 告诉我们的,目的地址是 [bigmart.com][11]。`-j` 参数作用为数据包符合规则时要采取的操作是 `ACCEPT`。第一条规则表示允许或接受请求。但,最后一条规则表示删除或拒绝的请求。 +我们从基本规则 `-A` 开始分析,它告诉 iptables 我们要添加规则。`OUTPUT` 意味着这条规则应该成为输出链的一部分。`-p` 表示该规则仅使用 TCP 协议的数据包,正如 `-d` 告诉我们的,目的地址是 [bigmart.com][11]。`-j` 参数的作用是当数据包符合规则时要采取的操作是 `ACCEPT`。第一条规则表示允许(或接受)请求。但,往下的规则你能看到丢弃(或拒绝)的请求。 -规则顺序是很重要的。iptables 仅仅允许匹配规则的内容请求通过。一个向外发出的浏览器请求,比如访问[youtube.com][12] 是会通过的,因为这个请求匹配第四条规则,但是当它到达“dport 80”或“dport 443”规则时——取决于是HTTP还是HTTPS请求——它将被删除。iptables不再麻烦检查了,因为那是一场比赛。 +规则顺序是很重要的。因为 iptables 会对一个请求遍历每个规则,直到遇到匹配的规则。一个向外发出的浏览器请求,比如访问 bigmart.com 是会通过的,因为这个请求匹配第一条规则,但是当它到达 `dport 80` 或 `dport 443` 规则时——取决于是 HTTP 还是 HTTPS 请求——它将被丢弃。当遇到匹配时,iptables 不再继续往下检查了。(LCTT 译注:此处原文有误,径改。) -另一方面,向ubuntu.com 发出软件升级的系统请求,只要符合其适当的规则,就会通过。显然,我们在这里做的是,只允许向我们的 BigMart 或 Ubuntu 发送 HTTP 或 HTTPS 请求,而不允许向其他目的地发送。 +另一方面,向 ubuntu.com 发出软件升级的系统请求,只要符合其适当的规则,就会通过。显然,我们在这里做的是,只允许向我们的 BigMart 或 Ubuntu 发送 HTTP 或 HTTPS 请求,而不允许向其他目的地发送。 -最后两条规则将处理 SSH 请求。因为它不使用端口80或443端口,而是使用22端口,所以之前的两个丢弃规则不会拒绝它。在这种情况下,来自我的工作站的登录请求将被接受,但是对其他任何地方的请求将被拒绝。这一点很重要:确保用于端口22规则的IP地址与您用来登录的机器的地址相匹配——如果不这样做,将立即被锁定。当然,这没什么大不了的,因为按照目前的配置方式,只需重启服务器,iptables 规则就会全部丢失。如果使用 LXC 容器作为服务器并从 LXC 主机登录,则使用主机 IP 地址连接容器,而不是其公共地址。 +最后两条规则将处理 SSH 请求。因为它不使用端口 80 或 443 端口,而是使用 22 端口,所以之前的两个丢弃规则不会拒绝它。在这种情况下,来自我的工作站的登录请求将被接受,但是对其他任何地方的请求将被拒绝。这一点很重要:确保用于端口 22 规则的 IP 地址与您用来登录的机器的地址相匹配——如果不这样做,将立即被锁定。当然,这没什么大不了的,因为按照目前的配置方式,只需重启服务器,iptables 规则就会全部丢失。如果使用 LXC 容器作为服务器并从 LXC 主机登录,则使用主机 IP 地址连接容器,而不是其公共地址。 -如果机器的IP发生变化,请记住更新这个规则;否则,你会被拒绝访问。 +如果机器的 IP 发生变化,请记住更新这个规则;否则,你会被拒绝访问。 -在家玩(是在某种性虚拟机上)?太好了。创建自己的脚本。现在我可以保存脚本,使用`chmod` 使其可执行,并以`sudo` 的形式运行它。不要担心 `igmart-data.com没找到`错误——当然没找到;它不存在。 +在家玩(是在某种一次性虚拟机上)?太好了。创建自己的脚本。现在我可以保存脚本,使用 `chmod` 使其可执行,并以 `sudo` 的形式运行它。不要担心“igmart-data.com 没找到”之类的错误 —— 当然没找到;它不存在。 ``` chmod +X scriptname.sh sudo ./scriptname.sh ``` -你可以使用`cURL` 命令行测试防火墙。请求 ubuntu.com 奏效,但请求 [manning.com][13]是失败的 。 +你可以使用 `cURL` 命令行测试防火墙。请求 ubuntu.com 奏效,但请求 [manning.com][13] 是失败的 。 ``` @@ -131,24 +125,22 @@ curl manning.com ### 配置 iptables 以在系统启动时加载 -现在,我如何让这些规则在每次 kiosk 启动时自动加载?第一步是将当前规则保存。使用`iptables-save` 工具保存规则文件。将在根目录中创建一个包含规则列表的文件。管道后面跟着 tee 命令,是将我的`sudo` 权限应用于字符串的第二部分:将文件实际保存到否则受限的根目录。 +现在,我如何让这些规则在每次信息亭启动时自动加载?第一步是将当前规则保存。使用 `iptables-save` 工具保存规则文件。这将在根目录中创建一个包含规则列表的文件。管道后面跟着 `tee` 命令,是将我的`sudo` 权限应用于字符串的第二部分:将文件实际保存到否则受限的根目录。 -然后我可以告诉系统每次启动时运行一个相关的工具,叫做`iptables-restore` 。我们在上一模块中看到的常规cron 作业,因为它们在设定的时间运行,但是我们不知道什么时候我们的计算机可能会决定崩溃和重启。 +然后我可以告诉系统每次启动时运行一个相关的工具,叫做 `iptables-restore` 。我们在上一章节(LCTT 译注:指作者的书)中看到的常规 cron 任务并不适用,因为它们在设定的时间运行,但是我们不知道什么时候我们的计算机可能会决定崩溃和重启。 -有许多方法来处理这个问题。这里有一个: +有许多方法来处理这个问题。这里有一个: - -在我的 Linux 机器上,我将安装一个名为 [anacron][14] 的程序,该程序将在 /etc/ 目录中为我们提供一个名为anacrondab 的文件。我将编辑该文件并添加这个 `iptables-restore` 命令,告诉它加载该文件的当前值。引导后一分钟,规则每天(必要时)加载到 iptables 中。我会给作业一个标识符( `iptables-restore` ),然后添加命令本身。如果你在家和我一起这样,你应该通过重启系统来测试一下。 +在我的 Linux 机器上,我将安装一个名为 [anacron][14] 的程序,该程序将在 `/etc/` 目录中为我们提供一个名为 `anacrontab` 的文件。我将编辑该文件并添加这个 `iptables-restore` 命令,告诉它加载那个 .rule 文件的当前内容。当引导后,规则每天(必要时)01:01 时加载到 iptables 中(LCTT 译注:anacron 会补充执行由于机器没有运行而错过的 cron 任务,因此,即便 01:01 时机器没有启动,也会在机器启动会尽快执行该任务)。我会给该任务一个标识符(`iptables-restore`),然后添加命令本身。如果你在家和我一起这样,你应该通过重启系统来测试一下。 ``` sudo iptables-save | sudo tee /root/my.active.firewall.rules sudo apt install anacron sudo nano /etc/anacrontab 1 1 iptables-restore iptables-restore < /root/my.active.firewall.rules - ``` -我希望这些实际例子已经说明了如何使用 iptables 和 firewalld 来管理基于Linux的防火墙上的连接问题。 +我希望这些实际例子已经说明了如何使用 iptables 和 firewalld 来管理基于 Linux 的防火墙上的连接问题。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -157,7 +149,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-iptables-firewalld 作者:[David Clinton][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 0dc692ee68d59d5856a8dee957d91abe942398b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 17:18:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 309/437] PUB:20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md @heguangzhi https://linux.cn/article-10075-1.html --- ...rewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/published/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md rename to published/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md From d00d9d4739ba473ca1ea9904761c4c936c927dfc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 20:55:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 310/437] PRF:20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md @qhwdw --- ...Educational Software and Games for Kids.md | 39 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md b/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md index 3a1981f0bc..029c70b675 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -# 5 个给孩子的非常好的 Linux 教育软件和游戏 +5 个给孩子的非常好的 Linux 游戏和教育软件 +================= ![](https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-programs-for-kids-featured.jpg) @@ -8,39 +9,39 @@ Linux 是一个非常强大的操作系统,因此因特网上的大多数服 **相关阅读**:[使用一个 Linux 发行版的新手指南][1] -### 1. GCompris +### 1、GCompris -如果你正在为你的孩子寻找一款最佳的教育软件,[GCompris][2] 将是你的最好的开端。这款软件专门为 2 到 10 岁的孩子所设计。作为所有的 Linux 教育软件套装的巅峰之作,GCompris 为孩子们提供了大约 100 项活动。它囊括了你期望你的孩子学习的所有内容,从阅读材料到科学、地理、绘画、代数、测验、等等。 +如果你正在为你的孩子寻找一款最佳的教育软件,[GCompris][2] 将是你的最好的开端。这款软件专门为 2 到 10 岁的孩子所设计。作为所有的 Linux 教育软件套装的巅峰之作,GCompris 为孩子们提供了大约 100 项活动。它囊括了你期望你的孩子学习的所有内容,从阅读材料到科学、地理、绘画、代数、测验等等。 ![Linux educational software and games][3] -GCompris 甚至有一项活动可以帮你的孩子学习计算机的相关知识。如果你的孩子还很小,你希望他去学习字母、颜色、和形状,GCompris 也有这方面的相关内容。更重要的是,它也为孩子们准备了一些益智类游戏,比如国际象棋、井字棋、好记性、以及猜词游戏。GCompris 并不是一个仅在 Linux 上可运行的游戏。它也可以运行在 Windows 和 Android 上。 +GCompris 甚至有一项活动可以帮你的孩子学习计算机的相关知识。如果你的孩子还很小,你希望他去学习字母、颜色和形状,GCompris 也有这方面的相关内容。更重要的是,它也为孩子们准备了一些益智类游戏,比如国际象棋、井字棋、好记性、以及猜词游戏。GCompris 并不是一个仅在 Linux 上可运行的游戏。它也可以运行在 Windows 和 Android 上。 -### 2. TuxMath +### 2、TuxMath -很多学生认为数学是们非常难的课程。你可以通过 Linux 教育软件如 [TuxMath][4] 来让你的孩子了解数学技能,从而来改变这种看法。TuxMath 是为孩子开发的顶级的数学教育辅助游戏。在这个游戏中,你的角色是在如雨点般下降的数学问题中帮助 Linux 企鹅 Tux 来保护它的星球。 +很多学生认为数学是门非常难的课程。你可以通过 Linux 教育软件如 [TuxMath][4] 来让你的孩子了解数学技能,从而来改变这种看法。TuxMath 是为孩子开发的顶级的数学教育辅助游戏。在这个游戏中,你的角色是在如雨点般下降的数学问题中帮助 Linux 企鹅 Tux 来保护它的星球。 ![linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1][5] 在它们落下来毁坏 Tux 的星球之前,找到问题的答案,就可以使用你的激光去帮助 Tux 拯救它的星球。数字问题的难度每过一关就会提升一点。这个游戏非常适合孩子,因为它可以让孩子们去开动脑筋解决问题。而且还有助他们学好数学,以及帮助他们开发智力。 -### 3. Sugar on a Stick +### 3、Sugar on a Stick -[Sugar on a Stick][6] 是献给孩子们的学习程序 —— 一个广受好评的全新教学法。这个程序为你的孩子提供一个成熟的教学平台,在那里,他们可以收获创造、探索、发现和思考方面的技能。和 GCompris 一样,Sugar on a Stick 为孩子们带来了包括游戏和谜题在内的大量学习资源。 +[Sugar on a Stick][6] 是献给孩子们的学习程序 —— 一个广受好评的全新教学法。这个程序为你的孩子提供一个成熟的教学平台,在那里,他们可以收获创造、探索、发现和思考方面的技能。和 GCompris 一样,Sugar on a Stick 为孩子们带来了包括游戏和谜题在内的大量学习资源。 ![linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick][7] 关于 Sugar on a Stick 最大的一个好处是你可以将它配置在一个 U 盘上。你只要有一台 X86 的 PC,插入那个 U 盘,然后就可以从 U 盘引导这个发行版。Sugar on a Stick 是由 Sugar 实验室提供的一个项目 —— 这个实验室是一个由志愿者运作的非盈利组织。 -### 4. KDE Edu Suite +### 4、KDE Edu Suite -[KDE Edu Suite][8] 是一个用途与众不同的软件包。带来了大量不同领域的应用程序,KDE 社区已经证实,它不仅是一系列成年人授权的问题;它还关心年青一代如何适应他们周围的一切。它囊括了一系列孩子们使用的应用程序,从科学到数学、地理等等。 +[KDE Edu Suite][8] 是一个用途与众不同的软件包。带来了大量不同领域的应用程序,KDE 社区已经证实,它不仅可以给成年人授权;它还关心年青一代如何适应他们周围的一切。它囊括了一系列孩子们使用的应用程序,从科学到数学、地理等等。 ![linux-educational-software-kde-1][9] KDE Edu 套件根据长大后所必需的知识为基础,既能够用作学校的教学软件,也能够作为孩子们的学习 APP。它提供了大量的可免费下载的软件包。KDE Edu 套件在主流的 GNU/Linux 发行版都能安装。 -### 5. Tux Paint +### 5、Tux Paint ![linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2][10] @@ -61,20 +62,20 @@ via: https://www.maketecheasier.com/5-best-linux-software-packages-for-kids/ 作者:[Kenneth Kimari][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/author/kennkimari/ -[1]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/beginner-guide-to-using-linux-distro/ "The Beginner’s Guide to Using a Linux Distro" +[1]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/beginner-guide-to-using-linux-distro/ [2]: http://www.gcompris.net/downloads-en.html -[3]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-gcompris.jpg "Linux educational software and games" +[3]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-gcompris.jpg [4]: https://tuxmath.en.uptodown.com/ubuntu -[5]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1.jpg "linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1" +[5]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1.jpg [6]: http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Sugar_on_a_Stick/Downloads -[7]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick.png "linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick" +[7]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick.png [8]: https://edu.kde.org/ -[9]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-kde-1.jpg "linux-educational-software-kde-1" -[10]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2.jpg "linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2" +[9]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-kde-1.jpg +[10]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2.jpg [11]: http://www.tuxpaint.org/ -[12]: http://edubuntu.org/ \ No newline at end of file +[12]: http://edubuntu.org/ From 35b0acca5d201b87fcc6c8e3e0a06b60c634a78b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 20:56:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 311/437] PUB:20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md @qhwdw https://linux.cn/article-10076-1.html --- ...5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md b/published/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md rename to published/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md From 95ed6758ab4a2b82cac59d979827b8e93f530c00 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 21:13:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 312/437] translate done: 20180827 Solve -error- failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md --- ...tion (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md | 50 ------------------- ...tion (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md | 49 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 49 insertions(+), 50 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180827 Solve -error- failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180827 Solve -error- failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180827 Solve -error- failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180827 Solve -error- failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index bb0479e7fe..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180827 Solve -error- failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -translating by lujun9972 -Solve "error: failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)" In Arch Linux -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/arch_linux_wallpaper-720x340.png) - -It’s been a month since I upgraded my Arch Linux desktop. Today, I tried to update my Arch Linux system, and ran into an error that said **“error: failed to commit transaction (conflicting files) stfl: /usr/lib/libstfl.so.0 exists in filesystem”**. It looks like one library (/usr/lib/libstfl.so.0) that exists on my filesystem and pacman can’t upgrade it. If you’re encountered with the same error, here is a quick fix to resolve it. - -### Solve “error: failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)” In Arch Linux - -You have three options. - -1. Simply ignore the problematic **stfl** library from being upgraded and try to update the system again. Refer this guide to know [**how to ignore package from being upgraded**][1]. - -2. Overwrite the package using command: -``` -$ sudo pacman -Syu --overwrite /usr/lib/libstfl.so.0 -``` - -3. Remove stfl library file manually and try to upgrade the system again. Please make sure the intended package is not a dependency to any important package. and check the archlinux.org whether are mentions of this conflict. -``` -$ sudo rm /usr/lib/libstfl.so.0 -``` - -Now, try to update the system: -``` -$ sudo pacman -Syu -``` - -I chose the third option and just deleted the file and upgraded my Arch Linux system. It works now! - -Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-solve-error-failed-to-commit-transaction-conflicting-files-in-arch-linux/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/safely-ignore-package-upgraded-arch-linux/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180827 Solve -error- failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180827 Solve -error- failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d77a63be3d --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180827 Solve -error- failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)- In Arch Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +解决 Arch Linux 中出现的 “error:failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)” +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/arch_linux_wallpaper-720x340.png) + +自我更新 Arch Linux 桌面以来已经有一个月了。今天我试着更新我的 Arch Linux 系统,然后遇到一个错误 **“error:failed to commit transaction (conflicting files) stfl:/usr/lib/libstfl.so.0 exists in filesystem”**。看起来是 pacman 无法更新一个已经存在于文件系统上的库 (/usr/lib/libstfl.so.0)。如果你也遇到了同样的问题,下面是一个快速解决方案。 + +### 解决 Arch Linux 中出现的 “error:failed to commit transaction (conflicting files)” + +有三种方法。 + +1。简单在升级时忽略导致问题的 **stfl** 库并尝试再次更新系统。请参阅此指南以了解 [**如何在更新时忽略软件包 **][1]。 + +2。使用命令覆盖这个包: +``` +$ sudo pacman -Syu --overwrite /usr/lib/libstfl.so.0 +``` + +3。手工删掉 stfl 库然后再次升级系统。请确保目标包不被其他任何重要的包所依赖。可以通过去 archlinux.org 查看是否有这种冲突。 +``` +$ sudo rm /usr/lib/libstfl.so.0 +``` + +现在,尝试更新系统: +``` +$ sudo pacman -Syu +``` + +我选择第三种方法,直接删除该文件然后升级 Arch Linux 系统。很有效! + +希望本文对你有所帮助。还有更多好东西。敬请期待! + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-solve-error-failed-to-commit-transaction-conflicting-files-in-arch-linux/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/safely-ignore-package-upgraded-arch-linux/ From 19fef64b60bd3bfbe9a9a929b5679bcbe54ae130 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 21:29:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 313/437] PRF:20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md @HankChow --- ...ly And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md | 54 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md index c556d485c3..84c37055bb 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -在 Linux 中安全轻松地管理 Cron 定时任务 +在 Linux 中安全且轻松地管理 Cron 定时任务 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Crontab-UI-720x340.jpg) -在 Linux 中遇到计划任务的时候,你首先会想到的大概就是 Cron 定时任务了。Cron 定时任务能帮助你在类 Unix 操作系统中计划性地执行命令或者任务。也可以参考一下我们之前的一篇[《关于 Cron 定时任务的新手指导》][1]。对于有一定 Linux 经验的人来说,设置 Cron 定时任务不是什么难事,但对于新手来说就不一定了,他们在编辑 Crontab 文件的时候不知不觉中犯的一些小错误,也有可能把整个 Cron 定时任务搞挂了。如果你在处理 Cron 定时任务的时候为了以防万一,可以尝试使用 **Crontab UI**,它是一个可以在类 Unix 操作系统上安全轻松管理 Cron 定时任务的页面工具。 - -Crontab UI 是使用 NodeJS 编写的免费开源软件。有了 Crontab UI,你在创建、删除和修改 Cron 定时任务的时候就不需要手工编辑 Crontab 文件了,只需要打开浏览器稍微操作一下,就能完成上面这些工作。你可以用 Crontab UI 轻松创建、编辑、暂停、删除、备份 Cron 定时任务,甚至还可以简单做到导入、导出、部署其它机器上的 Cron 定时任务,它还支持错误日志、邮件发送和钩子。 +在 Linux 中遇到计划任务的时候,你首先会想到的大概就是 Cron 定时任务了。Cron 定时任务能帮助你在类 Unix 操作系统中计划性地执行命令或者任务。也可以参考一下我们之前的一篇《[关于 Cron 定时任务的新手指导][1]》。对于有一定 Linux 经验的人来说,设置 Cron 定时任务不是什么难事,但对于新手来说就不一定了,他们在编辑 crontab 文件的时候不知不觉中犯的一些小错误,也有可能把整个 Cron 定时任务搞挂了。如果你在处理 Cron 定时任务的时候为了以防万一,可以尝试使用 **Crontab UI**,它是一个可以在类 Unix 操作系统上安全轻松管理 Cron 定时任务的 Web 页面工具。 +Crontab UI 是使用 NodeJS 编写的自由开源软件。有了 Crontab UI,你在创建、删除和修改 Cron 定时任务的时候就不需要手工编辑 Crontab 文件了,只需要打开浏览器稍微操作一下,就能完成上面这些工作。你可以用 Crontab UI 轻松创建、编辑、暂停、删除、备份 Cron 定时任务,甚至还可以简单地做到导入、导出、部署其它机器上的 Cron 定时任务,它还支持错误日志、邮件发送和钩子。 ### 安装 Crontab UI -只需要一条命令就可以安装好 Crontab UI,但前提是已经安装好 NPM。如果还没有安装 NPM,可以参考[《如何在 Linux 上安装 NodeJS》][2]这篇文章。 +只需要一条命令就可以安装好 Crontab UI,但前提是已经安装好 NPM。如果还没有安装 NPM,可以参考《[如何在 Linux 上安装 NodeJS][2]》这篇文章。 执行这一条命令来安装 Crontab UI。 + ``` $ npm install -g crontab-ui - ``` 就是这么简单,下面继续来看看在 Crontab UI 上如何管理 Cron 定时任务。 @@ -23,29 +22,29 @@ $ npm install -g crontab-ui ### 在 Linux 上安全轻松管理 Cron 定时任务 执行这一条命令启动 Crontab UI: + ``` $ crontab-ui - ``` 你会看到这样的输出: + ``` Node version: 10.8.0 Crontab UI is running at http://127.0.0.1:8000 - ``` -首先在你的防火墙和路由器上放开 8000 端口,然后打开浏览器访问 ****。 +首先在你的防火墙和路由器上放开 8000 端口,然后打开浏览器访问 ``。 注意,默认只有在本地才能访问到 Crontab UI 的控制台页面。但如果你想让 Crontab UI 使用系统的 IP 地址和自定义端口,也就是想让其它机器也访问到本地的 Crontab UI,你需要使用以下这个命令: + ``` $ HOST=0.0.0.0 PORT=9000 crontab-ui Node version: 10.8.0 Crontab UI is running at http://0.0.0.0:9000 - ``` -Crontab UI 就能够通过 :9000 这样的 URL 被远程机器访问到了。 +Crontab UI 就能够通过 `:9000` 这样的 URL 被远程机器访问到了。 Crontab UI 的控制台页面长这样: @@ -53,19 +52,17 @@ Crontab UI 的控制台页面长这样: 从上面的截图就可以看到,Crontab UI 的界面非常简洁,所有选项的含义都能不言自明。 -输入 `Ctrl + C` 就可以关闭 Crontab UI。 +在终端输入 `Ctrl + C` 就可以关闭 Crontab UI。 -**创建、编辑、运行、停止、删除 Cron 定时任务** - -点击“New”,输入 Cron 定时任务的信息并点击“Save”保存,就可以创建一个新的 Cron 定时任务了。 +#### 创建、编辑、运行、停止、删除 Cron 定时任务 + +点击 “New”,输入 Cron 定时任务的信息并点击 “Save” 保存,就可以创建一个新的 Cron 定时任务了。 1. 为 Cron 定时任务命名,这是可选的; 2. 你想要执行的完整命令; - 3. 设定计划执行的时间。你可以按照启动、每时、每日、每周、每月、每年这些指标快速指定计划任务,也可以明确指定任务执行的具体时间。指定好计划时间后,**Jobs** 区域就会显示 Cron 定时任务的句式。 + 3. 设定计划执行的时间。你可以按照启动、每时、每日、每周、每月、每年这些指标快速指定计划任务,也可以明确指定任务执行的具体时间。指定好计划时间后,“Jobs” 区域就会显示 Cron 定时任务的句式。 4. 选择是否为某个 Cron 定时任务记录错误日志。 - - 这是我的一个 Cron 定时任务样例。 ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/create-new-cron-job.png) @@ -74,41 +71,40 @@ Crontab UI 的控制台页面长这样: ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/crontab-ui-dashboard-1.png) -如果你需要更改 Cron 定时任务中的某些参数,只需要点击 **Edit** 按钮并按照你的需求更改对应的参数。点击 **Run** 按钮可以立即执行 Cron 定时任务,点击 **Stop** 则可以立即停止 Cron 定时任务。如果想要查看某个 Cron 定时任务的详细日志,可以点击 **Log** 按钮。对于不再需要的 Cron 定时任务,就可以按 **Delete** 按钮删除。 +如果你需要更改 Cron 定时任务中的某些参数,只需要点击 “Edit” 按钮并按照你的需求更改对应的参数。点击 “Run” 按钮可以立即执行 Cron 定时任务,点击 “Stop” 则可以立即停止 Cron 定时任务。如果想要查看某个 Cron 定时任务的详细日志,可以点击 “Log” 按钮。对于不再需要的 Cron 定时任务,就可以按 “Delete” 按钮删除。 -**备份 Cron 定时任务** +#### 备份 Cron 定时任务 -点击控制台页面的 **Backup** 按钮并确认,就可以备份所有 Cron 定时任务。 +点击控制台页面的 “Backup” 按钮并确认,就可以备份所有 Cron 定时任务。 ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/backup-cron-jobs.png) 备份之后,一旦 Crontab 文件出现了错误,就可以使用备份来恢复了。 -**导入/导出其它机器上的 Cron 定时任务** +#### 导入/导出其它机器上的 Cron 定时任务 -Crontab UI 还有一个令人注目的功能,就是导入、导出、部署其它机器上的 Cron 定时任务。如果同一个网络里的多台机器都需要执行同样的 Cron 定时任务,只需要点击 **Export** 按钮并选择文件的保存路径,所有的 Cron 定时任务都会导出到 `crontab.db` 文件中。 +Crontab UI 还有一个令人注目的功能,就是导入、导出、部署其它机器上的 Cron 定时任务。如果同一个网络里的多台机器都需要执行同样的 Cron 定时任务,只需要点击 “Export” 按钮并选择文件的保存路径,所有的 Cron 定时任务都会导出到 `crontab.db` 文件中。 以下是 `crontab.db` 文件的内容: + ``` $ cat Downloads/crontab.db {"name":"Remove Pacman Cache","command":"rm -rf /var/cache/pacman","schedule":"@monthly","stopped":false,"timestamp":"Thu Aug 23 2018 10:34:19 GMT+0000 (Coordinated Universal Time)","logging":"true","mailing":{},"created":1535020459093,"_id":"lcVc1nSdaceqS1ut"} - ``` 导出成文件以后,你就可以把这个 `crontab.db` 文件放置到其它机器上并导入成 Cron 定时任务,而不需要在每一台主机上手动设置 Cron 定时任务。总之,在一台机器上设置完,导出,再导入到其他机器,就完事了。 -**在 Crontab 文件获取/保存 Cron 定时任务** +#### 在 Crontab 文件获取/保存 Cron 定时任务 -你可能在使用 Crontab UI 之前就已经使用 `crontab` 命令创建过 Cron 定时任务。如果是这样,你可以点击控制台页面上的 **Get from crontab** 按钮来获取已有的 Cron 定时任务。 +你可能在使用 Crontab UI 之前就已经使用 `crontab` 命令创建过 Cron 定时任务。如果是这样,你可以点击控制台页面上的 “Get from crontab” 按钮来获取已有的 Cron 定时任务。 ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/get-from-crontab.png) -同样地,你也可以使用 Crontab UI 来将新的 Cron 定时任务保存到 Crontab 文件中,只需要点击 **Save to crontab** 按钮就可以了。 +同样地,你也可以使用 Crontab UI 来将新的 Cron 定时任务保存到 Crontab 文件中,只需要点击 “Save to crontab” 按钮就可以了。 管理 Cron 定时任务并没有想象中那么难,即使是新手使用 Crontab UI 也能轻松管理 Cron 定时任务。赶快开始尝试并发表一下你的看法吧。 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-easily-and-safely-manage-cron-jobs-in-linux/ @@ -116,7 +112,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-easily-and-safely-manage-cron-jobs-in-linu 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 8b90c932c34a68173ab74841a5b9a45de7ffad6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 21:30:17 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 314/437] PUB:20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10077-1.html --- ...20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md b/published/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md rename to published/20180823 How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux.md From d0792ed447bfb0571295673fa3b4541e3f4ebf17 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 21:39:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 315/437] PRF:20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md @HankChow --- ...27 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 22 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md index 3521b21a8a..0a087de8be 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ 如何在 Ubuntu Linux 中使用 RAR 文件 ====== + [RAR][1] 是一种非常好的归档文件格式。但相比之下 7-zip 能提供了更好的压缩率,并且默认情况下还可以在多个平台上轻松支持 Zip 文件。不过 RAR 仍然是最流行的归档格式之一。然而 [Ubuntu][2] 自带的归档管理器却不支持提取 RAR 文件,也不允许创建 RAR 文件。 -方法总比问题多。只要安装 `unrar` 这款由 [RARLAB][3] 提供的免费软件,就能在 Ubuntu 上支持提取RAR文件了。你也可以试安装 `rar` 来创建和管理 RAR 文件。 +办法总比问题多。只要安装 `unrar` 这款由 [RARLAB][3] 提供的免费软件,就能在 Ubuntu 上支持提取 RAR 文件了。你也可以安装 `rar` 试用版来创建和管理 RAR 文件。 ![RAR files in Ubuntu Linux][4] ### 提取 RAR 文件 -在未安装 unrar 的情况下,提取 RAR 文件会报出“未能提取”错误,就像下面这样(以 [Ubuntu 18.04][5] 为例): +在未安装 `unrar` 的情况下,提取 RAR 文件会报出“未能提取”错误,就像下面这样(以 [Ubuntu 18.04][5] 为例): ![Error in RAR extraction in Ubuntu][6] -如果要解决这个错误并提取 RAR 文件,请按照以下步骤安装 unrar: +如果要解决这个错误并提取 RAR 文件,请按照以下步骤安装 `unrar`: 打开终端并输入: ``` - sudo apt-get install unrar - +sudo apt-get install unrar ``` -安装 unrar 后,直接输入 `unrar` 就可以看到它的用法以及如何使用这个工具处理 RAR 文件。 +安装 `unrar` 后,直接输入 `unrar` 就可以看到它的用法以及如何使用这个工具处理 RAR 文件。 最常用到的功能是提取 RAR 文件。因此,可以**通过右键单击 RAR 文件并执行提取**,也可以借助此以下命令通过终端执行操作: ``` unrar x FileName.rar - ``` 结果类似以下这样: ![Using unrar in Ubuntu][7] -如果家目录中不存在对应的文件,就必须使用 `cd` 命令移动到目标目录下。例如 RAR 文件如果在 `Music` 目录下,只需要使用 `cd Music` 就可以移动到相应的目录,然后提取 RAR 文件。 +如果压缩文件没放在家目录中,就必须使用 `cd` 命令移动到目标目录下。例如 RAR 文件如果在 `Music` 目录下,只需要使用 `cd Music` 就可以移动到相应的目录,然后提取 RAR 文件。 ### 创建和管理 RAR 文件 @@ -42,18 +41,16 @@ unrar x FileName.rar `unrar` 不允许创建 RAR 文件。因此还需要安装 `rar` 命令行工具才能创建 RAR 文件。 -要创建 RAR 文件,首先需要通过以下命令安装 rar: +要创建 RAR 文件,首先需要通过以下命令安装 `rar`: ``` sudo apt-get install rar - ``` 按照下面的命令语法创建 RAR 文件: ``` rar a ArchiveName File_1 File_2 Dir_1 Dir_2 - ``` 按照这个格式输入命令时,它会将目录中的每个文件添加到 RAR 文件中。如果需要某一个特定的文件,就要指定文件确切的名称或路径。 @@ -64,7 +61,6 @@ rar a ArchiveName File_1 File_2 Dir_1 Dir_2 ``` rar u ArchiveName Filename - ``` 在终端输入 `rar` 就可以列出 RAR 工具的相关命令。 @@ -82,7 +78,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/use-rar-ubuntu-linux/ 作者:[Ankush Das][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f08020750a7165bb04b74f60f63cd9bf793c241e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 21:39:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 316/437] PUB:20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10078-1.html --- .../20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/published/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md rename to published/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md From 3a9c594e66be79405636f15709f8aa6d3a373aeb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 22:12:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 317/437] translate done: 20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md --- ...eate M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md | 41 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md b/sources/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md index 3c0b63d63b..21f5bc61df 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md +++ b/sources/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md @@ -1,37 +1,36 @@ -translating by lujun9972 -How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip] +Linux下如何创建 M3U 播放列表 [小建议] ====== -**Brief: A quick tip on how to create M3U playlists in Linux terminal from unordered files to play them in a sequence.** +**简介:关于如何在Linux终端中根据乱序文件创建M3U播放列表实现循序播放的小建议。** ![Create M3U playlists in Linux Terminal][1] -I am a fan of foreign tv series and it’s not always easy to get them on DVD or on streaming services like [Netflix][2]. Thankfully, you can find some of them on YouTube and [download them from YouTube][3]. +我是外国电视连续剧的粉丝,这些连续剧不太容易从DVD或像[Netflix] [2]这样的流媒体上获得。还在,您可以在YouTube上找到一些内容并[从YouTube下载][3]。 -Now there comes a problem. Your files might not be sorted in a particular order. In GNU/Linux files are not naturally sort ordered by number sequencing so I had to make a .m3u playlist so [MPV video player][4] would play the videos in sequence and not out of sequence. +现在出现了一个问题. 你的文件可能不是按顺序存储的. 在GNU / Linux中,文件不是按数字顺序自然排序的,因此我必须创建.m3u播放列表,以便[MPV视频播放器][4]可以按顺序播放视频而不是乱顺进行播放。 -Also sometimes the numbers are in the middle or the end like ‘My Web Series S01E01.mkv’ as an example. The episode information here is in the middle of the filename, the ‘S01E01’ which tells us, humans, which is the first episode and which needs to come in next. +同样的,有时候表示第几集的数字实在文件名中间或结尾的,像这样 ‘My Web Series S01E01.mkv’. 这里的剧集信息位于文件名的中间,'S01E01'告诉我们人类,哪个是第一集,下一集是哪一个文件。 -So what I did was to generate an m3u playlist in the video directory and tell MPV to play the .m3u playlist and it would take care of playing them in the sequence. +因此我要做的事情就是在视频墓中创建一个 m3u 播放列表并告诉MPV播放这个 .m3u 播放列表,MPV自然会按顺序播放这些视频. -### What is an M3U file? +### 什么是M3U 文件? -[M3U][5] is basically a text file that contains filenames in a specific order. When a player like MPV or VLC opens an M3U file, it tries to play the specified files in the given sequence. +[M3U][5] 基本上就是个按特定顺序包含文件名的文本文件. 当类似MPV或VLC这样的播放器打开M3U文件时, 它会尝试按给定的顺序播放指定文件. -### Creating M3U to play audio/video files in a sequence +### 创建M3U来按顺序播放音频/视频文件 -In my case, I used the following command: +就我而言, 我使用了下面命令: ``` $/home/shirish/Videos/web-series-video/$ ls -1v |grep .mkv > /tmp/1.m3u && mv /tmp/1.m3u . ``` -Let’s break it down a bit and see each bit as to what it means – +然我们拆分一下看看每个部分表示什么意思 – -**ls -1v** = This is using the plain ls or listing entries in the directory. The -1 means list one file per line. while -v natural sort of (version) numbers within text +**ls -1v** = 这就是用普通的 ls 来列出目录中的内容. 其中 `-1` 表示每行显示一个文件. 而 `-v` 表示根据文本中的数字(版本)进行自然排序 -**| grep .mkv** = It’s basically telling `ls` to look for files which are ending in .mkv . It could be .mp4 or any other media file format that you want. +**| grep .mkv** = 基本上就是告诉 `ls` 寻找那些以 `.mkv` 结尾的文件. 它也可以是 `.mp4` 或其他任何你想要的媒体文件格式. -It’s usually a good idea to do a dry run by running the command on the console: +通过在控制台上运行命令来进行试运行通常是个好主意: ``` ls -1v |grep .mkv My Web Series S01E01 [Episode 1 Name] Multi 480p WEBRip x264 - xRG.mkv @@ -45,25 +44,25 @@ My Web Series S01E08 [Episode 8 Name] Multi 480p WEBRip x264 - xRG.mkv ``` -This tells me that what I’m trying to do is correct. Now just have to make that the output is in the form of a .m3u playlist which is the next part. +结果显示我要做的事情是正确的. 现在下一步就是让输出以 `.m3u` 播放列表的格式输出. ``` ls -1v |grep .mkv > /tmp/web_playlist.m3u && mv /tmp/web_playlist.m3u . ``` -This makes the .m3u generate in the current directory. The .m3u playlist is nothing but a .txt file with the same contents as above with the .m3u extension. You can edit it manually as well and add the exact filenames in an order you desire. +这就在当前目录中创建了 `.m3u` 文件. 这个`.m3u`播放列表只不过是一个.txt文件,其内容与上面相同,扩展名为.m3u。 你也可以手动编辑它,并按照想要的顺序添加确切的文件名。 -After that you just have to do something like this: +之后你只需要这样做: ``` mpv web_playlist.m3u ``` -The great thing about MPV and the playlists, in general, is that you don’t have to binge-watch. You can see however much you want to do in one sitting and see the rest in the next session or the session after that. +一般来说,关于MPV和播放列表的好处在于你不需要一次性全部看完。 您可以一次看任意长时间,然后在下一次查看其余部分。 -I hope to do articles featuring MPV as well as how to make mkv files embedding subtitles in a media file but that’s in the future. +我希望写一些有关MPV的文章,以及如何制作在媒体文件中嵌入字幕的mkv文件,但这是将来的事情了。 -Note: It’s FOSS doesn’t encourage piracy. +注意: 这是开源软件,不鼓励盗版 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- From a166bd6dc3af46d410b10d852ea1b315ef79098e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 3 Oct 2018 22:17:22 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 318/437] move to translted --- .../20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {sources => translated}/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md (100%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md b/translated/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md similarity index 100% rename from sources/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md rename to translated/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md From 792b8112b5201492393a21ce244a4e384662a806 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: houbaron Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 00:54:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 319/437] houbaron translated --- .../20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md | 495 ------------------ .../20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md | 494 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 494 insertions(+), 495 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md b/sources/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md deleted file mode 100644 index 65add9552d..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,495 +0,0 @@ -Translating By houbaron - -Five things that make Go fast -============================================================ - - _Anthony Starks has remixed my original Google Present based slides using his fantastic Deck presentation tool. You can check out his remix over on his blog,[mindchunk.blogspot.com.au/2014/06/remixing-with-deck][5]._ - -* * * - -I was recently invited to give a talk at Gocon, a fantastic Go conference held semi-annually in Tokyo, Japan. [Gocon 2014][6] was an entirely community-run one day event combining training and an afternoon of presentations surrounding the theme of Go in production. - -The following is the text of my presentation. The original text was structured to force me to speak slowly and clearly, so I have taken the liberty of editing it slightly to be more readable. - -I want to thank [Bill Kennedy][7], Minux Ma, and especially [Josh Bleecher Snyder][8], for their assistance in preparing this talk. - -* * * - -Good afternoon. - -My name is David. - -I am delighted to be here at Gocon today. I have wanted to come to this conference for two years and I am very grateful to the organisers for extending me the opportunity to present to you today. - - [![Gocon 2014](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-1.jpg)][9] -I want to begin my talk with a question. - -Why are people choosing to use Go ? - -When people talk about their decision to learn Go, or use it in their product, they have a variety of answers, but there always three that are at the top of their list - - [![Gocon 2014 ](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-2.jpg)][10] -These are the top three. - -The first, Concurrency. - -Go’s concurrency primitives are attractive to programmers who come from single threaded scripting languages like Nodejs, Ruby, or Python, or from languages like C++ or Java with their heavyweight threading model. - -Ease of deployment. - -We have heard today from experienced Gophers who appreciate the simplicity of deploying Go applications. - - [![Gocon 2014](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-3.jpg)][11] - -This leaves Performance. - -I believe an important reason why people choose to use Go is because it is  _fast_ . - - [![Gocon 2014 (4)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-4.jpg)][12] - -For my talk today I want to discuss five features that contribute to Go’s performance. - -I will also share with you the details of how Go implements these features. - - [![Gocon 2014 (5)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-5.jpg)][13] - -The first feature I want to talk about is Go’s efficient treatment and storage of values. - - [![Gocon 2014 (6)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-6.jpg)][14] - -This is an example of a value in Go. When compiled, `gocon` consumes exactly four bytes of memory. - -Let’s compare Go with some other languages - - [![Gocon 2014 (7)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-7.jpg)][15] - -Due to the overhead of the way Python represents variables, storing the same value using Python consumes six times more memory. - -This extra memory is used by Python to track type information, do reference counting, etc - -Let’s look at another example: - - [![Gocon 2014 (8)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-8.jpg)][16] - -Similar to Go, the Java `int` type consumes 4 bytes of memory to store this value. - -However, to use this value in a collection like a `List` or `Map`, the compiler must convert it into an `Integer` object. - - [![Gocon 2014 (9)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-9.jpg)][17] - -So an integer in Java frequently looks more like this and consumes between 16 and 24 bytes of memory. - -Why is this important ? Memory is cheap and plentiful, why should this overhead matter ? - - [![Gocon 2014 (10)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-10.jpg)][18] - -This is a graph showing CPU clock speed vs memory bus speed. - -Notice how the gap between CPU clock speed and memory bus speed continues to widen. - -The difference between the two is effectively how much time the CPU spends waiting for memory. - - [![Gocon 2014 (11)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-11.jpg)][19] - -Since the late 1960’s CPU designers have understood this problem. - -Their solution is a cache, an area of smaller, faster memory which is inserted between the CPU and main memory. - - [![Gocon 2014 (12)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-12.jpg)][20] - -This is a `Location` type which holds the location of some object in three dimensional space. It is written in Go, so each `Location` consumes exactly 24 bytes of storage. - -We can use this type to construct an array type of 1,000 `Location`s, which consumes exactly 24,000 bytes of memory. - -Inside the array, the `Location` structures are stored sequentially, rather than as pointers to 1,000 Location structures stored randomly. - -This is important because now all 1,000 `Location` structures are in the cache in sequence, packed tightly together. - - [![Gocon 2014 (13)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-13.jpg)][21] - -Go lets you create compact data structures, avoiding unnecessary indirection. - -Compact data structures utilise the cache better. - -Better cache utilisation leads to better performance. - - [![Gocon 2014 (14)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-14.jpg)][22] - -Function calls are not free. - - [![Gocon 2014 (15)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-15.jpg)][23] - -Three things happen when a function is called. - -A new stack frame is created, and the details of the caller recorded. - -Any registers which may be overwritten during the function call are saved to the stack. - -The processor computes the address of the function and executes a branch to that new address. - - [![Gocon 2014 (16)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-16.jpg)][24] - -Because function calls are very common operations, CPU designers have worked hard to optimise this procedure, but they cannot eliminate the overhead. - -Depending on what the function does, this overhead may be trivial or significant. - -A solution to reducing function call overhead is an optimisation technique called Inlining. - - [![Gocon 2014 (17)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-17.jpg)][25] - -The Go compiler inlines a function by treating the body of the function as if it were part of the caller. - -Inlining has a cost; it increases binary size. - -It only makes sense to inline when the overhead of calling a function is large relative to the work the function does, so only simple functions are candidates for inlining. - -Complicated functions are usually not dominated by the overhead of calling them and are therefore not inlined. - - [![Gocon 2014 (18)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-18.jpg)][26] - -This example shows the function `Double` calling `util.Max`. - -To reduce the overhead of the call to `util.Max`, the compiler can inline `util.Max` into `Double`, resulting in something like this - - [![Gocon 2014 (19)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-19.jpg)][27] - -After inlining there is no longer a call to `util.Max`, but the behaviour of `Double` is unchanged. - -Inlining isn’t exclusive to Go. Almost every compiled or JITed language performs this optimisation. But how does inlining in Go work? - -The Go implementation is very simple. When a package is compiled, any small function that is suitable for inlining is marked and then compiled as usual. - -Then both the source of the function and the compiled version are stored. - - [![Gocon 2014 (20)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-20.jpg)][28] - -This slide shows the contents of util.a. The source has been transformed a little to make it easier for the compiler to process quickly. - -When the compiler compiles Double it sees that `util.Max` is inlinable, and the source of `util.Max`is available. - -Rather than insert a call to the compiled version of `util.Max`, it can substitute the source of the original function. - -Having the source of the function enables other optimizations. - - [![Gocon 2014 (21)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-21.jpg)][29] - -In this example, although the function Test always returns false, Expensive cannot know that without executing it. - -When `Test` is inlined, we get something like this - - [![Gocon 2014 (22)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-22.jpg)][30] - -The compiler now knows that the expensive code is unreachable. - -Not only does this save the cost of calling Test, it saves compiling or running any of the expensive code that is now unreachable. - -The Go compiler can automatically inline functions across files and even across packages. This includes code that calls inlinable functions from the standard library. - - [![Gocon 2014 (23)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-23.jpg)][31] - -Mandatory garbage collection makes Go a simpler and safer language. - -This does not imply that garbage collection makes Go slow, or that garbage collection is the ultimate arbiter of the speed of your program. - -What it does mean is memory allocated on the heap comes at a cost. It is a debt that costs CPU time every time the GC runs until that memory is freed. - - [![Gocon 2014 (24)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-24.jpg)][32] - -There is however another place to allocate memory, and that is the stack. - -Unlike C, which forces you to choose if a value will be stored on the heap, via `malloc`, or on the stack, by declaring it inside the scope of the function, Go implements an optimisation called  _escape analysis_ . - - [![Gocon 2014 (25)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-25.jpg)][33] - -Escape analysis determines whether any references to a value escape the function in which the value is declared. - -If no references escape, the value may be safely stored on the stack. - -Values stored on the stack do not need to be allocated or freed. - -Lets look at some examples - - [![Gocon 2014 (26)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-26.jpg)][34] - -`Sum` adds the numbers between 1 and 100 and returns the result. This is a rather unusual way to do this, but it illustrates how Escape Analysis works. - -Because the numbers slice is only referenced inside `Sum`, the compiler will arrange to store the 100 integers for that slice on the stack, rather than the heap. - -There is no need to garbage collect `numbers`, it is automatically freed when `Sum` returns. - - [![Gocon 2014 (27)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-27.jpg)][35] - -This second example is also a little contrived. In `CenterCursor` we create a new `Cursor` and store a pointer to it in c. - -Then we pass `c` to the `Center()` function which moves the `Cursor` to the center of the screen. - -Then finally we print the X and Y locations of that `Cursor`. - -Even though `c` was allocated with the `new` function, it will not be stored on the heap, because no reference `c` escapes the `CenterCursor` function. - - [![Gocon 2014 (28)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-28.jpg)][36] - -Go’s optimisations are always enabled by default. You can see the compiler’s escape analysis and inlining decisions with the `-gcflags=-m` switch. - -Because escape analysis is performed at compile time, not run time, stack allocation will always be faster than heap allocation, no matter how efficient your garbage collector is. - -I will talk more about the stack in the remaining sections of this talk. - - [![Gocon 2014 (30)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-30.jpg)][37] - -Go has goroutines. These are the foundations for concurrency in Go. - -I want to step back for a moment and explore the history that leads us to goroutines. - -In the beginning computers ran one process at a time. Then in the 60’s the idea of multiprocessing, or time sharing became popular. - -In a time-sharing system the operating systems must constantly switch the attention of the CPU between these processes by recording the state of the current process, then restoring the state of another. - -This is called  _process switching_ . - - [![Gocon 2014 (29)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-29.jpg)][38] - -There are three main costs of a process switch. - -First is the kernel needs to store the contents of all the CPU registers for that process, then restore the values for another process. - -The kernel also needs to flush the CPU’s mappings from virtual memory to physical memory as these are only valid for the current process. - -Finally there is the cost of the operating system context switch, and the overhead of the scheduler function to choose the next process to occupy the CPU. - - [![Gocon 2014 (31)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-31.jpg)][39] - -There are a surprising number of registers in a modern processor. I have difficulty fitting them on one slide, which should give you a clue how much time it takes to save and restore them. - -Because a process switch can occur at any point in a process’ execution, the operating system needs to store the contents of all of these registers because it does not know which are currently in use. - - [![Gocon 2014 (32)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-32.jpg)][40] - -This lead to the development of threads, which are conceptually the same as processes, but share the same memory space. - -As threads share address space, they are lighter than processes so are faster to create and faster to switch between. - - [![Gocon 2014 (33)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-33.jpg)][41] - -Goroutines take the idea of threads a step further. - -Goroutines are cooperatively scheduled, rather than relying on the kernel to manage their time sharing. - -The switch between goroutines only happens at well defined points, when an explicit call is made to the Go runtime scheduler. - -The compiler knows the registers which are in use and saves them automatically. - - [![Gocon 2014 (34)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-34.jpg)][42] - -While goroutines are cooperatively scheduled, this scheduling is handled for you by the runtime. - -Places where Goroutines may yield to others are: - -* Channel send and receive operations, if those operations would block. - -* The Go statement, although there is no guarantee that new goroutine will be scheduled immediately. - -* Blocking syscalls like file and network operations. - -* After being stopped for a garbage collection cycle. - - [![Gocon 2014 (35)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-35.jpg)][43] - -This an example to illustrate some of the scheduling points described in the previous slide. - -The thread, depicted by the arrow, starts on the left in the `ReadFile` function. It encounters `os.Open`, which blocks the thread while waiting for the file operation to complete, so the scheduler switches the thread to the goroutine on the right hand side. - -Execution continues until the read from the `c` chan blocks, and by this time the `os.Open` call has completed so the scheduler switches the thread back the left hand side and continues to the `file.Read` function, which again blocks on file IO. - -The scheduler switches the thread back to the right hand side for another channel operation, which has unblocked during the time the left hand side was running, but it blocks again on the channel send. - -Finally the thread switches back to the left hand side as the `Read` operation has completed and data is available. - - [![Gocon 2014 (36)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-36.jpg)][44] - -This slide shows the low level `runtime.Syscall` function which is the base for all functions in the os package. - -Any time your code results in a call to the operating system, it will go through this function. - -The call to `entersyscall` informs the runtime that this thread is about to block. - -This allows the runtime to spin up a new thread which will service other goroutines while this current thread blocked. - -This results in relatively few operating system threads per Go process, with the Go runtime taking care of assigning a runnable Goroutine to a free operating system thread. - - [![Gocon 2014 (37)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-37.jpg)][45] - -In the previous section I discussed how goroutines reduce the overhead of managing many, sometimes hundreds of thousands of concurrent threads of execution. - -There is another side to the goroutine story, and that is stack management, which leads me to my final topic. - - [![Gocon 2014 (39)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-39.jpg)][46] - -This is a diagram of the memory layout of a process. The key thing we are interested is the location of the heap and the stack. - -Traditionally inside the address space of a process, the heap is at the bottom of memory, just above the program (text) and grows upwards. - -The stack is located at the top of the virtual address space, and grows downwards. - - [![Gocon 2014 (40)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-40.jpg)][47] - -Because the heap and stack overwriting each other would be catastrophic, the operating system usually arranges to place an area of unwritable memory between the stack and the heap to ensure that if they did collide, the program will abort. - -This is called a guard page, and effectively limits the stack size of a process, usually in the order of several megabytes. - - [![Gocon 2014 (41)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-41.jpg)][48] - -We’ve discussed that threads share the same address space, so for each thread, it must have its own stack. - -Because it is hard to predict the stack requirements of a particular thread, a large amount of memory is reserved for each thread’s stack along with a guard page. - -The hope is that this is more than will ever be needed and the guard page will never be hit. - -The downside is that as the number of threads in your program increases, the amount of available address space is reduced. - - [![Gocon 2014 (42)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-42.jpg)][49] - -We’ve seen that the Go runtime schedules a large number of goroutines onto a small number of threads, but what about the stack requirements of those goroutines ? - -Instead of using guard pages, the Go compiler inserts a check as part of every function call to check if there is sufficient stack for the function to run. If there is not, the runtime can allocate more stack space. - -Because of this check, a goroutines initial stack can be made much smaller, which in turn permits Go programmers to treat goroutines as cheap resources. - - [![Gocon 2014 (43)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-43.jpg)][50] - -This is a slide that shows how stacks are managed in Go 1.2. - -When `G` calls to `H` there is not enough space for `H` to run, so the runtime allocates a new stack frame from the heap, then runs `H` on that new stack segment. When `H` returns, the stack area is returned to the heap before returning to `G`. - - [![Gocon 2014 (44)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-44.jpg)][51] - -This method of managing the stack works well in general, but for certain types of code, usually recursive code, it can cause the inner loop of your program to straddle one of these stack boundaries. - -For example, in the inner loop of your program, function `G` may call `H` many times in a loop, - -Each time this will cause a stack split. This is known as the hot split problem. - - [![Gocon 2014 (45)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-45.jpg)][52] - -To solve hot splits, Go 1.3 has adopted a new stack management method. - -Instead of adding and removing additional stack segments, if the stack of a goroutine is too small, a new, larger, stack will be allocated. - -The old stack’s contents are copied to the new stack, then the goroutine continues with its new larger stack. - -After the first call to `H` the stack will be large enough that the check for available stack space will always succeed. - -This resolves the hot split problem. - - [![Gocon 2014 (46)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-46.jpg)][53] - -Values, Inlining, Escape Analysis, Goroutines, and segmented/copying stacks. - -These are the five features that I chose to speak about today, but they are by no means the only things that makes Go a fast programming language, just as there more that three reasons that people cite as their reason to learn Go. - -As powerful as these five features are individually, they do not exist in isolation. - -For example, the way the runtime multiplexes goroutines onto threads would not be nearly as efficient without growable stacks. - -Inlining reduces the cost of the stack size check by combining smaller functions into larger ones. - -Escape analysis reduces the pressure on the garbage collector by automatically moving allocations from the heap to the stack. - -Escape analysis is also provides better cache locality. - -Without growable stacks, escape analysis might place too much pressure on the stack. - - [![Gocon 2014 (47)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-47.jpg)][54] - -* Thank you to the Gocon organisers for permitting me to speak today -* twitter / web / email details -* thanks to @offbymany, @billkennedy_go, and Minux for their assistance in preparing this talk. - -### Related Posts: - -1. [Hear me speak about Go performance at OSCON][1] - -2. [Why is a Goroutine’s stack infinite ?][2] - -3. [A whirlwind tour of Go’s runtime environment variables][3] - -4. [Performance without the event loop][4] - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -作者简介: - -David is a programmer and author from Sydney Australia. - -Go contributor since February 2011, committer since April 2012. - -Contact information - -* dave@cheney.net -* twitter: @davecheney - ----------------------- - -via: https://dave.cheney.net/2014/06/07/five-things-that-make-go-fast - -作者:[Dave Cheney ][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://dave.cheney.net/ -[1]:https://dave.cheney.net/2015/05/31/hear-me-speak-about-go-performance-at-oscon -[2]:https://dave.cheney.net/2013/06/02/why-is-a-goroutines-stack-infinite -[3]:https://dave.cheney.net/2015/11/29/a-whirlwind-tour-of-gos-runtime-environment-variables -[4]:https://dave.cheney.net/2015/08/08/performance-without-the-event-loop -[5]:http://mindchunk.blogspot.com.au/2014/06/remixing-with-deck.html -[6]:http://ymotongpoo.hatenablog.com/entry/2014/06/01/124350 -[7]:http://www.goinggo.net/ -[8]:https://twitter.com/offbymany -[9]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-1.jpg -[10]:https://dave.cheney.net/2014/06/07/five-things-that-make-go-fast/gocon-2014-2 -[11]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-3.jpg -[12]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-4.jpg -[13]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-5.jpg -[14]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-6.jpg -[15]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-7.jpg -[16]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-8.jpg -[17]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-9.jpg -[18]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-10.jpg -[19]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-11.jpg -[20]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-12.jpg -[21]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-13.jpg -[22]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-14.jpg -[23]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-15.jpg -[24]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-16.jpg -[25]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-17.jpg -[26]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-18.jpg -[27]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-19.jpg -[28]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-20.jpg -[29]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-21.jpg -[30]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-22.jpg -[31]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-23.jpg -[32]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-24.jpg -[33]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-25.jpg -[34]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-26.jpg -[35]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-27.jpg -[36]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-28.jpg -[37]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-30.jpg -[38]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-29.jpg -[39]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-31.jpg -[40]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-32.jpg -[41]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-33.jpg -[42]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-34.jpg -[43]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-35.jpg -[44]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-36.jpg -[45]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-37.jpg -[46]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-39.jpg -[47]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-40.jpg -[48]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-41.jpg -[49]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-42.jpg -[50]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-43.jpg -[51]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-44.jpg -[52]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-45.jpg -[53]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-46.jpg -[54]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-47.jpg diff --git a/translated/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md b/translated/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6adee59e52 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20140607 Five things that make Go fast.md @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ +五种加速 Go 的特性 +============================================================ + + _Anthony Starks 使用他出色的 Deck 演示工具重构了我原来的基于 Google Slides 的幻灯片。你可以在他的博客上查看他重构后的幻灯片, [mindchunk.blogspot.com.au/2014/06/remixing-with-deck][5]._ + +* * * + +我最近被邀请在 Gocon 发表演讲,这是一个每半年在日本东京举行的精彩 Go 的大会。[Gocon 2014][6] 是一个完全由社区驱动的为期一天的活动,由培训和一整个下午的围绕着 生产环境中的 Go 这个主题的演讲组成. + +以下是我的讲义。原文的结构能让我缓慢而清晰的演讲,因此我已经编辑了它使其更可读。 + +我要感谢 [Bill Kennedy][7] 和 Minux Ma,特别是 [Josh Bleecher Snyder][8],感谢他们在我准备这次演讲中的帮助。 + +* * * + +大家下午好。 + +我叫 David. + +我很高兴今天能来到 Gocon。我想参加这个会议已经两年了,我很感谢主办方能提供给我向你们演讲的机会。 + + [![Gocon 2014](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-1.jpg)][9] +我想以一个问题开始我的演讲。 + +为什么选择 Go? + +当大家讨论学习或在生产环境中使用 Go 的原因时,答案不一而足,但因为以下三个原因的最多。 + + [![Gocon 2014 ](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-2.jpg)][10] +这就是 TOP3 的原因。 + +第一,并发。 + +Go 的 并发原语Concurrency Primitives 对于来自 Nodejs,Ruby 或 Python 等单线程脚本语言的程序员,或者来自 C++ 或 Java 等重量级线程模型的语言都很有吸引力。 + +易于部署。 + +我们今天从经验丰富的 Gophers 那里听说过,他们非常欣赏部署 Go 应用的简单性。 + + [![Gocon 2014](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-3.jpg)][11] + +然后是性能。 + +我相信人们选择 Go 的一个重要原因是它 _快_。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (4)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-4.jpg)][12] + +在今天的演讲中,我想讨论五个有助于提高 Go 性能的特性。 + +我还将与大家分享 Go 如何实现这些特性的细节。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (5)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-5.jpg)][13] + +我要谈的第一个特性是 Go 对于值的高效处理和存储。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (6)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-6.jpg)][14] + +这是 Go 中一个值的例子。编译时,`gocon` 正好消耗四个字节的内存。 + +让我们将 Go 与其他一些语言进行比较 + + [![Gocon 2014 (7)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-7.jpg)][15] + +由于 Python 表示变量的方式的开销,使用 Python 存储相同的值会消耗六倍的内存。 + +Python 使用额外的内存来跟踪类型信息,进行 引用计数Reference Counting 等。 + +让我们看另一个例子: + + [![Gocon 2014 (8)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-8.jpg)][16] + +与 Go 类似,Java 消耗 4 个字节的内存来存储 `int` 型。 + +但是,要在像 `List` 或 `Map` 这样的集合中使用此值,编译器必须将其转换为 `Integer` 对象。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (9)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-9.jpg)][17] + +因此,Java 中的整数通常消耗 16 到 24 个字节的内存。 + +为什么这很重要? 内存便宜且充足,为什么这个开销很重要? + + [![Gocon 2014 (10)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-10.jpg)][18] + +这是一张显示 CPU 时钟速度与内存总线速度的图表。 + +请注意 CPU 时钟速度和内存总线速度之间的差距如何继续扩大。 + +两者之间的差异实际上是 CPU 花费多少时间等待内存。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (11)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-11.jpg)][19] + +自 1960 年代后期以来,CPU 设计师已经意识到了这个问题。 + +他们的解决方案是一个缓存,一个更小,更快的内存区域,介入 CPU 和主存之间。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (12)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-12.jpg)][20] + +这是一个 `Location` 类型,它保存物体在三维空间中的位置。它是用 Go 编写的,因此每个 `Location` 只消耗 24 个字节的存储空间。 + +我们可以使用这种类型来构造一个容纳 1000 个 `Location` 的数组类型,它只消耗 24000 字节的内存。 + +在数组内部,`Location` 结构体是顺序存储的,而不是随机存储的 1000 个 `Location` 结构体的指针。 + +这很重要,因为现在所有 1000 个 `Location` 结构体都按顺序放在缓存中,紧密排列在一起。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (13)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-13.jpg)][21] + +Go 允许您创建紧凑的数据结构,避免不必要的填充字节。 + +紧凑的数据结构能更好地利用缓存。 + +更好的缓存利用率可带来更好的性能。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (14)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-14.jpg)][22] + +函数调用不是无开销的。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (15)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-15.jpg)][23] + +调用函数时会发生三件事。 + +创建一个新的 栈帧Stack Frame,并记录调用者的详细信息。 + +在函数调用期间可能被覆盖的任何寄存器都将保存到栈中。 + +处理器计算函数的地址并执行到该新地址的分支。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (16)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-16.jpg)][24] + +由于函数调用是非常常见的操作,因此 CPU 设计师一直在努力优化此过程,但他们无法消除开销。 + +函调固有开销,或重于泰山,或轻于鸿毛,这取决于函数做了什么。 + +减少函数调用开销的解决方案是 内联Inlining。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (17)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-17.jpg)][25] + +Go 编译器通过将函数体视为调用者的一部分来内联函数。 + +内联也有成本,它增加了二进制文件大小。 + +只有当调用开销与函数所做工作关联度的很大时内联才有意义,因此只有简单的函数才能用于内联。 + +复杂的函数通常不受调用它们的开销所支配,因此不会内联。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (18)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-18.jpg)][26] + +这个例子显示函数 `Double` 调用 `util.Max`。 + +为了减少调用 `util.Max` 的开销,编译器可以将 `util.Max` 内联到 `Double` 中,就象这样 + + [![Gocon 2014 (19)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-19.jpg)][27] + +内联后不再调用 `util.Max`,但是 `Double` 的行为没有改变。 + +内联并不是 Go 独有的。几乎每种编译或及时编译的语言都执行此优化。但是 Go 的内联是如何实现的? + +Go 实现非常简单。编译包时,会标记任何适合内联的小函数,然后照常编译。 + +然后函数的源代码和编译后版本都会被存储。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (20)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-20.jpg)][28] + +此幻灯片显示了 `util.a` 的内容。源代码已经过一些转换,以便编译器更容易快速处理。 + +当编译器编译 `Double` 时,它看到 `util.Max` 可内联的,并且 `util.Max` 的源代码是可用的。 + +就会替换原函数中的代码,而不是插入对 `util.Max` 的编译版本的调用。 + +拥有该函数的源代码可以实现其他优化。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (21)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-21.jpg)][29] + +在这个例子中,尽管函数 `Test` 总是返回 `false`,但 `Expensive` 在不执行它的情况下无法知道结果。 + +当 `Test` 被内联时,我们得到这样的东西 + + [![Gocon 2014 (22)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-22.jpg)][30] + +编译器现在知道 `Expensive` 的代码无法访问。 + +这不仅节省了调用 `Test` 的成本,还节省了编译或运行任何现在无法访问的 `Expensive` 代码。 + +Go 编译器可以跨文件甚至跨包自动内联函数。还包括从标准库调用的可内联函数的代码。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (23)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-23.jpg)][31] + +强制垃圾回收Mandatory Garbage Collection 使 Go 成为一种更简单,更安全的语言。 + +这并不意味着垃圾回收会使 Go 变慢,或者垃圾回收是程序速度的瓶颈。 + +这意味着在堆上分配的内存是有代价的。每次 GC 运行时都会花费 CPU 时间,直到释放内存为止。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (24)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-24.jpg)][32] + +然而,有另一个地方分配内存,那就是栈。 + +与 C 不同,它强制您选择是否将值通过 `malloc` 将其存储在堆上,还是通过在函数范围内声明将其储存在栈上;Go 实现了一个名为 逃逸分析Escape Analysis 的优化。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (25)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-25.jpg)][33] + +逃逸分析决定了对一个值的任何引用是否会从被声明的函数中逃逸。 + +如果没有引用逃逸,则该值可以安全地存储在栈中。 + +存储在栈中的值不需要分配或释放。 + +让我们看一些例子 + + [![Gocon 2014 (26)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-26.jpg)][34] + +`Sum` 返回 1 到 100 的整数的和。这是一种相当不寻常的做法,但它说明了逃逸分析的工作原理。 + +因为切片 `numbers` 仅在 `Sum` 内引用,所以编译器将安排到栈上来存储的 100 个整数,而不是安排到堆上。 + +没有必要回收 `numbers`,它会在 `Sum` 返回时自动释放。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (27)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-27.jpg)][35] + +第二个例子也有点尬。在 `CenterCursor` 中,我们创建一个新的 `Cursor` 对象并在 `c` 中存储指向它的指针。 + +然后我们将 `c` 传递给 `Center()` 函数,它将 `Cursor` 移动到屏幕的中心。 + +最后我们打印出那个 'Cursor` 的 X 和 Y 坐标。 + +即使 `c` 被 `new` 函数分配了空间,它也不会存储在堆上,因为没有引用 `c` 的变量逃逸 `CenterCursor` 函数。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (28)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-28.jpg)][36] + +默认情况下,Go 的优化始终处于启用状态。可以使用 `-gcflags = -m` 开关查看编译器的逃逸分析和内联决策。 + +因为逃逸分析是在编译时执行的,而不是运行时,所以无论垃圾回收的效率如何,栈分配总是比堆分配快。 + +我将在本演讲的其余部分详细讨论栈。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (30)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-30.jpg)][37] + +Go 有 goroutines。 这是 Go 并发的基石。 + +我想退一步,探索 goroutines 的历史。 + +最初,计算机一次运行一个进程。在 60 年代,多进程或 分时Time Sharing 的想法变得流行起来。 + +在分时系统中,操作系统必须通过保护当前进程的现场,然后恢复另一个进程的现场,不断地在这些进程之间切换 CPU 的注意力。 + +这称为 _进程切换_。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (29)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-29.jpg)][38] + +进程切换有三个主要开销。 + +首先,内核需要保护该进程的所有 CPU 寄存器的现场,然后恢复另一个进程的现场。 + +内核还需要将 CPU 的映射从虚拟内存刷新到物理内存,因为这些映射仅对当前进程有效。 + +最后是操作系统 上下文切换Context Switch 的成本,以及 调度函数Scheduler Function 选择占用 CPU 的下一个进程的开销。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (31)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-31.jpg)][39] + +现代处理器中有数量惊人的寄存器。我很难在一张幻灯片上排开它们,这可以让你知道保护和恢复它们需要多少时间。 + +由于进程切换可以在进程执行的任何时刻发生,因此操作系统需要存储所有寄存器的内容,因为它不知道当前正在使用哪些寄存器。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (32)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-32.jpg)][40] + +这导致了线程的出生,这些线程在概念上与进程相同,但共享相同的内存空间。 + +由于线程共享地址空间,因此它们比进程更轻,因此创建速度更快,切换速度更快。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (33)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-33.jpg)][41] + +Goroutines 升华了线程的思想。 + +Goroutines 是 协作式调度Cooperative Scheduled +的,而不是依靠内核来调度。 + +当对 Go 运行时调度器Runtime Scheduler 进行显式调用时,goroutine 之间的切换仅发生在明确定义的点上。 + +编译器知道正在使用的寄存器并自动保存它们。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (34)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-34.jpg)][42] + +虽然 goroutine 是协作式调度的,但运行时会为你处理。 + +Goroutines 可能会给禅让给其他协程时刻是: + +* 阻塞式通道发送和接收。 + +* Go 声明,虽然不能保证会立即调度新的 goroutine。 + +* 文件和网络操作式的阻塞式系统调用。 + +* 在被垃圾回收循环停止后。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (35)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-35.jpg)][43] + +这个例子说明了上一张幻灯片中描述的一些调度点。 + +箭头所示的线程从左侧的 `ReadFile` 函数开始。遇到 `os.Open`,它在等待文件操作完成时阻塞线程,因此调度器将线程切换到右侧的 goroutine。 + +继续执行直到从通道 `c` 中读,并且此时 `os.Open` 调用已完成,因此调度器将线程切换回左侧并继续执行 `file.Read` 函数,然后又被文件 IO 阻塞。 + +调度器将线程切换回右侧以进行另一个通道操作,该操作在左侧运行期间已解锁,但在通道发送时再次阻塞。 + +最后,当 `Read` 操作完成并且数据可用时,线程切换回左侧。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (36)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-36.jpg)][44] + +这张幻灯片显示了低级语言描述的 `runtime.Syscall` 函数,它是 `os` 包中所有函数的基础。 + +只要你的代码调用操作系统,就会通过此函数。 + +对 `entersyscall` 的调用通知运行时该线程即将阻塞。 + +这允许运行时启动一个新线程,该线程将在当前线程被阻塞时为其他 goroutine 提供服务。 + +这导致每 Go 进程的操作系统线程相对较少,Go 运行时负责将可运行的 Goroutine 分配给空闲的操作系统线程。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (37)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-37.jpg)][45] + +在上一节中,我讨论了 goroutine 如何减少管理许多(有时是数十万个并发执行线程)的开销。 + +Goroutine故事还有另一面,那就是栈管理,它引导我进入我的最后一个话题。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (39)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-39.jpg)][46] + +这是一个进程的内存布局图。我们感兴趣的关键是堆和栈的位置。 + +传统上,在进程的地址空间内,堆位于内存的底部,位于程序(代码)的上方并向上增长。 + +栈位于虚拟地址空间的顶部,并向下增长。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (40)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-40.jpg)][47] + +因为堆和栈相互覆盖的结果会是灾难性的,操作系统通常会安排在栈和堆之间放置一个不可写内存区域,以确保如果它们发生碰撞,程序将中止。 + +这称为保护页,有效地限制了进程的栈大小,通常大约为几兆字节。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (41)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-41.jpg)][48] + +我们已经讨论过线程共享相同的地址空间,因此对于每个线程,它必须有自己的栈。 + +由于很难预测特定线程的栈需求,因此为每个线程的栈和保护页面保留了大量内存。 + +希望是这些区域永远不被使用,而且防护页永远不会被击中。 + +缺点是随着程序中线程数的增加,可用地址空间的数量会减少。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (42)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-42.jpg)][49] + +我们已经看到 Go 运行时将大量的 goroutine 调度到少量线程上,但那些 goroutines 的栈需求呢? + +Go 编译器不使用保护页,而是在每个函数调用时插入一个检查,以检查是否有足够的栈来运行该函数。如果没有,运行时可以分配更多的栈空间。 + +由于这种检查,goroutines 初始栈可以做得更小,这反过来允许 Go 程序员将 goroutines 视为廉价资源。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (43)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-43.jpg)][50] + +这是一张显示了 Go 1.2 如何管理栈的幻灯片。 + +当 `G` 调用 `H` 时,没有足够的空间让 `H` 运行,所以运行时从堆中分配一个新的栈帧,然后在新的栈段上运行 `H`。当 `H` 返回时,栈区域返回到堆,然后返回到 `G`。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (44)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-44.jpg)][51] + +这种管理栈的方法通常很好用,但对于某些类型的代码,通常是递归代码,它可能导致程序的内部循环跨越这些栈边界之一。 + +例如,在程序的内部循环中,函数 `G` 可以在循环中多次调用 `H`, + +每次都会导致栈拆分。 这被称为 热分裂Hot Split 问题。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (45)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-45.jpg)][52] + +为了解决热分裂问题,Go 1.3 采用了一种新的栈管理方法。 + +如果 goroutine 的栈太小,则不会添加和删除其他栈段,而是分配新的更大的栈。 + +旧栈的内容被复制到新栈,然后 goroutine 使用新的更大的栈继续运行。 + +在第一次调用 `H` 之后,栈将足够大,对可用栈空间的检查将始终成功。 + +这解决了热分裂问题。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (46)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-46.jpg)][53] + +值,内联,逃逸分析,Goroutines 和分段/复制栈。 + +这些是我今天选择谈论的五个特性,但它们绝不是使 Go 成为快速的语言的唯一因素,就像人们引用他们学习 Go 的理由的三个原因一样。 + +这五个特性一样强大,它们不是孤立存在的。 + +例如,运行时将 goroutine 复用到线程上的方式在没有可扩展栈的情况下几乎没有效率。 + +内联通过将较小的函数组合成较大的函数来降低栈大小检查的成本。 + +逃逸分析通过自动将从实例从堆移动到栈来减少垃圾回收器的压力。 + +逃逸分析还提供了更好的 缓存局部性Cache Locality。 + +如果没有可增长的栈,逃逸分析可能会对栈施加太大的压力。 + + [![Gocon 2014 (47)](https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-47.jpg)][54] + +* 感谢 Gocon 主办方允许我今天发言 +* twitter / web / email details +* 感谢 @offbymany,@billkennedy_go 和 Minux 在准备这个演讲的过程中所提供的帮助。 + +### 相关文章: + +1. [听我在 OSCON 上关于 Go 性能的演讲][1] + +2. [为什么 Goroutine 的栈是无限大的?][2] + +3. [Go 的运行时环境变量的旋风之旅][3] + +4. [没有事件循环的性能][4] + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +作者简介: + +David 是来自澳大利亚悉尼的程序员和作者。 + +自 2011 年 2 月起成为 Go 的 contributor,自 2012 年 4 月起成为 committer。 + +联系信息 + +* dave@cheney.net +* twitter: @davecheney + +---------------------- + +via: https://dave.cheney.net/2014/06/07/five-things-that-make-go-fast + +作者:[Dave Cheney ][a] +译者:[houbaron](https://github.com/houbaron) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://dave.cheney.net/ +[1]:https://dave.cheney.net/2015/05/31/hear-me-speak-about-go-performance-at-oscon +[2]:https://dave.cheney.net/2013/06/02/why-is-a-goroutines-stack-infinite +[3]:https://dave.cheney.net/2015/11/29/a-whirlwind-tour-of-gos-runtime-environment-variables +[4]:https://dave.cheney.net/2015/08/08/performance-without-the-event-loop +[5]:http://mindchunk.blogspot.com.au/2014/06/remixing-with-deck.html +[6]:http://ymotongpoo.hatenablog.com/entry/2014/06/01/124350 +[7]:http://www.goinggo.net/ +[8]:https://twitter.com/offbymany +[9]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-1.jpg +[10]:https://dave.cheney.net/2014/06/07/five-things-that-make-go-fast/gocon-2014-2 +[11]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-3.jpg +[12]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-4.jpg +[13]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-5.jpg +[14]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-6.jpg +[15]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-7.jpg +[16]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-8.jpg +[17]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-9.jpg +[18]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-10.jpg +[19]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-11.jpg +[20]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-12.jpg +[21]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-13.jpg +[22]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-14.jpg +[23]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-15.jpg +[24]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-16.jpg +[25]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-17.jpg +[26]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-18.jpg +[27]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-19.jpg +[28]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-20.jpg +[29]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-21.jpg +[30]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-22.jpg +[31]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-23.jpg +[32]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-24.jpg +[33]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-25.jpg +[34]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-26.jpg +[35]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-27.jpg +[36]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-28.jpg +[37]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-30.jpg +[38]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-29.jpg +[39]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-31.jpg +[40]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-32.jpg +[41]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-33.jpg +[42]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-34.jpg +[43]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-35.jpg +[44]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-36.jpg +[45]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-37.jpg +[46]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-39.jpg +[47]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-40.jpg +[48]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-41.jpg +[49]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-42.jpg +[50]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-43.jpg +[51]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-44.jpg +[52]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-45.jpg +[53]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-46.jpg +[54]:https://dave.cheney.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Gocon-2014-47.jpg From 4ddd2bd166af2e0f707a6c0ca69316fd2bb39b69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: thecyanbird <2534930703@qq.com> Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 09:14:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 320/437] Update 20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md --- ...d - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md b/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md index 93c84ae43c..74b6347228 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +thecyanbird translating + WinWorld – A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games ====== From 96eac58dfe0896e27429238087994785fa8dc006 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 17:54:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 321/437] hankchow translating --- .../tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md b/sources/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md index 006372ca82..7c2ab1f7d5 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development ====== From b494dc648dda1a365ecb1445f143a620eff99704 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 19:26:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 322/437] translated --- ...0170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md | 223 ------------------ ...0170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md | 222 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 222 insertions(+), 223 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md b/sources/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md deleted file mode 100644 index cc4db1e693..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -translating by dianbanjiu Managing users on Linux systems -====== -Your Linux users may not be raging bulls, but keeping them happy is always a challenge as it involves managing their accounts, monitoring their access rights, tracking down the solutions to problems they run into, and keeping them informed about important changes on the systems they use. Here are some of the tasks and tools that make the job a little easier. - -### Configuring accounts - -Adding and removing accounts is the easier part of managing users, but there are still a lot of options to consider. Whether you use a desktop tool or go with command line options, the process is largely automated. You can set up a new user with a command as simple as **adduser jdoe** and a number of things will happen. John 's account will be created using the next available UID and likely populated with a number of files that help to configure his account. When you run the adduser command with a single argument (the new username), it will prompt for some additional information and explain what it is doing. -``` -$ sudo adduser jdoe -Adding user `jdoe' ... -Adding new group `jdoe' (1001) ... -Adding new user `jdoe' (1001) with group `jdoe' ... -Creating home directory `/home/jdoe' ... -Copying files from `/etc/skel' … -Enter new UNIX password: -Retype new UNIX password: -passwd: password updated successfully -Changing the user information for jdoe -Enter the new value, or press ENTER for the default - Full Name []: John Doe - Room Number []: - Work Phone []: - Home Phone []: - Other []: -Is the information correct? [Y/n] Y - -``` - -As you can see, adduser adds the user's information (to the /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow files), creates the new home directory and populates it with some files from /etc/skel, prompts for you to assign the initial password and identifying information, and then verifies that it's got everything right. If you answer "n" for no at the final "Is the information correct?" prompt, it will run back through all of your previous answers, allowing you to change any that you might want to change. - -Once an account is set up, you might want to verify that it looks as you'd expect. However, a better strategy is to ensure that the choices being made "automagically" match what you want to see _before_ you add your first account. The defaults are defaults for good reason, but it 's useful to know where they're defined in case you want some to be different - for example, if you don't want home directories in /home, you don't want user UIDs to start with 1000, or you don't want the files in home directories to be readable by _everyone_ on the system. - -Some of the details of how the adduser command works are configured in the /etc/adduser.conf file. This file contains a lot of settings that determine how new accounts are configured and will look something like this. Note that the comments and blanks lines are omitted in the output below so that we can focus more easily on just the settings. -``` -$ cat /etc/adduser.conf | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" -DSHELL=/bin/bash -DHOME=/home -GROUPHOMES=no -LETTERHOMES=no -SKEL=/etc/skel -FIRST_SYSTEM_UID=100 -LAST_SYSTEM_UID=999 -FIRST_SYSTEM_GID=100 -LAST_SYSTEM_GID=999 -FIRST_UID=1000 -LAST_UID=29999 -FIRST_GID=1000 -LAST_GID=29999 -USERGROUPS=yes -USERS_GID=100 -DIR_MODE=0755 -SETGID_HOME=no -QUOTAUSER="" -SKEL_IGNORE_REGEX="dpkg-(old|new|dist|save)" - -``` - -As you can see, we've got a default shell (DSHELL), the starting value for UIDs (FIRST_UID), the location for home directories (DHOME) and the source location for startup files (SKEL) that will be added to each account as it is set up - along with a number of additional settings. This file also specifies the permissions to be assigned to home directories (DIR_MODE). - -One of the more important settings is DIR_MODE, which determines the permissions that are used for each user's home directory. Given this setting, the permissions assigned to a directory that the user creates will be 755. Given this setting, home directories will be set up with rwxr-xr-x permissions. Users will be able to read other users' files, but not modify or remove them. If you want to be more restrictive, you can change this setting to 750 (no access by anyone outside the user's group) or even 700 (no access but the user himself). - -Any user account settings can be manually changed after the accounts are set up. For example, you can edit the /etc/passwd file or chmod home directory, but configuring the /etc/adduser.conf file _before_ you start adding accounts on a new server will ensure some consistency and save you some time and trouble over the long run. - -Changes to the /etc/adduser.conf file will affect all accounts that are set up subsequent to those changes. If you want to set up some specific account differently, you've also got the option of providing account configuration options as arguments with the adduser command in addition to the username. Maybe you want to assign a different shell for some user, request a specific UID, or disable logins altogether. The man page for the adduser command will display some of your choices for configuring an individual account. -``` -adduser [options] [--home DIR] [--shell SHELL] [--no-create-home] -[--uid ID] [--firstuid ID] [--lastuid ID] [--ingroup GROUP | --gid ID] -[--disabled-password] [--disabled-login] [--gecos GECOS] -[--add_extra_groups] [--encrypt-home] user - -``` - -These days probably every Linux system is, by default, going to put each user into his or her own group. As an admin, you might elect to do things differently. You might find that putting users in shared groups works better for your site, electing to use adduser's --gid option to select a specific group. Users can, of course, always be members of multiple groups, so you have some options on how to manage groups -- both primary and secondary. - -### Dealing with user passwords - -Since it's always a bad idea to know someone else's password, admins will generally use a temporary password when they set up an account and then run a command that will force the user to change his password on his first login. Here's an example: -``` -$ sudo chage -d 0 jdoe - -``` - -When the user logs in, he will see something like this: -``` -WARNING: Your password has expired. -You must change your password now and login again! -Changing password for jdoe. -(current) UNIX password: - -``` - -### Adding users to secondary groups - -To add a user to a secondary group, you might use the usermod command as shown below -- to add the user to the group and then verify that the change was made. -``` -$ sudo usermod -a -G sudo jdoe -$ sudo grep sudo /etc/group -sudo:x:27:shs,jdoe - -``` - -Keep in mind that some groups -- like the sudo or wheel group -- imply certain privileges. More on this in a moment. - -### Removing accounts, adding groups, etc. - -Linux systems also provide commands to remove accounts, add new groups, remove groups, etc. The **deluser** command, for example, will remove the user login entries from the /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow files but leave her home directory intact unless you add the --remove-home or --remove-all-files option. The **addgroup** command adds a group, but will give it the next group id in the sequence (i.e., likely in the user group range) unless you use the --gid option. -``` -$ sudo addgroup testgroup --gid=131 -Adding group `testgroup' (GID 131) ... -Done. - -``` - -### Managing privileged accounts - -Some Linux systems have a wheel group that gives members the ability to run commands as root. In this case, the /etc/sudoers file references this group. On Debian systems, this group is called sudo, but it works the same way and you'll see a reference like this in the /etc/sudoers file: -``` -%sudo ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL - -``` - -This setting basically means that anyone in the wheel or sudo group can run all commands with the power of root once they preface them with the sudo command. - -You can also add more limited privileges to the sudoers file -- maybe to give particular users the ability to run one or two commands as root. If you do, you should also periodically review the /etc/sudoers file to gauge how much privilege users have and very that the privileges provided are still required. - -In the command shown below, we're looking at the active lines in the /etc/sudoers file. The most interesting lines in this file include the path set for commands that can be run using the sudo command and the two groups that are allowed to run commands via sudo. As was just mentioned, individuals can be given permissions by being directly included in the sudoers file, but it is generally better practice to define privileges through group memberships. -``` -# cat /etc/sudoers | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" -Defaults env_reset -Defaults mail_badpass -Defaults secure_path="/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/snap/bin" -root ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL -%admin ALL=(ALL) ALL <== admin group -%sudo ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL <== sudo group - -``` - -### Checking on logins - -To see when a user last logged in, you can use a command like this one: -``` -# last jdoe -jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 08:44 - 11:48 (00:04) -jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 13:43 - 18:44 (00:00) -jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 19:42 - 19:43 (00:00) - -``` - -If you want to see when each of your users last logged in, you can run the last command through a loop like this one: -``` -$ for user in `ls /home`; do last $user | head -1; done - -jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 19:42 - 19:43 (00:03) - -rocket pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 13:02 - 13:02 (00:00) -shs pts/17 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 12:45 still logged in - - -``` - -This command will only show you users who have logged on since the current wtmp file became active. The blank lines indicate that some users have never logged in since that time, but doesn't call them out. A better command would be this one that clear displays the users who have not logged in at all in this time period: -``` -$ for user in `ls /home`; do echo -n "$user ";last $user | head -1 | awk '{print substr($0,40)}'; done -dhayes -jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 19:42 - 19:43 -peanut pts/19 192.168.0.29 Mon Sep 11 09:15 - 17:11 -rocket pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 13:02 - 13:02 -shs pts/17 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 12:45 still logged -tsmith - -``` - -That command is a lot to type, but could be turned into a script to make it a lot easier to use. -``` -#!/bin/bash - -for user in `ls /home` -do - echo -n "$user ";last $user | head -1 | awk '{print substr($0,40)}' -done - -``` - -Sometimes this kind of information can alert you to changes in users' roles that suggest they may no longer need the accounts in question. - -### Communicating with users - -Linux systems provide a number of ways to communicate with your users. You can add messages to the /etc/motd file that will be displayed when a user logs into a server using a terminal connection. You can also message users with commands such as write (message to single user) or wall (write to all logled in users. -``` -$ wall System will go down in one hour - -Broadcast message from shs@stinkbug (pts/17) (Thu Sep 14 14:04:16 2017): - -System will go down in one hour - -``` - -Important messages should probably be delivered through multiple channels as it's difficult to predict what users will actually notice. Together, message-of-the-day (motd), wall, and email notifications might stand of chance of getting most of your users' attention. - -### Paying attention to log files - -Paying attention to log files can also help you understand user activity. In particular, the /var/log/auth.log file will show you user login and logout activity, creation of new groups, etc. The /var/log/messages or /var/log/syslog files will tell you more about system activity. - -### Tracking problems and requests - -Whether or not you install a ticketing application on your Linux system, it's important to track the problems that your users run into and the requests that they make. Your users won't be happy if some portion of their requests fall through the proverbial cracks. Even a paper log could be helpful or, better yet, a spreadsheet that allows you to notice what issues are still outstanding and what the root cause of the problems turned out to be. Ensuring that problems and requests are addressed is important and logs can also help you remember what you had to do to address a problem that re-emerges many months or even years later. - -### Wrap-up - -Managing user accounts on a busy server depends in part on starting out with well configured defaults and in part on monitoring user activities and problems encountered. Users are likely to be happy if they feel you are responsive to their concerns and know what to expect when system upgrades are needed. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3225109/linux/managing-users-on-linux-systems.html - -作者:[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] -译者:[runningwater](https://github.com/runningwater) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md b/translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..719b0575b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +# 管理 Linux 系统中的用户 + +也许你的 Lniux 用户并不是愤怒的公牛,但是当涉及管理他们的账户的时候,能让他们一直开心也是一种挑战。监控他们当前正在访问的东西,追踪他们他们遇到问题时的解决方案,并且保证能把他们在使用系统时出现的重要变动记录下来。这里有一些方法和工具可以使这份工作轻松一点。 + +### 配置账户 + +添加和移除账户是管理用户中最简单的一项,但是这里面仍然有很多需要考虑的选项。无论你是用桌面工具或是命令行选项,这都是一个非常自动化的过程。你可以使用命令添加一个新用户,像是 **adduser jdoe**,这同时会触发一系列的事情。使用下一个可用的 UID 可以创建 John 的账户,或许还会被许多用以配置账户的文件所填充。当你运行 adduser 命令加一个新的用户名的时候,它将会提示一些额外的信息,同时解释这是在干什么。 +``` +$ sudo adduser jdoe +Adding user 'jdoe' ... +Adding new group `jdoe' (1001) ... +Adding new user `jdoe' (1001) with group `jdoe' ... +Creating home directory `/home/jdoe' ... +Copying files from `/etc/skel' … +Enter new UNIX password: +Retype new UNIX password: +passwd: password updated successfully +Changing the user information for jdoe +Enter the new value, or press ENTER for the default + Full Name []: John Doe + Room Number []: + Work Phone []: + Home Phone []: + Other []: +Is the information correct? [Y/n] Y + +``` + +像你看到的那样,adduser 将添加用户的信息(到 /etc/passwd 和 /etc/shadow 文件中),创建新的家目录,并用 /etc/skel 里设置的文件填充家目录,提示你分配初始密码和认定信息,然后确认这些信息都是正确的,如果你在最后的提示 “Is the information correct” 处的答案是 “n”,它将回溯你之前所有的回答,允许修改任何你想要修改的地方。 + +创建好一个用户后,你可能会想要确认一下它是否是你期望的样子,更好的方法是确保在添加第一个帐户**之前**,“自动”选择与您想要查看的内容相匹配。默认有默认的好处,它对于你想知道他们定义在哪里有所用处,以防你想作出一些变动 —— 例如,你不想家目录在 /home 里,你不想用户 UIDs 从 1000 开始,或是你不想家目录下的文件被系统上的**每个人**都可读。 + +adduser 如何工作的一些细节设置在 /etc/adduser.conf 文件里。这个文件包含的一些设置决定了一个新的账户如何配置,以及它之后的样子。注意,注释和空白行将会在输出中被忽略,因此我们可以更加集中注意在设置上面。 +``` +$ cat /etc/adduser.conf | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" +DSHELL=/bin/bash +DHOME=/home +GROUPHOMES=no +LETTERHOMES=no +SKEL=/etc/skel +FIRST_SYSTEM_UID=100 +LAST_SYSTEM_UID=999 +FIRST_SYSTEM_GID=100 +LAST_SYSTEM_GID=999 +FIRST_UID=1000 +LAST_UID=29999 +FIRST_GID=1000 +LAST_GID=29999 +USERGROUPS=yes +USERS_GID=100 +DIR_MODE=0755 +SETGID_HOME=no +QUOTAUSER="" +SKEL_IGNORE_REGEX="dpkg-(old|new|dist|save)" + +``` + +可以看到,我们有了一个默认的 shell(DSHELL),UIDs(FIRST_UID)的开始数值,家目录(DHOME)的位置,以及启动文件(SKEL)的来源位置。这个文件也会指定分配给家目录(DIR_HOME)的权限。 + +其中 DIR_HOME 是最重要的设置,它决定了每个家目录被使用的权限。这个设置分配给用户创建的目录权限是 755,家目录的权限将会设置为 rwxr-xr-x。用户可以读其他用户的文件,但是不能修改和移除他们。如果你想要更多的限制,你可以更改这个设置为 750(用户组外的任何人都不可访问)甚至是 700(除用户自己外的人都不可访问)。 + +任何用户账号在创建之前都可以进行手动修改。例如,你可以编辑 /etc/passwd 或者修改家目录的权限,开始在新服务器上添加用户之前配置 /etc/adduser.conf 可以确保一定的一致性,从长远来看可以节省时间和避免一些麻烦。 + +/etc/adduser.conf 的修改将会在之后创建的用户上生效。如果你想以不同的方式设置某个特定账户,除了用户名之外,你还可以选择使用 adduser 命令提供账户配置选项。或许你想为某些账户分配不同的 shell,请求特殊的 UID,完全禁用登录。adduser 的帮助页将会为你显示一些配置个人账户的选择。 + +``` +adduser [options] [--home DIR] [--shell SHELL] [--no-create-home] +[--uid ID] [--firstuid ID] [--lastuid ID] [--ingroup GROUP | --gid ID] +[--disabled-password] [--disabled-login] [--gecos GECOS] +[--add_extra_groups] [--encrypt-home] user + +``` + +每个 Linux 系统现在都会默认把每个用户放入对应的组中。作为一个管理员,你可能会选择以不同的方式去做事。你也许会发现把用户放在一个共享组中可以让你的站点工作的更好,这时,选择使用 adduser 的 --gid 选项去选择一个特定的组。当然,用户总是许多组的成员,因此也有一些选项去管理主要和次要的组。 + +### 处理用户密码 + +一直以来,知道其他人的密码都是一个不好的念头,在设置账户时,管理员通常使用一个临时的密码,然后在用户第一次登录时会运行一条命令强制他修改密码。这里是一个例子: +``` +$ sudo chage -d 0 jdoe +``` + +当用户第一次登录的时候,会看到像这样的事情: +``` +WARNING: Your password has expired. +You must change your password now and login again! +Changing password for jdoe. +(current) UNIX password: + +``` + +### 添加用户到副组 + +添加用户到副组中,你可能会用如下所示的 usermod 命令 —— 添加用户到组中并确认已经做出变动。 +``` +$ sudo usermod -a -G sudo jdoe +$ sudo grep sudo /etc/group +sudo:x:27:shs,jdoe + +``` + +记住在一些组,像是 sudo 或者 wheel 组中,意味着包含特权,一定要特别注意这一点。 + +### 移除用户,添加组等 + +Linux 系统也提供了命令去移除账户,添加新的组,移除组等。例如,**deluser** 命令,将会从 /etc/passwd 和 /etc/shadow 中移除用户登录入口,但是会完整保留他的家目录,除非你添加了 --remove-home 或者 --remove-all-files 选项。**addgroup** 命令会添加一个组,按目前组的次序给他下一个 id(在用户组范围内),除非你使用 --gid 选项指定 id。 +``` +$ sudo addgroup testgroup --gid=131 +Adding group `testgroup' (GID 131) ... +Done. + +``` + +### 管理特权账户 + +一些 Linux 系统中有一个 wheel 组,它给组中成员赋予了像 root 一样运行命令的能力。在这种情况下,/etc/sudoers 将会引用该组。在 Debian 系统中,这个组被叫做 sudo,但是以相同的方式工作,你在 /etc/sudoers 中可以看到像这样的引用: +``` +%sudo ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL + +``` + +这个基础的设定意味着,任何在 wheel 或者 sudo 组中的成员,只要在他们运行的命令之前添加 sudo,就可以以 root 的权限去运行命令。 + +你可以向 sudoers 文件中添加更多有限的特权 —— 也许给特定用户运行一两个 root 的命令。如果这样做,您还应定期查看 /etc/sudoers 文件以评估用户拥有的权限,以及仍然需要提供的权限。 + +在下面显示的命令中,我们看到在 /etc/sudoers 中匹配到的行。在这个文件中最有趣的行是,包含能使用 sudo 运行命令的路径设置,以及两个允许通过 sudo 运行命令的组。像刚才提到的那样,单个用户可以通过包含在 sudoers 文件中来获得权限,但是更有实际意义的方法是通过组成员来定义各自的权限。 +``` +# cat /etc/sudoers | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" +Defaults env_reset +Defaults mail_badpass +Defaults secure_path="/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/snap/bin" +root ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL +%admin ALL=(ALL) ALL <== admin group +%sudo ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL <== sudo group + +``` + +### 登录检查 + +你可以通过以下命令查看用户的上一次登录: +``` +# last jdoe +jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 08:44 - 11:48 (00:04) +jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 13:43 - 18:44 (00:00) +jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 19:42 - 19:43 (00:00) + +``` + +如果你想查看每一个用户上一次的登录情况,你可以通过一个像这样的循环来运行 last 命令: +``` +$ for user in `ls /home`; do last $user | head -1; done + +jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 19:42 - 19:43 (00:03) + +rocket pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 13:02 - 13:02 (00:00) +shs pts/17 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 12:45 still logged in + + +``` + +此命令仅显示自当前 wtmp 文件变为活跃状态以来已登录的用户。空白行表示用户自那以后从未登录过,但没有将其调出。一个更好的命令是过滤掉在这期间从未登录过的用户的显示: +``` +$ for user in `ls /home`; do echo -n "$user ";last $user | head -1 | awk '{print substr($0,40)}'; done +dhayes +jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 19:42 - 19:43 +peanut pts/19 192.168.0.29 Mon Sep 11 09:15 - 17:11 +rocket pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 13:02 - 13:02 +shs pts/17 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 12:45 still logged +tsmith + +``` + +这个命令会打印很多,但是可以通过一个脚本使它更加清晰易用。 +``` +#!/bin/bash + +for user in `ls /home` +do + echo -n "$user ";last $user | head -1 | awk '{print substr($0,40)}' +done + +``` + +有时,此类信息可以提醒您用户角色的变动,表明他们可能不再需要相关帐户。 + +### 与用户沟通 + +Linux 提供了许多方法和用户沟通。你可以向 /etc/motd 文件中添加信息,当用户从终端登录到服务器时,将会显示这些信息。你也可以通过例如 write(通知单个用户)或者 wall(write 给所有已登录的用户)命令发送通知。 +``` +$ wall System will go down in one hour + +Broadcast message from shs@stinkbug (pts/17) (Thu Sep 14 14:04:16 2017): + +System will go down in one hour + +``` + +重要的通知应该通过多个管道传递,因为很难预测用户实际会注意到什么。mesage-of-the-day(motd),wall 和 email 通知可以吸引用户大部分的注意力。 + +### 注意日志文件 + +更多地注意日志文件上也可以帮你理解用户活动。事实上,/var/log/auth.log 文件将会为你显示用户的登录和注销活动,组的创建等。/var/log/message 或者 /var/log/syslog 文件将会告诉你更多有关系统活动的事情。 + +### 追踪问题和请求 + +无论你是否在 Linux 系统上安装了票务系统,跟踪用户遇到的问题以及他们提出的请求都非常重要。如果请求的一部分久久不见回应,用户必然不会高兴。即使是纸质日志也可能是有用的,或者更好的是,有一个电子表格,可以让你注意到哪些问题仍然悬而未决,以及问题的根本原因是什么。确保解决问题和请求非常重要,日志还可以帮助您记住你必须采取的措施来解决几个月甚至几年后重新出现的问题。 + +### 总结 + +在繁忙的服务器上管理用户帐户部分取决于从配置良好的默认值开始,部分取决于监控用户活动和遇到的问题。如果用户觉得你对他们的顾虑有所回应并且知道在需要系统升级时会发生什么,他们可能会很高兴。 + +----------- + +via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3225109/linux/managing-users-on-linux-systems.html + +作者:[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] +译者:[dianbanjiu](https://github.com/dianbanjiu) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ From ee1a98bf92b6dade718eab186098f75e95f0689e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 21:02:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 323/437] PRF:20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md @way-ww --- ... 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md | 39 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md b/translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md index 89aaad3a89..b376fab108 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md @@ -1,54 +1,55 @@ -用于Linux桌面的4个扫描工具 +用于 Linux 桌面的 4 个扫描工具 ====== -使用其中一个开源软件驱动扫描仪来实现无纸化办公。 + +> 使用这些开源软件之一驱动你的扫描仪来实现无纸化办公。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc-photo-camera-blue.png?itok=AsIMZ9ga) 尽管无纸化世界还没有到来,但越来越多的人通过扫描文件和照片来摆脱纸张的束缚。不过,仅仅拥有一台扫描仪还不足够。你还需要软件来驱动扫描仪。 -然而问题是许多扫描仪制造商没有将Linux版本的软件与他们的设备适配在一起。不过在大多数情况下,即使没有也没多大关系。因为在linux桌面上已经有很好的扫描软件了。它们能够与许多扫描仪配合很好的完成工作。 +然而问题是许多扫描仪制造商没有与他们的设备适配在一起的软件的 Linux 版本。不过在大多数情况下,即使没有也没多大关系。因为在 Linux 桌面上已经有很好的扫描软件了。它们能够与许多扫描仪配合很好的完成工作。 -现在就让我们看看四个简单又灵活的开源Linux扫描工具。我已经使用过了下面这些工具(甚至[早在2014年][1]写过关于其中三个工具的文章)并且觉得它们非常有用。希望你也会这样认为。 +现在就让我们看看四个简单又灵活的开源 Linux 扫描工具。我已经使用过了下面这些工具(甚至[早在 2014 年][1]写过关于其中三个工具的文章)并且觉得它们非常有用。希望你也会这样认为。 ### Simple Scan -这是我最喜欢的一个软件之一,[Simple Scan][2]小巧,迅速,高效,且易于使用。如果你以前见过它,那是因为Simple Scan是GNOME桌面上的默认扫描程序应用程序,也是许多Linux发行版的默认扫描程序。 +这是我最喜欢的一个软件之一,[Simple Scan][2] 小巧、快捷、高效且易用。如果你以前见过它,那是因为 Simple Scan 是 GNOME 桌面上的默认扫描应用程序,也是许多 Linux 发行版的默认扫描程序。 -你只需单击一下就能扫描文档或照片。扫描过某些内容后,你可以旋转或裁剪它并将其另存为图像(仅限JPEG或PNG格式)或PDF格式。也就是说Simple Scan可能会很慢,即使你用较低分辨率来扫描文档。最重要的是,Simple Scan在扫描时会使用一组全局的默认值,例如150dpi用于文本,300dpi用于照片。你需要进入Simple Scan的首选项才能更改这些设置。 +你只需单击一下就能扫描文档或照片。扫描过某些内容后,你可以旋转或裁剪它并将其另存为图像(仅限 JPEG 或 PNG 格式)或 PDF 格式。也就是说 Simple Scan 可能会很慢,即使你用较低分辨率来扫描文档。最重要的是,Simple Scan 在扫描时会使用一组全局的默认值,例如 150dpi 用于文本,300dpi 用于照片。你需要进入 Simple Scan 的首选项才能更改这些设置。 -如果你扫描的内容超过了几页,还可以在保存之前重新排序页面。如果有必要的话 - 假如你正在提交已签名的表格 - 你可以使用Simple Scan来发送电子邮件。 +如果你扫描的内容超过了几页,还可以在保存之前重新排序页面。如果有必要的话 —— 假如你正在提交已签名的表格 —— 你可以使用 Simple Scan 来发送电子邮件。 ### Skanlite -从很多方面来看,[Skanlite][3]是Simple Scan在KDE世界中的表兄弟。虽然Skanlite功能很少,但它可以出色的完成工作。 +从很多方面来看,[Skanlite][3] 是 Simple Scan 在 KDE 世界中的表兄弟。虽然 Skanlite 功能很少,但它可以出色的完成工作。 -你可以自己配置这个软件的选项,包括自动保存扫描文件,设置扫描质量以及确定扫描保存位置。 Skanlite可以保存为以下图像格式:JPEG,PNG,BMP,PPM,XBM和XPM。 +你可以自己配置这个软件的选项,包括自动保存扫描文件、设置扫描质量以及确定扫描保存位置。 Skanlite 可以保存为以下图像格式:JPEG、PNG、BMP、PPM、XBM 和 XPM。 -其中一个很棒的功能是Skanlite能够将你扫描的部分内容保存到单独的文件中。当你想要从照片中删除某人或某物时,这就派上用场了。 +其中一个很棒的功能是 Skanlite 能够将你扫描的部分内容保存到单独的文件中。当你想要从照片中删除某人或某物时,这就派上用场了。 ### Gscan2pdf -这是我另一个最爱的老软件,[gscan2pdf][4]可能会显得很老旧了,但它仍然包含一些比这里提到的其他软件更好的功能。即便如此,gscan2pdf仍然显得很轻便。 +这是我另一个最爱的老软件,[gscan2pdf][4] 可能会显得很老旧了,但它仍然包含一些比这里提到的其他软件更好的功能。即便如此,gscan2pdf 仍然显得很轻便。 -除了以各种图像格式(JPEG,PNG和TIFF)保存扫描外,gscan2pdf还将它们保存为PDF或[DjVu][5]文件。你可以在单击“扫描”按钮之前设置扫描的分辨率,无论是黑白,彩色还是纸张大小,每当你想要更改任何这些设置时,这都会进入gscan2pdf的首选项。你还可以旋转,裁剪和删除页面。 +除了以各种图像格式(JPEG、PNG 和 TIFF)保存扫描外,gscan2pdf 还可以将它们保存为 PDF 或 [DjVu][5] 文件。你可以在单击“扫描”按钮之前设置扫描的分辨率,无论是黑白、彩色还是纸张大小,每当你想要更改任何这些设置时,都可以进入 gscan2pdf 的首选项。你还可以旋转、裁剪和删除页面。 虽然这些都不是真正的杀手级功能,但它们会给你带来更多的灵活性。 ### GIMP -你大概会知道[GIMP][6]是一个图像编辑工具。但是你恐怕不知道可以用它来驱动你的扫描仪吧。 +你大概会知道 [GIMP][6] 是一个图像编辑工具。但是你恐怕不知道可以用它来驱动你的扫描仪吧。 -你需要安装[XSane][7]扫描软件和GIMP XSane插件。这两个应该都可以从你的Linux发行版的包管理器中获得。在软件里,选择文件>创建>扫描仪/相机。单击扫描仪,然后单击扫描按钮即可进行扫描。 +你需要安装 [XSane][7] 扫描软件和 GIMP XSane 插件。这两个应该都可以从你的 Linux 发行版的包管理器中获得。在软件里,选择“文件>创建>扫描仪/相机”。单击“扫描仪”,然后单击“扫描”按钮即可进行扫描。 -如果这不是你想要的,或者它不起作用,你可以将GIMP和一个叫作[QuiteInsane][8]的插件结合起来。使用任一插件,都能使GIMP成为一个功能强大的扫描软件,它可以让你设置许多选项,如是否扫描彩色或黑白,扫描的分辨率,以及是否压缩结果等。你还可以使用GIMP的工具来修改或应用扫描后的效果。这使得它非常适合扫描照片和艺术品。 +如果这不是你想要的,或者它不起作用,你可以将 GIMP 和一个叫作 [QuiteInsane][8] 的插件结合起来。使用任一插件,都能使 GIMP 成为一个功能强大的扫描软件,它可以让你设置许多选项,如是否扫描彩色或黑白、扫描的分辨率,以及是否压缩结果等。你还可以使用 GIMP 的工具来修改或应用扫描后的效果。这使得它非常适合扫描照片和艺术品。 ### 它们真的能够工作吗? -所有的这些软件在大多数时候都能够在各种硬件上运行良好。我将它们与我过去几年来拥有的多台多功能打印机一起使用 - 无论是使用USB线连接还是通过无线连接。 +所有的这些软件在大多数时候都能够在各种硬件上运行良好。我将它们与我过去几年来拥有的多台多功能打印机一起使用 —— 无论是使用 USB 线连接还是通过无线连接。 -你可能已经注意到我在前一段中写过“大多数时候运行良好”。这是因为我确实遇到过一个例外:一个便宜的canon多功能打印机。我使用的软件都没有检测到它。最后我不得不下载并安装canon的Linux扫描仪软件才使它工作。 +你可能已经注意到我在前一段中写过“大多数时候运行良好”。这是因为我确实遇到过一个例外:一个便宜的 canon 多功能打印机。我使用的软件都没有检测到它。最后我不得不下载并安装 canon 的 Linux 扫描仪软件才使它工作。 -你最喜欢的Linux开源扫描工具是什么?发表评论,分享你的选择。 +你最喜欢的 Linux 开源扫描工具是什么?发表评论,分享你的选择。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-scanner-tools 作者:[Scott Nesbitt][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[way-ww](https://github.com/way-ww) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 44ab7c84ab6a29e9a6e12df034631afe9f81b9c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 21:02:35 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 324/437] PUB:20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md @way-ww https://linux.cn/article-10079-1.html --- .../20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md b/published/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md rename to published/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md From cfd67ebeff1801310026bc10e7b437b53c17eba9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 21:30:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 325/437] PRF:20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md @ucasFL --- ...Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 19 +++++++------------ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md index 4026b751d5..c6156e575a 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ 3 个用于数据科学的顶级 Python 库 ====== ->使用这些库把 Python 变成一个科学数据分析和建模工具。 +> 使用这些库把 Python 变成一个科学数据分析和建模工具。 ![][7] @@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) matrix_two ``` -Here is the output: 输出如下: ``` @@ -62,9 +61,7 @@ array([[1, 2, 3], ``` matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) - matrix_multiply - ``` 相乘后的输出如下: @@ -96,17 +93,15 @@ matrix_multiply ### Pandas -[Pandas][3] 是另一个可以提高你的 Python 数据科学技能的优秀库。就和 NumPy 一样,它属于 SciPy 开源软件家族,可以在 BSD 免费许可证许可下使用。 +[Pandas][3] 是另一个可以提高你的 Python 数据科学技能的优秀库。就和 NumPy 一样,它属于 SciPy 开源软件家族,可以在 BSD 自由许可证许可下使用。 -Pandas 提供了多功能并且很强大的工具用于管理数据结构和执行大量数据分析。该库能够很好的处理不完整、非结构化和无序的真实世界数据,并且提供了用于整形、聚合、分析和可视化数据集的工具 +Pandas 提供了多能而强大的工具,用于管理数据结构和执行大量数据分析。该库能够很好的处理不完整、非结构化和无序的真实世界数据,并且提供了用于整形、聚合、分析和可视化数据集的工具 Pandas 中有三种类型的数据结构: - * Series: 一维、相同数据类型的数组 - * DataFrame: 二维异型矩阵 - * Panel: 三维大小可变数组 - - + * Series:一维、相同数据类型的数组 + * DataFrame:二维异型矩阵 + * Panel:三维大小可变数组 例如,我们来看一下如何使用 Panda 库(缩写成 `pd`)来执行一些描述性统计计算。 @@ -232,7 +227,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/top-3-python-libraries-data-science 作者:[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[ucasFL](https://github.com/ucasFL) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 831075cc6b0446f079b1204204eabf6606cf243a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 21:31:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 326/437] PUB:20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md @ucasFL https://linux.cn/article-10080-1.html --- .../20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/published/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md rename to published/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md From ca7baad0cfb54f2eec68f03548ebf2225ccfa684 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: thecyanbird <2534930703@qq.com> Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 22:46:19 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 327/437] Delete 20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md --- ...tion Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md | 128 ------------------ 1 file changed, 128 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md b/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md deleted file mode 100644 index 74b6347228..0000000000 --- a/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -thecyanbird translating - -WinWorld – A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/WinWorld-720x340.jpeg) - -The other day, I was testing **Dosbox** which is used to [**run MS-DOS games and programs in Linux**][1]. While searching for some classic programs like Turbo C++, I stumbled upon a website named **WinWorld**. I went through a few links in this site and quite surprised. WinWorld has a plenty of good-old and classic OSs, software, applications, development tools, games and a lot of other miscellaneous utilities which are abandoned by the developers a long time ago. It is an online museum run by community members, volunteers and is dedicated to the preservation and sharing of vintage, abandoned, and pre-release software. - -WinWorld was started back in 2003 and its founder claims that the idea to start this site inspired by Yahoo briefcases. The primary purpose of this site is to preserve and share old software. Over the years, many people volunteered to improve this site in numerous ways and the collection of old software in WinWorld has grown exponentially. The entire WinWorld library is free, open and available to everyone. - -### WinWorld Hosts A Huge Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software, System Applications And Games - -Like I already said, WinWorld hosts a huge collection of abandonware which are no-longer in development. - -**Linux and Unix:** - -Here, I have given the complete list of UNIX and LINUX OSs with brief summary of the each OS and the release year of first version. - - * **A/UX** – An early port of Unix to Apple’s 68k based Macintosh platform, released in 1988. - * **AIX** – A Unix port originally developed by IBM, released in 1986. - * **AT &T System V Unix** – One of the first commercial versions of the Unix OS, released in 1983. - * **Banyan VINES** – A network operating system originally designed for Unix, released in 1984. - * **Corel Linux** – A commercial Linux distro, released in 1999. - * **DEC OSF-1** – A version of UNIX developed by Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC), released in 1991. - * **Digital UNIX** – A renamed version of **OSF-1** , released by DEC in 1995.** -** - * **FreeBSD** **1.0** – The first release of FreeBSD, released in 1993. It is based on 4.3BSD. - * **Gentus Linux** – A distribution that failed to comply with GPL. Developed by ABIT and released in 2000. - * **HP-UX** – A UNIX variant, released in 1992. - * **IRIX** – An a operating system developed by Silicon Graphics Inc (SGI ) and it is released in 1988. - * **Lindows** – Similar to Corel Linux. It is developed for commercial purpose and released in 2002. - * **Linux Kernel** – A copy of the Linux Sourcecode, version 0.01. Released in the early 90’s. - * **Mandrake Linux** – A Linux distribution based on Red Hat Linux. It was later renamed to Mandriva. Released in 1999. - * **NEWS-OS** – A variant of BSD, developed by Sony and released in 1989. - * **NeXTStep** – A Unix based OS from NeXT computers headed by **Steve Jobs**. It is released in 1987. - * **PC/IX** – A UNIX variant created for IBM PCs. Released in 1984. - * **Red Hat Linux 5.0** – A commercial Linux distribution by Red Hat. - * **Sun Solaris** – A Unix based OS by Sun Microsystems. Released in 1992. - * **SunOS** – A Unix-based OS derived from BSD by Sun Microsystems, released in 1982. - * **Tru64 UNIX** – A formerly known OSF/1 by DEC. - * **Ubuntu 4.10** – The well-known OS based on Debian.This was a beta pre-release, prior to the very first official Ubuntu release. - * **Ultrix** – A UNIX clone developed by DEC. - * **UnixWare** – A UNIX variant from Novell. - * **Xandros Linux** – A proprietary variant of Linux. It is based on Corel Linux. The first version is released in 2003. - * **Xenix** – A UNIX variant originally published by Microsoft released in 1984. - - - -Not just Linux/Unix, you can find other operating systems including DOS, Windows, Apple/Mac, OS 2, Novell netware and other OSs and shells. - -**DOS & CP/M:** - - * 86-DOS - * Concurrent CPM-86 & Concurrent DOS - * CP/M 86 & CP/M-80 - * DOS Plus - * DR-DOS - * GEM - * MP/M - * MS-DOS - * Multitasking MS-DOS 4.00 - * Multiuser DOS - * PC-DOS - * PC-MOS - * PTS-DOS - * Real/32 - * Tandy Deskmate - * Wendin DOS - - - -**Windows:** - - * BackOffice Server - * Windows 1.0/2.x/3.0/3.1/95/98/2000/ME/NT 3.X/NT 4.0 - * Windows Whistler - * WinFrame - - - -**Apple/Mac:** - - * Mac OS 7/8/9 - * Mac OS X - * System Software (0-6) - - - -**OS/2:** - - * Citrix Multiuser - * OS/2 1.x - * OS/2 2.0 - * OS/2 3.x - * OS/2 Warp 4 - - - -Also, WinWorld hosts a huge collection of old software, system applications, development tools and games. Go and check them out as well. - -To be honest, I don’t even know the existence of most of the stuffs listed in this site. Some of the tools listed here were released years before I was born. - -Just in case, If you ever in need of or wanted to test a classic stuff (be it a game, software, OS), look nowhere, just head over to WinWorld library and download them that you want to explore. Good luck! - -**Disclaimer:** - -OSTechNix is not affiliated with WinWorld site in any way. We, at OSTechNix, don’t know the authenticity and integrity of the stuffs hosted in this site. Also, downloading software from third-party sites is not safe or may be illegal in your region. Neither the author nor OSTechNix is responsible for any kind of damage. Use this service at your own risk. - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/winworld-a-large-collection-of-defunct-oss-software-and-games/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-run-ms-dos-games-and-programs-in-linux/ From d4a336e6dd9b1509542cbae4d8dc40a7225a0be3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: thecyanbird <2534930703@qq.com> Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 22:47:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 328/437] Create A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md --- ...tion Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md | 84 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 84 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/talk/A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md diff --git a/translated/talk/A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md b/translated/talk/A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0c51974b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/talk/A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +WinWorld -- 大型废弃操作系统,软件,游戏合集网站 +===== +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/WinWorld-720x340.jpeg) +有一天,我正在测试 **Dosbox** -- 一个[**在 Linux 平台上运行 MS-DOS 游戏与程序的软件**][1]。当我在搜索一些常用的软件,例如 Turbo C++ 时,我意外留意到了一个叫做 **WinWorld** 的网站。我查看了这个网站上的某些内容,并且着实被惊艳到了。WinWorld 收集了非常多经典的,但已经被它们的开发者所抛弃许久的操作系统,软件,应用,开发工具,游戏以及各式各样的工具。它是一个以保存和分享古老,已经被废弃的或者预发布版本程序为目的的线上博物馆,由社区成员和志愿者运营。 +WinWorld 于 2013 年开始运营。它的创始者声称是被 Yahoo birefcases 激发了灵感并以此构建了这个网站。这个网站原目标是保存并且分享古旧软件。经过许多以不同方式提供帮助的志愿者以及多年的运营,WinWorld 得以迅猛发展。作为一个非盈利网站,WinWorld 的所有内容都免费开放。 +###WinWorld 保存了大量的废弃操作系统,软件,系统应用以及游戏 +就像我刚才说的那样, WinWorld 存储了大量的被抛弃并且不再被开发的软件。 +**Linux 与 Unix:** +这里提供了完整的 UNIX 和 LINUX 操作系统列表以及它们各自的简要介绍,首次发行的年代。 +* **A/UX** - 于 1988 年推出,移植到 68k Macintosh 平台的 Unix 系统。 +* **AIX** - 于 1986 年推出,IBM 移植的 Unix 系统。 +* **AT &T System V Unix** - 于 1983 年推出,最早的商业版 Unix 之一。 +* **Banyan VINES** - 于 1984 年推出,专为 Unix 设计的网络操作系统。 +* **Corel Linux** - 于 1999 年推出,商业 Linux 发行版。 +* **DEC OSF-1** - 于 1991 年推出,由迪吉多公司(DEC)开发的 Unix 版本。 +* **Digital UNIX** - 由 DEC 于 1995 年推出,**OSF-1** 的重命名版本。 +* **FreeBSD 1.0** - 于 1993 年推出,FreeBSD 的首次发行版。这个系统是基于 4.3BSD 开发的。 +* **Gentus Linux** - 由 ABIT 于 2000 年推出,未遵守 GPL 协议的 Linux 发行版。 +* **HP-UX** - 于 1992 年推出,UNIX 的变种系统。 +* **IRIX** - 由硅谷图形公司(SGI)于1988年推出的操作系统。 +* **Lindows** - 于 2002 年推出,与 Corel Linux 类似的商业操作系统。 +* **Linux Kernel** - 0.01 版本于 90 年代早期推出,Linux 源代码的副本。 +* **Mandrake Linux** - 于 1999 年推出。基于 Red Hat Linux 的 Linux 发行版,稍后被重新命名为 Mandriva。 +* **NEWS-OS** - 由 Sony 于 1989 年推出,BSD 的变种。 +* **NeXTStep** - 由史蒂夫·乔布斯创立的 NeXT 公司于 1987 年推出,基于 Unix 的操作系统。 +* **PC/IX** - 于 1984 年推出,为 IBM 个人电脑服务的基于 Unix 的操作系统。 +* **Red Hat Linux 5.0** - 由 Red Hat 推出,商业 Linux 发行版。 +* **Sun Solaris** - 由 Sun Microsystem 于 1992 年推出,基于 Unix 的操作系统。 +* **SunOS** - 由 Sun Microsystem 于 1982 年推出,衍生自 BSD 基于 Unix 的操作系统。 +* **Tru64 UNIX** - 由 DEC 开发,旧称 OSF/1。 +* **Ubuntu 4.10** - 基于 Debian 的知名操作系统。这是早期的 beta 预发布版本,较早期 Ubuntu 正式发行版更早推出。 +* **Ultrix** - 由 DEC 开发, UNIX 克隆。 +* **UnixWare** - 由 Novell 推出, UNIX 变种。 +* **Xandros Linux** - 首个版本于 2003 年推出。基于 Corel Linux 的专有 Linux 发行版。 +* **Xenix** - 最初由 Microsoft 于 1984 推出, UNIX 变种操作系统。 +不仅仅是 Linux/Unix,你还能找到例如 DOS,Windows,Apple/Mac,OS 2,Novell netware等其他的操作系统与 shell。 +**DOS & CP/M:** + *86-DOS + *Concurrent CPM-86 & Concurrent DOS + *CP/M 86 & CP/M-80 + *DOS Plus + *DR-DOS + *GEM + *MP/M + *MS-DOS + *Multitasking MS-DOS 4.00 + *Multiuser DOS + *PC-DOS + *PC-MOS + *PTS-DOS + *Real/32 + *Tandy Deskmate + *Wendin DOS +**Windows:** + *BackOffice Server + *Windows 1.0/2.x/3.0/3.1/95/98/2000/ME/NT 3.X/NT 4.0 + *Windows Whistler + *WinFrame +**Apple/Mac:** + *Mac OS 7/8/9 + *Mac OS X + *System Software (0-6) +**OS/2:** + *Citrix Multiuser + *OS/2 1.x + *OS/2 2.0 + *OS/2 3.x + *OS/2 Warp 4 +于此同时,WinWorld 也收集了大量的旧软件,系统应用,开发工具和游戏。您在访问网站的时候也可以同时查看它们。 +说实话,我甚至不知道这个网站列出的绝大部分东西,我甚至不知道它们存在过。其中列出的某些工具发布于我出生之前。 +如果您需要或者打算去测试一个经典的程序(例如游戏,软件,操作系统),并且在其他地方找不到它们,那么来 WinWorld 资源库看看,下载它们然后开始你的探险吧。祝您好运! +免责声明: +OSTechNix 并非隶属于 WinWorld。我们,OSTechNix,并不确保 WinWorld 站点存储数据的真实性与可靠性。而且在你所在的地区,或许从第三方站点下载软件是违法行为。本篇文章作者和 OSTechNix 都不会承担任何责任,使用此服务意味着您将自行承担风险。 +本篇文章到此为止。希望这对您有用,更多的好文章即将发布,敬请期待! +谢谢各位的阅读! +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/winworld-a-large-collection-of-defunct-oss-software-and-games/ +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[thecyanbird](https://github.com/thecyanbird) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-run-ms-dos-games-and-programs-in-linux/ From 9c249cb798241b78c0b2e2808670b1a640c1bdca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: thecyanbird <2534930703@qq.com> Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 22:50:28 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 329/437] Rename A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md to 20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md --- ...ld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md} | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename translated/talk/{A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md => 20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md} (100%) diff --git a/translated/talk/A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md b/translated/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/talk/A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md rename to translated/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md From 705c6004e2434e6217613f716a05939471988e2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: thecyanbird <2534930703@qq.com> Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 22:53:50 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 330/437] Update 20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md --- ...x Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md b/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md index e161ec4eec..baa490ccbc 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ + + Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it ====== **Linux kernel has a new code of conduct (CoC). Linus Torvalds took a break from Linux kernel development just 30 minutes after signing this code of conduct. And since **the writer of this code of conduct has had a controversial past,** it has now become a point of heated discussion. With all the politics involved, not many people are happy with this new CoC.** From c8af2a415ce02128a4ba36d4dea4abfdcd98fc35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: thecyanbird <2534930703@qq.com> Date: Thu, 4 Oct 2018 22:56:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 331/437] Update 20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md --- ...x Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md b/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md index baa490ccbc..971a91f94f 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ - +thecyanbird translating Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it ====== From 72eff6cbc7e6ba4b6f3e0c4e16fd697366ad7d07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 07:40:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 332/437] PRF:20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md @dianbanjiu --- ...ntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md | 90 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 44 insertions(+), 46 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md b/translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md index 5d7b3f772b..72763c754b 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md @@ -1,22 +1,23 @@ -# 如何在 Ubuntu 以及其他 Linux 发行版上安装 Popcorn Time +如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 上安装 Popcorn Time +====== -**简要:这篇教程展示给你如何在 Ubuntu 和其他 Linux 发行版上安装 Popcorn Time,也会讨论一些 Popcorn Time 的便捷操作** +> 简要:这篇教程展示给你如何在 Ubuntu 和其他 Linux 发行版上安装 Popcorn Time,也会讨论一些 Popcorn Time 的便捷操作。 -[Popcorn Time][1] 是一个受开源 [Netflix][2] 启发的 [torrent][3] 流媒体应用,可以在 Linux,Mac上Windows 上运行。 +[Popcorn Time][1] 是一个受 [Netflix][2] 启发的开源的 [torrent][3] 流媒体应用,可以在 Linux、Mac、Windows 上运行。 -传统的 torrents,在你看影片之前必须等待它下载完成。 +传统的 torrent,在你看影片之前必须等待它下载完成。 -[Popcorn Time][4] 有所不同。它的使用基于 torrent,但是允许你(几乎)立即开始观看影片。他跟你在 Youtube 或者 Netflix 等流媒体网页上看影片一样,无需等待它下载完成。 +[Popcorn Time][4] 有所不同。它的使用基于 torrent,但是允许你(几乎)立即开始观看影片。它跟你在 Youtube 或者 Netflix 等流媒体网页上看影片一样,无需等待它下载完成。 ![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu Linux][5] -Popcorn Time -如果你不想在看在线电影时被突如其来的广告吓倒的话,Popcorn Time 是一个不错的选择。不过要记得,它的播放质量依赖于当前网络中可用的种子(seeds)数。 +*Popcorn Time* -Popcorn Time 还提供了一个不错的用户界面,让你能够浏览可用的电影,电视剧和其他视频内容。如果你曾经[在 Linux 上使用过 Netflix][6],你会发现两者有一些相似之处。 +如果你不想在看在线电影时被突如其来的广告吓倒的话,Popcorn Time 是一个不错的选择。不过要记得,它的播放质量依赖于当前网络中可用的种子seed数。 -有些国家严格打击盗版,所以使用 torrent 下载电影是违法行为。在类似美国,英国和西欧等一些国家,你或许曾经收到过法律声明。也就是说,是否使用取决于你。已经警告过你了。 -(如果你仍想要冒险使用 Popcorn Time,你应该使用像 [Ivacy][7] 这样的 VPN 服务,它为使用 Torrents 和保护隐私有特别的设计。即便这样,也不能完全避免被查到。) +Popcorn Time 还提供了一个不错的用户界面,让你能够浏览可用的电影、电视剧和其他视频内容。如果你曾经[在 Linux 上使用过 Netflix][6],你会发现两者有一些相似之处。 + +有些国家严格打击盗版,所以使用 torrent 下载电影是违法行为。在类似美国、英国和西欧等一些国家,你或许曾经收到过法律声明。也就是说,是否使用取决于你。已经警告过你了。 Popcorn Time 一些主要的特点: @@ -24,39 +25,42 @@ Popcorn Time 一些主要的特点: * 有一个时尚的用户界面让你浏览可用的电影和电视剧资源 * 调整流媒体的质量 * 标记为稍后观看 - * 下载为离线观看 + * 下载为离线观看 * 可以默认开启字幕,改变字母尺寸等 * 使用键盘快捷键浏览 ### 如何在 Ubuntu 和其它 Linux 发行版上安装 Popcorn Time -这篇教程以 Ubuntu 18.04 为例,但是你可以使用类似的结构,在例如 Linux Mint,Debian,Manjaro,Deepin等 Linux 发行版上安装。 +这篇教程以 Ubuntu 18.04 为例,但是你可以使用类似的说明,在例如 Linux Mint、Debian、Manjaro、Deepin 等 Linux 发行版上安装。 + +Popcorn Time 在 Deepin Linux 的软件中心中也可用。Manjaro 和 Arch 用户也可以轻松地使用 AUR 来安装 Popcorn Time。 接下来我们看该如何在 Linux 上安装 Popcorn Time。事实上,这个过程非常简单。只需要按照说明操作复制粘贴我提到的这些命令即可。 #### 第一步:下载 Popcorn Time -你可以从它的官网上安装 Popcorn Time。它主页上的下载链接是。 -[Get Popcorn Time](https://popcorntime.sh/) +你可以从它的官网上安装 Popcorn Time。下载链接在它的主页上。 + +- [下载 Popcorn Time](https://popcorntime.sh/) #### 第二步:安装 Popcorn Time -下载完成之后,就该使用它了。下载下来的是一个 tar 文件,在这些文件里面包含有一个可执行文件。你可以把 tar 文件提取在任何位置,[Linux 常把附加软件安装在][8] /[opt 目录。][8] +下载完成之后,就该使用它了。下载下来的是一个 tar 文件,在这些文件里面包含有一个可执行文件。你可以把 tar 文件提取在任何位置,[Linux 常把附加软件安装在][8] [/opt 目录][8]。 -在 /opt 下创建一个新的目录: +在 `/opt` 下创建一个新的目录: ``` sudo mkdir /opt/popcorntime ``` -现在进入你下载文件的文件夹中,比如我把 Popcorn Time 下载到了主目录的 Downloads目录下。 +现在进入你下载文件的文件夹中,比如我把 Popcorn Time 下载到了主目录的 Downloads 目录下。 ``` cd ~/Downloads ``` -提取下载好的 Popcorn Time 文件到新创建的 /opt/popcorntime 目录下 +提取下载好的 Popcorn Time 文件到新创建的 `/opt/popcorntime` 目录下: ``` sudo tar Jxf Popcorn-Time-* -C /opt/popcorntime @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ sudo tar Jxf Popcorn-Time-* -C /opt/popcorntime #### 第三步:让所有用户可以使用 Popcorn Time -如果你想要系统中所有的用户无需经过 sudo 就可以运行 Popcorn Time。你需要在 /usr/bin 目录下创建一个[符号链接(软链接)][9]指向这个可执行文件。 +如果你想要系统中所有的用户无需经过 `sudo` 就可以运行 Popcorn Time。你需要在 `/usr/bin` 目录下创建一个[符号链接(软链接)][9]指向这个可执行文件。 ``` ln -sf /opt/popcorntime/Popcorn-Time /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time @@ -76,13 +80,13 @@ ln -sf /opt/popcorntime/Popcorn-Time /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time 为此,你需要创建一个桌面入口。 -打开一个终端窗口,在 /usr/share/applications 目录下创建一个名为 popcorntime.desktop 的文件。 +打开一个终端窗口,在 `/usr/share/applications` 目录下创建一个名为 `popcorntime.desktop` 的文件。 你可以使用任何[基于命令行的文本编辑器][10]。Ubuntu 默认安装了 [Nano][11],所以你可以直接使用这个。 ``` sudo nano /usr/share/applications/popcorntime.desktop -``` +``` 在里面插入以下内容: @@ -95,11 +99,11 @@ Name = Popcorn-Time Exec = /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time Icon = /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png Categories = Application; -``` +``` -如果你使用的是 Nano 编辑器,使用 Ctrl+X 保存输入的内容,当询问是否保存时,输入 Y,然后按回车保存并退出。 +如果你使用的是 Nano 编辑器,使用 `Ctrl+X` 保存输入的内容,当询问是否保存时,输入 `Y`,然后按回车保存并退出。 -就快要完成了。最后一件事就是为 Popcorn Time 设置一个正确的图标。你可以下载一个 Popcorn Time 图标到 /opt/popcorntime 目录下,并命名为 popcorn.png。 +就快要完成了。最后一件事就是为 Popcorn Time 设置一个正确的图标。你可以下载一个 Popcorn Time 图标到 `/opt/popcorntime` 目录下,并命名为 `popcorn.png`。 你可以使用以下命令: @@ -109,13 +113,15 @@ sudo wget -O /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia 这样就 OK 了。现在你可以搜索 Popcorn Time 然后点击启动它了。 -![Popcorn Time installed on Ubuntu][12] -在菜单里搜索 Popcorn Time +![Popcorn Time installed on Ubuntu][12] + +*在菜单里搜索 Popcorn Time* 第一次启动时,你必须接受这些条款和条件。 ![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu][13] -接受这些服务条款 + +*接受这些服务条款* 一旦你完成这些,你就可以享受你的电影和电视节目了。 @@ -123,22 +129,17 @@ sudo wget -O /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia 好了,这就是所有你在 Ubuntu 或者其他 Linux 发行版上安装 Popcorn Time 所需要的了。你可以直接开始看你最喜欢的影视节目了。 -当然,如果你有兴趣的话,我建议你阅读以下关于 Popcorn Time 的小贴士,可以学到更多。 - -[![][15]][16] -![][17] - ### 高效使用 Popcorn Time 的七个小贴士 现在你已经安装好了 Popcorn Time 了,我接下来将要告诉你一些有用的 Popcorn Time 技巧。我保证它会增强你使用 Popcorn Time 的体验。 -#### 1\. 使用高级设置 +#### 1、 使用高级设置 始终启用高级设置。它给了你更多的选项去调整 Popcorn Time 点击右上角的齿轮标记。查看其中的高级设置。 ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tricks.jpeg) -#### 2\. 在 VLC 或者其他播放器里观看影片 +#### 2、 在 VLC 或者其他播放器里观看影片 你知道你可以选择自己喜欢的播放器而不是 Popcorn Time 默认的播放器观看一个视频吗?当然,这个播放器必须已经安装在你的系统上了。 @@ -148,29 +149,29 @@ sudo wget -O /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks_1.png) -#### 3\. 将影片标记为稍后观看 +#### 3、 将影片标记为稍后观看 只是浏览电影和电视节目,但是却没有时间和精力去看?这不是问题。你可以添加这些影片到书签里面,稍后可以在 Faveriate 标签里面访问这些影片。这可以让你创建一个你想要稍后观看的列表。 ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks2.png) -#### 4\. 检查 torrent 的信息和种子信息 +#### 4、 检查 torrent 的信息和种子信息 像我之前提到的,你在 Popcorn Time 的观看体验依赖于 torrent 的速度。好消息是 Popcorn Time 显示了 torrent 的信息,因此你可以知道流媒体的速度。 -你可以在文件上看到一个绿色 / 黄色 / 红色的点。绿色意味着有足够的种子,文件很容易播放。黄色意味着有中等数量的种子,应该可以播放。红色意味着只有非常少可用的种子,播放的速度会很慢甚至无法观看。 +你可以在文件上看到一个绿色/黄色/红色的点。绿色意味着有足够的种子,文件很容易播放。黄色意味着有中等数量的种子,应该可以播放。红色意味着只有非常少可用的种子,播放的速度会很慢甚至无法观看。 ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks3.jpg) -#### 5\. 添加自定义字幕 +#### 5、 添加自定义字幕 如果你需要字幕而且它没有你想要的语言,你可以从外部网站下载自定义字幕。得到 .src 文件,然后就可以在 Popcorn Time 中使用它: ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocporn_Time_Tricks5.png) -这是[用 VLC 自动下载字幕][19] +你可以[用 VLC 自动下载字幕][19]。 -#### 6\. 保存文件离线观看 +#### 6、 保存文件离线观看 用 Popcorn Time 播放内容时,它会下载并暂时存储这些内容。当你关闭 APP 时,缓存会被清理干净。你可以更改这个操作,使得下载的文件可以保存下来供你未来使用。 @@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ sudo wget -O /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tips.jpg) -#### 7\. 拖放外部 torrent 文件立即播放 +#### 7、 拖放外部 torrent 文件立即播放 我猜你不知道这个操作。如果你没有在 Popcorn Time 发现某些影片,从你最喜欢的 torrent 网站下载 torrent 文件,打开 Popcorn Time,然后拖放这个 torrent 文件到 Popcorn Time 里面。它将会立即播放文件,当然这个取决于种子。这次你不需要在观看前下载整个文件了。 @@ -188,10 +189,7 @@ sudo wget -O /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia 在 Popcorn Time 里面有很多的功能,但是我决定就此打住,剩下的就由你自己来探索吧。我希望你能发现更多 Popcorn Time 有用的功能和技巧。 -我再提醒一遍,使用 Torrents 在很多国家是违法的。如果你还是这样做了,请做好防护措施,并使用 VPN 服务。如果你想要我的建议,你可以去看一下(让 [ProtonMail][21] 成名的)[瑞士的隐私公司 ProtonVPN][20]。新加坡的 [Ivacy][7] 也是一个不错的选择。如果你觉得这些都太贵了,你可以看一下[在 FOSS SHOP 上廉价的 VPN][22] - -注意:这篇文章里包含了会员链接,请阅读我们的[会员隐私][23]。 - +我再提醒一遍,使用 Torrents 在很多国家是违法的。 ----------------------------------- @@ -200,7 +198,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/popcorn-time-ubuntu-linux/ 作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[dianbanjiu](https://github.com/dianbanjiu) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f414f68dd6696cde10caffbb8d4ed3888166b99b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 07:40:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 333/437] PUB:20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md @dianbanjiu https://linux.cn/article-10081-1.html --- ... Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md b/published/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md rename to published/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md From 989d865cc3788bc4a24c210df8a19ae7bdc72305 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pityonline Date: Tue, 2 Oct 2018 23:24:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 334/437] =?UTF-8?q?PRF:=20#10302=20=E5=88=9D=E6=AD=A5?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=A0=A1=E5=AF=B9=E5=B9=B6=E8=B0=83=E6=95=B4=E6=A0=BC=E5=BC=8F?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 57 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 29 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md index 5c69d6a92b..dc34038a6e 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ -如何在 Linux 中配置基于密钥认证的 SSH +如何在 Linux 中配置基于密钥认证的 SSH ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Configure-SSH-Key-based-Authentication-In-Linux-720x340.png) -### 什么是基于 SSH密钥的认证? +### 什么是基于 SSH 密钥的认证? -众所周知,**Secure Shell**,又称 **SSH**,是允许你通过无安全网络(例如 Internet)和远程系统之间安全访问/通信的加密网络协议。无论何时使用 SSH 在无安全网络上发送数据,它都会在源系统上自动地被加密,并且在目的系统上解密。SSH 提供了四种加密方式,**基于密码认证**,**基于密钥认证**,**基于主机认证**和**键盘认证**。最常用的认证方式是基于密码认证和基于密钥认证。 +众所周知,**Secure Shell**,又称 **SSH**,是允许你通过无安全网络(例如 Internet)和远程系统之间安全访问/通信的加密网络协议。无论何时使用 SSH 在无安全网络上发送数据,它都会在源系统上自动地被加密,并且在目的系统上解密。SSH 提供了四种加密方式,**基于密码认证**,**基于密钥认证**,**基于主机认证**和**键盘认证**。最常用的认证方式是基于密码认证和基于密钥认证。 -在基于密码认证中,你需要的仅仅是远程系统上用户的密码。如果你知道远程用户的密码,你可以使用**“ssh[[email protected]][1]”**访问各自的系统。另一方面,在基于密钥认证中,为了通过 SSH 通信,你需要生成 SSH 密钥对,并且为远程系统上传 SSH 公钥。每个 SSH 密钥对由私钥与公钥组成。私钥应该保存在客户系统上,公钥应该上传给远程系统。你不应该将私钥透露给任何人。希望你已经对 SSH 和它的认证方式有了基本的概念。 +在基于密码认证中,你需要的仅仅是远程系统上用户的密码。如果你知道远程用户的密码,你可以使用 `ssh user@remote-system-name` 访问各自的系统。另一方面,在基于密钥认证中,为了通过 SSH 通信,你需要生成 SSH 密钥对,并且为远程系统上传 SSH 公钥。每个 SSH 密钥对由私钥与公钥组成。私钥应该保存在客户系统上,公钥应该上传给远程系统。你不应该将私钥透露给任何人。希望你已经对 SSH 和它的认证方式有了基本的概念。 -这篇教程,我们将讨论如何在 linux 上配置基于密钥认证的 SSH。 +这篇教程,我们将讨论如何在 Linux 上配置基于密钥认证的 SSH。 -### 在 Linux 上配置基于密钥认证的SSH +### 在 Linux 上配置基于密钥认证的 SSH 为本篇教程起见,我将使用 Arch Linux 为本地系统,Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 为远程系统。 本地系统详情: - * **OS** : Arch Linux Desktop - * **IP address** : 192.168.225.37 /24 + +* OS: Arch Linux Desktop +* IP address: 192.168.225.37/24 远程系统详情: - * **OS** : Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server - * **IP address** : 192.168.225.22/24 + +* OS: Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server +* IP address: 192.168.225.22/24 ### 本地系统配置 -就像我之前所说,在基于密钥认证的方法中,想要通过 SSH 访问远程系统,就应该将公钥上传给它。公钥通常会被保存在远程系统的一个文件**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。 +就像我之前所说,在基于密钥认证的方法中,想要通过 SSH 访问远程系统,就应该将公钥上传给它。公钥通常会被保存在远程系统的一个文件 `~/.ssh/authorized_keys` 中。 -**注意事项:**不要使用**root** 用户生成密钥对,这样只有 root 用户才可以使用。使用普通用户创建密钥对。 +**注意事项**:不要使用 **root** 用户生成密钥对,这样只有 root 用户才可以使用。使用普通用户创建密钥对。 现在,让我们在本地系统上创建一个 SSH 密钥对。只需要在客户端系统上运行下面的命令。 @@ -37,7 +39,7 @@ $ ssh-keygen 上面的命令将会创建一个 2048 位的 RSA 密钥对。输入两次密码。更重要的是,记住你的密码。后面将会用到它。 -**样例输出** +样例输出: ``` Generating public/private rsa key pair. @@ -62,16 +64,16 @@ The key's randomart image is: +----[SHA256]-----+ ``` -如果你已经创建了密钥对,你将看到以下信息。输入 ‘y’ 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 +如果你已经创建了密钥对,你将看到以下信息。输入 y 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 ``` /home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. Overwrite (y/n)? ``` -请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码,那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码,除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码(虽然不安全),简单地输入两次 ENTER。不过,我们建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看,使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对大体上不是一个很好的主意。 这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用,例如,没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。(例如,用 rsync 远程备份...) +请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码,那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码,除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码(虽然不安全),简单地输入两次 ENTER。不过,我们建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看,使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对大体上不是一个很好的主意。这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用,例如,没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。(例如,用 rsync 远程备份……) -如果你已经在个人文件 **~/.ssh/id_rsa** 中有了无密码的密钥对,但想要更新为带密码的密钥。使用下面的命令: +如果你已经在个人文件 `~/.ssh/id_rsa` 中有了无密码的密钥对,但想要更新为带密码的密钥。使用下面的命令: ``` $ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa @@ -91,9 +93,9 @@ Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. $ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 ``` -在这,我把本地(Arch Linux)系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统(Ubuntu 18.04 LTS)上。从技术上讲,上面的命令会把本地系统 **~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub key** 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。明白了吗?非常棒。 +在这,我把本地(Arch Linux)系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统(Ubuntu 18.04 LTS)上。从技术上讲,上面的命令会把本地系统 `~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub` 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统 `~/.ssh/authorized_keys` 中。明白了吗?非常棒。 -输入 **yes** 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着,输入远程系统 root 用户的密码。 +输入 yes 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着,输入远程系统 root 用户的密码。 ``` /usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: attempting to log in with the new key(s), to filter out any that are already installed @@ -106,7 +108,7 @@ Now try logging into the machine, with: "ssh '[email protected]'" and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. ``` -如果你已经拷贝了密钥,但想要替换为新的密码,使用 **-f** 选项覆盖已有的密钥。 +如果你已经拷贝了密钥,但想要替换为新的密码,使用 `-f` 选项覆盖已有的密钥。 ``` $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 @@ -118,13 +120,13 @@ $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 你需要在 root 或者 sudo 用户下执行下面的命令。 -为了禁用基于密码的认证,你需要在远程系统的控制台上编辑 **/etc/ssh/sshd_config** 配置文件: +为了禁用基于密码的认证,你需要在远程系统的控制台上编辑 `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` 配置文件: ``` $ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config ``` -找到下面这一行,去掉注释然后将值设为 **no** +找到下面这一行,去掉注释然后将值设为 `no`: ``` PasswordAuthentication no @@ -156,7 +158,7 @@ Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 现在,你就能 SSH 你的远程系统了。如你所见,我们已经使用之前 **ssh-keygen** 创建的密码登录进了远程系统的账户,而不是使用账户实际的密码。 -如果你试图从其他客户端系统 ssh (远程系统),你将会得到这条错误信息。比如,我试图通过命令从 CentOS SSH 访问 Ubuntu 系统: +如果你试图从其它客户端系统 ssh(远程系统),你将会得到这条错误信息。比如,我试图通过命令从 CentOS SSH 访问 Ubuntu 系统: **样例输出:** @@ -168,7 +170,7 @@ Warning: Permanently added '192.168.225.22' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts. Permission denied (publickey). ``` -如你所见,除了 CentOS (译注:根据上文,这里应该是 Arch) 系统外,我不能通过其他任何系统 SSH 访问我的远程系统 Ubuntu 18.04。 +如你所见,除了 CentOS(译注:根据上文,这里应该是 Arch)系统外,我不能通过其它任何系统 SSH 访问我的远程系统 Ubuntu 18.04。 ### 为 SSH 服务端添加更多客户端系统的密钥 @@ -180,7 +182,7 @@ Permission denied (publickey). $ ssh-keygen ``` -输入两次密码。现在, ssh 密钥对已经生成了。你需要手动把公钥(不是私钥)拷贝到远程服务端上。 +输入两次密码。现在,ssh 密钥对已经生成了。你需要手动把公钥(不是私钥)拷贝到远程服务端上。 使用命令查看公钥: @@ -194,7 +196,7 @@ $ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCt3a9tIeK5rPx9p74/KjEVXa6/OODyRp0QLS/sLp8W6iTxFL+UgALZlupVNgFjvRR5luJ9dLHWwc+d4umavAWz708e6Na9ftEPQtC28rTFsHwmyLKvLkzcGkC5+A0NdbiDZLaK3K3wgq1jzYYKT5k+IaNS6vtrx5LDObcPNPEBDt4vTixQ7GZHrDUUk5586IKeFfwMCWguHveTN7ykmo2EyL2rV7TmYq+eY2ZqqcsoK0fzXMK7iifGXVmuqTkAmZLGZK8a3bPb6VZd7KFum3Ezbu4BXZGp7FVhnOMgau2kYeOH/ItKPzpCAn+dg3NAAziCCxnII9b4nSSGz3mMY4Y7 ostechnix@centosserver ``` -拷贝所有内容(通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质),然后去你的远程服务端的控制台。像下面那样,在 home 下创建文件夹叫做 **ssh**。你需要以 root 身份执行命令。 +拷贝所有内容(通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质),然后去你的远程服务端的控制台。像下面那样,在 `$HOME` 下创建文件夹叫做 `.ssh`。你需要以 root 身份执行命令。 ``` $ mkdir -p ~/.ssh @@ -227,9 +229,8 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-ssh-key-based-authentication-linux/ 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[LuuMing](https://github.com/LuuMing) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[pityonline](https://github.com/pityonline) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/cdn-cgi/l/email-protection +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ From cc71cdf04c0d45d4153dc98b9b971622ee46ee8a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pityonline Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 08:46:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 335/437] =?UTF-8?q?PRF:=20#10302=20=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=A0=A1=E5=AF=B9?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 49 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md index dc34038a6e..77a4e03b35 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ### 在 Linux 上配置基于密钥认证的 SSH -为本篇教程起见,我将使用 Arch Linux 为本地系统,Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 为远程系统。 +为方便演示,我将使用 Arch Linux 为本地系统,Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 为远程系统。 本地系统详情: @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ ### 本地系统配置 -就像我之前所说,在基于密钥认证的方法中,想要通过 SSH 访问远程系统,就应该将公钥上传给它。公钥通常会被保存在远程系统的一个文件 `~/.ssh/authorized_keys` 中。 +就像我之前所说,在基于密钥认证的方法中,想要通过 SSH 访问远程系统,需要将公钥上传到远程系统。公钥通常会被保存在远程系统的一个 `~/.ssh/authorized_keys` 文件中。 **注意事项**:不要使用 **root** 用户生成密钥对,这样只有 root 用户才可以使用。使用普通用户创建密钥对。 @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ $ ssh-keygen ``` -上面的命令将会创建一个 2048 位的 RSA 密钥对。输入两次密码。更重要的是,记住你的密码。后面将会用到它。 +上面的命令将会创建一个 2048 位的 RSA 密钥对。你需要输入两次密码。更重要的是,记住你的密码。后面将会用到它。 -样例输出: +**样例输出**: ``` Generating public/private rsa key pair. @@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ The key's randomart image is: Overwrite (y/n)? ``` -请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码,那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码,除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码(虽然不安全),简单地输入两次 ENTER。不过,我们建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看,使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对大体上不是一个很好的主意。这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用,例如,没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。(例如,用 rsync 远程备份……) +请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码,那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码,除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码(虽然不安全),简单地敲两次回车。不过,我建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看,使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对不是什么好主意。这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用,例如,没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。(例如,用 rsync 远程备份……) -如果你已经在个人文件 `~/.ssh/id_rsa` 中有了无密码的密钥对,但想要更新为带密码的密钥。使用下面的命令: +如果你已经在个人文件 `~/.ssh/id_rsa` 中有了无密码的密钥,但想要更新为带密码的密钥。使用下面的命令: ``` $ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa ``` -样例输出: +**样例输出**: ``` Enter new passphrase (empty for no passphrase): @@ -93,18 +93,18 @@ Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. $ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 ``` -在这,我把本地(Arch Linux)系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统(Ubuntu 18.04 LTS)上。从技术上讲,上面的命令会把本地系统 `~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub` 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统 `~/.ssh/authorized_keys` 中。明白了吗?非常棒。 +在这里,我把本地(Arch Linux)系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统(Ubuntu 18.04 LTS)上。从技术上讲,上面的命令会把本地系统 `~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub` 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统 `~/.ssh/authorized_keys` 中。明白了吗?非常棒。 -输入 yes 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着,输入远程系统 root 用户的密码。 +输入 yes 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着,输入远程系统 sk 用户的密码。 ``` /usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: attempting to log in with the new key(s), to filter out any that are already installed /usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: 1 key(s) remain to be installed -- if you are prompted now it is to install the new keys -[email protected]2.168.225.22's password: +sk@192.168.225.22's password: Number of key(s) added: 1 -Now try logging into the machine, with: "ssh '[email protected]'" +Now try logging into the machine, with: "ssh 'sk@192.168.225.22'" and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. ``` @@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 ``` -我们现在已经成功地将本地系统的 SSH 公钥添加进了远程系统。现在,让我们在远程系统上完全禁用掉基于密码认证的方式。因为,我们已经配置了密钥认证,因此我们不再需要密码认证了。 +我们现在已经成功地将本地系统的 SSH 公钥添加进了远程系统。现在,让我们在远程系统上完全禁用掉基于密码认证的方式。因为我们已经配置了密钥认证,因此不再需要密码认证了。 ### 在远程系统上禁用基于密码认证的 SSH 你需要在 root 或者 sudo 用户下执行下面的命令。 -为了禁用基于密码的认证,你需要在远程系统的控制台上编辑 `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` 配置文件: +禁用基于密码的认证,你需要在远程系统的终端里编辑 `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` 配置文件: ``` $ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config @@ -148,19 +148,19 @@ $ ssh sk@192.168.225.22 输入密码。 -**样例输出:** +**样例输出**: ``` Enter passphrase for key '/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa': Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 -[email protected]:~$ +sk@ubuntuserver:~$ ``` -现在,你就能 SSH 你的远程系统了。如你所见,我们已经使用之前 **ssh-keygen** 创建的密码登录进了远程系统的账户,而不是使用账户实际的密码。 +现在,你就能 SSH 你的远程系统了。如你所见,我们已经使用之前 `ssh-keygen` 创建的密码登录进了远程系统的账户,而不是使用当前账户实际的密码。 如果你试图从其它客户端系统 ssh(远程系统),你将会得到这条错误信息。比如,我试图通过命令从 CentOS SSH 访问 Ubuntu 系统: -**样例输出:** +**样例输出**: ``` The authenticity of host '192.168.225.22 (192.168.225.22)' can't be established. @@ -184,19 +184,19 @@ $ ssh-keygen 输入两次密码。现在,ssh 密钥对已经生成了。你需要手动把公钥(不是私钥)拷贝到远程服务端上。 -使用命令查看公钥: +使用以下命令查看公钥: ``` $ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub ``` -应该会输出如下信息: +应该会输出类似下面的信息: ``` ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCt3a9tIeK5rPx9p74/KjEVXa6/OODyRp0QLS/sLp8W6iTxFL+UgALZlupVNgFjvRR5luJ9dLHWwc+d4umavAWz708e6Na9ftEPQtC28rTFsHwmyLKvLkzcGkC5+A0NdbiDZLaK3K3wgq1jzYYKT5k+IaNS6vtrx5LDObcPNPEBDt4vTixQ7GZHrDUUk5586IKeFfwMCWguHveTN7ykmo2EyL2rV7TmYq+eY2ZqqcsoK0fzXMK7iifGXVmuqTkAmZLGZK8a3bPb6VZd7KFum3Ezbu4BXZGp7FVhnOMgau2kYeOH/ItKPzpCAn+dg3NAAziCCxnII9b4nSSGz3mMY4Y7 ostechnix@centosserver ``` -拷贝所有内容(通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质),然后去你的远程服务端的控制台。像下面那样,在 `$HOME` 下创建文件夹叫做 `.ssh`。你需要以 root 身份执行命令。 +拷贝所有内容(通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质),然后去你的远程服务端的终端,像下面那样,在 `$HOME` 下创建文件夹叫做 `.ssh`。你需要以 root 身份执行命令(注:不一定需要 root)。 ``` $ mkdir -p ~/.ssh @@ -210,15 +210,16 @@ echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys 在远程系统上重启 ssh 服务。现在,你可以在新的客户端上 SSH 远程服务端了。 -如果觉得手动添加 ssh 公钥有些困难,在远程系统上暂时性启用密码认证,使用 “ssh-copy-id“ 命令从本地系统上拷贝密钥,最后关闭密码认证。 +如果觉得手动添加 ssh 公钥有些困难,在远程系统上暂时性启用密码认证,使用 `ssh-copy-id` 命令从本地系统上拷贝密钥,最后禁用密码认证。 **推荐阅读:** -(译者注:在原文中此处有超链接) +* [SSLH – Share A Same Port For HTTPS And SSH][1] +* [ScanSSH – Fast SSH Server And Open Proxy Scanner][2] 好了,到此为止。基于密钥认证的 SSH 提供了一层防止暴力破解的额外保护。如你所见,配置密钥认证一点也不困难。这是一个非常好的方法让你的 Linux 服务端安全可靠。 -不久我就会带来另一篇有用的文章。到那时,继续关注 OSTechNix。 +不久我会带来另一篇有用的文章。请继续关注 OSTechNix。 干杯! @@ -234,3 +235,5 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-ssh-key-based-authentication-linux/ 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/sslh-share-port-https-ssh/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/scanssh-fast-ssh-server-open-proxy-scanner/ From 315910a15fe61752852e84f4fb19cb25efce6521 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 15:04:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 336/437] translated --- ...5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md | 150 ------------------ ...5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md | 131 +++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 131 insertions(+), 150 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md b/sources/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7c2ab1f7d5..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,150 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -5 Essential Tools for Linux Development -====== - -![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/dev-tools.png?itok=kkDNylRg) - -Linux has become a mainstay for many sectors of work, play, and personal life. We depend upon it. With Linux, technology is expanding and evolving faster than anyone could have imagined. That means Linux development is also happening at an exponential rate. Because of this, more and more developers will be hopping on board the open source and Linux dev train in the immediate, near, and far-off future. For that, people will need tools. Fortunately, there are a ton of dev tools available for Linux; so many, in fact, that it can be a bit intimidating to figure out precisely what you need (especially if you’re coming from another platform). - -To make that easier, I thought I’d help narrow down the selection a bit for you. But instead of saying you should use Tool X and Tool Y, I’m going to narrow it down to five categories and then offer up an example for each. Just remember, for most categories, there are several available options. And, with that said, let’s get started. - -### Containers - -Let’s face it, in this day and age you need to be working with containers. Not only are they incredibly easy to deploy, they make for great development environments. If you regularly develop for a specific platform, why not do so by creating a container image that includes all of the tools you need to make the process quick and easy. With that image available, you can then develop and roll out numerous instances of whatever software or service you need. - -Using containers for development couldn’t be easier than it is with [Docker][1]. The advantages of using containers (and Docker) are: - - * Consistent development environment. - - * You can trust it will “just work” upon deployment. - - * Makes it easy to build across platforms. - - * Docker images available for all types of development environments and languages. - - * Deploying single containers or container clusters is simple. - - - - -Thanks to [Docker Hub][2], you’ll find images for nearly any platform, development environment, server, service… just about anything you need. Using images from Docker Hub means you can skip over the creation of the development environment and go straight to work on developing your app, server, API, or service. - -Docker is easily installable of most every Linux platform. For example: To install Docker on Ubuntu, you only have to open a terminal window and issue the command: -``` -sudo apt-get install docker.io - -``` - -With Docker installed, you’re ready to start pulling down specific images, developing, and deploying (Figure 1). - -![Docker images][4] - -Figure 1: Docker images ready to deploy. - -[Used with permission][5] - -### Version control system - -If you’re working on a large project or with a team on a project, you’re going to need a version control system. Why? Because you need to keep track of your code, where your code is, and have an easy means of making commits and merging code from others. Without such a tool, your projects would be nearly impossible to manage. For Linux users, you cannot beat the ease of use and widespread deployment of [Git][6] and [GitHub][7]. If you’re new to their worlds, Git is the version control system that you install on your local machine and GitHub is the remote repository you use to upload (and then manage) your projects. Git can be installed on most Linux distributions. For example, on a Debian-based system, the install is as simple as: -``` -sudo apt-get install git - -``` - -Once installed, you are ready to start your journey with version control (Figure 2). - -![Git installed][9] - -Figure 2: Git is installed and available for many important tasks. - -[Used with permission][5] - -Github requires you to create an account. You can use it for free for non-commercial projects, or you can pay for commercial project housing (for more information check out the price matrix [here][10]). - -### Text editor - -Let’s face it, developing on Linux would be a bit of a challenge without a text editor. Of course what a text editor is varies, depending upon who you ask. One person might say vim, emacs, or nano, whereas another might go full-on GUI with their editor. But since we’re talking development, we need a tool that can meet the needs of the modern day developer. And before I mention a couple of text editors, I will say this: Yes, I know that vim is a serious workhorse for serious developers and, if you know it well vim will meet and exceed all of your needs. However, getting up to speed enough that it won’t be in your way, can be a bit of a hurdle for some developers (especially those new to Linux). Considering my goal is to always help win over new users (and not just preach to an already devout choir), I’m taking the GUI route here. - -As far as text editors are concerned, you cannot go wrong with the likes of [Bluefish][11]. Bluefish can be found in most standard repositories and features project support, multi-threaded support for remote files, search and replace, open files recursively, snippets sidebar, integrates with make, lint, weblint, xmllint, unlimited undo/redo, in-line spell checker, auto-recovery, full screen editing, syntax highlighting (Figure 3), support for numerous languages, and much more. - -![Bluefish][13] - -Figure 3: Bluefish running on Ubuntu Linux 18.04. - -[Used with permission][5] - -### IDE - -Integrated Development Environment (IDE) is a piece of software that includes a comprehensive set of tools that enable a one-stop-shop environment for developing. IDEs not only enable you to code your software, but document and build them as well. There are a number of IDEs for Linux, but one in particular is not only included in the standard repositories it is also very user-friendly and powerful. That tool in question is [Geany][14]. Geany features syntax highlighting, code folding, symbol name auto-completion, construct completion/snippets, auto-closing of XML and HTML tags, call tips, many supported filetypes, symbol lists, code navigation, build system to compile and execute your code, simple project management, and a built-in plugin system. - -Geany can be easily installed on your system. For example, on a Debian-based distribution, issue the command: -``` -sudo apt-get install geany - -``` - -Once installed, you’re ready to start using this very powerful tool that includes a user-friendly interface (Figure 4) that has next to no learning curve. - -![Geany][16] - -Figure 4: Geany is ready to serve as your IDE. - -[Used with permission][5] - -### diff tool - -There will be times when you have to compare two files to find where they differ. This could be two different copies of what was the same file (only one compiles and the other doesn’t). When that happens, you don’t want to have to do that manually. Instead, you want to employ the power of tool like [Meld][17]. Meld is a visual diff and merge tool targeted at developers. With Meld you can make short shrift out of discovering the differences between two files. Although you can use a command line diff tool, when efficiency is the name of the game, you can’t beat Meld. - -Meld allows you to open a comparison between to files and it will highlight the differences between each. Meld also allows you to merge comparisons either from the right or the left (as the files are opened side by side - Figure 5). - -![Comparing two files][19] - -Figure 5: Comparing two files with a simple difference. - -[Used with permission][5] - -Meld can be installed from most standard repositories. On a Debian-based system, the installation command is: -``` -sudo apt-get install meld - -``` - -### Working with efficiency - -These five tools not only enable you to get your work done, they help to make it quite a bit more efficient. Although there are a ton of developer tools available for Linux, you’re going to want to make sure you have one for each of the above categories (maybe even starting with the suggestions I’ve made). - -Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][20]course from The Linux Foundation and edX. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/8/5-essential-tools-linux-development - -作者:[Jack Wallen][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen -[1]:https://www.docker.com/ -[2]:https://hub.docker.com/ -[3]:/files/images/5devtools1jpg -[4]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_1.jpg?itok=V1Bsbkg9 (Docker images) -[5]:/licenses/category/used-permission -[6]:https://git-scm.com/ -[7]:https://github.com/ -[8]:/files/images/5devtools2jpg -[9]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_2.jpg?itok=YJjhe4O6 (Git installed) -[10]:https://github.com/pricing -[11]:http://bluefish.openoffice.nl/index.html -[12]:/files/images/5devtools3jpg -[13]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_3.jpg?itok=66A7Svme (Bluefish) -[14]:https://www.geany.org/ -[15]:/files/images/5devtools4jpg -[16]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_4.jpg?itok=jRcA-0ue (Geany) -[17]:http://meldmerge.org/ -[18]:/files/images/5devtools5jpg -[19]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_5.jpg?itok=eLkfM9oZ (Comparing two files) -[20]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux diff --git a/translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md b/translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dcb3b3b63e --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +Linux 开发的五大必备工具 +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/dev-tools.png?itok=kkDNylRg) + +Linux 已经成为工作、娱乐和个人生活等多个领域的支柱,人们已经越来越离不开它。在 Linux 的帮助下,技术的发展速度超出了人们的想象,Linux 开发的速度也以指数规模增长。因此,越来越多的开发者也不断地加入开源和学习 Linux 开发地潮流当中。在这个过程之中,合适的工具是必不可少的,可喜的是,随着 Linux 的发展,大量适用于 Linux 的开发工具也不断成熟。甚至可以说,这样的工具已经多得有点惊人。 + +为了选择更合适自己的开发工具,缩小选择范围是很必要的。但是这篇文章并不会要求你必须使用某个工具,而只是缩小到五个工具类别,然后对每个类别提供一个例子。然而,对于大多数类别,都会有不止一种选择。下面我们来看一下。 + +### 容器 + +放眼于现实,现在已经是容器的时代了。容器既容易进行部署,又可以方便地构建开发环境。如果你针对的是特定的平台的开发,将开发流程所需要的各种工具都创建到容器映像中是一种很好的方法,只要使用这一个容器映像,就能够快速启动大量运行所需服务的实例。 + +一个使用容器的最佳范例是使用 [Docker][1],使用容器(或 Docker)有这些好处: + + * 开发环境保持一致 + + * 部署后即可运行 + + * 易于跨平台部署 + + * Docker 映像适用于多种开发环境和语言 + + * 部署单个容器或容器集群都并不繁琐 + + + +通过 [Docker Hub][2],几乎可以找到适用于任何平台、任何开发环境、任何服务器,任何服务的映像,几乎可以满足任何一种需求。使用 Docker Hub 中的映像,就相当于免除了搭建开发环境的步骤,可以直接开始开发应用程序、服务器、API 或服务。 + +Docker 在所有 Linux 平台上都很容易安装,例如可以通过终端输入以下命令在 Ubuntu 上安装 Docker: +``` +sudo apt-get install docker.io + +``` + +Docker 安装完毕后,就可以从 Docker 仓库中拉取映像,然后开始开发和部署了(如下图)。 + +![Docker images][4] + + + +### 版本控制工具 + +如果你正在开发一个巨大的项目,又或者参与团队开发,版本控制工具是必不可少的,它可以用于记录代码变更、提交代码以及合并代码。如果没有这样的工具,项目几乎无法妥善管理。在 Linux 系统上,[Git][6] 和 [GitHub][7] 的易用性和流行程度是其它版本控制工具无法比拟的。如果你对 Git 和 GitHub 还不太熟悉,可以简单理解为 Git 是在本地计算机上安装的版本控制系统,而 GitHub 则是用于上传和管理项目的远程存储库。 Git 可以安装在大多数的 Linux 发行版上。例如在基于 Debian 的系统上,只需要通过以下这一条简单的命令就可以安装: +``` +sudo apt-get install git + +``` + +安装完毕后,就可以使用 Git 来实施版本控制了(如下图)。 + +![Git installed][9] + + + +Github 会要求用户创建一个帐户。用户可以免费使用 GitHub 来管理非商用项目,当然也可以使用 GitHub 的付费模式(更多相关信息,可以参阅[价格矩阵][10])。 + +### 文本编辑器 + +如果没有文本编辑器,在 Linux 上开发将会变得异常艰难。当然,文本编辑器之间孰优孰劣,具体还是要取决于开发者的需求。对于文本编辑器,有人可能会使用 vim、emacs 或 nano,也有人会使用带有 GUI 的编辑器。但由于重点在于开发,我们需要的是一种能够满足开发人员需求的工具。不过我首先要说,vim 对于开发人员来说确实是一个利器,但前提是要对 vim 非常熟悉,在这种前提下,vim 能够满足你的所有需求,甚至还能给你更好的体验。然而,对于一些开发者(尤其是刚开始接触 Linux 的新手)来说,这不仅难以帮助他们快速达成需求,甚至还会是一个需要逾越的障碍。考虑到这篇文章的目标是帮助 Linux 的新手(而不仅仅是为各种编辑器的死忠粉宣传他们拥护的编辑器),我更倾向于使用 GUI 编辑器。 + +就文本编辑器而论,选择 [Bluefish][11] 一般不会有错。 Bluefish 可以从大部分软件库中安装,它支持项目管理、远程文件多线程操作、搜索和替换、递归打开文件、侧边栏、集成 make/lint/weblint/xmllint、无限制撤销/重做、在线拼写检查、自动恢复、全屏编辑、语法高亮(如下图)、多种语言等等。 + +![Bluefish][13] + + + +### IDE + +集成开发环境(Integrated Development Environment, IDE)是包含一整套全面的工具、可以实现一站式功能的开发环境。 开发者除了可以使用 IDE 编写代码,还可以编写文档和构建软件。在 Linux 上也有很多适用的 IDE,其中 [Geany][14] 就包含在标准软件库中,它对用户非常友好,功能也相当强大。 Geany 具有语法高亮、代码折叠、自动完成,构建代码片段、自动关闭 XML 和 HTML 标签、调用提示、支持多种文件类型、符号列表、代码导航、构建编译,简单的项目管理和内置的插件系统等强大功能。 + +Geany 也能在系统上轻松安装,例如执行以下命令在基于 Debian 的 Linux 发行版上安装 Geany: +``` +sudo apt-get install geany + +``` + +安装完毕后,就可以快速上手这个易用且强大的 IDE 了(如下图)。 + +![Geany][16] + + + +### 文本比较工具 + +有时候会需要比较两个文件的内容来找到它们之间的不同之处,它们可能是同一文件的两个不同副本(有一个经过编译,而另一个没有)。这种情况下,你肯定不想要凭借肉眼来找出差异,而是想要使用像 [Meld][17] 这样的工具。 Meld 是针对开发者的文本比较和合并工具,可以使用 Meld 来发现两个文件之间的差异。虽然你可以使用命令行中的文本比较工具,但就效率而论,Meld 无疑更为优秀。 + +Meld 可以打开两个文件进行比较,并突出显示文件之间的差异之处。 Meld 还允许用户从两个文件的其中一方合并差异(下图显示了 Meld 同时打开两个文件)。 + +![Comparing two files][19] + + + +Meld 也可以通过标准软件如安装,在基于 Debian 的系统上,执行以下命令就可以安装: +``` +sudo apt-get install meld + +``` + +### 高效地工作 + +以上提到的五个工具除了帮助你完成工作,而且有助于提高效率。尽管适用于 Linux 开发者的工具有很多,但对于以上几个类别,你最好分别使用一个对应的工具。 + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/8/5-essential-tools-linux-development + +作者:[Jack Wallen][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen +[1]:https://www.docker.com/ +[2]:https://hub.docker.com/ +[4]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_1.jpg?itok=V1Bsbkg9 "Docker images" +[6]:https://git-scm.com/ +[7]:https://github.com/ +[9]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_2.jpg?itok=YJjhe4O6 "Git installed" +[10]:https://github.com/pricing +[11]:http://bluefish.openoffice.nl/index.html +[13]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_3.jpg?itok=66A7Svme "Bluefish" +[14]:https://www.geany.org/ +[16]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_4.jpg?itok=jRcA-0ue "Geany" +[17]:http://meldmerge.org/ +[19]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/5devtools_5.jpg?itok=eLkfM9oZ "Comparing two files" +[20]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux + From c4301766e81593987574dc6e5bb2066c73e80ba7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 18:14:50 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 337/437] PRF:20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @thecyanbird 恭喜您,完成了第一篇翻译贡献! --- ...tion Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md | 133 +++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 82 insertions(+), 51 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md b/translated/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md index a0c51974b9..02bf0bdf9e 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md @@ -1,23 +1,31 @@ -WinWorld -- 大型废弃操作系统,软件,游戏合集网站 +WinWorld:大型的废弃操作系统、软件、游戏的博物馆 ===== + ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/WinWorld-720x340.jpeg) -有一天,我正在测试 **Dosbox** -- 一个[**在 Linux 平台上运行 MS-DOS 游戏与程序的软件**][1]。当我在搜索一些常用的软件,例如 Turbo C++ 时,我意外留意到了一个叫做 **WinWorld** 的网站。我查看了这个网站上的某些内容,并且着实被惊艳到了。WinWorld 收集了非常多经典的,但已经被它们的开发者所抛弃许久的操作系统,软件,应用,开发工具,游戏以及各式各样的工具。它是一个以保存和分享古老,已经被废弃的或者预发布版本程序为目的的线上博物馆,由社区成员和志愿者运营。 -WinWorld 于 2013 年开始运营。它的创始者声称是被 Yahoo birefcases 激发了灵感并以此构建了这个网站。这个网站原目标是保存并且分享古旧软件。经过许多以不同方式提供帮助的志愿者以及多年的运营,WinWorld 得以迅猛发展。作为一个非盈利网站,WinWorld 的所有内容都免费开放。 -###WinWorld 保存了大量的废弃操作系统,软件,系统应用以及游戏 + +有一天,我正在测试 Dosbox -- 这是一个[在 Linux 平台上运行 MS-DOS 游戏与程序的软件][1]。当我在搜索一些常用的软件,例如 Turbo C++ 时,我意外留意到了一个叫做 [WinWorld][2] 的网站。我查看了这个网站上的某些内容,并且着实被惊艳到了。WinWorld 收集了非常多经典的,但已经被它们的开发者所抛弃许久的操作系统、软件、应用、开发工具、游戏以及各式各样的工具。它是一个以保存和分享古老的、已经被废弃的或者预发布版本程序为目的的线上博物馆,由社区成员和志愿者运营。 + +WinWorld 于 2013 年开始运营。它的创始者声称是被 Yahoo birefcases 激发了灵感并以此构建了这个网站。这个网站原目标是保存并且分享老旧软件。多年来,许多志愿者以不同方式提供了帮助,WinWorld 收集的老旧软件增长迅速。整个 WinWorld 仓库都是自由开源的,所有人都可以使用。 + +### WinWorld 保存了大量的废弃操作系统、软件、系统应用以及游戏 + 就像我刚才说的那样, WinWorld 存储了大量的被抛弃并且不再被开发的软件。 -**Linux 与 Unix:** -这里提供了完整的 UNIX 和 LINUX 操作系统列表以及它们各自的简要介绍,首次发行的年代。 -* **A/UX** - 于 1988 年推出,移植到 68k Macintosh 平台的 Unix 系统。 + +**Linux 与 Unix:** + +这里我给出了完整的 UNIX 和 LINUX 操作系统的列表,以及它们各自的简要介绍、首次发行的年代。 + +* **A/UX** - 于 1988 年推出,移植到苹果的 68k Macintosh 平台的 Unix 系统。 * **AIX** - 于 1986 年推出,IBM 移植的 Unix 系统。 * **AT &T System V Unix** - 于 1983 年推出,最早的商业版 Unix 之一。 * **Banyan VINES** - 于 1984 年推出,专为 Unix 设计的网络操作系统。 * **Corel Linux** - 于 1999 年推出,商业 Linux 发行版。 -* **DEC OSF-1** - 于 1991 年推出,由迪吉多公司(DEC)开发的 Unix 版本。 +* **DEC OSF-1** - 于 1991 年推出,由 DEC 公司开发的 Unix 版本。 * **Digital UNIX** - 由 DEC 于 1995 年推出,**OSF-1** 的重命名版本。 -* **FreeBSD 1.0** - 于 1993 年推出,FreeBSD 的首次发行版。这个系统是基于 4.3BSD 开发的。 +* **FreeBSD 1.0** - 于 1993 年推出,FreeBSD 的首个发行版。这个系统是基于 4.3BSD 开发的。 * **Gentus Linux** - 由 ABIT 于 2000 年推出,未遵守 GPL 协议的 Linux 发行版。 * **HP-UX** - 于 1992 年推出,UNIX 的变种系统。 -* **IRIX** - 由硅谷图形公司(SGI)于1988年推出的操作系统。 +* **IRIX** - 由硅谷图形公司(SGI)于 1988 年推出的操作系统。 * **Lindows** - 于 2002 年推出,与 Corel Linux 类似的商业操作系统。 * **Linux Kernel** - 0.01 版本于 90 年代早期推出,Linux 源代码的副本。 * **Mandrake Linux** - 于 1999 年推出。基于 Red Hat Linux 的 Linux 发行版,稍后被重新命名为 Mandriva。 @@ -28,57 +36,80 @@ WinWorld 于 2013 年开始运营。它的创始者声称是被 Yahoo birefcases * **Sun Solaris** - 由 Sun Microsystem 于 1992 年推出,基于 Unix 的操作系统。 * **SunOS** - 由 Sun Microsystem 于 1982 年推出,衍生自 BSD 基于 Unix 的操作系统。 * **Tru64 UNIX** - 由 DEC 开发,旧称 OSF/1。 -* **Ubuntu 4.10** - 基于 Debian 的知名操作系统。这是早期的 beta 预发布版本,较早期 Ubuntu 正式发行版更早推出。 +* **Ubuntu 4.10** - 基于 Debian 的知名操作系统。这是早期的 beta 预发布版本,比第一个 Ubuntu 正式发行版更早推出。 * **Ultrix** - 由 DEC 开发, UNIX 克隆。 * **UnixWare** - 由 Novell 推出, UNIX 变种。 * **Xandros Linux** - 首个版本于 2003 年推出。基于 Corel Linux 的专有 Linux 发行版。 -* **Xenix** - 最初由 Microsoft 于 1984 推出, UNIX 变种操作系统。 -不仅仅是 Linux/Unix,你还能找到例如 DOS,Windows,Apple/Mac,OS 2,Novell netware等其他的操作系统与 shell。 -**DOS & CP/M:** - *86-DOS - *Concurrent CPM-86 & Concurrent DOS - *CP/M 86 & CP/M-80 - *DOS Plus - *DR-DOS - *GEM - *MP/M - *MS-DOS - *Multitasking MS-DOS 4.00 - *Multiuser DOS - *PC-DOS - *PC-MOS - *PTS-DOS - *Real/32 - *Tandy Deskmate - *Wendin DOS -**Windows:** - *BackOffice Server - *Windows 1.0/2.x/3.0/3.1/95/98/2000/ME/NT 3.X/NT 4.0 - *Windows Whistler - *WinFrame -**Apple/Mac:** - *Mac OS 7/8/9 - *Mac OS X - *System Software (0-6) -**OS/2:** - *Citrix Multiuser - *OS/2 1.x - *OS/2 2.0 - *OS/2 3.x - *OS/2 Warp 4 -于此同时,WinWorld 也收集了大量的旧软件,系统应用,开发工具和游戏。您在访问网站的时候也可以同时查看它们。 -说实话,我甚至不知道这个网站列出的绝大部分东西,我甚至不知道它们存在过。其中列出的某些工具发布于我出生之前。 -如果您需要或者打算去测试一个经典的程序(例如游戏,软件,操作系统),并且在其他地方找不到它们,那么来 WinWorld 资源库看看,下载它们然后开始你的探险吧。祝您好运! -免责声明: -OSTechNix 并非隶属于 WinWorld。我们,OSTechNix,并不确保 WinWorld 站点存储数据的真实性与可靠性。而且在你所在的地区,或许从第三方站点下载软件是违法行为。本篇文章作者和 OSTechNix 都不会承担任何责任,使用此服务意味着您将自行承担风险。 +* **Xenix** - 最初由微软于 1984 推出,UNIX 变种操作系统。 + +不仅仅是 Linux/Unix,你还能找到例如 DOS、Windows、Apple/Mac、OS 2、Novell netware 等其他的操作系统与 shell。 + +**DOS & CP/M:** + +* 86-DOS +* Concurrent CPM-86 & Concurrent DOS +* CP/M 86 & CP/M-80 +* DOS Plus +* DR-DOS +* GEM +* MP/M +* MS-DOS +* 多任务的 MS-DOS 4.00 +* 多用户 DOS +* PC-DOS +* PC-MOS +* PTS-DOS +* Real/32 +* Tandy Deskmate +* Wendin DOS + +**Windows:** + +* BackOffice Server +* Windows 1.0/2.x/3.0/3.1/95/98/2000/ME/NT 3.X/NT 4.0 +* Windows Whistler +* WinFrame + +**Apple/Mac:** + +* Mac OS 7/8/9 +* Mac OS X +* System Software (0-6) + +**OS/2:** + +* Citrix Multiuser +* OS/2 1.x +* OS/2 2.0 +* OS/2 3.x +* OS/2 Warp 4 + +于此同时,WinWorld 也收集了大量的旧软件、系统应用、开发工具和游戏。你也可以一起看看它们。 + +说实话,这个网站列出的绝大部分东西,我甚至都不知道它们存在过。其中列出的某些工具发布于我出生之前。 + +如果您需要或者打算去测试一个经典的程序(例如游戏、软件、操作系统),并且在其他地方找不到它们,那么来 WinWorld 资源库看看,下载它们然后开始你的探险吧。祝您好运! + +![WinWorld – A Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software, Applications And Games](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/winworld.png) + +**免责声明:** + +OSTechNix 并非隶属于 WinWorld。我们 OSTechNix 并不确保 WinWorld 站点存储数据的真实性与可靠性。而且在你所在的地区,或许从第三方站点下载软件是违法行为。本篇文章作者和 OSTechNix 都不会承担任何责任,使用此服务意味着您将自行承担风险。(LCTT 译注:本站和译者亦同样申明。) + 本篇文章到此为止。希望这对您有用,更多的好文章即将发布,敬请期待! + 谢谢各位的阅读! + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/winworld-a-large-collection-of-defunct-oss-software-and-games/ + 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[thecyanbird](https://github.com/thecyanbird) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) + 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + [a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ [1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-run-ms-dos-games-and-programs-in-linux/ +[2]: https://winworldpc.com/library/ From 5388ff4fe6c4003bdbca0217b5cd13fce6e4cf38 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 18:16:11 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 338/437] PUB:20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @thecyanbird 本文首发地址:https://linux.cn/article-10082-1.html 您的 LCTT 专页地址: https://linux.cn/lctt/thecyanbird 请在 LCTT 平台注册领取您的 LCCN : https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- ...rld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/talk => published}/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md b/published/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md rename to published/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md From c2f0789430208cc238326643af6197e4041deb28 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 18:40:01 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 339/437] PRF:20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md @geekpi --- ...80913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 27 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md index a7002183c3..54a36dd377 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md @@ -1,43 +1,46 @@ -ScreenCloud:一个截屏程序 +ScreenCloud:一个增强的截屏程序 ====== -[ScreenCloud][1]是一个很棒的小程序,你甚至不知道你需要它。桌面 Linux 的默认屏幕截图流程很好(Prt Scr 按钮),我们甚至有一些[强大的截图工具][2],如 [Shutter][3]。但是,ScreenCloud 有一个非常简单但非常方便的功能,让我爱上了它。在我们深入它之前,让我们先看一个背景故事。 -我截取了很多截图。远远超过平均水平。收据、注册详细信息、开发工作、文章中程序的截图等等。我接下来要做的就是打开浏览器,浏览我最喜欢的云存储并将重要的内容转储到那里,以便我可以在手机上以及 PC 上的多个操作系统上访问它们。这也让我可以轻松与我的团队分享我正在使用的程序的截图。 +[ScreenCloud][1]是一个很棒的小程序,你甚至不知道你需要它。桌面 Linux 的默认屏幕截图流程很好(`PrtScr` 按钮),我们甚至有一些[强大的截图工具][2],如 [Shutter][3]。但是,ScreenCloud 有一个非常简单但非常方便的功能,让我爱上了它。在我们深入它之前,让我们先看一个背景故事。 + +我截取了很多截图,远超常人。收据、注册详细信息、开发工作、文章中程序的截图等等。我接下来要做的就是打开浏览器,浏览我最喜欢的云存储并将重要的内容转储到那里,以便我可以在手机上以及 PC 上的多个操作系统上访问它们。这也让我可以轻松与我的团队分享我正在使用的程序的截图。 我对这个标准的截图流程没有抱怨,打开浏览器并登录我的云,然后手动上传屏幕截图,直到我遇到 ScreenCloud。 ### ScreenCloud -ScreenCloud 是跨平台的程序,它提供简单的屏幕截图和灵活的[云备份选项][4]管理。这包括使用你自己的[ FTP 服务器][5]。 +ScreenCloud 是跨平台的程序,它提供轻松的屏幕截图功能和灵活的[云备份选项][4]管理。这包括使用你自己的 [FTP 服务器][5]。 ![][6] -ScreenCloud 很精简,投入了大量的注意力给小的东西。它为你提供了非常容易记住的热键来捕获全屏、活动窗口或捕获用鼠标选择的区域。 +ScreenCloud 很顺滑,在细节上投入了大量的精力。它为你提供了非常容易记住的热键来捕获全屏、活动窗口或鼠标选择区域。 -![][7]ScreenCloud 的默认键盘快捷键 +![][7] + +*ScreenCloud 的默认键盘快捷键* 截取屏幕截图后,你可以设置 ScreenCloud 如何处理图像或直接将其上传到你选择的云服务。它甚至支持 SFTP。截图上传后(通常在几秒钟内),图像链接就会被自动复制到剪贴板,这让你可以轻松共享。 ![][8] -你还可以使用 ScreenCloud 进行一些基本编辑。为此,你需要将 “Save to” 设置为 “Ask me”。此设置在下拉框中有并且通常是默认设置。当使用它时,当你截取屏幕截图时,你会看到编辑文件的选项。在这里,你可以在屏幕截图中添加箭头、文本和数字。 +你还可以使用 ScreenCloud 进行一些基本编辑。为此,你需要将 “Save to” 设置为 “Ask me”。此设置在应用图标菜单中有并且通常是默认设置。当使用它时,当你截取屏幕截图时,你会看到编辑文件的选项。在这里,你可以在屏幕截图中添加箭头、文本和数字。 -![Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud][9]Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud +![Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud][9] + +*用 ScreenCloud 编辑截屏* ### 在 Linux 上安装 ScreenCloud -ScreenCloud 可在[ Snap 商店][10]中找到。因此,你可以通过访问[ Snap 商店][12]或运行以下命令,轻松地将其安装在 Ubuntu 和其他[启用 Snap ][11]的发行版上。 +ScreenCloud 可在 [Snap 商店][10]中找到。因此,你可以通过访问 [Snap 商店][12]或运行以下命令,轻松地将其安装在 Ubuntu 和其他[启用 Snap][11] 的发行版上。 ``` sudo snap install screencloud - ``` 对于无法通过 Snap 安装程序的 Linux 发行版,你可以[在这里][1]下载 AppImage。进入下载文件夹,右键单击并在那里打开终端。然后运行以下命令。 ``` sudo chmod +x ScreenCloud-v1.4.0-x86_64.AppImage - ``` 然后,你可以通过双击下载的文件来启动程序。 @@ -57,7 +60,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/screencloud-app/ 作者:[Aquil Roshan][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 0c380988c192d1c528b3b5cd06493525c7c24ba8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 18:40:47 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 340/437] PUB:20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10083-1.html --- .../20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/published/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md rename to published/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md From eb05f1d1a95145b247789e39ad4e19bdf471c668 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 18:53:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 341/437] PRF:20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md @HankChow --- ...k Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md | 41 ++++--------------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md b/translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md index 746e664228..046777e1be 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md @@ -11,101 +11,84 @@ ### 在 Linux 中使用 Wondershaper 限制网络带宽 -`wondershaper` 是用于显示系统网卡网络带宽的简单脚本。它使用了 `iproute` 和 `tc` 命令,但大大简化了操作过程。 +`wondershaper` 是用于显示系统网卡网络带宽的简单脚本。它使用了 iproute 的 `tc` 命令,但大大简化了操作过程。 -**安装 Wondershaper** +#### 安装 Wondershaper 使用 `git clone` 克隆 Wondershaper 的版本库就可以安装最新版本: ``` $ git clone https://github.com/magnific0/wondershaper.git - ``` 按照以下命令进入 `wondershaper` 目录并安装: ``` $ cd wondershaper - $ sudo make install - ``` 然后执行以下命令,可以让 `wondershaper` 在每次系统启动时都自动开始服务: ``` $ sudo systemctl enable wondershaper.service - $ sudo systemctl start wondershaper.service - ``` 如果你不强求安装最新版本,也可以使用软件包管理器(官方和非官方均可)来进行安装。 -`wondershaper` 在 [Arch 用户软件仓库][1](Arch User Repository, AUR)中可用,所以可以使用类似 [`yay`][2] 这些 AUR 辅助软件在基于 Arch 的系统中安装 `wondershaper` 。 +`wondershaper` 在 [Arch 用户软件仓库][1](Arch User Repository,AUR)中可用,所以可以使用类似 [yay][2] 这些 AUR 辅助软件在基于 Arch 的系统中安装 `wondershaper` 。 ``` $ yay -S wondershaper-git - ``` -对于Debian、Ubuntu 和 Linux Mint 可以使用以下命令安装: +对于 Debian、Ubuntu 和 Linux Mint 可以使用以下命令安装: ``` $ sudo apt-get install wondershaper - ``` 对于 Fedora 可以使用以下命令安装: ``` $ sudo dnf install wondershaper - ``` 对于 RHEL、CentOS,只需要启用 EPEL 仓库,就可以使用以下命令安装: ``` $ sudo yum install epel-release - $ sudo yum install wondershaper - ``` 在每次系统启动时都自动启动 `wondershaper` 服务。 ``` $ sudo systemctl enable wondershaper.service - $ sudo systemctl start wondershaper.service - ``` -**用法** +#### 用法 首先需要找到网络接口的名称,通过以下几个命令都可以查询到网卡的详细信息: ``` $ ip addr - $ route - $ ifconfig - ``` 在确定网卡名称以后,就可以按照以下的命令限制网络带宽: ``` $ sudo wondershaper -a -d -u - ``` 例如,如果网卡名称是 `enp0s8`,并且需要把上行、下行速率分别限制为 1024 Kbps 和 512 Kbps,就可以执行以下命令: ``` $ sudo wondershaper -a enp0s8 -d 1024 -u 512 - ``` 其中参数的含义是: @@ -114,20 +97,16 @@ $ sudo wondershaper -a enp0s8 -d 1024 -u 512 * `-d`:下行带宽 * `-u`:上行带宽 - - 如果要对网卡解除网络带宽的限制,只需要执行: ``` $ sudo wondershaper -c -a enp0s8 - ``` 或者: ``` $ sudo wondershaper -c enp0s8 - ``` 如果系统中有多个网卡,为确保稳妥,需要按照上面的方法手动设置每个网卡的上行、下行速率。 @@ -149,13 +128,14 @@ DSPEED="2048" # Upload rate in Kbps # USPEED="512" - ``` Wondershaper 使用前: + ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/wondershaper-1.png) Wondershaper 使用后: + ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/wondershaper-2.png) 可以看到,使用 Wondershaper 限制网络带宽之后,下行速率与限制之前相比已经大幅下降。 @@ -164,21 +144,16 @@ Wondershaper 使用后: ``` $ wondershaper -h - ``` 也可以查看 Wondershaper 的用户手册: ``` $ man wondershaper - ``` -As far as tested, Wondershaper worked just fine as described above. Give it a try and let us know what do you think about this utility. 根据测试,Wondershaper 按照上面的方式可以有很好的效果。你可以试用一下,然后发表你的看法。 - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-limit-network-bandwidth-in-linux-using-wondershaper/ @@ -186,7 +161,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-limit-network-bandwidth-in-linux-using-won 作者:[SK][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 280755d66e8d5cfe3845c20f5898a7b52a35da3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 18:53:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 342/437] PUB:20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10084-1.html --- ... How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md b/published/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md rename to published/20180906 How To Limit Network Bandwidth In Linux Using Wondershaper.md From ab22ea0328c1485fe1cbb5767625a4d021185f6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 20:12:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 343/437] hankchow translating --- ...0180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md b/sources/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md index 919182ba1f..2b52356068 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018 ====== From efafc43cc669bd41c24817b20205503a61724438 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 20:46:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 344/437] LuuMing Translating --- ... to improve collaboration between developers and designers.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180502 9 ways to improve collaboration between developers and designers.md b/sources/talk/20180502 9 ways to improve collaboration between developers and designers.md index 293841714d..637a54ee91 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180502 9 ways to improve collaboration between developers and designers.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180502 9 ways to improve collaboration between developers and designers.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +LuuMing translating 9 ways to improve collaboration between developers and designers ====== From bc3422152f6f71c29712a7ee23e20f8cd103aeb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 21:41:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 345/437] PRF:20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md @belitex --- ...hat will simplify your life with Django.md | 49 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md index f242007433..8f914f87e0 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ 简化 Django 开发的八个 Python 包 ====== -这个月的 Python 专栏将介绍一些 Django 包,它们有益于你的工作,以及你的个人或业余项目。 +> 这个月的 Python 专栏将介绍一些 Django 包,它们有益于你的工作,以及你的个人或业余项目。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/water-stone-balance-eight-8.png?itok=1aht_V5V) @@ -11,32 +11,31 @@ Django 开发者们,在这个月的 Python 专栏中,我们会介绍一些 ### 有用又省时的工具集合:django-extensions -[Django-extensions][4] 这个 Django 包非常受欢迎,全是有用的工具,比如下面这些管理命令: +[django-extensions][4] 这个 Django 包非常受欢迎,全是有用的工具,比如下面这些管理命令: - * **shell_plus** 打开 Django 的管理 shell,这个 shell 已经自动导入了所有的数据库模型。在测试复杂的数据关系时,就不需要再从几个不同的应用里做 import 的操作了。 - * **clean_pyc** 删除项目目录下所有位置的 .pyc 文件 - * **create_template_tags** 在指定的应用下,创建模板标签的目录结构。 - * **describe_form** 输出模型的表单定义,可以粘贴到 forms.py 文件中。(需要注意的是,这种方法创建的是普通 Django 表单,而不是模型表单。) - * **notes** 输出你项目里所有带 TODO,FIXME 等标记的注释。 + * `shell_plus` 打开 Django 的管理 shell,这个 shell 已经自动导入了所有的数据库模型。在测试复杂的数据关系时,就不需要再从几个不同的应用里做导入操作了。 + * `clean_pyc` 删除项目目录下所有位置的 .pyc 文件 + * `create_template_tags` 在指定的应用下,创建模板标签的目录结构。 + * `describe_form` 输出模型的表单定义,可以粘贴到 `forms.py` 文件中。(需要注意的是,这种方法创建的是普通 Django 表单,而不是模型表单。) + * `notes` 输出你项目里所有带 TODO、FIXME 等标记的注释。 Django-extensions 还包括几个有用的抽象基类,在定义模型时,它们能满足常见的模式。当你需要以下模型时,可以继承这些基类: + * `TimeStampedModel`:这个模型的基类包含了 `created` 字段和 `modified` 字段,还有一个 `save()` 方法,在适当的场景下,该方法自动更新 `created` 和 `modified` 字段的值。 + * `ActivatorModel`:如果你的模型需要像 `status`、`activate_date` 和 `deactivate_date` 这样的字段,可以使用这个基类。它还自带了一个启用 `.active()` 和 `.inactive()` 查询集的 manager。 + * `TitleDescriptionModel` 和 `TitleSlugDescriptionModel`:这两个模型包括了 `title` 和 `description` 字段,其中 `description` 字段还包括 `slug`,它根据 `title` 字段自动产生。 - * **TimeStampedModel** : 这个模型的基类包含了 **created** 字段和 **modified** 字段,还有一个 **save()** 方法,在适当的场景下,该方法自动更新 created 和 modified 字段的值。 - * **ActivatorModel** : 如果你的模型需要像 **status**,**activate_date** 和 **deactivate_date** 这样的字段,可以使用这个基类。它还自带了一个启用 **.active()** 和 **.inactive()** 查询集的 manager。 - * **TitleDescriptionModel** 和 **TitleSlugDescriptionModel** : 这两个模型包括了 **title** 和 **description** 字段,其中 description 字段还包括 **slug**,它根据 **title** 字段自动产生。 - -Django-extensions 还有其他更多的功能,也许对你的项目有帮助,所以,去浏览一下它的[文档][5]吧! +django-extensions 还有其他更多的功能,也许对你的项目有帮助,所以,去浏览一下它的[文档][5]吧! ### 12 因子应用的配置:django-environ -在 Django 项目的配置方面,[Django-environ][6] 提供了符合 [12 因子应用][7] 方法论的管理方法。它是其他一些库的集合,包括 [envparse][8] 和 [honcho][9] 等。安装了 django-environ 之后,在项目的根目录创建一个 .env 文件,用这个文件去定义那些随环境不同而不同的变量,或者需要保密的变量。(比如 API keys,是否启用 debug,数据库的 URLs 等) +在 Django 项目的配置方面,[django-environ][6] 提供了符合 [12 因子应用][7] 方法论的管理方法。它是另外一些库的集合,包括 [envparse][8] 和 [honcho][9] 等。安装了 django-environ 之后,在项目的根目录创建一个 `.env` 文件,用这个文件去定义那些随环境不同而不同的变量,或者需要保密的变量。(比如 API 密钥,是否启用调试,数据库的 URL 等) -然后,在项目的 settings.py 中引入 **environ**,并参考[官方文档的例子][10]设置好 **environ.PATH()** 和 **environ.Env()**。就可以通过 **env('VARIABLE_NAME')** 来获取 .env 文件中定义的变量值了。 +然后,在项目的 `settings.py` 中引入 `environ`,并参考[官方文档的例子][10]设置好 `environ.PATH()` 和 `environ.Env()`。就可以通过 `env('VARIABLE_NAME')` 来获取 `.env` 文件中定义的变量值了。 ### 创建出色的管理命令:django-click -[Django-click][11] 是基于 [Click][12] 的, ( 我们[之前推荐过][13]… [两次][14] Click),它对编写 Django 管理命令很有帮助。这个库没有很多文档,但是代码仓库中有个存放[测试命令][15]的目录,非常有参考价值。 Django-click 基本的 Hello World 命令是这样写的: +[django-click][11] 是基于 [Click][12] 的,(我们[之前推荐过][13]… [两次][14] Click),它对编写 Django 管理命令很有帮助。这个库没有很多文档,但是代码仓库中有个存放[测试命令][15]的目录,非常有参考价值。 django-click 基本的 Hello World 命令是这样写的: ``` # app_name.management.commands.hello.py @@ -57,31 +56,31 @@ Hello, Lacey ### 处理有限状态机:django-fsm -[Django-fsm][16] 给 Django 的模型添加了有限状态机的支持。如果你管理一个新闻网站,想用类似于“写作中”,“编辑中”,“已发布”来流转文章的状态,django-fsm 能帮你定义这些状态,还能管理状态变化的规则与限制。 +[django-fsm][16] 给 Django 的模型添加了有限状态机的支持。如果你管理一个新闻网站,想用类似于“写作中”、“编辑中”、“已发布”来流转文章的状态,django-fsm 能帮你定义这些状态,还能管理状态变化的规则与限制。 -Django-fsm 为模型提供了 FSMField 字段,用来定义模型实例的状态。用 django-fsm 的 **@transition** 修饰符,可以定义状态变化的方法,并处理状态变化的任何副作用。 +Django-fsm 为模型提供了 FSMField 字段,用来定义模型实例的状态。用 django-fsm 的 `@transition` 修饰符,可以定义状态变化的方法,并处理状态变化的任何副作用。 -虽然 django-fsm 文档很轻量,不过 [Django 中的工作流(状态)][17] 这篇 GitHubGist 对有限状态机和 django-fsm 做了非常好的介绍。 +虽然 django-fsm 文档很轻量,不过 [Django 中的工作流(状态)][17] 这篇 GitHub Gist 对有限状态机和 django-fsm 做了非常好的介绍。 ### 联系人表单:#django-contact-form -联系人表单可以说是网站的标配。但是不要自己去写全部的样板代码,用 [django-contact-form][18] 在几分钟内就可以搞定。它带有一个可选的能过滤垃圾邮件的表单类(也有不过滤的普通表单类)和一个 **ContactFormView** 基类,基类的方法可以覆盖或自定义修改。而且它还能引导你完成模板的创建,好让表单正常工作。 +联系人表单可以说是网站的标配。但是不要自己去写全部的样板代码,用 [django-contact-form][18] 在几分钟内就可以搞定。它带有一个可选的能过滤垃圾邮件的表单类(也有不过滤的普通表单类)和一个 `ContactFormView` 基类,基类的方法可以覆盖或自定义修改。而且它还能引导你完成模板的创建,好让表单正常工作。 ### 用户注册和认证:django-allauth -[Django-allauth][19] 是一个 Django 应用,它为用户注册,登录注销,密码重置,还有第三方用户认证(比如 GitHub 或 Twitter)提供了视图,表单和 URLs,支持邮件地址作为用户名的认证方式,而且有大量的文档记录。第一次用的时候,它的配置可能会让人有点晕头转向;请仔细阅读[安装说明][20],在[自定义你的配置][21]时要专注,确保启用某个功能的所有配置都用对了。 +[django-allauth][19] 是一个 Django 应用,它为用户注册、登录/注销、密码重置,还有第三方用户认证(比如 GitHub 或 Twitter)提供了视图、表单和 URL,支持邮件地址作为用户名的认证方式,而且有大量的文档记录。第一次用的时候,它的配置可能会让人有点晕头转向;请仔细阅读[安装说明][20],在[自定义你的配置][21]时要专注,确保启用某个功能的所有配置都用对了。 ### 处理 Django REST 框架的用户认证:django-rest-auth -如果 Django 开发中涉及到对外提供 API,你很可能用到了 [Django REST Framework][22] (DRF)。如果你在用 DRF,那么你应该试试 django-rest-auth,它提供了用户注册,登录/注销,密码重置和社交媒体认证的 endpoints (是通过添加 django-allauth 的支持来实现的,这两个包协作得很好)。 +如果 Django 开发中涉及到对外提供 API,你很可能用到了 [Django REST Framework][22](DRF)。如果你在用 DRF,那么你应该试试 django-rest-auth,它提供了用户注册、登录/注销,密码重置和社交媒体认证的端点(是通过添加 django-allauth 的支持来实现的,这两个包协作得很好)。 ### Django REST 框架的 API 可视化:django-rest-swagger -[Django REST Swagger][24] 提供了一个功能丰富的用户界面,用来和 Django REST 框架的 API 交互。你只需要安装 Django REST Swagger,把它添加到 Django 项目的 installed apps 中,然后在 urls.py 中添加 Swagger 的视图和 URL 模式就可以了,剩下的事情交给 API 的 docstring 处理。 +[Django REST Swagger][24] 提供了一个功能丰富的用户界面,用来和 Django REST 框架的 API 交互。你只需要安装 Django REST Swagger,把它添加到 Django 项目的已安装应用中,然后在 `urls.py` 中添加 Swagger 的视图和 URL 模式就可以了,剩下的事情交给 API 的 docstring 处理。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/swagger-ui.png) -API 的用户界面按照 app 的维度展示了所有 endpoints 和可用方法,并列出了这些 endpoints 的可用操作,而且它提供了和 API 交互的功能(比如添加/删除/获取记录)。django-rest-swagger 从 API 视图中的 docstrings 生成每个 endpoint 的文档,通过这种方法,为你的项目创建了一份 API 文档,这对你,对前端开发人员和用户都很有用。 +API 的用户界面按照 app 的维度展示了所有端点和可用方法,并列出了这些端点的可用操作,而且它提供了和 API 交互的功能(比如添加/删除/获取记录)。django-rest-swagger 从 API 视图中的 docstrings 生成每个端点的文档,通过这种方法,为你的项目创建了一份 API 文档,这对你,对前端开发人员和用户都很有用。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -90,7 +89,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/django-packages 作者:[Jeff Triplett][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[belitex](https://github.com/belitex) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -118,4 +117,4 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/django-packages [21]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration.html [22]: http://www.django-rest-framework.org/ [23]: https://django-rest-auth.readthedocs.io/ -[24]: https://django-rest-swagger.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ \ No newline at end of file +[24]: https://django-rest-swagger.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ From fdb1eef5f559d62deebebfd6343578896805239d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 21:43:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 346/437] PUB:20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @belitex 恭喜你,完成了第一篇翻译贡献。本文首发地址: https://linux.cn/article-10085-1.html 您的 LCTT 专页地址: https://linux.cn/lctt/belitex 请注册 LCTT 平台领取 LCCN https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- ... 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/published/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md rename to published/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md From ada3603a9f3f64f7bce9bd45861279d32c4a3b1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 21:53:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 347/437] PRF:20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @LuuMing --- ... Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md index 77a4e03b35..8fb89b943d 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @@ -64,14 +64,14 @@ The key's randomart image is: +----[SHA256]-----+ ``` -如果你已经创建了密钥对,你将看到以下信息。输入 y 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 +如果你已经创建了密钥对,你将看到以下信息。输入 `y` 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 ``` /home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. Overwrite (y/n)? ``` -请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码,那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码,除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码(虽然不安全),简单地敲两次回车。不过,我建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看,使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对不是什么好主意。这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用,例如,没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。(例如,用 rsync 远程备份……) +请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码,那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码,除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码(虽然不安全),简单地敲两次回车。不过,我建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看,使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对不是什么好主意。这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用,例如,没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。(例如,用 `rsync` 远程备份……) 如果你已经在个人文件 `~/.ssh/id_rsa` 中有了无密码的密钥,但想要更新为带密码的密钥。使用下面的命令: @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ $ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 在这里,我把本地(Arch Linux)系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统(Ubuntu 18.04 LTS)上。从技术上讲,上面的命令会把本地系统 `~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub` 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统 `~/.ssh/authorized_keys` 中。明白了吗?非常棒。 -输入 yes 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着,输入远程系统 sk 用户的密码。 +输入 `yes` 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着,输入远程系统用户 `sk` 的密码。 ``` /usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: attempting to log in with the new key(s), to filter out any that are already installed @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 ### 在远程系统上禁用基于密码认证的 SSH -你需要在 root 或者 sudo 用户下执行下面的命令。 +你需要在 root 用户或者 `sudo` 执行下面的命令。 禁用基于密码的认证,你需要在远程系统的终端里编辑 `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` 配置文件: @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Warning: Permanently added '192.168.225.22' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts. Permission denied (publickey). ``` -如你所见,除了 CentOS(译注:根据上文,这里应该是 Arch)系统外,我不能通过其它任何系统 SSH 访问我的远程系统 Ubuntu 18.04。 +如你所见,除了 CentOS(LCTT 译注:根据上文,这里应该是 Arch)系统外,我不能通过其它任何系统 SSH 访问我的远程系统 Ubuntu 18.04。 ### 为 SSH 服务端添加更多客户端系统的密钥 From f6f6a0373dec7a75de89d2ea40bacbb6d1ab52dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 5 Oct 2018 21:54:19 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 348/437] PUB:20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @LuuMing @pityonline https://linux.cn/article-10086-1.html --- ...0709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/published/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md rename to published/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md From fc5a2a481b06bea900e1997a9dcc6e72a9d083e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 6 Oct 2018 19:24:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 349/437] PRF:20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md @lujun9972 --- ...eate M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md | 51 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md b/translated/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md index 21f5bc61df..1ce5ebde67 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md +++ b/translated/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ -Linux下如何创建 M3U 播放列表 [小建议] +Linux 下如何创建 M3U 播放列表 ====== -**简介:关于如何在Linux终端中根据乱序文件创建M3U播放列表实现循序播放的小建议。** + +> 简介:关于如何在Linux终端中根据乱序文件创建M3U播放列表实现循序播放的小建议。 ![Create M3U playlists in Linux Terminal][1] -我是外国电视连续剧的粉丝,这些连续剧不太容易从DVD或像[Netflix] [2]这样的流媒体上获得。还在,您可以在YouTube上找到一些内容并[从YouTube下载][3]。 +我是外国电视连续剧的粉丝,这些连续剧不太容易从 DVD 或像 [Netflix][2] 这样的流媒体上获得。好在,您可以在 YouTube 上找到一些内容并[从 YouTube 下载][3]。 -现在出现了一个问题. 你的文件可能不是按顺序存储的. 在GNU / Linux中,文件不是按数字顺序自然排序的,因此我必须创建.m3u播放列表,以便[MPV视频播放器][4]可以按顺序播放视频而不是乱顺进行播放。 +现在出现了一个问题。你的文件可能不是按顺序存储的。在 GNU/Linux中,文件不是按数字顺序自然排序的,因此我必须创建 .m3u 播放列表,以便 [MPV 视频播放器][4]可以按顺序播放视频而不是乱顺进行播放。 -同样的,有时候表示第几集的数字实在文件名中间或结尾的,像这样 ‘My Web Series S01E01.mkv’. 这里的剧集信息位于文件名的中间,'S01E01'告诉我们人类,哪个是第一集,下一集是哪一个文件。 +同样的,有时候表示第几集的数字是在文件名中间或结尾的,像这样 “My Web Series S01E01.mkv”。这里的剧集信息位于文件名的中间,“S01E01”告诉我们人类这是第一集,后面还有其它剧集。 -因此我要做的事情就是在视频墓中创建一个 m3u 播放列表并告诉MPV播放这个 .m3u 播放列表,MPV自然会按顺序播放这些视频. +因此我要做的事情就是在视频墓中创建一个 .m3u 播放列表,并告诉 MPV 播放这个 .m3u 播放列表,MPV 自然会按顺序播放这些视频. -### 什么是M3U 文件? +### 什么是 M3U 文件? -[M3U][5] 基本上就是个按特定顺序包含文件名的文本文件. 当类似MPV或VLC这样的播放器打开M3U文件时, 它会尝试按给定的顺序播放指定文件. +[M3U][5] 基本上就是个按特定顺序包含文件名的文本文件。当类似 MPV 或 VLC 这样的播放器打开 M3U 文件时,它会尝试按给定的顺序播放指定文件。 -### 创建M3U来按顺序播放音频/视频文件 +### 创建 M3U 来按顺序播放音频/视频文件 + +就我而言, 我使用了下面命令: -就我而言, 我使用了下面命令: ``` $/home/shirish/Videos/web-series-video/$ ls -1v |grep .mkv > /tmp/1.m3u && mv /tmp/1.m3u . - ``` -然我们拆分一下看看每个部分表示什么意思 – +然我们拆分一下看看每个部分表示什么意思: -**ls -1v** = 这就是用普通的 ls 来列出目录中的内容. 其中 `-1` 表示每行显示一个文件. 而 `-v` 表示根据文本中的数字(版本)进行自然排序 +`ls -1v` = 这就是用普通的 `ls` 来列出目录中的内容. 其中 `-1` 表示每行显示一个文件。而 `-v` 表示根据文本中的数字(版本)进行自然排序。 -**| grep .mkv** = 基本上就是告诉 `ls` 寻找那些以 `.mkv` 结尾的文件. 它也可以是 `.mp4` 或其他任何你想要的媒体文件格式. +`| grep .mkv` = 基本上就是告诉 `ls` 寻找那些以 `.mkv` 结尾的文件。它也可以是 `.mp4` 或其他任何你想要的媒体文件格式。 通过在控制台上运行命令来进行试运行通常是个好主意: + ``` ls -1v |grep .mkv My Web Series S01E01 [Episode 1 Name] Multi 480p WEBRip x264 - xRG.mkv @@ -41,28 +43,27 @@ My Web Series S01E05 [Episode 5 Name] Multi 480p WEBRip x264 - xRG.mkv My Web Series S01E06 [Episode 6 Name] Multi 480p WEBRip x264 - xRG.mkv My Web Series S01E07 [Episode 7 Name] Multi 480p WEBRip x264 - xRG.mkv My Web Series S01E08 [Episode 8 Name] Multi 480p WEBRip x264 - xRG.mkv - ``` -结果显示我要做的事情是正确的. 现在下一步就是让输出以 `.m3u` 播放列表的格式输出. +结果显示我要做的是正确的。现在下一步就是让输出以 `.m3u` 播放列表的格式输出。 + ``` ls -1v |grep .mkv > /tmp/web_playlist.m3u && mv /tmp/web_playlist.m3u . - ``` -这就在当前目录中创建了 `.m3u` 文件. 这个`.m3u`播放列表只不过是一个.txt文件,其内容与上面相同,扩展名为.m3u。 你也可以手动编辑它,并按照想要的顺序添加确切的文件名。 +这就在当前目录中创建了 .m3u 文件。这个 .m3u 播放列表只不过是一个 .txt 文件,其内容与上面相同,扩展名为 .m3u 而已。 你也可以手动编辑它,并按照想要的顺序添加确切的文件名。 + +之后你只需要这样做: -之后你只需要这样做: ``` mpv web_playlist.m3u - ``` -一般来说,关于MPV和播放列表的好处在于你不需要一次性全部看完。 您可以一次看任意长时间,然后在下一次查看其余部分。 +一般来说,MPV 和播放列表的好处在于你不需要一次性全部看完。 您可以一次看任意长时间,然后在下一次查看其余部分。 -我希望写一些有关MPV的文章,以及如何制作在媒体文件中嵌入字幕的mkv文件,但这是将来的事情了。 +我希望写一些有关 MPV 的文章,以及如何制作在媒体文件中嵌入字幕的 mkv 文件,但这是将来的事情了。 -注意: 这是开源软件,不鼓励盗版 +注意: 这是开源软件,不鼓励盗版。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -70,8 +71,8 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/create-m3u-playlist-linux/ 作者:[Shirsh][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +译者:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 8104d7fe74d19722aaec90dd5262bbd90bb22dd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 6 Oct 2018 19:24:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 350/437] PUB:20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md @lujun9972 https://linux.cn/article-10087-1.html --- .../20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md b/published/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md rename to published/20180815 How to Create M3U Playlists in Linux [Quick Tip].md From 9e29fb35e4109bacd1d30a13400a3e670b43a333 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: bookug Date: Sat, 6 Oct 2018 20:19:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 351/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E4=B8=AD?= =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=91Moving=20to=20Linux=20from=20dated=20Windows=20machine?= =?UTF-8?q?s?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md b/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md index 6acd6e53f2..3a9b426a0c 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +【bookug翻译中】 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines ====== From 2887694de63bdf8ac5e90798f79506e1fcce1c1b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 6 Oct 2018 21:02:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 352/437] PRF: 20180824 5 cool music player apps.md @geekpi --- .../tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md | 43 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 22 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md b/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md index fb301ed4dd..76223f18ec 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md @@ -2,20 +2,21 @@ ====== ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/5-cool-music-apps-816x345.jpg) -你喜欢音乐吗?那么 Fedora 中可能有你正在寻找的东西。本文介绍在 Fedora 上运行的不同音乐播放器。无论你有大量的音乐库,还是小型音乐库,或者根本没有音乐库,你都会被覆盖到。这里有四个图形程序和一个基于终端的音乐播放器,可以让你挑选。 + +你喜欢音乐吗?那么 Fedora 中可能有你正在寻找的东西。本文介绍在 Fedora 上运行的各种音乐播放器。无论你有庞大的音乐库,还是小一些的,抑或根本没有,你都可以用到音乐播放器。这里有四个图形程序和一个基于终端的音乐播放器,可以让你挑选。 ### Quod Libet -Quod Libet 是你的大型音频库的管理员。如果你有一个大量的音频库,你不想只听,但也要管理,Quod Libet 可能是一个很好的选择。 +Quod Libet 是一个完备的大型音频库管理器。如果你有一个庞大的音频库,你不想只是听,也想要管理,Quod Libet 可能是一个很好的选择。 ![][1] -Quod Libet 可以从磁盘上的多个位置导入音乐,并允许你编辑音频文件的标签 - 因此一切都在你的控制之下。额外地,它还有各种插件可用,从简单的均衡器到 [last.fm][2] 同步。你也可以直接从 [Soundcloud][3] 搜索和播放音乐。 +Quod Libet 可以从磁盘上的多个位置导入音乐,并允许你编辑音频文件的标签 —— 因此一切都在你的控制之下。此外,它还有各种插件可用,从简单的均衡器到 [last.fm][2] 同步。你也可以直接从 [Soundcloud][3] 搜索和播放音乐。 + +Quod Libet 在 HiDPI 屏幕上工作得很好,它有 Fedora 的 RPM 包,如果你运行 [Silverblue][5],它在 [Flathub][4] 中也有。使用 Gnome Software 或命令行安装它: -Quod Libet 在 HiDPI 屏幕上工作得很好,它有 Fedora 的 RPM 包,如果你运行[Silverblue][5],它在 [Flathub][4] 中也有。使用 Gnome Software 或命令行安装它: ``` $ sudo dnf install quodlibet - ``` ### Audacious @@ -24,14 +25,14 @@ $ sudo dnf install quodlibet ![][6] -Audacious 可能不会立即管理你的所有音乐,但你如果想将音乐组织为文件,它能做得很好。你还可以导出和导入播放列表,而无需重新组织音乐文件本身。 +Audacious 可能不直接管理你的所有音乐,但你如果想将音乐按文件组织起来,它能做得很好。你还可以导出和导入播放列表,而无需重新组织音乐文件本身。 -额外地,你可以让它看起来像 Winamp。要让它与上面的截图相同,请进入 “Settings/Appearance,”,选择顶部的 “Winamp Classic Interface”,然后选择右下方的 “Refugee” 皮肤。而鲍勃是你的叔叔!这就完成了。 +此外,你可以让它看起来像 Winamp。要让它与上面的截图相同,请进入 “Settings/Appearance”,选择顶部的 “Winamp Classic Interface”,然后选择右下方的 “Refugee” 皮肤。就这么简单。 Audacious 在 Fedora 中作为 RPM 提供,可以使用 Gnome Software 或在终端运行以下命令安装: + ``` $ sudo dnf install audacious - ``` ### Lollypop @@ -40,25 +41,25 @@ Lollypop 是一个音乐播放器,它与 GNOME 集成良好。如果你喜欢 ![][7] -除了与 GNOME Shell 的良好视觉集成之外,它还可以很好地用于 HiDPI 屏幕,并支持黑暗主题。 +除了与 GNOME Shell 的良好视觉集成之外,它还可以很好地用于 HiDPI 屏幕,并支持暗色主题。 额外地,Lollypop 有一个集成的封面下载器和一个所谓的派对模式(右上角的音符按钮),它可以自动选择和播放音乐。它还集成了 [last.fm][2] 或 [libre.fm][8] 等在线服务。 它有 Fedora 的 RPM 也有用于 [Silverblue][5] 工作站的 [Flathub][4],使用 Gnome Software 或终端进行安装: + ``` $ sudo dnf install lollypop - ``` ### Gradio -如果你没有任何音乐但仍喜欢听怎么办?或者你只是喜欢收音机?Gradio 就是为你准备的。 +如果你没有任何音乐但仍想听怎么办?或者你只是喜欢收音机?Gradio 就是为你准备的。 ![][9] Gradio 是一个简单的收音机,它允许你搜索和播放网络电台。你可以按国家、语言或直接搜索找到它们。额外地,它可视化地集成到了 GNOME Shell 中,可以与 HiDPI 屏幕配合使用,并且可以选择黑暗主题。 -可以在 [Flathub][4] 中找到 Gradio,它同时可以运行在 Fedora Workstation 和 [Silverblue][5] 中。使用 Gnome Software 安装它 +可以在 [Flathub][4] 中找到 Gradio,它同时可以运行在 Fedora Workstation 和 [Silverblue][5] 中。使用 Gnome Software 安装它。 ### sox @@ -67,19 +68,19 @@ Gradio 是一个简单的收音机,它允许你搜索和播放网络电台。 ![][10] sox 是一个非常简单的基于终端的音乐播放器。你需要做的就是运行如下命令: + ``` $ play file.mp3 - ``` 接着 sox 就会为你播放。除了单独的音频文件外,sox 还支持 m3u 格式的播放列表。 -额外地,因为 sox 是基于终端的程序,你可以在 ssh 中运行它。你有一个带扬声器的家用服务器吗?或者你想从另一台电脑上播放音乐吗?尝试将它与 [tmux][11] 一起使用,这样即使会话关闭也可以继续听。 +此外,因为 sox 是基于终端的程序,你可以通过 ssh 运行它。你有一个带扬声器的家用服务器吗?或者你想从另一台电脑上播放音乐吗?尝试将它与 [tmux][11] 一起使用,这样即使会话关闭也可以继续听。 sox 在 Fedora 中以 RPM 提供。运行下面的命令安装: + ``` $ sudo dnf install sox - ``` @@ -90,19 +91,19 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-music-player-apps/ 作者:[Adam Šamalík][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://fedoramagazine.org/author/asamalik/ -[1]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/qodlibet-300x217.png +[1]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/qodlibet-768x555.png [2]:https://last.fm [3]:https://soundcloud.com/ [4]:https://flathub.org/home [5]:https://teamsilverblue.org/ -[6]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/audacious-300x136.png -[7]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/lollypop-300x172.png +[6]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/audacious-768x348.png +[7]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/lollypop-768x439.png [8]:https://libre.fm -[9]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gradio.png -[10]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sox-300x179.png +[9]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gradio-768x499.png +[10]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sox-768x457.png [11]:https://fedoramagazine.org/use-tmux-more-powerful-terminal/ From a43cb5246888093791166c510e7fec3e06db4b1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 6 Oct 2018 21:02:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 353/437] PUB: 20180824 5 cool music player apps.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10088-1.html --- .../tech => published}/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md b/published/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md rename to published/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md From 8c19714c05287759ea71cfd14111e09cb190ab11 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: bookug Date: Sat, 6 Oct 2018 22:31:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 354/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90=E7=BF=BB?= =?UTF-8?q?=E8=AF=91=E3=80=91Moving=20to=20Linux=20from=20dated=20Windows?= =?UTF-8?q?=20machines?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ng to Linux from dated Windows machines.md | 51 ------------------- 1 file changed, 51 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md b/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3a9b426a0c..0000000000 --- a/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -【bookug翻译中】 -Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/1980s-computer-yearbook.png?itok=eGOYEKK-) - -Every day, while working in the marketing department at ONLYOFFICE, I see Linux users discussing our office productivity software on the internet. Our products are popular among Linux users, which made me curious about using Linux as an everyday work tool. My old Windows XP-powered computer was an obstacle to performance, so I started reading about Linux systems (particularly Ubuntu) and decided to try it out as an experiment. Two of my colleagues joined me. - -### Why Linux? - -We needed to make a change, first, because our old systems were not enough in terms of performance: we experienced regular crashes, an overload every time more than two apps were active, a 50% chance of freezing when a machine was shut down, and so forth. This was rather distracting to our work, which meant we were considerably less efficient than we could be. - -Upgrading to newer versions of Windows was an option, too, but that is an additional expense, plus our software competes against Microsoft's office suite. So that was an ideological question, too. - -Second, as I mentioned earlier, ONLYOFFICE products are rather popular within the Linux community. By reading about Linux users' experience with our software, we became interested in joining them. - -A week after we asked to change to Linux, we got our shiny new computer cases with [Kubuntu][1] inside. We chose version 16.04, which features KDE Plasma 5.5 and many KDE apps including Dolphin, as well as LibreOffice 5.1 and Firefox 45. - -### What we like about Linux - -Linux's biggest advantage, I believe, is its speed; for instance, it takes just seconds from pushing the machine's On button to starting your work. Everything seemed amazingly rapid from the very beginning: the overall responsiveness, the graphics, and even system updates. - -One other thing that surprised me compared to Windows is that Linux allows you to configure nearly everything, including the entire look of your desktop. In Settings, I found how to change the color and shape of bars, buttons, and fonts; relocate any desktop element; and build a composition of widgets, even including comics and Color Picker. I believe I've barely scratched the surface of the available options and have yet to explore most of the customization opportunities that this system is well known for. - -Linux distributions are generally a very safe environment. People rarely use antivirus apps in Linux, simply because there are so few viruses written for it. You save system speed, time, and, sure enough, money. - -In general, Linux has refreshed our everyday work lives, surprising us with a number of new options and opportunities. Even in the short time we've been using it, we'd characterize it as: - - * Fast and smooth to operate - * Highly customizable - * Relatively newcomer-friendly - * Challenging with basic components, however very rewarding in return - * Safe and secure - * An exciting experience for everyone who seeks to refresh their workplace - - - -Have you switched from Windows or MacOS to Kubuntu or another Linux variant? Or are you considering making the change? Please share your reasons for wanting to adopt Linux, as well as your impressions of going open source, in the comments. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/move-to-linux-old-windows - -作者:[Michael Korotaev][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/michaelk -[1]:https://kubuntu.org/ From 1ff539003292f3c089d1052a2a05ed2c312c6e49 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: bookug Date: Sat, 6 Oct 2018 22:35:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 355/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90=E7=BF=BB?= =?UTF-8?q?=E8=AF=91=E3=80=91Moving=20to=20Linux=20from=20dated=20Windows?= =?UTF-8?q?=20machines?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ng to Linux from dated Windows machines.md | 63 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 63 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md diff --git a/translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md b/translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b90a166a4d --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +从过时的 Windows 机器迁移到 Linux +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/1980s-computer-yearbook.png?itok=eGOYEKK-) + +每天当我在 ONLYOFFICE 的市场部门工作的时候,我都能看到 Linux 用户在网上讨论我们的办公效率软件。 +我们的产品在 Linux 用户中很受欢迎,这使得我对使用 Linux 作为日常工具的体验非常好奇。 +我的老旧的 Windows XP 机器在性能上非常差,因此我决定了解 Linux 系统(特别是 Ubuntu )并且决定去尝试使用它。 +我的两个同事加入了我的计划。 + +### 为何选择 Linux ? + +我们必须做出改变,首先,我们的老系统在性能方面不够用:我们经历过频繁的崩溃,每当超过两个应用在运行机器就会负载过度,关闭机器时有一半的几率冻结等等。 +这很容易让我们从工作中分心,意味着我们没有我们应有的工作效率了。 + +升级到 Windows 更新的版本也是一种选择,但这样可能会带来额外的开销,而且我们的软件本身也是要与 Microsoft 的办公软件竞争。 +因此我们在这方面也存在意识形态的问题。 + +其次,就像我之前提过的, ONLYOFFICE 产品在 Linux 社区内非常受欢迎。 +通过阅读 Linux 用户在使用我们的软件时的体验,我们也对加入他们很感兴趣。 + +在我们要求转换到 Linux 系统一周后,我们拿到了崭新的装好了 [Kubuntu][1] 的机器。 +我们选择了 16.04 版本,因为这个版本支持 KDE Plasma 5.5 和包括 Dolphin 在内的很多 KDE 应用,同时也包括 LibreOffice 5.1 和 Firefox 45 。 + +### Linux 让人喜欢的地方 + +我相信 Linux 最大的优势是它的运行速度,比如,从按下机器的电源按钮到开始工作只需要几秒钟时间。 +从一开始,一切看起来都超乎寻常地快:总体的响应速度,图形界面,甚至包括系统更新的速度。 + +另一个使我惊奇的事情是跟 Windows 相比, Linux 几乎能让你配置任何东西,包括整个桌面的外观。 +在设置里面,我发现了如何修改各种栏目、按钮和字体的颜色和形状,也可以重新布置任意桌面组件的位置,组合桌面的小工具(甚至包括漫画和颜色选择器) +我相信我还仅仅只是了解了基本的选项,之后还需要探索这个系统更多著名的定制化选项。 + +Linux 发行版通常是一个非常安全的环境。 +人们很少在 Linux 系统中使用防病毒的软件,因为很少有人会写病毒程序来攻击 Linux 系统。 +因此你可以拥有很好的系统速度,并且节省了时间和金钱。 + +总之, Linux 已经改变了我们的日常生活,用一系列的新选项和功能大大震惊了我们。 +仅仅通过短时间的使用,我们已经可以给它总结出以下特性: + + * 操作很快很顺畅 + * 高度可定制 + * 对新手很友好 + * 了解基本组件很有挑战性,但回报丰厚 + * 安全可靠 + * 对所有想改变工作场所的人来说都是一次绝佳的体验 + +你已经从 Windows 或 MacOS 系统换到 Kubuntu 或其他 Linux 变种了么? +或者你是否正在考虑做出改变? +请分享你想要采用 Linux 系统的原因,连同你对开源的印象一起写在评论中。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/move-to-linux-old-windows + +作者:[Michael Korotaev][a] +译者:[bookug](https://github.com/bookug) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/michaelk +[1]:https://kubuntu.org/ From a941f8a3c440a04dfcc3a856274a9ef9dc73781c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lctt9972 Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 02:34:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 356/437] Revert "translating by ljgibbslf" This reverts commit ecedd6ff13d73cb24bb562daf10f3042c943595c. --- ...se a here documents to write data to a file in bash script.md | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171116 How to use a here documents to write data to a file in bash script.md b/sources/tech/20171116 How to use a here documents to write data to a file in bash script.md index 9c2a636b09..12d15af78f 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171116 How to use a here documents to write data to a file in bash script.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171116 How to use a here documents to write data to a file in bash script.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -translating by ljgibbslf How to use a here documents to write data to a file in bash script ====== From 3eaf2f2fa747ef86b9f9ffbd26505b3c5cdb3057 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lctt9972 Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 02:34:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 357/437] Revert "Update 20171130 Excellent Business Software Alternatives For Linux.md" This reverts commit b623203bf829b63371438140c16be8b0a9ea2fe1. --- ...0171130 Excellent Business Software Alternatives For Linux.md | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171130 Excellent Business Software Alternatives For Linux.md b/sources/tech/20171130 Excellent Business Software Alternatives For Linux.md index 195b51423a..3469c62569 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171130 Excellent Business Software Alternatives For Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171130 Excellent Business Software Alternatives For Linux.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -Yoliver istranslating. Excellent Business Software Alternatives For Linux ------- From 9ff36c7a360b1673ca1ca5fc18a7d9b9663253d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lctt9972 Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 02:34:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 358/437] Revert "Update 20180522 How to Enable Click to Minimize On Ubuntu.md" This reverts commit 9dfa29dcc4035dc929f93ed8a79fc02606ec3a9f. --- .../tech/20180522 How to Enable Click to Minimize On Ubuntu.md | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180522 How to Enable Click to Minimize On Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180522 How to Enable Click to Minimize On Ubuntu.md index 761138908d..50d68ad445 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180522 How to Enable Click to Minimize On Ubuntu.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180522 How to Enable Click to Minimize On Ubuntu.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -translated by cyleft - How to Enable Click to Minimize On Ubuntu ============================================================ From 7dc00f8206de3967b845813a49ede97e9c0ead05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lctt9972 Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 02:35:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 359/437] Revert "add translating tag" This reverts commit e235e143387c92b9c5c2cc861c7803dcc43e51f9. --- .../20180727 How to analyze your system with perf and Python.md | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180727 How to analyze your system with perf and Python.md b/sources/tech/20180727 How to analyze your system with perf and Python.md index ccc66b04a7..c1be98cc0e 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180727 How to analyze your system with perf and Python.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180727 How to analyze your system with perf and Python.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -pinewall translating - How to analyze your system with perf and Python ====== From 9910e70abd9637ea4b6aadeba66e14591f95ff4c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lctt9972 Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 02:35:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 360/437] Revert "Update 29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md" This reverts commit 95d2cfc61108e999145e518c512c09b269a2bf7f. --- .../29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md b/sources/tech/29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md index d7ef058106..5f409956f7 100644 --- a/sources/tech/29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md +++ b/sources/tech/29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -Translating by shipsw - Python ChatOps libraries: Opsdroid and Errbot ====== From 886d6765c29de77dfa490a0ec276e8ecc97300cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 11:51:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 361/437] Rename 29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md to 20180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md --- ... => 20180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md} | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename sources/tech/{29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md => 20180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md} (100%) diff --git a/sources/tech/29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md b/sources/tech/20180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md similarity index 100% rename from sources/tech/29180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md rename to sources/tech/20180329 Python ChatOps libraries- Opsdroid and Errbot.md From bbe95b228ff58dcbccdd9aca55a809a329acf0a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 13:21:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 362/437] translated --- ...ed Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md | 990 ------------------ ...ed Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md | 985 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 985 insertions(+), 990 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md b/sources/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2b52356068..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,990 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018 -====== - -**2018** has been an awesome year for a lot of applications, especially those that are both free and open source. And while various Linux distributions come with a number of default apps, users are free to take them out and use any of the free or paid alternatives of their choice. - -Today, we bring you a [list of Linux applications][3] that have been able to make it to users’ Linux installations almost all the time despite the butt-load of other alternatives. - -To simply put, any app on this list is among the most used in its category, and if you haven’t already tried it out you are probably missing out. Enjoy! - -### Backup Tools - -#### Rsync - -[Rsync][4] is an open source bandwidth-friendly utility tool for performing swift incremental file transfers and it is available for free. -``` -$ rsync [OPTION...] SRC... [DEST] - -``` - -To know more examples and usage, read our article “[10 Practical Examples of Rsync Command][5]” to learn more about it. - -#### Timeshift - -[Timeshift][6] provides users with the ability to protect their system by taking incremental snapshots which can be reverted to at a different date – similar to the function of Time Machine in Mac OS and System restore in Windows. - -![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Timeshift-Create-Linux-Mint-Snapshot.png) - -### BitTorrent Client - -![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Torrent-Clients.png) - -#### Deluge - -[Deluge][7] is a beautiful cross-platform BitTorrent client that aims to perfect the **μTorrent** experience and make it available to users for free. - -Install **Deluge** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:deluge-team/ppa -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install deluge - -``` - -#### qBittorent - -[qBittorent][8] is an open source BitTorrent protocol client that aims to provide a free alternative to torrent apps like μTorrent. - -Install **qBittorent** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:qbittorrent-team/qbittorrent-stable -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install qbittorrent - -``` - -#### Transmission - -[Transmission][9] is also a BitTorrent client with awesome functionalities and a major focus on speed and ease of use. It comes preinstalled with many Linux distros. - -Install **Transmission** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:transmissionbt/ppa -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install transmission-gtk transmission-cli transmission-common transmission-daemon - -``` - -### Cloud Storage - -![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Cloud-Storage.png) - -#### Dropbox - -The [Dropbox][10] team rebranded their cloud service earlier this year to provide an even better performance and app integration for their clients. It starts with 2GB of storage for free. - -Install **Dropbox** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ cd ~ && wget -O - "https://www.dropbox.com/download?plat=lnx.x86" | tar xzf - [On 32-Bit] -$ cd ~ && wget -O - "https://www.dropbox.com/download?plat=lnx.x86_64" | tar xzf - [On 64-Bit] -$ ~/.dropbox-dist/dropboxd - -``` - -#### Google Drive - -[Google Drive][11] is Google’s cloud service solution and my guess is that it needs no introduction. Just like with **Dropbox** , you can sync files across all your connected devices. It starts with 15GB of storage for free and this includes Gmail, Google photos, Maps, etc. - -Check out: [5 Google Drive Clients for Linux][12] - -#### Mega - -[Mega][13] stands out from the rest because apart from being extremely security-conscious, it gives free users 50GB to do as they wish! Its end-to-end encryption ensures that they can’t access your data, and if you forget your recovery key, you too wouldn’t be able to. - -[**Download MEGA Cloud Storage for Ubuntu][14] - -### Commandline Editors - -![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Commandline-Editors.png) - -#### Vim - -[Vim][15] is an open source clone of vi text editor developed to be customizable and able to work with any type of text. - -Install **Vim** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jonathonf/vim -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install vim - -``` - -#### Emacs - -[Emacs][16] refers to a set of highly configurable text editors. The most popular variant, GNU Emacs, is written in Lisp and C to be self-documenting, extensible, and customizable. - -Install **Emacs** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:kelleyk/emacs -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install emacs25 - -``` - -#### Nano - -[Nano][17] is a feature-rich CLI text editor for power users and it has the ability to work with different terminals, among other functionalities. - -Install **Nano** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:n-muench/programs-ppa -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install nano - -``` - -### Download Manager - -![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Download-Managers.png) - -#### Aria2 - -[Aria2][18] is an open source lightweight multi-source and multi-protocol command line-based downloader with support for Metalinks, torrents, HTTP/HTTPS, SFTP, etc. - -Install **Aria2** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following command. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install aria2 - -``` - -#### uGet - -[uGet][19] has earned its title as the **#1** open source download manager for Linux distros and it features the ability to handle any downloading task you can throw at it including using multiple connections, using queues, categories, etc. - -Install **uGet** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:plushuang-tw/uget-stable -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install uget - -``` - -#### XDM - -[XDM][20], **Xtreme Download Manager** is an open source downloader written in Java. Like any good download manager, it can work with queues, torrents, browsers, and it also includes a video grabber and a smart scheduler. - -Install **XDM** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:noobslab/apps -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install xdman - -``` - -### Email Clients - -![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Email-Clients.png) - -#### Thunderbird - -[Thunderbird][21] is among the most popular email applications. It is free, open source, customizable, feature-rich, and above all, easy to install. - -Install **Thunderbird** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-mozilla-security/ppa -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install thunderbird - -``` - -#### Geary - -[Geary][22] is an open source email client based on WebKitGTK+. It is free, open-source, feature-rich, and adopted by the GNOME project. - -Install **Geary** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:geary-team/releases -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install geary - -``` - -#### Evolution - -[Evolution][23] is a free and open source email client for managing emails, meeting schedules, reminders, and contacts. - -Install **Evolution** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:gnome3-team/gnome3-staging -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install evolution - -``` - -### Finance Software - -![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Accounting-Software.png) - -#### GnuCash - -[GnuCash][24] is a free, cross-platform, and open source software for financial accounting tasks for personal and small to mid-size businesses. - -Install **GnuCash** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo sh -c 'echo "deb http://archive.getdeb.net/ubuntu $(lsb_release -sc)-getdeb apps" >> /etc/apt/sources.list.d/getdeb.list' -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install gnucash - -``` - -#### KMyMoney - -[KMyMoney][25] is a finance manager software that provides all important features found in the commercially-available, personal finance managers. - -Install **KMyMoney** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:claydoh/kmymoney2-kde4 -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install kmymoney - -``` - -### IDE Editors - -![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-IDE-Editors.png) - -#### Eclipse IDE - -[Eclipse][26] is the most widely used Java IDE containing a base workspace and an impossible-to-overemphasize configurable plug-in system for personalizing its coding environment. - -For installation, read our article “[How to Install Eclipse Oxygen IDE in Debian and Ubuntu][27]” - -#### Netbeans IDE - -A fan-favourite, [Netbeans][28] enables users to easily build applications for mobile, desktop, and web platforms using Java, PHP, HTML5, JavaScript, and C/C++, among other languages. - -For installation, read our article “[How to Install Netbeans Oxygen IDE in Debian and Ubuntu][29]” - -#### Brackets - -[Brackets][30] is an advanced text editor developed by Adobe to feature visual tools, preprocessor support, and a design-focused user flow for web development. In the hands of an expert, it can serve as an IDE in its own right. - -Install **Brackets** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/brackets -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install brackets - -``` - -#### Atom IDE - -[Atom IDE][31] is a more robust version of Atom text editor achieved by adding a number of extensions and libraries to boost its performance and functionalities. It is, in a sense, Atom on steroids. - -Install **Atom** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install snapd -$ sudo snap install atom --classic - -``` - -#### Light Table - -[Light Table][32] is a self-proclaimed next-generation IDE developed to offer awesome features like data value flow stats and coding collaboration. - -Install **Light Table** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:dr-akulavich/lighttable -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install lighttable-installer - -``` - -#### Visual Studio Code - -[Visual Studio Code][33] is a source code editor created by Microsoft to offer users the best-advanced features in a text editor including syntax highlighting, code completion, debugging, performance statistics and graphs, etc. - -[**Download Visual Studio Code for Ubuntu][34] - -### Instant Messaging - -![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-IM-Clients.png) - -#### Pidgin - -[Pidgin][35] is an open source instant messaging app that supports virtually all chatting platforms and can have its abilities extended using extensions. - -Install **Pidgin** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jonathonf/backports -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install pidgin - -``` - -#### Skype - -[Skype][36] needs no introduction and its awesomeness is available for any interested Linux user. - -Install **Skype** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt install snapd -$ sudo snap install skype --classic - -``` - -#### Empathy - -[Empathy][37] is a messaging app with support for voice, video chat, text, and file transfers over multiple several protocols. It also allows you to add other service accounts to it and interface with all of them through it. - -Install **Empathy** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install empathy - -``` - -### Linux Antivirus - -#### ClamAV/ClamTk - -[ClamAV][38] is an open source and cross-platform command line antivirus app for detecting Trojans, viruses, and other malicious codes. [ClamTk][39] is its GUI front-end. - -Install **ClamAV/ClamTk** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install clamav -$ sudo apt-get install clamtk - -``` - -### Linux Desktop Environments - -#### Cinnamon - -[Cinnamon][40] is a free and open-source derivative of **GNOME3** and it follows the traditional desktop metaphor conventions. - -Install **Cinnamon** desktop on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install cinnamon-desktop-environment lightdm - -``` - -#### Mate - -The [Mate][41] Desktop Environment is a derivative and continuation of **GNOME2** developed to offer an attractive UI on Linux using traditional metaphors. - -Install **Mate** desktop on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt install tasksel -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo tasksel install ubuntu-mate-desktop - -``` - -#### GNOME - -[GNOME][42] is a Desktop Environment comprised of several free and open-source applications and can run on any Linux distro and on most BSD derivatives. - -Install **Gnome** desktop on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt install tasksel -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo tasksel install ubuntu-desktop - -``` - -#### KDE - -[KDE][43] is developed by the KDE community to provide users with a graphical solution to interfacing with their system and performing several computing tasks. - -Install **KDE** desktop on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt install tasksel -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo tasksel install kubuntu-desktop - -``` - -### Linux Maintenance Tools - -#### GNOME Tweak Tool - -The [GNOME Tweak Tool][44] is the most popular tool for customizing and tweaking GNOME3 and GNOME Shell settings. - -Install **GNOME Tweak Tool** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt install gnome-tweak-tool - -``` - -#### Stacer - -[Stacer][45] is a free, open-source app for monitoring and optimizing Linux systems. - -Install **Stacer** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:oguzhaninan/stacer -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install stacer - -``` - -#### BleachBit - -[BleachBit][46] is a free disk space cleaner that also works as a privacy manager and system optimizer. - -[**Download BleachBit for Ubuntu][47] - -### Linux Terminals - -#### GNOME Terminal - -[GNOME Terminal][48] is GNOME’s default terminal emulator. - -Install **Gnome Terminal** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install gnome-terminal - -``` - -#### Konsole - -[Konsole][49] is a terminal emulator for KDE. - -Install **Konsole** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install konsole - -``` - -#### Terminator - -[Terminator][50] is a feature-rich GNOME Terminal-based terminal app built with a focus on arranging terminals, among other functions. - -Install **Terminator** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install terminator - -``` - -#### Guake - -[Guake][51] is a lightweight drop-down terminal for the GNOME Desktop Environment. - -Install **Guake** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install guake - -``` - -### Multimedia Editors - -#### Ardour - -[Ardour][52] is a beautiful Digital Audio Workstation (DAW) for recording, editing, and mixing audio professionally. - -Install **Ardour** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:dobey/audiotools -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install ardour - -``` - -#### Audacity - -[Audacity][53] is an easy-to-use cross-platform and open source multi-track audio editor and recorder; arguably the most famous of them all. - -Install **Audacity** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntuhandbook1/audacity -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install audacity - -``` - -#### GIMP - -[GIMP][54] is the most popular open source Photoshop alternative and it is for a reason. It features various customization options, 3rd-party plugins, and a helpful user community. - -Install **Gimp** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:otto-kesselgulasch/gimp -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install gimp - -``` - -#### Krita - -[Krita][55] is an open source painting app that can also serve as an image manipulating tool and it features a beautiful UI with a reliable performance. - -Install **Krita** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:kritalime/ppa -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install krita - -``` - -#### Lightworks - -[Lightworks][56] is a powerful, flexible, and beautiful tool for editing videos professionally. It comes feature-packed with hundreds of amazing effects and presets that allow it to handle any editing task that you throw at it and it has 25 years of experience to back up its claims. - -[**Download Lightworks for Ubuntu][57] - -#### OpenShot - -[OpenShot][58] is an award-winning free and open source video editor known for its excellent performance and powerful capabilities. - -Install **Openshot** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:openshot.developers/ppa -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install openshot-qt - -``` - -#### PiTiV - -[Pitivi][59] is a beautiful video editor that features a beautiful code base, awesome community, is easy to use, and allows for hassle-free collaboration. - -Install **PiTiV** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ flatpak install --user https://flathub.org/repo/appstream/org.pitivi.Pitivi.flatpakref -$ flatpak install --user http://flatpak.pitivi.org/pitivi.flatpakref -$ flatpak run org.pitivi.Pitivi//stable - -``` - -### Music Players - -#### Rhythmbox - -[Rhythmbox][60] posses the ability to perform all music tasks you throw at it and has so far proved to be a reliable music player that it ships with Ubuntu. - -Install **Rhythmbox** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:fossfreedom/rhythmbox -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install rhythmbox - -``` - -#### Lollypop - -[Lollypop][61] is a beautiful, relatively new, open source music player featuring a number of advanced options like online radio, scrubbing support and party mode. Yet, it manages to keep everything simple and easy to manage. - -Install **Lollypop** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:gnumdk/lollypop -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install lollypop - -``` - -#### Amarok - -[Amarok][62] is a robust music player with an intuitive UI and tons of advanced features bundled into a single unit. It also allows users to discover new music based on their genre preferences. - -Install **Amarok** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install amarok - -``` - -#### Clementine - -[Clementine][63] is an Amarok-inspired music player that also features a straight-forward UI, advanced control features, and the ability to let users search for and discover new music. - -Install **Clementine** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:me-davidsansome/clementine -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install clementine - -``` - -#### Cmus - -[Cmus][64] is arguably the most efficient CLI music player, Cmus is fast and reliable, and its functionality can be increased using extensions. - -Install **Cmus** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jmuc/cmus -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install cmus - -``` - -### Office Suites - -#### Calligra Suite - -The [Calligra Suite][65] provides users with a set of 8 applications which cover working with office, management, and graphics tasks. - -Install **Calligra Suite** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install calligra - -``` - -#### LibreOffice - -[LibreOffice][66] the most actively developed office suite in the open source community, LibreOffice is known for its reliability and its functions can be increased using extensions. - -Install **LibreOffice** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:libreoffice/ppa -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install libreoffice - -``` - -#### WPS Office - -[WPS Office][67] is a beautiful office suite alternative with a more modern UI. - -[**Download WPS Office for Ubuntu][68] - -### Screenshot Tools - -#### Shutter - -[Shutter][69] allows users to take screenshots of their desktop and then edit them using filters and other effects coupled with the option to upload and share them online. - -Install **Shutter** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository -y ppa:shutter/ppa -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install shutter - -``` - -#### Kazam - -[Kazam][70] screencaster captures screen content to output a video and audio file supported by any video player with VP8/WebM and PulseAudio support. - -Install **Kazam** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:kazam-team/unstable-series -$ sudo apt update -$ sudo apt install kazam python3-cairo python3-xlib - -``` - -#### Gnome Screenshot - -[Gnome Screenshot][71] was once bundled with Gnome utilities but is now a standalone app. It can be used to take screencasts in a format that is easily shareable. - -Install **Gnome Screenshot** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install gnome-screenshot - -``` - -### Screen Recorders - -#### SimpleScreenRecorder - -[SimpleScreenRecorder][72] was created to be better than the screen-recording apps available at the time of its creation and has now turned into one of the most efficient and easy-to-use screen recorders for Linux distros. - -Install **SimpleScreenRecorder** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:maarten-baert/simplescreenrecorder -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install simplescreenrecorder - -``` - -#### recordMyDesktop - -[recordMyDesktop][73] is an open source session recorder that is also capable of recording desktop session audio. - -Install **recordMyDesktop** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install gtk-recordmydesktop - -``` - -### Text Editors - -#### Atom - -[Atom][74] is a modern and customizable text editor created and maintained by GitHub. It is ready for use right out of the box and can have its functionality enhanced and its UI customized using extensions and themes. - -Install **Atom** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install snapd -$ sudo snap install atom --classic - -``` - -#### Sublime Text - -[Sublime Text][75] is easily among the most awesome text editors to date. It is customizable, lightweight (even when bulldozed with a lot of data files and extensions), flexible, and remains free to use forever. - -Install **Sublime Text** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install snapd -$ sudo snap install sublime-text - -``` - -#### Geany - -[Geany][76] is a memory-friendly text editor with basic IDE features designed to exhibit shot load times and extensible functions using libraries. - -Install **Geany** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install geany - -``` - -#### Gedit - -[Gedit][77] is famous for its simplicity and it comes preinstalled with many Linux distros because of its function as an excellent general purpose text editor. - -Install **Gedit** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install gedit - -``` - -### To-Do List Apps - -#### Evernote - -[Evernote][78] is a cloud-based note-taking productivity app designed to work perfectly with different types of notes including to-do lists and reminders. - -There is no any official evernote app for Linux, so check out other third party [6 Evernote Alternative Clients for Linux][79]. - -#### Everdo - -[Everdo][78] is a beautiful, security-conscious, low-friction Getting-Things-Done app productivity app for handling to-dos and other note types. If Evernote comes off to you in an unpleasant way, Everdo is a perfect alternative. - -[**Download Everdo for Ubuntu][80] - -#### Taskwarrior - -[Taskwarrior][81] is an open source and cross-platform command line app for managing tasks. It is famous for its speed and distraction-free environment. - -Install **Taskwarrior** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install taskwarrior - -``` - -### Video Players - -#### Banshee - -[Banshee][82] is an open source multi-format-supporting media player that was first developed in 2005 and has only been getting better since. - -Install **Banshee** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:banshee-team/ppa -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install banshee - -``` - -#### VLC - -[VLC][83] is my favourite video player and it’s so awesome that it can play almost any audio and video format you throw at it. You can also use it to play internet radio, record desktop sessions, and stream movies online. - -Install **VLC** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:videolan/stable-daily -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install vlc - -``` - -#### Kodi - -[Kodi][84] is among the world’s most famous media players and it comes as a full-fledged media centre app for playing all things media whether locally or remotely. - -Install **Kodi** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo apt-get install software-properties-common -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:team-xbmc/ppa -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install kodi - -``` - -#### SMPlayer - -[SMPlayer][85] is a GUI for the award-winning **MPlayer** and it is capable of handling all popular media formats; coupled with the ability to stream from YouTube, Chromcast, and download subtitles. - -Install **SMPlayer** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:rvm/smplayer -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install smplayer - -``` - -### Virtualization Tools - -#### VirtualBox - -[VirtualBox][86] is an open source app created for general-purpose OS virtualization and it can be run on servers, desktops, and embedded systems. - -Install **VirtualBox** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox_2016.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - -$ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install virtualbox-5.2 -$ virtualbox - -``` - -#### VMWare - -[VMware][87] is a digital workspace that provides platform virtualization and cloud computing services to customers and is reportedly the first to successfully virtualize x86 architecture systems. One of its products, VMware workstations allows users to run multiple OSes in a virtual memory. - -For installation, read our article “[How to Install VMware Workstation Pro on Ubuntu][88]“. - -### Web Browsers - -#### Chrome - -[Google Chrome][89] is undoubtedly the most popular browser. Known for its speed, simplicity, security, and beauty following Google’s Material Design trend, Chrome is a browser that web developers cannot do without. It is also free to use and open source. - -Install **Google Chrome** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ wget -q -O - https://dl-ssl.google.com/linux/linux_signing_key.pub | sudo apt-key add - -$ sudo sh -c 'echo "deb http://dl.google.com/linux/chrome/deb/ stable main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list.d/google.list' -$ sudo apt-get update -$ sudo apt-get install google-chrome-stable - -``` - -#### Firefox - -[Firefox Quantum][90] is a beautiful, speed, task-ready, and customizable browser capable of any browsing task that you throw at it. It is also free, open source, and packed with developer-friendly tools that are easy for even beginners to get up and running with. - -Install **Firefox Quantum** on **Ubuntu** and **Debian** , using following commands. -``` -$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next -$ sudo apt update && sudo apt upgrade -$ sudo apt install firefox - -``` - -#### Vivaldi - -[Vivaldi][91] is a free and open source Chrome-based project that aims to perfect Chrome’s features with a couple of more feature additions. It is known for its colourful panels, memory-friendly performance, and flexibility. - -[**Download Vivaldi for Ubuntu][91] - -That concludes our list for today. Did I skip a famous title? Tell me about it in the comments section below. - -Don’t forget to share this post and to subscribe to our newsletter to get the latest publications from FossMint. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.fossmint.com/most-used-linux-applications/ - -作者:[Martins D. Okoi][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.fossmint.com/author/dillivine/ -[1]:https://plus.google.com/share?url=https://www.fossmint.com/most-used-linux-applications/ (Share on Google+) -[2]:https://www.linkedin.com/shareArticle?mini=true&url=https://www.fossmint.com/most-used-linux-applications/ (Share on LinkedIn) -[3]:https://www.fossmint.com/awesome-linux-software/ -[4]:https://rsync.samba.org/ -[5]:https://www.tecmint.com/rsync-local-remote-file-synchronization-commands/ -[6]:https://github.com/teejee2008/timeshift -[7]:https://deluge-torrent.org/ -[8]:https://www.qbittorrent.org/ -[9]:https://transmissionbt.com/ -[10]:https://www.dropbox.com/ -[11]:https://www.google.com/drive/ -[12]:https://www.fossmint.com/best-google-drive-clients-for-linux/ -[13]:https://mega.nz/ -[14]:https://mega.nz/sync!linux -[15]:https://www.vim.org/ -[16]:https://www.gnu.org/s/emacs/ -[17]:https://www.nano-editor.org/ -[18]:https://aria2.github.io/ -[19]:http://ugetdm.com/ -[20]:http://xdman.sourceforge.net/ -[21]:https://www.thunderbird.net/ -[22]:https://github.com/GNOME/geary -[23]:https://github.com/GNOME/evolution -[24]:https://www.gnucash.org/ -[25]:https://kmymoney.org/ -[26]:https://www.eclipse.org/ide/ -[27]:https://www.tecmint.com/install-eclipse-oxygen-ide-in-ubuntu-debian/ -[28]:https://netbeans.org/ -[29]:https://www.tecmint.com/install-netbeans-ide-in-ubuntu-debian-linux-mint/ -[30]:http://brackets.io/ -[31]:https://ide.atom.io/ -[32]:http://lighttable.com/ -[33]:https://code.visualstudio.com/ -[34]:https://code.visualstudio.com/download -[35]:https://www.pidgin.im/ -[36]:https://www.skype.com/ -[37]:https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Empathy -[38]:https://www.clamav.net/ -[39]:https://dave-theunsub.github.io/clamtk/ -[40]:https://github.com/linuxmint/cinnamon-desktop -[41]:https://mate-desktop.org/ -[42]:https://www.gnome.org/ -[43]:https://www.kde.org/plasma-desktop -[44]:https://github.com/nzjrs/gnome-tweak-tool -[45]:https://github.com/oguzhaninan/Stacer -[46]:https://www.bleachbit.org/ -[47]:https://www.bleachbit.org/download -[48]:https://github.com/GNOME/gnome-terminal -[49]:https://konsole.kde.org/ -[50]:https://gnometerminator.blogspot.com/p/introduction.html -[51]:http://guake-project.org/ -[52]:https://ardour.org/ -[53]:https://www.audacityteam.org/ -[54]:https://www.gimp.org/ -[55]:https://krita.org/en/ -[56]:https://www.lwks.com/ -[57]:https://www.lwks.com/index.php?option=com_lwks&view=download&Itemid=206 -[58]:https://www.openshot.org/ -[59]:http://www.pitivi.org/ -[60]:https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Rhythmbox -[61]:https://gnumdk.github.io/lollypop-web/ -[62]:https://amarok.kde.org/en -[63]:https://www.clementine-player.org/ -[64]:https://cmus.github.io/ -[65]:https://www.calligra.org/tour/calligra-suite/ -[66]:https://www.libreoffice.org/ -[67]:https://www.wps.com/ -[68]:http://wps-community.org/downloads -[69]:http://shutter-project.org/ -[70]:https://launchpad.net/kazam -[71]:https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-screenshot -[72]:http://www.maartenbaert.be/simplescreenrecorder/ -[73]:http://recordmydesktop.sourceforge.net/about.php -[74]:https://atom.io/ -[75]:https://www.sublimetext.com/ -[76]:https://www.geany.org/ -[77]:https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Gedit -[78]:https://everdo.net/ -[79]:https://www.fossmint.com/evernote-alternatives-for-linux/ -[80]:https://everdo.net/linux/ -[81]:https://taskwarrior.org/ -[82]:http://banshee.fm/ -[83]:https://www.videolan.org/ -[84]:https://kodi.tv/ -[85]:https://www.smplayer.info/ -[86]:https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/VirtualBox -[87]:https://www.vmware.com/ -[88]:https://www.tecmint.com/install-vmware-workstation-in-linux/ -[89]:https://www.google.com/chrome/ -[90]:https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/ -[91]:https://vivaldi.com/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md b/translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96ca929009 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md @@ -0,0 +1,985 @@ +2018 年 75 个最常用的 Linux 应用程序 +====== + +对于许多应用程序来说,2018年是非常好的一年,尤其是免费开源的应用程序。尽管各种 Linux 发行版都自带了很多默认的应用程序,但用户也可以自由地选择使用它们或者其它任何免费或付费替代方案。 + +下面汇总了[一系列的 Linux 应用程序][3],这些应用程序都能够在 Linux 系统上安装,尽管还有很多其它选择。以下汇总中的任何应用程序都属于其类别中最常用的应用程序,如果你还没有用过,欢迎试用一下! + +### 备份工具 + +#### Rsync + +[Rsync][4] 是一个开源的、带宽友好的工具,它用于执行快速的增量文件传输,而且它也是一个免费工具。 +``` +$ rsync [OPTION...] SRC... [DEST] + +``` + +想要了解更多示例和用法,可以参考《[10 个使用 Rsync 命令的实际例子][5]》。 + +#### Timeshift + +[Timeshift][6] 能够通过增量快照来保护用户的系统数据,而且可以按照日期恢复指定的快照,类似于 Mac OS 中的 Time Machine 功能和 Windows 中的系统还原功能。 + +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Timeshift-Create-Linux-Mint-Snapshot.png) + +### BT(BitTorrent) 客户端 + +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Torrent-Clients.png) + +#### Deluge + +[Deluge][7] 是一个漂亮的跨平台 BT 客户端,旨在优化 μTorrent 体验,并向用户免费提供服务。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Deluge`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:deluge-team/ppa +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install deluge + +``` + +#### qBittorent + +[qBittorent][8] 是一个开源的 BT 客户端,旨在提供类似 μTorrent 的免费替代方案。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `qBittorent`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:qbittorrent-team/qbittorrent-stable +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install qbittorrent + +``` + +#### Transmission + +[Transmission][9] 是一个强大的 BT 客户端,它主要关注速度和易用性,一般在很多 Linux 发行版上都有预装。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Transmission`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:transmissionbt/ppa +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install transmission-gtk transmission-cli transmission-common transmission-daemon + +``` + +### 云存储 + +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Cloud-Storage.png) + +#### Dropbox + +[Dropbox][10] 团队在今年早些时候给他们的云服务换了一个名字,也为客户提供了更好的性能和集成了更多应用程序。Dropbox 会向用户免费提供 2 GB 存储空间。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Dropbox`。 +``` +$ cd ~ && wget -O - "https://www.dropbox.com/download?plat=lnx.x86" | tar xzf - [On 32-Bit] +$ cd ~ && wget -O - "https://www.dropbox.com/download?plat=lnx.x86_64" | tar xzf - [On 64-Bit] +$ ~/.dropbox-dist/dropboxd + +``` + +#### Google Drive + +[Google Drive][11] 是 Google 提供的云服务解决方案,这已经是一个广为人知的服务了。与 Dropbox 一样,可以通过它在所有联网的设备上同步文件。它免费提供了 15 GB 存储空间,包括Gmail、Google 图片、Google 地图等服务。 + +参考阅读:[5 个适用于 Linux 的 Google Drive 客户端][12] + +#### Mega + +[Mega][13] 也是一个出色的云存储解决方案,它的亮点除了高度的安全性之外,还有为用户免费提供高达 50 GB 的免费存储空间。它使用端到端加密,以确保用户的数据安全,所以如果忘记了恢复密钥,用户自己也无法访问到存储的数据。 + +参考阅读:[在 Ubuntu 下载 Mega 云存储客户端][14] + +### 命令行编辑器 + +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Commandline-Editors.png) + +#### Vim + +[Vim][15] 是 vi 文本编辑器的开源克隆版本,它的主要目的是可以高度定制化并能够处理任何类型的文本。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Vim`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jonathonf/vim +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install vim + +``` + +#### Emacs + +[Emacs][16] 是一个高度可配置的文本编辑器,最流行的一个分支 GNU Emacs 是用 Lisp 和 C 编写的,它的最大特点是可以自文档化、可扩展和可自定义。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Emacs`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:kelleyk/emacs +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install emacs25 + +``` + +#### Nano + +[Nano][17] 是一款功能丰富的命令行文本编辑器,比较适合高级用户。它可以通过多个终端进行不同功能的操作。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Nano`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:n-muench/programs-ppa +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install nano + +``` + +### 下载器 + +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Download-Managers.png) + +#### Aria2 + +[Aria2][18] 是一个开源的、轻量级的、多软件源和多协议的命令行下载器,它支持 Metalinks、torrents、HTTP/HTTPS、SFTP 等多种协议。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Aria2`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install aria2 + +``` + +#### uGet + +[uGet][19] 已经成为 Linux 各种发行版中排名第一的开源下载器,它可以处理任何下载任务,包括多连接、队列、类目等。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `uGet`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:plushuang-tw/uget-stable +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install uget + +``` + +#### XDM + +[XDM][20](Xtreme Download Manager)是一个使用 Java 编写的开源下载软件。和其它下载器一样,它可以结合队列、种子、浏览器使用,而且还带有视频采集器和智能调度器。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `XDM`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:noobslab/apps +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install xdman + +``` + +### 电子邮件客户端 + +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Email-Clients.png) + +#### Thunderbird + +[Thunderbird][21] 是最受欢迎的电子邮件客户端之一。它的优点包括免费、开源、可定制、功能丰富,而且最重要的是安装过程也很简便。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Thunderbird`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-mozilla-security/ppa +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install thunderbird + +``` + +#### Geary + +[Geary][22] 是一个基于 WebKitGTK+ 的开源电子邮件客户端。它是一个免费开源的功能丰富的软件,并被 GNOME 项目收录。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Geary`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:geary-team/releases +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install geary + +``` + +#### Evolution + +[Evolution][23] 是一个免费开源的电子邮件客户端,可以用于电子邮件、会议日程、备忘录和联系人的管理。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Evolution`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:gnome3-team/gnome3-staging +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install evolution + +``` + +### 财务软件 + +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-Accounting-Software.png) + +#### GnuCash + +[GnuCash][24] 是一款免费的跨平台开源软件,它适用于个人和中小型企业的财务任务。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `GnuCash`。 +``` +$ sudo sh -c 'echo "deb http://archive.getdeb.net/ubuntu $(lsb_release -sc)-getdeb apps" >> /etc/apt/sources.list.d/getdeb.list' +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install gnucash + +``` + +#### KMyMoney + +[KMyMoney][25] 是一个财务管理软件,它可以提供商用或个人理财所需的大部分主要功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `KmyMoney`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:claydoh/kmymoney2-kde4 +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install kmymoney + +``` + +### IDE 和编辑器 + +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-IDE-Editors.png) + +#### Eclipse IDE + +[Eclipse][26] 是最广为使用的 Java IDE,它包括一个基本工作空间和一个用于自定义编程环境的强大的的插件配置系统。 + +关于 Eclipse IDE 的安装,可以参考 [如何在 Debian 和 Ubuntu 上安装 Eclipse IDE][27] 这一篇文章。 + +#### Netbeans IDE + +[Netbeans][28] 是一个相当受用户欢迎的 IDE,它支持使用 Java、PHP、HTML 5、JavaScript、C/C++ 或其他语言编写移动应用,桌面软件和 web 应用。 + +关于 Netbeans IDE 的安装,可以参考 [如何在 Debian 和 Ubuntu 上安装 Netbeans IDE][29] 这一篇文章。 + +#### Brackets + +[Brackets][30] 是由 Adobe 开发的高级文本编辑器,它带有可视化工具,支持预处理程序,以及用于 web 开发的以设计为中心的用户流程。对于熟悉它的用户,它可以发挥 IDE 的作用。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Brackets`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/brackets +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install brackets + +``` + +#### Atom IDE + +[Atom IDE][31] 是一个加强版的 Atom 编辑器,它添加了大量扩展和库以提高性能和增加功能。总之,它是各方面都变得更强大了的 Atom 。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Atom`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install snapd +$ sudo snap install atom --classic + +``` + +#### Light Table + +[Light Table][32] 号称下一代的 IDE,它提供了数据流量统计和协作编程等的强大功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Light Table`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:dr-akulavich/lighttable +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install lighttable-installer + +``` + +#### Visual Studio Code + +[Visual Studio Code][33] 是由微软开发的代码编辑器,它包含了文本编辑器所需要的最先进的功能,包括语法高亮、自动完成、代码调试、性能统计和图表显示等功能。 + +参考阅读:[在Ubuntu 下载 Visual Studio Code][34] + +### 即时通信工具 + +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-IM-Clients.png) + +#### Pidgin + +[Pidgin][35] 是一个开源的即时通信工具,它几乎支持所有聊天平台,还支持额外扩展功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Pidgin`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jonathonf/backports +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install pidgin + +``` + +#### Skype + +[Skype][36] 也是一个广为人知的软件了,任何感兴趣的用户都可以在 Linux 上使用。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Skype`。 +``` +$ sudo apt install snapd +$ sudo snap install skype --classic + +``` + +#### Empathy + +[Empathy][37] 是一个支持多协议语音、视频聊天、文本和文件传输的即时通信工具。它还允许用户添加多个服务的帐户,并用其与所有服务的帐户进行交互。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Empathy`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install empathy + +``` + +### Linux 防病毒工具 + +#### ClamAV/ClamTk + +[ClamAV][38] 是一个开源的跨平台命令行防病毒工具,用于检测木马、病毒和其他恶意代码。而 [ClamTk][39] 则是它的前端 GUI。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `ClamAV` 和 `ClamTk`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install clamav +$ sudo apt-get install clamtk + +``` + +### Linux 桌面环境 + +#### Cinnamon + +[Cinnamon][40] 是 GNOME 3 的免费开源衍生产品,它遵循传统的 桌面比拟desktop metaphor 约定。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Cinnamon`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install cinnamon-desktop-environment lightdm + +``` + +#### Mate + +[Mate][41] 桌面环境是 GNOME 2 的衍生和延续,目的是在 Linux 上通过使用传统的桌面比拟提供有一个吸引力的 UI。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Mate`。 +``` +$ sudo apt install tasksel +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo tasksel install ubuntu-mate-desktop + +``` + +#### GNOME + +[GNOME][42] 是由一些免费和开源应用程序组成的桌面环境,它可以运行在任何 Linux 发行版和大多数 BSD 衍生版本上。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gnome`。 +``` +$ sudo apt install tasksel +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo tasksel install ubuntu-desktop + +``` + +#### KDE + +[KDE][43] 由 KDE 社区开发,它为用户提供图形解决方案以控制操作系统并执行不同的计算任务。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `KDE`。 +``` +$ sudo apt install tasksel +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo tasksel install kubuntu-desktop + +``` + +### Linux 维护工具 + +#### GNOME Tweak Tool + +[GNOME Tweak Tool][44] 是用于自定义和调整 GNOME 3 和 GNOME Shell 设置的流行工具。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `GNOME Tweak Tool`。 +``` +$ sudo apt install gnome-tweak-tool + +``` + +#### Stacer + +[Stacer][45] 是一款用于监控和优化 Linux 系统的免费开源应用程序。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Stacer`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:oguzhaninan/stacer +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install stacer + +``` + +#### BleachBit + +[BleachBit][46] 是一个免费的磁盘空间清理器,它也可用作隐私管理器和系统优化器。 + +参考阅读:[在 Ubuntu 下载 BleachBit][47] + +### Linux 终端工具 + +#### GNOME 终端 + +[GNOME 终端][48] 是 GNOME 的默认终端模拟器。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gnome Terminal`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install gnome-terminal + +``` + +#### Konsole + +[Konsole][49] 是 KDE 的一个终端模拟器。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Konsole`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install konsole + +``` + +#### Terminator + +[Terminator][50] 是一个功能丰富的终端程序,它基于 GNOME 终端,并且专注于整理终端功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Terminator`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install terminator + +``` + +#### Guake + +[Guake][51] 是 GNOME 桌面环境下一个轻量级的可下拉式终端。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Guake`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install guake + +``` + +### 多媒体编辑工具 + +#### Ardour + +[Ardour][52] 是一款漂亮的的数字音频工作站Digital Audio Workstation,可以完成专业的录制、编辑和混音工作。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Ardour`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:dobey/audiotools +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install ardour + +``` + +#### Audacity + +[Audacity][53] 是最著名的音频编辑软件之一,它是一款跨平台的开源多轨音频编辑器。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Audacity`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntuhandbook1/audacity +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install audacity + +``` + +#### GIMP + +[GIMP][54] 是 Photoshop 的开源替代品中最受欢迎的。这是因为它有多种可自定义的选项、第三方插件以及活跃的用户社区。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gimp`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:otto-kesselgulasch/gimp +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install gimp + +``` + +#### Krita + +[Krita][55] 是一款开源的绘画程序,它具有美观的 UI 和可靠的性能,也可以用作图像处理工具。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Krita`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:kritalime/ppa +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install krita + +``` + +#### Lightworks + +[Lightworks][56] 是一款功能强大、灵活美观的专业视频编辑工具。它拥有上百种配套的视觉效果功能,可以处理任何编辑任务,毕竟这个软件已经有长达 25 年的视频处理经验。 + +参考阅读:[在 Ubuntu 下载 Lightworks][57] + +#### OpenShot + +[OpenShot][58] 是一款屡获殊荣的免费开源视频编辑器,这主要得益于其出色的性能和强大的功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Openshot`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:openshot.developers/ppa +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install openshot-qt + +``` + +#### PiTiV + +[Pitivi][59] 也是一个美观的视频编辑器,它有优美的代码库、优质的社区,还支持优秀的协作编辑功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `PiTiV`。 +``` +$ flatpak install --user https://flathub.org/repo/appstream/org.pitivi.Pitivi.flatpakref +$ flatpak install --user http://flatpak.pitivi.org/pitivi.flatpakref +$ flatpak run org.pitivi.Pitivi//stable + +``` + +### 音乐播放器 + +#### Rhythmbox + +[Rhythmbox][60] 支持海量种类的音乐,目前被认为是最可靠的音乐播放器,并由 Ubuntu 自带。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Rhythmbox`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:fossfreedom/rhythmbox +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install rhythmbox + +``` + +#### Lollypop + +[Lollypop][61] 是一款较为年轻的开源音乐播放器,它有很多高级选项,包括网络电台,滑动播放和派对模式。尽管功能繁多,它仍然尽量做到简单易管理。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Lollypop`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:gnumdk/lollypop +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install lollypop + +``` + +#### Amarok + +[Amarok][62] 是一款功能强大的音乐播放器,它有一个直观的 UI 和大量的高级功能,而且允许用户根据自己的偏好去发现新音乐。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Amarok`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install amarok + +``` + +#### Clementine + +[Clementine][63] 是一款 Amarok 风格的音乐播放器,因此和 Amarok 相似,也有直观的用户界面、先进的控制模块,以及让用户搜索和发现新音乐的功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Clementine`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:me-davidsansome/clementine +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install clementine + +``` + +#### Cmus + +[Cmus][64] 可以说是最高效的的命令行界面音乐播放器了,它具有快速可靠的特点,也支持使用扩展。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Cmus`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jmuc/cmus +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install cmus + +``` + +### 办公软件 + +#### Calligra 套件 + +Calligra 套件为用户提供了一套总共 8 个应用程序,涵盖办公、管理、图表等各个范畴。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Calligra` 套件。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install calligra + +``` + +#### LibreOffice + +[LibreOffice][66] 是开源社区中开发过程最活跃的办公套件,它以可靠性著称,也可以通过扩展来添加功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `LibreOffice`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:libreoffice/ppa +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install libreoffice + +``` + +#### WPS Office + +[WPS Office][67] 是一款漂亮的办公套件,它有一个很具现代感的 UI。 + +参考阅读:[在 Ubuntu 安装 WPS Office][68] + +### 屏幕截图工具 + +#### Shutter + +[Shutter][69] 允许用户截取桌面的屏幕截图,然后使用一些效果进行编辑,还支持上传和在线共享。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Shutter`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository -y ppa:shutter/ppa +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install shutter + +``` + +#### Kazam + +[Kazam][70] 可以用于捕获屏幕截图,它的输出对于任何支持 VP8/WebM 和 PulseAudio 视频播放器都可用。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Kazam`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:kazam-team/unstable-series +$ sudo apt update +$ sudo apt install kazam python3-cairo python3-xlib + +``` + +#### Gnome Screenshot + +[Gnome Screenshot][71] 过去曾经和 Gnome 一起捆绑,但现在已经独立出来。它以易于共享的格式进行截屏。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gnome Screenshot`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install gnome-screenshot + +``` + +### 录屏工具 + +#### SimpleScreenRecorder + +[SimpleScreenRecorder][72] 面世时已经是录屏工具中的佼佼者,现在已成为 Linux 各个发行版中最有效、最易用的录屏工具之一。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `SimpleScreenRecorder`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:maarten-baert/simplescreenrecorder +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install simplescreenrecorder + +``` + +#### recordMyDesktop + +[recordMyDesktop][73] 是一个开源的会话记录器,它也能记录桌面会话的音频。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `recordMyDesktop`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install gtk-recordmydesktop + +``` + +### Text Editors + +#### Atom + +[Atom][74] 是由 GitHub 开发和维护的可定制文本编辑器。它是开箱即用的,但也可以使用扩展和主题自定义 UI 来增强其功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Atom`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install snapd +$ sudo snap install atom --classic + +``` + +#### Sublime Text + +[Sublime Text][75] 已经成为目前最棒的文本编辑器。它可定制、轻量灵活(即使打开了大量数据文件和加入了大量扩展),最重要的是可以永久免费使用。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Sublime Text`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install snapd +$ sudo snap install sublime-text + +``` + +#### Geany + +[Geany][76] 是一个内存友好的文本编辑器,它具有基本的IDE功能,可以显示加载时间、扩展库函数等。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Geany`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install geany + +``` + +#### Gedit + +[Gedit][77] 以其简单著称,在很多 Linux 发行版都有预装,它具有文本编辑器都具有的优秀的功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gedit`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install gedit + +``` + +### 备忘录软件 + +#### Evernote + +[Evernote][78] 是一款云上的笔记程序,它带有待办列表和提醒功能,能够与不同类型的笔记完美配合。 + +Evernote 在 Linux 上没有官方提供的软件,但可以参考 [Linux 上的 6 个 Evernote 替代客户端][79] 这篇文章使用其它第三方工具。 + +#### Everdo + +[Everdo][78] 是一款美观,安全,易兼容的备忘软件,可以用于处理待办事项和其它笔记。如果你认为 Evernote 有所不足,相信 Everdo 会是一个好的替代。 + +参考阅读:[在 Ubuntu 下载 Everdo][80] + +#### Taskwarrior + +[Taskwarrior][81] 是一个用于管理个人任务的开源跨平台命令行应用,它的速度和无干扰的环境是它的两大特点。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Taskwarrior`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install taskwarrior + +``` + +### 视频播放器 + +#### Banshee + +[Banshee][82] 是一个开源的支持多格式的媒体播放器,于 2005 年开始开发并逐渐成长。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Banshee`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:banshee-team/ppa +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install banshee + +``` + +#### VLC + +[VLC][83] 是我最喜欢的视频播放器,它几乎可以播放任何格式的音频和视频,它还可以播放网络电台、录制桌面会话以及在线播放电影。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `VLC`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:videolan/stable-daily +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install vlc + +``` + +#### Kodi + +[Kodi][84] 是世界上最着名的媒体播放器之一,它有一个成熟的媒体中心,可以播放本地和远程的多媒体文件。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Kodi`。 +``` +$ sudo apt-get install software-properties-common +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:team-xbmc/ppa +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install kodi + +``` + +#### SMPlayer + +[SMPlayer][85] 是 MPlayer 的 GUI 版本,所有流行的媒体格式它都能够处理,并且它还有从 YouTube 和 Chromcast 和下载字幕的功能。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `SMPlayer`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:rvm/smplayer +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install smplayer + +``` + +### 虚拟化工具 + +#### VirtualBox + +[VirtualBox][86] 是一个用于操作系统虚拟化的开源应用程序,在服务器、台式机和嵌入式系统上都可以运行。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `VirtualBox`。 +``` +$ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox_2016.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - +$ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install virtualbox-5.2 +$ virtualbox + +``` + +#### VMWare + +[VMware][87] 是一个为客户提供平台虚拟化和云计算服务的数字工作区,是第一个成功将 x86 架构系统虚拟化的工作站。 VMware 工作站的其中一个产品就允许用户在虚拟内存中运行多个操作系统。 + +参阅 [在 Ubuntu 上安装 VMWare Workstation Pro][88] 可以了解 VMWare 的安装。 + +### 浏览器 + +#### Chrome + +[Google Chrome][89] 无疑是最受欢迎的浏览器。Chrome 以其速度、简洁、安全、美观而受人喜爱,它遵循了 Google 的界面设计风格,是 web 开发人员不可缺少的浏览器,同时它也是免费开源的。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Google Chrome`。 +``` +$ wget -q -O - https://dl-ssl.google.com/linux/linux_signing_key.pub | sudo apt-key add - +$ sudo sh -c 'echo "deb http://dl.google.com/linux/chrome/deb/ stable main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list.d/google.list' +$ sudo apt-get update +$ sudo apt-get install google-chrome-stable + +``` + +#### Firefox + +[Firefox Quantum][90] 是一款漂亮、快速、完善并且可自定义的浏览器。它也是免费开源的,包含有开发人员所需要的工具,对于初学者也没有任何使用门槛。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Firefox Quantum`。 +``` +$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next +$ sudo apt update && sudo apt upgrade +$ sudo apt install firefox + +``` + +#### Vivaldi + +[Vivaldi][91] 是一个基于 Chrome 的免费开源项目,旨在通过添加扩展来使 Chrome 的功能更加完善。色彩丰富的界面,性能良好、灵活性强是它的几大特点。 + +参考阅读:[在 Ubuntu 下载 Vivaldi][91] + +That concludes our list for today. Did I skip a famous title? Tell me about it in the comments section below. +以上就是我的推荐,你还有更好的软件向大家分享吗?欢迎评论。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.fossmint.com/most-used-linux-applications/ + +作者:[Martins D. Okoi][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.fossmint.com/author/dillivine/ +[1]:https://plus.google.com/share?url=https://www.fossmint.com/most-used-linux-applications/ "Share on Google+" +[2]:https://www.linkedin.com/shareArticle?mini=true&url=https://www.fossmint.com/most-used-linux-applications/ "Share on LinkedIn" +[3]:https://www.fossmint.com/awesome-linux-software/ +[4]:https://rsync.samba.org/ +[5]:https://www.tecmint.com/rsync-local-remote-file-synchronization-commands/ +[6]:https://github.com/teejee2008/timeshift +[7]:https://deluge-torrent.org/ +[8]:https://www.qbittorrent.org/ +[9]:https://transmissionbt.com/ +[10]:https://www.dropbox.com/ +[11]:https://www.google.com/drive/ +[12]:https://www.fossmint.com/best-google-drive-clients-for-linux/ +[13]:https://mega.nz/ +[14]:https://mega.nz/sync!linux +[15]:https://www.vim.org/ +[16]:https://www.gnu.org/s/emacs/ +[17]:https://www.nano-editor.org/ +[18]:https://aria2.github.io/ +[19]:http://ugetdm.com/ +[20]:http://xdman.sourceforge.net/ +[21]:https://www.thunderbird.net/ +[22]:https://github.com/GNOME/geary +[23]:https://github.com/GNOME/evolution +[24]:https://www.gnucash.org/ +[25]:https://kmymoney.org/ +[26]:https://www.eclipse.org/ide/ +[27]:https://www.tecmint.com/install-eclipse-oxygen-ide-in-ubuntu-debian/ +[28]:https://netbeans.org/ +[29]:https://www.tecmint.com/install-netbeans-ide-in-ubuntu-debian-linux-mint/ +[30]:http://brackets.io/ +[31]:https://ide.atom.io/ +[32]:http://lighttable.com/ +[33]:https://code.visualstudio.com/ +[34]:https://code.visualstudio.com/download +[35]:https://www.pidgin.im/ +[36]:https://www.skype.com/ +[37]:https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Empathy +[38]:https://www.clamav.net/ +[39]:https://dave-theunsub.github.io/clamtk/ +[40]:https://github.com/linuxmint/cinnamon-desktop +[41]:https://mate-desktop.org/ +[42]:https://www.gnome.org/ +[43]:https://www.kde.org/plasma-desktop +[44]:https://github.com/nzjrs/gnome-tweak-tool +[45]:https://github.com/oguzhaninan/Stacer +[46]:https://www.bleachbit.org/ +[47]:https://www.bleachbit.org/download +[48]:https://github.com/GNOME/gnome-terminal +[49]:https://konsole.kde.org/ +[50]:https://gnometerminator.blogspot.com/p/introduction.html +[51]:http://guake-project.org/ +[52]:https://ardour.org/ +[53]:https://www.audacityteam.org/ +[54]:https://www.gimp.org/ +[55]:https://krita.org/en/ +[56]:https://www.lwks.com/ +[57]:https://www.lwks.com/index.php?option=com_lwks&view=download&Itemid=206 +[58]:https://www.openshot.org/ +[59]:http://www.pitivi.org/ +[60]:https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Rhythmbox +[61]:https://gnumdk.github.io/lollypop-web/ +[62]:https://amarok.kde.org/en +[63]:https://www.clementine-player.org/ +[64]:https://cmus.github.io/ +[65]:https://www.calligra.org/tour/calligra-suite/ +[66]:https://www.libreoffice.org/ +[67]:https://www.wps.com/ +[68]:http://wps-community.org/downloads +[69]:http://shutter-project.org/ +[70]:https://launchpad.net/kazam +[71]:https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-screenshot +[72]:http://www.maartenbaert.be/simplescreenrecorder/ +[73]:http://recordmydesktop.sourceforge.net/about.php +[74]:https://atom.io/ +[75]:https://www.sublimetext.com/ +[76]:https://www.geany.org/ +[77]:https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Gedit +[78]:https://everdo.net/ +[79]:https://www.fossmint.com/evernote-alternatives-for-linux/ +[80]:https://everdo.net/linux/ +[81]:https://taskwarrior.org/ +[82]:http://banshee.fm/ +[83]:https://www.videolan.org/ +[84]:https://kodi.tv/ +[85]:https://www.smplayer.info/ +[86]:https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/VirtualBox +[87]:https://www.vmware.com/ +[88]:https://www.tecmint.com/install-vmware-workstation-in-linux/ +[89]:https://www.google.com/chrome/ +[90]:https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/ +[91]:https://vivaldi.com/ + From 64590224e4820f7cd08ea711bd4d280bf5f855a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: brifuture Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 14:42:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 363/437] Translation completed --- ...stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md | 202 ------------------ ...stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md | 195 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 195 insertions(+), 202 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md b/sources/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md deleted file mode 100644 index 566d29d768..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -BriFuture is translating this article - -The user’s home dashboard in our app, AlignHow we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks -============================================================ - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*PgKBpQHRUgqpXcxtyehPZg.png) - -### A simple step-by-step guide to go from idea to deployed app - -My three months of coding bootcamp at the Grace Hopper Program have come to a close, and the title of this article is actually not quite true — I’ve now built  _three_  full-stack apps: [an e-commerce store from scratch][3], a [personal hackathon project][4] of my choice, and finally, a three-week capstone project. That capstone project was by far the most intensive— a three week journey with two teammates — and it is my proudest achievement from bootcamp. It is the first robust, complex app I have ever fully built and designed. - -As most developers know, even when you “know how to code”, it can be really overwhelming to embark on the creation of your first full-stack app. The JavaScript ecosystem is incredibly vast: with package managers, modules, build tools, transpilers, databases, libraries, and decisions to be made about all of them, it’s no wonder that so many budding coders never build anything beyond Codecademy tutorials. That’s why I want to walk you through a step-by-step guide of the decisions and steps my team took to create our live app, Align. - -* * * - -First, some context. Align is a web app that uses an intuitive timeline interface to help users set long-term goals and manage them over time.Our stack includes Firebase for back-end services and React on the front end. My teammates and I explain more in this short video: - -[video](https://youtu.be/YacM6uYP2Jo) - -Demoing Align @ Demo Day Live // July 10, 2017 - -So how did we go from Day 1, when we were assigned our teams, to the final live app? Here’s a rundown of the steps we took: - -* * * - -### Step 1: Ideate - -The first step was to figure out what exactly we wanted to build. In my past life as a consultant at IBM, I led ideation workshops with corporate leaders. Pulling from that, I suggested to my group the classic post-it brainstorming strategy, in which we all scribble out as many ideas as we can — even ‘stupid ones’ — so that people’s brains keep moving and no one avoids voicing ideas out of fear. - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*-M4xa9_HJylManvLoraqaQ.jpeg) - -After generating a few dozen app ideas, we sorted them into categories to gain a better understanding of what themes we were collectively excited about. In our group, we saw a clear trend towards ideas surrounding self-improvement, goal-setting, nostalgia, and personal development. From that, we eventually honed in on a specific idea: a personal dashboard for setting and managing long-term goals, with elements of memory-keeping and data visualization over time. - -From there, we created a set of user stories — descriptions of features we wanted to have, from an end-user perspective — to elucidate what exactly we wanted our app to do. - -### Step 2: Wireframe UX/UI - -Next, on a white board, we drew out the basic views we envisioned in our app. We incorporated our set of user stories to understand how these views would work in a skeletal app framework. - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/400/1*r5FBoa8JsYOoJihDgrpzhg.jpeg) - - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/400/1*0O8ZWiyUgWm0b8wEiHhuPw.jpeg) - - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/400/1*y9Q5v-sF0PWmkhthcW338g.jpeg) - -These sketches ensured we were all on the same page, and provided a visual blueprint going forward of what exactly we were all working towards. - -### Step 3: Choose a data structure and type of database - -It was now time to design our data structure. Based on our wireframes and user stories, we created a list in a Google doc of the models we would need and what attributes each should include. We knew we needed a ‘goal’ model, a ‘user’ model, a ‘milestone’ model, and a ‘checkin’ model, as well as eventually a ‘resource’ model, and an ‘upload’ model. - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*oA3mzyixVzsvnN_egw1xwg.png) -Our initial sketch of our data models - -After informally sketching the models out, we needed to choose a  _type _ of database: ‘relational’ vs. ‘non-relational’ (a.k.a. ‘SQL’ vs. ‘NoSQL’). Whereas SQL databases are table-based and need predefined schema, NoSQL databases are document-based and have dynamic schema for unstructured data. - -For our use case, it didn’t matter much whether we used a SQL or a No-SQL database, so we ultimately chose Google’s cloud NoSQL database Firebasefor other reasons: - -1. It could hold user image uploads in its cloud storage - -2. It included WebSocket integration for real-time updating - -3. It could handle our user authentication and offer easy OAuth integration - -Once we chose a database, it was time to understand the relations between our data models. Since Firebase is NoSQL, we couldn’t create join tables or set up formal relations like  _“Checkins belongTo Goals”_ . Instead, we needed to figure out what the JSON tree would look like, and how the objects would be nested (or not). Ultimately, we structured our model like this: - - ** 此处有Canvas,请手动处理 ** - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*py0hQy-XHZWmwff3PM6F1g.png) -Our final Firebase data scheme for the Goal object. Note that Milestones & Checkins are nested under Goals. - - _(Note: Firebase prefers shallow, normalized data structures for efficiency, but for our use case, it made most sense to nest it, since we would never be pulling a Goal from the database without its child Milestones and Checkins.)_ - -### Step 4: Set up Github and an agile workflow - -We knew from the start that staying organized and practicing agile development would serve us well. We set up a Github repo, on which weprevented merging to master to force ourselves to review each other’s code. - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*5kDNcvJpr2GyZ0YqLauCoQ.png) - -We also created an agile board on [Waffle.io][5], which is free and has easy integration with Github. On the Waffle board, we listed our user stories as well as bugs we knew we needed to fix. Later, when we started coding, we would each create git branches for the user story we were currently working on, moving it from swim lane to swim lane as we made progress. - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*gnWqGwQsdGtpt3WOwe0s_A.gif) - -We also began holding “stand-up” meetings each morning to discuss the previous day’s progress and any blockers each of us were encountering. This meeting often decided the day’s flow — who would be pair programming, and who would work on an issue solo. - -I highly recommend some sort of structured workflow like this, as it allowed us to clearly define our priorities and make efficient progress without any interpersonal conflict. - -### Step 5: Choose & download a boilerplate - -Because the JavaScript ecosystem is so complicated, we opted not to build our app from absolute ground zero. It felt unnecessary to spend valuable time wiring up our Webpack build scripts and loaders, and our symlink that pointed to our project directory. My team chose the [Firebones][6] skeleton because it fit our use case, but there are many open-source skeleton options available to choose from. - -### Step 6: Write back-end API routes (or Firebase listeners) - -If we weren’t using a cloud-based database, this would have been the time to start writing our back-end Express routes to make requests to our database. But since we were using Firebase, which is already in the cloud and has a different way of communicating with code, we just worked to set up our first successful database listener. - -To ensure our listener was working, we coded out a basic user form for creating a Goal, and saw that, indeed, when we filled out the form, our database was live-updating. We were connected! - -### Step 7: Build a “Proof Of Concept” - -Our next step was to create a “proof of concept” for our app, or a prototype of the most difficult fundamental features to implement, demonstrating that our app  _could _ eventuallyexist. For us, this meant finding a front-end library to satisfactorily render timelines, and connecting it to Firebase successfully to display some seed data in our database. - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*d5Wu3fOlX8Xdqix1RPZWSA.png) -Basic Victory.JS timelines - -We found Victory.JS, a React library built on D3, and spent a day reading the documentation and putting together a very basic example of a  _VictoryLine_  component and a  _VictoryScatter_  component to visually display data from the database. Indeed, it worked! We were ready to build. - -### Step 8: Code out the features - -Finally, it was time to build out all the exciting functionality of our app. This is a giant step that will obviously vary widely depending on the app you’re personally building. We looked at our wireframes and started coding out the individual user stories in our Waffle. This often included touching both front-end and back-end code (for example, creating a front-end form and also connecting it to the database). Our features ranged from major to minor, and included things like: - -* ability to create new goals, milestones, and checkins - -* ability to delete goals, milestones, and checkins - -* ability to change a timeline’s name, color, and details - -* ability to zoom in on timelines - -* ability to add links to resources - -* ability to upload media - -* ability to bubble up resources and media from milestones and checkins to their associated goals - -* rich text editor integration - -* user signup / authentication / OAuth - -* popover to view timeline options - -* loading screens - -For obvious reasons, this step took up the bulk of our time — this phase is where most of the meaty code happened, and each time we finished a feature, there were always more to build out! - -### Step 9: Choose and code the design scheme - -Once we had an MVP of the functionality we desired in our app, it was time to clean it up and make it pretty. My team used Material-UI for components like form fields, menus, and login tabs, which ensured everything looked sleek, polished, and coherent without much in-depth design knowledge. - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*PCRFAbsPBNPYhz6cBgWRCw.gif) -This was one of my favorite features to code out. Its beauty is so satisfying! - -We spent a while choosing a color scheme and editing the CSS, which provided us a nice break from in-the-trenches coding. We also designed alogo and uploaded a favicon. - -### Step 10: Find and squash bugs - -While we should have been using test-driven development from the beginning, time constraints left us with precious little time for anything but features. This meant that we spent the final two days simulating every user flow we could think of and hunting our app for bugs. - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*X8JUwTeCAkIcvhKofcbIDA.png) - -This process was not the most systematic, but we found plenty of bugs to keep us busy, including a bug in which the loading screen would last indefinitely in certain situations, and one in which the resource component had stopped working entirely. Fixing bugs can be annoying, but when it finally works, it’s extremely satisfying. - -### Step 11: Deploy the live app - -The final step was to deploy our app so it would be available live! Because we were using Firebase to store our data, we deployed to Firebase Hosting, which was intuitive and simple. If your back end uses a different database, you can use Heroku or DigitalOcean. Generally, deployment directions are readily available on the hosting site. - -We also bought a cheap domain name on Namecheap.com to make our app more polished and easy to find. - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*gAuM_vWpv_U53xcV3tQINg.png) - -* * * - -And that was it — we were suddenly the co-creators of a real live full-stack app that someone could use! If we had a longer runway, Step 12 would have been to run A/B testing on users, so we could better understand how actual users interact with our app and what they’d like to see in a V2. - -For now, however, we’re happy with the final product, and with the immeasurable knowledge and understanding we gained throughout this process. Check out Align [here][7]! - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*KbqmSW-PMjgfWYWS_vGIqg.jpeg) -Team Align: Sara Kladky (left), Melanie Mohn (center), and myself. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://medium.com/ladies-storm-hackathons/how-we-built-our-first-full-stack-javascript-web-app-in-three-weeks-8a4668dbd67c?imm_mid=0f581a&cmp=em-web-na-na-newsltr_20170816 - -作者:[Sophia Ciocca ][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://medium.com/@sophiaciocca?source=post_header_lockup -[1]:https://medium.com/@sophiaciocca?source=post_header_lockup -[2]:https://medium.com/@sophiaciocca?source=post_header_lockup -[3]:https://github.com/limitless-leggings/limitless-leggings -[4]:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qyLoInHNjoc -[5]:http://www.waffle.io/ -[6]:https://github.com/FullstackAcademy/firebones -[7]:https://align.fun/ -[8]:https://github.com/align-capstone/align -[9]:https://github.com/sophiaciocca -[10]:https://github.com/Kladky -[11]:https://github.com/melaniemohn diff --git a/translated/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md b/translated/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90448211c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20170810 How we built our first full-stack JavaScript web app in three weeks.md @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +三周内构建 JavaScript 全栈 web 应用 +============================================================ + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*PgKBpQHRUgqpXcxtyehPZg.png) +应用 Align 中,用户主页的控制面板 + +### 从构思到部署应用程序的简单分步指南 + +我在 Grace Hopper Program 为期三个月的编码训练营即将结束,实际上这篇文章的标题有些纰漏 —— 现在我已经构建了 _三个_ 全栈应用:[从零开始的电子商店(an e-commerce store from scratch)][3]、我个人的 [私人黑客马拉松项目(personal hackathon project)][4],还有这个“三周的结业项目”。这个项目是迄今为止强度最大的 —— 我和另外两名队友共同花费三周的时光 —— 而它也是我在训练营中最引以为豪的成就。这是我目前所构建和涉及的第一款稳定且复杂的应用。 + +如大多数开发者所知,即使你“知道怎么编写代码”,但真正要制作第一款全栈的应用却是非常困难的。JavaScript 生态系统出奇的大:有包管理器,模块,构建工具,转译器,数据库,库文件,还要对上述所有东西进行选择,难怪如此多的编程新手除了 Codecademy 的教程外,做不了任何东西。这就是为什么我想让你体验这个决策的分布教程,跟着我们队伍的脚印,构建可用的应用。 + +* * * + +首先,简单的说两句。Align 是一个 web 应用,它使用直观的时间线界面帮助用户管理时间、设定长期目标。我们的技术栈有:用于后端服务的 Firebase 和用于前端的 React。我和我的队友在这个短视频中解释的更详细: + +[video](https://youtu.be/YacM6uYP2Jo) + +展示 Align @ Demo Day Live // 2017 年 7 月 10 日 + +从第 1 天(我们组建团队的那天)开始,直到最终应用的完成,我们是如何做的?这里是我们采取的步骤纲要: + +* * * + +### 第 1 步:构思 + +第一步是弄清楚我们到底要构建什么东西。过去我在 IBM 中当咨询师的时候,我和合作组长一同带领着构思工作组。从那之后,我一直建议小组使用经典的头脑风暴策略,在会议中我们能够提出尽可能多的想法 —— 即使是 “愚蠢的想法” —— 这样每个人的大脑都在思考,没有人因顾虑而不敢发表意见。 + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*-M4xa9_HJylManvLoraqaQ.jpeg) + +在产生了好几个关于应用的想法时,我们把这些想法分类记录下来,以便更好的理解我们大家都感兴趣的主题。在我们这个小组中,我们看到实现想法的清晰趋势,需要自我改进、设定目标、情怀,还有个人发展。我们最后从中决定了具体的想法:做一个用于设置和管理长期目标的控制面板,有保存记忆的元素,可以根据时间将数据可视化。 + +从此,我们创作出了一系列用户故事(从一个终端用户的视角,对我们想要拥有的功能进行描述),阐明我们到底想要应用实现什么功能。 + +### 第 2 步:UX/UI 示意图 + +接下来,在一块白板上,我们画出了想象中应用的基本视图。结合了用户故事,以便理解在应用基本框架中这些视图将会如何工作。 + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/400/1*r5FBoa8JsYOoJihDgrpzhg.jpeg) + + + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/400/1*0O8ZWiyUgWm0b8wEiHhuPw.jpeg) + + + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/400/1*y9Q5v-sF0PWmkhthcW338g.jpeg) + +这些骨架确保我们意见统一,提供了可预见的蓝图,让我们向着计划的方向努力。 + +### 第 3 步:选好数据结构和数据库类型 + +到了设计数据结构的时候。基于我们的示意图和用户故事,我们在 Google doc 中制作了一个清单,它包含我们将会需要的模型和每个模型应该包含的属性。我们知道需要 “目标(goal)” 模型、“用户(user)”模型、“里程碑(milestone)”模型、“记录(checkin)”模型还有最后的“资源(resource)”模型和“上传(upload)”模型, + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*oA3mzyixVzsvnN_egw1xwg.png) +最初的数据模型结构 + +在正式确定好这些模型后,我们需要选择某种 _类型_ 的数据库:“关系型的”还是“非关系型的”(也就是“SQL”还是“NoSQL”)。由于基于表的 SQL 数据库需要预定义的格式,而基于文档的 NoSQL 数据库却可以用动态格式描述非结构化数据。 + +对于我们这个情况,用 SQL 型还是 No-SQL 型的数据库没多大影响,由于下列原因,我们最终选择了 Google 的 NoSQL 云数据库 Firebase: + +1. 它能够把用户上传的图片保存在云端并存储起来 + +2. 它包含 WebSocket 功能,能够实时更新 + +3. 它能够处理用户验证,并且提供简单的 OAuth 功能。 + +我们确定了数据库后,就要理解数据模型之间的关系了。由于 Firebase 是 NoSQL 类型,我们无法创建联合表或者设置像 _"记录 (Checkins)属于目标(Goals)"_ 的从属关系。因此我们需要弄清楚 JSON 树是什么样的,对象是怎样嵌套的(或者不是嵌套的关系)。最终,我们构建了像这样的模型: + + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*py0hQy-XHZWmwff3PM6F1g.png) +我们最终为目标(Goal)对象确定的 Firebase 数据格式。注意里程碑(Milestones)和记录(Checkins)对象嵌套在 Goals 中。 + +_(注意: 出于性能考虑,Firebase 更倾向于简单、常规的数据结构, 但对于我们这种情况,需要在数据中进行嵌套,因为我们不会从数据库中获取目标(Goal)却不获取相应的子对象里程碑(Milestones)和记录(Checkins)。)_ + +### 第 4 步:设置好 Github 和敏捷开发工作流 + +我们知道,从一开始就保持井然有序、执行敏捷开发对我们有极大好处。我们设置好 Github 上的仓库,我们无法直接将代码合并到主(master)分支,这迫使我们互相审阅代码。 + + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*5kDNcvJpr2GyZ0YqLauCoQ.png) + +我们还在 [Waffle.io][5] 网站上创建了敏捷开发的面板,它是免费的,很容易集成到 Github。我们在 Waffle 面板上罗列出所有用户故事以及需要我们去修复的 bugs。之后当我们开始编码时,我们每个人会为自己正在研究的每一个用户故事创建一个 git 分支,在完成工作后合并这一条条的分支。 + + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*gnWqGwQsdGtpt3WOwe0s_A.gif) + +我们还开始保持晨会的习惯,讨论前一天的工作和每一个人遇到的阻碍。会议常常决定了当天的流程 —— 哪些人要结对编程,哪些人要独自处理问题。 + +我认为这种类型的工作流程非常好,因为它让我们能够清楚地找到自己的定位,不用顾虑人际矛盾地高效执行工作。 + +### 第 5 步: 选择、下载样板文件 + +由于 JavaScript 的生态系统过于复杂,我们不打算从最底层开始构建应用。把宝贵的时间花在连通 Webpack 构建脚本和加载器,把符号链接指向项目工程这些事情上感觉很没必要。我的团队选择了 [Firebones][6] 框架,因为它恰好适用于我们这个情况,当然还有很多可供选择的开源框架。 + +### 第 6 步:编写后端 API 路由(或者 Firebase 监听器) + +如果我们没有用基于云的数据库,这时就应该开始编写执行数据库查询的后端高速路由了。但是由于我们用的是 Firebase,它本身就是云端的,可以用不同的方式进行代码交互,因此我们只需要设置好一个可用的数据库监听器。 + +为了确保监听器在工作,我们用代码做出了用于创建目标(Goal)的基本用户表格,实际上当我们完成表格时,就看到数据库执行可更新。数据库就成功连接了! + +### 第 7 步:构建 “概念证明” + +接下来是为应用创建 “概念证明”,也可以说是实现起来最复杂的基本功能的原型,证明我们的应用 _可以_ 实现。对我们而言,这意味着要找个前端库来实现时间线的渲染,成功连接到 Firebase,显示数据库中的一些种子数据。 + + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*d5Wu3fOlX8Xdqix1RPZWSA.png) +Victory.JS 绘制的简单时间线 + +我们找到了基于 D3 构建的响应式库 Victory.JS,花了一天时间阅读文档,用 _VictoryLine_ 和 _VictoryScatter_ 组件实现了非常基础的示例,能够可视化地显示数据库中的数据。实际上,这很有用!我们可以开始构建了。 + +### 第 8 步:用代码实现功能 + +最后,是时候构建出应用中那些令人期待的功能了。取决于你要构建的应用,这一重要步骤会有些明显差异。我们根据所用的框架,编码出不同的用户故事并保存在 Waffle 上。常常需要同时接触前端和后端代码(比如,创建一个前端表格同时要连接到数据库)。我们实现了包含以下这些大大小小的功能: + +* 能够创建新目标(goals)、里程碑(milestones)和记录(checkins) + +* 能够删除目标,里程碑和记录 + +* 能够更改时间线的名称,颜色和详细内容 + +* 能够缩放时间线 + +* 能够为资源添加链接 + +* 能够上传视频 + +* 在达到相关目标的里程碑和记录时弹出资源和视频 + +* 集成富文本编辑器 + +* 用户注册、验证、OAuth 验证 + +* 弹出查看时间线选项 + +* 加载画面 + +有各种原因,这一步花了我们很多时间 —— 这一阶段是产生最多优质代码的阶段,每当我们实现了一个功能,就会有更多的事情要完善。 + +### 第 9 步: 选择并实现设计方案 + +当我们使用 MVP 架构实现了想要的功能,就可以开始清理,对它进行美化了。像表单,菜单和登陆栏等组件,我的团队用的是 Material-UI,不需要很多深层次的设计知识,它也能确保每个组件看上去都很圆润光滑。 + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*PCRFAbsPBNPYhz6cBgWRCw.gif) +这是我制作的最喜爱功能之一了。它美得令人心旷神怡。 + +我们花了一点时间来选择颜色方案和编写 CSS ,这让我们在编程中休息了一段美妙的时间。期间我们还设计了 logo 图标,还上传了网站图标。 + +### 第 10 步: 找出并减少 bug + +我们一开始就应该使用测试驱动开发的模式,但时间有限,我们那点时间只够用来实现功能。这意味着最后的两天时间我们花在了模拟我们能够想到的每一种用户流,并从应用中找出 bug。 + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*X8JUwTeCAkIcvhKofcbIDA.png) + +这一步是最不具系统性的,但是我们发现了一堆够我们忙乎的 bug,其中一个是在某些情况下加载动画不会结束的 bug,还有一个是资源组件会完全停止运行的 bug。修复 bug 是件令人恼火的事情,但当软件可以运行时,又特别令人满足。 + +### 第 11 步:应用上线 + +最后一步是上线应用,这样才可以让用户使用它!由于我们使用 Firebase 存储数据,因此我们使用了 Firebase Hosting,它很直观也很简单。如果你要选择其它的数据库,你可以使用 Heroku 或者 DigitalOcean。一般来讲,可以在主机网站中查看使用说明。 + +我们还在 Namecheap.com 上购买了一个便宜的域名,这让我们的应用更加完善,很容易被找到。 + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*gAuM_vWpv_U53xcV3tQINg.png) + +* * * + +好了,这就是全部的过程 —— 我们都是这款实用的全栈应用的合作开发者。如果要继续讲,那么第 12 步将会是对用户进行 A/B 测试,这样我们才能更好地理解:实际用户与这款应用交互的方式和他们想在 V2 版本中看到的新功能。 + +但是,现在我们感到非常开心,不仅是因为成品,还因为我们从这个过程中获得了难以估量的知识和理解。点击 [这里][7] 查看 Align 应用! + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/800/1*KbqmSW-PMjgfWYWS_vGIqg.jpeg) +Align 团队:Sara Kladky (左), Melanie Mohn (中), 还有我自己. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://medium.com/ladies-storm-hackathons/how-we-built-our-first-full-stack-javascript-web-app-in-three-weeks-8a4668dbd67c?imm_mid=0f581a&cmp=em-web-na-na-newsltr_20170816 + +作者:[Sophia Ciocca ][a] +译者:[BriFuture](https://github.com/BriFuture) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://medium.com/@sophiaciocca?source=post_header_lockup +[1]:https://medium.com/@sophiaciocca?source=post_header_lockup +[2]:https://medium.com/@sophiaciocca?source=post_header_lockup +[3]:https://github.com/limitless-leggings/limitless-leggings +[4]:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qyLoInHNjoc +[5]:http://www.waffle.io/ +[6]:https://github.com/FullstackAcademy/firebones +[7]:https://align.fun/ +[8]:https://github.com/align-capstone/align +[9]:https://github.com/sophiaciocca +[10]:https://github.com/Kladky +[11]:https://github.com/melaniemohn From 7c6c5353ba62944a8a7b8dadbff9bef1642323e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 20:45:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 364/437] PRF:20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md @lujun9972 --- ...0180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md | 42 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md b/translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md index 5e507985fb..979568a171 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md @@ -3,17 +3,17 @@ ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/tmux-4-tips-816x345.jpg) -tmux 是一个终端多路复用工具,它可以让你系统上的终端支持多面板。你可以安排好面板配置,在每个面板用运行不同进程,这通常可以更好的地用你的屏幕。我们在 [这篇早期的文章 ][1] 中向读者介绍过这一强力工具。如果你已经开始使用 tmux 了,那么这里有一些技巧可以帮你更好地使用它。 +tmux 是一个终端多路复用工具,它可以让你系统上的终端支持多面板。你可以排列面板位置,在每个面板运行不同进程,这通常可以更好的地利用你的屏幕。我们在 [这篇早期的文章][1] 中向读者介绍过这一强力工具。如果你已经开始使用 tmux 了,那么这里有一些技巧可以帮你更好地使用它。 -本文假设你当前的前缀键是 `Ctrl+b`。如果你已重新映射该前缀,只需在相应位置替换为你定义的前缀即可。。 +本文假设你当前的前缀键是 `Ctrl+b`。如果你已重新映射该前缀,只需在相应位置替换为你定义的前缀即可。 ### 设置终端为自动使用 tmux -使用 tmux 的一个最大好处就是可以随意的从会话中断开和重连。这使得远程登陆会话更加强力。你有没有遇到过丢失了与远程系统的连接,然后好希望能够恢复在远程系统上做过的那些工作的情况?tmux 能够解决这一问题。 +使用 tmux 的一个最大好处就是可以随意的从会话中断开和重连。这使得远程登录会话功能更加强大。你有没有遇到过丢失了与远程系统的连接,然后好希望能够恢复在远程系统上做过的那些工作的情况?tmux 能够解决这一问题。 -然而,有时在远程系统上工作时,你可能会忘记开启一个会话。避免出现这一情况的一个方法就是每次通过交互式 shell 登陆系统时都让 tmux 启动或附加上一个会话。 +然而,有时在远程系统上工作时,你可能会忘记开启会话。避免出现这一情况的一个方法就是每次通过交互式 shell 登录系统时都让 tmux 启动或附加上一个会话。 -在你远程系统上的 ~/.bash_profile 文件中加入下面内容: +在你远程系统上的 `~/.bash_profile` 文件中加入下面内容: ``` if [ -z "$TMUX" ]; then @@ -21,50 +21,50 @@ if [ -z "$TMUX" ]; then fi ``` -然后注销远程系统,并使用 SSH 重新登录。你会发现你处在一个名为 default 的 tmux 会话中了。如果退出该会话,则下次登录时还会重新生成此会话。但更重要的是,若您正常地从会话中分离,那么下次登录时你会发现之前工作并没有丢失 - 这在连接中断时非常有用。 +然后注销远程系统,并使用 SSH 重新登录。你会发现你处在一个名为 `default` 的 tmux 会话中了。如果退出该会话,则下次登录时还会重新生成此会话。但更重要的是,若您正常地从会话中分离,那么下次登录时你会发现之前工作并没有丢失 - 这在连接中断时非常有用。 -你当然也可以将这段配置加入本地系统中。需要注意的是,大多数 GUI 界面的终端并不会自动使用这个 default 会话,因此它们并不是登陆 shell。虽然你可以修改这一行为,但它可能会导致终端嵌套执行附加到 tmux 会话这一动作从而导致会话不太可用,因此当进行此操作时请一定小心。 +你当然也可以将这段配置加入本地系统中。需要注意的是,大多数 GUI 界面的终端并不会自动使用这个 `default` 会话,因此它们并不是登录 shell。虽然你可以修改这一行为,但它可能会导致终端嵌套执行附加到 tmux 会话这一动作,从而导致会话不太可用,因此当进行此操作时请一定小心。 -### 使用 zoom 使注意力专注于单个进程 +### 使用缩放功能使注意力专注于单个进程 -然而 tmux 的目的就是在单个 session 中提供多窗口,多面板和多进程的能力,但有时候你需要专注。如果你正在与一个进程进行交互并且需要更多空间,或需要专注于某个任务,则可以使用 zoom 命令。该命令会将当前面板扩展,占据整个当前窗口的空间。 +虽然 tmux 的目的就是在单个会话中提供多窗口、多面板和多进程的能力,但有时候你需要专注。如果你正在与一个进程进行交互并且需要更多空间,或需要专注于某个任务,则可以使用缩放命令。该命令会将当前面板扩展,占据整个当前窗口的空间。 -Zoom 在其他情况下也很有用。比如,想象你在图形桌面上运行一个终端窗口。面板会使得从 tmux 会话中拷贝和粘帖多行内容变得相对困难。但若你对面板进行用 zoom 进行了缩放,就可以很容易地对多行数据进行拷贝/粘帖。 +缩放在其他情况下也很有用。比如,想象你在图形桌面上运行一个终端窗口。面板会使得从 tmux 会话中拷贝和粘帖多行内容变得相对困难。但若你缩放了面板,就可以很容易地对多行数据进行拷贝/粘帖。 -要对当前面板进行缩放,按下 `Ctrl+b,z`。需要回复的话,按下相同按键组合来回复面板。 +要对当前面板进行缩放,按下 `Ctrl+b, z`。需要恢复的话,按下相同按键组合来恢复面板。 ### 绑定一些有用的命令 -tmux 默认有大量的命令可用。但将一些更常用的操作绑定到容易记忆的快捷键会很有有。下面一些例子可以让会话变得更好用,你可以添加到 ~/.tmux.conf 文件中: +tmux 默认有大量的命令可用。但将一些更常用的操作绑定到容易记忆的快捷键会很有用。下面一些例子可以让会话变得更好用,你可以添加到 `~/.tmux.conf` 文件中: ``` bind r source-file ~/.tmux.conf \; display "Reloaded config" ``` -该命令重新读取你配置文件中的命令和键绑定。添加该条绑定后,退出所有的 tmux 会话然后重启一个会话。现在你做了任何更改后,只需要简单的按下 `Ctrl+b,r` 就能将修改的内容应用到现有的会话中了。 +该命令重新读取你配置文件中的命令和键绑定。添加该条绑定后,退出任意一个 tmux 会话然后重启一个会话。现在你做了任何更改后,只需要简单的按下 `Ctrl+b, r` 就能将修改的内容应用到现有的会话中了。 ``` bind V split-window -h bind H split-window ``` -这些命令可以很方便地对窗口进行横向切分(按下 Shift+V) 和纵向切分 (Shift+H)。 +这些命令可以很方便地对窗口进行横向切分(按下 `Shift+V`)和纵向切分(`Shift+H`)。 -若你想查看所有绑定的快捷键,按下 `Ctrl+B,?` 可以看到一个列表。你首先看到的应该是复制模式下的快捷键绑定,表示的是当你在 tmux 中进行复制粘帖时对应的快捷键。你添加的那两个键绑定会在前缀模式 (prefix mode) 中看到。请随意把玩吧! +若你想查看所有绑定的快捷键,按下 `Ctrl+B, ?` 可以看到一个列表。你首先看到的应该是复制模式下的快捷键绑定,表示的是当你在 tmux 中进行复制粘帖时对应的快捷键。你添加的那两个键绑定会在前缀模式prefix mode中看到。请随意把玩吧! -### Use powerline for great justice +### 使用 powerline 更清晰 -[如前文所示 ][2],powerline 工具是对 shell 的绝佳补充。而且它也兼容在 tmux 中使用。由于 tmux 接管了整个终端空间,powerline 窗口能理工的可不仅仅是更好的 shell 提示那么简单。 +[如前文所示][2],powerline 工具是对 shell 的绝佳补充。而且它也兼容在 tmux 中使用。由于 tmux 接管了整个终端空间,powerline 窗口能提供的可不仅仅是更好的 shell 提示那么简单。 - [![Screenshot of tmux powerline in git folder](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Screenshot-from-2018-08-25-19-36-53-1024x690.png)][3] +[![Screenshot of tmux powerline in git folder](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Screenshot-from-2018-08-25-19-36-53-1024x690.png)][3] -如果你还没有这么做,按照 [本文 ][4] 中的指示来安装该工具。然后[使用 sudo][5] 来安装附件: +如果你还没有这么做,按照 [这篇文章][4] 中的指示来安装该工具。然后[使用 sudo][5] 来安装附件: ``` sudo dnf install tmux-powerline ``` -然后重启会话,就会在底部看到一个漂亮的新状态栏。根据终端的宽度,默认的状态栏会显示你当前会话 ID,打开的窗口,系统信息,日期和时间,以及主机名。若你进入了使用 git 进行版本控制的项目目录中还能看到分支名和用色彩标注的版本库状态。 +接着重启会话,就会在底部看到一个漂亮的新状态栏。根据终端的宽度,默认的状态栏会显示你当前会话 ID、打开的窗口、系统信息、日期和时间,以及主机名。若你进入了使用 git 进行版本控制的项目目录中还能看到分支名和用色彩标注的版本库状态。 当然,这个状态栏具有很好的可配置性。享受你新增强的 tmux 会话吧,玩的开心点。 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/4-tips-better-tmux-sessions/ 作者:[Paul W. Frields][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 9345060ad302ba0d4deaa92c4957956e95806018 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 20:46:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 365/437] PUB:20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md @lujun9972 https://linux.cn/article-10089-1.html --- .../20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md b/published/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md rename to published/20180827 4 tips for better tmux sessions.md From f70973a3a3dee0ca28278904d7a325b02aafa294 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 21:21:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 366/437] PRF:20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md @GraveAccent --- ... Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md | 64 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md b/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md index aa7ba0017e..92b2ae79ff 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ 在 React 条件渲染中使用三元表达式和 “&&” -============================================================ +======= ![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*eASRJrCIVgsy5VbNMAzD9w.jpeg) -Photo by [Brendan Church][1] on [Unsplash][2] -React 组件可以通过多种方式决定渲染内容。你可以使用传统的 if 语句或 switch 语句。在本文中,我们将探讨一些替代方案。但要注意,如果你不小心,有些方案会带来自己的陷阱。 +React 组件可以通过多种方式决定渲染内容。你可以使用传统的 `if` 语句或 `switch` 语句。在本文中,我们将探讨一些替代方案。但要注意,如果你不小心,有些方案会带来自己的陷阱。 ### 三元表达式 vs if/else -假设我们有一个组件被传进来一个 `name` prop。 如果这个字符串非空,我们会显示一个问候语。否则,我们会告诉用户他们需要登录。 +假设我们有一个组件被传进来一个 `name` 属性。 如果这个字符串非空,我们会显示一个问候语。否则,我们会告诉用户他们需要登录。 -这是一个只实现了如上功能的无状态函数式组件。 +这是一个只实现了如上功能的无状态函数式组件(SFC)。 ``` const MyComponent = ({ name }) => { @@ -29,7 +28,7 @@ const MyComponent = ({ name }) => { }; ``` -这个很简单但是我们可以做得更好。这是使用三元运算符编写的相同组件。 +这个很简单但是我们可以做得更好。这是使用三元运算符conditional ternary operator编写的相同组件。 ``` const MyComponent = ({ name }) => ( @@ -41,86 +40,85 @@ const MyComponent = ({ name }) => ( 请注意这段代码与上面的例子相比是多么简洁。 -有几点需要注意。因为我们使用了箭头函数的单语句形式,所以隐含了return语句。另外,使用三元运算符允许我们省略掉重复的 `
` 标记。🎉 +有几点需要注意。因为我们使用了箭头函数的单语句形式,所以隐含了`return` 语句。另外,使用三元运算符允许我们省略掉重复的 `
` 标记。 ### 三元表达式 vs && -正如您所看到的,三元表达式用于表达 if/else 条件式非常好。但是对于简单的 if 条件式怎么样呢? +正如您所看到的,三元表达式用于表达 `if`/`else` 条件式非常好。但是对于简单的 `if` 条件式怎么样呢? -让我们看另一个例子。如果 isPro(一个布尔值)为真,我们将显示一个奖杯表情符号。我们也要渲染星星的数量(如果不是0)。我们可以这样写。 +让我们看另一个例子。如果 `isPro`(一个布尔值)为真,我们将显示一个奖杯表情符号。我们也要渲染星星的数量(如果不是 0)。我们可以这样写。 ``` const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => (
Hello {name} - {isPro ? '🏆' : null} + {isPro ? '♨' : null}
{stars ? (
- Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} + Stars:{'☆'.repeat(stars)}
) : null}
); ``` -请注意 “else” 条件返回 null 。 这是因为三元表达式要有"否则"条件。 +请注意 `else` 条件返回 `null` 。 这是因为三元表达式要有“否则”条件。 -对于简单的 “if” 条件式,我们可以使用更合适的东西:&& 运算符。这是使用 “&&” 编写的相同代码。 +对于简单的 `if` 条件式,我们可以使用更合适的东西:`&&` 运算符。这是使用 `&&` 编写的相同代码。 ``` const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => (
Hello {name} - {isPro && '🏆'} + {isPro && '♨'}
{stars && (
- Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} + Stars:{'☆'.repeat(stars)}
)}
); ``` -没有太多区别,但是注意我们消除了每个三元表达式最后面的 `: null` (else 条件式)。一切都应该像以前一样渲染。 +没有太多区别,但是注意我们消除了每个三元表达式最后面的 `: null` (`else` 条件式)。一切都应该像以前一样渲染。 +嘿!约翰得到了什么?当什么都不应该渲染时,只有一个 `0`。这就是我上面提到的陷阱。这里有解释为什么: -嘿!约翰得到了什么?当什么都不应该渲染时,只有一个0。这就是我上面提到的陷阱。这里有解释为什么。 - -[根据 MDN][3],一个逻辑运算符“和”(也就是`&&`): +[根据 MDN][3],一个逻辑运算符“和”(也就是 `&&`): > `expr1 && expr2` -> 如果 `expr1` 可以被转换成 `false` ,返回 `expr1`;否则返回 `expr2`。 如此,当与布尔值一起使用时,如果两个操作数都是 true,`&&` 返回 `true` ;否则,返回 `false`。 +> 如果 `expr1` 可以被转换成 `false` ,返回 `expr1`;否则返回 `expr2`。 如此,当与布尔值一起使用时,如果两个操作数都是 `true`,`&&` 返回 `true` ;否则,返回 `false`。 好的,在你开始拔头发之前,让我为你解释它。 -在我们这个例子里, `expr1` 是变量 `stars`,它的值是 `0`,因为0是 falsey 的值, `0` 会被返回和渲染。看,这还不算太坏。 +在我们这个例子里, `expr1` 是变量 `stars`,它的值是 `0`,因为 0 是假值,`0` 会被返回和渲染。看,这还不算太坏。 我会简单地这么写。 -> 如果 `expr1` 是 falsey,返回 `expr1` ,否则返回 `expr2` +> 如果 `expr1` 是假值,返回 `expr1` ,否则返回 `expr2`。 -所以,当对非布尔值使用 “&&” 时,我们必须让 falsy 的值返回 React 无法渲染的东西,比如说,`false` 这个值。 +所以,当对非布尔值使用 `&&` 时,我们必须让这个假值返回 React 无法渲染的东西,比如说,`false` 这个值。 我们可以通过几种方式实现这一目标。让我们试试吧。 ``` {!!stars && (
- {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} + {'☆'.repeat(stars)}
)} ``` -注意 `stars` 前的双感叹操作符( `!!`)(呃,其实没有双感叹操作符。我们只是用了感叹操作符两次)。 +注意 `stars` 前的双感叹操作符(`!!`)(呃,其实没有双感叹操作符。我们只是用了感叹操作符两次)。 -第一个感叹操作符会强迫 `stars` 的值变成布尔值并且进行一次“非”操作。如果 `stars` 是 `0` ,那么 `!stars` 会 是 `true`。 +第一个感叹操作符会强迫 `stars` 的值变成布尔值并且进行一次“非”操作。如果 `stars` 是 `0` ,那么 `!stars` 会是 `true`。 -然后我们执行第二个`非`操作,所以如果 `stars` 是0,`!!stars` 会是 `false`。正好是我们想要的。 +然后我们执行第二个`非`操作,所以如果 `stars` 是 `0`,`!!stars` 会是 `false`。正好是我们想要的。 如果你不喜欢 `!!`,那么你也可以强制转换出一个布尔数比如这样(这种方式我觉得有点冗长)。 @@ -136,11 +134,11 @@ const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => ( #### 关于字符串 -空字符串与数字有一样的毛病。但是因为渲染后的空字符串是不可见的,所以这不是那种你很可能会去处理的难题,甚至可能不会注意到它。然而,如果你是完美主义者并且不希望DOM上有空字符串,你应采取我们上面对数字采取的预防措施。 +空字符串与数字有一样的毛病。但是因为渲染后的空字符串是不可见的,所以这不是那种你很可能会去处理的难题,甚至可能不会注意到它。然而,如果你是完美主义者并且不希望 DOM 上有空字符串,你应采取我们上面对数字采取的预防措施。 ### 其它解决方案 -一种可能的将来可扩展到其他变量的解决方案,是创建一个单独的 `shouldRenderStars` 变量。然后你用“&&”处理布尔值。 +一种可能的将来可扩展到其他变量的解决方案,是创建一个单独的 `shouldRenderStars` 变量。然后你用 `&&` 处理布尔值。 ``` const shouldRenderStars = stars > 0; @@ -151,7 +149,7 @@ return (
{shouldRenderStars && (
- {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} + {'☆'.repeat(stars)}
)}
@@ -170,7 +168,7 @@ return (
{shouldRenderStars && (
- {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} + {'☆'.repeat(stars)}
)}
@@ -181,7 +179,7 @@ return ( 我认为你应该充分利用这种语言。对于 JavaScript,这意味着为 `if/else` 条件式使用三元表达式,以及为 `if` 条件式使用 `&&` 操作符。 -我们可以回到每处都使用三元运算符的舒适区,但你现在消化了这些知识和力量,可以继续前进 && 取得成功了。 +我们可以回到每处都使用三元运算符的舒适区,但你现在消化了这些知识和力量,可以继续前进 `&&` 取得成功了。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -195,7 +193,7 @@ via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/conditional-rendering-in-react-using-ternar 作者:[Donavon West][a] 译者:[GraveAccent](https://github.com/GraveAccent) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 46ea7b7dc27d85bcc01ce2c2992d02de34280433 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 21:22:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 367/437] PUB: 20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md @GraveAccent https://linux.cn/article-10090-1.html --- ...20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md b/published/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md rename to published/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md From 26118991d966da00d99d747224ca925c624f95ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 22:46:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 368/437] PRF:20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md @MjSeven --- ...eshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 35 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md index 0bcbe0d3e5..c482cd05e5 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md +++ b/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md @@ -1,27 +1,20 @@ -在 Debian 9 / Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 中如何安装并使用 Wireshark +如何安装并使用 Wireshark ====== -作者 [Pradeep Kumar][1],首发于 2017 年 11 月 29 日,更新于 2017 年 11 月 29 日 - [![wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu 16.04 -17.10](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg)][2] -Wireshark 是免费的,开源的,跨平台的基于 GUI 的网络数据包分析器,可用于 Linux, Windows, MacOS, Solaris 等。它可以实时捕获网络数据包,并以人性化的格式呈现。Wireshark 允许我们监控网络数据包上升到微观层面。Wireshark 还有一个名为 `tshark` 的命令行实用程序,它与 Wireshark 执行相同的功能,但它是通过终端而不是 GUI。 +Wireshark 是自由开源的、跨平台的基于 GUI 的网络数据包分析器,可用于 Linux、Windows、MacOS、Solaris 等。它可以实时捕获网络数据包,并以人性化的格式呈现。Wireshark 允许我们监控网络数据包直到其微观层面。Wireshark 还有一个名为 `tshark` 的命令行实用程序,它与 Wireshark 执行相同的功能,但它是通过终端而不是 GUI。 -Wireshark 可用于网络故障排除,分析,软件和通信协议开发以及用于教育目的。Wireshark 使用 `pcap` 库来捕获网络数据包。 +Wireshark 可用于网络故障排除、分析、软件和通信协议开发以及用于教育目的。Wireshark 使用 `pcap` 库来捕获网络数据包。 Wireshark 具有许多功能: * 支持数百项协议检查 - * 能够实时捕获数据包并保存,以便以后进行离线分析 - * 许多用于分析数据的过滤器 - -* 捕获的数据可以被压缩和解压缩(to 校正:on the fly 什么意思?) - -* 支持各种文件格式的数据分析,输出也可以保存为 XML, CSV 和纯文本格式 - -* 数据可以从以太网,wifi,蓝牙,USB,帧中继,令牌环等多个接口中捕获 +* 捕获的数据可以即时压缩和解压缩 +* 支持各种文件格式的数据分析,输出也可以保存为 XML、CSV 和纯文本格式 +* 数据可以从以太网、wifi、蓝牙、USB、帧中继、令牌环等多个接口中捕获 在本文中,我们将讨论如何在 Ubuntu/Debian 上安装 Wireshark,并将学习如何使用 Wireshark 捕获网络数据包。 @@ -102,7 +95,7 @@ linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo make install linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo ldconfig ``` -在安装后,它将创建一个单独的 Wireshark 组,我们现在将我们的用户添加到组中,以便它可以与 Wireshark 一起使用,否则在启动 wireshark 时可能会出现 `permission denied(权限被拒绝)`错误。 +在安装后,它将创建一个单独的 Wireshark 组,我们现在将我们的用户添加到组中,以便它可以与 Wireshark 一起使用,否则在启动 wireshark 时可能会出现 “permission denied(权限被拒绝)”错误。 要将用户添加到 wireshark 组,执行以下命令: @@ -120,7 +113,7 @@ linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark [![Access-wireshark-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][4] -点击 Wireshark 图标 +点击 Wireshark 图标。 [![Wireshark-window-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][5] @@ -128,7 +121,7 @@ linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark [![Access-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][6] -点击 Wireshark 图标 +点击 Wireshark 图标。 [![Wireshark-window-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][7] @@ -138,7 +131,7 @@ linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark [![wireshark-Linux-system](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg)][8] -所有这些都是我们可以捕获网络数据包的接口。根据你系统上的界面,此屏幕可能与你的不同。 +所有这些都是我们可以捕获网络数据包的接口。根据你系统上的接口,此屏幕可能与你的不同。 我们选择 `enp0s3` 来捕获该接口的网络流量。选择接口后,在我们网络上所有设备的网络数据包开始填充(参考下面的屏幕截图): @@ -146,11 +139,11 @@ linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark 第一次看到这个屏幕,我们可能会被这个屏幕上显示的数据所淹没,并且可能已经想过如何整理这些数据,但不用担心,Wireshark 的最佳功能之一就是它的过滤器。 -我们可以根据 IP 地址,端口号,也可以使用来源和目标过滤器,数据包大小等对数据进行排序和过滤,也可以将两个或多个过滤器组合在一起以创建更全面的搜索。我们也可以在 `Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)`选项卡中编写过滤规则,也可以选择已创建的规则。要选择之前构建的过滤器,请单击 `Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)`选项卡旁边的 `flag` 图标。 +我们可以根据 IP 地址、端口号,也可以使用来源和目标过滤器、数据包大小等对数据进行排序和过滤,也可以将两个或多个过滤器组合在一起以创建更全面的搜索。我们也可以在 “Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)”选项卡中编写过滤规则,也可以选择已创建的规则。要选择之前构建的过滤器,请单击 “Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)”选项卡旁边的旗帜图标。 [![Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x727.jpg)][10] -我们还可以根据颜色编码过滤数据,默认情况下,浅紫色是 TCP 流量,浅蓝色是 UDP 流量,黑色标识有错误的数据包,看看这些编码是什么意思,点击 `View -> Coloring Rules`,我们也可以改变这些编码。 +我们还可以根据颜色编码过滤数据,默认情况下,浅紫色是 TCP 流量,浅蓝色是 UDP 流量,黑色标识有错误的数据包,看看这些编码是什么意思,点击 “View -> Coloring Rules”,我们也可以改变这些编码。 [![Packet-Colouring-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark-1024x682.jpg)][11] @@ -161,11 +154,11 @@ Wireshark 是一个非常强大的工具,需要一些时间来习惯并对其 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -via: https://www.linuxtechi.com +via: https://www.linuxtechi.com/install-use-wireshark-debian-9-ubuntu/ 作者:[Pradeep Kumar][a] 译者:[MjSeven](https://github.com/MjSeven) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 6588202308cc1aa3fd76af0fb3b84bdefad2163b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 22:47:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 369/437] PUB:20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md @MjSeven https://linux.cn/article-10091-1.html --- ... Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/published/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md rename to published/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md From 4e1bd9418cd8f59fc22758cbb67e6466cc8aec29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 23:23:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 370/437] PRF:20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @belitex @pityonline --- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 45 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md index 6efd6976d5..f55824538f 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ DevOps 实践指南 ====== +> 这些技巧或许对那些想要践行 DevOps 的系统运维和开发者能有所帮助。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) @@ -11,19 +12,19 @@ DevOps 实践指南 了解历史是搞清楚未来的关键,DevOps 也不例外。想搞清楚 DevOps 运动的普及和流行,去了解一下上世纪 90 年代后期和 21 世纪前十年 IT 的情况会有帮助。这是我的经验。 -我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话(或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW),并下一个价值数十万美元的订单,包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件,所有这些都要运到生产或线下的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的,但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还忠于使用他们的物理机运行应用。 +我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话(或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW),并下一个价值数十万美元的订单,包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件,所有这些都要运到生产或线下的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的,但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还是愿意使用他们的物理机运行应用。 在我们技术部门,有一个专门做数据中心工程和运营的团队,他们的工作包括价格谈判,让荒唐的月租能够降一点点,还包括保证我们的系统能够正常冷却(如果设备太多,这个事情的难度会呈指数增长)。如果这个团队足够幸运足够有钱,境外数据中心的工作人员对我们所有的服务器型号又都有足够的了解,就能避免在盘后交易中不小心搞错东西。那时候亚马逊 AWS 和 Rackspace 逐渐开始加速扩张,但还远远没到临界规模。 -当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁,监控和报警,还要定义基础镜像gold image的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的,很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书runbook来描述要做的事情,并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里,这样做很重要,因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的,而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 +当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁、监控和报警,还要定义基础镜像gold image的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的,很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书runbook来描述要做的事情,并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里,这样做很重要,因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的,而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 -(这是我职业生涯前三年的世界。我那时候的梦想是成为制定金本位制的人!) +(这是我职业生涯前三年的世界。我那时候的梦想是成为制定最高标准的人!) 软件发布则完全是另外一头怪兽。无可否认,我在这方面并没有积累太多经验。但是,从我收集的故事(和最近的经历)来看,当时大部分软件开发的日常大概是这样: * 开发人员按照技术和功能需求来编写代码,这些需求来自于业务分析人员的会议,但是会议并没有邀请开发人员参加。 * 开发人员可以选择为他们的代码编写单元测试,以确保在代码里没有任何明显的疯狂行为,比如除以 0 但不抛出异常。 -* 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为“Ready for QA”(准备好了接受测试),质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中,这个环境和生产环境可能相似,也可能不,甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 +* 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为 “Ready for QA”(准备好了接受测试),质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中,这个环境和生产环境可能相似,也可能不,甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 * 故障会在几天或者几个星期内反馈到开发人员那里,这个时长取决于其它业务活动和优先事项。 虽然系统管理员和开发人员经常有不一致的意见,但是对“变更管理”却一致痛恨。变更管理由高度规范的(就我当时的雇主而言)和非常必要的规则和程序组成,用来管理一家公司应该什么时候做技术变更,以及如何做。很多公司都按照 [ITIL][4] 来操作,简单的说,ITIL 问了很多和事情发生的原因、时间、地点和方式相关的问题,而且提供了一个过程,对产生最终答案的决定做审计跟踪。 @@ -54,20 +55,20 @@ DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 JIRA 系统的一个用户组。DevO 我经常被问到这个问题,它的答案和同属于开放式的其它大部分问题一样:视情况而定。 -现在“DevOps 工程师”在不同的公司有不同的含义。在软件开发人员比较多但是很少有人懂基础设施的小公司,他们很可能是在找有更多系统管理经验的人。而其他公司,通常是大公司或老公司,已经有一个稳固的系统管理团队了,他们在向类似于谷歌 [SRE][7] 的方向做优化,也就是“设计操作功能的软件工程师”。但是,这并不是金科玉律,就像其它技术类工作一样,这个决定很大程度上取决于他的招聘经理。 +现在“DevOps 工程师”在不同的公司有不同的含义。在软件开发人员比较多但是很少有人懂基础设施的小公司,他们很可能是在找有更多系统管理经验的人。而其他公司,通常是大公司或老公司,已经有一个稳固的系统管理团队了,他们在向类似于谷歌 [SRE][7] 的方向做优化,也就是“设计运维功能的软件工程师”。但是,这并不是金科玉律,就像其它技术类工作一样,这个决定很大程度上取决于他的招聘经理。 也就是说,我们一般是在找对深入学习以下内容感兴趣的工程师: -* 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云平台(通常是在 AWS 上,不过微软的 Azure,Google Cloud Platform,还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商,也都很流行)。 -* 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具,比如 Jenkins,GoCD,还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI,来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线和发布部署策略。 -* 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具,比如 Kibana,Grafana,Splunk,Loggly 或者 Logstash 来监控,记录,并在变化的时候报警。 -* 如何使用配置管理工具,例如 Chef,Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”,以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 +* 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云平台(通常是在 AWS 上,不过微软的 Azure、Google Cloud Platform,还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商,也都很流行)。 +* 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具,比如 Jenkins、GoCD,还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI,来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线和发布部署策略。 +* 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具,比如 Kibana、Grafana、Splunk、Loggly 或者 Logstash 来监控、记录,并在变化的时候报警。 +* 如何使用配置管理工具,例如 Chef、Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”,以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 容器也变得越来越受欢迎。尽管有人对大规模使用 Docker 的现状[表示不满][9],但容器正迅速地成为一种很好的方式来实现在更少的操作系统上运行超高密度的服务和应用,同时提高它们的可靠性。(像 Kubernetes 或者 Mesos 这样的容器编排工具,能在宿主机故障的时候,几秒钟之内重新启动新的容器。)考虑到这些,掌握 Docker 或者 rkt 以及容器编排平台的知识会对你大有帮助。 -如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员,你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言,因为它们是可移植的(也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行),快速的,而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具(Ansible 是使用 Python 写的,Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的)以及云平台的 API 客户端(亚马逊 AWS,微软 Azure,Google Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本)。 +如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员,你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言,因为它们是可移植的(也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行)、快速的,而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具(Ansible 是使用 Python 写的,Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的)以及云平台的 API 客户端(亚马逊 AWS、微软 Azure、Google Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本)。 -如果你是开发人员,也希望做 DevOps 的实践,我强烈建议你去学习 Unix,Windows 操作系统以及网络基础知识。虽然云计算把很多系统管理的难题抽象化了,但是对应用的性能做 debug 的时候,如果你知道操作系统如何工作的就会有很大的帮助。下文包含了一些这个主题的图书。 +如果你是开发人员,也希望做 DevOps 的实践,我强烈建议你去学习 Unix、Windows 操作系统以及网络基础知识。虽然云计算把很多系统管理的难题抽象化了,但是对应用的性能做调试的时候,如果你知道操作系统如何工作的就会有很大的帮助。下文包含了一些这个主题的图书。 如果你觉得这些东西听起来内容太多,没关系,大家都是这么想的。幸运的是,有很多小项目可以让你开始探索。其中一个项目是 Gary Stafford 的[选举服务](https://github.com/garystafford/voter-service),一个基于 Java 的简单投票平台。我们要求面试候选人通过一个流水线将该服务从 GitHub 部署到生产环境基础设施上。你可以把这个服务与 Rob Mile 写的了不起的 DevOps [入门教程](https://github.com/maxamg/cd-office-hours)结合起来学习。 @@ -79,22 +80,22 @@ DevOps 不是一个团队,CI/CD 也不是 JIRA 系统的一个用户组。DevO #### 理论书籍 -* Gene Kim 写的 [The Phoenix Project(凤凰项目)][10]。这是一本很不错的书,内容涵盖了我上文解释过的历史(写的更生动形象),描述了一个运行在敏捷和 DevOps 之上的公司向精益前进的过程。 -* Terrance Ryan 写的 [Driving Technical Change(布道之道)][11]。非常好的一小本书,讲了大多数技术型组织内的常见性格特点以及如何和他们打交道。这本书对我的帮助比我想象的更多。 -* Tom DeMarco 和 Tim Lister 合著的 [Peopleware(人件)][12]。管理工程师团队的经典图书,有一点过时,但仍然很有价值。 -* Tom Limoncelli 写的 [Time Management for System Administrators(时间管理:给系统管理员)][13]。这本书主要面向系统管理员,它对很多大型组织内的系统管理员生活做了深入的展示。如果你想了解更多系统管理员和开发人员之间的冲突,这本书可能解释了更多。 -* Eric Ries 写的 [The Lean Startup(精益创业)][14]。描述了 Eric 自己的 3D 虚拟形象公司,IMVU,发现了如何精益工作,快速失败和更快盈利。 -* Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的 [Lean Enterprise(精益企业)][15]。这本书是对精益创业做的改编,以更适应企业,两本书都很棒,都很好地解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 -* Kief Morris 写的 [Infrastructure As Code(基础设施即代码)][16]。关于“基础设施即代码”的非常好的入门读物!很好的解释了为什么所有公司都有必要采纳这种做法。 -* Betsy Beyer、Chris Jones、Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 [Site Reliability Engineering(站点可靠性工程师)][17]。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书,也因为是“DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps”被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有意思的看法。 +* Gene Kim 写的 《[凤凰项目][10]The Phoenix Project》。这是一本很不错的书,内容涵盖了我上文解释过的历史(写的更生动形象),描述了一个运行在敏捷和 DevOps 之上的公司向精益前进的过程。 +* Terrance Ryan 写的 《[布道之道][11]Driving Technical Change》。非常好的一小本书,讲了大多数技术型组织内的常见性格特点以及如何和他们打交道。这本书对我的帮助比我想象的更多。 +* Tom DeMarco 和 Tim Lister 合著的 《[人件][12]Peopleware》。管理工程师团队的经典图书,有一点过时,但仍然很有价值。 +* Tom Limoncelli 写的 《[时间管理:给系统管理员][13]Time Management for System Administrators》。这本书主要面向系统管理员,它对很多大型组织内的系统管理员生活做了深入的展示。如果你想了解更多系统管理员和开发人员之间的冲突,这本书可能解释了更多。 +* Eric Ries 写的 《[精益创业][14]The Lean Startup》。描述了 Eric 自己的 3D 虚拟形象公司,IMVU,发现了如何精益工作,快速失败和更快盈利。 +* Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的 《[精益企业][15]Lean Enterprise》。这本书是对精益创业做的改编,以更适应企业,两本书都很棒,都很好地解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 +* Kief Morris 写的 《[基础设施即代码][16]Infrastructure As Code》。关于“基础设施即代码”的非常好的入门读物!很好的解释了为什么所有公司都有必要采纳这种做法。 +* Betsy Beyer、Chris Jones、Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 《[站点可靠性工程师][17]Site Reliability Engineering》。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书,也因为是“DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps”被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有意思的看法。 #### 技术书籍 如果你想找的是让你直接跟代码打交道的书,看这里就对了。 -* W. Richard Stevens 的 [TCP/IP Illustrated(TCP/IP 详解)][18]。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解网络协议基础的巨著,重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1,2,3,4 层网络,而且对深入学习它们感兴趣,那么你需要这本书。 -* Evi Nemeth、Trent Hein 和 Ben Whaley 合著的 [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook(UNIX/Linux 系统管理员手册)][19]。一本很好的入门书,介绍 Linux/Unix 如何工作以及如何使用。 -* Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches(Windows PowerShell 实战指南)][20]。如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务,你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 +* W. Richard Stevens 的 《[TCP/IP 详解][18]TCP/IP Illustrated》。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解网络协议基础的巨著,重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1、2、3、4 层网络,而且对深入学习它们感兴趣,那么你需要这本书。 +* Evi Nemeth、Trent Hein 和 Ben Whaley 合著的 《[UNIX/Linux 系统管理员手册][19]UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook》。一本很好的入门书,介绍 Linux/Unix 如何工作以及如何使用。 +* Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 《[Windows PowerShell 实战指南][20]Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches》。如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务,你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 * 几乎所有 [James Turnbull][21] 写的东西,针对流行的 DevOps 工具,他发表了很好的技术入门读物。 不管是在那些把所有应用都直接部署在物理机上的公司,(现在很多公司仍然有充分的理由这样做)还是在那些把所有应用都做成 serverless 的先驱公司,DevOps 都很可能会持续下去。这部分工作很有趣,产出也很有影响力,而且最重要的是,它搭起桥梁衔接了技术和业务之间的缺口。DevOps 是一个值得期待的美好事物。 From 1d1c5b35416be6f9eae1cbbb08264240a4f7fedb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 7 Oct 2018 23:23:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 371/437] PUB:20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @belitex https://linux.cn/article-10092-1.html --- {translated/talk => published}/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/talk => published}/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/published/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md rename to published/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md From e6d9cd8b4ddae8cb96be3021b17c591e32a840df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 00:51:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 372/437] dianbanjiu translating --- sources/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md b/sources/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md index 3be92638c5..cc60350641 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -The Best Linux Distributions for 2018 +[translating by dianbanjiu] The Best Linux Distributions for 2018 ============================================================ ![Linux distros 2018](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/linux-distros-2018.jpg?itok=Z8sdx4Zu "Linux distros 2018") From abada09660586aaebca335e1eaf902f14f830582 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 09:08:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 373/437] translated --- ...s And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md | 138 ------------------ 1 file changed, 138 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md b/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md deleted file mode 100644 index b7082ea141..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -translating----geekpi - -Clinews – Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-720x340.jpeg) - -A while ago, we have written about a CLI news client named [**InstantNews**][1] that helps you to read news and latest headlines from commandline instantly. Today, I stumbled upon a similar utility named **Clinews** which serves the same purpose – reading news and latest headlines from popular websites, blogs from Terminal. You don’t need to install GUI applications or mobile apps. You can read what’s happening in the world right from your Terminal. It is free, open source utility written using **NodeJS**. - -### Installing Clinews - -Since Clinews is written using NodeJS, you can install it using NPM package manager. If you haven’t install NodeJS, install it as described in the following link. - -Once node installed, run the following command to install Clinews: - -``` -$ npm i -g clinews -``` - -You can also install Clinews using **Yarn** : - -``` -$ yarn global add clinews -``` - -Yarn itself can installed using npm - -``` -$ npm -i yarn -``` - -### Configure News API - -Clinews retrieves all news headlines from [**News API**][2]. News API is a simple and easy-to-use API that returns JSON metadata for the headlines currently published on a range of news sources and blogs. It currently provides live headlines from 70 popular sources, including Ars Technica, BBC, Blooberg, CNN, Daily Mail, Engadget, ESPN, Financial Times, Google News, hacker News, IGN, Mashable, National Geographic, Reddit r/all, Reuters, Speigel Online, Techcrunch, The Guardian, The Hindu, The Huffington Post, The Newyork Times, The Next Web, The Wall street Journal, USA today and [**more**][3]. - -First, you need an API key from News API. Go to [**https://newsapi.org/register**][4] URL and register a free account to get the API key. - -Once you got the API key from News API site, edit your **.bashrc** file: - -``` -$ vi ~/.bashrc - -``` - -Add newsapi API key at the end like below: - -``` -export IN_API_KEY="Paste-API-key-here" - -``` - -Please note that you need to paste the key inside the double quotes. Save and close the file. - -Run the following command to update the changes. - -``` -$ source ~/.bashrc - -``` - -Done. Now let us go ahead and fetch the latest headlines from new sources. - -### Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline - -To read news and latest headlines from specific new source, for example **The Hindu** , run: - -``` -$ news fetch the-hindu - -``` - -Here, **“the-hindu”** is the new source id (fetch id). - -The above command will fetch latest 10 headlines from The Hindu news portel and display them in the Terminal. Also, it displays a brief description of the news, the published date and time, and the actual link to the source. - -**Sample output:** - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-1.png) - -To read a news in your browser, hold Ctrl key and click on the URL. It will open in your default web browser. - -To view all the sources you can get news from, run: - -``` -$ news sources - -``` - -**Sample output:** - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-2.png) - -As you see in the above screenshot, Clinews lists all news sources including the name of the news source, fetch id, description of the site, website URL and the country where it is located. As of writing this guide, Clinews currently supports 70+ news sources. - -Clinews can also able to search for news stories across all sources matching search criteria/term. Say for example, to list all news stories with titles containing the words **“Tamilnadu”** , use the following command: - -``` -$ news search "Tamilnadu" -``` - -This command will scrap all news sources for stories that match term **Tamilnadu**. - -Clinews has some extra flags that helps you to - - * limit the amount of news stories you want to see, - * sort news stories (top, latest, popular), - * display news stories category wise (E.g. business, entertainment, gaming, general, music, politics, science-and-nature, sport, technology) - - - -For more details, see the help section: - -``` -$ clinews -h -``` - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/clinews-read-news-and-latest-headlines-from-commandline/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/get-news-instantly-commandline-linux/ -[2]: https://newsapi.org/ -[3]: https://newsapi.org/sources -[4]: https://newsapi.org/register From 9f7c145be773058ba8a2addbb5f36945ad7f0f85 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 09:12:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 374/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E8=B6=85=E6=9C=9F=E5=9B=9E=E6=94=B6?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @sober-wang --- ...ources For Linux - -BSD - Unix Documentation On the Web.md | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20111221 30 Best Sources For Linux - -BSD - Unix Documentation On the Web.md b/sources/tech/20111221 30 Best Sources For Linux - -BSD - Unix Documentation On the Web.md index 81e3acacdb..6a4d1f4828 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20111221 30 Best Sources For Linux - -BSD - Unix Documentation On the Web.md +++ b/sources/tech/20111221 30 Best Sources For Linux - -BSD - Unix Documentation On the Web.md @@ -1,7 +1,3 @@ -# sober-wang 翻译中 - - - 30 Best Sources For Linux / *BSD / Unix Documentation On the We ====== From df817067ff1d9f0fbf6f58bdc8a69fe38c288395 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 09:14:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 375/437] translating --- ...an 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md index ff33e7c175..7a3702a124 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 / Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) / Emergency Mode ====== Booting a Linux Server into a single user mode or **rescue mode** is one of the important troubleshooting that a Linux admin usually follow while recovering the server from critical conditions. In Ubuntu 18.04 and Debian 9, single user mode is known as a rescue mode. From 8e889b95cf33b92204c3c9ac458e7ea9471f5de1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 09:15:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 376/437] add translated article --- ...s And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md | 137 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 137 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md b/translated/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..892d6ca1c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +Clinews - 从命令行阅读新闻和最新头条 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-720x340.jpeg) + +不久前,我们写了一个名为 [**InstantNews**][1] 的命令行新闻客户端,它可以帮助你立即在命令行阅读新闻和最新头条新闻。今天,我偶然发现了一个名为 **Clinews** 的类似,它的其功能与此相同 - 在终端阅读来自热门网站的新闻和最新头条,还有博客。你无需安装 GUI 应用或移动应用。你可以直接从终端阅读世界上正在发生的事情。它是使用 **NodeJS** 编写的免费开源程序。 + + +### 安装 Clinews + +由于 Clinews 是使用 NodeJS 编写的,因此你可以使用 NPM 包管理器安装。如果尚未安装 NodeJS,请按照以下链接中的说明进行安装。 + +安装 node 后,运行以下命令安装 Clinews: + +``` +$ npm i -g clinews +``` + +你也可以使用 **Yarn** 安装 Clinews: + +``` +$ yarn global add clinews +``` + +Yarn 本身可以使用 npm 安装 + +``` +$ npm -i yarn +``` + +### 配置 News API + +Clinews 从 [**News API**][2] 中检索所有新闻标题。News API 是一个简单易用的API,它返回当前在一系列新闻源和博客上发布的头条的 JSON 元数据。它目前提供来自 70 个热门源的实时头条,包括 Ars Technica、BBC、Blooberg、CNN、每日邮报、Engadget、ESPN、金融时报、谷歌新闻、hacker News,IGN、Mashable、国家地理、Reddit r/all、路透社、 Speigel Online、Techcrunch、The Guardian、The Hindu、赫芬顿邮报、纽约时报、The Next Web、华尔街日报,今日美国和[**等等**][3]。 + +首先,你需要 News API 的 API 密钥。进入 [**https://newsapi.org/register**][4] 并注册一个免费帐户来获取 API 密钥。 + +从 News API 获得 API 密钥后,编辑 **.bashrc**: + +``` +$ vi ~/.bashrc + +``` + +在最后添加 newsapi API 密钥,如下所示: + +``` +export IN_API_KEY="Paste-API-key-here" + +``` + +请注意,你需要将密钥粘贴在双引号内。保存并关闭文件。 + +运行以下命令以更新更改。 + +``` +$ source ~/.bashrc + +``` + +完成。现在继续并从新闻源获取最新的头条新闻。 + +### 在命令行阅读新闻和最新头条 + +要阅读特定新闻源的新闻和最新头条,例如 **The Hindu**,请运行: + +``` +$ news fetch the-hindu + +``` + +这里,**“the-hindu”** 是新闻源的源id(获取 id)。 + +上述命令将从 The Hindu 新闻站获取最新的 10 个头条,并将其显示在终端中。此外,它还显示新闻的简要描述、发布的日期和时间以及到源的实际链接。 + +**示例输出:** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-1.png) + +要在浏览器中阅读新闻,请按住 Ctrl 键并单击 URL。它将在你的默认 Web 浏览器中打开。 + +要查看所有的新闻源,请运行: + +``` +$ news sources + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-2.png) + +正如你在上面的截图中看到的,Clinews 列出了所有新闻源,包括新闻源的名称、获取 ID、网站描述、网站 URL 以及它所在的国家/地区。在撰写本指南时,Clinews 目前支持 70 多个新闻源。 + +Clinews 还可以搜索符合搜索条件/术语的所有源的新闻报道。例如,要列出包含单词 **“Tamilnadu”** 的所有新闻报道,请使用以下命令: + +``` +$ news search "Tamilnadu" +``` + +此命令将会筛选所有新闻源中含有 **Tamilnadu** 的报道。 + +Clinews有一些额外的标志可以帮助你 + + * 限制你想看的新闻报道的数量, +  * 排序新闻报道(热门、最新), +  * 智能显示新闻报道分类(例如商业、娱乐、游戏、大众、音乐、政治、科学和自然、体育、技术) + + + +更多详细信息,请参阅帮助部分: + +``` +$ clinews -h +``` + +就是这些了。希望这篇对你有用。还有更多好东西。敬请关注! + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/clinews-read-news-and-latest-headlines-from-commandline/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/get-news-instantly-commandline-linux/ +[2]: https://newsapi.org/ +[3]: https://newsapi.org/sources +[4]: https://newsapi.org/register From c4f673280334a1671777ec711c1078905937b312 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GraveAccent <39041505+GraveAccent@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 09:27:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 377/437] Update 20180201 Rock Solid React.js Foundations A Beginners Guide.md --- ...80201 Rock Solid React.js Foundations A Beginners Guide.md | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180201 Rock Solid React.js Foundations A Beginners Guide.md b/sources/tech/20180201 Rock Solid React.js Foundations A Beginners Guide.md index b3252dfb75..98a1a8f392 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180201 Rock Solid React.js Foundations A Beginners Guide.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180201 Rock Solid React.js Foundations A Beginners Guide.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Rock Solid React.js Foundations: A Beginner’s Guide +GraveAccent翻译中 Rock Solid React.js Foundations: A Beginner’s Guide ============================================================ ** 此处有Canvas,请手动处理 ** @@ -289,4 +289,4 @@ via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/rock-solid-react-js-foundations-a-beginners [9]:https://codepen.io/raynesax/pen/QaROqK [10]:https://twitter.com/rajat1saxena [11]:mailto:rajat@raynstudios.com -[12]:https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCUmQhjjF9bsIaVDJUHSIIKw \ No newline at end of file +[12]:https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCUmQhjjF9bsIaVDJUHSIIKw From d9e6b52ade824cb4f470949620f17be1706e52d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 09:56:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 378/437] hankchow translating --- ...Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md index ab9fa8acc3..0e473dbc59 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot [Guide] ====== **If you have a Linux distribution installed, you can replace it with another distribution in the dual boot. You can also keep your personal documents while switching the distribution.** From e7c51f9d3c45bfad6b680c57011cea9f00da99e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 11:08:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 379/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Open=20Source=20L?= =?UTF-8?q?ogging=20Tools=20for=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...005 Open Source Logging Tools for Linux.md | 188 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 188 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181005 Open Source Logging Tools for Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181005 Open Source Logging Tools for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20181005 Open Source Logging Tools for Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..723488008a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181005 Open Source Logging Tools for Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +Open Source Logging Tools for Linux +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/logs-main.jpg?itok=voNrSz4H) + +If you’re a Linux systems administrator, one of the first tools you will turn to for troubleshooting are log files. These files hold crucial information that can go a long way to help you solve problems affecting your desktops and servers. For many sysadmins (especially those of an old-school sort), nothing beats the command line for checking log files. But for those who’d rather have a more efficient (and possibly modern) approach to troubleshooting, there are plenty of options. + +In this article, I’ll highlight a few such tools available for the Linux platform. I won’t be getting into logging tools that might be specific to a certain service (such as Kubernetes or Apache), and instead will focus on tools that work to mine the depths of all that magical information written into /var/log. + +Speaking of which… + +### What is /var/log? + +If you’re new to Linux, you might not know what the /var/log directory contains. However, the name is very telling. Within this directory is housed all of the log files from the system and any major service (such as Apache, MySQL, MariaDB, etc.) installed on the operating system. Open a terminal window and issue the command cd /var/log. Follow that with the command ls and you’ll see all of the various systems that have log files you can view (Figure 1). + +![/var/log/][2] + +Figure 1: Our ls command reveals the logs available in /var/log/. + +[Used with permission][3] + +Say, for instance, you want to view the syslog log file. Issue the command less syslog and you can scroll through all of the gory details of that particular log. But what if the standard terminal isn’t for you? What options do you have? Plenty. Let’s take a look at few such options. + +### Logs + +If you use the GNOME desktop (or other, as Logs can be installed on more than just GNOME), you have at your fingertips a log viewer that mainly just adds the slightest bit of GUI goodness over the log files to create something as simple as it is effective. Once installed (from the standard repositories), open Logs from the desktop menu, and you’ll be treated to an interface (Figure 2) that allows you to select from various types of logs (Important, All, System, Security, and Hardware), as well as select a boot period (from the top center drop-down), and even search through all of the available logs. + +![Logs tool][5] + +Figure 2: The GNOME Logs tool is one of the easiest GUI log viewers you’ll find for Linux. + +[Used with permission][3] + +Logs is a great tool, especially if you’re not looking for too many bells and whistles getting in the way of you viewing crucial log entries, so you can troubleshoot your systems. + +### KSystemLog + +KSystemLog is to KDE what Logs is to GNOME, but with a few more features to add into the mix. Although both make it incredibly simple to view your system log files, only KSystemLog includes colorized log lines, tabbed viewing, copy log lines to the desktop clipboard, built-in capability for sending log messages directly to the system, read detailed information for each log line, and more. KSystemLog views all the same logs found in GNOME Logs, only with a different layout. + +From the main window (Figure 3), you can view any of the different log (from System Log, Authentication Log, X.org Log, Journald Log), search the logs, filter by Date, Host, Process, Message, and select log priorities. + +![KSystemLog][7] + +Figure 3: The KSystemLog main window. + +[Used with permission][3] + +If you click on the Window menu, you can open a new tab, where you can select a different log/filter combination to view. From that same menu, you can even duplicate the current tab. If you want to manually add a log to a file, do the following: + + 1. Open KSystemLog. + + 2. Click File > Add Log Entry. + + 3. Create your log entry (Figure 4). + + 4. Click OK + + +![log entry][9] + +Figure 4: Creating a manual log entry with KSystemLog. + +[Used with permission][3] + +KSystemLog makes viewing logs in KDE an incredibly easy task. + +### Logwatch + +Logwatch isn’t a fancy GUI tool. Instead, logwatch allows you to set up a logging system that will email you important alerts. You can have those alerts emailed via an SMTP server or you can simply view them on the local machine. Logwatch can be found in the standard repositories for almost every distribution, so installation can be done with a single command, like so: + +``` +sudo apt-get install logwatch +``` + +Or: + +``` +sudo dnf install logwatch +``` + +During the installation, you will be required to select the delivery method for alerts (Figure 5). If you opt to go the local mail delivery only, you’ll need to install the mailutils app (so you can view mail locally, via the mail command). + +![ Logwatch][11] + +Figure 5: Configuring Logwatch alert sending method. + +[Used with permission][3] + +All Logwatch configurations are handled in a single file. To edit that file, issue the command sudo nano /usr/share/logwatch/default.conf/logwatch.conf. You’ll want to edit the MailTo = option. If you’re viewing this locally, set that to the Linux username you want the logs sent to (such as MailTo = jack). If you are sending these logs to an external email address, you’ll also need to change the MailFrom = option to a legitimate email address. From within that same configuration file, you can also set the detail level and the range of logs to send. Save and close that file. +Once configured, you can send your first mail with a command like: + +``` +logwatch --detail Med --mailto ADDRESS --service all --range today +Where ADDRESS is either the local user or an email address. + +``` + +For more information on using Logwatch, issue the command man logwatch. Read through the manual page to see the different options that can be used with the tool. + +### Rsyslog + +Rsyslog is a convenient way to send remote client logs to a centralized server. Say you have one Linux server you want to use to collect the logs from other Linux servers in your data center. With Rsyslog, this is easily done. Rsyslog has to be installed on all clients and the centralized server (by issuing a command like sudo apt-get install rsyslog). Once installed, create the /etc/rsyslog.d/server.conf file on the centralized server, with the contents: + +``` +# Provide UDP syslog reception +$ModLoad imudp +$UDPServerRun 514 + +# Provide TCP syslog reception +$ModLoad imtcp +$InputTCPServerRun 514 + +# Use custom filenaming scheme +$template FILENAME,"/var/log/remote/%HOSTNAME%.log" +*.* ?FILENAME + +$PreserveFQDN on + +``` + +Save and close that file. Now, on every client machine, create the file /etc/rsyslog.d/client.conf with the contents: + +``` +$PreserveFQDN on +$ActionQueueType LinkedList +$ActionQueueFileName srvrfwd +$ActionResumeRetryCount -1 +$ActionQueueSaveOnShutdown on +*.* @@SERVER_IP:514 + +``` + +Where SERVER_IP is the IP address of your centralized server. Save and close that file. Restart rsyslog on all machines with the command: + +``` +sudo systemctl restart rsyslog + +``` + +You can now view the centralized log files with the command (run on the centralized server): + +``` +tail -f /var/log/remote/*.log + +``` + +The tail command allows you to view those files as they are written to, in real time. You should see log entries appear that include the client hostname (Figure 6). + +![Rsyslog][13] + +Figure 6: Rsyslog showing entries for a connected client. + +[Used with permission][3] + +Rsyslog is a great tool for creating a single point of entry for viewing the logs of all of your Linux servers. + +### More where that came from + +This article only scratched the surface of the logging tools to be found on the Linux platform. And each of the above tools is capable of more than what is outlined here. However, this overview should give you a place to start your long day's journey into the Linux log file. + +Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][14]course from The Linux Foundation and edX. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/10/open-source-logging-tools-linux + +作者:[JACK WALLEN][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen +[1]: /files/images/logs1jpg +[2]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/logs_1.jpg?itok=8yO2q1rW (/var/log/) +[3]: /licenses/category/used-permission +[4]: /files/images/logs2jpg +[5]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/logs_2.jpg?itok=kF6V46ZB (Logs tool) +[6]: /files/images/logs3jpg +[7]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/logs_3.jpg?itok=PhrIzI1N (KSystemLog) +[8]: /files/images/logs4jpg +[9]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/logs_4.jpg?itok=OxsGJ-TJ (log entry) +[10]: /files/images/logs5jpg +[11]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/logs_5.jpg?itok=GeAR551e (Logwatch) +[12]: /files/images/logs6jpg +[13]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/logs_6.jpg?itok=ira8UZOr (Rsyslog) +[14]: https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux From bcd0ca1b3908133e26800283fe4cc80644fe402a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 11:14:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 380/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20use=20?= =?UTF-8?q?Kolibri=20to=20access=20educational=20material=20offline?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... to access educational material offline.md | 107 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 107 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181005 How to use Kolibri to access educational material offline.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181005 How to use Kolibri to access educational material offline.md b/sources/tech/20181005 How to use Kolibri to access educational material offline.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f856a497cd --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181005 How to use Kolibri to access educational material offline.md @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +How to use Kolibri to access educational material offline +====== +Kolibri makes digital educational materials available to students without internet access. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/EDU_OSDC_BYU_520x292_FINAL.png?itok=NVY7vR8o) + +While the internet has thoroughly transformed the availability of educational content for much of the world, many people still live in places where online access is poor or even nonexistent. [Kolibri][1] is a great solution for these communities. It's an app that creates an offline server to deliver high-quality educational resources to learners. You can set up Kolibri on a wide range of [hardware][2], including low-cost Windows, MacOS, and Linux (including Raspberry Pi) computers. A version for Android tablets is in the works. + +Because it's open source, free to use, works without broadband access (after initial setup), and includes a wide range of educational content, it gives students in rural schools, refugee camps, orphanages, informal schools, prisons, and other places without reliable internet service access to many of the same resources used by students all over the world. + +In addition to being simple to install, it's easy to customize Kolibri for various educational missions and needs, including literacy building, general reference materials, and life skills training. Kolibri includes content from sources including [OpenStax,][3] [CK-12][4], [Khan Academy][5], and [EngageNY][6]; once these packages are "seeded" by connecting the Kolibri serving device to a robust internet connection, they are immediately available for offline access on client devices through a compatible browser. + +### Installation and setup + +I installed Kolibri on an Intel i3-based laptop running Fedora 28. I chose the **pip install** method, which is very easy. Here's how to do it. + +Open a terminal and enter: + +``` +$ sudo pip install kolibri + +``` + +Start Kolibri by entering **$** **kolibri** **start** in the terminal. + +Find your Kolibri installation's URL in the terminal. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kolibri_url.png) + +Open your browser and point it to that URL, being sure to append port **8080**. + +Select the default language—options include English, Spanish, French, Arabic, Portuguese, Hindi, Farsi, Burmese, and Bengali. (I chose English.) + +Name your facility, i.e., your classroom, library, or home. (I named mine Test.) + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kolibri_name.png) + +Tell Kolibri what type of facility you're setting up—self-managed, admin-managed, or informal. (I chose self-managed.) + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kolibri_facility-type.png) + +Create an admin account. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kolibri_admin.png) + +### Add content + +You can add Kolibri-curated content channels while you are connected to broadband service. Explore and add content from the menu at the top-left of the browser. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kolibri_menu.png) + +Choose Device and Import. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kolibri_import.png) + +Selecting English as the default language provides access to 29 content channels including Touchable Earth, Global Digital Library, Khan Academy, OpenStax, CK-12, EngageNY, Blockly games, and more. + +Select a channel you're interested in. You have the option to download the entire channel (which might take a long time) or to select the specific content you want to download. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kolibri_select-content.png) + +To access your content, return to the top-left menu and select Learn. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kolibri_content.png) + +### Add users + +User accounts can be set up as learners, coaches, or admins. Users can access the Kolibri server from most web browsers on any Linux, MacOS, Windows, Android, or iOS device on the same network, even if the network isn't connected to the internet. Admins can set up classes on the device, assign coaches and learners to classes, and see every user's interaction and how much time they spend with the content. + +If your Kolibri server is set up as self-managed, users can create their own accounts by entering the Kolibri URL in their browser and following the prompts. For information on setting up users on an admin-managed server, check out Kolibri's [documentation][7]. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kolibri_user-account.png) + +After logging in, the user can access content right away to begin learning. + +### Learn more + +Kolibri is a very powerful learning resource, especially for people who don't have a robust connection to the internet. Its [documentation][8] is very complete, and a [demo][9] site maintained by the project allows you to try it out. + +Kolibri is open source under the [MIT License][10]. The project, which is managed by the nonprofit organization Learning Equality, is looking for developers—if you would like to get involved, be sure to check out them on [GitHub][11]. To learn more, follow Learning Equality and Kolibri on its [blog][12], [Twitter][13], and [Facebook][14] pages. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/getting-started-kolibri + +作者:[Don Watkins][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins +[1]: https://learningequality.org/kolibri/ +[2]: https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B9ZzDms8cSNgVWRKdUlPc2lkTkk/view +[3]: https://openstax.org/ +[4]: https://www.ck12.org/ +[5]: https://www.khanacademy.org/ +[6]: https://www.engageny.org/ +[7]: https://kolibri.readthedocs.io/en/latest/manage.html#create-a-new-user-account +[8]: https://learningequality.org/documentation/ +[9]: http://kolibridemo.learningequality.org/learn/#/topics +[10]: https://github.com/learningequality/kolibri/blob/develop/LICENSE +[11]: https://github.com/learningequality/ +[12]: https://blog.learningequality.org/ +[13]: https://twitter.com/LearnEQ/ +[14]: https://www.facebook.com/learningequality From f2ad6e269fa08393b7b93217e27a45ed84358eee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 11:18:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 381/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Dbxfs=20=E2=80=93?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Mount=20Dropbox=20Folder=20Locally=20As=20Virtual=20File=20S?= =?UTF-8?q?ystem=20In=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Locally As Virtual File System In Linux.md | 133 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 133 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181005 Dbxfs - Mount Dropbox Folder Locally As Virtual File System In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181005 Dbxfs - Mount Dropbox Folder Locally As Virtual File System In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20181005 Dbxfs - Mount Dropbox Folder Locally As Virtual File System In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..691600a4cc --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181005 Dbxfs - Mount Dropbox Folder Locally As Virtual File System In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +Dbxfs – Mount Dropbox Folder Locally As Virtual File System In Linux +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dbxfs-720x340.png) + +A while ago, we summarized all the possible ways to **[mount Google drive locally][1]** as a virtual file system and access the files stored in the google drive from your Linux operating system. Today, we are going to learn to mount Dropbox folder in your local file system using **dbxfs** utility. The dbxfs is used to mount your Dropbox folder locally as a virtual filesystem in Unix-like operating systems. While it is easy to [**install Dropbox client**][2] in Linux, this approach slightly differs from the official method. It is a command line dropbox client and requires no disk space for access. The dbxfs application is free, open source and written for Python 3.5+. + +### Installing dbxfs + +The dbxfs officially supports Linux and Mac OS. However, it should work on any POSIX system that provides a **FUSE-compatible library** or has the ability to mount **SMB** shares. Since it is written for Python 3.5, it can installed using **pip3** package manager. Refer the following guide if you haven’t installed PIP yet. + +And, install FUSE library as well. + +On Debian-based systems, run the following command to install FUSE: + +``` +$ sudo apt install libfuse2 + +``` + +On Fedora: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install fuse + +``` + +Once you installed all required dependencies, run the following command to install dbxfs utility: + +``` +$ pip3 install dbxfs + +``` + +### Mount Dropbox folder locally + +Create a mount point to mount your dropbox folder in your local file system. + +``` +$ mkdir ~/mydropbox + +``` + +Then, mount the dropbox folder locally using dbxfs utility as shown below: + +``` +$ dbxfs ~/mydropbox + +``` + +You will be asked to generate an access token: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Generate-access-token-1.png) + +To generate an access token, just navigate to the URL given in the above output from your web browser and click **Allow** to authenticate Dropbox access. You need to log in to your dropbox account to complete authorization process. + +A new authorization code will be generated in the next screen. Copy the code and head back to your Terminal and paste it into cli-dbxfs prompt to finish the process. + +You will be then asked to save the credentials for future access. Type **Y** or **N** whether you want to save or decline. And then, you need to enter a passphrase twice for the new access token. + +Finally, click **Y** to accept **“/home/username/mydropbox”** as the default mount point. If you want to set different path, type **N** and enter the location of your choice. + +[![Generate access token 2][3]][4] + +All done! From now on, you can see your Dropbox folder is locally mounted in your filesystem. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Dropbox-in-file-manager.png) + +### Change Access Token Storage Path + +By default, the dbxfs application will store your Dropbox access token in the system keyring or an encrypted file. However, you might want to store it in a **gpg** encrypted file or something else. If so, get an access token by creating a personal app on the [Dropbox developers app console][5]. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/access-token.png) + +Once the app is created, click **Generate** button in the next button. This access token can be used to access your Dropbox account via the API. Don’t share your access token with anyone. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Create-a-new-app.png) + +Once you created an access token, encrypt it using any encryption tools of your choice, such as [**Cryptomater**][6], [**Cryptkeeper**][7], [**CryptGo**][8], [**Cryptr**][9], [**Tomb**][10], [**Toplip**][11] and [**GnuPG**][12] etc., and store it in your preferred location. + +Next edit the dbxfs configuration file and add the following line in it: + +``` +"access_token_command": ["gpg", "--decrypt", "/path/to/access/token/file.gpg"] + +``` + +You can find the dbxfs configuration file by running the following command: + +``` +$ dbxfs --print-default-config-file + +``` + +For more details, refer dbxfs help section: + +``` +$ dbxfs -h + +``` + +As you can see, mounting Dropfox folder locally in your file system using Dbxfs utility is no big deal. As far tested, dbxfs just works fine as expected. Give it a try if you’re interested to see how it works and let us know about your experience in the comment section below. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuff to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/dbxfs-mount-dropbox-folder-locally-as-virtual-file-system-in-linux/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-mount-google-drive-locally-as-virtual-file-system-in-linux/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-dropbox-in-ubuntu-18-04-lts-desktop/ +[3]: data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7 +[4]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Generate-access-token-2.png +[5]: https://dropbox.com/developers/apps +[6]: https://www.ostechnix.com/cryptomator-open-source-client-side-encryption-tool-cloud/ +[7]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-encrypt-your-personal-foldersdirectories-in-linux-mint-ubuntu-distros/ +[8]: https://www.ostechnix.com/cryptogo-easy-way-encrypt-password-protect-files/ +[9]: https://www.ostechnix.com/cryptr-simple-cli-utility-encrypt-decrypt-files/ +[10]: https://www.ostechnix.com/tomb-file-encryption-tool-protect-secret-files-linux/ +[11]: https://www.ostechnix.com/toplip-strong-file-encryption-decryption-cli-utility/ +[12]: https://www.ostechnix.com/an-easy-way-to-encrypt-and-decrypt-files-from-commandline-in-linux/ From 99ddaac250f755cd05183f7b6c8f403f99390d89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ezio Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 11:34:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 382/437] =?UTF-8?q?20181008-1=20=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...p to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md | 635 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 635 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20161014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20161014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md b/sources/tech/20161014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d3040626b --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20161014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md @@ -0,0 +1,635 @@ +# Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 + +In this article we will look at a from-scratch implementation of a compiler from a simple LISP-like calculator language to JavaScript. The complete source code can be found [here][7]. + +We will: + +1. Define our language and write a simple program in it + +2. Implement a simple parser combinator library + +3. Implement a parser for our language + +4. Implement a pretty printer for our language + +5. Define a subset of JavaScript for our usage + +6. Implement a code translator to the JavaScript subset we defined + +7. Glue it all together + +Let's start! + +### 1\. Defining the language + +The main attraction of lisps is that their syntax already represent a tree, this is why they are so easy to parse. We'll see that soon. But first let's define our language. Here's a BNF description of our language's syntax: + +``` +program ::= expr +expr ::= | | ([]) +``` + +Basically, our language let's us define one expression at the top level which it will evaluate. An expression is composed of either an integer, for example `5`, a variable, for example `x`, or a list of expressions, for example `(add x 1)`. + +An integer evaluate to itself, a variable evaluates to what it's bound in the current environment, and a list evaluates to a function call where the first argument is the function and the rest are the arguments to the function. + +We have some built-in special forms in our language so we can do more interesting stuff: + +* let expression let's us introduce new variables in the environment of the body of the let. The syntax is: + +``` +let ::= (let ([]) ) +letargs ::= ( ) +body ::= +``` + +* lambda expression: evaluates to an anonymous function definition. The syntax is: + +``` +lambda ::= (lambda ([]) ) +``` + +We also have a few built in functions: `add`, `mul`, `sub`, `div` and `print`. + +Let's see a quick example of a program written in our language: + +``` +(let + ((compose + (lambda (f g) + (lambda (x) (f (g x))))) + (square + (lambda (x) (mul x x))) + (add1 + (lambda (x) (add x 1)))) + (print ((compose square add1) 5))) +``` + +This program defines 3 functions: `compose`, `square` and `add1`. And then prints the result of the computation:`((compose square add1) 5)` + +I hope this is enough information about the language. Let's start implementing it! + +We can define the language in Haskell like this: + +``` +type Name = String + +data Expr + = ATOM Atom + | LIST [Expr] + deriving (Eq, Read, Show) + +data Atom + = Int Int + | Symbol Name + deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +``` + +We can parse programs in the language we defined to an `Expr`. Also, we are giving the new data types `Eq`, `Read`and `Show` instances to aid in testing and debugging. You'll be able to use those in the REPL for example to verify all this actually works. + +The reason we did not define `lambda`, `let` and the other built-in functions as part of the syntax is because we can get away with it in this case. These functions are just a more specific case of a `LIST`. So I decided to leave this to a later phase. + +Usually, you would like to define these special cases in the abstract syntax - to improve error messages, to unable static analysis and optimizations and such, but we won't do that here so this is enough for us. + +Another thing you would like to do usually is add some annotation to the syntax. For example the location: Which file did this `Expr` come from and which row and col in the file. You can use this in later stages to print the location of errors, even if they are not in the parser stage. + +* _Exercise 1_ : Add a `Program` data type to include multiple `Expr` sequentially + +* _Exercise 2_ : Add location annotation to the syntax tree. + +### 2\. Implement a simple parser combinator library + +First thing we are going to do is define an Embedded Domain Specific Language (or EDSL) which we will use to define our languages' parser. This is often referred to as parser combinator library. The reason we are doing it is strictly for learning purposes, Haskell has great parsing libraries and you should definitely use them when building real software, or even when just experimenting. One such library is [megaparsec][8]. + +First let's talk about the idea behind our parser library implementation. In it's essence, our parser is a function that takes some input, might consume some or all of the input, and returns the value it managed to parse and the rest of the input it didn't parse yet, or throws an error if it failed. Let's write that down. + +``` +newtype Parser a + = Parser (ParseString -> Either ParseError (a, ParseString)) + +data ParseString + = ParseString Name (Int, Int) String + +data ParseError + = ParseError ParseString Error + +type Error = String + +``` + +Here we defined three main new types. + +First, `Parser a`, is the parsing function we described before. + +Second, `ParseString` is our input or state we carry along. It has three significant parts: + +* `Name`: This is the name of the source + +* `(Int, Int)`: This is the current location in the source + +* `String`: This is the remaining string left to parse + +Third, `ParseError` contains the current state of the parser and an error message. + +Now we want our parser to be flexible, so we will define a few instances for common type classes for it. These instances will allow us to combine small parsers to make bigger parsers (hence the name 'parser combinators'). + +The first one is a `Functor` instance. We want a `Functor` instance because we want to be able to define a parser using another parser simply by applying a function on the parsed value. We will see an example of this when we define the parser for our language. + +``` +instance Functor Parser where + fmap f (Parser parser) = + Parser (\str -> first f <$> parser str) +``` + +The second instance is an `Applicative` instance. One common use case for this instance instance is to lift a pure function on multiple parsers. + +``` +instance Applicative Parser where + pure x = Parser (\str -> Right (x, str)) + (Parser p1) <*> (Parser p2) = + Parser $ + \str -> do + (f, rest) <- p1 str + (x, rest') <- p2 rest + pure (f x, rest') + +``` + +(Note:  _We will also implement a Monad instance so we can use do notation here._ ) + +The third instance is an `Alternative` instance. We want to be able to supply an alternative parser in case one fails. + +``` +instance Alternative Parser where + empty = Parser (`throwErr` "Failed consuming input") + (Parser p1) <|> (Parser p2) = + Parser $ + \pstr -> case p1 pstr of + Right result -> Right result + Left _ -> p2 pstr +``` + +The forth instance is a `Monad` instance. So we'll be able to chain parsers. + +``` +instance Monad Parser where + (Parser p1) >>= f = + Parser $ + \str -> case p1 str of + Left err -> Left err + Right (rs, rest) -> + case f rs of + Parser parser -> parser rest + +``` + +Next, let's define a way to run a parser and a utility function for failure: + +``` + +runParser :: String -> String -> Parser a -> Either ParseError (a, ParseString) +runParser name str (Parser parser) = parser $ ParseString name (0,0) str + +throwErr :: ParseString -> String -> Either ParseError a +throwErr ps@(ParseString name (row,col) _) errMsg = + Left $ ParseError ps $ unlines + [ "*** " ++ name ++ ": " ++ errMsg + , "* On row " ++ show row ++ ", column " ++ show col ++ "." + ] + +``` + +Now we'll start implementing the combinators which are the API and heart of the EDSL. + +First, we'll define `oneOf`. `oneOf` will succeed if one of the characters in the list supplied to it is the next character of the input and will fail otherwise. + +``` +oneOf :: [Char] -> Parser Char +oneOf chars = + Parser $ \case + ps@(ParseString name (row, col) str) -> + case str of + [] -> throwErr ps "Cannot read character of empty string" + (c:cs) -> + if c `elem` chars + then Right (c, ParseString name (row, col+1) cs) + else throwErr ps $ unlines ["Unexpected character " ++ [c], "Expecting one of: " ++ show chars] +``` + +`optional` will stop a parser from throwing an error. It will just return `Nothing` on failure. + +``` +optional :: Parser a -> Parser (Maybe a) +optional (Parser parser) = + Parser $ + \pstr -> case parser pstr of + Left _ -> Right (Nothing, pstr) + Right (x, rest) -> Right (Just x, rest) +``` + +`many` will try to run a parser repeatedly until it fails. When it does, it'll return a list of successful parses. `many1`will do the same, but will throw an error if it fails to parse at least once. + +``` +many :: Parser a -> Parser [a] +many parser = go [] + where go cs = (parser >>= \c -> go (c:cs)) <|> pure (reverse cs) + +many1 :: Parser a -> Parser [a] +many1 parser = + (:) <$> parser <*> many parser + +``` + +These next few parsers use the combinators we defined to make more specific parsers: + +``` +char :: Char -> Parser Char +char c = oneOf [c] + +string :: String -> Parser String +string = traverse char + +space :: Parser Char +space = oneOf " \n" + +spaces :: Parser String +spaces = many space + +spaces1 :: Parser String +spaces1 = many1 space + +withSpaces :: Parser a -> Parser a +withSpaces parser = + spaces *> parser <* spaces + +parens :: Parser a -> Parser a +parens parser = + (withSpaces $ char '(') + *> withSpaces parser + <* (spaces *> char ')') + +sepBy :: Parser a -> Parser b -> Parser [b] +sepBy sep parser = do + frst <- optional parser + rest <- many (sep *> parser) + pure $ maybe rest (:rest) frst + +``` + +Now we have everything we need to start defining a parser for our language. + +* _Exercise_ : implement an EOF (end of file/input) parser combinator. + +### 3\. Implementing a parser for our language + +To define our parser, we'll use the top-bottom method. + +``` +parseExpr :: Parser Expr +parseExpr = fmap ATOM parseAtom <|> fmap LIST parseList + +parseList :: Parser [Expr] +parseList = parens $ sepBy spaces1 parseExpr + +parseAtom :: Parser Atom +parseAtom = parseSymbol <|> parseInt + +parseSymbol :: Parser Atom +parseSymbol = fmap Symbol parseName + +``` + +Notice that these four function are a very high-level description of our language. This demonstrate why Haskell is so nice for parsing. Still, after defining the high-level parts, we still need to define the lower-level `parseName` and `parseInt`. + +What characters can we use as names in our language? Let's decide to use lowercase letters, digits and underscores, where the first character must be a letter. + +``` +parseName :: Parser Name +parseName = do + c <- oneOf ['a'..'z'] + cs <- many $ oneOf $ ['a'..'z'] ++ "0123456789" ++ "_" + pure (c:cs) +``` + +For integers, we want a sequence of digits optionally preceding by '-': + +``` +parseInt :: Parser Atom +parseInt = do + sign <- optional $ char '-' + num <- many1 $ oneOf "0123456789" + let result = read $ maybe num (:num) sign of + pure $ Int result +``` + +Lastly, we'll define a function to run a parser and get back an `Expr` or an error message. + +``` +runExprParser :: Name -> String -> Either String Expr +runExprParser name str = + case runParser name str (withSpaces parseExpr) of + Left (ParseError _ errMsg) -> Left errMsg + Right (result, _) -> Right result +``` + +* _Exercise 1_ : Write a parser for the `Program` type you defined in the first section + +* _Exercise 2_ : Rewrite `parseName` in Applicative style + +* _Exercise 3_ : Find a way to handle the overflow case in `parseInt` instead of using `read`. + +### 4\. Implement a pretty printer for our language + +One more thing we'd like to do is be able to print our programs as source code. This is useful for better error messages. + +``` +printExpr :: Expr -> String +printExpr = printExpr' False 0 + +printAtom :: Atom -> String +printAtom = \case + Symbol s -> s + Int i -> show i + +printExpr' :: Bool -> Int -> Expr -> String +printExpr' doindent level = \case + ATOM a -> indent (bool 0 level doindent) (printAtom a) + LIST (e:es) -> + indent (bool 0 level doindent) $ + concat + [ "(" + , printExpr' False (level + 1) e + , bool "\n" "" (null es) + , intercalate "\n" $ map (printExpr' True (level + 1)) es + , ")" + ] + +indent :: Int -> String -> String +indent tabs e = concat (replicate tabs " ") ++ e +``` + +* _Exercise_ : Write a pretty printer for the `Program` type you defined in the first section + +Okay, we wrote around 200 lines so far of what's typically called the front-end of the compiler. We have around 150 more lines to go and three more tasks: We need to define a subset of JS for our usage, define the translator from our language to that subset, and glue the whole thing together. Let's go! + +### 5\. Define a subset of JavaScript for our usage + +First, we'll define the subset of JavaScript we are going to use: + +``` +data JSExpr + = JSInt Int + | JSSymbol Name + | JSBinOp JSBinOp JSExpr JSExpr + | JSLambda [Name] JSExpr + | JSFunCall JSExpr [JSExpr] + | JSReturn JSExpr + deriving (Eq, Show, Read) + +type JSBinOp = String +``` + +This data type represent a JavaScript expression. We have two atoms - `JSInt` and `JSSymbol` to which we'll translate our languages' `Atom`, We have `JSBinOp` to represent a binary operation such as `+` or `*`, we have `JSLambda`for anonymous functions same as our `lambda expression`, We have `JSFunCall` which we'll use both for calling functions and introducing new names as in `let`, and we have `JSReturn` to return values from functions as that's required in JavaScript. + +This `JSExpr` type is an **abstract representation** of a JavaScript expression. We will translate our own `Expr`which is an abstract representation of our languages' expression to `JSExpr` and from there to JavaScript. But in order to do that we need to take this `JSExpr` and produce JavaScript code from it. We'll do that by pattern matching on `JSExpr` recursively and emit JS code as a `String`. This is basically the same thing we did in `printExpr`. We'll also track the scoping of elements so we can indent the generated code in a nice way. + +``` +printJSOp :: JSBinOp -> String +printJSOp op = op + +printJSExpr :: Bool -> Int -> JSExpr -> String +printJSExpr doindent tabs = \case + JSInt i -> show i + JSSymbol name -> name + JSLambda vars expr -> (if doindent then indent tabs else id) $ unlines + ["function(" ++ intercalate ", " vars ++ ") {" + ,indent (tabs+1) $ printJSExpr False (tabs+1) expr + ] ++ indent tabs "}" + JSBinOp op e1 e2 -> "(" ++ printJSExpr False tabs e1 ++ " " ++ printJSOp op ++ " " ++ printJSExpr False tabs e2 ++ ")" + JSFunCall f exprs -> "(" ++ printJSExpr False tabs f ++ ")(" ++ intercalate ", " (fmap (printJSExpr False tabs) exprs) ++ ")" + JSReturn expr -> (if doindent then indent tabs else id) $ "return " ++ printJSExpr False tabs expr ++ ";" +``` + +* _Exercise 1_ : Add a `JSProgram` type that will hold multiple `JSExpr` and create a function `printJSExprProgram` to generate code for it. + +* _Exercise 2_ : Add a new type of `JSExpr` - `JSIf`, and generate code for it. + +### 6\. Implement a code translator to the JavaScript subset we defined + +We are almost there. In this section we'll create a function to translate `Expr` to `JSExpr`. + +The basic idea is simple, we'll translate `ATOM` to `JSSymbol` or `JSInt` and `LIST` to either a function call or a special case we'll translate later. + +``` +type TransError = String + +translateToJS :: Expr -> Either TransError JSExpr +translateToJS = \case + ATOM (Symbol s) -> pure $ JSSymbol s + ATOM (Int i) -> pure $ JSInt i + LIST xs -> translateList xs + +translateList :: [Expr] -> Either TransError JSExpr +translateList = \case + [] -> Left "translating empty list" + ATOM (Symbol s):xs + | Just f <- lookup s builtins -> + f xs + f:xs -> + JSFunCall <$> translateToJS f <*> traverse translateToJS xs + +``` + +`builtins` is a list of special cases to translate, like `lambda` and `let`. Every case gets the list of arguments for it, verify that its syntactically valid and translates it to the equivalent `JSExpr`. + +``` +type Builtin = [Expr] -> Either TransError JSExpr +type Builtins = [(Name, Builtin)] + +builtins :: Builtins +builtins = + [("lambda", transLambda) + ,("let", transLet) + ,("add", transBinOp "add" "+") + ,("mul", transBinOp "mul" "*") + ,("sub", transBinOp "sub" "-") + ,("div", transBinOp "div" "/") + ,("print", transPrint) + ] + +``` + +In our case, we treat built-in special forms as special and not first class, so will not be able to use them as first class functions and such. + +We'll translate a Lambda to an anonymous function: + +``` +transLambda :: [Expr] -> Either TransError JSExpr +transLambda = \case + [LIST vars, body] -> do + vars' <- traverse fromSymbol vars + JSLambda vars' <$> (JSReturn <$> translateToJS body) + + vars -> + Left $ unlines + ["Syntax error: unexpected arguments for lambda." + ,"expecting 2 arguments, the first is the list of vars and the second is the body of the lambda." + ,"In expression: " ++ show (LIST $ ATOM (Symbol "lambda") : vars) + ] + +fromSymbol :: Expr -> Either String Name +fromSymbol (ATOM (Symbol s)) = Right s +fromSymbol e = Left $ "cannot bind value to non symbol type: " ++ show e + +``` + +We'll translate let to a definition of a function with the relevant named arguments and call it with the values, Thus introducing the variables in that scope: + +``` +transLet :: [Expr] -> Either TransError JSExpr +transLet = \case + [LIST binds, body] -> do + (vars, vals) <- letParams binds + vars' <- traverse fromSymbol vars + JSFunCall . JSLambda vars' <$> (JSReturn <$> translateToJS body) <*> traverse translateToJS vals + where + letParams :: [Expr] -> Either Error ([Expr],[Expr]) + letParams = \case + [] -> pure ([],[]) + LIST [x,y] : rest -> ((x:) *** (y:)) <$> letParams rest + x : _ -> Left ("Unexpected argument in let list in expression:\n" ++ printExpr x) + + vars -> + Left $ unlines + ["Syntax error: unexpected arguments for let." + ,"expecting 2 arguments, the first is the list of var/val pairs and the second is the let body." + ,"In expression:\n" ++ printExpr (LIST $ ATOM (Symbol "let") : vars) + ] +``` + +We'll translate an operation that can work on multiple arguments to a chain of binary operations. For example: `(add 1 2 3)` will become `1 + (2 + 3)` + +``` +transBinOp :: Name -> Name -> [Expr] -> Either TransError JSExpr +transBinOp f _ [] = Left $ "Syntax error: '" ++ f ++ "' expected at least 1 argument, got: 0" +transBinOp _ _ [x] = translateToJS x +transBinOp _ f list = foldl1 (JSBinOp f) <$> traverse translateToJS list +``` + +And we'll translate a `print` as a call to `console.log` + +``` +transPrint :: [Expr] -> Either TransError JSExpr +transPrint [expr] = JSFunCall (JSSymbol "console.log") . (:[]) <$> translateToJS expr +transPrint xs = Left $ "Syntax error. print expected 1 arguments, got: " ++ show (length xs) + +``` + +Notice that we could have skipped verifying the syntax if we'd parse those as special cases of `Expr`. + +* _Exercise 1_ : Translate `Program` to `JSProgram` + +* _Exercise 2_ : add a special case for `if Expr Expr Expr` and translate it to the `JSIf` case you implemented in the last exercise + +### 7\. Glue it all together + +Finally, we are going to glue this all together. We'll: + +1. Read a file + +2. Parse it to `Expr` + +3. Translate it to `JSExpr` + +4. Emit JavaScript code to the standard output + +We'll also enable a few flags for testing: + +* `--e` will parse and print the abstract representation of the expression (`Expr`) + +* `--pp` will parse and pretty print + +* `--jse` will parse, translate and print the abstract representation of the resulting JS (`JSExpr`) + +* `--ppc` will parse, pretty print and compile + +``` +main :: IO () +main = getArgs >>= \case + [file] -> + printCompile =<< readFile file + ["--e",file] -> + either putStrLn print . runExprParser "--e" =<< readFile file + ["--pp",file] -> + either putStrLn (putStrLn . printExpr) . runExprParser "--pp" =<< readFile file + ["--jse",file] -> + either print (either putStrLn print . translateToJS) . runExprParser "--jse" =<< readFile file + ["--ppc",file] -> + either putStrLn (either putStrLn putStrLn) . fmap (compile . printExpr) . runExprParser "--ppc" =<< readFile file + _ -> + putStrLn $ unlines + ["Usage: runghc Main.hs [ --e, --pp, --jse, --ppc ] " + ,"--e print the Expr" + ,"--pp pretty print Expr" + ,"--jse print the JSExpr" + ,"--ppc pretty print Expr and then compile" + ] + +printCompile :: String -> IO () +printCompile = either putStrLn putStrLn . compile + +compile :: String -> Either Error String +compile str = printJSExpr False 0 <$> (translateToJS =<< runExprParser "compile" str) + +``` + +That's it. We have a compiler from our language to JS. Again, you can view the full source file [here][9]. + +Running our compiler with the example from the first section yields this JavaScript code: + +``` +$ runhaskell Lisp.hs example.lsp +(function(compose, square, add1) { + return (console.log)(((compose)(square, add1))(5)); +})(function(f, g) { + return function(x) { + return (f)((g)(x)); + }; +}, function(x) { + return (x * x); +}, function(x) { + return (x + 1); +}) +``` + +If you have node.js installed on your computer, you can run this code by running: + +``` +$ runhaskell Lisp.hs example.lsp | node -p +36 +undefined +``` + +* _Final exercise_ : instead of compiling an expression, compile a program of multiple expressions. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://gilmi.me/blog/post/2016/10/14/lisp-to-js + +作者:[ Gil Mizrahi ][a] +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://gilmi.me/home +[1]:https://gilmi.me/blog/authors/Gil +[2]:https://gilmi.me/blog/tags/compilers +[3]:https://gilmi.me/blog/tags/fp +[4]:https://gilmi.me/blog/tags/haskell +[5]:https://gilmi.me/blog/tags/lisp +[6]:https://gilmi.me/blog/tags/parsing +[7]:https://gist.github.com/soupi/d4ff0727ccb739045fad6cdf533ca7dd +[8]:https://mrkkrp.github.io/megaparsec/ +[9]:https://gist.github.com/soupi/d4ff0727ccb739045fad6cdf533ca7dd +[10]:https://gilmi.me/blog/post/2016/10/14/lisp-to-js From 03693b1e9b4624fd9b37ba4af7804279306af000 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ezio Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 11:37:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 383/437] =?UTF-8?q?20181008-2=20=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md | 203 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 203 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md b/sources/tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e2af0f74e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +Why is Python so slow? +============================================================ + +Python is booming in popularity. It is used in DevOps, Data Science, Web Development and Security. + +It does not, however, win any medals for speed. + + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/1200/0*M2qZQsVnDS-4i5zc.jpg) + +> How does Java compare in terms of speed to C or C++ or C# or Python? The answer depends greatly on the type of application you’re running. No benchmark is perfect, but The Computer Language Benchmarks Game is [a good starting point][5]. + +I’ve been referring to the Computer Language Benchmarks Game for over a decade; compared with other languages like Java, C#, Go, JavaScript, C++, Python is [one of the slowest][6]. This includes [JIT][7] (C#, Java) and [AOT][8] (C, C++) compilers, as well as interpreted languages like JavaScript. + + _NB: When I say “Python”, I’m talking about the reference implementation of the language, CPython. I will refer to other runtimes in this article._ + +> I want to answer this question: When Python completes a comparable application 2–10x slower than another language,  _why is it slow_  and can’t we  _make it faster_ ? + +Here are the top theories: + +* “ _It’s the GIL (Global Interpreter Lock)_ ” + +* “ _It’s because its interpreted and not compiled_ ” + +* “ _It’s because its a dynamically typed language_ ” + +Which one of these reasons has the biggest impact on performance? + +### “It’s the GIL” + +Modern computers come with CPU’s that have multiple cores, and sometimes multiple processors. In order to utilise all this extra processing power, the Operating System defines a low-level structure called a thread, where a process (e.g. Chrome Browser) can spawn multiple threads and have instructions for the system inside. That way if one process is particularly CPU-intensive, that load can be shared across the cores and this effectively makes most applications complete tasks faster. + +My Chrome Browser, as I’m writing this article, has 44 threads open. Keep in mind that the structure and API of threading are different between POSIX-based (e.g. Mac OS and Linux) and Windows OS. The operating system also handles the scheduling of threads. + +IF you haven’t done multi-threaded programming before, a concept you’ll need to quickly become familiar with locks. Unlike a single-threaded process, you need to ensure that when changing variables in memory, multiple threads don’t try and access/change the same memory address at the same time. + +When CPython creates variables, it allocates the memory and then counts how many references to that variable exist, this is a concept known as reference counting. If the number of references is 0, then it frees that piece of memory from the system. This is why creating a “temporary” variable within say, the scope of a for loop, doesn’t blow up the memory consumption of your application. + +The challenge then becomes when variables are shared within multiple threads, how CPython locks the reference count. There is a “global interpreter lock” that carefully controls thread execution. The interpreter can only execute one operation at a time, regardless of how many threads it has. + +#### What does this mean to the performance of Python application? + +If you have a single-threaded, single interpreter application. It will make no difference to the speed. Removing the GIL would have no impact on the performance of your code. + +If you wanted to implement concurrency within a single interpreter (Python process) by using threading, and your threads were IO intensive (e.g. Network IO or Disk IO), you would see the consequences of GIL-contention. + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/1600/0*S_iSksY5oM5H1Qf_.png) +From David Beazley’s GIL visualised post [http://dabeaz.blogspot.com/2010/01/python-gil-visualized.html][1] + +If you have a web-application (e.g. Django) and you’re using WSGI, then each request to your web-app is a separate Python interpreter, so there is only 1 lock  _per_  request. Because the Python interpreter is slow to start, some WSGI implementations have a “Daemon Mode” [which keep Python process(es) on the go for you.][9] + +#### What about other Python runtimes? + +[PyPy has a GIL][10] and it is typically >3x faster than CPython. + +[Jython does not have a GIL][11] because a Python thread in Jython is represented by a Java thread and benefits from the JVM memory-management system. + +#### How does JavaScript do this? + +Well, firstly all Javascript engines [use mark-and-sweep Garbage Collection][12]. As stated, the primary need for the GIL is CPython’s memory-management algorithm. + +JavaScript does not have a GIL, but it’s also single-threaded so it doesn’t require one. JavaScript’s event-loop and Promise/Callback pattern are how asynchronous-programming is achieved in place of concurrency. Python has a similar thing with the asyncio event-loop. + +### “It’s because its an interpreted language” + +I hear this a lot and I find it a gross-simplification of the way CPython actually works. If at a terminal you wrote `python myscript.py` then CPython would start a long sequence of reading, lexing, parsing, compiling, interpreting and executing that code. + +If you’re interested in how that process works, I’ve written about it before: + +[Modifying the Python language in 6 minutes +This week I raised my first pull-request to the CPython core project, which was declined :-( but as to not completely…hackernoon.com][13][][14] + +An important point in that process is the creation of a `.pyc` file, at the compiler stage, the bytecode sequence is written to a file inside `__pycache__/`on Python 3 or in the same directory in Python 2\. This doesn’t just apply to your script, but all of the code you imported, including 3rd party modules. + +So most of the time (unless you write code which you only ever run once?), Python is interpreting bytecode and executing it locally. Compare that with Java and C#.NET: + +> Java compiles to an “Intermediate Language” and the Java Virtual Machine reads the bytecode and just-in-time compiles it to machine code. The .NET CIL is the same, the .NET Common-Language-Runtime, CLR, uses just-in-time compilation to machine code. + +So, why is Python so much slower than both Java and C# in the benchmarks if they all use a virtual machine and some sort of Bytecode? Firstly, .NET and Java are JIT-Compiled. + +JIT or Just-in-time compilation requires an intermediate language to allow the code to be split into chunks (or frames). Ahead of time (AOT) compilers are designed to ensure that the CPU can understand every line in the code before any interaction takes place. + +The JIT itself does not make the execution any faster, because it is still executing the same bytecode sequences. However, JIT enables optimizations to be made at runtime. A good JIT optimizer will see which parts of the application are being executed a lot, call these “hot spots”. It will then make optimizations to those bits of code, by replacing them with more efficient versions. + +This means that when your application does the same thing again and again, it can be significantly faster. Also, keep in mind that Java and C# are strongly-typed languages so the optimiser can make many more assumptions about the code. + +PyPy has a JIT and as mentioned in the previous section, is significantly faster than CPython. This performance benchmark article goes into more detail — + +[Which is the fastest version of Python? +Of course, “it depends”, but what does it depend on and how can you assess which is the fastest version of Python for…hackernoon.com][15][][16] + +#### So why doesn’t CPython use a JIT? + +There are downsides to JITs: one of those is startup time. CPython startup time is already comparatively slow, PyPy is 2–3x slower to start than CPython. The Java Virtual Machine is notoriously slow to boot. The .NET CLR gets around this by starting at system-startup, but the developers of the CLR also develop the Operating System on which the CLR runs. + +If you have a single Python process running for a long time, with code that can be optimized because it contains “hot spots”, then a JIT makes a lot of sense. + +However, CPython is a general-purpose implementation. So if you were developing command-line applications using Python, having to wait for a JIT to start every time the CLI was called would be horribly slow. + +CPython has to try and serve as many use cases as possible. There was the possibility of [plugging a JIT into CPython][17] but this project has largely stalled. + +> If you want the benefits of a JIT and you have a workload that suits it, use PyPy. + +### “It’s because its a dynamically typed language” + +In a “Statically-Typed” language, you have to specify the type of a variable when it is declared. Those would include C, C++, Java, C#, Go. + +In a dynamically-typed language, there are still the concept of types, but the type of a variable is dynamic. + +``` +a = 1 +a = "foo" +``` + +In this toy-example, Python creates a second variable with the same name and a type of `str` and deallocates the memory created for the first instance of `a` + +Statically-typed languages aren’t designed as such to make your life hard, they are designed that way because of the way the CPU operates. If everything eventually needs to equate to a simple binary operation, you have to convert objects and types down to a low-level data structure. + +Python does this for you, you just never see it, nor do you need to care. + +Not having to declare the type isn’t what makes Python slow, the design of the Python language enables you to make almost anything dynamic. You can replace the methods on objects at runtime, you can monkey-patch low-level system calls to a value declared at runtime. Almost anything is possible. + +It’s this design that makes it incredibly hard to optimise Python. + +To illustrate my point, I’m going to use a syscall tracing tool that works in Mac OS called Dtrace. CPython distributions do not come with DTrace builtin, so you have to recompile CPython. I’m using 3.6.6 for my demo + +``` +wget https://github.com/python/cpython/archive/v3.6.6.zip +unzip v3.6.6.zip +cd v3.6.6 +./configure --with-dtrace +make +``` + +Now `python.exe` will have Dtrace tracers throughout the code. [Paul Ross wrote an awesome Lightning Talk on Dtrace][19]. You can [download DTrace starter files][20] for Python to measure function calls, execution time, CPU time, syscalls, all sorts of fun. e.g. + +`sudo dtrace -s toolkit/.d -c ‘../cpython/python.exe script.py’` + +The `py_callflow` tracer shows all the function calls in your application + + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/1600/1*Lz4UdUi4EwknJ0IcpSJ52g.gif) + +So, does Python’s dynamic typing make it slow? + +* Comparing and converting types is costly, every time a variable is read, written to or referenced the type is checked + +* It is hard to optimise a language that is so dynamic. The reason many alternatives to Python are so much faster is that they make compromises to flexibility in the name of performance + +* Looking at [Cython][2], which combines C-Static Types and Python to optimise code where the types are known[ can provide ][3]an 84x performanceimprovement. + +### Conclusion + +> Python is primarily slow because of its dynamic nature and versatility. It can be used as a tool for all sorts of problems, where more optimised and faster alternatives are probably available. + +There are, however, ways of optimising your Python applications by leveraging async, understanding the profiling tools, and consider using multiple-interpreters. + +For applications where startup time is unimportant and the code would benefit a JIT, consider PyPy. + +For parts of your code where performance is critical and you have more statically-typed variables, consider using [Cython][4]. + +#### Further reading + +Jake VDP’s excellent article (although slightly dated) [https://jakevdp.github.io/blog/2014/05/09/why-python-is-slow/][21] + +Dave Beazley’s talk on the GIL [http://www.dabeaz.com/python/GIL.pdf][22] + +All about JIT compilers [https://hacks.mozilla.org/2017/02/a-crash-course-in-just-in-time-jit-compilers/][23] + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://hackernoon.com/why-is-python-so-slow-e5074b6fe55b + +作者:[Anthony Shaw][a] +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://hackernoon.com/@anthonypjshaw?source=post_header_lockup +[1]:http://dabeaz.blogspot.com/2010/01/python-gil-visualized.html +[2]:http://cython.org/ +[3]:http://notes-on-cython.readthedocs.io/en/latest/std_dev.html +[4]:http://cython.org/ +[5]:http://algs4.cs.princeton.edu/faq/ +[6]:https://benchmarksgame-team.pages.debian.net/benchmarksgame/faster/python.html +[7]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Just-in-time_compilation +[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahead-of-time_compilation +[9]:https://www.slideshare.net/GrahamDumpleton/secrets-of-a-wsgi-master +[10]:http://doc.pypy.org/en/latest/faq.html#does-pypy-have-a-gil-why +[11]:http://www.jython.org/jythonbook/en/1.0/Concurrency.html#no-global-interpreter-lock +[12]:https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Memory_Management +[13]:https://hackernoon.com/modifying-the-python-language-in-7-minutes-b94b0a99ce14 +[14]:https://hackernoon.com/modifying-the-python-language-in-7-minutes-b94b0a99ce14 +[15]:https://hackernoon.com/which-is-the-fastest-version-of-python-2ae7c61a6b2b +[16]:https://hackernoon.com/which-is-the-fastest-version-of-python-2ae7c61a6b2b +[17]:https://www.slideshare.net/AnthonyShaw5/pyjion-a-jit-extension-system-for-cpython +[18]:https://github.com/python/cpython/archive/v3.6.6.zip +[19]:https://github.com/paulross/dtrace-py#the-lightning-talk +[20]:https://github.com/paulross/dtrace-py/tree/master/toolkit +[21]:https://jakevdp.github.io/blog/2014/05/09/why-python-is-slow/ +[22]:http://www.dabeaz.com/python/GIL.pdf +[23]:https://hacks.mozilla.org/2017/02/a-crash-course-in-just-in-time-jit-compilers/ From 67ae09583747725407380ffe39ba64cd0a1ca0ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 12:53:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 384/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Tips=20for=20list?= =?UTF-8?q?ing=20files=20with=20ls=20at=20the=20Linux=20command=20line?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...files with ls at the Linux command line.md | 73 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 73 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181003 Tips for listing files with ls at the Linux command line.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181003 Tips for listing files with ls at the Linux command line.md b/sources/tech/20181003 Tips for listing files with ls at the Linux command line.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d04e94a541 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181003 Tips for listing files with ls at the Linux command line.md @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +Tips for listing files with ls at the Linux command line +====== +Learn some of the Linux 'ls' command's most useful variations. +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/button_push_open_keyboard_file_organize.png?itok=KlAsk1gx) + +One of the first commands I learned in Linux was `ls`. Knowing what’s in a directory where a file on your system resides is important. Being able to see and modify not just some but all of the files is also important. + +My first LInux cheat sheet was the [One Page Linux Manual][1] , which was released in1999 and became my go-to reference. I taped it over my desk and referred to it often as I began to explore Linux. Listing files with `ls -l` is introduced on the first page, at the bottom of the first column. + +Later, I would learn other iterations of this most basic command. Through the `ls` command, I began to learn about the complexity of the Linux file permissions and what was mine and what required root or sudo permission to change. I became very comfortable on the command line over time, and while I still use `ls -l` to find files in the directory, I frequently use `ls -al` so I can see hidden files that might need to be changed, like configuration files. + +According to an article by Eric Fischer about the `ls` command in the [Linux Documentation Project][2], the command's roots go back to the `listf` command on MIT’s Compatible Time Sharing System in 1961. When CTSS was replaced by [Multics][3], the command became `list`, with switches like `list -all`. According to [Wikipedia][4], `ls` appeared in the original version of AT&T Unix. The `ls` command we use today on Linux systems comes from the [GNU Core Utilities][5]. + +Most of the time, I use only a couple of iterations of the command. Looking inside a directory with `ls` or `ls -al` is how I generally use the command, but there are many other options that you should be familiar with. + +`$ ls -l` provides a simple list of the directory: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/linux_ls_1_0.png) + +Using the man pages of my Fedora 28 system, I find that there are many other options to `ls`, all of which provide interesting and useful information about the Linux file system. By entering `man ls` at the command prompt, we can begin to explore some of the other options: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/linux_ls_2_0.png) + +To sort the directory by file sizes, use `ls -lS`: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/linux_ls_3_0.png) + +To list the contents in reverse order, use `ls -lr`: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/linux_ls_4.png) + +To list contents by columns, use `ls -c`: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/linux_ls_5.png) + +`ls -al` provides a list of all the files in the same directory: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/linux_ls_6.png) + +Here are some additional options that I find useful and interesting: + + * List only the .txt files in the directory: `ls *.txt` + * List by file size: `ls -s` + * Sort by time and date: `ls -d` + * Sort by extension: `ls -X` + * Sort by file size: `ls -S` + * Long format with file size: `ls -ls` + * List only the .txt files in a directory: `ls *.txt` + + + +To generate a directory list in the specified format and send it to a file for later viewing, enter `ls -al > mydirectorylist`. Finally, one of the more exotic commands I found is `ls -R`, which provides a recursive list of all the directories on your computer and their contents. + +For a complete list of the all the iterations of the `ls` command, refer to the [GNU Core Utilities][6]. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/ls-command + +作者:[Don Watkins][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins +[1]: http://hackerspace.cs.rutgers.edu/library/General/One_Page_Linux_Manual.pdf +[2]: http://www.tldp.org/LDP/LG/issue48/fischer.html +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multics +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ls +[5]: http://www.gnu.org/s/coreutils/ +[6]: https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/html_node/ls-invocation.html#ls-invocation From 954873c55469b385326524c9cb606a73f901779c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 12:55:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 385/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20PyTorch=201.0=20P?= =?UTF-8?q?review=20Release:=20Facebook=E2=80=99s=20newest=20Open=20Source?= =?UTF-8?q?=20AI?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...lease- Facebook-s newest Open Source AI.md | 181 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 181 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181004 PyTorch 1.0 Preview Release- Facebook-s newest Open Source AI.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181004 PyTorch 1.0 Preview Release- Facebook-s newest Open Source AI.md b/sources/tech/20181004 PyTorch 1.0 Preview Release- Facebook-s newest Open Source AI.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6418db9444 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181004 PyTorch 1.0 Preview Release- Facebook-s newest Open Source AI.md @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +PyTorch 1.0 Preview Release: Facebook’s newest Open Source AI +====== +Facebook already uses its own Open Source AI, PyTorch quite extensively in its own artificial intelligence projects. Recently, they have gone a league ahead by releasing a pre-release preview version 1.0. + +For those who are not familiar, [PyTorch][1] is a Python-based library for Scientific Computing. + +PyTorch harnesses the [superior computational power of Graphical Processing Units (GPUs)][2] for carrying out complex [Tensor][3] computations and implementing [deep neural networks][4]. So, it is used widely across the world by numerous researchers and developers. + +This new ready-to-use [Preview Release][5] was announced at the [PyTorch Developer Conference][6] at [The Midway][7], San Francisco, CA on Tuesday, October 2, 2018. + +### Highlights of PyTorch 1.0 Release Candidate + +![PyTorhc is Python based open source AI framework from Facebook][8] + +Some of the main new features in the release candidate are: + +#### 1\. JIT + +JIT is a set of compiler tools to bring research close to production. It includes a Python-based language called Torch Script and also ways to make existing code compatible with itself. + +#### 2\. New torch.distributed library: “C10D” + +“C10D” enables asynchronous operation on different backends with performance improvements on slower networks and more. + +#### 3\. C++ frontend (experimental) + +Though it has been specifically mentioned as an unstable API (expected in a pre-release), this is a pure C++ interface to the PyTorch backend that follows the API and architecture of the established Python frontend to enable research in high performance, low latency and C++ applications installed directly on hardware. + +To know more, you can take a look at the complete [update notes][9] on GitHub. + +The first stable version PyTorch 1.0 will be released in summer. + +### Installing PyTorch on Linux + +To install PyTorch v1.0rc0, the developers recommend using [conda][10] while there also other ways to do that as shown on their [local installation page][11] where they have documented everything necessary in detail. + +#### Prerequisites + + * Linux + * Pip + * Python + * [CUDA][12] (For Nvidia GPU owners) + + + +As we recently showed you [how to install and use Pip][13], let’s get to know how we can install PyTorch with it. + +Note that PyTorch has GPU and CPU-only variants. You should install the one that suits your hardware. + +#### Installing old and stable version of PyTorch + +If you want the stable release (version 0.4) for your GPU, use: + +``` +pip install torch torchvision + +``` + +Use these two commands in succession for a CPU-only stable release: + +``` +pip install http://download.pytorch.org/whl/cpu/torch-0.4.1-cp27-cp27mu-linux_x86_64.whl +pip install torchvision + +``` + +#### Installing PyTorch 1.0 Release Candidate + +You install PyTorch 1.0 RC GPU version with this command: + +``` +pip install torch_nightly -f https://download.pytorch.org/whl/nightly/cu92/torch_nightly.html + +``` + +If you do not have a GPU and would prefer a CPU-only version, use: + +``` +pip install torch_nightly -f https://download.pytorch.org/whl/nightly/cpu/torch_nightly.html + +``` + +#### Verifying your PyTorch installation + +Startup the python console on a terminal with the following simple command: + +``` +python + +``` + +Now enter the following sample code line by line to verify your installation: + +``` +from __future__ import print_function +import torch +x = torch.rand(5, 3) +print(x) + +``` + +You should get an output like: + +``` +tensor([[0.3380, 0.3845, 0.3217], + [0.8337, 0.9050, 0.2650], + [0.2979, 0.7141, 0.9069], + [0.1449, 0.1132, 0.1375], + [0.4675, 0.3947, 0.1426]]) + +``` + +To check whether you can use PyTorch’s GPU capabilities, use the following sample code: + +``` +import torch +torch.cuda.is_available() + +``` + +The resulting output should be: + +``` +True + +``` + +Support for AMD GPUs for PyTorch is still under development, so complete test coverage is not yet provided as reported [here][14], suggesting this [resource][15] in case you have an AMD GPU. + +Lets now look into some research projects that extensively use PyTorch: + +### Ongoing Research Projects based on PyTorch + + * [Detectron][16]: Facebook AI Research’s software system to intelligently detect and classify objects. It is based on Caffe2. Earlier this year, Caffe2 and PyTorch [joined forces][17] to create a Research + Production enabled PyTorch 1.0 we talk about. + * [Unsupervised Sentiment Discovery][18]: Such methods are extensively used with social media algorithms. + * [vid2vid][19]: Photorealistic video-to-video translation + * [DeepRecommender][20] (We covered how such systems work on our past [Netflix AI article][21]) + + + +Nvidia, leading GPU manufacturer covered more on this with their own [update][22] on this recent development where you can also read about ongoing collaborative research endeavours. + +### How should we react to such PyTorch capabilities? + +To think Facebook applies such amazingly innovative projects and more in its social media algorithms, should we appreciate all this or get alarmed? This is almost [Skynet][23]! This newly improved production-ready pre-release of PyTorch will certainly push things further ahead! Feel free to share your thoughts with us in the comments below! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/pytorch-open-source-ai-framework/ + +作者:[Avimanyu Bandyopadhyay][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/avimanyu/ +[1]: https://pytorch.org/ +[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/General-purpose_computing_on_graphics_processing_units +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tensor +[4]: https://www.techopedia.com/definition/32902/deep-neural-network +[5]: https://code.fb.com/ai-research/facebook-accelerates-ai-development-with-new-partners-and-production-capabilities-for-pytorch-1-0 +[6]: https://pytorch.fbreg.com/ +[7]: https://www.themidwaysf.com/ +[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/pytorch.jpeg +[9]: https://github.com/pytorch/pytorch/releases/tag/v1.0rc0 +[10]: https://conda.io/ +[11]: https://pytorch.org/get-started/locally/ +[12]: https://www.pugetsystems.com/labs/hpc/How-to-install-CUDA-9-2-on-Ubuntu-18-04-1184/ +[13]: https://itsfoss.com/install-pip-ubuntu/ +[14]: https://github.com/pytorch/pytorch/issues/10657#issuecomment-415067478 +[15]: https://rocm.github.io/install.html#installing-from-amd-rocm-repositories +[16]: https://github.com/facebookresearch/Detectron +[17]: https://caffe2.ai/blog/2018/05/02/Caffe2_PyTorch_1_0.html +[18]: https://github.com/NVIDIA/sentiment-discovery +[19]: https://github.com/NVIDIA/vid2vid +[20]: https://github.com/NVIDIA/DeepRecommender/ +[21]: https://itsfoss.com/netflix-open-source-ai/ +[22]: https://news.developer.nvidia.com/pytorch-1-0-accelerated-on-nvidia-gpus/ +[23]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skynet_(Terminator) From 70a556232a4e96f36643f748973ff63ec1ff6f3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 12:59:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 386/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Functional=20prog?= =?UTF-8?q?ramming=20in=20Python:=20Immutable=20data=20structures?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ng in Python- Immutable data structures.md | 190 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 190 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181004 Functional programming in Python- Immutable data structures.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181004 Functional programming in Python- Immutable data structures.md b/sources/tech/20181004 Functional programming in Python- Immutable data structures.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b831ff726f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181004 Functional programming in Python- Immutable data structures.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +Functional programming in Python: Immutable data structures +====== +Immutability can help us better understand our code. Here's how to achieve it without sacrificing performance. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/metrics_graph_stats_blue.png?itok=OKCc_60D) + +In this two-part series, I will discuss how to import ideas from the functional programming methodology into Python in order to have the best of both worlds. + +This first post will explore how immutable data structures can help. The second part will explore higher-level functional programming concepts in Python using the **toolz** library. + +Why functional programming? Because mutation is hard to reason about. If you are already convinced that mutation is problematic, great. If you're not convinced, you will be by the end of this post. + +Let's begin by considering squares and rectangles. If we think in terms of interfaces, neglecting implementation details, are squares a subtype of rectangles? + +The definition of a subtype rests on the [Liskov substitution principle][1]. In order to be a subtype, it must be able to do everything the supertype does. + +How would we define an interface for a rectangle? + +``` +from zope.interface import Interface + +class IRectangle(Interface): +    def get_length(self): +        """Squares can do that""" +    def get_width(self): +        """Squares can do that""" +    def set_dimensions(self, length, width): +        """Uh oh""" +``` + +If this is the definition, then squares cannot be a subtype of rectangles; they cannot respond to a `set_dimensions` method if the length and width are different. + +A different approach is to choose to make rectangles immutable. + +``` +class IRectangle(Interface): +    def get_length(self): +        """Squares can do that""" +    def get_width(self): +        """Squares can do that""" +    def with_dimensions(self, length, width): +        """Returns a new rectangle""" +``` + +Now, a square can be a rectangle. It can return a new rectangle (which would not usually be a square) when `with_dimensions` is called, but it would not stop being a square. + +This might seem like an academic problem—until we consider that squares and rectangles are, in a sense, a container for their sides. After we understand this example, the more realistic case this comes into play with is more traditional containers. For example, consider random-access arrays. + +We have `ISquare` and `IRectangle`, and `ISquare` is a subtype of `IRectangle`. + +We want to put rectangles in a random-access array: + +``` +class IArrayOfRectangles(Interface): +    def get_element(self, i): +        """Returns Rectangle""" +    def set_element(self, i, rectangle): +        """'rectangle' can be any IRectangle""" +``` + +We want to put squares in a random-access array too: + +``` +class IArrayOfSquare(Interface): +    def get_element(self, i): +        """Returns Square""" +    def set_element(self, i, square): +        """'square' can be any ISquare""" +``` + +Even though `ISquare` is a subtype of `IRectangle`, no array can implement both `IArrayOfSquare` and `IArrayOfRectangle`. + +Why not? Assume `bucket` implements both. + +``` +>>> rectangle = make_rectangle(3, 4) +>>> bucket.set_element(0, rectangle) # This is allowed by IArrayOfRectangle +>>> thing = bucket.get_element(0) # That has to be a square by IArrayOfSquare +>>> assert thing.height == thing.width +Traceback (most recent call last): +  File "", line 1, in +AssertionError +``` + +Being unable to implement both means that neither is a subtype of the other, even though `ISquare` is a subtype of `IRectangle`. The problem is the `set_element` method: If we had a read-only array, `IArrayOfSquare` would be a subtype of `IArrayOfRectangle`. + +Mutability, in both the mutable `IRectangle` interface and the mutable `IArrayOf*` interfaces, has made thinking about types and subtypes much more difficult—and giving up on the ability to mutate meant that the intuitive relationships we expected to have between the types actually hold. + +Mutation can also have non-local effects. This happens when a shared object between two places is mutated by one. The classic example is one thread mutating a shared object with another thread, but even in a single-threaded program, sharing between places that are far apart is easy. Consider that in Python, most objects are reachable from many places: as a module global, or in a stack trace, or as a class attribute. + +If we cannot constrain the sharing, we might think about constraining the mutability. + +Here is an immutable rectangle, taking advantage of the [attrs][2] library: + +``` +@attr.s(frozen=True) +class Rectange(object): +    length = attr.ib() +    width = attr.ib() +    @classmethod +    def with_dimensions(cls, length, width): +        return cls(length, width) +``` + +Here is a square: + +``` +@attr.s(frozen=True) +class Square(object): +    side = attr.ib() +    @classmethod +    def with_dimensions(cls, length, width): +        return Rectangle(length, width) +``` + +Using the `frozen` argument, we can easily have `attrs`-created classes be immutable. All the hard work of writing `__setitem__` correctly has been done by others and is completely invisible to us. + +It is still easy to modify objects; it's just nigh impossible to mutate them. + +``` +too_long = Rectangle(100, 4) +reasonable = attr.evolve(too_long, length=10) +``` + +The [Pyrsistent][3] package allows us to have immutable containers. + +``` +# Vector of integers +a = pyrsistent.v(1, 2, 3) +# Not a vector of integers +b = a.set(1, "hello") +``` + +While `b` is not a vector of integers, nothing will ever stop `a` from being one. + +What if `a` was a million elements long? Is `b` going to copy 999,999 of them? Pyrsistent comes with "big O" performance guarantees: All operations take `O(log n)` time. It also comes with an optional C extension to improve performance beyond the big O. + +For modifying nested objects, it comes with a concept of "transformers:" + +``` +blog = pyrsistent.m( +    title="My blog", +    links=pyrsistent.v("github", "twitter"), +    posts=pyrsistent.v( +        pyrsistent.m(title="no updates", +                     content="I'm busy"), +        pyrsistent.m(title="still no updates", +                     content="still busy"))) +new_blog = blog.transform(["posts", 1, "content"], +                          "pretty busy") +``` + +`new_blog` will now be the immutable equivalent of + +``` +{'links': ['github', 'twitter'], + 'posts': [{'content': "I'm busy", +            'title': 'no updates'}, +           {'content': 'pretty busy', +            'title': 'still no updates'}], + 'title': 'My blog'} +``` + +But `blog` is still the same. This means anyone who had a reference to the old object has not been affected: The transformation had only local effects. + +This is useful when sharing is rampant. For example, consider default arguments: + +``` +def silly_sum(a, b, extra=v(1, 2)): +    extra = extra.extend([a, b]) +    return sum(extra) +``` + +In this post, we have learned why immutability can be useful for thinking about our code, and how to achieve it without an extravagant performance price. Next time, we will learn how immutable objects allow us to use powerful programming constructs. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/functional-programming-python-immutable-data-structures + +作者:[Moshe Zadka][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez +[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liskov_substitution_principle +[2]: https://www.attrs.org/en/stable/ +[3]: https://pyrsistent.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ From 12d2af39c44cbe2c64b606d095d553a597a0930e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 13:10:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 387/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=2013=20tools=20to?= =?UTF-8?q?=20measure=20DevOps=20success?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...1003 13 tools to measure DevOps success.md | 84 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 84 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20181003 13 tools to measure DevOps success.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20181003 13 tools to measure DevOps success.md b/sources/talk/20181003 13 tools to measure DevOps success.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26abb21f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20181003 13 tools to measure DevOps success.md @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +13 tools to measure DevOps success +====== +How's your DevOps initiative really going? Find out with open source tools +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/metrics_data_dashboard_system_computer_analytics.png?itok=oxAeIEI-) + +In today's enterprise, business disruption is all about agility with quality. Traditional processes and methods of developing software are challenged to keep up with the complexities that come with these new environments. Modern DevOps initiatives aim to help organizations use collaborations among different IT teams to increase agility and accelerate software application deployment. + +How is the DevOps initiative going in your organization? Whether or not it's going as well as you expected, you need to do assessments to verify your impressions. Measuring DevOps success is very important because these initiatives target the very processes that determine how IT works. DevOps also values measuring behavior, although measurements are more about your business processes and less about your development and IT systems. + +A metrics-oriented mindset is critical to ensuring DevOps initiatives deliver the intended results. Data-driven decisions and focused improvement activities lead to increased quality and efficiency. Also, the use of feedback to accelerate delivery is one reason DevOps creates a successful IT culture. + +With DevOps, as with any IT initiative, knowing what to measure is always the first step. Let's examine how to use continuous delivery improvement and open source tools to assess your DevOps program on three key metrics: team efficiency, business agility, and security. These will also help you identify what challenges your organization has and what problems you are trying to solve with DevOps. + +### 3 tools for measuring team efficiency + +Measuring team efficiency—in terms of how the DevOps initiative fits into your organization and how well it works for cultural innovation—is the hardest area to measure. The key metrics that enable the DevOps team to work more effectively on culture and organization are all about agile software development, such as knowledge sharing, prioritizing tasks, resource utilization, issue tracking, cross-functional teams, and collaboration. The following open source tools can help you improve and measure team efficiency: + + * [FunRetro][1] is a simple, intuitive tool that helps you collaborate across teams and improve what you do. + * [Kanboard][2] is a [kanban][3] board that helps you visualize your work in progress to focus on your goal. + * [Bugzilla][4] is a popular development tool with issue-tracking capabilities. + + + +### 6 tools for measuring business agility + +Speed is all that matters for accelerating business agility. Because DevOps gives organizations capabilities to deliver software faster with fewer failures, it's fast gaining acceptance. The key metrics are deployment time, change lead time, release frequency, and failover time. Puppet's [2017 State of DevOps Report][5] shows that high-performing DevOps practitioners deploy code updates 46x more frequently and high performers experience change lead times of under an hour, or 440x faster than average. Following are some open source tools to help you measure business agility: + + * [Kubernetes][6] is a container-orchestration system for automating deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications. (Read more about [Kubernetes][7] on Opensource.com.) + * [CRI-O][8] is a Kubernetes orchestrator used to manage and launch containerized workloads without relying on a traditional container engine. + * [Ansible][9] is a popular automation engine used to automate apps and IT infrastructure and run tasks including installing and configuring applications. + * [Jenkins][10] is an automation tool used to automate the software development process with continuous integration. It facilitates the technical aspects of continuous delivery. + * [Spinnaker][11] is a multi-cloud continuous delivery platform for releasing software changes with high velocity and confidence. It combines a powerful and flexible pipeline management system with integrations to the major cloud providers. + * [Istio][12] is a service mesh that helps reduce the complexity of deployments and eases the strain on your development teams. + + + +### 4 tools for measuring security + +Security is always the last phase of measuring your DevOps initiative's success. Enterprises that have combined development and operations teams under a DevOps model are generally successful in releasing code at a much faster rate. But this has increased the need for integrating security in the DevOps process (this is known as DevSecOps), because the faster you release code, the faster you release any vulnerabilities in it. + +Measuring security vulnerabilities early ensures that builds are stable before they pass to the next stage in the release pipeline. In addition, measuring security can help overcome resistance to DevOps adoption. You need tools that can help your dev and ops teams identify and prioritize vulnerabilities as they are using software, and teams must ensure they don't introduce vulnerabilities when making changes. These open source tools can help you measure security: + + * [Gauntlt][13] is a ruggedization framework that enables security testing by devs, ops, and security. + * [Vault][14] securely manages secrets and encrypts data in transit, including storing credentials and API keys and encrypting passwords for user signups. + * [Clair][15] is a project for static analysis of vulnerabilities in appc and Docker containers. + * [SonarQube][16] is a platform for continuous inspection of code quality. It performs automatic reviews with static analysis of code to detect bugs, code smells, and security vulnerabilities. + + + +**[See our related security article,[7 open source tools for rugged DevOps][17].]** + +Many DevOps initiatives start small. DevOps requires a commitment to a new culture and process rather than new technologies. That's why organizations looking to implement DevOps will likely need to adopt open source tools for collecting data and using it to optimize business success. In that case, highly visible, useful measurements will become an essential part of every DevOps initiative's success + +### What to read next + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/devops-measurement-tools + +作者:[Daniel Oh][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/daniel-oh +[1]: https://funretro.io/ +[2]: http://kanboard.net/ +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kanban +[4]: https://www.bugzilla.org/ +[5]: https://puppet.com/resources/whitepaper/state-of-devops-report +[6]: https://kubernetes.io/ +[7]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes +[8]: https://github.com/kubernetes-incubator/cri-o +[9]: https://github.com/ansible +[10]: https://jenkins.io/ +[11]: https://www.spinnaker.io/ +[12]: https://istio.io/ +[13]: http://gauntlt.org/ +[14]: https://www.hashicorp.com/blog/vault.html +[15]: https://github.com/coreos/clair +[16]: https://www.sonarqube.org/ +[17]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-tools-rugged-devops From ab63aba0a918c079896a7e1baec8240075245672 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 17:04:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 388/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Archiving=20web?= =?UTF-8?q?=20sites?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- sources/tech/20181004 Archiving web sites.md | 119 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 119 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181004 Archiving web sites.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181004 Archiving web sites.md b/sources/tech/20181004 Archiving web sites.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..558c057913 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181004 Archiving web sites.md @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +Archiving web sites +====== + +I recently took a deep dive into web site archival for friends who were worried about losing control over the hosting of their work online in the face of poor system administration or hostile removal. This makes web site archival an essential instrument in the toolbox of any system administrator. As it turns out, some sites are much harder to archive than others. This article goes through the process of archiving traditional web sites and shows how it falls short when confronted with the latest fashions in the single-page applications that are bloating the modern web. + +### Converting simple sites + +The days of handcrafted HTML web sites are long gone. Now web sites are dynamic and built on the fly using the latest JavaScript, PHP, or Python framework. As a result, the sites are more fragile: a database crash, spurious upgrade, or unpatched vulnerability might lose data. In my previous life as web developer, I had to come to terms with the idea that customers expect web sites to basically work forever. This expectation matches poorly with "move fast and break things" attitude of web development. Working with the [Drupal][2] content-management system (CMS) was particularly challenging in that regard as major upgrades deliberately break compatibility with third-party modules, which implies a costly upgrade process that clients could seldom afford. The solution was to archive those sites: take a living, dynamic web site and turn it into plain HTML files that any web server can serve forever. This process is useful for your own dynamic sites but also for third-party sites that are outside of your control and you might want to safeguard. + +For simple or static sites, the venerable [Wget][3] program works well. The incantation to mirror a full web site, however, is byzantine: + +``` + $ nice wget --mirror --execute robots=off --no-verbose --convert-links \ + --backup-converted --page-requisites --adjust-extension \ + --base=./ --directory-prefix=./ --span-hosts \ + --domains=www.example.com,example.com http://www.example.com/ + +``` + +The above downloads the content of the web page, but also crawls everything within the specified domains. Before you run this against your favorite site, consider the impact such a crawl might have on the site. The above command line deliberately ignores [`robots.txt`][] rules, as is now [common practice for archivists][4], and hammer the website as fast as it can. Most crawlers have options to pause between hits and limit bandwidth usage to avoid overwhelming the target site. + +The above command will also fetch "page requisites" like style sheets (CSS), images, and scripts. The downloaded page contents are modified so that links point to the local copy as well. Any web server can host the resulting file set, which results in a static copy of the original web site. + +That is, when things go well. Anyone who has ever worked with a computer knows that things seldom go according to plan; all sorts of things can make the procedure derail in interesting ways. For example, it was trendy for a while to have calendar blocks in web sites. A CMS would generate those on the fly and make crawlers go into an infinite loop trying to retrieve all of the pages. Crafty archivers can resort to regular expressions (e.g. Wget has a `--reject-regex` option) to ignore problematic resources. Another option, if the administration interface for the web site is accessible, is to disable calendars, login forms, comment forms, and other dynamic areas. Once the site becomes static, those will stop working anyway, so it makes sense to remove such clutter from the original site as well. + +### JavaScript doom + +Unfortunately, some web sites are built with much more than pure HTML. In single-page sites, for example, the web browser builds the content itself by executing a small JavaScript program. A simple user agent like Wget will struggle to reconstruct a meaningful static copy of those sites as it does not support JavaScript at all. In theory, web sites should be using [progressive enhancement][5] to have content and functionality available without JavaScript but those directives are rarely followed, as anyone using plugins like [NoScript][6] or [uMatrix][7] will confirm. + +Traditional archival methods sometimes fail in the dumbest way. When trying to build an offsite backup of a local newspaper ([pamplemousse.ca][8]), I found that WordPress adds query strings (e.g. `?ver=1.12.4`) at the end of JavaScript includes. This confuses content-type detection in the web servers that serve the archive, which rely on the file extension to send the right `Content-Type` header. When such an archive is loaded in a web browser, it fails to load scripts, which breaks dynamic websites. + +As the web moves toward using the browser as a virtual machine to run arbitrary code, archival methods relying on pure HTML parsing need to adapt. The solution for such problems is to record (and replay) the HTTP headers delivered by the server during the crawl and indeed professional archivists use just such an approach. + +### Creating and displaying WARC files + +At the [Internet Archive][9], Brewster Kahle and Mike Burner designed the [ARC][10] (for "ARChive") file format in 1996 to provide a way to aggregate the millions of small files produced by their archival efforts. The format was eventually standardized as the WARC ("Web ARChive") [specification][11] that was released as an ISO standard in 2009 and revised in 2017. The standardization effort was led by the [International Internet Preservation Consortium][12] (IIPC), which is an "international organization of libraries and other organizations established to coordinate efforts to preserve internet content for the future", according to Wikipedia; it includes members such as the US Library of Congress and the Internet Archive. The latter uses the WARC format internally in its Java-based [Heritrix crawler][13]. + +A WARC file aggregates multiple resources like HTTP headers, file contents, and other metadata in a single compressed archive. Conveniently, Wget actually supports the file format with the `--warc` parameter. Unfortunately, web browsers cannot render WARC files directly, so a viewer or some conversion is necessary to access the archive. The simplest such viewer I have found is [pywb][14], a Python package that runs a simple webserver to offer a Wayback-Machine-like interface to browse the contents of WARC files. The following set of commands will render a WARC file on `http://localhost:8080/`: + +``` + $ pip install pywb + $ wb-manager init example + $ wb-manager add example crawl.warc.gz + $ wayback + +``` + +This tool was, incidentally, built by the folks behind the [Webrecorder][15] service, which can use a web browser to save dynamic page contents. + +Unfortunately, pywb has trouble loading WARC files generated by Wget because it [followed][16] an [inconsistency in the 1.0 specification][17], which was [fixed in the 1.1 specification][18]. Until Wget or pywb fix those problems, WARC files produced by Wget are not reliable enough for my uses, so I have looked at other alternatives. A crawler that got my attention is simply called [crawl][19]. Here is how it is invoked: + +``` + $ crawl https://example.com/ + +``` + +(It does say "very simple" in the README.) The program does support some command-line options, but most of its defaults are sane: it will fetch page requirements from other domains (unless the `-exclude-related` flag is used), but does not recurse out of the domain. By default, it fires up ten parallel connections to the remote site, a setting that can be changed with the `-c` flag. But, best of all, the resulting WARC files load perfectly in pywb. + +### Future work and alternatives + +There are plenty more [resources][20] for using WARC files. In particular, there's a Wget drop-in replacement called [Wpull][21] that is specifically designed for archiving web sites. It has experimental support for [PhantomJS][22] and [youtube-dl][23] integration that should allow downloading more complex JavaScript sites and streaming multimedia, respectively. The software is the basis for an elaborate archival tool called [ArchiveBot][24], which is used by the "loose collective of rogue archivists, programmers, writers and loudmouths" at [ArchiveTeam][25] in its struggle to "save the history before it's lost forever". It seems that PhantomJS integration does not work as well as the team wants, so ArchiveTeam also uses a rag-tag bunch of other tools to mirror more complex sites. For example, [snscrape][26] will crawl a social media profile to generate a list of pages to send into ArchiveBot. Another tool the team employs is [crocoite][27], which uses the Chrome browser in headless mode to archive JavaScript-heavy sites. + +This article would also not be complete without a nod to the [HTTrack][28] project, the "website copier". Working similarly to Wget, HTTrack creates local copies of remote web sites but unfortunately does not support WARC output. Its interactive aspects might be of more interest to novice users unfamiliar with the command line. + +In the same vein, during my research I found a full rewrite of Wget called [Wget2][29] that has support for multi-threaded operation, which might make it faster than its predecessor. It is [missing some features][30] from Wget, however, most notably reject patterns, WARC output, and FTP support but adds RSS, DNS caching, and improved TLS support. + +Finally, my personal dream for these kinds of tools would be to have them integrated with my existing bookmark system. I currently keep interesting links in [Wallabag][31], a self-hosted "read it later" service designed as a free-software alternative to [Pocket][32] (now owned by Mozilla). But Wallabag, by design, creates only a "readable" version of the article instead of a full copy. In some cases, the "readable version" is actually [unreadable][33] and Wallabag sometimes [fails to parse the article][34]. Instead, other tools like [bookmark-archiver][35] or [reminiscence][36] save a screenshot of the page along with full HTML but, unfortunately, no WARC file that would allow an even more faithful replay. + +The sad truth of my experiences with mirrors and archival is that data dies. Fortunately, amateur archivists have tools at their disposal to keep interesting content alive online. For those who do not want to go through that trouble, the Internet Archive seems to be here to stay and Archive Team is obviously [working on a backup of the Internet Archive itself][37]. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://anarc.at/blog/2018-10-04-archiving-web-sites/ + +作者:[Anarcat][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://anarc.at +[1]: https://anarc.at/blog +[2]: https://drupal.org +[3]: https://www.gnu.org/software/wget/ +[4]: https://blog.archive.org/2017/04/17/robots-txt-meant-for-search-engines-dont-work-well-for-web-archives/ +[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_enhancement +[6]: https://noscript.net/ +[7]: https://github.com/gorhill/uMatrix +[8]: https://pamplemousse.ca/ +[9]: https://archive.org +[10]: http://www.archive.org/web/researcher/ArcFileFormat.php +[11]: https://iipc.github.io/warc-specifications/ +[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Internet_Preservation_Consortium +[13]: https://github.com/internetarchive/heritrix3/wiki +[14]: https://github.com/webrecorder/pywb +[15]: https://webrecorder.io/ +[16]: https://github.com/webrecorder/pywb/issues/294 +[17]: https://github.com/iipc/warc-specifications/issues/23 +[18]: https://github.com/iipc/warc-specifications/pull/24 +[19]: https://git.autistici.org/ale/crawl/ +[20]: https://archiveteam.org/index.php?title=The_WARC_Ecosystem +[21]: https://github.com/chfoo/wpull +[22]: http://phantomjs.org/ +[23]: http://rg3.github.io/youtube-dl/ +[24]: https://www.archiveteam.org/index.php?title=ArchiveBot +[25]: https://archiveteam.org/ +[26]: https://github.com/JustAnotherArchivist/snscrape +[27]: https://github.com/PromyLOPh/crocoite +[28]: http://www.httrack.com/ +[29]: https://gitlab.com/gnuwget/wget2 +[30]: https://gitlab.com/gnuwget/wget2/wikis/home +[31]: https://wallabag.org/ +[32]: https://getpocket.com/ +[33]: https://github.com/wallabag/wallabag/issues/2825 +[34]: https://github.com/wallabag/wallabag/issues/2914 +[35]: https://pirate.github.io/bookmark-archiver/ +[36]: https://github.com/kanishka-linux/reminiscence +[37]: http://iabak.archiveteam.org From 451ec5e7bc42b3bb352e5779a2ed3d0549770be9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 17:54:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 389/437] dianbanjiu translated --- ...5 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md | 134 +++++++++++++++++ ...5 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md | 140 ------------------ 2 files changed, 134 insertions(+), 140 deletions(-) create mode 100644 20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md diff --git a/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md b/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a01a4a60ab --- /dev/null +++ b/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +# 2018 年最好的 Linux 发行版 + +![Linux distros 2018](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/linux-distros-2018.jpg?itok=Z8sdx4Zu "Linux distros 2018") +Jack Wallen 分享他挑选的 2018 年最好的 Linux 发行版。 + +这是新的一年,Linux仍有无限可能。而且许多 Linux 在 2017 年都带来了许多重大的改变,我相信在 2018 年它在服务器和桌面上将会带来更加稳定的系统和市场份额的增长。 + +对于那些期待迁移到开源平台(或是那些想要切换到)的人对于即将到来的一年,什么是最好的选择?如果你去 [Distrowatch][14] 找一下,你可能会因为众多的发行版而感到头晕,其中一些的排名在上升,而还有一些则恰恰相反。 + +因此,哪个 Linux 发行版将在 2018 年得到偏爱?我有我的看法。事实上,我现在就要和你们分享它。 + +跟我做的 [去年清单][15] 相似,我将会打破那张清单,使任务更加轻松。普通的 Linux 用户,至少包含以下几个类别:系统管理员,轻量级发行版,桌面,为物联网和服务器发行的版本。 + +根据这些,让我们开始 2018 年最好的 Linux 发行版清单吧。 + +### 对系统管理员最好的发行版 + +[Debian][16] 不常出现在“最好的”列表中。但他应该出现,为什么呢?如果了解到 Ubuntu 是基于 Debian 构建的(其实有很多的发行版都基于 Debian),你就很容易理解为什么这个发行版应该在许多“最好”清单中。但为什么是对管理员最好的呢?我想这是由于两个非常重要的原因: + +* 容易使用 +* 非常稳定 + +因为 Debain 使用 dpkg 和 apt 包管理,它使得使用环境非常简单。而且因为 Debian 提供了最稳定的 Linux 平台之一,它为许多事物提供了理想的环境:桌面,服务器,测试,开发。虽然 Debian 可能不包括去年获奖者发现的大量应用程序,但添加完成任务所需的任何/所有必要应用程序都非常容易。而且因为 Debian 可以根据你的选择安装桌面(Cinnamon, GNOME, KDE, LXDE, Mate, 或者 Xfce),你可以确定满足你需要的桌面。 + +![debian](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/debian.jpg?itok=XkHHG692 "debian") +图1:在 Debian 9.3 上运行的 GNOME 桌面。[使用][1] + +同时,Debain 在 Distrowatch 上名列第二。下载,安装,然后让它为你的工作而服务吧。Debain 尽管不那么华丽,但是对于管理员的工作来说十分有用。 + +### 最轻量级的发行版 + +轻量级的发行版对于一些老旧或是性能底下的机器有很好的支持。但是这不意味着这些发行版仅仅只为了老旧的硬件机器而生。如果你想要的是运行速度,你可能会想知道在你的现代机器上,这类发行版的运行速度。 + +在 2018 年上榜的最轻量级的发行版是 [Lubuntu][18]。尽管在这个类别里还有很多选择,而且尽管 Lubuntu 的大小与 Puppy Linux 相接近,但得益于它是 Ubuntu 家庭的一员,这弥补了它在易用性上的一些不足。但是不要担心,Lubuntu 对于硬件的要求并不高: + ++ CPU:奔腾 4 或者 奔腾 M 或者 AMD K8 以上 ++ 对于本地应用,512 MB 的内存就可以了,对于网络使用(Youtube,Google+,Google Drive, Facebook),建议 1 GB 以上。 + +Lubuntu 使用的是 LXDE 桌面,这意味着用户在初次使用这个 Linux 发行版时不会有任何问题。这份短清单中包含的应用(例如:Abiword, Gnumeric, 和 Firefox)都是非常轻量,且对用户友好的。 + +### [lubuntu,jpg][8] +![Lubuntu](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/lubuntu_2.jpg?itok=BkTnh7hU "Lubuntu") +图2:LXDE桌面。[使用][2] + +Lubuntu 能让十年以上的电脑如获新生。 + +### 最好的桌面发行版 + +[Elementary OS][19] 连续两年都是我清单中最好的桌面发行版。对于许多人,[Linux Mint][20] 都是桌面发行版的领导。但是,与我来说,它在易用性和稳定性上很难打败 Elementary OS。例如,我确信 [Ubuntu][21] 17.10 的发布会让我迁移回 Canonical 的发行版。不久之后我会迁移到 新的使用 GNOME 桌面的 Ubuntu,但是我发现我少了 Elementary OS 外观,可用性和感觉。在使用 Ubuntu 两周以后,我又换回了 Elementary OS。 + +### [elementaros.jpg][9] + +![Elementary OS](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/elementaros.jpg?itok=SRZC2vkg "Elementary OS") +图3:Pantheon 桌面是一件像艺术品一样的桌面。[使用][3] + +任何使用 Elementary OS 的感觉很好。Pantheon 桌面是缺省和用户友好做的最完美的桌面。每次更新,它都会变得更好。 + +尽管 Elementary OS 在 Distrowatch 中排名第六,但我预计到 2018 年第,它将至少上升至第三名。Elementary 开发人员非常关注用户的需求。他们倾听并且改进,他们目前的状态是如此之好,似乎所有他们都可以做的更好。 如果您需要一个具有出色可靠性和易用性的桌面,Elementary OS 就是你的发行版。 + +### 能够证明自己的最好的发行版 + +很长一段时间内,[Gentoo][22]都稳坐“展现你技能”的发行版的首座。但是,我认为现在 Gentoo 是时候让出“证明自己”的宝座给 [Linux From Svratch][23]。你可能认为这不公平,因为 LFS 实际上不是一个发行版,而是一个帮助用户创建自己的 Linux 发行版的项目。但是,有什么能比你自己创建一个自己的发行版更能证明自己所学的 Linux 知识的呢?在 LFS 项目中,你可以从头开始构建自定义的 Linux 系统。 所以,如果你真的有需要证明的东西,请下载 [Linux From Scratch Book][24] 并开始构建。 + +### 对于物联网最好的发行版 + +[Ubuntu Core][25] 已经是第二年赢得了该项的冠军。Ubuntu Core 是 Ubuntu 的一个小型版本,专为嵌入式和物联网设备而构建。使Ubuntu Core 如此完美的物联网的原因在于它将重点放在快照包 - 通用包上,可以安装到平台上,而不会干扰基本系统。这些快照包包含它们运行所需的所有内容(包括依赖项),因此不必担心安装会破坏操作系统(或任何其他已安装的软件)。 此外,快照非常容易升级并在隔离的沙箱中运行,这使它们成为物联网的理想解决方案。 + +Ubuntu Core 内置的另一个安全领域是登录机制。Ubuntu Core使用Ubuntu One ssh密钥,这样登录系统的唯一方法是通过上传的ssh密钥到[Ubuntu One帐户][26]。这为你的物联网设备提供了更高的安全性。 + +### [ubuntucore.jpg][10] +![ Ubuntu Core](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/ubuntucore.jpg?itok=Ydfq8NKH " Ubuntu Core") +图4:Ubuntu Core屏幕指示通过Ubuntu One用户启用远程访问。[使用][3] + +### 最好的服务器发行版 + +这让事情变得有些混乱。 主要原因是支持。 如果你需要商业支持,乍一看,你最好的选择可能是 [Red Hat Enterprise Linux][27]。红帽年复一年地证明了自己不仅是全球最强大的企业服务器平台之一,而且是单一最赚钱的开源业务(年收入超过20亿美元)。 + +但是,Red Hat 并不是唯一的服务器发行版。 实际上,Red Hat 甚至不支持企业服务器计算的各个方面。如果你关注亚马逊 Elastic Compute Cloud 上的云统计数据,Ubuntu 就会打败红帽企业Linux。根据[云市场][28],EC2 统计数据显示 RHEL 的部署率低于 10 万,而 Ubuntu 的部署量超过 20 万。 + +最终的结果是,Ubuntu 几乎已经成为云计算的领导者。如果你将它与 Ubuntu 易于使用和管理容器结合起来,就会发现 Ubuntu Server 是服务器类别的明显赢家。而且,如果你需要商业支持,Canonical 将为你提供 [Ubuntu Advantage][29]。 + +对使用 Ubuntu Server 的一个警告是它默认为纯文本界面。如果需要,你可以安装 GUI,但使用Ubuntu Server 命令行非常简单(每个Linux管理员都应该知道)。 + +### [ubuntuserver.jpg][11] + +![Ubuntu server](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/ubuntuserver_1.jpg?itok=qtFSUlee "Ubuntu server") +图5:Ubuntu 服务器登录,通知更新。[使用][3] + +### 你最好的选择 + +正如我之前所说,这些选择都非常主观,但如果你正在寻找一个好的开始,那就试试这些发行版。每一个都可以用于非常特定的目的,并且比大多数做得更好。虽然你可能不同意我的特定选择,但你可能会同意 Linux 在每个方面都提供了惊人的可能性。并且,请继续关注下周更多“最佳发行版”选秀。 + +通过 Linux 基金会和 edX 的免费[“Linux 简介”][13]课程了解有关Linux的更多信息。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/1/best-linux-distributions-2018 + +作者:[JACK WALLEN ][a] +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen +[1]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission +[2]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission +[3]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission +[4]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission +[5]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission +[6]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/creative-commons-zero +[7]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/debianjpg +[8]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/lubuntujpg-2 +[9]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/elementarosjpg +[10]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/ubuntucorejpg +[11]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/ubuntuserverjpg-1 +[12]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/linux-distros-2018jpg +[13]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux +[14]:https://distrowatch.com/ +[15]:https://www.linux.com/news/learn/sysadmin/best-linux-distributions-2017 +[16]:https://www.debian.org/ +[17]:https://www.parrotsec.org/ +[18]:http://lubuntu.me/ +[19]:https://elementary.io/ +[20]:https://linuxmint.com/ +[21]:https://www.ubuntu.com/ +[22]:https://www.gentoo.org/ +[23]:http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/ +[24]:http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/download.html +[25]:https://www.ubuntu.com/core +[26]:https://login.ubuntu.com/ +[27]:https://www.redhat.com/en/technologies/linux-platforms/enterprise-linux +[28]:http://thecloudmarket.com/stats#/by_platform_definition +[29]:https://buy.ubuntu.com/?_ga=2.177313893.113132429.1514825043-1939188204.1510782993 diff --git a/sources/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md b/sources/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md deleted file mode 100644 index cc60350641..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -[translating by dianbanjiu] The Best Linux Distributions for 2018 -============================================================ - -![Linux distros 2018](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/linux-distros-2018.jpg?itok=Z8sdx4Zu "Linux distros 2018") -Jack Wallen shares his picks for the best Linux distributions for 2018.[Creative Commons Zero][6]Pixabay - -It’s a new year and the landscape of possibility is limitless for Linux. Whereas 2017 brought about some big changes to a number of Linux distributions, I believe 2018 will bring serious stability and market share growth—for both the server and the desktop. - -For those who might be looking to migrate to the open source platform (or those looking to switch it up), what are the best choices for the coming year? If you hop over to [Distrowatch][14], you’ll find a dizzying array of possibilities, some of which are on the rise, and some that are seeing quite the opposite effect. - -So, which Linux distributions will 2018 favor? I have my thoughts. In fact, I’m going to share them with you now. - -Similar to what I did for[ last year’s list][15], I’m going to make this task easier and break down the list, as follows: sysadmin, lightweight distribution, desktop, distro with more to prove, IoT, and server. These categories should cover the needs of any type of Linux user. - -With that said, let’s get to the list of best Linux distributions for 2018. - -### Best distribution for sysadmins - -[Debian][16] isn’t often seen on “best of” lists. It should be. Why? If you consider that Debian is the foundation for Ubuntu (which is, in turn, the foundation for so many distributions), it’s pretty easy to understand why this distribution should find its way on many a list. But why for administrators? I’ve considered this for two very important reasons: - -* Ease of use - -* Extreme stability - -Because Debian uses the dpkg and apt package managers, it makes for an incredibly easy to use environment. And because Debian offers one of the the most stable Linux platforms, it makes for an ideal environment for so many things: Desktops, servers, testing, development. Although Debian may not include the plethora of applications found in last years winner (for this category), [Parrot Linux][17], it is very easy to add any/all the necessary applications you need to get the job done. And because Debian can be installed with your choice of desktop (Cinnamon, GNOME, KDE, LXDE, Mate, or Xfce), you can be sure the interface will meet your needs. - - -![debian](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/debian.jpg?itok=XkHHG692 "debian") -Figure 1: The GNOME desktop running on top of Debian 9.3.[Used with permission][1] - -At the moment, Debian is listed at #2 on Distrowatch. Download it, install it, and then make it serve a specific purpose. It may not be flashy, but Debian is a sysadmin dream come true. - -### Best lightweight distribution - -Lightweight distribution serve a very specific purpose—giving new life to older, lesser-powered machines. But that doesn’t mean these particular distributions should only be considered for your older hardware. If speed is your ultimate need, you might want to see just how fast this category of distribution will run on your modern machine. - -Topping the list of lightweight distributions for 2018 is [Lubuntu][18]. Although there are plenty of options in this category, few come even close to the next-to-zero learning curve found on this distribution. And although Lubuntu’s footprint isn’t quite as small as Puppy Linux, thanks to it being a member of the Ubuntu family, the ease of use gained with this distribution makes up for it. But fear not, Lubuntu won’t bog down your older hardware.The requirements are: - -* CPU: Pentium 4 or Pentium M or AMD K8 - -* For local applications, Lubuntu can function with 512MB of RAM. For online usage (Youtube, Google+, Google Drive, and Facebook),  1GB of RAM is recommended. - -Lubuntu makes use of the LXDE desktop (Figure 2), which means users new to Linux won’t have the slightest problem working with this distribution. The short list of included apps (such as Abiword, Gnumeric, and Firefox) are all lightning fast and user-friendly. - -### [lubuntu.jpg][8] - -![Lubuntu](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/lubuntu_2.jpg?itok=BkTnh7hU "Lubuntu") -Figure 2: The Lubuntu LXDE desktop in action.[Used with permission][2] - -Lubntu can make short and easy work of breathing life into hardware that is up to ten years old. - -### Best desktop distribution - -For the second year in a row, [Elementary OS][19] tops my list of best Desktop distribution. For many, the leader on the Desktop is [Linux Mint][20] (which is a very fine flavor). However, for my money, it’s hard to beat the ease of use and stability of Elementary OS. Case in point, I was certain the release of [Ubuntu][21] 17.10 would have me migrating back to Canonical’s distribution. Very soon after migrating to the new GNOME-Friendly Ubuntu, I found myself missing the look, feel, and reliability of Elementary OS (Figure 3). After two weeks with Ubuntu, I was back to Elementary OS. - -### [elementaros.jpg][9] - -![Elementary OS](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/elementaros.jpg?itok=SRZC2vkg "Elementary OS") -Figure 3: The Pantheon desktop is a work of art as a desktop.[Used with permission][3] - -Anyone that has given Elementary OS a go immediately feels right at home. The Pantheon desktop is a perfect combination of slickness and user-friendliness. And with each update, it only gets better. - -Although Elementary OS stands at #6 on the Distrowatch page hit ranking, I predict it will find itself climbing to at least the third spot by the end of 2018\. The Elementary developers are very much in tune with what users want. They listen and they evolve. However, the current state of this distribution is so good, it seems all they could do to better it is a bit of polish here and there. Anyone looking for a desktop that offers a unified look and feel throughout the UI, Elementary OS is hard to beat. If you need a desktop that offers an outstanding ratio of reliability and ease of use, Elementary OS is your distribution. - -### Best distro for those with something to prove - -For the longest time [Gentoo][22] sat on top of the “show us your skills” distribution list. However, I think it’s time Gentoo took a backseat to the true leader of “something to prove”: [Linux From Scratch][23]. You may not think this fair, as LFS isn’t actually a distribution, but a project that helps users create their own Linux distribution. But, seriously, if you want to go a very long way to proving your Linux knowledge, what better way than to create your own distribution? From the LFS project, you can build a custom Linux system, from the ground up... entirely from source code. So, if you really have something to prove, download the [Linux From Scratch Book][24] and start building. - -### Best distribution for IoT - -For the second year in a row [Ubuntu Core][25] wins, hands down. Ubuntu Core is a tiny, transactional version of Ubuntu, built specifically for embedded and IoT devices. What makes Ubuntu Core so perfect for IoT is that it places the focus on snap packages—universal packages that can be installed onto a platform, without interfering with the base system. These snap packages contain everything they need to run (including dependencies), so there is no worry the installation will break the operating system (or any other installed software). Also, snaps are very easy to upgrade and run in an isolated sandbox, making them a great solution for IoT. - -Another area of security built into Ubuntu Core is the login mechanism. Ubuntu Core works with Ubuntu One ssh keys, such that the only way to log into the system is via uploaded ssh keys to a [Ubuntu One account][26] (Figure 4). This makes for a heightened security for your IoT devices. - -### [ubuntucore.jpg][10] - -![ Ubuntu Core](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/ubuntucore.jpg?itok=Ydfq8NKH " Ubuntu Core") -Figure 4:The Ubuntu Core screen indicating a remote access enabled via Ubuntu One user.[Used with permission][4] - -### Best server distribution - -This where things get a bit confusing. The primary reason is support. If you need commercial support your best choice might be, at first blush, [Red Hat Enterprise Linux][27]. Red Hat has proved itself, year after year, to not only be one of the strongest enterprise server platforms on the planet, but the single most profitable open source businesses (with over $2 billion in annual revenue). - -However, Red Hat isn’t far and away the only server distribution. In fact, Red Hat doesn’t even dominate every aspect of Enterprise server computing. If you look at cloud statistics on Amazon’s Elastic Compute Cloud alone, Ubuntu blows away Red Hat Enterprise Linux. According to [The Cloud Market][28], EC2 statistics show RHEL at under 100k deployments, whereas Ubuntu is over 200k deployments. That’s significant. - -The end result is that Ubuntu has pretty much taken over as the leader in the cloud. And if you combine that with Ubuntu’s ease of working with and managing containers, it starts to become clear that Ubuntu Server is the clear winner for the Server category. And, if you need commercial support, Canonical has you covered, with [Ubuntu Advantage][29]. - -The one caveat to Ubuntu Server is that it defaults to a text-only interface (Figure 5). You can install a GUI, if needed, but working with the Ubuntu Server command line is pretty straightforward (and something every Linux administrator should know). - -### [ubuntuserver.jpg][11] - -![Ubuntu server](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/ubuntuserver_1.jpg?itok=qtFSUlee "Ubuntu server") -Figure 5: The Ubuntu server login, informing of updates.[Used with permission][5] - -### The choice is yours - -As I said before, these choices are all very subjective … but if you’re looking for a great place to start, give these distributions a try. Each one can serve a very specific purpose and do it better than most. Although you may not agree with my particular picks, chances are you’ll agree that Linux offers amazing possibilities on every front. And, stay tuned for more “best distro” picks next week. - - _Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][13]course from The Linux Foundation and edX._ - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/1/best-linux-distributions-2018 - -作者:[JACK WALLEN ][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen -[1]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission -[2]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission -[3]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission -[4]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission -[5]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission -[6]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/creative-commons-zero -[7]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/debianjpg -[8]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/lubuntujpg-2 -[9]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/elementarosjpg -[10]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/ubuntucorejpg -[11]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/ubuntuserverjpg-1 -[12]:https://www.linux.com/files/images/linux-distros-2018jpg -[13]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux -[14]:https://distrowatch.com/ -[15]:https://www.linux.com/news/learn/sysadmin/best-linux-distributions-2017 -[16]:https://www.debian.org/ -[17]:https://www.parrotsec.org/ -[18]:http://lubuntu.me/ -[19]:https://elementary.io/ -[20]:https://linuxmint.com/ -[21]:https://www.ubuntu.com/ -[22]:https://www.gentoo.org/ -[23]:http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/ -[24]:http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/download.html -[25]:https://www.ubuntu.com/core -[26]:https://login.ubuntu.com/ -[27]:https://www.redhat.com/en/technologies/linux-platforms/enterprise-linux -[28]:http://thecloudmarket.com/stats#/by_platform_definition -[29]:https://buy.ubuntu.com/?_ga=2.177313893.113132429.1514825043-1939188204.1510782993 From bdef266f85241a459a9ca2cee14cdde9dc50ec4d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 18:40:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 390/437] dianbanjiu translated --- .../tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename 20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md => translated/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md (100%) diff --git a/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md b/translated/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md similarity index 100% rename from 20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md rename to translated/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md From 8396b13862ec23c4177df9c3940aa95580c70350 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 18:47:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 391/437] dianbanjiu translated --- .../tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md b/translated/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md index a01a4a60ab..ed373a6f6e 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180105 The Best Linux Distributions for 2018.md @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Ubuntu Core 内置的另一个安全领域是登录机制。Ubuntu Core使用Ubu via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/1/best-linux-distributions-2018 作者:[JACK WALLEN ][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者:[dianbanjiu](https://github.com/dianbanjiu) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 2d1fb18a7047f3f463299a86b5722bf6722a927e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 22:02:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 392/437] translated An introduction to swap space on Linux systems --- ...oduction to swap space on Linux systems.md | 302 ----------------- ...oduction to swap space on Linux systems.md | 315 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 315 insertions(+), 302 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md b/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md deleted file mode 100644 index da50208533..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,302 +0,0 @@ -heguangzhi Translating - -An introduction to swap space on Linux systems -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/fail_progress_cycle_momentum_arrow.png?itok=q-ZFa_Eh) - -Swap space is a common aspect of computing today, regardless of operating system. Linux uses swap space to increase the amount of virtual memory available to a host. It can use one or more dedicated swap partitions or a swap file on a regular filesystem or logical volume. - -There are two basic types of memory in a typical computer. The first type, random access memory (RAM), is used to store data and programs while they are being actively used by the computer. Programs and data cannot be used by the computer unless they are stored in RAM. RAM is volatile memory; that is, the data stored in RAM is lost if the computer is turned off. - -Hard drives are magnetic media used for long-term storage of data and programs. Magnetic media is nonvolatile; the data stored on a disk remains even when power is removed from the computer. The CPU (central processing unit) cannot directly access the programs and data on the hard drive; it must be copied into RAM first, and that is where the CPU can access its programming instructions and the data to be operated on by those instructions. During the boot process, a computer copies specific operating system programs, such as the kernel and init or systemd, and data from the hard drive into RAM, where it is accessed directly by the computer’s processor, the CPU. - -### Swap space - -Swap space is the second type of memory in modern Linux systems. The primary function of swap space is to substitute disk space for RAM memory when real RAM fills up and more space is needed. - -For example, assume you have a computer system with 8GB of RAM. If you start up programs that don’t fill that RAM, everything is fine and no swapping is required. But suppose the spreadsheet you are working on grows when you add more rows, and that, plus everything else that's running, now fills all of RAM. Without swap space available, you would have to stop working on the spreadsheet until you could free up some of your limited RAM by closing down some other programs. - -The kernel uses a memory management program that detects blocks, aka pages, of memory in which the contents have not been used recently. The memory management program swaps enough of these relatively infrequently used pages of memory out to a special partition on the hard drive specifically designated for “paging,” or swapping. This frees up RAM and makes room for more data to be entered into your spreadsheet. Those pages of memory swapped out to the hard drive are tracked by the kernel’s memory management code and can be paged back into RAM if they are needed. - -The total amount of memory in a Linux computer is the RAM plus swap space and is referred to as virtual memory. - -### Types of Linux swap - -Linux provides for two types of swap space. By default, most Linux installations create a swap partition, but it is also possible to use a specially configured file as a swap file. A swap partition is just what its name implies—a standard disk partition that is designated as swap space by the `mkswap` command. - -A swap file can be used if there is no free disk space in which to create a new swap partition or space in a volume group where a logical volume can be created for swap space. This is just a regular file that is created and preallocated to a specified size. Then the `mkswap` command is run to configure it as swap space. I don’t recommend using a file for swap space unless absolutely necessary. - -### Thrashing - -Thrashing can occur when total virtual memory, both RAM and swap space, become nearly full. The system spends so much time paging blocks of memory between swap space and RAM and back that little time is left for real work. The typical symptoms of this are obvious: The system becomes slow or completely unresponsive, and the hard drive activity light is on almost constantly. - -If you can manage to issue a command like `free` that shows CPU load and memory usage, you will see that the CPU load is very high, perhaps as much as 30 to 40 times the number of CPU cores in the system. Another symptom is that both RAM and swap space are almost completely allocated. - -After the fact, looking at SAR (system activity report) data can also show these symptoms. I install SAR on every system I work on and use it for post-repair forensic analysis. - -### What is the right amount of swap space? - -Many years ago, the rule of thumb for the amount of swap space that should be allocated on the hard drive was 2X the amount of RAM installed in the computer (of course, that was when most computers' RAM was measured in KB or MB). So if a computer had 64KB of RAM, a swap partition of 128KB would be an optimum size. This rule took into account the facts that RAM sizes were typically quite small at that time and that allocating more than 2X RAM for swap space did not improve performance. With more than twice RAM for swap, most systems spent more time thrashing than actually performing useful work. - -RAM has become an inexpensive commodity and most computers these days have amounts of RAM that extend into tens of gigabytes. Most of my newer computers have at least 8GB of RAM, one has 32GB, and my main workstation has 64GB. My older computers have from 4 to 8 GB of RAM. - -When dealing with computers having huge amounts of RAM, the limiting performance factor for swap space is far lower than the 2X multiplier. The Fedora 28 online Installation Guide, which can be found online at [Fedora Installation Guide][1], defines current thinking about swap space allocation. I have included below some discussion and the table of recommendations from that document. - -The following table provides the recommended size of a swap partition depending on the amount of RAM in your system and whether you want sufficient memory for your system to hibernate. The recommended swap partition size is established automatically during installation. To allow for hibernation, however, you will need to edit the swap space in the custom partitioning stage. - -_Table 1: Recommended system swap space in Fedora 28 documentation_ - -| **Amount of system RAM** | **Recommended swap space** | **Recommended swap with hibernation** | -|--------------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------------------| -| less than 2 GB | 2 times the amount of RAM | 3 times the amount of RAM | -| 2 GB - 8 GB | Equal to the amount of RAM | 2 times the amount of RAM | -| 8 GB - 64 GB | 0.5 times the amount of RAM | 1.5 times the amount of RAM | -| more than 64 GB | workload dependent | hibernation not recommended | - -At the border between each range listed above (for example, a system with 2 GB, 8 GB, or 64 GB of system RAM), use discretion with regard to chosen swap space and hibernation support. If your system resources allow for it, increasing the swap space may lead to better performance. - -Of course, most Linux administrators have their own ideas about the appropriate amount of swap space—as well as pretty much everything else. Table 2, below, contains my recommendations based on my personal experiences in multiple environments. These may not work for you, but as with Table 1, they may help you get started. - -_Table 2: Recommended system swap space per the author_ - -| Amount of RAM | Recommended swap space | -|---------------|------------------------| -| ≤ 2GB | 2X RAM | -| 2GB – 8GB | = RAM | -| >8GB | 8GB | - -One consideration in both tables is that as the amount of RAM increases, beyond a certain point adding more swap space simply leads to thrashing well before the swap space even comes close to being filled. If you have too little virtual memory while following these recommendations, you should add more RAM, if possible, rather than more swap space. As with all recommendations that affect system performance, use what works best for your specific environment. This will take time and effort to experiment and make changes based on the conditions in your Linux environment. - -#### Adding more swap space to a non-LVM disk environment - -Due to changing requirements for swap space on hosts with Linux already installed, it may become necessary to modify the amount of swap space defined for the system. This procedure can be used for any general case where the amount of swap space needs to be increased. It assumes sufficient available disk space is available. This procedure also assumes that the disks are partitioned in “raw” EXT4 and swap partitions and do not use logical volume management (LVM). - -The basic steps to take are simple: - - 1. Turn off the existing swap space. - - 2. Create a new swap partition of the desired size. - - 3. Reread the partition table. - - 4. Configure the partition as swap space. - - 5. Add the new partition/etc/fstab. - - 6. Turn on swap. - - - - -A reboot should not be necessary. - -For safety's sake, before turning off swap, at the very least you should ensure that no applications are running and that no swap space is in use. The `free` or `top` commands can tell you whether swap space is in use. To be even safer, you could revert to run level 1 or single-user mode. - -Turn off the swap partition with the command which turns off all swap space: - -``` -swapoff -a - -``` - -Now display the existing partitions on the hard drive. - -``` -fdisk -l - -``` - -This displays the current partition tables on each drive. Identify the current swap partition by number. - -Start `fdisk` in interactive mode with the command: - -``` -fdisk /dev/ - -``` - -For example: - -``` -fdisk /dev/sda - -``` - -At this point, `fdisk` is now interactive and will operate only on the specified disk drive. - -Use the fdisk `p` sub-command to verify that there is enough free space on the disk to create the new swap partition. The space on the hard drive is shown in terms of 512-byte blocks and starting and ending cylinder numbers, so you may have to do some math to determine the available space between and at the end of allocated partitions. - -Use the `n` sub-command to create a new swap partition. fdisk will ask you the starting cylinder. By default, it chooses the lowest-numbered available cylinder. If you wish to change that, type in the number of the starting cylinder. - -The `fdisk` command now allows you to enter the size of the partitions in a number of formats, including the last cylinder number or the size in bytes, KB or MB. Type in 4000M, which will give about 4GB of space on the new partition (for example), and press Enter. - -Use the `p` sub-command to verify that the partition was created as you specified it. Note that the partition will probably not be exactly what you specified unless you used the ending cylinder number. The `fdisk` command can only allocate disk space in increments on whole cylinders, so your partition may be a little smaller or larger than you specified. If the partition is not what you want, you can delete it and create it again. - -Now it is necessary to specify that the new partition is to be a swap partition. The sub-command `t` allows you to specify the type of partition. So enter `t`, specify the partition number, and when it asks for the hex code partition type, type 82, which is the Linux swap partition type, and press Enter. - -When you are satisfied with the partition you have created, use the `w` sub-command to write the new partition table to the disk. The `fdisk` program will exit and return you to the command prompt after it completes writing the revised partition table. You will probably receive the following message as `fdisk` completes writing the new partition table: - -``` -The partition table has been altered! -Calling ioctl() to re-read partition table. -WARNING: Re-reading the partition table failed with error 16: Device or resource busy. -The kernel still uses the old table. -The new table will be used at the next reboot. -Syncing disks. -``` - -At this point, you use the `partprobe` command to force the kernel to re-read the partition table so that it is not necessary to perform a reboot. - -``` -partprobe -``` - -Now use the command `fdisk -l` to list the partitions and the new swap partition should be among those listed. Be sure that the new partition type is “Linux swap”. - -It will be necessary to modify the /etc/fstab file to point to the new swap partition. The existing line may look like this: - -``` -LABEL=SWAP-sdaX   swap        swap    defaults        0 0 - -``` - -where `X` is the partition number. Add a new line that looks similar this, depending upon the location of your new swap partition: - -``` -/dev/sdaY         swap        swap    defaults        0 0 - -``` - -Be sure to use the correct partition number. Now you can perform the final step in creating the swap partition. Use the `mkswap` command to define the partition as a swap partition. - -``` -mkswap /dev/sdaY - -``` - -The final step is to turn swap on using the command: - -``` -swapon -a - -``` - -Your new swap partition is now online along with the previously existing swap partition. You can use the `free` or `top` commands to verify this. - -#### Adding swap to an LVM disk environment - -If your disk setup uses LVM, changing swap space will be fairly easy. Again, this assumes that space is available in the volume group in which the current swap volume is located. By default, the installation procedures for Fedora Linux in an LVM environment create the swap partition as a logical volume. This makes it easy because you can simply increase the size of the swap volume. - -Here are the steps required to increase the amount of swap space in an LVM environment: - - 1. Turn off all swap. - - 2. Increase the size of the logical volume designated for swap. - - 3. Configure the resized volume as swap space. - - 4. Turn on swap. - - - - -First, let’s verify that swap exists and is a logical volume using the `lvs` command (list logical volume). - -``` -[root@studentvm1 ~]# lvs -  LV     VG                Attr       LSize  Pool   Origin Data%  Meta%  Move Log Cpy%Sync Convert -  home   fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  2.00g                                                       -  pool00 fedora_studentvm1 twi-aotz--  2.00g               8.17   2.93                             -  root   fedora_studentvm1 Vwi-aotz--  2.00g pool00        8.17                                   -  swap   fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  8.00g                                                       -  tmp    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  5.00g                                                       -  usr    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao---- 15.00g                                                       -  var    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao---- 10.00g                                                       -[root@studentvm1 ~]# -``` - -You can see that the current swap size is 8GB. In this case, we want to add 2GB to this swap volume. First, stop existing swap. You may have to terminate running programs if swap space is in use. - -``` -swapoff -a - -``` - -Now increase the size of the logical volume. - -``` -[root@studentvm1 ~]# lvextend -L +2G /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap -  Size of logical volume fedora_studentvm1/swap changed from 8.00 GiB (2048 extents) to 10.00 GiB (2560 extents). -  Logical volume fedora_studentvm1/swap successfully resized. -[root@studentvm1 ~]# -``` - -Run the `mkswap` command to make this entire 10GB partition into swap space. - -``` -[root@studentvm1 ~]# mkswap /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap -mkswap: /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap: warning: wiping old swap signature. -Setting up swapspace version 1, size = 10 GiB (10737414144 bytes) -no label, UUID=3cc2bee0-e746-4b66-aa2d-1ea15ef1574a -[root@studentvm1 ~]# -``` - -Turn swap back on. - -``` -[root@studentvm1 ~]# swapon -a -[root@studentvm1 ~]# -``` - -Now verify the new swap space is present with the list block devices command. Again, a reboot is not required. - -``` -[root@studentvm1 ~]# lsblk -NAME                                 MAJ:MIN RM  SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT -sda                                    8:0    0   60G  0 disk -|-sda1                                 8:1    0    1G  0 part /boot -`-sda2                                 8:2    0   59G  0 part -  |-fedora_studentvm1-pool00_tmeta   253:0    0    4M  0 lvm   -  | `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00-tpool 253:2    0    2G  0 lvm   -  |   |-fedora_studentvm1-root       253:3    0    2G  0 lvm  / -  |   `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00     253:6    0    2G  0 lvm   -  |-fedora_studentvm1-pool00_tdata   253:1    0    2G  0 lvm   -  | `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00-tpool 253:2    0    2G  0 lvm   -  |   |-fedora_studentvm1-root       253:3    0    2G  0 lvm  / -  |   `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00     253:6    0    2G  0 lvm   -  |-fedora_studentvm1-swap           253:4    0   10G  0 lvm  [SWAP] -  |-fedora_studentvm1-usr            253:5    0   15G  0 lvm  /usr -  |-fedora_studentvm1-home           253:7    0    2G  0 lvm  /home -  |-fedora_studentvm1-var            253:8    0   10G  0 lvm  /var -  `-fedora_studentvm1-tmp            253:9    0    5G  0 lvm  /tmp -sr0                                   11:0    1 1024M  0 rom   -[root@studentvm1 ~]# -``` - -You can also use the `swapon -s` command, or `top`, `free`, or any of several other commands to verify this. - -``` -[root@studentvm1 ~]# free -              total        used        free      shared  buff/cache   available -Mem:        4038808      382404     2754072        4152      902332     3404184 -Swap:      10485756           0    10485756 -[root@studentvm1 ~]# -``` - -Note that the different commands display or require as input the device special file in different forms. There are a number of ways in which specific devices are accessed in the /dev directory. My article, [Managing Devices in Linux][2], includes more information about the /dev directory and its contents. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/swap-space-linux-systems - -作者:[David Both][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth -[1]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/fedora/f28/install-guide/ -[2]: https://opensource.com/article/16/11/managing-devices-linux diff --git a/translated/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md b/translated/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a36a44e9f --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ + +Linux 系统上 swap 空间的介绍 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/fail_progress_cycle_momentum_arrow.png?itok=q-ZFa_Eh) + +当今无论什么操作系统 Swap 空间是非常常见的。Linux 使用 Swap 空间来增加主机可用的虚拟内存。它可以是常规文件或逻辑卷上使用一个或多个专用swap 分区或 swap 文件。 + +典型计算机中有两种基本类型的内存。第一种类型,随机存取存储器 (RAM),用于存储计算机使用的数据和程序。只有程序和数据存储在 RAM 中,计算机才能使用它们。随机存储器是易失性存储器;也就是说,如果计算机关闭了,存储在 RAM 中的数据就会丢失。 + + +硬盘是用于长期存储数据和程序的磁性介质。该磁介质可以很好的保存数据;即使计算机断电,存储在磁盘上的数据也会保留下来。CPU (中央处理器)不能直接访问硬盘上的程序和数据;他们必须首先复制到 RAM 中,RAM 是 CPU 访问代码指令和操作数据的地方。在引导过程中,计算机将特定的操作系统程序(如内核、init 或 systemd )以及硬盘上的数据复制到 RAM 中,在 RAM 中,计算机的处理器 CPU 可以直接访问这些数据。 + +### Swap 空间 + +Swap 空间是现代 Linux 系统中的第二种内存类型。Swap 空间的主要功能是当全部的 RAM 被占用并且需要更多内存时,用磁盘空间代替 RAM 内存。 + +例如,假设你有一个 8GB RAM 的计算机。如果你启动的程序没有填满 RAM,一切好,不需要 Swap。假设你在处理电子表格,当添加更多的行时,你电子表格会增长,加上所有正在运行的程序,将会占用全部的 RAM 。如果这时没有可用的 Swap 空间,你将不得不停止处理电子表格,直到关闭一些其他程序来释放一些 RAM 。 + +内核使用一个内存管理程序来检测最近没有使用的内存块,也就是内存页面。内存管理程序将这些相对不经常使用的内存页交换到硬盘上专门指定用于“分页”或 swap 的特殊分区。释放 RAM ,为输入电子表格更多数据腾出了空间。那些换出到硬盘的内存页面被内核的内存管理代码跟踪,如果需要,可以被分页回 RAM。 + +Linux 计算机中的内存总量是 RAM + swap 分区,swap 分区被称为虚拟内存. + +### Linux swap 分区类型 + +Linux 提供了两种类型的 swap 空间。默认情况下,大多数 Linux 在安装时都会创建一个 swap 分区,但是也可以使用一个特殊配置的文件作为 swap 文件。swap 分区顾名思义就是一个标准磁盘分区,由 `mkswap` 命令指定 swap 空间。 + +如果没有可用磁盘空间来创建新的 swap 分区,或者卷组中没有空间为 swap 空间创建逻辑卷,则可以使用 swap 文件。这只是一个创建并预分配指定大小的常规文件。然后运行 `mkswap` 命令将其配置为 swap 空间。除非绝对必要,否则我不建议使用文件来做 swap 空间。 + +### 频繁交换 + +当总虚拟内存( RAM 和 swap 空间 )变得快满时,可能会发生频繁交换 。系统花了太多时间在 swap 空间和 RAM 之间做内存块页面切换,以至于几乎没有时间用于实际工作。这种情况是显而易见的:系统变得缓慢或完全无反应,硬盘指示灯几乎持续亮起。 + +使用 `free` 的命令来显示 CPU 负载和内存使用情况,你会发现 CPU 负载非常高,可能达到系统中 CPU 内核数量的30到40倍。另一个情况是 RAM 和 swap 空间几乎完全被分配了。 + + +事实上,查看 SAR (系统活动报告)数据也可以显示这些内容。在我的每个系统上都安装 SAR ,并将这些用于数据分析。 + + +### swap 空间的正确大小是多少? + +许多年前,硬盘上分配给 swap 空间大小是计算机上的 RAM 的两倍(当然,这是大多数计算机的 RAM 以 KB 或 MB 为单位的时候)。因此,如果一台计算机有 64KB 的 RAM,应该分配 128KB 的 swap 分区。该规则考虑到了这样的事实情况,即 RAM 大小在当时非常小,分配超过2倍的 RAM 用于 swap 空间并不能提高性能。使用超过两倍的 RAM 进行交换,比实际执行有用的工作的时候,大多数系统将花费更多的时间。 + + +RAM 现在已经很便宜了,如今大多数计算机的 RAM 都达到了几十亿字节。我的大多数新电脑至少有 8GB 内存,一台有32GB 内存,我的主工作站有 64GB 内存。我的旧电脑有4到 8GB 的内存。 + + +当操作具有大 RAM 的计算机时,swap 空间的限制性能系数远低于 2倍。[Fedora 28在线安装指南][1] 定义了当前关于 swap 空间分配的方法。下面内容是我提出的建议。 + +下表根据系统中的 RAM 大小以及是否有足够的内存让系统休眠,提供了交换分区的推荐大小。建议的 swap 分区大小是在安装过程中自动建立的。但是,为了满足系统休眠,您需要在自定义分区阶段编辑 swap 空间。 + +_表 1: Fedora 28文档中推荐的系统 swap 空间_ + +| **系统内存大小 ** | **推荐 swap 空间 ** | **建议 swap 大小用休眠模式 ** | +|--------------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------------------| +| 小于 2 GB | 2倍 RAM | 3 倍 RAM | +| 2 GB - 8 GB | 等于 RAM 大小 | 2 倍 RAM | +| 8 GB - 64 GB | 0.5 倍 RAM | 1.5 倍 RAM | +| 大于 64 GB | 工作量相关 | 不建议休眠模式 | + + +在上面列出的每个范围之间的边界(例如,具有 2GB、8GB 或 64GB 的系统 RAM),请根据所选 swap 空间和支持休眠功能请谨慎使用。如果你的系统资源允许,增加 swap 空间可能会带来更好的性能。 + +当然,大多数 Linux 管理员对多大的 swap 空间量有自己的想法。下面的表2包含了基于我在多种环境中的个人经历所做出的建议。这些可能不适合你,但是和表1一样,它们可能对你有所帮助。 + + +_表 2: 作者推荐的系统 swap 空间_ + +| RAM 大小 | 推荐 swap 空间 | +|---------------|------------------------| +| ≤ 2GB | 2X RAM | +| 2GB – 8GB | = RAM | +| >8GB | 8GB | + + +这两个表中共同点,随着 RAM 数量的增加,超过某一点增加更多 swap 空间只会导致在 swap 空间几乎被全部使用之前就发生频繁交换。根据以上建议,则应尽可能添加更多 RAM,而不是增加更多 swap 空间。如类似影响系统性能的情况一样,请使用最适合你的建议。根据 Linux 环境中的条件进行测试和更改是需要时间和精力的。 + + +### 向非 LVM 磁盘环境添加更多 swap 空间 + +面对已安装 Linux 的主机并对 swap 空间的需求不断变化,有时有必要修改系统定义的 swap 空间的大小。此过程可用于需要增加 swap 空间大小的任何情况。它假设有足够的可用磁盘空间。此过程还假设磁盘在 “raw” EXT4 和 swap 分区中分区,并且不使用逻辑卷 (LVM)。 + + + +要基本步骤很简单: + + 1. 关闭现有的 swap 空间。 + + 2. 创建所需大小的新 swap 分区。 + + 3. 重读分区表。 + + 4. 将分区配置为 swap 空间。 + + 5. 添加新分区到 /etc/fstab。 + + 6. 打开 swap 空间。 + + +不应需要重新启动机器。 + + +为了安全起见,在关闭 swap 空间前,至少你应该确保没有应用程序在运行,也没有 swap 空间在使用。`free` 或 `top` 命令可以告诉你 swap 空间是否在使用中。为了更安全,您可以恢复到运行级别1或单用户模式。 + +使用关闭所有 swap 空间的命令关闭 swap 分区: + +``` +swapoff -a + +``` + +现在查看硬盘上的现有分区。 + +``` +fdisk -l + +``` + +这将显示每个驱动器上的分区表。按编号标识当前的 swap 分区。 + + +使用以下命令在交互模式下启动 `fdisk`: + +``` +fdisk /dev/ + +``` + +例如: + +``` +fdisk /dev/sda + +``` + +此时,`fdisk` 是交互方式的,只在指定的磁盘驱动器上进行操作。 + +使用 fdisk `p` 子命令验证磁盘上是否有足够的可用空间来创建新的 swap 分区。硬盘上的空间以 512字节 以及起始和结束柱面编号的形式显示,因此您可能需要做一些计算来确定分配分区之间和末尾的可用空间。 + +使用 `n` 子命令创建新的交换分区。fdisk 会问你开始柱面。默认情况下,它选择编号最低的可用柱面。如果你想改变这一点,输入开始柱面的编号。 + +`fdisk` 命令允许你以多种格式输入分区的大小,包括最后一个柱面号或字节、KB 或 MB 的大小。键入 4000M ,这将在新分区上提供大约 4GB 的空间(例如),然后按 Enter 键。 + +使用 `p` 子命令来验证分区是否按照指定的方式创建的。请注意,除非使用结束柱面编号,否则分区可能与你指定的不完全相同。`fdisk` 命令只能在整个柱面上增量的分配磁盘空间,因此你的分区可能比你指定的稍小或稍大。如果分区不是您想要的,你可以删除它并重新创建它。 + +现在指定新分区是 swap 分区了 。子命令 `t` 允许你指定定分区的类型。所以输入 `t`,指定分区号,当它要求十六进制分区类型时,输入82,这是Linux swap 分区类型,然后按 Enter。 + + +当你对创建的分区感到满意时,使用 `w` 子命令将新的分区表写入磁盘。`fdisk` 程序将退出,并在完成修改后的分区表的编写后返回命令提示符。当`fdisk` 完成写入新分区表时,会收到以下消息: + +``` +The partition table has been altered! +Calling ioctl() to re-read partition table. +WARNING: Re-reading the partition table failed with error 16: Device or resource busy. +The kernel still uses the old table. +The new table will be used at the next reboot. +Syncing disks. +``` + + +此时,你使用 `partprobe` 命令强制内核重新读取分区表,这样就不需要执行重新启动机器。 + +``` +partprobe +``` + + +使用命令 `fdisk -l` 列出分区,新 swap 分区应该在列出的分区中。确保新的分区类型是 “Linux swap”。 + +修改 /etc/fstab 文件以指向新的 swap 分区。如下所示: + +``` +LABEL=SWAP-sdaX   swap        swap    defaults        0 0 + +``` + +其中 `X` 是分区号。根据新 swap 分区的位置,添加以下内容: + +``` +/dev/sdaY         swap        swap    defaults        0 0 + +``` + +请确保使用正确的分区号。现在,可以执行创建 swap 分区的最后一步。使用 `mkswap` 命令将分区定义为 swap 分区。 + +``` +mkswap /dev/sdaY + +``` + +最后一步是使用以下命令启用 swap 空间: + +``` +swapon -a + +``` + +你的新 swap 分区现在与以前存在的 swap 分区一起在线。您可以使用 `free` 或`top` 命令来验证这一点。 + +#### 在 LVM 磁盘环境中添加 swap 空间 + +如果你的磁盘使用 LVM ,更改 swap 空间将相当容易。同样,假设当前 swap 卷所在的卷组中有可用空间。默认情况下,LVM 环境中的 Fedora Linux 在安装过程将 swap 分区创建为逻辑卷。您可以非常简单地增加 swap 卷的大小。 + +以下是在 LVM 环境中增加 swap 空间大小的步骤: + + 1. 关闭所有 swap 。 + + 2. 增加指定用于 swap 的逻辑卷的大小。 + + 3. 为 swap 空间调整大小的卷配置。 + + 4. 启用 swap。 + + + +首先,让我们使用 `lvs` 命令(列出逻辑卷)来验证 swap 是否存在以及 swap 是否是逻辑卷。 + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# lvs +  LV     VG                Attr       LSize  Pool   Origin Data%  Meta%  Move Log Cpy%Sync Convert +  home   fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  2.00g                                                       +  pool00 fedora_studentvm1 twi-aotz--  2.00g               8.17   2.93                             +  root   fedora_studentvm1 Vwi-aotz--  2.00g pool00        8.17                                   +  swap   fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  8.00g                                                       +  tmp    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  5.00g                                                       +  usr    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao---- 15.00g                                                       +  var    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao---- 10.00g                                                       +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +你可以看到当前的 swap 大小为 8GB。在这种情况下,我们希望将 2GB 添加到此 swap 卷中。首先,停止现有的 swap 。如果 swap 空间正在使用,终止正在运行的程序。 + + +``` +swapoff -a + +``` + +现在增加逻辑卷的大小。 + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# lvextend -L +2G /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap +  Size of logical volume fedora_studentvm1/swap changed from 8.00 GiB (2048 extents) to 10.00 GiB (2560 extents). +  Logical volume fedora_studentvm1/swap successfully resized. +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +运行 `mkswap` 命令将整个 10GB 分区变成 swap 空间。 + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# mkswap /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap +mkswap: /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap: warning: wiping old swap signature. +Setting up swapspace version 1, size = 10 GiB (10737414144 bytes) +no label, UUID=3cc2bee0-e746-4b66-aa2d-1ea15ef1574a +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +重新启用 swap 。 + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# swapon -a +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +现在,使用 `lsblk ` 命令验证新 swap 空间是否存在。同样,不需要重新启动机器。 + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# lsblk +NAME                                 MAJ:MIN RM  SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT +sda                                    8:0    0   60G  0 disk +|-sda1                                 8:1    0    1G  0 part /boot +`-sda2                                 8:2    0   59G  0 part +  |-fedora_studentvm1-pool00_tmeta   253:0    0    4M  0 lvm   +  | `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00-tpool 253:2    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |   |-fedora_studentvm1-root       253:3    0    2G  0 lvm  / +  |   `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00     253:6    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |-fedora_studentvm1-pool00_tdata   253:1    0    2G  0 lvm   +  | `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00-tpool 253:2    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |   |-fedora_studentvm1-root       253:3    0    2G  0 lvm  / +  |   `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00     253:6    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |-fedora_studentvm1-swap           253:4    0   10G  0 lvm  [SWAP] +  |-fedora_studentvm1-usr            253:5    0   15G  0 lvm  /usr +  |-fedora_studentvm1-home           253:7    0    2G  0 lvm  /home +  |-fedora_studentvm1-var            253:8    0   10G  0 lvm  /var +  `-fedora_studentvm1-tmp            253:9    0    5G  0 lvm  /tmp +sr0                                   11:0    1 1024M  0 rom   +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +您也可以使用`swapon -s` 命令或 `top` 、`free` 或其他几个命令来验证这一点。 + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# free +              total        used        free      shared  buff/cache   available +Mem:        4038808      382404     2754072        4152      902332     3404184 +Swap:      10485756           0    10485756 +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +请注意,不同的命令以不同的形式显示或要求输入设备文件。在 /dev 目录中访问特定设备有多种方式。在我的文章[Managing Devices in Linux][2] 中有更多关于 /dev 目录及其内容说明。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/swap-space-linux-systems + +作者:[David Both][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth +[1]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/fedora/f28/install-guide/ +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/16/11/managing-devices-linux From 36a2767495c2ae363913c247e72de0435c9385f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 22:03:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 393/437] PRF:20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @bookug 恭喜你完成了第一篇翻译贡献! --- ...ng to Linux from dated Windows machines.md | 38 ++++++------------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 26 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md b/translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md index b90a166a4d..a9e187ecc3 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md @@ -1,42 +1,30 @@ 从过时的 Windows 机器迁移到 Linux ====== +> 这是一个当老旧的 Windows 机器退役时,决定迁移到 Linux 的故事。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/1980s-computer-yearbook.png?itok=eGOYEKK-) -每天当我在 ONLYOFFICE 的市场部门工作的时候,我都能看到 Linux 用户在网上讨论我们的办公效率软件。 -我们的产品在 Linux 用户中很受欢迎,这使得我对使用 Linux 作为日常工具的体验非常好奇。 -我的老旧的 Windows XP 机器在性能上非常差,因此我决定了解 Linux 系统(特别是 Ubuntu )并且决定去尝试使用它。 -我的两个同事加入了我的计划。 +我在 ONLYOFFICE 的市场部门工作的每一天,我都能看到 Linux 用户在网上讨论我们的办公软件。我们的产品在 Linux 用户中很受欢迎,这使得我对使用 Linux 作为日常工具的体验非常好奇。我的老旧的 Windows XP 机器在性能上非常差,因此我决定了解 Linux 系统(特别是 Ubuntu)并且决定去尝试使用它。我的两个同事也加入了我的计划。 ### 为何选择 Linux ? -我们必须做出改变,首先,我们的老系统在性能方面不够用:我们经历过频繁的崩溃,每当超过两个应用在运行机器就会负载过度,关闭机器时有一半的几率冻结等等。 -这很容易让我们从工作中分心,意味着我们没有我们应有的工作效率了。 +我们必须做出改变,首先,我们的老系统在性能方面不够用:我们经历过频繁的崩溃,每当运行超过两个应用时,机器就会负载过度,关闭机器时有一半的几率冻结等等。这很容易让我们从工作中分心,意味着我们没有我们应有的工作效率了。 -升级到 Windows 更新的版本也是一种选择,但这样可能会带来额外的开销,而且我们的软件本身也是要与 Microsoft 的办公软件竞争。 -因此我们在这方面也存在意识形态的问题。 +升级到 Windows 的新版本也是一种选择,但这样可能会带来额外的开销,而且我们的软件本身也是要与 Microsoft 的办公软件竞争。因此我们在这方面也存在意识形态的问题。 -其次,就像我之前提过的, ONLYOFFICE 产品在 Linux 社区内非常受欢迎。 -通过阅读 Linux 用户在使用我们的软件时的体验,我们也对加入他们很感兴趣。 +其次,就像我之前提过的, ONLYOFFICE 产品在 Linux 社区内非常受欢迎。通过阅读 Linux 用户在使用我们的软件时的体验,我们也对加入他们很感兴趣。 -在我们要求转换到 Linux 系统一周后,我们拿到了崭新的装好了 [Kubuntu][1] 的机器。 -我们选择了 16.04 版本,因为这个版本支持 KDE Plasma 5.5 和包括 Dolphin 在内的很多 KDE 应用,同时也包括 LibreOffice 5.1 和 Firefox 45 。 +在我们要求转换到 Linux 系统一周后,我们拿到了崭新的装好了 [Kubuntu][1] 的机器。我们选择了 16.04 版本,因为这个版本支持 KDE Plasma 5.5 和包括 Dolphin 在内的很多 KDE 应用,同时也包括 LibreOffice 5.1 和 Firefox 45 。 ### Linux 让人喜欢的地方 -我相信 Linux 最大的优势是它的运行速度,比如,从按下机器的电源按钮到开始工作只需要几秒钟时间。 -从一开始,一切看起来都超乎寻常地快:总体的响应速度,图形界面,甚至包括系统更新的速度。 +我相信 Linux 最大的优势是它的运行速度,比如,从按下机器的电源按钮到开始工作只需要几秒钟时间。从一开始,一切看起来都超乎寻常地快:总体的响应速度,图形界面,甚至包括系统更新的速度。 -另一个使我惊奇的事情是跟 Windows 相比, Linux 几乎能让你配置任何东西,包括整个桌面的外观。 -在设置里面,我发现了如何修改各种栏目、按钮和字体的颜色和形状,也可以重新布置任意桌面组件的位置,组合桌面的小工具(甚至包括漫画和颜色选择器) -我相信我还仅仅只是了解了基本的选项,之后还需要探索这个系统更多著名的定制化选项。 +另一个使我惊奇的事情是跟 Windows 相比, Linux 几乎能让你配置任何东西,包括整个桌面的外观。在设置里面,我发现了如何修改各种栏目、按钮和字体的颜色和形状,也可以重新布置任意桌面组件的位置,组合桌面小工具(甚至包括漫画和颜色选择器)。我相信我还仅仅只是了解了基本的选项,之后还需要探索这个系统更多著名的定制化选项。 -Linux 发行版通常是一个非常安全的环境。 -人们很少在 Linux 系统中使用防病毒的软件,因为很少有人会写病毒程序来攻击 Linux 系统。 -因此你可以拥有很好的系统速度,并且节省了时间和金钱。 +Linux 发行版通常是一个非常安全的环境。人们很少在 Linux 系统中使用防病毒的软件,因为很少有人会写病毒程序来攻击 Linux 系统。因此你可以拥有很好的系统速度,并且节省了时间和金钱。 -总之, Linux 已经改变了我们的日常生活,用一系列的新选项和功能大大震惊了我们。 -仅仅通过短时间的使用,我们已经可以给它总结出以下特性: +总之, Linux 已经改变了我们的日常生活,用一系列的新选项和功能大大震惊了我们。仅仅通过短时间的使用,我们已经可以给它总结出以下特性: * 操作很快很顺畅 * 高度可定制 @@ -45,9 +33,7 @@ Linux 发行版通常是一个非常安全的环境。 * 安全可靠 * 对所有想改变工作场所的人来说都是一次绝佳的体验 -你已经从 Windows 或 MacOS 系统换到 Kubuntu 或其他 Linux 变种了么? -或者你是否正在考虑做出改变? -请分享你想要采用 Linux 系统的原因,连同你对开源的印象一起写在评论中。 +你已经从 Windows 或 MacOS 系统换到 Kubuntu 或其他 Linux 变种了么?或者你是否正在考虑做出改变?请分享你想要采用 Linux 系统的原因,连同你对开源的印象一起写在评论中。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -55,7 +41,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/move-to-linux-old-windows 作者:[Michael Korotaev][a] 译者:[bookug](https://github.com/bookug) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From c101336d1f5e938ef4f0bf2cb052226131e1021e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 22:04:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 394/437] PUB:20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @bookug 本文首发地址: https://linux.cn/article-10093-1.html 您的 LCTT 专页地址: https://linux.cn/lctt/bookug 请到 LCTT 平台注册领取 LCCN : https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- .../20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/talk => published}/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md b/published/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md rename to published/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md From e0bb162d4fc03f3969849b5336bc79c6b244eb6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 22:49:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 395/437] PRF:20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md @HankChow --- ...5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md | 38 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md b/translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md index dcb3b3b63e..0f2f26c18a 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md @@ -1,57 +1,52 @@ Linux 开发的五大必备工具 ====== +> Linux 上的开发工具如此之多,以至于会担心找不到恰好适合你的。 ![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/dev-tools.png?itok=kkDNylRg) -Linux 已经成为工作、娱乐和个人生活等多个领域的支柱,人们已经越来越离不开它。在 Linux 的帮助下,技术的发展速度超出了人们的想象,Linux 开发的速度也以指数规模增长。因此,越来越多的开发者也不断地加入开源和学习 Linux 开发地潮流当中。在这个过程之中,合适的工具是必不可少的,可喜的是,随着 Linux 的发展,大量适用于 Linux 的开发工具也不断成熟。甚至可以说,这样的工具已经多得有点惊人。 +Linux 已经成为工作、娱乐和个人生活等多个领域的支柱,人们已经越来越离不开它。在 Linux 的帮助下,技术的变革速度超出了人们的想象,Linux 开发的速度也以指数规模增长。因此,越来越多的开发者也不断地加入开源和学习 Linux 开发地潮流当中。在这个过程之中,合适的工具是必不可少的,可喜的是,随着 Linux 的发展,大量适用于 Linux 的开发工具也不断成熟。甚至可以说,这样的工具已经多得有点惊人。 为了选择更合适自己的开发工具,缩小选择范围是很必要的。但是这篇文章并不会要求你必须使用某个工具,而只是缩小到五个工具类别,然后对每个类别提供一个例子。然而,对于大多数类别,都会有不止一种选择。下面我们来看一下。 ### 容器 -放眼于现实,现在已经是容器的时代了。容器既容易进行部署,又可以方便地构建开发环境。如果你针对的是特定的平台的开发,将开发流程所需要的各种工具都创建到容器映像中是一种很好的方法,只要使用这一个容器映像,就能够快速启动大量运行所需服务的实例。 +放眼于现实,现在已经是容器的时代了。容器既及其容易部署,又可以方便地构建开发环境。如果你针对的是特定的平台的开发,将开发流程所需要的各种工具都创建到容器映像中是一种很好的方法,只要使用这一个容器映像,就能够快速启动大量运行所需服务的实例。 一个使用容器的最佳范例是使用 [Docker][1],使用容器(或 Docker)有这些好处: * 开发环境保持一致 - * 部署后即可运行 - * 易于跨平台部署 - * Docker 映像适用于多种开发环境和语言 - * 部署单个容器或容器集群都并不繁琐 - - -通过 [Docker Hub][2],几乎可以找到适用于任何平台、任何开发环境、任何服务器,任何服务的映像,几乎可以满足任何一种需求。使用 Docker Hub 中的映像,就相当于免除了搭建开发环境的步骤,可以直接开始开发应用程序、服务器、API 或服务。 +通过 [Docker Hub][2],几乎可以找到适用于任何平台、任何开发环境、任何服务器、任何服务的映像,几乎可以满足任何一种需求。使用 Docker Hub 中的映像,就相当于免除了搭建开发环境的步骤,可以直接开始开发应用程序、服务器、API 或服务。 Docker 在所有 Linux 平台上都很容易安装,例如可以通过终端输入以下命令在 Ubuntu 上安装 Docker: + ``` sudo apt-get install docker.io - ``` Docker 安装完毕后,就可以从 Docker 仓库中拉取映像,然后开始开发和部署了(如下图)。 ![Docker images][4] - +*图 1: Docker 镜像准备部署* ### 版本控制工具 -如果你正在开发一个巨大的项目,又或者参与团队开发,版本控制工具是必不可少的,它可以用于记录代码变更、提交代码以及合并代码。如果没有这样的工具,项目几乎无法妥善管理。在 Linux 系统上,[Git][6] 和 [GitHub][7] 的易用性和流行程度是其它版本控制工具无法比拟的。如果你对 Git 和 GitHub 还不太熟悉,可以简单理解为 Git 是在本地计算机上安装的版本控制系统,而 GitHub 则是用于上传和管理项目的远程存储库。 Git 可以安装在大多数的 Linux 发行版上。例如在基于 Debian 的系统上,只需要通过以下这一条简单的命令就可以安装: +如果你正在开发一个大型项目,又或者参与团队开发,版本控制工具是必不可少的,它可以用于记录代码变更、提交代码以及合并代码。如果没有这样的工具,项目几乎无法妥善管理。在 Linux 系统上,[Git][6] 和 [GitHub][7] 的易用性和流行程度是其它版本控制工具无法比拟的。如果你对 Git 和 GitHub 还不太熟悉,可以简单理解为 Git 是在本地计算机上安装的版本控制系统,而 GitHub 则是用于上传和管理项目的远程存储库。 Git 可以安装在大多数的 Linux 发行版上。例如在基于 Debian 的系统上,只需要通过以下这一条简单的命令就可以安装: + ``` sudo apt-get install git - ``` 安装完毕后,就可以使用 Git 来实施版本控制了(如下图)。 ![Git installed][9] - +*图 2:Git 已经安装,可以用于很多重要任务* Github 会要求用户创建一个帐户。用户可以免费使用 GitHub 来管理非商用项目,当然也可以使用 GitHub 的付费模式(更多相关信息,可以参阅[价格矩阵][10])。 @@ -63,23 +58,23 @@ Github 会要求用户创建一个帐户。用户可以免费使用 GitHub 来 ![Bluefish][13] - +*图 3:运行在 Ubuntu 18.04 上的 Bluefish* ### IDE -集成开发环境(Integrated Development Environment, IDE)是包含一整套全面的工具、可以实现一站式功能的开发环境。 开发者除了可以使用 IDE 编写代码,还可以编写文档和构建软件。在 Linux 上也有很多适用的 IDE,其中 [Geany][14] 就包含在标准软件库中,它对用户非常友好,功能也相当强大。 Geany 具有语法高亮、代码折叠、自动完成,构建代码片段、自动关闭 XML 和 HTML 标签、调用提示、支持多种文件类型、符号列表、代码导航、构建编译,简单的项目管理和内置的插件系统等强大功能。 +集成开发环境Integrated Development Environment(IDE)是包含一整套全面的工具、可以实现一站式功能的开发环境。 开发者除了可以使用 IDE 编写代码,还可以编写文档和构建软件。在 Linux 上也有很多适用的 IDE,其中 [Geany][14] 就包含在标准软件库中,它对用户非常友好,功能也相当强大。 Geany 具有语法高亮、代码折叠、自动完成,构建代码片段、自动关闭 XML 和 HTML 标签、调用提示、支持多种文件类型、符号列表、代码导航、构建编译,简单的项目管理和内置的插件系统等强大功能。 Geany 也能在系统上轻松安装,例如执行以下命令在基于 Debian 的 Linux 发行版上安装 Geany: + ``` sudo apt-get install geany - ``` 安装完毕后,就可以快速上手这个易用且强大的 IDE 了(如下图)。 ![Geany][16] - +*图 4:Geany 可以作为你的 IDE* ### 文本比较工具 @@ -89,19 +84,18 @@ Meld 可以打开两个文件进行比较,并突出显示文件之间的差异 ![Comparing two files][19] +*图 5: 以简单差异的模式比较两个文件* +Meld 也可以通过大多数标准的软件库安装,在基于 Debian 的系统上,执行以下命令就可以安装: -Meld 也可以通过标准软件如安装,在基于 Debian 的系统上,执行以下命令就可以安装: ``` sudo apt-get install meld - ``` ### 高效地工作 以上提到的五个工具除了帮助你完成工作,而且有助于提高效率。尽管适用于 Linux 开发者的工具有很多,但对于以上几个类别,你最好分别使用一个对应的工具。 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/8/5-essential-tools-linux-development @@ -109,7 +103,7 @@ via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/8/5-essential-tools-linux-d 作者:[Jack Wallen][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 5282d11aa156d0a1a8048badda6805602bf5e5e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 22:49:45 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 396/437] PUB:20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10094-1.html --- .../20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md b/published/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md rename to published/20180803 5 Essential Tools for Linux Development.md From 0b9de23fbe6a829819446b903df1f087fa12e11e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Liang Chen Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2018 23:39:01 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 397/437] translated by Flowsnow --- ...eautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md | 114 ------------------ ...eautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md | 108 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 108 insertions(+), 114 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md b/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md deleted file mode 100644 index 628a805144..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -translating by Flowsnow - -A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/cpod-720x340.png) - -Podcasts have become very popular in the last few years. Podcasts are what’s called “infotainment”, they are generally light-hearted, but they generally give you valuable information. Podcasts have blown up in the last few years, and if you like something, chances are there is a podcast about it. There are a lot of podcast players out there for the Linux desktop, but if you want something that is visually beautiful, has slick animations, and works on every platform, there aren’t a lot of alternatives to **CPod**. CPod (formerly known as **Cumulonimbus** ) is an open source and slickest podcast app that works on Linux, MacOS and Windows. - -CPod runs on something called **Electron** – a tool that allows developers to build cross-platform (E.g Windows, MacOs and Linux) desktop GUI applications. In this brief guide, we will be discussing – how to install and use CPod podcast app in Linux. - -### Installing CPod - -Go to the [**releases page**][1] of CPod. Download and Install the binary for your platform of choice. If you use Ubuntu/Debian, you can just download and install the .deb file from the releases page as shown below. - -``` -$ wget https://github.com/z-------------/CPod/releases/download/v1.25.7/CPod_1.25.7_amd64.deb - -$ sudo apt update - -$ sudo apt install gdebi - -$ sudo gdebi CPod_1.25.7_amd64.deb -``` - -If you use any other distribution, you probably should use the **AppImage** in the releases page. - -Download the AppImage file from the releases page. - -Open your terminal, and go to the directory where the AppImage file has been stored. Change the permissions to allow execution: - -``` -$ chmod +x CPod-1.25.7-x86_64.AppImage -``` - -Execute the AppImage File: - -``` -$ ./CPod-1.25.7-x86_64.AppImage -``` - -You’ll be presented a dialog asking whether to integrate the app with the system. Click **Yes** if you want to do so. - -### Features - -**Explore Tab** - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-features-tab.png) - -CPod uses the Apple iTunes database to find podcasts. This is good, because the iTunes database is the biggest one out there. If there is a podcast out there, chances are it’s on iTunes. To find podcasts, just use the top search bar in the Explore section. The Explore Section also shows a few popular podcasts. - -**Home Tab** - -![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-home-tab.png) - -The Home Tab is the tab that opens by default when you open the app. The Home Tab shows a chronological list of all the episodes of all the podcasts that you have subscribed to. - -From the home tab, you can: - - 1. Mark episodes read. - 2. Download them for offline playing - 3. Add them to the queue. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/The-podcasts-queue.png) - -**Subscriptions Tab** - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-subscriptions-tab.png) - -You can of course, subscribe to podcasts that you like. A few other things you can do in the Subscriptions Tab is: - - 1. Refresh Podcast Artwork - 2. Export and Import Subscriptions to/from an .OPML file. - - - -**The Player** - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-Podcast-Player.png) - -The player is perhaps the most beautiful part of CPod. The app changes the overall look and feel according to the banner of the podcast. There’s a sound visualiser at the bottom. To the right, you can see and search for other episodes of this podcast. - -**Cons/Missing Features** - -While I love this app, there are a few features and disadvantages that CPod does have: - - 1. Poor MPRIS Integration – You can play/pause the podcast from the media player dialog of your desktop environment, but not much more. The name of the podcast is not shown, and you can go to the next/previous episode. - 2. No support for chapters. - 3. No auto-downloading – you have to manually download episodes. - 4. CPU usage during use is pretty high (even for an Electron app). - - - -### Verdict - -While it does have its cons, CPod is clearly the most aesthetically pleasing podcast player app out there, and it has most basic features down. If you love using visually beautiful apps, and don’t need the advanced features, this is the perfect app for you. I know for a fact that I’m going to use it. - -Do you like CPod? Please put your opinions on the comments below! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cpod-a-simple-beautiful-and-cross-platform-podcast-app/ - -作者:[EDITOR][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/editor/ -[1]: https://github.com/z-------------/CPod/releases diff --git a/translated/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md b/translated/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1fdba14a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +一个简单,美观和跨平台的播客应用程序 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/cpod-720x340.png) + +播客在过去几年中变得非常流行。 播客就是所谓的“信息娱乐”,它们通常是轻松的,但它通常会为你提供有价值的信息。 播客在过去几年中已经非常火爆了,如果你喜欢某些东西,很可能存在一个相关的播客。 Linux 桌面版上有很多播客播放器,但是如果你想要一些视觉上美观,有光滑动画并且可以在每个平台上运行的东西,那就并没有很多替代品可以替代 **CPod** 了。 CPod(以前称为 **Cumulonimbus**)是一个开源的最简单的播客应用程序,适用于 Linux,MacOS 和 Windows。 + +CPod 运行在一个名为 **Electron** 的东西上 - 这个工具允许开发人员构建跨平台(例如 Windows,MacOs 和 Linux)的桌面图形化应用程序。 在本简要指南中,我们将讨论如何在 Linux 中安装和使用 CPod 播客应用程序。 + +### 安装 CPod + +转到 CPod 的[**发布页面**][1]。 下载并安装所选平台的二进制文件。 如果你使用 Ubuntu / Debian,你只需从发布页面下载并安装 .deb 文件,如下所示。 + +``` +$ wget https://github.com/z-------------/CPod/releases/download/v1.25.7/CPod_1.25.7_amd64.deb + +$ sudo apt update + +$ sudo apt install gdebi + +$ sudo gdebi CPod_1.25.7_amd64.deb +``` + +如果你使用任何其他发行版,你可能需要在发行版页面中使用 **AppImage**。 + +从发布页面下载 AppImage 文件。 + +打开终端,然后转到存储 AppImage 文件的目录。 更改权限以允许执行: + +``` +$ chmod +x CPod-1.25.7-x86_64.AppImage +``` + +执行 AppImage 文件: + +``` +$ ./CPod-1.25.7-x86_64.AppImage +``` + +你将看到一个对话框询问是否将应用程序与系统集成。 如果要执行此操作,请单击**是**。 + +### 特征 + +**探索标签页** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-features-tab.png) + +CPod 使用 Apple iTunes 数据库查找播客。 这很好,因为 iTunes 数据库是最大的数据库。 如果那里有一个播客,很可能是在 iTunes 上。 要查找播客,只需使用探索部分中的顶部搜索栏即可。 探索部分还展示了一些受欢迎的播客。 + +**主标签页** + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-home-tab.png) + +主标签页在打开应用程序时是默认打开的。 主标签页显示你已订阅的所有播客的所有剧集的时间顺序列表。 + +在主页选项卡中,你可以: + +1. 标记剧集阅读。 +2. 下载它们进行离线播放 +3. 将它们添加到播放队列中。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/The-podcasts-queue.png) + +**订阅标签页** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-subscriptions-tab.png) + +你当然可以订阅你喜欢的播客。 你可以在订阅标签页中执行的其他一些操作是: + +1.刷新播客艺术作品 +2.导出订阅到 .OPML 文件中,从 .OPML 文件中导入订阅。 + + +**播放器** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-Podcast-Player.png) + +播放器可能是 CPod 最美观的部分。 该应用程序根据播客的横幅更改整体外观。 底部有一个声音可视化器。 在右侧,你可以查看和搜索此播客的其他剧集。 + +**缺点/缺失功能** + +虽然我喜欢这个应用程序,但 CPod 确实有一些特性和缺点: + +1. 可怜的 MPRIS 集成 - 你可以从桌面环境的媒体播放器对话框中播放或者暂停播客,但这是不够的。 播客的名称未显示,你可以转到下一个或者上一个剧集。 +2. 不支持章节。 +3. 没有自动下载 - 你必须手动下载剧集。 +4. 使用过程中的 CPU 使用率非常高(即使对于 Electron 应用程序)。 + + +### Verdict + +虽然它确实有它的缺点,但 CPod 显然是最美观的播客播放器应用程序,并且它具有最基本的功能。 如果你喜欢使用视觉上美观的应用程序,并且不需要高级功能,那么这就是你的完美款 app。 我知道我马上就要使用它。 + +你喜欢 CPod 吗? 请将你的意见发表在下面的评论中。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cpod-a-simple-beautiful-and-cross-platform-podcast-app/ + +作者:[EDITOR][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[Flowsnow](https://github.com/Flowsnow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/editor/ +[1]: https://github.com/z-------------/CPod/releases \ No newline at end of file From 4b520853d3395164f40791d48eb7a8de5bed549b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Liang Chen Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 00:37:22 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 398/437] translated by Flowsnow --- ...ython library for data science projects.md | 260 ------------------ ...ython library for data science projects.md | 238 ++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 238 insertions(+), 260 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md b/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md deleted file mode 100644 index e8b108720e..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -translating by Flowsnow - -How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) - -The Scikit-learn Python library, initially released in 2007, is commonly used in solving machine learning and data science problems—from the beginning to the end. The versatile library offers an uncluttered, consistent, and efficient API and thorough online documentation. - -### What is Scikit-learn? - -[Scikit-learn][1] is an open source Python library that has powerful tools for data analysis and data mining. It's available under the BSD license and is built on the following machine learning libraries: - - * **NumPy** , a library for manipulating multi-dimensional arrays and matrices. It also has an extensive compilation of mathematical functions for performing various calculations. - * **SciPy** , an ecosystem consisting of various libraries for completing technical computing tasks. - * **Matplotlib** , a library for plotting various charts and graphs. - - - -Scikit-learn offers an extensive range of built-in algorithms that make the most of data science projects. - -Here are the main ways the Scikit-learn library is used. - -#### 1. Classification - -The [classification][2] tools identify the category associated with provided data. For example, they can be used to categorize email messages as either spam or not. - - * Support vector machines (SVMs) - * Nearest neighbors - * Random forest - - - -#### 2. Regression - -Classification algorithms in Scikit-learn include: - -Regression involves creating a model that tries to comprehend the relationship between input and output data. For example, regression tools can be used to understand the behavior of stock prices. - -Regression algorithms include: - - * SVMs - * Ridge regression - * Lasso - - - -#### 3. Clustering - -The Scikit-learn clustering tools are used to automatically group data with the same characteristics into sets. For example, customer data can be segmented based on their localities. - -Clustering algorithms include: - - * K-means - * Spectral clustering - * Mean-shift - - - -#### 4. Dimensionality reduction - -Dimensionality reduction lowers the number of random variables for analysis. For example, to increase the efficiency of visualizations, outlying data may not be considered. - -Dimensionality reduction algorithms include: - - * Principal component analysis (PCA) - * Feature selection - * Non-negative matrix factorization - - - -#### 5. Model selection - -Model selection algorithms offer tools to compare, validate, and select the best parameters and models to use in your data science projects. - -Model selection modules that can deliver enhanced accuracy through parameter tuning include: - - * Grid search - * Cross-validation - * Metrics - - - -#### 6. Preprocessing - -The Scikit-learn preprocessing tools are important in feature extraction and normalization during data analysis. For example, you can use these tools to transform input data—such as text—and apply their features in your analysis. - -Preprocessing modules include: - - * Preprocessing - * Feature extraction - - - -### A Scikit-learn library example - -Let's use a simple example to illustrate how you can use the Scikit-learn library in your data science projects. - -We'll use the [Iris flower dataset][3], which is incorporated in the Scikit-learn library. The Iris flower dataset contains 150 details about three flower species: - - * Setosa—labeled 0 - * Versicolor—labeled 1 - * Virginica—labeled 2 - - - -The dataset includes the following characteristics of each flower species (in centimeters): - - * Sepal length - * Sepal width - * Petal length - * Petal width - - - -#### Step 1: Importing the library - -Since the Iris dataset is included in the Scikit-learn data science library, we can load it into our workspace as follows: - -``` -from sklearn import datasets -iris = datasets.load_iris() -``` - -These commands import the **datasets** module from **sklearn** , then use the **load_digits()** method from **datasets** to include the data in the workspace. - -#### Step 2: Getting dataset characteristics - -The **datasets** module contains several methods that make it easier to get acquainted with handling data. - -In Scikit-learn, a dataset refers to a dictionary-like object that has all the details about the data. The data is stored using the **.data** key, which is an array list. - -For instance, we can utilize **iris.data** to output information about the Iris flower dataset. - -``` -print(iris.data) -``` - -Here is the output (the results have been truncated): - -``` -[[5.1 3.5 1.4 0.2] - [4.9 3.  1.4 0.2] - [4.7 3.2 1.3 0.2] - [4.6 3.1 1.5 0.2] - [5.  3.6 1.4 0.2] - [5.4 3.9 1.7 0.4] - [4.6 3.4 1.4 0.3] - [5.  3.4 1.5 0.2] - [4.4 2.9 1.4 0.2] - [4.9 3.1 1.5 0.1] - [5.4 3.7 1.5 0.2] - [4.8 3.4 1.6 0.2] - [4.8 3.  1.4 0.1] - [4.3 3.  1.1 0.1] - [5.8 4.  1.2 0.2] - [5.7 4.4 1.5 0.4] - [5.4 3.9 1.3 0.4] - [5.1 3.5 1.4 0.3] -``` - -Let's also use **iris.target** to give us information about the different labels of the flowers. - -``` -print(iris.target) -``` - -Here is the output: - -``` -[0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2] - -``` - -If we use **iris.target_names** , we'll output an array of the names of the labels found in the dataset. - -``` -print(iris.target_names) -``` - -Here is the result after running the Python code: - -``` -['setosa' 'versicolor' 'virginica'] -``` - -#### Step 3: Visualizing the dataset - -We can use the [box plot][4] to produce a visual depiction of the Iris flower dataset. The box plot illustrates how the data is distributed over the plane through their quartiles. - -Here's how to achieve this: - -``` -import seaborn as sns -box_data = iris.data #variable representing the data array -box_target = iris.target #variable representing the labels array -sns.boxplot(data = box_data,width=0.5,fliersize=5) -sns.set(rc={'figure.figsize':(2,15)}) -``` - -Let's see the result: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/scikit_boxplot.png) - -On the horizontal axis: - - * 0 is sepal length - * 1 is sepal width - * 2 is petal length - * 3 is petal width - - - -The vertical axis is dimensions in centimeters. - -### Wrapping up - -Here is the entire code for this simple Scikit-learn data science tutorial. - -``` -from sklearn import datasets -iris = datasets.load_iris() -print(iris.data) -print(iris.target) -print(iris.target_names) -import seaborn as sns -box_data = iris.data #variable representing the data array -box_target = iris.target #variable representing the labels array -sns.boxplot(data = box_data,width=0.5,fliersize=5) -sns.set(rc={'figure.figsize':(2,15)}) -``` - -Scikit-learn is a versatile Python library you can use to efficiently complete data science projects. - -If you want to learn more, check out the tutorials on [LiveEdu][5], such as Andrey Bulezyuk's video on using the Scikit-learn library to create a [machine learning application][6]. - -Do you have any questions or comments? Feel free to share them below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/how-use-scikit-learn-data-science-projects - -作者:[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg -[1]: http://scikit-learn.org/stable/index.html -[2]: https://blog.liveedu.tv/regression-versus-classification-machine-learning-whats-the-difference/ -[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iris_flower_data_set -[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Box_plot -[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ -[6]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md b/translated/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f94cb8327 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +如何将Scikit-learn Python库用于数据科学项目 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) + +Scikit-learn Python库最初于2007年发布,从头到尾都通常用于解决机器学习和数据科学问题。 多功能库提供整洁,一致,高效的API和全面的在线文档。 + +### 什么是Scikit-learn? + +[Scikit-learn][1]是一个开源Python库,拥有强大的数据分析和数据挖掘工具。 在BSD许可下可用,并建立在以下机器学习库上: + +- **NumPy**,一个用于操作多维数组和矩阵的库。 它还具有广泛的数学函数汇集,可用于执行各种计算。 +- **SciPy**,一个由各种库组成的生态系统,用于完成技术计算任务。 +- **Matplotlib**,一个用于绘制各种图表和图形的库。 + +Scikit-learn提供了广泛的内置算法,可以充分用于数据科学项目。 + +以下是使用Scikit-learn库的主要方法。 + +#### 1. 分类 + +[分类][2]工具识别与提供的数据相关联的类别。 例如,它们可用于将电子邮件分类为垃圾邮件或非垃圾邮件。 + +Scikit-learn中的分类算法包括: + +- 支持向量机(SVM) +- 最邻近 +- 随机森林 + +#### 2. 回归 + +回归涉及到创建一个模型去试图理解输入和输出数据之间的关系。 例如,回归工具可用于了解股票价格的行为。 + +回归算法包括: + +- SVM +- 岭回归Ridge regression +- Lasso(LCTT译者注:Lasso 即 least absolute shrinkage and selection operator,又译最小绝对值收敛和选择算子、套索算法) + +#### 3. 聚类 + +Scikit-learn聚类工具用于自动将具有相同特征的数据分组。 例如,可以根据客户数据的地点对客户数据进行细分。 + +聚类算法包括: + +- K-means +- 谱聚类Spectral clustering +- Mean-shift + +#### 4. 降维 + +降维降低了用于分析的随机变量的数量。 例如,为了提高可视化效率,可能不会考虑外围数据。 + +降维算法包括: + +- 主成分分析Principal component analysis(PCA) +- 功能选择Feature selection +- 非负矩阵分解Non-negative matrix factorization + +#### 5. 模型选择 + +模型选择算法提供了用于比较,验证和选择要在数据科学项目中使用的最佳参数和模型的工具。 + +通过参数调整能够增强精度的模型选择模块包括: + +- 网格搜索Grid search +- 交叉验证Cross-validation +- 指标Metrics + +#### 6. 预处理 + +Scikit-learn预处理工具在数据分析期间的特征提取和规范化中非常重要。 例如,您可以使用这些工具转换输入数据(如文本)并在分析中应用其特征。 + +预处理模块包括: + +- 预处理 +- 特征提取 + +### Scikit-learn库示例 + +让我们用一个简单的例子来说明如何在数据科学项目中使用Scikit-learn库。 + +我们将使用[鸢尾花花卉数据集][3],该数据集包含在Scikit-learn库中。 鸢尾花数据集包含有关三种花种的150个细节,三种花种分别为: + +- Setosa-标记为0 +- Versicolor-标记为1 +- Virginica-标记为2 + +数据集包括每种花种的以下特征(以厘米为单位): + +- 萼片长度 +- 萼片宽度 +- 花瓣长度 +- 花瓣宽度 + +#### 第1步:导入库 + +由于Iris数据集包含在Scikit-learn数据科学库中,我们可以将其加载到我们的工作区中,如下所示: + +``` +from sklearn import datasets +iris = datasets.load_iris() +``` + +这些命令从**sklearn**导入数据集**datasets**模块,然后使用**datasets**中的**load_iris()**方法将数据包含在工作空间中。 + +#### 第2步:获取数据集特征 + +数据集**datasets**模块包含几种方法,使您更容易熟悉处理数据。 + +在Scikit-learn中,数据集指的是类似字典的对象,其中包含有关数据的所有详细信息。 使用**.data**键存储数据,该数据列是一个数组列表。 + +例如,我们可以利用**iris.data**输出有关Iris花卉数据集的信息。 + +``` +print(iris.data) +``` + +这是输出(结果已被截断): + +``` +[[5.1 3.5 1.4 0.2] + [4.9 3.  1.4 0.2] + [4.7 3.2 1.3 0.2] + [4.6 3.1 1.5 0.2] + [5.  3.6 1.4 0.2] + [5.4 3.9 1.7 0.4] + [4.6 3.4 1.4 0.3] + [5.  3.4 1.5 0.2] + [4.4 2.9 1.4 0.2] + [4.9 3.1 1.5 0.1] + [5.4 3.7 1.5 0.2] + [4.8 3.4 1.6 0.2] + [4.8 3.  1.4 0.1] + [4.3 3.  1.1 0.1] + [5.8 4.  1.2 0.2] + [5.7 4.4 1.5 0.4] + [5.4 3.9 1.3 0.4] + [5.1 3.5 1.4 0.3] +``` + +我们还使用**iris.target**向我们提供有关花朵不同标签的信息。 + +``` +print(iris.target) +``` + +这是输出: + +``` +[0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + 2 2] + +``` + +如果我们使用**iris.target_names**,我们将输出数据集中找到的标签名称的数组。 + +``` +print(iris.target_names) +``` + +以下是运行Python代码后的结果: + +``` +['setosa' 'versicolor' 'virginica'] +``` + +#### 第3步:可视化数据集 + +我们可以使用[箱形图][4]来生成鸢尾花数据集的视觉描绘。 箱形图说明了数据如何通过四分位数在平面上分布的。 + +以下是如何实现这一目标: + +``` +import seaborn as sns +box_data = iris.data # 表示数据数组的变量 +box_target = iris.target # 表示标签数组的变量 +sns.boxplot(data = box_data,width=0.5,fliersize=5) +sns.set(rc={'figure.figsize':(2,15)}) +``` + +让我们看看结果: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/scikit_boxplot.png) + +在横轴上: + + * 0是萼片长度 + * 1是萼片宽度 + * 2是花瓣长度 + * 3是花瓣宽度 + +垂直轴的尺寸以厘米为单位。 + +### 总结 + +以下是这个简单的Scikit-learn数据科学教程的完整代码。 + +``` +from sklearn import datasets +iris = datasets.load_iris() +print(iris.data) +print(iris.target) +print(iris.target_names) +import seaborn as sns +box_data = iris.data # 表示数据数组的变量 +box_target = iris.target # 表示标签数组的变量 +sns.boxplot(data = box_data,width=0.5,fliersize=5) +sns.set(rc={'figure.figsize':(2,15)}) +``` + +Scikit-learn是一个多功能的Python库,可用于高效完成数据科学项目。 + +如果您想了解更多信息,请查看[LiveEdu][5]上的教程,例如Andrey Bulezyuk关于使用Scikit-learn库创建[机器学习应用程序][6]的视频。 + +有什么评价或者疑问吗? 欢迎在下面分享。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/how-use-scikit-learn-data-science-projects + +作者:[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[Flowsnow](https://github.com/Flowsnow) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg +[1]: http://scikit-learn.org/stable/index.html +[2]: https://blog.liveedu.tv/regression-versus-classification-machine-learning-whats-the-difference/ +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iris_flower_data_set +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Box_plot +[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ +[6]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ \ No newline at end of file From 5d2e506e94539b1dfd6e7774fcff6c74db0be7e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 08:52:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 399/437] translated --- ...tem Monitor Application Written In Rust.md | 80 ------------------- ...tem Monitor Application Written In Rust.md | 78 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 78 insertions(+), 80 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md b/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md deleted file mode 100644 index a75c1f3e9a..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -Hegemon – A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/hegemon-720x340.png) - -When it comes to monitor running processes in Unix-like systems, the most commonly used applications are **top** and **htop** , which is an enhanced version of top. My personal favorite is htop. However, the developers are releasing few alternatives to these applications every now and then. One such alternative to top and htop utilities is **Hegemon**. It is a modular system monitor application written using **Rust** programming language. - -Concerning about the features of Hegemon, we can list the following: - - * Hegemon will monitor the usage of CPU, memory and Swap. - * It monitors the system’s temperature and fan speed. - * The update interval time can be adjustable. The default value is 3 seconds. - * We can reveal more detailed graph and additional information by expanding the data streams. - * Unit tests - * Clean interface - * Free and open source. - - - -### Installing Hegemon - -Make sure you have installed **Rust 1.26** or later version. To install Rust in your Linux distribution, refer the following guide: - -[Install Rust Programming Language In Linux][2] - -Also, install [libsensors][1] library. It is available in the default repositories of most Linux distributions. For example, you can install it in RPM based systems such as Fedora using the following command: - -``` -$ sudo dnf install lm_sensors-devel -``` - -On Debian-based systems like Ubuntu, Linux Mint, it can be installed using command: - -``` -$ sudo apt-get install libsensors4-dev -``` - -Once you installed Rust and libsensors, install Hegemon using command: - -``` -$ cargo install hegemon -``` - -Once hegemon installed, start monitoring the running processes in your Linux system using command: - -``` -$ hegemon -``` - -Here is the sample output from my Arch Linux desktop. - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Hegemon-in-action.gif) - -To exit, press **Q**. - - -Please be mindful that hegemon is still in its early development stage and it is not complete replacement for **top** command. There might be bugs and missing features. If you came across any bugs, report them in the project’s github page. The developer is planning to bring more features in the upcoming versions. So, keep an eye on this project. - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/hegemon-a-modular-system-monitor-application-written-in-rust/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://github.com/lm-sensors/lm-sensors -[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-rust-programming-language-in-linux/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md b/translated/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71aace4ce4 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +Hegemon - 使用 Rust 编写的模块化系统监视程序 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/hegemon-720x340.png) + +在类 Unix 系统中监视运行进程时,最常用的程序是 **top** 和 top 的增强版 **htop**。我个人最喜欢的是 htop。但是,开发人员不时会发布这些程序的替代品。top 和 htop 工具的一个替代品是 **Hegemon**。它是使用 **Rust** 语言编写的模块化系统监视程序。 + +关于 Hegemon 的功能,我们可以列出以下这些: + + * Hegemon 会监控 CPU、内存和交换页的使用情况。 +  * 它监控系统的温度和风扇速度。 +  * 更新间隔时间可以调整。默认值为 3 秒。 +  * 我们可以通过扩展数据流来展示更详细的图表和其他信息。 +  * 单元测试 +  * 干净的界面 +  * 免费且开源。 + + + +### 安装 Hegemon + +确保已安装 **Rust 1.26** 或更高版本。要在 Linux 发行版中安装 Rust,请参阅以下指南: + +[Install Rust Programming Language In Linux][2] + +另外要安装 [libsensors][1] 库。它在大多数 Linux 发行版的默认仓库中都有。例如,你可以使用以下命令将其安装在基于 RPM 的系统(如 Fedora)中: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install lm_sensors-devel +``` + +在像 Ubuntu、Linux Mint 这样的基于 Debian 的系统上,可以使用这个命令安装它: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install libsensors4-dev +``` + +在安装 Rust 和 libsensors 后,使用命令安装 Hegemon: + +``` +$ cargo install hegemon +``` + +安装 hegemon 后,使用以下命令开始监视 Linux 系统中正在运行的进程: + +``` +$ hegemon +``` + +以下是 Arch Linux 桌面的示例输出。 + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Hegemon-in-action.gif) + +要退出,请按 **Q**。 + + +请注意,hegemon 仍处于早期开发阶段,并不能完全取代 **top** 命令。它可能存在 bug 和功能缺失。如果你遇到任何 bug,请在项目的 github 页面中报告它们。开发人员计划在即将推出的版本中引入更多功能。所以,请关注这个项目。 + +就是这些了。希望这篇文章有用。还有更多的好东西。敬请关注! + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/hegemon-a-modular-system-monitor-application-written-in-rust/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://github.com/lm-sensors/lm-sensors +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-rust-programming-language-in-linux/ From ba79fbe9809a926087866c629780670ab13ba6e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 08:59:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 400/437] translating --- sources/tech/20180412 A Desktop GUI Application For NPM.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180412 A Desktop GUI Application For NPM.md b/sources/tech/20180412 A Desktop GUI Application For NPM.md index 4eabc40672..5c87aad3c0 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180412 A Desktop GUI Application For NPM.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180412 A Desktop GUI Application For NPM.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + A Desktop GUI Application For NPM ====== From ca17f21198361ab3e3c51b72ac967c57626fad76 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:30:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 401/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Play=20Windows=20?= =?UTF-8?q?games=20on=20Fedora=20with=20Steam=20Play=20and=20Proton?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...es on Fedora with Steam Play and Proton.md | 103 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 103 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181008 Play Windows games on Fedora with Steam Play and Proton.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181008 Play Windows games on Fedora with Steam Play and Proton.md b/sources/tech/20181008 Play Windows games on Fedora with Steam Play and Proton.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22b4cc8558 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181008 Play Windows games on Fedora with Steam Play and Proton.md @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +Play Windows games on Fedora with Steam Play and Proton +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/steam-proton-816x345.jpg) + +Some weeks ago, Steam [announced][1] a new addition to Steam Play with Linux support for Windows games using Proton, a fork from WINE. This capability is still in beta, and not all games work. Here are some more details about Steam and Proton. + +According to the Steam website, there are new features in the beta release: + + * Windows games with no Linux version currently available can now be installed and run directly from the Linux Steam client, complete with native Steamworks and OpenVR support. + * DirectX 11 and 12 implementations are now based on Vulkan, which improves game compatibility and reduces performance impact. + * Fullscreen support has been improved. Fullscreen games seamlessly stretch to the desired display without interfering with the native monitor resolution or requiring the use of a virtual desktop. + * Improved game controller support. Games automatically recognize all controllers supported by Steam. Expect more out-of-the-box controller compatibility than even the original version of the game. + * Performance for multi-threaded games has been greatly improved compared to vanilla WINE. + + + +### Installation + +If you’re interested in trying Steam with Proton out, just follow these easy steps. (Note that you can ignore the first steps to enable the Steam Beta if you have the [latest updated version of Steam installed][2]. In that case you no longer need Steam Beta to use Proton.) + +Open up Steam and log in to your account. This example screenshot shows support for only 22 games before enabling Proton. + +![][3] + +Now click on Steam option on top of the client. This displays a drop down menu. Then select Settings. + +![][4] + +Now the settings window pops up. Select the Account option and next to Beta participation, click on change. + +![][5] + +Now change None to Steam Beta Update. + +![][6] + +Click on OK and a prompt asks you to restart. + +![][7] + +Let Steam download the update. This can take a while depending on your internet speed and computer resources. + +![][8] + +After restarting, go back to the Settings window. This time you’ll see a new option. Make sure the check boxes for Enable Steam Play for supported titles, Enable Steam Play for all titles and Use this tool instead of game-specific selections from Steam are enabled. The compatibility tool should be Proton. + +![][9] + +The Steam client asks you to restart. Do so, and once you log back into your Steam account, your game library for Linux should be extended. + +![][10] + +### Installing a Windows game using Steam Play + +Now that you have Proton enabled, install a game. Select the title you want and you’ll find the process is similar to installing a normal game on Steam, as shown in these screenshots. + +![][11] + +![][12] + +![][13] + +![][14] + +After the game is done downloading and installing, you can play it. + +![][15] + +![][16] + +Some games may be affected by the beta nature of Proton. The game in this example, Chantelise, had no audio and a low frame rate. Keep in mind this capability is still in beta and Fedora is not responsible for results. If you’d like to read further, the community has created a [Google doc][17] with a list of games that have been tested. + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/play-windows-games-steam-play-proton/ + +作者:[Francisco J. Vergara Torres][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/patxi/ +[1]: https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410/announcements/detail/1696055855739350561 +[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/third-party-repositories-fedora/ +[3]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/listOfGamesLinux-300x197.png +[4]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/1-300x169.png +[5]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/2-300x196.png +[6]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/4-300x272.png +[7]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/6-300x237.png +[8]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/7-300x126.png +[9]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/10-300x237.png +[10]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/12-300x196.png +[11]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/13-300x196.png +[12]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/14-300x195.png +[13]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/15-300x196.png +[14]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/16-300x195.png +[15]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Screenshot-from-2018-08-30-15-14-59-300x169.png +[16]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Screenshot-from-2018-08-30-15-19-34-300x169.png +[17]: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1DcZZQ4HL_Ol969UbXJmFG8TzOHNnHoj8Q1f8DIFe8-8/edit#gid=1003113831 From 7137fce86dc0f40b371ab6e8e7d4615a79815969 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:32:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 402/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Terminalizer=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20A=20Tool=20To=20Record=20Your=20Terminal=20And=20Ge?= =?UTF-8?q?nerate=20Animated=20Gif=20Images?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...rminal And Generate Animated Gif Images.md | 171 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 171 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181005 Terminalizer - A Tool To Record Your Terminal And Generate Animated Gif Images.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181005 Terminalizer - A Tool To Record Your Terminal And Generate Animated Gif Images.md b/sources/tech/20181005 Terminalizer - A Tool To Record Your Terminal And Generate Animated Gif Images.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26d1941cc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181005 Terminalizer - A Tool To Record Your Terminal And Generate Animated Gif Images.md @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +Terminalizer – A Tool To Record Your Terminal And Generate Animated Gif Images +====== +This is know topic for most of us and i don’t want to give you the detailed information about this flow. Also, we had written many article under this topics. + +Script command is the one of the standard command to record Linux terminal sessions. Today we are going to discuss about same kind of tool called Terminalizer. + +This tool will help us to record the users terminal activity, also will help us to identify other useful information from the output. + +### What Is Terminalizer + +Terminalizer allow users to record their terminal activity and allow them to generate animated gif images. It’s highly customizable CLI tool that user can share a link for an online player, web player for a recording file. + +**Suggested Read :** +**(#)** [Script – A Simple Command To Record Your Terminal Session Activity][1] +**(#)** [Automatically Record/Capture All Users Terminal Sessions Activity In Linux][2] +**(#)** [Teleconsole – A Tool To Share Your Terminal Session Instantly To Anyone In Seconds][3] +**(#)** [tmate – Instantly Share Your Terminal Session To Anyone In Seconds][4] +**(#)** [Peek – Create a Animated GIF Recorder in Linux][5] +**(#)** [Kgif – A Simple Shell Script to Create a Gif File from Active Window][6] +**(#)** [Gifine – Quickly Create An Animated GIF Video In Ubuntu/Debian][7] + +There is no distribution official package to install this utility and we can easily install it by using Node.js. + +### How To Install Noje.js in Linux + +Node.js can be installed in multiple ways. Here, we are going to teach you the standard method. + +For Ubuntu/LinuxMint use [APT-GET Command][8] or [APT Command][9] to install Node.js + +``` +$ curl -sL https://deb.nodesource.com/setup_8.x | sudo -E bash - +$ sudo apt-get install -y nodejs + +``` + +For Debian use [APT-GET Command][8] or [APT Command][9] to install Node.js + +``` +# curl -sL https://deb.nodesource.com/setup_8.x | bash - +# apt-get install -y nodejs + +``` + +For **`RHEL/CentOS`** , use [YUM Command][10] to install tmux. + +``` +$ sudo curl --silent --location https://rpm.nodesource.com/setup_8.x | sudo bash - +$ sudo yum install epel-release +$ sudo yum -y install nodejs + +``` + +For **`Fedora`** , use [DNF Command][11] to install tmux. + +``` +$ sudo dnf install nodejs + +``` + +For **`Arch Linux`** , use [Pacman Command][12] to install tmux. + +``` +$ sudo pacman -S nodejs npm + +``` + +For **`openSUSE`** , use [Zypper Command][13] to install tmux. + +``` +$ sudo zypper in nodejs6 + +``` + +### How to Install Terminalizer + +As you have already installed prerequisite package called Node.js, now it’s time to install Terminalizer on your system. Simple run the below npm command to install Terminalizer. + +``` +$ sudo npm install -g terminalizer + +``` + +### How to Use Terminalizer + +To record your session activity using Terminalizer, just run the following Terminalizer command. Once you started the recording then play around it and finally hit `CTRL+D` to exit and save the recording. + +``` +# terminalizer record 2g-session + +defaultConfigPath +The recording session is started +Press CTRL+D to exit and save the recording + +``` + +This will save your recording session as a YAML file, in this case my filename would be 2g-session-activity.yml. +![][15] + +Just type few commands to verify this and finally hit `CTRL+D` to exit the current capture. When you hit `CTRL+D` on the terminal and you will be getting the below output. + +``` +# logout +Successfully Recorded +The recording data is saved into the file: +/home/daygeek/2g-session.yml +You can edit the file and even change the configurations. + +``` + +![][16] + +### How to Play the Recorded File + +Use the below command format to paly your recorded YAML file. Make sure, you have to input your recorded file instead of us. + +``` +# terminalizer play 2g-session + +``` + +Render a recording file as an animated gif image. + +``` +# terminalizer render 2g-session + +``` + +`Note:` Below two commands are not implemented yet in the current version and will be available in the next version. + +If you would like to share your recording to others then upload a recording file and get a link for an online player and share it. + +``` +terminalizer share 2g-session + +``` + +Generate a web player for a recording file + +``` +# terminalizer generate 2g-session + +``` + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.2daygeek.com/terminalizer-a-tool-to-record-your-terminal-and-generate-animated-gif-images/ + +作者:[Prakash Subramanian][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/prakash/ +[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/script-command-record-save-your-terminal-session-activity-linux/ +[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/automatically-record-all-users-terminal-sessions-activity-linux-script-command/ +[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/teleconsole-share-terminal-session-instantly-to-anyone-in-seconds/ +[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/tmate-instantly-share-your-terminal-session-to-anyone-in-seconds/ +[5]: https://www.2daygeek.com/peek-create-animated-gif-screen-recorder-capture-arch-linux-mint-fedora-ubuntu/ +[6]: https://www.2daygeek.com/kgif-create-animated-gif-file-active-window-screen-recorder-capture-arch-linux-mint-fedora-ubuntu-debian-opensuse-centos/ +[7]: https://www.2daygeek.com/gifine-create-animated-gif-vedio-recorder-linux-mint-debian-ubuntu/ +[8]: https://www.2daygeek.com/apt-get-apt-cache-command-examples-manage-packages-debian-ubuntu-systems/ +[9]: https://www.2daygeek.com/apt-command-examples-manage-packages-debian-ubuntu-systems/ +[10]: https://www.2daygeek.com/yum-command-examples-manage-packages-rhel-centos-systems/ +[11]: https://www.2daygeek.com/dnf-command-examples-manage-packages-fedora-system/ +[12]: https://www.2daygeek.com/pacman-command-examples-manage-packages-arch-linux-system/ +[13]: https://www.2daygeek.com/zypper-command-examples-manage-packages-opensuse-system/ +[14]: data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7 +[15]: https://www.2daygeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/terminalizer-record-2g-session-1.gif +[16]: https://www.2daygeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/terminalizer-play-2g-session.gif From 9c1ba66792f1589c6f0ca7c93de97c7d7aa75075 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:35:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 403/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20KeeWeb=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20An=20Open=20Source,=20Cross=20Platform=20Password?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Manager?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Source, Cross Platform Password Manager.md | 110 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 110 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181008 KeeWeb - An Open Source, Cross Platform Password Manager.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181008 KeeWeb - An Open Source, Cross Platform Password Manager.md b/sources/tech/20181008 KeeWeb - An Open Source, Cross Platform Password Manager.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9b20ac54d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181008 KeeWeb - An Open Source, Cross Platform Password Manager.md @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +KeeWeb – An Open Source, Cross Platform Password Manager +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/keeweb-720x340.png) + +If you’ve been using the internet for any amount of time, chances are, you have a lot of accounts on a lot of websites. All of those accounts must have passwords, and you have to remember all those passwords. Either that, or write them down somewhere. Writing down passwords on paper may not be secure, and remembering them won’t be practically possible if you have more than a few passwords. This is why Password Managers have exploded in popularity in the last few years. A password Manager is like a central repository where you store all your passwords for all your accounts, and you lock it with a master password. With this approach, the only thing you need to remember is the Master password. + +**KeePass** is one such open source password manager. KeePass has an official client, but it’s pretty barebones. But there are a lot of other apps, both for your computer and for your phone, that are compatible with the KeePass file format for storing encrypted passwords. One such app is **KeeWeb**. + +KeeWeb is an open source, cross platform password manager with features like cloud sync, keyboard shortcuts and plugin support. KeeWeb uses Electron, which means it runs on Windows, Linux, and Mac OS. + +### Using KeeWeb Password Manager + +When it comes to using KeeWeb, you actually have 2 options. You can either use KeeWeb webapp without having to install it on your system and use it on the fly or simply install KeeWeb client in your local system. + +**Using the KeeWeb webapp** + +If you don’t want to bother installing a desktop app, you can just go to [**https://app.keeweb.info/**][1] and use it as a password manager. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/KeeWeb-webapp.png) + +It has all the features of the desktop app. Obviously, this requires you to be online when using the app. + +**Installing KeeWeb on your Desktop** + +If you like the comfort and offline availability of using a desktop app, you can also install it on your desktop. + +If you use Ubuntu/Debian, you can just go to [**releases pages**][2] and download KeeWeb latest **.deb** file, which you can install via this command: + +``` +$ sudo dpkg -i KeeWeb-1.6.3.linux.x64.deb + +``` + +If you’re on Arch, it is available in the [**AUR**][3], so you can install using any helper programs like [**Yay**][4]: + +``` +$ yay -S keeweb + +``` + +Once installed, launch it from Menu or application launcher. This is how KeeWeb default interface looks like: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/KeeWeb-desktop-client.png) + +### General Layout + +KeeWeb basically shows a list of all your passwords, along with all your tags to the left. Clicking on a tag will filter the list to only passwords of that tag. To the right, all the fields for the selected account are shown. You can set username, password, website, or just add a custom note. You can even create your own fields and mark them as secure fields, which is great when storing things like credit card information. You can copy passwords by just clicking on them. KeeWeb also shows the date when an account was created and modified. Deleted passwords are kept in the trash, where they can be restored or permanently deleted. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/KeeWeb-general-layout.png) + +### KeeWeb Features + +**Cloud Sync** + +One of the main features of KeeWeb is the support for a wide variety of remote locations and cloud services. +Other than loading local files, you can open files from: + + 1. WebDAV Servers + 2. Google Drive + 3. Dropbox + 4. OneDrive + + + +This means that if you use multiple computers, you can synchronize the password files between them, so you don’t have to worry about not having all the passwords available on all devices. + +**Password Generator** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/KeeWeb-password-generator.png) + +Along with encrypting your passwords, it’s also important to create new, strong passwords for every single account. This means that if one of your account gets hacked, the attacker won’t be able to get in to your other accounts using the same password. + +To achieve this, KeeWeb has a built-in password generator, that lets you generate a custom password of a specific length, including specific type of characters. + +**Plugins** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/KeeWeb-plugins.png) + +You can extend KeeWeb functionality with plugins. Some of these plugins are translations for other languages, while others add new functionality, like checking **** for exposed passwords. + +**Local Backups** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/KeeWeb-backup.png) + +Regardless of where your password file is stored, you should probably keep local backups of the file on your computer. Luckily, KeeWeb has this feature built-in. You can backup to a specific path, and set it to backup periodically, or just whenever the file is changed. + + +### Verdict + +I have actually been using KeeWeb for several years now. It completely changed the way I store my passwords. The cloud sync is basically the feature that makes it a done deal for me. I don’t have to worry about keeping multiple unsynchronized files on multiple devices. If you want a great looking password manager that has cloud sync, KeeWeb is something you should look at. + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/keeweb-an-open-source-cross-platform-password-manager/ + +作者:[EDITOR][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/editor/ +[1]: https://app.keeweb.info/ +[2]: https://github.com/keeweb/keeweb/releases/latest +[3]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/keeweb/ +[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ From 03655e66325e40f05864203e774fe620a4eb8f9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:36:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 404/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Interview=20With?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Peter=20Ganten,=20CEO=20of=20Univention=20GmbH?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...th Peter Ganten, CEO of Univention GmbH.md | 97 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 97 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20181004 Interview With Peter Ganten, CEO of Univention GmbH.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20181004 Interview With Peter Ganten, CEO of Univention GmbH.md b/sources/talk/20181004 Interview With Peter Ganten, CEO of Univention GmbH.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a0c1aabdd --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20181004 Interview With Peter Ganten, CEO of Univention GmbH.md @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +Interview With Peter Ganten, CEO of Univention GmbH +====== +I have been asking the Univention team to share the behind-the-scenes story of [**Univention**][1] for a couple of months. Finally, today we got the interview of **Mr. Peter H. Ganten** , CEO of Univention GmbH. Despite his busy schedule, in this interview, he shares what he thinks of the Univention project and its impact on open source ecosystem, what open source developers and companies will need to do to keep thriving and what are the biggest challenges for open source projects. + +**OSTechNix: What’s your background and why have you founded Univention?** + +**Peter Ganten:** I studied physics and psychology. In psychology I was a research assistant and coded evaluation software. I realized how important it is that results have to be disclosed in order to verify or falsify them. The same goes for the code that leads to the results. This brought me into contact with Open Source Software (OSS) and Linux. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/peter-ganten-interview.jpg) + +I was a kind of technical lab manager and I had the opportunity to try out a lot, which led to my book about Debian. That was still in the New Economy era where the first business models emerged on how to make money with Open Source. When the bubble burst, I had the plan to make OSS a solid business model without venture capital but with Hanseatic business style – seriously, steadily, no bling bling. + +**What were the biggest challenges at the beginning?** + +When I came from the university, the biggest challenge clearly was to gain entrepreneurial and business management knowledge. I quickly learned that it’s not about Open Source software as an end to itself but always about customer value, and the benefits OSS offers its customers. We all had to learn a lot. + +In the beginning, we expected that Linux on the desktop would become established in a similar way as Linux on the server. However, this has not yet been proven true. The replacement has happened with Android and the iPhone. Our conclusion then was to change our offerings towards ID management and enterprise servers. + +**Why does UCS matter? And for whom makes it sense to use it?** + +There is cool OSS in all areas, but many organizations are not capable to combine it all together and make it manageable. For the basic infrastructure (Windows desktops, users, user rights, roles, ID management, apps) we need a central instance to which groupware, CRM etc. is connected. Without Univention this would have to be laboriously assembled and maintained manually. This is possible for very large companies, but far too complex for many other organizations. + +[**UCS**][2] can be used out of the box and is scalable. That’s why it’s becoming more and more popular – more than 10,000 organizations are using UCS already today. + +**Who are your users and most important clients? What do they love most about UCS?** + +The Core Edition is free of charge and used by organizations from all sectors and industries such as associations, micro-enterprises, universities or large organizations with thousands of users. In the enterprise environment, where Long Term Servicing (LTS) and professional support are particularly important, we have organizations ranging in size from 30-50 users to several thousand users. One of the target groups is the education system in Germany. In many large cities and within their school administrations UCS is used, for example, in Cologne, Hannover, Bremen, Kassel and in several federal states. They are looking for manageable IT and apps for schools. That’s what we offer, because we can guarantee these authorities full control over their users’ identities. + +Also, more and more cloud service providers and MSPs want to take UCS to deliver a selection of cloud-based app solutions. + +**Is UCS 100% Open Source? If so, how can you run a profitable business selling it?** + +Yes, UCS is 100% Open Source, every line, the whole code is OSS. You can download and use UCS Core Edition for **FREE!** + +We know that in large, complex organizations, vendor support and liability is needed for LTS, SLAs, and we offer that with our Enterprise subscriptions and consulting services. We don’t offer these in the Core Edition. + +**And what are you giving back to the OS community?** + +A lot. We are involved in the Debian team and co-finance the LTS maintenance for Debian. For important OS components in UCS like [**OpenLDAP**][3], Samba or KVM we co-finance the development or have co-developed them ourselves. We make it all freely available. + +We are also involved on the political level in ensuring that OSS is used. We are engaged, for example, in the [**Free Software Foundation Europe (FSFE)**][4] and the [**German Open Source Business Alliance**][5], of which I am the chairman. We are working hard to make OSS more successful. + +**How can I get started with UCS?** + +It’s easy to get started with the Core Edition, which, like the Enterprise Edition, has an App Center and can be easily installed on your own hardware or as an appliance in a virtual machine. Just [**download Univention ISO**][6] and install it as described in the below link. + +Alternatively, you can try the [**UCS Online Demo**][7] to get a first impression of Univention Corporate Server without actually installing it on your system. + +**What do you think are the biggest challenges for Open Source?** + +There is a certain attitude you can see over and over again even in bigger projects: OSS alone is viewed as an almost mandatory prerequisite for a good, sustainable, secure and trustworthy IT solution – but just having decided to use OSS is no guarantee for success. You have to carry out projects professionally and cooperate with the manufacturers. A danger is that in complex projects people think: “Oh, OSS is free, I just put it all together by myself”. But normally you do not have the know-how to successfully implement complex software solutions. You would never proceed like this with Closed Source. There people think: “Oh, the software costs 3 $ millions, so it’s okay if I have to spend another 300,000 Dollars on consultants.” + +At OSS this is different. If such projects fail and leave burnt ground behind, we have to explain again and again that the failure of such projects is not due to the nature of OSS but to its poor implementation and organization in a specific project: You have to conclude reasonable contracts and involve partners as in the proprietary world, but you’ll gain a better solution. + +Another challenge: We must stay innovative, move forward, attract new people who are enthusiastic about working on projects. That’s sometimes a challenge. For example, there are a number of proprietary cloud services that are good but lead to extremely high dependency. There are approaches to alternatives in OSS, but no suitable business models yet. So it’s hard to find and fund developers. For example, I can think of Evernote and OneNote for which there is no reasonable OSS alternative. + +**And what will the future bring for Univention?** + +I don’t have a crystal ball, but we are extremely optimistic. We see a very high growth potential in the education market. More OSS is being made in the public sector, because we have repeatedly experienced the dead ends that can be reached if we solely rely on Closed Source. + +Overall, we will continue our organic growth at double-digit rates year after year. + +UCS and its core functionalities of identity management, infrastructure management and app center will increasingly be offered and used from the cloud as a managed service. We will support our technology in this direction, e.g., through containers, so that a hypervisor or bare metal is not always necessary for operation. + +**You have been the CEO of Univention for a long time. What keeps you motivated?** + +I have been the CEO of Univention for more than 16 years now. My biggest motivation is to realize that something is moving. That we offer the better way for IT. That the people who go this way with us are excited to work with us. I go home satisfied in the evening (of course not every evening). It’s totally cool to work with the team I have. It motivates and pushes you every time I need it myself. + +I’m a techie and nerd at heart, I enjoy dealing with technology. So I’m totally happy at this place and I’m grateful to the world that I can do whatever I want every day. Not everyone can say that. + +**Who gives you inspiration?** + +My employees, the customers and the Open Source projects. The exchange with other people. + +The motivation behind everything is that we want to make sure that mankind will be able to influence and change the IT that surrounds us today and in the future just the way we want it and we thinks it’s good. We want to make a contribution to this. That is why Univention is there. That is important to us every day. + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/interview-with-peter-ganten-ceo-of-univention-gmbh/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/introduction-univention-corporate-server/ +[2]: https://www.univention.com/products/ucs/ +[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/redhat-and-suse-announced-to-withdraw-support-for-openldap/ +[4]: https://fsfe.org/ +[5]: https://osb-alliance.de/ +[6]: https://www.univention.com/downloads/download-ucs/ +[7]: https://www.univention.com/downloads/ucs-online-demo/ From 5b6ded10b26c9ef1af920c8475c5aebe4e347bd3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:38:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 405/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Taking=20notes=20?= =?UTF-8?q?with=20Laverna,=20a=20web-based=20information=20organizer?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...erna, a web-based information organizer.md | 128 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 128 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181008 Taking notes with Laverna, a web-based information organizer.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181008 Taking notes with Laverna, a web-based information organizer.md b/sources/tech/20181008 Taking notes with Laverna, a web-based information organizer.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27616a9f6e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181008 Taking notes with Laverna, a web-based information organizer.md @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +Taking notes with Laverna, a web-based information organizer +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/notebook-writing-pen.jpg?itok=uA3dCfu_) + +I don’t know anyone who doesn’t take notes. Most of the people I know use an online note-taking application like Evernote, Simplenote, or Google Keep. + +All of those are good tools, but they’re proprietary. And you have to wonder about the privacy of your information—especially in light of [Evernote’s great privacy flip-flop of 2016][1]. If you want more control over your notes and your data, you need to turn to an open source tool—preferably one that you can host yourself. + +And there are a number of good [open source alternatives to Evernote][2]. One of these is Laverna. Let’s take a look at it. + +### Getting Laverna + +You can [host Laverna yourself][3] or use the [web version][4] + +Since I have nowhere to host the application, I’ll focus here on using the web version of Laverna. Aside from the installation and setting up storage (more on that below), I’m told that the experience with a self-hosted version of Laverna is the same. + +### Setting up Laverna + +To start using Laverna right away, click the **Start using now** button on the front page of [Laverna.cc][5]. + +On the welcome screen, click **Next**. You’ll be asked to enter an encryption password to secure your notes and get to them when you need to. You’ll also be asked to choose a way to synchronize your notes. I’ll discuss synchronization in a moment, so just enter a password and click **Next**. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/laverna-set-password.png) + +When you log in, you'll see a blank canvas: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/laverna-main-window.png) + +### Storing your notes + +Before diving into how to use Laverna, let’s walk through how to store your notes. + +Out of the box, Laverna stores your notes in your browser’s cache. The problem with that is when you clear the cache, you lose your notes. You can also store your notes using: + + * Dropbox, a popular and proprietary web-based file syncing and storing service + * [remoteStorage][6], which offers a way for web applications to store information in the cloud. + + + +Using Dropbox is convenient, but it’s proprietary. There are also concerns about [privacy and surveillance][7]. Laverna encrypts your notes before saving them, but not all encryption is foolproof. Even if you don’t have anything illegal or sensitive in your notes, they’re no one’s business but your own. + +remoteStorage, on the other hand, is kind of techie to set up. There are few hosted storage services out there. I use [5apps][8]. + +To change how Laverna stores your notes, click the hamburger menu in the top-left corner. Click **Settings** and then **Sync**. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/laverna-sync.png) + +Select the service you want to use, then click **Save**. After that, click the left arrow in the top-left corner. You’ll be asked to authorize Laverna with the service you chose. + +### Using Laverna + +With that out of the way, let’s get down to using Laverna. Create a new note by clicking the **New Note** icon, which opens the note editor: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/laverna-new-note.png) + +Type a title for your note, then start typing the note in the left pane of the editor. The right pane displays a preview of your note: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/laverna-writing-note.png) + +You can format your notes using Markdown; add formatting using your keyboard or the toolbar at the top of the window. + +You can also embed an image or file from your computer into a note, or link to one on the web. When you embed an image, it’s stored with your note. + +When you’re done, click **Save**. + +### Organizing your notes + +Like some other note-taking tools, Laverna lists the last note that you created or edited at the top. If you have a lot of notes, it can take a bit of work to find the one you're looking for. + +To better organize your notes, you can group them into notebooks, where you can quickly filter them based on a topic or a grouping. + +When you’re creating or editing a note, you can select a notebook from the **Select notebook** list in the top-left corner of the window. If you don’t have any notebooks, select **Add a new notebook** from the list and type the notebook’s name. + +You can also make that notebook a child of another notebook. Let’s say, for example, you maintain three blogs. You can create a notebook called **Blog Post Notes** and name children for each blog. + +To filter your notes by notebook, click the hamburger menu, followed by the name of a notebook. Only the notes in the notebook you choose will appear in the list. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/laverna-notebook.png) + +### Using Laverna across devices + +I use Laverna on my laptop and on an eight-inch tablet running [LineageOS][9]. Getting the two devices to use the same storage and display the same notes takes a little work. + +First, you’ll need to export your settings. Log into wherever you’re using Laverna and click the hamburger menu. Click **Settings** , then **Import & Export**. Under **Settings** , click **Export settings**. Laverna saves a file named laverna-settings.json to your device. + +Copy that file to the other device or devices on which you want to use Laverna. You can do that by emailing it to yourself or by syncing the file across devices using an application like [ownCloud][10] or [Nextcloud][11]. + +On the other device, click **Import** on the splash screen. Otherwise, click the hamburger menu and then **Settings > Import & Export**. Click **Import settings**. Find the JSON file with your settings, click **Open** and then **Save**. + +Laverna will ask you to: + + * Log back in using your password. + * Register with the storage service you’re using. + + + +Repeat this process for each device that you want to use. It’s cumbersome, I know. I’ve done it. You should need to do it only once per device, though. + +### Final thoughts + +Once you set up Laverna, it’s easy to use and has just the right features for what I need to do. I’m hoping that the developers can expand the storage and syncing options to include open source applications like Nextcloud and ownCloud. + +While Laverna doesn’t have all the bells and whistles of a note-taking application like Evernote, it does a great job of letting you take and organize your notes. The fact that Laverna is open source and supports Markdown are two additional great reasons to use it. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/taking-notes-laverna + +作者:[Scott Nesbitt][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt +[1]: https://blog.evernote.com/blog/2016/12/15/evernote-revisits-privacy-policy/ +[2]: https://opensource.com/life/16/8/open-source-alternatives-evernote +[3]: https://github.com/Laverna/laverna +[4]: https://laverna.cc/ +[5]: http://laverna.cc/ +[6]: https://remotestorage.io/ +[7]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/dropbox-faces-questions-over-claims-of-improper-data-sharing/ +[8]: https://5apps.com/storage/beta +[9]: https://lineageos.org/ +[10]: https://owncloud.com/ +[11]: https://nextcloud.com/ From 57eeb7ba3a93dc1092145858a2b0c447ed50d9e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:44:48 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 406/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Python=20at=20the?= =?UTF-8?q?=20pump:=20A=20script=20for=20filling=20your=20gas=20tank?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ump- A script for filling your gas tank.md | 101 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 101 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181008 Python at the pump- A script for filling your gas tank.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181008 Python at the pump- A script for filling your gas tank.md b/sources/tech/20181008 Python at the pump- A script for filling your gas tank.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..493a906b3f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181008 Python at the pump- A script for filling your gas tank.md @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +Python at the pump: A script for filling your gas tank +====== +Here's how I used Python to discover a strategy for cost-effective fill-ups. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bulb-light-energy-power-idea.png?itok=zTEEmTZB) + +I recently began driving a car that had traditionally used premium gas (93 octane). According to the maker, though, it requires only 91 octane. The thing is, in the US, you can buy only 87, 89, or 93 octane. Where I live, gas prices jump 30 cents per gallon jump from one grade to the next, so premium costs 60 cents more than regular. So why not try to save some money? + +It’s easy enough to wait until the gas gauge shows that the tank is half full and then fill it with 89 octane, and there you have 91 octane. But it gets tricky to know what to do next—half a tank of 91 octane plus half a tank of 93 ends up being 92, and where do you go from there? You can make continuing calculations, but they get increasingly messy. This is where Python came into the picture. + +I wanted to come up with a simple scheme in which I could fill the tank at some level with 93 octane, then at the same or some other level with 89 octane, with the primary goal to never get below 91 octane with the final mixture. What I needed to do was create some recurring calculation that uses the previous octane value for the preceding fill-up. I suppose there would be some polynomial equation that would solve this, but in Python, this sounds like a loop. + +``` +#!/usr/bin/env python +# octane.py + +o = 93.0 +newgas = 93.0   # this represents the octane of the last fillup +i = 1 +while i < 21:                   # 20 iterations (trips to the pump) +    if newgas == 89.0:          # if the last fillup was with 89 octane +                                # switch to 93 +        newgas = 93.0 +        o = newgas/2 + o/2      # fill when gauge is 1/2 full +    else:                       # if it wasn't 89 octane, switch to that +        newgas = 89.0 +        o = newgas/2 + o/2      # fill when gauge says 1/2 full +    print str(i) + ': '+ str(o) +    i += 1 +``` + +As you can see, I am initializing the variable o (the current octane mixture in the tank) and the variable newgas (what I last filled the tank with) at the same value of 93. The loop then will repeat 20 times, for 20 fill-ups, switching from 89 octane and 93 octane for every other trip to the station. + +``` +1: 91.0 +2: 92.0 +3: 90.5 +4: 91.75 +5: 90.375 +6: 91.6875 +7: 90.34375 +8: 91.671875 +9: 90.3359375 +10: 91.66796875 +11: 90.333984375 +12: 91.6669921875 +13: 90.3334960938 +14: 91.6667480469 +15: 90.3333740234 +16: 91.6666870117 +17: 90.3333435059 +18: 91.6666717529 +19: 90.3333358765 +20: 91.6666679382 +``` + +This shows is that I probably need only 10 or 15 loops to see stabilization. It also shows that soon enough, I undershoot my 91 octane target. It’s also interesting to see this stabilization of the alternating mixture values, and it turns out this happens with any scheme where you choose the same amounts each time. In fact, it is true even if the amount of the fill-up is different for 89 and 93 octane. + +So at this point, I began playing with fractions, reasoning that I would probably need a bigger 93 octane fill-up than the 89 fill-up. I also didn’t want to make frequent trips to the gas station. What I ended up with (which seemed pretty good to me) was to wait until the tank was about 7⁄12 full and fill it with 89 octane, then wait until it was ¼ full and fill it with 93 octane. + +Here is what the changes in the loop look like: + +``` +    if newgas == 89.0:             +                                  +        newgas = 93.0 +        o = 3*newgas/4 + o/4       +    else:                         +        newgas = 89.0 +        o = 5*newgas/12 + 7*o/12 +``` + +Here are the numbers, starting with the tenth fill-up: + +``` +10: 92.5122272978 +11: 91.0487992571 +12: 92.5121998143 +13: 91.048783225 +14: 92.5121958062 +15: 91.048780887 +``` + +As you can see, this keeps the final octane very slightly above 91 all the time. Of course, my gas gauge isn’t marked in twelfths, but 7⁄12 is slightly less than 5⁄8, and I can handle that. + +An alternative simple solution might have been run the tank to empty and fill with 93 octane, then next time only half-fill it for 89—and perhaps this will be my default plan. Personally, I’m not a fan of running the tank all the way down since this isn’t always convenient. On the other hand, it could easily work on a long trip. And sometimes I buy gas because of a sudden drop in prices. So in the end, this scheme is one of a series of options that I can consider. + +The most important thing for Python users: Don’t code while driving! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/python-gas-pump + +作者:[Greg Pittman][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/greg-p From 386b3d4c2de5d05c90c06bd911e155ab572fa3f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:46:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 407/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20use=20?= =?UTF-8?q?the=20SSH=20and=20SFTP=20protocols=20on=20your=20home=20network?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...and SFTP protocols on your home network.md | 76 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 76 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181002 How to use the SSH and SFTP protocols on your home network.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181002 How to use the SSH and SFTP protocols on your home network.md b/sources/tech/20181002 How to use the SSH and SFTP protocols on your home network.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c24e87901 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181002 How to use the SSH and SFTP protocols on your home network.md @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +How to use the SSH and SFTP protocols on your home network +====== + +Use the SSH and SFTP protocols to access other devices, efficiently and securely transfer files, and more. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openwires_fromRHT_520_0612LL.png?itok=PqZi55Ab) + +Years ago, I decided to set up an extra computer (I always have extra computers) so that I could access it from work to transfer files I might need. To do this, the basic first step is to have your ISP assign a fixed IP address. + +The not-so-basic but much more important next step is to set up your accessible system safely. In this particular case, I was planning to access it only from work, so I could restrict access to that IP address. Even so, you want to use all possible security features. What is amazing—and scary—is that as soon as you set this up, people from all over the world will immediately attempt to access your system. You can discover this by checking the logs. I presume there are bots constantly searching for open doors wherever they can find them. + +Not long after I set up my computer, I decided my access was more a toy than a need, so I turned it off and gave myself one less thing to worry about. Nonetheless, there is another use for SSH and SFTP inside your home network, and it is more or less already set up for you. + +One requirement, of course, is that the other computer in your home must be turned on, although it doesn’t matter whether someone is logged on or not. You also need to know its IP address. There are two ways to find this out. One is to get access to the router, which you can do through a browser. Typically, its address is something like **192.168.1.254**. With some searching, it should be easy enough to find out what is currently on and hooked up to the system by eth0 or WiFi. What can be challenging is recognizing the computer you’re interested in. + +I find it easier to go to the computer in question, bring up a shell, and type: + +``` +ifconfig + +``` + +This spits out a lot of information, but the bit you want is right after `inet` and might look something like **192.168.1.234**. After you find that, go back to the client computer you want to access this host, and on the command line, type: + +``` +ssh gregp@192.168.1.234 + +``` + +For this to work, **gregp** must be a valid user on that system. You will then be asked for his password, and if you enter it correctly, you will be connected to that other computer in a shell environment. I confess that I don’t use SSH in this way very often. I have used it at times so I can run `dnf` to upgrade some other computer than the one I’m sitting at. Usually, I use SFTP: + +``` +sftp gregp@192.168.1.234 + +``` + +because I have a greater need for an easy method of transferring files from one computer to another. It’s certainly more convenient and less time-consuming than using a USB stick or an external drive. + +`get`, to receive files from the host; and `put`, to send files to the host. I usually migrate to the directory on my client where I either want to save files I will get from the host or send to the host before I connect. When you connect, you will be in the top-level directory—in this example, **home/gregp**. Once connected, you can then use `cd` just as you would in your client, except now you’re changing your working directory on the host. You may need to use `ls` to make sure you know where you are. + +Once you’re connected, the two basic commands for SFTP are, to receive files from the host; and, to send files to the host. I usually migrate to the directory on my client where I either want to save files I will get from the host or send to the host before I connect. When you connect, you will be in the top-level directory—in this example,. Once connected, you can then usejust as you would in your client, except now you’re changing your working directory on the host. You may need to useto make sure you know where you are. + +If you need to change the working directory on your client, use the command `lcd` (as in **local change directory** ). Similarly, use `lls` to show the working directory contents on your client system. + +What if the host doesn’t have a directory with the name you would like? Use `mkdir` to make a new directory on it. Or you might copy a whole directory of files to the host with this: + +``` +put -r ThisDir/ + +``` + +which creates the directory and then copies all of its files and subdirectories to the host. These transfers are extremely fast, as fast as your hardware allows, and have none of the bottlenecks you might encounter on the internet. To see a list of commands you can use in an SFTP session, check: + +``` +man sftp + +``` + +I have also been able to put SFTP to use on a Windows VM on my computer, yet another advantage of setting up a VM rather than a dual-boot system. This lets me move files to or from the Linux part of the system. So far I have only done this using a client in Windows. + +You can also use SSH and SFTP to access any devices connected to your router by wire or WiFi. For a while, I used an app called [SSHDroid][1], which runs SSH in a passive mode. In other words, you use your computer to access the Android device that is the host. Recently I found another app, [Admin Hands][2], where the tablet or phone is the client and can be used for either SSH or SFTP operations. This app is great for backing up or sharing photos from your phone. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/ssh-sftp-home-network + +作者:[Geg Pittman][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/greg-p +[1]: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=berserker.android.apps.sshdroid +[2]: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.arpaplus.adminhands&hl=en_US From 44c9651f4ba06ebf57370feca296522122945b5c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:49:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 408/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Oomox=20=E2=80=93?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Customize=20And=20Create=20Your=20Own=20GTK2,=20GTK3=20Theme?= =?UTF-8?q?s?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...e And Create Your Own GTK2, GTK3 Themes.md | 128 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 128 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181003 Oomox - Customize And Create Your Own GTK2, GTK3 Themes.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181003 Oomox - Customize And Create Your Own GTK2, GTK3 Themes.md b/sources/tech/20181003 Oomox - Customize And Create Your Own GTK2, GTK3 Themes.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e45d96470f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181003 Oomox - Customize And Create Your Own GTK2, GTK3 Themes.md @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +Oomox – Customize And Create Your Own GTK2, GTK3 Themes +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Oomox-720x340.png) + +Theming and Visual customization is one of the main advantages of Linux. Since all the code is open, you can change how your Linux system looks and behaves to a greater degree than you ever could with Windows/Mac OS. GTK theming is perhaps the most popular way in which people customize their Linux desktops. The GTK toolkit is used by a wide variety of desktop environments like Gnome, Cinnamon, Unity, XFCE, and budgie. This means that a single theme made for GTK can be applied to any of these Desktop Environments with little changes. + +There are a lot of very high quality popular GTK themes out there, such as **Arc** , **Numix** , and **Adapta**. But if you want to customize these themes and create your own visual design, you can use **Oomox**. + +The Oomox is a graphical app for customizing and creating your own GTK theme complete with your own color, icon and terminal style. It comes with several presets, which you can apply on a Numix, Arc, or Materia style theme to create your own GTK theme. + +### Installing Oomox + +On Arch Linux and its variants: + +Oomox is available on [**AUR**][1], so you can install it using any AUR helper programs like [**Yay**][2]. + +``` +$ yay -S oomox + +``` + +On Debian/Ubuntu/Linux Mint, download `oomox.deb`package from [**here**][3] and install it as shown below. As of writing this guide, the latest version was **oomox_1.7.0.5.deb**. + +``` +$ sudo dpkg -i oomox_1.7.0.5.deb +$ sudo apt install -f + +``` + +On Fedora, Oomox is available in third-party **COPR** repository. + +``` +$ sudo dnf copr enable tcg/themes +$ sudo dnf install oomox + +``` + +Oomox is also available as a [**Flatpak app**][4]. Make sure you have installed Flatpak as described in [**this guide**][5]. And then, install and run Oomox using the following commands: + +``` +$ flatpak install flathub com.github.themix_project.Oomox + +$ flatpak run com.github.themix_project.Oomox + +``` + +For other Linux distributions, go to the Oomox project page (Link is given at the end of this guide) on Github and compile and install it manually from source. + +### Customize And Create Your Own GTK2, GTK3 Themes + +**Theme Customization** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Oomox-1-1.png) + +You can change the colour of practically every UI element, like: + + 1. Headers + 2. Buttons + 3. Buttons inside Headers + 4. Menus + 5. Selected Text + + + +To the left, there are a number of presets, like the Cars theme, modern themes like Materia, and Numix, and retro themes. Then, at the top of the main window, there’s an option called **Theme Style** , that lets you set the overall visual style of the theme. You can choose from between Numix, Arc, and Materia. + +With certain styles like Numix, you can even change things like the Header Gradient, Outline Width and Panel Opacity. You can also add a Dark Mode for your theme that will be automatically created from the default theme. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Oomox-2.png) + +**Iconset Customization** + +You can customize the iconset that will be used for the theme icons. There are 2 options – Gnome Colors and Archdroid. You an change the base, and stroke colours of the iconset. + +**Terminal Customization** + +You can also customize the terminal colours. The app has several presets for this, but you can customize the exact colour code for each colour value like red, green,black, and so on. You can also auto swap the foreground and background colours. + +**Spotify Theme** + +A unique feature this app has is that you can theme the spotify app to your liking. You can change the foreground, background, and accent color of the spotify app to match the overall GTK theme. + +Then, just press the **Apply Spotify Theme** button, and you’ll get this window: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Oomox-3.png) + +Just hit apply, and you’re done. + +**Exporting your Theme** + +Once you’re done customizing the theme to your liking, you can rename it by clicking the rename button at the top left: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Oomox-4.png) + +And then, just hit **Export Theme** to export the theme to your system. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Oomox-5.png) + +You can also just export just the Iconset or the terminal theme. + +After this, you can open any Visual Customization app for your Desktop Environment, like Tweaks for Gnome based DEs, or the **XFCE Appearance Settings** , and select your exported GTK and Shell theme. + +### Verdict + +If you are a Linux theme junkie, and you know exactly how each button, how each header in your system should look like, Oomox is worth a look. For extreme customizers, it lets you change virtually everything about how your system looks. For people who just want to tweak an existing theme a little bit, it has many, many presets so you can get what you want without a lot of effort. + +Have you tried it? What are your thoughts on Oomox? Put them in the comments below! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/oomox-customize-and-create-your-own-gtk2-gtk3-themes/ + +作者:[EDITOR][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/editor/ +[1]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/oomox/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ +[3]: https://github.com/themix-project/oomox/releases +[4]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/com.github.themix_project.Oomox +[5]: https://www.ostechnix.com/flatpak-new-framework-desktop-applications-linux/ From 9f3d9e84fb74a9f5250f8c1338bfb8cec67d8702 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:51:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 409/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Introducing=20Swi?= =?UTF-8?q?ft=20on=20Fedora?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md | 70 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 70 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md b/sources/tech/20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b975be8f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +Introducing Swift on Fedora +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/swift-816x345.jpg) + +Swift is a general-purpose programming language built using a modern approach to safety, performance, and software design patterns. It aims to be the best language for a variety of programming projects, ranging from systems programming to desktop applications and scaling up to cloud services. Read more about it and how to try it out in Fedora. + +### Safe, Fast, Expressive + +Like many modern programming languages, Swift was designed to be safer than C-based languages. For example, variables are always initialized before they can be used. Arrays and integers are checked for overflow. Memory is automatically managed. + +Swift puts intent right in the syntax. To declare a variable, use the var keyword. To declare a constant, use let. + +Swift also guarantees that objects can never be nil; in fact, trying to use an object known to be nil will cause a compile-time error. When using a nil value is appropriate, it supports a mechanism called **optionals**. An optional may contain nil, but is safely unwrapped using the **?** operator. + +Some additional features include: + + * Closures unified with function pointers + * Tuples and multiple return values + * Generics + * Fast and concise iteration over a range or collection + * Structs that support methods, extensions, and protocols + * Functional programming patterns, e.g., map and filter + * Powerful error handling built-in + * Advanced control flow with do, guard, defer, and repeat keywords + + + +### Try Swift out + +Swift is available in Fedora 28 under then package name **swift-lang**. Once installed, run swift and the REPL console starts up. + +``` +$ swift +Welcome to Swift version 4.2 (swift-4.2-RELEASE). Type :help for assistance. + 1> let greeting="Hello world!" +greeting: String = "Hello world!" + 2> print(greeting) +Hello world! + 3> greeting = "Hello universe!" +error: repl.swift:3:10: error: cannot assign to value: 'greeting' is a 'let' constant +greeting = "Hello universe!" +~~~~~~~~ ^ + + + 3> + +``` + +Swift has a growing community, and in particular, a [work group][1] dedicated to making it an efficient and effective server-side programming language. Be sure to visit [its home page][2] for more ways to get involved. + +Photo by [Uillian Vargas][3] on [Unsplash][4]. + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/introducing-swift-fedora/ + +作者:[Link Dupont][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/linkdupont/ +[1]: https://swift.org/server/ +[2]: http://swift.org +[3]: https://unsplash.com/photos/7oJpVR1inGk?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText +[4]: https://unsplash.com/search/photos/fast?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText From 5faeab123a946a94ed4d27d771316759e80ff7f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 09:58:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 410/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=204=20open=20source?= =?UTF-8?q?=20invoicing=20tools=20for=20small=20businesses?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ce invoicing tools for small businesses.md | 76 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 76 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181002 4 open source invoicing tools for small businesses.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181002 4 open source invoicing tools for small businesses.md b/sources/tech/20181002 4 open source invoicing tools for small businesses.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29589a6ad1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181002 4 open source invoicing tools for small businesses.md @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +4 open source invoicing tools for small businesses +====== +Manage your billing and get paid with easy-to-use, web-based invoicing software. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUS_lovemoneyglory2.png?itok=AvneLxFp) + +No matter what your reasons for starting a small business, the key to keeping that business going is getting paid. Getting paid usually means sending a client an invoice. + +It's easy enough to whip up an invoice using LibreOffice Writer or LibreOffice Calc, but sometimes you need a bit more. A more professional look. A way of keeping track of your invoices. Reminders about when to follow up on the invoices you've sent. + +There's a wide range of commercial and closed-source invoicing tools out there. But the offerings on the open source side of the fence are just as good, and maybe even more flexible, than their closed source counterparts. + +Let's take a look at four web-based open source invoicing tools that are great choices for freelancers and small businesses on a tight budget. I reviewed two of them in 2014, in an [earlier version][1] of this article. These four picks are easy to use and you can use them on just about any device. + +### Invoice Ninja + +I've never been a fan of the term ninja. Despite that, I like [Invoice Ninja][2]. A lot. It melds a simple interface with a set of features that let you create, manage, and send invoices to clients and customers. + +You can easily configure multiple clients, track payments and outstanding invoices, generate quotes, and email invoices. What sets Invoice Ninja apart from its competitors is its [integration with][3] over 40 online popular payment gateways, including PayPal, Stripe, WePay, and Apple Pay. + +[Download][4] a version that you can install on your own server or get an account with the [hosted version][5] of Invoice Ninja. There's a free version and a paid tier that will set you back US$ 8 a month. + +### InvoicePlane + +Once upon a time, there was a nifty open source invoicing tool called FusionInvoice. One day, its creators took the latest version of the code proprietary. That didn't end happily, as FusionInvoice's doors were shut for good in 2018. But that wasn't the end of the application. An old version of the code stayed open source and morphed into [InvoicePlane][6], which packs all of FusionInvoice's goodness. + +Creating an invoice takes just a couple of clicks. You can make them as minimal or detailed as you need. When you're ready, you can email your invoices or output them as PDFs. You can also create recurring invoices for clients or customers you regularly bill. + +InvoicePlane does more than generate and track invoices. You can also create quotes for jobs or goods, track products you sell, view and enter payments, and run reports on your invoices. + +[Grab the code][7] and install it on your web server. Or, if you're not quite ready to do that, [take the demo][8] for a spin. + +### OpenSourceBilling + +Described by its developer as "beautifully simple billing software," [OpenSourceBilling][9] lives up to the description. It has one of the cleanest interfaces I've seen, which makes configuring and using the tool a breeze. + +OpenSourceBilling stands out because of its dashboard, which tracks your current and past invoices, as well as any outstanding amounts. Your information is broken up into graphs and tables, which makes it easy to follow. + +You do much of the configuration on the invoice itself. You can add items, tax rates, clients, and even payment terms with a click and a few keystrokes. OpenSourceBilling saves that information across all of your invoices, both new and old. + +As with some of the other tools we've looked at, OpenSourceBilling has a [demo][10] you can try. + +### BambooInvoice + +When I was a full-time freelance writer and consultant, I used [BambooInvoice][11] to bill my clients. When its original developer stopped working on the software, I was a bit disappointed. But BambooInvoice is back, and it's as good as ever. + +What attracted me to BambooInvoice is its simplicity. It does one thing and does it well. You can create and edit invoices, and BambooInvoice keeps track of them by client and by the invoice numbers you assign to them. It also lets you know which invoices are open or overdue. You can email the invoices from within the application or generate PDFs. You can also run reports to keep tabs on your income. + +To [install][12] and use BambooInvoice, you'll need a web server running PHP 5 or newer as well as a MySQL database. Chances are you already have access to one, so you're good to go. + +Do you have a favorite open source invoicing tool? Feel free to share it by leaving a comment. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/open-source-invoicing-tools + +作者:[Scott Nesbitt][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt +[1]: https://opensource.com/business/14/9/4-open-source-invoice-tools +[2]: https://www.invoiceninja.org/ +[3]: https://www.invoiceninja.com/integrations/ +[4]: https://github.com/invoiceninja/invoiceninja +[5]: https://www.invoiceninja.com/invoicing-pricing-plans/ +[6]: https://invoiceplane.com/ +[7]: https://wiki.invoiceplane.com/en/1.5/getting-started/installation +[8]: https://demo.invoiceplane.com/ +[9]: http://www.opensourcebilling.org/ +[10]: http://demo.opensourcebilling.org/ +[11]: https://www.bambooinvoice.net/ +[12]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/bambooinvoice/ From ab8c4289a06ef682321cd3a2be8dabccf54fb677 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 10:04:35 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 411/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Turn=20your=20boo?= =?UTF-8?q?k=20into=20a=20website=20and=20an=20ePub=20using=20Pandoc?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...into a website and an ePub using Pandoc.md | 263 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 263 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181001 Turn your book into a website and an ePub using Pandoc.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181001 Turn your book into a website and an ePub using Pandoc.md b/sources/tech/20181001 Turn your book into a website and an ePub using Pandoc.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd79cb3c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181001 Turn your book into a website and an ePub using Pandoc.md @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +Turn your book into a website and an ePub using Pandoc +====== +Write once, publish twice using Markdown and Pandoc. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/email_paper_envelope_document.png?itok=uPj_kouJ) + +Pandoc is a command-line tool for converting files from one markup language to another. In my [introduction to Pandoc][1], I explained how to convert text written in Markdown into a website, a slideshow, and a PDF. + +In this follow-up article, I'll dive deeper into [Pandoc][2], showing how to produce a website and an ePub book from the same Markdown source file. I'll use my upcoming e-book, [GRASP Principles for the Object-Oriented Mind][3], which I created using this process, as an example. + +First I will explain the file structure used for the book, then how to use Pandoc to generate a website and deploy it in GitHub. Finally, I demonstrate how to generate its companion ePub book. + +You can find the code in my [Programming Fight Club][4] GitHub repository. + +### Setting up the writing structure + +I do all of my writing in Markdown syntax. You can also use HTML, but the more HTML you introduce the highest risk that problems arise when Pandoc converts Markdown to an ePub document. My books follow the one-chapter-per-file pattern. Declare chapters using the Markdown heading H1 ( **#** ). You can put more than one chapter in each file, but putting them in separate files makes it easier to find content and do updates later. + +The meta-information follows a similar pattern: each output format has its own meta-information file. Meta-information files define information about your documents, such as text to add to your HTML or the license of your ePub. I store all of my Markdown documents in a folder named parts (this is important for the Makefile that generates the website and ePub). As an example, let's take the table of contents, the preface, and the about chapters (divided into the files toc.md, preface.md, and about.md) and, for clarity, we will leave out the remaining chapters. + +My about file might begin like: + +``` +# About this book {-} + +## Who should read this book {-} + +Before creating a complex software system one needs to create a solid foundation. +General Responsibility Assignment Software Principles (GRASP) are guidelines to assign +responsibilities to software classes in object-oriented programming. +``` + +Once the chapters are finished, the next step is to add meta-information to setup the format for the website and the ePub. + +### Generating the website + +#### Create the HTML meta-information file + +The meta-information file (web-metadata.yaml) for my website is a simple YAML file that contains information about the author, title, rights, content for the **< head>** tag, and content for the beginning and end of the HTML file. + +I recommend (at minimum) including the following fields in the web-metadata.yaml file: + +``` +--- +title: GRASP principles for the Object-oriented mind +author: Kiko Fernandez-Reyes +rights: 2017 Kiko Fernandez-Reyes, CC-BY-NC-SA 4.0 International +header-includes: +- | +  \```{=html} +  +  \``` +include-before: +- | +  \```{=html} + 

If you like this book, please consider +      spreading the word or +      +        buying me a coffee +     

+  \``` +include-after: +- | +  ```{=html} + 
+   
+   
+        +   
+  \``` +--- +``` + +Some variables to note: + + * The **header-includes** variable contains HTML that will be embedded inside the **< head>** tag. + * The line after calling a variable must be **\- |**. The next line must begin with triple backquotes that are aligned with the **|** or Pandoc will reject it. **{=html}** tells Pandoc that this is raw text and should not be processed as Markdown. (For this to work, you need to check that the **raw_attribute** extension in Pandoc is enabled. To check, type **pandoc --list-extensions | grep raw** and make sure the returned list contains an item named **+raw_html** ; the plus sign indicates it is enabled.) + * The variable **include-before** adds some HTML at the beginning of your website, and I ask readers to consider spreading the word or buying me a coffee. + * The **include-after** variable appends raw HTML at the end of the website and shows my book's license. + + + +These are only some of the fields available; take a look at the template variables in HTML (my article [introduction to Pandoc][1] covered this for LaTeX but the process is the same for HTML) to learn about others. + +#### Split the website into chapters + +The website can be generated as a whole, resulting in a long page with all the content, or split into chapters, which I think is easier to read. I'll explain how to divide the website into chapters so the reader doesn't get intimidated by a long website. + +To make the website easy to deploy on GitHub Pages, we need to create a root folder called docs (which is the root folder that GitHub Pages uses by default to render a website). Then we need to create folders for each chapter under docs, place the HTML chapters in their own folders, and the file content in a file named index.html. + +For example, the about.md file is converted to a file named index.html that is placed in a folder named about (about/index.html). This way, when users type **http:// /about/**, the index.html file from the folder about will be displayed in their browser. + +The following Makefile does all of this: + +``` +# Your book files +DEPENDENCIES= toc preface about + +# Placement of your HTML files +DOCS=docs + +all: web + +web: setup $(DEPENDENCIES) +        @cp $(DOCS)/toc/index.html $(DOCS) + + +# Creation and copy of stylesheet and images into +# the assets folder. This is important to deploy the +# website to Github Pages. +setup: +        @mkdir -p $(DOCS) +        @cp -r assets $(DOCS) + + +# Creation of folder and index.html file on a +# per-chapter basis + +$(DEPENDENCIES): +        @mkdir -p $(DOCS)/$@ +        @pandoc -s --toc web-metadata.yaml parts/$@.md \ +        -c /assets/pandoc.css -o $(DOCS)/$@/index.html + +clean: +        @rm -rf $(DOCS) + +.PHONY: all clean web setup +``` + +The option **-c /assets/pandoc.css** declares which CSS stylesheet to use; it will be fetched from **/assets/pandoc.css**. In other words, inside the **< head>** HTML tag, Pandoc adds the following line: + +``` + +``` + +To generate the website, type: + +``` +make +``` + +The root folder should contain now the following structure and files: + +``` +.---parts +|    |--- toc.md +|    |--- preface.md +|    |--- about.md +| +|---docs +    |--- assets/ +    |--- index.html +    |--- toc +    |     |--- index.html +    | +    |--- preface +    |     |--- index.html +    | +    |--- about +          |--- index.html +    +``` + +#### Deploy the website + +To deploy the website on GitHub, follow these steps: + + 1. Create a new repository + 2. Push your content to the repository + 3. Go to the GitHub Pages section in the repository's Settings and select the option for GitHub to use the content from the Master branch + + + +You can get more details on the [GitHub Pages][5] site. + +Check out [my book's website][6], generated using this process, to see the result. + +### Generating the ePub book + +#### Create the ePub meta-information file + +The ePub meta-information file, epub-meta.yaml, is similar to the HTML meta-information file. The main difference is that ePub offers other template variables, such as **publisher** and **cover-image**. Your ePub book's stylesheet will probably differ from your website's; mine uses one named epub.css. + +``` +--- +title: 'GRASP principles for the Object-oriented Mind' +publisher: 'Programming Language Fight Club' +author: Kiko Fernandez-Reyes +rights: 2017 Kiko Fernandez-Reyes, CC-BY-NC-SA 4.0 International +cover-image: assets/cover.png +stylesheet: assets/epub.css +... +``` + +Add the following content to the previous Makefile: + +``` +epub: +        @pandoc -s --toc epub-meta.yaml \ +        $(addprefix parts/, $(DEPENDENCIES:=.md)) -o $(DOCS)/assets/book.epub +``` + +The command for the ePub target takes all the dependencies from the HTML version (your chapter names), appends to them the Markdown extension, and prepends them with the path to the folder chapters' so Pandoc knows how to process them. For example, if **$(DEPENDENCIES)** was only **preface about** , then the Makefile would call: + +``` +@pandoc -s --toc epub-meta.yaml \ +parts/preface.md parts/about.md -o $(DOCS)/assets/book.epub +``` + +Pandoc would take these two chapters, combine them, generate an ePub, and place the book under the Assets folder. + +Here's an [example][7] of an ePub created using this process. + +### Summarizing the process + +The process to create a website and an ePub from a Markdown file isn't difficult, but there are a lot of details. The following outline may make it easier for you to follow. + + * HTML book: + * Write chapters in Markdown + * Add metadata + * Create a Makefile to glue pieces together + * Set up GitHub Pages + * Deploy + * ePub book: + * Reuse chapters from previous work + * Add new metadata file + * Create a Makefile to glue pieces together + * Set up GitHub Pages + * Deploy + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/book-to-website-epub-using-pandoc + +作者:[Kiko Fernandez-Reyes][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/kikofernandez +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/intro-pandoc +[2]: https://pandoc.org/ +[3]: https://www.programmingfightclub.com/ +[4]: https://github.com/kikofernandez/programmingfightclub +[5]: https://pages.github.com/ +[6]: https://www.programmingfightclub.com/grasp-principles/ +[7]: https://github.com/kikofernandez/programmingfightclub/raw/master/docs/web_assets/demo.epub From b6f2c585ab996e0c2b447a86e73717b31e269823 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 10:07:41 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 412/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=2016=20iptables=20t?= =?UTF-8?q?ips=20and=20tricks=20for=20sysadmins?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... iptables tips and tricks for sysadmins.md | 261 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 261 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181001 16 iptables tips and tricks for sysadmins.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181001 16 iptables tips and tricks for sysadmins.md b/sources/tech/20181001 16 iptables tips and tricks for sysadmins.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e07971c81 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181001 16 iptables tips and tricks for sysadmins.md @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +16 iptables tips and tricks for sysadmins +====== +Iptables provides powerful capabilities to control traffic coming in and out of your system. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/command_line_prompt.png?itok=wbGiJ_yg) + +Modern Linux kernels come with a packet-filtering framework named [Netfilter][1]. Netfilter enables you to allow, drop, and modify traffic coming in and going out of a system. The **iptables** userspace command-line tool builds upon this functionality to provide a powerful firewall, which you can configure by adding rules to form a firewall policy. [iptables][2] can be very daunting with its rich set of capabilities and baroque command syntax. Let's explore some of them and develop a set of iptables tips and tricks for many situations a system administrator might encounter. + +### Avoid locking yourself out + +Scenario: You are going to make changes to the iptables policy rules on your company's primary server. You want to avoid locking yourself—and potentially everybody else—out. (This costs time and money and causes your phone to ring off the wall.) + +#### Tip #1: Take a backup of your iptables configuration before you start working on it. + +Back up your configuration with the command: + +``` +/sbin/iptables-save > /root/iptables-works + +``` +#### Tip #2: Even better, include a timestamp in the filename. + +Add the timestamp with the command: + +``` +/sbin/iptables-save > /root/iptables-works-`date +%F` + +``` + +You get a file with a name like: + +``` +/root/iptables-works-2018-09-11 + +``` + +If you do something that prevents your system from working, you can quickly restore it: + +``` +/sbin/iptables-restore < /root/iptables-works-2018-09-11 + +``` + +#### Tip #3: Every time you create a backup copy of the iptables policy, create a link to the file with 'latest' in the name. + +``` +ln –s /root/iptables-works-`date +%F` /root/iptables-works-latest + +``` + +#### Tip #4: Put specific rules at the top of the policy and generic rules at the bottom. + +Avoid generic rules like this at the top of the policy rules: + +``` +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --dport 22 -j DROP + +``` + +The more criteria you specify in the rule, the less chance you will have of locking yourself out. Instead of the very generic rule above, use something like this: + +``` +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --dport 22 –s 10.0.0.0/8 –d 192.168.100.101 -j DROP + +``` + +This rule appends ( **-A** ) to the **INPUT** chain a rule that will **DROP** any packets originating from the CIDR block **10.0.0.0/8** on TCP ( **-p tcp** ) port 22 ( **\--dport 22** ) destined for IP address 192.168.100.101 ( **-d 192.168.100.101** ). + +There are plenty of ways you can be more specific. For example, using **-i eth0** will limit the processing to a single NIC in your server. This way, the filtering actions will not apply the rule to **eth1**. + +#### Tip #5: Whitelist your IP address at the top of your policy rules. + +This is a very effective method of not locking yourself out. Everybody else, not so much. + +``` +iptables -I INPUT -s -j ACCEPT + +``` + +You need to put this as the first rule for it to work properly. Remember, **-I** inserts it as the first rule; **-A** appends it to the end of the list. + +#### Tip #6: Know and understand all the rules in your current policy. + +Not making a mistake in the first place is half the battle. If you understand the inner workings behind your iptables policy, it will make your life easier. Draw a flowchart if you must. Also remember: What the policy does and what it is supposed to do can be two different things. + +### Set up a workstation firewall policy + +Scenario: You want to set up a workstation with a restrictive firewall policy. + +#### Tip #1: Set the default policy as DROP. + +``` +# Set a default policy of DROP +*filter +:INPUT DROP [0:0] +:FORWARD DROP [0:0] +:OUTPUT DROP [0:0] +``` + +#### Tip #2: Allow users the minimum amount of services needed to get their work done. + +The iptables rules need to allow the workstation to get an IP address, netmask, and other important information via DHCP ( **-p udp --dport 67:68 --sport 67:68** ). For remote management, the rules need to allow inbound SSH ( **\--dport 22** ), outbound mail ( **\--dport 25** ), DNS ( **\--dport 53** ), outbound ping ( **-p icmp** ), Network Time Protocol ( **\--dport 123 --sport 123** ), and outbound HTTP ( **\--dport 80** ) and HTTPS ( **\--dport 443** ). + +``` +# Set a default policy of DROP +*filter +:INPUT DROP [0:0] +:FORWARD DROP [0:0] +:OUTPUT DROP [0:0] + +# Accept any related or established connections +-I INPUT  1 -m state --state RELATED,ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT +-I OUTPUT 1 -m state --state RELATED,ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT + +# Allow all traffic on the loopback interface +-A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT +-A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT + +# Allow outbound DHCP request +-A OUTPUT –o eth0 -p udp --dport 67:68 --sport 67:68 -j ACCEPT + +# Allow inbound SSH +-A INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 22 -m state --state NEW  -j ACCEPT + +# Allow outbound email +-A OUTPUT -i eth0 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 25 -m state --state NEW  -j ACCEPT + +# Outbound DNS lookups +-A OUTPUT -o eth0 -p udp -m udp --dport 53 -j ACCEPT + +# Outbound PING requests +-A OUTPUT –o eth0 -p icmp -j ACCEPT + +# Outbound Network Time Protocol (NTP) requests +-A OUTPUT –o eth0 -p udp --dport 123 --sport 123 -j ACCEPT + +# Outbound HTTP +-A OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 80 -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT +-A OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 443 -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT + +COMMIT +``` + +### Restrict an IP address range + +Scenario: The CEO of your company thinks the employees are spending too much time on Facebook and not getting any work done. The CEO tells the CIO to do something about the employees wasting time on Facebook. The CIO tells the CISO to do something about employees wasting time on Facebook. Eventually, you are told the employees are wasting too much time on Facebook, and you have to do something about it. You decide to block all access to Facebook. First, find out Facebook's IP address by using the **host** and **whois** commands. + +``` +host -t a www.facebook.com +www.facebook.com is an alias for star.c10r.facebook.com. +star.c10r.facebook.com has address 31.13.65.17 +whois 31.13.65.17 | grep inetnum +inetnum:        31.13.64.0 - 31.13.127.255 +``` + +Then convert that range to CIDR notation by using the [CIDR to IPv4 Conversion][3] page. You get **31.13.64.0/18**. To prevent outgoing access to [www.facebook.com][4], enter: + +``` +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -i eth0 –o eth1 –d 31.13.64.0/18 -j DROP +``` + +### Regulate by time + +Scenario: The backlash from the company's employees over denying access to Facebook access causes the CEO to relent a little (that and his administrative assistant's reminding him that she keeps HIS Facebook page up-to-date). The CEO decides to allow access to Facebook.com only at lunchtime (12PM to 1PM). Assuming the default policy is DROP, use iptables' time features to open up access. + +``` +iptables –A OUTPUT -p tcp -m multiport --dport http,https -i eth0 -o eth1 -m time --timestart 12:00 --timestart 12:00 –timestop 13:00 –d +31.13.64.0/18  -j ACCEPT +``` + +This command sets the policy to allow ( **-j ACCEPT** ) http and https ( **-m multiport --dport http,https** ) between noon ( **\--timestart 12:00** ) and 13PM ( **\--timestop 13:00** ) to Facebook.com ( **–d[31.13.64.0/18][5]** ). + +### Regulate by time—Take 2 + +Scenario: During planned downtime for system maintenance, you need to deny all TCP and UDP traffic between the hours of 2AM and 3AM so maintenance tasks won't be disrupted by incoming traffic. This will take two iptables rules: + +``` +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -m time --timestart 02:00 --timestop 03:00 -j DROP +iptables -A INPUT -p udp -m time --timestart 02:00 --timestop 03:00 -j DROP +``` + +With these rules, TCP and UDP traffic ( **-p tcp and -p udp** ) are denied ( **-j DROP** ) between the hours of 2AM ( **\--timestart 02:00** ) and 3AM ( **\--timestop 03:00** ) on input ( **-A INPUT** ). + +### Limit connections with iptables + +Scenario: Your internet-connected web servers are under attack by bad actors from around the world attempting to DoS (Denial of Service) them. To mitigate these attacks, you restrict the number of connections a single IP address can have to your web server: + +``` +iptables –A INPUT –p tcp –syn -m multiport -–dport http,https –m connlimit -–connlimit-above 20 –j REJECT -–reject-with-tcp-reset +``` + +Let's look at what this rule does. If a host makes more than 20 ( **-–connlimit-above 20** ) new connections ( **–p tcp –syn** ) in a minute to the web servers ( **-–dport http,https** ), reject the new connection ( **–j REJECT** ) and tell the connecting host you are rejecting the connection ( **-–reject-with-tcp-reset** ). + +### Monitor iptables rules + +Scenario: Since iptables operates on a "first match wins" basis as packets traverse the rules in a chain, frequently matched rules should be near the top of the policy and less frequently matched rules should be near the bottom. How do you know which rules are traversed the most or the least so they can be ordered nearer the top or the bottom? + +#### Tip #1: See how many times each rule has been hit. + +Use this command: + +``` +iptables -L -v -n –line-numbers +``` + +The command will list all the rules in the chain ( **-L** ). Since no chain was specified, all the chains will be listed with verbose output ( **-v** ) showing packet and byte counters in numeric format ( **-n** ) with line numbers at the beginning of each rule corresponding to that rule's position in the chain. + +Using the packet and bytes counts, you can order the most frequently traversed rules to the top and the least frequently traversed rules towards the bottom. + +#### Tip #2: Remove unnecessary rules. + +Which rules aren't getting any matches at all? These would be good candidates for removal from the policy. You can find that out with this command: + +``` +iptables -nvL | grep -v "0     0" +``` + +Note: that's not a tab between the zeros; there are five spaces between the zeros. + +#### Tip #3: Monitor what's going on. + +You would like to monitor what's going on with iptables in real time, like with **top**. Use this command to monitor the activity of iptables activity dynamically and show only the rules that are actively being traversed: + +``` +watch --interval=5 'iptables -nvL | grep -v "0     0"' +``` + +**watch** runs **'iptables -nvL | grep -v "0 0"'** every five seconds and displays the first screen of its output. This allows you to watch the packet and byte counts change over time. + +### Report on iptables + +Scenario: Your manager thinks this iptables firewall stuff is just great, but a daily activity report would be even better. Sometimes it's more important to write a report than to do the work. + +Use the packet filter/firewall/IDS log analyzer [FWLogwatch][6] to create reports based on the iptables firewall logs. FWLogwatch supports many log formats and offers many analysis options. It generates daily and monthly summaries of the log files, allowing the security administrator to free up substantial time, maintain better control over network security, and reduce unnoticed attacks. + +Here is sample output from FWLogwatch: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/fwlogwatch.png) + +### More than just ACCEPT and DROP + +We've covered many facets of iptables, all the way from making sure you don't lock yourself out when working with iptables to monitoring iptables to visualizing the activity of an iptables firewall. These will get you started down the path to realizing even more iptables tips and tricks. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/10/iptables-tips-and-tricks + +作者:[Gary Smith][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/greptile +[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netfilter +[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iptables +[3]: http://www.ipaddressguide.com/cidr +[4]: http://www.facebook.com +[5]: http://31.13.64.0/18 +[6]: http://fwlogwatch.inside-security.de/ From d57f939300d537f9af0b090983136a6143d0f29c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 10:20:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 413/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Instal?= =?UTF-8?q?l=20Pip=20on=20Ubuntu?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../20181001 How to Install Pip on Ubuntu.md | 179 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 179 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20181001 How to Install Pip on Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20181001 How to Install Pip on Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20181001 How to Install Pip on Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8751dc50f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20181001 How to Install Pip on Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +How to Install Pip on Ubuntu +====== +**Pip is a command line tool that allows you to install software packages written in Python. Learn how to install Pip on Ubuntu and how to use it for installing Python applications.** + +There are numerous ways to [install software on Ubuntu][1]. You can install applications from the software center, from downloaded DEB files, from PPA, from [Snap packages][2], [using Flatpak][3], using [AppImage][4] and even from the good old source code. + +There is one more way to install packages in [Ubuntu][5]. It’s called Pip and you can use it to install Python-based applications. + +### What is Pip + +[Pip][6] stands for “Pip Installs Packages”. [Pip][7] is a command line based package management system. It is used to install and manage software written in [Python language][8]. + +You can use Pip to install packages listed in the Python Package Index ([PyPI][9]). + +As a software developer, you can use pip to install various Python module and packages for your own Python projects. + +As an end user, you may need pip in order to install some applications that are developed using Python and can be installed easily using pip. One such example is [Stress Terminal][10] application that you can easily install with pip. + +Let’s see how you can install pip on Ubuntu and other Ubuntu-based distributions. + +### How to install Pip on Ubuntu + +![Install pip on Ubuntu Linux][11] + +Pip is not installed on Ubuntu by default. You’ll have to install it. Installing pip on Ubuntu is really easy. I’ll show it to you in a moment. + +Ubuntu 18.04 has both Python 2 and Python 3 installed by default. And hence, you should install pip for both Python versions. + +Pip, by default, refers to the Python 2. Pip in Python 3 is referred by pip3. + +Note: I am using Ubuntu 18.04 in this tutorial. But the instructions here should be valid for other versions like Ubuntu 16.04, 18.10 etc. You may also use the same commands on other Linux distributions based on Ubuntu such as Linux Mint, Linux Lite, Xubuntu, Kubuntu etc. + +#### Install pip for Python 2 + +First, make sure that you have Python 2 installed. On Ubuntu, use the command below to verify. + +``` +python2 --version + +``` + +If there is no error and a valid output that shows the Python version, you have Python 2 installed. So now you can install pip for Python 2 using this command: + +``` +sudo apt install python-pip + +``` + +It will install pip and a number of other dependencies with it. Once installed, verify that you have pip installed correctly. + +``` +pip --version + +``` + +It should show you a version number, something like this: + +``` +pip 9.0.1 from /usr/lib/python2.7/dist-packages (python 2.7) + +``` + +This mans that you have successfully installed pip on Ubuntu. + +#### Install pip for Python 3 + +You have to make sure that Python 3 is installed on Ubuntu. To check that, use this command: + +``` +python3 --version + +``` + +If it shows you a number like Python 3.6.6, Python 3 is installed on your Linux system. + +Now, you can install pip3 using the command below: + +``` +sudo apt install python3-pip + +``` + +You should verify that pip3 has been installed correctly using this command: + +``` +pip3 --version + +``` + +It should show you a number like this: + +``` +pip 9.0.1 from /usr/lib/python3/dist-packages (python 3.6) + +``` + +It means that pip3 is successfully installed on your system. + +### How to use Pip command + +Now that you have installed pip, let’s quickly see some of the basic pip commands. These commands will help you use pip commands for searching, installing and removing Python packages. + +To search packages from the Python Package Index, you can use the following pip command: + +``` +pip search + +``` + +For example, if you search or stress, it will show all the packages that have the string ‘stress’ in its name or description. + +``` +pip search stress +stress (1.0.0) - A trivial utility for consuming system resources. +s-tui (0.8.2) - Stress Terminal UI stress test and monitoring tool +stressypy (0.0.12) - A simple program for calling stress and/or stress-ng from python +fuzzing (0.3.2) - Tools for stress testing applications. +stressant (0.4.1) - Simple stress-test tool +stressberry (0.1.7) - Stress tests for the Raspberry Pi +mobbage (0.2) - A HTTP stress test and benchmark tool +stresser (0.2.1) - A large-scale stress testing framework. +cyanide (1.3.0) - Celery stress testing and integration test support. +pysle (1.5.7) - An interface to ISLEX, a pronunciation dictionary with stress markings. +ggf (0.3.2) - global geometric factors and corresponding stresses of the optical stretcher +pathod (0.17) - A pathological HTTP/S daemon for testing and stressing clients. +MatPy (1.0) - A toolbox for intelligent material design, and automatic yield stress determination +netblow (0.1.2) - Vendor agnostic network testing framework to stress network failures +russtress (0.1.3) - Package that helps you to put lexical stress in russian text +switchy (0.1.0a1) - A fast FreeSWITCH control library purpose-built on traffic theory and stress testing. +nx4_selenium_test (0.1) - Provides a Python class and apps which monitor and/or stress-test the NoMachine NX4 web interface +physical_dualism (1.0.0) - Python library that approximates the natural frequency from stress via physical dualism, and vice versa. +fsm_effective_stress (1.0.0) - Python library that uses the rheological-dynamical analogy (RDA) to compute damage and effective buckling stress in prismatic shell structures. +processpathway (0.3.11) - A nifty little toolkit to create stress-free, frustrationless image processing pathways from your webcam for computer vision experiments. Or observing your cat. + +``` + +If you want to install an application using pip, you can use it in the following manner: + +``` +pip install + +``` + +Pip doesn’t support tab completion so the package name should be exact. It will download all the necessary files and installed that package. + +If you want to remove a Python package installed via pip, you can use the remove option in pip. + +``` +pip uninstall + +``` + +You can use pip3 instead of pip in the above commands. + +I hope this quick tip helped you to install pip on Ubuntu. If you have any questions or suggestions, please let me know in the comment section below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/install-pip-ubuntu/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-add-remove-programs-in-ubuntu/ +[2]: https://itsfoss.com/use-snap-packages-ubuntu-16-04/ +[3]: https://itsfoss.com/flatpak-guide/ +[4]: https://itsfoss.com/use-appimage-linux/ +[5]: https://www.ubuntu.com/ +[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager) +[7]: https://pypi.org/project/pip/ +[8]: https://www.python.org/ +[9]: https://pypi.org/ +[10]: https://itsfoss.com/stress-terminal-ui/ +[11]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/install-pip-ubuntu.png From 98ed397ccfe93cb9df1345b59d8a44be35552873 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 10:21:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 414/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Troubleshooting?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Node.js=20Issues=20with=20llnode?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ubleshooting Node.js Issues with llnode.md | 75 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 75 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180925 Troubleshooting Node.js Issues with llnode.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180925 Troubleshooting Node.js Issues with llnode.md b/sources/talk/20180925 Troubleshooting Node.js Issues with llnode.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3565b0270d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180925 Troubleshooting Node.js Issues with llnode.md @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +Troubleshooting Node.js Issues with llnode +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/node_1920.jpg?itok=Cwd2YtPd) + +The llnode plugin lets you inspect Node.js processes and core dumps; it adds the ability to inspect JavaScript stack frames, objects, source code and more. At [Node+JS Interactive][1], Matheus Marchini, Node.js Collaborator and Lead Software Engineer at Sthima, will host a [workshop][2] on how to use llnode to find and fix issues quickly and reliably, without bloating your application with logs or compromising performance. He explains more in this interview. + +**Linux.com: What are some common issues that happen with a Node.js application in production?** + +**Matheus Marchini:** One of the most common issues Node.js developers might experience -- either in production or during development -- are unhandled exceptions. They happen when your code throws an error, and this error is not properly handled. There's a variation of this issue with Promises, although in this case, the problem is worse: if a Promise is rejected but there's no handler for that rejection, the application might enter into an undefined state and it can start to misbehave. + +The application might also crash when it's using too much memory. This usually happens when there's a memory leak in the application, although we usually don't have classic memory leaks in Node.js. Instead of unreferenced objects, we might have objects that are not used anymore but are still retained by another object, leading the Garbage Collector to ignore them. If this happens with several objects, we can quickly exhaust our available memory. + +Memory is not the only resource that might get exhausted. Given the asynchronous nature of Node.js and how it scales for a large number of requests, the application might start to run out on other resources such as opened file descriptions and a number of concurrent connections to a database. + +Infinite loops are not that common because we usually catch those during development, but every once in a while one manages to slip through our tests and get into our production servers. These are pretty catastrophic because they will block the main thread, rendering the entire application unresponsive. + +The last issues I'd like to point out are performance issues. Those can happen for a variety of reasons, ranging from unoptimized function to I/O latency. + +**Linux.com: Are there any quick tests you can do to determine what might be happening with your Node.js application?** + +**Marchini:** Node.js and V8 have several tools and features built-in which developers can use to find issues faster. For example, if you're facing performance issues, you might want to use the built-in [V8 CpuProfiler][3]. Memory issues can be tracked down with [V8 Sampling Heap Profiler][4]. All of these options are interesting because you can open their results in Chrome DevTools and get some nice graphical visualizations by default. + +If you are using native modules on your project, V8 built-in tools might not give you enough insights, since they focus only on JavaScript metrics. As an alternative to V8 CpuProfiler, you can use system profiler tools, such as [perf for Linux][5] and Dtrace for FreeBSD / OS X. You can grab the result from these tools and turn them into flamegraphs, making it easier to find which functions are taking more time to process. + +You can use third-party tools as well: [node-report][6] is an amazing first failure data capture which doesn't introduce a significant overhead. When your application crashes, it will generate a report with detailed information about the state of the system, including environment variables, flags used, operating system details, etc. You can also generate this report on demand, and it is extremely useful when asking for help in forums, for example. The best part is that, after installing it through npm, you can enable it with a flag -- no need to make changes in your code! + +But one of the tools I'm most amazed by is [llnode][7]. + +**Linux.com: When would you want to use something like llnode; and what exactly is it?** + +**Marchini:** **** llnode is useful when debugging infinite loops, uncaught exceptions or out of memory issues since it allows you to inspect the state of your application when it crashed. How does llnode do this? You can tell Node.js and your operating system to take a core dump of your application when it crashes and load it into llnode. llnode will analyze this core dump and give you useful information such as how many objects were allocated in the heap, the complete stack trace for the process (including native calls and V8 internals), pending requests and handlers in the event loop queue, etc. + +The most impressive feature llnode has is its ability to inspect objects and functions: you can see which variables are available for a given function, look at the function's code and inspect which properties your objects have with their respective values. For example, you can look up which variables are available for your HTTP handler function and which parameters it received. You can also look at headers and the payload of a given request. + +llnode is a plugin for [lldb][8], and it uses lldb features alongside hints provided by V8 and Node.js to recreate the process heap. It uses a few heuristics, too, so results might not be entirely correct sometimes. But most of the times the results are good enough -- and way better than not using any tool. + +This technique -- which is called post-mortem debugging -- is not something new, though, and it has been part of the Node.js project since 2012. This is a common technique used by C and C++ developers, but not many dynamic runtimes support it. I'm happy we can say Node.js is one of those runtimes. + +**Linux.com: What are some key items folks should know before adding llnode to their environment?** + +**Marchini:** To install and use llnode you'll need to have lldb installed on your system. If you're on OS X, lldb is installed as part of Xcode. On Linux, you can install it from your distribution's repository. We recommend using LLDB 3.9 or later. + +You'll also have to set up your environment to generate core dumps. First, remember to set the flag --abort-on-uncaught-exception when running a Node.js application, otherwise, Node.js won't generate a core dump when an uncaught exception happens. You'll also need to tell your operating system to generate core dumps when an application crashes. The most common way to do that is by running `ulimit -c unlimited`, but this will only apply to your current shell session. If you're using a process manager such as systemd I suggest looking at the process manager docs. You can also generate on-demand core dumps of a running process with tools such as gcore. + +**Linux.com: What can we expect from llnode in the future?** + +**Marchini:** llnode collaborators are working on several features and improvements to make the project more accessible for developers less familiar with native debugging tools. To accomplish that, we're improving the overall user experience as well as the project's documentation and installation process. Future versions will include colorized output, more reliable output for some commands and a simplified mode focused on JavaScript information. We are also working on a JavaScript API which can be used to automate some analysis, create graphical user interfaces, etc. + +If this project sounds interesting to you, and you would like to get involved, feel free join the conversation in [our issues tracker][9] or contact me on social [@mmarkini][10]. I would love to help you get started! + +Learn more at [Node+JS Interactive][1], coming up October 10-12, 2018 in Vancouver, Canada. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/9/troubleshooting-nodejs-issues-llnode + +作者:[The Linux Foundation][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/ericstephenbrown +[1]: https://events.linuxfoundation.org/events/node-js-interactive-2018/?utm_source=Linux.com&utm_medium=article&utm_campaign=jsint18 +[2]: http://sched.co/G285 +[3]: https://nodejs.org/api/inspector.html#inspector_cpu_profiler +[4]: https://github.com/v8/sampling-heap-profiler +[5]: http://www.brendangregg.com/blog/2014-09-17/node-flame-graphs-on-linux.html +[6]: https://github.com/nodejs/node-report +[7]: https://github.com/nodejs/llnode +[8]: https://lldb.llvm.org/ +[9]: https://github.com/nodejs/llnode/issues +[10]: https://twitter.com/mmarkini From c9c96f794bed6ffa9267a917872074515037e714 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 10:24:17 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 415/437] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Creator=20of=20th?= =?UTF-8?q?e=20World=20Wide=20Web=20is=20Creating=20a=20New=20Decentralize?= =?UTF-8?q?d=20Web?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Web is Creating a New Decentralized Web.md | 44 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 44 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180930 Creator of the World Wide Web is Creating a New Decentralized Web.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180930 Creator of the World Wide Web is Creating a New Decentralized Web.md b/sources/talk/20180930 Creator of the World Wide Web is Creating a New Decentralized Web.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df8804cbac --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180930 Creator of the World Wide Web is Creating a New Decentralized Web.md @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Creator of the World Wide Web is Creating a New Decentralized Web +====== +**Creator of the world wide web, Tim Berners-Lee has unveiled his plans to create a new decentralized web where the data will be controlled by the users.** + +[Tim Berners-Lee][1] is known for creating the world wide web, i.e., the internet you know today. More than two decades later, Tim is working to free the internet from the clutches of corporate giants and give the power back to the people via a decentralized web. + +Berners-Lee was unhappy with the way ‘powerful forces’ of the internet handle data of the users for their own agenda. So he [started working on his own open source project][2] Solid “to restore the power and agency of individuals on the web.” + +> Solid changes the current model where users have to hand over personal data to digital giants in exchange for perceived value. As we’ve all discovered, this hasn’t been in our best interests. Solid is how we evolve the web in order to restore balance — by giving every one of us complete control over data, personal or not, in a revolutionary way. + +![Tim Berners-Lee is creating a decentralized web with open source project Solid][3] + +Basically, [Solid][4] is a platform built using the existing web where you create own ‘pods’ (personal data store). You decide where this pod will be hosted, who will access which data element and how the data will be shared through this pod. + +Berners-Lee believes that Solid “will empower individuals, developers and businesses with entirely new ways to conceive, build and find innovative, trusted and beneficial applications and services.” + +Developers need to integrate Solid into their apps and sites. Solid is still in the early stages so there are no apps for now but the project website claims that “the first wave of Solid apps are being created now.” + +Berners-Lee has created a startup called [Inrupt][5] and has taken a sabbatical from MIT to work full-time on Solid and to take it “from the vision of a few to the reality of many.” + +If you are interested in Solid, [learn how to create apps][6] or [contribute to the project][7] in your own way. Of course, it will take a lot of effort to build and drive the broad adoption of Solid so every bit of contribution will count to the success of a decentralized web. + +Do you think a [decentralized web][8] will be a reality? What do you think of decentralized web in general and project Solid in particular? + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/solid-decentralized-web/ + +作者:[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tim_Berners-Lee +[2]: https://medium.com/@timberners_lee/one-small-step-for-the-web-87f92217d085 +[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/tim-berners-lee-solid-project.jpeg +[4]: https://solid.inrupt.com/ +[5]: https://www.inrupt.com/ +[6]: https://solid.inrupt.com/docs/getting-started +[7]: https://solid.inrupt.com/community +[8]: https://tech.co/decentralized-internet-guide-2018-02 From 1754895a48b425cfaeb1f9eeafd68878655c621a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 10:52:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 416/437] Translating by qhwdw --- ...180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md | 1 + ...lete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md | 1 + ...tall Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md | 1 + ...adless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md | 1 + ...1 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md | 1 + sources/tech/20180824 What Stable Kernel Should I Use.md | 1 + 6 files changed, 6 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md b/sources/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md index e72be14659..bb368b3958 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md b/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md index e548213483..d2c50b6029 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md +++ b/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples] ====== In a previous article, I showed the [basic usage of Sed][1], the stream editor, on a practical use case. Today, be prepared to gain more insight about Sed as we will take an in-depth tour of the sed execution model. This will be also an opportunity to make an exhaustive review of all Sed commands and to dive into their details and subtleties. So, if you are ready, launch a terminal, [download the test files][2] and sit comfortably before your keyboard: we will start our exploration right now! diff --git a/sources/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md b/sources/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md index dd8c3cdb13..20ce979026 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md b/sources/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md index a85a637830..3125a1a4ee 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md b/sources/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md index 1fc4677491..b6974cde0b 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 What Stable Kernel Should I Use.md b/sources/tech/20180824 What Stable Kernel Should I Use.md index bfd64a2ec2..52b77498c5 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 What Stable Kernel Should I Use.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180824 What Stable Kernel Should I Use.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw What Stable Kernel Should I Use? ====== I get a lot of questions about people asking me about what stable kernel should they be using for their product/device/laptop/server/etc. all the time. Especially given the now-extended length of time that some kernels are being supported by me and others, this isn’t always a very obvious thing to determine. So this post is an attempt to write down my opinions on the matter. Of course, you are free to use what ever kernel version you want, but here’s what I recommend. From 81843eeee0b4f8a24c4679cf7bd5914d9e768f32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 12:14:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 417/437] PRF:20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md @LuuMing --- ...lan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md | 128 +++++++----------- 1 file changed, 47 insertions(+), 81 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md index 0027aafb6f..c4691e9651 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md @@ -1,21 +1,17 @@ 如何在 Linux 上使用网络配置工具 Netplan ====== +> netplan 是一个命令行工具,用于在某些 Linux 发行版上配置网络。 ![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/netplan.jpg?itok=Gu_ZfNGa) -多年以来 Linux 管理员和用户们使用相同的方式配置他们的网络接口。例如,如果你是 Ubuntu 用户,你能够用桌面 GUI 配置网络连接,也可以在 /etc/network/interfaces 文件里配置。配置相当简单且从未失败。在文件中配置看起来就像这样: +多年以来 Linux 管理员和用户们以相同的方式配置他们的网络接口。例如,如果你是 Ubuntu 用户,你能够用桌面 GUI 配置网络连接,也可以在 `/etc/network/interfaces` 文件里配置。配置相当简单且可以奏效。在文件中配置看起来就像这样: ``` auto enp10s0 - iface enp10s0 inet static - address 192.168.1.162 - netmask 255.255.255.0 - gateway 192.168.1.100 - dns-nameservers 1.0.0.1,1.1.1.1 ``` @@ -25,7 +21,7 @@ dns-nameservers 1.0.0.1,1.1.1.1 sudo systemctl restart networking ``` -或者,如果你使用不带systemd 的发行版,你可以通过老办法来重启网络: +或者,如果你使用不带 systemd 的发行版,你可以通过老办法来重启网络: ``` sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart @@ -33,13 +29,13 @@ sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart 你的网络将会重新启动,新的配置将会生效。 -这就是多年以来的做法。但是现在,在某些发行版上(例如 Ubuntu Linux 18.04),网络的配置与控制发生了很大的变化。不需要那个 interfaces 文件和 /etc/init.d/networking 脚本,我们现在转向使用 [Netplan][1]。Netplan 是一个在某些 Linux 发行版上配置网络连接的命令行工具。Netplan 使用 YAML 描述文件来配置网络接口,然后,通过这些描述为任何给定的呈现工具生成必要的配置选项。 +这就是多年以来的做法。但是现在,在某些发行版上(例如 Ubuntu Linux 18.04),网络的配置与控制发生了很大的变化。不需要那个 `interfaces` 文件和 `/etc/init.d/networking` 脚本,我们现在转向使用 [Netplan][1]。Netplan 是一个在某些 Linux 发行版上配置网络连接的命令行工具。Netplan 使用 YAML 描述文件来配置网络接口,然后,通过这些描述为任何给定的呈现工具生成必要的配置选项。 -我将向你展示如何在 Linux 上使用 Netplan 配置静态 IP 地址和 DHCP 地址。我会在 Ubuntu Server 18.04 上演示。有句忠告,你创建的 .yaml 文件中的间距必须保持一致,否则将会失败。你不用为每行使用特定的间距,只需保持一致就行了。 +我将向你展示如何在 Linux 上使用 Netplan 配置静态 IP 地址和 DHCP 地址。我会在 Ubuntu Server 18.04 上演示。有句忠告,你创建的 .yaml 文件中的缩进必须保持一致,否则将会失败。你不用为每行使用特定的缩进间距,只需保持一致就行了。 ### 新的配置文件 -打开终端窗口(或者通过 SSH 登录进 Ubuntu 服务器)。你会在 /etc/netplan 文件夹下发现 Netplan 的新配置文件。使用 cd/etc/netplan 命令进入到那个文件夹下。一旦进到了那个文件夹,也许你就能够看到一个文件: +打开终端窗口(或者通过 SSH 登录进 Ubuntu 服务器)。你会在 `/etc/netplan` 文件夹下发现 Netplan 的新配置文件。使用 `cd /etc/netplan` 命令进入到那个文件夹下。一旦进到了那个文件夹,也许你就能够看到一个文件: ``` 01-netcfg.yaml @@ -55,13 +51,11 @@ sudo cp /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml.bak ### 网络设备名称 -在你开始配置静态 IP 之前,你需要知道设备名称。要做到这一点,你可以使用命令 ip a,然后找出哪一个设备将会被用到(图 1)。 +在你开始配置静态 IP 之前,你需要知道设备名称。要做到这一点,你可以使用命令 `ip a`,然后找出哪一个设备将会被用到(图 1)。 ![netplan][3] -图 1:使用 ip a 命令找出设备名称 - -[Used with permission][4] (译注:这是什么鬼?) +*图 1:使用 ip a 命令找出设备名称* 我将为 ens5 配置一个静态的 IP。 @@ -75,67 +69,46 @@ sudo nano /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml 文件的布局看起来就像这样: +``` network: - -Version: 2 - -Renderer: networkd - -ethernets: - -DEVICE_NAME: - -Dhcp4: yes/no - -Addresses: [IP/NETMASK] - -Gateway: GATEWAY - -Nameservers: - -Addresses: [NAMESERVER, NAMESERVER] + Version: 2 + Renderer: networkd + ethernets: + DEVICE_NAME: + Dhcp4: yes/no + Addresses: [IP/NETMASK] + Gateway: GATEWAY + Nameservers: + Addresses: [NAMESERVER, NAMESERVER] +``` 其中: - * DEVICE_NAME 是需要配置设备的实际名称。 - - * yes/no 代表是否启用 dhcp4。 - - * IP 是设备的 IP 地址。 - - * NETMASK 是 IP 地址的掩码。 - - * GATEWAY 是网关的地址。 - - * NAMESERVER 是由逗号分开的 DNS 服务器列表。 + * `DEVICE_NAME` 是需要配置设备的实际名称。 + * `yes`/`no` 代表是否启用 dhcp4。 + * `IP` 是设备的 IP 地址。 + * `NETMASK` 是 IP 地址的掩码。 + * `GATEWAY` 是网关的地址。 + * `NAMESERVER` 是由逗号分开的 DNS 服务器列表。 这是一份 .yaml 文件的样例: ``` network: - - version: 2 - - renderer: networkd - - ethernets: - - ens5: - - dhcp4: no - - addresses: [192.168.1.230/24] - - gateway4: 192.168.1.254 - - nameservers: - - addresses: [8.8.4.4,8.8.8.8] + version: 2 + renderer: networkd + ethernets: + ens5: + dhcp4: no + addresses: [192.168.1.230/24] + gateway4: 192.168.1.254 + nameservers: + addresses: [8.8.4.4,8.8.8.8] ``` 编辑上面的文件以达到你想要的效果。保存并关闭文件。 -注意,掩码已经不用再配置为 255.255.255.0 这种形式。取而代之的是,掩码已被添加进了 IP 地址中。 +注意,掩码已经不用再配置为 `255.255.255.0` 这种形式。取而代之的是,掩码已被添加进了 IP 地址中。 ### 测试配置 @@ -165,20 +138,13 @@ sudo netplan apply ``` network: - - version: 2 - - renderer: networkd - - ethernets: - - ens5: - - Addresses: [] - - dhcp4: true - - optional: true + version: 2 + renderer: networkd + ethernets: + ens5: + Addresses: [] + dhcp4: true + optional: true ``` 保存并退出。用下面命令来测试文件: @@ -187,15 +153,15 @@ network: sudo netplan try ``` -Netplan 应该会成功配置 DHCP 服务。这时你可以使用 ip a 命令得到动态分配的地址,然后重新配置静态地址。或者,你可以直接使用 DHCP 分配的地址(但看看这是一个服务器,你可能不想这样做)。 +Netplan 应该会成功配置 DHCP 服务。这时你可以使用 `ip a` 命令得到动态分配的地址,然后重新配置静态地址。或者,你可以直接使用 DHCP 分配的地址(但看看这是一个服务器,你可能不想这样做)。 -也许你有不只一个的网络接口,你可以命名第二个 .yaml 文件为 02-netcfg.yaml 。Netplan 会按照数字顺序应用配置文件,因此 01 会在 02 之前使用。根据你的需要创建多个配置文件。 +也许你有不只一个的网络接口,你可以命名第二个 .yaml 文件为 `02-netcfg.yaml` 。Netplan 会按照数字顺序应用配置文件,因此 01 会在 02 之前使用。根据你的需要创建多个配置文件。 ### 就是这些了 -不管你信不信,那些就是所有关于使用 Netplan 的东西了。虽然它对于我们习惯性的配置网络地址来说是一个相当大的改变,但并不是所有人都用的惯。但这种配置方式值得一提...因此你会适应的。 +不管怎样,那些就是所有关于使用 Netplan 的东西了。虽然它对于我们习惯性的配置网络地址来说是一个相当大的改变,但并不是所有人都用的惯。但这种配置方式值得一提……因此你会适应的。 -在 Linux Foundation 和 edX 上通过 ["Introduction to Linux"] 课程学习更多关于 Linux 的内容。 +在 Linux Foundation 和 edX 上通过 [“Introduction to Linux”][5] 课程学习更多关于 Linux 的内容。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -204,7 +170,7 @@ via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/9/how-use-netplan-network-c 作者:[Jack Wallen][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[LuuMing](https://github.com/LuuMing) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 952ef866611261e8cdc34baba4239e9a735d3cf1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 12:15:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 418/437] PUB:20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md @LuuMing https://linux.cn/article-10095-1.html --- ... How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md b/published/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md rename to published/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md From 62ec04ddfccf3543a4fb238e7851e078da0eb2d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ezio Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 13:49:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 419/437] Update 20161014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md --- ...1014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20161014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md b/sources/tech/20161014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md index 6d3040626b..7c315546fa 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20161014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md +++ b/sources/tech/20161014 Compiling Lisp to JavaScript From Scratch in 350 LOC.md @@ -617,12 +617,14 @@ undefined via: https://gilmi.me/blog/post/2016/10/14/lisp-to-js 作者:[ Gil Mizrahi ][a] +选题:[oska874][b] 译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://gilmi.me/home +[b]:https://github.com/oska874 [1]:https://gilmi.me/blog/authors/Gil [2]:https://gilmi.me/blog/tags/compilers [3]:https://gilmi.me/blog/tags/fp From 02e360e1be88d5e22b2a2493aa1ce35607e9d15c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ezio Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 13:50:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 420/437] Update 20180715 Why is Python so slow.md --- sources/tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md b/sources/tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md index 2e2af0f74e..931d32a4b2 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180715 Why is Python so slow.md @@ -172,12 +172,14 @@ All about JIT compilers [https://hacks.mozilla.org/2017/02/a-crash-course-in-ju via: https://hackernoon.com/why-is-python-so-slow-e5074b6fe55b 作者:[Anthony Shaw][a] +选题:[oska874][b] 译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://hackernoon.com/@anthonypjshaw?source=post_header_lockup +[b]:https://github.com/oska874 [1]:http://dabeaz.blogspot.com/2010/01/python-gil-visualized.html [2]:http://cython.org/ [3]:http://notes-on-cython.readthedocs.io/en/latest/std_dev.html From bf034bce79e4837e0836bd69574bfc5831d4f418 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 17:07:17 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 421/437] Translated by qhwdw --- ...nd Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md | 75 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-) rename {sources => translated}/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md (52%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md b/translated/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md similarity index 52% rename from sources/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md rename to translated/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md index bb368b3958..08f3860661 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Translating by qhwdw -The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners +df 命令的新手教程 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/df-command-1-720x340.png) -In this guide, we are going to learn to use **df** command. The df command, stands for **D** isk **F** ree, reports file system disk space usage. It displays the amount of disk space available on the file system in a Linux system. The df command is not to be confused with **du** command. Both serves different purposes. The df command reports **how much disk space we have** (i.e free space) whereas the du command reports **how much disk space is being consumed** by the files and folders. Hope I made myself clear. Let us go ahead and see some practical examples of df command, so you can understand it better. +在本指南中,我们将学习如何使用 **df** 命令。df 命令是 `Disk Free` 的首字母组合,它报告文件系统磁盘空间的使用情况。它显示一个 Linux 系统中文件系统上可用磁盘空间的数量。df 命令很容易与 **du** 命令混淆。它们的用途不同。df 命令报告 **我们拥有多少磁盘空间**(空闲磁盘空间),而 du 命令报告 **被文件和目录占用了多少磁盘空间**。希望我这样的解释你能更清楚。在继续之前,我们来看一些 df 命令的实例,以便于你更好地理解它。 -### The df Command Tutorial With Examples +### df 命令使用举例 -**1\. View entire file system disk space usage** +**1、查看整个文件系统磁盘空间使用情况** -Run df command without any arguments to display the entire file system disk space. +无需任何参数来运行 df 命令,以显示整个文件系统磁盘空间使用情况。 ``` $ df ``` -**Sample output:** +**示例输出:** + ``` Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on dev 4033216 0 4033216 0% /dev @@ -33,20 +33,20 @@ tmpfs 807776 28 807748 1% /run/user/1000 ![][2] -As you can see, the result is divided into six columns. Let us see what each column means. +正如你所见,输出结果分为六列。我们来看一下每一列的含义。 - * **Filesystem** – the filesystem on the system. - * **1K-blocks** – the size of the filesystem, measured in 1K blocks. - * **Used** – the amount of space used in 1K blocks. - * **Available** – the amount of available space in 1K blocks. - * **Use%** – the percentage that the filesystem is in use. - * **Mounted on** – the mount point where the filesystem is mounted. + * **Filesystem** – Linux 系统中的文件系统 + * **1K-blocks** – 文件系统的大小,用 1K 大小的块来表示。 + * **Used** – 以 1K 大小的块所表示的已使用数量。 + * **Available** – 以 1K 大小的块所表示的可用空间的数量。 + * **Use%** – 文件系统中已使用的百分比。 + * **Mounted on** – 已挂载的文件系统的挂载点。 -**2\. Display file system disk usage in human readable format** +**2、以人类友好格式显示文件系统硬盘空间使用情况** -As you may noticed in the above examples, the usage is showed in 1k blocks. If you want to display them in human readable format, use **-h** flag. +在上面的示例中你可能已经注意到了,它使用 1K 大小的块为单位来表示使用情况,如果你以人类友好格式来显示它们,可以使用 **-h** 标志。 ``` $ df -h Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on @@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ tmpfs 789M 28K 789M 1% /run/user/1000 ``` -Now look at the **Size** and **Avail** columns, the usage is shown in GB and MB. +现在,在 **Size** 列和 **Avail** 列,使用情况是以 GB 和 MB 为单位来显示的。 **3\. Display disk space usage only in MB** -To view file system disk space usage only in Megabytes, use **-m** flag. +如果仅以 MB 为单位来显示文件系统磁盘空间使用情况,使用 **-m** 标志。 ``` $ df -m Filesystem 1M-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ tmpfs 789 1 789 1% /run/user/1000 ``` -**4\. List inode information instead of block usage** +**4、列出节点而不是块的使用情况** -We can list inode information instead of block usage by using **-i** flag as shown below. +如下所示,我们可以通过使用 **-i** 标记来列出节点而不是块的使用情况。 ``` $ df -i Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ tmpfs 1009720 29 1009691 1% /run/user/1000 ``` -**5\. Display the file system type** +**5、显示文件系统类型** -To display the file system type, use **-T** flag. +使用 **-T** 标志显示文件系统类型。 ``` $ df -T Filesystem Type 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on @@ -118,11 +118,11 @@ tmpfs tmpfs 807776 28 807748 1% /run/user/1000 ``` -As you see, there is an extra column (second from left) that shows the file system type. +正如你所见,现在出现了显示文件系统类型的额外的列(从左数的第二列)。 -**6\. Display only the specific file system type** +**6、仅显示指定类型的文件系统** -We can limit the listing to a certain file systems. for example **ext4**. To do so, we use **-t** flag. +我们可以限制仅列出某些文件系统。比如,只列出 **ext4** 文件系统。我们使用 **-t** 标志。 ``` $ df -t ext4 Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on @@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on ``` -See? This command shows only the ext4 file system disk space usage. +看到了吗?这个命令仅显示了 ext4 文件系统的磁盘空间使用情况。 -**7\. Exclude specific file system type** +**7、不列出指定类型的文件系统** -Some times, you may want to exclude a specific file system from the result. This can be achieved by using **-x** flag. +有时,我们可能需要从结果中去排除指定类型的文件系统。我们可以使用 **-x** 标记达到我们的目的。 ``` $ df -x ext4 Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ tmpfs 807776 28 807748 1% /run/user/1000 ``` -The above command will display all file systems usage, except **ext4**. +上面的命令列出了除 **ext4** 类型以外的全部文件系统。 -**8\. Display usage for a folder** +**8、显示一个目录的磁盘使用情况** -To display the disk space available and where it is mounted for a folder, for example **/home/sk/** , use this command: +去显示某个目录的硬盘空间使用情况以及它的挂载点,例如 **/home/sk/** 目录,可以使用如下的命令: ``` $ df -hT /home/sk/ Filesystem Type Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on @@ -161,19 +161,19 @@ Filesystem Type Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on ``` -This command shows the file system type, used and available space in human readable form and where it is mounted. If you don’t to display the file system type, just ignore the **-t** flag. +这个命令显示文件系统类型、以人类友好格式显示已使用和可用磁盘空间、以及它的挂载点。如果你不想去显示文件系统类型,只需要忽略 **-t** 标志即可。 -For more details, refer the man pages. +更详细的使用情况,请参阅 man 手册页。 ``` $ man df ``` -**Recommended read:** +**建议阅读:** -And, that’s all for today! I hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! +今天就到此这止!我希望对你有用。还有更多更好玩的东西即将奉上。请继续关注! -Cheers! +再见! @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Cheers! via: https://www.ostechnix.com/the-df-command-tutorial-with-examples-for-beginners/ 作者:[SK][a] -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者:[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) 校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) @@ -191,3 +191,4 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/the-df-command-tutorial-with-examples-for-beginne [a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ [1]:data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7 [2]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/df-command.png + From c757358df6a3a86ab001a04ed3263015772ad332 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 22:34:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 422/437] Update 20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md --- ...ing a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md index 3144efd4ee..7c039e8238 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +[翻译中]translating by jrg + Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi ====== From be8ae00165d0a570a56aada177fcf348f52b862e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2018 22:40:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 423/437] Translated by qhwdw --- ...ubmitting your first Linux kernel patch.md | 171 ----------------- ...ubmitting your first Linux kernel patch.md | 173 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 173 insertions(+), 171 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md b/sources/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md deleted file mode 100644 index b6974cde0b..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -Translating by qhwdw -A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/linux_penguin_green.png?itok=ENdVzW22) - -One of the biggest—and the fastest moving—open source projects, the Linux kernel, is composed of about 53,600 files and nearly 20-million lines of code. With more than 15,600 programmers contributing to the project worldwide, the Linux kernel follows a maintainer model for collaboration. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/karnik_figure1.png) - -In this article, I'll provide a quick checklist of steps involved with making your first kernel contribution, and look at what you should know before submitting a patch. For a more in-depth look at the submission process for contributing your first patch, read the [KernelNewbies First Kernel Patch tutorial][1]. - -### Contributing to the kernel - -#### Step 1: Prepare your system. - -Steps in this article assume you have the following tools on your system: - -+ Text editor -+ Email client -+ Version control system (e.g., git) - -#### Step 2: Download the Linux kernel code repository`:` -``` -git clone -b staging-testing - -git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/staging.git - -``` - -### Copy your current config: ```` -``` -cp /boot/config-`uname -r`* .config - -``` - -### Step 3: Build/install your kernel. -``` -make -jX - -sudo make modules_install install - -``` - -### Step 4: Make a branch and switch to it. -``` -git checkout -b first-patch - -``` - -### Step 5: Update your kernel to point to the latest code base. -``` -git fetch origin - -git rebase origin/staging-testing - -``` - -### Step 6: Make a change to the code base. - -Recompile using `make` command to ensure that your change does not produce errors. - -### Step 7: Commit your changes and create a patch. -``` -git add - -git commit -s -v - -git format-patch -o /tmp/ HEAD^ - -``` - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/karnik_figure2.png) - -The subject consists of the path to the file name separated by colons, followed by what the patch does in the imperative tense. After a blank line comes the description of the patch and the mandatory signed off tag and, lastly, a diff of your patch. - -Here is another example of a simple patch: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/karnik_figure3.png) - -Next, send the patch [using email from the command line][2] (in this case, Mutt): `` -``` -mutt -H /tmp/0001- - -``` - -To know the list of maintainers to whom to send the patch, use the [get_maintainer.pl script][11]. - - -### What to know before submitting your first patch - - * [Greg Kroah-Hartman][3]'s [staging tree][4] is a good place to submit your [first patch][1] as he accepts easy patches from new contributors. When you get familiar with the patch-sending process, you could send subsystem-specific patches with increased complexity. - - * You also could start with correcting coding style issues in the code. To learn more, read the [Linux kernel coding style documentation][5]. - - * The script [checkpatch.pl][6] detects coding style errors for you. For example, run: - ``` - perl scripts/checkpatch.pl -f drivers/staging/android/* | less - - ``` - - * You could complete TODOs left incomplete by developers: - ``` - find drivers/staging -name TODO - ``` - - * [Coccinelle][7] is a helpful tool for pattern matching. - - * Read the [kernel mailing archives][8]. - - * Go through the [linux.git log][9] to see commits by previous authors for inspiration. - - * Note: Do not top-post to communicate with the reviewer of your patch! Here's an example: - -**Wrong way:** - -Chris, -_Yes let’s schedule the meeting tomorrow, on the second floor._ -> On Fri, Apr 26, 2013 at 9:25 AM, Chris wrote: -> Hey John, I had some questions: -> 1\. Do you want to schedule the meeting tomorrow? -> 2\. On which floor in the office? -> 3\. What time is suitable to you? - -(Notice that the last question was unintentionally left unanswered in the reply.) - -**Correct way:** - -Chris, -See my answers below... -> On Fri, Apr 26, 2013 at 9:25 AM, Chris wrote: -> Hey John, I had some questions: -> 1\. Do you want to schedule the meeting tomorrow? -_Yes tomorrow is fine._ -> 2\. On which floor in the office? -_Let's keep it on the second floor._ -> 3\. What time is suitable to you? -_09:00 am would be alright._ - -(All questions were answered, and this way saves reading time.) - - * The [Eudyptula challenge][10] is a great way to learn kernel basics. - - -To learn more, read the [KernelNewbies First Kernel Patch tutorial][1]. After that, if you still have any questions, ask on the [kernelnewbies mailing list][12] or in the [#kernelnewbies IRC channel][13]. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/first-linux-kernel-patch - -作者:[Sayli Karnik][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/sayli -[1]:https://kernelnewbies.org/FirstKernelPatch -[2]:https://opensource.com/life/15/8/top-4-open-source-command-line-email-clients -[3]:https://twitter.com/gregkh -[4]:https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/v4.15/process/2.Process.html -[5]:https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/v4.10/process/coding-style.html -[6]:https://github.com/torvalds/linux/blob/master/scripts/checkpatch.pl -[7]:http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/ -[8]:linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org -[9]:https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/log/ -[10]:http://eudyptula-challenge.org/ -[11]:https://github.com/torvalds/linux/blob/master/scripts/get_maintainer.pl -[12]:https://kernelnewbies.org/MailingList -[13]:https://kernelnewbies.org/IRC diff --git a/translated/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md b/translated/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bf23f20674 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180821 A checklist for submitting your first Linux kernel patch.md @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +提交你的第一个 Linux 内核补丁时的一个检查列表 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/linux_penguin_green.png?itok=ENdVzW22) + +Linux 内核是最大的且变动最快的开源项目之一,它由大约 53,600 个文件和近 2,000 万行代码组成。在全世界范围内超过 15,600 位程序员为它贡献代码,Linux 内核项目的维护者使用了如下的协作模型。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/karnik_figure1.png) + +本文中,为了便于在 Linux 内核中提交你的第一个贡献,我将为你提供一个必需的快速检查列表,以告诉你在提交补丁时,应该去查看和了解的内容。对于你贡献的第一个补丁的提交流程方面的更多内容,请阅读 [KernelNewbies 第一个内核补丁教程][1]。 + +### 为内核作贡献 + +#### 第 1 步:准备你的系统 + +本文开始之前,假设你的系统已经具备了如下的工具: + ++ 文本编辑器 ++ Email 客户端 ++ 版本控制系统(即:git) + +#### 第 2 步:下载 Linux 内核代码仓库: +``` +git clone -b staging-testing + +git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/staging.git + +``` + +### 复制你的当前配置: +``` +cp /boot/config-`uname -r`* .config + +``` + +### 第 3 步:构建/安装你的内核 +``` +make -jX + +sudo make modules_install install + +``` + +### 第 4 步:创建一个分支并切换到它 +``` +git checkout -b first-patch + +``` + +### 第 5 步:更新你的内核并指向到最新的代码 +``` +git fetch origin + +git rebase origin/staging-testing + +``` + +### 第 6 步:在最新的代码基础上产生一个变更 + +使用 `make` 命令重新编译,确保你的变更没有错误。 + +### 第 7 步:提交你的变更并创建一个补丁 +``` +git add + +git commit -s -v + +git format-patch -o /tmp/ HEAD^ + +``` + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/karnik_figure2.png) + +主题是由冒号分隔的文件名组成,接下来是使用祈使语态来描述补丁做了什么。空行之后是强制规定的 `off` 标记,最后是你的补丁的 `diff` 信息。 + +下面是另外一个简单补丁的示例: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/karnik_figure3.png) + +接下来,[使用 email 从命令行][2](在本例子中使用的是 Mutt)发送这个补丁: +``` +mutt -H /tmp/0001- + +``` + +使用 [get_maintainer.pl 脚本][11],去了解你的补丁应该发送给哪位维护者的列表。 + + +### 提交你的第一个补丁之前,你应该知道的事情 + + * [Greg Kroah-Hartman](3) 的 [staging tree][4] 是提交你的 [第一个补丁][1] 的最好的地方,因为他更容易接受新贡献者的补丁。在你熟悉了补丁发送流程以后,你就可以去发送复杂度更高的子系统专用的补丁。 + + * 你也可以从纠正代码中的编码风格开始。想学习更多关于这方面的内容,请阅读 [Linux 内核编码风格文档][5]。 + + * [checkpatch.pl][6] 脚本可以检测你的编码风格方面的错误。例如,运行如下的命令: + + ``` + perl scripts/checkpatch.pl -f drivers/staging/android/* | less + + ``` + + * 你可以去补全开发者留下的 TODO 注释中未完成的内容: + ``` + find drivers/staging -name TODO + ``` + + * [Coccinelle][7] 是一个模式匹配的有用工具。 + + * 阅读 [归档的内核邮件][8]。 + + * 为找到灵感,你可以去遍历 [linux.git log][9] 查看以前的作者的提交内容。 + + * 注意:不要为了评估你的补丁而在社区置顶帖子!下面就是一个这样的例子: + +**错误的方式:** + +Chris, +_Yes let’s schedule the meeting tomorrow, on the second floor._ + +> On Fri, Apr 26, 2013 at 9:25 AM, Chris wrote: +> Hey John, I had some questions: +> 1\. Do you want to schedule the meeting tomorrow? +> 2\. On which floor in the office? +> 3\. What time is suitable to you? + +(注意那最后一个问题,在回复中无意中落下了。) + +**正确的方式:** + +Chris, +See my answers below... + +> On Fri, Apr 26, 2013 at 9:25 AM, Chris wrote: +> Hey John, I had some questions: +> 1\. Do you want to schedule the meeting tomorrow? +_Yes tomorrow is fine._ +> 2\. On which floor in the office? +_Let's keep it on the second floor._ +> 3\. What time is suitable to you? +_09:00 am would be alright._ + +(所有问题全部回复,并且这种方式还保存了阅读的时间。) + + * [Eudyptula challenge][10] 是学习内核基础知识的非常好的方式。 + + +想学习更多内容,阅读 [KernelNewbies 第一个内核补丁教程][1]。之后如果你还有任何问题,可以在 [kernelnewbies 邮件列表][12] 或者 [#kernelnewbies IRC channel][13] 中提问。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/first-linux-kernel-patch + +作者:[Sayli Karnik][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/sayli +[1]:https://kernelnewbies.org/FirstKernelPatch +[2]:https://opensource.com/life/15/8/top-4-open-source-command-line-email-clients +[3]:https://twitter.com/gregkh +[4]:https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/v4.15/process/2.Process.html +[5]:https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/v4.10/process/coding-style.html +[6]:https://github.com/torvalds/linux/blob/master/scripts/checkpatch.pl +[7]:http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/ +[8]:linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org +[9]:https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/log/ +[10]:http://eudyptula-challenge.org/ +[11]:https://github.com/torvalds/linux/blob/master/scripts/get_maintainer.pl +[12]:https://kernelnewbies.org/MailingList +[13]:https://kernelnewbies.org/IRC From 6539e94d0579394cd6e04d89da821d677fc71baf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 00:03:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 424/437] Create 20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md --- ...ched storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md | 298 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 298 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md b/translated/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21c0c20cd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +树莓派自建 NAS 云盘之-树莓派搭建网络存储盘 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-storage.png?itok=95-zvHYl) + +我将在接下来的三篇文章中讲述如何搭建一个简便、实用的 NAS 云盘系统。我在这个中心化的存储系统中存储数据,并且让它每晚都会自动的备份增量数据。本系列文章将利用 NFS 文件系统将磁盘挂载到同一网络下的不同设备上,使用 [Nextcloud][1] 来离线访问数据、分享数据。 + +本文主要讲述将数据盘挂载到远程设备上的软硬件步骤。本系列第二篇文章将讨论数据备份策略、如何添加定时备份数据任务。最后一篇文章中我们将会安装 Nextcloud 软件,用户通过Nextcloud 提供的 web 接口可以方便的离线或在线访问数据。本系列教程最终搭建的 NAS 云盘支持多用户操作、文件共享等功能,所以你可以通过它方便的分享数据,比如说你可以发送一个加密链接,跟朋友分享你的照片等等。 + +最终的系统架构如下图所示: + + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/nas_part1.png) + +### 硬件 + +首先需要准备硬件。本文所列方案只是其中一种示例,你也可以按不同的硬件方案进行采购。 + +最主要的就是[树莓派3][2],它带有四核 CPU,1G RAM,以及(有些)快速的网络接口。数据将存储在两个 USB 磁盘驱动器上(这里使用 1TB 磁盘);其中一个磁盘用于每天数据存储,另一个用于数据备份。请务必使用有源 USB 磁盘驱动器或者带附加电源的 USB 集线器,因为树莓派无法为两个 USB 磁盘驱动器供电。 + +### 软件 + +社区中最活跃的操作系统当属 [Raspbian][3],便于定制个性化项目。已经有很多 [操作指南][4] 讲述如何在树莓派中安装 Raspbian 系统,所以这里不再赘述。在撰写本文时,最新的官方支持版本是 [Raspbian Stretch][5],它对我来说很好使用。 + +到此,我将假设你已经配置好了基本的 Raspbian 系统并且可以通过 `ssh` 访问到你的树莓派。 + +### 准备 USB 磁盘驱动器 + +为了更好地读写数据,我建议使用 ext4 文件系统去格式化磁盘。首先,你必须先找到连接到树莓派的磁盘。你可以在 `/dev/sd/` 中找到磁盘设备。使用命令 `fdisk -l`,你可以找到刚刚连接的两块 USB 磁盘驱动器。请注意,操作下面的步骤将会清除 USB 磁盘驱动器上的所有数据,请做好备份。 + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo fdisk -l + + + +<...> + + + +Disk /dev/sda: 931.5 GiB, 1000204886016 bytes, 1953525168 sectors + +Units: sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes + +Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes + +I/O size (minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes + +Disklabel type: dos + +Disk identifier: 0xe8900690 + + + +Device     Boot Start        End    Sectors   Size Id Type + +/dev/sda1        2048 1953525167 1953523120 931.5G 83 Linux + + + + + +Disk /dev/sdb: 931.5 GiB, 1000204886016 bytes, 1953525168 sectors + +Units: sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes + +Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes + +I/O size (minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes + +Disklabel type: dos + +Disk identifier: 0x6aa4f598 + + + +Device     Boot Start        End    Sectors   Size Id Type + +/dev/sdb1  *     2048 1953521663 1953519616 931.5G  83 Linux + +``` + +由于这些设备是连接到树莓派的唯一的 1TB 的磁盘,所以我们可以很容易的辨别出 `/dev/sda` 和 `/dev/sdb` 就是那两个 USB 磁盘驱动器。每个磁盘末尾的分区表提示了在执行以下的步骤后如何查看,这些步骤将会格式化磁盘并创建分区表。为每个 USB 磁盘驱动器按以下步骤进行操作(假设你的磁盘也是 `/dev/sda` 和 `/dev/sdb`,第二次操作你只要替换命令中的 `sda` 为 `sdb` 即可)。 + +首先,删除磁盘分区表,创建一个新的并且只包含一个分区的新分区表。在 `fdisk` 中,你可以使用交互单字母命令来告诉程序你想要执行的操作。只需要在提示符 `Command(m for help):` 后输入相应的字母即可(可以使用 `m` 命令获得更多详细信息): + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo fdisk /dev/sda + + + +Welcome to fdisk (util-linux 2.29.2). + +Changes will remain in memory only, until you decide to write them. + +Be careful before using the write command. + + + + + +Command (m for help): o + +Created a new DOS disklabel with disk identifier 0x9c310964. + + + +Command (m for help): n + +Partition type + +   p   primary (0 primary, 0 extended, 4 free) + +   e   extended (container for logical partitions) + +Select (default p): p + +Partition number (1-4, default 1): + +First sector (2048-1953525167, default 2048): + +Last sector, +sectors or +size{K,M,G,T,P} (2048-1953525167, default 1953525167): + + + +Created a new partition 1 of type 'Linux' and of size 931.5 GiB. + + + +Command (m for help): p + + + +Disk /dev/sda: 931.5 GiB, 1000204886016 bytes, 1953525168 sectors + +Units: sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes + +Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes + +I/O size (minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes + +Disklabel type: dos + +Disk identifier: 0x9c310964 + + + +Device     Boot Start        End    Sectors   Size Id Type + +/dev/sda1        2048 1953525167 1953523120 931.5G 83 Linux + + + +Command (m for help): w + +The partition table has been altered. + +Syncing disks. + +``` + +现在,我们将用 ext4 文件系统格式化新创建的分区 `/dev/sda1`: + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo mkfs.ext4 /dev/sda1 + +mke2fs 1.43.4 (31-Jan-2017) + +Discarding device blocks: done + + + +<...> + + + +Allocating group tables: done + +Writing inode tables: done + +Creating journal (1024 blocks): done + +Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done + +``` + +重复以上步骤后,让我们根据用途来对它们建立标签: + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo e2label /dev/sda1 data + +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo e2label /dev/sdb1 backup + +``` + +现在,让我们安装这些磁盘并存储一些数据。以我运营该系统超过一年的经验来看,当树莓派启动时(例如在断电后),USB 磁盘驱动器并不是总被安装,因此我建议使用 autofs 在需要的时候进行安装。 + +首先,安装 autofs 并创建挂载点: + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo apt install autofs + +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo mkdir /nas + +``` + +然后添加下面这行来挂载设备 +`/etc/auto.master`: +``` +/nas    /etc/auto.usb + +``` + +如果不存在以下内容,则创建 `/etc/auto.usb`,然后重新启动 autofs 服务: + +``` +data -fstype=ext4,rw :/dev/disk/by-label/data + +backup -fstype=ext4,rw :/dev/disk/by-label/backup + +pi@raspberrypi3:~ $ sudo service autofs restart + +``` + +现在你应该可以分别访问 `/nas/data` 以及 `/nas/backup` 磁盘了。显然,到此还不会令人太兴奋,因为你只是擦除了磁盘中的数据。不过,你可以执行以下命令来确认设备是否已经挂载成功: + +``` +pi@raspberrypi3:~ $ cd /nas/data + +pi@raspberrypi3:/nas/data $ cd /nas/backup + +pi@raspberrypi3:/nas/backup $ mount + +<...> + +/etc/auto.usb on /nas type autofs (rw,relatime,fd=6,pgrp=463,timeout=300,minproto=5,maxproto=5,indirect) + +<...> + +/dev/sda1 on /nas/data type ext4 (rw,relatime,data=ordered) + +/dev/sdb1 on /nas/backup type ext4 (rw,relatime,data=ordered) + +``` + +首先进入对应目录以确保 autofs 能够挂载设备。Autofs 会跟踪文件系统的访问记录,并随时挂载所需要的设备。然后 `mount` 命令会显示这两个 USB 磁盘驱动器已经挂载到我们想要的位置了。 + +设置 autofs 的过程容易出错,如果第一次尝试失败,请不要沮丧。你可以上网搜索有关教程。 + +### 挂载网络存储 + +现在你已经设置了基本的网络存储,我们希望将它安装到远程 Linux 机器上。这里使用 NFS 文件系统,首先在树莓派上安装 NFS 服务器: + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo apt install nfs-kernel-server + +``` + +然后,需要告诉 NFS 服务器公开 `/nas/data` 目录,这是从树莓派外部可以访问的唯一设备(另一个用于备份)。编辑 `/etc/exports` 添加如下内容以允许所有可以访问 NAS 云盘的设备挂载存储: + +``` +/nas/data *(rw,sync,no_subtree_check) + +``` + +更多有关限制挂载到单个设备的详细信息,请参阅 `man exports`。经过上面的配置,任何人都可以访问数据,只要他们可以访问 NFS 所需的端口:`111`和`2049`。我通过上面的配置,只允许通过路由器防火墙访问到我的家庭网络的 22 和 443 端口。这样,只有在家庭网络中的设备才能访问 NFS 服务器。 + +如果要在 Linux 计算机挂载存储,运行以下命令: + +``` +you@desktop:~ $ sudo mkdir /nas/data + +you@desktop:~ $ sudo mount -t nfs :/nas/data /nas/data + +``` + +同样,我建议使用 autofs 来挂载该网络设备。如果需要其他帮助,请参看 [如何使用 Autofs 来挂载 NFS 共享][6]。 + +现在你可以在远程设备上通过 NFS 系统访问位于你树莓派 NAS 云盘上的数据了。在后面一篇文章中,我将介绍如何使用 `rsync` 自动将数据备份到第二个 USB 磁盘驱动器。你将会学到如何使用 `rsync` 创建增量备份,在进行日常备份的同时还能节省设备空间。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi + +作者:[Manuel Dewald][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx +[1]: https://nextcloud.com/ +[2]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-3-model-b/ +[3]: https://www.raspbian.org/ +[4]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/documentation/installation/installing-images/ +[5]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/blog/raspbian-stretch/ +[6]: https://opensource.com/article/18/6/using-autofs-mount-nfs-shares + From ffc851b34b031e32cbb32f272b7a1f27a45b1b8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 00:04:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 425/437] Delete 20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md --- ...ched storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md | 286 ------------------ 1 file changed, 286 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7c039e8238..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,286 +0,0 @@ -[翻译中]translating by jrg - -Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-storage.png?itok=95-zvHYl) - -In this three-part series, I'll explain how to set up a simple, useful NAS (network attached storage) system. I use this kind of setup to store my files on a central system, creating incremental backups automatically every night. To mount the disk on devices that are located in the same network, NFS is installed. To access files offline and share them with friends, I use [Nextcloud][1]. - -This article will cover the basic setup of software and hardware to mount the data disk on a remote device. In the second article, I will discuss a backup strategy and set up a cron job to create daily backups. In the third and last article, we will install Nextcloud, a tool for easy file access to devices synced offline as well as online using a web interface. It supports multiple users and public file-sharing so you can share pictures with friends, for example, by sending a password-protected link. - -The target architecture of our system looks like this: -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/nas_part1.png) - -### Hardware - -Let's get started with the hardware you need. You might come up with a different shopping list, so consider this one an example. - -The computing power is delivered by a [Raspberry Pi 3][2], which comes with a quad-core CPU, a gigabyte of RAM, and (somewhat) fast ethernet. Data will be stored on two USB hard drives (I use 1-TB disks); one is used for the everyday traffic, the other is used to store backups. Be sure to use either active USB hard drives or a USB hub with an additional power supply, as the Raspberry Pi will not be able to power two USB drives. - -### Software - -The operating system with the highest visibility in the community is [Raspbian][3] , which is excellent for custom projects. There are plenty of [guides][4] that explain how to install Raspbian on a Raspberry Pi, so I won't go into details here. The latest official supported version at the time of this writing is [Raspbian Stretch][5] , which worked fine for me. - -At this point, I will assume you have configured your basic Raspbian and are able to connect to the Raspberry Pi by `ssh`. - -### Prepare the USB drives - -To achieve good performance reading from and writing to the USB hard drives, I recommend formatting them with ext4. To do so, you must first find out which disks are attached to the Raspberry Pi. You can find the disk devices in `/dev/sd/`. Using the command `fdisk -l`, you can find out which two USB drives you just attached. Please note that all data on the USB drives will be lost as soon as you follow these steps. -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo fdisk -l - - - -<...> - - - -Disk /dev/sda: 931.5 GiB, 1000204886016 bytes, 1953525168 sectors - -Units: sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes - -Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes - -I/O size (minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes - -Disklabel type: dos - -Disk identifier: 0xe8900690 - - - -Device     Boot Start        End    Sectors   Size Id Type - -/dev/sda1        2048 1953525167 1953523120 931.5G 83 Linux - - - - - -Disk /dev/sdb: 931.5 GiB, 1000204886016 bytes, 1953525168 sectors - -Units: sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes - -Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes - -I/O size (minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes - -Disklabel type: dos - -Disk identifier: 0x6aa4f598 - - - -Device     Boot Start        End    Sectors   Size Id Type - -/dev/sdb1  *     2048 1953521663 1953519616 931.5G  83 Linux - -``` - -As those devices are the only 1TB disks attached to the Raspberry Pi, we can easily see that `/dev/sda` and `/dev/sdb` are the two USB drives. The partition table at the end of each disk shows how it should look after the following steps, which create the partition table and format the disks. To do this, repeat the following steps for each of the two devices by replacing `sda` with `sdb` the second time (assuming your devices are also listed as `/dev/sda` and `/dev/sdb` in `fdisk`). - -First, delete the partition table of the disk and create a new one containing only one partition. In `fdisk`, you can use interactive one-letter commands to tell the program what to do. Simply insert them after the prompt `Command (m for help):` as follows (you can also use the `m` command anytime to get more information): -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo fdisk /dev/sda - - - -Welcome to fdisk (util-linux 2.29.2). - -Changes will remain in memory only, until you decide to write them. - -Be careful before using the write command. - - - - - -Command (m for help): o - -Created a new DOS disklabel with disk identifier 0x9c310964. - - - -Command (m for help): n - -Partition type - -   p   primary (0 primary, 0 extended, 4 free) - -   e   extended (container for logical partitions) - -Select (default p): p - -Partition number (1-4, default 1): - -First sector (2048-1953525167, default 2048): - -Last sector, +sectors or +size{K,M,G,T,P} (2048-1953525167, default 1953525167): - - - -Created a new partition 1 of type 'Linux' and of size 931.5 GiB. - - - -Command (m for help): p - - - -Disk /dev/sda: 931.5 GiB, 1000204886016 bytes, 1953525168 sectors - -Units: sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes - -Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes - -I/O size (minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes - -Disklabel type: dos - -Disk identifier: 0x9c310964 - - - -Device     Boot Start        End    Sectors   Size Id Type - -/dev/sda1        2048 1953525167 1953523120 931.5G 83 Linux - - - -Command (m for help): w - -The partition table has been altered. - -Syncing disks. - -``` - -Now we will format the newly created partition `/dev/sda1` using the ext4 filesystem: -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo mkfs.ext4 /dev/sda1 - -mke2fs 1.43.4 (31-Jan-2017) - -Discarding device blocks: done - - - -<...> - - - -Allocating group tables: done - -Writing inode tables: done - -Creating journal (1024 blocks): done - -Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done - -``` - -After repeating the above steps, let's label the new partitions according to their usage in your system: -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo e2label /dev/sda1 data - -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo e2label /dev/sdb1 backup - -``` - -Now let's get those disks mounted to store some data. My experience, based on running this setup for over a year now, is that USB drives are not always available to get mounted when the Raspberry Pi boots up (for example, after a power outage), so I recommend using autofs to mount them when needed. - -First install autofs and create the mount point for the storage: -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo apt install autofs - -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo mkdir /nas - -``` - -Then mount the devices by adding the following line to `/etc/auto.master`: -``` -/nas    /etc/auto.usb - -``` - -Create the file `/etc/auto.usb` if not existing with the following content, and restart the autofs service: -``` -data -fstype=ext4,rw :/dev/disk/by-label/data - -backup -fstype=ext4,rw :/dev/disk/by-label/backup - -pi@raspberrypi3:~ $ sudo service autofs restart - -``` - -Now you should be able to access the disks at `/nas/data` and `/nas/backup`, respectively. Clearly, the content will not be too thrilling, as you just erased all the data from the disks. Nevertheless, you should be able to verify the devices are mounted by executing the following commands: -``` -pi@raspberrypi3:~ $ cd /nas/data - -pi@raspberrypi3:/nas/data $ cd /nas/backup - -pi@raspberrypi3:/nas/backup $ mount - -<...> - -/etc/auto.usb on /nas type autofs (rw,relatime,fd=6,pgrp=463,timeout=300,minproto=5,maxproto=5,indirect) - -<...> - -/dev/sda1 on /nas/data type ext4 (rw,relatime,data=ordered) - -/dev/sdb1 on /nas/backup type ext4 (rw,relatime,data=ordered) - -``` - -First move into the directories to make sure autofs mounts the devices. Autofs tracks access to the filesystems and mounts the needed devices on the go. Then the `mount` command shows that the two devices are actually mounted where we wanted them. - -Setting up autofs is a bit fault-prone, so do not get frustrated if mounting doesn't work on the first try. Give it another chance, search for more detailed resources (there is plenty of documentation online), or leave a comment. - -### Mount network storage - -Now that you have set up the basic network storage, we want it to be mounted on a remote Linux machine. We will use the network file system (NFS) for this. First, install the NFS server on the Raspberry Pi: -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ sudo apt install nfs-kernel-server - -``` - -Next we need to tell the NFS server to expose the `/nas/data` directory, which will be the only device accessible from outside the Raspberry Pi (the other one will be used for backups only). To export the directory, edit the file `/etc/exports` and add the following line to allow all devices with access to the NAS to mount your storage: -``` -/nas/data *(rw,sync,no_subtree_check) - -``` - -For more information about restricting the mount to single devices and so on, refer to `man exports`. In the configuration above, anyone will be able to mount your data as long as they have access to the ports needed by NFS: `111` and `2049`. I use the configuration above and allow access to my home network only for ports 22 and 443 using the routers firewall. That way, only devices in the home network can reach the NFS server. - -To mount the storage on a Linux computer, run the commands: -``` -you@desktop:~ $ sudo mkdir /nas/data - -you@desktop:~ $ sudo mount -t nfs :/nas/data /nas/data - -``` - -Again, I recommend using autofs to mount this network device. For extra help, check out [How to use autofs to mount NFS shares][6]. - -Now you are able to access files stored on your own RaspberryPi-powered NAS from remote devices using the NFS mount. In the next part of this series, I will cover how to automatically back up your data to the second hard drive using `rsync`. To save space on the device while still doing daily backups, you will learn how to create incremental backups with `rsync`. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi - -作者:[Manuel Dewald][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/ntlx -[1]:https://nextcloud.com/ -[2]:https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-3-model-b/ -[3]:https://www.raspbian.org/ -[4]:https://www.raspberrypi.org/documentation/installation/installing-images/ -[5]:https://www.raspberrypi.org/blog/raspbian-stretch/ -[6]:https://opensource.com/article/18/6/using-autofs-mount-nfs-shares From 31720c7daadf80866064802a87244fb8ae3e92e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 08:55:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 426/437] translated --- ...0180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md | 118 ------------------ ...0180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md | 115 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 115 insertions(+), 118 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7ae1070997..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -10 handy Bash aliases for Linux -====== -Get more efficient by using condensed versions of long Bash commands. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bash_command_line.png?itok=k4z94W2U) - -How many times have you repeatedly typed out a long command on the command line and wished there was a way to save it for later? This is where Bash aliases come in handy. They allow you to condense long, cryptic commands down to something easy to remember and use. Need some examples to get you started? No problem! - -To use a Bash alias you've created, you need to add it to your .bash_profile file, which is located in your home folder. Note that this file is hidden and accessible only from the command line. The easiest way to work with this file is to use something like Vi or Nano. - -### 10 handy Bash aliases - - 1. How many times have you needed to unpack a .tar file and couldn't remember the exact arguments needed? Aliases to the rescue! Just add the following to your .bash_profile file and then use **untar FileName** to unpack any .tar file. - - - -``` -alias untar='tar -zxvf ' - -``` - - 2. Want to download something but be able to resume if something goes wrong? - - - -``` -alias wget='wget -c ' - -``` - - 3. Need to generate a random, 20-character password for a new online account? No problem. - - - -``` -alias getpass="openssl rand -base64 20" - -``` - - 4. Downloaded a file and need to test the checksum? We've got that covered too. - - - -``` -alias sha='shasum -a 256 ' - -``` - - 5. A normal ping will go on forever. We don't want that. Instead, let's limit that to just five pings. - - - -``` -alias ping='ping -c 5' - -``` - - 6. Start a web server in any folder you'd like. - - - -``` -alias www='python -m SimpleHTTPServer 8000' - -``` - - 7. Want to know how fast your network is? Just download Speedtest-cli and use this alias. You can choose a server closer to your location by using the **speedtest-cli --list** command. - - - -``` -alias speed='speedtest-cli --server 2406 --simple' - -``` - - 8. How many times have you needed to know your external IP address and had no idea how to get that info? Yeah, me too. - - - -``` -alias ipe='curl ipinfo.io/ip' - -``` - - 9. Need to know your local IP address? - - - -``` -alias ipi='ipconfig getifaddr en0' - -``` - - 10. Finally, let's clear the screen. - - - -``` -alias c='clear' - -``` - -As you can see, Bash aliases are a super-easy way to simplify your life on the command line. Want more info? I recommend a quick Google search for "Bash aliases" or a trip to GitHub. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/handy-bash-aliases - -作者:[Patrick H.Mullins][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/pmullins diff --git a/translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8706e56e8a --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +10 个 Linux 中方便的 Bash 别名 +====== +对 Bash 长命令使用压缩的版本来更有效率。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bash_command_line.png?itok=k4z94W2U) + +你有多少次在命令行上输入一个长命令,并希望有一种方法可以保存它以供日后使用?这就是 Bash 别名派上用场的地方。它们允许你将长而神秘的命令压缩为易于记忆和使用的东西。需要一些例子来帮助你入门吗?没问题! + +要使用你创建的 Bash 别名,你需要将其添加到 .bash_profile 中,该文件位于你的主文件夹中。请注意,此文件是隐藏的,并只能从命令行访问。编辑此文件的最简单方法是使用 Vi 或 Nano 之类的东西。 + +### 10 个方便的 Bash 别名 + + 1. 你有几次遇到需要解压 .tar 文件但无法记住所需的确切参数?别名可以帮助你!只需将以下内容添加到 .bash_profile 中,然后使用 **untar FileName** 解压缩任何 .tar 文件。 + + +``` +alias untar='tar -zxvf ' + +``` + + 2. 想要下载的东西,但如果出现问题可以恢复吗? + + + +``` +alias wget='wget -c ' + +``` + + 3. 是否需要为新的网络帐户生成随机的 20 个字符的密码?没问题。 + + + +``` +alias getpass="openssl rand -base64 20" + +``` + + 4. 下载文件并需要测试校验和?我们也可做到。 + + + +``` +alias sha='shasum -a 256 ' + +``` + + 5. 普通的 ping 将永远持续下去。我们不希望这样。相反,让我们将其限制在五个 ping。 + + + +``` +alias ping='ping -c 5' + +``` + + 6. 在任何你想要的文件夹中启动 Web 服务器。 + + + +``` +alias www='python -m SimpleHTTPServer 8000' + +``` + + 7. 想知道你的网络有多快?只需下载 Speedtest-cli 并使用此别名即可。你可以使用 **speedtest-cli --list** 命令选择离你所在位置更近的服务器。 + + + +``` +alias speed='speedtest-cli --server 2406 --simple' + +``` + + 8. 你有多少次需要知道你的外部 IP 地址,但是不知道如何获取?我也是。 + + + +``` +alias ipe='curl ipinfo.io/ip' + +``` + + 9. 需要知道你的本地 IP 地址? + + + +``` +alias ipi='ipconfig getifaddr en0' + +``` + + 10. 最后,让我们清空屏幕。 + + + +``` +alias c='clear' + +``` + +如你所见,Bash 别名是一种在命令行上简化生活的超级简便方法。想了解更多信息?我建议你 Google 搜索“Bash 别名”或在 Github 中看下。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/handy-bash-aliases + +作者:[Patrick H.Mullins][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/pmullins From 21b04f244713b0f99868f833edf3ab9d671ed8bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 09:01:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 427/437] translating --- sources/tech/20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md b/sources/tech/20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md index 6b975be8f6..186117cd7c 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md +++ b/sources/tech/20181003 Introducing Swift on Fedora.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + Introducing Swift on Fedora ====== From 38f0b05e8f8adef2125cccc26e1cdc9a563edae1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 09:33:28 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 428/437] Translated by qhwdw --- ...Box On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md | 321 ------------------ ...Box On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md | 319 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 319 insertions(+), 321 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md b/sources/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md deleted file mode 100644 index 20ce979026..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,321 +0,0 @@ -Translating by qhwdw -Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Install-Oracle-VirtualBox-On-Ubuntu-18.04-720x340.png) - -This step by step tutorial walk you through how to install **Oracle VirtualBox** on Ubuntu 18.04 LTS headless server. And, this guide also describes how to manage the VirtualBox headless instances using **phpVirtualBox** , a web-based front-end tool for VirtualBox. The steps described below might also work on Debian, and other Ubuntu derivatives such as Linux Mint. Let us get started. - -### Prerequisites - -Before installing Oracle VirtualBox, we need to do the following prerequisites in our Ubuntu 18.04 LTS server. - -First of all, update the Ubuntu server by running the following commands one by one. -``` -$ sudo apt update - -$ sudo apt upgrade - -$ sudo apt dist-upgrade - -``` - -Next, install the following necessary packages: -``` -$ sudo apt install build-essential dkms unzip wget - -``` - -After installing all updates and necessary prerequisites, restart the Ubuntu server. -``` -$ sudo reboot - -``` - -### Install Oracle VirtualBox on Ubuntu 18.04 LTS server - -Add Oracle VirtualBox official repository. To do so, edit **/etc/apt/sources.list** file: -``` -$ sudo nano /etc/apt/sources.list - -``` - -Add the following lines. - -Here, I will be using Ubuntu 18.04 LTS, so I have added the following repository. -``` -deb http://download.virtualbox.org/virtualbox/debian bionic contrib - -``` - -![][2] - -Replace the word **‘bionic’** with your Ubuntu distribution’s code name, such as ‘xenial’, ‘vivid’, ‘utopic’, ‘trusty’, ‘raring’, ‘quantal’, ‘precise’, ‘lucid’, ‘jessie’, ‘wheezy’, or ‘squeeze**‘.** - -Then, run the following command to add the Oracle public key: -``` -$ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox_2016.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - - -``` - -For VirtualBox older versions, add the following key: -``` -$ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - - -``` - -Next, update the software sources using command: -``` -$ sudo apt update - -``` - -Finally, install latest Oracle VirtualBox latest version using command: -``` -$ sudo apt install virtualbox-5.2 - -``` - -### Adding users to VirtualBox group - -We need to create and add our system user to the **vboxusers** group. You can either create a separate user and assign it to vboxusers group or use the existing user. I don’t want to create a new user, so I added my existing user to this group. Please note that if you use a separate user for virtualbox, you must log out and log in to that particular user and do the rest of the steps. - -I am going to use my username named **sk** , so, I ran the following command to add it to the vboxusers group. -``` -$ sudo usermod -aG vboxusers sk - -``` - -Now, run the following command to check if virtualbox kernel modules are loaded or not. -``` -$ sudo systemctl status vboxdrv - -``` - -![][3] - -As you can see in the above screenshot, the vboxdrv module is loaded and running! - -For older Ubuntu versions, run: -``` -$ sudo /etc/init.d/vboxdrv status - -``` - -If the virtualbox module doesn’t start, run the following command to start it. -``` -$ sudo /etc/init.d/vboxdrv setup - -``` - -Great! We have successfully installed VirtualBox and started virtualbox module. Now, let us go ahead and install Oracle VirtualBox extension pack. - -### Install VirtualBox Extension pack - -The VirtualBox Extension pack provides the following functionalities to the VirtualBox guests. - - * The virtual USB 2.0 (EHCI) device - * VirtualBox Remote Desktop Protocol (VRDP) support - * Host webcam passthrough - * Intel PXE boot ROM - * Experimental support for PCI passthrough on Linux hosts - - - -Download the latest Extension pack for VirtualBox 5.2.x from [**here**][4]. -``` -$ wget https://download.virtualbox.org/virtualbox/5.2.14/Oracle_VM_VirtualBox_Extension_Pack-5.2.14.vbox-extpack - -``` - -Install Extension pack using command: -``` -$ sudo VBoxManage extpack install Oracle_VM_VirtualBox_Extension_Pack-5.2.14.vbox-extpack - -``` - -Congratulations! We have successfully installed Oracle VirtualBox with extension pack in Ubuntu 16.04 LTS server. It is time to deploy virtual machines. Refer the [**virtualbox official guide**][5] to start creating and managing virtual machines in command line. - -Not everyone is command line expert. Some of you might want to create and use virtual machines graphically. No worries! Here is where **phpVirtualBox** comes in handy!! - -### About phpVirtualBox - -**phpVirtualBox** is a free, web-based front-end to Oracle VirtualBox. It is written using PHP language. Using phpVirtualBox, we can easily create, delete, manage and administer virtual machines via a web browser from any remote system on the network. - -### Install phpVirtualBox in Ubuntu 18.04 LTS - -Since it is a web-based tool, we need to install Apache web server, PHP and some php modules. - -To do so, run: -``` -$ sudo apt install apache2 php php-mysql libapache2-mod-php php-soap php-xml - -``` - -Then, Download the phpVirtualBox 5.2.x version from the [**releases page**][6]. Please note that we have installed VirtualBox 5.2, so we must install phpVirtualBox version 5.2 as well. - -To download it, run: -``` -$ wget https://github.com/phpvirtualbox/phpvirtualbox/archive/5.2-0.zip - -``` - -Extract the downloaded archive with command: -``` -$ unzip 5.2-0.zip - -``` - -This command will extract the contents of 5.2.0.zip file into a folder named “phpvirtualbox-5.2-0”. Now, copy or move the contents of this folder to your apache web server root folder. -``` -$ sudo mv phpvirtualbox-5.2-0/ /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox - -``` - -Assign the proper permissions to the phpvirtualbox folder. -``` -$ sudo chmod 777 /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox/ - -``` - -Next, let us configure phpVirtualBox. - -Copy the sample config file as shown below. -``` -$ sudo cp /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox/config.php-example /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox/config.php - -``` - -Edit phpVirtualBox **config.php** file: -``` -$ sudo nano /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox/config.php - -``` - -Find the following lines and replace the username and password with your system user (The same username that we used in “Adding users to VirtualBox group” section). - -In my case, my Ubuntu system username is **sk** , and its password is **ubuntu**. -``` -var $username = 'sk'; -var $password = 'ubuntu'; - -``` - -![][7] - -Save and close the file. - -Next, create a new file called **/etc/default/virtualbox** : -``` -$ sudo nano /etc/default/virtualbox - -``` - -Add the following line. Replace ‘sk’ with your own username. -``` -VBOXWEB_USER=sk - -``` - -Finally, Reboot your system or simply restart the following services to complete the configuration. -``` -$ sudo systemctl restart vboxweb-service - -$ sudo systemctl restart vboxdrv - -$ sudo systemctl restart apache2 - -``` - -### Adjust firewall to allow Apache web server - -By default, the apache web browser can’t be accessed from remote systems if you have enabled the UFW firewall in Ubuntu 18.04 LTS. You must allow the http and https traffic via UFW by following the below steps. - -First, let us view which applications have installed a profile using command: -``` -$ sudo ufw app list -Available applications: -Apache -Apache Full -Apache Secure -OpenSSH - -``` - -As you can see, Apache and OpenSSH applications have installed UFW profiles. - -If you look into the **“Apache Full”** profile, you will see that it enables traffic to the ports **80** and **443** : -``` -$ sudo ufw app info "Apache Full" -Profile: Apache Full -Title: Web Server (HTTP,HTTPS) -Description: Apache v2 is the next generation of the omnipresent Apache web -server. - -Ports: -80,443/tcp - -``` - -Now, run the following command to allow incoming HTTP and HTTPS traffic for this profile: -``` -$ sudo ufw allow in "Apache Full" -Rules updated -Rules updated (v6) - -``` - -If you want to allow https traffic, but only http (80) traffic, run: -``` -$ sudo ufw app info "Apache" - -``` - -### Access phpVirtualBox Web console - -Now, go to any remote system that has graphical web browser. - -In the address bar, type: ****. - -In my case, I navigated to this link – **** - -You should see the following screen. Enter the phpVirtualBox administrative user credentials. - -The default username and phpVirtualBox is **admin** / **admin**. - -![][8] - -Congratulations! You will now be greeted with phpVirtualBox dashboard. - -![][9] - -Now, start creating your VMs and manage them from phpvirtualbox dashboard. As I mentioned earlier, You can access the phpVirtualBox from any system in the same network. All you need is a web browser and the username and password of phpVirtualBox. - -If you haven’t enabled virtualization support in the BISO of host system (not the guest), phpVirtualBox allows you to create 32-bit guests only. To install 64-bit guest systems, you must enable virtualization in your host system’s BIOS. Look for an option that is something like “virtualization” or “hypervisor” in your bios and make sure it is enabled. - -That’s it. Hope this helps. If you find this guide useful, please share it on your social networks and support us. - -More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-oracle-virtualbox-ubuntu-16-04-headless-server/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7 -[2]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Add-VirtualBox-repository.png -[3]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/vboxdrv-service.png -[4]:https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads -[5]:http://www.virtualbox.org/manual/ch08.html -[6]:https://github.com/phpvirtualbox/phpvirtualbox/releases -[7]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/phpvirtualbox-config.png -[8]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/phpvirtualbox-1.png -[9]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/phpvirtualbox-2.png diff --git a/translated/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md b/translated/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a9f28e2c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180703 Install Oracle VirtualBox On Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Headless Server.md @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ +在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 无头服务器上安装 Oracle VirtualBox +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Install-Oracle-VirtualBox-On-Ubuntu-18.04-720x340.png) + +本教程将指导你在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 无头服务器上,一步一步地安装 **Oracle VirtualBox**。同时,本教程也将介绍如何使用 **phpVirtualBox** 去管理安装在无头服务器上的 **VirtualBox** 实例。**phpVirtualBox** 是 VirtualBox 的一个基于 Web 的后端工具。这个教程也可以工作在 Debian 和其它 Ubuntu 衍生版本上,如 Linux Mint。现在,我们开始。 + +### 前提条件 + +在安装 Oracle VirtualBox 之前,我们的 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上需要满足如下的前提条件。 + +首先,逐个运行如下的命令来更新 Ubuntu 服务器。 +``` +$ sudo apt update + +$ sudo apt upgrade + +$ sudo apt dist-upgrade + +``` + +接下来,安装如下的必需的包: +``` +$ sudo apt install build-essential dkms unzip wget + +``` + +安装完成所有的更新和必需的包之后,重启动 Ubuntu 服务器。 +``` +$ sudo reboot + +``` + +### 在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上安装 VirtualBox + +添加 Oracle VirtualBox 官方仓库。为此你需要去编辑 **/etc/apt/sources.list** 文件: +``` +$ sudo nano /etc/apt/sources.list + +``` + +添加下列的行。 + +在这里,我将使用 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS,因此我添加下列的仓库。 +``` +deb http://download.virtualbox.org/virtualbox/debian bionic contrib + +``` + +![][2] + +用你的 Ubuntu 发行版的代码名字替换关键字 **‘bionic’**,比如,**‘xenial’、‘vivid’、‘utopic’、‘trusty’、‘raring’、‘quantal’、‘precise’、‘lucid’、‘jessie’、‘wheezy’、或 ‘squeeze‘**。 + +然后,运行下列的命令去添加 Oracle 公钥: +``` +$ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox_2016.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - + +``` + +对于 VirtualBox 的老版本,添加如下的公钥: +``` +$ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - + +``` + +接下来,使用如下的命令去更新软件源: +``` +$ sudo apt update + +``` + +最后,使用如下的命令去安装最新版本的 Oracle VirtualBox: +``` +$ sudo apt install virtualbox-5.2 + +``` + +### 添加用户到 VirtualBox 组 + +我们需要去创建并添加我们的系统用户到 **vboxusers** 组中。你也可以单独创建用户,然后将它分配到 **vboxusers** 组中,也可以使用已有的用户。我不想去创建新用户,因此,我添加已存在的用户到这个组中。请注意,如果你为 virtualbox 使用一个单独的用户,那么你必须注销当前用户,并使用那个特定的用户去登入,来完成剩余的步骤。 + +我使用的是我的用户名 **sk**,因此,我运行如下的命令将它添加到 **vboxusers** 组中。 +``` +$ sudo usermod -aG vboxusers sk + +``` + +现在,运行如下的命令去检查 virtualbox 内核模块是否已加载。 +``` +$ sudo systemctl status vboxdrv + +``` + +![][3] + +正如你在上面的截屏中所看到的,vboxdrv 模块已加载,并且是已运行的状态! + +对于老的 Ubuntu 版本,运行: +``` +$ sudo /etc/init.d/vboxdrv status + +``` + +如果 virtualbox 模块没有启动,运行如下的命令去启动它。 +``` +$ sudo /etc/init.d/vboxdrv setup + +``` + +很好!我们已经成功安装了 VirtualBox 并启动了 virtualbox 模块。现在,我们继续来安装 Oracle VirtualBox 的扩展包。 + +### 安装 VirtualBox 扩展包 + +VirtualBox 扩展包为 VirtualBox 访客系统提供了如下的功能。 + + * 虚拟的 USB 2.0 (EHCI) 驱动 + * VirtualBox 远程桌面协议(VRDP)支持 + * 宿主机网络摄像头直通 + * Intel PXE 引导 ROM + * 对 Linux 宿主机上的 PCI 直通提供支持 + + + +从[**这里**][4]为 VirtualBox 5.2.x 下载最新版的扩展包。 +``` +$ wget https://download.virtualbox.org/virtualbox/5.2.14/Oracle_VM_VirtualBox_Extension_Pack-5.2.14.vbox-extpack + +``` + +使用如下的命令去安装扩展包: +``` +$ sudo VBoxManage extpack install Oracle_VM_VirtualBox_Extension_Pack-5.2.14.vbox-extpack + +``` + +恭喜!我们已经成功地在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上安装了 Oracle VirtualBox 的扩展包。现在已经可以去部署虚拟机了。参考 [**virtualbox 官方指南**][5],在命令行中开始创建和管理虚拟机。 + +然而,并不是每个人都擅长使用命令行。有些人可能希望在图形界面中去创建和使用虚拟机。不用担心!下面我们为你带来非常好用的 **phpVirtualBox** 工具! + +### 关于 phpVirtualBox + +**phpVirtualBox** 是一个免费的、基于 web 的 Oracle VirtualBox 后端。它是使用 PHP 开发的。用 phpVirtualBox 我们可以通过 web 浏览器从网络上的任意一个系统上,很轻松地创建、删除、管理、和执行虚拟机。 + +### 在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 上安装 phpVirtualBox + +由于它是基于 web 的工具,我们需要安装 Apache web 服务器、PHP 和一些 php 模块。 + +为此,运行如下命令: +``` +$ sudo apt install apache2 php php-mysql libapache2-mod-php php-soap php-xml + +``` + +然后,从 [**下载页面**][6] 上下载 phpVirtualBox 5.2.x 版。请注意,由于我们已经安装了 VirtualBox 5.2 版,因此,同样的我们必须去安装 phpVirtualBox 的 5.2 版本。 + +运行如下的命令去下载它: +``` +$ wget https://github.com/phpvirtualbox/phpvirtualbox/archive/5.2-0.zip + +``` + +使用如下命令解压下载的安装包: +``` +$ unzip 5.2-0.zip + +``` + +这个命令将解压 5.2.0.zip 文件的内容到一个命名为 “phpvirtualbox-5.2-0” 的文件夹中。现在,复制或移动这个文件夹的内容到你的 apache web 服务器的根文件夹中。 +``` +$ sudo mv phpvirtualbox-5.2-0/ /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox + +``` + +给 phpvirtualbox 文件夹分配适当的权限。 +``` +$ sudo chmod 777 /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox/ + +``` + +接下来,我们开始配置 phpVirtualBox。 + +像下面这样复制示例配置文件。 +``` +$ sudo cp /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox/config.php-example /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox/config.php + +``` + +编辑 phpVirtualBox 的 **config.php** 文件: +``` +$ sudo nano /var/www/html/phpvirtualbox/config.php + +``` + +找到下列行,并且用你的系统用户名和密码去替换它(就是前面的“添加用户到 VirtualBox 组中”节中使用的用户名)。 + +在我的案例中,我的 Ubuntu 系统用户名是 **sk** ,它的密码是 **ubuntu**。 +``` +var $username = 'sk'; +var $password = 'ubuntu'; + +``` + +![][7] + +保存并关闭这个文件。 + +接下来,创建一个名为 **/etc/default/virtualbox** 的新文件: +``` +$ sudo nano /etc/default/virtualbox + +``` + +添加下列行。用你自己的系统用户替换 ‘sk’。 +``` +VBOXWEB_USER=sk + +``` + +最后,重引导你的系统或重启下列服务去完成整个配置工作。 +``` +$ sudo systemctl restart vboxweb-service + +$ sudo systemctl restart vboxdrv + +$ sudo systemctl restart apache2 + +``` + +### 调整防火墙允许连接 Apache web 服务器 + +如果你在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 上启用了 UFW,那么在默认情况下,apache web 服务器是不能被任何远程系统访问的。你必须通过下列的步骤让 http 和 https 流量允许通过 UFW。 + +首先,我们使用如下的命令来查看在策略中已经安装了哪些应用: +``` +$ sudo ufw app list +Available applications: +Apache +Apache Full +Apache Secure +OpenSSH + +``` + +正如你所见,Apache 和 OpenSSH 应该已经在 UFW 的策略文件中安装了。 + +如果你在策略中看到的是 **“Apache Full”**,说明它允许流量到达 **80** 和 **443** 端口: +``` +$ sudo ufw app info "Apache Full" +Profile: Apache Full +Title: Web Server (HTTP,HTTPS) +Description: Apache v2 is the next generation of the omnipresent Apache web +server. + +Ports: +80,443/tcp + +``` + +现在,运行如下的命令去启用这个策略中的 HTTP 和 HTTPS 的入站流量: +``` +$ sudo ufw allow in "Apache Full" +Rules updated +Rules updated (v6) + +``` + +如果你希望允许 https 流量,但是仅是 http (80) 的流量,运行如下的命令: +``` +$ sudo ufw app info "Apache" + +``` + +### 访问 phpVirtualBox 的 Web 控制台 + +现在,用任意一台远程系统的 web 浏览器来访问。 + +在地址栏中,输入:****。 + +在我的案例中,我导航到这个链接 – **** + +你将看到如下的屏幕输出。输入 phpVirtualBox 管理员用户凭据。 + +phpVirtualBox 的默认管理员用户名和密码是 **admin** / **admin**。 + +![][8] + +恭喜!你现在已经进入了 phpVirtualBox 管理面板了。 + +![][9] + +现在,你可以从 phpvirtualbox 的管理面板上,开始去创建你的 VM 了。正如我在前面提到的,你可以从同一网络上的任意一台系统上访问 phpVirtualBox 了,而所需要的仅仅是一个 web 浏览器和 phpVirtualBox 的用户名和密码。 + +如果在你的宿主机系统(不是访客机)的 BIOS 中没有启用虚拟化支持,phpVirtualBox 将只允许你去创建 32 位的访客系统。要安装 64 位的访客系统,你必须在你的宿主机的 BIOS 中启用虚拟化支持。在你的宿主机的 BIOS 中你可以找到一些类似于 “virtualization” 或 “hypervisor” 字眼的选项,然后确保它是启用的。 + +本文到此结束了,希望能帮到你。如果你找到了更有用的指南,共享出来吧。 + +还有一大波更好玩的东西即将到来,请继续关注! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-oracle-virtualbox-ubuntu-16-04-headless-server/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]:data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7 +[2]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Add-VirtualBox-repository.png +[3]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/vboxdrv-service.png +[4]:https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads +[5]:http://www.virtualbox.org/manual/ch08.html +[6]:https://github.com/phpvirtualbox/phpvirtualbox/releases +[7]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/phpvirtualbox-config.png +[8]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/phpvirtualbox-1.png +[9]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/phpvirtualbox-2.png From 1af6fbeb0bed0be363189dfb588a0b95c44bafa5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 10:39:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 429/437] Translated by qhwdw --- ...on Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md | 333 ----------------- ...on Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md | 346 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 346 insertions(+), 333 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md b/sources/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3125a1a4ee..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,333 +0,0 @@ -Translating by qhwdw -Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/kvm-720x340.jpg) - -We already have covered [**setting up Oracle VirtualBox on Ubuntu 18.04**][1] headless server. In this tutorial, we will be discussing how to setup headless virtualization server using **KVM** and how to manage the guest machines from a remote client. As you may know already, KVM ( **K** ernel-based **v** irtual **m** achine) is an open source, full virtualization for Linux. Using KVM, we can easily turn any Linux server in to a complete virtualization environment in minutes and deploy different kind of VMs such as GNU/Linux, *BSD, Windows etc. - -### Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM - -I tested this guide on Ubuntu 18.04 LTS server, however this tutorial will work on other Linux distributions such as Debian, CentOS, RHEL and Scientific Linux. This method will be perfectly suitable for those who wants to setup a simple virtualization environment in a Linux server that doesn’t have any graphical environment. - -For the purpose of this guide, I will be using two systems. - -**KVM virtualization server:** - - * **Host OS** – Ubuntu 18.04 LTS minimal server (No GUI) - * **IP Address of Host OS** : 192.168.225.22/24 - * **Guest OS** (Which we are going to host on Ubuntu 18.04) : Ubuntu 16.04 LTS server - - - -**Remote desktop client :** - - * **OS** – Arch Linux - - - -### Install KVM - -First, let us check if our system supports hardware virtualization. To do so, run the following command from the Terminal: -``` -$ egrep -c '(vmx|svm)' /proc/cpuinfo - -``` - -If the result is **zero (0)** , the system doesn’t support hardware virtualization or the virtualization is disabled in the Bios. Go to your bios and check for the virtualization option and enable it. - -if the result is **1** or **more** , the system will support hardware virtualization. However, you still need to enable the virtualization option in Bios before running the above commands. - -Alternatively, you can use the following command to verify it. You need to install kvm first as described below, in order to use this command. -``` -$ kvm-ok - -``` - -**Sample output:** -``` -INFO: /dev/kvm exists -KVM acceleration can be used - -``` - -If you got the following error instead, you still can run guest machines in KVM, but the performance will be very poor. -``` -INFO: Your CPU does not support KVM extensions -INFO: For more detailed results, you should run this as root -HINT: sudo /usr/sbin/kvm-ok - -``` - -Also, there are other ways to find out if your CPU supports Virtualization or not. Refer the following guide for more details. - -Next, Install KVM and other required packages to setup a virtualization environment in Linux. - -On Ubuntu and other DEB based systems, run: -``` -$ sudo apt-get install qemu-kvm libvirt-bin virtinst bridge-utils cpu-checker - -``` - -Once KVM installed, start libvertd service (If it is not started already): -``` -$ sudo systemctl enable libvirtd - -$ sudo systemctl start libvirtd - -``` - -### Create Virtual machines - -All virtual machine files and other related files will be stored under **/var/lib/libvirt/**. The default path of ISO images is **/var/lib/libvirt/boot/**. - -First, let us see if there is any virtual machines. To view the list of available virtual machines, run: -``` -$ sudo virsh list --all - -``` - -**Sample output:** -``` -Id Name State ----------------------------------------------------- - -``` - -![][3] - -As you see above, there is no virtual machine available right now. - -Now, let us crate one. - -For example, let us create Ubuntu 16.04 Virtual machine with 512 MB RAM, 1 CPU core, 8 GB Hdd. -``` -$ sudo virt-install --name Ubuntu-16.04 --ram=512 --vcpus=1 --cpu host --hvm --disk path=/var/lib/libvirt/images/ubuntu-16.04-vm1,size=8 --cdrom /var/lib/libvirt/boot/ubuntu-16.04-server-amd64.iso --graphics vnc - -``` - -Please make sure you have Ubuntu 16.04 ISO image in path **/var/lib/libvirt/boot/** or any other path you have given in the above command. - -**Sample output:** -``` -WARNING Graphics requested but DISPLAY is not set. Not running virt-viewer. -WARNING No console to launch for the guest, defaulting to --wait -1 - -Starting install... -Creating domain... | 0 B 00:00:01 -Domain installation still in progress. Waiting for installation to complete. -Domain has shutdown. Continuing. -Domain creation completed. -Restarting guest. - -``` - -![][4] - -Let us break down the above command and see what each option do. - - * **–name** : This option defines the name of the virtual name. In our case, the name of VM is **Ubuntu-16.04**. - * **–ram=512** : Allocates 512MB RAM to the VM. - * **–vcpus=1** : Indicates the number of CPU cores in the VM. - * **–cpu host** : Optimizes the CPU properties for the VM by exposing the host’s CPU’s configuration to the guest. - * **–hvm** : Request the full hardware virtualization. - * **–disk path** : The location to save VM’s hdd and it’s size. In our example, I have allocated 8GB hdd size. - * **–cdrom** : The location of installer ISO image. Please note that you must have the actual ISO image in this location. - * **–graphics vnc** : Allows VNC access to the VM from a remote client. - - - -### Access Virtual machines using VNC client - -Now, go to the remote Desktop system. SSH to the Ubuntu server(Virtualization server) as shown below. - -Here, **sk** is my Ubuntu server’s user name and **192.168.225.22** is its IP address. - -Run the following command to find out the VNC port number. We need this to access the Vm from a remote system. -``` -$ sudo virsh dumpxml Ubuntu-16.04 | grep vnc - -``` - -**Sample output:** -``` - - -``` - -![][5] - -Note down the port number **5900**. Install any VNC client application. For this guide, I will be using TigerVnc. TigerVNC is available in the Arch Linux default repositories. To install it on Arch based systems, run: -``` -$ sudo pacman -S tigervnc - -``` - -Type the following SSH port forwarding command from your remote client system that has VNC client application installed. - -Again, **192.168.225.22** is my Ubuntu server’s (virtualization server) IP address. - -Then, open the VNC client from your Arch Linux (client). - -Type **localhost:5900** in the VNC server field and click **Connect** button. - -![][6] - -Then start installing the Ubuntu VM as the way you do in the physical system. - -![][7] - -![][8] - -Similarly, you can setup as many as virtual machines depending upon server hardware specifications. - -Alternatively, you can use **virt-viewer** utility in order to install operating system in the guest machines. virt-viewer is available in the most Linux distribution’s default repositories. After installing virt-viewer, run the following command to establish VNC access to the VM. -``` -$ sudo virt-viewer --connect=qemu+ssh://192.168.225.22/system --name Ubuntu-16.04 - -``` - -### Manage virtual machines - -Managing VMs from the command-line using virsh management user interface is very interesting and fun. The commands are very easy to remember. Let us see some examples. - -To view the list of running VMs, run: -``` -$ sudo virsh list - -``` - -Or, -``` -$ sudo virsh list --all - -``` - -**Sample output:** -``` - Id Name State ----------------------------------------------------- - 2 Ubuntu-16.04 running - -``` - -![][9] - -To start a VM, run: -``` -$ sudo virsh start Ubuntu-16.04 - -``` - -Alternatively, you can use the VM id to start it. - -![][10] - -As you see in the above output, Ubuntu 16.04 virtual machine’s Id is 2. So, in order to start it, just specify its Id like below. -``` -$ sudo virsh start 2 - -``` - -To restart a VM, run: -``` -$ sudo virsh reboot Ubuntu-16.04 - -``` - -**Sample output:** -``` -Domain Ubuntu-16.04 is being rebooted - -``` - -![][11] - -To pause a running VM, run: -``` -$ sudo virsh suspend Ubuntu-16.04 - -``` - -**Sample output:** -``` -Domain Ubuntu-16.04 suspended - -``` - -To resume the suspended VM, run: -``` -$ sudo virsh resume Ubuntu-16.04 - -``` - -**Sample output:** -``` -Domain Ubuntu-16.04 resumed - -``` - -To shutdown a VM, run: -``` -$ sudo virsh shutdown Ubuntu-16.04 - -``` - -**Sample output:** -``` -Domain Ubuntu-16.04 is being shutdown - -``` - -To completely remove a VM, run: -``` -$ sudo virsh undefine Ubuntu-16.04 - -$ sudo virsh destroy Ubuntu-16.04 - -``` - -**Sample output:** -``` -Domain Ubuntu-16.04 destroyed - -``` - -![][12] - -For more options, I recommend you to look into the man pages. -``` -$ man virsh - -``` - -That’s all for now folks. Start playing with your new virtualization environment. KVM virtualization will be opt for research & development and testing purposes, but not limited to. If you have sufficient hardware, you can use it for large production environments. Have fun and don’t forget to leave your valuable comments in the comment section below. - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/setup-headless-virtualization-server-using-kvm-ubuntu/ - -作者:[SK][a] -选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者:[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/install-oracle-virtualbox-ubuntu-16-04-headless-server/ -[2]:data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7 -[3]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_001.png -[4]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_008-1.png -[5]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_002.png -[6]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/VNC-Viewer-Connection-Details_005.png -[7]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/QEMU-Ubuntu-16.04-TigerVNC_006.png -[8]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/QEMU-Ubuntu-16.04-TigerVNC_007.png -[9]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_010-1.png -[10]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_010-2.png -[11]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_011-1.png -[12]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_012.png diff --git a/translated/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md b/translated/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c65e756ff4 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180704 Setup Headless Virtualization Server Using KVM In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.md @@ -0,0 +1,346 @@ +在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 上使用 KVM 配置无头虚拟化服务器 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/kvm-720x340.jpg) + +我们已经讲解了 [在 Ubuntu 18.04 上配置 Oracle VirtualBox][1] 无头服务器。在本教程中,我们将讨论如何使用 **KVM** 去配置无头虚拟化服务器,以及如何从一个远程客户端去管理访客系统。正如你所知道的,KVM(**K** ernel-based **v** irtual **m** achine)是开源的,是对 Linux 的完全虚拟化。使用 KVM,我们可以在几分钟之内,很轻松地将任意 Linux 服务器转换到一个完全的虚拟化环境中,以及部署不同种类的虚拟机,比如 GNU/Linux、*BSD、Windows 等等。 + +### 使用 KVM 配置无头虚拟化服务器 + +我在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上测试了本指南,但是它在其它的 Linux 发行版上也可以使用,比如,Debian、CentOS、RHEL 以及 Scientific Linux。这个方法完全适合哪些希望在没有任何图形环境的 Linux 服务器上,去配置一个简单的虚拟化环境。 + +基于本指南的目的,我将使用两个系统。 + +**KVM 虚拟化服务器:** + + * **宿主机操作系统** – 最小化安装的 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS(没有 GUI) + * **宿主机操作系统的 IP 地址**:192.168.225.22/24 + * **访客操作系统**(它将运行在 Ubuntu 18.04 的宿主机上):Ubuntu 16.04 LTS server + + + +**远程桌面客户端:** + + * **操作系统** – Arch Linux + + + +### 安装 KVM + +首先,我们先检查一下我们的系统是否支持硬件虚拟化。为此,需要在终端中运行如下的命令: +``` +$ egrep -c '(vmx|svm)' /proc/cpuinfo + +``` + +假如结果是 **zero (0)**,说明系统不支持硬件虚拟化,或者在 BIOS 中禁用了虚拟化。进入你的系统 BIOS 并检查虚拟化选项,然后启用它。 + +假如结果是 **1** 或者 **更大的数**,说明系统将支持硬件虚拟化。然而,在你运行上面的命令之前,你需要始终保持 BIOS 中的虚拟化选项是启用的。 + +或者,你也可以使用如下的命令去验证它。但是为了使用这个命令你需要先安装 KVM。 +``` +$ kvm-ok + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +``` +INFO: /dev/kvm exists +KVM acceleration can be used + +``` + +如果输出的是如下这样的错误,你仍然可以在 KVM 中运行访客虚拟机,但是它的性能将非常差。 +``` +INFO: Your CPU does not support KVM extensions +INFO: For more detailed results, you should run this as root +HINT: sudo /usr/sbin/kvm-ok + +``` + +当然,还有其它的方法来检查你的 CPU 是否支持虚拟化。更多信息参考接下来的指南。 + +接下来,安装 KVM 和在 Linux 中配置虚拟化环境所需要的其它包。 + +在 Ubuntu 和其它基于 DEB 的系统上,运行如下命令: +``` +$ sudo apt-get install qemu-kvm libvirt-bin virtinst bridge-utils cpu-checker + +``` + +KVM 安装完成后,启动 libvertd 服务(如果它没有启动的话): +``` +$ sudo systemctl enable libvirtd + +$ sudo systemctl start libvirtd + +``` + +### 创建虚拟机 + +所有的虚拟机文件和其它的相关文件都保存在 **/var/lib/libvirt/** 下。ISO 镜像的默认路径是 **/var/lib/libvirt/boot/**。 + +首先,我们先检查一下是否有虚拟机。查看可用的虚拟机列表,运行如下的命令: +``` +$ sudo virsh list --all + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +``` +Id Name State +---------------------------------------------------- + +``` + +![][3] + +正如上面的截屏,现在没有可用的虚拟机。 + +现在,我们来创建一个。 + +例如,我们来创建一个有 512 MB 内存、1 个 CPU 核心、8 GB 硬盘的 Ubuntu 16.04 虚拟机。 +``` +$ sudo virt-install --name Ubuntu-16.04 --ram=512 --vcpus=1 --cpu host --hvm --disk path=/var/lib/libvirt/images/ubuntu-16.04-vm1,size=8 --cdrom /var/lib/libvirt/boot/ubuntu-16.04-server-amd64.iso --graphics vnc + +``` + +请确保在路径 **/var/lib/libvirt/boot/** 中有一个 Ubuntu 16.04 的 ISO 镜像文件,或者在上面命令中给定的其它路径中有相应的镜像文件。 + +**示例输出:** + +``` +WARNING Graphics requested but DISPLAY is not set. Not running virt-viewer. +WARNING No console to launch for the guest, defaulting to --wait -1 + +Starting install... +Creating domain... | 0 B 00:00:01 +Domain installation still in progress. Waiting for installation to complete. +Domain has shutdown. Continuing. +Domain creation completed. +Restarting guest. + +``` + +![][4] + +我们来分别讲解以上的命令和看到的每个选项的作用。 + + * **–name** : 这个选项定义虚拟机名字。在我们的案例中,这个虚拟机的名字是 **Ubuntu-16.04**。 + * **–ram=512** : 给虚拟机分配 512MB 内存。 + * **–vcpus=1** : 指明虚拟机中 CPU 核心的数量。 + * **–cpu host** : 通过暴露宿主机 CPU 的配置给访客系统来优化 CPU 属性。 + * **–hvm** : 要求完整的硬件虚拟化。 + * **–disk path** : 虚拟机硬盘的位置和大小。在我们的示例中,我分配了 8GB 的硬盘。 + * **–cdrom** : 安装 ISO 镜像的位置。请注意你必须在这个位置真的有一个 ISO 镜像。 + * **–graphics vnc** : 允许 VNC 从远程客户端访问虚拟机。 + + + +### 使用 VNC 客户端访问虚拟机 + +现在,我们在远程桌面系统上使用 SSH 登入到 Ubuntu 服务器上(虚拟化服务器),如下所示。 + +在这里,**sk** 是我的 Ubuntu 服务器的用户名,而 **192.168.225.22** 是它的 IP 地址。 + +运行如下的命令找出 VNC 的端口号。我们从一个远程系统上访问虚拟机需要它。 +``` +$ sudo virsh dumpxml Ubuntu-16.04 | grep vnc + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +``` + + +``` + +![][5] + +记下那个端口号 **5900**。安装任意的 VNC 客户端应用程序。在本指南中,我们将使用 TigerVnc。TigerVNC 是 Arch Linux 默认仓库中可用的客户端。在 Arch 上安装它,运行如下命令: +``` +$ sudo pacman -S tigervnc + +``` + +在安装有 VNC 客户端的远程客户端系统上输入如下的 SSH 端口转发命令。 + +``` +$ ssh sk@192.168.225.22 -L 5900:127.0.0.1:5900 +``` + +再强调一次,**192.168.225.22** 是我的 Ubuntu 服务器(虚拟化服务器)的 IP 地址。 + +然后,从你的 Arch Linux(客户端)打开 VNC 客户端。 + +在 VNC 服务器框中输入 **localhost:5900**,然后点击 **Connect** 按钮。 + +![][6] + +然后就像你在物理机上安装系统一样的方法开始安装 Ubuntu 虚拟机。 + +![][7] + +![][8] + +同样的,你可以根据你的服务器的硬件情况配置多个虚拟机。 + +或者,你可以使用 **virt-viewer** 实用程序在访客机器中安装操作系统。virt-viewer 在大多数 Linux 发行版的默认仓库中都可以找到。安装完 virt-viewer 之后,运行下列的命令去建立到虚拟机的访问连接。 +``` +$ sudo virt-viewer --connect=qemu+ssh://192.168.225.22/system --name Ubuntu-16.04 + +``` + +### 管理虚拟机 + +使用管理用户接口 virsh 从命令行去管理虚拟机是非常有趣的。命令非常容易记。我们来看一些例子。 + +查看运行的虚拟机,运行如下命令: +``` +$ sudo virsh list + +``` + +或者, +``` +$ sudo virsh list --all + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +``` + Id Name State +---------------------------------------------------- + 2 Ubuntu-16.04 running + +``` + +![][9] + +启动一个虚拟机,运行如下命令: +``` +$ sudo virsh start Ubuntu-16.04 + +``` + +或者,也可以使用虚拟机 id 去启动它。 + +![][10] + +正如在上面的截图所看到的,Ubuntu 16.04 虚拟机的 Id 是 2。因此,启动它时,你也可以像下面一样只指定它的 ID。 +``` +$ sudo virsh start 2 + +``` + +重启动一个虚拟机,运行如下命令: +``` +$ sudo virsh reboot Ubuntu-16.04 + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +``` +Domain Ubuntu-16.04 is being rebooted + +``` + +![][11] + +暂停一个运行中的虚拟机,运行如下命令: +``` +$ sudo virsh suspend Ubuntu-16.04 + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +``` +Domain Ubuntu-16.04 suspended + +``` + +让一个暂停的虚拟机重新运行,运行如下命令: +``` +$ sudo virsh resume Ubuntu-16.04 + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +``` +Domain Ubuntu-16.04 resumed + +``` + +关闭一个虚拟机,运行如下命令: +``` +$ sudo virsh shutdown Ubuntu-16.04 + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +``` +Domain Ubuntu-16.04 is being shutdown + +``` + +完全移除一个虚拟机,运行如下的命令: +``` +$ sudo virsh undefine Ubuntu-16.04 + +$ sudo virsh destroy Ubuntu-16.04 + +``` + +**示例输出:** + +``` +Domain Ubuntu-16.04 destroyed + +``` + +![][12] + +关于它的更多选项,建议你去查看 man 手册页: +``` +$ man virsh + +``` + +今天就到这里吧。开始在你的新的虚拟化环境中玩吧。对于研究和开发者、以及测试目的,KVM 虚拟化将是很好的选择,但它能做的远不止这些。如果你有充足的硬件资源,你可以将它用于大型的生产环境中。如果你还有其它好玩的发现,不要忘记在下面的评论区留下你的高见。 + +谢谢! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/setup-headless-virtualization-server-using-kvm-ubuntu/ + +作者:[SK][a] +选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) +校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/install-oracle-virtualbox-ubuntu-16-04-headless-server/ +[2]:data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7 +[3]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_001.png +[4]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_008-1.png +[5]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_002.png +[6]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/VNC-Viewer-Connection-Details_005.png +[7]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/QEMU-Ubuntu-16.04-TigerVNC_006.png +[8]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/QEMU-Ubuntu-16.04-TigerVNC_007.png +[9]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_010-1.png +[10]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_010-2.png +[11]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_011-1.png +[12]:http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/sk@ubuntuserver-_012.png From ad04b594a596e77841b1394ba01dc2a690b616fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 13:00:47 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 430/437] PRF:20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md @qhwdw --- ...nd Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md | 79 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md b/translated/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md index 08f3860661..7a46f07032 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -df 命令的新手教程 +df 命令新手教程 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/df-command-1-720x340.png) -在本指南中,我们将学习如何使用 **df** 命令。df 命令是 `Disk Free` 的首字母组合,它报告文件系统磁盘空间的使用情况。它显示一个 Linux 系统中文件系统上可用磁盘空间的数量。df 命令很容易与 **du** 命令混淆。它们的用途不同。df 命令报告 **我们拥有多少磁盘空间**(空闲磁盘空间),而 du 命令报告 **被文件和目录占用了多少磁盘空间**。希望我这样的解释你能更清楚。在继续之前,我们来看一些 df 命令的实例,以便于你更好地理解它。 +在本指南中,我们将学习如何使用 `df` 命令。df 命令是 “Disk Free” 的首字母组合,它报告文件系统磁盘空间的使用情况。它显示一个 Linux 系统中文件系统上可用磁盘空间的数量。`df` 命令很容易与 `du` 命令混淆。它们的用途不同。`df` 命令报告我们拥有多少磁盘空间(空闲磁盘空间),而 `du` 命令报告被文件和目录占用了多少磁盘空间。希望我这样的解释你能更清楚。在继续之前,我们来看一些 `df` 命令的实例,以便于你更好地理解它。 ### df 命令使用举例 -**1、查看整个文件系统磁盘空间使用情况** +#### 1、查看整个文件系统磁盘空间使用情况 + +无需任何参数来运行 `df` 命令,以显示整个文件系统磁盘空间使用情况。 -无需任何参数来运行 df 命令,以显示整个文件系统磁盘空间使用情况。 ``` $ df - ``` -**示例输出:** +示例输出: ``` Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on @@ -28,25 +28,23 @@ tmpfs 4038880 11636 4027244 1% /tmp /dev/loop0 84096 84096 0 100% /var/lib/snapd/snap/core/4327 /dev/sda1 95054 55724 32162 64% /boot tmpfs 807776 28 807748 1% /run/user/1000 - ``` ![][2] 正如你所见,输出结果分为六列。我们来看一下每一列的含义。 - * **Filesystem** – Linux 系统中的文件系统 - * **1K-blocks** – 文件系统的大小,用 1K 大小的块来表示。 - * **Used** – 以 1K 大小的块所表示的已使用数量。 - * **Available** – 以 1K 大小的块所表示的可用空间的数量。 - * **Use%** – 文件系统中已使用的百分比。 - * **Mounted on** – 已挂载的文件系统的挂载点。 + * `Filesystem` – Linux 系统中的文件系统 + * `1K-blocks` – 文件系统的大小,用 1K 大小的块来表示。 + * `Used` – 以 1K 大小的块所表示的已使用数量。 + * `Available` – 以 1K 大小的块所表示的可用空间的数量。 + * `Use%` – 文件系统中已使用的百分比。 + * `Mounted on` – 已挂载的文件系统的挂载点。 +#### 2、以人类友好格式显示文件系统硬盘空间使用情况 +在上面的示例中你可能已经注意到了,它使用 1K 大小的块为单位来表示使用情况,如果你以人类友好格式来显示它们,可以使用 `-h` 标志。 -**2、以人类友好格式显示文件系统硬盘空间使用情况** - -在上面的示例中你可能已经注意到了,它使用 1K 大小的块为单位来表示使用情况,如果你以人类友好格式来显示它们,可以使用 **-h** 标志。 ``` $ df -h Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on @@ -62,11 +60,12 @@ tmpfs 789M 28K 789M 1% /run/user/1000 ``` -现在,在 **Size** 列和 **Avail** 列,使用情况是以 GB 和 MB 为单位来显示的。 +现在,在 `Size` 列和 `Avail` 列,使用情况是以 GB 和 MB 为单位来显示的。 -**3\. Display disk space usage only in MB** +#### 3、仅以 MB 为单位来显示文件系统磁盘空间使用情况 + +如果仅以 MB 为单位来显示文件系统磁盘空间使用情况,使用 `-m` 标志。 -如果仅以 MB 为单位来显示文件系统磁盘空间使用情况,使用 **-m** 标志。 ``` $ df -m Filesystem 1M-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on @@ -79,12 +78,12 @@ tmpfs 3945 12 3933 1% /tmp /dev/loop0 83 83 0 100% /var/lib/snapd/snap/core/4327 /dev/sda1 93 55 32 64% /boot tmpfs 789 1 789 1% /run/user/1000 - ``` -**4、列出节点而不是块的使用情况** +#### 4、列出节点而不是块的使用情况 + +如下所示,我们可以通过使用 `-i` 标记来列出节点而不是块的使用情况。 -如下所示,我们可以通过使用 **-i** 标记来列出节点而不是块的使用情况。 ``` $ df -i Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on @@ -97,12 +96,12 @@ tmpfs 1009720 3008 1006712 1% /tmp /dev/loop0 12829 12829 0 100% /var/lib/snapd/snap/core/4327 /dev/sda1 25688 390 25298 2% /boot tmpfs 1009720 29 1009691 1% /run/user/1000 - ``` -**5、显示文件系统类型** +#### 5、显示文件系统类型 + +使用 `-T` 标志显示文件系统类型。 -使用 **-T** 标志显示文件系统类型。 ``` $ df -T Filesystem Type 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on @@ -115,27 +114,27 @@ tmpfs tmpfs 4038880 11984 4026896 1% /tmp /dev/loop0 squashfs 84096 84096 0 100% /var/lib/snapd/snap/core/4327 /dev/sda1 ext4 95054 55724 32162 64% /boot tmpfs tmpfs 807776 28 807748 1% /run/user/1000 - ``` 正如你所见,现在出现了显示文件系统类型的额外的列(从左数的第二列)。 -**6、仅显示指定类型的文件系统** +#### 6、仅显示指定类型的文件系统 + +我们可以限制仅列出某些文件系统。比如,只列出 ext4 文件系统。我们使用 `-t` 标志。 -我们可以限制仅列出某些文件系统。比如,只列出 **ext4** 文件系统。我们使用 **-t** 标志。 ``` $ df -t ext4 Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /dev/sda2 478425016 428790896 25308436 95% / /dev/sda1 95054 55724 32162 64% /boot - ``` 看到了吗?这个命令仅显示了 ext4 文件系统的磁盘空间使用情况。 -**7、不列出指定类型的文件系统** +#### 7、不列出指定类型的文件系统 + +有时,我们可能需要从结果中去排除指定类型的文件系统。我们可以使用 `-x` 标记达到我们的目的。 -有时,我们可能需要从结果中去排除指定类型的文件系统。我们可以使用 **-x** 标记达到我们的目的。 ``` $ df -x ext4 Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on @@ -146,30 +145,28 @@ tmpfs 4038880 0 4038880 0% /sys/fs/cgroup tmpfs 4038880 11984 4026896 1% /tmp /dev/loop0 84096 84096 0 100% /var/lib/snapd/snap/core/4327 tmpfs 807776 28 807748 1% /run/user/1000 - ``` -上面的命令列出了除 **ext4** 类型以外的全部文件系统。 +上面的命令列出了除 ext4 类型以外的全部文件系统。 -**8、显示一个目录的磁盘使用情况** +#### 8、显示一个目录的磁盘使用情况 + +去显示某个目录的硬盘空间使用情况以及它的挂载点,例如 `/home/sk/` 目录,可以使用如下的命令: -去显示某个目录的硬盘空间使用情况以及它的挂载点,例如 **/home/sk/** 目录,可以使用如下的命令: ``` $ df -hT /home/sk/ Filesystem Type Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on /dev/sda2 ext4 457G 409G 25G 95% / - ``` -这个命令显示文件系统类型、以人类友好格式显示已使用和可用磁盘空间、以及它的挂载点。如果你不想去显示文件系统类型,只需要忽略 **-t** 标志即可。 +这个命令显示文件系统类型、以人类友好格式显示已使用和可用磁盘空间、以及它的挂载点。如果你不想去显示文件系统类型,只需要忽略 `-t` 标志即可。 更详细的使用情况,请参阅 man 手册页。 + ``` $ man df - ``` -**建议阅读:** 今天就到此这止!我希望对你有用。还有更多更好玩的东西即将奉上。请继续关注! @@ -182,9 +179,9 @@ $ man df via: https://www.ostechnix.com/the-df-command-tutorial-with-examples-for-beginners/ 作者:[SK][a] -译者:[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者:[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From ad81dfde5cbf9afaaf894813c63e22aa22984edc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 13:01:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 431/437] PUB:20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md @qhwdw https://linux.cn/article-10096-1.html --- ...0180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md b/published/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md rename to published/20180413 The df Command Tutorial With Examples For Beginners.md From dcaaf918e663fc991e613f8eac1705fffe3800c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 13:12:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 432/437] PRF:20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md @dianbanjiu --- ...0170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md | 77 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 39 insertions(+), 38 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md b/translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md index 719b0575b6..aeb6e2904b 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md +++ b/translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md @@ -1,10 +1,13 @@ -# 管理 Linux 系统中的用户 +管理 Linux 系统中的用户 +====== +![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2017/09/charging-bull-100735753-large.jpg) 也许你的 Lniux 用户并不是愤怒的公牛,但是当涉及管理他们的账户的时候,能让他们一直开心也是一种挑战。监控他们当前正在访问的东西,追踪他们他们遇到问题时的解决方案,并且保证能把他们在使用系统时出现的重要变动记录下来。这里有一些方法和工具可以使这份工作轻松一点。 ### 配置账户 -添加和移除账户是管理用户中最简单的一项,但是这里面仍然有很多需要考虑的选项。无论你是用桌面工具或是命令行选项,这都是一个非常自动化的过程。你可以使用命令添加一个新用户,像是 **adduser jdoe**,这同时会触发一系列的事情。使用下一个可用的 UID 可以创建 John 的账户,或许还会被许多用以配置账户的文件所填充。当你运行 adduser 命令加一个新的用户名的时候,它将会提示一些额外的信息,同时解释这是在干什么。 +添加和移除账户是管理用户中最简单的一项,但是这里面仍然有很多需要考虑的选项。无论你是用桌面工具或是命令行选项,这都是一个非常自动化的过程。你可以使用命令添加一个新用户,像是 `adduser jdoe`,这同时会触发一系列的事情。使用下一个可用的 UID 可以创建 John 的账户,或许还会被许多用以配置账户的文件所填充。当你运行 `adduser` 命令加一个新的用户名的时候,它将会提示一些额外的信息,同时解释这是在干什么。 + ``` $ sudo adduser jdoe Adding user 'jdoe' ... @@ -23,14 +26,14 @@ Enter the new value, or press ENTER for the default Home Phone []: Other []: Is the information correct? [Y/n] Y - ``` -像你看到的那样,adduser 将添加用户的信息(到 /etc/passwd 和 /etc/shadow 文件中),创建新的家目录,并用 /etc/skel 里设置的文件填充家目录,提示你分配初始密码和认定信息,然后确认这些信息都是正确的,如果你在最后的提示 “Is the information correct” 处的答案是 “n”,它将回溯你之前所有的回答,允许修改任何你想要修改的地方。 +像你看到的那样,`adduser` 将添加用户的信息(到 `/etc/passwd` 和 `/etc/shadow` 文件中),创建新的家目录,并用 `/etc/skel` 里设置的文件填充家目录,提示你分配初始密码和认定信息,然后确认这些信息都是正确的,如果你在最后的提示 “Is the information correct” 处的答案是 “n”,它将回溯你之前所有的回答,允许修改任何你想要修改的地方。 -创建好一个用户后,你可能会想要确认一下它是否是你期望的样子,更好的方法是确保在添加第一个帐户**之前**,“自动”选择与您想要查看的内容相匹配。默认有默认的好处,它对于你想知道他们定义在哪里有所用处,以防你想作出一些变动 —— 例如,你不想家目录在 /home 里,你不想用户 UIDs 从 1000 开始,或是你不想家目录下的文件被系统上的**每个人**都可读。 +创建好一个用户后,你可能会想要确认一下它是否是你期望的样子,更好的方法是确保在添加第一个帐户**之前**,“自动”选择与您想要查看的内容相匹配。默认有默认的好处,它对于你想知道他们定义在哪里有所用处,以防你想作出一些变动 —— 例如,你不想家目录在 `/home` 里,你不想用户 UID 从 1000 开始,或是你不想家目录下的文件被系统上的**每个人**都可读。 + +`adduser` 如何工作的一些细节设置在 `/etc/adduser.conf` 文件里。这个文件包含的一些设置决定了一个新的账户如何配置,以及它之后的样子。注意,注释和空白行将会在输出中被忽略,因此我们可以更加集中注意在设置上面。 -adduser 如何工作的一些细节设置在 /etc/adduser.conf 文件里。这个文件包含的一些设置决定了一个新的账户如何配置,以及它之后的样子。注意,注释和空白行将会在输出中被忽略,因此我们可以更加集中注意在设置上面。 ``` $ cat /etc/adduser.conf | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" DSHELL=/bin/bash @@ -52,78 +55,78 @@ DIR_MODE=0755 SETGID_HOME=no QUOTAUSER="" SKEL_IGNORE_REGEX="dpkg-(old|new|dist|save)" - ``` -可以看到,我们有了一个默认的 shell(DSHELL),UIDs(FIRST_UID)的开始数值,家目录(DHOME)的位置,以及启动文件(SKEL)的来源位置。这个文件也会指定分配给家目录(DIR_HOME)的权限。 +可以看到,我们有了一个默认的 shell(`DSHELL`),UID(`FIRST_UID`)的开始数值,家目录(`DHOME`)的位置,以及启动文件(`SKEL`)的来源位置。这个文件也会指定分配给家目录(`DIR_HOME`)的权限。 -其中 DIR_HOME 是最重要的设置,它决定了每个家目录被使用的权限。这个设置分配给用户创建的目录权限是 755,家目录的权限将会设置为 rwxr-xr-x。用户可以读其他用户的文件,但是不能修改和移除他们。如果你想要更多的限制,你可以更改这个设置为 750(用户组外的任何人都不可访问)甚至是 700(除用户自己外的人都不可访问)。 +其中 `DIR_HOME` 是最重要的设置,它决定了每个家目录被使用的权限。这个设置分配给用户创建的目录权限是 `755`,家目录的权限将会设置为 `rwxr-xr-x`。用户可以读其他用户的文件,但是不能修改和移除他们。如果你想要更多的限制,你可以更改这个设置为 `750`(用户组外的任何人都不可访问)甚至是 `700`(除用户自己外的人都不可访问)。 -任何用户账号在创建之前都可以进行手动修改。例如,你可以编辑 /etc/passwd 或者修改家目录的权限,开始在新服务器上添加用户之前配置 /etc/adduser.conf 可以确保一定的一致性,从长远来看可以节省时间和避免一些麻烦。 +任何用户账号在创建之前都可以进行手动修改。例如,你可以编辑 `/etc/passwd` 或者修改家目录的权限,开始在新服务器上添加用户之前配置 `/etc/adduser.conf` 可以确保一定的一致性,从长远来看可以节省时间和避免一些麻烦。 -/etc/adduser.conf 的修改将会在之后创建的用户上生效。如果你想以不同的方式设置某个特定账户,除了用户名之外,你还可以选择使用 adduser 命令提供账户配置选项。或许你想为某些账户分配不同的 shell,请求特殊的 UID,完全禁用登录。adduser 的帮助页将会为你显示一些配置个人账户的选择。 +`/etc/adduser.conf` 的修改将会在之后创建的用户上生效。如果你想以不同的方式设置某个特定账户,除了用户名之外,你还可以选择使用 `adduser` 命令提供账户配置选项。或许你想为某些账户分配不同的 shell,请求特殊的 UID,完全禁用登录。`adduser` 的帮助页将会为你显示一些配置个人账户的选择。 ``` adduser [options] [--home DIR] [--shell SHELL] [--no-create-home] [--uid ID] [--firstuid ID] [--lastuid ID] [--ingroup GROUP | --gid ID] [--disabled-password] [--disabled-login] [--gecos GECOS] [--add_extra_groups] [--encrypt-home] user - ``` -每个 Linux 系统现在都会默认把每个用户放入对应的组中。作为一个管理员,你可能会选择以不同的方式去做事。你也许会发现把用户放在一个共享组中可以让你的站点工作的更好,这时,选择使用 adduser 的 --gid 选项去选择一个特定的组。当然,用户总是许多组的成员,因此也有一些选项去管理主要和次要的组。 +每个 Linux 系统现在都会默认把每个用户放入对应的组中。作为一个管理员,你可能会选择以不同的方式去做事。你也许会发现把用户放在一个共享组中可以让你的站点工作的更好,这时,选择使用 `adduser` 的 `--gid` 选项去选择一个特定的组。当然,用户总是许多组的成员,因此也有一些选项去管理主要和次要的组。 ### 处理用户密码 一直以来,知道其他人的密码都是一个不好的念头,在设置账户时,管理员通常使用一个临时的密码,然后在用户第一次登录时会运行一条命令强制他修改密码。这里是一个例子: + ``` $ sudo chage -d 0 jdoe ``` 当用户第一次登录的时候,会看到像这样的事情: + ``` WARNING: Your password has expired. You must change your password now and login again! Changing password for jdoe. (current) UNIX password: - ``` ### 添加用户到副组 -添加用户到副组中,你可能会用如下所示的 usermod 命令 —— 添加用户到组中并确认已经做出变动。 +添加用户到副组中,你可能会用如下所示的 `usermod` 命令 —— 添加用户到组中并确认已经做出变动。 + ``` $ sudo usermod -a -G sudo jdoe $ sudo grep sudo /etc/group sudo:x:27:shs,jdoe - ``` -记住在一些组,像是 sudo 或者 wheel 组中,意味着包含特权,一定要特别注意这一点。 +记住在一些组,像是 `sudo` 或者 `wheel` 组中,意味着包含特权,一定要特别注意这一点。 ### 移除用户,添加组等 -Linux 系统也提供了命令去移除账户,添加新的组,移除组等。例如,**deluser** 命令,将会从 /etc/passwd 和 /etc/shadow 中移除用户登录入口,但是会完整保留他的家目录,除非你添加了 --remove-home 或者 --remove-all-files 选项。**addgroup** 命令会添加一个组,按目前组的次序给他下一个 id(在用户组范围内),除非你使用 --gid 选项指定 id。 +Linux 系统也提供了命令去移除账户、添加新的组、移除组等。例如,`deluser` 命令,将会从 `/etc/passwd` 和 `/etc/shadow` 中移除用户登录入口,但是会完整保留他的家目录,除非你添加了 `--remove-home` 或者 `--remove-all-files` 选项。`addgroup` 命令会添加一个组,按目前组的次序给他下一个 ID(在用户组范围内),除非你使用 `--gid` 选项指定 ID。 + ``` $ sudo addgroup testgroup --gid=131 Adding group `testgroup' (GID 131) ... Done. - ``` ### 管理特权账户 -一些 Linux 系统中有一个 wheel 组,它给组中成员赋予了像 root 一样运行命令的能力。在这种情况下,/etc/sudoers 将会引用该组。在 Debian 系统中,这个组被叫做 sudo,但是以相同的方式工作,你在 /etc/sudoers 中可以看到像这样的引用: +一些 Linux 系统中有一个 wheel 组,它给组中成员赋予了像 root 一样运行命令的能力。在这种情况下,`/etc/sudoers` 将会引用该组。在 Debian 系统中,这个组被叫做 `sudo`,但是以相同的方式工作,你在 `/etc/sudoers` 中可以看到像这样的引用: + ``` %sudo ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL - ``` -这个基础的设定意味着,任何在 wheel 或者 sudo 组中的成员,只要在他们运行的命令之前添加 sudo,就可以以 root 的权限去运行命令。 +这个基础的设定意味着,任何在 wheel 或者 sudo 组中的成员,只要在他们运行的命令之前添加 `sudo`,就可以以 root 的权限去运行命令。 -你可以向 sudoers 文件中添加更多有限的特权 —— 也许给特定用户运行一两个 root 的命令。如果这样做,您还应定期查看 /etc/sudoers 文件以评估用户拥有的权限,以及仍然需要提供的权限。 +你可以向 `sudoers` 文件中添加更多有限的特权 —— 也许给特定用户运行一两个 root 的命令。如果这样做,您还应定期查看 `/etc/sudoers` 文件以评估用户拥有的权限,以及仍然需要提供的权限。 + +在下面显示的命令中,我们看到在 `/etc/sudoers` 中匹配到的行。在这个文件中最有趣的行是,包含能使用 `sudo` 运行命令的路径设置,以及两个允许通过 `sudo` 运行命令的组。像刚才提到的那样,单个用户可以通过包含在 `sudoers` 文件中来获得权限,但是更有实际意义的方法是通过组成员来定义各自的权限。 -在下面显示的命令中,我们看到在 /etc/sudoers 中匹配到的行。在这个文件中最有趣的行是,包含能使用 sudo 运行命令的路径设置,以及两个允许通过 sudo 运行命令的组。像刚才提到的那样,单个用户可以通过包含在 sudoers 文件中来获得权限,但是更有实际意义的方法是通过组成员来定义各自的权限。 ``` # cat /etc/sudoers | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" Defaults env_reset @@ -132,21 +135,21 @@ Defaults secure_path="/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/b root ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL %admin ALL=(ALL) ALL <== admin group %sudo ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL <== sudo group - ``` ### 登录检查 你可以通过以下命令查看用户的上一次登录: + ``` # last jdoe jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 08:44 - 11:48 (00:04) jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 13:43 - 18:44 (00:00) jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 19:42 - 19:43 (00:00) - ``` -如果你想查看每一个用户上一次的登录情况,你可以通过一个像这样的循环来运行 last 命令: +如果你想查看每一个用户上一次的登录情况,你可以通过一个像这样的循环来运行 `last` 命令: + ``` $ for user in `ls /home`; do last $user | head -1; done @@ -154,11 +157,10 @@ jdoe pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 19:42 - 19:43 (00:03) rocket pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 13:02 - 13:02 (00:00) shs pts/17 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 12:45 still logged in - - ``` -此命令仅显示自当前 wtmp 文件变为活跃状态以来已登录的用户。空白行表示用户自那以后从未登录过,但没有将其调出。一个更好的命令是过滤掉在这期间从未登录过的用户的显示: +此命令仅显示自当前 `wtmp` 文件变为活跃状态以来已登录的用户。空白行表示用户自那以后从未登录过,但没有将其调出。一个更好的命令是过滤掉在这期间从未登录过的用户的显示: + ``` $ for user in `ls /home`; do echo -n "$user ";last $user | head -1 | awk '{print substr($0,40)}'; done dhayes @@ -167,39 +169,38 @@ peanut pts/19 192.168.0.29 Mon Sep 11 09:15 - 17:11 rocket pts/18 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 13:02 - 13:02 shs pts/17 192.168.0.11 Thu Sep 14 12:45 still logged tsmith - ``` 这个命令会打印很多,但是可以通过一个脚本使它更加清晰易用。 + ``` #!/bin/bash for user in `ls /home` do - echo -n "$user ";last $user | head -1 | awk '{print substr($0,40)}' + echo -n "$user ";last $user | head -1 | awk '{print substr($0,40)}' done - ``` 有时,此类信息可以提醒您用户角色的变动,表明他们可能不再需要相关帐户。 ### 与用户沟通 -Linux 提供了许多方法和用户沟通。你可以向 /etc/motd 文件中添加信息,当用户从终端登录到服务器时,将会显示这些信息。你也可以通过例如 write(通知单个用户)或者 wall(write 给所有已登录的用户)命令发送通知。 +Linux 提供了许多方法和用户沟通。你可以向 `/etc/motd` 文件中添加信息,当用户从终端登录到服务器时,将会显示这些信息。你也可以通过例如 `write`(通知单个用户)或者 `wall`(`write` 给所有已登录的用户)命令发送通知。 + ``` $ wall System will go down in one hour Broadcast message from shs@stinkbug (pts/17) (Thu Sep 14 14:04:16 2017): System will go down in one hour - ``` -重要的通知应该通过多个管道传递,因为很难预测用户实际会注意到什么。mesage-of-the-day(motd),wall 和 email 通知可以吸引用户大部分的注意力。 +重要的通知应该通过多个管道传递,因为很难预测用户实际会注意到什么。mesage-of-the-day(motd),`wall` 和 email 通知可以吸引用户大部分的注意力。 ### 注意日志文件 -更多地注意日志文件上也可以帮你理解用户活动。事实上,/var/log/auth.log 文件将会为你显示用户的登录和注销活动,组的创建等。/var/log/message 或者 /var/log/syslog 文件将会告诉你更多有关系统活动的事情。 +更多地注意日志文件上也可以帮你理解用户活动。事实上,`/var/log/auth.log` 文件将会为你显示用户的登录和注销活动,组的创建等。`/var/log/message` 或者 `/var/log/syslog` 文件将会告诉你更多有关系统活动的事情。 ### 追踪问题和请求 @@ -215,7 +216,7 @@ via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3225109/linux/managing-users-on-linux- 作者:[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] 译者:[dianbanjiu](https://github.com/dianbanjiu) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 88a359c9726634527d2331a3152f2a0949fe5d16 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 13:13:05 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 433/437] PUB:20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md @dianbanjiu https://linux.cn/article-10097-1.html --- .../20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md b/published/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md rename to published/20170926 Managing users on Linux systems.md From 1738a1234e1f72423ab63857c562e42f89cde2a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 13:20:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 434/437] PRF:20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md @geekpi --- ...0180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md | 56 +++++-------------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 43 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md index 8706e56e8a..fe1c5098a1 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md @@ -1,102 +1,72 @@ 10 个 Linux 中方便的 Bash 别名 ====== -对 Bash 长命令使用压缩的版本来更有效率。 +> 对 Bash 长命令使用压缩的版本来更有效率。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bash_command_line.png?itok=k4z94W2U) 你有多少次在命令行上输入一个长命令,并希望有一种方法可以保存它以供日后使用?这就是 Bash 别名派上用场的地方。它们允许你将长而神秘的命令压缩为易于记忆和使用的东西。需要一些例子来帮助你入门吗?没问题! -要使用你创建的 Bash 别名,你需要将其添加到 .bash_profile 中,该文件位于你的主文件夹中。请注意,此文件是隐藏的,并只能从命令行访问。编辑此文件的最简单方法是使用 Vi 或 Nano 之类的东西。 +要使用你创建的 Bash 别名,你需要将其添加到 `.bash_profile` 中,该文件位于你的家目录中。请注意,此文件是隐藏的,并只能从命令行访问。编辑此文件的最简单方法是使用 Vi 或 Nano 之类的东西。 ### 10 个方便的 Bash 别名 - 1. 你有几次遇到需要解压 .tar 文件但无法记住所需的确切参数?别名可以帮助你!只需将以下内容添加到 .bash_profile 中,然后使用 **untar FileName** 解压缩任何 .tar 文件。 - +1、 你有几次遇到需要解压 .tar 文件但无法记住所需的确切参数?别名可以帮助你!只需将以下内容添加到 `.bash_profile` 中,然后使用 `untar FileName` 解压缩任何 .tar 文件。 ``` alias untar='tar -zxvf ' - ``` - - 2. 想要下载的东西,但如果出现问题可以恢复吗? - - +2、 想要下载的东西,但如果出现问题可以恢复吗? ``` alias wget='wget -c ' - ``` - 3. 是否需要为新的网络帐户生成随机的 20 个字符的密码?没问题。 - - +3、 是否需要为新的网络帐户生成随机的 20 个字符的密码?没问题。 ``` alias getpass="openssl rand -base64 20" - ``` - 4. 下载文件并需要测试校验和?我们也可做到。 - - +4、 下载文件并需要测试校验和?我们也可做到。 ``` alias sha='shasum -a 256 ' - ``` - 5. 普通的 ping 将永远持续下去。我们不希望这样。相反,让我们将其限制在五个 ping。 - - +5、 普通的 `ping` 将永远持续下去。我们不希望这样。相反,让我们将其限制在五个 `ping`。 ``` alias ping='ping -c 5' - ``` - 6. 在任何你想要的文件夹中启动 Web 服务器。 - - +6、 在任何你想要的文件夹中启动 Web 服务器。 ``` alias www='python -m SimpleHTTPServer 8000' - ``` - 7. 想知道你的网络有多快?只需下载 Speedtest-cli 并使用此别名即可。你可以使用 **speedtest-cli --list** 命令选择离你所在位置更近的服务器。 - - +7、 想知道你的网络有多快?只需下载 Speedtest-cli 并使用此别名即可。你可以使用 `speedtest-cli --list` 命令选择离你所在位置更近的服务器。 ``` alias speed='speedtest-cli --server 2406 --simple' - ``` - 8. 你有多少次需要知道你的外部 IP 地址,但是不知道如何获取?我也是。 - - +8、 你有多少次需要知道你的外部 IP 地址,但是不知道如何获取?我也是。 ``` alias ipe='curl ipinfo.io/ip' - ``` - 9. 需要知道你的本地 IP 地址? - - +9、 需要知道你的本地 IP 地址? ``` alias ipi='ipconfig getifaddr en0' - ``` - 10. 最后,让我们清空屏幕。 - - +10、 最后,让我们清空屏幕。 ``` alias c='clear' - ``` 如你所见,Bash 别名是一种在命令行上简化生活的超级简便方法。想了解更多信息?我建议你 Google 搜索“Bash 别名”或在 Github 中看下。 @@ -108,7 +78,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/handy-bash-aliases 作者:[Patrick H.Mullins][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From c422b4847c2624b1fc60605be228a6cb1ba6931e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 13:20:18 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 435/437] PUB:20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10098-1.html --- .../20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md b/published/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md rename to published/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md From fd78afd629345b099b9502bac2ed8b6a348b01ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 13:39:56 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 436/437] PRF:20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md @HankChow --- ...ed Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md | 274 +++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 138 insertions(+), 136 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md b/translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md index 96ca929009..7d0b586129 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ -2018 年 75 个最常用的 Linux 应用程序 +75 个最常用的 Linux 应用程序(2018 年) ====== -对于许多应用程序来说,2018年是非常好的一年,尤其是免费开源的应用程序。尽管各种 Linux 发行版都自带了很多默认的应用程序,但用户也可以自由地选择使用它们或者其它任何免费或付费替代方案。 +![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Most-Used-Ubuntu-Applications.png) + +对于许多应用程序来说,2018 年是非常好的一年,尤其是自由开源的应用程序。尽管各种 Linux 发行版都自带了很多默认的应用程序,但用户也可以自由地选择使用它们或者其它任何免费或付费替代方案。 下面汇总了[一系列的 Linux 应用程序][3],这些应用程序都能够在 Linux 系统上安装,尽管还有很多其它选择。以下汇总中的任何应用程序都属于其类别中最常用的应用程序,如果你还没有用过,欢迎试用一下! @@ -9,10 +11,10 @@ #### Rsync -[Rsync][4] 是一个开源的、带宽友好的工具,它用于执行快速的增量文件传输,而且它也是一个免费工具。 +[Rsync][4] 是一个开源的、节约带宽的工具,它用于执行快速的增量文件传输,而且它也是一个免费工具。 + ``` $ rsync [OPTION...] SRC... [DEST] - ``` 想要了解更多示例和用法,可以参考《[10 个使用 Rsync 命令的实际例子][5]》。 @@ -31,36 +33,36 @@ $ rsync [OPTION...] SRC... [DEST] [Deluge][7] 是一个漂亮的跨平台 BT 客户端,旨在优化 μTorrent 体验,并向用户免费提供服务。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Deluge`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Deluge。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:deluge-team/ppa $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install deluge - ``` #### qBittorent [qBittorent][8] 是一个开源的 BT 客户端,旨在提供类似 μTorrent 的免费替代方案。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `qBittorent`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 qBittorent。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:qbittorrent-team/qbittorrent-stable $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install qbittorrent - ``` #### Transmission [Transmission][9] 是一个强大的 BT 客户端,它主要关注速度和易用性,一般在很多 Linux 发行版上都有预装。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Transmission`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Transmission。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:transmissionbt/ppa $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install transmission-gtk transmission-cli transmission-common transmission-daemon - ``` ### 云存储 @@ -71,12 +73,12 @@ $ sudo apt-get install transmission-gtk transmission-cli transmission-common tra [Dropbox][10] 团队在今年早些时候给他们的云服务换了一个名字,也为客户提供了更好的性能和集成了更多应用程序。Dropbox 会向用户免费提供 2 GB 存储空间。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Dropbox`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Dropbox。 + ``` $ cd ~ && wget -O - "https://www.dropbox.com/download?plat=lnx.x86" | tar xzf - [On 32-Bit] $ cd ~ && wget -O - "https://www.dropbox.com/download?plat=lnx.x86_64" | tar xzf - [On 64-Bit] $ ~/.dropbox-dist/dropboxd - ``` #### Google Drive @@ -99,36 +101,36 @@ $ ~/.dropbox-dist/dropboxd [Vim][15] 是 vi 文本编辑器的开源克隆版本,它的主要目的是可以高度定制化并能够处理任何类型的文本。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Vim`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Vim。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jonathonf/vim $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install vim - ``` #### Emacs [Emacs][16] 是一个高度可配置的文本编辑器,最流行的一个分支 GNU Emacs 是用 Lisp 和 C 编写的,它的最大特点是可以自文档化、可扩展和可自定义。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Emacs`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Emacs。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:kelleyk/emacs $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install emacs25 - ``` #### Nano [Nano][17] 是一款功能丰富的命令行文本编辑器,比较适合高级用户。它可以通过多个终端进行不同功能的操作。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Nano`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Nano。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:n-muench/programs-ppa $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install nano - ``` ### 下载器 @@ -137,36 +139,36 @@ $ sudo apt-get install nano #### Aria2 -[Aria2][18] 是一个开源的、轻量级的、多软件源和多协议的命令行下载器,它支持 Metalinks、torrents、HTTP/HTTPS、SFTP 等多种协议。 +[Aria2][18] 是一个开源的、轻量级的、多软件源和多协议的命令行下载器,它支持 Metalink、torrent、HTTP/HTTPS、SFTP 等多种协议。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Aria2。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Aria2`。 ``` $ sudo apt-get install aria2 - ``` #### uGet [uGet][19] 已经成为 Linux 各种发行版中排名第一的开源下载器,它可以处理任何下载任务,包括多连接、队列、类目等。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `uGet`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 uGet。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:plushuang-tw/uget-stable $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install uget - ``` #### XDM [XDM][20](Xtreme Download Manager)是一个使用 Java 编写的开源下载软件。和其它下载器一样,它可以结合队列、种子、浏览器使用,而且还带有视频采集器和智能调度器。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `XDM`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 XDM。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:noobslab/apps $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install xdman - ``` ### 电子邮件客户端 @@ -177,36 +179,36 @@ $ sudo apt-get install xdman [Thunderbird][21] 是最受欢迎的电子邮件客户端之一。它的优点包括免费、开源、可定制、功能丰富,而且最重要的是安装过程也很简便。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Thunderbird`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Thunderbird。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-mozilla-security/ppa $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install thunderbird - ``` #### Geary [Geary][22] 是一个基于 WebKitGTK+ 的开源电子邮件客户端。它是一个免费开源的功能丰富的软件,并被 GNOME 项目收录。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Geary`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Geary。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:geary-team/releases $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install geary - ``` #### Evolution [Evolution][23] 是一个免费开源的电子邮件客户端,可以用于电子邮件、会议日程、备忘录和联系人的管理。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Evolution`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Evolution。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:gnome3-team/gnome3-staging $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install evolution - ``` ### 财务软件 @@ -217,27 +219,27 @@ $ sudo apt-get install evolution [GnuCash][24] 是一款免费的跨平台开源软件,它适用于个人和中小型企业的财务任务。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `GnuCash`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 GnuCash。 + ``` $ sudo sh -c 'echo "deb http://archive.getdeb.net/ubuntu $(lsb_release -sc)-getdeb apps" >> /etc/apt/sources.list.d/getdeb.list' $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install gnucash - ``` #### KMyMoney [KMyMoney][25] 是一个财务管理软件,它可以提供商用或个人理财所需的大部分主要功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `KmyMoney`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 KmyMoney。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:claydoh/kmymoney2-kde4 $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install kmymoney - ``` -### IDE 和编辑器 +### IDE ![](https://www.fossmint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Linux-IDE-Editors.png) @@ -257,35 +259,35 @@ $ sudo apt-get install kmymoney [Brackets][30] 是由 Adobe 开发的高级文本编辑器,它带有可视化工具,支持预处理程序,以及用于 web 开发的以设计为中心的用户流程。对于熟悉它的用户,它可以发挥 IDE 的作用。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Brackets`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Brackets。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/brackets $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install brackets - ``` #### Atom IDE [Atom IDE][31] 是一个加强版的 Atom 编辑器,它添加了大量扩展和库以提高性能和增加功能。总之,它是各方面都变得更强大了的 Atom 。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Atom`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Atom。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install snapd $ sudo snap install atom --classic - ``` #### Light Table [Light Table][32] 号称下一代的 IDE,它提供了数据流量统计和协作编程等的强大功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Light Table`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Light Table。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:dr-akulavich/lighttable $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install lighttable-installer - ``` #### Visual Studio Code @@ -302,33 +304,33 @@ $ sudo apt-get install lighttable-installer [Pidgin][35] 是一个开源的即时通信工具,它几乎支持所有聊天平台,还支持额外扩展功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Pidgin`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Pidgin。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jonathonf/backports $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install pidgin - ``` #### Skype [Skype][36] 也是一个广为人知的软件了,任何感兴趣的用户都可以在 Linux 上使用。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Skype`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Skype。 + ``` $ sudo apt install snapd $ sudo snap install skype --classic - ``` #### Empathy [Empathy][37] 是一个支持多协议语音、视频聊天、文本和文件传输的即时通信工具。它还允许用户添加多个服务的帐户,并用其与所有服务的帐户进行交互。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Empathy`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Empathy。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install empathy - ``` ### Linux 防病毒工具 @@ -337,61 +339,61 @@ $ sudo apt-get install empathy [ClamAV][38] 是一个开源的跨平台命令行防病毒工具,用于检测木马、病毒和其他恶意代码。而 [ClamTk][39] 则是它的前端 GUI。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `ClamAV` 和 `ClamTk`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 ClamAV 和 ClamTk。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install clamav $ sudo apt-get install clamtk - ``` ### Linux 桌面环境 #### Cinnamon -[Cinnamon][40] 是 GNOME 3 的免费开源衍生产品,它遵循传统的 桌面比拟desktop metaphor 约定。 +[Cinnamon][40] 是 GNOME 3 的自由开源衍生产品,它遵循传统的 桌面比拟desktop metaphor 约定。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Cinnamon。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Cinnamon`。 ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install cinnamon-desktop-environment lightdm - ``` #### Mate [Mate][41] 桌面环境是 GNOME 2 的衍生和延续,目的是在 Linux 上通过使用传统的桌面比拟提供有一个吸引力的 UI。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Mate`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Mate。 + ``` $ sudo apt install tasksel $ sudo apt update $ sudo tasksel install ubuntu-mate-desktop - ``` #### GNOME [GNOME][42] 是由一些免费和开源应用程序组成的桌面环境,它可以运行在任何 Linux 发行版和大多数 BSD 衍生版本上。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gnome`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Gnome。 + ``` $ sudo apt install tasksel $ sudo apt update $ sudo tasksel install ubuntu-desktop - ``` #### KDE [KDE][43] 由 KDE 社区开发,它为用户提供图形解决方案以控制操作系统并执行不同的计算任务。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `KDE`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 KDE。 + ``` $ sudo apt install tasksel $ sudo apt update $ sudo tasksel install kubuntu-desktop - ``` ### Linux 维护工具 @@ -400,22 +402,22 @@ $ sudo tasksel install kubuntu-desktop [GNOME Tweak Tool][44] 是用于自定义和调整 GNOME 3 和 GNOME Shell 设置的流行工具。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `GNOME Tweak Tool`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 GNOME Tweak Tool。 + ``` $ sudo apt install gnome-tweak-tool - ``` #### Stacer [Stacer][45] 是一款用于监控和优化 Linux 系统的免费开源应用程序。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Stacer`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Stacer。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:oguzhaninan/stacer $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install stacer - ``` #### BleachBit @@ -430,40 +432,40 @@ $ sudo apt-get install stacer [GNOME 终端][48] 是 GNOME 的默认终端模拟器。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gnome Terminal`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Gnome 终端。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install gnome-terminal - ``` #### Konsole [Konsole][49] 是 KDE 的一个终端模拟器。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Konsole`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Konsole。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install konsole - ``` #### Terminator [Terminator][50] 是一个功能丰富的终端程序,它基于 GNOME 终端,并且专注于整理终端功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Terminator`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Terminator。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install terminator - ``` #### Guake [Guake][51] 是 GNOME 桌面环境下一个轻量级的可下拉式终端。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Guake`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Guake。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install guake - ``` ### 多媒体编辑工具 @@ -472,48 +474,48 @@ $ sudo apt-get install guake [Ardour][52] 是一款漂亮的的数字音频工作站Digital Audio Workstation,可以完成专业的录制、编辑和混音工作。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Ardour`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Ardour。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:dobey/audiotools $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install ardour - ``` #### Audacity [Audacity][53] 是最著名的音频编辑软件之一,它是一款跨平台的开源多轨音频编辑器。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Audacity`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Audacity。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntuhandbook1/audacity $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install audacity - ``` #### GIMP [GIMP][54] 是 Photoshop 的开源替代品中最受欢迎的。这是因为它有多种可自定义的选项、第三方插件以及活跃的用户社区。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gimp`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Gimp。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:otto-kesselgulasch/gimp $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install gimp - ``` #### Krita [Krita][55] 是一款开源的绘画程序,它具有美观的 UI 和可靠的性能,也可以用作图像处理工具。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Krita`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Krita。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:kritalime/ppa $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install krita - ``` #### Lightworks @@ -526,24 +528,24 @@ $ sudo apt install krita [OpenShot][58] 是一款屡获殊荣的免费开源视频编辑器,这主要得益于其出色的性能和强大的功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Openshot`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Openshot。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:openshot.developers/ppa $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install openshot-qt - ``` #### PiTiV [Pitivi][59] 也是一个美观的视频编辑器,它有优美的代码库、优质的社区,还支持优秀的协作编辑功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `PiTiV`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 PiTiV。 + ``` $ flatpak install --user https://flathub.org/repo/appstream/org.pitivi.Pitivi.flatpakref $ flatpak install --user http://flatpak.pitivi.org/pitivi.flatpakref $ flatpak run org.pitivi.Pitivi//stable - ``` ### 音乐播放器 @@ -552,31 +554,32 @@ $ flatpak run org.pitivi.Pitivi//stable [Rhythmbox][60] 支持海量种类的音乐,目前被认为是最可靠的音乐播放器,并由 Ubuntu 自带。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Rhythmbox`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Rhythmbox。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:fossfreedom/rhythmbox $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install rhythmbox - ``` #### Lollypop [Lollypop][61] 是一款较为年轻的开源音乐播放器,它有很多高级选项,包括网络电台,滑动播放和派对模式。尽管功能繁多,它仍然尽量做到简单易管理。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Lollypop`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Lollypop。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:gnumdk/lollypop $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install lollypop - ``` #### Amarok [Amarok][62] 是一款功能强大的音乐播放器,它有一个直观的 UI 和大量的高级功能,而且允许用户根据自己的偏好去发现新音乐。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Amarok`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Amarok。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install amarok @@ -587,48 +590,48 @@ $ sudo apt-get install amarok [Clementine][63] 是一款 Amarok 风格的音乐播放器,因此和 Amarok 相似,也有直观的用户界面、先进的控制模块,以及让用户搜索和发现新音乐的功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Clementine`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Clementine。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:me-davidsansome/clementine $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install clementine - ``` #### Cmus [Cmus][64] 可以说是最高效的的命令行界面音乐播放器了,它具有快速可靠的特点,也支持使用扩展。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Cmus`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Cmus。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jmuc/cmus $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install cmus - ``` ### 办公软件 #### Calligra 套件 -Calligra 套件为用户提供了一套总共 8 个应用程序,涵盖办公、管理、图表等各个范畴。 +[Calligra 套件][65]为用户提供了一套总共 8 个应用程序,涵盖办公、管理、图表等各个范畴。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Calligra 套件。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Calligra` 套件。 ``` $ sudo apt-get install calligra - ``` #### LibreOffice [LibreOffice][66] 是开源社区中开发过程最活跃的办公套件,它以可靠性著称,也可以通过扩展来添加功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `LibreOffice`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 LibreOffice。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:libreoffice/ppa $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install libreoffice - ``` #### WPS Office @@ -643,35 +646,35 @@ $ sudo apt install libreoffice [Shutter][69] 允许用户截取桌面的屏幕截图,然后使用一些效果进行编辑,还支持上传和在线共享。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Shutter`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Shutter。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository -y ppa:shutter/ppa $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install shutter - ``` #### Kazam [Kazam][70] 可以用于捕获屏幕截图,它的输出对于任何支持 VP8/WebM 和 PulseAudio 视频播放器都可用。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Kazam`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Kazam。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:kazam-team/unstable-series $ sudo apt update $ sudo apt install kazam python3-cairo python3-xlib - ``` #### Gnome Screenshot [Gnome Screenshot][71] 过去曾经和 Gnome 一起捆绑,但现在已经独立出来。它以易于共享的格式进行截屏。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gnome Screenshot`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Gnome Screenshot。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install gnome-screenshot - ``` ### 录屏工具 @@ -680,69 +683,69 @@ $ sudo apt-get install gnome-screenshot [SimpleScreenRecorder][72] 面世时已经是录屏工具中的佼佼者,现在已成为 Linux 各个发行版中最有效、最易用的录屏工具之一。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `SimpleScreenRecorder`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 SimpleScreenRecorder。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:maarten-baert/simplescreenrecorder $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install simplescreenrecorder - ``` #### recordMyDesktop [recordMyDesktop][73] 是一个开源的会话记录器,它也能记录桌面会话的音频。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `recordMyDesktop`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 recordMyDesktop。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install gtk-recordmydesktop - ``` -### Text Editors +### 文本编辑器 #### Atom [Atom][74] 是由 GitHub 开发和维护的可定制文本编辑器。它是开箱即用的,但也可以使用扩展和主题自定义 UI 来增强其功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Atom`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Atom。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install snapd $ sudo snap install atom --classic - ``` #### Sublime Text [Sublime Text][75] 已经成为目前最棒的文本编辑器。它可定制、轻量灵活(即使打开了大量数据文件和加入了大量扩展),最重要的是可以永久免费使用。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Sublime Text`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Sublime Text。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install snapd $ sudo snap install sublime-text - ``` #### Geany [Geany][76] 是一个内存友好的文本编辑器,它具有基本的IDE功能,可以显示加载时间、扩展库函数等。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Geany`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Geany。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install geany - ``` #### Gedit [Gedit][77] 以其简单著称,在很多 Linux 发行版都有预装,它具有文本编辑器都具有的优秀的功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Gedit`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Gedit。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install gedit - ``` ### 备忘录软件 @@ -763,11 +766,11 @@ Evernote 在 Linux 上没有官方提供的软件,但可以参考 [Linux 上 [Taskwarrior][81] 是一个用于管理个人任务的开源跨平台命令行应用,它的速度和无干扰的环境是它的两大特点。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Taskwarrior`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Taskwarrior。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install taskwarrior - ``` ### 视频播放器 @@ -776,49 +779,49 @@ $ sudo apt-get install taskwarrior [Banshee][82] 是一个开源的支持多格式的媒体播放器,于 2005 年开始开发并逐渐成长。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Banshee`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Banshee。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:banshee-team/ppa $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install banshee - ``` #### VLC [VLC][83] 是我最喜欢的视频播放器,它几乎可以播放任何格式的音频和视频,它还可以播放网络电台、录制桌面会话以及在线播放电影。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `VLC`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 VLC。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:videolan/stable-daily $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install vlc - ``` #### Kodi [Kodi][84] 是世界上最着名的媒体播放器之一,它有一个成熟的媒体中心,可以播放本地和远程的多媒体文件。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Kodi`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Kodi。 + ``` $ sudo apt-get install software-properties-common $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:team-xbmc/ppa $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install kodi - ``` #### SMPlayer [SMPlayer][85] 是 MPlayer 的 GUI 版本,所有流行的媒体格式它都能够处理,并且它还有从 YouTube 和 Chromcast 和下载字幕的功能。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `SMPlayer`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 SMPlayer。 + ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:rvm/smplayer $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install smplayer - ``` ### 虚拟化工具 @@ -827,14 +830,14 @@ $ sudo apt-get install smplayer [VirtualBox][86] 是一个用于操作系统虚拟化的开源应用程序,在服务器、台式机和嵌入式系统上都可以运行。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `VirtualBox`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 VirtualBox。 + ``` $ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox_2016.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - $ wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add - $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install virtualbox-5.2 $ virtualbox - ``` #### VMWare @@ -849,34 +852,33 @@ $ virtualbox [Google Chrome][89] 无疑是最受欢迎的浏览器。Chrome 以其速度、简洁、安全、美观而受人喜爱,它遵循了 Google 的界面设计风格,是 web 开发人员不可缺少的浏览器,同时它也是免费开源的。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Google Chrome`。 +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Google Chrome。 + ``` $ wget -q -O - https://dl-ssl.google.com/linux/linux_signing_key.pub | sudo apt-key add - $ sudo sh -c 'echo "deb http://dl.google.com/linux/chrome/deb/ stable main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list.d/google.list' $ sudo apt-get update $ sudo apt-get install google-chrome-stable - ``` #### Firefox -[Firefox Quantum][90] 是一款漂亮、快速、完善并且可自定义的浏览器。它也是免费开源的,包含有开发人员所需要的工具,对于初学者也没有任何使用门槛。 +[Firefox Quantum][90] 是一款漂亮、快速、完善并且可自定义的浏览器。它也是自由开源的,包含有开发人员所需要的工具,对于初学者也没有任何使用门槛。 + +使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 Firefox Quantum。 -使用以下命令在 Ubuntu 和 Debian 安装 `Firefox Quantum`。 ``` $ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next $ sudo apt update && sudo apt upgrade $ sudo apt install firefox - ``` #### Vivaldi -[Vivaldi][91] 是一个基于 Chrome 的免费开源项目,旨在通过添加扩展来使 Chrome 的功能更加完善。色彩丰富的界面,性能良好、灵活性强是它的几大特点。 +[Vivaldi][91] 是一个基于 Chrome 的自由开源项目,旨在通过添加扩展来使 Chrome 的功能更加完善。色彩丰富的界面,性能良好、灵活性强是它的几大特点。 参考阅读:[在 Ubuntu 下载 Vivaldi][91] -That concludes our list for today. Did I skip a famous title? Tell me about it in the comments section below. 以上就是我的推荐,你还有更好的软件向大家分享吗?欢迎评论。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -886,7 +888,7 @@ via: https://www.fossmint.com/most-used-linux-applications/ 作者:[Martins D. Okoi][a] 选题:[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者:[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对:[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对:[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译,[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From d07a1a6f55610257b2af3ac8b5c25edd5baa17a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 10 Oct 2018 13:40:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 437/437] PUB:20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10099-1.html --- .../20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md b/published/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md rename to published/20180724 75 Most Used Essential Linux Applications of 2018.md